From bbbf570f8a590b4d9ea2f8b2de592ea790f9cd50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bill King Date: Wed, 21 Oct 2009 12:17:16 +1000 Subject: Update sqlite to 3.6.19 --- src/3rdparty/sqlite/sqlite3.c | 153279 ++++++++++++++++++++++----------------- src/3rdparty/sqlite/sqlite3.h | 6329 +- 2 files changed, 91653 insertions(+), 67955 deletions(-) diff --git a/src/3rdparty/sqlite/sqlite3.c b/src/3rdparty/sqlite/sqlite3.c index 7e604cb..8ca6a82 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/sqlite/sqlite3.c +++ b/src/3rdparty/sqlite/sqlite3.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /****************************************************************************** ** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite -** version 3.5.9. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** version 3.6.19. By combining all the individual C code files into this ** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation ** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be ** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ ** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other ** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines ** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have -** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy in the first -** 5638 lines past this header comment.) Additional code files may be -** needed if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of -** programming language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell -** is also in a separate file. This file contains only code for the core -** SQLite library. +** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within +** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start +** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed +** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming +** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a +** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library. ** -** This amalgamation was generated on 2008-05-14 16:20:58 UTC. +** This amalgamation was generated on 2009-10-14 11:35:02 UTC. */ #define SQLITE_CORE 1 #define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1 @@ -41,12 +41,38 @@ ************************************************************************* ** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. ** -** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.704 2008/05/13 13:27:34 drh Exp $ */ #ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ #define _SQLITEINT_H_ /* +** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the +** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks +** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. +** +** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any +** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first +** code in all source files. +** +** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch +** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling +** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work +** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 +** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel +** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary +** portability you should omit LFS. +** +** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# define _LARGE_FILE 1 +# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS +# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +# endif +# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +/* ** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the ** autoconf-based build */ @@ -70,7 +96,7 @@ ** ** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. ** -** @(#) $Id: sqliteLimit.h,v 1.8 2008/03/26 15:56:22 drh Exp $ +** @(#) $Id: sqliteLimit.h,v 1.10 2009/01/10 16:15:09 danielk1977 Exp $ */ /* @@ -154,7 +180,7 @@ ** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG -# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 100 +# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 #endif /* @@ -188,6 +214,13 @@ /* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 32768. This a limit ** imposed by the necessity of storing the value in a 2-byte unsigned integer ** and the fact that the page size must be a power of 2. +** +** If this limit is changed, then the compiled library is technically +** incompatible with an SQLite library compiled with a different limit. If +** a process operating on a database with a page-size of 65536 bytes +** crashes, then an instance of SQLite compiled with the default page-size +** limit will not be able to rollback the aborted transaction. This could +** lead to database corruption. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE # define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 32768 @@ -240,6 +273,21 @@ # define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 #endif +/* +** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. +** +** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** may be executed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH +#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK) +# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 +#else +# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 +#endif +#endif + /************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ @@ -249,11 +297,13 @@ #pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ #pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ #pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ -#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicous pointer arithmetic */ +#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ #endif /* Needed for various definitions... */ -#define _GNU_SOURCE +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif /* ** Include standard header files as necessary @@ -265,61 +315,38 @@ #include #endif -/* -** A macro used to aid in coverage testing. When doing coverage -** testing, the condition inside the argument must be evaluated -** both true and false in order to get full branch coverage. -** This macro can be inserted to ensure adequate test coverage -** in places where simple condition/decision coverage is inadequate. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); -# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } -#else -# define testcase(X) -#endif - - -/* -** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean -** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds -** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to -** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes. -*/ -#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0 -# define likely(X) __builtin_expect((X),1) -# define unlikely(X) __builtin_expect((X),0) -#else -# define likely(X) !!(X) -# define unlikely(X) !!(X) -#endif - +#define SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES 10 /* -** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the -** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks -** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. +** This macro is used to "hide" some ugliness in casting an int +** value to a ptr value under the MSVC 64-bit compiler. Casting +** non 64-bit values to ptr types results in a "hard" error with +** the MSVC 64-bit compiler which this attempts to avoid. ** -** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any -** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first -** code in all source files. +** A simple compiler pragma or casting sequence could not be found +** to correct this in all situations, so this macro was introduced. ** -** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch -** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling -** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work -** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2 -** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel -** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary -** portability you should omit LFS. +** It could be argued that the intptr_t type could be used in this +** case, but that type is not available on all compilers, or +** requires the #include of specific headers which differs between +** platforms. ** -** Similar is true for MacOS. LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later. +** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on +** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). +** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the +** compiler. */ -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# define _LARGE_FILE 1 -# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS -# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) +# else +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) # endif -# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) #endif @@ -337,6 +364,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); #endif /* +** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. +** It determines whether or not the features related to +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can +** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 +#endif + +/* ** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to ** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. ** @@ -363,16 +400,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); #endif /* -** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is defined, then try to keep the +** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the ** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. */ -#if defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) +#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) # define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 #endif /* ** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable -** recursive mutexes on most unix systems. But Mac OS X is different. +** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems. But Mac OS X is different. ** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told, ** so it is omitted there. See ticket #2673. ** @@ -383,10 +420,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); ** ** See also ticket #2741. */ -#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(VXWORKS) +#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE # define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500 /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */ #endif +/* +** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings. +*/ #if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH) # include #endif @@ -402,6 +442,92 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); # define NDEBUG 1 #endif +/* +** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When +** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to +** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to +** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted +** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple +** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() +** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For +** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit +** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements +** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() +** can insure that all cases are evaluated. +** +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); +# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } +#else +# define testcase(X) +#endif + +/* +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization +** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to +** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore +** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for +** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the +** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +# define VVA_ONLY(X) X +#else +# define VVA_ONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which +** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such +** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they +** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience +** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" +** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first +** hint of unplanned behavior. +** +** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. +** +** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to +** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will +** not be counted as untested code. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define ALWAYS(X) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) +# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ALWAYS(X) (X) +# define NEVER(X) (X) +#endif + +/* +** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean +** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds +** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to +** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes. +*/ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0 +# define likely(X) __builtin_expect((X),1) +# define unlikely(X) __builtin_expect((X),0) +#else +# define likely(X) !!(X) +# define unlikely(X) !!(X) +#endif + /************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ /************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ /* @@ -423,9 +549,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); ** ** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as ** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new -** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes -** to experimental interfaces but reserve to make minor changes if -** experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. +** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes +** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes +** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. ** ** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived ** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source @@ -435,18 +561,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); ** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting ** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as ** part of the build process. -** -** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.312 2008/05/12 12:39:56 drh Exp $ */ #ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ #define _SQLITE3_H_ - -#ifdef VXWORKS -# define SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX -# define NO_GETTOD -# include -#endif - #include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ /* @@ -464,9 +581,29 @@ extern "C" { # define SQLITE_EXTERN extern #endif +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif + + /* -** Make sure these symbols where not defined by some previous header -** file. +** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those +** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications +** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards +** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that +** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. +** +** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that +** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that +** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports +** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple +** noop macros. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED +#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL + +/* +** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. */ #ifdef SQLITE_VERSION # undef SQLITE_VERSION @@ -476,130 +613,143 @@ extern "C" { #endif /* -** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers {F10010} +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers {H10010} ** ** The SQLITE_VERSION and SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #defines in ** the sqlite3.h file specify the version of SQLite with which ** that header file is associated. ** -** The "version" of SQLite is a string of the form "X.Y.Z". -** The phrase "alpha" or "beta" might be appended after the Z. -** The X value is major version number always 3 in SQLite3. -** The X value only changes when backwards compatibility is -** broken and we intend to never break -** backwards compatibility. The Y value is the minor version -** number and only changes when +** The "version" of SQLite is a string of the form "W.X.Y" or "W.X.Y.Z". +** The W value is major version number and is always 3 in SQLite3. +** The W value only changes when backwards compatibility is +** broken and we intend to never break backwards compatibility. +** The X value is the minor version number and only changes when ** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible -** but not backwards compatible. The Z value is release number -** and is incremented with -** each release but resets back to 0 when Y is incremented. +** but not backwards compatible. +** The Y value is the release number and is incremented with +** each release but resets back to 0 whenever X is incremented. +** The Z value only appears on branch releases. ** -** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()] and [sqlite3_libversion_number()]. +** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is an integer that is computed as +** follows: +** +** 
+** SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER = W*1000000 + X*1000 + Y
+**
** -** INVARIANTS: +** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the +** fossil configuration management +** system. The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID +** macro is a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite +** within its configuration management system. The string contains the +** date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 hash of the entire +** source tree. ** -** {F10011} The SQLITE_VERSION #define in the sqlite3.h header file -** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version -** with which the header file is associated. +** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], +** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], +** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. ** -** {F10014} The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #define resolves to an integer -** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and -** Z are the major version, minor version, and release number. +** Requirements: [H10011] [H10014] */ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.5.9" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3005009 +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.6.19" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3006019 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2009-10-14 11:33:55 c1d499afc50d54b376945b4efb65c56c787a073d" /* -** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {F10020} +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {H10020} ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version ** -** These features provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION] -** and [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] #defines in the header, but are associated -** with the library instead of the header file. Cautious programmers might -** include a check in their application to verify that -** sqlite3_libversion_number() always returns the value -** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. +** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] #defines in the header, +** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. Cautious +** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to +** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in +** the header, and thus insure that the application is +** compiled with matching library and header files. +** +** 
+** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion,SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+**
** ** The sqlite3_libversion() function returns the same information as is ** in the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The function is provided ** for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have direct access to string -** constants within the DLL. -** -** INVARIANTS: +** constants within the DLL. Similarly, the sqlite3_sourceid() function +** returns the same information as is in the [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] #define of +** the header file. ** -** {F10021} The [sqlite3_libversion_number()] interface returns an integer -** equal to [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. +** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. ** -** {F10022} The [sqlite3_version] string constant contains the text of the -** [SQLITE_VERSION] string. -** -** {F10023} The [sqlite3_libversion()] function returns -** a pointer to the [sqlite3_version] string constant. +** Requirements: [H10021] [H10022] [H10023] */ -SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[]; +SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); +SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); /* -** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe {F10100} +** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe {H10100} ** ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When -** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE C preprocessor macro is true, mutexes -** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When that macro is false, +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes +** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, ** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe -** to use SQLite from more than one thread. +** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. ** -** There is a measurable performance penalty for enabling mutexes. +** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. ** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable ** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. ** The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. ** -** This interface can be used by a program to make sure that the +** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the ** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with -** the desired setting of the SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro. +** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. ** -** INVARIANTS: +** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting +** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with +** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 then mutexes are enabled by default but +** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] +** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], +** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. The return value of this function shows +** only the default compile-time setting, not any run-time changes +** to that setting. ** -** {F10101} The [sqlite3_threadsafe()] function returns nonzero if -** SQLite was compiled with its mutexes enabled or zero -** if SQLite was compiled with mutexes disabled. +** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. +** +** Requirements: [H10101] [H10102] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); /* -** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle {F12000} +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle {H12000} ** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} ** -** Each open SQLite database is represented by pointer to an instance of the -** opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 +** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of +** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 ** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and -** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors -** and [sqlite3_close()] is its destructor. There are many other interfaces -** (such as [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and -** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on this -** object. +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] +** is its destructor. There are many other interfaces (such as +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an +** sqlite3 object. */ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; - /* -** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types {F10200} +** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types {H10200} ** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 ** ** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types ** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. ** -** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type -** definitions. The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are -** supported for backwards compatibility only. -** -** INVARIANTS: +** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. +** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. ** -** {F10201} The [sqlite_int64] and [sqlite3_int64] types specify a -** 64-bit signed integer. -** -** {F10202} The [sqlite_uint64] and [sqlite3_uint64] types specify -** a 64-bit unsigned integer. +** Requirements: [H10201] [H10202] */ #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; @@ -616,50 +766,41 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; /* ** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, -** substitute integer for floating-point +** substitute integer for floating-point. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # define double sqlite3_int64 #endif /* -** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection {F12010} +** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection {H12010} ** -** This routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object. +** This routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object. ** -** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all -** [prepared statements] and -** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [sqlite3_blob | BLOBs] -** associated with the [sqlite3] object prior -** to attempting to close the [sqlite3] object. +** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements] +** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with +** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. +** The [sqlite3_next_stmt()] interface can be used to locate all +** [prepared statements] associated with a [database connection] if desired. +** Typical code might look like this: ** -** What happens to pending transactions? Are they -** rolled back, or abandoned? -** -** INVARIANTS: -** -** {F12011} The [sqlite3_close()] interface destroys an [sqlite3] object -** allocated by a prior call to [sqlite3_open()], -** [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. -** -** {F12012} The [sqlite3_close()] function releases all memory used by the -** connection and closes all open files. -** -** {F12013} If the database connection contains -** [prepared statements] that have not been -** finalized by [sqlite3_finalize()], then [sqlite3_close()] -** returns [SQLITE_BUSY] and leaves the connection open. -** -** {F12014} Giving sqlite3_close() a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** 
+** sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+** while( (pStmt = sqlite3_next_stmt(db, 0))!=0 ){
+**     sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+** }
+**
** -** LIMITATIONS: +** If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open, +** the transaction is automatically rolled back. ** -** {U12015} The parameter to [sqlite3_close()] must be an [sqlite3] object -** pointer previously obtained from [sqlite3_open()] or the -** equivalent, or NULL. +** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL +** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained +** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or +** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. ** -** {U12016} The parameter to [sqlite3_close()] must not have been previously -** closed. +** Requirements: +** [H12011] [H12012] [H12013] [H12014] [H12015] [H12019] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); @@ -671,115 +812,67 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); /* -** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface {F12100} +** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface {H12100} ** -** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenient way of running -** one or more SQL statements without a lot of C code. The -** SQL statements are passed in as the second parameter to -** sqlite3_exec(). The statements are evaluated one by one -** until either an error or an interrupt is encountered or -** until they are all done. The 3rd parameter is an optional -** callback that is invoked once for each row of any query results -** produced by the SQL statements. The 5th parameter tells where +** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenient way of running one or more +** SQL statements without having to write a lot of C code. The UTF-8 encoded +** SQL statements are passed in as the second parameter to sqlite3_exec(). +** The statements are evaluated one by one until either an error or +** an interrupt is encountered, or until they are all done. The 3rd parameter +** is an optional callback that is invoked once for each row of any query +** results produced by the SQL statements. The 5th parameter tells where ** to write any error messages. ** +** The error message passed back through the 5th parameter is held +** in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. To avoid a memory leak, +** the calling application should call [sqlite3_free()] on any error +** message returned through the 5th parameter when it has finished using +** the error message. +** +** If the SQL statement in the 2nd parameter is NULL or an empty string +** or a string containing only whitespace and comments, then no SQL +** statements are evaluated and the database is not changed. +** ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is implemented in terms of ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()]. -** The sqlite3_exec() routine does nothing that cannot be done +** The sqlite3_exec() routine does nothing to the database that cannot be done ** by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()]. -** The sqlite3_exec() is just a convenient wrapper. -** -** INVARIANTS: -** -** {F12101} The [sqlite3_exec()] interface evaluates zero or more UTF-8 -** encoded, semicolon-separated, SQL statements in the -** zero-terminated string of its 2nd parameter within the -** context of the [sqlite3] object given in the 1st parameter. -** -** {F12104} The return value of [sqlite3_exec()] is SQLITE_OK if all -** SQL statements run successfully. -** -** {F12105} The return value of [sqlite3_exec()] is an appropriate -** non-zero error code if any SQL statement fails. -** -** {F12107} If one or more of the SQL statements handed to [sqlite3_exec()] -** return results and the 3rd parameter is not NULL, then -** the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter is -** invoked once for each row of result. -** -** {F12110} If the callback returns a non-zero value then [sqlite3_exec()] -** will aborted the SQL statement it is currently evaluating, -** skip all subsequent SQL statements, and return [SQLITE_ABORT]. -** What happens to *errmsg here? Does the result code for -** sqlite3_errcode() get set? -** -** {F12113} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine will pass its 4th parameter through -** as the 1st parameter of the callback. -** -** {F12116} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine sets the 2nd parameter of its -** callback to be the number of columns in the current row of -** result. -** -** {F12119} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine sets the 3rd parameter of its -** callback to be an array of pointers to strings holding the -** values for each column in the current result set row as -** obtained from [sqlite3_column_text()]. -** -** {F12122} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine sets the 4th parameter of its -** callback to be an array of pointers to strings holding the -** names of result columns as obtained from [sqlite3_column_name()]. -** -** {F12125} If the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] is NULL then -** [sqlite3_exec()] never invokes a callback. All query -** results are silently discarded. -** -** {F12128} If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating any of the SQL -** statements handed to [sqlite3_exec()] then [sqlite3_exec()] will -** return an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. -** -** {F12131} If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating any of the SQL -** handed to [sqlite3_exec()] and if the 5th parameter (errmsg) -** to [sqlite3_exec()] is not NULL, then an error message is -** allocated using the equivalent of [sqlite3_mprintf()] and -** *errmsg is made to point to that message. -** -** {F12134} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine does not change the value of -** *errmsg if errmsg is NULL or if there are no errors. ** -** {F12137} The [sqlite3_exec()] function sets the error code and message -** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and -** [sqlite3_errmsg16()]. +** The first parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] must be an valid and open +** [database connection]. ** -** LIMITATIONS: +** The database connection must not be closed while +** [sqlite3_exec()] is running. ** -** {U12141} The first parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] must be an valid and open -** [database connection]. +** The calling function should use [sqlite3_free()] to free +** the memory that *errmsg is left pointing at once the error +** message is no longer needed. ** -** {U12142} The database connection must not be closed while -** [sqlite3_exec()] is running. -** -** {U12143} The calling function is should use [sqlite3_free()] to free -** the memory that *errmsg is left pointing at once the error -** message is no longer needed. +** The SQL statement text in the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] +** must remain unchanged while [sqlite3_exec()] is running. ** -** {U12145} The SQL statement text in the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] -** must remain unchanged while [sqlite3_exec()] is running. +** Requirements: +** [H12101] [H12102] [H12104] [H12105] [H12107] [H12110] [H12113] [H12116] +** [H12119] [H12122] [H12125] [H12131] [H12134] [H12137] [H12138] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( sqlite3*, /* An open database */ - const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluted */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ ); /* -** CAPI3REF: Result Codes {F10210} +** CAPI3REF: Result Codes {H10210} ** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes} +** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes} ** ** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown ** here in order to indicates success or failure. ** +** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. +** ** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] */ #define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ @@ -815,20 +908,20 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( /* end-of-error-codes */ /* -** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes {F10220} +** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes {H10220} ** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes} -** KEYWORDS: {extended result codes} +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes} ** ** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer -** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that -** many of these result codes are too course-grained. They do not provide as +** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as ** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to ** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include ** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information ** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled -** for each database connection using the [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] -** API. -** +** on a per database connection basis using the +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. +** ** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here. ** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand ** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect @@ -836,56 +929,53 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** ** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always ** be exactly zero. -** -** INVARIANTS: -** -** {F10223} The symbolic name for an extended result code always contains -** a related primary result code as a prefix. -** -** {F10224} Primary result code names contain a single "_" character. -** -** {F10225} Extended result code names contain two or more "_" characters. -** -** {F10226} The numeric value of an extended result code contains the -** numeric value of its corresponding primary result code in -** its least significant 8 bits. */ -#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations {F10230} +#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8) ) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations {H10230} ** ** These bit values are intended for use in the ** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and ** in the 4th parameter to the xOpen method of the ** [sqlite3_vfs] object. */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics {F10240} +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics {H10240} ** ** The xDeviceCapabilities method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] ** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these @@ -917,7 +1007,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 /* -** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels {F10250} +** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels {H10250} ** ** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second ** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods @@ -930,7 +1020,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( #define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* -** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags {F10260} +** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags {H10260} ** ** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an ** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of @@ -938,20 +1028,21 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( ** ** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the ** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode -** information need not be flushed. The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL flag means -** to use normal fsync() semantics. The SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flag means -** to use Mac OS-X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag +** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. +** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means +** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). */ #define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 #define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 #define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 - /* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle {F11110} +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle {H11110} ** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the OS -** interface layer. Individual OS interface implementations will +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface +** implementations will ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields ** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing @@ -963,19 +1054,26 @@ struct sqlite3_file { }; /* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object {F11120} +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object {H11120} ** -** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method contains a pointer to -** an instance of this object. This object defines the -** methods used to perform various operations against the open file. +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method populates an +** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the +** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. +** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations +** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. +** +** If the xOpen method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method +** may be invoked even if the xOpen reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed xOpen +** is for the xOpen to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element to NULL. ** ** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or ** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). -* The second choice is an -** OS-X style fullsync. The SQLITE_SYNC_DATA flag may be ORed in to -** indicate that only the data of the file and not its inode needs to be -** synced. -** +** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] +** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file +** and not its inode needs to be synced. +** ** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of **
    **
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], @@ -984,26 +1082,24 @@ struct sqlite3_file { **
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or **
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. **
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. -** The xCheckReservedLock() method looks -** to see if any database connection, either in this -** process or in some other process, is holding an RESERVED, +** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. +** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, +** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, ** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true -** if such a lock exists and false if not. -** +** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. +** ** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom ** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the -** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument -** is an integer opcode. The third -** argument is a generic pointer which is intended to be a pointer -** to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an +** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to +** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to ** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be ** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the ** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire ** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite -** core reserves opcodes less than 100 for its own use. +** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. ** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. -** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes +** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes ** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. ** ** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the @@ -1037,6 +1133,12 @@ struct sqlite3_file { ** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls ** to xWrite(). +** +** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill +** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that +** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, +** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to +** database corruption. */ typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; struct sqlite3_io_methods { @@ -1049,7 +1151,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); - int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); @@ -1057,10 +1159,10 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { }; /* -** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes {F11310} +** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes {H11310} ** ** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method -** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and to the [sqlite3_file_control()] +** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] ** interface. ** ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This @@ -1072,9 +1174,12 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { ** is defined. */ #define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4 /* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle {F17110} +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle {H17110} ** ** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an ** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks @@ -1086,15 +1191,18 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods { typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; /* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object {F11140} +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object {H11140} ** -** An instance of this object defines the interface between the -** SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" +** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between +** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" ** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". ** -** The iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger for future -** versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this -** object when the iVersion value is increased. +** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in +** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this +** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure +** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between +** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not +** modified. ** ** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] ** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of @@ -1104,9 +1212,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] ** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list ** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface -** searches the list. +** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS +** implementation should use the pNext pointer. ** -** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs +** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs ** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access ** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. ** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs @@ -1115,23 +1224,28 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; ** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must ** be unique across all VFS modules. ** -** {F11141} SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename string passed to -** xOpen() is a full pathname as generated by xFullPathname() and -** that the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is -** called. {END} So the [sqlite3_file] can store a pointer to the +** SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename parameter to xOpen +** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained +** from xFullPathname(). SQLite further guarantees that +** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is +** called. Because of the previous sentence, +** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. +** If the zFilename parameter is xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. Whenever the +** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the +** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** -** {F11142} The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in +** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. {END} +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to -** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be -** set. -** -** {F11143} SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() +** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. +** +** SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() ** call, depending on the object being opened: -** +** **
    **
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] **
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] @@ -1140,62 +1254,70 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; **
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] **
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] **
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] -**
{END} +** ** ** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to -** changes the way it deals with files. For example, an application +** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application ** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make ** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would -** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return -** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database -** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random +** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return +** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database +** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random ** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. -** -** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen -** method: -** +** +** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: +** **
    **
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] **
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] **
-** -** {F11145} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be -** deleted when it is closed. {F11146} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] -** will be set for TEMP databases, journals and for subjournals. -** {F11147} The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag means the file should be opened -** for exclusive access. This flag is set for all files except -** for the main database file. {END} -** -** {F11148} At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite -** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third -** argument to xOpen. {END} The xOpen method does not have to -** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. -** -** {F11149} The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] -** to test for the existance of a file, -** or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to test to see -** if a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] -** to test to see if a file is at least readable. {END} The file can be a +** +** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be +** deleted when it is closed. The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** will be set for TEMP databases, journals and for subjournals. +** +** The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly +** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always +** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. +** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened +** for exclusive access. +** +** At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite +** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third +** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to +** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that +** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either +** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do +** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods +** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success +** or failure of the xOpen call. +** +** The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] +** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to +** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] +** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a ** directory. -** -** {F11150} SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for -** the output buffers for xGetTempname and xFullPathname. {F11151} The exact -** size of the output buffer is also passed as a parameter to both -** methods. {END} If the output buffer is not large enough, SQLITE_CANTOPEN -** should be returned. As this is handled as a fatal error by SQLite, -** vfs implementations should endeavor to prevent this by setting -** mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. -** +** +** SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the +** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer +** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer +** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is +** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor +** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. +** ** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), and xCurrentTime() interfaces ** are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are ** included in the VFS structure for completeness. ** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes ** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is -** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. The -** xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at +** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. +** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at ** least the number of microseconds given. The xCurrentTime() -** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and -** time. +** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time. +** */ typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; struct sqlite3_vfs { @@ -1208,134 +1330,540 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs { int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, int flags, int *pOutFlags); int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); - int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags); - int (*xGetTempname)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nOut, char *zOut); + int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); - void *(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol); + void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); + int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); /* New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ }; /* -** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method {F11190} +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method {H11190} ** -** {F11191} These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to +** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to ** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. {END} They determine -** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is -** looking for. {F11192} With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method -** simply checks to see if the file exists. {F11193} With -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method checks to see -** if the file is both readable and writable. {F11194} With -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READ the xAccess method -** checks to see if the file is readable. +** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method +** simply checks whether the file exists. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method +** checks whether the file is both readable and writable. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method +** checks whether the file is readable. */ #define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 #define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 #define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* -** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes {F12200} +** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library {H10130} +** +** The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the +** SQLite library. The sqlite3_shutdown() routine +** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). +** +** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is +** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of +** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). Only an effective call +** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls +** are harmless no-ops. +** +** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first +** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). Only +** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. +** All other calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops. +** +** Among other things, sqlite3_initialize() shall invoke +** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, sqlite3_shutdown() +** shall invoke sqlite3_os_end(). +** +** The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. +** If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize +** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such +** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other +** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to +** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] +** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically +** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized +** already. However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] +** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() +** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly +** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, +** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() +** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases +** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited +** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the +** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific +** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() +** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks +** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation +** of static resources, initialization of global variables, +** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up +** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. +** +** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() +** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke +** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() +** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and +** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate +** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() +** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. +** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] +** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time +** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for +** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied +** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() +** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon +** failure. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library {H14100} +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of +** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most +** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is +** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application +** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other +** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlite3_config() +** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using +** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** Note, however, that sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the +** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. +** +** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] that determines +** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments +** vary depending on the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] +** in the first argument. +** +** When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option +** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. +** +** Requirements: +** [H14103] [H14106] [H14120] [H14123] [H14126] [H14129] [H14132] [H14135] +** [H14138] [H14141] [H14144] [H14147] [H14150] [H14153] [H14156] [H14159] +** [H14162] [H14165] [H14168] +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_config(int, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections {H14200} +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration +** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to +** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). The +** sqlite3_db_config() interface can only be used immediately after +** the database connection is created using [sqlite3_open()], +** [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. +** +** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the +** configuration verb - an integer code that indicates what +** aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** The only choice for this value is [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]. +** New verbs are likely to be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Additional arguments depend on the verb. +** +** Requirements: +** [H14203] [H14206] [H14209] [H14212] [H14215] +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines {H10155} +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite +** and low-level memory allocation routines. +** +** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. +** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to +** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** By creating an instance of this object +** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) +** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative +** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its +** dynamic memory needs. +** +** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] +** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications +** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications +** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is +** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative +** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in +** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such +** conditions. +** +** The xMalloc and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library +** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero, +** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or +** deallocation. SQLite guaranteeds that the second argument to +** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. +** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number, +** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and +** still be in compliance with this specification. +** +** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation +** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size +** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. +** +** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of +** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory +** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple +** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. +** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. +** +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. (For example, +** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data +** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired +** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to +** xInit and xShutdown. +** +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes +** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite +** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which +** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. +** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other +** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for +** serialization. +** +** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; +struct sqlite3_mem_methods { + void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ + void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ + void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ + int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ + int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ + int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ + void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ + void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10160} +** EXPERIMENTAL ** -** The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the -** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] feature of SQLite. -** The extended result codes are disabled by default for historical -** compatibility. +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +**
+**
SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+**
There are no arguments to this option. This option disables +** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used +** by a single thread.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
+**
There are no arguments to this option. This option disables +** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** The application is responsible for serializing access to +** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes +** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded +** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same +** [database connection] at the same time. See the [threading mode] +** documentation for additional information.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
+**
There are no arguments to this option. This option enables +** all mutexes including the recursive +** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access +** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the +** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the +** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. +** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
+**
This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies +** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of +** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
+**
This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines. +** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation +** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or +** tracks memory usage, for example.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
+**
This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a +** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation +** statistics. When disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become +** non-operational: +**
    +**
  • [sqlite3_memory_used()] +**
  • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] +**
  • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit()] +**
  • [sqlite3_status()] +**
+**
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
+**
This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for +** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte +** aligned memory buffer from which the scrach allocations will be +** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), +** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz +** argument must be a multiple of 16. The sz parameter should be a few bytes +** larger than the actual scratch space required due to internal overhead. +** The first argument should pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer +** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. +** SQLite will use no more than one scratch buffer at once per thread, so +** N should be set to the expected maximum number of threads. The sz +** parameter should be 6 times the size of the largest database page size. +** Scratch buffers are used as part of the btree balance operation. If +** The btree balancer needs additional memory beyond what is provided by +** scratch buffers or if no scratch buffer space is specified, then SQLite +** goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] to obtain the memory it needs.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
+**
This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for +** the database page cache with the default page cache implemenation. +** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page +** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE option. +** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned +** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). +** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page +** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each +** page header. The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on +** the host architecture. It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, +** to make sz a little too large. The first +** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory. +** SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its +** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. If additional +** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then +** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space. +** The implementation might use one or more of the N buffers to hold +** memory accounting information. The pointer in the first argument must +** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite +** will be undefined.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
+**
This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use +** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided +** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, +** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. +** If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts +** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), +** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. If the +** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory +** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. +** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
+**
This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies +** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place +** the mutex routines built into SQLite.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
+**
This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The +** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines. +** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation +** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance +** profiling or testing, for example.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+**
This option takes two arguments that determine the default +** memory allocation lookaside optimization. The first argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of +** slots allocated to each database connection. This option sets the +** default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] +** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside +** configuration on individual connections.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE
+**
This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to +** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. This object specifies the interface +** to a custom page cache implementation. SQLite makes a copy of the +** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
+** +**
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
+**
This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. SQLite copies of the current +** page cache implementation into that object.
+** +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10170} +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +**
+**
SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+**
This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. +** The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a +** pointer to an memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** The first argument may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the +** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. The second argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the third argument is the number of +** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than +** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer +** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. If the second argument is not +** a multiple of 8, it is internally rounded down to the next smaller +** multiple of 8. See also: [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
** -** INVARIANTS: +**
+*/ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes {H12200} ** -** {F12201} Each new [database connection] has the -** [extended result codes] feature -** disabled by default. +** The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the +** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. The extended result +** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility considerations. ** -** {F12202} The [sqlite3_extended_result_codes(D,F)] interface will enable -** [extended result codes] for the -** [database connection] D if the F parameter -** is true, or disable them if F is false. +** Requirements: +** [H12201] [H12202] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); /* -** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid {F12220} +** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid {H12220} ** ** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed -** integer key called the "rowid". The rowid is always available +** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. The rowid is always available ** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those ** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. If -** the table has a column of type INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then that column +** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column ** is another alias for the rowid. ** -** This routine returns the rowid of the most recent -** successful INSERT into the database from the database connection -** shown in the first argument. If no successful inserts -** have ever occurred on this database connection, zero is returned. +** This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent +** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection] +** in the first argument. If no successful [INSERT]s +** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned. ** -** If an INSERT occurs within a trigger, then the rowid of the -** inserted row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger -** is running. But once the trigger terminates, the value returned -** by this routine reverts to the last value inserted before the -** trigger fired. +** If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger, then the [rowid] of the inserted +** row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger is running. +** But once the trigger terminates, the value returned by this routine +** reverts to the last value inserted before the trigger fired. ** -** An INSERT that fails due to a constraint violation is not a -** successful insert and does not change the value returned by this +** An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a +** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this ** routine. Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, ** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this -** routine when their insertion fails. When INSERT OR REPLACE +** routine when their insertion fails. When INSERT OR REPLACE ** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The ** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused ** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change -** the return value of this interface. +** the return value of this interface. ** -** For the purposes of this routine, an insert is considered to +** For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to ** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. ** -** INVARIANTS: -** -** {F12221} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns the -** rowid of the most recent successful insert done -** on the same database connection and within the same -** trigger context, or zero if there have -** been no qualifying inserts on that connection. -** -** {F12223} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns -** same value when called from the same trigger context -** immediately before and after a ROLLBACK. -** -** LIMITATIONS: +** Requirements: +** [H12221] [H12223] ** -** {U12232} If a separate thread does a new insert on the same -** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] -** function is running and thus changes the last insert rowid, -** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is -** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new -** last insert rowid. +** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same +** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] +** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], +** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is +** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new +** last insert [rowid]. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); /* -** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified {F12240} +** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified {H12240} ** ** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed ** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement -** on the connection specified by the first parameter. Only -** changes that are directly specified by the INSERT, UPDATE, or -** DELETE statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by -** triggers are not counted. Use the [sqlite3_total_changes()] function -** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers. +** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter. +** Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE], +** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by +** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted. Use the +** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes +** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions. +** +** Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger] +** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted. ** ** A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table ** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that -** are changed as side effects of REPLACE constraint resolution, -** rollback, ABORT processing, DROP TABLE, or by any other +** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution, +** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other ** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes. ** ** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and -** ends with the script of a trigger. Most SQL statements are +** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. +** Most SQL statements are ** evaluated outside of any trigger. This is the "top level" ** trigger context. If a trigger fires from the top level, a ** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one @@ -1348,84 +1876,57 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); ** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same ** trigger context. ** -** So when called from the top level, this function returns the +** Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the ** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE -** that also occurred at the top level. -** Within the body of a trigger, the sqlite3_changes() interface -** can be called to find the number of +** that also occurred at the top level. Within the body of a trigger, +** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of ** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE ** statement within the body of the same trigger. -** However, the number returned does not include in changes -** caused by subtriggers since they have their own context. -** -** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without -** a WHERE clause by dropping and recreating the table. (This is much -** faster than going through and deleting individual elements from the -** table.) Because of this optimization, the deletions in -** "DELETE FROM table" are not row changes and will not be counted -** by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()] functions. -** To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use -** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead. +** However, the number returned does not include changes +** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context. ** -** INVARIANTS: +** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface and the +** [count_changes pragma]. ** -** {F12241} The [sqlite3_changes()] function returns the number of -** row changes caused by the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, -** or DELETE statement on the same database connection and -** within the same trigger context, or zero if there have -** not been any qualifying row changes. +** Requirements: +** [H12241] [H12243] ** -** LIMITATIONS: -** -** {U12252} If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection -** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned -** is unpredictable and unmeaningful. +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned +** is unpredictable and not meaningful. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); /* -** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified {F12260} -*** -** This function returns the number of row changes caused -** by INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statements since the database handle -** was opened. The count includes all changes from all trigger -** contexts. But the count does not include changes used to -** implement REPLACE constraints, do rollbacks or ABORT processing, -** or DROP table processing. -** The changes -** are counted as soon as the statement that makes them is completed -** (when the statement handle is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or -** [sqlite3_finalize()]). +** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified {H12260} ** -** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without -** a WHERE clause by dropping and recreating the table. (This is much -** faster than going -** through and deleting individual elements from the table.) Because of -** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be -** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the -** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use -** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead. -** -** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface. +** This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT], +** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened. +** The count includes all changes from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] +** contexts and changes made by [foreign key actions]. However, +** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints, +** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The +** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger], +** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes +** are counted. +** The changes are counted as soon as the statement that makes them is +** completed (when the statement handle is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()]). ** -** INVARIANTS: -** -** {F12261} The [sqlite3_total_changes()] returns the total number -** of row changes caused by INSERT, UPDATE, and/or DELETE -** statements on the same [database connection], in any -** trigger context, since the database connection was -** created. +** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface and the +** [count_changes pragma]. ** -** LIMITATIONS: +** Requirements: +** [H12261] [H12263] ** -** {U12264} If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection -** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value -** returned is unpredictable and unmeaningful. +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value +** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); /* -** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query {F12270} +** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query {H12270} ** ** This function causes any pending database operation to abort and ** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically @@ -1435,98 +1936,99 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); ** ** It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the ** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it -** is not safe to call this routine with a database connection that +** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that ** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. ** -** If an SQL is very nearly finished at the time when sqlite3_interrupt() -** is called, then it might not have an opportunity to be interrupted. -** It might continue to completion. -** An SQL operation that is interrupted will return -** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. If the interrupted SQL operation is an -** INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE that is inside an explicit transaction, -** then the entire transaction will be rolled back automatically. -** A call to sqlite3_interrupt() has no effect on SQL statements -** that are started after sqlite3_interrupt() returns. -** -** INVARIANTS: +** If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when +** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity +** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. ** -** {F12271} The [sqlite3_interrupt()] interface will force all running -** SQL statements associated with the same database connection -** to halt after processing at most one additional row of -** data. +** An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. +** If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction +** will be rolled back automatically. ** -** {F12272} Any SQL statement that is interrupted by [sqlite3_interrupt()] -** will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. +** The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running +** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. Any new SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been +** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. New SQL statements +** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are +** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). +** A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running +** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. ** -** LIMITATIONS: +** Requirements: +** [H12271] [H12272] ** -** {U12279} If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] -** is running then bad things will likely happen. +** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] +** is running then bad things will likely happen. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); /* -** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete {F10510} +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete {H10510} ** -** These routines are useful for command-line input to determine if the -** currently entered text seems to form complete a SQL statement or +** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the +** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or ** if additional input is needed before sending the text into -** SQLite for parsing. These routines return true if the input string +** SQLite for parsing. These routines return 1 if the input string ** appears to be a complete SQL statement. A statement is judged to be -** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a fragment of a -** CREATE TRIGGER statement. Semicolons that are embedded within +** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a +** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. Semicolons that are embedded within ** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not ** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are -** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. +** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. Whitespace +** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. ** -** These routines do not parse the SQL and -** so will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. +** These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. If a +** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. ** -** INVARIANTS: +** These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus +** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** -** {F10511} The sqlite3_complete() and sqlite3_complete16() functions -** return true (non-zero) if and only if the last -** non-whitespace token in their input is a semicolon that -** is not in between the BEGIN and END of a CREATE TRIGGER -** statement. +** If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, +** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero +** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete. ** -** LIMITATIONS: +** Requirements: [H10511] [H10512] ** -** {U10512} The input to sqlite3_complete() must be a zero-terminated -** UTF-8 string. +** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-8 string. ** -** {U10513} The input to sqlite3_complete16() must be a zero-terminated -** UTF-16 string in native byte order. +** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string in native byte order. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); /* -** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors {F12310} -** -** This routine identifies a callback function that might be -** invoked whenever an attempt is made to open a database table -** that another thread or process has locked. -** If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] -** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] -** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. -** If the busy callback is not NULL, then the -** callback will be invoked with two arguments. The -** first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which -** is the third argument to this routine. The second argument to -** the handler is the number of times that the busy handler has -** been invoked for this locking event. If the +** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors {H12310} +** +** This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever +** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread +** or process has locked. +** +** If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] +** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. If the busy callback +** is not NULL, then the callback will be invoked with two arguments. +** +** The first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which +** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). The second argument to +** the handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has +** been invoked for this locking event. If the ** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to ** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. ** If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt ** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats. ** -** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that -** it will be invoked when there is lock contention. -** If SQLite determines that invoking the busy handler could result in -** a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] or -** [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the -** busy handler. +** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked +** when there is lock contention. If SQLite determines that invoking the busy +** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] +** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and ** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying @@ -1551,82 +2053,52 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); ** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to ** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. This error code promotion ** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the -** +** ** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why ** this is important. -** -** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each database -** connection. Setting a new busy handler clears any previous one. -** Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] will also set or clear -** the busy handler. -** -** INVARIANTS: ** -** {F12311} The [sqlite3_busy_handler()] function replaces the busy handler -** callback in the database connection identified by the 1st -** parameter with a new busy handler identified by the 2nd and 3rd -** parameters. +** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each +** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any +** previously set handler. Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] +** will also set or clear the busy handler. ** -** {F12312} The default busy handler for new database connections is NULL. -** -** {F12314} When two or more database connection share a common cache, -** the busy handler for the database connection currently using -** the cache is invoked when the cache encounters a lock. -** -** {F12316} If a busy handler callback returns zero, then the SQLite -** interface that provoked the locking event will return -** [SQLITE_BUSY]. -** -** {F12318} SQLite will invokes the busy handler with two argument which -** are a copy of the pointer supplied by the 3rd parameter to -** [sqlite3_busy_handler()] and a count of the number of prior -** invocations of the busy handler for the same locking event. -** -** LIMITATIONS: +** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions +** result in undefined behavior. +** +** Requirements: +** [H12311] [H12312] [H12314] [H12316] [H12318] ** -** {U12319} A busy handler should not call close the database connection -** or prepared statement that invoked the busy handler. +** A busy handler must not close the database connection +** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); /* -** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout {F12340} +** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout {H12340} ** -** This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] -** that sleeps for a while when a -** table is locked. The handler will sleep multiple times until -** at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping have been done. {F12343} After -** "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, the handler returns 0 which -** causes [sqlite3_step()] to return [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. +** This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps +** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. The handler +** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping +** have accumulated. {H12343} After "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, +** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return +** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ** ** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero ** turns off all busy handlers. ** -** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular database -** connection. If another busy handler was defined -** (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling +** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular +** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler +** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling ** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared. ** -** INVARIANTS: -** -** {F12341} The [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] function overrides any prior -** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] or [sqlite3_busy_handler()] setting -** on the same database connection. -** -** {F12343} If the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] is less than -** or equal to zero, then the busy handler is cleared so that -** all subsequent locking events immediately return [SQLITE_BUSY]. -** -** {F12344} If the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] is a positive -** number N, then a busy handler is set that repeatedly calls -** the xSleep() method in the VFS interface until either the -** lock clears or until the cumulative sleep time reported back -** by xSleep() exceeds N milliseconds. +** Requirements: +** [H12341] [H12343] [H12344] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); /* -** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries {F12370} +** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries {H12370} ** ** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the ** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the @@ -1637,16 +2109,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); ** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows ** and M be the number of columns. ** -** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated -** UTF-8 strings. There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. -** The first M pointers point to zero-terminated strings that -** contain the names of the columns. -** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL -** values are give a NULL pointer. All other values are in -** their UTF-8 zero-terminated string representation as returned by -** [sqlite3_column_text()]. +** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point +** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. +** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result +** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated +** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. ** -** A result table might consists of one or more memory allocations. +** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. ** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. ** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. ** @@ -1681,11 +2151,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); ** string of its 2nd parameter. It returns a result table to the ** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. ** -** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should -** pass the pointer to the result table to sqlite3_free_table() in order to -** release the memory that was malloc-ed. Because of the way the +** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should +** pass the pointer to the result table to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the ** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling -** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only +** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only ** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. ** ** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around @@ -1693,51 +2163,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); ** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public ** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the ** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not -** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or -** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. ** -** INVARIANTS: -** -** {F12371} If a [sqlite3_get_table()] fails a memory allocation, then -** it frees the result table under construction, aborts the -** query in process, skips any subsequent queries, sets the -** *resultp output pointer to NULL and returns [SQLITE_NOMEM]. -** -** {F12373} If the ncolumn parameter to [sqlite3_get_table()] is not NULL -** then [sqlite3_get_table()] write the number of columns in the -** result set of the query into *ncolumn if the query is -** successful (if the function returns SQLITE_OK). -** -** {F12374} If the nrow parameter to [sqlite3_get_table()] is not NULL -** then [sqlite3_get_table()] write the number of rows in the -** result set of the query into *nrow if the query is -** successful (if the function returns SQLITE_OK). -** -** {F12376} The [sqlite3_get_table()] function sets its *ncolumn value -** to the number of columns in the result set of the query in the -** sql parameter, or to zero if the query in sql has an empty -** result set. +** Requirements: +** [H12371] [H12373] [H12374] [H12376] [H12379] [H12382] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( - sqlite3*, /* An open database */ - const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ - char ***pResult, /* Results of the query */ - int *nrow, /* Number of result rows written here */ - int *ncolumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ - char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ + int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ + char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ ); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); /* -** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions {F17400} +** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions {H17400} ** -** These routines are workalikes of the "printf()" family of functions +** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions ** from the standard C library. ** ** The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their ** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. ** The strings returned by these two routines should be -** released by [sqlite3_free()]. Both routines return a +** released by [sqlite3_free()]. Both routines return a ** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough ** memory to hold the resulting string. ** @@ -1762,7 +2212,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** ** These routines all implement some additional formatting ** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. -** All of the usual printf formatting options apply. In addition, there +** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there ** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options. ** ** The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated @@ -1771,7 +2221,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); ** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into ** the string. ** -** For example, so some string variable contains text as follows: +** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: ** ** 
 **  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
@@ -1799,14 +2249,13 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 **  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
 **
** -** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you -** should always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string -** literal. +** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should +** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. ** ** The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around -** the outside of the total string. Or if the parameter in the argument -** list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without single -** quotes) in place of the %Q option. {END} So, for example, one could say: +** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the +** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without +** single quotes) in place of the %Q option. So, for example, one could say: ** ** 
 **  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
@@ -1821,35 +2270,20 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 ** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
 ** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string. {END}
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17403}  The [sqlite3_mprintf()] and [sqlite3_vmprintf()] interfaces
-**           return either pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings held in
-**           memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] or NULL pointers if
-**           a call to [sqlite3_malloc()] fails.
-**
-** {F17406}  The [sqlite3_snprintf()] interface writes a zero-terminated
-**           UTF-8 string into the buffer pointed to by the second parameter
-**           provided that the first parameter is greater than zero.
-**
-** {F17407}  The [sqlite3_snprintf()] interface does not writes slots of
-**           its output buffer (the second parameter) outside the range
-**           of 0 through N-1 (where N is the first parameter)
-**           regardless of the length of the string
-**           requested by the format specification.
-**   
+** Requirements:
+** [H17403] [H17406] [H17407]
 */
 SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
 SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
 SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem {F17300}
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem {H17300} 
 **
 ** The SQLite core  uses these three routines for all of its own
 ** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
 ** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
-** windows VFS uses native malloc and free for some operations.
+** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
 ** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
@@ -1867,7 +2301,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
 ** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
 ** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
 ** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
-** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_free().
+** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
 **
 ** The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
 ** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
@@ -1878,7 +2312,7 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
 ** If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
 ** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
 ** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** Sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
 ** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
 ** If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
 ** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
@@ -1889,128 +2323,66 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
 ** The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
 ** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary. {END}
 **
-** The default implementation
-** of the memory allocation subsystem uses the malloc(), realloc()
-** and free() provided by the standard C library. {F17382} However, if 
-** SQLite is compiled with the following C preprocessor macro
-**
-** 
 SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE=NNN 

-**
-** where NNN is an integer, then SQLite create a static
-** array of at least NNN bytes in size and use that array
-** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs. {END}  Additional
-** memory allocator options may be added in future releases.
+** The default implementation of the memory allocation subsystem uses
+** the malloc(), realloc() and free() provided by the standard C library.
+** {H17382} However, if SQLite is compiled with the
+** SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE=NNN C preprocessor macro (where NNN
+** is an integer), then SQLite create a static array of at least
+** NNN bytes in size and uses that array for all of its dynamic
+** memory allocation needs. {END}  Additional memory allocator options
+** may be added in future releases.
 **
 ** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
 ** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
 ** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
-** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be
-** used.
+** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
 **
-** The windows OS interface layer calls
+** The Windows OS interface layer calls
 ** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
 ** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
-** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular windows
+** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
 ** installation.  Memory allocation errors are detected, but
 ** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
 ** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17303}  The [sqlite3_malloc(N)] interface returns either a pointer to 
-**           newly checked-out block of at least N bytes of memory
-**           that is 8-byte aligned, 
-**           or it returns NULL if it is unable to fulfill the request.
-**
-** {F17304}  The [sqlite3_malloc(N)] interface returns a NULL pointer if
-**           N is less than or equal to zero.
-**
-** {F17305}  The [sqlite3_free(P)] interface releases memory previously
-**           returned from [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()],
-**           making it available for reuse.
-**
-** {F17306}  A call to [sqlite3_free(NULL)] is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** {F17310}  A call to [sqlite3_realloc(0,N)] is equivalent to a call
-**           to [sqlite3_malloc(N)].
-**
-** {F17312}  A call to [sqlite3_realloc(P,0)] is equivalent to a call
-**           to [sqlite3_free(P)].
+** Requirements:
+** [H17303] [H17304] [H17305] [H17306] [H17310] [H17312] [H17315] [H17318]
+** [H17321] [H17322] [H17323]
 **
-** {F17315}  The SQLite core uses [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_realloc()],
-**           and [sqlite3_free()] for all of its memory allocation and
-**           deallocation needs.
-**
-** {F17318}  The [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] interface returns either a pointer
-**           to a block of checked-out memory of at least N bytes in size
-**           that is 8-byte aligned, or a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {F17321}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns a non-NULL pointer, it first
-**           copies the first K bytes of content from P into the newly allocated
-**           where K is the lessor of N and the size of the buffer P.
-**
-** {F17322}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns a non-NULL pointer, it first
-**           releases the buffer P.
-**
-** {F17323}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns NULL, the buffer P is
-**           not modified or released.
-**
-** LIMITATIONS:
-**
-** {U17350}  The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-**           must be either NULL or else a pointer obtained from a prior
-**           invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that has
-**           not been released.
-**
-** {U17351}  The application must not read or write any part of 
-**           a block of memory after it has been released using
-**           [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
+** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
+** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
+** not yet been released.
 **
+** The application must not read or write any part of
+** a block of memory after it has been released using
+** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
 */
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics {F17370}
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics {H17370} 
 **
 ** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
 ** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** the memory allocation subsystem included within the SQLite.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17371} The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the
-**          number of bytes of memory currently outstanding 
-**          (malloced but not freed).
+** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
 **
-** {F17373} The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
-**          value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] 
-**          since the highwater mark was last reset.
-**
-** {F17374} The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
-**          [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
-**          added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
-**          but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
-**          routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
-** 
-** {F17375} The memory highwater mark is reset to the current value of
-**          [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
-**          [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  The value returned
-**          by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the highwater mark
-**          prior to the reset.
+** Requirements:
+** [H17371] [H17373] [H17374] [H17375]
 */
 SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
 SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator {F17390}
+** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator {H17390} 
 **
 ** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
-** select random ROWIDs when inserting new records into a table that
-** already uses the largest possible ROWID.  The PRNG is also used for
+** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
+** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
 ** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
-** appliations to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
+** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
 **
 ** A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
 **
@@ -2021,15 +2393,13 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
 ** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
 ** method.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17392} The [sqlite3_randomness(N,P)] interface writes N bytes of
-**          high-quality pseudo-randomness into buffer P.
+** Requirements:
+** [H17392]
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks {F12500}
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks {H12500} 
 **
 ** This routine registers a authorizer callback with a particular
 ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
@@ -2042,36 +2412,39 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 ** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
 ** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
 ** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
-** rejected with an error.   If the authorizer callback returns
+** rejected with an error.  If the authorizer callback returns
 ** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
-** then [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
+** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
 ** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
 **
 ** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
 ** requested is ok.  When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
 ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied.  If the authorizer code is [SQLITE_READ]
+** access is denied. 
+**
+** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
+** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. The second parameter
+** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
+** the particular action to be authorized. The third through sixth parameters
+** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
+** details about the action to be authorized.
+**
+** If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
 ** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
 ** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
 ** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
 ** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
 ** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
 ** columns of a table.
-**
-** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of
-** the third parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface.
-** The second parameter to the callback is an integer 
-** [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies the particular action
-** to be authorized. The third through sixth
-** parameters to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain 
-** additional details about the action to be authorized.
+** If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
+** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
+** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
 **
 ** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
-** SQL statements from an untrusted
-** source, to ensure that the SQL statements do not try to access data
-** that they are not allowed to see, or that they do not try to
-** execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
+** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
+** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
+** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
 ** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
 ** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
 ** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
@@ -2089,61 +2462,25 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 ** previous call.  Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
 ** The authorizer is disabled by default.
 **
-** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during 
-** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
-** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
+** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
 **
-** {F12501} The [sqlite3_set_authorizer(D,...)] interface registers a
-**          authorizer callback with database connection D.
+** When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
+** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
+** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
 **
-** {F12502} The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are
-**          being compiled
-**
-** {F12503} If the authorizer callback returns any value other than
-**          [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] then
-**          the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that caused
-**          the authorizer callback to run shall fail with an
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {F12504} When the authorizer callback returns [SQLITE_OK], the operation
-**          described is coded normally.
-**
-** {F12505} When the authorizer callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
-**          [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that caused the
-**          authorizer callback to run shall fail
-**          with an [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an error message
-**          explaining that access is denied.
-**
-** {F12506} If the authorizer code (the 2nd parameter to the authorizer
-**          callback) is [SQLITE_READ] and the authorizer callback returns
-**          [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the prepared statement is constructed to
-**          insert a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
-**          been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.
-**
-** {F12507} If the authorizer code (the 2nd parameter to the authorizer
-**          callback) is anything other than [SQLITE_READ], then
-**          a return of [SQLITE_IGNORE] has the same effect as [SQLITE_DENY]. 
-**
-** {F12510} The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of
-**          the third parameter to the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface.
-**
-** {F12511} The second parameter to the callback is an integer 
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies the particular action
-**          to be authorized.
-**
-** {F12512} The third through sixth parameters to the callback are
-**          zero-terminated strings that contain 
-**          additional details about the action to be authorized.
-**
-** {F12520} Each call to [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] overrides the
-**          any previously installed authorizer.
-**
-** {F12521} A NULL authorizer means that no authorization
-**          callback is invoked.
+** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
+** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
+** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
+** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
+** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
 **
-** {F12522} The default authorizer is NULL.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12501] [H12502] [H12503] [H12504] [H12505] [H12506] [H12507] [H12510]
+** [H12511] [H12512] [H12520] [H12521] [H12522]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
   sqlite3*,
@@ -2152,7 +2489,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes {F12590}
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes {H12590} 
 **
 ** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
 ** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
@@ -2164,45 +2501,26 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes {F12550}
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes {H12550} 
 **
 ** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
-** that is invoked to authorizer certain SQL statement actions.  The
+** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
 ** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
 ** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
 ** the authorizer callback may be passed.
 **
-** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be 
+** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
 ** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
 ** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
 ** codes is used as the second parameter.  The 5th parameter to the
-** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", 
+** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
 ** etc.) if applicable.  The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
 ** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from 
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
 ** top-level SQL code.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12551} The second parameter to an 
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback is always an integer
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] that specifies what action
-**          is being authorized.
-**
-** {F12552} The 3rd and 4th parameters to the 
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorization callback function]
-**          will be parameters or NULL depending on which 
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] is used as the second parameter.
-**
-** {F12553} The 5th parameter to the
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] is the name
-**          of the database (example: "main", "temp", etc.) if applicable.
-**
-** {F12554} The 6th parameter to the
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] is the name
-**          of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-**          the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from 
-**          top-level SQL code.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12551] [H12552] [H12553] [H12554]
 */
 /******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
 #define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
@@ -2226,7 +2544,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 #define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
 #define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
 #define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
 #define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
 #define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
 #define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
@@ -2235,11 +2553,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 #define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
 #define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
 #define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* Function Name   NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
+#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
 #define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions {F12280}
+** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions {H12280} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
 ** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
 ** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
@@ -2248,245 +2568,136 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 ** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
 ** The callback returns a UTF-8 rendering of the SQL statement text
 ** as the statement first begins executing.  Additional callbacks occur
-** as each triggersubprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
+** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
 ** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.
-** 
+**
 ** The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
 ** as each SQL statement finishes.  The profile callback contains
 ** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
 ** of how long that statement took to run.
 **
-** The sqlite3_profile() API is currently considered experimental and
-** is subject to change or removal in a future release.
-**
-** The trigger reporting feature of the trace callback is considered
-** experimental and is subject to change or removal in future releases.
-** Future versions of SQLite might also add new trace callback 
-** invocations.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12281} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_trace()] is
-**          whenever an SQL statement first begins to execute and
-**          whenever a trigger subprogram first begins to run.
-**
-** {F12282} Each call to [sqlite3_trace()] overrides the previously
-**          registered trace callback.
-**
-** {F12283} A NULL trace callback disables tracing.
-**
-** {F12284} The first argument to the trace callback is a copy of
-**          the pointer which was the 3rd argument to [sqlite3_trace()].
-**
-** {F12285} The second argument to the trace callback is a
-**          zero-terminated UTF8 string containing the original text
-**          of the SQL statement as it was passed into [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]
-**          or the equivalent, or an SQL comment indicating the beginning
-**          of a trigger subprogram.
-**
-** {F12287} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_profile()] is invoked
-**          as each SQL statement finishes.
-**
-** {F12288} The first parameter to the profile callback is a copy of
-**          the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_profile()].
-**
-** {F12289} The second parameter to the profile callback is a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-8 string that contains the complete text of
-**          the SQL statement as it was processed by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]
-**          or the equivalent.
-**
-** {F12290} The third parameter to the profile  callback is an estimate
-**          of the number of nanoseconds of wall-clock time required to
-**          run the SQL statement from start to finish.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12281] [H12282] [H12283] [H12284] [H12285] [H12287] [H12288] [H12289]
+** [H12290]
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
    void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks {F12910}
+** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks {H12910} 
 **
 ** This routine configures a callback function - the
 ** progress callback - that is invoked periodically during long
 ** running calls to [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and
-** [sqlite3_get_table()].   An example use for this 
+** [sqlite3_get_table()].  An example use for this
 ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
 **
-** If the progress callback returns non-zero, the opertion is
+** If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
 ** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
-** "Cancel" button on a GUI dialog box.
+** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** The progress handler must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
 **
-** {F12911} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_progress_handler()]
-**          is invoked periodically during long running calls to
-**          [sqlite3_step()].
+** Requirements:
+** [H12911] [H12912] [H12913] [H12914] [H12915] [H12916] [H12917] [H12918]
 **
-** {F12912} The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual
-**          machine opcodes, where N is the second argument to 
-**          the [sqlite3_progress_handler()] call that registered
-**          the callback.  What if N is less than 1?
-**
-** {F12913} The progress callback itself is identified by the third
-**          argument to [sqlite3_progress_handler()].
-**
-** {F12914} The fourth argument [sqlite3_progress_handler()] is a
-***         void pointer passed to the progress callback
-**          function each time it is invoked.
-**
-** {F12915} If a call to [sqlite3_step()] results in fewer than
-**          N opcodes being executed,
-**          then the progress callback is never invoked. {END}
-** 
-** {F12916} Every call to [sqlite3_progress_handler()]
-**          overwrites any previously registere progress handler.
-**
-** {F12917} If the progress handler callback is NULL then no progress
-**          handler is invoked.
-**
-** {F12918} If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then
-**          the behavior is a if [sqlite3_interrupt()] had been called.
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection {F12700}
-**
-** These routines open an SQLite database file whose name
-** is given by the filename argument.
-** The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8
-** for [sqlite3_open()] and [sqlite3_open_v2()] and as UTF-16
-** in the native byte order for [sqlite3_open16()].
-** An [sqlite3*] handle is usually returned in *ppDb, even
-** if an error occurs.  The only exception is if SQLite is unable
-** to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, a NULL will
-** be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] object.
-** If the database is opened (and/or created)
-** successfully, then [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an
-** error code is returned.  The
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()]  routines can be used to obtain
+** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection {H12700} 
+**
+** These routines open an SQLite database file whose name is given by the
+** filename argument. The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
+** order for sqlite3_open16(). A [database connection] handle is usually
+** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
+** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
+** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
+** object. If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
+** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.  The
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
 ** an English language description of the error.
 **
 ** The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
-** [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open_v2()] is called and
-** UTF-16 in the native byte order if [sqlite3_open16()] is used.
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
+** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
 **
 ** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
-** associated with the [sqlite3*] handle should be released by passing it
-** to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
+** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
+** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
 **
-** The [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface works like [sqlite3_open()] 
-** except that it acccepts two additional parameters for additional control
-** over the new database connection.  The flags parameter can be
-** one of:
+** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
+** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
+** over the new database connection.  The flags parameter can take one of
+** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
+** and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flags:
 **
-** 
    
-** 
  1.   [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
-** 
  2.   [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
-** 
  3.   [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
-** 

+** 

+** 
[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]

+** 
The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
+** already exist, an error is returned.

+**
+** 
[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]

+** 
The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
+** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
+** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.

+**
+** 
[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]

+** 
The database is opened for reading and writing, and is creates it if
+** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().

+** 

+**
+** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
+** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined
+** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX],
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flags,
+** then the behavior is undefined.
 **
-** The first value opens the database read-only. 
-** If the database does not previously exist, an error is returned.
-** The second option opens
-** the database for reading and writing if possible, or reading only if
-** if the file is write protected.  In either case the database
-** must already exist or an error is returned.  The third option
-** opens the database for reading and writing and creates it if it does
-** not already exist.
-** The third options is behavior that is always used for [sqlite3_open()]
-** and [sqlite3_open16()].
-**
-** If the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2()] is not one of the
-** combinations shown above then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** If the filename is ":memory:", then an private
-** in-memory database is created for the connection.  This in-memory
-** database will vanish when the database connection is closed.  Future
-** version of SQLite might make use of additional special filenames
-** that begin with the ":" character.  It is recommended that 
-** when a database filename really does begin with
-** ":" that you prefix the filename with a pathname like "./" to
-** avoid ambiguity.
-**
-** If the filename is an empty string, then a private temporary
+** If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
+** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
+** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  If the
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
+** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
+** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
+** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
+** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  The
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
+** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
+**
+** If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
+** is created for the connection.  This in-memory database will vanish when
+** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
+** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
+** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
+** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
+** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
+**
+** If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
 ** on-disk database will be created.  This private database will be
 ** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
 **
 ** The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system 
-** interface that the new database connection should use.  If the
-** fourth parameter is a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs]
-** object is used.
+** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
+** the new database connection should use.  If the fourth parameter is
+** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
 **
-** Note to windows users:  The encoding used for the filename argument
-** of [sqlite3_open()] and [sqlite3_open_v2()] must be UTF-8, not whatever
+** Note to Windows users:  The encoding used for the filename argument
+** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
 ** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
 ** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
-** [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open_v2()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12701} The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces create a new
-**          [database connection] associated with
-**          the database file given in their first parameter.
-**
-** {F12702} The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8
-**          for [sqlite3_open()] and [sqlite3_open_v2()] and as UTF-16
-**          in the native byte order for [sqlite3_open16()].
-**
-** {F12703} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], 
-**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()] writes a pointer to a new
-**          [database connection] into *ppDb.
-**
-** {F12704} The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces return [SQLITE_OK] upon success,
-**          or an appropriate [error code] on failure.
-**
-** {F12706} The default text encoding for a new database created using
-**          [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open_v2()] will be UTF-8.
-**
-** {F12707} The default text encoding for a new database created using
-**          [sqlite3_open16()] will be UTF-16.
-**
-** {F12709} The [sqlite3_open(F,D)] interface is equivalent to
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,0)] where the G parameter is
-**          [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]|[SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
 **
-** {F12711} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] then the database is opened
-**          for reading only.
-**
-** {F12712} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] then the database is opened
-**          reading and writing if possible, or for reading only if the
-**          file is write protected by the operating system.
-**
-** {F12713} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open(v2(F,D,G,V)] omits the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
-**          previously exist, an error is returned.
-**
-** {F12714} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open(v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
-**          previously exist, then an attempt is made to create and
-**          initialize the database.
-**
-** {F12717} If the filename argument to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()] is ":memory:", then an private,
-**          ephemeral, in-memory database is created for the connection.
-**          Is SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE required
-**          in sqlite3_open_v2()?
-**
-** {F12719} If the filename is NULL or an empty string, then a private,
-**          ephermeral on-disk database will be created.
-**          Is SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE required
-**          in sqlite3_open_v2()?
-**
-** {F12721} The [database connection] created by 
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] will use the
-**          [sqlite3_vfs] object identified by the V parameter, or
-**          the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is V is a NULL pointer.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12701] [H12702] [H12703] [H12704] [H12706] [H12707] [H12709] [H12711]
+** [H12712] [H12713] [H12714] [H12717] [H12719] [H12721] [H12723]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
   const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
@@ -2504,68 +2715,61 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages {F12800}
+** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages {H12800} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric
-** [SQLITE_OK | result code] or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code]
-** for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call associated
-** with [sqlite3] handle 'db'. If a prior API call failed but the
-** most recent API call succeeded, the return value from sqlite3_errcode()
-** is undefined.
+** The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
+** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
+** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
+** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
+** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.  The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
+** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
+** disabled.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
-** text that describes the error, as either UTF8 or UTF16 respectively.
+** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
 ** Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
-** The application does not need to worry with freeing the result.
+** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
 ** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
 ** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12801} The [sqlite3_errcode(D)] interface returns the numeric
-**          [SQLITE_OK | result code] or
-**          [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code]
-**          for the most recently failed interface call associated
-**          with [database connection] D.
+** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
+** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
+** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
+** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
+** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
+** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
+** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
+** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
+** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
 **
-** {F12803} The [sqlite3_errmsg(D)] and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)]
-**          interfaces return English-language text that describes
-**          the error in the mostly recently failed interface call,
-**          encoded as either UTF8 or UTF16 respectively.
+** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
+** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
+** error code and message may or may not be set.
 **
-** {F12807} The strings returned by [sqlite3_errmsg()] and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]
-**          are valid until the next SQLite interface call.
-**
-** {F12808} Calls to API routines that do not return an error code
-**          (example: [sqlite3_data_count()]) do not
-**          change the error code or message returned by
-**          [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
-**
-** {F12809} Interfaces that are not associated with a specific
-**          [database connection] (examples:
-**          [sqlite3_mprintf()] or [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]
-**          do not change the values returned by
-**          [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
+** Requirements:
+** [H12801] [H12802] [H12803] [H12807] [H12808] [H12809]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
 SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object {F13000}
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object {H13000} 
 ** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
 **
-** An instance of this object represent single SQL statements.  This
-** object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a 
+** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
+** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
 ** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
-** 
+**
 ** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
 **
 ** 
    
 ** 
  1.  Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
 **      function.
-** 
  2.  Bind values to host parameters using
-**      [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_* interfaces].
+** 
  3.  Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
+**      interfaces.
 ** 
  4.  Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
 ** 
  5.  Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
 **      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
@@ -2578,7 +2782,7 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
 typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits {F12760}
+** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits {H12760} 
 **
 ** This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
 ** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
@@ -2588,8 +2792,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 ** new limit for that construct.  The function returns the old limit.
 **
 ** If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a hard upper
-** bound set by a compile-time C-preprocess macro named SQLITE_MAX_XYZ.
+** For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a 
+** [limits | hard upper bound]
+** set by a compile-time C preprocessor macro named 
+** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_XYZ].
 ** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".)
 ** Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
 ** silently truncated to the hard upper limit.
@@ -2597,55 +2803,42 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 ** Run time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
 ** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
 ** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
-** webbrowser that has its own databases for storing history and
-** separate databases controlled by javascript applications downloaded
-** off the internet.  The internal databases can be given the
+** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
+** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
+** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
 ** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
 ** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
-** attach.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
+** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
 ** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
 ** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
 ** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
 **
-** This interface is currently considered experimental and is subject
-** to change or removal without prior notice.
+** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12762} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] where V is
-**          positive changes the
-**          limit on the size of construct C in [database connection] D
-**          to the lessor of V and the hard upper bound on the size
-**          of C that is set at compile-time.
-**
-** {F12766} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] where V is negative
-**          leaves the state of [database connection] D unchanged.
-**
-** {F12769} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] returns the
-**          value of the limit on the size of construct C in
-**          in [database connection] D as it was prior to the call.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12762] [H12766] [H12769]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories {F12790}
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories {H12790} 
 ** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {limit categories}
-** 
-** These constants define various aspects of a [database connection]
-** that can be limited in size by calls to [sqlite3_limit()].
-** The meanings of the various limits are as follows:
+**
+** These constants define various performance limits
+** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
+** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
+** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
 **
 ** 
    
 ** 
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
    
-** 
    The maximum size of any
-** string or blob or table row.
    
+** 
    The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row.
    
 **
 ** 
    SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
    
 ** 
    The maximum length of an SQL statement.
    
 **
 ** 
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
    
 ** 
    The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
-** result set of a SELECT or the maximum number of columns in an index
+** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
 ** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
    
 **
 ** 
    SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
    
@@ -2662,15 +2855,18 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 ** 
    The maximum number of arguments on a function.
    
 **
 ** 
    SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
    
-** 
    The maximum number of attached databases.
    
+** 
    The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].
    
 **
 ** 
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
    
-** 
    The maximum length of the pattern argument to the LIKE or
-** GLOB operators.
    
+** 
    The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
+** [GLOB] operators.
    
 **
 ** 
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
    
 ** 
    The maximum number of variables in an SQL statement that can
 ** be bound.
    
+**
+** 
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    
+** 
    The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
    
 ** 
    
 */
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
@@ -2683,54 +2879,55 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {F13010}
+** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {H13010} 
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
 **
 ** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
-** program using one of these routines. 
+** program using one of these routines.
+**
+** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
+** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
+** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
 **
-** The first argument "db" is an [database connection] 
-** obtained from a prior call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()]
-** or [sqlite3_open16()]. 
-** The second argument "zSql" is the statement to be compiled, encoded
+** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
 ** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
-** interfaces uses UTF-8 and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
-** use UTF-16. {END}
-**
-** If the nByte argument is less
-** than zero, then zSql is read up to the first zero terminator.
-** If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum number of 
-** bytes read from zSql.  When nByte is non-negative, the
-** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or 
+** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
+** use UTF-16.
+**
+** If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
+** number of  bytes read from zSql.  When nByte is non-negative, the
+** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
 ** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
 ** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
-** performance advantage to be had by passing an nByte parameter that 
-** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including 
-** the nul-terminator bytes.{END}
+** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
+** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including
+** the nul-terminator bytes.
 **
-** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the
-** first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only compiles the first
-** statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains
-** uncompiled.
+** If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
+** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
+** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
+** what remains uncompiled.
 **
 ** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
-** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  Or if there is an error, *ppStmt is
-** set to NULL.  If the input text contains no SQL (if the input
-** is and empty string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
-** {U13018} The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the
-** compiled SQL statement
-** using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
+** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
+** to NULL.  If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
+** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
+** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
+** ppStmt may not be NULL.
 **
-** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an 
-** [error code] is returned.
+** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned, otherwise an [error code] is returned.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
 ** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
 ** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
 ** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
-** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the 
-** original SQL text. {END} This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
+** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
+** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
 ** behave a differently in two ways:
 **
 ** 
      
@@ -2739,60 +2936,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 ** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
 ** statement and try to run it again.  If the schema has changed in
 ** a way that makes the statement no longer valid, [sqlite3_step()] will still
-** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA].  But unlike the legacy behavior, 
-** [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is now a fatal error.  Calling
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the
+** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA].  But unlike the legacy behavior, [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is
+** now a fatal error.  Calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the
 ** error go away.  Note: use [sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text
-** of the parsing error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return. {END}
+** of the parsing error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return.
 ** 
 **
 ** 
    1. 
-** When an error occurs, 
-** [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed 
-** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. 
-** The legacy behavior was that [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] result code and you would have to make a second call to
-** [sqlite3_reset()] in order to find the underlying cause of the problem.
-** With the "v2" prepare interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is
-** returned immediately.
+** When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
+** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  The legacy behavior was that
+** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
+** and you would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] in order
+** to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
+** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
 ** 
      2. 
 ** 
    
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13011} The [sqlite3_prepare(db,zSql,...)] and
-**          [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,...)] interfaces interpret the
-**          text in their zSql parameter as UTF-8.
-**
-** {F13012} The [sqlite3_prepare16(db,zSql,...)] and
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16_v2(db,zSql,...)] interfaces interpret the
-**          text in their zSql parameter as UTF-16 in the native byte order.
-**
-** {F13013} If the nByte argument to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,nByte,...)]
-**          and its variants is less than zero, then SQL text is
-**          read from zSql is read up to the first zero terminator.
-**
-** {F13014} If the nByte argument to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,nByte,...)]
-**          and its variants is non-negative, then at most nBytes bytes
-**          SQL text is read from zSql.
-**
-** {F13015} In [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,N,P,pzTail)] and its variants
-**          if the zSql input text contains more than one SQL statement
-**          and pzTail is not NULL, then *pzTail is made to point to the
-**          first byte past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.
-**          What does *pzTail point to if there is one statement?
+** Requirements:
+** [H13011] [H13012] [H13013] [H13014] [H13015] [H13016] [H13019] [H13021]
 **
-** {F13016} A successful call to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,N,ppStmt,...)]
-**          or one of its variants writes into *ppStmt a pointer to a new
-**          [prepared statement] or a pointer to NULL
-**          if zSql contains nothing other than whitespace or comments. 
-**
-** {F13019} The [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] interface and its variants return
-**          [SQLITE_OK] or an appropriate [error code] upon failure.
-**
-** {F13021} Before [sqlite3_prepare(db,zSql,nByte,ppStmt,pzTail)] or its
-**          variants returns an error (any value other than [SQLITE_OK])
-**          it first sets *ppStmt to NULL.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
   sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
@@ -2824,85 +2986,78 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPIREF: Retrieving Statement SQL {F13100}
-**
-** This intereface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
-** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL {H13100} 
 **
-** {F13101} If the [prepared statement] passed as 
-**          the an argument to [sqlite3_sql()] was compiled
-**          compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()],
-**          then [sqlite3_sql()] function returns a pointer to a
-**          zero-terminated string containing a UTF-8 rendering
-**          of the original SQL statement.
+** This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
+** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
+** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
 **
-** {F13102} If the [prepared statement] passed as 
-**          the an argument to [sqlite3_sql()] was compiled
-**          compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare()] or
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16()],
-**          then [sqlite3_sql()] function returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {F13103} The string returned by [sqlite3_sql(S)] is valid until the
-**          [prepared statement] S is deleted using [sqlite3_finalize(S)].
+** Requirements:
+** [H13101] [H13102] [H13103]
 */
 SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Dynamically Typed Value Object  {F15000}
+** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object {H15000} 
 ** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
 **
 ** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
-** that can be stored in a database table.
-** SQLite uses dynamic typing for the values it stores.  
-** Values stored in sqlite3_value objects can be
-** be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
+** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
+** for the values it stores. Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
+** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
 **
 ** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
 ** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
 ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
-** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies 
+** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
 ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
 **
 ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
 ** a mutex is held.  A internal mutex is held for a protected
 ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
 ** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
-** (with SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** then there is no distinction between
-** protected and unprotected sqlite3_value objects and they can be
-** used interchangable.  However, for maximum code portability it
-** is recommended that applications make the distinction between
-** between protected and unprotected sqlite3_value objects even if
-** they are single threaded.
+** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
+** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
+** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
+** still make the distinction between between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
-** implementation of application-defined SQL functions are protected.
+** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
 ** The sqlite3_value object returned by
 ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
 ** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
-** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].  All other
-** interfaces that use sqlite3_value require protected sqlite3_value objects.
+** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
+** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
+** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
 */
 typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  SQL Function Context Object {F16001}
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object {H16001} 
 **
 ** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
-** sqlite3_context object.  A pointer to an sqlite3_context
-** object is always first parameter to application-defined SQL functions.
+** sqlite3_context object.  A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
+** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
+** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
+** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
+** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
+** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
+** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
 */
 typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Binding Values To Prepared Statements {F13500}
+** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements {H13500} 
+** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
 **
-** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its
-** variants, literals may be replace by a parameter in one
-** of these forms:
+** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
+** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
+** templates:
 **
 ** 
      
 ** 
    •   ?
@@ -2912,33 +3067,32 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** 
    •   $VVV
 ** 
    
 **
-** In the parameter forms shown above NNN is an integer literal,
-** VVV alpha-numeric parameter name.
-** The values of these parameters (also called "host parameter names"
-** or "SQL parameters")
+** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
+** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifer.  The values of these
+** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
 ** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
 **
-** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines always
-** is a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. The second
-** argument is the index of the parameter to be set. The
-** first parameter has an index of 1.  When the same named
-** parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
-** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. 
+** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
+** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
+**
+** The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
+** The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  When the same named
+** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
+** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
 ** The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()] API if desired.  The index
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  The index
 ** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
-** The NNN value must be between 1 and the compile-time
-** parameter SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER (default value: 999).
+** The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
+** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
 **
 ** The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
 **
-** In those
-** routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the number of bytes
-** in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the number of bytes
-** in the value, not the number of characters. 
+** In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
+** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
+** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.
 ** If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is
-** number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
+** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
 **
 ** The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
 ** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
@@ -2950,12 +3104,12 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
-** is filled with zeros.  A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
-** (just an integer to hold it size) while it is being processed.
-** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as place-holders for BLOBs whose
-** content is later written using 
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | increment BLOB I/O] routines. A negative
-** value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
+** is filled with zeroes.  A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
+** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
+** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
+** content is later written using
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
+** A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_bind_*() routines must be called after
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] (and its variants) or [sqlite3_reset()] and
@@ -2965,7 +3119,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 **
 ** These routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an error code if
 ** anything goes wrong.  [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
-** index is out of range.  [SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc fails.
+** index is out of range.  [SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
 ** [SQLITE_MISUSE] might be returned if these routines are called on a
 ** virtual machine that is the wrong state or which has already been finalized.
 ** Detection of misuse is unreliable.  Applications should not depend
@@ -2974,81 +3128,12 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** panic rather than return SQLITE_MISUSE.
 **
 ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** Requirements:
+** [H13506] [H13509] [H13512] [H13515] [H13518] [H13521] [H13524] [H13527]
+** [H13530] [H13533] [H13536] [H13539] [H13542] [H13545] [H13548] [H13551]
 **
-** {F13506} The [sqlite3_prepare | SQL statement compiler] recognizes
-**          tokens of the forms "?", "?NNN", "$VVV", ":VVV", and "@VVV"
-**          as SQL parameters, where NNN is any sequence of one or more
-**          digits and where VVV is any sequence of one or more 
-**          alphanumeric characters or "::" optionally followed by
-**          a string containing no spaces and contained within parentheses.
-**
-** {F13509} The initial value of an SQL parameter is NULL.
-**
-** {F13512} The index of an "?" SQL parameter is one larger than the
-**          largest index of SQL parameter to the left, or 1 if
-**          the "?" is the leftmost SQL parameter.
-**
-** {F13515} The index of an "?NNN" SQL parameter is the integer NNN.
-**
-** {F13518} The index of an ":VVV", "$VVV", or "@VVV" SQL parameter is
-**          the same as the index of leftmost occurances of the same
-**          parameter, or one more than the largest index over all
-**          parameters to the left if this is the first occurrance
-**          of this parameter, or 1 if this is the leftmost parameter.
-**
-** {F13521} The [sqlite3_prepare | SQL statement compiler] fail with
-**          an [SQLITE_RANGE] error if the index of an SQL parameter
-**          is less than 1 or greater than SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER.
-**
-** {F13524} Calls to [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,N,V,...)]
-**          associate the value V with all SQL parameters having an
-**          index of N in the [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {F13527} Calls to [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,N,...)]
-**          override prior calls with the same values of S and N.
-**
-** {F13530} Bindings established by [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,...)]
-**          persist across calls to [sqlite3_reset(S)].
-**
-** {F13533} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] SQLite binds the first L
-**          bytes of the blob or string pointed to by V, when L
-**          is non-negative.
-**
-** {F13536} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)] or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] SQLite binds characters
-**          from V through the first zero character when L is negative.
-**
-** {F13539} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is the special
-**          constant [SQLITE_STATIC], SQLite assumes that the value V
-**          is held in static unmanaged space that will not change
-**          during the lifetime of the binding.
-**
-** {F13542} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is the special
-**          constant [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], the routine makes a 
-**          private copy of V value before it returns.
-**
-** {F13545} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is a pointer to
-**          a function, SQLite invokes that function to destroy the
-**          V value after it has finished using the V value.
-**
-** {F13548} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(S,N,V,L)] the value bound
-**          is a blob of L bytes, or a zero-length blob if L is negative.
-**
-** {F13551} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_value(S,N,V)] the V argument may
-**          be either a [protected sqlite3_value] object or an
-**          [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
@@ -3061,49 +3146,46 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters {F13600}
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters {H13600} 
 **
-** This routine can be used to find the number of SQL parameters
-** in a prepared statement.  SQL parameters are tokens of the
+** This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
+** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
 ** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
-** place-holders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
+** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
 ** to the parameters at a later time.
 **
-** This routine actually returns the index of the largest parameter.
-** For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the number of
-** unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN are used, there may
-** be gaps in the list.
+** This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
+** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
+** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN are used,
+** there may be gaps in the list.
 **
 ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13601} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(S)] interface returns
-**          the largest index of all SQL parameters in the
-**          [prepared statement] S, or 0 if S
-**          contains no SQL parameters.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13601]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter {F13620}
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter {H13620} 
 **
 ** This routine returns a pointer to the name of the n-th
-** SQL parameter in a [prepared statement].
+** [SQL parameter] in a [prepared statement].
 ** SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
 ** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
 ** respectively.
 ** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
 ** is included as part of the name.
-** Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name.
+** Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
+** and are also referred to as "anonymous parameters".
 **
 ** The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
 **
 ** If the value n is out of range or if the n-th parameter is
 ** nameless, then NULL is returned.  The returned string is
-** always in the UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
+** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
 ** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
 ** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
 **
@@ -3111,18 +3193,13 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13621} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(S,N)] interface returns
-**          a UTF-8 rendering of the name of the SQL parameter in
-**          [prepared statement] S having index N, or
-**          NULL if there is no SQL parameter with index N or if the
-**          parameter with index N is an anonymous parameter "?".
+** Requirements:
+** [H13621]
 */
 SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name {F13640}
+** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name {H13640} 
 **
 ** Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  The
 ** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
@@ -3135,64 +3212,49 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13641} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(S,N)] interface returns
-**          the index of SQL parameter in [prepared statement]
-**          S whose name matches the UTF-8 string N, or 0 if there is
-**          no match.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13641]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement {F13660}
-**
-** Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not
-** reset the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a 
-** [prepared statement].  Use this routine to
-** reset all host parameters to NULL.
+** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement {H13660} 
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
+** Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
 **
-** {F13661} The [sqlite3_clear_bindings(S)] interface resets all
-**          SQL parameter bindings in [prepared statement] S
-**          back to NULL.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13661]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set {F13710}
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set {H13710} 
 **
-** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the 
-** [prepared statement]. This routine returns 0
-** if pStmt is an SQL statement that does not return data (for 
-** example an UPDATE).
+** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
+** [prepared statement]. This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
+** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13711} The [sqlite3_column_count(S)] interface returns the number of
-**          columns in the result set generated by the
-**          [prepared statement] S, or 0 if S does not generate
-**          a result set.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13711]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set {F13720}
+** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set {H13720} 
 **
 ** These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
-** in the result set of a SELECT statement.  The sqlite3_column_name()
-** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF8 string
+** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  The sqlite3_column_name()
+** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
 ** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
-** UTF16 string.  The first parameter is the
-** [prepared statement] that implements the SELECT statement.
-** The second parameter is the column number.  The left-most column is
-** number 0.
+** UTF-16 string.  The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
+** that implements the [SELECT] statement. The second parameter is the
+** column number.  The leftmost column is number 0.
 **
-** The returned string pointer is valid until either the 
-** [prepared statement] is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()]
-** or until the next call sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16()
-** on the same column.
+** The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
+** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the next call to
+** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
 **
 ** If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
 ** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
@@ -3203,139 +3265,56 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
 ** one release of SQLite to the next.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13721} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)]
-**          interface returns the name
-**          of the Nth column (where 0 is the left-most column) for the
-**          result set of [prepared statement] S as a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-8 string.
-**
-** {F13723} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)]
-**          interface returns the name
-**          of the Nth column (where 0 is the left-most column) for the
-**          result set of [prepared statement] S as a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-16 string in the native byte order.
-**
-** {F13724} The [sqlite3_column_name()] and [sqlite3_column_name16()]
-**          interfaces return a NULL pointer if they are unable to
-**          allocate memory memory to hold there normal return strings.
-**
-** {F13725} If the N parameter to [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)] or
-**          [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)] is out of range, then the
-**          interfaces returns a NULL pointer.
-** 
-** {F13726} The strings returned by [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)] and
-**          [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)] are valid until the next
-**          call to either routine with the same S and N parameters
-**          or until [sqlite3_finalize(S)] is called.
-**
-** {F13727} When a result column of a [SELECT] statement contains
-**          an AS clause, the name of that column is the indentifier
-**          to the right of the AS keyword.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13721] [H13723] [H13724] [H13725] [H13726] [H13727]
 */
 SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result {F13740}
+** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result {H13740} 
 **
 ** These routines provide a means to determine what column of what
-** table in which database a result of a SELECT statement comes from.
+** table in which database a result of a [SELECT] statement comes from.
 ** The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
-** either a UTF8 or UTF16 string.  The _database_ routines return
+** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  The _database_ routines return
 ** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
 ** the origin_ routines return the column name.
-** The returned string is valid until
-** the [prepared statement] is destroyed using
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested
+** The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
+** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested
 ** again in a different encoding.
 **
 ** The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
 ** database, table, and column.
 **
 ** The first argument to the following calls is a [prepared statement].
-** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by 
+** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by
 ** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
 **
-** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression
-** or subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions
-** return NULL.  These routine might also return NULL if a memory
-** allocation error occurs.  Otherwise, they return the 
-** name of the attached database, table and column that query result
-** column was extracted from.
+** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
+** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
+** NULL.  These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
+** occurs.  Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table
+** and column that query result column was extracted from.
 **
 ** As with all other SQLite APIs, those postfixed with "16" return
 ** UTF-16 encoded strings, the other functions return UTF-8. {END}
 **
-** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the 
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined.
+** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
 **
-** {U13751}
+** {A13751}
 ** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
 ** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
 ** undefined.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13741} The [sqlite3_column_database_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the database from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13742} The [sqlite3_column_database_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order
-**          zero-terminated name of the database from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13743} The [sqlite3_column_table_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the table from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13744} The [sqlite3_column_table_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order
-**          zero-terminated name of the table from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13745} The [sqlite3_column_origin_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the table column from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13746} The [sqlite3_column_origin_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order
-**          zero-terminated name of the table column from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13748} The return values from
-**          [sqlite3_column_database_name|column metadata interfaces]
-**          are valid
-**          for the lifetime of the [prepared statement]
-**          or until the encoding is changed by another metadata
-**          interface call for the same prepared statement and column.
-**
-** LIMITATIONS:
-**
-** {U13751} If two or more threads call one or more
-**          [sqlite3_column_database_name|column metadata interfaces]
-**          the same [prepared statement] and result column
-**          at the same time then the results are undefined.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13741] [H13742] [H13743] [H13744] [H13745] [H13746] [H13748]
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more
+** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
+** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
+** at the same time then the results are undefined.
 */
 SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
@@ -3345,26 +3324,26 @@ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result {F13760}
+** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result {H13760} 
 **
-** The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. 
-** If this statement is a SELECT statement and the Nth column of the 
-** returned result set of that SELECT is a table column (not an
+** The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
+** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
+** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
 ** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
 ** column is returned.  If the Nth column of the result set is an
 ** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
-** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.  {END} 
-** For example, in the database schema:
+** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. {END}
+**
+** For example, given the database schema:
 **
 ** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
 **
-** And the following statement compiled:
+** and the following statement to be compiled:
 **
 ** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
 **
-** Then this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second
-** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column
-** (i==0).
+** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
+** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).
 **
 ** SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  So just because a column
 ** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
@@ -3373,57 +3352,36 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 ** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
 ** used to hold those values.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13761}  A successful call to [sqlite3_column_decltype(S,N)]
-**           returns a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the
-**           the declared datatype of the table column that appears
-**           as the Nth column (numbered from 0) of the result set to the
-**           [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {F13762}  A successful call to [sqlite3_column_decltype16(S,N)]
-**           returns a zero-terminated UTF-16 native byte order string
-**           containing the declared datatype of the table column that appears
-**           as the Nth column (numbered from 0) of the result set to the
-**           [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {F13763}  If N is less than 0 or N is greater than or equal to
-**           the number of columns in [prepared statement] S
-**           or if the Nth column of S is an expression or subquery rather
-**           than a table column or if a memory allocation failure
-**           occurs during encoding conversions, then
-**           calls to [sqlite3_column_decltype(S,N)] or
-**           [sqlite3_column_decltype16(S,N)] return NULL.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13761] [H13762] [H13763]
 */
 SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 
-/* 
-** CAPI3REF:  Evaluate An SQL Statement {F13200}
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement {H13200} 
 **
-** After an [prepared statement] has been prepared with a call
-** to either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or to one of
-** the legacy interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()],
-** then this function must be called one or more times to evaluate the 
-** statement.
+** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
+** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
 **
-** The details of the behavior of this sqlite3_step() interface depend
+** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
 ** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
 ** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
 ** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
 ** interface will continue to be supported.
 **
-** In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], 
+** In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
 ** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
-** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [SQLITE_OK | result code]
-** or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code] might be returned as
-** well.
+** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
+** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
 **
 ** [SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
-** database locks it needs to do its job.  If the statement is a COMMIT
+** database locks it needs to do its job.  If the statement is a [COMMIT]
 ** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
-** statement.  If the statement is not a COMMIT and occurs within a
+** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within a
 ** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
 ** continuing.
 **
@@ -3432,16 +3390,15 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 ** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
 ** machine back to its initial state.
 **
-** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then 
-** [SQLITE_ROW] is returned each time a new row of data is ready
-** for processing by the caller. The values may be accessed using
-** the [sqlite3_column_int | column access functions].
+** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
+** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
+** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
 ** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
-** 
+**
 ** [SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
 ** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
 ** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (example:
+** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
 ** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
 ** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
 ** [prepared statement].  In the "v2" interface,
@@ -3449,80 +3406,43 @@ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 **
 ** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
 ** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
-** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had 
+** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
 ** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
 ** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
 ** more threads at the same moment in time.
 **
-** Goofy Interface Alert:
-** In the legacy interface, 
-** the sqlite3_step() API always returns a generic error code,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR], following any error other than [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the specific
-** [error codes] that better describes the error.
+** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
+** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
+** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
+** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
+** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
 ** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
 ** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
 ** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
-** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()], then the 
-** more specific [error codes] are returned directly
+** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
+** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
 ** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13202}  If [prepared statement] S is ready to be
-**           run, then [sqlite3_step(S)] advances that prepared statement
-**           until to completion or until it is ready to return another
-**           row of the result set or an interrupt or run-time error occurs.
-**
-** {F15304}  When a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] causes the 
-**           [prepared statement] S to run to completion,
-**           the function returns [SQLITE_DONE].
-**
-** {F15306}  When a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] stops because it is ready
-**           to return another row of the result set, it returns
-**           [SQLITE_ROW].
-**
-** {F15308}  If a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] encounters an
-**           [sqlite3_interrupt|interrupt] or a run-time error,
-**           it returns an appropraite error code that is not one of
-**           [SQLITE_OK], [SQLITE_ROW], or [SQLITE_DONE].
-**
-** {F15310}  If an [sqlite3_interrupt|interrupt] or run-time error
-**           occurs during a call to [sqlite3_step(S)]
-**           for a [prepared statement] S created using
-**           legacy interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or
-**           [sqlite3_prepare16()] then the function returns either
-**           [SQLITE_ERROR], [SQLITE_BUSY], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
+** Requirements:
+** [H13202] [H15304] [H15306] [H15308] [H15310]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set {F13770}
-**
-** Return the number of values in the current row of the result set.
+** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set {H13770} 
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** Returns the number of values in the current row of the result set.
 **
-** {F13771}  After a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] that returns
-**           [SQLITE_ROW], the [sqlite3_data_count(S)] routine
-**           will return the same value as the
-**           [sqlite3_column_count(S)] function.
-**
-** {F13772}  After [sqlite3_step(S)] has returned any value other than
-**           [SQLITE_ROW] or before [sqlite3_step(S)] has been 
-**           called on the [prepared statement] for
-**           the first time since it was [sqlite3_prepare|prepared]
-**           or [sqlite3_reset|reset], the [sqlite3_data_count(S)]
-**           routine returns zero.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13771] [H13772]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes {F10265}
+** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes {H10265} 
 ** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
 **
-** {F10266}Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
+** {H10266} Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
 **
 ** 
      
 ** 
    •  64-bit signed integer
@@ -3536,7 +3456,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 **
 ** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
 ** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
-** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT not
+** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
 ** SQLITE_TEXT.
 */
 #define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
@@ -3551,33 +3471,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 #define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Results Values From A Query {F13800}
+** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query {H13800} 
+** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
 **
 ** These routines form the "result set query" interface.
 **
-** These routines return information about
-** a single column of the current result row of a query.  In every
-** case the first argument is a pointer to the 
-** [prepared statement] that is being
-** evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] that was returned from 
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) and
-** the second argument is the index of the column for which information 
-** should be returned.  The left-most column of the result set
-** has an index of 0.
-**
-** If the SQL statement is not currently point to a valid row, or if the
-** the column index is out of range, the result is undefined. 
+** These routines return information about a single column of the current
+** result row of a query.  In every case the first argument is a pointer
+** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
+** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
+** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
+** should be returned.  The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
+**
+** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
 ** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
 ** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
-** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] has been call subsequently.
+** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
 ** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
 ** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
 ** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
 ** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
 ** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
-** are pending, then the results are undefined.  
+** are pending, then the results are undefined.
 **
-** The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns 
+** The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
 ** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
 ** of the result column.  The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
 ** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
@@ -3587,7 +3505,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
 ** following a type conversion.
 **
-** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() 
+** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
 ** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
 ** If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
 ** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
@@ -3600,11 +3518,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 **
 ** Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
 ** even empty strings, are always zero terminated.  The return
-** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length blob is an arbitrary
+** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is an arbitrary
 ** pointer, possibly even a NULL pointer.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** but leaves the result in UTF-16 in native byte order instead of UTF-8.  
+** but leaves the result in UTF-16 in native byte order instead of UTF-8.
 ** The zero terminator is not included in this count.
 **
 ** The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
@@ -3612,15 +3530,14 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
 ** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
 ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
-** to routines like 
-** [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or [sqlite3_value_bytes()],
-** then the behavior is undefined.
+** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
 **
 ** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  For
 ** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
-** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to do the conversion
-** automatically.  The following table details the conversions that
-** are applied:
+** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
+** conversion automatically.  The following table details the conversions
+** that are applied:
 **
 ** 
      
 ** 
@@ -3632,7 +3549,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** 
        NULL       BLOB     Result is NULL pointer
 ** 
       INTEGER    FLOAT     Convert from integer to float
 ** 
       INTEGER     TEXT     ASCII rendering of the integer
-** 
       INTEGER     BLOB     Same as for INTEGER->TEXT
+** 
       INTEGER     BLOB     Same as INTEGER->TEXT
 ** 
        FLOAT    INTEGER    Convert from float to integer
 ** 
        FLOAT      TEXT     ASCII rendering of the float
 ** 
        FLOAT      BLOB     Same as FLOAT->TEXT
@@ -3647,57 +3564,56 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 **
 ** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
 ** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
-** on equavalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
+** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
 ** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
 ** C programmers.
 **
 ** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
 ** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
-** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. 
+** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
 ** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
 ** in the following cases:
 **
 ** 
        
-** 
      •   The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() 
-**          or sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
-**          need to be added to the string.
        • 
-**
-** 
      •   The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
-**          sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
-**          to UTF-16.
        • 
-**
-** 
      •   The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-**          sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
-**          to UTF-8.
        • 
+** 
      •  The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
+**      need to be added to the string.
        • 
+** 
      •  The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-16.
        • 
+** 
      •  The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-8.
        • 
 ** 
      
 **
 ** Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
 ** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
 ** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified.  Other kinds
-** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometime it is
-** not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.  
+** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
+** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
 **
 ** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
 ** in one of the following ways:
 **
-**  
        
+** 
          
 **  
        • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
          • 
 **  
        • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
          • 
 **  
        • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
          • 
-**  
        
+** 
      
 **
-** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), sqlite3_column_blob(),
-** or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result into the desired
-** format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or sqlite3_column_bytes16() to
-** find the size of the result.  Do not mix call to sqlite3_column_text() or
-** sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes16().  And do not
-** mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
+** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
+** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
+** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
+** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
+** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
 **
 ** The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
 ** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
 ** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  The memory space used to hold strings
-** and blobs is freed automatically.  Do not pass the pointers returned
-** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into 
+** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do not pass the pointers returned
+** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
 ** [sqlite3_free()].
 **
 ** If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
@@ -3706,60 +3622,9 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
 ** [SQLITE_NOMEM].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13803} The [sqlite3_column_blob(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a blob and then returns a
-**          pointer to the converted value.
-**
-** {F13806} The [sqlite3_column_bytes(S,N)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the blob or string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_column_blob(S,N)] or
-**          [sqlite3_column_text(S,N)].
-**
-** {F13809} The [sqlite3_column_bytes16(S,N)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_column_text16(S,N)].
-**
-** {F13812} The [sqlite3_column_double(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a floating point value and
-**          returns a copy of that value.
-**
-** {F13815} The [sqlite3_column_int(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns the lower 32 bits of that integer.
-**
-** {F13818} The [sqlite3_column_int64(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns a copy of that integer.
-**
-** {F13821} The [sqlite3_column_text(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a zero-terminated UTF-8 
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F13824} The [sqlite3_column_text16(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 native byte order
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F13827} The [sqlite3_column_type(S,N)] interface returns
-**          one of [SQLITE_NULL], [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT],
-**          [SQLITE_TEXT], or [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
-**          the Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {F13830} The [sqlite3_column_value(S,N)] interface returns a
-**          pointer to an [unprotected sqlite3_value] object for the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13803] [H13806] [H13809] [H13812] [H13815] [H13818] [H13821] [H13824]
+** [H13827] [H13830]
 */
 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
@@ -3773,186 +3638,135 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
 SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object {F13300}
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object {H13300} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a 
-** [prepared statement]. If the statement was
-** executed successfully, or not executed at all, then SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** If execution of the statement failed then an 
-** [error code] or [extended error code]
-** is returned. 
+** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
+** If the statement was executed successfully or not executed at all, then
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. If execution of the statement failed then an
+** [error code] or [extended error code] is returned.
 **
 ** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the
-** [prepared statement].  If the virtual machine has not 
+** [prepared statement].  If the virtual machine has not
 ** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like
-** encountering an error or an interrupt.  (See [sqlite3_interrupt()].) 
-** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions cancelled,  
-** depending on the circumstances, and the 
+** encountering an error or an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt].
+** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions canceled,
+** depending on the circumstances, and the
 ** [error code] returned will be [SQLITE_ABORT].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F11302} The [sqlite3_finalize(S)] interface destroys the
-**          [prepared statement] S and releases all
-**          memory and file resources held by that object.
-**
-** {F11304} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-**          [prepared statement] S returned an error,
-**          then [sqlite3_finalize(S)] returns that same error.
+** Requirements:
+** [H11302] [H11304]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object {F13330}
+** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object {H13330} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a 
-** [prepared statement] object.
-** back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
+** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
 ** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
 ** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
 ** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
 **
-** {F11332} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
+** {H11332} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
 **          back to the beginning of its program.
 **
-** {F11334} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for 
+** {H11334} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
 **          [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
 **          or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
 **          then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
 **
-** {F11336} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for
+** {H11336} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
 **          [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
 **          [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
 **
-** {F11338} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
-**          of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on [prepared statement] S.
+** {H11338} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
+**          of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions {F16100}
-** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} 
+** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions {H16100} 
+** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
 **
-** These two functions (collectively known as
-** "function creation routines") are used to add SQL functions or aggregates
-** or to redefine the behavior of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The
-** difference only between the two is that the second parameter, the
-** name of the (scalar) function or aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for
-** sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_create_function16().
+** These two functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
+** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
+** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only difference between the
+** two is that the second parameter, the name of the (scalar) function or
+** aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16
+** for sqlite3_create_function16().
 **
 ** The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
-** function is to be added.  If a single
-** program uses more than one [database connection] internally, then SQL
-** functions must be added individually to each [database connection].
-**
-** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created
-** or redefined.
-** The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of the 
-** zero-terminator.  Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not
-** characters.  Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
-** will result in an SQLITE_ERROR error.
+** function is to be added.  If a single program uses more than one database
+** connection internally, then SQL functions must be added individually to
+** each database connection.
 **
-** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
-** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the SQL function or
-** aggregate may take any number of arguments.
+** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
+** redefined.  The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of
+** the zero-terminator.  Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not
+** characters.  Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
+** will result in [SQLITE_ERROR] being returned.
+**
+** The third parameter (nArg)
+** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
+** aggregate takes. If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
+** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
+** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
+** undefined.
 **
-** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what 
+** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
 ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
 ** its parameters.  Any SQL function implementation should be able to work
 ** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be.  But some implementations may be
-** more efficient with one encoding than another.  It is allowed to
+** more efficient with one encoding than another.  An application may
 ** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
 ** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
 ** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
 ** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
-** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what
-** text encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be
-** [SQLITE_ANY].
+** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
+** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
 **
-** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation
-** of the function can gain access to this pointer using
-** [sqlite3_user_data()].
+** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
+** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].
 **
 ** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
-** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL
-** function or aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of
-** the xFunc callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep
-** and xFinal parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation
-** of xStep and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an
-** existing SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function
-** callback.
+** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
+** aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
+** callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep and xFinal
+** parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
+** and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an existing
+** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function callbacks.
 **
 ** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
 ** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
-** arguments or differing perferred text encodings.  SQLite will use
-** the implementation most closely matches the way in which the
-** SQL function is used.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16103} The [sqlite3_create_function16()] interface behaves exactly
-**          like [sqlite3_create_function()] in every way except that it
-**          interprets the zFunctionName argument as
-**          zero-terminated UTF-16 native byte order instead of as a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-8.
-**
-** {F16106} A successful invocation of
-**          the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)] interface registers
-**          or replaces callback functions in [database connection] D
-**          used to implement the SQL function named X with N parameters
-**          and having a perferred text encoding of E.
-**
-** {F16109} A successful call to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          replaces the P, F, S, and L values from any prior calls with
-**          the same D, X, N, and E values.
-**
-** {F16112} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,...)] interface fails with
-**          a return code of [SQLITE_ERROR] if the SQL function name X is
-**          longer than 255 bytes exclusive of the zero terminator.
-**
-** {F16118} Either F must be NULL and S and L are non-NULL or else F
-**          is non-NULL and S and L are NULL, otherwise
-**          [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] returns [SQLITE_ERROR].
-**
-** {F16121} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,...)] interface fails with an
-**          error code of [SQLITE_BUSY] if there exist [prepared statements]
-**          associated with the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F16124} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)] interface fails with an
-**          error code of [SQLITE_ERROR] if parameter N (specifying the number
-**          of arguments to the SQL function being registered) is less
-**          than -1 or greater than 127.
-**
-** {F16127} When N is non-negative, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          interface causes callbacks to be invoked for the SQL function
-**          named X when the number of arguments to the SQL function is
-**          exactly N.
-**
-** {F16130} When N is -1, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          interface causes callbacks to be invoked for the SQL function
-**          named X with any number of arguments.
-**
-** {F16133} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          specify multiple implementations of the same function X
-**          and when one implementation has N>=0 and the other has N=(-1)
-**          the implementation with a non-zero N is preferred.
-**
-** {F16136} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)]
-**          specify multiple implementations of the same function X with
-**          the same number of arguments N but with different
-**          encodings E, then the implementation where E matches the
-**          database encoding is preferred.
-**
-** {F16139} For an aggregate SQL function created using
-**          [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,0,S,L)] the finializer
-**          function L will always be invoked exactly once if the
-**          step function S is called one or more times.
-**
-** {F16142} When SQLite invokes either the xFunc or xStep function of
-**          an application-defined SQL function or aggregate created
-**          by [sqlite3_create_function()] or [sqlite3_create_function16()],
-**          then the array of [sqlite3_value] objects passed as the
-**          third parameter are always [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
+** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  SQLite will use
+** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
+** SQL function is used.  A function implementation with a non-negative
+** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
+** a negative nArg.  A function where the preferred text encoding
+** matches the database encoding is a better
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
+** A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
+** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
+** between UTF8 and UTF16.
+**
+** Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
+** The first application-defined function with a given name overrides all
+** built-in functions in the same [database connection] with the same name.
+** Subsequent application-defined functions of the same name only override 
+** prior application-defined functions that are an exact match for the
+** number of parameters and preferred encoding.
+**
+** An application-defined function is permitted to call other
+** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
+** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
+** statement in which the function is running.
+**
+** Requirements:
+** [H16103] [H16106] [H16109] [H16112] [H16118] [H16121] [H16127]
+** [H16130] [H16133] [H16136] [H16139] [H16142]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
   sqlite3 *db,
@@ -3976,7 +3790,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings {F10267}
+** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings {H10267}  
 **
 ** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
 ** text encodings supported by SQLite.
@@ -3989,23 +3803,26 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
 #define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Obsolete Functions
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
+** DEPRECATED
 **
-** These functions are all now obsolete.  In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, we continue to support
-** these functions.  However, new development projects should avoid
+** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
+** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
 ** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
-** using these functions, we are not going to tell you want they do.
+** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values {F15100}
+** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values {H15100} 
 **
 ** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
 ** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
@@ -4023,95 +3840,35 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlit
 ** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
 ** object results in undefined behavior.
 **
-** These routines work just like the corresponding 
-** [sqlite3_column_blob | sqlite3_column_* routines] except that 
-** these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object pointer
-** instead of an [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
+** These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
+** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
+** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
 **
-** The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF16 string
+** The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
 ** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  The
 ** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
-** extract UTF16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
+** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
 ** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
 ** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
 ** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
-** words if the value is a string that looks like a number)
-** then the conversion is done.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.  The 
-** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.
+** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
+** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
+** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.
 **
-** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer that
-** is returned from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
+** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
+** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
 ** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
 ** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].  
+** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
 **
 ** These routines must be called from the same thread as
 ** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
 **
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F15103} The [sqlite3_value_blob(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a blob and then returns a
-**          pointer to the converted value.
-**
-** {F15106} The [sqlite3_value_bytes(V)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the blob or string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_value_blob(V)] or
-**          [sqlite3_value_text(V)].
-**
-** {F15109} The [sqlite3_value_bytes16(V)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_value_text16(V)],
-**          [sqlite3_value_text16be(V)], or [sqlite3_value_text16le(V)].
-**
-** {F15112} The [sqlite3_value_double(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a floating point value and
-**          returns a copy of that value.
-**
-** {F15115} The [sqlite3_value_int(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns the lower 32 bits of that integer.
-**
-** {F15118} The [sqlite3_value_int64(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns a copy of that integer.
-**
-** {F15121} The [sqlite3_value_text(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated UTF-8 
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F15124} The [sqlite3_value_text16(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 native byte order
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F15127} The [sqlite3_value_text16be(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 big-endian
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F15130} The [sqlite3_value_text16le(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 little-endian
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F15133} The [sqlite3_value_type(V)] interface returns
-**          one of [SQLITE_NULL], [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT],
-**          [SQLITE_TEXT], or [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
-**          the [sqlite3_value] object V.
-**
-** {F15136} The [sqlite3_value_numeric_type(V)] interface converts
-**          the [protected sqlite3_value] object V into either an integer or
-**          a floating point value if it can do so without loss of
-**          information, and returns one of [SQLITE_NULL],
-**          [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], or
-**          [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
-**          the [protected sqlite3_value] object V after the conversion attempt.
+** Requirements:
+** [H15103] [H15106] [H15109] [H15112] [H15115] [H15118] [H15121] [H15124]
+** [H15127] [H15130] [H15133] [H15136]
 */
 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
@@ -4127,175 +3884,120 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context {F16210}
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context {H16210} 
 **
 ** The implementation of aggregate SQL functions use this routine to allocate
-** a structure for storing their state.  
-** The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context() routine is
-** is called for a particular aggregate, SQLite allocates nBytes of memory
-** zeros that memory, and returns a pointer to it.
-** On second and subsequent calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context()
-** for the same aggregate function index, the same buffer is returned.
-** The implementation
-** of the aggregate can use the returned buffer to accumulate data.
+** a structure for storing their state.
+**
+** The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context() routine is called for a
+** particular aggregate, SQLite allocates nBytes of memory, zeroes out that
+** memory, and returns a pointer to it. On second and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function index,
+** the same buffer is returned. The implementation of the aggregate can use
+** the returned buffer to accumulate data.
 **
 ** SQLite automatically frees the allocated buffer when the aggregate
 ** query concludes.
 **
-** The first parameter should be a copy of the 
-** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first
-** parameter to the callback routine that implements the aggregate
-** function.
+** The first parameter should be a copy of the
+** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
+** to the callback routine that implements the aggregate function.
 **
 ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
 ** the aggregate SQL function is running.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16211} The first invocation of [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] for
-**          a particular instance of an aggregate function (for a particular
-**          context C) causes SQLite to allocation N bytes of memory,
-**          zero that memory, and return a pointer to the allocationed
-**          memory.
-**
-** {F16213} If a memory allocation error occurs during
-**          [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] then the function returns 0.
-**
-** {F16215} Second and subsequent invocations of
-**          [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] for the same context pointer C
-**          ignore the N parameter and return a pointer to the same
-**          block of memory returned by the first invocation.
-**
-** {F16217} The memory allocated by [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] is
-**          automatically freed on the next call to [sqlite3_reset()]
-**          or [sqlite3_finalize()] for the [prepared statement] containing
-**          the aggregate function associated with context C.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16211] [H16213] [H16215] [H16217]
 */
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions {F16240}
+** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions {H16240} 
 **
 ** The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
 ** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
-** of the the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
 ** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
 ** registered the application defined function. {END}
 **
 ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
 ** the application-defined function is running.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16243} The [sqlite3_user_data(C)] interface returns a copy of the
-**          P pointer from the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          or [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] call that
-**          registered the SQL function associated with 
-**          [sqlite3_context] C.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16243]
 */
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions {F16250}
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions {H16250} 
 **
 ** The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
 ** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
-** of the the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
 ** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
 ** registered the application defined function.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16253} The [sqlite3_context_db_handle(C)] interface returns a copy of the
-**          D pointer from the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          or [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] call that
-**          registered the SQL function associated with 
-**          [sqlite3_context] C.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16253]
 */
 SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data {F16270}
+** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data {H16270} 
 **
 ** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to
-** associate meta-data with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
 ** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
-** some circumstances the associated meta-data may be preserved. This may
+** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may
 ** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
 ** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
-** meta-data associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
+** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
 ** pattern.  The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
 ** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string
 ** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation.
 **
-** The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the meta-data
+** The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
 ** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
-** value to the application-defined function.
-** If no meta-data has been ever been set for the Nth
-** argument of the function, or if the cooresponding function parameter
-** has changed since the meta-data was set, then sqlite3_get_auxdata()
-** returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the meta-data
-** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the meta-data for the N-th
+** value to the application-defined function. If no metadata has been ever
+** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding
+** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set,
+** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata
+** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th
 ** argument of the application-defined function.  Subsequent
 ** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has
-** not been destroyed. 
-** If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor 
+** not been destroyed.
+** If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor
 ** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on
-** the meta-data when the corresponding function parameter changes
+** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes
 ** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first.
 **
-** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop meta-data on
-** any parameter of any function at any time.  The only guarantee
-** is that the destructor will be called before the metadata is
-** dropped.
+** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any
+** parameter of any function at any time.  The only guarantee is that
+** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped.
 **
-** In practice, meta-data is preserved between function calls for
+** In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
 ** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
 ** values and SQL variables.
 **
 ** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
 ** the SQL function is running.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16272} The [sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N)] interface returns a pointer
-**          to metadata associated with the Nth parameter of the SQL function
-**          whose context is C, or NULL if there is no metadata associated
-**          with that parameter.
-**
-** {F16274} The [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] interface assigns a metadata
-**          pointer P to the Nth parameter of the SQL function with context
-**          C.
-**
-** {F16276} SQLite will invoke the destructor D with a single argument
-**          which is the metadata pointer P following a call to
-**          [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] when SQLite ceases to hold
-**          the metadata.
-**
-** {F16277} SQLite ceases to hold metadata for an SQL function parameter
-**          when the value of that parameter changes.
-**
-** {F16278} When [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] is invoked, the destructor
-**          is called for any prior metadata associated with the same function
-**          context C and parameter N.
-**
-** {F16279} SQLite will call destructors for any metadata it is holding
-**          in a particular [prepared statement] S when either
-**          [sqlite3_reset(S)] or [sqlite3_finalize(S)] is called.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16272] [H16274] [H16276] [H16277] [H16278] [H16279]
 */
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
 
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior {F10280}
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior {H10280} 
 **
-** These are special value for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
 ** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  If the destructor
 ** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
-** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The 
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The
 ** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
 ** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
 ** the content before returning.
@@ -4308,30 +4010,28 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 #define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function {F16400}
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function {H16400} 
 **
 ** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
 ** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
 ** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
 ** for additional information.
 **
-** These functions work very much like the 
-** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*] family of functions used
-** to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
-** Refer to the
-** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_* documentation] for
-** additional information.
+** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
+** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
+** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
-** an application defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
+** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
 ** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
-** third parameter. 
-** The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() inerfaces set the result of
-** the application defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
+** third parameter.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
 ** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
-** an application defined function to be a floating point value specified
+** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
 ** by its 2nd argument.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
@@ -4339,8 +4039,8 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
 ** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
 ** as the text of an error message.  SQLite interprets the error
-** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF8. SQLite
-** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF16 in native
+** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. SQLite
+** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
 ** byte order.  If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
 ** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
 ** message all text up through the first zero character.
@@ -4348,7 +4048,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
 ** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
 ** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
-** routines make a copy private copy of the error message text before
+** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
 ** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
 ** modify the text after they return without harm.
 ** The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
@@ -4356,11 +4056,11 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
 ** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
 **
-** The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite
-** to throw an error indicating that a string or BLOB is to long
-** to represent.  The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface
-** causes SQLite to throw an exception indicating that the a
-** memory allocation failed.
+** The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
+** indicating that a string or BLOB is to long to represent.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
+** indicating that a memory allocation failed.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
 ** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
@@ -4372,7 +4072,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
 ** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
 **
-** The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), 
+** The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
 ** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
 ** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
 ** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
@@ -4380,7 +4080,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** SQLite takes the text result from the application from
 ** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
 ** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter 
+** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
 ** through the first zero character.
 ** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
 ** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
@@ -4388,13 +4088,13 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** function result.
 ** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
 ** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
-** function as the destructor on the text or blob result when it has
-** finished using that result.
-** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then
-** SQLite assumes that the text or blob result is constant space and
-** does not copy the space or call a destructor when it has
+** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
 ** finished using that result.
+** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
+** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
+** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
+** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
+** when it has finished using that result.
 ** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
 ** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
 ** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
@@ -4404,111 +4104,20 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** the application-defined function to be a copy the
 ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  The
 ** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
-** so that [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
+** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
 ** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
 ** A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
 ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
 ** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
 **
-** If these routines are called from within the different thread 
-** than the one containing the application-defined function that recieved
+** If these routines are called from within the different thread
+** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
 ** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16403} The default return value from any SQL function is NULL.
-**
-** {F16406} The [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be a blob that is N bytes
-**          in length and with content pointed to by V.
-**
-** {F16409} The [sqlite3_result_double(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the floating point value V.
-**
-** {F16412} The [sqlite3_result_error(C,V,N)] interface changes the return
-**          value of function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] and a UTF8 error message copied from V up to the
-**          first zero byte or until N bytes are read if N is positive.
-**
-** {F16415} The [sqlite3_result_error16(C,V,N)] interface changes the return
-**          value of function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] and a UTF16 native byte order error message
-**          copied from V up to the first zero terminator or until N bytes
-**          are read if N is positive.
-**
-** {F16418} The [sqlite3_result_error_toobig(C)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_TOOBIG] and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {F16421} The [sqlite3_result_error_nomem(C)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_NOMEM] and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {F16424} The [sqlite3_result_error_code(C,E)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code E.
-**          The error message text is unchanged.
-**
-** {F16427} The [sqlite3_result_int(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the 32-bit integer value V.
-**
-** {F16430} The [sqlite3_result_int64(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the 64-bit integer value V.
-**
-** {F16433} The [sqlite3_result_null(C)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be NULL.
-**
-** {F16436} The [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF8 string
-**          V up to the first zero if N is negative
-**          or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {F16439} The [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF16 native byte order
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is
-**          negative or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {F16442} The [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF16 big-endian
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is
-**          is negative or the first N bytes or V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {F16445} The [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF16 little-endian
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is
-**          negative or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {F16448} The [sqlite3_result_value(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be [unprotected sqlite3_value]
-**          object V.
-**
-** {F16451} The [sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be an N-byte blob of all zeros.
-**
-** {F16454} The [sqlite3_result_error()] and [sqlite3_result_error16()]
-**          interfaces make a copy of their error message strings before
-**          returning.
-**
-** {F16457} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is the constant [SQLITE_STATIC]
-**          then no destructor is ever called on the pointer V and SQLite
-**          assumes that V is immutable.
-**
-** {F16460} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is the constant
-**          [SQLITE_TRANSIENT] then the interfaces makes a copy of the
-**          content of V and retains the copy.
-**
-** {F16463} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is some value other than
-**          the constants [SQLITE_STATIC] and [SQLITE_TRANSIENT] then 
-**          SQLite will invoke the destructor D with V as its only argument
-**          when it has finished with the V value.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16403] [H16406] [H16409] [H16412] [H16415] [H16418] [H16421] [H16424]
+** [H16427] [H16430] [H16433] [H16436] [H16439] [H16442] [H16445] [H16448]
+** [H16451] [H16454] [H16457] [H16460] [H16463]
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
@@ -4528,10 +4137,10 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences {F16600}
+** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences {H16600} 
 **
 ** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the
-** [sqlite3*] handle specified as the first argument. 
+** [database connection] specified as the first argument.
 **
 ** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
 ** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
@@ -4539,86 +4148,43 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
 ** the name is passed as the second function argument.
 **
 ** The third argument may be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8],
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE], or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied
 ** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
-** UTF-16 little-endian or UTF-16 big-endian respectively. The
-** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] to indicate that
+** UTF-16 little-endian, or UTF-16 big-endian, respectively. The
+** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16] to indicate that the routine
+** expects pointers to be UTF-16 strings in the native byte order, or the
+** argument can be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] if the
 ** the routine expects pointers to 16-bit word aligned strings
-** of UTF16 in the native byte order of the host computer.
+** of UTF-16 in the native byte order.
 **
 ** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
 ** argument.  If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
 ** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore).
-** Each time the application
-** supplied function is invoked, it is passed a copy of the void* passed as
-** the fourth argument to sqlite3_create_collation() or
-** sqlite3_create_collation16() as its first parameter.
+** Each time the application supplied function is invoked, it is passed
+** as its first parameter a copy of the void* passed as the fourth argument
+** to sqlite3_create_collation() or sqlite3_create_collation16().
 **
 ** The remaining arguments to the application-supplied routine are two strings,
 ** each represented by a (length, data) pair and encoded in the encoding
 ** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was
-** registered. {END} The application defined collation routine should
-** return negative, zero or positive if
-** the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second
-** string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
+** registered. {END}  The application defined collation routine should
+** return negative, zero or positive if the first string is less than,
+** equal to, or greater than the second string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
 **
 ** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
-** excapt that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for
+** except that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for
 ** the collation.  The destructor is called when the collation is
 ** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer
 ** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2().
-** Collations are destroyed when
-** they are overridden by later calls to the collation creation functions
-** or when the [sqlite3*] database handle is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16603} A successful call to the
-**          [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)] interface
-**          registers function F as the comparison function used to
-**          implement collation X on [database connection] B for
-**          databases having encoding E.
-**
-** {F16604} SQLite understands the X parameter to
-**          [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)] as a zero-terminated
-**          UTF-8 string in which case is ignored for ASCII characters and
-**          is significant for non-ASCII characters.
-**
-** {F16606} Successive calls to [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          with the same values for B, X, and E, override prior values
-**          of P, F, and D.
-**
-** {F16609} The destructor D in [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          is not NULL then it is called with argument P when the
-**          collating function is dropped by SQLite.
-**
-** {F16612} A collating function is dropped when it is overloaded.
-**
-** {F16615} A collating function is dropped when the database connection
-**          is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
+** Collations are destroyed when they are overridden by later calls to the
+** collation creation functions or when the [database connection] is closed
+** using [sqlite3_close()].
 **
-** {F16618} The pointer P in [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          is passed through as the first parameter to the comparison
-**          function F for all subsequent invocations of F.
+** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
 **
-** {F16621} A call to [sqlite3_create_collation(B,X,E,P,F)] is exactly
-**          the same as a call to [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()] with
-**          the same parameters and a NULL destructor.
-**
-** {F16624} Following a [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)],
-**          SQLite uses the comparison function F for all text comparison
-**          operations on [database connection] B on text values that
-**          use the collating sequence name X.
-**
-** {F16627} The [sqlite3_create_collation16(B,X,E,P,F)] works the same
-**          as [sqlite3_create_collation(B,X,E,P,F)] except that the
-**          collation name X is understood as UTF-16 in native byte order
-**          instead of UTF-8.
-**
-** {F16630} When multiple comparison functions are available for the same
-**          collating sequence, SQLite chooses the one whose text encoding
-**          requires the least amount of conversion from the default
-**          text encoding of the database.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16603] [H16604] [H16606] [H16609] [H16612] [H16615] [H16618] [H16621]
+** [H16624] [H16627] [H16630]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
   sqlite3*, 
@@ -4637,59 +4203,40 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
 );
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
   sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
+  const void *zName,
   int eTextRep, 
   void*,
   int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks {F16700}
+** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks {H16700} 
 **
 ** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
 ** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
-** database handle to be called whenever an undefined collation sequence is
-** required.
+** [database connection] to be called whenever an undefined collation
+** sequence is required.
 **
 ** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
 ** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
-** encoded in UTF-8. {F16703} If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, the names
-** are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. A call to either
-** function replaces any existing callback.
+** encoded in UTF-8. {H16703} If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
+** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
+** A call to either function replaces any existing callback.
 **
 ** When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
 ** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
 ** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
-** handle.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8],
-** [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most
-** desirable form of the collation sequence function required.
-** The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
 ** required collation sequence.
 **
 ** The callback function should register the desired collation using
 ** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
 ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16702} A successful call to [sqlite3_collation_needed(D,P,F)]
-**          or [sqlite3_collation_needed16(D,P,F)] causes
-**          the [database connection] D to invoke callback F with first
-**          parameter P whenever it needs a comparison function for a
-**          collating sequence that it does not know about.
-**
-** {F16704} Each successful call to [sqlite3_collation_needed()] or
-**          [sqlite3_collation_needed16()] overrides the callback registered
-**          on the same [database connection] by prior calls to either
-**          interface.
-**
-** {F16706} The name of the requested collating function passed in the
-**          4th parameter to the callback is in UTF-8 if the callback
-**          was registered using [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and
-**          is in UTF-16 native byte order if the callback was
-**          registered using [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
-**
-** 
+** Requirements:
+** [H16702] [H16704] [H16706]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
   sqlite3*, 
@@ -4728,128 +4275,143 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Suspend Execution For A Short Time {F10530}
+** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time {H10530} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_sleep() function
-** causes the current thread to suspend execution
+** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
 ** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
 **
-** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with 
-** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to 
-** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually 
+** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
+** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
+** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
 ** requested from the operating system is returned.
 **
 ** SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
 ** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F10533} The [sqlite3_sleep(M)] interface invokes the xSleep
-**          method of the default [sqlite3_vfs|VFS] in order to
-**          suspend execution of the current thread for at least
-**          M milliseconds.
-**
-** {F10536} The [sqlite3_sleep(M)] interface returns the number of
-**          milliseconds of sleep actually requested of the operating
-**          system, which might be larger than the parameter M.
+** Requirements: [H10533] [H10536]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files {F10310}
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files {H10310} 
 **
 ** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.ka. directory), then all temporary files
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
 ** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
-** is NULL pointer, then SQLite does a search for an appropriate temporary
-** file directory.
-**
-** It is not safe to modify this variable once a database connection
-** has been opened.  It is intended that this variable be set once
+** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
+** temporary file directory.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
 ** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been call and remain unchanged thereafter.
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  Furthermore,
+** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
 */
 SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Test To See If The Database Is In Auto-Commit Mode {F12930}
+** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode {H12930} 
+** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
 **
-** The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interfaces returns non-zero or
+** The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
 ** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
-** respectively.   Autocommit mode is on
-** by default.  Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
-** Autocommit mode is reenabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
+** respectively.  Autocommit mode is on by default.
+** Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
+** Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
 **
 ** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
-** transactions (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], 
+** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
 ** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
 ** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
-** find out if SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
+** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
 ** an error is to use this function.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12931} The [sqlite3_get_autocommit(D)] interface returns non-zero or
-**          zero if the [database connection] D is or is not in autocommit
-**          mode, respectively.
-**
-** {F12932} Autocommit mode is on by default.
-**
-** {F12933} Autocommit mode is disabled by a successful [BEGIN] statement.
-**
-** {F12934} Autocommit mode is enabled by a successful [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]
-**          statement.
-** 
+** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
+** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
+** is undefined.
 **
-** LIMITATIONS:
-***
-** {U12936} If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
-**          connection while this routine is running, then the return value
-**          is undefined.
+** Requirements: [H12931] [H12932] [H12933] [H12934]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement {F13120}
-**
-** The sqlite3_db_handle interface
-** returns the [sqlite3*] database handle to which a
-** [prepared statement] belongs.
-** The database handle returned by sqlite3_db_handle
-** is the same database handle that was
-** the first argument to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants
-** that was used to create the statement in the first place.
+** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement {H13120} 
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
+** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  The [database connection]
+** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] that was the first argument
+** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
+** create the statement in the first place.
 **
-** {F13123} The [sqlite3_db_handle(S)] interface returns a pointer
-**          to the [database connection] associated with
-**          [prepared statement] S.
+** Requirements: [H13123]
 */
 SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
 
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement {H13140} 
+**
+** This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
+** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  If pStmt is NULL
+** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
+** associated with the database connection pDb.  If no prepared statement
+** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
+**
+** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
+** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
+** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
+**
+** Requirements: [H13143] [H13146] [H13149] [H13152]
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks {F12950}
+** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks {H12950} 
 **
 ** The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is committed.
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
 ** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
 ** for the same database connection is overridden.
 ** The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is committed.
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
 ** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
 ** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** The pArg argument is passed through
-** to the callback.  If the callback on a commit hook function 
-** returns non-zero, then the commit is converted into a rollback.
+** The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
+** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
 **
 ** If another function was previously registered, its
 ** pArg value is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
 **
+** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
+** or rollback hook in the first place.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
 ** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
 **
-** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been 
+** When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
+** operation is allowed to continue normally.  If the commit hook
+** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
+** The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
+** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
+**
+** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
 ** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
 ** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
 ** The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
@@ -4858,108 +4420,61 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
 ** rolled back because a commit callback returned non-zero.
 **  Check on this 
 **
-** These are experimental interfaces and are subject to change.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12951} The [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] interface registers the
-**          callback function F to be invoked with argument P whenever
-**          a transaction commits on [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F12952} The [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the P
-**          argument from the previous call with the same 
-**          [database connection ] D , or NULL on the first call
-**          for a particular [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F12953} Each call to [sqlite3_commit_hook()] overwrites the callback
-**          registered by prior calls.
-**
-** {F12954} If the F argument to [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] is NULL
-**          then the commit hook callback is cancelled and no callback
-**          is invoked when a transaction commits.
-**
-** {F12955} If the commit callback returns non-zero then the commit is
-**          converted into a rollback.
-**
-** {F12961} The [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] interface registers the
-**          callback function F to be invoked with argument P whenever
-**          a transaction rolls back on [database connection] D.
+** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
 **
-** {F12962} The [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the P
-**          argument from the previous call with the same 
-**          [database connection ] D , or NULL on the first call
-**          for a particular [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F12963} Each call to [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] overwrites the callback
-**          registered by prior calls.
-**
-** {F12964} If the F argument to [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] is NULL
-**          then the rollback hook callback is cancelled and no callback
-**          is invoked when a transaction rolls back.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12951] [H12952] [H12953] [H12954] [H12955]
+** [H12961] [H12962] [H12963] [H12964]
 */
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks {F12970}
-**
-** The sqlite3_update_hook() interface
-** registers a callback function with the database connection identified by the 
-** first argument to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
-** Any callback set by a previous call to this function for the same 
-** database connection is overridden.
-**
-** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a 
-** row is updated, inserted or deleted. 
-** The first argument to the callback is
-** a copy of the third argument to sqlite3_update_hook().
-** The second callback 
-** argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE],
-** depending on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked.
-** The third and 
-** fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the database and 
-** table name containing the affected row.
-** The final callback parameter is 
-** the rowid of the row.
-** In the case of an update, this is the rowid after 
-** the update takes place.
-**
-** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
-** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).
+** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks {H12970} 
 **
-** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value
-** is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
+** The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
+** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
+** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** Any callback set by a previous call to this function
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
 **
-** {F12971} The [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] interface causes callback
-**          function F to be invoked with first parameter P whenever
-**          a table row is modified, inserted, or deleted on
-**          [database connection] D.
+** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
+** row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
+** to sqlite3_update_hook().
+** The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
+** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
+** to be invoked.
+** The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
+** database and table name containing the affected row.
+** The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
+** In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
 **
-** {F12973} The [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the value
-**          of P for the previous call on the same [database connection] D,
-**          or NULL for the first call.
+** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).
 **
-** {F12975} If the update hook callback F in [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)]
-**          is NULL then the no update callbacks are made.
+** In the current implementation, the update hook
+** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
+** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  Nor is the update hook
+** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
+** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
 **
-** {F12977} Each call to [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] overrides prior calls
-**          to the same interface on the same [database connection] D.
+** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
 **
-** {F12979} The update hook callback is not invoked when internal system
-**          tables such as sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence are modified.
+** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value
+** is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
 **
-** {F12981} The second parameter to the update callback 
-**          is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE],
-**          depending on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked.
+** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
+** interfaces.
 **
-** {F12983} The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers
-**          to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings which are the names of the
-**          database and table that is being updated.
-
-** {F12985} The final callback parameter is the rowid of the row after
-**          the change occurs.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12971] [H12973] [H12975] [H12977] [H12979] [H12981] [H12983] [H12986]
 */
 SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
   sqlite3*, 
@@ -4968,96 +4483,74 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache {F10330}
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache {H10330} 
+** KEYWORDS: {shared cache}
 **
 ** This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
-** and schema data structures between connections to the same database.
-** Sharing is enabled if the argument is true and disabled if the argument
-** is false.
+** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
+** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
+** and disabled if the argument is false.
 **
-** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled
-** for an entire process. {END} This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0.
-** In prior versions of SQLite, sharing was
-** enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
+** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
+** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
+** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
 **
 ** The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
 ** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
 ** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
 ** that was in effect at the time they were opened.
 **
-** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache.   When shared
+** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache.  When shared
 ** cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()] API used to register
 ** virtual tables will always return an error.
 **
-** This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was
-** enabled or disabled successfully.  An [error code]
-** is returned otherwise.
+** This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
+** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.
 **
 ** Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
 ** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
 ** cache setting should set it explicitly.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-** 
-** {F10331} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(B)]
-**          will enable or disable shared cache mode for any subsequently
-**          created [database connection] in the same process.
-**
-** {F10336} When shared cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()]
-**          interface will always return an error.
-**
-** {F10337} The [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(B)] interface returns
-**          [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled successfully.
+** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
 **
-** {F10339} Shared cache is disabled by default.
+** Requirements: [H10331] [H10336] [H10337] [H10339]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Attempt To Free Heap Memory {F17340}
+** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory {H17340} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to
-** free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory
-** allocations held by the database labrary. {END}  Memory used
-** to cache database pages to improve performance is an example of
-** non-essential memory.  Sqlite3_release_memory() returns
-** the number of bytes actually freed, which might be more or less
-** than the amount requested.
+** The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
+** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
+** held by the database library. {END}  Memory used to cache database
+** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
+** sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
+** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17341} The [sqlite3_release_memory(N)] interface attempts to
-**          free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential
-**          memory allocations held by the database labrary.
-**
-** {F16342} The [sqlite3_release_memory(N)] returns the number
-**          of bytes actually freed, which might be more or less
-**          than the amount requested.
+** Requirements: [H17341] [H17342]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Impose A Limit On Heap Size {F17350}
+** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size {H17350} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() interface
-** places a "soft" limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated
-** by SQLite. If an internal allocation is requested 
-** that would exceed the soft heap limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is
-** invoked one or more times to free up some space before the allocation
-** is made.
+** The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() interface places a "soft" limit
+** on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
+** If an internal allocation is requested that would exceed the
+** soft heap limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked one or
+** more times to free up some space before the allocation is performed.
 **
-** The limit is called "soft", because if
-** [sqlite3_release_memory()] cannot
-** free sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded,
+** The limit is called "soft", because if [sqlite3_release_memory()]
+** cannot free sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded,
 ** the memory is allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds.
 **
 ** A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and
 ** [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhausted.
 ** The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
 **
-** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit.  
-** But if the soft heap limit cannot honored, execution will
-** continue without error or notification.  This is why the limit is 
+** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit.
+** But if the soft heap limit cannot be honored, execution will
+** continue without error or notification.  This is why the limit is
 ** called a "soft" limit.  It is advisory only.
 **
 ** Prior to SQLite version 3.5.0, this routine only constrained the memory
@@ -5068,83 +4561,56 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
 ** version 3.5.0 there is no mechanism for limiting the heap usage for
 ** individual threads.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16351} The [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] interface places a soft limit
-**          of N bytes on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated
-**          using [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] at any point
-**          in time.
-**
-** {F16352} If a call to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] would
-**          cause the total amount of allocated memory to exceed the
-**          soft heap limit, then [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked
-**          in an attempt to reduce the memory usage prior to proceeding
-**          with the memory allocation attempt.
-**
-** {F16353} Calls to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that trigger
-**          attempts to reduce memory usage through the soft heap limit
-**          mechanism continue even if the attempt to reduce memory
-**          usage is unsuccessful.
-**
-** {F16354} A negative or zero value for N in a call to
-**          [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] means that there is no soft
-**          heap limit and [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be
-**          called when memory is completely exhausted.
-**
-** {F16355} The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
-**
-** {F16358} Each call to [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] overrides the
-**          values set by all prior calls.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16351] [H16352] [H16353] [H16354] [H16355] [H16358]
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table {F12850}
+** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table {H12850} 
 **
-** This routine
-** returns meta-data about a specific column of a specific database
-** table accessible using the connection handle passed as the first function 
-** argument.
+** This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
+** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
+** passed as the first function argument.
 **
-** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to 
+** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
 ** this function. The second parameter is either the name of the database
 ** (i.e. "main", "temp" or an attached database) containing the specified
 ** table or NULL. If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
-** for the table using the same algorithm as the database engine uses to 
+** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
 ** resolve unqualified table references.
 **
-** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column 
-** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters 
+** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
+** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
 ** may be NULL.
 **
-** Meta information is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as
-** the 5th and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these 
-** arguments may be NULL, in which case the corresponding element of meta 
-** information is ommitted.
+** Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
+** and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these arguments may be
+** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
 **
-** 
      -** Parameter     Output Type      Description
-** -----------------------------------
-**
-**   5th         const char*      Data type
-**   6th         const char*      Name of the default collation sequence 
-**   7th         int              True if the column has a NOT NULL constraint
-**   8th         int              True if the column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
-**   9th         int              True if the column is AUTOINCREMENT
-** 
      
+** 
      
+** 
+** 
       Parameter  Output
      Type       		  Description
 **
+** 
       5th  const char*  Data type
+** 
       6th  const char*  Name of default collation sequence
+** 
       7th  int          True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
+** 
       8th  int          True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
+** 
       9th  int          True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
+** 
      
+** 
      
 **
-** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the 
-** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next 
-** call to any sqlite API function.
+** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
+** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
+** call to any SQLite API function.
 **
-** If the specified table is actually a view, then an error is returned.
+** If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
 **
-** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an 
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column has been explicitly declared, then the output 
+** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
+** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
 ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no
-** explicitly declared IPK column, then the output parameters are set as 
-** follows:
+** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output
+** parameters are set as follows:
 **
 ** 
       **     data type: "INTEGER"
@@ -5156,11 +4622,11 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int);
 **
 ** This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
 ** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
-** cannot be found, an SQLITE error code is returned and an error message
-** left in the database handle (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).
+** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
+** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).
 **
 ** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined.
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
   sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
@@ -5175,27 +4641,30 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension {F12600}
+** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension {H12600} 
 **
-** {F12601} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface
-** attempts to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
-** zFile. {F12602} The entry point is zProc. {F12603} zProc may be 0
-** in which case the name of the entry point defaults
-** to "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
 **
-** {F12604} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface shall
-** return [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+** {H12601} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
+**          SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile.
 **
-** {F12605}
-** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
-** sqlite3_load_extension() interface shall attempt to fill *pzErrMsg with 
-** error message text stored in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-** {END}  The calling function should free this memory
-** by calling [sqlite3_free()].
+** {H12602} The entry point is zProc.
 **
-** {F12606}
-** Extension loading must be enabled using [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()]
-** prior to calling this API or an error will be returned.
+** {H12603} zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point
+**          defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
+**
+** {H12604} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface shall return
+**          [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+**
+** {H12605} If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
+**          [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
+**          fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
+**          obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. {END}  The calling function
+**          should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** {H12606} Extension loading must be enabled using
+**          [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
+**          otherwise an error will be returned.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
   sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
@@ -5205,65 +4674,64 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Enable Or Disable Extension Loading {F12620}
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading {H12620} 
 **
 ** So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
 ** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling
-** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following
-** API is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and
-** off.  {F12622} It is off by default. {END} See ticket #1863.
+** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
+** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
 **
-** {F12621} Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine
-** with onoff==1 to turn extension loading on
-** and call it with onoff==0 to turn it back off again. {END}
+** Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863.
+**
+** {H12621} Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
+**          to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
+**          it back off again.
+**
+** {H12622} Extension loading is off by default.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Make Arrangements To Automatically Load An Extension {F12640}
-**
-** {F12641} This function
-** registers an extension entry point that is automatically invoked
-** whenever a new database connection is opened using
-** [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. {END}
+** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load An Extensions {H12640} 
 **
 ** This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register
 ** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available
-** to all new database connections.
+** to all new [database connections]. {END}
 **
-** {F12642} Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine multiple
-** times with the same extension is harmless.
+** This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array that is
+** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  If you run a memory leak checker
+** on your program and it reports a leak because of this array, invoke
+** [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] prior to shutdown to free the memory.
 **
-** {F12643} This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array
-** that is obtained from sqlite_malloc(). {END} If you run a memory leak
-** checker on your program and it reports a leak because of this
-** array, then invoke [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] prior
-** to shutdown to free the memory.
+** {H12641} This function registers an extension entry point that is
+**          automatically invoked whenever a new [database connection]
+**          is opened using [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()].
 **
-** {F12644} Automatic extensions apply across all threads. {END}
+** {H12642} Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine
+**          multiple times with the same extension is harmless.
 **
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
+** {H12643} This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array
+**          that is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+**
+** {H12644} Automatic extensions apply across all threads.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xEntryPoint);
-
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading {F12660}
+** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading {H12660} 
 **
-** {F12661} This function disables all previously registered
-** automatic extensions. {END}  This
-** routine undoes the effect of all prior [sqlite3_auto_extension()]
-** calls.
+** This function disables all previously registered automatic
+** extensions. {END}  It undoes the effect of all prior
+** [sqlite3_auto_extension()] calls.
 **
-** {F12662} This call disabled automatic extensions in all threads. {END}
+** {H12661} This function disables all previously registered
+**          automatic extensions.
 **
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
+** {H12662} This function disables automatic extensions in all threads.
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
 
-
 /*
 ****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
 **
@@ -5271,7 +4739,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
 ** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
 ** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
 **
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stablizes, we will declare the
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
 ** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
 */
 
@@ -5284,12 +4752,21 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
 typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object {F18000}
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object {H18000} 
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This structure, sometimes called a a "virtual table module", 
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
+** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
 **
-** A module is a class of virtual tables.  Each module is defined
-** by an instance of the following structure.  This structure consists
-** mostly of methods for the module.
+** A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
+** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
+** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
+** The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
+** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
+** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
+** any database connection.
 */
 struct sqlite3_module {
   int iVersion;
@@ -5318,28 +4795,26 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
   int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
                        void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
                        void **ppArg);
-
   int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
 };
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information {F18100}
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information {H18100} 
 ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
 ** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to
-** pass information into and receive the reply from the xBestIndex
-** method of an sqlite3_module.  The fields under **Inputs** are the
+** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
+** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
 ** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
 ** results into the **Outputs** fields.
 **
-** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the
-** form:
+** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
 **
-**         column OP expr
+** 
      column OP expr
      
 **
-** Where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.  
-** The particular operator is stored
-** in aConstraint[].op.  The index of the column is stored in 
+** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.  The particular operator is
+** stored in aConstraint[].op.  The index of the column is stored in
 ** aConstraint[].iColumn.  aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
 ** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
 ** is usable) and false if it cannot.
@@ -5353,17 +4828,19 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
 ** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
 ** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
 **
-** The xBestIndex method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
+** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
 ** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  If argvIndex>0 then
 ** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
 ** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  If aConstraintUsage[].omit
 ** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
 ** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.
 **
-** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into xFilter.
-** sqlite3_free() is used to free idxPtr if needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
+** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
+** [xFilter] method.
+** [sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only iff
+** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
 **
-** The orderByConsumed means that output from xFilter will occur in
+** The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
 ** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
 ** sorting step is required.
 **
@@ -5386,7 +4863,6 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
      int iColumn;              /* Column number */
      unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
   } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
-
   /* Outputs */
   struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
     int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
@@ -5406,70 +4882,89 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {F18200}
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18200} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
-** This routine is used to register a new module name with an SQLite
-** connection.  Module names must be registered before creating new
-** virtual tables on the module, or before using preexisting virtual
-** tables of the module.
+** This routine is used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
+** Module names must be registered before
+** creating a new [virtual table] using the module, or before using a
+** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
+**
+** The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
+** by the first parameter.  The name of the module is given by the 
+** second parameter.  The third parameter is a pointer to
+** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   The fourth
+** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
+** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
+** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
+**
+** This interface has exactly the same effect as calling
+** [sqlite3_create_module_v2()] with a NULL client data destructor.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module(
   sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
   const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
-  void *                     /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {F18210}
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18210} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
-** This routine is identical to the sqlite3_create_module() method above,
-** except that it allows a destructor function to be specified. It is
-** even more experimental than the rest of the virtual tables API.
+** This routine is identical to the [sqlite3_create_module()] method,
+** except that it has an extra parameter to specify 
+** a destructor function for the client data pointer.  SQLite will
+** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
+** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
   sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
   const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
-  void *,                    /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
   void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object {F18010}
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object {H18010} 
 ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
-** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
-** to describe a particular instance of the module.  Each subclass will
-** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.   The
-** purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are common
-** to all module implementations.
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
+** of the following structure to describe a particular instance
+** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
+** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
+** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
+** common to all module implementations.
 **
 ** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
-** string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() to zErrMsg.  The method should
-** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to sqlite3_free()
+** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
+** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
 ** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  After the error message
 ** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
-** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.  Note
-** that sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_free() are used on the zErrMsg field
-** since virtual tables are commonly implemented in loadable extensions which
-** do not have access to sqlite3MPrintf() or sqlite3Free().
+** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
 */
 struct sqlite3_vtab {
   const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
-  int nRef;                       /* Used internally */
+  int nRef;                       /* NO LONGER USED */
   char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
   /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
 };
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object  {F18020}
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object  {H18020} 
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
-** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
-** to describe cursors that point into the virtual table and are used
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
+** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
+** [virtual table] and are used
 ** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
-** xOpen method of the module.  Each module implementation will define
+** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
+** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cussors are used
+** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
+** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
 ** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
 **
 ** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
@@ -5481,19 +4976,23 @@ struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
 };
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table {F18280}
+** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table {H18280} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
-** The xCreate and xConnect methods of a module use the following API
+** The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
+** [virtual table module] call this interface
 ** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
 ** the virtual tables they implement.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table {F18300}
+** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table {H18300} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
 ** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the xFindFunction method.  But global versions of those functions
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
+** But global versions of those functions
 ** must exist in order to be overloaded.
 **
 ** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
@@ -5501,13 +5000,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);
 ** before this API is called, a new function is created.  The implementation
 ** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
 ** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
-** purpose is to be a place-holder function that can be overloaded
-** by virtual tables.
-**
-** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface,
-** which is experimental and subject to change.
+** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
+** by a [virtual table].
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
 
 /*
 ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
@@ -5522,68 +5018,77 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nA
 */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB {F17800}
+** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB {H17800} 
+** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
 **
 ** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
-** incremental I/O can be preformed.
-** Objects of this type are created by
-** [sqlite3_blob_open()] and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
+** Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
+** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
 ** The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
-** can be used to read or write small subsections of the blob.
-** The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the
-** blob in bytes.
+** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
+** The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
 */
 typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O {F17810}
+** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O {H17810} 
 **
-** This interfaces opens a handle to the blob located
+** This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
 ** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
-** in other words,  the same blob that would be selected by:
+** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
 **
 ** 
      -**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE rowid = iRow;
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
 ** 
       {END}
 **
-** If the flags parameter is non-zero, the blob is opened for 
-** read and write access. If it is zero, the blob is opened for read 
-** access.
+** If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
+** and write access. If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
+** It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary 
+** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is 
+** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing.
 **
 ** Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
 ** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
 ** is assigned when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
-** For the main database file, the database name is "main".  For
-** TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
-**
-** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new 
-** [sqlite3_blob | blob handle] is written to *ppBlob. 
-** Otherwise an error code is returned and 
-** any value written to *ppBlob should not be used by the caller.
-** This function sets the database-handle error code and message
-** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-** 
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17813} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_blob_open(D,B,T,C,R,F,P)]
-**          interface opens an [sqlite3_blob] object P on the blob
-**          in column C of table T in database B on [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F17814} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_blob_open(D,...)] starts
-**          a new transaction on [database connection] D if that connection
-**          is not already in a transaction.
-**
-** {F17816} The [sqlite3_blob_open(D,B,T,C,R,F,P)] interface opens the blob
-**          for read and write access if and only if the F parameter
-**          is non-zero.
-**
-** {F17819} The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface returns [SQLITE_OK] on 
-**          success and an appropriate [error code] on failure.
-**
-** {F17821} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_open(D,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] will return
-**          information approprate for that error.
+** For the main database file, the database name is "main".
+** For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
+**
+** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
+** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set
+** to be a null pointer.
+** This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
+** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related
+** functions.  Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a
+** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob
+** regardless of the success or failure of this routine.
+**
+** If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
+** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
+** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
+** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
+** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.
+** Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
+** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+** Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
+** rollback by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
+** commit if the transaction continues to completion.
+**
+** Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
+** the opened blob.  The size of a blob may not be changed by this
+** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
+** blob.
+**
+** The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
+** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
+** this interface.
+**
+** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
+** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+**
+** Requirements:
+** [H17813] [H17814] [H17816] [H17819] [H17821] [H17824]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
   sqlite3*,
@@ -5596,158 +5101,125 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Close A BLOB Handle {F17830}
+** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle {H17830} 
 **
-** Close an open [sqlite3_blob | blob handle].
+** Closes an open [BLOB handle].
 **
 ** Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
 ** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
-** database connection is in autocommit mode.
+** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
 ** If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
-** until the close operation if they will fit. {END}
+** until the close operation if they will fit.
+**
 ** Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
 ** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
-** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  {F17833} Any errors that occur during
+** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  Any errors that occur during
 ** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.
 **
 ** The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
 ** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17833} The [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] interface closes an
-**          [sqlite3_blob] object P previously opened using
-**          [sqlite3_blob_open()].
-**
-** {F17836} Closing an [sqlite3_blob] object using
-**          [sqlite3_blob_close()] shall cause the current transaction to
-**          commit if there are no other open [sqlite3_blob] objects
-**          or [prepared statements] on the same [database connection] and
-**          the [database connection] is in
-**          [sqlite3_get_autocommit | autocommit mode].
+** Calling this routine with a null pointer (which as would be returned
+** by failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op.
 **
-** {F17839} The [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] interfaces closes the 
-**          [sqlite3_blob] object P unconditionally, even if
-**          [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] returns something other than [SQLITE_OK].
-**          
+** Requirements:
+** [H17833] [H17836] [H17839]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Return The Size Of An Open BLOB {F17840}
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB {H17840} 
 **
-** Return the size in bytes of the blob accessible via the open 
-** [sqlite3_blob] object in its only argument.
+** Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
+** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  The
+** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
+** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
 **
-** {F17843} The [sqlite3_blob_bytes(P)] interface returns the size
-**          in bytes of the BLOB that the [sqlite3_blob] object P
-**          refers to.
+** Requirements:
+** [H17843]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally {F17850}
+** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally {H17850} 
 **
-** This function is used to read data from an open 
-** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] into a caller supplied buffer.
-** N bytes of data are copied into buffer
-** Z from the open blob, starting at offset iOffset.
+** This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
+** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
 **
-** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the blob, 
+** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
 ** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  If N or iOffset is
-** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
+** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
+** The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
 **
-** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an 
-** [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
+** An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
 **
-** {F17853} The [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface reads N bytes
-**          beginning at offset X from
-**          the blob that [sqlite3_blob] object P refers to
-**          and writes those N bytes into buffer Z.
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
 **
-** {F17856} In [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] if the size of the blob
-**          is less than N+X bytes, then the function returns [SQLITE_ERROR]
-**          and nothing is read from the blob.
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
 **
-** {F17859} In [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] if X or N is less than zero
-**          then the function returns [SQLITE_ERROR]
-**          and nothing is read from the blob.
-**
-** {F17862} The [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
-**          if N bytes where successfully read into buffer Z.
-**
-** {F17865} If the requested read could not be completed,
-**          the [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface returns an
-**          appropriate [error code] or [extended error code].
-**
-** {F17868} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_read(P,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] will return
-**          information approprate for that error, where D is the
-**          database handle that was used to open blob handle P.
+** Requirements:
+** [H17853] [H17856] [H17859] [H17862] [H17863] [H17865] [H17868]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally {F17870}
+** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally {H17870} 
 **
-** This function is used to write data into an open 
-** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] from a user supplied buffer.
-** n bytes of data are copied from the buffer
-** pointed to by z into the open blob, starting at offset iOffset.
+** This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
+** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
 **
-** If the [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] passed as the first argument
-** was not opened for writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()]
-*** was zero), this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
+** If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
+** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
+** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
 **
-** This function may only modify the contents of the blob; it is
-** not possible to increase the size of a blob using this API.
-** If offset iOffset is less than n bytes from the end of the blob, 
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  If n is
+** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
+** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
+** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  If N is
 ** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
+** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
 **
-** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an 
-** [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17873} The [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface writes N bytes
-**          from buffer Z into
-**          the blob that [sqlite3_blob] object P refers to
-**          beginning at an offset of X into the blob.
+** An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  Writes to the BLOB that occurred
+** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
+** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
+** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
+** or by other independent statements.
 **
-** {F17875} The [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface returns
-**          [SQLITE_READONLY] if the [sqlite3_blob] object P was
-**          [sqlite3_blob_open | opened] for reading only.
+** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
 **
-** {F17876} In [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] if the size of the blob
-**          is less than N+X bytes, then the function returns [SQLITE_ERROR]
-**          and nothing is written into the blob.
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
 **
-** {F17879} In [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] if X or N is less than zero
-**          then the function returns [SQLITE_ERROR]
-**          and nothing is written into the blob.
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
 **
-** {F17882} The [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
-**          if N bytes where successfully written into blob.
-**
-** {F17885} If the requested write could not be completed,
-**          the [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface returns an
-**          appropriate [error code] or [extended error code].
-**
-** {F17888} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_write(D,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] will return
-**          information approprate for that error.
+** Requirements:
+** [H17873] [H17874] [H17875] [H17876] [H17877] [H17879] [H17882] [H17885]
+** [H17888]
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Virtual File System Objects {F11200}
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects {H11200} 
 **
 ** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
 ** that SQLite uses to interact
@@ -5756,12 +5228,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOff
 ** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
 ** The following interfaces are provided.
 **
-** The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to 
-** a VFS given its name.  Names are case sensitive.
+** The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
+** Names are case sensitive.
 ** Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** If there is no match, a NULL
-** pointer is returned.  If zVfsName is NULL then the default 
-** VFS is returned. 
+** If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
+** If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
 **
 ** New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
 ** Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
@@ -5771,51 +5242,27 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOff
 ** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
 ** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
 ** then the behavior is undefined.
-** 
+**
 ** Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
 ** If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
 ** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F11203} The [sqlite3_vfs_find(N)] interface returns a pointer to the
-**          registered [sqlite3_vfs] object whose name exactly matches
-**          the zero-terminated UTF-8 string N, or it returns NULL if
-**          there is no match.
-**
-** {F11206} If the N parameter to [sqlite3_vfs_find(N)] is NULL then
-**          the function returns a pointer to the default [sqlite3_vfs]
-**          object if there is one, or NULL if there is no default 
-**          [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-**
-** {F11209} The [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface registers the
-**          well-formed [sqlite3_vfs] object P using the name given
-**          by the zName field of the object.
-**
-** {F11212} Using the [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface to register
-**          the same [sqlite3_vfs] object multiple times is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** {F11215} The [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface makes the
-**          the [sqlite3_vfs] object P the default [sqlite3_vfs] object
-**          if F is non-zero.
-**
-** {F11218} The [sqlite3_vfs_unregister(P)] interface unregisters the
-**          [sqlite3_vfs] object P so that it is no longer returned by
-**          subsequent calls to [sqlite3_vfs_find()].
+** Requirements:
+** [H11203] [H11206] [H11209] [H11212] [H11215] [H11218]
 */
 SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutexes {F17000}
+** CAPI3REF: Mutexes {H17000} 
 **
 ** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
-** synchronization.  Though they are intended for internal
+** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
 ** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
 ** permitted to use any of these routines.
 **
-** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations 
+** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
 ** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
 ** is selected automatically at compile-time.  The following
 ** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
@@ -5827,25 +5274,24 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
 ** 
    •    SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
 ** 
 **
-** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines 
-** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in 
+** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
+** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
 ** a single-threaded application.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2,
 ** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations
-** are appropriate for use on os/2, unix, and windows.
-** 
+** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows.
+**
 ** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
 ** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
-** implementation is included with the library.  The
-** mutex interface routines defined here become external
-** references in the SQLite library for which implementations
-** must be provided by the application.  This facility allows an
-** application that links against SQLite to provide its own mutex
-** implementation without having to modify the SQLite core.
-**
-** {F17011} The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it. {F17012} If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. {F17013} SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error. {F17014} The argument
+** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
+** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
+** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().
+**
+** {H17011} The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it. {H17012} If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. {H17013} SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error. {H17014} The argument
 ** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
 **
 ** 
        
@@ -5857,63 +5303,67 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
 ** 
      •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
 ** 
      •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
 ** 
      •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
-** 
       {END}
+** 
 **
-** {F17015} The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** {H17015} The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
 ** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
 ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. {END}
 ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
 ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  {F17016} But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** not want to.  {H17016} But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
 ** cases where it really needs one.  {END} If a faster non-recursive mutex
 ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
 ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
 **
-** {F17017} The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. {END}  Four static mutexes are
+** {H17017} The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. {END}  Six static mutexes are
 ** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
 ** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
 ** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
 ** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
 ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
 **
-** {F17018} Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** {H17018} Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
 ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  {F17034} But for the static 
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  {H17034} But for the static
 ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number. {END}
+** the same type number.
 **
-** {F17019} The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated dynamic mutex. {F17020} SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** dynamic mutex that it allocates. {U17021} The dynamic mutexes must not be in 
-** use when they are deallocated. {U17022} Attempting to deallocate a static
-** mutex results in undefined behavior. {F17023} SQLite never deallocates
+** {H17019} The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated dynamic mutex. {H17020} SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** dynamic mutex that it allocates. {A17021} The dynamic mutexes must not be in
+** use when they are deallocated. {A17022} Attempting to deallocate a static
+** mutex results in undefined behavior. {H17023} SQLite never deallocates
 ** a static mutex. {END}
 **
 ** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex. {F17024} If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** to enter a mutex. {H17024} If another thread is already within the mutex,
 ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY. {F17025}  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  {F17026} Mutexes created using
+** SQLITE_BUSY. {H17025}  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
+** upon successful entry.  {H17026} Mutexes created using
 ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-** {F17027} In such cases the,
+** {H17027} In such cases the,
 ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  {U17028} If the same thread tries to enter any other
+** can enter.  {A17028} If the same thread tries to enter any other
 ** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-** {F17029} SQLite will never exhibit
-** such behavior in its own use of mutexes. {END}
+** {H17029} SQLite will never exhibit
+** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.
 **
-** Some systems (ex: windows95) do not the operation implemented by
-** sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() will
-** always return SQLITE_BUSY.  {F17030} The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior. {END}
+** Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
+** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
+** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  {H17030} The SQLite core only ever uses
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.
 **
-** {F17031} The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  {U17032} The behavior
+** {H17031} The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  {A17032} The behavior
 ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
-** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  {F17033} SQLite will
+** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  {H17033} SQLite will
 ** never do either. {END}
 **
+** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
+** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
+** behave as no-ops.
+**
 ** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
 */
 SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
@@ -5923,73 +5373,166 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verifcation Routines {F17080}
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object {H17120} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
+** used to allocate and use mutexes.
+**
+** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
+** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
+** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
+** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
+** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
+** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
+** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
+** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
+** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
+**
+** The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
+** {H17001} The xMutexInit routine shall be called by SQLite once for each
+** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
+**
+** The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
+** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
+** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
+** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. {H17003} The xMutexEnd()
+** interface shall be invoked once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+**
+** The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
+** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
+** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
+**
+** 
        
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_free()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_try()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_held()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] 
        • 
+** 
      
+**
+** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
+** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
+** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
+** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
+** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
+** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
+** it is passed a NULL pointer).
+**
+** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  It must be harmless to
+** invoke xMutexInit() mutiple times within the same process and without
+** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
+** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
+**
+** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
+** and its associates).  Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
+** allocation for a static mutex.  However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
+** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
+**
+** SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
+** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
+** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
+** prior to returning.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
+  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
+  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
+  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines {H17080}  
 **
 ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
-** are intended for use inside assert() statements. {F17081} The SQLite core
+** are intended for use inside assert() statements. {H17081} The SQLite core
 ** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
-** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  {F17082} The core only
+** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  {H17082} The core only
 ** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
-** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  {U17087} External mutex implementations
+** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  {A17087} External mutex implementations
 ** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
 ** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
 **
-** {F17083} These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
-** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. {END}
+** {H17083} These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
+** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
 **
 ** {X17084} The implementation is not required to provided versions of these
-** routines that actually work.
-** If the implementation does not provide working
-** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs
-** that always return true so that one does not get spurious
-** assertion failures. {END}
+** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
+** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
+** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
 **
-** {F17085} If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
+** {H17085} If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
 ** the routine should return 1.  {END} This seems counter-intuitive since
 ** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But the
 ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
 ** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
 ** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
-** the appropriate thing to do.  {F17086} The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() 
+** the appropriate thing to do.  {H17086} The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
 ** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types {F17001}
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types {H17001} 
 **
-** {F17002} The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
-** which is one of these integer constants. {END}
+** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
+** which is one of these integer constants.
+**
+** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
+** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
+** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
 */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* sqlite3_release_memory() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* lru page list */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files {F11300}
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection {H17002} 
+**
+** This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
+** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
+** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
+** If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
+** routine returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files {H11300} 
 **
-** {F11301} The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
+** {H11301} The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
 ** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
-** with a particular database identified by the second argument. {F11302} The
+** with a particular database identified by the second argument. {H11302} The
 ** name of the database is the name assigned to the database by the
 ** ATTACH SQL command that opened the
-** database. {F11303} To control the main database file, use the name "main"
-** or a NULL pointer. {F11304} The third and fourth parameters to this routine
+** database. {H11303} To control the main database file, use the name "main"
+** or a NULL pointer. {H11304} The third and fourth parameters to this routine
 ** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
-** the xFileControl method.  {F11305} The return value of the xFileControl
+** the xFileControl method.  {H11305} The return value of the xFileControl
 ** method becomes the return value of this routine.
 **
-** {F11306} If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
-** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. {F11307} This error
+** {H11306} If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
+** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. {H11307} This error
 ** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
-** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. {U11308} The underlying xFileControl method might
-** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  {U11309} There is no way to distinguish between
+** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. {A11308} The underlying xFileControl method might
+** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  {A11309} There is no way to distinguish between
 ** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
 ** xFileControl method. {END}
 **
@@ -5998,11 +5541,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface {F11400}
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface {H11400} 
 **
 ** The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
 ** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
-** purposes.  The first parameter a operation code that determines
+** purposes.  The first parameter is an operation code that determines
 ** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
 **
 ** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
@@ -6017,27 +5560,727 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes {F11410}
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes {H11410} 
 **
 ** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
 ** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
 **
-** These parameters and their meansing are subject to change
+** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
 ** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
 ** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
 ** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
 */
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_CONFIG             1
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_FAILURES           2
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_BENIGN_FAILURES    3
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_PENDING            4
 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status {H17200} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about the preformance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
+** highwater marks.  The first argument is an integer code for
+** the specific parameter to measure.  Recognized integer codes
+** are of the form [SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED | SQLITE_STATUS_...].
+** The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
+** The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  If the
+** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
+** *pHighwater is written. Some parameters do not record the highest
+** value.  For those parameters
+** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.
+** Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
+** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.
+**
+** This routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero
+** [error code] on failure.
+**
+** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can be
+** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
+** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
+** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
+** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
+** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters {H17250} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
+** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
+**
+** 
      
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
      
+** 
      This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
+** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
+** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
+** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
+** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
+** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
+** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
+** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
      
+** 
      This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
+** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
      
+** 
      This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
+** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
      
+** 
      This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
+** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
+** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
+** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
+** no space was left in the page cache.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
      
+** 
      This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
      
+** 
      This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
+** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
+** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
+** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
+** using scratch memory at the same time.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
      
+** 
      This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
+** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
+** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
+** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
+** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
+** slots were available.
+** 
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
      
+** 
      This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
      
+** 
      This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
+** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
      
+** 
      
+**
+** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status {H17500} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
+** about a single [database connection].  The first argument is the
+** database connection object to be interrogated.  The second argument
+** is the parameter to interrogate.  Currently, the only allowed value
+** for the second parameter is [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED].
+** Additional options will likely appear in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
+** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  If
+** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
+** reset back down to the current value.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections {H17520} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
+** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
+**
+** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
+** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
+** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
+** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
+** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
+**
+** 
      
+** 
      SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
      
+** 
      This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
+** checked out.
      
+** 
      
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED     0
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status {H17550} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** Each prepared statement maintains various
+** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counters] that measure the number
+** of times it has performed specific operations.  These counters can
+** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
+** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
+** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
+** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
+** an index.  
+**
+** This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
+** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
+** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
+** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counter]
+** to be interrogated. 
+** The current value of the requested counter is returned.
+** If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
+** interface call returns.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements {H17570} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
+** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
+** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
+**
+** 
      
+** 
      SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
      
+** 
      This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
+** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
+** careful use of indices.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
      
+** 
      This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
      
+**
+** 
      
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
+** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
+** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
+** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
+** to the object.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
+** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure. The majority of the 
+** heap memory used by SQLite is used by the page cache to cache data read 
+** from, or ready to be written to, the database file. By implementing a 
+** custom page cache using this API, an application can control more 
+** precisely the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
+** how long.
+**
+** The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an
+** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
+** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns.
+**
+** The xInit() method is called once for each call to [sqlite3_initialize()]
+** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). It is passed
+** a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value. It can be used to set
+** up global structures and mutexes required by the custom page cache 
+** implementation. 
+**
+** The xShutdown() method is called from within [sqlite3_shutdown()], 
+** if the application invokes this API. It can be used to clean up 
+** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
+**
+** SQLite holds a [SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE] mutex when it invokes
+** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
+** in multithreaded applications.
+**
+** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+**
+** The xCreate() method is used to construct a new cache instance.  SQLite
+** will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
+** though this is not guaranteed. The
+** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
+** be allocated by the cache.  szPage will not be a power of two.  szPage
+** will the page size of the database file that is to be cached plus an
+** increment (here called "R") of about 100 or 200.  SQLite will use the
+** extra R bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
+** database page on disk.  The value of R depends
+** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
+** R is constant for a particular build of SQLite.  The second argument to
+** xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will
+** be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
+** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
+** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
+** it is purely advisory.  On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
+** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
+** In other words, a cache created with bPurgeable set to false will
+** never contain any unpinned pages.
+**
+** The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
+** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
+** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
+** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command. As with the bPurgeable parameter,
+** the implementation is not required to do anything with this
+** value; it is advisory only.
+**
+** The xPagecount() method should return the number of pages currently
+** stored in the cache.
+** 
+** The xFetch() method is used to fetch a page and return a pointer to it. 
+** A 'page', in this context, is a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an
+** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. The
+** mimimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page 
+** is considered to be "pinned".
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
+** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
+** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
+** behavior of the cache implementation is determined by the value of the
+** createFlag parameter passed to xFetch, according to the following table:
+**
+** 
+** 
       createFlag  Behaviour when page is not already in cache
+** 
       0  Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
+** 
       1  Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
+**                 Otherwise return NULL.
+** 
       2  Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
+**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
+** 
      
+**
+** SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  If
+** a call to xFetch() with createFlag==1 returns NULL, then SQLite will
+** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
+** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. After
+** attempting to unpin pages, the xFetch() method will be invoked again with
+** a createFlag of 2.
+**
+** xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
+** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
+** then the page should be evicted from the cache. In this case SQLite 
+** assumes that the next time the page is retrieved from the cache using
+** the xFetch() method, it will be zeroed. If the discard parameter is
+** zero, then the page is considered to be unpinned. The cache implementation
+** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
+**
+** The cache is not required to perform any reference counting. A single 
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
+** to xFetch().
+**
+** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
+** page passed as the second argument from oldKey to newKey. If the cache
+** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it should be
+** discarded. Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
+** to be pinned.
+**
+** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
+** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
+** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
+** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
+** they can be safely discarded.
+**
+** The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
+** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. After
+** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
+** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods
+** functions.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
+** online backup operation.  The sqlite3_backup object is created by
+** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This API is used to overwrite the contents of one database with that
+** of another. It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+**
+** Exclusive access is required to the destination database for the 
+** duration of the operation. However the source database is only
+** read-locked while it is actually being read, it is not locked
+** continuously for the entire operation. Thus, the backup may be
+** performed on a live database without preventing other users from
+** writing to the database for an extended period of time.
+** 
+** To perform a backup operation: 
+**   
        
+**     
      1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the
+**         backup, 
+**     
      2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer 
+**         the data between the two databases, and finally
+**     
      3. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources 
+**         associated with the backup operation. 
+**   
      
+** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
+** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** sqlite3_backup_init()
+**
+** The first two arguments passed to [sqlite3_backup_init()] are the database
+** handle associated with the destination database and the database name 
+** used to attach the destination database to the handle. The database name
+** is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the temporary database, or
+** the name specified as part of the [ATTACH] statement if the destination is
+** an attached database. The third and fourth arguments passed to 
+** sqlite3_backup_init() identify the [database connection]
+** and database name used
+** to access the source database. The values passed for the source and 
+** destination [database connection] parameters must not be the same.
+**
+** If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(), then NULL is returned
+** and an error code and error message written into the [database connection] 
+** passed as the first argument. They may be retrieved using the
+** [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
+** Otherwise, if successful, a pointer to an [sqlite3_backup] object is
+** returned. This pointer may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
+** operation.
+**
+** sqlite3_backup_step()
+**
+** Function [sqlite3_backup_step()] is used to copy up to nPage pages between 
+** the source and destination databases, where nPage is the value of the 
+** second parameter passed to sqlite3_backup_step(). If nPage is a negative
+** value, all remaining source pages are copied. If the required pages are 
+** succesfully copied, but there are still more pages to copy before the 
+** backup is complete, it returns [SQLITE_OK]. If no error occured and there 
+** are no more pages to copy, then [SQLITE_DONE] is returned. If an error 
+** occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned. As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
+** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
+**
+** As well as the case where the destination database file was opened for
+** read-only access, sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
+** the destination is an in-memory database with a different page size
+** from the source database.
+**
+** If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
+** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
+** is invoked (if one is specified). If the 
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. In this case the call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. If the source
+** [database connection]
+** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. Again, in this
+** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. If
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
+** errors are considered fatal. At this point the application must accept 
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
+** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
+**
+** Following the first call to sqlite3_backup_step(), an exclusive lock is
+** obtained on the destination file. It is not released until either 
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
+** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. Additionally, each time 
+** a call to sqlite3_backup_step() is made a [shared lock] is obtained on
+** the source database file. This lock is released before the
+** sqlite3_backup_step() call returns. Because the source database is not
+** locked between calls to sqlite3_backup_step(), it may be modified mid-way
+** through the backup procedure. If the source database is modified by an
+** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
+** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be transparently
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source 
+** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
+** by the backup operation, then the backup database is transparently 
+** updated at the same time.
+**
+** sqlite3_backup_finish()
+**
+** Once sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
+** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the [sqlite3_backup]
+** object should be passed to sqlite3_backup_finish(). This releases all
+** resources associated with the backup operation. If sqlite3_backup_step()
+** has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any active write-transaction on the
+** destination database is rolled back. The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
+** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no error
+** occurred, regardless or whether or not sqlite3_backup_step() was called
+** a sufficient number of times to complete the backup operation. Or, if
+** an out-of-memory condition or IO error occured during a call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() then [SQLITE_NOMEM] or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] error code
+** is returned. In this case the error code and an error message are
+** written to the destination [database connection].
+**
+** A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() is
+** not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** sqlite3_backup_remaining(), sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+**
+** Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values stored internally
+** by an [sqlite3_backup] object. The number of pages still to be backed
+** up, which may be queried by sqlite3_backup_remaining(), and the total
+** number of pages in the source database file, which may be queried by
+** sqlite3_backup_pagecount().
+**
+** The values returned by these functions are only updated by
+** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified during a backup
+** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra
+** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file
+** changing.
+**
+** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles
+**
+** The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
+** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
+** If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
+** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
+** from within other threads.
+**
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination database
+** connection handle is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
+** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
+** sqlite3_backup_finish(). Unfortunately SQLite does not currently check
+** for this, if the application does use the destination [database connection]
+** for some other purpose during a backup operation, things may appear to
+** work correctly but in fact be subtly malfunctioning.  Use of the
+** destination database connection while a backup is in progress might
+** also cause a mutex deadlock.
+**
+** Furthermore, if running in [shared cache mode], the application must
+** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
+** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
+** that the application must guarantee that the file-system file being 
+** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
+** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
+** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
+** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
+** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
+** possible that they return invalid values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
+  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
+  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
+  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
+** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
+** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
+** This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
+** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
+** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
+**
+** Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
+**
+** When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
+** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
+** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. After an 
+** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
+** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
+** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. The
+** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
+** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
+**
+** If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
+** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
+** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
+** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
+** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().
+**
+** If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
+** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
+** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
+**
+** There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
+** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
+** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
+** then the new callback replaces the old. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
+** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
+** unlock-notify callback is cancelled. The blocked connections 
+** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
+** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
+** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
+** crash or deadlock may be the result.
+**
+** Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
+** returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** Callback Invocation Details
+**
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
+** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
+** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
+** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
+** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
+** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
+**
+** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
+** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback. If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
+** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
+** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
+** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
+** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
+**
+** Deadlock Detection
+**
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
+** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
+** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
+** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
+** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
+** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
+** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
+**
+** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
+** detection. If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
+** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
+** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
+** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
+** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
+** A's transaction is concluded. Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
+** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
+** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
+** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. Any
+** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
+**
+** The "DROP TABLE" Exception
+**
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
+** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
+** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
+** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
+** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
+** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
+** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
+** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
+**
+** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
+** by an sqlite3_step() call. If there is a blocking connection, then the
+** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
+** SQLITE_LOCKED.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
+  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
+  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
+);
 
 
 /*
+** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to
+** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
+** case-indendent fashion, using the same definition of case independence 
+** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+
+/*
 ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
 ** builds on processors without floating point support.
 */
@@ -6050,6 +6293,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
 #endif
 #endif
 
+
 /************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
 /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
 /************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
@@ -6068,7 +6312,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
 ** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
 ** used in SQLite.
 **
-** $Id: hash.h,v 1.11 2007/09/04 14:31:47 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: hash.h,v 1.15 2009/05/02 13:29:38 drh Exp $
 */
 #ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
 #define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
@@ -6081,19 +6325,30 @@ typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
 ** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
 ** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
 ** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
 ** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
 ** this structure opaque.
+**
+** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list.
+** Hash.first points to the head of this list.
+**
+** There are Hash.htsize buckets.  Each bucket points to a spot in
+** the global doubly-linked list.  The contents of the bucket are the
+** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list.
+**
+** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero.  In that case lookup is done
+** by a linear search of the global list.  For small tables, the 
+** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements
+** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage
+** the hash table.
 */
 struct Hash {
-  char keyClass;          /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
-  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
-  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
-  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
-  HashElem *first;        /* The first element of the array */
-  struct _ht {            /* the hash table */
-    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
-    HashElem *chain;         /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  unsigned int htsize;      /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  unsigned int count;       /* Number of entries in this table */
+  HashElem *first;          /* The first element of the array */
+  struct _ht {              /* the hash table */
+    int count;                 /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    HashElem *chain;           /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
   } *ht;
 };
 
@@ -6104,40 +6359,17 @@ struct Hash {
 ** be opaque because it is used by macros.
 */
 struct HashElem {
-  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
-  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
-  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
+  HashElem *next, *prev;       /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                  /* Data associated with this element */
+  const char *pKey; int nKey;  /* Key associated with this element */
 };
 
 /*
-** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
-**
-**   SQLITE_HASH_INT         nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
-**
-**   SQLITE_HASH_POINTER     pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
-**
-**   SQLITE_HASH_STRING      pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
-**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
-**                           is ignored in comparisons.
-**
-**   SQLITE_HASH_BINARY      pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
-**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
-**
-** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
-** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.  
-*/
-/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT       1 // NOT USED */
-/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER   2 // NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING    3
-#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY    4
-
-/*
 ** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey, int nKey);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
 
 /*
@@ -6155,13 +6387,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
 #define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
 #define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
 #define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
-#define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
-#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+/* #define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */
+/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)  // NOT USED */
 
 /*
 ** Number of entries in a hash table
 */
-#define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+/* #define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count) // NOT USED */
 
 #endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
 
@@ -6181,146 +6413,151 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
 #define TK_COMMIT                         10
 #define TK_END                            11
 #define TK_ROLLBACK                       12
-#define TK_CREATE                         13
-#define TK_TABLE                          14
-#define TK_IF                             15
-#define TK_NOT                            16
-#define TK_EXISTS                         17
-#define TK_TEMP                           18
-#define TK_LP                             19
-#define TK_RP                             20
-#define TK_AS                             21
-#define TK_COMMA                          22
-#define TK_ID                             23
-#define TK_ABORT                          24
-#define TK_AFTER                          25
-#define TK_ANALYZE                        26
-#define TK_ASC                            27
-#define TK_ATTACH                         28
-#define TK_BEFORE                         29
-#define TK_CASCADE                        30
-#define TK_CAST                           31
-#define TK_CONFLICT                       32
-#define TK_DATABASE                       33
-#define TK_DESC                           34
-#define TK_DETACH                         35
-#define TK_EACH                           36
-#define TK_FAIL                           37
-#define TK_FOR                            38
-#define TK_IGNORE                         39
-#define TK_INITIALLY                      40
-#define TK_INSTEAD                        41
-#define TK_LIKE_KW                        42
-#define TK_MATCH                          43
-#define TK_KEY                            44
-#define TK_OF                             45
-#define TK_OFFSET                         46
-#define TK_PRAGMA                         47
-#define TK_RAISE                          48
-#define TK_REPLACE                        49
-#define TK_RESTRICT                       50
-#define TK_ROW                            51
-#define TK_TRIGGER                        52
-#define TK_VACUUM                         53
-#define TK_VIEW                           54
-#define TK_VIRTUAL                        55
-#define TK_REINDEX                        56
-#define TK_RENAME                         57
-#define TK_CTIME_KW                       58
-#define TK_ANY                            59
-#define TK_OR                             60
-#define TK_AND                            61
-#define TK_IS                             62
-#define TK_BETWEEN                        63
-#define TK_IN                             64
-#define TK_ISNULL                         65
-#define TK_NOTNULL                        66
-#define TK_NE                             67
-#define TK_EQ                             68
-#define TK_GT                             69
-#define TK_LE                             70
-#define TK_LT                             71
-#define TK_GE                             72
-#define TK_ESCAPE                         73
-#define TK_BITAND                         74
-#define TK_BITOR                          75
-#define TK_LSHIFT                         76
-#define TK_RSHIFT                         77
-#define TK_PLUS                           78
-#define TK_MINUS                          79
-#define TK_STAR                           80
-#define TK_SLASH                          81
-#define TK_REM                            82
-#define TK_CONCAT                         83
-#define TK_COLLATE                        84
-#define TK_UMINUS                         85
-#define TK_UPLUS                          86
-#define TK_BITNOT                         87
-#define TK_STRING                         88
-#define TK_JOIN_KW                        89
-#define TK_CONSTRAINT                     90
-#define TK_DEFAULT                        91
-#define TK_NULL                           92
-#define TK_PRIMARY                        93
-#define TK_UNIQUE                         94
-#define TK_CHECK                          95
-#define TK_REFERENCES                     96
-#define TK_AUTOINCR                       97
-#define TK_ON                             98
-#define TK_DELETE                         99
-#define TK_UPDATE                         100
-#define TK_INSERT                         101
-#define TK_SET                            102
-#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     103
-#define TK_FOREIGN                        104
-#define TK_DROP                           105
-#define TK_UNION                          106
-#define TK_ALL                            107
-#define TK_EXCEPT                         108
-#define TK_INTERSECT                      109
-#define TK_SELECT                         110
-#define TK_DISTINCT                       111
-#define TK_DOT                            112
-#define TK_FROM                           113
-#define TK_JOIN                           114
-#define TK_USING                          115
-#define TK_ORDER                          116
-#define TK_BY                             117
-#define TK_GROUP                          118
-#define TK_HAVING                         119
-#define TK_LIMIT                          120
-#define TK_WHERE                          121
-#define TK_INTO                           122
-#define TK_VALUES                         123
-#define TK_INTEGER                        124
-#define TK_FLOAT                          125
-#define TK_BLOB                           126
-#define TK_REGISTER                       127
-#define TK_VARIABLE                       128
-#define TK_CASE                           129
-#define TK_WHEN                           130
-#define TK_THEN                           131
-#define TK_ELSE                           132
-#define TK_INDEX                          133
-#define TK_ALTER                          134
-#define TK_TO                             135
-#define TK_ADD                            136
-#define TK_COLUMNKW                       137
-#define TK_TO_TEXT                        138
-#define TK_TO_BLOB                        139
-#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     140
-#define TK_TO_INT                         141
-#define TK_TO_REAL                        142
-#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    143
-#define TK_ILLEGAL                        144
-#define TK_SPACE                          145
-#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                146
-#define TK_COMMENT                        147
-#define TK_FUNCTION                       148
-#define TK_COLUMN                         149
-#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   150
-#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     151
-#define TK_CONST_FUNC                     152
+#define TK_SAVEPOINT                      13
+#define TK_RELEASE                        14
+#define TK_TO                             15
+#define TK_TABLE                          16
+#define TK_CREATE                         17
+#define TK_IF                             18
+#define TK_NOT                            19
+#define TK_EXISTS                         20
+#define TK_TEMP                           21
+#define TK_LP                             22
+#define TK_RP                             23
+#define TK_AS                             24
+#define TK_COMMA                          25
+#define TK_ID                             26
+#define TK_INDEXED                        27
+#define TK_ABORT                          28
+#define TK_ACTION                         29
+#define TK_AFTER                          30
+#define TK_ANALYZE                        31
+#define TK_ASC                            32
+#define TK_ATTACH                         33
+#define TK_BEFORE                         34
+#define TK_BY                             35
+#define TK_CASCADE                        36
+#define TK_CAST                           37
+#define TK_COLUMNKW                       38
+#define TK_CONFLICT                       39
+#define TK_DATABASE                       40
+#define TK_DESC                           41
+#define TK_DETACH                         42
+#define TK_EACH                           43
+#define TK_FAIL                           44
+#define TK_FOR                            45
+#define TK_IGNORE                         46
+#define TK_INITIALLY                      47
+#define TK_INSTEAD                        48
+#define TK_LIKE_KW                        49
+#define TK_MATCH                          50
+#define TK_NO                             51
+#define TK_KEY                            52
+#define TK_OF                             53
+#define TK_OFFSET                         54
+#define TK_PRAGMA                         55
+#define TK_RAISE                          56
+#define TK_REPLACE                        57
+#define TK_RESTRICT                       58
+#define TK_ROW                            59
+#define TK_TRIGGER                        60
+#define TK_VACUUM                         61
+#define TK_VIEW                           62
+#define TK_VIRTUAL                        63
+#define TK_REINDEX                        64
+#define TK_RENAME                         65
+#define TK_CTIME_KW                       66
+#define TK_ANY                            67
+#define TK_OR                             68
+#define TK_AND                            69
+#define TK_IS                             70
+#define TK_BETWEEN                        71
+#define TK_IN                             72
+#define TK_ISNULL                         73
+#define TK_NOTNULL                        74
+#define TK_NE                             75
+#define TK_EQ                             76
+#define TK_GT                             77
+#define TK_LE                             78
+#define TK_LT                             79
+#define TK_GE                             80
+#define TK_ESCAPE                         81
+#define TK_BITAND                         82
+#define TK_BITOR                          83
+#define TK_LSHIFT                         84
+#define TK_RSHIFT                         85
+#define TK_PLUS                           86
+#define TK_MINUS                          87
+#define TK_STAR                           88
+#define TK_SLASH                          89
+#define TK_REM                            90
+#define TK_CONCAT                         91
+#define TK_COLLATE                        92
+#define TK_BITNOT                         93
+#define TK_STRING                         94
+#define TK_JOIN_KW                        95
+#define TK_CONSTRAINT                     96
+#define TK_DEFAULT                        97
+#define TK_NULL                           98
+#define TK_PRIMARY                        99
+#define TK_UNIQUE                         100
+#define TK_CHECK                          101
+#define TK_REFERENCES                     102
+#define TK_AUTOINCR                       103
+#define TK_ON                             104
+#define TK_DELETE                         105
+#define TK_UPDATE                         106
+#define TK_SET                            107
+#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     108
+#define TK_FOREIGN                        109
+#define TK_DROP                           110
+#define TK_UNION                          111
+#define TK_ALL                            112
+#define TK_EXCEPT                         113
+#define TK_INTERSECT                      114
+#define TK_SELECT                         115
+#define TK_DISTINCT                       116
+#define TK_DOT                            117
+#define TK_FROM                           118
+#define TK_JOIN                           119
+#define TK_USING                          120
+#define TK_ORDER                          121
+#define TK_GROUP                          122
+#define TK_HAVING                         123
+#define TK_LIMIT                          124
+#define TK_WHERE                          125
+#define TK_INTO                           126
+#define TK_VALUES                         127
+#define TK_INSERT                         128
+#define TK_INTEGER                        129
+#define TK_FLOAT                          130
+#define TK_BLOB                           131
+#define TK_REGISTER                       132
+#define TK_VARIABLE                       133
+#define TK_CASE                           134
+#define TK_WHEN                           135
+#define TK_THEN                           136
+#define TK_ELSE                           137
+#define TK_INDEX                          138
+#define TK_ALTER                          139
+#define TK_ADD                            140
+#define TK_TO_TEXT                        141
+#define TK_TO_BLOB                        142
+#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     143
+#define TK_TO_INT                         144
+#define TK_TO_REAL                        145
+#define TK_ISNOT                          146
+#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    147
+#define TK_ILLEGAL                        148
+#define TK_SPACE                          149
+#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                150
+#define TK_FUNCTION                       151
+#define TK_COLUMN                         152
+#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   153
+#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     154
+#define TK_CONST_FUNC                     155
+#define TK_UMINUS                         156
+#define TK_UPLUS                          157
 
 /************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
 /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
@@ -6338,11 +6575,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
 # define double sqlite_int64
 # define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
 # ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
-#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (0x7fffffffffffffff)
+#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
 # endif
 # define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
 # define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
 # undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
 #endif
 #ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
 # define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
@@ -6384,12 +6622,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
 # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1
 #endif
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
+#endif
+
 /*
-** Provide a default value for TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
+** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
 ** on the command-line
 */
-#ifndef TEMP_STORE
-# define TEMP_STORE 1
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -6461,18 +6703,27 @@ typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
 typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
 typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
 typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef UINT8_TYPE i8;             /* 1-byte signed integer */
+typedef INT8_TYPE i8;              /* 1-byte signed integer */
+
+/*
+** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value
+** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data.  The value
+** is 0x00000000ffffffff.  But because of quirks of some compilers, we
+** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown:
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MAX_U32  ((((u64)1)<<32)-1)
 
 /*
 ** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
 ** evaluated at runtime.
 */
 #ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
 #else
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
 #endif
-#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)
+#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\
+                             || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__)
 # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
 # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
 # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
@@ -6490,6 +6741,23 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
 #define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
 #define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
 
+/* 
+** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used
+** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
+*/
+#define ROUND8(x)     (((x)+7)&~7)
+
+/*
+** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8
+*/
+#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)
+
+/*
+** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
+*/
+#define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
+
+
 /*
 ** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
 ** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
@@ -6528,38 +6796,101 @@ struct BusyHandler {
 ** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
 ** an array.
 */
-#define ArraySize(X)    (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
+#define ArraySize(X)    ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
+
+/*
+** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
+** This is an internal extension to SQLITE_STATIC and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3DbFree)
+
+/*
+** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
+** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
+** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
+** the heap.  When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
+** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead.  The SQLITE_WSD
+** macro is used for this purpose.  And instead of referencing the variable
+** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
+** buffer that holds real variable.  The constant is also the initializer
+** for the run-time allocated buffer.
+**
+** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
+** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  #define SQLITE_WSD const
+  #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
+  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
+SQLITE_API   int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
+SQLITE_API   void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
+#else
+  #define SQLITE_WSD 
+  #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
+  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to
+** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately 
+** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when
+** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the 
+** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the
+** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate,
+** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere.
+**
+** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function,
+** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer.
+** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to
+** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options.
+** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these
+** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions.
+*/
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y)
 
 /*
 ** Forward references to structures
 */
 typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
 typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
+typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo;
 typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
+typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
 typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
 typedef struct Column Column;
 typedef struct Db Db;
 typedef struct Schema Schema;
 typedef struct Expr Expr;
 typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
+typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
 typedef struct FKey FKey;
 typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
+typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
 typedef struct IdList IdList;
 typedef struct Index Index;
+typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample;
 typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
 typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
+typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
+typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
 typedef struct Module Module;
 typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
 typedef struct Parse Parse;
+typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
 typedef struct Select Select;
 typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
 typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
 typedef struct Table Table;
 typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
 typedef struct Token Token;
-typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack;
+typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
 typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
 typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
+typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
+typedef struct VTable VTable;
+typedef struct Walker Walker;
+typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan;
 typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
 typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
 
@@ -6585,7 +6916,7 @@ typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
 ** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
 ** of what each interface routine does.
 **
-** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.98 2008/04/26 13:39:47 drh Exp $
+** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.120 2009/07/22 00:35:24 drh Exp $
 */
 #ifndef _BTREE_H_
 #define _BTREE_H_
@@ -6630,7 +6961,7 @@ struct BtreeMutexArray {
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
   sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
-  Btree **,                /* Return open Btree* here */
+  Btree **ppBtree,         /* Return open Btree* here */
   int flags,               /* Flags */
   int vfsFlags             /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
 );
@@ -6648,16 +6979,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
 #define BTREE_READWRITE    16  /* Open for both reading and writing */
 #define BTREE_CREATE       32  /* Create the database if it does not exist */
 
-/* Additional values for the 4th argument of sqlite3BtreeOpen that
-** are not associated with PAGER_ values.
-*/
-#define BTREE_PRIVATE      64  /* Never share with other connections */
-
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
@@ -6668,19 +6994,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int);
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
 
@@ -6694,12 +7018,32 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
 #define BTREE_LEAFDATA   4    /* Data stored in leaves only.  Implies INTKEY */
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int);
 
-struct UnpackedRecord;  /* Forward declaration.  Definition in vdbeaux.c. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
+
+/*
+** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta
+** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned 
+** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an
+** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula:
+**
+**   offset = 36 + (idx * 4)
+**
+** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of
+** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at
+** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7).
+*/
+#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT     0
+#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION      1
+#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT         2
+#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  3
+#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE   4
+#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING       5
+#define BTREE_USER_VERSION        6
+#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM         7
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
   Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
@@ -6711,42 +7055,50 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
   BtCursor*,
-  const void *pKey,
-  struct UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
-  i64 nKey,
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
+  i64 intKey,
   int bias,
   int *pRes
 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                   const void *pData, int nData,
-                                  int nZero, int bias);
+                                  int nZero, int bias, int seekResult);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*);
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);
+#endif
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive);
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -6754,30 +7106,39 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive);
 ** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures.  So make the
 ** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
 */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) 
+# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
+#endif
 #else
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
+
 # define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
 # define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
 # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
 # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
 # define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X)
 # define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X)
 # define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y)
+
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
+# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
 #endif
 
 
@@ -6804,7 +7165,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*);
 ** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
 ** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
 **
-** $Id: vdbe.h,v 1.131 2008/05/01 17:03:49 drh Exp $
+** $Id: vdbe.h,v 1.142 2009/07/24 17:58:53 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
 #ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
 #define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
@@ -6822,7 +7183,7 @@ typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
 */
 typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
 typedef struct Mem Mem;
-typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
+typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram;
 
 /*
 ** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
@@ -6837,7 +7198,7 @@ struct VdbeOp {
   int p1;             /* First operand */
   int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
   int p3;             /* The third parameter */
-  union {             /* forth parameter */
+  union {             /* fourth parameter */
     int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
     void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
     char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
@@ -6847,19 +7208,34 @@ struct VdbeOp {
     VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;   /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */
     CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
     Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
-    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;   /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
+    VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
     KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
+    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
+    SubProgram *pProgram;  /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
   } p4;
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  char *zComment;     /* Comment to improve readability */
+  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
 #endif
 #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  int cnt;            /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
-  long long cycles;   /* Total time spend executing this instruction */
+  int cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
+  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
 #endif
 };
 typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
 
+
+/*
+** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program.
+*/
+struct SubProgram {
+  VdbeOp *aOp;                  /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */
+  int nOp;                      /* Elements in aOp[] */
+  int nMem;                     /* Number of memory cells required */
+  int nCsr;                     /* Number of cursors required */
+  int nRef;                     /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  void *token;                  /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
+};
+
 /*
 ** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
 ** it takes up less space.
@@ -6873,7 +7249,7 @@ struct VdbeOpList {
 typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
 
 /*
-** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p3type
+** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type
 */
 #define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
 #define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
@@ -6889,6 +7265,8 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
 #define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
 #define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
 #define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
+#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
+#define P4_SUBPROGRAM  (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */
 
 /* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
 ** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
@@ -6897,7 +7275,8 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
 ** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
 ** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
 */
-#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-9)
+#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16)
+#define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC  (-17)
 
 /*
 ** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
@@ -6938,146 +7317,149 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
 #define OP_Affinity                             2
 #define OP_Column                               3
 #define OP_SetCookie                            4
-#define OP_Real                               125   /* same as TK_FLOAT    */
-#define OP_Sequence                             5
-#define OP_MoveGt                               6
-#define OP_Ge                                  72   /* same as TK_GE       */
-#define OP_RowKey                               7
-#define OP_SCopy                                8
-#define OP_Eq                                  68   /* same as TK_EQ       */
-#define OP_OpenWrite                            9
-#define OP_NotNull                             66   /* same as TK_NOTNULL  */
-#define OP_If                                  10
-#define OP_ToInt                              141   /* same as TK_TO_INT   */
-#define OP_String8                             88   /* same as TK_STRING   */
-#define OP_VRowid                              11
+#define OP_Seek                                 5
+#define OP_Real                               130   /* same as TK_FLOAT    */
+#define OP_Sequence                             6
+#define OP_Savepoint                            7
+#define OP_Ge                                  80   /* same as TK_GE       */
+#define OP_RowKey                               8
+#define OP_SCopy                                9
+#define OP_Eq                                  76   /* same as TK_EQ       */
+#define OP_OpenWrite                           10
+#define OP_NotNull                             74   /* same as TK_NOTNULL  */
+#define OP_If                                  11
+#define OP_ToInt                              144   /* same as TK_TO_INT   */
+#define OP_String8                             94   /* same as TK_STRING   */
 #define OP_CollSeq                             12
 #define OP_OpenRead                            13
 #define OP_Expire                              14
 #define OP_AutoCommit                          15
-#define OP_Gt                                  69   /* same as TK_GT       */
+#define OP_Gt                                  77   /* same as TK_GT       */
+#define OP_Pagecount                           16
 #define OP_IntegrityCk                         17
 #define OP_Sort                                18
-#define OP_Copy                                19
-#define OP_Trace                               20
-#define OP_Function                            21
-#define OP_IfNeg                               22
-#define OP_And                                 61   /* same as TK_AND      */
-#define OP_Subtract                            79   /* same as TK_MINUS    */
-#define OP_Noop                                23
-#define OP_Return                              24
-#define OP_Remainder                           82   /* same as TK_REM      */
-#define OP_NewRowid                            25
-#define OP_Multiply                            80   /* same as TK_STAR     */
-#define OP_Variable                            26
-#define OP_String                              27
-#define OP_RealAffinity                        28
-#define OP_VRename                             29
-#define OP_ParseSchema                         30
-#define OP_VOpen                               31
-#define OP_Close                               32
-#define OP_CreateIndex                         33
-#define OP_IsUnique                            34
-#define OP_NotFound                            35
-#define OP_Int64                               36
-#define OP_MustBeInt                           37
-#define OP_Halt                                38
-#define OP_Rowid                               39
-#define OP_IdxLT                               40
-#define OP_AddImm                              41
-#define OP_Statement                           42
-#define OP_RowData                             43
-#define OP_MemMax                              44
-#define OP_Or                                  60   /* same as TK_OR       */
-#define OP_NotExists                           45
-#define OP_Gosub                               46
-#define OP_Divide                              81   /* same as TK_SLASH    */
-#define OP_Integer                             47
-#define OP_ToNumeric                          140   /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
-#define OP_Prev                                48
-#define OP_Concat                              83   /* same as TK_CONCAT   */
-#define OP_BitAnd                              74   /* same as TK_BITAND   */
-#define OP_VColumn                             49
-#define OP_CreateTable                         50
-#define OP_Last                                51
-#define OP_IsNull                              65   /* same as TK_ISNULL   */
-#define OP_IncrVacuum                          52
-#define OP_IdxRowid                            53
-#define OP_ShiftRight                          77   /* same as TK_RSHIFT   */
-#define OP_ResetCount                          54
-#define OP_FifoWrite                           55
-#define OP_ContextPush                         56
-#define OP_DropTrigger                         57
-#define OP_DropIndex                           58
-#define OP_IdxGE                               59
-#define OP_IdxDelete                           62
-#define OP_Vacuum                              63
-#define OP_MoveLe                              64
-#define OP_IfNot                               73
-#define OP_DropTable                           84
-#define OP_MakeRecord                          85
-#define OP_ToBlob                             139   /* same as TK_TO_BLOB  */
-#define OP_ResultRow                           86
-#define OP_Delete                              89
-#define OP_AggFinal                            90
-#define OP_ShiftLeft                           76   /* same as TK_LSHIFT   */
-#define OP_Goto                                91
-#define OP_TableLock                           92
-#define OP_FifoRead                            93
-#define OP_Clear                               94
-#define OP_MoveLt                              95
-#define OP_Le                                  70   /* same as TK_LE       */
-#define OP_VerifyCookie                        96
-#define OP_AggStep                             97
-#define OP_ToText                             138   /* same as TK_TO_TEXT  */
-#define OP_Not                                 16   /* same as TK_NOT      */
-#define OP_ToReal                             142   /* same as TK_TO_REAL  */
-#define OP_SetNumColumns                       98
-#define OP_Transaction                         99
-#define OP_VFilter                            100
-#define OP_Ne                                  67   /* same as TK_NE       */
-#define OP_VDestroy                           101
-#define OP_ContextPop                         102
-#define OP_BitOr                               75   /* same as TK_BITOR    */
-#define OP_Next                               103
-#define OP_IdxInsert                          104
-#define OP_Lt                                  71   /* same as TK_LT       */
-#define OP_Insert                             105
-#define OP_Destroy                            106
-#define OP_ReadCookie                         107
-#define OP_ForceInt                           108
-#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       109
-#define OP_Explain                            110
-#define OP_OpenPseudo                         111
-#define OP_OpenEphemeral                      112
-#define OP_Null                               113
-#define OP_Move                               114
-#define OP_Blob                               115
-#define OP_Add                                 78   /* same as TK_PLUS     */
-#define OP_Rewind                             116
-#define OP_MoveGe                             117
-#define OP_VBegin                             118
-#define OP_VUpdate                            119
-#define OP_IfZero                             120
-#define OP_BitNot                              87   /* same as TK_BITNOT   */
-#define OP_VCreate                            121
-#define OP_Found                              122
-#define OP_IfPos                              123
-#define OP_NullRow                            124
+#define OP_Copy                                20
+#define OP_Trace                               21
+#define OP_Function                            22
+#define OP_IfNeg                               23
+#define OP_And                                 69   /* same as TK_AND      */
+#define OP_Subtract                            87   /* same as TK_MINUS    */
+#define OP_Noop                                24
+#define OP_Program                             25
+#define OP_Return                              26
+#define OP_Remainder                           90   /* same as TK_REM      */
+#define OP_NewRowid                            27
+#define OP_Multiply                            88   /* same as TK_STAR     */
+#define OP_FkCounter                           28
+#define OP_Variable                            29
+#define OP_String                              30
+#define OP_RealAffinity                        31
+#define OP_VRename                             32
+#define OP_ParseSchema                         33
+#define OP_VOpen                               34
+#define OP_Close                               35
+#define OP_CreateIndex                         36
+#define OP_IsUnique                            37
+#define OP_NotFound                            38
+#define OP_Int64                               39
+#define OP_MustBeInt                           40
+#define OP_Halt                                41
+#define OP_Rowid                               42
+#define OP_IdxLT                               43
+#define OP_AddImm                              44
+#define OP_RowData                             45
+#define OP_MemMax                              46
+#define OP_Or                                  68   /* same as TK_OR       */
+#define OP_NotExists                           47
+#define OP_Gosub                               48
+#define OP_Divide                              89   /* same as TK_SLASH    */
+#define OP_Integer                             49
+#define OP_ToNumeric                          143   /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
+#define OP_Prev                                50
+#define OP_RowSetRead                          51
+#define OP_Concat                              91   /* same as TK_CONCAT   */
+#define OP_RowSetAdd                           52
+#define OP_BitAnd                              82   /* same as TK_BITAND   */
+#define OP_VColumn                             53
+#define OP_CreateTable                         54
+#define OP_Last                                55
+#define OP_SeekLe                              56
+#define OP_IsNull                              73   /* same as TK_ISNULL   */
+#define OP_IncrVacuum                          57
+#define OP_IdxRowid                            58
+#define OP_ShiftRight                          85   /* same as TK_RSHIFT   */
+#define OP_ResetCount                          59
+#define OP_Yield                               60
+#define OP_DropTrigger                         61
+#define OP_DropIndex                           62
+#define OP_Param                               63
+#define OP_IdxGE                               64
+#define OP_IdxDelete                           65
+#define OP_Vacuum                              66
+#define OP_IfNot                               67
+#define OP_DropTable                           70
+#define OP_SeekLt                              71
+#define OP_MakeRecord                          72
+#define OP_ToBlob                             142   /* same as TK_TO_BLOB  */
+#define OP_ResultRow                           81
+#define OP_Delete                              92
+#define OP_AggFinal                            95
+#define OP_Compare                             96
+#define OP_ShiftLeft                           84   /* same as TK_LSHIFT   */
+#define OP_Goto                                97
+#define OP_TableLock                           98
+#define OP_Clear                               99
+#define OP_Le                                  78   /* same as TK_LE       */
+#define OP_VerifyCookie                       100
+#define OP_AggStep                            101
+#define OP_ToText                             141   /* same as TK_TO_TEXT  */
+#define OP_Not                                 19   /* same as TK_NOT      */
+#define OP_ToReal                             145   /* same as TK_TO_REAL  */
+#define OP_Transaction                        102
+#define OP_VFilter                            103
+#define OP_Ne                                  75   /* same as TK_NE       */
+#define OP_VDestroy                           104
+#define OP_BitOr                               83   /* same as TK_BITOR    */
+#define OP_Next                               105
+#define OP_Count                              106
+#define OP_IdxInsert                          107
+#define OP_Lt                                  79   /* same as TK_LT       */
+#define OP_FkIfZero                           108
+#define OP_SeekGe                             109
+#define OP_Insert                             110
+#define OP_Destroy                            111
+#define OP_ReadCookie                         112
+#define OP_RowSetTest                         113
+#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       114
+#define OP_Explain                            115
+#define OP_HaltIfNull                         116
+#define OP_OpenPseudo                         117
+#define OP_OpenEphemeral                      118
+#define OP_Null                               119
+#define OP_Move                               120
+#define OP_Blob                               121
+#define OP_Add                                 86   /* same as TK_PLUS     */
+#define OP_Rewind                             122
+#define OP_SeekGt                             123
+#define OP_VBegin                             124
+#define OP_VUpdate                            125
+#define OP_IfZero                             126
+#define OP_BitNot                              93   /* same as TK_BITNOT   */
+#define OP_VCreate                            127
+#define OP_Found                              128
+#define OP_IfPos                              129
+#define OP_NullRow                            131
+#define OP_Jump                               132
+#define OP_Permutation                        133
 
 /* The following opcode values are never used */
-#define OP_NotUsed_126                        126
-#define OP_NotUsed_127                        127
-#define OP_NotUsed_128                        128
-#define OP_NotUsed_129                        129
-#define OP_NotUsed_130                        130
-#define OP_NotUsed_131                        131
-#define OP_NotUsed_132                        132
-#define OP_NotUsed_133                        133
 #define OP_NotUsed_134                        134
 #define OP_NotUsed_135                        135
 #define OP_NotUsed_136                        136
 #define OP_NotUsed_137                        137
+#define OP_NotUsed_138                        138
+#define OP_NotUsed_139                        139
+#define OP_NotUsed_140                        140
 
 
 /* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
@@ -7091,24 +7473,25 @@ typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
 #define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
 #define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0020  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
 #define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
-/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x02, 0x11, 0x00,\
-/*   8 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/*  16 */ 0x04, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00,\
-/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x05, 0x00, 0x02,\
-/*  40 */ 0x11, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x11, 0x01, 0x02,\
-/*  48 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x04,\
-/*  56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/*  64 */ 0x11, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
-/*  72 */ 0x15, 0x05, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
-/*  80 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04,\
-/*  88 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x11,\
-/*  96 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
-/* 104 */ 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 120 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x11, 0x05, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,}
+/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x08, 0x02, 0x00,\
+/*   8 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/*  16 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05,\
+/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x04,\
+/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02,\
+/*  40 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x04, 0x00, 0x08, 0x11,\
+/*  48 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x01, 0x21, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01,\
+/*  56 */ 0x11, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
+/*  64 */ 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x11,\
+/*  72 */ 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
+/*  80 */ 0x15, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
+/*  88 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00,\
+/*  96 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
+/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x08, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x02,\
+/* 112 */ 0x02, 0x15, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
+/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00,\
+/* 128 */ 0x11, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
+/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04,}
 
 /************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
 /************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
@@ -7135,26 +7518,29 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
 #endif
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(sqlite3 *, SubProgram *, int);
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int);
 #endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,void*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,char*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
 
@@ -7162,8 +7548,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
 # define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
 #else
 # define VdbeComment(X)
+# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
 #endif
 
 #endif
@@ -7187,17 +7576,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
 ** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
 ** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
 **
-** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.72 2008/05/01 17:03:49 drh Exp $
+** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.104 2009/07/24 19:01:19 drh Exp $
 */
 
 #ifndef _PAGER_H_
 #define _PAGER_H_
 
 /*
+** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative 
+** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the 
+** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
+  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
+#endif
+
+/*
 ** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
 ** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
 */
-typedef unsigned int Pgno;
+typedef u32 Pgno;
 
 /*
 ** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
@@ -7210,9 +7608,19 @@ typedef struct Pager Pager;
 typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
 
 /*
+** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
+** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
+** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
+** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
+** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c 
+** for details.
+*/
+#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
+
+/*
 ** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
 **
-** NOTE: This values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
+** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
 */
 #define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
 #define PAGER_NO_READLOCK   0x0002    /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
@@ -7231,75 +7639,89 @@ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
 #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE      0   /* Commit by deleting journal file */
 #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
 #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE    3   /* Commit by truncating journal */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY      4   /* In-memory journal file */
 
 /*
-** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following
-** routines:
+** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
+** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for 
+** a detailed description of each routine.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, Pager **ppPager, const char*, int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u16*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
+
+/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs*,
+  Pager **ppPager,
+  const char*,
+  int,
+  int,
+  int,
+  void(*)(DbPage*)
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
+
+/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u16*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
+
+/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
 #define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
 SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
+
+/* Operations on page references. */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager*,Pgno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage*, int exFlag);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, Pgno, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
+
+/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
+
+/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
 
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*);
-#endif
+/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
 
+/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
 #endif
-
 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
-void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+  void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
+  void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
 #else
 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
@@ -7309,6 +7731,168 @@ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
 
 /************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
 /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
+/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
+** subsystem. 
+**
+** @(#) $Id: pcache.h,v 1.20 2009/07/25 11:46:49 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
+
+typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
+typedef struct PCache PCache;
+
+/*
+** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
+** structure.
+*/
+struct PgHdr {
+  void *pData;                   /* Content of this page */
+  void *pExtra;                  /* Extra content */
+  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Transient list of dirty pages */
+  Pgno pgno;                     /* Page number for this page */
+  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager this page is part of */
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+  u32 pageHash;                  /* Hash of page content */
+#endif
+  u16 flags;                     /* PGHDR flags defined below */
+
+  /**********************************************************************
+  ** Elements above are public.  All that follows is private to pcache.c
+  ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
+  */
+  i16 nRef;                      /* Number of users of this page */
+  PCache *pCache;                /* Cache that owns this page */
+
+  PgHdr *pDirtyNext;             /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
+  PgHdr *pDirtyPrev;             /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */
+};
+
+/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
+#define PGHDR_DIRTY             0x002  /* Page has changed */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC         0x004  /* Fsync the rollback journal before
+                                       ** writing this page to the database */
+#define PGHDR_NEED_READ         0x008  /* Content is unread */
+#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY    0x010  /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */
+#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE        0x020  /* Do not write content to disk */
+
+/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
+
+/* Page cache buffer management:
+** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
+
+/* Create a new pager cache.
+** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
+** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+  int szPage,                    /* Size of every page */
+  int szExtra,                   /* Extra space associated with each page */
+  int bPurgeable,                /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
+  void *pStress,                 /* Argument to xStress */
+  PCache *pToInit                /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+);
+
+/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
+
+/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.  Used to preallocate
+** storage space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
+
+/* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
+** Reference counted. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*);         /* Remove page from cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*);    /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*);    /* Mark a single page as clean */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*);    /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
+
+/* Change a page number.  Used by incr-vacuum. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
+
+/* Remove all pages with pgno>x.  Reset the cache if x==0 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
+
+/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
+
+/* Reset and close the cache object */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
+
+/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *);
+
+/* Discard the contents of the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
+
+/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
+
+/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*);
+
+/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
+** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the 
+** library is built.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
+#endif
+
+/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
+**
+** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
+** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
+** of the suggested cache-sizes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);
+
+#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */
+
+/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
 
 /************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/
 /************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
@@ -7330,6 +7914,8 @@ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
 **
 ** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
 ** being included by every source file.
+**
+** $Id: os.h,v 1.108 2009/02/05 16:31:46 drh Exp $
 */
 #ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
 #define _SQLITE_OS_H_
@@ -7337,56 +7923,66 @@ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
 /*
 ** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other
 ** operating system.  After the following block of preprocess macros,
-** all of OS_UNIX, OS_WIN, OS_OS2, and OS_OTHER will defined to either
-** 1 or 0.  One of the four will be 1.  The other three will be 0.
-*/
-#if defined(OS_OTHER)
-# if OS_OTHER==1
-#   undef OS_UNIX
-#   define OS_UNIX 0
-#   undef OS_WIN
-#   define OS_WIN 0
-#   undef OS_OS2
-#   define OS_OS2 0
+** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, SQLITE_OS_OS2, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER 
+** will defined to either 1 or 0.  One of the four will be 1.  The other 
+** three will be 0.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
+#   undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+#   define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#   undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#   define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#   undef SQLITE_OS_OS2
+#   define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
 # else
-#   undef OS_OTHER
+#   undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
 # endif
 #endif
-#if !defined(OS_UNIX) && !defined(OS_OTHER)
-# define OS_OTHER 0
-# ifndef OS_WIN
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
+# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
+# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
 #   if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#     define OS_WIN 1
-#     define OS_UNIX 0
-#     define OS_OS2 0
+#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
+#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#     define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
 #   elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__)
-#     define OS_WIN 0
-#     define OS_UNIX 0
-#     define OS_OS2 1
+#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#     define SQLITE_OS_OS2 1
 #   else
-#     define OS_WIN 0
-#     define OS_UNIX 1
-#     define OS_OS2 0
+#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
+#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
+#     define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
 #  endif
 # else
-#  define OS_UNIX 0
-#  define OS_OS2 0
+#  define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
+#  define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
 # endif
 #else
-# ifndef OS_WIN
-#  define OS_WIN 0
+# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#  define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
 # endif
 #endif
 
+/*
+** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
+** reduced API.
+*/
+#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
+#endif
 
 
 /*
 ** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename
 */
-#if OS_WIN
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
 # include 
 # define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
-#elif OS_OS2
+#elif SQLITE_OS_OS2
 # if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY)
 #  include  /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */
 # endif
@@ -7497,9 +8093,7 @@ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
 ** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
 ** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
 **
-** These #defines are available in sqlite_aux.h so that adaptors for
-** connecting SQLite to other operating systems can use the same byte
-** ranges for locking.  In particular, the same locking strategy and
+** The same locking strategy and
 ** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
 ** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
 ** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
@@ -7523,17 +8117,16 @@ void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
 ** 1GB boundary.
 **
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
-#define PENDING_BYTE      0x40000000  /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */
-#else
-SQLITE_API extern unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte;
-#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3_pending_byte
-#endif
-
+#define PENDING_BYTE      sqlite3PendingByte
 #define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
 #define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
 #define SHARED_SIZE       510
 
+/*
+** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void);
+
 /* 
 ** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
 */
@@ -7545,8 +8138,9 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
 
@@ -7555,13 +8149,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *, double*);
@@ -7573,16 +8168,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *, double*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
 
-/*
-** Each OS-specific backend defines an instance of the following
-** structure for returning a pointer to its sqlite3_vfs.  If OS_OTHER
-** is defined (meaning that the application-defined OS interface layer
-** is used) then there is no default VFS.   The application must
-** register one or more VFS structures using sqlite3_vfs_register()
-** before attempting to use SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void);
-
 #endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
 
 /************** End of os.h **************************************************/
@@ -7610,28 +8195,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void);
 ** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
 ** include this one indirectly.
 **
-** $Id: mutex.h,v 1.2 2007/08/30 14:10:30 drh Exp $
+** $Id: mutex.h,v 1.9 2008/10/07 15:25:48 drh Exp $
 */
 
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF
-/*
-** If SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF is defined, then this whole module is
-** omitted and equivalent functionality must be provided by the
-** application that links against the SQLite library.
-*/
-#else
 /*
 ** Figure out what version of the code to use.  The choices are
 **
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications that
-**                             do not desire error checking.
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT         No mutex logic.  Not even stubs.  The
+**                             mutexes implemention cannot be overridden
+**                             at start-time.
 **
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG   For single-threaded applications with
-**                             error checking to help verify that mutexes
-**                             are being used correctly even though they
-**                             are not needed.  Used when SQLITE_DEBUG is
-**                             defined on single-threaded builds.
+**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications.  No
+**                             mutual exclusion is provided.  But this
+**                             implementation can be overridden at
+**                             start-time.
 **
 **   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS     For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
 **
@@ -7639,25 +8217,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void);
 **
 **   SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2          For multi-threaded applications on OS/2.
 */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP 1   /* The default */
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && OS_UNIX
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && OS_WIN
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && OS_OS2
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
+#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
+#  if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+#  elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+#  elif SQLITE_OS_OS2
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#  endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
 /*
 ** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
 */
@@ -7668,9 +8243,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void);
 #define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
 #define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     1
 #define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  1
-#endif
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF */
+#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X)      ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
+#define sqlite3MutexInit()        SQLITE_OK
+#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */
 
 /************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/
 /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
@@ -7687,9 +8263,7 @@ struct Db {
   char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
   Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
   u8 inTrans;          /* 0: not writable.  1: Transaction.  2: Checkpoint */
-  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at synching data to disk */
-  void *pAux;               /* Auxiliary data.  Usually NULL */
-  void (*xFreeAux)(void*);  /* Routine to free pAux */
+  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */
   Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
 };
 
@@ -7709,7 +8283,7 @@ struct Schema {
   Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
   Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
   Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
-  Hash aFKey;          /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */
+  Hash fkeyHash;       /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */
   Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
   u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
   u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
@@ -7747,7 +8321,51 @@ struct Schema {
 ** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
 ** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
 */
-#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER+1)
+#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH+1)
+
+/*
+** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
+** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects
+** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
+** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
+** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
+** SQL statements.
+**
+** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
+** lookaside malloc subsystem.  Each available memory allocation in
+** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
+** objects.
+**
+** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated
+** with a particular database connection.  Hence, schema information cannot
+** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information
+** is shared by multiple database connections.  Therefore, while parsing
+** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that
+** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects.
+*/
+struct Lookaside {
+  u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
+  u8 bEnabled;            /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */
+  u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
+  int nOut;               /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
+  int mxOut;              /* Highwater mark for nOut */
+  LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */
+  void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */
+  void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */
+};
+struct LookasideSlot {
+  LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
+};
+
+/*
+** A hash table for function definitions.
+**
+** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
+** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
+*/
+struct FuncDefHash {
+  FuncDef *a[23];       /* Hash table for functions */
+};
 
 /*
 ** Each database is an instance of the following structure.
@@ -7779,7 +8397,7 @@ struct sqlite3 {
   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
   int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
   Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
-  int flags;                    /* Miscellanous flags. See below */
+  int flags;                    /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
   int openFlags;                /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
   int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
   int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
@@ -7793,8 +8411,7 @@ struct sqlite3 {
   int nTable;                   /* Number of tables in the database */
   CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
   i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
-  i64 priorNewRowid;            /* Last randomly generated ROWID */
-  int magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
+  u32 magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
   int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
   int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
   sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */
@@ -7803,11 +8420,13 @@ struct sqlite3 {
     int iDb;                    /* When back is being initialized */
     int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
     u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
+    u8 orphanTrigger;           /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
   } init;
   int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
-  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared libraray handles */
+  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */
   struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
-  int activeVdbeCnt;            /* Number of vdbes currently executing */
+  int activeVdbeCnt;            /* Number of VDBEs currently executing */
+  int writeVdbeCnt;             /* Number of active VDBEs that are writing */
   void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);        /* Trace function */
   void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
   void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
@@ -7825,9 +8444,10 @@ struct sqlite3 {
   char *zErrMsg;                /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
   char *zErrMsg16;              /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */
   union {
-    int isInterrupted;          /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
+    volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
     double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
   } u1;
+  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
   int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
                                 /* Access authorization function */
@@ -7841,16 +8461,37 @@ struct sqlite3 {
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
   Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
   Table *pVTab;                 /* vtab with active Connect/Create method */
-  sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans;       /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
+  VTable **aVTrans;             /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
   int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
+  VTable *pDisconnect;    /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
 #endif
-  Hash aFunc;                   /* All functions that can be in SQL exprs */
+  FuncDefHash aFunc;            /* Hash table of connection functions */
   Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
   BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
   int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
   Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-  sqlite3_stmt *pFetch;         /* Used by SSE to fetch stored statements */
+  Savepoint *pSavepoint;        /* List of active savepoints */
+  int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */
+  int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */
+  u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
+  i64 nDeferredCons;            /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+  /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER 
+  ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. 
+  **
+  ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to
+  ** unlock so that it can proceed.
+  **
+  ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried
+  ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks
+  ** held by Y.
+  */
+  sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */
+  sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */
+  void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */
+  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */
+  sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */
 #endif
 };
 
@@ -7888,8 +8529,9 @@ struct sqlite3 {
 #define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00020000  /* Enable load_extension */
 
 #define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00040000  /* Ignore schema errors */
-#define SQLITE_SharedCache    0x00080000  /* Cache sharing is enabled */
-#define SQLITE_Vtab           0x00100000  /* There exists a virtual table */
+#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00100000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
+#define SQLITE_RecTriggers    0x00200000  /* Enable recursive triggers */
+#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys    0x00400000  /* Enforce foreign key constraints  */
 
 /*
 ** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
@@ -7911,17 +8553,85 @@ struct sqlite3 {
 struct FuncDef {
   i16 nArg;            /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
   u8 iPrefEnc;         /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */
-  u8 needCollSeq;      /* True if sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
   u8 flags;            /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
   void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
   FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
   void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
   void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
-  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finializer */
-  char zName[1];       /* SQL name of the function.  MUST BE LAST */
+  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finalizer */
+  char *zName;         /* SQL name of the function. */
+  FuncDef *pHash;      /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
+};
+
+/*
+** Possible values for FuncDef.flags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x04 /* Ephemeral.  Delete with VDBE */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_PRIVATE  0x10 /* Allowed for internal use only */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x20 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
+
+/*
+** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
+** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
+**
+**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
+**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
+**     implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
+**     value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
+**     as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If 
+**     argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set.
+**
+**   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
+**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
+**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
+**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
+**     FUNCTION().
+**
+**   LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
+**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
+**     that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C 
+**     function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
+**     available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
+**     FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
+**     parameter.
+*/
+#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0}
+#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \
+   pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0}
+#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0}
+#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
+  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \
+   SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0}
+
+/*
+** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
+** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently
+** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe
+** OP_Savepoint instruction.
+*/
+struct Savepoint {
+  char *zName;                        /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */
+  i64 nDeferredCons;                  /* Number of deferred fk violations */
+  Savepoint *pNext;                   /* Parent savepoint (if any) */
 };
 
 /*
+** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(),
+** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction.
+*/
+#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN      0
+#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE    1
+#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK   2
+
+
+/*
 ** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
 ** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
 ** hash table.
@@ -7934,19 +8644,13 @@ struct Module {
 };
 
 /*
-** Possible values for FuncDef.flags
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE   0x01  /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE   0x02  /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM  0x04  /* Ephermeral.  Delete with VDBE */
-
-/*
 ** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
 ** of this structure.
 */
 struct Column {
   char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
   Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
+  char *zDflt;     /* Original text of the default value */
   char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
   char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
   u8 notNull;      /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */
@@ -7962,7 +8666,7 @@ struct Column {
 ** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
 ** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
 **
-** There may two seperate implementations of the collation function, one
+** There may two separate implementations of the collation function, one
 ** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
 ** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
 ** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
@@ -7988,7 +8692,7 @@ struct CollSeq {
 };
 
 /*
-** Allowed values of CollSeq flags:
+** Allowed values of CollSeq.type:
 */
 #define SQLITE_COLL_BINARY  1  /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */
 #define SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE  2  /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */
@@ -8006,7 +8710,7 @@ struct CollSeq {
 **
 ** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
 ** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
-** the speed a little by number the values consecutively.  
+** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.  
 **
 ** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'.  That way,
 ** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
@@ -8034,8 +8738,58 @@ struct CollSeq {
 ** changing the affinity.
 */
 #define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x08  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
-#define SQLITE_NULLEQUAL    0x10  /* compare NULLs equal */
-#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x80  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
+#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x10  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
+#define SQLITE_NULLEQ       0x80  /* NULL=NULL */
+
+/*
+** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in
+** the database schema. 
+**
+** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this
+** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared
+** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique
+** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table 
+** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between 
+** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database 
+** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database
+** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method
+** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may
+** then used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables 
+** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers 
+** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database 
+** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table.
+**
+** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared
+** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by
+** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object.
+** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual
+** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the
+** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct
+** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query.
+**
+** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the
+** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not 
+** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed 
+** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to
+** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the
+** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected 
+** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done
+** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes.
+** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an
+** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect
+** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex.
+**
+** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by 
+** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as 
+** the first argument.
+*/
+struct VTable {
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection associated with this table */
+  Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to module implementation */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to vtab instance */
+  int nRef;                 /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  VTable *pNext;            /* Next in linked list (see above) */
+};
 
 /*
 ** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
@@ -8053,14 +8807,14 @@ struct CollSeq {
 ** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
 ** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
 ** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
-** is generated for each row of the table.  Table.hasPrimKey is true if
+** is generated for each row of the table.  TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if
 ** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
 **
 ** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
 ** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
 ** in sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
-** holds temporary tables and indices.  If Table.isEphem
-** is true, then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
+** holds temporary tables and indices.  If TF_Ephemeral is set
+** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
 ** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
 ** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
 ** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
@@ -8068,46 +8822,54 @@ struct CollSeq {
 ** of a SELECT statement.
 */
 struct Table {
-  char *zName;     /* Name of the table */
-  int nCol;        /* Number of columns in this table */
-  Column *aCol;    /* Information about each column */
-  int iPKey;       /* If not less then 0, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
-  Index *pIndex;   /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
-  int tnum;        /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
-  Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
-  int nRef;          /* Number of pointers to this Table */
-  Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of SQL triggers on this table */
-  FKey *pFKey;       /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
-  char *zColAff;     /* String defining the affinity of each column */
+  sqlite3 *dbMem;      /* DB connection used for lookaside allocations. */
+  char *zName;         /* Name of the table or view */
+  int iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
+  int nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
+  Column *aCol;        /* Information about each column */
+  Index *pIndex;       /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
+  int tnum;            /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
+  Select *pSelect;     /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
+  u16 nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this Table */
+  u8 tabFlags;         /* Mask of TF_* values */
+  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
+  FKey *pFKey;         /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
+  char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  Expr *pCheck;      /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */
+  Expr *pCheck;        /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */
 #endif
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-  int addColOffset;  /* Offset in CREATE TABLE statement to add a new column */
+  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
 #endif
-  u8 readOnly;     /* True if this table should not be written by the user */
-  u8 isEphem;      /* True if created using OP_OpenEphermeral */
-  u8 hasPrimKey;   /* True if there exists a primary key */
-  u8 keyConf;      /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
-  u8 autoInc;      /* True if the integer primary key is autoincrement */
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  u8 isVirtual;             /* True if this is a virtual table */
-  u8 isCommit;              /* True once the CREATE TABLE has been committed */
-  Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to the implementation of the module */
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to the module instance */
-  int nModuleArg;           /* Number of arguments to the module */
-  char **azModuleArg;       /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
-#endif
-  Schema *pSchema;          /* Schema that contains this table */
+  VTable *pVTable;     /* List of VTable objects. */
+  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */
+  char **azModuleArg;  /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
+#endif
+  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */
+  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
+  Table *pNextZombie;  /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
 };
 
 /*
+** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags.
+*/
+#define TF_Readonly        0x01    /* Read-only system table */
+#define TF_Ephemeral       0x02    /* An ephemeral table */
+#define TF_HasPrimaryKey   0x04    /* Table has a primary key */
+#define TF_Autoincrement   0x08    /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
+#define TF_Virtual         0x10    /* Is a virtual table */
+#define TF_NeedMetadata    0x20    /* aCol[].zType and aCol[].pColl missing */
+
+
+
+/*
 ** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
 ** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
 ** table support is omitted from the build.
 */
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-#  define IsVirtual(X)      ((X)->isVirtual)
+#  define IsVirtual(X)      (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
 #  define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden)
 #else
 #  define IsVirtual(X)      0
@@ -8131,28 +8893,23 @@ struct Table {
 **
 ** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
 ** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
-** the from-table is created.  The existance of the to-table is not checked
-** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table.
-**
-** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure
-** given the name of a to-table.  For each to-table, all foreign keys
-** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo
-** field.
+** the from-table is created.  The existence of the to-table is not checked.
 */
 struct FKey {
-  Table *pFrom;     /* The table that constains the REFERENCES clause */
+  Table *pFrom;     /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */
   FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
-  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to */
-  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */
+  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */
+  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next foreign key on table named zTo */
+  FKey *pPrevTo;    /* Previous foreign key on table named zTo */
   int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
+  /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
+  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
+  u8 aAction[2];          /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */
+  Trigger *apTrigger[2];  /* Triggers for aAction[] actions */
   struct sColMap {  /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
     int iFrom;         /* Index of column in pFrom */
     char *zCol;        /* Name of column in zTo.  If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
-  } *aCol;          /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
-  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
-  u8 updateConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */
-  u8 deleteConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */
-  u8 insertConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */
+  } aCol[1];        /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -8199,22 +8956,48 @@ struct FKey {
 ** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
 ** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
 ** comparison of the two index keys.
-**
-** If the KeyInfo.incrKey value is true and the comparison would
-** otherwise be equal, then return a result as if the second key
-** were larger.
 */
 struct KeyInfo {
   sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
   u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */
-  u8 incrKey;         /* Increase 2nd key by epsilon before comparison */
-  u8 prefixIsEqual;   /* Treat a prefix as equal */
-  int nField;         /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
+  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
   u8 *aSortOrder;     /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */
   CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
 };
 
 /*
+** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
+** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
+** values.
+**
+** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
+** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
+** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
+** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the
+** OP_Column opcode.
+**
+** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
+** into its constituent fields.
+*/
+struct UnpackedRecord {
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
+  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
+  u16 flags;          /* Boolean settings.  UNPACKED_... below */
+  i64 rowid;          /* Used by UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH */
+  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags
+*/
+#define UNPACKED_NEED_FREE     0x0001  /* Memory is from sqlite3Malloc() */
+#define UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY  0x0002  /* apMem[]s should all be destroyed */
+#define UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID  0x0004  /* Ignore trailing rowid on key1 */
+#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY       0x0008  /* Make this key an epsilon larger */
+#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH  0x0010  /* A prefix match is considered OK */
+#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH 0x0020  /* A prefix match is considered OK */
+
+/*
 ** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
 ** instance of the following structure.
 **
@@ -8254,6 +9037,20 @@ struct Index {
   Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */
   u8 *aSortOrder;  /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */
   char **azColl;   /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
+  IndexSample *aSample;    /* Array of SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES samples */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat2 table is represented in memory 
+** using a structure of this type.
+*/
+struct IndexSample {
+  union {
+    char *z;        /* Value if eType is SQLITE_TEXT or SQLITE_BLOB */
+    double r;       /* Value if eType is SQLITE_FLOAT or SQLITE_INTEGER */
+  } u;
+  u8 eType;         /* SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER ... etc. */
+  u8 nByte;         /* Size in byte of text or blob. */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -8261,13 +9058,12 @@ struct Index {
 ** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
 **
 ** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
-** may contain random values.  Do not make any assuptions about Token.dyn
+** may contain random values.  Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn
 ** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
 */
 struct Token {
-  const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
-  unsigned dyn  : 1;      /* True for malloced memory, false for static */
-  unsigned n    : 31;     /* Number of characters in this token */
+  const char *z;     /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
+  unsigned int n;    /* Number of characters in this token */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -8308,7 +9104,7 @@ struct AggInfo {
     Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
     FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
     int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
-    int iDistinct;           /* Ephermeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
+    int iDistinct;           /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
   } *aFunc;
   int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
   int nFuncAlloc;         /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */
@@ -8318,19 +9114,27 @@ struct AggInfo {
 ** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
 ** of this structure.
 **
-** Expr.op is the opcode.  The integer parser token codes are reused
-** as opcodes here.  For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
-** code representing the ">=" operator.  This same integer code is reused
+** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused
+** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
+** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused
 ** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
 ** tree.
 **
-** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are subexpressions.  Expr.pList is a list
-** of argument if the expression is a function.
+** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, 
+** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If
+** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the 
+** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION),
+** then Expr.token contains the name of the function.
 **
-** Expr.token is the operator token for this node.  For some expressions
-** that have subexpressions, Expr.token can be the complete text that gave
-** rise to the Expr.  In the latter case, the token is marked as being
-** a compound token.
+** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a
+** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL.
+**
+** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function,
+** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form " IN (, ...)".
+** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of
+** the form " IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the
+** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is 
+** valid.
 **
 ** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
 ** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
@@ -8340,10 +9144,9 @@ struct AggInfo {
 ** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
 ** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
 **
-** If the expression is a function, the Expr.iTable is an integer code
-** representing which function.  If the expression is an unbound variable
-** marker (a question mark character '?' in the original SQL) then the
-** Expr.iTable holds the index number for that variable.
+** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark 
+** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index 
+** number for that variable.
 **
 ** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
 ** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
@@ -8351,35 +9154,63 @@ struct AggInfo {
 ** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
 ** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
 **
-** The Expr.pSelect field points to a SELECT statement.  The SELECT might
-** be the right operand of an IN operator.  Or, if a scalar SELECT appears
-** in an expression the opcode is TK_SELECT and Expr.pSelect is the only
-** operand.
-**
 ** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
 ** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
 ** corresponding table definition.
+**
+** ALLOCATION NOTES:
+**
+** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema.  To
+** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be
+** truncated.  And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes
+** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation,
+** together with Expr.zToken strings.
+**
+** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when
+** an Expr object is truncated.  When EP_Reduced is set, then all
+** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees
+** are contained within the same memory allocation.  Note, however, that
+** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately
+** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set.
 */
 struct Expr {
   u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
   char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
-  u16 flags;             /* Various flags.  See below */
+  u16 flags;             /* Various flags.  EP_* See below */
+  union {
+    char *zToken;          /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
+    int iValue;            /* Integer value if EP_IntValue */
+  } u;
+
+  /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
+  ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to
+  ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. 
+  *********************************************************************/
+
+  Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */
+  Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */
+  union {
+    ExprList *pList;     /* Function arguments or in " IN ( IN ()" */
-  Table *pTab;           /* Table for OP_Column expressions. */
-/*  Schema *pSchema; */
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
   int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
 #endif
 };
@@ -8393,11 +9224,35 @@ struct Expr {
 #define EP_Error      0x0008  /* Expression contains one or more errors */
 #define EP_Distinct   0x0010  /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
 #define EP_VarSelect  0x0020  /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
-#define EP_Dequoted   0x0040  /* True if the string has been dequoted */
+#define EP_DblQuoted  0x0040  /* token.z was originally in "..." */
 #define EP_InfixFunc  0x0080  /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
 #define EP_ExpCollate 0x0100  /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */
 #define EP_AnyAff     0x0200  /* Can take a cached column of any affinity */
 #define EP_FixedDest  0x0400  /* Result needed in a specific register */
+#define EP_IntValue   0x0800  /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
+#define EP_xIsSelect  0x1000  /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
+
+#define EP_Reduced    0x2000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_TokenOnly  0x4000  /* Expr struct is EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_Static     0x8000  /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
+
+/*
+** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags2 field.
+*/
+#define EP2_MallocedToken  0x0001  /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
+#define EP2_Irreducible    0x0002  /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
+
+/*
+** The pseudo-routine sqlite3ExprSetIrreducible sets the EP2_Irreducible
+** flag on an expression structure.  This flag is used for VV&A only.  The
+** routine is implemented as a macro that only works when in debugging mode,
+** so as not to burden production code.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define ExprSetIrreducible(X)  (X)->flags2 |= EP2_Irreducible
+#else
+# define ExprSetIrreducible(X)
+#endif
 
 /*
 ** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
@@ -8409,6 +9264,21 @@ struct Expr {
 #define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
 
 /*
+** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr 
+** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags 
+** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set.
+*/
+#define EXPR_FULLSIZE           sizeof(Expr)           /* Full size */
+#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE        offsetof(Expr,iTable)  /* Common features */
+#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE      offsetof(Expr,pLeft)   /* Fewer features */
+
+/*
+** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment 
+** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details.
+*/
+#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE         0x0001  /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */
+
+/*
 ** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
 ** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
 ** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
@@ -8423,13 +9293,26 @@ struct ExprList {
   struct ExprList_item {
     Expr *pExpr;           /* The list of expressions */
     char *zName;           /* Token associated with this expression */
+    char *zSpan;           /* Original text of the expression */
     u8 sortOrder;          /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
-    u8 isAgg;              /* True if this is an aggregate like count(*) */
     u8 done;               /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
+    u16 iCol;              /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
+    u16 iAlias;            /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
   } *a;                  /* One entry for each expression */
 };
 
 /*
+** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both
+** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an
+** expression.
+*/
+struct ExprSpan {
+  Expr *pExpr;          /* The expression parse tree */
+  const char *zStart;   /* First character of input text */
+  const char *zEnd;     /* One character past the end of input text */
+};
+
+/*
 ** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
 ** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
 **
@@ -8463,6 +9346,11 @@ struct IdList {
 typedef u64 Bitmask;
 
 /*
+** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
+*/
+#define BMS  ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8))
+
+/*
 ** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
 ** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
 ** the SrcList.a[] array.
@@ -8489,10 +9377,13 @@ struct SrcList {
     Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
     u8 isPopulated;   /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */
     u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
+    u8 notIndexed;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
     int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
     Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
     IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
-    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<" clause */
+    Index *pIndex;    /* Index structure corresponding to zIndex, if any */
   } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
 };
 
@@ -8507,60 +9398,87 @@ struct SrcList {
 #define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
 #define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
 
+
+/*
+** A WherePlan object holds information that describes a lookup
+** strategy.
+**
+** This object is intended to be opaque outside of the where.c module.
+** It is included here only so that that compiler will know how big it
+** is.  None of the fields in this object should be used outside of
+** the where.c module.
+**
+** Within the union, pIdx is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_INDEXED is true.
+** pTerm is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_MULTI_OR is true.  And pVtabIdx
+** is only used when wsFlags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE is true.  It is never the
+** case that more than one of these conditions is true.
+*/
+struct WherePlan {
+  u32 wsFlags;                   /* WHERE_* flags that describe the strategy */
+  u32 nEq;                       /* Number of == constraints */
+  union {
+    Index *pIdx;                   /* Index when WHERE_INDEXED is true */
+    struct WhereTerm *pTerm;       /* WHERE clause term for OR-search */
+    sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx;  /* Virtual table index to use */
+  } u;
+};
+
 /*
 ** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo
 ** structure contains a single instance of this structure.  This structure
 ** is intended to be private the the where.c module and should not be
 ** access or modified by other modules.
 **
-** The pIdxInfo and pBestIdx fields are used to help pick the best
-** index on a virtual table.  The pIdxInfo pointer contains indexing
+** The pIdxInfo field is used to help pick the best index on a
+** virtual table.  The pIdxInfo pointer contains indexing
 ** information for the i-th table in the FROM clause before reordering.
 ** All the pIdxInfo pointers are freed by whereInfoFree() in where.c.
-** The pBestIdx pointer is a copy of pIdxInfo for the i-th table after
-** FROM clause ordering.  This is a little confusing so I will repeat
-** it in different words.  WhereInfo.a[i].pIdxInfo is index information 
-** for WhereInfo.pTabList.a[i].  WhereInfo.a[i].pBestInfo is the
-** index information for the i-th loop of the join.  pBestInfo is always
-** either NULL or a copy of some pIdxInfo.  So for cleanup it is 
-** sufficient to free all of the pIdxInfo pointers.
-** 
+** All other information in the i-th WhereLevel object for the i-th table
+** after FROM clause ordering.
 */
 struct WhereLevel {
-  int iFrom;            /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
-  int flags;            /* Flags associated with this level */
-  int iMem;             /* First memory cell used by this level */
+  WherePlan plan;       /* query plan for this element of the FROM clause */
   int iLeftJoin;        /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
-  Index *pIdx;          /* Index used.  NULL if no index */
   int iTabCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
-  int iIdxCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to acesss pIdx */
-  int brk;              /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
-  int nxt;              /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
-  int cont;             /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
-  int top;              /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
-  int op, p1, p2;       /* Opcode used to terminate the loop */
-  int nEq;              /* Number of == or IN constraints on this loop */
-  int nIn;              /* Number of IN operators constraining this loop */
-  struct InLoop {
-    int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
-    int topAddr;           /* Top of the IN loop */
-  } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
-  sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx;  /* Index information for this level */
+  int iIdxCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */
+  int addrBrk;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int addrNxt;          /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
+  int addrCont;         /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
+  int addrFirst;        /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
+  u8 iFrom;             /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
+  u8 op, p5;            /* Opcode and P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */
+  int p1, p2;           /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */
+  union {               /* Information that depends on plan.wsFlags */
+    struct {
+      int nIn;              /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */
+      struct InLoop {
+        int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
+        int addrInTop;         /* Top of the IN loop */
+      } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
+    } in;                 /* Used when plan.wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */
+  } u;
 
   /* The following field is really not part of the current level.  But
-  ** we need a place to cache index information for each table in the
-  ** FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is a convenient place.
+  ** we need a place to cache virtual table index information for each
+  ** virtual table in the FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is
+  ** a convenient place since there is one WhereLevel for each FROM clause
+  ** element.
   */
   sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;  /* Index info for n-th source table */
 };
 
 /*
-** Flags appropriate for the wflags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin().
+** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin()
+** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member.
 */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL     0   /* No-op */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN        1   /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX        2   /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
-#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED    4   /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL   0x0000 /* No-op */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN      0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX      0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
+#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED  0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
+#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK    0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
+#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN        0x0010 /* Table cursor are already open */
+#define WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE       0x0020 /* Omit close of table & index cursors */
+#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE      0x0040 /* Do not use an index-only search */
 
 /*
 ** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
@@ -8571,14 +9489,15 @@ struct WhereLevel {
 */
 struct WhereInfo {
   Parse *pParse;       /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  u16 wctrlFlags;      /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
   u8 okOnePass;        /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */
-  SrcList *pTabList;   /* List of tables in the join */
-  int iTop;            /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
-  int iContinue;       /* Jump here to continue with next record */
-  int iBreak;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
-  int nLevel;          /* Number of nested loop */
-  sqlite3_index_info **apInfo;  /* Array of pointers to index info structures */
-  WhereLevel a[1];     /* Information about each nest loop in the WHERE */
+  SrcList *pTabList;             /* List of tables in the join */
+  int iTop;                      /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
+  int iContinue;                 /* Jump here to continue with next record */
+  int iBreak;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int nLevel;                    /* Number of nested loop */
+  struct WhereClause *pWC;       /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
+  WhereLevel a[1];               /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -8639,12 +9558,8 @@ struct NameContext {
 struct Select {
   ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
   u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
-  u8 isDistinct;         /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
-  u8 isResolved;         /* True once sqlite3SelectResolve() has run. */
-  u8 isAgg;              /* True if this is an aggregate query */
-  u8 usesEphm;           /* True if uses an OpenEphemeral opcode */
-  u8 disallowOrderBy;    /* Do not allow an ORDER BY to be attached if TRUE */
   char affinity;         /* MakeRecord with this affinity for SRT_Set */
+  u16 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
   SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
   Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
   ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
@@ -8660,7 +9575,20 @@ struct Select {
 };
 
 /*
-** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.
+** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
+** "Select Flag".
+*/
+#define SF_Distinct        0x0001  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
+#define SF_Resolved        0x0002  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
+#define SF_Aggregate       0x0004  /* Contains aggregate functions */
+#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x0008  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
+#define SF_Expanded        0x0010  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
+#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x0020  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
+
+
+/*
+** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.  The
+** "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result Type".
 */
 #define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
 #define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
@@ -8670,15 +9598,15 @@ struct Select {
 /* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
 #define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_Discard)
 
-#define SRT_Callback     5  /* Invoke a callback with each row of result */
+#define SRT_Output       5  /* Output each row of result */
 #define SRT_Mem          6  /* Store result in a memory cell */
-#define SRT_Set          7  /* Store non-null results as keys in an index */
+#define SRT_Set          7  /* Store results as keys in an index */
 #define SRT_Table        8  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
 #define SRT_EphemTab     9  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
-#define SRT_Subroutine  10  /* Call a subroutine to handle results */
+#define SRT_Coroutine   10  /* Generate a single row of result */
 
 /*
-** A structure used to customize the behaviour of sqlite3Select(). See
+** A structure used to customize the behavior of sqlite3Select(). See
 ** comments above sqlite3Select() for details.
 */
 typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
@@ -8691,6 +9619,54 @@ struct SelectDest {
 };
 
 /*
+** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT 
+** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p
+** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that
+** the code generator needs.  We have to keep per-table autoincrement
+** information in case inserts are down within triggers.  Triggers do not
+** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the
+** loading and saving of autoincrement information.
+*/
+struct AutoincInfo {
+  AutoincInfo *pNext;   /* Next info block in a list of them all */
+  Table *pTab;          /* Table this info block refers to */
+  int iDb;              /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */
+  int regCtr;           /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */
+};
+
+/*
+** Size of the column cache
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE
+# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10
+#endif
+
+/*
+** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each 
+** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
+** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at
+** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been
+** completed.
+**
+** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger
+** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of
+** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable.
+** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
+** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
+**
+** The TriggerPrg.oldmask variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
+** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT 
+** statements).
+*/
+struct TriggerPrg {
+  Trigger *pTrigger;      /* Trigger this program was coded from */
+  int orconf;             /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
+  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
+  u32 oldmask;            /* Mask of old.* columns accessed */
+  TriggerPrg *pNext;      /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
+};
+
+/*
 ** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
 ** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
 ** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
@@ -8726,17 +9702,23 @@ struct Parse {
   int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
   int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
   int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
-  int disableColCache; /* True to disable adding to column cache */
-  int nColCache;       /* Number of entries in the column cache */
-  int iColCache;       /* Next entry of the cache to replace */
+  int iCacheLevel;     /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */
+  int iCacheCnt;       /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */
+  u8 nColCache;        /* Number of entries in the column cache */
+  u8 iColCache;        /* Next entry of the cache to replace */
   struct yColCache {
     int iTable;           /* Table cursor number */
     int iColumn;          /* Table column number */
-    char affChange;       /* True if this register has had an affinity change */
-    int iReg;             /* Register holding value of this column */
-  } aColCache[10];     /* One for each valid column cache entry */
+    u8 affChange;         /* True if this register has had an affinity change */
+    u8 tempReg;           /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
+    int iLevel;           /* Nesting level */
+    int iReg;             /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
+    int lru;              /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
+  } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE];  /* One for each column cache entry */
   u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
   u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
+  u8 isMultiWrite;     /* True if statement may affect/insert multiple rows */
+  u8 mayAbort;         /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
   int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
   int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
@@ -8745,6 +9727,16 @@ struct Parse {
 #endif
   int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
   int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
+  AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */
+  int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */
+
+  /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */
+  Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
+  Table *pTriggerTab;  /* Table triggers are being coded for */
+  u32 oldmask;         /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
+  u8 eTriggerOp;       /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
+  u8 eOrconf;          /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
+  u8 disableTriggers;  /* True to disable triggers */
 
   /* Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
   ** each recursion */
@@ -8753,15 +9745,15 @@ struct Parse {
   int nVarExpr;        /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
   int nVarExprAlloc;   /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
   Expr **apVarExpr;    /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */
+  int nAlias;          /* Number of aliased result set columns */
+  int nAliasAlloc;     /* Number of allocated slots for aAlias[] */
+  int *aAlias;         /* Register used to hold aliased result */
   u8 explain;          /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
-  Token sErrToken;     /* The token at which the error occurred */
   Token sNameToken;    /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
   Token sLastToken;    /* The last token parsed */
-  const char *zSql;    /* All SQL text */
   const char *zTail;   /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
   Table *pNewTable;    /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
   Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
-  TriggerStack *trigStack;  /* Trigger actions being coded */
   const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
   Token sArg;                /* Complete text of a module argument */
@@ -8769,9 +9761,9 @@ struct Parse {
   int nVtabLock;             /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
   Table **apVtabLock;        /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
 #endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
   int nHeight;            /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
-#endif
+  Table *pZombieTab;      /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
+  TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;    /* Linked list of coded triggers */
 };
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
@@ -8790,12 +9782,14 @@ struct AuthContext {
 };
 
 /*
-** Bitfield flags for P2 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete
+** Bitfield flags for P5 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete
 */
-#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE   1    /* Set to update db->nChange */
-#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 2    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
-#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE  4    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
-#define OPFLAG_APPEND    8    /* This is likely to be an append */
+#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE       0x01    /* Set to update db->nChange */
+#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x02    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
+#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE      0x04    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
+#define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */
+#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */
+#define OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE    0x20    /* Clear pseudo-table cache in OP_Column */
 
 /*
  * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
@@ -8813,14 +9807,13 @@ struct AuthContext {
  * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
  */
 struct Trigger {
-  char *name;             /* The name of the trigger                        */
+  char *zName;            /* The name of the trigger                        */
   char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
   u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
   u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
-  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expresion (may be NULL) */
+  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */
   IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF  trigger,
                              the  is stored here */
-  Token nameToken;        /* Token containing zName. Use during parsing only */
   Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
   Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
   TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
@@ -8854,7 +9847,7 @@ struct Trigger {
  * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
  * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
  *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
- * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to insert into.
+ * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to insert into.
  * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
  *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
  * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... () VALUES ... 
@@ -8862,12 +9855,12 @@ struct Trigger {
  *              inserted into.
  *
  * (op == TK_DELETE)
- * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to delete from.
+ * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to delete from.
  * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
  *              Otherwise NULL.
  * 
  * (op == TK_UPDATE)
- * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to update rows of.
+ * target    -> A token holding the quoted name of the table to update rows of.
  * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
  *              Otherwise NULL.
  * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
@@ -8876,61 +9869,19 @@ struct Trigger {
  * 
  */
 struct TriggerStep {
-  int op;              /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
-  int orconf;          /* OE_Rollback etc. */
+  u8 op;               /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
+  u8 orconf;           /* OE_Rollback etc. */
   Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
-
-  Select *pSelect;     /* Valid for SELECT and sometimes 
-                          INSERT steps (when pExprList == 0) */
-  Token target;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT steps */
-  Expr *pWhere;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE steps */
-  ExprList *pExprList; /* Valid for UPDATE statements and sometimes 
-                           INSERT steps (when pSelect == 0)         */
-  IdList *pIdList;     /* Valid for INSERT statements only */
+  Select *pSelect;     /* SELECT statment or RHS of INSERT INTO .. SELECT ... */
+  Token target;        /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */
+  Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */
+  ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE.  VALUES clause for INSERT */
+  IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */
   TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
   TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
 };
 
 /*
- * An instance of struct TriggerStack stores information required during code
- * generation of a single trigger program. While the trigger program is being
- * coded, its associated TriggerStack instance is pointed to by the
- * "pTriggerStack" member of the Parse structure.
- *
- * The pTab member points to the table that triggers are being coded on. The 
- * newIdx member contains the index of the vdbe cursor that points at the temp
- * table that stores the new.* references. If new.* references are not valid
- * for the trigger being coded (for example an ON DELETE trigger), then newIdx
- * is set to -1. The oldIdx member is analogous to newIdx, for old.* references.
- *
- * The ON CONFLICT policy to be used for the trigger program steps is stored 
- * as the orconf member. If this is OE_Default, then the ON CONFLICT clause 
- * specified for individual triggers steps is used.
- *
- * struct TriggerStack has a "pNext" member, to allow linked lists to be
- * constructed. When coding nested triggers (triggers fired by other triggers)
- * each nested trigger stores its parent trigger's TriggerStack as the "pNext" 
- * pointer. Once the nested trigger has been coded, the pNext value is restored
- * to the pTriggerStack member of the Parse stucture and coding of the parent
- * trigger continues.
- *
- * Before a nested trigger is coded, the linked list pointed to by the 
- * pTriggerStack is scanned to ensure that the trigger is not about to be coded
- * recursively. If this condition is detected, the nested trigger is not coded.
- */
-struct TriggerStack {
-  Table *pTab;         /* Table that triggers are currently being coded on */
-  int newIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "new" temp table */
-  int oldIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "old" temp table */
-  u32 newColMask;
-  u32 oldColMask;
-  int orconf;          /* Current orconf policy */
-  int ignoreJump;      /* where to jump to for a RAISE(IGNORE) */
-  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* The trigger currently being coded */
-  TriggerStack *pNext; /* Next trigger down on the trigger stack */
-};
-
-/*
 ** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
 ** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
 ** explicit.  
@@ -8948,13 +9899,14 @@ struct DbFixer {
 ** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
 */
 struct StrAccum {
-  char *zBase;     /* A base allocation.  Not from malloc. */
-  char *zText;     /* The string collected so far */
-  int  nChar;      /* Length of the string so far */
-  int  nAlloc;     /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
+  sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */
+  char *zBase;         /* A base allocation.  Not from malloc. */
+  char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */
+  int  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */
+  int  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
   int  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed string length */
   u8   mallocFailed;   /* Becomes true if any memory allocation fails */
-  u8   useMalloc;      /* True if zText is enlargable using realloc */
+  u8   useMalloc;      /* True if zText is enlargeable using realloc */
   u8   tooBig;         /* Becomes true if string size exceeds limits */
 };
 
@@ -8970,6 +9922,71 @@ typedef struct {
 } InitData;
 
 /*
+** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
+**
+** This structure also contains some state information.
+*/
+struct Sqlite3Config {
+  int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */
+  int bCoreMutex;                   /* True to enable core mutexing */
+  int bFullMutex;                   /* True to enable full mutexing */
+  int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */
+  int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */
+  int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */
+  sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
+  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */
+  sqlite3_pcache_methods pcache;    /* Low-level page-cache interface */
+  void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */
+  int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */
+  int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
+  void *pScratch;                   /* Scratch memory */
+  int szScratch;                    /* Size of each scratch buffer */
+  int nScratch;                     /* Number of scratch buffers */
+  void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */
+  int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
+  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
+  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
+  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
+  /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always
+  ** initially be zero, however. */
+  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
+  int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */
+  int isMutexInit;                  /* True after mutexes are initialized */
+  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
+  int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
+  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
+  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
+};
+
+/*
+** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
+*/
+struct Walker {
+  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
+  int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*);  /* Callback for SELECTs */
+  Parse *pParse;                            /* Parser context.  */
+  union {                                   /* Extra data for callback */
+    NameContext *pNC;                          /* Naming context */
+    int i;                                     /* Integer value */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
+
+/*
+** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
+** callbacks.
+*/
+#define WRC_Continue    0   /* Continue down into children */
+#define WRC_Prune       1   /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */
+#define WRC_Abort       2   /* Abandon the tree walk */
+
+/*
 ** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
 ** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
 */
@@ -8988,45 +10005,125 @@ typedef struct {
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Corrupt(void);
 # define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3Corrupt()
-# define DEBUGONLY(X)        X
 #else
 # define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT SQLITE_CORRUPT
-# define DEBUGONLY(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems.  It is also
+** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \
+    (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION))
+# include 
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(),
+** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The
+** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x)  ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01)
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06)
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02)
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04)
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08)
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)])
+#else
+# define sqlite3Toupper(x)   toupper((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isspace(x)   isspace((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   isalnum((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   isalpha((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   isdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  isxdigit((unsigned char)(x))
+# define sqlite3Tolower(x)   tolower((unsigned char)(x))
 #endif
 
 /*
 ** Internal function prototypes
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(unsigned);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, unsigned);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, unsigned);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrDup(const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
+#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(void (*)(void*, sqlite3_int64, int), void*, sqlite3_int64);
+
+/*
+** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make
+** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects.  By default,
+** obtain space from malloc().
+**
+** The alloca() routine never returns NULL.  This will cause code paths
+** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
+# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   alloca(N)
+# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  memset(alloca(N), 0, N)
+# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       
+#else
+# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N)
+# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N)  sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N)
+# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       sqlite3DbFree(D,P)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, int, const char*, va_list);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...);
 #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
 #endif
 #if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3TextToPtr(const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
 #endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, ...);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DequoteExpr(sqlite3*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
@@ -9034,23 +10131,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse*,Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr*,Token*,Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*,Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClear(sqlite3*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,char*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
@@ -9058,17 +10158,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Select*);
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, u8 iBatch, i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*);
+
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);
 
 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
@@ -9079,36 +10186,53 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
+#else
+# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X)
+# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X)
+#endif
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int,int*,int*,int*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, Token*,
-                                      Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*,
+                                      Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
                         Token*, int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*, Select*, int, int*, char *aff);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
                          Expr*,ExprList*,int,Expr*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse *, SrcList *, Expr *, ExprList *, Expr *, Expr *, char *);
+#endif
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u16);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse*,int,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse*,int,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
@@ -9127,7 +10251,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprResolveNames(NameContext *, Expr *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
@@ -9140,28 +10263,34 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, Trigger *, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,int,
-                                     int*,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*,int,int,int,int);
+                                     int*,int,int,int,int,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int, int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenCopy(sqlite3*,Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
@@ -9172,7 +10301,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Select*, Expr*, int);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
+#endif
 
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
@@ -9180,24 +10312,32 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse*, Table*, int, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int, 
-                           int, int, u32*, u32*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *,
+                            int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int);
   void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
-                                        ExprList*,Select*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, int);
+                                        ExprList*,Select*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3TriggerOldmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,Table*,int);
+# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
 #else
-# define sqlite3TriggersExist(A,B,C,D,E,F) 0
-# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A)
+# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
+# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
 # define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
 # define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
-# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K) 0
+# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I)
+# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F)
+# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
+# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
+# define sqlite3TriggerOldmask(A,B,C,D,E) 0
 #endif
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
@@ -9208,6 +10348,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int);
 #else
 # define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
 # define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
@@ -9225,12 +10366,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*);
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*,...);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8*, const u8**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8**);
 
 /*
 ** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
@@ -9241,8 +10381,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8*, const u8**);
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
 
 /*
@@ -9262,13 +10402,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
 **     x = putVarint32( A, B );
 **
 */
-#define getVarint32(A,B)  ((*(A)<(unsigned char)0x80) ? ((B) = (u32)*(A)),1 : sqlite3GetVarint32((A), &(B)))
-#define putVarint32(A,B)  (((B)<(u32)0x80) ? (*(A) = (unsigned char)(B)),1 : sqlite3PutVarint32((A), (B)))
+#define getVarint32(A,B)  (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80) ? ((B) = (u32)*(A)),1 : sqlite3GetVarint32((A), (u32 *)&(B)))
+#define putVarint32(A,B)  (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80) ? (*(A) = (unsigned char)(B)),1 : sqlite3PutVarint32((A), (B)))
 #define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
 #define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
 
 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
@@ -9279,8 +10419,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char *,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *, Token *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
@@ -9294,10 +10434,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8,
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf8to16(sqlite3 *, u8, char *, int, int *);
+#endif
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
 #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
 #endif
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db*, int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
@@ -9306,21 +10453,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectResolve(Parse *, Select *, NameContext *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(sqlite3*, CollSeq *, const char *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(sqlite3*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(Index*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
@@ -9332,19 +10483,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *,
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);
+
 /*
 ** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t));
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
+#endif
 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
 #else
@@ -9362,19 +10520,25 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-#  define sqlite3VtabClear(X)
-#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) (Y)
+#  define sqlite3VtabClear(Y)
+#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
 #  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
 #  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0
+#  define sqlite3VtabLock(X) 
+#  define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X)
+#  define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X)
 #else
 SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabClear(Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, int rc);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*);
+#  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
 #endif
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(sqlite3_vtab*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(sqlite3*, sqlite3_vtab*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
@@ -9382,12 +10546,42 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, sqlite3_vtab *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+
+/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by
+** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign
+** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but
+** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In
+** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is 
+** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d)
+  #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d)
+  #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c)
+  #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b)      0
+  #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FkDelete(Table*);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3FkDelete(a)
+#endif
 
 
 /*
@@ -9397,34 +10591,22 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
 #define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1
 
 /*
-** The interface to the fault injector subsystem.  If the fault injector
-** mechanism is disabled at compile-time then set up macros so that no
-** unnecessary code is generated.
+** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
+** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+** is not defined.
 */
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FaultConfig(int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FaultFailures(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FaultBenignFailures(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FaultPending(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FaultBeginBenign(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FaultEndBenign(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3FaultStep(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
 #else
-# define sqlite3FaultConfig(A,B,C)
-# define sqlite3FaultFailures(A)         0
-# define sqlite3FaultBenignFailures(A)   0
-# define sqlite3FaultPending(A)          (-1)
-# define sqlite3FaultBeginBenign(A)
-# define sqlite3FaultEndBenign(A)
-# define sqlite3FaultStep(A)             0
+  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
+  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
 #endif
-  
-  
 
 #define IN_INDEX_ROWID           1
 #define IN_INDEX_EPH             2
 #define IN_INDEX_INDEX           3
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*);
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
@@ -9434,18 +10616,31 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
   #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
 #endif
 
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Expr *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);
+
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
 #else
-  #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x)
+  #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y)
+  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
+  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
 #endif
 
 SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-#include "sseInt.h"
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db);
+#else
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y)
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x)
+  #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
@@ -9469,6 +10664,322 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
 #endif
 
 /************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 June 13
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
+*/
+
+
+/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
+** lower-case character. 
+**
+** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
+** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
+** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
+     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
+     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
+    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
+    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
+    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
+    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
+    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
+    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
+    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
+    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
+    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
+    252,253,254,255
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
+     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
+     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
+     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
+     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
+     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
+     96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
+    112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
+    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
+    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
+    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
+    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
+    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
+    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
+    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
+    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
+** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
+**
+**   isspace()                        0x01
+**   isalpha()                        0x02
+**   isdigit()                        0x04
+**   isalnum()                        0x06
+**   isxdigit()                       0x08
+**   toupper()                        0x20
+**
+** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
+** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
+** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent
+** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as:
+**
+**   (x & ~(map[x]&0x20))
+**
+** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
+** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
+**
+** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a
+** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 00..07    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 08..0f    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 10..17    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 18..1f    ........ */
+  0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 20..27     !"#$%&' */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 28..2f    ()*+,-./ */
+  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c,  /* 30..37    01234567 */
+  0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 38..3f    89:;<=>? */
+
+  0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02,  /* 40..47    @ABCDEFG */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 48..4f    HIJKLMNO */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02,  /* 50..57    PQRSTUVW */
+  0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 58..5f    XYZ[\]^_ */
+  0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22,  /* 60..67    `abcdefg */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 68..6f    hijklmno */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22,  /* 70..77    pqrstuvw */
+  0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 78..7f    xyz{|}~. */
+
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 80..87    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 88..8f    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 90..97    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* 98..9f    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* a0..a7    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* a8..af    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* b0..b7    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* b8..bf    ........ */
+
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* c0..c7    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* c8..cf    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* d0..d7    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* d8..df    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* e0..e7    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* e8..ef    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,  /* f0..f7    ........ */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00   /* f8..ff    ........ */
+};
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*
+** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
+** the SQLite library.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
+   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS,  /* bMemstat */
+   1,                         /* bCoreMutex */
+   SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1,      /* bFullMutex */
+   0x7ffffffe,                /* mxStrlen */
+   100,                       /* szLookaside */
+   500,                       /* nLookaside */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},         /* m */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},       /* mutex */
+   {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},   /* pcache */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pHeap */
+   0,                         /* nHeap */
+   0, 0,                      /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pScratch */
+   0,                         /* szScratch */
+   0,                         /* nScratch */
+   (void*)0,                  /* pPage */
+   0,                         /* szPage */
+   0,                         /* nPage */
+   0,                         /* mxParserStack */
+   0,                         /* sharedCacheEnabled */
+   /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */
+   0,                         /* isInit */
+   0,                         /* inProgress */
+   0,                         /* isMutexInit */
+   0,                         /* isMallocInit */
+   0,                         /* isPCacheInit */
+   0,                         /* pInitMutex */
+   0,                         /* nRefInitMutex */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
+** database connections.  After initialization, this table is
+** read-only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+
+/*
+** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
+** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database.  SQLite never uses
+** the database page that contains the pending byte.  It never attempts
+** to read or write that page.  The pending byte page is set assign
+** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
+**
+** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to
+** a different position in the file.  This allows code that has to
+** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller
+** than 1 GiB.  The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to
+** move the pending byte.
+**
+** IMPORTANT:  Changing the pending byte to any value other than
+** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format!
+** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined
+** and dileterious behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
+
+/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 June 18
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
+** functionality.
+**
+** $Id: status.c,v 1.9 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** Variables in which to record status information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
+  int nowValue[9];         /* Current value */
+  int mxValue[9];          /* Maximum value */
+} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
+
+
+/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
+** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdStatInit  sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
+# define wsdStat x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdStatInit
+# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the current value of a status parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( op>=0 && op=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of a status to X.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  assert( op>=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information.
+**
+** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
+** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation.  If that assumption is not true,
+** then this routine is not threadsafe.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
+  wsdStatInit;
+  if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
+  if( resetFlag ){
+    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information for a single database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* The database connection whose status is desired */
+  int op,               /* Status verb */
+  int *pCurrent,        /* Write current value here */
+  int *pHighwater,      /* Write high-water mark here */
+  int resetFlag         /* Reset high-water mark if true */
+){
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
+      *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
+      if( resetFlag ){
+        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
 /************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
 /*
 ** 2003 October 31
@@ -9488,7 +10999,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
 ** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
 ** All other code has file scope.
 **
-** $Id: date.c,v 1.79 2008/03/20 14:03:29 drh Exp $
+** $Id: date.c,v 1.107 2009/05/03 20:23:53 drh Exp $
 **
 ** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
 ** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
@@ -9517,25 +11028,41 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
 **      Willmann-Bell, Inc
 **      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
 */
-#include 
 #include 
 
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
 
 /*
+** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
+** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to 
+** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the 
+** order of the parameters is reversed.
+**
+** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
+**
+** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
+** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides 
+** localtime_s().
+*/
+#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \
+     defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
+#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
+#endif
+
+/*
 ** A structure for holding a single date and time.
 */
 typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
 struct DateTime {
-  double rJD;      /* The julian day number */
-  int Y, M, D;     /* Year, month, and day */
-  int h, m;        /* Hour and minutes */
-  int tz;          /* Timezone offset in minutes */
-  double s;        /* Seconds */
-  char validYMD;   /* True if Y,M,D are valid */
-  char validHMS;   /* True if h,m,s are valid */
-  char validJD;    /* True if rJD is valid */
-  char validTZ;    /* True if tz is valid */
+  sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
+  int Y, M, D;       /* Year, month, and day */
+  int h, m;          /* Hour and minutes */
+  int tz;            /* Timezone offset in minutes */
+  double s;          /* Seconds */
+  char validYMD;     /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
+  char validHMS;     /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
+  char validJD;      /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
+  char validTZ;      /* True (1) if tz is valid */
 };
 
 
@@ -9570,7 +11097,7 @@ static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
     pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
     val = 0;
     while( N-- ){
-      if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
         goto end_getDigits;
       }
       val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
@@ -9614,7 +11141,7 @@ static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
   int sgn = 0;
   int nHr, nMn;
   int c;
-  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
   p->tz = 0;
   c = *zDate;
   if( c=='-' ){
@@ -9634,7 +11161,7 @@ static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
   zDate += 5;
   p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
 zulu_time:
-  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
   return *zDate!=0;
 }
 
@@ -9658,10 +11185,10 @@ static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
       return 1;
     }
     zDate += 2;
-    if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){
+    if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
       double rScale = 1.0;
       zDate++;
-      while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
+      while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
         ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
         rScale *= 10.0;
         zDate++;
@@ -9677,7 +11204,7 @@ static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
   p->m = m;
   p->s = s + ms;
   if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
-  p->validTZ = p->tz!=0;
+  p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
   return 0;
 }
 
@@ -9706,14 +11233,14 @@ static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
   }
   A = Y/100;
   B = 2 - A + (A/4);
-  X1 = 365.25*(Y+4716);
-  X2 = 30.6001*(M+1);
-  p->rJD = X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5;
+  X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
+  X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
+  p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
   p->validJD = 1;
   if( p->validHMS ){
-    p->rJD += (p->h*3600.0 + p->m*60.0 + p->s)/86400.0;
+    p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
     if( p->validTZ ){
-      p->rJD -= p->tz*60/86400.0;
+      p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
       p->validYMD = 0;
       p->validHMS = 0;
       p->validTZ = 0;
@@ -9746,7 +11273,7 @@ static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
     return 1;
   }
   zDate += 10;
-  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
   if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
     /* We got the time */
   }else if( *zDate==0 ){
@@ -9766,6 +11293,17 @@ static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
 }
 
 /*
+** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS
+*/
+static void setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
+  double r;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &r);
+  p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+  p->validJD = 1;
+}
+
+/*
 ** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
 ** the number of errors.
 **
@@ -9786,20 +11324,18 @@ static int parseDateOrTime(
   const char *zDate, 
   DateTime *p
 ){
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+  int isRealNum;    /* Return from sqlite3IsNumber().  Not used */
   if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
     return 0;
   }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
     return 0;
   }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
-    double r;
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-    sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &r);
-    p->rJD = r;
-    p->validJD = 1;
+    setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
     return 0;
-  }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
-    getValue(zDate, &p->rJD);
+  }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, &isRealNum, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+    double r;
+    getValue(zDate, &r);
+    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
     p->validJD = 1;
     return 0;
   }
@@ -9817,14 +11353,14 @@ static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
     p->M = 1;
     p->D = 1;
   }else{
-    Z = p->rJD + 0.5;
-    A = (Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25;
+    Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
+    A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
     A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
     B = A + 1524;
-    C = (B - 122.1)/365.25;
-    D = 365.25*C;
-    E = (B-D)/30.6001;
-    X1 = 30.6001*E;
+    C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
+    D = (36525*C)/100;
+    E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
+    X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
     p->D = B - D - X1;
     p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
     p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
@@ -9836,13 +11372,12 @@ static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
 ** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
 */
 static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
-  int Z, s;
+  int s;
   if( p->validHMS ) return;
   computeJD(p);
-  Z = p->rJD + 0.5;
-  s = (p->rJD + 0.5 - Z)*86400000.0 + 0.5;
-  p->s = 0.001*s;
-  s = p->s;
+  s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
+  p->s = s/1000.0;
+  s = (int)p->s;
   p->s -= s;
   p->h = s/3600;
   s -= p->h*3600;
@@ -9868,21 +11403,13 @@ static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
   p->validTZ = 0;
 }
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
 /*
-** Windows CE does not declare the localtime
-** function as it is not defined anywhere.
-** Anyway we need the forward-declaration to be
-** able to define it later on.
-*/
-#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) && (_WIN32_WCE >= 0x600)
-struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Compute the difference (in days) between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
+** Compute the difference (in milliseconds)
+** between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
 ** for the time value p where p is in UTC.
 */
-static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
+static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
   DateTime x, y;
   time_t t;
   x = *p;
@@ -9895,13 +11422,13 @@ static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
     x.m = 0;
     x.s = 0.0;
   } else {
-    int s = x.s + 0.5;
+    int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
     x.s = s;
   }
   x.tz = 0;
   x.validJD = 0;
   computeJD(&x);
-  t = (x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5;
+  t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
 #ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
   {
     struct tm sLocal;
@@ -9913,10 +11440,21 @@ static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
     y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
     y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
   }
+#elif defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_S
+  {
+    struct tm sLocal;
+    localtime_s(&sLocal, &t);
+    y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
+    y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
+    y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
+    y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
+    y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
+    y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
+  }
 #else
   {
     struct tm *pTm;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
     pTm = localtime(&t);
     y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900;
     y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1;
@@ -9924,7 +11462,7 @@ static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
     y.h = pTm->tm_hour;
     y.m = pTm->tm_min;
     y.s = pTm->tm_sec;
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
   }
 #endif
   y.validYMD = 1;
@@ -9932,8 +11470,9 @@ static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
   y.validJD = 0;
   y.validTZ = 0;
   computeJD(&y);
-  return y.rJD - x.rJD;
+  return y.iJD - x.iJD;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
 
 /*
 ** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
@@ -9962,11 +11501,12 @@ static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
   double r;
   char *z, zBuf[30];
   z = zBuf;
-  for(n=0; nrJD += localtimeOffset(p);
+        p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p);
         clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
         rc = 0;
       }
       break;
     }
+#endif
     case 'u': {
       /*
       **    unixepoch
       **
-      ** Treat the current value of p->rJD as the number of
+      ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
       ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
       */
       if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
-        p->rJD = p->rJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+        p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
         clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
         rc = 0;
-      }else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
-        double c1;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+      else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
+        sqlite3_int64 c1;
         computeJD(p);
         c1 = localtimeOffset(p);
-        p->rJD -= c1;
+        p->iJD -= c1;
         clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        p->rJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p);
+        p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p);
         rc = 0;
       }
+#endif
       break;
     }
     case 'w': {
@@ -10012,16 +11556,15 @@ static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
       ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
       */
       if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0
-                 && (n=r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
-        int Z;
+                 && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
+        sqlite3_int64 Z;
         computeYMD_HMS(p);
         p->validTZ = 0;
         p->validJD = 0;
         computeJD(p);
-        Z = p->rJD + 1.5;
-        Z %= 7;
+        Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
         if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
-        p->rJD += n - Z;
+        p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
         clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
         rc = 0;
       }
@@ -10067,6 +11610,7 @@ static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
     case '7':
     case '8':
     case '9': {
+      double rRounder;
       n = getValue(z, &r);
       assert( n>=1 );
       if( z[n]==':' ){
@@ -10077,54 +11621,59 @@ static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
         */
         const char *z2 = z;
         DateTime tx;
-        int day;
-        if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++;
+        sqlite3_int64 day;
+        if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
         memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
         if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
         computeJD(&tx);
-        tx.rJD -= 0.5;
-        day = (int)tx.rJD;
-        tx.rJD -= day;
-        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.rJD = -tx.rJD;
+        tx.iJD -= 43200000;
+        day = tx.iJD/86400000;
+        tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
+        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
         computeJD(p);
         clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        p->rJD += tx.rJD;
+        p->iJD += tx.iJD;
         rc = 0;
         break;
       }
       z += n;
-      while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
-      n = strlen(z);
+      while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
       if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
       if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
       computeJD(p);
       rc = 0;
+      rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
       if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
-        p->rJD += r;
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder);
       }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
-        p->rJD += r/24.0;
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder);
       }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
-        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0);
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
       }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
-        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0*60.0);
+        p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
       }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
         int x, y;
         computeYMD_HMS(p);
-        p->M += r;
+        p->M += (int)r;
         x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
         p->Y += x;
         p->M -= x*12;
         p->validJD = 0;
         computeJD(p);
-        y = r;
+        y = (int)r;
         if( y!=r ){
-          p->rJD += (r - y)*30.0;
+          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
         }
       }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+        int y = (int)r;
         computeYMD_HMS(p);
-        p->Y += r;
+        p->Y += y;
         p->validJD = 0;
         computeJD(p);
+        if( y!=r ){
+          p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+        }
       }else{
         rc = 1;
       }
@@ -10155,14 +11704,19 @@ static int isDate(
 ){
   int i;
   const unsigned char *z;
-  static const unsigned char zDflt[] = "now";
+  int eType;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
   if( argc==0 ){
-    z = zDflt;
+    setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+  }else if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
+                   || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+    p->validJD = 1;
   }else{
     z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  }
-  if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
-    return 1;
+    if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
   }
   for(i=1; iaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+  testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
   if( nsqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+  }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
     sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
     return;
   }else{
-    z = sqlite3_malloc( n );
+    z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
     if( z==0 ){
       sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
       return;
@@ -10342,7 +11902,7 @@ static void strftimeFunc(
           double s = x.s;
           if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
           sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
-          j += strlen(&z[j]);
+          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
           break;
         }
         case 'H':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
@@ -10354,10 +11914,10 @@ static void strftimeFunc(
           y.M = 1;
           y.D = 1;
           computeJD(&y);
-          nDay = x.rJD - y.rJD + 0.5;
+          nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000);
           if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
             int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
-            wd = ((int)(x.rJD+0.5)) % 7;
+            wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7);
             sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
             j += 2;
           }else{
@@ -10367,28 +11927,34 @@ static void strftimeFunc(
           break;
         }
         case 'J': {
-          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.rJD);
-          j+=strlen(&z[j]);
+          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
+          j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
           break;
         }
         case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
         case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
         case 's': {
-          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%d",
-                           (int)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5));
-          j += strlen(&z[j]);
+          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
+                           (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
+          j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
           break;
         }
         case 'S':  sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
-        case 'w':  z[j++] = (((int)(x.rJD+1.5)) % 7) + '0'; break;
-        case 'Y':  sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]);break;
+        case 'w': {
+          z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
+          break;
+        }
+        case 'Y': {
+          sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+          break;
+        }
         default:   z[j++] = '%'; break;
       }
     }
   }
   z[j] = 0;
   sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1,
-                      z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free);
+                      z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -10398,9 +11964,10 @@ static void strftimeFunc(
 */
 static void ctimeFunc(
   sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
 ){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
   timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
 }
 
@@ -10411,9 +11978,10 @@ static void ctimeFunc(
 */
 static void cdateFunc(
   sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
 ){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
   dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
 }
 
@@ -10424,9 +11992,10 @@ static void cdateFunc(
 */
 static void ctimestampFunc(
   sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
 ){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
   datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
 }
 #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
@@ -10454,9 +12023,19 @@ static void currentTimeFunc(
   double rT;
   char zBuf[20];
 
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
   db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
   sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rT);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
   t = 86400.0*(rT - 2440587.5) + 0.5;
+#else
+  /* without floating point support, rT will have
+  ** already lost fractional day precision.
+  */
+  t = 86400 * (rT - 2440587) - 43200;
+#endif
 #ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
   {
     struct tm sNow;
@@ -10466,10 +12045,10 @@ static void currentTimeFunc(
 #else
   {
     struct tm *pTm;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
     pTm = gmtime(&t);
     strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
   }
 #endif
 
@@ -10482,44 +12061,30 @@ static void currentTimeFunc(
 ** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
 ** external linkage.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
+  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-  static const struct {
-     char *zName;
-     int nArg;
-     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-  } aFuncs[] = {
-    { "julianday", -1, juliandayFunc   },
-    { "date",      -1, dateFunc        },
-    { "time",      -1, timeFunc        },
-    { "datetime",  -1, datetimeFunc    },
-    { "strftime",  -1, strftimeFunc    },
-    { "current_time",       0, ctimeFunc      },
-    { "current_timestamp",  0, ctimestampFunc },
-    { "current_date",       0, cdateFunc      },
-  };
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; ipMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
   return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
   return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
   return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
   return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
   return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
   return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
 }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+  return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id,op,pArg);
+  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
   int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
@@ -10633,24 +12202,27 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(
   int flags, 
   int *pFlagsOut
 ){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
-  return pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pFlagsOut);
+  int rc;
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  /* 0x7f1f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
+  ** down into the VFS layer.  Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
+  ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
+  ** reaching the VFS. */
+  rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x7f1f, pFlagsOut);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
+  return rc;
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
   return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
 }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int flags){
-  int rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3_malloc(10);
-  if (!pTstAlloc) return -1;
-  sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);
-#endif
-  rc = pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBufOut, char *zBufOut){
-  return pVfs->xGetTempname(pVfs, nBufOut, zBufOut);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
+  const char *zPath, 
+  int flags, 
+  int *pResOut
+){
+  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+  return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
@@ -10660,18 +12232,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
 ){
   return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
 }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
   return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
   pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
 }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
-  return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHandle, zSymbol);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){
+  return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym);
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
   pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
   return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
 }
@@ -10691,7 +12265,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
 ){
   int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   sqlite3_file *pFile;
-  pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3_malloc(pVfs->szOsFile);
+  pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3Malloc(pVfs->szOsFile);
   if( pFile ){
     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
@@ -10711,27 +12285,41 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
 }
 
 /*
-** The list of all registered VFS implementations.  This list is
-** initialized to the single VFS returned by sqlite3OsDefaultVfs()
-** upon the first call to sqlite3_vfs_find().
+** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of
+** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the
+** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an
+** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested.
 */
-static sqlite3_vfs *vfsList = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){
+  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10);
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return sqlite3_os_init();
+}
+
+/*
+** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
+*/
+static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
+#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)
 
 /*
 ** Locate a VFS by name.  If no name is given, simply return the
 ** first VFS on the list.
 */
 SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
-  static int isInit = 0;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return 0;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
   sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  if( !isInit ){
-    vfsList = sqlite3OsDefaultVfs();
-    isInit = 1;
-  }
   for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
     if( zVfs==0 ) break;
     if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
@@ -10744,7 +12332,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
 ** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
 */
 static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
   if( pVfs==0 ){
     /* No-op */
   }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
@@ -10766,10 +12354,12 @@ static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
 ** true.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
 #endif
-  sqlite3_vfs_find(0);  /* Make sure we are initialized */
+  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
   sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
   vfsUnlink(pVfs);
   if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
@@ -10788,8 +12378,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
 ** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
 #endif
   sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
   vfsUnlink(pVfs);
@@ -10797,14 +12387,6 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/*
-** Provide a default sqlite3OsDefaultVfs() implementation in the
-** cases where none of the standard backends are used.
-*/
-#if !OS_UNIX && !OS_WIN && !OS_OS2
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){ return 0; }
-#endif
-
 /************** End of os.c **************************************************/
 /************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/
 /*
@@ -10818,161 +12400,150 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){ return 0; }
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
 *************************************************************************
-** This file contains code to implement a fault-injector used for
-** testing and verification of SQLite.
 **
-** Subsystems within SQLite can call sqlite3FaultStep() to see if
-** they should simulate a fault.  sqlite3FaultStep() normally returns
-** zero but will return non-zero if a fault should be simulated.
-** Fault injectors can be used, for example, to simulate memory
-** allocation failures or I/O errors.
+** $Id: fault.c,v 1.11 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" 
+** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
+** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
+** and returns 0). 
 **
-** The fault injector is omitted from the code if SQLite is
-** compiled with -DSQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST=1.  There is a very
-** small performance hit for leaving the fault injector in the code.
-** Commerical products will probably want to omit the fault injector
-** from production builds.  But safety-critical systems who work
-** under the motto "fly what you test and test what you fly" may
-** choose to leave the fault injector enabled even in production.
+** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
+** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
+** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
+** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this 
+** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The 
+** hash table will continue to function normally.  So a malloc failure 
+** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
 */
 
+
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
 
 /*
-** There can be various kinds of faults.  For example, there can be
-** a memory allocation failure.  Or an I/O failure.  For each different
-** fault type, there is a separate FaultInjector structure to keep track
-** of the status of that fault.
+** Global variables.
 */
-static struct FaultInjector {
-  int iCountdown;   /* Number of pending successes before we hit a failure */
-  int nRepeat;      /* Number of times to repeat the failure */
-  int nBenign;      /* Number of benign failures seen since last config */
-  int nFail;        /* Number of failures seen since last config */
-  u8 enable;        /* True if enabled */
-  i16 benign;       /* Positive if next failure will be benign */
-} aFault[SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT];
+typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
+  void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
+  void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
+} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };
 
-/*
-** This routine configures and enables a fault injector.  After
-** calling this routine, aFaultStep() will return false (zero)
-** nDelay times, then it will return true nRepeat times,
-** then it will again begin returning false.
+/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
+** structure.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FaultConfig(int id, int nDelay, int nRepeat){
-  assert( id>=0 && id=0;
-  aFault[id].benign = 0;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdHooksInit \
+  BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
+# define wsdHooks x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdHooksInit
+# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Return the number of faults (both hard and benign faults) that have
-** occurred since the injector was last configured.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultFailures(int id){
-  assert( id>=0 && id=0 && id=0 && id=0 && id0 );
-      aFault[id].benign--;
-    }
-  }else{
-    assert( id>=0 && id0 );
-    aFault[id].benign--;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
+  wsdHooksInit;
+  if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
+    wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
   }
 }
 
+#endif   /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/
 /*
-** This routine exists as a place to set a breakpoint that will
-** fire on any simulated fault.
+** 2008 October 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when
+** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined.  The allocation drivers implemented
+** here always fail.  SQLite will not operate with these drivers.  These
+** are merely placeholders.  Real drivers must be substituted using
+** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate.
+**
+** $Id: mem0.c,v 1.1 2008/10/28 18:58:20 drh Exp $
 */
-static void sqlite3Fault(void){
-  static int cnt = 0;
-  cnt++;
-}
 
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
+** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
+** macros.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
 
 /*
-** Check to see if a fault should be simulated.  Return true to simulate
-** the fault.  Return false if the fault should not be simulated.
+** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultStep(int id){
-  assert( id>=0 && id0 ){
-    aFault[id].iCountdown--;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3Fault();
-  aFault[id].nFail++;
-  if( aFault[id].benign>0 ){
-    aFault[id].nBenign++;
-  }
-  aFault[id].nRepeat--;
-  if( aFault[id].nRepeat<=0 ){
-    aFault[id].enable = 0;
-  }
-  return 1;  
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; }
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; }
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; }
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; }
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
 }
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */
 
-/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
+/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/
 /************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/
 /*
 ** 2007 August 14
@@ -10985,10 +12556,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultStep(int id){
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
 *************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.  
 **
-** $Id: mem1.c,v 1.17 2008/03/18 00:07:11 drh Exp $
+** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
+** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
+** to obtain the memory it needs.
+**
+** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
+**
+** $Id: mem1.c,v 1.30 2009/03/23 04:33:33 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
 
 /*
@@ -10999,212 +12575,117 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultStep(int id){
 #ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
 
 /*
-** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
-** into a single structure named "mem".  This is to keep the
-** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
-** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
-*/
-static struct {
-  /*
-  ** The alarm callback and its arguments.  The mem.mutex lock will
-  ** be held while the callback is running.  Recursive calls into
-  ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
-  ** issued.  The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive
-  ** callbacks.
-  */
-  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
-  void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int);
-  void *alarmArg;
-  int alarmBusy;
-  
-  /*
-  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-  
-  /*
-  ** Current allocation and high-water mark.
-  */
-  sqlite3_int64 nowUsed;
-  sqlite3_int64 mxUsed;
-  
- 
-} mem;
-
-/*
-** Enter the mutex mem.mutex. Allocate it if it is not already allocated.
+** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
+** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
+** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
+** routines.
 */
-static void enterMem(void){
-  if( mem.mutex==0 ){
-    mem.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
+  p = malloc( nByte+8 );
+  if( p ){
+    p[0] = nByte;
+    p++;
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  return (void *)p;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
+** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
+** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
+** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
+** by higher-level routines.
 */
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
-  sqlite3_int64 n;
-  enterMem();
-  n = mem.nowUsed;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
-  return n;
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  p--;
+  free(p);
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
-** checked out since either the beginning of this process
-** or since the most recent reset.
+** Like realloc().  Resize an allocation previously obtained from
+** sqlite3MemMalloc().
+**
+** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0.  Cases where
+** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
+** redirected to xMalloc.  Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
+** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
+** routines and redirected to xFree.
 */
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
-  sqlite3_int64 n;
-  enterMem();
-  n = mem.mxUsed;
-  if( resetFlag ){
-    mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed;
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
+  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
+  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  p--;
+  p = realloc(p, nByte+8 );
+  if( p ){
+    p[0] = nByte;
+    p++;
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the alarm callback
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
-  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
-  void *pArg,
-  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
-){
-  enterMem();
-  mem.alarmCallback = xCallback;
-  mem.alarmArg = pArg;
-  mem.alarmThreshold = iThreshold;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return (void*)p;
 }
 
 /*
-** Trigger the alarm 
+** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
+** or xRealloc().
 */
-static void sqlite3MemsysAlarm(int nByte){
-  void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int);
-  sqlite3_int64 nowUsed;
-  void *pArg;
-  if( mem.alarmCallback==0 || mem.alarmBusy  ) return;
-  mem.alarmBusy = 1;
-  xCallback = mem.alarmCallback;
-  nowUsed = mem.nowUsed;
-  pArg = mem.alarmArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-  xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  mem.alarmBusy = 0;
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
+  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+  p--;
+  return (int)p[0];
 }
 
 /*
-** Allocate nBytes of memory
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int nBytes){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
-  if( nBytes>0 ){
-    enterMem();
-    if( mem.alarmCallback!=0 && mem.nowUsed+nBytes>=mem.alarmThreshold ){
-      sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes);
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FaultStep(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC) ){
-      p = 0;
-    }else{
-      p = malloc(nBytes+8);
-      if( p==0 ){
-        sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes);
-        p = malloc(nBytes+8);
-      }
-    }
-    if( p ){
-      p[0] = nBytes;
-      p++;
-      mem.nowUsed += nBytes;
-      if( mem.nowUsed>mem.mxUsed ){
-        mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-  }
-  return (void*)p; 
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
+  return ROUND8(n);
 }
 
 /*
-** Free memory.
+** Initialize this module.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *pPrior){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p;
-  int nByte;
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( mem.mutex!=0 );
-  p = pPrior;
-  p--;
-  nByte = (int)*p;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  mem.nowUsed -= nByte;
-  free(p);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the number of bytes allocated at p.
+** Deinitialize this module.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
-  sqlite3_int64 *pInt;
-  if( !p ) return 0;
-  pInt = p;
-  return pInt[-1];
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return;
 }
 
 /*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
-  int nOld;
-  sqlite3_int64 *p;
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
-  }
-  if( nBytes<=0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  p = pPrior;
-  p--;
-  nOld = (int)p[0];
-  assert( mem.mutex!=0 );
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  if( mem.nowUsed+nBytes-nOld>=mem.alarmThreshold ){
-    sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes-nOld);
-  }
-  if( sqlite3FaultStep(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC) ){
-    p = 0;
-  }else{
-    p = realloc(p, nBytes+8);
-    if( p==0 ){
-      sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nBytes);
-      p = pPrior;
-      p--;
-      p = realloc(p, nBytes+8);
-    }
-  }
-  if( p ){
-    p[0] = nBytes;
-    p++;
-    mem.nowUsed += nBytes-nOld;
-    if( mem.nowUsed>mem.mxUsed ){
-      mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-  return (void*)p;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
 }
 
 #endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */
@@ -11222,10 +12703,17 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
 *************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.  
 **
-** $Id: mem2.c,v 1.26 2008/04/10 14:57:25 drh Exp $
+** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
+** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
+** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging
+** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory
+** leaks and memory usage errors.
+**
+** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
+**
+** $Id: mem2.c,v 1.45 2009/03/23 04:33:33 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
 
 /*
@@ -11241,7 +12729,7 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
   extern int backtrace(void**,int);
   extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
 #else
-# define backtrace(A,B) 0
+# define backtrace(A,B) 1
 # define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
 #endif
 
@@ -11285,29 +12773,12 @@ struct MemBlockHdr {
 ** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
 */
 static struct {
-  /*
-  ** The alarm callback and its arguments.  The mem.mutex lock will
-  ** be held while the callback is running.  Recursive calls into
-  ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
-  ** issued.  The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive
-  ** callbacks.
-  */
-  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
-  void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64, int);
-  void *alarmArg;
-  int alarmBusy;
   
   /*
   ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
   */
   sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-  
-  /*
-  ** Current allocation and high-water mark.
-  */
-  sqlite3_int64 nowUsed;
-  sqlite3_int64 mxUsed;
-  
+
   /*
   ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations
   */
@@ -11334,84 +12805,35 @@ static struct {
 
   /*
   ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations.
-  ** sizeCnt[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8
+  ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8
   ** bytes.  i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for
   ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes.
   */
-  int sizeCnt[NCSIZE];
+  int nAlloc[NCSIZE];      /* Total number of allocations */
+  int nCurrent[NCSIZE];    /* Current number of allocations */
+  int mxCurrent[NCSIZE];   /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */
 
 } mem;
 
 
 /*
-** Enter the mutex mem.mutex. Allocate it if it is not already allocated.
+** Adjust memory usage statistics
 */
-static void enterMem(void){
-  if( mem.mutex==0 ){
-    mem.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){
+  int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8;
+  if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){
+    i = NCSIZE - 1;
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
-  sqlite3_int64 n;
-  enterMem();
-  n = mem.nowUsed;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
-** checked out since either the beginning of this process
-** or since the most recent reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
-  sqlite3_int64 n;
-  enterMem();
-  n = mem.mxUsed;
-  if( resetFlag ){
-    mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed;
+  if( increment>0 ){
+    mem.nAlloc[i]++;
+    mem.nCurrent[i]++;
+    if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){
+      mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i];
+    }
+  }else{
+    mem.nCurrent[i]--;
+    assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 );
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the alarm callback
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
-  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used, int N),
-  void *pArg,
-  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
-){
-  enterMem();
-  mem.alarmCallback = xCallback;
-  mem.alarmArg = pArg;
-  mem.alarmThreshold = iThreshold;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Trigger the alarm 
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemsysAlarm(int nByte){
-  void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int);
-  sqlite3_int64 nowUsed;
-  void *pArg;
-  if( mem.alarmCallback==0 || mem.alarmBusy  ) return;
-  mem.alarmBusy = 1;
-  xCallback = mem.alarmCallback;
-  nowUsed = mem.nowUsed;
-  pArg = mem.alarmArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-  xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  mem.alarmBusy = 0;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -11428,21 +12850,23 @@ static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){
 
   p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation;
   p--;
-  assert( p->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
-  nReserve = (p->iSize+7)&~7;
+  assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD );
+  nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize);
   pInt = (int*)pAllocation;
   pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
-  assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==REARGUARD );
-  assert( (nReserve-0)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-1]==0x65 );
-  assert( (nReserve-1)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-2]==0x65 );
-  assert( (nReserve-2)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-3]==0x65 );
+  assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
+  /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
+  ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure 
+  ** they haven't been overwritten.
+  */
+  while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
   return p;
 }
 
 /*
 ** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){
   struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
   if( !p ){
     return 0;
@@ -11452,99 +12876,103 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
 }
 
 /*
+** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 );
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already
+    ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */
+    mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  mem.mutex = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
+  return ROUND8(n);
+}
+
+/*
 ** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int nByte){
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
   struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
   void **pBt;
   char *z;
   int *pInt;
   void *p = 0;
   int totalSize;
-
-  if( nByte>0 ){
-    int nReserve;
-    enterMem();
-    assert( mem.disallow==0 );
-    if( mem.alarmCallback!=0 && mem.nowUsed+nByte>=mem.alarmThreshold ){
-      sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nByte);
-    }
-    nReserve = (nByte+7)&~7;
-    if( nReserve/8>NCSIZE-1 ){
-      mem.sizeCnt[NCSIZE-1]++;
-    }else{
-      mem.sizeCnt[nReserve/8]++;
-    }
-    totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) +
-                 mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle;
-    if( sqlite3FaultStep(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC) ){
-      p = 0;
+  int nReserve;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
+  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
+  nReserve = ROUND8(nByte);
+  totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) +
+               mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle;
+  p = malloc(totalSize);
+  if( p ){
+    z = p;
+    pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle];
+    pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace];
+    pHdr->pNext = 0;
+    pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast;
+    if( mem.pLast ){
+      mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr;
     }else{
-      p = malloc(totalSize);
-      if( p==0 ){
-        sqlite3MemsysAlarm(nByte);
-        p = malloc(totalSize);
+      mem.pFirst = pHdr;
+    }
+    mem.pLast = pHdr;
+    pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
+    pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
+    pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
+    if( mem.nBacktrace ){
+      void *aAddr[40];
+      pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1;
+      memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*));
+      assert(pBt[0]);
+      if( mem.xBacktrace ){
+        mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]);
       }
+    }else{
+      pHdr->nBacktrace = 0;
     }
-    if( p ){
-      z = p;
-      pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle];
-      pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace];
-      pHdr->pNext = 0;
-      pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast;
-      if( mem.pLast ){
-        mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr;
-      }else{
-        mem.pFirst = pHdr;
-      }
-      mem.pLast = pHdr;
-      pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
-      pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
-      pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
-      if( mem.nBacktrace ){
-        void *aAddr[40];
-        pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1;
-        memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*));
-	if( mem.xBacktrace ){
-          mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]);
-	}
-      }else{
-        pHdr->nBacktrace = 0;
-      }
-      if( mem.nTitle ){
-        memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle);
-      }
-      pHdr->iSize = nByte;
-      pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
-      pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
-      memset(pInt, 0x65, nReserve);
-      mem.nowUsed += nByte;
-      if( mem.nowUsed>mem.mxUsed ){
-        mem.mxUsed = mem.nowUsed;
-      }
-      p = (void*)pInt;
+    if( mem.nTitle ){
+      memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle);
     }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+    pHdr->iSize = nByte;
+    adjustStats(nByte, +1);
+    pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
+    pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
+    memset(pInt, 0x65, nReserve);
+    p = (void*)pInt;
   }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
   return p; 
 }
 
 /*
 ** Free memory.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *pPrior){
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
   struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
   void **pBt;
   char *z;
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( mem.mutex!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || mem.mutex!=0 );
   pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
   pBt = (void**)pHdr;
   pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
   sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  mem.nowUsed -= pHdr->iSize;
   if( pHdr->pPrev ){
     assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr );
     pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext;
@@ -11561,6 +12989,7 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *pPrior){
   }
   z = (char*)pBt;
   z -= pHdr->nTitle;
+  adjustStats(pHdr->iSize, -1);
   memset(z, 0x2b, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
                   pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
   free(z);
@@ -11576,32 +13005,43 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *pPrior){
 ** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
 ** the error.
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
   struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr;
   void *pNew;
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-    return sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  }
-  if( nByte<=0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
-    return 0;
-  }
   assert( mem.disallow==0 );
   pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
-  pNew = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
   if( pNew ){
     memcpy(pNew, pPrior, nByteiSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize);
     if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
       memset(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], 0x2b, nByte - pOldHdr->iSize);
     }
-    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
+    sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
   }
   return pNew;
 }
 
 /*
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+     sqlite3MemMalloc,
+     sqlite3MemFree,
+     sqlite3MemRealloc,
+     sqlite3MemSize,
+     sqlite3MemRoundup,
+     sqlite3MemInit,
+     sqlite3MemShutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+/*
 ** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation.
-** A value of zero turns of backtracing.  The number is always rounded
+** A value of zero turns off backtracing.  The number is always rounded
 ** up to a multiple of 2.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){
@@ -11619,12 +13059,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int
 ** Set the title string for subsequent allocations.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){
-  int n = strlen(zTitle) + 1;
-  enterMem();
+  unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
   if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1;
   memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n);
   mem.zTitle[n] = 0;
-  mem.nTitle = (n+7)&~7;
+  mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n);
   sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
 }
 
@@ -11667,24 +13107,27 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
   }
   fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
   for(i=0; i%3d: %d\n", NCSIZE*8, mem.sizeCnt[NCSIZE-1]);
+  if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){
+    fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
+             NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1],
+             mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]);
   }
   fclose(out);
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the number of times sqlite3_malloc() has been called.
+** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
   int i;
   int nTotal = 0;
   for(i=0; i=1 );
-  size = mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( size==mem.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
   assert( size>=2 );
   if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
-    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem.aiSmall[size-2]);
+    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
   }else{
     hash = size % N_HASH;
-    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem.aiHash[hash]);
+    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Link the chunk at mem.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted
+** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted
 ** at *pRoot.
 */
 static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) );
-  mem.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot;
-  mem.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot;
+  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
   if( *pRoot ){
-    mem.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i;
+    mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i;
   }
   *pRoot = i;
 }
@@ -11887,174 +13340,113 @@ static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
 */
 static void memsys3Link(u32 i){
   u32 size, hash;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
   assert( i>=1 );
-  assert( (mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
-  size = mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( size==mem.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
   assert( size>=2 );
   if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
-    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem.aiSmall[size-2]);
+    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
   }else{
     hash = size % N_HASH;
-    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem.aiHash[hash]);
+    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Enter the mutex mem.mutex. Allocate it if it is not already allocated.
-**
-** Also:  Initialize the memory allocation subsystem the first time
-** this routine is called.
+** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
+** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
 */
 static void memsys3Enter(void){
-  if( mem.mutex==0 ){
-    mem.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-    mem.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/2 + 2;
-    mem.aPool[SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/8].u.hdr.prevSize = SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/8;
-    mem.aPool[SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/8].u.hdr.size4x = 1;
-    mem.iMaster = 1;
-    mem.szMaster = SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/8;
-    mem.mnMaster = mem.szMaster;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
-  sqlite3_int64 n;
-  memsys3Enter();
-  n = SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE - mem.szMaster*8;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
-** checked out since either the beginning of this process
-** or since the most recent reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
-  sqlite3_int64 n;
-  memsys3Enter();
-  n = SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE - mem.mnMaster*8;
-  if( resetFlag ){
-    mem.mnMaster = mem.szMaster;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
+    mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
-  return n;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
 }
-
-/*
-** Change the alarm callback.
-**
-** This is a no-op for the static memory allocator.  The purpose
-** of the memory alarm is to support sqlite3_soft_heap_limit().
-** But with this memory allocator, the soft_heap_limit is really
-** a hard limit that is fixed at SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
-  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
-  void *pArg,
-  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
-){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+static void memsys3Leave(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
 }
 
 /*
 ** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes.
 */
 static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){
-  if( !mem.alarmBusy ){
-    mem.alarmBusy = 1;
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+  if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){
+    mem3.alarmBusy = 1;
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
     sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-    mem.alarmBusy = 0;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
+    mem3.alarmBusy = 0;
   }
 }
 
-/*
-** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
-** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
-** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
-  int iSize = 0;
-  if( p ){
-    Mem3Block *pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p;
-    assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 );
-    iSize = (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4;
-  }
-  return iSize;
-}
 
 /*
 ** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked.  Adjust its 
 ** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the 
 ** user portion of the chunk.
 */
-static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, int nBlock){
+static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
   u32 x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
   assert( i>=1 );
-  assert( mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock );
-  assert( mem.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock );
-  x = mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
-  mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2);
-  mem.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
-  mem.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
-  return &mem.aPool[i];
+  assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock );
+  assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock );
+  x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2);
+  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+  return &mem3.aPool[i];
 }
 
 /*
-** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem.iMaster free chunk.
+** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
 ** Return a pointer to the new allocation.  Or, if the master chunk
 ** is not large enough, return 0.
 */
-static void *memsys3FromMaster(int nBlock){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) );
-  assert( mem.szMaster>=nBlock );
-  if( nBlock>=mem.szMaster-1 ){
+static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
+  if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
     /* Use the entire master */
-    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem.iMaster, mem.szMaster);
-    mem.iMaster = 0;
-    mem.szMaster = 0;
-    mem.mnMaster = 0;
+    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
+    mem3.iMaster = 0;
+    mem3.szMaster = 0;
+    mem3.mnMaster = 0;
     return p;
   }else{
     /* Split the master block.  Return the tail. */
     u32 newi, x;
-    newi = mem.iMaster + mem.szMaster - nBlock;
-    assert( newi > mem.iMaster+1 );
-    mem.aPool[mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
-    mem.aPool[mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
-    mem.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
-    mem.szMaster -= nBlock;
-    mem.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem.szMaster;
-    x = mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-    mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem.szMaster*4 | x;
-    if( mem.szMaster < mem.mnMaster ){
-      mem.mnMaster = mem.szMaster;
+    newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
+    assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
+    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
+    mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
+    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+    if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
+      mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
     }
-    return (void*)&mem.aPool[newi];
+    return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
   }
 }
 
 /*
 ** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
 ** or same size hash.  In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
-** mem.aiSmall[] or mem.aiHash[].  
+** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].  
 **
 ** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
 ** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.  
 **
-** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem.iMaster, it replaces 
-** the current mem.iMaster with the new larger chunk.  In order for
-** this mem.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
+** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces 
+** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk.  In order for
+** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
 ** linked into the hash tables.  That is not the normal state of
 ** affairs, of course.  The calling routine must link the master
 ** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
@@ -12063,31 +13455,31 @@ static void *memsys3FromMaster(int nBlock){
 static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
   u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
   for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){
-    iNext = mem.aPool[i].u.list.next;
-    size = mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
+    iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
+    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
     assert( (size&1)==0 );
     if( (size&2)==0 ){
       memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot);
-      assert( i > mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
-      prev = i - mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+      assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
+      prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
       if( prev==iNext ){
-        iNext = mem.aPool[prev].u.list.next;
+        iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next;
       }
       memsys3Unlink(prev);
       size = i + size/4 - prev;
-      x = mem.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-      mem.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x;
-      mem.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
+      x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+      mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
       memsys3Link(prev);
       i = prev;
     }else{
       size /= 4;
     }
-    if( size>mem.szMaster ){
-      mem.iMaster = i;
-      mem.szMaster = size;
+    if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
+      mem3.iMaster = i;
+      mem3.szMaster = size;
     }
   }
 }
@@ -12095,20 +13487,23 @@ static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
 /*
 ** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
 ** Return NULL if unable.
+**
+** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
+** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
 */
-static void *memsys3Malloc(int nByte){
+static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
   u32 i;
-  int nBlock;
-  int toFree;
+  u32 nBlock;
+  u32 toFree;
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
   assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
   if( nByte<=12 ){
     nBlock = 2;
   }else{
     nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8;
   }
-  assert( nBlock >= 2 );
+  assert( nBlock>=2 );
 
   /* STEP 1:
   ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small
@@ -12116,16 +13511,16 @@ static void *memsys3Malloc(int nByte){
   ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10).
   */
   if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){
-    i = mem.aiSmall[nBlock-2];
+    i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2];
     if( i>0 ){
-      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem.aiSmall[nBlock-2]);
+      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]);
       return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
     }
   }else{
     int hash = nBlock % N_HASH;
-    for(i=mem.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem.aPool[i].u.list.next){
-      if( mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){
-        memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem.aiHash[hash]);
+    for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){
+      if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){
+        memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
         return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
       }
     }
@@ -12135,7 +13530,7 @@ static void *memsys3Malloc(int nByte){
   ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
   ** of the master chunk.  This step usually works if step 1 fails.
   */
-  if( mem.szMaster>=nBlock ){
+  if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
     return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
   }
 
@@ -12147,22 +13542,22 @@ static void *memsys3Malloc(int nByte){
   ** of the end of the master chunk.  This step happens very
   ** rarely (we hope!)
   */
-  for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree=nBlock ){
+    if( mem3.szMaster ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
+      if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
         return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
       }
     }
@@ -12174,73 +13569,96 @@ static void *memsys3Malloc(int nByte){
 
 /*
 ** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
+**
+** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
+** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
 */
-void memsys3Free(void *pOld){
+void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
   Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
   int i;
   u32 size, x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) );
-  assert( p>mem.aPool && p<&mem.aPool[SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/8] );
-  i = p - mem.aPool;
-  assert( (mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
-  size = mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( i+size<=SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE/8+1 );
-  mem.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1;
-  mem.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
-  mem.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
+  assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
+  i = p - mem3.aPool;
+  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
+  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+  assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 );
+  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1;
+  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
+  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
   memsys3Link(i);
 
   /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
-  if( mem.iMaster ){
-    while( (mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
-      size = mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
-      mem.iMaster -= size;
-      mem.szMaster += size;
-      memsys3Unlink(mem.iMaster);
-      x = mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-      mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem.szMaster*4 | x;
-      mem.aPool[mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem.szMaster;
+  if( mem3.iMaster ){
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
+      size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
+      mem3.iMaster -= size;
+      mem3.szMaster += size;
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
+      x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
     }
-    x = mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-    while( (mem.aPool[mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
-      memsys3Unlink(mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster);
-      mem.szMaster += mem.aPool[mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-      mem.aPool[mem.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem.szMaster*4 | x;
-      mem.aPool[mem.iMaster+mem.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem.szMaster;
+    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
+    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
+      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
+      mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
+      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
     }
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Allocate nBytes of memory
+** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
+** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
+** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int nBytes){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
-  if( nBytes>0 ){
-    memsys3Enter();
-    p = memsys3Malloc(nBytes);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+static int memsys3Size(void *p){
+  Mem3Block *pBlock;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p;
+  assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 );
+  return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int memsys3Roundup(int n){
+  if( n<=12 ){
+    return 12;
+  }else{
+    return ((n+11)&~7) - 4;
   }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nBytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
+  sqlite3_int64 *p;
+  assert( nBytes>0 );          /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */
+  memsys3Enter();
+  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+  memsys3Leave();
   return (void*)p; 
 }
 
 /*
 ** Free memory.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *pPrior){
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( mem.mutex!=0 );
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  memsys3Free(pPrior);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
+void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
+  assert( pPrior );
+  memsys3Enter();
+  memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  memsys3Leave();
 }
 
 /*
 ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
   int nOld;
   void *p;
   if( pPrior==0 ){
@@ -12250,33 +13668,68 @@ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
     sqlite3_free(pPrior);
     return 0;
   }
-  assert( mem.mutex!=0 );
-  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pPrior);
+  nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior);
   if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){
     return pPrior;
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  p = memsys3Malloc(nBytes);
+  memsys3Enter();
+  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
   if( p ){
     if( nOld>1)!=(size&1) ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem.aPool[i]);
+    if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){
+      fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
       assert( 0 );
       break;
     }
     if( size&1 ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
+      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
     }else{
-      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
-                  i==mem.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
+      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
+                  i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
     }
   }
   for(i=0; i0; j=mem.aPool[j].u.list.next){
-      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem.aPool[j],
-              (mem.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
+    for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
+      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
+              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
     }
     fprintf(out, "\n"); 
   }
   for(i=0; i0; j=mem.aPool[j].u.list.next){
-      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem.aPool[j],
-              (mem.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
+    for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
+      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
+              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
     }
     fprintf(out, "\n"); 
   }
-  fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem.iMaster);
-  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE - mem.szMaster*8);
-  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE - mem.mnMaster*8);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+  fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
+  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
+  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
   if( out==stdout ){
     fflush(stdout);
   }else{
     fclose(out);
   }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
 #endif
 }
 
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
+** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
+**
+** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
+** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = {
+     memsys3Malloc,
+     memsys3Free,
+     memsys3Realloc,
+     memsys3Size,
+     memsys3Roundup,
+     memsys3Init,
+     memsys3Shutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &mempoolMethods;
+}
 
-#endif /* !SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */
 
 /************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/
 /************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/
@@ -12364,95 +13843,88 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
 ** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
 **
 ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
-** use of malloc().  All dynamically allocatable memory is
-** contained in a static array, mem.aPool[].  The size of this
-** fixed memory pool is SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE bytes.
+** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
+** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
+** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
+** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
+** be changed.
+**
+** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
+** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
+**
+** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm:
+**
+**   1.  All memory allocations sizes are rounded up to a power of 2.
+**
+**   2.  If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block,
+**       then the two blocks are coalesed into the single larger block.
+**
+**   3.  New memory is allocated from the first available free block.
 **
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is used if
-** and only if SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE is defined.
+** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions
+** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for
+** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499.
+** 
+** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum
+** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.)  Let M
+** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time.  Let
+** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation.  Robson
+** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to 
+** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds:
+**
+**      N >=  M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1
 **
-** $Id: mem5.c,v 1.4 2008/02/19 15:15:16 drh Exp $
+** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so
+** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint.
 */
 
 /*
 ** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
-** SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE is defined.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE
-
-/*
-** Log2 of the minimum size of an allocation.  For example, if
-** 4 then all allocations will be rounded up to at least 16 bytes.
-** If 5 then all allocations will be rounded up to at least 32 bytes.
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_POW2_LOGMIN
-# define SQLITE_POW2_LOGMIN 6
-#endif
-#define POW2_MIN (1<=0 && i=0 && iLogsize=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
 
-  next = mem.aPool[i].u.list.next;
-  prev = mem.aPool[i].u.list.prev;
+  next = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
+  prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev;
   if( prev<0 ){
-    mem.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
+    mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
   }else{
-    mem.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next;
+    MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next;
   }
   if( next>=0 ){
-    mem.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev;
+    MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev;
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Link the chunk at mem.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
+** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
 ** free list.
 */
 static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){
   int x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) );
-  assert( i>=0 && i=0 && iLogsize=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
 
-  mem.aPool[i].u.list.next = x = mem.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
-  mem.aPool[i].u.list.prev = -1;
+  x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
+  MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1;
   if( x>=0 ){
-    assert( xprev = i;
   }
-  mem.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
+  mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
 }
 
 /*
-** Enter the mutex mem.mutex. Allocate it if it is not already allocated.
-**
-** Also:  Initialize the memory allocation subsystem the first time
-** this routine is called.
+** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
+** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
 */
 static void memsys5Enter(void){
-  if( mem.mutex==0 ){
-    int i;
-    assert( sizeof(Mem5Block)==POW2_MIN );
-    assert( (SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE % POW2_MAX)==0 );
-    assert( SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE>=POW2_MAX );
-    mem.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-    for(i=0; i=0 && i=0 && i=0 && iLogsize=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
+  i = iFirst = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
   assert( iFirst>=0 );
   while( i>0 ){
     if( inext;
   }
   memsys5Unlink(iFirst, iLogsize);
   return iFirst;
@@ -12654,176 +14059,296 @@ static int memsys5UnlinkFirst(int iLogsize){
 
 /*
 ** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
-** Return NULL if unable.
+** Return NULL if unable.  Return NULL if nBytes==0.
+**
+** The caller guarantees that nByte positive.
+**
+** The caller has obtained a mutex prior to invoking this
+** routine so there is never any chance that two or more
+** threads can be in this routine at the same time.
 */
-static void *memsys5Malloc(int nByte){
-  int i;           /* Index of a mem.aPool[] slot */
-  int iBin;        /* Index into mem.aiFreelist[] */
+static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
+  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
+  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
   int iFullSz;     /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
   int iLogsize;    /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem.mutex) );
+  /* nByte must be a positive */
+  assert( nByte>0 );
 
   /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request.  Even unfulfilled
   ** requests are counted */
-  if( nByte>mem.maxRequest ){
-    mem.maxRequest = nByte;
+  if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
+    mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
   }
 
-  /* Simulate a memory allocation fault */
-  if( sqlite3FaultStep(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC) ) return 0;
+  /* Abort if the requested allocation size is larger than the largest
+  ** power of two that we can represent using 32-bit signed integers.
+  */
+  if( nByte > 0x40000000 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
 
   /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
-  if( nByte>POW2_MAX ) return 0;
-  for(iFullSz=POW2_MIN, iLogsize=0; iFullSz=mem.alarmThreshold ){
-    memsys5Alarm(iFullSz);
-  }
+  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz=NSIZE ) return 0;
+  for(iBin=iLogsize; mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=LOGMAX; iBin++){}
+  if( iBin>LOGMAX ) return 0;
   i = memsys5UnlinkFirst(iBin);
   while( iBin>iLogsize ){
     int newSize;
 
     iBin--;
     newSize = 1 << iBin;
-    mem.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
+    mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
     memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin);
   }
-  mem.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
+  mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
 
   /* Update allocator performance statistics. */
-  mem.nAlloc++;
-  mem.totalAlloc += iFullSz;
-  mem.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
-  mem.currentCount++;
-  mem.currentOut += iFullSz;
-  if( mem.maxCount=0 && i=0 && iBlock0 );
-  assert( mem.currentOut>=0 );
-  mem.currentCount--;
-  mem.currentOut -= size*POW2_MIN;
-  assert( mem.currentOut>0 || mem.currentCount==0 );
-  assert( mem.currentCount>0 || mem.currentOut==0 );
-
-  mem.aCtrl[i] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-  while( iLogsize0 );
+  assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) );
+  mem5.currentCount--;
+  mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom;
+  assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
+  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );
+
+  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
+  while( ALWAYS(iLogsize>iLogsize) & 1 ){
-      iBuddy = i - size;
+    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
+      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
     }else{
-      iBuddy = i + size;
+      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
     }
-    assert( iBuddy>=0 && iBuddy=0 );
+    if( (iBuddy+(1<mem5.nBlock ) break;
+    if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
     memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize);
     iLogsize++;
-    if( iBuddy0 ){
     memsys5Enter();
-    p = memsys5Malloc(nBytes);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+    p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
+    memsys5Leave();
   }
   return (void*)p; 
 }
 
 /*
 ** Free memory.
+**
+** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
+** being called with pPrior==0.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *pPrior){
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( mem.mutex!=0 );
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  memsys5Free(pPrior);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
+static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  memsys5Enter();
+  memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
+  memsys5Leave();  
 }
 
 /*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
+**
+** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from
+** being called with pPrior==0.  
+**
+** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to
+** memsys5Round().  Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power
+** of two.  If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation
+** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this
+** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior.
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
+static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
   int nOld;
   void *p;
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
-  }
-  if( nBytes<=0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
+  assert( pPrior!=0 );
+  assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 );
+  assert( nBytes>=0 );
+  if( nBytes==0 ){
     return 0;
   }
-  assert( mem.mutex!=0 );
-  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pPrior);
+  nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
   if( nBytes<=nOld ){
     return pPrior;
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  p = memsys5Malloc(nBytes);
+  memsys5Enter();
+  p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
   if( p ){
     memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
-    memsys5Free(pPrior);
+    memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+  memsys5Leave();
   return p;
 }
 
 /*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.  If
+** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system,
+** return 0.
+**
+** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a
+** 32-bit signed integer.  Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000
+** or 1073741824 bytes.
+*/
+static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
+  int iFullSz;
+  if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0;
+  for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz 0
+**             memsys5Log(2) -> 1
+**             memsys5Log(4) -> 2
+**             memsys5Log(5) -> 3
+**             memsys5Log(8) -> 3
+**             memsys5Log(9) -> 4
+*/
+static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
+  int iLog;
+  for(iLog=0; (1<mem5.szAtom ){
+    mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1;
+  }
+
+  mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8)));
+  mem5.zPool = zByte;
+  mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom];
+
+  for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
+    mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
+  }
+
+  iOffset = 0;
+  for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
+    int nAlloc = (1<mem5.nBlock);
+  }
+
+  /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){
+    mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  mem5.mutex = 0;
+  return;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
 ** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
 ** allocations into that log.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
   FILE *out;
   int i, j, n;
+  int nMinLog;
 
   if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
     out = stdout;
@@ -12836,29 +14361,48 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
     }
   }
   memsys5Enter();
-  for(i=0; i=0; j = mem.aPool[j].u.list.next, n++){}
-    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", POW2_MIN << i, n);
-  }
-  fprintf(out, "mem.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem.nAlloc);
-  fprintf(out, "mem.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem.totalAlloc);
-  fprintf(out, "mem.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem.totalExcess);
-  fprintf(out, "mem.currentOut   = %u\n", mem.currentOut);
-  fprintf(out, "mem.currentCount = %u\n", mem.currentCount);
-  fprintf(out, "mem.maxOut       = %u\n", mem.maxOut);
-  fprintf(out, "mem.maxCount     = %u\n", mem.maxCount);
-  fprintf(out, "mem.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem.maxRequest);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
+  nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom);
+  for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
+    for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
+    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n);
+  }
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut   = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut       = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount     = %u\n", mem5.maxCount);
+  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
+  memsys5Leave();
   if( out==stdout ){
     fflush(stdout);
   }else{
     fclose(out);
   }
-#endif
 }
+#endif
 
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
+** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
+** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
+  static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = {
+     memsys5Malloc,
+     memsys5Free,
+     memsys5Realloc,
+     memsys5Size,
+     memsys5Roundup,
+     memsys5Init,
+     memsys5Shutdown,
+     0
+  };
+  return &memsys5Methods;
+}
 
-#endif /* !SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */
 
 /************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/
 /************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/
@@ -12875,22 +14419,218 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
 *************************************************************************
 ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
 **
-** The implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
+** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.
+
+**
+** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.31 2009/07/16 18:21:18 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT)
+/*
+** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized
+** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to
+** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0;
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+/*
+** Initialize the mutex system.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
+      /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
+      ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to 
+      ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
+      ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
+      */
+      sqlite3_mutex_methods *pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
+      sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+
+      memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc));
+      memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree,
+             sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree));
+      pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1;
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
+** sqlite3MutexInit().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
+    rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
+  }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) );
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
+}
+
+/*
+** Free a dynamic mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block
+** until it can be obtained.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another
+** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p ){
+    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
+** entered by the same thread.  The behavior is undefined if the mutex 
+** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
+** this function is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT */
+
+/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 07
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
+**
+** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
 ** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
-** that use SQLite in a single thread.  But this implementation
-** does do a lot of error checking on mutexes to make sure they
-** are called correctly and at appropriate times.  Hence, this
-** implementation is suitable for testing.
-** debugging purposes
+** that use SQLite in a single thread.  The routines defined
+** here are place-holders.  Applications can substitute working
+** mutex routines at start-time using the
+**
+**     sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...)
+**
+** interface.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted
+** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being
+** called correctly.
 **
-** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.17 2008/03/26 18:34:43 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: mutex_noop.c,v 1.3 2008/12/05 17:17:08 drh Exp $
 */
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 /*
-** In this implementation, mutexes do not provide any mutual exclusion.
-** But the error checking is provided.  This implementation is useful
-** for test purposes.
+** Stub routines for all mutex methods.
+**
+** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking.
+*/
+static int noopMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; }
+static int noopMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; }
+static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; }
+static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
+static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
+static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    noopMutexInit,
+    noopMutexEnd,
+    noopMutexAlloc,
+    noopMutexFree,
+    noopMutexEnter,
+    noopMutexTry,
+    noopMutexLeave,
+
+    noopMutexHeld,
+    noopMutexNotheld
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/*
+** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing
+** and debugging purposes.  The mutexes still do not provide any
+** mutual exclusion.
 */
 
 /*
@@ -12902,17 +14642,34 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
 };
 
 /*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
+}
+static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
 ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
 ** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
 ** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
 */
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
+static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
   static sqlite3_mutex aStatic[6];
   sqlite3_mutex *pNew = 0;
   switch( id ){
     case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
     case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
-      pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
+      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
       if( pNew ){
         pNew->id = id;
         pNew->cnt = 0;
@@ -12921,7 +14678,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
     }
     default: {
       assert( id-2 >= 0 );
-      assert( id-2 < sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0]) );
+      assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) );
       pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
       pNew->id = id;
       break;
@@ -12933,8 +14690,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
 /*
 ** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
+static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   assert( p->cnt==0 );
   assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
   sqlite3_free(p);
@@ -12951,14 +14707,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 ** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
 ** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) );
+static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
   p->cnt++;
 }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) );
+static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
   p->cnt++;
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
@@ -12969,26 +14723,31 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
 ** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p) );
+static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( debugMutexHeld(p) );
   p->cnt--;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
 }
 
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use inside assert() statements.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    debugMutexInit,
+    debugMutexEnd,
+    debugMutexAlloc,
+    debugMutexFree,
+    debugMutexEnter,
+    debugMutexTry,
+    debugMutexLeave,
+
+    debugMutexHeld,
+    debugMutexNotheld
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG */
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
 
-/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
+/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/
 /************** Begin file mutex_os2.c ***************************************/
 /*
 ** 2007 August 28
@@ -13003,7 +14762,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 *************************************************************************
 ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for OS/2
 **
-** $Id: mutex_os2.c,v 1.6 2008/03/26 18:34:43 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: mutex_os2.c,v 1.11 2008/11/22 19:50:54 pweilbacher Exp $
 */
 
 /*
@@ -13031,6 +14790,12 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
 #define OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER   0,0,0,0
 
 /*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int os2MutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int os2MutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
 ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
 ** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
 ** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
@@ -13069,7 +14834,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
 ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
 ** the same type number.
 */
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){
+static sqlite3_mutex *os2MutexAlloc(int iType){
   sqlite3_mutex *p = NULL;
   switch( iType ){
     case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
@@ -13107,7 +14872,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){
           mutex = 0;
           rc = DosCreateMutexSem( name, &mutex, 0, FALSE);
           if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
-            int i;
+            unsigned int i;
             if( !isInit ){
               for( i = 0; i < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++ ){
                 DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, FALSE );
@@ -13137,8 +14902,8 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){
 ** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
 ** SQLite is careful to deallocate every mutex that it allocates.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
+static void os2MutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
   assert( p->nRef==0 );
   assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
   DosCloseMutexSem( p->mutex );
@@ -13156,24 +14921,24 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 ** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
 ** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static void os2MutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   TID tid;
   PID holder1;
   ULONG holder2;
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) );
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
   DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT);
   DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
   p->owner = tid;
   p->nRef++;
 }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static int os2MutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   int rc;
   TID tid;
   PID holder1;
   ULONG holder2;
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) );
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
   if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR) {
     DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
     p->owner = tid;
@@ -13192,10 +14957,11 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
 ** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static void os2MutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   TID tid;
   PID holder1;
   ULONG holder2;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
   assert( p->nRef>0 );
   DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
   assert( p->owner==tid );
@@ -13204,11 +14970,12 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   DosReleaseMutexSem(p->mutex);
 }
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 /*
 ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
 ** intended for use inside assert() statements.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static int os2MutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   TID tid;
   PID pid;
   ULONG ulCount;
@@ -13221,7 +14988,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   }
   return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==tid);
 }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static int os2MutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   TID tid;
   PID pid;
   ULONG ulCount;
@@ -13234,6 +15001,25 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   }
   return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
 }
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    os2MutexInit,
+    os2MutexEnd,
+    os2MutexAlloc,
+    os2MutexFree,
+    os2MutexEnter,
+    os2MutexTry,
+    os2MutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    os2MutexHeld,
+    os2MutexNotheld
+#endif
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
 #endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 */
 
 /************** End of mutex_os2.c *******************************************/
@@ -13251,7 +15037,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 *************************************************************************
 ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
 **
-** $Id: mutex_unix.c,v 1.7 2008/03/29 12:47:27 rse Exp $
+** $Id: mutex_unix.c,v 1.16 2008/12/08 18:19:18 drh Exp $
 */
 
 /*
@@ -13285,6 +15071,37 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
 #endif
 
 /*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
+** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
+** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
+** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
+** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a 
+** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic.  But we are
+** told that HPUX is not such a platform.  If so, then these routines
+** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
+**
+** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite
+** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to
+** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
+** routines are never called.
+*/
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
+}
+static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+
+/*
 ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
 ** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
 ** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
@@ -13299,6 +15116,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
 ** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
 ** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
 ** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
 ** 
 **
 ** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
@@ -13312,7 +15130,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
 ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
 **
 ** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Three static mutexes are
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
 ** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
 ** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
 ** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
@@ -13325,7 +15143,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
 ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
 ** the same type number.
 */
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){
+static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
   static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
     SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
     SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
@@ -13365,7 +15183,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){
     }
     default: {
       assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
-      assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
+      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) );
       p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
       p->id = iType;
       break;
@@ -13380,8 +15198,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){
 ** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
 ** mutex that it allocates.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
+static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   assert( p->nRef==0 );
   assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
   pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
@@ -13399,9 +15216,8 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 ** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
 ** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) );
+static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
   /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
@@ -13439,10 +15255,9 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   }
 #endif
 }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   int rc;
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
   /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
@@ -13460,7 +15275,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
     if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
       p->nRef++;
       rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else if( pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
+    }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
       assert( p->nRef==0 );
       p->owner = self;
       p->nRef = 1;
@@ -13495,9 +15310,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
 ** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p) );
+static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) );
   p->nRef--;
   assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
 
@@ -13516,30 +15330,27 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 #endif
 }
 
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
-** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
-** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
-** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
-** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a 
-** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic.  But we are
-** told that HPUX is not such a platform.  If so, then these routines
-** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
-**
-** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite
-** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to
-** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
-** routines are never called.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    pthreadMutexInit,
+    pthreadMutexEnd,
+    pthreadMutexAlloc,
+    pthreadMutexFree,
+    pthreadMutexEnter,
+    pthreadMutexTry,
+    pthreadMutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    pthreadMutexHeld,
+    pthreadMutexNotheld
+#else
+    0,
+    0
 #endif
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
+}
+
 #endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD */
 
 /************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/
@@ -13557,7 +15368,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 *************************************************************************
 ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
 **
-** $Id: mutex_w32.c,v 1.6 2008/03/26 18:34:43 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: mutex_w32.c,v 1.18 2009/08/10 03:23:21 shane Exp $
 */
 
 /*
@@ -13586,8 +15397,15 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
 ** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
 ** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
 ** the LockFileEx() API.
+**
+** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call,
+** which is only available if your application was compiled with 
+** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400.  Currently, the only
+** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef 
+** this out as well.
 */
-#if OS_WINCE
+#if 0
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
 # define mutexIsNT()  (1)
 #else
   static int mutexIsNT(void){
@@ -13600,8 +15418,66 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
     }
     return osType==2;
   }
-#endif /* OS_WINCE */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
+}
+static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=GetCurrentThreadId();
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
+*/
+static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6];
+static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
+/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part
+** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown()
+** processing, the "interlocked" magic is probably not
+** strictly necessary.
+*/
+static long winMutex_lock = 0;
+
+static int winMutexInit(void){ 
+  /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */
+  if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i
-** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST               0
-** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE          1
-** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER      2
-** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM         3
-** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG        4
+** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** 
    •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
 ** 
 **
 ** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
@@ -13629,7 +15508,7 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
 ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
 **
 ** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Three static mutexes are
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Six static mutexes are
 ** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
 ** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
 ** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
@@ -13642,37 +15521,24 @@ struct sqlite3_mutex {
 ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
 ** the same type number.
 */
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){
+static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
   sqlite3_mutex *p;
 
   switch( iType ){
     case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
     case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
       p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-      if( p ){
+      if( p ){  
         p->id = iType;
         InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
       }
       break;
     }
     default: {
-      static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[6];
-      static int isInit = 0;
-      while( !isInit ){
-        static long lock = 0;
-        if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){
-          int i;
-          for(i=0; i= 0 );
-      assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
-      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
+      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );
+      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
       p->id = iType;
       break;
     }
@@ -13686,7 +15552,7 @@ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int iType){
 ** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
 ** mutex that it allocates.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   assert( p );
   assert( p->nRef==0 );
   assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
@@ -13705,17 +15571,15 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 ** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
 ** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) );
+static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) );
   EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
   p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
   p->nRef++;
 }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p) );
+  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) );
   /*
   ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
   ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
@@ -13733,6 +15597,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
     p->nRef++;
     rc = SQLITE_OK;
   }
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
 #endif
   return rc;
 }
@@ -13743,7 +15609,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
 ** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   assert( p->nRef>0 );
   assert( p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId() );
   p->nRef--;
@@ -13751,15 +15617,25 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
   LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
 }
 
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId());
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=GetCurrentThreadId();
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+    winMutexInit,
+    winMutexEnd,
+    winMutexAlloc,
+    winMutexFree,
+    winMutexEnter,
+    winMutexTry,
+    winMutexLeave,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    winMutexHeld,
+    winMutexNotheld
+#else
+    0,
+    0
+#endif
+  };
+
+  return &sMutex;
 }
 #endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */
 
@@ -13776,10 +15652,10 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
 *************************************************************************
-** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
 **
+** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
 **
-** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.15 2008/03/26 18:34:43 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.66 2009/07/17 11:44:07 drh Exp $
 */
 
 /*
@@ -13789,15 +15665,16 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
 */
 static void softHeapLimitEnforcer(
   void *NotUsed, 
-  sqlite3_int64 inUse,
+  sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2,
   int allocSize
 ){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
   sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize);
 }
 
 /*
-** Set the soft heap-size limit for the current thread. Passing a
-** zero or negative value indicates no limit.
+** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or 
+** negative value indicates no limit.
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
   sqlite3_uint64 iLimit;
@@ -13807,36 +15684,487 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
   }else{
     iLimit = n;
   }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  sqlite3_initialize();
+#endif
   if( iLimit>0 ){
-    sqlite3_memory_alarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit);
+    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit);
   }else{
-    sqlite3_memory_alarm(0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
   }
-  overage = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
+  overage = (int)(sqlite3_memory_used() - (i64)n);
   if( overage>0 ){
     sqlite3_release_memory(overage);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Release memory held by SQLite instances created by the current thread.
+** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
+** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
+** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
 */
 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  int nRet = sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(n);
-  nRet += sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(n-nRet);
+  int nRet = 0;
+#if 0
+  nRet += sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(n);
+#endif
+  nRet += sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n-nRet);
   return nRet;
 #else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
   return SQLITE_OK;
 #endif
 }
 
+/*
+** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
+  /* Number of free pages for scratch and page-cache memory */
+  u32 nScratchFree;
+  u32 nPageFree;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Mutex to serialize access */
+
+  /*
+  ** The alarm callback and its arguments.  The mem0.mutex lock will
+  ** be held while the callback is running.  Recursive calls into
+  ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
+  ** issued.
+  */
+  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
+  void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int);
+  void *alarmArg;
+
+  /*
+  ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch and
+  ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage to a block of memory that records
+  ** which pages are available.
+  */
+  u32 *aScratchFree;
+  u32 *aPageFree;
+} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
+    sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+  }
+  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
+      && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>=0 ){
+    int i;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch-4);
+    mem0.aScratchFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch)
+                  [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch];
+    for(i=0; i=512
+      && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage>=1 ){
+    int i;
+    int overhead;
+    int sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage);
+    int n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage;
+    overhead = (4*n + sz - 1)/sz;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage -= overhead;
+    mem0.aPageFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage)
+                  [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage];
+    for(i=0; i= mem0.alarmThreshold ){
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
+    }
+  }
+  p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+  if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
+    sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
+    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+  }
+  if( p ){
+    nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
+  }
+  *pp = p;
+  return nFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
+** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  if( n<=0 || n>=0x7fffff00 ){
+    /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum
+    ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the
+    ** xMalloc().  Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving
+    ** 255 bytes of overhead.  SQLite itself will never use anything near
+    ** this amount.  The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */
+    p = 0;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
+** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
+** allocation.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
+** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
+** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
+** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+static int scratchAllocOut = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away.
+** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended
+** for situations where the memory might be held long-term.  This
+** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data
+** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an
+** embedded processor.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
+  void *p;
+  assert( n>0 );
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
+  /* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread
+  ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
+  ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
+  ** would be much more complicated.) */
+  assert( scratchAllocOut==0 );
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch=(void*)mem0.aScratchFree ){
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
+        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+      }
+    }else{
+      int i;
+      i = (int)((u8*)p - (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch);
+      i /= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch;
+      assert( i>=0 && i=db->lookaside.pStart && plookaside.pEnd;
+}
+#else
+#define isLookaside(A,B) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from
+** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+    return db->lookaside.sz;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p));
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
+** connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+    LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
+    pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+    db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
+    db->lookaside.nOut--;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
+  int nOld, nNew;
+  void *pNew;
+  if( pOld==0 ){
+    return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes);
+  }
+  if( nBytes<=0 ){
+    sqlite3_free(pOld);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
+    /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
+  nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
+  if( nOld==nNew ){
+    pNew = pOld;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
+    if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)+nNew-nOld >= 
+          mem0.alarmThreshold ){
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nNew-nOld);
+    }
+    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+    if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
+      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
+      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+    }
+    if( pNew ){
+      nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+  }else{
+    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
+** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
+  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
+}
+
 
 /*
 ** Allocate and zero memory.
 */ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(unsigned n){
-  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
   if( p ){
     memset(p, 0, n);
   }
@@ -13847,7 +16175,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(unsigned n){
 ** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
 ** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, unsigned n){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){
   void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
   if( p ){
     memset(p, 0, n);
@@ -13858,28 +16186,78 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, unsigned n){
 /*
 ** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
 ** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
+**
+** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc
+** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0.
+** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts
+** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset.
+** This is an important assumption.  There are many places in the
+** code that do things like this:
+**
+**         int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100);
+**         int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200);
+**         if( b ) a[10] = 9;
+**
+** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
+** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, unsigned n){
-  void *p = 0;
-  if( !db || db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-    p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
-    if( !p && db ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
+  void *p;
+  assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+  if( db ){
+    LookasideSlot *pBuf;
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      return 0;
     }
+    if( db->lookaside.bEnabled && n<=db->lookaside.sz
+         && (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)!=0 ){
+      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
+      db->lookaside.nOut++;
+      if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
+        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+      }
+      return (void*)pBuf;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
+  if( !p && db ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
   }
   return p;
 }
 
 /*
 ** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
-** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag inthe connection object.
+** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
   void *pNew = 0;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
   if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-    pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
-    if( !pNew ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    if( p==0 ){
+      return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+    }
+    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+      if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){
+        return p;
+      }
+      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
+      if( pNew ){
+        memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+      }
+    }else{
+      pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
+      if( !pNew ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
     }
   }
   return pNew;
@@ -13893,7 +16271,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
   void *pNew;
   pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
   if( !pNew ){
-    sqlite3_free(p);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
   }
   return pNew;
 }
@@ -13905,75 +16283,48 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
 ** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
 ** ThreadData structure.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrDup(const char *z){
-  char *zNew;
-  int n;
-  if( z==0 ) return 0;
-  n = strlen(z)+1;
-  zNew = sqlite3_malloc(n);
-  if( zNew ) memcpy(zNew, z, n);
-  return zNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char *z, int n){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
   char *zNew;
-  if( z==0 ) return 0;
-  zNew = sqlite3_malloc(n+1);
+  size_t n;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1;
+  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
+  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
   if( zNew ){
     memcpy(zNew, z, n);
-    zNew[n] = 0;
-  }
-  return zNew;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
-  char *zNew = sqlite3StrDup(z);
-  if( z && !zNew ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
   }
   return zNew;
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
-  char *zNew = sqlite3StrNDup(z, n);
-  if( z && !zNew ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  char *zNew;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
+  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
+  if( zNew ){
+    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
+    zNew[n] = 0;
   }
   return zNew;
 }
 
 /*
-** Create a string from the 2nd and subsequent arguments (up to the
-** first NULL argument), store the string in memory obtained from
-** sqliteMalloc() and make the pointer indicated by the 1st argument
-** point to that string.  The 1st argument must either be NULL or 
-** point to memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().
+** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows.
+** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz
+** point to that string.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, ...){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
   va_list ap;
-  int nByte;
-  const char *z;
-  char *zResult;
+  char *z;
 
-  assert( pz!=0 );
-  nByte = 1;
-  va_start(ap, pz);
-  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
-    nByte += strlen(z);
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-  sqlite3_free(*pz);
-  *pz = zResult = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  if( zResult==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  *zResult = 0;
-  va_start(ap, pz);
-  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
-    int n = strlen(z);
-    memcpy(zResult, z, n);
-    zResult += n;
-  }
-  zResult[0] = 0;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
   va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
+  *pz = z;
 }
 
 
@@ -13983,10 +16334,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, ...){
 ** sqlite3_realloc.
 **
 ** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
-** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occured since the previous
+** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous
 ** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
 **
-** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occured,
+** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred,
 ** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode())
 ** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
 */
@@ -13996,7 +16347,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
   ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
   */
   assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
+  if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){
     sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
     db->mallocFailed = 0;
     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
@@ -14013,6 +16364,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
 ** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
 ** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
 **
+** $Id: printf.c,v 1.104 2009/06/03 01:24:54 drh Exp $
+**
 **************************************************************************
 **
 ** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
@@ -14073,15 +16426,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
 #define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
 #define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
 /* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
-#define etCHARLIT    10 /* Literal characters.  %' */
-#define etSQLESCAPE  11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
-#define etSQLESCAPE2 12 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
+#define etSQLESCAPE  10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
+#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
                           NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
-#define etTOKEN      13 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
-#define etSRCLIST    14 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
-#define etPOINTER    15 /* The %p conversion */
-#define etSQLESCAPE3 16 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
-#define etORDINAL    17 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */
+#define etTOKEN      12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
+#define etSRCLIST    13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
+#define etPOINTER    14 /* The %p conversion */
+#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
+#define etORDINAL    16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */
+
+#define etINVALID     0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */
 
 
 /*
@@ -14139,11 +16493,13 @@ static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
   {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
   {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
   {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
+
+/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal
+** use only */
   {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
   {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
   {  'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
 };
-#define etNINFO  (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0]))
 
 /*
 ** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
@@ -14163,7 +16519,7 @@ static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
 ** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
 ** always returned.
 */
-static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
+static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
   int digit;
   LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
   if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
@@ -14171,7 +16527,7 @@ static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
   d = digit;
   digit += '0';
   *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
-  return digit;
+  return (char)digit;
 }
 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
 
@@ -14180,7 +16536,7 @@ static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
 */
 static void appendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){
   static const char zSpaces[] = "                             ";
-  while( N>=sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){
+  while( N>=(int)sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){
     sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, sizeof(zSpaces)-1);
     N -= sizeof(zSpaces)-1;
   }
@@ -14191,11 +16547,14 @@ static void appendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){
 
 /*
 ** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
-** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350.  But beware - for
-** smaller values some %f conversions may go into an infinite loop.
+** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350.
 */
 #ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350
+# if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
+#   define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 50
+# else
+#   define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350
+# endif
 #endif
 #define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */
 
@@ -14226,7 +16585,7 @@ static void appendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){
 ** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast
 ** will run.
 */
-static void vxprintf(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
   StrAccum *pAccum,                  /* Accumulate results here */
   int useExtended,                   /* Allow extended %-conversions */
   const char *fmt,                   /* Format string */
@@ -14252,8 +16611,7 @@ static void vxprintf(
   const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
   char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
   char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
-  etByte errorflag = 0;      /* True if an error is encountered */
-  etByte xtype;              /* Conversion paradigm */
+  etByte xtype = 0;          /* Conversion paradigm */
   char *zExtra;              /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
   int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
@@ -14276,7 +16634,6 @@ static void vxprintf(
       if( c==0 ) break;
     }
     if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
-      errorflag = 1;
       sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
       break;
     }
@@ -14344,8 +16701,9 @@ static void vxprintf(
       flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
     }
     /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
-    infop = 0;
-    for(idx=0; idxflags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
@@ -14357,9 +16715,6 @@ static void vxprintf(
       }
     }
     zExtra = 0;
-    if( infop==0 ){
-      return;
-    }
 
 
     /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
@@ -14397,9 +16752,13 @@ static void vxprintf(
       case etRADIX:
         if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
           i64 v;
-          if( flag_longlong )   v = va_arg(ap,i64);
-          else if( flag_long )  v = va_arg(ap,long int);
-          else                  v = va_arg(ap,int);
+          if( flag_longlong ){
+            v = va_arg(ap,i64);
+          }else if( flag_long ){
+            v = va_arg(ap,long int);
+          }else{
+            v = va_arg(ap,int);
+          }
           if( v<0 ){
             longvalue = -v;
             prefix = '-';
@@ -14410,9 +16769,13 @@ static void vxprintf(
             else                       prefix = 0;
           }
         }else{
-          if( flag_longlong )   longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
-          else if( flag_long )  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
-          else                  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
+          if( flag_longlong ){
+            longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
+          }else if( flag_long ){
+            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
+          }else{
+            longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
+          }
           prefix = 0;
         }
         if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
@@ -14422,7 +16785,7 @@ static void vxprintf(
         bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
         if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
           static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
-          int x = longvalue % 10;
+          int x = (int)(longvalue % 10);
           if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
             x = 0;
           }
@@ -14440,7 +16803,7 @@ static void vxprintf(
             longvalue = longvalue/base;
           }while( longvalue>0 );
         }
-        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        length = (int)(&buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt);
         for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
           *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
         }
@@ -14449,11 +16812,9 @@ static void vxprintf(
           const char *pre;
           char x;
           pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
-          if( *bufpt!=pre[0] ){
-            for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
-          }
+          for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
         }
-        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
+        length = (int)(&buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt);
         break;
       case etFLOAT:
       case etEXP:
@@ -14481,7 +16842,7 @@ static void vxprintf(
         if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
         /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
         exp = 0;
-        if( sqlite3IsNaN(realvalue) ){
+        if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){
           bufpt = "NaN";
           length = 3;
           break;
@@ -14490,9 +16851,9 @@ static void vxprintf(
           while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; }
           while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; }
           while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
-          while( realvalue<1e-8 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
-          while( realvalue<1.0 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
-          if( exp>350 || exp<-350 ){
+          while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
+          while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
+          if( exp>350 ){
             if( prefix=='-' ){
               bufpt = "-Inf";
             }else if( prefix=='+' ){
@@ -14500,7 +16861,7 @@ static void vxprintf(
             }else{
               bufpt = "Inf";
             }
-            length = strlen(bufpt);
+            length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
             break;
           }
         }
@@ -14531,7 +16892,7 @@ static void vxprintf(
           e2 = exp;
         }
         nsd = 0;
-        flag_dp = (precision>0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
+        flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
         /* The sign in front of the number */
         if( prefix ){
           *(bufpt++) = prefix;
@@ -14550,7 +16911,8 @@ static void vxprintf(
         }
         /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
         ** significant digit of the number */
-        for(e2++; e2<0 && precision>0; precision--, e2++){
+        for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){
+          assert( precision>0 );
           *(bufpt++) = '0';
         }
         /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
@@ -14570,7 +16932,7 @@ static void vxprintf(
           }
         }
         /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
-        if( flag_exp || (xtype==etEXP && exp) ){
+        if( flag_exp || xtype==etEXP ){
           *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
           if( exp<0 ){
             *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
@@ -14578,18 +16940,18 @@ static void vxprintf(
             *(bufpt++) = '+';
           }
           if( exp>=100 ){
-            *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0';                /* 100's digit */
+            *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0');        /* 100's digit */
             exp %= 100;
           }
-          *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0';                     /* 10's digit */
-          *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0';                     /* 1's digit */
+          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0');             /* 10's digit */
+          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0');             /* 1's digit */
         }
         *bufpt = 0;
 
         /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
         ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
         ** integer conversions. */
-        length = bufpt-buf;
+        length = (int)(bufpt-buf);
         bufpt = buf;
 
         /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
@@ -14615,11 +16977,11 @@ static void vxprintf(
         bufpt = buf;
         length = 1;
         break;
-      case etCHARLIT:
       case etCHARX:
-        c = buf[0] = (xtype==etCHARX ? va_arg(ap,int) : *++fmt);
+        c = va_arg(ap,int);
+        buf[0] = (char)c;
         if( precision>=0 ){
-          for(idx=1; idx=0 ){
           for(length=0; lengthetBUFSIZE ){
-          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3_malloc( n );
-          if( bufpt==0 ) return;
+          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
+          if( bufpt==0 ){
+            pAccum->mallocFailed = 1;
+            return;
+          }
         }else{
           bufpt = buf;
         }
@@ -14675,7 +17041,7 @@ static void vxprintf(
       }
       case etTOKEN: {
         Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
-        if( pToken && pToken->z ){
+        if( pToken ){
           sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
         }
         length = width = 0;
@@ -14686,7 +17052,7 @@ static void vxprintf(
         int k = va_arg(ap, int);
         struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
         assert( k>=0 && knSrc );
-        if( pItem->zDatabase && pItem->zDatabase[0] ){
+        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
           sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1);
           sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
         }
@@ -14694,6 +17060,10 @@ static void vxprintf(
         length = width = 0;
         break;
       }
+      default: {
+        assert( xtype==etINVALID );
+        return;
+      }
     }/* End switch over the format type */
     /*
     ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
@@ -14727,13 +17097,16 @@ static void vxprintf(
 ** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
+  assert( z!=0 || N==0 );
   if( p->tooBig | p->mallocFailed ){
+    testcase(p->tooBig);
+    testcase(p->mallocFailed);
     return;
   }
   if( N<0 ){
-    N = strlen(z);
+    N = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
   }
-  if( N==0 ){
+  if( N==0 || NEVER(z==0) ){
     return;
   }
   if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
@@ -14745,19 +17118,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
         return;
       }
     }else{
-      i64 szNew = p->nAlloc;
+      i64 szNew = p->nChar;
       szNew += N + 1;
       if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
-        p->nAlloc = p->mxAlloc;
-        if( ((i64)p->nChar)+((i64)N) >= p->nAlloc ){
-          sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
-          p->tooBig = 1;
-          return;
-        }
+        sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+        p->tooBig = 1;
+        return;
       }else{
-        p->nAlloc = szNew;
+        p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
       }
-      zNew = sqlite3_malloc( p->nAlloc );
+      zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nAlloc );
       if( zNew ){
         memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
         sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
@@ -14782,7 +17152,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
   if( p->zText ){
     p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
     if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){
-      p->zText = sqlite3_malloc( p->nChar+1 );
+      p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
       if( p->zText ){
         memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
       }else{
@@ -14798,16 +17168,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
   if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){
-    sqlite3_free(p->zText);
-    p->zText = 0;
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
   }
+  p->zText = 0;
 }
 
 /*
 ** Initialize a string accumulator
 */
-static void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
   p->zText = p->zBase = zBase;
+  p->db = 0;
   p->nChar = 0;
   p->nAlloc = n;
   p->mxAlloc = mx;
@@ -14824,11 +17195,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list a
   char *z;
   char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
   StrAccum acc;
+  assert( db!=0 );
   sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
-                      db ? db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] : SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-  vxprintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap);
+                      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
+  acc.db = db;
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap);
   z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  if( acc.mallocFailed && db ){
+  if( acc.mallocFailed ){
     db->mallocFailed = 1;
   }
   return z;
@@ -14848,6 +17221,24 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
 }
 
 /*
+** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting
+** the string and before returnning.  This routine is intended to be used
+** to modify an existing string.  For example:
+**
+**       x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x);
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *z;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr);
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
 ** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
 ** %-conversion extensions.
 */
@@ -14855,8 +17246,11 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
   char *z;
   char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
   StrAccum acc;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
   sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-  vxprintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
   z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
   return z;
 }
@@ -14868,6 +17262,9 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
 SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
   va_list ap;
   char *z;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
+#endif
   va_start(ap, zFormat);
   z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
   va_end(ap);
@@ -14891,13 +17288,13 @@ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
   sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0);
   acc.useMalloc = 0;
   va_start(ap,zFormat);
-  vxprintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
   va_end(ap);
   z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
   return z;
 }
 
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 /*
 ** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
 ** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
@@ -14910,7 +17307,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
   sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
   acc.useMalloc = 0;
   va_start(ap,zFormat);
-  vxprintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
   va_end(ap);
   sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
   fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
@@ -14937,14 +17334,14 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
 ** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
 ** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
 **
-** $Id: random.c,v 1.23 2008/03/21 16:45:47 drh Exp $
+** $Id: random.c,v 1.29 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $
 */
 
 
 /* All threads share a single random number generator.
 ** This structure is the current state of the generator.
 */
-static struct sqlite3PrngType {
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType {
   unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
   unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
   unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
@@ -14966,10 +17363,24 @@ static struct sqlite3PrngType {
 ** (Later):  Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of
 ** randomness any more.  But we will leave this code in all the same.
 */
-static int randomByte(void){
+static u8 randomByte(void){
   unsigned char t;
 
 
+  /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator
+  ** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+  ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+  ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly
+  ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng);
+# define wsdPrng p[0]
+#else
+# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng
+#endif
+
+
   /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
   ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
   ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
@@ -14979,33 +17390,33 @@ static int randomByte(void){
   ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
   ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
   */
-  if( !sqlite3Prng.isInit ){
+  if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){
     int i;
     char k[256];
-    sqlite3Prng.j = 0;
-    sqlite3Prng.i = 0;
+    wsdPrng.j = 0;
+    wsdPrng.i = 0;
     sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k);
     for(i=0; i<256; i++){
-      sqlite3Prng.s[i] = i;
+      wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i;
     }
     for(i=0; i<256; i++){
-      sqlite3Prng.j += sqlite3Prng.s[i] + k[i];
-      t = sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j];
-      sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j] = sqlite3Prng.s[i];
-      sqlite3Prng.s[i] = t;
+      wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i];
+      t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
+      wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i];
+      wsdPrng.s[i] = t;
     }
-    sqlite3Prng.isInit = 1;
+    wsdPrng.isInit = 1;
   }
 
   /* Generate and return single random byte
   */
-  sqlite3Prng.i++;
-  t = sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.i];
-  sqlite3Prng.j += t;
-  sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.i] = sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j];
-  sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.j] = t;
-  t += sqlite3Prng.s[sqlite3Prng.i];
-  return sqlite3Prng.s[t];
+  wsdPrng.i++;
+  t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+  wsdPrng.j += t;
+  wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
+  wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
+  t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
+  return wsdPrng.s[t];
 }
 
 /*
@@ -15013,10 +17424,9 @@ static int randomByte(void){
 */
 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
   unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
-  static sqlite3_mutex *mutex = 0;
-  if( mutex==0 ){
-    mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
-  }
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
+#endif
   sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
   while( N-- ){
     *(zBuf++) = randomByte();
@@ -15027,19 +17437,30 @@ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
 /*
 ** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of
-** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time.
+** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or
+** to reset the PRNG to its initial state.  These routines accomplish
+** those tasks.
+**
 ** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to
 ** control the PRNG.
 */
-static struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){
-  memcpy(&sqlite3SavedPrng, &sqlite3Prng, sizeof(sqlite3Prng));
+  memcpy(
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
+    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
+  );
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
-  memcpy(&sqlite3Prng, &sqlite3SavedPrng, sizeof(sqlite3Prng));
+  memcpy(
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
+    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
+    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
+  );
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){
-  sqlite3Prng.isInit = 0;
+  GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng).isInit = 0;
 }
 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
 
@@ -15059,7 +17480,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){
 ** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
 ** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
 **
-** $Id: utf.c,v 1.61 2008/03/28 15:44:10 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: utf.c,v 1.73 2009/04/01 18:40:32 drh Exp $
 **
 ** Notes on UTF-8:
 **
@@ -15100,19 +17521,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){
 ** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
 ** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
 ** this header information was factored out.
+**
+** $Id: vdbeInt.h,v 1.174 2009/06/23 14:15:04 drh Exp $
 */
 #ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
 #define _VDBEINT_H_
 
 /*
-** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid.  But with
-** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops.
-*/
-#define keyToInt(X)   (X)
-#define intToKey(X)   (X)
-
-
-/*
 ** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
 ** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
 ** of the following structure.
@@ -15134,55 +17549,88 @@ typedef unsigned char Bool;
 ** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
 ** instance of the following structure.
 **
-** If the Cursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
+** If the VdbeCursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
 ** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of
-** a row trigger.  The data for the row is stored in Cursor.pData and
-** the rowid is in Cursor.iKey.
+** a row trigger.  The data for the row is stored in VdbeCursor.pData and
+** the rowid is in VdbeCursor.iKey.
 */
-struct Cursor {
+struct VdbeCursor {
   BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
   int iDb;              /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
   i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
-  i64 nextRowid;        /* Next rowid returned by OP_NewRowid */
   Bool zeroed;          /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
   Bool rowidIsValid;    /* True if lastRowid is valid */
   Bool atFirst;         /* True if pointing to first entry */
   Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
   Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
-  Bool nextRowidValid;  /* True if the nextRowid field is valid */
-  Bool pseudoTable;     /* This is a NEW or OLD pseudo-tables of a trigger */
-  Bool ephemPseudoTable;
   Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
   Bool isTable;         /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
   Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
-  u8 bogusIncrKey;      /* Something for pIncrKey to point to if pKeyInfo==0 */
   i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
   Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
-  int nData;            /* Number of bytes in pData */
-  char *pData;          /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
-  i64 iKey;             /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
-  u8 *pIncrKey;         /* Pointer to pKeyInfo->incrKey */
+  int pseudoTableReg;   /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
   KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
   int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
   i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
   sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
   const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
 
+  /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or 
+  ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */
+  int seekResult;
+
   /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
-  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheValid is true.
+  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheStatus matches
+  ** Vdbe.cacheCtr.  Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
+  ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
+  ** the cache is out of date.
+  **
   ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
   ** be NULL.
   */
-  int cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
+  u32 cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
   int payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
   u32 *aType;           /* Type values for all entries in the record */
   u32 *aOffset;         /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
   u8 *aRow;             /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
 };
-typedef struct Cursor Cursor;
+typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
+
+/*
+** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
+** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
+** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
+** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, 
+** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
+** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
+** began executing.
+**
+** Frames are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pParent. Vdbe.pParent
+** is the parent of the current frame, or zero if the current frame
+** is the main Vdbe program.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
+struct VdbeFrame {
+  Vdbe *v;                /* VM this frame belongs to */
+  int pc;                 /* Program Counter */
+  Op *aOp;                /* Program instructions */
+  int nOp;                /* Size of aOp array */
+  Mem *aMem;              /* Array of memory cells */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of entries in aMem */
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* Element of Vdbe cursors */
+  u16 nCursor;            /* Number of entries in apCsr */
+  void *token;            /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
+  int nChildMem;          /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
+  int nChildCsr;          /* Number of cursors for child frame */
+  i64 lastRowid;          /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
+  int nChange;            /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
+  VdbeFrame *pParent;     /* Parent of this frame */
+};
+
+#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])
 
 /*
-** A value for Cursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
+** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
 */
 #define CACHE_STALE 0
 
@@ -15199,8 +17647,11 @@ typedef struct Cursor Cursor;
 */
 struct Mem {
   union {
-    i64 i;              /* Integer value. Or FuncDef* when flags==MEM_Agg */
+    i64 i;              /* Integer value. */
+    int nZero;          /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
     FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
+    RowSet *pRowSet;    /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame;  /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
   } u;
   double r;           /* Real value */
   sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
@@ -15233,21 +17684,21 @@ struct Mem {
 #define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
 #define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
 #define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
-
-#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
-  ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))|f)
+#define MEM_RowSet    0x0020   /* Value is a RowSet object */
+#define MEM_Frame     0x0040   /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
+#define MEM_TypeMask  0x00ff   /* Mask of type bits */
 
 /* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
 ** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
 ** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
 ** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
 */
-#define MEM_Term      0x0020   /* String rep is nul terminated */
-#define MEM_Dyn       0x0040   /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
-#define MEM_Static    0x0080   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
-#define MEM_Ephem     0x0100   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
-#define MEM_Agg       0x0400   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
-#define MEM_Zero      0x0800   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
+#define MEM_Term      0x0200   /* String rep is nul terminated */
+#define MEM_Dyn       0x0400   /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
+#define MEM_Static    0x0800   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
+#define MEM_Ephem     0x1000   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
+#define MEM_Agg       0x2000   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
+#define MEM_Zero      0x4000   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
   #undef MEM_Zero
@@ -15255,6 +17706,13 @@ struct Mem {
 #endif
 
 
+/*
+** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
+*/
+#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
+   ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
+
+
 /* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
 ** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
 ** of the function.  This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
@@ -15308,48 +17766,6 @@ struct Set {
 };
 
 /*
-** A FifoPage structure holds a single page of valves.  Pages are arranged
-** in a list.
-*/
-typedef struct FifoPage FifoPage;
-struct FifoPage {
-  int nSlot;         /* Number of entries aSlot[] */
-  int iWrite;        /* Push the next value into this entry in aSlot[] */
-  int iRead;         /* Read the next value from this entry in aSlot[] */
-  FifoPage *pNext;   /* Next page in the fifo */
-  i64 aSlot[1];      /* One or more slots for rowid values */
-};
-
-/*
-** The Fifo structure is typedef-ed in vdbeInt.h.  But the implementation
-** of that structure is private to this file.
-**
-** The Fifo structure describes the entire fifo.  
-*/
-typedef struct Fifo Fifo;
-struct Fifo {
-  int nEntry;         /* Total number of entries */
-  FifoPage *pFirst;   /* First page on the list */
-  FifoPage *pLast;    /* Last page on the list */
-};
-
-/*
-** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count,
-** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement).
-** The current keylist is also stored in the context.
-** Elements of Context structure type make up the ContextStack, which is
-** updated by the ContextPush and ContextPop opcodes (used by triggers).
-** The context is pushed before executing a trigger a popped when the
-** trigger finishes.
-*/
-typedef struct Context Context;
-struct Context {
-  i64 lastRowid;    /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
-  int nChange;      /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
-  Fifo sFifo;       /* Records that will participate in a DELETE or UPDATE */
-};
-
-/*
 ** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
 ** state of the virtual machine.
 **
@@ -15365,88 +17781,55 @@ struct Context {
 ** method function.
 */
 struct Vdbe {
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The whole database */
-  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
-  int nOp;            /* Number of instructions in the program */
-  int nOpAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
-  Op *aOp;            /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
-  int nLabel;         /* Number of labels used */
-  int nLabelAlloc;    /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
-  int *aLabel;        /* Space to hold the labels */
-  Mem **apArg;        /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
-  Mem *aColName;      /* Column names to return */
-  int nCursor;        /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
-  Cursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
-  int nVar;           /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
-  Mem *aVar;          /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
-  char **azVar;       /* Name of variables */
-  int okVar;          /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
-  int magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* The database connection that owns this statement */
+  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext;     /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
+  int nOp;                /* Number of instructions in the program */
+  int nOpAlloc;           /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
+  Op *aOp;                /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
+  int nLabel;             /* Number of labels used */
+  int nLabelAlloc;        /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
+  int *aLabel;            /* Space to hold the labels */
+  Mem **apArg;            /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
+  Mem *aColName;          /* Column names to return */
+  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
+  u16 nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
+  u16 nCursor;            /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
+  u8 errorAction;         /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
+  u8 okVar;               /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
+  u16 nVar;               /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
+  Mem *aVar;              /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
+  char **azVar;           /* Name of variables */
+  u32 magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
   int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
   Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
-  int nCallback;          /* Number of callbacks invoked so far */
-  int cacheCtr;           /* Cursor row cache generation counter */
-  Fifo sFifo;             /* A list of ROWIDs */
-  int contextStackTop;    /* Index of top element in the context stack */
-  int contextStackDepth;  /* The size of the "context" stack */
-  Context *contextStack;  /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/
+  u32 cacheCtr;           /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
   int pc;                 /* The program counter */
   int rc;                 /* Value to return */
-  unsigned uniqueCnt;     /* Used by OP_MakeRecord when P2!=0 */
-  int errorAction;        /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
-  int inTempTrans;        /* True if temp database is transactioned */
-  int returnStack[25];    /* Return address stack for OP_Gosub & OP_Return */
-  int returnDepth;        /* Next unused element in returnStack[] */
-  int nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
-  char **azResColumn;     /* Values for one row of result */ 
   char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
-  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
   u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
   u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
-  u8 aborted;             /* True if ROLLBACK in another VM causes an abort */
   u8 expired;             /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
   u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
   u8 inVtabMethod;        /* See comments above */
+  u8 usesStmtJournal;     /* True if uses a statement journal */
+  u8 readOnly;            /* True for read-only statements */
+  u8 isPrepareV2;         /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
   int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
-  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
   int btreeMask;          /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
+  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
   BtreeMutexArray aMutex; /* An array of Btree used here and needing locks */
-  int nSql;             /* Number of bytes in zSql */
-  char *zSql;           /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
+  int aCounter[2];        /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
+  char *zSql;             /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
+  void *pFree;            /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
+  i64 nFkConstraint;      /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */
+  i64 nStmtDefCons;       /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */
+  int iStatement;         /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  FILE *trace;        /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
+  FILE *trace;            /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
 #endif
-  int openedStatement;  /* True if this VM has opened a statement journal */
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-  int fetchId;          /* Statement number used by sqlite3_fetch_statement */
-  int lru;              /* Counter used for LRU cache replacement */
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  Vdbe *pLruPrev;
-  Vdbe *pLruNext;
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
-** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
-** values.
-**
-** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
-** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
-** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
-** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassemblied by the
-** OP_Column opcode.
-**
-** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
-** into its constitutent fields.
-*/
-struct UnpackedRecord {
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
-  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
-  u8 needFree;        /* True if memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
-  u8 needDestroy;     /* True if apMem[]s should be destroyed on close */
-  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* Parent frame */
+  int nFrame;             /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -15460,23 +17843,22 @@ struct UnpackedRecord {
 /*
 ** Function prototypes
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, Cursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
 void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
 #endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
 
 int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(Cursor*,UnpackedRecord *,int,const unsigned char*,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *, i64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(const u8*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
@@ -15491,8 +17873,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
@@ -15507,23 +17889,31 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int, int);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p);
 #endif
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(Vdbe *p);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p)
 #endif
+
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
 #endif
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo*, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo*, i64*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo*);
 
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
 SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
@@ -15536,17 +17926,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
 /************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
 /************** Continuing where we left off in utf.c ************************/
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
 /*
 ** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
 ** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
 
 /*
 ** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
 ** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
 */
-static const unsigned char sqlite3UtfTrans1[] = {
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
   0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
   0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
   0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
@@ -15560,67 +17952,65 @@ static const unsigned char sqlite3UtfTrans1[] = {
 
 #define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
   if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
-    *zOut++ = (c&0xFF);                                \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF);                            \
   }                                                    \
   else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
-    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + ((c>>6)&0x1F);                    \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F);                \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
   }                                                    \
   else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
-    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + ((c>>12)&0x0F);                   \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F);               \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
   }else{                                               \
-    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + ((c>>18) & 0x07);                 \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>12) & 0x3F);                 \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
+    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F);             \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F);              \
+    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F);                   \
   }                                                    \
 }
 
-#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                \
-  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
-    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
-    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
-  }else{                                                        \
-    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
-    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
-    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
-    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
-  }                                                             \
+#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                    \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+  }else{                                                            \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+  }                                                                 \
 }
 
-#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                \
-  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
-    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
-    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
-  }else{                                                        \
-    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
-    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
-    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
-    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
-  }                                                             \
+#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                    \
+  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }else{                                                            \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
+    *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
+  }                                                                 \
 }
 
 #define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){                                         \
   c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
   c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
-  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                       \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                        \
     int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
     c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
     c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
-    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
   }                                                                   \
 }
 
 #define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){                                         \
   c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
   c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
-  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                       \
+  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                        \
     int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
     c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
     c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
-    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
   }                                                                   \
 }
 
@@ -15651,27 +18041,43 @@ static const unsigned char sqlite3UtfTrans1[] = {
 **     for unicode values 0x80 and greater.  It do not change over-length
 **     encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
 */
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
+  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
+  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];                         \
+    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
+    }                                                      \
+    if( c<0x80                                             \
+        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
+        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
+  }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(
-  const unsigned char *z,         /* First byte of UTF-8 character */
-  const unsigned char *zTerm,     /* Pretend this byte is 0x00 */
+  const unsigned char *zIn,       /* First byte of UTF-8 character */
   const unsigned char **pzNext    /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */
 ){
-  int c = *(z++);
+  int c;
+
+  /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
+  ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
+  */
+  c = *(zIn++);
   if( c>=0xc0 ){
-    c = sqlite3UtfTrans1[c-0xc0];
-    while( z!=zTerm && (*z & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
-      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(z++));
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
+    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
+      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));
     }
     if( c<0x80
         || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
         || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }
   }
-  *pzNext = z;
+  *pzNext = zIn;
   return c;
 }
 
 
 
+
 /*
 ** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
 ** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
@@ -15719,7 +18125,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
     zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
-    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
+    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1];
     while( zInn &= ~1;
     len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
   }else{
     /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
@@ -15765,18 +18172,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
     if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
       /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
       while( zIn UTF-16 Big-endian */
       while( zInn = z - zOut;
+    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
     *z++ = 0;
   }else{
     assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
@@ -15787,13 +18196,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
         WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
       }
     }else{
-      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
+      /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
       while( zInn = z - zOut;
+    pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
   }
   *z = 0;
   assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
@@ -15829,7 +18238,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   u8 bom = 0;
 
-  if( pMem->n<0 || pMem->n>1 ){
+  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
+  if( pMem->n>1 ){
     u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
     u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
     if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
@@ -15895,17 +18305,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
   unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
   unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
-  unsigned char *zTerm;
   u32 c;
 
   while( zIn[0] ){
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn);
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, (const u8**)&zIn);
     if( c!=0xfffd ){
       WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
     }
   }
   *zOut = 0;
-  return zOut - zStart;
+  return (int)(zOut - zStart);
 }
 #endif
 
@@ -15933,15 +18342,39 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte){
 }
 
 /*
-** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string. If nChar is less than zero,
-** return the number of bytes up to (but not including), the first pair
-** of consecutive 0x00 bytes in pZ. If nChar is not less than zero,
-** then return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
-** in pZ (or up until the first pair of 0x00 bytes, whichever comes first).
+** Convert a UTF-8 string to the UTF-16 encoding specified by parameter
+** enc. A pointer to the new string is returned, and the value of *pnOut
+** is set to the length of the returned string in bytes. The call should
+** arrange to call sqlite3DbFree() on the returned pointer when it is
+** no longer required.
+** 
+** If a malloc failure occurs, NULL is returned and the db.mallocFailed
+** flag set.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf8to16(sqlite3 *db, u8 enc, char *z, int n, int *pnOut){
+  Mem m;
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  m.db = db;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(&m, enc) ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( m.z==m.zMalloc );
+  *pnOut = m.n;
+  return m.z;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
+** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
+** in pZ.  nChar must be non-negative.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
-  unsigned int c = 1;
-  char const *z = zIn;
+  int c;
+  unsigned char const *z = zIn;
   int n = 0;
   if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
     /* Using an "if (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE)" construct here
@@ -15953,17 +18386,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
     ** which branch will be followed. It is therefore assumed that no runtime
     ** penalty is paid for this "if" statement.
     */
-    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n0 && n<=4 );
     z[0] = 0;
-    zTerm = z;
     z = zBuf;
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(z, zTerm, (const u8**)&z);
+    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(z, (const u8**)&z);
     t = i;
     if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
     if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
@@ -15998,7 +18430,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(){
     if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
     z = zBuf;
     WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
-    n = z-zBuf;
+    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
     z[0] = 0;
     z = zBuf;
     READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
@@ -16009,7 +18442,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(){
     if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
     z = zBuf;
     WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
-    n = z-zBuf;
+    n = (int)(z-zBuf);
+    assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
     z[0] = 0;
     z = zBuf;
     READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
@@ -16038,15 +18472,37 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(){
 ** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
 ** strings, and stuff like that.
 **
-** $Id: util.c,v 1.229 2008/05/13 16:41:50 drh Exp $
 */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+# include 
+#endif
 
+/*
+** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
+  static int dummy = 0;
+  dummy += x;
+}
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number.
+** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
+**
+** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.
+** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
-  /* This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
+  int rc;   /* The value return */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN)
+  /*
+  ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably
+  ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN.  But we have
+  ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so
+  ** this implementation is provided as an alternative.
+  **
+  ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
   ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
   ** warning:
   **
@@ -16054,9 +18510,41 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
   **      -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
   **      which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO 
   **      rules/specifications for math functions.
+  **
+  ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating-
+  ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise.  From the MSDN 
+  ** documentation:
+  **
+  **      The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons 
+  **      involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN 
+  **      ...
   */
+#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
+# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
+#endif
   volatile double y = x;
-  return x!=y;
+  volatile double z = y;
+  rc = (y!=z);
+#else  /* if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN) */
+  rc = isnan(x);
+#endif /* SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN */
+  testcase( rc );
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
+** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
+**
+** The value returned will never be negative.  Nor will it ever be greater
+** than the actual length of the string.  For very long strings (greater
+** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
+  const char *z2 = z;
+  if( z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
+  return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -16089,7 +18577,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat,
       va_start(ap, zFormat);
       z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
       va_end(ap);
-      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
     }else{
       sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
     }
@@ -16115,21 +18603,20 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat,
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
   va_list ap;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
   pParse->nErr++;
-  sqlite3_free(pParse->zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
   va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(pParse->db, zFormat, ap);
+  pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
   va_end(ap);
-  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
 }
 
 /*
 ** Clear the error message in pParse, if any
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3_free(pParse->zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pParse->zErrMsg);
   pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
   pParse->nErr = 0;
 }
@@ -16140,77 +18627,46 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse *pParse){
 ** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
 ** is a no-op.
 **
+** The input string must be zero-terminated.  A new zero-terminator
+** is added to the dequoted string.
+**
+** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the
+** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does
+** occur.
+**
 ** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
 ** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
 ** "a-b-c".
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
-  int quote;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
+  char quote;
   int i, j;
-  if( z==0 ) return;
+  if( z==0 ) return -1;
   quote = z[0];
   switch( quote ){
     case '\'':  break;
     case '"':   break;
     case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
     case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
-    default:    return;
+    default:    return -1;
   }
-  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
+  for(i=1, j=0; ALWAYS(z[i]); i++){
     if( z[i]==quote ){
       if( z[i+1]==quote ){
         z[j++] = quote;
         i++;
       }else{
-        z[j++] = 0;
         break;
       }
     }else{
       z[j++] = z[i];
     }
   }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  return j;
 }
 
-/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
-** lower-case character. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
-     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
-     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
-     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
-    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
-    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
-    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
-    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
-    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
-    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
-    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
-    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
-    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
-    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
-    252,253,254,255
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
-     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
-     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
-     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
-     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
-     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
-     96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
-    112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
-    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
-    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
-    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
-    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
-    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
-    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
-    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
-    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
-#endif
-};
+/* Convenient short-hand */
 #define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
 
 /*
@@ -16224,7 +18680,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
   while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
   return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
 }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
   register unsigned char *a, *b;
   a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
   b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
@@ -16233,10 +18689,15 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N)
 }
 
 /*
-** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string.  Return FALSE if the
-** string contains any character which is not part of a number. If
-** the string is numeric and contains the '.' character, set *realnum
-** to TRUE (otherwise FALSE).
+** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string.  Return FALSE and leave
+** *realnum unchanged if the string contains any character which is not
+** part of a number.
+**
+** If the string is pure numeric, set *realnum to TRUE if the string
+** contains the '.' character or an "E+000" style exponentiation suffix.
+** Otherwise set *realnum to FALSE.  Note that just becaue *realnum is
+** false does not mean that the number can be successfully converted into
+** an integer - it might be too big.
 **
 ** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
 */
@@ -16244,30 +18705,30 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
   int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
   if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
   if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
-  if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
+  if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
     return 0;
   }
   z += incr;
-  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
-  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
+  *realnum = 0;
+  while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
   if( *z=='.' ){
     z += incr;
-    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
-    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
-    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+    if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
+    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
+    *realnum = 1;
   }
   if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
     z += incr;
     if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
-    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
-    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
-    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
+    if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
+    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
+    *realnum = 1;
   }
   return *z==0;
 }
 
 /*
-** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
+** The string z[] is an ASCII representation of a real number.
 ** Convert this string to a double.
 **
 ** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number.  If it
@@ -16280,71 +18741,127 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  int sign = 1;
   const char *zBegin = z;
-  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0;
-  int nSignificant = 0;
-  while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
+  /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */
+  int sign = 1;   /* sign of significand */
+  i64 s = 0;      /* significand */
+  int d = 0;      /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */
+  int esign = 1;  /* sign of exponent */
+  int e = 0;      /* exponent */
+  double result;
+  int nDigits = 0;
+
+  /* skip leading spaces */
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+  /* get sign of significand */
   if( *z=='-' ){
     sign = -1;
     z++;
   }else if( *z=='+' ){
     z++;
   }
-  while( z[0]=='0' ){
-    z++;
-  }
-  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
-    v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
-    z++;
-    nSignificant++;
+  /* skip leading zeroes */
+  while( z[0]=='0' ) z++, nDigits++;
+
+  /* copy max significant digits to significand */
+  while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
+    s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
+    z++, nDigits++;
   }
+  /* skip non-significant significand digits
+  ** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */
+  while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z++, nDigits++, d++;
+
+  /* if decimal point is present */
   if( *z=='.' ){
-    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE divisor = 1.0;
     z++;
-    if( nSignificant==0 ){
-      while( z[0]=='0' ){
-        divisor *= 10.0;
-        z++;
-      }
+    /* copy digits from after decimal to significand
+    ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */
+    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
+      s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
+      z++, nDigits++, d--;
     }
-    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
-      if( nSignificant<18 ){
-        v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
-        divisor *= 10.0;
-        nSignificant++;
-      }
-      z++;
-    }
-    v1 /= divisor;
+    /* skip non-significant digits */
+    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z++, nDigits++;
   }
+
+  /* if exponent is present */
   if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
-    int esign = 1;
-    int eval = 0;
-    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
     z++;
+    /* get sign of exponent */
     if( *z=='-' ){
       esign = -1;
       z++;
     }else if( *z=='+' ){
       z++;
     }
-    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
-      eval = eval*10 + *z - '0';
+    /* copy digits to exponent */
+    while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+      e = e*10 + (*z - '0');
       z++;
     }
-    while( eval>=64 ){ scale *= 1.0e+64; eval -= 64; }
-    while( eval>=16 ){ scale *= 1.0e+16; eval -= 16; }
-    while( eval>=4 ){ scale *= 1.0e+4; eval -= 4; }
-    while( eval>=1 ){ scale *= 1.0e+1; eval -= 1; }
-    if( esign<0 ){
-      v1 /= scale;
+  }
+
+  /* adjust exponent by d, and update sign */
+  e = (e*esign) + d;
+  if( e<0 ) {
+    esign = -1;
+    e *= -1;
+  } else {
+    esign = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* if 0 significand */
+  if( !s ) {
+    /* In the IEEE 754 standard, zero is signed.
+    ** Add the sign if we've seen at least one digit */
+    result = (sign<0 && nDigits) ? -(double)0 : (double)0;
+  } else {
+    /* attempt to reduce exponent */
+    if( esign>0 ){
+      while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10;
     }else{
-      v1 *= scale;
+      while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10;
+    }
+
+    /* adjust the sign of significand */
+    s = sign<0 ? -s : s;
+
+    /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate
+    ** and store in result. */
+    if( e ){
+      double scale = 1.0;
+      /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */
+      if( e>307 && e<342 ){
+        while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
+        if( esign<0 ){
+          result = s / scale;
+          result /= 1.0e+308;
+        }else{
+          result = s * scale;
+          result *= 1.0e+308;
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be 
+        ** represented exactly. */
+        while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; }
+        while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; }
+        if( esign<0 ){
+          result = s / scale;
+        }else{
+          result = s * scale;
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      result = (double)s;
     }
   }
-  *pResult = sign<0 ? -v1 : v1;
-  return z - zBegin;
+
+  /* store the result */
+  *pResult = result;
+
+  /* return number of characters used */
+  return (int)(z - zBegin);
 #else
   return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult);
 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
@@ -16365,7 +18882,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){
 */
 static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum){
   int c;
-  c = memcmp(zNum,"922337203685477580",18);
+  c = memcmp(zNum,"922337203685477580",18)*10;
   if( c==0 ){
     c = zNum[18] - '8';
   }
@@ -16387,7 +18904,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
   i64 v = 0;
   int neg;
   int i, c;
-  while( isspace(*(u8*)zNum) ) zNum++;
+  const char *zStart;
+  while( sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum++;
   if( *zNum=='-' ){
     neg = 1;
     zNum++;
@@ -16397,12 +18915,13 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
   }else{
     neg = 0;
   }
+  zStart = zNum;
   while( zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum++; } /* Skip over leading zeros. Ticket #2454 */
   for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){
     v = v*10 + c - '0';
   }
   *pNum = neg ? -v : v;
-  if( c!=0 || i==0 || i>19 ){
+  if( c!=0 || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19 ){
     /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
     ** than 19 digits (thus guaranting that it is too large) */
     return 0;
@@ -16418,30 +18937,33 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
 }
 
 /*
-** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
-** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
-** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
+** The string zNum represents an unsigned integer.  The zNum string
+** consists of one or more digit characters and is terminated by
+** a zero character.  Any stray characters in zNum result in undefined
+** behavior.
+**
+** If the unsigned integer that zNum represents will fit in a
 ** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
 **
-** This routine returns FALSE for the string -9223372036854775808 even that
-** that number will, in theory fit in a 64-bit integer.  Positive
-** 9223373036854775808 will not fit in 64 bits.  So it seems safer to return
-** false.
+** If the negFlag parameter is true, that means that zNum really represents
+** a negative number.  (The leading "-" is omitted from zNum.)  This
+** parameter is needed to determine a boundary case.  A string
+** of "9223373036854775808" returns false if negFlag is false or true
+** if negFlag is true.
+**
+** Leading zeros are ignored.
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum, int negFlag){
-  int i, c;
+  int i;
   int neg = 0;
-  if( *zNum=='-' ){
-    neg = 1;
-    zNum++;
-  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
-    zNum++;
-  }
+
+  assert( zNum[0]>='0' && zNum[0]<='9' ); /* zNum is an unsigned number */
+
   if( negFlag ) neg = 1-neg;
   while( *zNum=='0' ){
     zNum++;   /* Skip leading zeros.  Ticket #2454 */
   }
-  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
+  for(i=0; zNum[i]; i++){ assert( zNum[i]>='0' && zNum[i]<='9' ); }
   if( i<19 ){
     /* Guaranteed to fit if less than 19 digits */
     return 1;
@@ -16528,17 +19050,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
   int i, j, n;
   u8 buf[10];
   if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
-    p[8] = v;
+    p[8] = (u8)v;
     v >>= 8;
     for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
-      p[i] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+      p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
       v >>= 7;
     }
     return 9;
   }    
   n = 0;
   do{
-    buf[n++] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
+    buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
     v >>= 7;
   }while( v!=0 );
   buf[0] &= 0x7f;
@@ -16565,8 +19087,8 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
   }
 #endif
   if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
-    p[0] = (v>>7) | 0x80;
-    p[1] = v & 0x7f;
+    p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80);
+    p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f);
     return 2;
   }
   return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);
@@ -16576,11 +19098,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
 ** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
 ** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
   u32 a,b,s;
 
   a = *p;
-  /* a: p0 (unmasked)*/
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
   if (!(a&0x80))
   {
     *v = a;
@@ -16589,7 +19111,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
 
   p++;
   b = *p;
-  /* b: p1 (unmasked)*/
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
   if (!(b&0x80))
   {
     a &= 0x7f;
@@ -16602,7 +19124,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
   p++;
   a = a<<14;
   a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked)*/
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
   if (!(a&0x80))
   {
     a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
@@ -16613,41 +19135,41 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
     return 3;
   }
 
-  /* CSE1 from below*/
+  /* CSE1 from below */
   a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
   p++;
   b = b<<14;
   b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked)*/
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
   if (!(b&0x80))
   {
     b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    /* moved CSE1 up*/
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);*/
+    /* moved CSE1 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
     a = a<<7;
     a |= b;
     *v = a;
     return 4;
   }
 
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked)*/
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked)*/
-  /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked)*/
-  /* moved CSE1 up*/
-  /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);*/
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
+  /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
+  /* moved CSE1 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
   b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
   s = a;
-  /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked)*/
+  /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
 
   p++;
   a = a<<14;
   a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked)*/
+  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
   if (!(a&0x80))
   {
-    /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s*/
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);*/
-    /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);*/
+    /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
     b = b<<7;
     a |= b;
     s = s>>18;
@@ -16655,19 +19177,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
     return 5;
   }
 
-  /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked)*/
+  /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
   s = s<<7;
   s |= b;
-  /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked)*/
+  /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
 
   p++;
   b = b<<14;
   b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked)*/
+  /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
   if (!(b&0x80))
   {
-    /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s*/
-    /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);*/
+    /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
+    /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
     a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
     a = a<<7;
     a |= b;
@@ -16679,10 +19201,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
   p++;
   a = a<<14;
   a |= *p;
-  /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked)*/
+  /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
   if (!(a&0x80))
   {
-    a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    a &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
     b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
     b = b<<7;
     a |= b;
@@ -16691,17 +19213,17 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
     return 7;
   }
 
-  /* CSE2 from below*/
+  /* CSE2 from below */
   a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
   p++;
   b = b<<14;
   b |= *p;
-  /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked)*/
+  /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
   if (!(b&0x80))
   {
-    b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    /* moved CSE2 up*/
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);*/
+    b &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    /* moved CSE2 up */
+    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
     a = a<<7;
     a |= b;
     s = s>>4;
@@ -16712,10 +19234,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
   p++;
   a = a<<15;
   a |= *p;
-  /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked)*/
+  /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */
 
-  /* moved CSE2 up*/
-  /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff);*/
+  /* moved CSE2 up */
+  /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
   b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
   b = b<<8;
   a |= b;
@@ -16734,40 +19256,51 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
 /*
 ** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
 ** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
+**
+** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned
+** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff.
+**
 ** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
 ** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
 ** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
   u32 a,b;
 
+  /* The 1-byte case.  Overwhelmingly the most common.  Handled inline
+  ** by the getVarin32() macro */
   a = *p;
-  /* a: p0 (unmasked)*/
+  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
 #ifndef getVarint32
   if (!(a&0x80))
   {
+    /* Values between 0 and 127 */
     *v = a;
     return 1;
   }
 #endif
 
+  /* The 2-byte case */
   p++;
   b = *p;
-  /* b: p1 (unmasked)*/
+  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
   if (!(b&0x80))
   {
+    /* Values between 128 and 16383 */
     a &= 0x7f;
     a = a<<7;
     *v = a | b;
     return 2;
   }
 
+  /* The 3-byte case */
   p++;
   a = a<<14;
   a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked)*/
+  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
   if (!(a&0x80))
   {
+    /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */
     a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
     b &= 0x7f;
     b = b<<7;
@@ -16775,12 +19308,43 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
     return 3;
   }
 
+  /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees.
+  ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint.
+  ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size
+  ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string.
+  **
+  ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases.  The very
+  ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint
+  ** routine.
+  */
+#if 1
+  {
+    u64 v64;
+    u8 n;
+
+    p -= 2;
+    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
+    assert( n>3 && n<=9 );
+    if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){
+      *v = 0xffffffff;
+    }else{
+      *v = (u32)v64;
+    }
+    return n;
+  }
+
+#else
+  /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an
+  ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases.  This code is
+  ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test.
+  */
   p++;
   b = b<<14;
   b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked)*/
+  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
   if (!(b&0x80))
   {
+    /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */
     b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
     a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
     a = a<<7;
@@ -16791,11 +19355,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
   p++;
   a = a<<14;
   a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked)*/
+  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
   if (!(a&0x80))
   {
-    a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    /* Walues  between 268435456 and 34359738367 */
+    a &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+    b &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
     b = b<<7;
     *v = a | b;
     return 5;
@@ -16807,7 +19372,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
   ** value. */
   {
     u64 v64;
-    int n;
+    u8 n;
 
     p -= 4;
     n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
@@ -16815,6 +19380,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
     *v = (u32)v64;
     return n;
   }
+#endif
 }
 
 /*
@@ -16826,7 +19392,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
   do{
     i++;
     v >>= 7;
-  }while( v!=0 && i<9 );
+  }while( v!=0 && ALWAYS(i<9) );
   return i;
 }
 
@@ -16838,10 +19404,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
   return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
-  p[0] = v>>24;
-  p[1] = v>>16;
-  p[2] = v>>8;
-  p[3] = v;
+  p[0] = (u8)(v>>24);
+  p[1] = (u8)(v>>16);
+  p[2] = (u8)(v>>8);
+  p[3] = (u8)v;
 }
 
 
@@ -16849,10 +19415,10 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
 /*
 ** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
-** This routinen only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
+** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
 ** character:  0..9a..fA..F
 */
-static int hexToInt(int h){
+static u8 hexToInt(int h){
   assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') ||  (h>='a' && h<='f') ||  (h>='A' && h<='F') );
 #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
   h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
@@ -16860,7 +19426,7 @@ static int hexToInt(int h){
 #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
   h += 9*(1&~(h>>4));
 #endif
-  return h & 0xf;
+  return (u8)(h & 0xf);
 }
 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
 
@@ -16961,16 +19527,21 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3 *db){
 ** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
 */
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
-  int magic;
+  u32 magic;
   if( db==0 ) return 0;
   magic = db->magic;
-  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
-      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 0;
-  return 1;
+  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+     && magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
+#endif
+  ){
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
 }
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
-  int magic;
-  if( db==0 ) return 0;
+  u32 magic;
   magic = db->magic;
   if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
       magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
@@ -16994,29 +19565,16 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
 ** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
 ** used in SQLite.
 **
-** $Id: hash.c,v 1.28 2008/05/13 13:27:34 drh Exp $
+** $Id: hash.c,v 1.38 2009/05/09 23:29:12 drh Exp $
 */
 
 /* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
 ** fields of the Hash structure.
 **
 ** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER,
-** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
-** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
-** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
-** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.  CopyKey only makes
-** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored
-** for other key classes.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){
   assert( pNew!=0 );
-  assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
-  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
-#if 0
-  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
-#endif
-  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
   pNew->first = 0;
   pNew->count = 0;
   pNew->htsize = 0;
@@ -17038,135 +19596,28 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
   pH->htsize = 0;
   while( elem ){
     HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
-    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
-      sqlite3_free(elem->pKey);
-    }
     sqlite3_free(elem);
     elem = next_elem;
   }
   pH->count = 0;
 }
 
-#if 0 /* NOT USED */
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT
-*/
-static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
-}
-static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  return n2 - n1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if 0 /* NOT USED */
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER
-*/
-static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  uptr x = Addr(pKey);
-  return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
-}
-static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
-  if( pKey1=0 );
   while( nKey > 0  ){
     h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
     nKey--;
   }
-  return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
-  return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
-*/
-static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  int h = 0;
-  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
-  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
-    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
-  }
-  return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
-  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+  return h;
 }
 
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
-** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
-**
-** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
-** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
-** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
-** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
-** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
-*/
-static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
-#if 0  /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
-  switch( keyClass ){
-    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intHash;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strHash;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binHash;;
-    default: break;
-  }
-  return 0;
-#else
-  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
-    return &strHash;
-  }else{
-    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
-    return &binHash;
-  }
-#endif
-}
 
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
-** see the header comment on the previous function.
-*/
-static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
-#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
-  switch( keyClass ){
-    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intCompare;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strCompare;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binCompare;
-    default: break;
-  }
-  return 0;
-#else
-  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
-    return &strCompare;
-  }else{
-    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
-    return &binCompare;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Link an element into the hash table
+/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH.  If pEntry!=0 then also
+** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket.
 */
 static void insertElement(
   Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
@@ -17174,7 +19625,13 @@ static void insertElement(
   HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
 ){
   HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
-  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pEntry ){
+    pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0;
+    pEntry->count++;
+    pEntry->chain = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pHead = 0;
+  }
   if( pHead ){
     pNew->next = pHead;
     pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
@@ -17187,46 +19644,45 @@ static void insertElement(
     pNew->prev = 0;
     pH->first = pNew;
   }
-  pEntry->count++;
-  pEntry->chain = pNew;
 }
 
 
 /* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
-** to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails.
+**
+** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or
+** if the new size is the same as the prior size.
+** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not.
 */
-static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
+static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){
   struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
   HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
+#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0
   if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
     new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
   }
-  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return;
+  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0;
 #endif
 
-  /* There is a call to sqlite3_malloc() inside rehash(). If there is
-  ** already an allocation at pH->ht, then if this malloc() fails it
-  ** is benign (since failing to resize a hash table is a performance
-  ** hit only, not a fatal error).
+  /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is
+  ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error.  So mark the
+  ** allocation as a benign.
   */
-  if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3FaultBeginBenign(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC);
-  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3MallocZero( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
-  if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3FaultEndBenign(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC);
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
 
-  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return 0;
   sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
   pH->ht = new_ht;
-  pH->htsize = new_size;
-  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht);
+  memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht));
   for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
-    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) % new_size;
     next_elem = elem->next;
     insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
   }
+  return 1;
 }
 
 /* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
@@ -17235,25 +19691,26 @@ static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
 */
 static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
   const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
-  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
-  int nKey,
-  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+  const char *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,           /* Bytes in key (not counting zero terminator) */
+  unsigned int h      /* The hash for this key. */
 ){
   HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
   int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
-  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
 
   if( pH->ht ){
     struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
     elem = pEntry->chain;
     count = pEntry->count;
-    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
-    while( count-- && elem ){
-      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
-        return elem;
-      }
-      elem = elem->next;
+  }else{
+    elem = pH->first;
+    count = pH->count;
+  }
+  while( count-- && ALWAYS(elem) ){
+    if( elem->nKey==nKey && sqlite3StrNICmp(elem->pKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+      return elem;
     }
+    elem = elem->next;
   }
   return 0;
 }
@@ -17264,7 +19721,7 @@ static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
 static void removeElementGivenHash(
   Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
   HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
-  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
+  unsigned int h    /* Hash value for the element */
 ){
   struct _ht *pEntry;
   if( elem->prev ){
@@ -17275,16 +19732,13 @@ static void removeElementGivenHash(
   if( elem->next ){
     elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
   }
-  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
-    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
-  }
-  pEntry->count--;
-  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
-    pEntry->chain = 0;
-  }
-  if( pH->copyKey ){
-    sqlite3_free(elem->pKey);
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+      pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+    }
+    pEntry->count--;
+    assert( pEntry->count>=0 );
   }
   sqlite3_free( elem );
   pH->count--;
@@ -17296,30 +19750,22 @@ static void removeElementGivenHash(
 }
 
 /* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return a pointer to the corresponding 
-** HashElem structure for this element if it is found, or NULL
-** otherwise.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  int h;             /* A hash on key */
-  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
-
-  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
-  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  assert( xHash!=0 );
-  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
-  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h % pH->htsize);
-  return elem;
-}
-
-/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
 ** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
 ** found, or NULL if there is no match.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey){
   HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
-  elem = sqlite3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
+  unsigned int h;    /* A hash on key */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  assert( pKey!=0 );
+  assert( nKey>=0 );
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
+  }else{
+    h = 0;
+  }
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH, pKey, nKey, h);
   return elem ? elem->data : 0;
 }
 
@@ -17327,8 +19773,7 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey)
 ** and the data is "data".
 **
 ** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
-** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
-** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+** element is created and NULL is returned.
 **
 ** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
 ** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
@@ -17338,67 +19783,49 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey)
 ** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
 ** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
-  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
-  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
+  unsigned int h;       /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
   HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
   HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
 
   assert( pH!=0 );
-  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  assert( xHash!=0 );
-  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( pKey!=0 );
+  assert( nKey>=0 );
   if( pH->htsize ){
-    h = hraw % pH->htsize;
-    elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
-    if( elem ){
-      void *old_data = elem->data;
-      if( data==0 ){
-        removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
-      }else{
-        elem->data = data;
-        if( !pH->copyKey ){
-          elem->pKey = (void *)pKey;
-        }
-        assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
-      }
-      return old_data;
+    h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
+  }else{
+    h = 0;
+  }
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+      elem->pKey = pKey;
+      assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
     }
+    return old_data;
   }
   if( data==0 ) return 0;
-  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
+  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
   if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
-  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
-    new_elem->pKey = sqlite3_malloc( nKey );
-    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(new_elem);
-      return data;
-    }
-    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
-  }else{
-    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
-  }
+  new_elem->pKey = pKey;
   new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  new_elem->data = data;
   pH->count++;
-  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
-    rehash(pH, 128/sizeof(pH->ht[0]));
-    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
-      pH->count = 0;
-      if( pH->copyKey ){
-        sqlite3_free(new_elem->pKey);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(new_elem);
-      return data;
+  if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){
+    if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){
+      assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+      h = strHash(pKey, nKey) % pH->htsize;
     }
   }
-  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
-    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  }else{
+    insertElement(pH, 0, new_elem);
   }
-  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
-  h = hraw % pH->htsize;
-  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
-  new_elem->data = data;
   return 0;
 }
 
@@ -17413,144 +19840,147 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
      /*   2 */ "Affinity",
      /*   3 */ "Column",
      /*   4 */ "SetCookie",
-     /*   5 */ "Sequence",
-     /*   6 */ "MoveGt",
-     /*   7 */ "RowKey",
-     /*   8 */ "SCopy",
-     /*   9 */ "OpenWrite",
-     /*  10 */ "If",
-     /*  11 */ "VRowid",
+     /*   5 */ "Seek",
+     /*   6 */ "Sequence",
+     /*   7 */ "Savepoint",
+     /*   8 */ "RowKey",
+     /*   9 */ "SCopy",
+     /*  10 */ "OpenWrite",
+     /*  11 */ "If",
      /*  12 */ "CollSeq",
      /*  13 */ "OpenRead",
      /*  14 */ "Expire",
      /*  15 */ "AutoCommit",
-     /*  16 */ "Not",
+     /*  16 */ "Pagecount",
      /*  17 */ "IntegrityCk",
      /*  18 */ "Sort",
-     /*  19 */ "Copy",
-     /*  20 */ "Trace",
-     /*  21 */ "Function",
-     /*  22 */ "IfNeg",
-     /*  23 */ "Noop",
-     /*  24 */ "Return",
-     /*  25 */ "NewRowid",
-     /*  26 */ "Variable",
-     /*  27 */ "String",
-     /*  28 */ "RealAffinity",
-     /*  29 */ "VRename",
-     /*  30 */ "ParseSchema",
-     /*  31 */ "VOpen",
-     /*  32 */ "Close",
-     /*  33 */ "CreateIndex",
-     /*  34 */ "IsUnique",
-     /*  35 */ "NotFound",
-     /*  36 */ "Int64",
-     /*  37 */ "MustBeInt",
-     /*  38 */ "Halt",
-     /*  39 */ "Rowid",
-     /*  40 */ "IdxLT",
-     /*  41 */ "AddImm",
-     /*  42 */ "Statement",
-     /*  43 */ "RowData",
-     /*  44 */ "MemMax",
-     /*  45 */ "NotExists",
-     /*  46 */ "Gosub",
-     /*  47 */ "Integer",
-     /*  48 */ "Prev",
-     /*  49 */ "VColumn",
-     /*  50 */ "CreateTable",
-     /*  51 */ "Last",
-     /*  52 */ "IncrVacuum",
-     /*  53 */ "IdxRowid",
-     /*  54 */ "ResetCount",
-     /*  55 */ "FifoWrite",
-     /*  56 */ "ContextPush",
-     /*  57 */ "DropTrigger",
-     /*  58 */ "DropIndex",
-     /*  59 */ "IdxGE",
-     /*  60 */ "Or",
-     /*  61 */ "And",
-     /*  62 */ "IdxDelete",
-     /*  63 */ "Vacuum",
-     /*  64 */ "MoveLe",
-     /*  65 */ "IsNull",
-     /*  66 */ "NotNull",
-     /*  67 */ "Ne",
-     /*  68 */ "Eq",
-     /*  69 */ "Gt",
-     /*  70 */ "Le",
-     /*  71 */ "Lt",
-     /*  72 */ "Ge",
-     /*  73 */ "IfNot",
-     /*  74 */ "BitAnd",
-     /*  75 */ "BitOr",
-     /*  76 */ "ShiftLeft",
-     /*  77 */ "ShiftRight",
-     /*  78 */ "Add",
-     /*  79 */ "Subtract",
-     /*  80 */ "Multiply",
-     /*  81 */ "Divide",
-     /*  82 */ "Remainder",
-     /*  83 */ "Concat",
-     /*  84 */ "DropTable",
-     /*  85 */ "MakeRecord",
-     /*  86 */ "ResultRow",
-     /*  87 */ "BitNot",
-     /*  88 */ "String8",
-     /*  89 */ "Delete",
-     /*  90 */ "AggFinal",
-     /*  91 */ "Goto",
-     /*  92 */ "TableLock",
-     /*  93 */ "FifoRead",
-     /*  94 */ "Clear",
-     /*  95 */ "MoveLt",
-     /*  96 */ "VerifyCookie",
-     /*  97 */ "AggStep",
-     /*  98 */ "SetNumColumns",
-     /*  99 */ "Transaction",
-     /* 100 */ "VFilter",
-     /* 101 */ "VDestroy",
-     /* 102 */ "ContextPop",
-     /* 103 */ "Next",
-     /* 104 */ "IdxInsert",
-     /* 105 */ "Insert",
-     /* 106 */ "Destroy",
-     /* 107 */ "ReadCookie",
-     /* 108 */ "ForceInt",
-     /* 109 */ "LoadAnalysis",
-     /* 110 */ "Explain",
-     /* 111 */ "OpenPseudo",
-     /* 112 */ "OpenEphemeral",
-     /* 113 */ "Null",
-     /* 114 */ "Move",
-     /* 115 */ "Blob",
-     /* 116 */ "Rewind",
-     /* 117 */ "MoveGe",
-     /* 118 */ "VBegin",
-     /* 119 */ "VUpdate",
-     /* 120 */ "IfZero",
-     /* 121 */ "VCreate",
-     /* 122 */ "Found",
-     /* 123 */ "IfPos",
-     /* 124 */ "NullRow",
-     /* 125 */ "Real",
-     /* 126 */ "NotUsed_126",
-     /* 127 */ "NotUsed_127",
-     /* 128 */ "NotUsed_128",
-     /* 129 */ "NotUsed_129",
-     /* 130 */ "NotUsed_130",
-     /* 131 */ "NotUsed_131",
-     /* 132 */ "NotUsed_132",
-     /* 133 */ "NotUsed_133",
+     /*  19 */ "Not",
+     /*  20 */ "Copy",
+     /*  21 */ "Trace",
+     /*  22 */ "Function",
+     /*  23 */ "IfNeg",
+     /*  24 */ "Noop",
+     /*  25 */ "Program",
+     /*  26 */ "Return",
+     /*  27 */ "NewRowid",
+     /*  28 */ "FkCounter",
+     /*  29 */ "Variable",
+     /*  30 */ "String",
+     /*  31 */ "RealAffinity",
+     /*  32 */ "VRename",
+     /*  33 */ "ParseSchema",
+     /*  34 */ "VOpen",
+     /*  35 */ "Close",
+     /*  36 */ "CreateIndex",
+     /*  37 */ "IsUnique",
+     /*  38 */ "NotFound",
+     /*  39 */ "Int64",
+     /*  40 */ "MustBeInt",
+     /*  41 */ "Halt",
+     /*  42 */ "Rowid",
+     /*  43 */ "IdxLT",
+     /*  44 */ "AddImm",
+     /*  45 */ "RowData",
+     /*  46 */ "MemMax",
+     /*  47 */ "NotExists",
+     /*  48 */ "Gosub",
+     /*  49 */ "Integer",
+     /*  50 */ "Prev",
+     /*  51 */ "RowSetRead",
+     /*  52 */ "RowSetAdd",
+     /*  53 */ "VColumn",
+     /*  54 */ "CreateTable",
+     /*  55 */ "Last",
+     /*  56 */ "SeekLe",
+     /*  57 */ "IncrVacuum",
+     /*  58 */ "IdxRowid",
+     /*  59 */ "ResetCount",
+     /*  60 */ "Yield",
+     /*  61 */ "DropTrigger",
+     /*  62 */ "DropIndex",
+     /*  63 */ "Param",
+     /*  64 */ "IdxGE",
+     /*  65 */ "IdxDelete",
+     /*  66 */ "Vacuum",
+     /*  67 */ "IfNot",
+     /*  68 */ "Or",
+     /*  69 */ "And",
+     /*  70 */ "DropTable",
+     /*  71 */ "SeekLt",
+     /*  72 */ "MakeRecord",
+     /*  73 */ "IsNull",
+     /*  74 */ "NotNull",
+     /*  75 */ "Ne",
+     /*  76 */ "Eq",
+     /*  77 */ "Gt",
+     /*  78 */ "Le",
+     /*  79 */ "Lt",
+     /*  80 */ "Ge",
+     /*  81 */ "ResultRow",
+     /*  82 */ "BitAnd",
+     /*  83 */ "BitOr",
+     /*  84 */ "ShiftLeft",
+     /*  85 */ "ShiftRight",
+     /*  86 */ "Add",
+     /*  87 */ "Subtract",
+     /*  88 */ "Multiply",
+     /*  89 */ "Divide",
+     /*  90 */ "Remainder",
+     /*  91 */ "Concat",
+     /*  92 */ "Delete",
+     /*  93 */ "BitNot",
+     /*  94 */ "String8",
+     /*  95 */ "AggFinal",
+     /*  96 */ "Compare",
+     /*  97 */ "Goto",
+     /*  98 */ "TableLock",
+     /*  99 */ "Clear",
+     /* 100 */ "VerifyCookie",
+     /* 101 */ "AggStep",
+     /* 102 */ "Transaction",
+     /* 103 */ "VFilter",
+     /* 104 */ "VDestroy",
+     /* 105 */ "Next",
+     /* 106 */ "Count",
+     /* 107 */ "IdxInsert",
+     /* 108 */ "FkIfZero",
+     /* 109 */ "SeekGe",
+     /* 110 */ "Insert",
+     /* 111 */ "Destroy",
+     /* 112 */ "ReadCookie",
+     /* 113 */ "RowSetTest",
+     /* 114 */ "LoadAnalysis",
+     /* 115 */ "Explain",
+     /* 116 */ "HaltIfNull",
+     /* 117 */ "OpenPseudo",
+     /* 118 */ "OpenEphemeral",
+     /* 119 */ "Null",
+     /* 120 */ "Move",
+     /* 121 */ "Blob",
+     /* 122 */ "Rewind",
+     /* 123 */ "SeekGt",
+     /* 124 */ "VBegin",
+     /* 125 */ "VUpdate",
+     /* 126 */ "IfZero",
+     /* 127 */ "VCreate",
+     /* 128 */ "Found",
+     /* 129 */ "IfPos",
+     /* 130 */ "Real",
+     /* 131 */ "NullRow",
+     /* 132 */ "Jump",
+     /* 133 */ "Permutation",
      /* 134 */ "NotUsed_134",
      /* 135 */ "NotUsed_135",
      /* 136 */ "NotUsed_136",
      /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137",
-     /* 138 */ "ToText",
-     /* 139 */ "ToBlob",
-     /* 140 */ "ToNumeric",
-     /* 141 */ "ToInt",
-     /* 142 */ "ToReal",
+     /* 138 */ "NotUsed_138",
+     /* 139 */ "NotUsed_139",
+     /* 140 */ "NotUsed_140",
+     /* 141 */ "ToText",
+     /* 142 */ "ToBlob",
+     /* 143 */ "ToNumeric",
+     /* 144 */ "ToInt",
+     /* 145 */ "ToReal",
   };
   return azName[i];
 }
@@ -17571,10 +20001,12 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
 ******************************************************************************
 **
 ** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2.
+**
+** $Id: os_os2.c,v 1.63 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $
 */
 
 
-#if OS_OS2
+#if SQLITE_OS_OS2
 
 /*
 ** A Note About Memory Allocation:
@@ -17632,7 +20064,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
 **
 ** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
 ** general purpose header file.
+**
+** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.38 2009/02/24 18:40:50 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
 
 /*
 ** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
@@ -17643,15 +20079,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
 # error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
 #endif
 
-
-/*
- * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
- * pending-byte in the database file.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
-#endif
-
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
 #define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
@@ -17678,22 +20105,113 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
 ** on i486 hardware.
 */
 #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
-  unsigned long long int x;
-  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
-          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
-          :"=A" (x));
-  return x;
-}
-static unsigned long long int g_start;
-static unsigned int elapse;
-#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+**
+** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
 #else
 #define TIMER_START
 #define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -17746,6 +20264,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
 #define OpenCounter(X)
 #endif
 
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
 /************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
 /************** Continuing where we left off in os_os2.c *********************/
 
@@ -17771,7 +20291,7 @@ struct os2File {
 /*
 ** Close a file.
 */
-int os2Close( sqlite3_file *id ){
+static int os2Close( sqlite3_file *id ){
   APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
   os2File *pFile;
   if( id && (pFile = (os2File*)id) != 0 ){
@@ -17795,7 +20315,7 @@ int os2Close( sqlite3_file *id ){
 ** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
 ** wrong.
 */
-int os2Read(
+static int os2Read(
   sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to read from */
   void *pBuf,                     /* Write content into this buffer */
   int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to read */
@@ -17816,6 +20336,7 @@ int os2Read(
   if( got == (ULONG)amt )
     return SQLITE_OK;
   else {
+    /* Unread portions of the input buffer must be zero-filled */
     memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
     return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
   }
@@ -17825,7 +20346,7 @@ int os2Read(
 ** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
 ** or some other error code on failure.
 */
-int os2Write(
+static int os2Write(
   sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to write into */
   const void *pBuf,               /* The bytes to be written */
   int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to write */
@@ -17857,13 +20378,13 @@ int os2Write(
 /*
 ** Truncate an open file to a specified size
 */
-int os2Truncate( sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte ){
+static int os2Truncate( sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte ){
   APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
   os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
   OSTRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte );
   SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
   rc = DosSetFileSize( pFile->h, nByte );
-  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
 }
 
 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
@@ -17878,7 +20399,7 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
 /*
 ** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
 */
-int os2Sync( sqlite3_file *id, int flags ){
+static int os2Sync( sqlite3_file *id, int flags ){
   os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
   OSTRACE3( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
@@ -17887,24 +20408,32 @@ int os2Sync( sqlite3_file *id, int flags ){
   }
   sqlite3_sync_count++;
 #endif
+  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+  ** no-op
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
   return DosResetBuffer( pFile->h ) == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+#endif
 }
 
 /*
 ** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
 */
-int os2FileSize( sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize ){
+static int os2FileSize( sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize ){
   APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
   FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo;
   memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo));
   assert( id!=0 );
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT );
   rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
   if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
     *pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile;
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }else{
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
   }
 }
 
@@ -17970,7 +20499,7 @@ static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){
 ** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
 ** must go straight to locking level 0.
 */
-int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){
+static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Return code from subroutines */
   APIRET res = NO_ERROR;    /* Result of an OS/2 lock call */
   int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
@@ -18106,7 +20635,7 @@ int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){
 ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
 ** non-zero, otherwise zero.
 */
-int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id ){
+static int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id, int *pOut ){
   int r = 0;
   os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
   assert( pFile!=0 );
@@ -18137,7 +20666,8 @@ int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id ){
     r = !(rc == NO_ERROR);
     OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, r );
   }
-  return r;
+  *pOut = r;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -18151,7 +20681,7 @@ int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id ){
 ** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
 ** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
 */
-int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){
+static int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){
   int type;
   os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
   APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK;
@@ -18238,32 +20768,57 @@ static int os2DeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
   return 0;
 }
 
+
+/*
+** Character set conversion objects used by conversion routines.
+*/
+static UconvObject ucUtf8 = NULL; /* convert between UTF-8 and UCS-2 */
+static UconvObject uclCp = NULL;  /* convert between local codepage and UCS-2 */
+
+/*
+** Helper function to initialize the conversion objects from and to UTF-8.
+*/
+static void initUconvObjects( void ){
+  if( UniCreateUconvObject( UTF_8, &ucUtf8 ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
+    ucUtf8 = NULL;
+  if ( UniCreateUconvObject( (UniChar *)L"@path=yes", &uclCp ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
+    uclCp = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function to free the conversion objects from and to UTF-8.
+*/
+static void freeUconvObjects( void ){
+  if ( ucUtf8 )
+    UniFreeUconvObject( ucUtf8 );
+  if ( uclCp )
+    UniFreeUconvObject( uclCp );
+  ucUtf8 = NULL;
+  uclCp = NULL;
+}
+
 /*
 ** Helper function to convert UTF-8 filenames to local OS/2 codepage.
 ** The two-step process: first convert the incoming UTF-8 string
 ** into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the current codepage.
 ** The returned char pointer has to be freed.
 */
-char *convertUtf8PathToCp(const char *in)
-{
-  UconvObject uconv;
-  UniChar ucsUtf8Cp[12],
-          tempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
-  char *out;
-  int rc = 0;
+static char *convertUtf8PathToCp( const char *in ){
+  UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
+  char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 );
+
+  if( !out )
+    return NULL;
 
-  out = (char *)calloc(CCHMAXPATH, 1);
+  if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp )
+    initUconvObjects();
 
   /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */
-  rc = UniMapCpToUcsCp(1208, ucsUtf8Cp, 12);
-  rc = UniCreateUconvObject(ucsUtf8Cp, &uconv);
-  rc = UniStrToUcs(uconv, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH);
-  rc = UniFreeUconvObject(uconv);
+  if( UniStrToUcs( ucUtf8, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
+    return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */
 
   /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */
-  rc = UniCreateUconvObject((UniChar *)L"@path=yes", &uconv);
-  rc = UniStrFromUcs(uconv, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH);
-  rc = UniFreeUconvObject(uconv);
+  UniStrFromUcs( uclCp, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH );
 
   return out;
 }
@@ -18273,27 +20828,26 @@ char *convertUtf8PathToCp(const char *in)
 ** The two-step process: first convert the incoming codepage-specific
 ** string into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the codepage of UTF-8.
 ** The returned char pointer has to be freed.
+**
+** This function is non-static to be able to use this in shell.c and
+** similar applications that take command line arguments.
 */
-char *convertCpPathToUtf8(const char *in)
-{
-  UconvObject uconv;
-  UniChar ucsUtf8Cp[12],
-          tempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
-  char *out;
-  int rc = 0;
+char *convertCpPathToUtf8( const char *in ){
+  UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
+  char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 );
 
-  out = (char *)calloc(CCHMAXPATH, 1);
+  if( !out )
+    return NULL;
+
+  if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp )
+    initUconvObjects();
 
   /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */
-  rc = UniCreateUconvObject((UniChar *)L"@path=yes", &uconv);
-  rc = UniStrToUcs(uconv, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH);
-  rc = UniFreeUconvObject(uconv);
+  if( UniStrToUcs( uclCp, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
+    return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */
 
   /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */
-  rc = UniMapCpToUcsCp(1208, ucsUtf8Cp, 12);
-  rc = UniCreateUconvObject(ucsUtf8Cp, &uconv);
-  rc = UniStrFromUcs(uconv, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH);
-  rc = UniFreeUconvObject(uconv);
+  UniStrFromUcs( ucUtf8, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH );
 
   return out;
 }
@@ -18325,6 +20879,84 @@ static const sqlite3_io_methods os2IoMethod = {
 ****************************************************************************/
 
 /*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
+*/
+static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  int i, j;
+  char zTempPathBuf[3];
+  PSZ zTempPath = (PSZ)&zTempPathBuf;
+  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    zTempPath = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  }else{
+    if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){
+      if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPath ) ){
+        if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){
+           ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0;
+           DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap );
+           sprintf( (char*)zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Strip off a trailing slashes or backslashes, otherwise we would get *
+   * multiple (back)slashes which causes DosOpen() to fail.              *
+   * Trailing spaces are not allowed, either.                            */
+  j = sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath);
+  while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/'
+                    || zTempPath[j-1] == ' ' ) ){
+    j--;
+  }
+  zTempPath[j] = '\0';
+  if( !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    char *zTempPathUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zTempPath );
+    sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf,
+                      "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPathUTF );
+    free( zTempPathUTF );
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf,
+                      "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath );
+  }
+  j = sqlite3Strlen30( zBuf );
+  sqlite3_randomness( 20, &zBuf[j] );
+  for( i = 0; i < 20; i++, j++ ){
+    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+  }
+  zBuf[j] = 0;
+  OSTRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
+** pathname into zFull[].  zFull[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
+** bytes in size.
+*/
+static int os2FullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zRelative,      /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nFull,                  /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zFull                 /* Output buffer */
+){
+  char *zRelativeCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zRelative );
+  char zFullCp[CCHMAXPATH] = "\0";
+  char *zFullUTF;
+  APIRET rc = DosQueryPathInfo( zRelativeCp, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME, zFullCp,
+                                CCHMAXPATH );
+  free( zRelativeCp );
+  zFullUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zFullCp );
+  sqlite3_snprintf( nFull, zFull, zFullUTF );
+  free( zFullUTF );
+  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+}
+
+
+/*
 ** Open a file.
 */
 static int os2Open(
@@ -18335,18 +20967,31 @@ static int os2Open(
   int *pOutFlags                /* Status return flags */
 ){
   HFILE h;
-  ULONG ulFileAttribute = 0;
+  ULONG ulFileAttribute = FILE_NORMAL;
   ULONG ulOpenFlags = 0;
   ULONG ulOpenMode = 0;
   os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
   APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
   ULONG ulAction;
+  char *zNameCp;
+  char zTmpname[CCHMAXPATH+1];    /* Buffer to hold name of temp file */
+
+  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
+  ** temporary file name to use 
+  */
+  if( !zName ){
+    int rc = getTempname(CCHMAXPATH+1, zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    zName = zTmpname;
+  }
+
 
   memset( pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile) );
 
   OSTRACE2( "OPEN want %d\n", flags );
 
-  /*ulOpenMode = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ? OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE : OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY;*/
   if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
     ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE;
     OSTRACE1( "OPEN read/write\n" );
@@ -18355,7 +21000,6 @@ static int os2Open(
     OSTRACE1( "OPEN read only\n" );
   }
 
-  /*ulOpenFlags = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ? OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW : OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW;*/
   if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
     ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW;
     OSTRACE1( "OPEN open new/create\n" );
@@ -18364,7 +21008,6 @@ static int os2Open(
     OSTRACE1( "OPEN open existing\n" );
   }
 
-  /*ulOpenMode |= flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ? OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE : OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE;*/
   if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
     ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE;
     OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read/write\n" );
@@ -18373,16 +21016,15 @@ static int os2Open(
     OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read only\n" );
   }
 
-  if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
-               | SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL) ){
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
     char pathUtf8[CCHMAXPATH];
-    /*ulFileAttribute = FILE_HIDDEN;  //for debugging, we want to make sure it is deleted*/
-    ulFileAttribute = FILE_NORMAL;
-    sqlite3OsFullPathname( pVfs, zName, CCHMAXPATH, pathUtf8 );
+#ifdef NDEBUG /* when debugging we want to make sure it is deleted */
+    ulFileAttribute = FILE_HIDDEN;
+#endif
+    os2FullPathname( pVfs, zName, CCHMAXPATH, pathUtf8 );
     pFile->pathToDel = convertUtf8PathToCp( pathUtf8 );
     OSTRACE1( "OPEN hidden/delete on close file attributes\n" );
   }else{
-    ulFileAttribute = FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_NORMAL;
     pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
     OSTRACE1( "OPEN normal file attribute\n" );
   }
@@ -18392,7 +21034,7 @@ static int os2Open(
   ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR;
   ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
 
-  char *zNameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zName );
+  zNameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zName );
   rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zNameCp,
                 &h,
                 &ulAction,
@@ -18405,11 +21047,12 @@ static int os2Open(
   if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
     OSTRACE7( "OPEN Invalid handle rc=%d: zName=%s, ulAction=%#lx, ulAttr=%#lx, ulFlags=%#lx, ulMode=%#lx\n",
               rc, zName, ulAction, ulFileAttribute, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode );
-    free( pFile->pathToDel );
+    if( pFile->pathToDel )
+      free( pFile->pathToDel );
     pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
     if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
       OSTRACE2( "OPEN %d Invalid handle\n", ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE) );
-      return os2Open( 0, zName, id,
+      return os2Open( pVfs, zName, id,
                       ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE),
                       pOutFlags );
     }else{
@@ -18431,18 +21074,18 @@ static int os2Open(
 /*
 ** Delete the named file.
 */
-int os2Delete(
+static int os2Delete(
   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,                     /* Not used on os2 */
   const char *zFilename,                 /* Name of file to delete */
   int syncDir                            /* Not used on os2 */
 ){
   APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
   char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE );
   rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilenameCp );
   free( zFilenameCp );
   OSTRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename );
-  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -18451,13 +21094,14 @@ int os2Delete(
 static int os2Access(
   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Not used on os2 */
   const char *zFilename,    /* Name of file to check */
-  int flags                 /* Type of test to make on this file */
+  int flags,                /* Type of test to make on this file */
+  int *pOut                 /* Write results here */
 ){
   FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo;
   APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+  char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
 
   memset( &fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo) );
-  char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
   rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilenameCp, FIL_STANDARD,
                          &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
   free( zFilenameCp );
@@ -18470,83 +21114,17 @@ static int os2Access(
       OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read and exists  rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc );
       break;
     case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
-      rc = (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY) == 0;
+      rc = (rc == NO_ERROR) && ( (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY) == 0 );
       OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read/write  rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc );
       break;
     default:
       assert( !"Invalid flags argument" );
   }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
-** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
-*/
-static int os2GetTempname( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
-  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
-    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
-    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
-    "0123456789";
-  int i, j;
-  char zTempPathBuf[3];
-  PSZ zTempPath = (PSZ)&zTempPathBuf;
-  char *zTempPathUTF;
-  if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){
-    if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPath ) ){
-      if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){
-           ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0;
-           DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap );
-           sprintf( (char*)zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* strip off a trailing slashes or backslashes, otherwise we would get *
-   * multiple (back)slashes which causes DosOpen() to fail               */
-  j = strlen(zTempPath);
-  while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/' ) ){
-    j--;
-  }
-  zTempPath[j] = '\0';
-  zTempPathUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zTempPath );
-  sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf,
-                    "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPathUTF );
-  free( zTempPathUTF );
-  j = strlen( zBuf );
-  sqlite3_randomness( 20, &zBuf[j] );
-  for( i = 0; i < 20; i++, j++ ){
-    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
-  }
-  zBuf[j] = 0;
-  OSTRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf );
+  *pOut = rc;
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 
-/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
-** pathname into zFull[].  zFull[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
-** bytes in size.
-*/
-static int os2FullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  const char *zRelative,      /* Possibly relative input path */
-  int nFull,                  /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zFull                 /* Output buffer */
-){
-  char *zRelativeCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zRelative );
-  char zFullCp[CCHMAXPATH];
-  char *zFullUTF;
-  APIRET rc = DosQueryPathInfo( zRelativeCp, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME, zFullCp,
-                                CCHMAXPATH );
-  free( zRelativeCp );
-  zFullUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zFullCp );
-  sqlite3_snprintf( nFull, zFull, zFullUTF );
-  free( zFullUTF );
-  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
-
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
 /*
 ** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
@@ -18572,7 +21150,7 @@ static void *os2DlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
 static void os2DlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
 /* no-op */
 }
-void *os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
+static void *os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
   PFN pfn;
   APIRET rc;
   rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, zSymbol, &pfn);
@@ -18586,7 +21164,7 @@ void *os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
   }
   return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)pfn;
 }
-void os2DlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+static void os2DlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
   DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle);
 }
 #else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
@@ -18601,9 +21179,13 @@ void os2DlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
 ** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
 */
 static int os2Randomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
-  ULONG sizeofULong = sizeof(ULONG);
   int n = 0;
-  if( sizeof(DATETIME) <= nBuf - n ){
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  n = nBuf;
+  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#else
+  int sizeofULong = sizeof(ULONG);
+  if( (int)sizeof(DATETIME) <= nBuf - n ){
     DATETIME x;
     DosGetDateTime(&x);
     memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
@@ -18650,6 +21232,7 @@ static int os2Randomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
       n += sizeofULong;
     }
   }
+#endif
 
   return n;
 }
@@ -18715,13 +21298,14 @@ int os2CurrentTime( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow ){
   return 0;
 }
 
+static int os2GetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  return 0;
+}
+
 /*
-** Return a pointer to the sqlite3DefaultVfs structure.   We use
-** a function rather than give the structure global scope because
-** some compilers (MSVC) do not allow forward declarations of
-** initialized structures.
+** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
   static sqlite3_vfs os2Vfs = {
     1,                 /* iVersion */
     sizeof(os2File),   /* szOsFile */
@@ -18733,7 +21317,6 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){
     os2Open,           /* xOpen */
     os2Delete,         /* xDelete */
     os2Access,         /* xAccess */
-    os2GetTempname,    /* xGetTempname */
     os2FullPathname,   /* xFullPathname */
     os2DlOpen,         /* xDlOpen */
     os2DlError,        /* xDlError */
@@ -18741,13 +21324,19 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){
     os2DlClose,        /* xDlClose */
     os2Randomness,     /* xRandomness */
     os2Sleep,          /* xSleep */
-    os2CurrentTime     /* xCurrentTime */
+    os2CurrentTime,    /* xCurrentTime */
+    os2GetLastError    /* xGetLastError */
   };
-
-  return &os2Vfs;
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&os2Vfs, 1);
+  initUconvObjects();
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
+  freeUconvObjects();
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-#endif /* OS_OS2 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_OS2 */
 
 /************** End of os_os2.c **********************************************/
 /************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
@@ -18763,13 +21352,77 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){
 **
 ******************************************************************************
 **
-** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems.
-*/
-#if OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
-
-#include 
+** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems
+** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others.
+**
+** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file.
+** The differences are in the way that file locking is done.  The default
+** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks.  Alternative implementations
+** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply
+** skip locking all together.
+**
+** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various
+** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division.  PLEASE
+** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT.  New code should be placed
+** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled.
+**
+** The layout of divisions is as follows:
+**
+**   *  General-purpose declarations and utility functions.
+**   *  Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks.
+**   *  Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking):
+**      + for Posix Advisory Locks
+**      + for no-op locks
+**      + for dot-file locks
+**      + for flock() locking
+**      + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only)
+**      + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only)
+**   *  sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking.
+**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking
+**      methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method.
+**   *  sqlite3_vfs method implementations.
+**   *  Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only)
+**   *  Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods
+**      plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
+
+/*
+** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
+** control:
+**
+**   1. POSIX locking (the default),
+**   2. No locking,
+**   3. Dot-file locking,
+**   4. flock() locking,
+**   5. AFP locking (OSX only),
+**   6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only),
+**   7. proxy locking. (OSX only)
+**
+** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+** is defined to 1.  The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic
+** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem
+** where the database is located.  
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+#  if defined(__APPLE__)
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+#  endif
+#endif
 
-/* #define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 */
+/*
+** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on 
+** vxworks, or 0 otherwise.
+*/
+#ifndef OS_VXWORKS
+#  if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL)
+#    define OS_VXWORKS 1
+#  else
+#    define OS_VXWORKS 0
+#  endif
+#endif
 
 /*
 ** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
@@ -18783,6 +21436,11 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){
 ** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
 ** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
 ** portability you should omit LFS.
+**
+** The previous paragraph was written in 2005.  (This paragraph is written
+** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so
+** you should probably leave LFS enabled.  But some embedded platforms might
+** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful.
 */
 #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
 # define _LARGE_FILE       1
@@ -18799,23 +21457,26 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
-#ifdef VXWORKS
-# include 
-#else
-# include 
-#endif
+#include 
 #include 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+# include 
+# if OS_VXWORKS
+#  include 
+#  include 
+# else
+#  include 
+#  include 
+#  include 
+# endif
 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
 
 /*
 ** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
 ** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
 */
-#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
 # define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
 #endif
 
@@ -18827,38 +21488,89 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){
 #endif
 
 /*
+ ** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755
+#endif
+
+/*
 ** Maximum supported path-length.
 */
 #define MAX_PATHNAME 512
 
+/*
+** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
+** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
+*/
+#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
+
 
 /*
-** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the unix
-** protability layer.
+** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor
+** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following
+** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an
+** opportunity to either close or reuse it.
+*/
+typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd;
+struct UnixUnusedFd {
+  int fd;                   /* File descriptor to close */
+  int flags;                /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;      /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */
+};
+
+/*
+** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix
+** VFS implementations.
 */
 typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
 struct unixFile {
   sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
+  struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen;       /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
+  struct unixLockInfo *pLock;      /* Info about locks on this inode */
+  int h;                           /* The file descriptor */
+  int dirfd;                       /* File descriptor for the directory */
+  unsigned char locktype;          /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+  int lastErrno;                   /* The unix errno from the last I/O error */
+  void *lockingContext;            /* Locking style specific state */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;           /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
+  int fileFlags;                   /* Miscellanous flags */
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  int openFlags;                   /* The flags specified at open() */
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+  pthread_t tid;                   /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */
+#endif
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  int isDelete;                    /* Delete on close if true */
+  struct vxworksFileId *pId;       /* Unique file ID */
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
+  ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated
+  ** whenever any part of the database changes.  An assertion fault will
+  ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction
+  ** counter.  This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the
+  ** one described by ticket #3584. 
+  */
+  unsigned char transCntrChng;   /* True if the transaction counter changed */
+  unsigned char dbUpdate;        /* True if any part of database file changed */
+  unsigned char inNormalWrite;   /* True if in a normal write operation */
+#endif
 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
   /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
   ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
   */
   char aPadding[32];
 #endif
-  struct openCnt *pOpen;    /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
-  struct lockInfo *pLock;   /* Info about locks on this inode */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  void *lockingContext;     /* Locking style specific state */
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-  int h;                    /* The file descriptor */
-  unsigned char locktype;   /* The type of lock held on this fd */
-  int dirfd;                /* File descriptor for the directory */
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  pthread_t tid;            /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */
-#endif
 };
 
 /*
+** The following macros define bits in unixFile.fileFlags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING  0x0001   /* Use whole-file locking */
+
+/*
 ** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
 */
 /************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
@@ -18881,7 +21593,11 @@ struct unixFile {
 **
 ** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
 ** general purpose header file.
+**
+** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.38 2009/02/24 18:40:50 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
 
 /*
 ** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
@@ -18892,15 +21608,6 @@ struct unixFile {
 # error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
 #endif
 
-
-/*
- * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
- * pending-byte in the database file.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
-#endif
-
 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
 #define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
@@ -18927,22 +21634,113 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
 ** on i486 hardware.
 */
 #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
-  unsigned long long int x;
-  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
-          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
-          :"=A" (x));
-  return x;
-}
-static unsigned long long int g_start;
-static unsigned int elapse;
-#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+**
+** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+  }
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
+  }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
 #else
 #define TIMER_START
 #define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -18995,6 +21793,8 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
 #define OpenCounter(X)
 #endif
 
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
 /************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
 /************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/
 
@@ -19035,271 +21835,52 @@ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
 #define threadid 0
 #endif
 
-/*
-** Set or check the unixFile.tid field.  This field is set when an unixFile
-** is first opened.  All subsequent uses of the unixFile verify that the
-** same thread is operating on the unixFile.  Some operating systems do
-** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction
-** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread
-** to another.  This logic makes sure a user does not try to do that
-** by mistake.
-**
-** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15):  unixFile can be moved from one thread to
-** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads
-** overriding each others locks (which now the most common behavior)
-** or if no locks are held.  But the unixFile.pLock field needs to be
-** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id.  See the 
-** transferOwnership() function below for additional information
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# define SET_THREADID(X)   (X)->tid = pthread_self()
-# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \
-                            !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self()))
-#else
-# define SET_THREADID(X)
-# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0
-#endif
 
 /*
-** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks:  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
-** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
-** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
-** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
-** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
-** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
-**
-**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
-**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
-**
-** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
-** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
-** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
-** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
-** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
-** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
-** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
-** file descriptors opened on different file names.
-**
-** Bummer.  If you ask me, this is broken.  Badly broken.  It means
-** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among
-** competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
-** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
-** threads within the same process.
-**
-** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
-** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
-** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
-** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
-** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
-** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
-** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
-** inode.
-**
-** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
-** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
-** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
-** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
-** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
-** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
-** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
-** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
-** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
-** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
-**
-** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
-** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
-** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
-** a locked and an unlocked state.
-**
-** 2004-Jan-11:
-** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks.  (The more
-** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are
-** an abomination.)
-**
-** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
-** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
-** released.  To work around this problem, each unixFile structure contains
-** a pointer to an openCnt structure.  There is one openCnt structure
-** per open inode, which means that multiple unixFile can point to a single
-** openCnt.  When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
-** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
-** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
-** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
-** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
-** clears.
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
+** global mutex is used to protect the unixOpenCnt, unixLockInfo and
+** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be 
+** shared by multiple threads.
 **
-** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate
-** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks
-** to the same file in other threads.  Linux threads behave like
-** separate processes in this respect.  But, if you close a file
-** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks
-** on other threads and even though the other threads have different
-** process IDs.  Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect.
-** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.)
-** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo
-** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because
-** locks in different threads are treated as distinct.  But the 
-** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its
-** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current
-** thread.  Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could
-** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure.
-**
-** 2004-Jun-28:
-** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks.
-** On others not.  Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same
-** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable.  The
-** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far
-** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same
-** inconsistency.  There is no little doubt in my mind that posix
-** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken.
-**
-** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime 
-** whether or not threads can override each others locks.  This test
-** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted.  A static 
-** variable is set to record the results of this test for future
-** use.
-*/
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode.
+** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex 
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() 
+** statements. e.g.
 **
-** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the
-** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID.  If threads can override
-** each others locks then tid is always set to zero.  tid is omitted
-** if we compile without threading support.
+**   unixEnterMutex()
+**     assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+**   unixEnterLeave()
 */
-struct lockKey {
-  dev_t dev;       /* Device number */
-  ino_t ino;       /* Inode number */
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  pthread_t tid;   /* Thread ID or zero if threads can override each other */
+static void unixEnterMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+static void unixLeaveMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int unixMutexHeld(void) {
+  return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
 #endif
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
-** inode on each thread with a different process ID.  (Threads have
-** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.)
-**
-** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
-** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
-** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
-*/
-struct lockInfo {
-  struct lockKey key;  /* The lookup key */
-  int cnt;             /* Number of SHARED locks held */
-  int locktype;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
-  int nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this structure */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode.  This
-** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
-*/
-struct openKey {
-  dev_t dev;   /* Device number */
-  ino_t ino;   /* Inode number */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
-** inode.  This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that
-** inode.  If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
-** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
-** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
-*/
-struct openCnt {
-  struct openKey key;   /* The lookup key */
-  int nRef;             /* Number of pointers to this structure */
-  int nLock;            /* Number of outstanding locks */
-  int nPending;         /* Number of pending close() operations */
-  int *aPending;        /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
-};
 
-/* 
-** These hash tables map inodes and file descriptors (really, lockKey and
-** openKey structures) into lockInfo and openCnt structures.  Access to 
-** these hash tables must be protected by a mutex.
-*/
-static Hash lockHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
-static Hash openHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
-** The locking styles are associated with the different file locking
-** capabilities supported by different file systems.  
-**
-** POSIX locking style fully supports shared and exclusive byte-range locks 
-** ADP locking only supports exclusive byte-range locks
-** FLOCK only supports a single file-global exclusive lock
-** DOTLOCK isn't a true locking style, it refers to the use of a special
-**   file named the same as the database file with a '.lock' extension, this
-**   can be used on file systems that do not offer any reliable file locking
-** NO locking means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
-**   read-only file systems currently
-** UNSUPPORTED means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
-**   file systems that are known to be unsupported
-*/
-typedef enum {
-  posixLockingStyle = 0,       /* standard posix-advisory locks */
-  afpLockingStyle,             /* use afp locks */
-  flockLockingStyle,           /* use flock() */
-  dotlockLockingStyle,         /* use .lock files */
-  noLockingStyle,              /* useful for read-only file system */
-  unsupportedLockingStyle      /* indicates unsupported file system */
-} sqlite3LockingStyle;
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 /*
-** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex.
+** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
+** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
+** integer lock-type.
 */
-static void enterMutex(){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-static void leaveMutex(){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
+  switch( locktype ){
+    case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
+    case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
+    case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
+    case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
+    case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
+  }
+  return "ERROR";
 }
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-/*
-** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others
-** locks.
-**
-**    0:  No.  Threads cannot override each others locks.
-**    1:  Yes.  Threads can override each others locks.
-**   -1:  We don't know yet.
-**
-** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each
-** others locks.  On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro
-** will be set appropriately.  On other systems, we have to check at
-** runtime.  On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is
-** undefined.
-**
-** This variable normally has file scope only.  But during testing, we make
-** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify
-** that the right stuff happens in either case.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK
-# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
-#else
-static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
 #endif
 
-/*
-** This structure holds information passed into individual test
-** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine.
-*/
-struct threadTestData {
-  int fd;                /* File to be locked */
-  struct flock lock;     /* The locking operation */
-  int result;            /* Result of the locking operation */
-};
-
 #ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
 /*
 ** Print out information about all locking operations.
@@ -19359,19 +21940,470 @@ static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
 #define fcntl lockTrace
 #endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
 
+
+
+/*
+** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
+** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
+** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
+** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into 
+** SQLITE_IOERR
+** 
+** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
+** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
+*/
+static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
+  switch (posixError) {
+  case 0: 
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+    
+  case EAGAIN:
+  case ETIMEDOUT:
+  case EBUSY:
+  case EINTR:
+  case ENOLCK:  
+    /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support 
+     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    
+  case EACCES: 
+    /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/
+    if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || 
+	(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || 
+	(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
+	(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    /* else fall through */
+  case EPERM: 
+    return SQLITE_PERM;
+    
+  case EDEADLK:
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
+    
+#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
+  case EOPNOTSUPP: 
+    /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support 
+     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
+#endif
+#ifdef ENOTSUP
+  case ENOTSUP: 
+    /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which 
+     * it actually means what it says */
+#endif
+  case EIO:
+  case EBADF:
+  case EINVAL:
+  case ENOTCONN:
+  case ENODEV:
+  case ENXIO:
+  case ENOENT:
+  case ESTALE:
+  case ENOSYS:
+    /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
+    
+  default: 
+    return sqliteIOErr;
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ***************
+**
+** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating
+** the device number and the inode number.  But this does not work on VxWorks.
+** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename.
+**
+** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a
+** unique file ID in VxWorks.  Each instance of this structure contains
+** a copy of the canonical filename.  There is also a reference count.  
+** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to
+** zero.
+**
+** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not
+** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these
+** structures on a linked list.
+*/
+struct vxworksFileId {
+  struct vxworksFileId *pNext;  /* Next in a list of them all */
+  int nRef;                     /* Number of references to this one */
+  int nName;                    /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */
+  char *zCanonicalName;         /* Canonical filename */
+};
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+/* 
+** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this
+** variable:
+*/
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0;
+
+/*
+** Simplify a filename into its canonical form
+** by making the following changes:
+**
+**  * removing any trailing and duplicate /
+**  * convert /./ into just /
+**  * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just /
+**
+** Changes are made in-place.  Return the new name length.
+**
+** The original filename is in z[0..n-1].  Return the number of
+** characters in the simplified name.
+*/
+static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){
+  int i, j;
+  while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; }
+  for(i=j=0; i0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
+        if( j>0 ){ j--; }
+        i += 2;
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+    z[j++] = z[i];
+  }
+  z[j] = 0;
+  return j;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname.  Return
+** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object.  This pointer is the unique
+** file ID.
+**
+** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before
+** the object is returned.  A new vxworksFileId object is created
+** and added to the global list if necessary.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL.
+*/
+static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){
+  struct vxworksFileId *pNew;         /* search key and new file ID */
+  struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate;   /* For looping over existing file IDs */
+  int n;                              /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */
+
+  assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' );
+  n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName);
+  pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1];
+  memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1);
+  n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n);
+
+  /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name.
+  ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to
+  ** the existing file ID.
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){
+    if( pCandidate->nName==n 
+     && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0
+    ){
+       sqlite3_free(pNew);
+       pCandidate->nRef++;
+       unixLeaveMutex();
+       return pCandidate;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No match was found.  We will make a new file ID */
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
+  pNew->nName = n;
+  pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList;
+  vxworksFileList = pNew;
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object.  Free
+** the object when the reference count reaches zero.
+*/
+static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  assert( pId->nRef>0 );
+  pId->nRef--;
+  if( pId->nRef==0 ){
+    struct vxworksFileId **pp;
+    for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){}
+    assert( *pp==pId );
+    *pp = pId->pNext;
+    sqlite3_free(pId);
+  }
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks ****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Posix Advisory Locking ****************************
+**
+** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design.  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
+** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
+** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
+** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
+** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
+** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
+**
+**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
+**
+** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
+** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
+** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
+** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
+** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
+** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
+** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
+** file descriptors opened on different file names.
+**
+** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access
+** among competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
+** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
+** threads within the same process.
+**
+** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
+** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
+** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
+** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
+** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
+** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
+** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
+** inode.
+**
+** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks.
+** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on
+** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.)
+**
+** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
+** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
+** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
+** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
+** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
+** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
+** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
+** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
+** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
+** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
+**
+** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
+** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
+** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
+** a locked and an unlocked state.
+**
+** But wait:  there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks.
+**
+** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
+** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
+** released.  To work around this problem, each unixFile structure contains
+** a pointer to an unixOpenCnt structure.  There is one unixOpenCnt structure
+** per open inode, which means that multiple unixFile can point to a single
+** unixOpenCnt.  When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
+** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
+** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
+** The unixOpenCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
+** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
+** clears.
+**
+** Yet another problem:  LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks.
+**
+** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is
+** not posix compliant.  Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread
+** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B.
+** Only thread A can modify the lock.  Locking behavior is correct
+** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL)
+** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks
+** in thread B.  But there is no way to know at compile-time which
+** threading library is being used.  So there is no way to know at
+** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
+** We have to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
+** current process.
+**
+** On systems where thread A is unable to modify locks created by
+** thread B, we have to keep track of which thread created each
+** lock.  Hence there is an extra field in the key to the unixLockInfo
+** structure to record this information.  And on those systems it
+** is illegal to begin a transaction in one thread and finish it
+** in another.  For this latter restriction, there is no work-around.
+** It is a limitation of LinuxThreads.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Set or check the unixFile.tid field.  This field is set when an unixFile
+** is first opened.  All subsequent uses of the unixFile verify that the
+** same thread is operating on the unixFile.  Some operating systems do
+** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction
+** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread
+** to another while locks are held.
+**
+** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15):  unixFile can be moved from one thread to
+** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads
+** overriding each others locks (which is now the most common behavior)
+** or if no locks are held.  But the unixFile.pLock field needs to be
+** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id.  See the 
+** transferOwnership() function below for additional information
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+# define SET_THREADID(X)   (X)->tid = pthread_self()
+# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \
+                            !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self()))
+#else
+# define SET_THREADID(X)
+# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular unixOpenCnt structure given its inode.  This
+** is the same as the unixLockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
+*/
+struct unixFileId {
+  dev_t dev;                  /* Device number */
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  struct vxworksFileId *pId;  /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */
+#else
+  ino_t ino;                  /* Inode number */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
+** to locate a particular unixLockInfo structure given its inode.
+**
+** If threads cannot override each others locks (LinuxThreads), then we
+** set the unixLockKey.tid field to the thread ID.  If threads can override
+** each others locks (Posix and NPTL) then tid is always set to zero.
+** tid is omitted if we compile without threading support or on an OS
+** other than linux.
+*/
+struct unixLockKey {
+  struct unixFileId fid;  /* Unique identifier for the file */
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+  pthread_t tid;  /* Thread ID of lock owner. Zero if not using LinuxThreads */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode.  Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for
+** each inode opened by each thread.
+**
+** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
+** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
+** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
+*/
+struct unixLockInfo {
+  struct unixLockKey lockKey;     /* The lookup key */
+  int cnt;                        /* Number of SHARED locks held */
+  int locktype;                   /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+  int nRef;                       /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  struct unixLockInfo *pNext;     /* List of all unixLockInfo objects */
+  struct unixLockInfo *pPrev;     /*    .... doubly linked */
+};
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
+** inode.  This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that
+** inode.  If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
+** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
+** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
+**
+** TODO:  Consider changing this so that there is only a single file
+** descriptor for each open file, even when it is opened multiple times.
+** The close() system call would only occur when the last database
+** using the file closes.
+*/
+struct unixOpenCnt {
+  struct unixFileId fileId;   /* The lookup key */
+  int nRef;                   /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+  int nLock;                  /* Number of outstanding locks */
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;      /* Unused file descriptors to close */
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  sem_t *pSem;                     /* Named POSIX semaphore */
+  char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2];   /* Name of that semaphore */
+#endif
+  struct unixOpenCnt *pNext, *pPrev;   /* List of all unixOpenCnt objects */
+};
+
+/*
+** Lists of all unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt objects.  These used to be hash
+** tables.  But the number of objects is rarely more than a dozen and
+** never exceeds a few thousand.  And lookup is not on a critical
+** path so a simple linked list will suffice.
+*/
+static struct unixLockInfo *lockList = 0;
+static struct unixOpenCnt *openList = 0;
+
+/*
+** This variable remembers whether or not threads can override each others
+** locks.
+**
+**    0:  No.  Threads cannot override each others locks.  (LinuxThreads)
+**    1:  Yes.  Threads can override each others locks.  (Posix & NLPT)
+**   -1:  We don't know yet.
+**
+** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each
+** others locks.  On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro
+** will be set appropriately.  On other systems, we have to check at
+** runtime.  On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is
+** undefined.
+**
+** This variable normally has file scope only.  But during testing, we make
+** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify
+** that the right stuff happens in either case.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+#  ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK
+#    define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1
+#  endif
+#  ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
+#  else
+static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
+#  endif
+#endif
+
 /*
-** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate
-** threads on this routine.  This routine attempts to lock a file
-** descriptor then returns.  The success or failure of that attempt
-** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine
-** whether or not threads can override each others locks.
+** This structure holds information passed into individual test
+** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine.
 */
+struct threadTestData {
+  int fd;                /* File to be locked */
+  struct flock lock;     /* The locking operation */
+  int result;            /* Result of the locking operation */
+};
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+/*
+** This function is used as the main routine for a thread launched by
+** testThreadLockingBehavior(). It tests whether the shared-lock obtained
+** by the main thread in testThreadLockingBehavior() conflicts with a
+** hypothetical write-lock obtained by this thread on the same file.
+**
+** The write-lock is not actually acquired, as this is not possible if 
+** the file is open in read-only mode (see ticket #3472).
+*/ 
 static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
   struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg;
-  pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock);
+  pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_GETLK, &pData->lock);
   return pArg;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */
 
+
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
 /*
 ** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads
 ** can override each others locks then sets the 
@@ -19379,214 +22411,216 @@ static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
 */
 static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){
   int fd;
-  struct threadTestData d[2];
-  pthread_t t[2];
+  int rc;
+  struct threadTestData d;
+  struct flock l;
+  pthread_t t;
 
   fd = dup(fd_orig);
   if( fd<0 ) return;
-  memset(d, 0, sizeof(d));
-  d[0].fd = fd;
-  d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-  d[0].lock.l_len = 1;
-  d[0].lock.l_start = 0;
-  d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-  d[1] = d[0];
-  d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-  pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]);
-  pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]);
-  pthread_join(t[0], 0);
-  pthread_join(t[1], 0);
-  close(fd);
-  threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks =  d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
-
-/*
-** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
-*/
-static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){
-  if (pLock == NULL)
-    return;
-  pLock->nRef--;
-  if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
-    sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(pLock->key), 0);
-    sqlite3_free(pLock);
+  memset(&l, 0, sizeof(l));
+  l.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  l.l_len = 1;
+  l.l_start = 0;
+  l.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  rc = fcntl(fd_orig, F_SETLK, &l);
+  if( rc!=0 ) return;
+  memset(&d, 0, sizeof(d));
+  d.fd = fd;
+  d.lock = l;
+  d.lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+  if( pthread_create(&t, 0, threadLockingTest, &d)==0 ){
+    pthread_join(t, 0);
   }
+  close(fd);
+  if( d.result!=0 ) return;
+  threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = (d.lock.l_type==F_UNLCK);
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */
 
 /*
-** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+** Release a unixLockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+**
+** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
+** when this function is called.
 */
-static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){
-  if (pOpen == NULL)
-    return;
-  pOpen->nRef--;
-  if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
-    sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(pOpen->key), 0);
-    free(pOpen->aPending);
-    sqlite3_free(pOpen);
+static void releaseLockInfo(struct unixLockInfo *pLock){
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+  if( pLock ){
+    pLock->nRef--;
+    if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
+      if( pLock->pPrev ){
+        assert( pLock->pPrev->pNext==pLock );
+        pLock->pPrev->pNext = pLock->pNext;
+      }else{
+        assert( lockList==pLock );
+        lockList = pLock->pNext;
+      }
+      if( pLock->pNext ){
+        assert( pLock->pNext->pPrev==pLock );
+        pLock->pNext->pPrev = pLock->pPrev;
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(pLock);
+    }
   }
 }
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
 /*
-** Tests a byte-range locking query to see if byte range locks are 
-** supported, if not we fall back to dotlockLockingStyle.
+** Release a unixOpenCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+**
+** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
+** when this function is called.
 */
-static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3TestLockingStyle(
-  const char *filePath, 
-  int fd
-){
-  /* test byte-range lock using fcntl */
-  struct flock lockInfo;
-  
-  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
-  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
-  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-  
-  if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
-    return posixLockingStyle;
-  } 
-  
-  /* testing for flock can give false positives.  So if if the above test
-  ** fails, then we fall back to using dot-lock style locking.
-  */  
-  return dotlockLockingStyle;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Examines the f_fstypename entry in the statfs structure as returned by 
-** stat() for the file system hosting the database file, assigns the 
-** appropriate locking style based on its value.  These values and 
-** assignments are based on Darwin/OSX behavior and have not been tested on 
-** other systems.
-*/
-static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(
-  const char *filePath, 
-  int fd
-){
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE
-  return (sqlite3LockingStyle)SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE;
-#else
-  struct statfs fsInfo;
+static void releaseOpenCnt(struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen){
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+  if( pOpen ){
+    pOpen->nRef--;
+    if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
+      if( pOpen->pPrev ){
+        assert( pOpen->pPrev->pNext==pOpen );
+        pOpen->pPrev->pNext = pOpen->pNext;
+      }else{
+        assert( openList==pOpen );
+        openList = pOpen->pNext;
+      }
+      if( pOpen->pNext ){
+        assert( pOpen->pNext->pPrev==pOpen );
+        pOpen->pNext->pPrev = pOpen->pPrev;
+      }
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
+      assert( !pOpen->pUnused || threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 );
+#endif
 
-  if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
-    return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);
-  }
-  if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
-    return noLockingStyle;
-  }
-  if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "hfs")==0 ||
-      strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "ufs")==0 ){
-    return posixLockingStyle;
-  }
-  if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "afpfs")==0 ){
-    return afpLockingStyle;
-  }
-  if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){
-    return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);
-  }
-  if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "smbfs")==0 ){
-    return flockLockingStyle;
-  }
-  if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "msdos")==0 ){
-    return dotlockLockingStyle;
-  }
-  if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "webdav")==0 ){
-    return unsupportedLockingStyle;
+      /* If pOpen->pUnused is not null, then memory and file-descriptors
+      ** are leaked.
+      **
+      ** This will only happen if, under Linuxthreads, the user has opened
+      ** a transaction in one thread, then attempts to close the database
+      ** handle from another thread (without first unlocking the db file).
+      ** This is a misuse.  */
+      sqlite3_free(pOpen);
+    }
   }
-  return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);  
-#endif /* SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE */
 }
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
 /*
-** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that
+** Given a file descriptor, locate unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt structures that
 ** describes that file descriptor.  Create new ones if necessary.  The
 ** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
 **
+** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
+** when this function is called.
+**
 ** Return an appropriate error code.
 */
 static int findLockInfo(
-  int fd,                      /* The file descriptor used in the key */
-  struct lockInfo **ppLock,    /* Return the lockInfo structure here */
-  struct openCnt **ppOpen      /* Return the openCnt structure here */
+  unixFile *pFile,               /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
+  struct unixLockInfo **ppLock,  /* Return the unixLockInfo structure here */
+  struct unixOpenCnt **ppOpen    /* Return the unixOpenCnt structure here */
 ){
-  int rc;
-  struct lockKey key1;
-  struct openKey key2;
-  struct stat statbuf;
-  struct lockInfo *pLock;
-  struct openCnt *pOpen;
+  int rc;                        /* System call return code */
+  int fd;                        /* The file descriptor for pFile */
+  struct unixLockKey lockKey;    /* Lookup key for the unixLockInfo structure */
+  struct unixFileId fileId;      /* Lookup key for the unixOpenCnt struct */
+  struct stat statbuf;           /* Low-level file information */
+  struct unixLockInfo *pLock = 0;/* Candidate unixLockInfo object */
+  struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen;     /* Candidate unixOpenCnt object */
+
+  assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+
+  /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
+  ** create a unique name for the file.
+  */
+  fd = pFile->h;
   rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
   if( rc!=0 ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
 #ifdef EOVERFLOW
-    if( errno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
+    if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
 #endif
     return SQLITE_IOERR;
   }
 
-  memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1));
-  key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
-  key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+  /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
+  ** incorrectly for zero-size files.  See ticket #3260.  To work
+  ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
+  ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte
+  ** prior to accessing the inode number.  The one byte written is
+  ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte
+  ** in the header of every SQLite database.  In this way, if there
+  ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
+  ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
+  */
+  if( statbuf.st_size==0 ){
+    rc = write(fd, "S", 1);
+    if( rc!=1 ){
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+    rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+      return SQLITE_IOERR;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  memset(&lockKey, 0, sizeof(lockKey));
+  lockKey.fid.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  lockKey.fid.pId = pFile->pId;
+#else
+  lockKey.fid.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
   if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){
     testThreadLockingBehavior(fd);
   }
-  key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
+  lockKey.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
 #endif
-  memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2));
-  key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
-  key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
-  pLock = (struct lockInfo*)sqlite3HashFind(&lockHash, &key1, sizeof(key1));
-  if( pLock==0 ){
-    struct lockInfo *pOld;
-    pLock = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLock) );
+  fileId = lockKey.fid;
+  if( ppLock!=0 ){
+    pLock = lockList;
+    while( pLock && memcmp(&lockKey, &pLock->lockKey, sizeof(lockKey)) ){
+      pLock = pLock->pNext;
+    }
     if( pLock==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto exit_findlockinfo;
-    }
-    pLock->key = key1;
-    pLock->nRef = 1;
-    pLock->cnt = 0;
-    pLock->locktype = 0;
-    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1), pLock);
-    if( pOld!=0 ){
-      assert( pOld==pLock );
-      sqlite3_free(pLock);
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto exit_findlockinfo;
+      pLock = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLock) );
+      if( pLock==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        goto exit_findlockinfo;
+      }
+      memcpy(&pLock->lockKey,&lockKey,sizeof(lockKey));
+      pLock->nRef = 1;
+      pLock->cnt = 0;
+      pLock->locktype = 0;
+      pLock->pNext = lockList;
+      pLock->pPrev = 0;
+      if( lockList ) lockList->pPrev = pLock;
+      lockList = pLock;
+    }else{
+      pLock->nRef++;
     }
-  }else{
-    pLock->nRef++;
+    *ppLock = pLock;
   }
-  *ppLock = pLock;
   if( ppOpen!=0 ){
-    pOpen = (struct openCnt*)sqlite3HashFind(&openHash, &key2, sizeof(key2));
+    pOpen = openList;
+    while( pOpen && memcmp(&fileId, &pOpen->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
+      pOpen = pOpen->pNext;
+    }
     if( pOpen==0 ){
-      struct openCnt *pOld;
       pOpen = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pOpen) );
       if( pOpen==0 ){
         releaseLockInfo(pLock);
         rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
         goto exit_findlockinfo;
       }
-      pOpen->key = key2;
+      memset(pOpen, 0, sizeof(*pOpen));
+      pOpen->fileId = fileId;
       pOpen->nRef = 1;
-      pOpen->nLock = 0;
-      pOpen->nPending = 0;
-      pOpen->aPending = 0;
-      pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2), pOpen);
-      if( pOld!=0 ){
-        assert( pOld==pOpen );
-        sqlite3_free(pOpen);
-        releaseLockInfo(pLock);
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        goto exit_findlockinfo;
-      }
+      pOpen->pNext = openList;
+      if( openList ) openList->pPrev = pOpen;
+      openList = pOpen;
     }else{
       pOpen->nRef++;
     }
@@ -19597,38 +22631,18 @@ exit_findlockinfo:
   return rc;
 }
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
-** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
-** integer lock-type.
-*/
-static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
-  switch( locktype ){
-  case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
-  case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
-  case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
-  case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
-  case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
-  }
-  return "ERROR";
-}
-#endif
-
 /*
 ** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the
 ** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile
 ** over to the current thread.
 **
-** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems where one thread is
-** unable to override locks created by a different thread.  RedHat9 is
-** an example of such a system.
+** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems that use LinuxThreads.
 **
 ** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked.
 ** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return
 ** SQLITE_MISUSE.  SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works.
 */
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
 static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){
   int rc;
   pthread_t hSelf;
@@ -19651,7 +22665,7 @@ static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){
   pFile->tid = hSelf;
   if (pFile->pLock != NULL) {
     releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
-    rc = findLockInfo(pFile->h, &pFile->pLock, 0);
+    rc = findLockInfo(pFile, &pFile->pLock, 0);
     OSTRACE5("LOCK    %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h,
            locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
            locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt);
@@ -19660,349 +22674,123 @@ static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
 }
-#else
+#else  /* if not SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
   /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */
 # define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
 
-/*
-** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
-** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
-**
-** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
-** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
-** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
-** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
-** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
-*/
-static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
-  int got;
-  i64 newOffset;
-  TIMER_START;
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
-  got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
-  got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#else
-  newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
-  SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
-  if( newOffset!=offset ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
-#endif
-  TIMER_END;
-  OSTRACE5("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
-  return got;
-}
 
 /*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
 */
-static int unixRead(
-  sqlite3_file *id, 
-  void *pBuf, 
-  int amt,
-  sqlite3_int64 offset
-){
-  int got;
-  assert( id );
-  got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt);
-  if( got==amt ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( got<0 ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-  }else{
-    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-}
+static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
 
-/*
-** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
-** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
-*/
-static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
-  int got;
-  i64 newOffset;
-  TIMER_START;
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
-  got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
-  got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-#else
-  newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
-  if( newOffset!=offset ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-# ifndef VXWORKS
-  got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
-# else
-  got = write(id->h, (char *)pBuf, cnt);
-# endif
-#endif
-  TIMER_END;
-  OSTRACE5("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
-  return got;
-}
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
 
+  assert( pFile );
+  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */
 
-/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
-*/
-static int unixWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *id, 
-  const void *pBuf, 
-  int amt,
-  sqlite3_int64 offset 
-){
-  int wrote = 0;
-  assert( id );
-  assert( amt>0 );
-  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
-    amt -= wrote;
-    offset += wrote;
-    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
   }
-  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
-  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
-  if( amt>0 ){
-    if( wrote<0 ){
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_FULL;
+
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+  */
+#ifndef __DJGPP__
+  if( !reserved ){
+    struct flock lock;
+    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+    lock.l_len = 1;
+    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+    if (-1 == fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock)) {
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
+      reserved = 1;
     }
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Use the fdatasync() API only if the HAVE_FDATASYNC macro is defined.
-** Otherwise use fsync() in its place.
-*/
-#ifndef HAVE_FDATASYNC
-# define fdatasync fsync
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
-** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
-** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
-*/
-#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
-#else
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
 #endif
+  
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
 
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
+}
 
 /*
-** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
-** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
-** it work better.
+** Perform a file locking operation on a range of bytes in a file.
+** The "op" parameter should be one of F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, or F_UNLCK.
+** Return 0 on success or -1 for failure.  On failure, write the error
+** code into *pErrcode.
 **
-** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
-** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
-** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
-** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
+** If the SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING bit is clear, then only lock
+** the range of bytes on the locking page between SHARED_FIRST and
+** SHARED_SIZE.  If SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING is set, then lock all
+** bytes from 0 up to but not including PENDING_BYTE, and all bytes
+** that follow SHARED_FIRST.
+**
+** In other words, of SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING if false (the historical
+** default case) then only lock a small range of bytes from SHARED_FIRST
+** through SHARED_FIRST+SHARED_SIZE-1.  But if SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING is
+** true then lock every byte in the file except for PENDING_BYTE and
+** RESERVED_BYTE.
+**
+** SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING=true overlaps SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING=false
+** and so the locking schemes are compatible.  One type of lock will
+** effectively exclude the other type.  The reason for using the
+** SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING=true is that by indicating the full range
+** of bytes to be read or written, we give hints to NFS to help it
+** maintain cache coherency.  On the other hand, whole file locking
+** is slower, so we don't want to use it except for NFS.
 */
-static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
+static int rangeLock(unixFile *pFile, int op, int *pErrcode){
+  struct flock lock;
   int rc;
-
-  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
-  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
-  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
-  sqlite3_sync_count++;
-#endif
-
-  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
-  ** no-op
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#else
-
-#if HAVE_FULLFSYNC
-  if( fullSync ){
-    rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
-  }else{
-    rc = 1;
-  }
-  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
-   * It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
-   * file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
-   * isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
-   * and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
-   * It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
-   * the fcntl call every time sync is called.
-   */
-  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
-
-#else 
-  if( dataOnly ){
-    rc = fdatasync(fd);
+  lock.l_type = op;
+  lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  if( (pFile->fileFlags & SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING)==0 ){
+    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+    rc = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    *pErrcode = errno;
   }else{
-    rc = fsync(fd);
+    lock.l_len = 0;
+    rc = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    *pErrcode = errno;
+    if( NEVER(op==F_UNLCK) || rc!=(-1) ){
+      lock.l_start = 0;
+      lock.l_len = PENDING_BYTE;
+      rc = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+      if( ALWAYS(op!=F_UNLCK) && rc==(-1) ){
+        *pErrcode = errno;
+        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+        lock.l_len = 0;
+        fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+      }
+    }
   }
-#endif /* HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) */
-
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
 **
-** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
-** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
-** file data is synced.
-**
-** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
-** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
-** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
-** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
-** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
-** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
-** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
-*/
-static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
-  int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
-
-  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
-  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
-      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
-  );
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE2("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h);
-  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
-  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
-  if( rc ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC;
-  }
-  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
-    OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
-            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync);
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
-    /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
-    ** turned off or unavailable.  If a full_fsync occurred above,
-    ** then the directory sync is superfluous.
-    */
-    if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){
-       /*
-       ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning
-       ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems.
-       ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal.  So it seems
-       ** better to ignore the error.  Ticket #1657
-       */
-       /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */
-    }
-#endif
-    close(pFile->dirfd);  /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */
-    pFile->dirfd = -1;    /* when we are done. */
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
-  int rc;
-  assert( id );
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
-  rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte);
-  if( rc ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
-  int rc;
-  struct stat buf;
-  assert( id );
-  rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
-  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-  }
-  *pSize = buf.st_size;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero.  If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
-** return zero.
-*/
-static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int r = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  enterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */
-
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    r = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
-  */
-  if( !r ){
-    struct flock lock;
-    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
-    lock.l_len = 1;
-    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-    fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock);
-    if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
-      r = 1;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  leaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r);
-
-  return r;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
 **
 ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
 ** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
@@ -20060,9 +22848,10 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
   */
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  struct lockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
+  struct unixLockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
   struct flock lock;
-  int s;
+  int s = 0;
+  int tErrno;
 
   assert( pFile );
   OSTRACE7("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
@@ -20071,7 +22860,7 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
 
   /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
   ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
   */
   if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
     OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
@@ -20079,7 +22868,10 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
 
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct.
+  **  (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
+  **  (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
+  **  (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
   */
   assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
   assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
@@ -20087,13 +22879,13 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
 
   /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
   */
-  enterMutex();
+  unixEnterMutex();
 
   /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
   */
   rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    leaveMutex();
+    unixLeaveMutex();
     return rc;
   }
   pLock = pFile->pLock;
@@ -20123,14 +22915,13 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
     goto end_lock;
   }
 
-  lock.l_len = 1L;
-
-  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
 
   /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
   ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
   ** be released.
   */
+  lock.l_len = 1L;
+  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
   if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
       || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypeh, F_SETLK, &lock);
     if( s==(-1) ){
-      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
       goto end_lock;
     }
   }
@@ -20152,20 +22947,28 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
     assert( pLock->locktype==0 );
 
     /* Now get the read-lock */
-    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+    s = rangeLock(pFile, F_RDLCK, &tErrno);
 
     /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
     lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
     lock.l_len = 1L;
     lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
     if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
-      goto end_lock;
+      if( s != -1 ){
+        /* This could happen with a network mount */
+        tErrno = errno; 
+        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); 
+        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+        }
+        goto end_lock;
+      }
     }
     if( s==(-1) ){
-      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
     }else{
       pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
       pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
@@ -20185,20 +22988,41 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
     switch( locktype ){
       case RESERVED_LOCK:
         lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+        s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+        tErrno = errno;
         break;
       case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:
-        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+        s = rangeLock(pFile, F_WRLCK, &tErrno);
         break;
       default:
         assert(0);
     }
-    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
     if( s==(-1) ){
-      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
     }
   }
   
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
+  ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock.  The change
+  ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal
+  ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback).
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+   && pFile->locktype<=SHARED_LOCK
+   && locktype==RESERVED_LOCK
+  ){
+    pFile->transCntrChng = 0;
+    pFile->dbUpdate = 0;
+    pFile->inNormalWrite = 1;
+  }
+#endif
+
+
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
     pFile->locktype = locktype;
     pLock->locktype = locktype;
@@ -20208,13 +23032,56 @@ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
   }
 
 end_lock:
-  leaveMutex();
+  unixLeaveMutex();
   OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
       rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
+** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixOpenCnt->pUnused list.
+** If all such file descriptors are closed without error, the list is
+** cleared and SQLITE_OK returned.
+**
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, then successfully closed file descriptor
+** entries are removed from the list, and SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE returned. 
+** not deleted and SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE returned.
+*/ 
+static int closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
+  UnixUnusedFd *pError = 0;
+  UnixUnusedFd *p;
+  UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
+  for(p=pOpen->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
+    pNext = p->pNext;
+    if( close(p->fd) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
+      p->pNext = pError;
+      pError = p;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+    }
+  }
+  pOpen->pUnused = pError;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding
+** pUnused list.
+*/
+static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
+  struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
+  UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
+  p->pNext = pOpen->pUnused;
+  pOpen->pUnused = p;
+  pFile->h = -1;
+  pFile->pUnused = 0;
+}
+
+/*
 ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
 ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
 **
@@ -20222,11 +23089,12 @@ end_lock:
 ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
 */
 static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  struct lockInfo *pLock;
-  struct flock lock;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int h;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; /* The open file */
+  struct unixLockInfo *pLock;      /* Structure describing current lock state */
+  struct flock lock;               /* Information passed into fcntl() */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;              /* Return code from this interface */
+  int h;                           /* The underlying file descriptor */
+  int tErrno;                      /* Error code from system call errors */
 
   assert( pFile );
   OSTRACE7("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
@@ -20239,7 +23107,7 @@ static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
   if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
     return SQLITE_MISUSE;
   }
-  enterMutex();
+  unixEnterMutex();
   h = pFile->h;
   pLock = pFile->pLock;
   assert( pLock->cnt!=0 );
@@ -20248,13 +23116,30 @@ static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
     SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
     SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
     SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
+    ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
+    ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
+    ** file changed.  If the transaction counter is not updated,
+    ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
+    ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
+    ** cache.  The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
+    */
+    assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
+         || pFile->dbUpdate==0
+         || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
+    pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
+#endif
+
+
     if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
-      lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-      if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
+      if( rangeLock(pFile, F_RDLCK, &tErrno)==(-1) ){
+        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
+        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+        }
+        goto end_unlock;
       }
     }
     lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
@@ -20264,11 +23149,16 @@ static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
     if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
       pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
     }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+      tErrno = errno;
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      }
+      goto end_unlock;
     }
   }
   if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
-    struct openCnt *pOpen;
+    struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen;
 
     /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
     ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
@@ -20285,8 +23175,13 @@ static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
       if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
         pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
       }else{
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-        pLock->cnt = 1;
+        tErrno = errno;
+        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+        }
+        pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+        pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
       }
     }
 
@@ -20294,288 +23189,268 @@ static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
     ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
     ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
     */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
-      pOpen->nLock--;
-      assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
-      if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
-        int i;
-        for(i=0; inPending; i++){
-          close(pOpen->aPending[i]);
-        }
-        free(pOpen->aPending);
-        pOpen->nPending = 0;
-        pOpen->aPending = 0;
+    pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
+    pOpen->nLock--;
+    assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
+    if( pOpen->nLock==0 ){
+      int rc2 = closePendingFds(pFile);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
       }
     }
   }
-  leaveMutex();
+	
+end_unlock:
+  unixLeaveMutex();
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype;
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
+** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation 
+** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
+** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
+** structure to 0.
+**
+** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
+** even on VxWorks.  A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
+** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
+*/
+static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  if( pFile ){
+    if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
+      int err = close(pFile->dirfd);
+      if( err ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE;
+      }else{
+        pFile->dirfd=-1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+      int err = close(pFile->h);
+      if( err ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
+      }
+    }
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+    if( pFile->pId ){
+      if( pFile->isDelete ){
+        unlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
+      }
+      vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
+      pFile->pId = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+    OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h);
+    OpenCounter(-1);
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
+    memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
 ** Close a file.
 */
 static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
-  if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd);
-  pFile->dirfd = -1;
-  enterMutex();
-
-  if( pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
-    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
-    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
-    ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
-    ** the last lock is cleared.
-    */
-    int *aNew;
-    struct openCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
-    aNew = realloc( pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) );
-    if( aNew==0 ){
-      /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
-    }else{
-      pOpen->aPending = aNew;
-      pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = pFile->h;
-      pOpen->nPending++;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+    unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
+      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+      ** descriptor to pOpen->pUnused list.  It will be automatically closed 
+      ** when the last lock is cleared.
+      */
+      setPendingFd(pFile);
     }
-  }else{
-    /* There are no outstanding locks so we can close the file immediately */
-    close(pFile->h);
+    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
+    releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
+    rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+    unixLeaveMutex();
   }
-  releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
-  releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
-
-  leaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h);
-  OpenCounter(-1);
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return rc;
 }
 
+/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation *****************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+****************************** No-op Locking **********************************
+**
+** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the
+** simplest:  locking is ignored.  No attempt is made to lock the database
+** file for reading or writing.
+**
+** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases
+** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.)  It can
+** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to
+** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more
+** database connections.  But there is a serious risk of database
+** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple
+** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same
+** time and one or more of those connections are writing.
+*/
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#pragma mark AFP Support
+static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  *pResOut = 0;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
 /*
- ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
- */
-typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
-struct afpLockingContext {
-  unsigned long long sharedLockByte;
-  const char *filePath;
-};
+** Close the file.
+*/
+static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
+}
 
-struct ByteRangeLockPB2
-{
-  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
-  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
-  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
-  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
-  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
-  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
-};
+/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
 
-#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL        _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
+/******************************************************************************
+************************* Begin dot-file Locking ******************************
+**
+** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existance of separate lock
+** files in order to control access to the database.  This works on just
+** about every filesystem imaginable.  But there are serious downsides:
+**
+**    (1)  There is zero concurrency.  A single reader blocks all other
+**         connections from reading or writing the database.
+**
+**    (2)  An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files
+**         sitting around that need to be cleared manually.
+**
+** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no
+** other locking strategy is available.
+**
+** Dotfile locking works by creating a file in the same directory as the
+** database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added.
+** The existance of a lock file implies an EXCLUSIVE lock.  All other lock
+** types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
 
-/* 
-** Return 0 on success, 1 on failure.  To match the behavior of the 
-** normal posix file locking (used in unixLock for example), we should 
-** provide 'richer' return codes - specifically to differentiate between
-** 'file busy' and 'file system error' results.
-*/
-static int _AFPFSSetLock(
-  const char *path, 
-  int fd, 
-  unsigned long long offset, 
-  unsigned long long length, 
-  int setLockFlag
-){
-  struct ByteRangeLockPB2       pb;
-  int                     err;
-  
-  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
-  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
-  pb.offset = offset;
-  pb.length = length; 
-  pb.fd = fd;
-  OSTRACE5("AFPLOCK setting lock %s for %d in range %llx:%llx\n", 
-    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), fd, offset, length);
-  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
-  if ( err==-1 ) {
-    OSTRACE4("AFPLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, errno, 
-      strerror(errno));
-    return 1; /* error */
-  } else {
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
+/*
+** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the
+** lock file.
+*/
+#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock"
 
 /*
- ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
- ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
- ** non-zero.  If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
- ** return zero.
- */
-static int afpUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int r = 0;
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+**
+** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not.  So in this
+** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock
+** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked.
+*/
+static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
   
-  assert( pFile ); 
-  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-  
+  assert( pFile );
+
   /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
   if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    r = 1;
-  }
-  
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
-   */
-  if ( !r ) {
-    /* lock the byte */
-    int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
-    if (failed) {
-      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
-      r = 1;
-    } else {
-      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
-      ** the original state */
-      _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
-    }
+    /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process
+    ** holds a lock on the file.  No need to check further. */
+    reserved = 1;
+  }else{
+    /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */
+    const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext;
+    reserved = access(zLockFile, 0)==0;
   }
-  OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r);
-  
-  return r;
+  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* AFP-style locking following the behavior of unixLock, see the unixLock 
-** function comments for details of lock management. */
-static int afpUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+**
+** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE.
+** But we track the other locking levels internally.
+*/
+static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-  int gotPendingLock = 0;
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE5("LOCK    %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
-         locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid());
-
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
-    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
-           locktypeName(locktype));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
+  int fd;
+  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
-  */
-  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
-  */
-  enterMutex();
 
-  /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
-  */
-  rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    leaveMutex();
-    return rc;
-  }
-    
-  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
-  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
-  ** be released.
+  /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists.  All we have
+  ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level.
   */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
-      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypefilePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
-    if (failed) {
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-      goto afp_end_lock;
-    }
+  if( pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK ){
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
+    utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
   
-  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
-  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
-  */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    int lk, failed;
-    int tries = 0;
-    
-    /* Now get the read-lock */
-    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
-    lk = random(); 
-    context->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
-    failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, 
-      SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
-    
-    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
-    if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)) {
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
-      goto afp_end_lock;
-    }
-    
-    if( failed ){
+  /* grab an exclusive lock */
+  fd = open(zLockFile,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
       rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
     } else {
-      pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
-    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
-    ** already.
-    */
-    int failed = 0;
-    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
-    if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) {
-        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
-        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
-    }
-    if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
-      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
-        
-      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
-      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnixUnlock
-      */
-      if (!_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST +
-                         context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0)) {
-        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
-        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 
-                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
-        if (failed && _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST +
-                                    context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) {
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* this should never happen */
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* */
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* this should never happen */
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
       }
     }
-    if( failed && rc == SQLITE_OK){
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    return rc;
+  } 
+  if( close(fd) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+    rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
   }
   
-afp_end_lock:
-  leaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
-         rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+  pFile->locktype = locktype;
   return rc;
 }
 
@@ -20585,150 +23460,227 @@ afp_end_lock:
 **
 ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
 ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file.
 */
-static int afpUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  struct flock lock;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
 
   assert( pFile );
   OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
-         pFile->locktype, getpid());
-  
+	   pFile->locktype, getpid());
   assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+
+  /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the
+  ** lock state.  No need to mess with the file on disk.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  enterMutex();
-  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
-      int failed = 0;
-
-      /* unlock the exclusive range - then re-establish the shared lock */
-      if (pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
-        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 
-                                 SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-        if (!failed) {
-          /* successfully removed the exclusive lock */
-          if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+
-                            context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) {
-            /* failed to re-establish our shared lock */
-            rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* This should never happen */
-          }
-        } else {
-          /* This should never happen - failed to unlock the exclusive range */
-          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-        } 
-      }
+  
+  /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
+  assert( locktype==NO_LOCK );
+  if( unlink(zLockFile) ){
+    int rc = 0;
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
+      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
     }
-    if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK) {
-      if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)){
-        /* failed to release the pending lock */
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
-      }
-    } 
-    if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK) {
-      if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0)) {
-        /* failed to release the reserved lock */
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
-      }
-    } 
-  }
-  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
-    int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, 
-                               SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
-    if (failed) {
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
     }
+    return rc; 
   }
-  if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-  leaveMutex();
-  return rc;
+  pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
+** Close a file.  Make sure the lock has been released before closing.
 */
-static int afpUnixClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  afpUnixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-  sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
-  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd);
-  pFile->dirfd = -1;
-  enterMutex();
-  close(pFile->h);
-  leaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h);
-  OpenCounter(-1);
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  int rc;
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+  }
+  rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+  return rc;
 }
+/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation *******************
+******************************************************************************/
 
-
-#pragma mark flock() style locking
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin flock Locking ********************************
+**
+** Use the flock() system call to do file locking.
+**
+** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various
+** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into
+** a single exclusive lock.  In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and
+** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock.  SQLite
+** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since
+** only a single process can be reading the database at a time.
+**
+** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if
+** compiling for VXWORKS.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
 
 /*
-** The flockLockingContext is not used
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
 */
-typedef void flockLockingContext;
-
-static int flockUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){
+static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
   
-  if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) {
-    return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */
-  } else {
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+  if( !reserved ){
     /* attempt to get the lock */
-    int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
-    if (!rc) {
+    int lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
+    if( !lrc ){
       /* got the lock, unlock it */
-      flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
-      return 0;  /* no one has it reserved */
+      lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
+      if ( lrc ) {
+        int tErrno = errno;
+        /* unlock failed with an error */
+        lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); 
+        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+          rc = lrc;
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      reserved = 1;
+      /* someone else might have it reserved */
+      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
+      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+        rc = lrc;
+      }
     }
-    return 1; /* someone else might have it reserved */
   }
-}
+  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
 
-static int flockUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
-  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
-  if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* grab an exclusive lock */
-  int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
-  if (rc) {
-    /* didn't get, must be busy */
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  } else {
-    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    reserved=1;
   }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-static int flockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* no-op if possible */
-  if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
+  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
+  if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* grab an exclusive lock */
+  
+  if (flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    /* didn't get, must be busy */
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+  }
+  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
+           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+  if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+           pFile->locktype, getpid());
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* no-op if possible */
+  if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  
+  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
   if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
     pFile->locktype = locktype;
     return SQLITE_OK;
@@ -20736,9 +23688,20 @@ static int flockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
   
   /* no, really, unlock. */
   int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
-  if (rc)
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-  else {
+  if (rc) {
+    int r, tErrno = errno;
+    r = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(r) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+    if( (r & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
+      r = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
+    
+    return r;
+  } else {
     pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
@@ -20747,97 +23710,146 @@ static int flockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
 /*
 ** Close a file.
 */
-static int flockUnixClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  flockUnixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-  
-  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd);
-  pFile->dirfd = -1;
-
-  enterMutex();
-  close(pFile->h);  
-  leaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h);
-  OpenCounter(-1);
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+  }
+  return closeUnixFile(id);
 }
 
-#pragma mark Old-School .lock file based locking
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */
 
-/*
-** The dotlockLockingContext structure contains all dotlock (.lock) lock
-** specific state
-*/
-typedef struct dotlockLockingContext dotlockLockingContext;
-struct dotlockLockingContext {
-  char *lockPath;
-};
+/******************* End of the flock lock implementation *********************
+******************************************************************************/
 
+/******************************************************************************
+************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************
+**
+** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks.
+**
+** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only
+** supports EXCLUSIVE locking.  Only a single process can read or write
+** the database file at a time.  This reduces potential concurrency, but
+** makes the lock implementation much easier.
+*/
+#if OS_VXWORKS
 
-static int dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id) {
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  dotlockLockingContext *context;
 
-  context = (dotlockLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
-  if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) {
-    return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */
-  } else {
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem;
     struct stat statBuf;
-    if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0){
-      /* file exists, someone else has the lock */
-      return 1;
+
+    if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+      int tErrno = errno;
+      if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
+        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
+        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+      } else {
+        /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
+        reserved = (pFile->locktype < SHARED_LOCK);
+      }
     }else{
-      /* file does not exist, we could have it if we want it */
-      return 0;
+      /* we could have it if we want it */
+      sem_post(pSem);
     }
   }
+  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-static int dotlockUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+/*
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks.  We track intermediate
+** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or
+** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from
+** access the file.
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
+*/
+static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  dotlockLockingContext *context;
   int fd;
+  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-  context = (dotlockLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
-  
   /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
   ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
   if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
     pFile->locktype = locktype;
-    
-    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
-    utimes(context->lockPath,NULL);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* check to see if lock file already exists */
-  struct stat statBuf;
-  if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0){
-    return SQLITE_BUSY; /* it does, busy */
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    goto sem_end_lock;
   }
   
-  /* grab an exclusive lock */
-  fd = open(context->lockPath,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */
-    return SQLITE_BUSY; 
+  /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */
+  if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    goto sem_end_lock;
   }
-  close(fd);
-  
+
   /* got it, set the type and return ok */
   pFile->locktype = locktype;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ sem_end_lock:
+  return rc;
 }
 
-static int dotlockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
   unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  dotlockLockingContext *context;
+  sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem;
 
-  context = (dotlockLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
-  
+  assert( pFile );
+  assert( pSem );
+  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+	   pFile->locktype, getpid());
   assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
   
   /* no-op if possible */
@@ -20851,8 +23863,15 @@ static int dotlockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
   
-  /* no, really, unlock. */
-  unlink(context->lockPath);
+  /* no, really unlock. */
+  if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
+    int rc, tErrno = errno;
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+    }
+    return rc; 
+  }
   pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
@@ -20860,2527 +23879,3142 @@ static int dotlockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
 /*
  ** Close a file.
  */
-static int dotlockUnixClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  dotlockUnixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-  sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
-  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd);
-  pFile->dirfd = -1;
-  enterMutex();  
-  close(pFile->h);
-  leaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h);
-  OpenCounter(-1);
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    assert( pFile );
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
+    releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+    closeUnixFile(id);
+  }
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-
-#pragma mark No locking
-
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
 /*
-** The nolockLockingContext is void
-*/
-typedef void nolockLockingContext;
-
-static int nolockUnixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  return 0;
-}
+** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks.
+**
+*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation ****************
+******************************************************************************/
 
-static int nolockUnixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
 
-static int nolockUnixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Begin AFP Locking *********************************
+**
+** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol.  AFP is a network filesystem found
+** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX.
+**
+** Third-party implementations of AFP are available.  But this code here
+** only works on OSX.
+*/
 
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
 /*
-** Close a file.
+** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
 */
-static int nolockUnixClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  if( !pFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ) close(pFile->dirfd);
-  pFile->dirfd = -1;
-  enterMutex();
-  close(pFile->h);
-  leaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h);
-  OpenCounter(-1);
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
+struct afpLockingContext {
+  unsigned long long sharedByte;
+  const char *dbPath;             /* Name of the open file */
+};
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+struct ByteRangeLockPB2
+{
+  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
+  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
+  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
+  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
+  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
+  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
+};
 
+#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL        _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
 
 /*
-** Information and control of an open file handle.
-*/
-static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
-      *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->locktype;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
+** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an
+** AFP filesystem.
+** 
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
+*/
+static int afpSetLock(
+  const char *path,              /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */
+  unixFile *pFile,               /* Open file descriptor on path */
+  unsigned long long offset,     /* First byte to be locked */
+  unsigned long long length,     /* Number of bytes to lock */
+  int setLockFlag                /* True to set lock.  False to clear lock */
+){
+  struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
+  int err;
+  
+  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
+  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
+  pb.offset = offset;
+  pb.length = length; 
+  pb.fd = pFile->h;
+  
+  OSTRACE6("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", 
+    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
+    offset, length);
+  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
+  if ( err==-1 ) {
+    int rc;
+    int tErrno = errno;
+    OSTRACE4("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
+             path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno));
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+#else
+    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
+                    setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
     }
+    return rc;
+  } else {
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
-*/
-static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the device characteristics for the file. This is always 0.
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
 */
-static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return 0;
+static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int reserved = 0;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  
+  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
+  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+    reserved = 1;
+  }
+  
+  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
+   */
+  if( !reserved ){
+    /* lock the RESERVED byte */
+    int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
+    if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
+      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
+      ** the original state */
+      lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    } else {
+      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
+      reserved = 1;
+    }
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
+      rc=lrc;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+  
+  *pResOut = reserved;
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file
-** for unix.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3UnixIoMethod = {
-  1,                        /* iVersion */
-  unixClose,
-  unixRead,
-  unixWrite,
-  unixTruncate,
-  unixSync,
-  unixFileSize,
-  unixLock,
-  unixUnlock,
-  unixCheckReservedLock,
-  unixFileControl,
-  unixSectorSize,
-  unixDeviceCharacteristics
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file
-** for unix with AFP style file locking.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod = {
-  1,                        /* iVersion */
-  afpUnixClose,
-  unixRead,
-  unixWrite,
-  unixTruncate,
-  unixSync,
-  unixFileSize,
-  afpUnixLock,
-  afpUnixUnlock,
-  afpUnixCheckReservedLock,
-  unixFileControl,
-  unixSectorSize,
-  unixDeviceCharacteristics
-};
-
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file
-** for unix with flock() style file locking.
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
 */
-static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
-  1,                        /* iVersion */
-  flockUnixClose,
-  unixRead,
-  unixWrite,
-  unixTruncate,
-  unixSync,
-  unixFileSize,
-  flockUnixLock,
-  flockUnixUnlock,
-  flockUnixCheckReservedLock,
-  unixFileControl,
-  unixSectorSize,
-  unixDeviceCharacteristics
-};
+static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+  
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE5("LOCK    %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
+         locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid());
 
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file
-** for unix with dotlock style file locking.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
-  1,                        /* iVersion */
-  dotlockUnixClose,
-  unixRead,
-  unixWrite,
-  unixTruncate,
-  unixSync,
-  unixFileSize,
-  dotlockUnixLock,
-  dotlockUnixUnlock,
-  dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock,
-  unixFileControl,
-  unixSectorSize,
-  unixDeviceCharacteristics
-};
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
+  */
+  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
+           locktypeName(locktype));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
 
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an sqlite3_file
-** for unix with nolock style file locking.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
-  1,                        /* iVersion */
-  nolockUnixClose,
-  unixRead,
-  unixWrite,
-  unixTruncate,
-  unixSync,
-  unixFileSize,
-  nolockUnixLock,
-  nolockUnixUnlock,
-  nolockUnixCheckReservedLock,
-  unixFileControl,
-  unixSectorSize,
-  unixDeviceCharacteristics
-};
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  
+  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
+  */
+  unixEnterMutex();
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+  /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
+  */
+  rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    unixLeaveMutex();
+    return rc;
+  }
+    
+  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
+  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
+  ** be released.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
+      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypedbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
+    if (failed) {
+      rc = failed;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
+  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    int lk, lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno;
+    
+    /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
+    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
+    lk = random(); 
+    context->sharedByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+    lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
+          SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedByte, 1, 1);
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
+      lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
+    }
+    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
+    lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    
+    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
+      pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno;
+      rc = lrc1;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
+      rc = lrc2;
+      goto afp_end_lock;
+    } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
+      rc = lrc1;
+    } else {
+      pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+      pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
+    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
+    ** already.
+    */
+    int failed = 0;
+    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
+    if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) {
+        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
+        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+    }
+    if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
+      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
+        
+      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
+      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnlock
+      */
+      if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
+                         context->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
+        int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
+        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
+        failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
+                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
+        if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, 
+                       SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
+          /* Can't reestablish the shared lock.  Sqlite can't deal, this is
+          ** a critical I/O error
+          */
+          rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : 
+               SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+          goto afp_end_lock;
+        } 
+      }else{
+        rc = failed; 
+      }
+    }
+    if( failed ){
+      rc = failed;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+  }
+  
+afp_end_lock:
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
+         rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+  return rc;
+}
 
 /*
-** Allocate memory for a new unixFile and initialize that unixFile.
-** Write a pointer to the new unixFile into *pId.
-** If we run out of memory, close the file and return an error.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/* 
-** When locking extensions are enabled, the filepath and locking style 
-** are needed to determine the unixFile pMethod to use for locking operations.
-** The locking-style specific lockingContext data structure is created 
-** and assigned here also.
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
 */
-static int fillInUnixFile(
-  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
-  int dirfd,              /* Directory file descriptor */
-  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
-  const char *zFilename   /* Name of the file being opened */
-){
-  sqlite3LockingStyle lockingStyle;
-  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
-  int rc;
+static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  afpLockingContext *pCtx = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
 
-#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
-  fcntl(h, F_SETFD, fcntl(h, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+         pFile->locktype, getpid());
 
-  lockingStyle = sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(zFilename, h);
-  if ( lockingStyle==posixLockingStyle ){
-    enterMutex();
-    rc = findLockInfo(h, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
-    leaveMutex();
-    if( rc ){
-      if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd);
-      close(h);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  } else {
-    /*  pLock and pOpen are only used for posix advisory locking */
-    pNew->pLock = NULL;
-    pNew->pOpen = NULL;
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-
-  OSTRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);    
-  pNew->dirfd = -1;
-  pNew->h = h;
-  pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
-  SET_THREADID(pNew);
+  if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
     
-  switch(lockingStyle) {
-    case afpLockingStyle: {
-      /* afp locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
-      ** the afpLockingContext */
-      afpLockingContext *context;
-      pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod;
-      pNew->lockingContext = context = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*context) );
-      if( context==0 ){
-        close(h);
-        if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd);
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    if( pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+        /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */
+        int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pCtx->sharedByte;
+        rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
       }
-
-      /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
-      ** according to requirement F11141.  So we do not need to make a
-      ** copy of the filename. */
-      context->filePath = zFilename;
-      srandomdev();
-      break;
     }
-    case flockLockingStyle:
-      /* flock locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */
-      pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod;
-      break;
-    case dotlockLockingStyle: {
-      /* dotlock locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
-      ** the dotlockLockingContext */
-      dotlockLockingContext *context;
-      int nFilename;
-      nFilename = strlen(zFilename);
-      pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod;
-      pNew->lockingContext = context = 
-         sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*context) + nFilename + 6 );
-      if( context==0 ){
-        close(h);
-        if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd);
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    } 
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+      rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+    }
+  }else if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
+    /* clear the shared lock */
+    int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pCtx->sharedByte;
+    rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
+      struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
+      pOpen->nLock--;
+      assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
+      if( pOpen->nLock==0 ){
+        rc = closePendingFds(pFile);
       }
-      context->lockPath = (char*)&context[1];
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, context->lockPath,
-                       "%s.lock", zFilename);
-      break;
     }
-    case posixLockingStyle:
-      /* posix locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */
-      pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod;
-      break;
-    case noLockingStyle:
-    case unsupportedLockingStyle:
-    default: 
-      pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod;
   }
-  OpenCounter(+1);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  unixLeaveMutex();
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pFile->locktype = locktype;
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
-#else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-static int fillInUnixFile(
-  int h,                 /* Open file descriptor on file being opened */
-  int dirfd,
-  sqlite3_file *pId,     /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
-  const char *zFilename  /* Name of the file being opened */
-){
-  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
-  int rc;
 
-#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
-  fcntl(h, F_SETFD, fcntl(h, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
-
-  enterMutex();
-  rc = findLockInfo(h, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
-  leaveMutex();
-  if( rc ){
-    if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd);
-    close(h);
-    return rc;
+/*
+** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
+*/
+static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
+      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
+      ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
+      ** the last lock is cleared.
+      */
+      setPendingFd(pFile);
+    }
+    releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
+    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
+    closeUnixFile(id);
+    unixLeaveMutex();
   }
-
-  OSTRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);
-  pNew->dirfd = -1;
-  pNew->h = h;
-  pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
-  SET_THREADID(pNew);
-
-  pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod;
-  OpenCounter(+1);
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
 
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
 /*
-** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
-** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
-** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
-** value.
+** The code above is the AFP lock implementation.  The code is specific
+** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms.  No alternative
+** is available.  If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp"
+** VFS is not available.
 **
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
-** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
-*/
-static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
-  int ii;
-  int fd = -1;
-  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
+********************* End of the AFP lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
 
-  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
-  for(ii=strlen(zDirname); ii>=0 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
-  if( ii>0 ){
-    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
-    fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
-    if( fd>=0 ){
-#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
-      fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
-      OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname);
-    }
-  }
-  *pFd = fd;
-  return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_CANTOPEN);
-}
 
-/*
-** Open the file zPath.
-** 
-** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
-** one:
-**
-**     sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
-**     sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
-**     sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
-**
-** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
-**
-**     ReadWrite() ->     (READWRITE | CREATE)
-**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY) 
-**     OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
+/******************************************************************************
+**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
 **
-** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
-** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
-** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new 
-** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for 
-** OpenExclusive().
+** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the 
+** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods.  The locking
+** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per
+** division).  Those methods that are common to all locking modes
+** are gather together into this division.
 */
-static int unixOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  int fd = 0;                    /* File descriptor returned by open() */
-  int dirfd = -1;                /* Directory file descriptor */
-  int oflags = 0;                /* Flags to pass to open() */
-  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
-
-  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
-  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
-  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
-
-  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
-  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
-  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
-  */
-  int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate && 
-      (eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
-  );
-
-  /* Check the following statements are true: 
-  **
-  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
-  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
-  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  */
-  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
-  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
-  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
-  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
-
-
-  /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically
-  ** deleted
-  */
-  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || !isDelete );
-  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || !isDelete );
-  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || !isDelete );
-
-  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
-  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB
-  );
-
-  if( isReadonly )  oflags |= O_RDONLY;
-  if( isReadWrite ) oflags |= O_RDWR;
-  if( isCreate )    oflags |= O_CREAT;
-  if( isExclusive ) oflags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
-  oflags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
-
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-  fd = open(zPath, oflags, isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
-  if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
-    /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
-    flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-    return unixOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
-  }
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-  }
-  if( isDelete ){
-    unlink(zPath);
-  }
-  if( pOutFlags ){
-    *pOutFlags = flags;
-  }
-
-  assert(fd!=0);
-  if( isOpenDirectory ){
-    int rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      close(fd);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-  return fillInUnixFile(fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath);
-}
 
 /*
-** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
-** the directory after deleting the file.
+** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
+** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
+**
+** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
+** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
+** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
+** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
+** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
+**
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
 */
-static int unixDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
-  unlink(zPath);
-  if( dirSync ){
-    int fd;
-    rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( fsync(fd) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC;
-      }
-      close(fd);
+static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
+  int got;
+  i64 newOffset;
+  TIMER_START;
+#if defined(USE_PREAD)
+  got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
+#else
+  newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+  SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
+  if( newOffset!=offset ){
+    if( newOffset == -1 ){
+      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+    }else{
+      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;			
     }
+    return -1;
   }
-  return rc;
+  got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
+#endif
+  TIMER_END;
+  if( got<0 ){
+    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+  }
+  OSTRACE5("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+  return got;
 }
 
 /*
-** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The
-** test performed depends on the value of flags:
-**
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
-**
-** Otherwise return 0.
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
 */
-static int unixAccess(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int flags){
-  int amode = 0;
-  switch( flags ){
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
-      amode = F_OK;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
-      amode = W_OK|R_OK;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
-      amode = R_OK;
-      break;
+static int unixRead(
+  sqlite3_file *id, 
+  void *pBuf, 
+  int amt,
+  sqlite3_int64 offset
+){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+  int got;
+  assert( id );
 
-    default:
-      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
+       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
+  );
+
+  got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
+  if( got==amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( got<0 ){
+    /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
+    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
   }
-  return (access(zPath, amode)==0);
 }
 
 /*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be allocated
-** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
-** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
+** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
+** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
+**
+** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value
+** is set before returning.
 */
-static int unixGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  static const char *azDirs[] = {
-     0,
-     "/var/tmp",
-     "/usr/tmp",
-     "/tmp",
-     ".",
-  };
-  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
-    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
-    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
-    "0123456789";
-  int i, j;
-  struct stat buf;
-  const char *zDir = ".";
-
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. 
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
-
-  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
-  for(i=0; ih, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
+  got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+#else
+  newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+  if( newOffset!=offset ){
+    if( newOffset == -1 ){
+      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+    }else{
+      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;			
+    }
+    return -1;
   }
-
-  /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
-  ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
-  */
-  if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 17) >= nBuf ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
+#endif
+  TIMER_END;
+  if( got<0 ){
+    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
   }
 
-  do{
-    assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-17, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
-    j = strlen(zBuf);
-    sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
-    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
-      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
-    }
-    zBuf[j] = 0;
-  }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  OSTRACE5("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+  return got;
 }
 
 
 /*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
-** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
-** zPath. 
-**
-** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes 
-** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
-** this buffer before returning.
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
 */
-static int unixFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
-  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
+static int unixWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *id, 
+  const void *pBuf, 
+  int amt,
+  sqlite3_int64 offset 
 ){
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int wrote = 0;
+  assert( id );
+  assert( amt>0 );
 
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
-  ** current working directly has been unlinked.
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+  /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
+  ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+  assert( pFile->pUnused==0
+       || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
+       || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE 
+  );
 
-  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
-  zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
-  if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
-  }else{
-    int nCwd;
-    if( getcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
+  ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
+  ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database
+  ** has changed.  If the transaction counter is modified, record that
+  ** fact too.
+  */
+  if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){
+    pFile->dbUpdate = 1;  /* The database has been modified */
+    if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){
+      int rc;
+      char oldCntr[4];
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+      rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4);
+      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+      if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){
+        pFile->transCntrChng = 1;  /* The transaction counter has changed */
+      }
     }
-    nCwd = strlen(zOut);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
 
-#if 0
-  /*
-  ** Remove "/./" path elements and convert "/A/./" path elements
-  ** to just "/".
-  */
-  if( zFull ){
-    int i, j;
-    for(i=j=0; zFull[i]; i++){
-      if( zFull[i]=='/' ){
-        if( zFull[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
-        if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='/' ){
-          i += 1;
-          continue;
-        }
-        if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='.' && zFull[i+3]=='/' ){
-          while( j>0 && zFull[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
-          i += 3;
-          continue;
-        }
-      }
-      zFull[j++] = zFull[i];
+  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
+    amt -= wrote;
+    offset += wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+  }
+  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
+  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
+  if( amt>0 ){
+    if( wrote<0 ){
+      /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
+      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+    }else{
+      pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
+      return SQLITE_FULL;
     }
-    zFull[j] = 0;
   }
-#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
 /*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times.
 */
-#include 
-static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
-  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
-}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
 
 /*
-** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
-** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
-** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
-** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
-** error message.
+** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync().  Some do.
+** Others do no.  To be safe, we will stick with the (slower) fsync().
+** If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
+** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync
 */
-static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
-  char *zErr;
-  enterMutex();
-  zErr = dlerror();
-  if( zErr ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
-  }
-  leaveMutex();
-}
-static void *unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
-  return dlsym(pHandle, zSymbol);
-}
-static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  dlclose(pHandle);
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
-  #define unixDlOpen  0
-  #define unixDlError 0
-  #define unixDlSym   0
-  #define unixDlClose 0
+#if !defined(fdatasync) && !defined(__linux__)
+# define fdatasync fsync
 #endif
 
 /*
-** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
+** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
+** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
+** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
 */
-static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-
-  assert(nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
-
-  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
-  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
-  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
-  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
-  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
-  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
-  ** in the random seed.
-  **
-  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
-  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
-  ** tests repeatable.
-  */
-  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
-#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  {
-    int pid, fd;
-    fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0);
-    if( fd<0 ){
-      time_t t;
-      time(&t);
-      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
-#ifndef VXWORKS
-      pid = getpid();
+#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
 #else
-      pid = (int)taskIdCurrent();
-#endif
-      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
-    }else{
-      read(fd, zBuf, nBuf);
-      close(fd);
-    }
-  }
+# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
 #endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
 
 
 /*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
-** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
-** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
-** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
-** than the argument.
+** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
+** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
+** it work better.
+**
+** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
+** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
+** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
+** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
+**
+** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged.
+** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content
+** to disk, not the inode.  We only set dataOnly if the file size is 
+** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode.  However, 
+** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the
+** file size has changed.  The only real difference between fdatasync()
+** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the
+** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed.
+** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so
+** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate.
+** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of
+** the value of the dataOnly flag.
 */
-static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microseconds){
-#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
-  usleep(microseconds);
-  return microseconds;
+static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
+  int rc;
+
+  /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as
+  ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering 
+  ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
 #else
-  int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
-  sleep(seconds);
-  return seconds*1000000;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly);
 #endif
-}
 
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
-** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
-*/
+  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
+  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
+  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
+  */
 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+  if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+  sqlite3_sync_count++;
 #endif
 
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
-*/
-static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
-#ifdef NO_GETTOD
-  time_t t;
-  time(&t);
-  *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
-#else
-  struct timeval sNow;
-  gettimeofday(&sNow, 0);
-  *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
-    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+  ** no-op
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
+  if( fullSync ){
+    rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
+  }else{
+    rc = 1;
   }
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
+  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
+  ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
+  ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
+  ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
+  ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
+  ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
+  ** the fcntl call every time sync is called.
+  */
+  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
 
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the sqlite3DefaultVfs structure.   We use
-** a function rather than give the structure global scope because
-** some compilers (MSVC) do not allow forward declarations of
-** initialized structures.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){
-  static sqlite3_vfs unixVfs = {
-    1,                  /* iVersion */
-    sizeof(unixFile),   /* szOsFile */
-    MAX_PATHNAME,       /* mxPathname */
-    0,                  /* pNext */
-    "unix",             /* zName */
-    0,                  /* pAppData */
-  
-    unixOpen,           /* xOpen */
-    unixDelete,         /* xDelete */
-    unixAccess,         /* xAccess */
-    unixGetTempname,    /* xGetTempName */
-    unixFullPathname,   /* xFullPathname */
-    unixDlOpen,         /* xDlOpen */
-    unixDlError,        /* xDlError */
-    unixDlSym,          /* xDlSym */
-    unixDlClose,        /* xDlClose */
-    unixRandomness,     /* xRandomness */
-    unixSleep,          /* xSleep */
-    unixCurrentTime     /* xCurrentTime */
-  };
-  
-  return &unixVfs;
+#else 
+  rc = fdatasync(fd);
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){
+    rc = fsync(fd);
+  }
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */
+#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
+
+  if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
+    rc = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
- 
-#endif /* OS_UNIX */
 
-/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
 **
-******************************************************************************
+** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
+** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
+** file data is synced.
 **
-** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
+** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
+** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
+** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
+** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
+** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
+** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
+** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
 */
-#if OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */
+static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
 
+  int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
+  int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
 
-/*
-** A Note About Memory Allocation:
-**
-** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through
-** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free().  Those wrappers
-** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and
-** malloc failures happen frequently.  Win32 does not typically run on
-** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger
-** problems to worry about than running out of memory.  So there is not
-** a compelling need to use the wrappers.
-**
-** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers.  If we use the
-** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this
-** driver.  And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests.  We
-** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within
-** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not
-** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver)
-** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that
-** code.  Better to leave the code out, we think.
-**
-** The point of this discussion is as follows:  When creating a new
-** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example,
-** avoid the use of malloc()/free().  Those routines work ok on windows
-** desktops but not so well in embedded systems.
-*/
-
-#include 
-
-#include 
+  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+  );
 
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# include 
-#endif
+  /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
+  ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
+  */
+  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
 
-/*
-** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
-*/
-#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD
-# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
+  assert( pFile );
+  OSTRACE2("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h);
+  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+  if( rc ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC;
+  }
+  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
+    int err;
+    OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
+            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+    /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
+    ** turned off or unavailable.  If a full_fsync occurred above,
+    ** then the directory sync is superfluous.
+    */
+    if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){
+       /*
+       ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning
+       ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems.
+       ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal.  So it seems
+       ** better to ignore the error.  Ticket #1657
+       */
+       /* pFile->lastErrno = errno; */
+       /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */
+    }
 #endif
+    err = close(pFile->dirfd); /* Only need to sync once, so close the */
+    if( err==0 ){              /* directory when we are done */
+      pFile->dirfd = -1;
+    }else{
+      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
 /*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
-** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
-** files.
-**
-** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
-** general purpose header file.
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
 */
+static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
+  int rc;
+  assert( id );
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
+  rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte);
+  if( rc ){
+    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
-** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
-** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
 */
-#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
-# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
- * pending-byte in the database file.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
-#endif
+static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+  int rc;
+  struct stat buf;
+  assert( id );
+  rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
+  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+  }
+  *pSize = buf.st_size;
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
-#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
-    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
-    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
-#else
-#define OSTRACE1(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
-#endif
+  /* When opening a zero-size database, the findLockInfo() procedure
+  ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
+  ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem.  In order to avoid problems with upper
+  ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
+  ** really 1.   Ticket #3260.
+  */
+  if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
 
-/*
-** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
-** on i486 hardware.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
-  unsigned long long int x;
-  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
-          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
-          :"=A" (x));
-  return x;
-}
-static unsigned long long int g_start;
-static unsigned int elapse;
-#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
-#else
-#define TIMER_START
-#define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
-#endif
 
-/*
-** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
-** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
-** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
-  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
-       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
-              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
-static void local_ioerr(){
-  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
-  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
-  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
-   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
-     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
-       local_ioerr(); \
-       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
-       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
-       CODE; \
-     }else{ \
-       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
-     } \
-   }
-#else
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(A)
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
-#endif
 
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
 /*
-** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
+** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs.  Defined below in the
+** proxying locking division.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
-#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
-#else
-#define OpenCounter(X)
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
 #endif
 
-/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
 
 /*
-** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
-** reduced API.
+** Information and control of an open file handle.
 */
-#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-# define OS_WINCE 1
-# define AreFileApisANSI() 1
-#else
-# define OS_WINCE 0
+static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+      *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->locktype;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
+      *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
+    ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
+    ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be
+    ** unchanged.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
+      ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
 #endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
+    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
 
 /*
-** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
-** with some code of our own.
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
+**
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
 */
-#if OS_WINCE
-typedef struct winceLock {
-  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
-  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
-  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
-  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
-} winceLock;
-#endif
+static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+}
 
 /*
-** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
-** portability layer.
+** Return the device characteristics for the file. This is always 0 for unix.
 */
-typedef struct winFile winFile;
-struct winFile {
-  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;/* Must be first */
-  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
-  unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
-  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
-#if OS_WINCE
-  WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
-  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
-  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
-  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
-  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
-#endif
-};
-
+static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return 0;
+}
 
 /*
-** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
-** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win95
-** or WinNT.
-**
-** 0:   Operating system unknown.
-** 1:   Operating system is Win95.
-** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
+** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
 **
-** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
-** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
-#else
-static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
-#endif
+********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
+******************************************************************************/
 
 /*
-** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
-** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
+** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that
+** implement various file locking strategies.  It also contains definitions
+** of "finder" functions.  A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate
+** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file.  The pAppData
+** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to
+** the correct finder-function for that VFS.
+**
+** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+** object.  The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which
+** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking
+** strategy from that.
+**
+** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created:
+**
+**    (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()".
+**
+**    (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F".
+**
+**
+** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS
+** objects.  We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point
+** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void*
+** from be cast into a function pointer.
+**
+**
+** Each instance of this macro generates two objects:
+**
+**   *  A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
+**      methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
+**
+**   *  An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
+**      to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
+*/
+#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK)               \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = {                                   \
+   1,                          /* iVersion */                                \
+   CLOSE,                      /* xClose */                                  \
+   unixRead,                   /* xRead */                                   \
+   unixWrite,                  /* xWrite */                                  \
+   unixTruncate,               /* xTruncate */                               \
+   unixSync,                   /* xSync */                                   \
+   unixFileSize,               /* xFileSize */                               \
+   LOCK,                       /* xLock */                                   \
+   UNLOCK,                     /* xUnlock */                                 \
+   CKLOCK,                     /* xCheckReservedLock */                      \
+   unixFileControl,            /* xFileControl */                            \
+   unixSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */                             \
+   unixDeviceCharacteristics   /* xDeviceCapabilities */                     \
+};                                                                           \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){   \
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);                                  \
+  return &METHOD;                                                            \
+}                                                                            \
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p)    \
+    = FINDER##Impl;
+
+/*
+** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the
+** locking strategies.  Functions that return pointers to these methods
+** are also created.
+*/
+IOMETHODS(
+  posixIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  posixIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  unixClose,                /* xClose method */
+  unixLock,                 /* xLock method */
+  unixUnlock,               /* xUnlock method */
+  unixCheckReservedLock     /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+  nolockIoFinder,           /* Finder function name */
+  nolockIoMethods,          /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  nolockClose,              /* xClose method */
+  nolockLock,               /* xLock method */
+  nolockUnlock,             /* xUnlock method */
+  nolockCheckReservedLock   /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+IOMETHODS(
+  dotlockIoFinder,          /* Finder function name */
+  dotlockIoMethods,         /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  dotlockClose,             /* xClose method */
+  dotlockLock,              /* xLock method */
+  dotlockUnlock,            /* xUnlock method */
+  dotlockCheckReservedLock  /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
+IOMETHODS(
+  flockIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  flockIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  flockClose,               /* xClose method */
+  flockLock,                /* xLock method */
+  flockUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
+  flockCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+IOMETHODS(
+  semIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
+  semIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  semClose,                 /* xClose method */
+  semLock,                  /* xLock method */
+  semUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
+  semCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+  afpIoFinder,              /* Finder function name */
+  afpIoMethods,             /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  afpClose,                 /* xClose method */
+  afpLock,                  /* xLock method */
+  afpUnlock,                /* xUnlock method */
+  afpCheckReservedLock      /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The "Whole File Locking" finder returns the same set of methods as
+** the posix locking finder.  But it also sets the SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING
+** flag to force the posix advisory locks to cover the whole file instead
+** of just a small span of bytes near the 1GiB boundary.  Whole File Locking
+** is useful on NFS-mounted files since it helps NFS to maintain cache
+** coherency.  But it is a detriment to other filesystems since it runs
+** slower.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *posixWflIoFinderImpl(const char*z, unixFile*p){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(z);
+  p->fileFlags = SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING;
+  return &posixIoMethods;
+}
+static const sqlite3_io_methods 
+  *(*const posixWflIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile *p) = posixWflIoFinderImpl;
+
+/*
+** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
+** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
+** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
+** secondary files.  For this reason, the division that implements
+** proxy locking is located much further down in the file.  But we need
+** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function
+** for proxy locking here.  So we forward declare the I/O methods.
+*/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*);
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*);
+IOMETHODS(
+  proxyIoFinder,            /* Finder function name */
+  proxyIoMethods,           /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+  proxyClose,               /* xClose method */
+  proxyLock,                /* xLock method */
+  proxyUnlock,              /* xUnlock method */
+  proxyCheckReservedLock    /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/* 
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
+** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
+** object that implements that strategy.
 **
-** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
-** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
-** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
-** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
-** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
-** the LockFileEx() API.
+** This is for MacOSX only.
 */
-#if OS_WINCE
-# define isNT()  (1)
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
+  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
+  unixFile *pNew           /* open file object for the database file */
+){
+  static const struct Mapping {
+    const char *zFilesystem;              /* Filesystem type name */
+    const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;   /* Appropriate locking method */
+  } aMap[] = {
+    { "hfs",    &posixIoMethods },
+    { "ufs",    &posixIoMethods },
+    { "afpfs",  &afpIoMethods },
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_AFP_LOCKING_SMB
+    { "smbfs",  &afpIoMethods },
 #else
-  static int isNT(void){
-    if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
-      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
-      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
-      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
-      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+    { "smbfs",  &flockIoMethods },
+#endif
+    { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods },
+    { 0, 0 }
+  };
+  int i;
+  struct statfs fsInfo;
+  struct flock lockInfo;
+
+  if( !filePath ){
+    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
+    ** that does not need to be locked. */
+    return &nolockIoMethods;
+  }
+  if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
+    if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
+      return &nolockIoMethods;
+    }
+    for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
+      if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
+        return aMap[i].pMethods;
+      }
     }
-    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
   }
-#endif /* OS_WINCE */
 
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). 
+  /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs".
+  ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
+  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
+  */
+  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  if( fcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+    pNew->fileFlags = SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING;
+    return &posixIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    return &dotlockIoMethods;
+  }
+}
+static const sqlite3_io_methods 
+  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/* 
+** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy 
+** for the database file "filePath".  It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods
+** object that implements that strategy.
 **
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
+** This is for VXWorks only.
 */
-static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
-  int nChar;
-  WCHAR *zWideFilename;
+static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl(
+  const char *filePath,    /* name of the database file */
+  unixFile *pNew           /* the open file object */
+){
+  struct flock lockInfo;
 
-  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
-  zWideFilename = malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
-  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
+  if( !filePath ){
+    /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file
+    ** that does not need to be locked. */
+    return &nolockIoMethods;
   }
-  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar);
-  if( nChar==0 ){
-    free(zWideFilename);
-    zWideFilename = 0;
+
+  /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks.
+  ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method.
+  */
+  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
+  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
+  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+  if( fcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+    return &posixIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    return &semIoMethods;
   }
-  return zWideFilename;
 }
+static const sqlite3_io_methods 
+  *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl;
+
+#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
 
 /*
-** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8.  Space to hold the returned string is
-** obtained from malloc().
+** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function:
 */
-static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  char *zFilename;
+typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*);
 
-  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  zFilename = malloc( nByte );
-  if( zFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
-                              0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    free(zFilename);
-    zFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zFilename;
-}
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
+**
+** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
+** sqlite3_vfs object.
+*/
 
 /*
-** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the
-** current codepage settings for file apis.
-** 
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
-** from malloc.
+** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
 */
-static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  WCHAR *zMbcsFilename;
-  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+static int fillInUnixFile(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
+  int dirfd,              /* Directory file descriptor */
+  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
+  int noLock,             /* Omit locking if true */
+  int isDelete            /* Delete on close if true */
+){
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
+  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
-  zMbcsFilename = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
-  if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte);
-  if( nByte==0 ){
-    free(zMbcsFilename);
-    zMbcsFilename = 0;
+  assert( pNew->pLock==NULL );
+  assert( pNew->pOpen==NULL );
+
+  /* Parameter isDelete is only used on vxworks. Express this explicitly 
+  ** here to prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters.
+  */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDelete);
+
+  OSTRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);    
+  pNew->h = h;
+  pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
+  SET_THREADID(pNew);
+  pNew->fileFlags = 0;
+
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
+  if( pNew->pId==0 ){
+    noLock = 1;
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-  return zMbcsFilename;
-}
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the
-** user's Ansi codepage.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
-** malloc().
-*/
-static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  char *zFilename;
-  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
+  if( noLock ){
+    pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods;
+  }else{
+    pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for
+    ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name)
+    ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */
+    pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename;
+#endif
+  }
 
-  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  zFilename = malloc( nByte );
-  if( zFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
+  if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods ){
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* If an error occured in findLockInfo(), close the file descriptor
+      ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findLockInfo() may fail
+      ** in two scenarios:
+      **
+      **   (a) A call to fstat() failed.
+      **   (b) A malloc failed.
+      **
+      ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other
+      ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file
+      ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by
+      ** findLockInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
+      ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released
+      ** by doing so.
+      **
+      ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The
+      ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in
+      ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much.
+      */
+      close(h);
+      h = -1;
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
   }
-  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
-                              0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    free(zFilename);
-    zFilename = 0;
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){
+    /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+    ** the afpLockingContext.
+    */
+    afpLockingContext *pCtx;
+    pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+    if( pCtx==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
+      ** according to requirement F11141.  So we do not need to make a
+      ** copy of the filename. */
+      pCtx->dbPath = zFilename;
+      srandomdev();
+      unixEnterMutex();
+      rc = findLockInfo(pNew, NULL, &pNew->pOpen);
+      unixLeaveMutex();        
+    }
   }
-  return zFilename;
-}
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8.  Space to hold the
-** returned string is obtained from malloc().
-*/
-static char *mbcsToUtf8(const char *zFilename){
-  char *zFilenameUtf8;
-  WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+    /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
+    ** the dotlockLockingContext 
+    */
+    char *zLockFile;
+    int nFilename;
+    nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6;
+    zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename);
+    if( zLockFile==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename);
+    }
+    pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
+  }
 
-  zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
-  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
-    return 0;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){
+    /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be
+    ** included in the semLockingContext
+    */
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
+    if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pOpen->pSem==NULL) ){
+      char *zSemName = pNew->pOpen->aSemName;
+      int n;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem",
+                       pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
+      for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ )
+        if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
+      pNew->pOpen->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
+      if( pNew->pOpen->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        pNew->pOpen->aSemName[0] = '\0';
+      }
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
   }
-  zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
-  free(zTmpWide);
-  return zFilenameUtf8;
+#endif
+  
+  pNew->lastErrno = 0;
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    unlink(zFilename);
+    isDelete = 0;
+  }
+  pNew->isDelete = isDelete;
+#endif
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); /* silent leak if fail, already in error */
+    if( h>=0 ) close(h);
+  }else{
+    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
+    OpenCounter(+1);
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the 
-** returned string is obtained from malloc().
+** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
+** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
+** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
+** value.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
+** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
 */
-static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){
-  char *zFilenameMbcs;
-  WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
+  int ii;
+  int fd = -1;
+  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
 
-  zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
-    return 0;
+  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
+  for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
+  if( ii>0 ){
+    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
+    fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
+    if( fd>=0 ){
+#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
+      fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+#endif
+      OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname);
+    }
   }
-  zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
-  free(zTmpWide);
-  return zFilenameMbcs;
+  *pFd = fd;
+  return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_CANTOPEN);
 }
 
-#if OS_WINCE
-/*************************************************************************
-** This section contains code for WinCE only.
-*/
 /*
-** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function.  So create a
-** substitute.
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be allocated
+** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
+** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
 */
-static struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
-{
-  static struct tm y;
-  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
-  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
-  sqlite3_int64 t64;
-  t64 = *t;
-  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
-  uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF;
-  uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32;
-  FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
-  FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
-  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
-  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
-  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
-  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
-  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
-  y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
-  y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
-  return &y;
-}
+static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  static const char *azDirs[] = {
+     0,
+     0,
+     "/var/tmp",
+     "/usr/tmp",
+     "/tmp",
+     ".",
+  };
+  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  unsigned int i, j;
+  struct stat buf;
+  const char *zDir = ".";
 
-/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */
-#define GetTempPathA(a,b)
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. 
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
 
-#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e)       winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
-#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e)     winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
-#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f)   winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f)
+  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+  if (NULL == azDirs[1]) {
+    azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
+  }
+  
+  for(i=0; i= (size_t)nBuf ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
 
-/*
-** Acquire a lock on the handle h
-*/
-static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
-   DWORD dwErr;
-   do {
-     dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
-   } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
+  do{
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-17, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
+    j = (int)strlen(zBuf);
+    sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
+      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+    }
+    zBuf[j] = 0;
+  }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
 /*
-** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
+** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile.
+** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen()
+** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined.
 */
-#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*);
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
-** descriptor pFile
+** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database 
+** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname
+** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second
+** argument to this function.
+**
+** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed
+** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some
+** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock.
+** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment
+** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for 
+** further details. Also, ticket #4018.
+**
+** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no
+** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned.
 */
-static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
-  WCHAR *zTok;
-  WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-  BOOL bInit = TRUE;
+static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){
+  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0;
 
-  /* Initialize the local lockdata */
-  ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local));
+  /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because
+  ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure),
+  ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better 
+  ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure 
+  ** feature.  */
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+  struct stat sStat;                   /* Results of stat() call */
 
-  /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
-  ** to derive a mutex name. */
-  zTok = CharLowerW(zName);
-  for (;*zTok;zTok++){
-    if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
-  }
+  /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is
+  ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail.
+  ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is
+  ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file
+  ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite.
+  **
+  ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
+  ** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire.  */
+  if( 0==stat(zPath, &sStat) ){
+    struct unixOpenCnt *pO;
+    struct unixFileId id;
+    id.dev = sStat.st_dev;
+    id.ino = sStat.st_ino;
 
-  /* Create/open the named mutex */
-  pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
-  if (!pFile->hMutex){
-    free(zName);
-    return FALSE;
+    unixEnterMutex();
+    for(pO=openList; pO && memcmp(&id, &pO->fileId, sizeof(id)); pO=pO->pNext);
+    if( pO ){
+      UnixUnusedFd **pp;
+      for(pp=&pO->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+      pUnused = *pp;
+      if( pUnused ){
+        *pp = pUnused->pNext;
+      }
+    }
+    unixLeaveMutex();
   }
+#endif    /* if !OS_VXWORKS */
+  return pUnused;
+}
 
-  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-  
-  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are 
-  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
-  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
-  */
-  CharUpperW(zName);
-  pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
-                                       PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
-                                       zName);  
+/*
+** Open the file zPath.
+** 
+** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
+** one:
+**
+**     sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
+**     sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
+**     sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
+**
+** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
+**
+**     ReadWrite() ->     (READWRITE | CREATE)
+**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY) 
+**     OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
+**
+** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
+** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
+** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new 
+** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for 
+** OpenExclusive().
+*/
+static int unixOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,           /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */
+  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
+  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
+  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
+){
+  unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
+  int fd = -1;                   /* File descriptor returned by open() */
+  int dirfd = -1;                /* Directory file descriptor */
+  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
+  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
+  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
 
-  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it 
-  ** must be zero-initialized */
-  if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
-    bInit = FALSE;
-  }
+  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
 
-  free(zName);
+  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
+  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
+  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
+  */
+  int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate && 
+      (eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
+  );
 
-  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
-  if (pFile->hShared){
-    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, 
-             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
-    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
-    if (!pFile->shared){
-      CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
-      pFile->hShared = NULL;
-    }
-  }
+  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+  */
+  char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
+  const char *zName = zPath;
 
-  /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
-  if (pFile->hShared == NULL){
-    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-    CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
-    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
-    return FALSE;
-  }
-  
-  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
-  if (bInit) {
-    ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock));
-  }
+  /* Check the following statements are true: 
+  **
+  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
+  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+  */
+  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
 
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return TRUE;
-}
+  /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically
+  ** deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files.  */
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+  assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
 
-/*
-** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
-*/
-static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
-  if (pFile->hMutex){
-    /* Acquire the mutex */
-    winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
+       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB
+  );
 
-    /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
-       are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
-    if (pFile->local.nReaders){
-      pFile->shared->nReaders --;
-    }
-    if (pFile->local.bReserved){
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
-    }
-    if (pFile->local.bPending){
-      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+
+  if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
+    UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;
+    pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags);
+    if( pUnused ){
+      fd = pUnused->fd;
+    }else{
+      pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
+      if( !pUnused ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
     }
-    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
-      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+    p->pUnused = pUnused;
+  }else if( !zName ){
+    /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
+    assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory);
+    rc = getTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
     }
+    zName = zTmpname;
+  }
 
-    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
-    UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
-    CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+  /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function
+  ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as
+  ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the 
+  ** 'conch file' locking functions later on.  */
+  if( isReadonly )  openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+  if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR;
+  if( isCreate )    openFlags |= O_CREAT;
+  if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
+  openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
 
-    /* Done with the mutex */
-    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);    
-    CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
-    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    mode_t openMode = (isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
+    fd = open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+    OSTRACE4("OPENX   %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags);
+    if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
+      /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
+      flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+      openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
+      flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+      openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
+      fd = open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+    }
+    if( fd<0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+      goto open_finished;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( fd>=0 );
+  if( pOutFlags ){
+    *pOutFlags = flags;
   }
-}
 
-/* 
-** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceLockFile(
-  HANDLE *phFile,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
-){
-  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
-  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
+  if( p->pUnused ){
+    p->pUnused->fd = fd;
+    p->pUnused->flags = flags;
+  }
 
-  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+  if( isDelete ){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+    zPath = zName;
+#else
+    unlink(zName);
+#endif
+  }
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  else{
+    p->openFlags = openFlags;
+  }
+#endif
 
-  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
-  if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST
-       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
-    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
-       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
-       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
-       bReturn = TRUE;
+  if( isOpenDirectory ){
+    rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* It is safe to close fd at this point, because it is guaranteed not
+      ** to be open on a database file. If it were open on a database file,
+      ** it would not be safe to close as this would release any locks held
+      ** on the file by this process.  */
+      assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+      close(fd);             /* silently leak if fail, already in error */
+      goto open_finished;
     }
   }
 
-  /* Want a read-only lock? */
-  else if ((dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
-            dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE) &&
-            nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
-      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
-      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
-        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
+#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
+  fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+#endif
+
+  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+
+#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+  if( zPath!=NULL && !noLock && pVfs->xOpen ){
+    char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
+    int useProxy = 0;
+
+    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
+    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
+    if( envforce!=NULL ){
+      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
+    }else{
+      struct statfs fsInfo;
+      if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
+        /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened
+        ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open
+        ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it,
+        ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice,
+        ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least
+        ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on
+        ** the same file are working.  */
+        p->lastErrno = errno;
+        if( dirfd>=0 ){
+          close(dirfd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */
+        }
+        close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+        goto open_finished;
       }
-      bReturn = TRUE;
+      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
     }
-  }
-
-  /* Want a pending lock? */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
-    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
-      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
-      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
+    if( useProxy ){
+      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
+      }
+      goto open_finished;
     }
   }
-  /* Want a reserved lock? */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
-      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
+#endif
+  
+  rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete);
+open_finished:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
   }
-
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return bReturn;
+  return rc;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince
+** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
+** the directory after deleting the file.
 */
-static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
-  HANDLE *phFile,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
+static int unixDelete(
+  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
+  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
+  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
 ){
-  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
-  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
-
-  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
-  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
-  if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
-       dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){
-    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
-    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
-      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
-    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
-      pFile->local.nReaders --;
-      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+  unlink(zPath);
+#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+  if( dirSync ){
+    int fd;
+    rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+      if( fsync(fd)==-1 )
+#else
+      if( fsync(fd) )
+#endif
       {
-        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC;
+      }
+      if( close(fd)&&!rc ){
+        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE;
       }
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Releasing a pending lock */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->local.bPending){
-      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
-      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
     }
   }
-
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return bReturn;
+#endif
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince
+** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The
+** test performed depends on the value of flags:
+**
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
+**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
+**
+** Otherwise return 0.
 */
-static BOOL winceLockFileEx(
-  HANDLE *phFile,
-  DWORD dwFlags,
-  DWORD dwReserved,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh,
-  LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped
+static int unixAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,   /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */
+  const char *zPath,      /* Path of the file to examine */
+  int flags,              /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */
+  int *pResOut            /* Write result boolean here */
 ){
-  /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call
-  ** to winceLockFile */
-  if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST &&
-      dwFlags == 1 &&
-      nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
-    return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
+  int amode = 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+  switch( flags ){
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+      amode = F_OK;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+      amode = W_OK|R_OK;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+      amode = R_OK;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
   }
-  return FALSE;
+  *pResOut = (access(zPath, amode)==0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-/*
-** End of the special code for wince
-*****************************************************************************/
-#endif /* OS_WINCE */
 
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
-** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
-******************************************************************************/
 
 /*
-** Close a file.
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
+** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
+** zPath. 
 **
-** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
-** fail.  This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious
-** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen.  If
-** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again.  As
-** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
-** giving up and returning an error.
+** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes 
+** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
+** this buffer before returning.
 */
-#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
-static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int rc, cnt = 0;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h);
-  do{
-    rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h);
-  }while( rc==0 && cnt++ < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-#if OS_WINCE
-#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
-  winceDestroyLock(pFile);
-  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
-    int cnt = 0;
-    while(
-           DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
-        && GetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff 
-        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
-    ){
-       Sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
+static int unixFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
+){
+
+  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+  ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+  */
+  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
+
+  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+
+  zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
+  if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
+  }else{
+    int nCwd;
+    if( getcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
     }
-    free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
+    nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
   }
-#endif
-  OpenCounter(-1);
-  return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/*
-** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
-*/
-#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
-# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
-#endif
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
 /*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
 */
-static int winRead(
-  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
-  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
-  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
-  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
-  LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
-  LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff;
-  DWORD rc;
-  DWORD got;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
-  OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
-  rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
-  if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){
-    return SQLITE_FULL;
-  }
-  if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-  }
-  if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
+#include 
+static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
 }
 
 /*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
+** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
+** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
+** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
+** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
+** error message.
 */
-static int winWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *id,         /* File to write into */
-  const void *pBuf,         /* The bytes to be written */
-  int amt,                  /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite3_int64 offset      /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
-){
-  LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
-  LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff;
-  DWORD rc;
-  DWORD wrote;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
-  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
-  OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
-  rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
-  if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){
-    return SQLITE_FULL;
-  }
-  assert( amt>0 );
-  while(
-     amt>0
-     && (rc = WriteFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0
-     && wrote>0
-  ){
-    amt -= wrote;
-    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
-  }
-  if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
-    return SQLITE_FULL;
+static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+  char *zErr;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  unixEnterMutex();
+  zErr = dlerror();
+  if( zErr ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  unixLeaveMutex();
 }
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
-  LONG upperBits = (nByte>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
-  LONG lowerBits = nByte & 0xffffffff;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte);
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
-  SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
-  SetEndOfFile(pFile->h);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){
+  /* 
+  ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be
+  ** cast into a pointer to a function.  And yet the library dlsym() routine
+  ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function.  So how do we
+  ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors?
+  **
+  ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking
+  ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function.
+  ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function.
+  ** (That assignment requires a cast.)  Then we call the function that
+  ** x points to.  
+  **
+  ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where
+  ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*.  But then, on the
+  ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have
+  ** not really lost anything.
+  */
+  void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym;
+  return (*x)(p, zSym);
+}
+static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  dlclose(pHandle);
 }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+  #define unixDlOpen  0
+  #define unixDlError 0
+  #define unixDlSym   0
+  #define unixDlClose 0
 #endif
 
 /*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
+** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
 */
-static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
-    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
+static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
+
+  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
+  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
+  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
+  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
+  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
+  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
+  ** in the random seed.
+  **
+  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
+  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
+  ** tests repeatable.
+  */
+  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  {
+    int pid, fd;
+    fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY);
+    if( fd<0 ){
+      time_t t;
+      time(&t);
+      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
+      pid = getpid();
+      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+      assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(pid)<=(size_t)nBuf );
+      nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(pid);
+    }else{
+      nBuf = read(fd, zBuf, nBuf);
+      close(fd);
+    }
   }
-  sqlite3_sync_count++;
 #endif
-  if( FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h) ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
+  return nBuf;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
+** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
+** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
+** than the argument.
 */
-static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  DWORD upperBits, lowerBits;
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
-  lowerBits = GetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
-  *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+  struct timespec sp;
+
+  sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000;
+  sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000;
+  nanosleep(&sp, NULL);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return microseconds;
+#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
+  usleep(microseconds);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return microseconds;
+#else
+  int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
+  sleep(seconds);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return seconds*1000000;
+#endif
 }
 
 /*
-** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
+** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
+** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
 */
-#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
-# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;  /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
 #endif
 
 /*
-** Acquire a reader lock.
-** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
-** is Win95 or WinNT.
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
 */
-static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){
-  int res;
-  if( isNT() ){
-    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
-    ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
-    ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
-    ovlp.hEvent = 0;
-    res = LockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY,
-                     0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp);
-  }else{
-    int lk;
-    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
-    pFile->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
-    res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+  time_t t;
+  time(&t);
+  *prNow = (((sqlite3_int64)t)/8640 + 24405875)/10;
+#elif defined(NO_GETTOD)
+  time_t t;
+  time(&t);
+  *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+#elif OS_VXWORKS
+  struct timespec sNow;
+  clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow);
+  *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_nsec/86400000000000.0;
+#else
+  struct timeval sNow;
+  gettimeofday(&sNow, 0);
+  *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
   }
-  return res;
+#endif
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Undo a readlock
+** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing
+** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up
+** during SQLite operation.  But so far, none of that has been implemented
+** in the core.  So this routine is never called.  For now, it is merely
+** a place-holder.
 */
-static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
-  int res;
-  if( isNT() ){
-    res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-  }else{
-    res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-  return res;
+static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3);
+  return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
-** of the following:
+************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods ***************************
+******************************************************************************/
+
+/******************************************************************************
+************************** Begin Proxy Locking ********************************
+**
+** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense:  It uses the
+** other locking methods on secondary lock files.  Proxy locking is a
+** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above.  For
+** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred
+** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have
+** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available
+** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking.
+**
+****
+**
+** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the
+** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers
+** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html].  The five file locking
+** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented
+** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl),
+** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl
+** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states.
+** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected
+** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire
+** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock):
+**
+**      PENDING_BYTE        0x40000000		   	
+**      RESERVED_BYTE       0x40000001
+**      SHARED_RANGE        0x40000002 -> 0x40000200
+**
+** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x
+** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables
+** the read cache when byte-range locks are present.  Enabling the read
+** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X
+** supported network file systems.  NFS and AFP both observe the
+** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency
+** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively
+** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple
+** readers and writers
+** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html].
+**
+** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking
+** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a
+** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file
+** and onto a proxy file on the local file system.  
 **
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
 **
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+** Using proxy locks
+** -----------------
+**
+** C APIs
+**
+**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
+**                        | ":auto:");
+**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &);
+**
+**
+** SQL pragmas
+**
+**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file= | :auto:
+**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
 **
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching
+** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise
+** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir
+** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the
+** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the
+** database file.  For example:
 **
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  The winUnlock() routine
-** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
-** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
-** must go straight to locking level 0.
+**       For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" 
+**       The lock path will be "/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:")
+**
+** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not
+** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via
+** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another
+** connection or process). 
+**
+**
+** How proxy locking works
+** -----------------------
+**
+** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: 
+**
+**   *  conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host
+**      at a time
+**
+**   *  proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally
+**      taken on the database
+**
+** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch"
+** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the
+** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock
+** proxy path against the values stored in the conch.  The conch file is
+** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name
+** is patterned after the database file name as ".-conch".
+** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the
+** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive
+** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy
+** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again.  If the conch
+** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock
+** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
+**
+** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks
+** normally taken on the database file.   This allows for safe sharing
+** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same
+** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
+**
+** There is a third file - the host ID file - used as a persistent record
+** of a unique identifier for the host, a 128-byte unique host id file
+** in the path defined by the HOSTIDPATH macro (default value is
+** /Library/Caches/.com.apple.sqliteConchHostId).
+**
+** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
+** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.  
+** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
+** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it.
+** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until 
+** the connection to the database is closed. 
+**
+** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need
+** to be created the first time they are used.
+**
+** Configuration options
+** ---------------------
+**
+**  SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
+**
+**       Database files accessed on non-local file systems are
+**       automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are
+**       named automatically using the same logic as
+**       PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:"
+**    
+**  SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+**
+**       Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
+**       retrieval and creation
+**
+**  HOSTIDPATH
+**
+**       Overrides the default host ID file path location
+**
+**  LOCKPROXYDIR
+**
+**       Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that
+**       are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting
+**
+**  SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS
+**
+**       Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the
+**       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
+**    
+**    
+** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
+** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
+** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
+** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
+** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
+** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
 */
-static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
-  int res = 1;           /* Result of a windows lock call */
-  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
-  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
 
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
-          pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
+/*
+** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
+*/
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
 
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
+#endif
 
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
-  */
-  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+/*
+** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote 
+** and local proxy files in it
+*/
+typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext;
+struct proxyLockingContext {
+  unixFile *conchFile;         /* Open conch file */
+  char *conchFilePath;         /* Name of the conch file */
+  unixFile *lockProxy;         /* Open proxy lock file */
+  char *lockProxyPath;         /* Name of the proxy lock file */
+  char *dbPath;                /* Name of the open file */
+  int conchHeld;               /* True if the conch is currently held */
+  void *oldLockingContext;     /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
+  sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod;     /* Original I/O methods for close */
+};
 
-  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
-  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
-  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
-  */
-  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
-  if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
-   || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
-  ){
-    int cnt = 3;
-    while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
-      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  The pending lock might be
-      ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
-      */
-      OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
-      Sleep(1);
+/* HOSTIDLEN and CONCHLEN both include space for the string 
+** terminating nul 
+*/
+#define HOSTIDLEN         128
+#define CONCHLEN          (MAXPATHLEN+HOSTIDLEN+1)
+#ifndef HOSTIDPATH
+# define HOSTIDPATH       "/Library/Caches/.com.apple.sqliteConchHostId"
+#endif
+
+/* basically a copy of unixRandomness with different
+** test behavior built in */
+static int proxyGenerateHostID(char *pHostID){
+  int pid, fd, len;
+  unsigned char *key = (unsigned char *)pHostID;
+  
+  memset(key, 0, HOSTIDLEN);
+  len = 0;
+  fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY);
+  if( fd>=0 ){
+    len = read(fd, key, HOSTIDLEN);
+    close(fd); /* silently leak the fd if it fails */
+  }
+  if( len < HOSTIDLEN ){
+    time_t t;
+    time(&t);
+    memcpy(key, &t, sizeof(t));
+    pid = getpid();
+    memcpy(&key[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+  }
+  
+#ifdef MAKE_PRETTY_HOSTID
+  {
+    int i;
+    /* filter the bytes into printable ascii characters and NUL terminate */
+    key[(HOSTIDLEN-1)] = 0x00;
+    for( i=0; i<(HOSTIDLEN-1); i++ ){
+      unsigned char pa = key[i]&0x7F;
+      if( pa<0x20 ){
+        key[i] = (key[i]&0x80 == 0x80) ? pa+0x40 : pa+0x20;
+      }else if( pa==0x7F ){
+        key[i] = (key[i]&0x80 == 0x80) ? pa=0x20 : pa+0x7E;
+      }
     }
-    gotPendingLock = res;
   }
+#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-  /* Acquire a shared lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
-    res = getReadLock(pFile);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }
+/* writes the host id path to path, path should be an pre-allocated buffer
+** with enough space for a path 
+*/
+static void proxyGetHostIDPath(char *path, size_t len){
+  strlcpy(path, HOSTIDPATH, len);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_hostid_num>0 ){
+    char suffix[2] = "1";
+    suffix[0] = suffix[0] + sqlite3_hostid_num;
+    strlcat(path, suffix, len);
   }
+#endif
+  OSTRACE3("GETHOSTIDPATH  %s pid=%d\n", path, getpid());
+}
 
-  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-    res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+/* get the host ID from a sqlite hostid file stored in the 
+** user-specific tmp directory, create the ID if it's not there already 
+*/
+static int proxyGetHostID(char *pHostID, int *pError){
+  int fd;
+  char path[MAXPATHLEN]; 
+  size_t len;
+  int rc=SQLITE_OK;
+
+  proxyGetHostIDPath(path, MAXPATHLEN);
+  /* try to create the host ID file, if it already exists read the contents */
+  fd = open(path, O_CREAT|O_WRONLY|O_EXCL, 0644);
+  if( fd<0 ){
+    int err=errno;
+		
+    if( err!=EEXIST ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG /* set the sqlite error message instead */
+      fprintf(stderr, "sqlite error creating host ID file %s: %s\n",
+              path, strerror(err));
+#endif
+      return SQLITE_PERM;
     }
+    /* couldn't create the file, read it instead */
+    fd = open(path, O_RDONLY|O_EXCL);
+    if( fd<0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG /* set the sqlite error message instead */
+      int err = errno;
+      fprintf(stderr, "sqlite error opening host ID file %s: %s\n",
+              path, strerror(err));
+#endif
+      return SQLITE_PERM;
+    }
+    len = pread(fd, pHostID, HOSTIDLEN, 0);
+    if( len<0 ){
+      *pError = errno;
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+    }else if( lenlocktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
-    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
-    OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
-    res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR
+  len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen);
+#else
+# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR
+  {
+    confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen);
+    len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);
+    if( mkdir(lPath, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
+      /* if mkdir fails, handle as lock file creation failure */
+#  ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      int err = errno;
+      if( err!=EEXIST ){
+        fprintf(stderr, "proxyGetLockPath: mkdir(%s,0%o) error %d %s\n", lPath,
+                SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS, err, strerror(err));
+      }
+#  endif
     }else{
-      OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError());
-      getReadLock(pFile);
+      OSTRACE3("GETLOCKPATH  mkdir %s pid=%d\n", lPath, getpid());
     }
+    
+  }
+# else
+  len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){
+    len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen);
   }
+  
+  /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
+  dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
+  for( i=0; ih, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+/*
+** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
+**
+** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
+** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
+*/
+static int proxyCreateUnixFile(const char *path, unixFile **ppFile) {
+  unixFile *pNew;
+  int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
+
+  pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unixFile));
+  if( !pNew ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
+  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
 
-  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
-  ** return the appropriate result code.
+  /* Call unixOpen() to open the proxy file. The flags passed to unixOpen()
+  ** suggest that the file being opened is a "main database". This is
+  ** necessary as other file types do not necessarily support locking. It
+  ** is better to use unixOpen() instead of opening the file directly with
+  ** open(), as unixOpen() sets up the various mechanisms required to
+  ** make sure a call to close() does not cause the system to discard
+  ** POSIX locks prematurely.
+  **
+  ** It is important that the xOpen member of the VFS object passed to 
+  ** unixOpen() is NULL. This tells unixOpen() may try to open a proxy-file 
+  ** for the proxy-file (creating a potential infinite loop).
   */
-  if( res ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
-           locktype, newLocktype);
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
+  dummyVfs.xOpen = 0;
+  rc = unixOpen(&dummyVfs, path, (sqlite3_file *)pNew, flags, &flags);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) ){
+    pNew->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pNew);
+    rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
   }
-  pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free(pNew);
+    pNew = 0;
+  }
+
+  *ppFile = pNew;
   return rc;
 }
 
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero, otherwise zero.
+/* takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if 
+** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match.  A NULL 
+** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the 
+** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically 
+** and written to the conch file.
 */
-static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int rc;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    rc = 1;
-    OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc);
+static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
+  
+  if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }else{
-    rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-    if( rc ){
-      UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+    char testValue[CONCHLEN];
+    char conchValue[CONCHLEN];
+    char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+    char *tLockPath = NULL;
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    int readRc = SQLITE_OK;
+    int syncPerms = 0;
+
+    OSTRACE4("TAKECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+             (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid());
+
+    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int pError = 0;
+      memset(testValue, 0, CONCHLEN); /* conch is fixed size */
+      rc = proxyGetHostID(testValue, &pError);
+      if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+        pFile->lastErrno = pError;
+      }
+      if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+        strlcpy(&testValue[HOSTIDLEN], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+      }
     }
-    rc = !rc;
-    OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto end_takeconch;
+    }
+    
+    readRc = unixRead((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, conchValue, CONCHLEN, 0);
+    if( readRc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+      if( readRc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno;
+        }
+        rc = readRc;
+        goto end_takeconch;
+      }
+      /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
+      if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+        /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
+         ** use the local lock file path that's already in there */
+        if( !memcmp(testValue, conchValue, HOSTIDLEN) ){
+          tLockPath = (char *)&conchValue[HOSTIDLEN];
+          goto end_takeconch;
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* we've got the conch if conchValue matches our path and host ID */
+        if( !memcmp(testValue, conchValue, CONCHLEN) ){
+          goto end_takeconch;
+        }
+      }
+    }else{
+      /* a short read means we're "creating" the conch (even though it could 
+      ** have been user-intervention), if we acquire the exclusive lock,
+      ** we'll try to match the current on-disk permissions of the database
+      */
+      syncPerms = 1;
+    }
+    
+    /* either conch was emtpy or didn't match */
+    if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+      proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+      tLockPath = lockPath;
+      strlcpy(&testValue[HOSTIDLEN], lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+    }
+    
+    /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
+     ** has a shared lock already) */
+    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, testValue, CONCHLEN, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && syncPerms ){
+        struct stat buf;
+        int err = fstat(pFile->h, &buf);
+        if( err==0 ){
+          /* try to match the database file permissions, ignore failure */
+#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+          fchmod(conchFile->h, buf.st_mode);
+#else
+          if( fchmod(conchFile->h, buf.st_mode)!=0 ){
+            int code = errno;
+            fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
+                             buf.st_mode, code, strerror(code));
+          } else {
+            fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",buf.st_mode);
+          }
+        }else{
+          int code = errno;
+          fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", 
+                          err, code, strerror(code));
+#endif
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+  
+end_takeconch:
+    OSTRACE2("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE  %d\n", pFile->h);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
+      if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+#ifdef STRICT_CLOSE_ERROR
+        if( close(pFile->h) ){
+          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+          return SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
+        }
+#else
+        close(pFile->h); /* silently leak fd if fail */
+#endif
+      }
+      pFile->h = -1;
+      int fd = open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags,
+                    SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
+      OSTRACE2("TRANSPROXY: OPEN  %d\n", fd);
+      if( fd>=0 ){
+        pFile->h = fd;
+      }else{
+        rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
+                               during locking */
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
+      char *path = tLockPath ? tLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+      /* ACS: Need to make a copy of path sometimes */
+      rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
+
+      if( tLockPath ){
+        pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tLockPath);
+        if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+          ((afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext)->dbPath =
+                     pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+    }
+    OSTRACE3("TAKECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h, rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed");
+    return rc;
   }
+}
+
+/*
+** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock.
+*/
+static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
+  int rc;                     /* Subroutine return code */
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;  /* The locking context for the proxy lock */
+  unixFile *conchFile;        /* Name of the conch file */
+
+  pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+  conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+  OSTRACE4("RELEASECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+           (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), 
+           getpid());
+  pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+  rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+  OSTRACE3("RELEASECONCH  %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file.
+** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** Make *pConchPath point to the new name.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory.
 **
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory
+** space is eventually freed.
 **
-** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
-** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
-** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
+** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs.
 */
-static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  int type;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
-          pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
-  type = pFile->locktype;
-  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){
-      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
-      ** reacquire the read lock */
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-    }
-  }
-  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){
+  int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+  int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */
+  char *conchPath;              /* buffer in which to construct conch name */
+
+  /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to
+  ** the name of the original database file. */  
+  *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8);
+  if( conchPath==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
-    unlockReadLock(pFile);
+  memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1);
+  
+  /* now insert a "." before the last / character */
+  for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){
+    if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){
+      i++;
+      break;
+    }
   }
-  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
-    UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  conchPath[i]='.';
+  while ( ilocktype = locktype;
-  return rc;
+
+  /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */
+  memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7);
+  assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 );
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/*
-** Control and query of the open file handle.
+
+/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches
+** the local lock file path 
 */
-static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
-      *(int*)pArg = ((winFile*)id)->locktype;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
+static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+  char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }  
+
+  /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */
+  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ||
+    (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+    pCtx->lockProxy=NULL;
+    pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
+    if( lockProxy!=NULL ){
+      rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
     }
+    sqlite3_free(oldPath);
+    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path);
   }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
+** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call.  dbPath
+** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size.
 **
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
+** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it
+** int dbPath.
 */
-static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+  if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
+    /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field 
+    ** of the struct */
+    assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+    strcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath);
+  }else
+#endif
+  if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
+    /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
+    ** file path */
+    int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
+    memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
+  }else{
+    /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */
+    assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
+    strcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return a vector of device characteristics.
+** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking 
+** will be performed on the local proxy lock file.  The following fields
+** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and 
+** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time:
+**  ->lockingContext
+**  ->pMethod
 */
-static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return 0;
-}
+static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) {
+  proxyLockingContext *pCtx;
+  char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1];       /* Name of the database file */
+  char *lockPath=NULL;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  
+  if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath);
+  if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){
+    lockPath=NULL;
+  }else{
+    lockPath=(char *)path;
+  }
+  
+  OSTRACE4("TRANSPROXY  %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
+           (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid());
 
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
-** sqlite3_file for win32.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
-  1,                        /* iVersion */
-  winClose,
-  winRead,
-  winWrite,
-  winTruncate,
-  winSync,
-  winFileSize,
-  winLock,
-  winUnlock,
-  winCheckReservedLock,
-  winFileControl,
-  winSectorSize,
-  winDeviceCharacteristics
-};
+  pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
+  if( pCtx==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx));
 
-/***************************************************************************
-** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object.
-**
-** The next block of code implements the VFS methods.
-****************************************************************************/
+  rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile);
+  }  
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
+    pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
+  }
 
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
-** operating system wants filenames in.  Space to hold the result
-** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
-*/
-static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
-  void *zConverted = 0;
-  if( isNT() ){
-    zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, 
+    ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
+    */
+    pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
+    pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
+    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx;
+    pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
+    pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
   }else{
-    zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename);
+    if( pCtx->conchFile ){ 
+      rc = pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); 
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
   }
-  /* caller will handle out of memory */
-  return zConverted;
+  OSTRACE3("TRANSPROXY  %d %s\n", pFile->h,
+           (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+  return rc;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Open a file.
+** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
+** to proxy locking.
 */
-static int winOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Not used */
-  const char *zName,        /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3_file *id,         /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
-  int flags,                /* Open mode flags */
-  int *pOutFlags            /* Status return flags */
-){
-  HANDLE h;
-  DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
-  DWORD dwShareMode;
-  DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
-  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
-  int isTemp;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zName);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
-    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
-  }else{
-    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
-  }
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
-    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
-  }else{
-    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
-  }
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
-    dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
-  }else{
-    dwShareMode = 0;
-  }
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
-#if OS_WINCE
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
-#else
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
-                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
-                               | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
-#endif
-    isTemp = 1;
-  }else{
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
-    isTemp = 0;
-  }
-  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
-  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
-  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
-  if( isNT() ){
-    h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
-       dwDesiredAccess,
-       dwShareMode,
-       NULL,
-       dwCreationDisposition,
-       dwFlagsAndAttributes,
-       NULL
-    );
-  }else{
-#if OS_WINCE
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
-    h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
-       dwDesiredAccess,
-       dwShareMode,
-       NULL,
-       dwCreationDisposition,
-       dwFlagsAndAttributes,
-       NULL
-    );
-#endif
-  }
-  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
-    free(zConverted);
-    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
-      return winOpen(0, zName, id, 
-             ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), pOutFlags);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+      if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
+        proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+        proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+          *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+        }else{
+          *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
+        }
+      } else {
+        *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_OK;
     }
-  }
-  if( pOutFlags ){
-    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
-      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
-    }else{
-      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
+      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
+      if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
+        if( isProxyStyle ){
+          /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
+        }else{
+          /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+      }else{
+        const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
+        if( isProxyStyle ){
+          proxyLockingContext *pCtx = 
+            (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
+          if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") 
+           || (pCtx->lockProxyPath &&
+               !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN))
+          ){
+            rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          }else{
+            rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath);
+          }
+        }else{
+          /* turn on proxy file locking */
+          rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath);
+        }
+      }
+      return rc;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( 0 );  /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */
     }
   }
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile));
-  pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
-  pFile->h = h;
-#if OS_WINCE
-  if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)) ==
-               (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
-       && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile)
-  ){
-    CloseHandle(h);
-    free(zConverted);
-    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-  }
-  if( isTemp ){
-    pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    free(zConverted);
-  }
-  OpenCounter(+1);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
 }
 
 /*
-** Delete the named file.
-**
-** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
-** process has it open.  Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
-** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
-** whatever does.  While this other process is holding the
-** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
-** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
-** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
-** up and returning an error.
+** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures
+** above this point are all utilities.  The lock-related methods of the
+** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow.
 */
-#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 5
-static int winDelete(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
-  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
-  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
-){
-  int cnt = 0;
-  int rc;
-  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
-  if( isNT() ){
-    do{
-      DeleteFileW(zConverted);
-    }while( (rc = GetFileAttributesW(zConverted))!=0xffffffff 
-            && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-  }else{
-#if OS_WINCE
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
-    do{
-      DeleteFileA(zConverted);
-    }while( (rc = GetFileAttributesA(zConverted))!=0xffffffff
-            && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-#endif
+
+
+/*
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
+** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
+** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
+*/
+static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+    return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
   }
-  free(zConverted);
-  OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
-  return rc==0xffffffff ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Check the existance and status of a file.
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
+**
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
+**
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
+**
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
+**
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
+** routine to lower a locking level.
 */
-static int winAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */
-  const char *zFilename,     /* Name of file to check */
-  int flags                  /* Type of test to make on this file */
-){
-  DWORD attr;
-  int rc;
-  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( isNT() ){
-    attr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
-  }else{
-#if OS_WINCE
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
-    attr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
-#endif
-  }
-  free(zConverted);
-  switch( flags ){
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
-      rc = attr!=0xffffffff;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
-      rc = (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
-      break;
-    default:
-      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+    rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, locktype);
+    pFile->locktype = proxy->locktype;
   }
   return rc;
 }
 
 
 /*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
-** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
 */
-static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  static char zChars[] =
-    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
-    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
-    "0123456789";
-  int i, j;
-  char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1];
-  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
-  }else if( isNT() ){
-    char *zMulti;
-    WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH];
-    GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath);
-    zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
-    if( zMulti ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti);
-      free(zMulti);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }else{
-    char *zUtf8;
-    char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH];
-    GetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath);
-    zUtf8 = mbcsToUtf8(zMbcsPath);
-    if( zUtf8 ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8);
-      free(zUtf8);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
-  zTempPath[i] = 0;
-  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-30, zBuf,
-                   "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
-  j = strlen(zBuf);
-  sqlite3_randomness(20, &zBuf[j]);
-  for(i=0; i<20; i++, j++){
-    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+  int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+    rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, locktype);
+    pFile->locktype = proxy->locktype;
   }
-  zBuf[j] = 0;
-  OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
-** pathname into zOut[].  zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
-** bytes in size.
+** Close a file that uses proxy locks.
 */
-static int winFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
-  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
-){
-
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
-#if OS_WINCE
-  /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
-  sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
-#if !OS_WINCE && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  int nByte;
-  void *zConverted;
-  char *zOut;
-  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative);
-  if( isNT() ){
-    WCHAR *zTemp;
-    nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
-    zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
-    if( zTemp==0 ){
-      free(zConverted);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+  if( id ){
+    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+    proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+    unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+    unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    
+    if( lockProxy ){
+      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(lockProxy);
+      pCtx->lockProxy = 0;
     }
-    GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
-    free(zConverted);
-    zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
-    free(zTemp);
-  }else{
-    char *zTemp;
-    nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
-    zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
-    if( zTemp==0 ){
-      free(zConverted);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    if( conchFile ){
+      if( pCtx->conchHeld ){
+        rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile);
+        if( rc ) return rc;
+      }
+      rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      sqlite3_free(conchFile);
     }
-    GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
-    free(zConverted);
-    zOut = mbcsToUtf8(zTemp);
-    free(zTemp);
-  }
-  if( zOut ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zOut);
-    free(zOut);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx->lockProxyPath);
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx->dbPath);
+    /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */
+    pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext;
+    pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod;
+    sqlite3_free(pCtx);
+    return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id);
   }
-#endif
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
 /*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
+** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems.
+** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also
+** restricted to MacOSX.
+** 
+**
+******************* End of the proxy lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
+
 /*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+** Initialize the operating system interface.
+**
+** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating
+** systems.  This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows,
+** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other
+** files.
+**
+** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a
+** single thread.  The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not
+** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they
+** should not be used.
 */
-static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
-  HANDLE h;
-  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    return 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ 
+  /* 
+  ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object.
+  ** The name of the VFS is NAME.  The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer
+  ** to the "finder" function.  (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because
+  ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer
+  ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems
+  ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.)
+  **
+  ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the
+  ** finder-function.  The finder-function returns a pointer to the
+  ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking
+  ** behaviors.  See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS
+  ** macro for addition information on finder-functions.
+  **
+  ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods
+  ** object.  But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little
+  ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the 
+  ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for
+  ** that filesystem time.
+  */
+  #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) {                        \
+    1,                    /* iVersion */                    \
+    sizeof(unixFile),     /* szOsFile */                    \
+    MAX_PATHNAME,         /* mxPathname */                  \
+    0,                    /* pNext */                       \
+    VFSNAME,              /* zName */                       \
+    (void*)&FINDER,       /* pAppData */                    \
+    unixOpen,             /* xOpen */                       \
+    unixDelete,           /* xDelete */                     \
+    unixAccess,           /* xAccess */                     \
+    unixFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */               \
+    unixDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */                     \
+    unixDlError,          /* xDlError */                    \
+    unixDlSym,            /* xDlSym */                      \
+    unixDlClose,          /* xDlClose */                    \
+    unixRandomness,       /* xRandomness */                 \
+    unixSleep,            /* xSleep */                      \
+    unixCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */                \
+    unixGetLastError      /* xGetLastError */               \
   }
-  if( isNT() ){
-    h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
-  }else{
-#if OS_WINCE
-    return 0;
+
+  /*
+  ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array.
+  **
+  ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified
+  ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered.  So the following
+  ** array cannot be const.
+  */
+  static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__))
+    UNIXVFS("unix",          autolockIoFinder ),
 #else
-    h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
+    UNIXVFS("unix",          posixIoFinder ),
 #endif
-  }
-  free(zConverted);
-  return (void*)h;
-}
-static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
-#if OS_WINCE
-  int error = GetLastError();
-  if( error>0x7FFFFFF ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "OsError 0x%x", error);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "OsError %d", error);
-  }
-#else
-  FormatMessageA(
-    FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
-    NULL,
-    GetLastError(),
-    0,
-    zBufOut,
-    nBuf-1,
-    0
-  );
+    UNIXVFS("unix-none",     nolockIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile",  dotlockIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-wfl",      posixWflIoFinder ),
+#if OS_VXWORKS
+    UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
 #endif
-}
-void *winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
-#if OS_WINCE
-  /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */
-  return GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
-#else
-  /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
-  ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
-  return GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",    posixIoFinder ),
+#if !OS_VXWORKS
+    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",    flockIoFinder ),
 #endif
-}
-void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
-  #define winDlOpen  0
-  #define winDlError 0
-  #define winDlSym   0
-  #define winDlClose 0
 #endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
+    UNIXVFS("unix-afp",      afpIoFinder ),
+    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
+#endif
+  };
+  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */
 
+  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
+  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
+    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
 
 /*
-** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
+** Shutdown the operating system interface.
+**
+** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine,
+** to release dynamically allocated objects.  But not on unix.
+** This routine is a no-op for unix.
 */
-static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  int n = 0;
-  if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
-    SYSTEMTIME x;
-    GetSystemTime(&x);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
-    n += sizeof(x);
-  }
-  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
-    DWORD pid = GetCurrentProcessId();
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
-    n += sizeof(pid);
-  }
-  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
-    DWORD cnt = GetTickCount();
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
-    n += sizeof(cnt);
-  }
-  if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
-    LARGE_INTEGER i;
-    QueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
-    n += sizeof(i);
-  }
-  return n;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
 }
+ 
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
 
-
+/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+** 2004 May 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
 */
-static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
-  Sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
-  return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
-}
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */
+
 
 /*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
-** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
+** A Note About Memory Allocation:
+**
+** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through
+** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free().  Those wrappers
+** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and
+** malloc failures happen frequently.  Win32 does not typically run on
+** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger
+** problems to worry about than running out of memory.  So there is not
+** a compelling need to use the wrappers.
+**
+** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers.  If we use the
+** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this
+** driver.  And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests.  We
+** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within
+** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not
+** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver)
+** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that
+** code.  Better to leave the code out, we think.
+**
+** The point of this discussion is as follows:  When creating a new
+** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example,
+** avoid the use of malloc()/free().  Those routines work ok on windows
+** desktops but not so well in embedded systems.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+
+#include 
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# include 
 #endif
 
 /*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
 */
-int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
-  FILETIME ft;
-  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
-     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
-  */
-  double now;
-#if OS_WINCE
-  SYSTEMTIME time;
-  GetSystemTime(&time);
-  SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft);
-#else
-  GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
-#endif
-  now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; 
-  *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
-    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
-  }
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
+# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
 #endif
-  return 0;
-}
-
 
 /*
-** Return a pointer to the sqlite3DefaultVfs structure.   We use
-** a function rather than give the structure global scope because
-** some compilers (MSVC) do not allow forward declarations of
-** initialized structures.
+** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){
-  static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
-    1,                 /* iVersion */
-    sizeof(winFile),   /* szOsFile */
-    MAX_PATH,          /* mxPathname */
-    0,                 /* pNext */
-    "win32",           /* zName */
-    0,                 /* pAppData */
-  
-    winOpen,           /* xOpen */
-    winDelete,         /* xDelete */
-    winAccess,         /* xAccess */
-    winGetTempname,    /* xGetTempName */
-    winFullPathname,   /* xFullPathname */
-    winDlOpen,         /* xDlOpen */
-    winDlError,        /* xDlError */
-    winDlSym,          /* xDlSym */
-    winDlClose,        /* xDlClose */
-    winRandomness,     /* xRandomness */
-    winSleep,          /* xSleep */
-    winCurrentTime     /* xCurrentTime */
-  };
-  
-  return &winVfs;
-}
-
-#endif /* OS_WIN */
-
-/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
+/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
 /*
-** 2008 February 16
+** 2004 May 22
 **
 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -23389,3267 +27023,2906 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3OsDefaultVfs(void){
 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
-** bitmap.  Bits are numbered starting with 1.
-**
-** A bitmap is used to record what pages a database file have been
-** journalled during a transaction.  Usually only a few pages are
-** journalled.  So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
-** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
-** or all of the pages get journalled.  In those cases, the bitmap becomes
-** dense.  The algorithm needs to handle both cases well.
-**
-** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
+******************************************************************************
 **
-** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created.  Individual bits
-** may be set or cleared one at a time.
+** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
+** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
+** files.
 **
-** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
-** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
-** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
-** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
-** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
-** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
-** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
+** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
+** general purpose header file.
 **
-** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.5 2008/05/13 13:27:34 drh Exp $
+** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.38 2009/02/24 18:40:50 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
+#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
+#define _OS_COMMON_H_
 
-#define BITVEC_SZ        512
-/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
-** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
-#define BITVEC_USIZE     (((BITVEC_SZ-12)/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
-#define BITVEC_NCHAR     BITVEC_USIZE
-#define BITVEC_NBIT      (BITVEC_NCHAR*8)
-#define BITVEC_NINT      (BITVEC_USIZE/4)
-#define BITVEC_MXHASH    (BITVEC_NINT/2)
-#define BITVEC_NPTR      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
+/*
+** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
+** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
+** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
+*/
+#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
+# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
+#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
+#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
+#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
+#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
+    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
+    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#else
+#define OSTRACE1(X)
+#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
+#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
+#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
+#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
+#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
+#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#endif
 
-#define BITVEC_HASH(X)   (((X)*37)%BITVEC_NINT)
+/*
+** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
+** on i486 hardware.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
 
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
 /*
-** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
+** 2008 May 27
 **
-** This bitmap records the existance of zero or more bits
-** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
-** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
-** bitmap.  The least significant bit is bit 1.
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
-** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
+******************************************************************************
 **
-** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
-** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[].  Each subbitmap
-** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i.  apSub[0] holds
-** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
-** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
-** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
-** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+**
+** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
 */
-struct Bitvec {
-  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index */
-  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set */
-  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry */
-  union {
-    u8 aBitmap[BITVEC_NCHAR];    /* Bitmap representation */
-    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
-    Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR];  /* Recursive representation */
-  } u;
-};
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
 
 /*
-** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
-** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if 
-** malloc fails.
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
-  Bitvec *p;
-  assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
-  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-  if( p ){
-    p->iSize = iSize;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
 
-/*
-** Check to see if the i-th bit is set.  Return true or false.
-** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
-** i is out of range, then return false.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    i--;
-    return (p->u.aBitmap[i/8] & (1<<(i&7)))!=0;
-  }
-  if( p->iDivisor>0 ){
-    u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
-    i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
-    return sqlite3BitvecTest(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
-  }else{
-    u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i);
-    while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
-      if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
-      h++;
-      if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
 
-/*
-** Set the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
-** anything goes wrong.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
-  u32 h;
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( i>0 );
-  assert( i<=p->iSize );
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    i--;
-    p->u.aBitmap[i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( p->iDivisor ){
-    u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
-    i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
-    if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
-      sqlite3FaultBeginBenign(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC);
-      p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
-      sqlite3FaultEndBenign(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC);
-      if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    return sqlite3BitvecSet(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
-  }
-  h = BITVEC_HASH(i);
-  while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
-    if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
-    h++;
-    if( h==BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
-  }
-  p->nSet++;
-  if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
-    int j, rc;
-    u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
-    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
-    memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub[0])*BITVEC_NPTR);
-    p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
-    rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
-    for(j=0; ju.aHash[h] = i;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
 
-/*
-** Clear the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
-** anything goes wrong.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( i>0 );
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    i--;
-    p->u.aBitmap[i/8] &= ~(1 << (i&7));
-  }else if( p->iDivisor ){
-    u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
-    i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
-    if( p->u.apSub[bin] ){
-      sqlite3BitvecClear(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
-    }
-  }else{
-    int j;
-    u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
-    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
-    memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash[0])*BITVEC_NINT);
-    p->nSet = 0;
-    for(j=0; jiDivisor ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; iu.apSub[i]);
-    }
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
   }
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-/*
-** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
-** up to N bits.  Let I be an integer between 0 and N.  0<=I>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
-#define CLEARBIT(V,I)    V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
-#define TESTBIT(V,I)     (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
+  #endif
 
-/*
-** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
-**
-** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
-** to test the Bitvec.  The integers are opcodes followed
-** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode.  Another
-** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
-**
-** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5.  0 is the
-** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
-**
-**    0          Halt and return the number of errors
-**    1 N S X    Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-**    2 N S X    Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-**    3 N        Set N randomly chosen bits
-**    4 N        Clear N randomly chosen bits
-**    5 N S X    Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
-**
-** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
-** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
-** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
-** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
-** confirm that error detection works.
-**
-** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
-** against the Bitvec object.  If there are any differences,
-** an error is returned.  If they are the same, zero is returned.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
-  Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
-  unsigned char *pV = 0;
-  int rc = -1;
-  int i, nx, pc, op;
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
 
-  /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
-  ** bits to act as the reference */
-  pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
-  pV = sqlite3_malloc( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
-  if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 ) goto bitvec_end;
-  memset(pV, 0, (sz+7)/8 + 1);
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
 
-  /* Run the program */
-  pc = 0;
-  while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
-    switch( op ){
-      case 1:
-      case 2:
-      case 5: {
-        nx = 4;
-        i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
-        aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
-        break;
-      }
-      case 3:
-      case 4: 
-      default: {
-        nx = 2;
-        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
-    pc += nx;
-    i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
-    if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
-      SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
-      if( op!=5 ){
-        if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
-      }
-    }else{
-      CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
-      sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1);
-    }
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
   }
 
-  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
-  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
-  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
-  ** is found.
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
   */
-  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
-          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0);
-  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
-    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
-      rc = i;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
 
-  /* Free allocated structure */
-bitvec_end:
-  sqlite3_free(pV);
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+#endif
 
-/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
-** 
-** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
-** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
-** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
-** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
-** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
-** another is writing.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.446 2008/05/13 13:27:34 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
+
+static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
+static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
+#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
+#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
+#else
+#define TIMER_START
+#define TIMER_END
+#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
+** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
+** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
+** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
 */
-#if 0
-#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
-#define PAGERTRACE1(X)       sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y)     sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z)   sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W)
-#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W,V)
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
+  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
+       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
+              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
+static void local_ioerr(){
+  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
+  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
+  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
+}
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
+   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
+     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
+       local_ioerr(); \
+       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
+       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
+       CODE; \
+     }else{ \
+       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
+     } \
+   }
 #else
-#define PAGERTRACE1(X)
-#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y)
-#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W)
-#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V)
+#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
+#define SimulateIOError(A)
+#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
 #endif
 
 /*
-** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACEX() macros above
-** to print out file-descriptors. 
-**
-** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
-** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
-** struct as its argument.
+** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
 */
-#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
-#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
+#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
+#else
+#define OpenCounter(X)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
+
+/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
 
 /*
-** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following
-** states:
-**
-**   PAGER_UNLOCK        The page cache is not currently reading or 
-**                       writing the database file.  There is no
-**                       data held in memory.  This is the initial
-**                       state.
-**
-**   PAGER_SHARED        The page cache is reading the database.
-**                       Writing is not permitted.  There can be
-**                       multiple readers accessing the same database
-**                       file at the same time.
-**
-**   PAGER_RESERVED      This process has reserved the database for writing
-**                       but has not yet made any changes.  Only one process
-**                       at a time can reserve the database.  The original
-**                       database file has not been modified so other
-**                       processes may still be reading the on-disk
-**                       database file.
-**
-**   PAGER_EXCLUSIVE     The page cache is writing the database.
-**                       Access is exclusive.  No other processes or
-**                       threads can be reading or writing while one
-**                       process is writing.
-**
-**   PAGER_SYNCED        The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE
-**                       after all dirty pages have been written to the
-**                       database file and the file has been synced to
-**                       disk. All that remains to do is to remove or
-**                       truncate the journal file and the transaction 
-**                       will be committed.
-**
-** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time a
-** sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED.
-** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(),
-** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time
-** that sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to
-** PAGER_RESERVED.  (Note that sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be
-** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must
-** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.)
-** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal.
-** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes
-** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback
-** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED.  After an sqlite3PagerRollback()
-** or sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED,
-** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode.
+** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
 */
-#define PAGER_UNLOCK      0
-#define PAGER_SHARED      1   /* same as SHARED_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_RESERVED    2   /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE   4   /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_SYNCED      5
+#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
+# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) 
+#endif
 
 /*
-** If the SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK macro is set to true at compile-time,
-** then failed attempts to get a reserved lock will invoke the busy callback.
-** This is off by default.  To see why, consider the following scenario:
-** 
-** Suppose thread A already has a shared lock and wants a reserved lock.
-** Thread B already has a reserved lock and wants an exclusive lock.  If
-** both threads are using their busy callbacks, it might be a long time
-** be for one of the threads give up and allows the other to proceed.
-** But if the thread trying to get the reserved lock gives up quickly
-** (if it never invokes its busy callback) then the contention will be
-** resolved quickly.
+** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
+** reduced API.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK
-# define SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK 0
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+# define AreFileApisANSI() 1
+# define GetDiskFreeSpaceW() 0
 #endif
 
 /*
-** This macro rounds values up so that if the value is an address it
-** is guaranteed to be an address that is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
+** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
+** with some code of our own.
 */
-#define FORCE_ALIGNMENT(X)   (((X)+7)&~7)
-
-typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+typedef struct winceLock {
+  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
+  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
+  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
+  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
+} winceLock;
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Each pager stores all currently unreferenced pages in a list sorted
-** in least-recently-used (LRU) order (i.e. the first item on the list has 
-** not been referenced in a long time, the last item has been recently
-** used). An instance of this structure is included as part of each
-** pager structure for this purpose (variable Pager.lru).
-**
-** Additionally, if memory-management is enabled, all unreferenced pages 
-** are stored in a global LRU list (global variable sqlite3LruPageList).
-**
-** In both cases, the PagerLruList.pFirstSynced variable points to
-** the first page in the corresponding list that does not require an
-** fsync() operation before its memory can be reclaimed. If no such
-** page exists, PagerLruList.pFirstSynced is set to NULL.
+** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
+** portability layer.
 */
-typedef struct PagerLruList PagerLruList;
-struct PagerLruList {
-  PgHdr *pFirst;         /* First page in LRU list */
-  PgHdr *pLast;          /* Last page in LRU list (the most recently used) */
-  PgHdr *pFirstSynced;   /* First page in list with PgHdr.needSync==0 */
+typedef struct winFile winFile;
+struct winFile {
+  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;/* Must be first */
+  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
+  unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
+  DWORD lastErrno;        /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+  DWORD sectorSize;       /* Sector size of the device file is on */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
+  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
+  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
+  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
+  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
+#endif
 };
 
 /*
-** The following structure contains the next and previous pointers used
-** to link a PgHdr structure into a PagerLruList linked list. 
+** Forward prototypes.
 */
-typedef struct PagerLruLink PagerLruLink;
-struct PagerLruLink {
-  PgHdr *pNext;
-  PgHdr *pPrev;
-};
+static int getSectorSize(
+    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+    const char *zRelative     /* UTF-8 file name */
+);
 
 /*
-** Each in-memory image of a page begins with the following header.
-** This header is only visible to this pager module.  The client
-** code that calls pager sees only the data that follows the header.
-**
-** Client code should call sqlite3PagerWrite() on a page prior to making
-** any modifications to that page.  The first time sqlite3PagerWrite()
-** is called, the original page contents are written into the rollback
-** journal and PgHdr.inJournal and PgHdr.needSync are set.  Later, once
-** the journal page has made it onto the disk surface, PgHdr.needSync
-** is cleared.  The modified page cannot be written back into the original
-** database file until the journal pages has been synced to disk and the
-** PgHdr.needSync has been cleared.
-**
-** The PgHdr.dirty flag is set when sqlite3PagerWrite() is called and
-** is cleared again when the page content is written back to the original
-** database file.
-**
-** Details of important structure elements:
+** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
+** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win95
+** or WinNT.
 **
-** needSync
+** 0:   Operating system unknown.
+** 1:   Operating system is Win95.
+** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
 **
-**     If this is true, this means that it is not safe to write the page
-**     content to the database because the original content needed
-**     for rollback has not by synced to the main rollback journal.
-**     The original content may have been written to the rollback journal
-**     but it has not yet been synced.  So we cannot write to the database
-**     file because power failure might cause the page in the journal file
-**     to never reach the disk.  It is as if the write to the journal file
-**     does not occur until the journal file is synced.
-**     
-**     This flag is false if the page content exactly matches what
-**     currently exists in the database file.  The needSync flag is also
-**     false if the original content has been written to the main rollback
-**     journal and synced.  If the page represents a new page that has
-**     been added onto the end of the database during the current
-**     transaction, the needSync flag is true until the original database
-**     size in the journal header has been synced to disk.
-**
-** inJournal
-**
-**     This is true if the original page has been written into the main
-**     rollback journal.  This is always false for new pages added to
-**     the end of the database file during the current transaction.
-**     And this flag says nothing about whether or not the journal
-**     has been synced to disk.  For pages that are in the original
-**     database file, the following expression should always be true:
-**
-**       inJournal = sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pgno)
-**
-**     The pPager->pInJournal object is only valid for the original
-**     pages of the database, not new pages that are added to the end
-**     of the database, so obviously the above expression cannot be
-**     valid for new pages.  For new pages inJournal is always 0.
-**
-** dirty
-**
-**     When true, this means that the content of the page has been
-**     modified and needs to be written back to the database file.
-**     If false, it means that either the content of the page is
-**     unchanged or else the content is unimportant and we do not
-**     care whether or not it is preserved.
-**
-** alwaysRollback
-**
-**     This means that the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() API should be
-**     ignored for this page.  The DontRollback() API attempts to say
-**     that the content of the page on disk is unimportant (it is an
-**     unused page on the freelist) so that it is unnecessary to 
-**     rollback changes to this page because the content of the page
-**     can change without changing the meaning of the database.  This
-**     flag overrides any DontRollback() attempt.  This flag is set
-**     when a page that originally contained valid data is added to
-**     the freelist.  Later in the same transaction, this page might
-**     be pulled from the freelist and reused for something different
-**     and at that point the DontRollback() API will be called because
-**     pages taken from the freelist do not need to be protected by
-**     the rollback journal.  But this flag says that the page was
-**     not originally part of the freelist so that it still needs to
-**     be rolled back in spite of any subsequent DontRollback() calls.
-**
-** needRead 
-**
-**     This flag means (when true) that the content of the page has
-**     not yet been loaded from disk.  The in-memory content is just
-**     garbage.  (Actually, we zero the content, but you should not
-**     make any assumptions about the content nevertheless.)  If the
-**     content is needed in the future, it should be read from the
-**     original database file.
+** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
+** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
 */
-struct PgHdr {
-  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager to which this page belongs */
-  Pgno pgno;                     /* The page number for this page */
-  PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash;  /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */
-  PagerLruLink free;             /* Next and previous free pages */
-  PgHdr *pNextAll;               /* A list of all pages */
-  u8 inJournal;                  /* TRUE if has been written to journal */
-  u8 dirty;                      /* TRUE if we need to write back changes */
-  u8 needSync;                   /* Sync journal before writing this page */
-  u8 alwaysRollback;             /* Disable DontRollback() for this page */
-  u8 needRead;                   /* Read content if PagerWrite() is called */
-  short int nRef;                /* Number of users of this page */
-  PgHdr *pDirty, *pPrevDirty;    /* Dirty pages */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  PagerLruLink gfree;            /* Global list of nRef==0 pages */
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-  u32 pageHash;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
+#else
+static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
 #endif
-  void *pData;                   /* Page data */
-  /* Pager.nExtra bytes of local data appended to this header */
-};
 
 /*
-** For an in-memory only database, some extra information is recorded about
-** each page so that changes can be rolled back.  (Journal files are not
-** used for in-memory databases.)  The following information is added to
-** the end of every EXTRA block for in-memory databases.
+** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
+** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
 **
-** This information could have been added directly to the PgHdr structure.
-** But then it would take up an extra 8 bytes of storage on every PgHdr
-** even for disk-based databases.  Splitting it out saves 8 bytes.  This
-** is only a savings of 0.8% but those percentages add up.
-*/
-typedef struct PgHistory PgHistory;
-struct PgHistory {
-  u8 *pOrig;     /* Original page text.  Restore to this on a full rollback */
-  u8 *pStmt;     /* Text as it was at the beginning of the current statement */
-  PgHdr *pNextStmt, *pPrevStmt;  /* List of pages in the statement journal */
-  u8 inStmt;                     /* TRUE if in the statement subjournal */
-};
-
-/*
-** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
+** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
+** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
+** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
+** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
+** the LockFileEx() API.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec!=0 ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); }
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)(P->xCodec!=0?P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X):D))
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+# define isNT()  (1)
 #else
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) /* NO-OP */
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)D)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Convert a pointer to a PgHdr into a pointer to its data
-** and back again.
-*/
-#define PGHDR_TO_DATA(P)    ((P)->pData)
-#define PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(G,P) ((void*)&((G)[1]))
-#define PGHDR_TO_HIST(P,PGR)  \
-            ((PgHistory*)&((char*)(&(P)[1]))[(PGR)->nExtra])
+  static int isNT(void){
+    if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
+      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
+      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
+      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
+      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
+    }
+    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
 
 /*
-** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure.
+** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). 
 **
-** Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or
-** or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists
-** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call.  The
-** SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the
-** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also,
-** SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3PagerGet() and sqlite3PagerLookup()
-** APIs, they may still be used successfully.
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
 */
-struct Pager {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
-  u8 journalOpen;             /* True if journal file descriptors is valid */
-  u8 journalStarted;          /* True if header of journal is synced */
-  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
-  u8 noReadlock;              /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
-  u8 stmtOpen;                /* True if the statement subjournal is open */
-  u8 stmtInUse;               /* True we are in a statement subtransaction */
-  u8 stmtAutoopen;            /* Open stmt journal when main journal is opened*/
-  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
-  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
-  u8 sync_flags;              /* One of SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL */
-  u8 state;                   /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */
-  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
-  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
-  u8 needSync;                /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
-  u8 dirtyCache;              /* True if cached pages have changed */
-  u8 alwaysRollback;          /* Disable DontRollback() for all pages */
-  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
-  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
-  u8 doNotSync;               /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */
-  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
-  u8 journalMode;             /* On of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
-  u8 dbModified;              /* True if there are any changes to the Db */
-  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
-  u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
-  int dbSize;                 /* Number of pages in the file */
-  int origDbSize;             /* dbSize before the current change */
-  int stmtSize;               /* Size of database (in pages) at stmt_begin() */
-  int nRec;                   /* Number of pages written to the journal */
-  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
-  int stmtNRec;               /* Number of records in stmt subjournal */
-  int nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
-  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
-  int nPage;                  /* Total number of in-memory pages */
-  int nRef;                   /* Number of in-memory pages with PgHdr.nRef>0 */
-  int mxPage;                 /* Maximum number of pages to hold in cache */
-  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
-  Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
-  Bitvec *pInStmt;            /* One bit for each page in the database */
-  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
-  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
-  char *zDirectory;           /* Directory hold database and journal files */
-  char *zStmtJrnl;            /* Name of the statement journal file */
-  sqlite3_file *fd, *jfd;     /* File descriptors for database and journal */
-  sqlite3_file *stfd;         /* File descriptor for the statement subjournal*/
-  BusyHandler *pBusyHandler;  /* Pointer to sqlite.busyHandler */
-  PagerLruList lru;           /* LRU list of free pages */
-  PgHdr *pAll;                /* List of all pages */
-  PgHdr *pStmt;               /* List of pages in the statement subjournal */
-  PgHdr *pDirty;              /* List of all dirty pages */
-  i64 journalOff;             /* Current byte offset in the journal file */
-  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
-  i64 stmtHdrOff;             /* First journal header written this statement */
-  i64 stmtCksum;              /* cksumInit when statement was started */
-  i64 stmtJSize;              /* Size of journal at stmt_begin() */
-  int sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int nHit, nMiss;            /* Cache hits and missing */
-  int nRead, nWrite;          /* Database pages read/written */
-#endif
-  void (*xDestructor)(DbPage*,int); /* Call this routine when freeing pages */
-  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*,int);   /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
-  void *pCodecArg;            /* First argument to xCodec() */
-#endif
-  int nHash;                  /* Size of the pager hash table */
-  PgHdr **aHash;              /* Hash table to map page number to PgHdr */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  Pager *pNext;               /* Doubly linked list of pagers on which */
-  Pager *pPrev;               /* sqlite3_release_memory() will work */
-  int iInUseMM;               /* Non-zero if unavailable to MM */
-  int iInUseDB;               /* Non-zero if in sqlite3_release_memory() */
-#endif
-  char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
-  char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
-};
+static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+  int nChar;
+  WCHAR *zWideFilename;
+
+  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
+  zWideFilename = malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
+  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar);
+  if( nChar==0 ){
+    free(zWideFilename);
+    zWideFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zWideFilename;
+}
 
 /*
-** The following global variables hold counters used for
-** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
-** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
+** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8.  Space to hold the returned string is
+** obtained from malloc().
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count = 0;    /* Number of cache pages freed */
-# define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
-#else
-# define PAGER_INCR(v)
-#endif
+static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  char *zFilename;
+
+  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  zFilename = malloc( nByte );
+  if( zFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
+                              0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    free(zFilename);
+    zFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zFilename;
+}
 
 /*
-** The following variable points to the head of a double-linked list
-** of all pagers that are eligible for page stealing by the
-** sqlite3_release_memory() interface.  Access to this list is
-** protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 mutex.
+** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the
+** current codepage settings for file apis.
+** 
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
+** from malloc.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-static Pager *sqlite3PagerList = 0;
-static PagerLruList sqlite3LruPageList = {0, 0, 0};
-#endif
+static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  WCHAR *zMbcsFilename;
+  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
 
+  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
+  zMbcsFilename = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
+  if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte);
+  if( nByte==0 ){
+    free(zMbcsFilename);
+    zMbcsFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zMbcsFilename;
+}
 
 /*
-** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
-** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
-**
-** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
-** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is begin
-** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
-** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
-** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
-** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
-** journal and ignore it.
+** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the
+** user's Ansi codepage.
 **
-** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
-** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
-** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
-** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
-** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
-** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
-** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
-** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
-** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
-** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
+** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
+** malloc().
 */
-static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
-  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
-};
+static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
+  int nByte;
+  char *zFilename;
+  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
 
-/*
-** The size of the header and of each page in the journal is determined
-** by the following macros.
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
+  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  zFilename = malloc( nByte );
+  if( zFilename==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
+                              0, 0);
+  if( nByte == 0 ){
+    free(zFilename);
+    zFilename = 0;
+  }
+  return zFilename;
+}
 
 /*
-** The journal header size for this pager. In the future, this could be
-** set to some value read from the disk controller. The important
-** characteristic is that it is the same size as a disk sector.
+** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8.  Space to hold the
+** returned string is obtained from malloc().
 */
-#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){
+  char *zFilenameUtf8;
+  WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+
+  zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
+  free(zTmpWide);
+  return zFilenameUtf8;
+}
 
 /*
-** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
-** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
-** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
-** out code that would never execute.
+** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the 
+** returned string is obtained from malloc().
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-# define MEMDB 0
-#else
-# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
-#endif
+static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){
+  char *zFilenameMbcs;
+  WCHAR *zTmpWide;
+
+  zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
+  free(zTmpWide);
+  return zFilenameMbcs;
+}
 
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+/*************************************************************************
+** This section contains code for WinCE only.
+*/
 /*
-** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
-** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
-** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
-** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
-** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() for details.
+** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function.  So create a
+** substitute.
 */
-/* #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) (PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize)) */
-#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)
+struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
+{
+  static struct tm y;
+  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
+  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
+  sqlite3_int64 t64;
+  t64 = *t;
+  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
+  uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF);
+  uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32);
+  FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
+  FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
+  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
+  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
+  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
+  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
+  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
+  y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
+  y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
+  return &y;
+}
+
+/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */
+#define GetTempPathA(a,b)
+
+#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e)       winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
+#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e)     winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
+#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f)   winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f)
+
+#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)]
 
 /*
-** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
+** Acquire a lock on the handle h
 */
-#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
-
+static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
+   DWORD dwErr;
+   do {
+     dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
+   } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
+}
 /*
-** The pagerEnter() and pagerLeave() routines acquire and release
-** a mutex on each pager.  The mutex is recursive.
-**
-** This is a special-purpose mutex.  It only provides mutual exclusion
-** between the Btree and the Memory Management sqlite3_release_memory()
-** function.  It does not prevent, for example, two Btrees from accessing
-** the same pager at the same time.  Other general-purpose mutexes in
-** the btree layer handle that chore.
+** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  static void pagerEnter(Pager *p){
-    p->iInUseDB++;
-    if( p->iInUseMM && p->iInUseDB==1 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-      sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-      mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2);
-#endif
-      p->iInUseDB = 0;
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-      p->iInUseDB = 1;
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-    }
-    assert( p->iInUseMM==0 );
-  }
-  static void pagerLeave(Pager *p){
-    p->iInUseDB--;
-    assert( p->iInUseDB>=0 );
-  }
-#else
-# define pagerEnter(X)
-# define pagerLeave(X)
-#endif
+#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
 
 /*
-** Add page pPg to the end of the linked list managed by structure
-** pList (pPg becomes the last entry in the list - the most recently 
-** used). Argument pLink should point to either pPg->free or pPg->gfree,
-** depending on whether pPg is being added to the pager-specific or
-** global LRU list.
+** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
+** descriptor pFile
 */
-static void listAdd(PagerLruList *pList, PagerLruLink *pLink, PgHdr *pPg){
-  pLink->pNext = 0;
-  pLink->pPrev = pList->pLast;
+static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
+  WCHAR *zTok;
+  WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+  BOOL bInit = TRUE;
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  assert(pLink==&pPg->free || pLink==&pPg->gfree);
-  assert(pLink==&pPg->gfree || pList!=&sqlite3LruPageList);
-#endif
+  /* Initialize the local lockdata */
+  ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local));
 
-  if( pList->pLast ){
-    int iOff = (char *)pLink - (char *)pPg;
-    PagerLruLink *pLastLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pList->pLast)[iOff]);
-    pLastLink->pNext = pPg;
-  }else{
-    assert(!pList->pFirst);
-    pList->pFirst = pPg;
+  /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
+  ** to derive a mutex name. */
+  zTok = CharLowerW(zName);
+  for (;*zTok;zTok++){
+    if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
   }
 
-  pList->pLast = pPg;
-  if( !pList->pFirstSynced && pPg->needSync==0 ){
-    pList->pFirstSynced = pPg;
+  /* Create/open the named mutex */
+  pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
+  if (!pFile->hMutex){
+    pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+    free(zName);
+    return FALSE;
   }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove pPg from the list managed by the structure pointed to by pList.
-**
-** Argument pLink should point to either pPg->free or pPg->gfree, depending 
-** on whether pPg is being added to the pager-specific or global LRU list.
-*/
-static void listRemove(PagerLruList *pList, PagerLruLink *pLink, PgHdr *pPg){
-  int iOff = (char *)pLink - (char *)pPg;
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  assert(pLink==&pPg->free || pLink==&pPg->gfree);
-  assert(pLink==&pPg->gfree || pList!=&sqlite3LruPageList);
-#endif
+  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+  
+  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are 
+  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
+  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
+  */
+  CharUpperW(zName);
+  pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
+                                       PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
+                                       zName);  
 
-  if( pPg==pList->pFirst ){
-    pList->pFirst = pLink->pNext;
-  }
-  if( pPg==pList->pLast ){
-    pList->pLast = pLink->pPrev;
+  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it 
+  ** must be zero-initialized */
+  if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
+    bInit = FALSE;
   }
-  if( pLink->pPrev ){
-    PagerLruLink *pPrevLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pLink->pPrev)[iOff]);
-    pPrevLink->pNext = pLink->pNext;
+
+  free(zName);
+
+  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
+  if (pFile->hShared){
+    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, 
+             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
+    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
+    if (!pFile->shared){
+      pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+      CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+      pFile->hShared = NULL;
+    }
   }
-  if( pLink->pNext ){
-    PagerLruLink *pNextLink = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)pLink->pNext)[iOff]);
-    pNextLink->pPrev = pLink->pPrev;
+
+  /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
+  if (pFile->hShared == NULL){
+    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+    CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
+    return FALSE;
   }
-  if( pPg==pList->pFirstSynced ){
-    PgHdr *p = pLink->pNext;
-    while( p && p->needSync ){
-      PagerLruLink *pL = (PagerLruLink *)(&((u8 *)p)[iOff]);
-      p = pL->pNext;
-    }
-    pList->pFirstSynced = p;
+  
+  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
+  if (bInit) {
+    ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock));
   }
 
-  pLink->pNext = pLink->pPrev = 0;
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return TRUE;
 }
 
-/* 
-** Add page pPg to the list of free pages for the pager. If 
-** memory-management is enabled, also add the page to the global 
-** list of free pages.
+/*
+** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
 */
-static void lruListAdd(PgHdr *pPg){
-  listAdd(&pPg->pPager->lru, &pPg->free, pPg);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  if( !pPg->pPager->memDb ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
-    listAdd(&sqlite3LruPageList, &pPg->gfree, pPg);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
+static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
+  if (pFile->hMutex){
+    /* Acquire the mutex */
+    winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
+
+    /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
+       are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
+    if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+      pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bReserved){
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bPending){
+      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
+    UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
+    CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
+
+    /* Done with the mutex */
+    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);    
+    CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
+    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
   }
-#endif
 }
 
 /* 
-** Remove page pPg from the list of free pages for the associated pager.
-** If memory-management is enabled, also remove pPg from the global list
-** of free pages.
+** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince
 */
-static void lruListRemove(PgHdr *pPg){
-  listRemove(&pPg->pPager->lru, &pPg->free, pPg);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  if( !pPg->pPager->memDb ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
-    listRemove(&sqlite3LruPageList, &pPg->gfree, pPg);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
-  }
-#endif
-}
+static BOOL winceLockFile(
+  HANDLE *phFile,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
+){
+  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
 
-/* 
-** This function is called just after the needSync flag has been cleared
-** from all pages managed by pPager (usually because the journal file
-** has just been synced). It updates the pPager->lru.pFirstSynced variable
-** and, if memory-management is enabled, the sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced
-** variable also.
-*/
-static void lruListSetFirstSynced(Pager *pPager){
-  pPager->lru.pFirstSynced = pPager->lru.pFirst;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  if( !pPager->memDb ){
-    PgHdr *p;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
-    for(p=sqlite3LruPageList.pFirst; p && p->needSync; p=p->gfree.pNext);
-    assert(p==pPager->lru.pFirstSynced || p==sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced);
-    sqlite3LruPageList.pFirstSynced = p;
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
-  }
-#endif
-}
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh);
 
-/*
-** Return true if page *pPg has already been written to the statement
-** journal (or statement snapshot has been created, if *pPg is part
-** of an in-memory database).
-*/
-static int pageInStatement(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    return PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager)->inStmt;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
-  }
-}
+  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
 
-/*
-** Change the size of the pager hash table to N.  N must be a power
-** of two.
-*/
-static void pager_resize_hash_table(Pager *pPager, int N){
-  PgHdr **aHash, *pPg;
-  assert( N>0 && (N&(N-1))==0 );
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
-  if( N*sizeof(aHash[0])>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
-    N = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(aHash[0]);
-  }
-  if( N==pPager->nHash ) return;
-#endif
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  if( pPager->aHash!=0 ) sqlite3FaultBeginBenign(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC);
-  aHash = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(aHash[0])*N );
-  if( pPager->aHash!=0 ) sqlite3FaultEndBenign(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC);
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  if( aHash==0 ){
-    /* Failure to rehash is not an error.  It is only a performance hit. */
-    return;
+  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
+  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST
+       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
+    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
+       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
+       bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
   }
-  sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash);
-  pPager->nHash = N;
-  pPager->aHash = aHash;
-  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
-    int h;
-    if( pPg->pgno==0 ){
-      assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 );
-      continue;
+
+  /* Want a read-only lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
+           nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
+      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
+      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
+        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
+      }
+      bReturn = TRUE;
     }
-    h = pPg->pgno & (N-1);
-    pPg->pNextHash = aHash[h];
-    if( aHash[h] ){
-      aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg;
+  }
+
+  /* Want a pending lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
+    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
+      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
+      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
     }
-    aHash[h] = pPg;
-    pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
   }
-}
 
-/*
-** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
-** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
-** error code is something goes wrong.
-**
-** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
-*/
-static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
-  unsigned char ac[4];
-  int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
+  /* Want a reserved lock? */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
+      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
   }
-  return rc;
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return bReturn;
 }
 
 /*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
+** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince
 */
-#define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
+static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
+  HANDLE *phFile,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
+  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
+  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
+){
+  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
+  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
 
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
-*/
-static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
-  char ac[4];
-  put32bits(ac, val);
-  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
-}
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh);
 
-/*
-** If file pFd is open, call sqlite3OsUnlock() on it.
-*/
-static int osUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFd, int eLock){
-  if( !pFd->pMethods ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsUnlock(pFd, eLock);
-}
+  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
+  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
 
-/*
-** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
-** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
-**
-**  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
-**      a database page may be written atomically, and
-**  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
-**      to the page size.
-**
-** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
-** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
-** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
-  int dc;           /* Device characteristics */
-  int nSector;      /* Sector size */
-  int nPage;        /* Page size */
-  sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
+  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
+  if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){
+    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
+    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
+      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE);
+      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
 
-  if( fd->pMethods ){
-    dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd);
-    nSector = sqlite3OsSectorSize(fd);
-    nPage = pPager->pageSize;
+    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
+    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
+      assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1);
+      pFile->local.nReaders --;
+      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
+      {
+        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
+      }
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
   }
 
-  assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
-  assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
-
-  if( !fd->pMethods || (dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(nPage>>8))&&nSector<=nPage) ){
-    return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
+  /* Releasing a pending lock */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->local.bPending){
+      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
+    }
   }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function should be called when an error occurs within the pager
-** code. The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the
-** second the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. 
-** The value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 
-**
-** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or SQLITE_FULL
-** the error becomes persistent. Until the persisten error is cleared,
-** subsequent API calls on this Pager will immediately return the same 
-** error code.
-**
-** A persistent error indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 
-** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 
-** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
-** the persistent error occured, then the rollback journal may need
-** to be replayed.
-*/
-static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager);
-static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
-  int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
-  assert(
-       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
-       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
-       (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
-  );
-  if(
-    rc2==SQLITE_FULL ||
-    rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ||
-    rc2==SQLITE_CORRUPT
-  ){
-    pPager->errCode = rc;
-    if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK && pPager->nRef==0 ){
-      /* If the pager is already unlocked, call pager_unlock() now to
-      ** clear the error state and ensure that the pager-cache is 
-      ** completely empty.
-      */
-      pager_unlock(pPager);
+  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
+  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
+    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
+      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
+      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
+      bReturn = TRUE;
     }
   }
-  return rc;
+
+  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
+  return bReturn;
 }
 
 /*
-** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
-** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
-** and debugging only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-/*
-** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
+** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince
 */
-static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
-  u32 hash = 0;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; iOffset == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST &&
+      dwFlags == 1 &&
+      nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){
+    return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
   }
-  return hash;
-}
-static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
-  return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, 
-                        (unsigned char *)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPage));
+  return FALSE;
 }
-
 /*
-** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
-** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
-*/
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
-static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode || MEMDB || pPg->dirty || 
-      pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
-}
+** End of the special code for wince
+*****************************************************************************/
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
 
-#else
-#define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
-#define pager_pagehash(X)  0
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
-#endif
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
+** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+******************************************************************************/
 
 /*
-** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
-** The master journal file name is read from the end of the file and 
-** written into memory supplied by the caller. 
-**
-** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
-** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
-** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
-** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
-** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
-** were present in the journal.
+** Close a file.
 **
-** If no master journal file name is present zMaster[0] is set to 0 and
-** SQLITE_OK returned.
+** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
+** fail.  This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious
+** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen.  If
+** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again.  As
+** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
+** giving up and returning an error.
 */
-static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, int nMaster){
-  int rc;
-  u32 len;
-  i64 szJ;
-  u32 cksum;
-  int i;
-  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
-
-  zMaster[0] = '\0';
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ<16 ) return rc;
-
-  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  if( len>=nMaster ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  zMaster[len] = '\0';
+#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
+static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
+  int rc, cnt = 0;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
 
-  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
-  for(i=0; ih);
+  do{
+    rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h);
+  }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) );
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
+  winceDestroyLock(pFile);
+  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    while(
+           DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
+        && GetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff 
+        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
+    ){
+       Sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
+    }
+    free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
   }
-   
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+  OpenCounter(-1);
+  return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
 }
 
 /*
-** Seek the journal file descriptor to the next sector boundary where a
-** journal header may be read or written. Pager.journalOff is updated with
-** the new seek offset.
-**
-** i.e for a sector size of 512:
-**
-** Input Offset              Output Offset
-** ---------------------------------------
-** 0                         0
-** 512                       512
-** 100                       512
-** 2000                      2048
-** 
+** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
 */
-static void seekJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
-  i64 offset = 0;
-  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
-  if( c ){
-    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-  }
-  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
-  assert( offset>=c );
-  assert( (offset-c)journalOff = offset;
-}
+#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Write zeros over the header of the journal file.  This has the
-** effect of invalidating the journal file and committing the
-** transaction.
+** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
+** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
+** wrong.
 */
-static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  static const char zeroHdr[28];
+static int winRead(
+  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
+  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
+  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+  LONG upperBits = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+  LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+  DWORD rc;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  DWORD error;
+  DWORD got;
 
-  if( pPager->journalOff ){
-    IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
-    if( doTruncate ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->sync_flags);
-    }
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
+  OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
+  rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = error;
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
+  }
+  if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+  }
+  if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
+    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
   }
-  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
-** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
-** current location.
-**
-** The format for the journal header is as follows:
-** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
-** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
-** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
-** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
-** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
-** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
-** 
-** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
+** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
+** or some other error code on failure.
 */
-static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-  int nHeader = pPager->pageSize;
-  int nWrite;
-
-  if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
-    nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-  }
+static int winWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *id,         /* File to write into */
+  const void *pBuf,         /* The bytes to be written */
+  int amt,                  /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite3_int64 offset      /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
+){
+  LONG upperBits = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+  LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
+  DWORD rc;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  DWORD error;
+  DWORD wrote = 0;
 
-  if( pPager->stmtHdrOff==0 ){
-    pPager->stmtHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
+  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
+  OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
+  rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = error;
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
   }
-
-  seekJournalHdr(pPager);
-  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
-
-  memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
-
-  /* 
-  ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
-  ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
-  ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 
-  ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
-  ** of records (see syncJournal()).
-  **
-  ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
-  ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
-  ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
-  ** is dangerous, as if a failure occured whilst writing to the journal
-  ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
-  ** where this risk can be ignored:
-  **
-  **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
-  **     power failure in this case anyway.
-  **
-  **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
-  **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
-  */
-  assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->noSync);
-  if( (pPager->noSync) 
-   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
+  assert( amt>0 );
+  while(
+     amt>0
+     && (rc = WriteFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0
+     && wrote>0
   ){
-    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
-  }else{
-    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0);
-  }
-
-  /* The random check-hash initialiser */ 
-  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
-  /* The initial database size */
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbSize);
-  /* The assumed sector size for this process */
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
-  if( pPager->journalHdr==0 ){
-    /* The page size */
-    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
+    amt -= wrote;
+    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
   }
-
-  for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWritejournalHdr, nHeader))
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
-    pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
+  if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+    return SQLITE_FULL;
   }
-
-  return rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
-** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
-** file. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for a description of
-** the journal header format.
-**
-** If the header is read successfully, *nRec is set to the number of
-** page records following this header and *dbSize is set to the size of the
-** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
-** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
-** in this case.
-**
-** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
-** returned and *nRec and *dbSize are not set.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
-** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+** Truncate an open file to a specified size
 */
-static int readJournalHdr(
-  Pager *pPager, 
-  i64 journalSize,
-  u32 *pNRec, 
-  u32 *pDbSize
-){
-  int rc;
-  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
-  i64 jrnlOff;
-  int iPageSize;
-
-  seekJournalHdr(pPager);
-  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  jrnlOff = pPager->journalOff;
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), jrnlOff);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  jrnlOff += sizeof(aMagic);
+static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
+  LONG upperBits = (LONG)((nByte>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+  LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(nByte & 0xffffffff);
+  DWORD rc;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  DWORD error;
 
-  if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte);
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
+  rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+  if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = error;
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
   }
-
-  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, pNRec);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+4, &pPager->cksumInit);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+8, pDbSize);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+16, (u32 *)&iPageSize);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
-   && iPageSize>=512 
-   && iPageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
-   && ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)==0 
-  ){
-    u16 pagesize = iPageSize;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &pagesize);
+  /* SetEndOfFile will fail if nByte is negative */
+  if( !SetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
   }
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
-  ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
-  ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
-  ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
-  ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
-  */
-  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+12, (u32 *)&pPager->sectorSize);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
+** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
-** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
-** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
-** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
-** anything is written. The format is:
-**
-** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
-** + N bytes: length of master journal name.
-** + 4 bytes: N
-** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
-** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
-**
-** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
-** journal name.
-**
-** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
-** this call is a no-op.
+** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
 */
-static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
-  int rc;
-  int len; 
-  int i; 
-  i64 jrnlOff;
-  i64 jrnlSize;
-  u32 cksum = 0;
-  char zBuf[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+2*4];
-
-  if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pPager->setMaster = 1;
+static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
 
-  len = strlen(zMaster);
-  for(i=0; ih, pFile->locktype);
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
+#else
+  if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
+    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
   }
-
-  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
-  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
-  ** the journal has already been synced.
+  sqlite3_sync_count++;
+#endif
+  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
+  ** no-op
   */
-  if( pPager->fullSync ){
-    seekJournalHdr(pPager);
-  }
-  jrnlOff = pPager->journalOff;
-  pPager->journalOff += (len+20);
-
-  rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  jrnlOff += 4;
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, len, jrnlOff);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  jrnlOff += len;
-
-  put32bits(zBuf, len);
-  put32bits(&zBuf[4], cksum);
-  memcpy(&zBuf[8], aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
-  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zBuf, 8+sizeof(aJournalMagic), jrnlOff);
-  jrnlOff += 8+sizeof(aJournalMagic);
-  pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
-
-  /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 
-  ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
-  ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 
-  ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
-  ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 
-  ** whether or not the journal is hot. 
-  **
-  ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 
-  ** file to the required size.
-  */ 
-  if( (rc==SQLITE_OK)
-   && (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))==SQLITE_OK
-   && jrnlSize>jrnlOff
-  ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff);
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+  if( FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+    return SQLITE_IOERR;
   }
-  return rc;
+#endif
 }
 
 /*
-** Add or remove a page from the list of all pages that are in the
-** statement journal.
-**
-** The Pager keeps a separate list of pages that are currently in
-** the statement journal.  This helps the sqlite3PagerStmtCommit()
-** routine run MUCH faster for the common case where there are many
-** pages in memory but only a few are in the statement journal.
+** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
 */
-static void page_add_to_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
-  assert( MEMDB );
-  if( !pHist->inStmt ){
-    assert( pHist->pPrevStmt==0 && pHist->pNextStmt==0 );
-    if( pPager->pStmt ){
-      PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPager->pStmt, pPager)->pPrevStmt = pPg;
-    }
-    pHist->pNextStmt = pPager->pStmt;
-    pPager->pStmt = pPg;
-    pHist->inStmt = 1;
+static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
+  DWORD upperBits;
+  DWORD lowerBits;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  DWORD error;
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
+  lowerBits = GetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
+  if(   (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE)
+     && ((error = GetLastError()) != NO_ERROR) )
+  {
+    pFile->lastErrno = error;
+    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
   }
+  *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Find a page in the hash table given its page number.  Return
-** a pointer to the page or NULL if not found.
+** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
 */
-static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  if( pPager->aHash==0 ) return 0;
-  p = pPager->aHash[pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)];
-  while( p && p->pgno!=pgno ){
-    p = p->pNextHash;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
+#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
+# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Clear the in-memory cache.  This routine
-** sets the state of the pager back to what it was when it was first
-** opened.  Any outstanding pages are invalidated and subsequent attempts
-** to access those pages will likely result in a coredump.
+** Acquire a reader lock.
+** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
+** is Win95 or WinNT.
 */
-static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
-  PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
-  if( pPager->errCode ) return;
-  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){
-    IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
-    PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count);
-    pNext = pPg->pNextAll;
-    lruListRemove(pPg);
-    sqlite3_free(pPg->pData);
-    sqlite3_free(pPg);
-  }
-  assert(pPager->lru.pFirst==0);
-  assert(pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==0);
-  assert(pPager->lru.pLast==0);
-  pPager->pStmt = 0;
-  pPager->pAll = 0;
-  pPager->pDirty = 0;
-  pPager->nHash = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash);
-  pPager->nPage = 0;
-  pPager->aHash = 0;
-  pPager->nRef = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock the database file. 
-**
-** If the pager is currently in error state, discard the contents of 
-** the cache and reset the Pager structure internal state. If there is
-** an open journal-file, then the next time a shared-lock is obtained
-** on the pager file (by this or any other process), it will be
-** treated as a hot-journal and rolled back.
+static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+  int res;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+    ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
+    ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
+    ovlp.hEvent = 0;
+    res = LockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY,
+                     0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
 */
-static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
-  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-    if( !MEMDB ){
-      int rc = osUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
-      if( rc ) pPager->errCode = rc;
-      pPager->dbSize = -1;
-      IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager))
-
-      /* Always close the journal file when dropping the database lock.
-      ** Otherwise, another connection with journal_mode=delete might
-      ** delete the file out from under us.
-      */
-      if( pPager->journalOpen ){
-        sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-        pPager->journalOpen = 0;
-        sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-        pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
-      ** trusted. Now that the pager file is unlocked, the contents of the
-      ** cache can be discarded and the error code safely cleared.
-      */
-      if( pPager->errCode ){
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
-        pager_reset(pPager);
-        if( pPager->stmtOpen ){
-          sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd);
-          sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInStmt);
-          pPager->pInStmt = 0;
-        }
-        pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
-        pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
-        pPager->journalOff = 0;
-        pPager->journalStarted = 0;
-        pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
-        pPager->origDbSize = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( !MEMDB || pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
-      pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
-    }
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+  }else{
+    int lk;
+    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
+    pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1));
+    res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+#endif
   }
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
-** database file. If the pager has already entered the error state, 
-** do not attempt the rollback.
-*/
-static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *p){
-  /* assert( p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED || p->journalOpen==0 ); */
-  if( p->errCode==SQLITE_OK && p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){
-    sqlite3FaultBeginBenign(-1);
-    sqlite3PagerRollback(p);
-    sqlite3FaultEndBenign(-1);
+  if( res == 0 ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
   }
-  pager_unlock(p);
-#if 0
-  assert( p->errCode || !p->journalOpen || (p->exclusiveMode&&!p->journalOff) );
-  assert( p->errCode || !p->stmtOpen || p->exclusiveMode );
-#endif
+  return res;
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine ends a transaction.  A transaction is ended by either
-** a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK.
-**
-** When this routine is called, the pager has the journal file open and
-** a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database.  This routine will release
-** the database lock and acquires a SHARED lock in its place if that is
-** the appropriate thing to do.  Release locks usually is appropriate,
-** unless we are in exclusive access mode or unless this is a 
-** COMMIT AND BEGIN or ROLLBACK AND BEGIN operation.
-**
-** The journal file is either deleted or truncated.
-**
-** TODO: Consider keeping the journal file open for temporary databases.
-** This might give a performance improvement on windows where opening
-** a file is an expensive operation.
+** Undo a readlock
 */
-static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){
-  PgHdr *pPg;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( !MEMDB );
-  if( pPager->statestmtOpen && !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd);
-    pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
-  }
-  if( pPager->journalOpen ){
-    if( pPager->exclusiveMode 
-     || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-    ){
-      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
-      pager_error(pPager, rc);
-      pPager->journalOff = 0;
-      pPager->journalStarted = 0;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-      pPager->journalOpen = 0;
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
-      pPg->inJournal = 0;
-      pPg->dirty = 0;
-      pPg->needSync = 0;
-      pPg->alwaysRollback = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-      pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
-#endif
-    }
-    pPager->pDirty = 0;
-    pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
-    pPager->nRec = 0;
+static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
+  int res;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
   }else{
-    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+    res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
+#endif
   }
-
-  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-    rc2 = osUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
-    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
-  }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){
-    pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+  if( res == 0 ){
+    pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
   }
-  pPager->origDbSize = 0;
-  pPager->setMaster = 0;
-  pPager->needSync = 0;
-  lruListSetFirstSynced(pPager);
-  pPager->dbSize = -1;
-  pPager->dbModified = 0;
-
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
+  return res;
 }
 
 /*
-** Compute and return a checksum for the page of data.
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** of the following:
 **
-** This is not a real checksum.  It is really just the sum of the 
-** random initial value and the page number.  We experimented with
-** a checksum of the entire data, but that was found to be too slow.
+**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
+**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
+**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
+**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
 **
-** Note that the page number is stored at the beginning of data and
-** the checksum is stored at the end.  This is important.  If journal
-** corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely scenario
-** is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.  It is
-** much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
-** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
-** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
+** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
+** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
+** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
+** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
+** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
 **
-** FIX ME:  Consider adding every 200th (or so) byte of the data to the
-** checksum.  That way if a single page spans 3 or more disk sectors and
-** only the middle sector is corrupt, we will still have a reasonable
-** chance of failing the checksum and thus detecting the problem.
-*/
-static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
-  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;
-  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;
-  while( i>0 ){
-    cksum += aData[i];
-    i -= 200;
-  }
-  return cksum;
-}
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-static void makeClean(PgHdr*);
-
-/*
-** Read a single page from the journal file opened on file descriptor
-** jfd.  Playback this one page.
+**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
+**    SHARED -> RESERVED
+**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
+**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
 **
-** If useCksum==0 it means this journal does not use checksums.  Checksums
-** are not used in statement journals because statement journals do not
-** need to survive power failures.
+** This routine will only increase a lock.  The winUnlock() routine
+** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
+** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
+** must go straight to locking level 0.
 */
-static int pager_playback_one_page(
-  Pager *pPager, 
-  sqlite3_file *jfd,
-  i64 offset,
-  int useCksum
-){
-  int rc;
-  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
-  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
-  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
-  u8 *aData = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;   /* Temp storage for a page */
+static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
+  int res = 1;           /* Result of a windows lock call */
+  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
+  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  DWORD error = NO_ERROR;
+
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
+          pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
 
-  /* useCksum should be true for the main journal and false for
-  ** statement journals.  Verify that this is always the case
+  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
+  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
+  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
   */
-  assert( jfd == (useCksum ? pPager->jfd : pPager->stfd) );
-  assert( aData );
+  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
 
-  rc = read32bits(jfd, offset, &pgno);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, aData, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize + 4;
+  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+  */
+  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
+  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
 
-  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
-  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
-  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
-  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
+  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
+  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
+  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
   */
-  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
+  if(   (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK)
+     || (   (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+         && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK))
+  ){
+    int cnt = 3;
+    while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
+      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  The pending lock might be
+      ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
+      */
+      OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
+      Sleep(1);
+    }
+    gotPendingLock = res;
+    if( !res ){
+      error = GetLastError();
+    }
   }
-  if( pgno>(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Acquire a shared lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
+    res = getReadLock(pFile);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      error = GetLastError();
+    }
   }
-  if( useCksum ){
-    rc = read32bits(jfd, offset+pPager->pageSize+4, &cksum);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    pPager->journalOff += 4;
-    if( pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
+
+  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      error = GetLastError();
     }
   }
 
-  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
+  */
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+    gotPendingLock = 0;
+  }
 
-  /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this
-  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
-  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
-  **
-  ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
-  ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
-  ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
-  ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
-  ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
-  ** assert()able.
-  **
-  ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists
-  ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty.
-  **
-  ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
-  ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
-  ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
-  ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
-  ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
-  ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
-  ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
-  ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
-  ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
-  ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
-  ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
-  ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
-  ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
-  **
-  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
-  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
-  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
+  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
   */
-  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
-  PAGERTRACE4("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
-               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, aData));
-  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && (pPg==0 || pPg->needSync==0)
-        && pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-    i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
-    if( pPg ){
-      makeClean(pPg);
+  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
+    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
+    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
+    OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
+    res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( res ){
+      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+    }else{
+      error = GetLastError();
+      OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", error);
+      getReadLock(pFile);
     }
   }
-  if( pPg ){
-    /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
-    ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
-    ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
-    ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
-    ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
-    */
-    void *pData;
-    /* assert( pPg->nRef==0 || pPg->pgno==1 ); */
-    pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
-    memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize);
-    if( pPager->xReiniter ){
-      pPager->xReiniter(pPg, pPager->pageSize);
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-    pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
-#endif
-    /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
-    ** Do this before any decoding. */
-    if( pgno==1 ){
-      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-    }
 
-    /* Decode the page just read from disk */
-    CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3);
+  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
+  ** release it now.
+  */
+  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
+  ** return the appropriate result code.
+  */
+  if( res ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
+           locktype, newLocktype);
+    pFile->lastErrno = error;
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
   }
+  pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype;
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
-** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
-** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
-** and does so if it is.
-**
-** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 
-** available for use within this function.
-**
-**
-** The master journal file contains the names of all child journals.
-** To tell if a master journal can be deleted, check to each of the
-** children.  If all children are either missing or do not refer to
-** a different master journal, then this master journal can be deleted.
+** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
+** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
+** non-zero, otherwise zero.
 */
-static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
   int rc;
-  int master_open = 0;
-  sqlite3_file *pMaster;
-  sqlite3_file *pJournal;
-  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
-  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
 
-  /* Open the master journal file exclusively in case some other process
-  ** is running this routine also. Not that it makes too much difference.
-  */
-  pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3_malloc(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
-  pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
-  if( !pMaster ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    rc = 1;
+    OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc);
   }else{
-    int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-  master_open = 1;
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-
-  if( nMasterJournal>0 ){
-    char *zJournal;
-    char *zMasterPtr = 0;
-    int nMasterPtr = pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-
-    /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
-    ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. 
-    */
-    zMasterJournal = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr);
-    if( !zMasterJournal ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto delmaster_out;
-    }
-    zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal];
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, nMasterJournal, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-
-    zJournal = zMasterJournal;
-    while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+    if( rc ){
+      UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
     }
+    rc = !rc;
+    OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc);
   }
-  
-  rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-
-delmaster_out:
-  if( zMasterJournal ){
-    sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
-  }  
-  if( master_open ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pMaster);
-  return rc;
+  *pResOut = rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-
-static void pager_truncate_cache(Pager *pPager);
-
 /*
-** Truncate the main file of the given pager to the number of pages
-** indicated. Also truncate the cached representation of the file.
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
 **
-** Might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than nPage.
-** This can happen, for example, if we are in the middle of a transaction
-** which has extended the file size and the new pages are still all held
-** in cache, then an INSERT or UPDATE does a statement rollback.  Some
-** operating system implementations can get confused if you try to
-** truncate a file to some size that is larger than it currently is,
-** so detect this case and write a single zero byte to the end of the new
-** file instead.
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
+** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
+** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
 */
-static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, int nPage){
+static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+  int type;
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-    i64 currentSize, newSize;
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize);
-    newSize = pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
-      if( currentSize>newSize ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, "", 1, newSize-1);
-      }
+  assert( pFile!=0 );
+  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+          pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
+  type = pFile->locktype;
+  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){
+      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
+      ** reacquire the read lock */
+      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
     }
   }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
-    pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
+  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
+  }
+  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
+    unlockReadLock(pFile);
+  }
+  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+    UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
   }
+  pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype;
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Set the sectorSize for the given pager.
-**
-** The sector size is at least as big as the sector size reported
-** by sqlite3OsSectorSize().  The minimum sector size is 512.
+** Control and query of the open file handle.
 */
-static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
-  assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
-  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
-    /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
-    ** may not have been opened yet, in whcih case the OsSectorSize()
-    ** call will segfault.
-    */
-    pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
-  }
-  if( pPager->sectorSize<512 ){
-    pPager->sectorSize = 512;
+static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
+      *(int*)pArg = ((winFile*)id)->locktype;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
+      *(int*)pArg = (int)((winFile*)id)->lastErrno;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
   }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
 }
 
 /*
-** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
-** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
-**
-** The journal file format is as follows: 
-**
-**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
-**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
-**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
-**       number of page records from the journal size.
-**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
-**       sanity checksum.
-**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
-**       database to during a rollback.
-**  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
-**       is this many bytes in size.
-**  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page case.
-**  (7)  4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal
-**       name.  The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master
-**       journal.)
-**  (8)  N bytes of the master journal name.  The name will be nul-terminated
-**       and might be shorter than the value read from (5).  If the first byte
-**       of the name is \000 then there is no master journal.  The master
-**       journal name is stored in UTF-8.
-**  (9)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
-**        +  4 byte page number.
-**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
-**        +  4 byte checksum
-**
-** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 8 items above.
-** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 9th item.
-**
-** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
-** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
-** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
-** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
-** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
-** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
-** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
-** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
-**
-** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
-** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
-** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
-** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
-** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
-**
-** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
-** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
-** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
-** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
-** been encountered.
+** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
+** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
+** larger for some devices.
 **
-** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
-** and an error code is returned.
+** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
+** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
+** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
+** same for both.
 */
-static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
-  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
-  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
-  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
-  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
-  int res = 0;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
-  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
-
-  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
-  ** the journal is empty.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){
-    goto end_playback;
-  }
+static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  return (int)(((winFile*)id)->sectorSize);
+}
 
-  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
-  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
-  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
-  ** played back.
-  */
-  zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-  rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (zMaster[0] 
-   && (res=sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS))==0 ) 
-  ){
-    zMaster = 0;
-    goto end_playback;
-  }
-  zMaster = 0;
-  if( res<0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    goto end_playback;
-  }
-  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+/*
+** Return a vector of device characteristics.
+*/
+static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+  return 0;
+}
 
-  /* This loop terminates either when the readJournalHdr() call returns
-  ** SQLITE_DONE or an IO error occurs. */
-  while( 1 ){
+/*
+** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
+** sqlite3_file for win32.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
+  1,                        /* iVersion */
+  winClose,
+  winRead,
+  winWrite,
+  winTruncate,
+  winSync,
+  winFileSize,
+  winLock,
+  winUnlock,
+  winCheckReservedLock,
+  winFileControl,
+  winSectorSize,
+  winDeviceCharacteristics
+};
 
-    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
-    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
-    ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it.
-    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
-    */
-    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
-      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      goto end_playback;
-    }
-
-    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
-    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
-    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
-    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
-    */
-    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
-      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
-      nRec = (szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
-    }
+/***************************************************************************
+** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+**
+** The next block of code implements the VFS methods.
+****************************************************************************/
 
-    /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
-    ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
-    ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
-    ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
-    ** size of the file.
-    **
-    ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
-    */
-    if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
-        pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
-      nRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
-    }
+/*
+** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
+** operating system wants filenames in.  Space to hold the result
+** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
+*/
+static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
+  void *zConverted = 0;
+  if( isNT() ){
+    zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+  }else{
+    zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename);
+#endif
+  }
+  /* caller will handle out of memory */
+  return zConverted;
+}
 
-    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
-    ** database file back to its original size.
-    */
-    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
-      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto end_playback;
-      }
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
+** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
+*/
+static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  static char zChars[] =
+    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
+    "0123456789";
+  size_t i, j;
+  char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1];
+  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
+  }else if( isNT() ){
+    char *zMulti;
+    WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH];
+    GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath);
+    zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
+    if( zMulti ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti);
+      free(zMulti);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
-
-    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the database file.
-    */
-    for(i=0; ijfd, pPager->journalOff, 1);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
-          break;
-        }else{
-          goto end_playback;
-        }
-      }
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+  }else{
+    char *zUtf8;
+    char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH];
+    GetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath);
+    zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zMbcsPath);
+    if( zUtf8 ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8);
+      free(zUtf8);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
+#endif
   }
-  /*NOTREACHED*/
-  assert( 0 );
-
-end_playback:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-    rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
+  for(i=sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
+  zTempPath[i] = 0;
+  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-30, zBuf,
+                   "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
+  j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
+  sqlite3_randomness(20, &zBuf[j]);
+  for(i=0; i<20; i++, j++){
+    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
   }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
-    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
-    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
-    */
-    rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
+  zBuf[j] = 0;
+  OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+
+/*
+** The return value of getLastErrorMsg
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
+*/
+static int getLastErrorMsg(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  DWORD error = GetLastError();
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
+#else
+  /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure.  Otherwise it
+  ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
+  ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
+  */
+  if (!FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
+                      NULL,
+                      error,
+                      0,
+                      zBuf,
+                      nBuf-1,
+                      0))
+  {
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
   }
+#endif
 
-  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
-  ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
-  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
-  */
-  setSectorSize(pPager);
-  return rc;
+  return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Playback the statement journal.
-**
-** This is similar to playing back the transaction journal but with
-** a few extra twists.
-**
-**    (1)  The number of pages in the database file at the start of
-**         the statement is stored in pPager->stmtSize, not in the
-**         journal file itself.
-**
-**    (2)  In addition to playing back the statement journal, also
-**         playback all pages of the transaction journal beginning
-**         at offset pPager->stmtJSize.
+** Open a file.
 */
-static int pager_stmt_playback(Pager *pPager){
-  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the full journal */
-  i64 hdrOff;
-  int nRec;                /* Number of Records */
-  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
-  int rc;
+static int winOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Not used */
+  const char *zName,        /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3_file *id,         /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
+  int flags,                /* Open mode flags */
+  int *pOutFlags            /* Status return flags */
+){
+  HANDLE h;
+  DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
+  DWORD dwShareMode;
+  DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
+  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  int isTemp = 0;
+#endif
+  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+  void *zConverted;                 /* Filename in OS encoding */
+  const char *zUtf8Name = zName;    /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
+  char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1];        /* Buffer used to create temp filename */
 
-  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
+  assert( id!=0 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
 
-  /* Set hdrOff to be the offset just after the end of the last journal
-  ** page written before the first journal-header for this statement
-  ** transaction was written, or the end of the file if no journal
-  ** header was written.
+  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
+  ** temporary file name to use 
   */
-  hdrOff = pPager->stmtHdrOff;
-  assert( pPager->fullSync || !hdrOff );
-  if( !hdrOff ){
-    hdrOff = szJ;
+  if( !zUtf8Name ){
+    int rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+1, zTmpname);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
   }
-  
-  /* Truncate the database back to its original size.
-  */
-  rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->stmtSize);
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
 
-  /* Figure out how many records are in the statement journal.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->stmtInUse && pPager->journalOpen );
-  nRec = pPager->stmtNRec;
-  
-  /* Copy original pages out of the statement journal and back into the
-  ** database file.  Note that the statement journal omits checksums from
-  ** each record since power-failure recovery is not important to statement
-  ** journals.
-  */
-  for(i=0; ipageSize);
-    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->stfd, offset, 0);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+  /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
+  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
 
-  /* Now roll some pages back from the transaction journal. Pager.stmtJSize
-  ** was the size of the journal file when this statement was started, so
-  ** everything after that needs to be rolled back, either into the
-  ** database, the memory cache, or both.
-  **
-  ** If it is not zero, then Pager.stmtHdrOff is the offset to the start
-  ** of the first journal header written during this statement transaction.
-  */
-  pPager->journalOff = pPager->stmtJSize;
-  pPager->cksumInit = pPager->stmtCksum;
-  while( pPager->journalOff < hdrOff ){
-    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
+  }else{
+    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
   }
-
-  while( pPager->journalOff < szJ ){
-    u32 nJRec;         /* Number of Journal Records */
-    u32 dummy;
-    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-      goto end_stmt_playback;
-    }
-    if( nJRec==0 ){
-      nJRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / (pPager->pageSize+8);
-    }
-    for(i=nJRec-1; i>=0 && pPager->journalOff < szJ; i--){
-      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1);
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
-    }
+  /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is 
+  ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" 
+  ** as it is usually understood.
+  */
+  assert(!(flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE));
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE ){
+    /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
+    /* If the file exists, it fails. */
+    dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
+    /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
+    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
+  }else{
+    /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
+    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
   }
-
-  pPager->journalOff = szJ;
-  
-end_stmt_playback:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK) {
-    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
-    /* pager_reload_cache(pPager); */
+  dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
+    isTemp = 1;
+#else
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
+                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
+                               | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
+#endif
+  }else{
+    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
   }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
+  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
+  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
+#endif
+  if( isNT() ){
+    h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
+       dwDesiredAccess,
+       dwShareMode,
+       NULL,
+       dwCreationDisposition,
+       dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+       NULL
+    );
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
-  if( mxPage>10 ){
-    pPager->mxPage = mxPage;
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
   }else{
-    pPager->mxPage = 10;
+    h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
+       dwDesiredAccess,
+       dwShareMode,
+       NULL,
+       dwCreationDisposition,
+       dwFlagsAndAttributes,
+       NULL
+    );
+#endif
+  }
+  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+    free(zConverted);
+    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+      return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, 
+             ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), pOutFlags);
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pOutFlags ){
+    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
+    }else{
+      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile));
+  pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
+  pFile->h = h;
+  pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
+  pFile->sectorSize = getSectorSize(pVfs, zUtf8Name);
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)) ==
+               (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
+       && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile)
+  ){
+    CloseHandle(h);
+    free(zConverted);
+    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
   }
+  if( isTemp ){
+    pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    free(zConverted);
+  }
+  OpenCounter(+1);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
-** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
-** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
-**
-**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
-**              for temporary and transient files.
-**
-**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
-**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
-**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
-**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
-**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
-**              when it is rolled back.
-**
-**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
-**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
-**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
-**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
-**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
-**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
-**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
+** Delete the named file.
 **
-** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
-** and FULL=3.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int full_fsync){
-  pPager->noSync =  level==1 || pPager->tempFile;
-  pPager->fullSync = level==3 && !pPager->tempFile;
-  pPager->sync_flags = (full_fsync?SQLITE_SYNC_FULL:SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
-  if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
-** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
-** testing and analysis only.  
+** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
+** process has it open.  Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
+** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
+** whatever it does.  While this other process is holding the
+** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
+** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
+** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
+** up and returning an error.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
+#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 5
+static int winDelete(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
+  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
+  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
+){
+  int cnt = 0;
+  DWORD rc;
+  DWORD error = 0;
+  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+  if( isNT() ){
+    do{
+      DeleteFileW(zConverted);
+    }while(   (   ((rc = GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
+               || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
+           && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
+           && (Sleep(100), 1) );
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+  }else{
+    do{
+      DeleteFileA(zConverted);
+    }while(   (   ((rc = GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
+               || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
+           && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
+           && (Sleep(100), 1) );
 #endif
+  }
+  free(zConverted);
+  OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
+  return (   (rc == INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) 
+          && (error == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
+}
 
 /*
-** Open a temporary file. 
-**
-** Write the file descriptor into *fd.  Return SQLITE_OK on success or some
-** other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically delete the temporary
-** file when it is closed.
+** Check the existance and status of a file.
 */
-static int sqlite3PagerOpentemp(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,    /* The virtual file system layer */
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
-  char *zFilename,      /* Name of the file.  Might be NULL */
-  int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
+static int winAccess(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */
+  const char *zFilename,     /* Name of file to check */
+  int flags,                 /* Type of test to make on this file */
+  int *pResOut               /* OUT: Result */
 ){
-  int rc;
-  assert( zFilename!=0 );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
+  DWORD attr;
+  int rc = 0;
+  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( isNT() ){
+    attr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+  }else{
+    attr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
 #endif
-
-  vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-            SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFilename, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods );
-  return rc;
+  }
+  free(zConverted);
+  switch( flags ){
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
+      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+      break;
+    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
+      rc = (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
+      break;
+    default:
+      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
+  }
+  *pResOut = rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Create a new page cache and put a pointer to the page cache in *ppPager.
-** The file to be cached need not exist.  The file is not locked until
-** the first call to sqlite3PagerGet() and is only held open until the
-** last page is released using sqlite3PagerUnref().
-**
-** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
-** and used as the file to be cached.  The file will be deleted
-** automatically when it is closed.
-**
-** If zFilename is ":memory:" then all information is held in cache.
-** It is never written to disk.  This can be used to implement an
-** in-memory database.
+** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
+** pathname into zOut[].  zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
+** bytes in size.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
-  Pager **ppPager,         /* Return the Pager structure here */
-  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
-  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
-  int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
-  int vfsFlags             /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+static int winFullPathname(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
+  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
+  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
+  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
 ){
-  u8 *pPtr;
-  Pager *pPager = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
-  int tempFile = 0;
-  int memDb = 0;
-  int readOnly = 0;
-  int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0;
-  int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0;
-  int journalFileSize = sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs);
-  int nDefaultPage = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
-  char *zPathname;
-  int nPathname;
-  char *zStmtJrnl;
-  int nStmtJrnl;
-
-  /* The default return is a NULL pointer */
-  *ppPager = 0;
+  
+#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
+  cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
 
-  /* Compute the full pathname */
-  nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-  zPathname = sqlite3_malloc(nPathname*2);
-  if( zPathname==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-    if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){
-      memDb = 1;
-      zPathname[0] = 0;
-    }else
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
+  /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
+  sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 #endif
-    {
-      rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
+
+#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+  int nByte;
+  void *zConverted;
+  char *zOut;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
+  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative);
+  if( isNT() ){
+    WCHAR *zTemp;
+    nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
+    zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+    if( zTemp==0 ){
+      free(zConverted);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
+    GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+    free(zConverted);
+    zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
+    free(zTemp);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
   }else{
-    rc = sqlite3OsGetTempname(pVfs, nPathname, zPathname);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(zPathname);
-    return rc;
-  }
-  nPathname = strlen(zPathname);
-
-  /* Put the statement journal in temporary disk space since this is
-  ** sometimes RAM disk or other optimized storage.  Unlikely the main
-  ** main journal file, the statement journal does not need to be 
-  ** colocated with the database nor does it need to be persistent.
-  */
-  zStmtJrnl = &zPathname[nPathname+1];
-  rc = sqlite3OsGetTempname(pVfs, pVfs->mxPathname+1, zStmtJrnl);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(zPathname);
-    return rc;
+    char *zTemp;
+    nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
+    zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
+    if( zTemp==0 ){
+      free(zConverted);
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
+    free(zConverted);
+    zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
+    free(zTemp);
+#endif
   }
-  nStmtJrnl = strlen(zStmtJrnl);
-
-  /* Allocate memory for the pager structure */
-  pPager = sqlite3MallocZero(
-    sizeof(*pPager) +           /* Pager structure */
-    journalFileSize +           /* The journal file structure */ 
-    pVfs->szOsFile * 3 +        /* The main db and two journal files */ 
-    3*nPathname + 40 +          /* zFilename, zDirectory, zJournal */
-    nStmtJrnl                   /* zStmtJrnl */
-  );
-  if( !pPager ){
-    sqlite3_free(zPathname);
+  if( zOut ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zOut);
+    free(zOut);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-  pPtr = (u8 *)&pPager[1];
-  pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
-  pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*0];
-  pPager->stfd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*1];
-  pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*2];
-  pPager->zFilename = (char*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*2+journalFileSize];
-  pPager->zDirectory = &pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1];
-  pPager->zJournal = &pPager->zDirectory[nPathname+1];
-  pPager->zStmtJrnl = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+10];
-  pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
-  memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname+1);
-  memcpy(pPager->zStmtJrnl, zStmtJrnl, nStmtJrnl+1);
-  sqlite3_free(zPathname);
+#endif
+}
 
-  /* Open the pager file.
+/*
+** Get the sector size of the device used to store
+** file.
+*/
+static int getSectorSize(
+    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+    const char *zRelative     /* UTF-8 file name */
+){
+  DWORD bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  /* GetDiskFreeSpace is not supported under WINCE */
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(zRelative);
+#else
+  char zFullpath[MAX_PATH+1];
+  int rc;
+  DWORD dwRet = 0;
+  DWORD dwDummy;
+
+  /*
+  ** We need to get the full path name of the file
+  ** to get the drive letter to look up the sector
+  ** size.
   */
-  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] && !memDb ){
-    if( nPathname>(pVfs->mxPathname - sizeof("-journal")) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-    }else{
-      int fout = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd,
-                         pPager->vfsFlags, &fout);
-      readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-
-      /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
-      ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
-      ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
-      **
-      **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
-      **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
-      **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
-      */
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
-        int iSectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
-        if( nDefaultPagefd);
-          int ii;
-          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
-          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
-          assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
-          for(ii=nDefaultPage; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
-            if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ) nDefaultPage = ii;
+  rc = winFullPathname(pVfs, zRelative, MAX_PATH, zFullpath);
+  if( rc == SQLITE_OK )
+  {
+    void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFullpath);
+    if( zConverted ){
+      if( isNT() ){
+        /* trim path to just drive reference */
+        WCHAR *p = zConverted;
+        for(;*p;p++){
+          if( *p == '\\' ){
+            *p = '\0';
+            break;
           }
         }
-#endif
-        if( nDefaultPage>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
-          nDefaultPage = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+        dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
+                                  &dwDummy,
+                                  &bytesPerSector,
+                                  &dwDummy,
+                                  &dwDummy);
+      }else{
+        /* trim path to just drive reference */
+        CHAR *p = (CHAR *)zConverted;
+        for(;*p;p++){
+          if( *p == '\\' ){
+            *p = '\0';
+            break;
+          }
         }
+        dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceA((CHAR*)zConverted,
+                                  &dwDummy,
+                                  &bytesPerSector,
+                                  &dwDummy,
+                                  &dwDummy);
       }
+      free(zConverted);
+    }
+    if( !dwRet ){
+      bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
     }
-  }else if( !memDb ){
-    /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
-    ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
-    ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
-    */ 
-    tempFile = 1;
-    pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
-  }
-
-  if( pPager && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pPager->pTmpSpace = sqlite3MallocZero(nDefaultPage);
   }
+#endif
+  return (int) bytesPerSector; 
+}
 
-  /* If an error occured in either of the blocks above.
-  ** Free the Pager structure and close the file.
-  ** Since the pager is not allocated there is no need to set 
-  ** any Pager.errMask variables.
-  */
-  if( !pPager || !pPager->pTmpSpace ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
-    sqlite3_free(pPager);
-    return ((rc==SQLITE_OK)?SQLITE_NOMEM:rc);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+/*
+** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
+** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
+*/
+static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
+  HANDLE h;
+  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  if( zConverted==0 ){
+    return 0;
   }
-
-  PAGERTRACE3("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename);
-  IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
-
-  /* Fill in Pager.zDirectory[] */
-  memcpy(pPager->zDirectory, pPager->zFilename, nPathname+1);
-  for(i=strlen(pPager->zDirectory); i>0 && pPager->zDirectory[i-1]!='/'; i--){}
-  if( i>0 ) pPager->zDirectory[i-1] = 0;
-
-  /* Fill in Pager.zJournal[] */
-  memcpy(pPager->zJournal, pPager->zFilename, nPathname);
-  memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 9);
-
-  /* pPager->journalOpen = 0; */
-  pPager->useJournal = useJournal && !memDb;
-  pPager->noReadlock = noReadlock && readOnly;
-  /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
-  /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
-  /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
-  pPager->dbSize = memDb-1;
-  pPager->pageSize = nDefaultPage;
-  /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
-  /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
-  /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
-  pPager->mxPage = 100;
-  pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
-  /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
-  assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
-  /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
-  pPager->tempFile = tempFile;
-  assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 
-          || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
-  pPager->exclusiveMode = tempFile; 
-  pPager->memDb = memDb;
-  pPager->readOnly = readOnly;
-  /* pPager->needSync = 0; */
-  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile || !useJournal;
-  pPager->fullSync = (pPager->noSync?0:1);
-  pPager->sync_flags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-  /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
-  /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
-  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
-  pPager->nExtra = FORCE_ALIGNMENT(nExtra);
-  assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||memDb||tempFile);
-  if( !memDb ){
-    setSectorSize(pPager);
-  }
-  /* pPager->pBusyHandler = 0; */
-  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
-  *ppPager = pPager;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  pPager->iInUseMM = 0;
-  pPager->iInUseDB = 0;
-  if( !memDb ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2);
+  if( isNT() ){
+    h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+  }else{
+    h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
 #endif
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    pPager->pNext = sqlite3PagerList;
-    if( sqlite3PagerList ){
-      assert( sqlite3PagerList->pPrev==0 );
-      sqlite3PagerList->pPrev = pPager;
-    }
-    pPager->pPrev = 0;
-    sqlite3PagerList = pPager;
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
   }
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  free(zConverted);
+  return (void*)h;
 }
-
-/*
-** Set the busy handler function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager *pPager, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler){
-  pPager->pBusyHandler = pBusyHandler;
+static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBufOut);
 }
-
-/*
-** Set the destructor for this pager.  If not NULL, the destructor is called
-** when the reference count on each page reaches zero.  The destructor can
-** be used to clean up information in the extra segment appended to each page.
-**
-** The destructor is not called as a result sqlite3PagerClose().  
-** Destructors are only called by sqlite3PagerUnref().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager *pPager, void (*xDesc)(DbPage*,int)){
-  pPager->xDestructor = xDesc;
+void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol))(void){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */
+  return (void(*)(void))GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
+#else
+  /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
+  ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
+  return (void(*)(void))GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
+#endif
 }
-
-/*
-** Set the reinitializer for this pager.  If not NULL, the reinitializer
-** is called when the content of a page in cache is restored to its original
-** value as a result of a rollback.  The callback gives higher-level code
-** an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to agree with the restored
-** page data.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(DbPage*,int)){
-  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
+void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
 }
+#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
+  #define winDlOpen  0
+  #define winDlError 0
+  #define winDlSym   0
+  #define winDlClose 0
+#endif
+
 
 /*
-** Set the page size to *pPageSize. If the suggest new page size is
-** inappropriate, then an alternative page size is set to that
-** value before returning.
+** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u16 *pPageSize){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  u16 pageSize = *pPageSize;
-  assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
-  if( pageSize && pageSize!=pPager->pageSize 
-   && !pPager->memDb && pPager->nRef==0 
-  ){
-    char *pNew = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(pageSize);
-    if( !pNew ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      pagerEnter(pPager);
-      pager_reset(pPager);
-      pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
-      setSectorSize(pPager);
-      sqlite3_free(pPager->pTmpSpace);
-      pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
-      pagerLeave(pPager);
-    }
+static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  int n = 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  n = nBuf;
+  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
+#else
+  if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
+    SYSTEMTIME x;
+    GetSystemTime(&x);
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
+    n += sizeof(x);
   }
-  *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
-  return rc;
+  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+    DWORD pid = GetCurrentProcessId();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
+    n += sizeof(pid);
+  }
+  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
+    DWORD cnt = GetTickCount();
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
+    n += sizeof(cnt);
+  }
+  if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
+    LARGE_INTEGER i;
+    QueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
+    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
+    n += sizeof(i);
+  }
+#endif
+  return n;
 }
 
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
-** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
-** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
-** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
-** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
-** no rollbacks are happening.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->pTmpSpace;
-}
 
 /*
-** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 
-** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
-** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
-**
-** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
-  if( mxPage>0 ){
-    pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
-  }
-  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
-  return pPager->mxPgno;
+static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
+  Sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
 }
 
 /*
-** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
-** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
-** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
-**
-** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
-** and generate no code.
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
+** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
 */
 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
-static int saved_cnt;
-void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
-  saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
-}
-void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
-}
-#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
 #endif
 
 /*
-** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
-** that pDest points to. 
-**
-** No error checking is done. The rational for this is that this function 
-** may be called even if the file does not exist or contain a header. In 
-** these cases sqlite3OsRead() will return an error, to which the correct 
-** response is to zero the memory at pDest and continue.  A real IO error 
-** will presumably recur and be picked up later (Todo: Think about this).
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  memset(pDest, 0, N);
-  assert(MEMDB||pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
-  if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-    IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
+int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
+  FILETIME ft;
+  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
+     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
+  */
+  sqlite3_int64 timeW;   /* Whole days */
+  sqlite3_int64 timeF;   /* Fractional Days */
 
-/*
-** Return the total number of pages in the disk file associated with
-** pPager. 
-**
-** If the PENDING_BYTE lies on the page directly after the end of the
-** file, then consider this page part of the file too. For example, if
-** PENDING_BYTE is byte 4096 (the first byte of page 5) and the size of the
-** file is 4096 bytes, 5 is returned instead of 4.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager){
-  i64 n = 0;
-  int rc;
-  assert( pPager!=0 );
-  if( pPager->errCode ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  if( pPager->dbSize>=0 ){
-    n = pPager->dbSize;
-  } else {
-    assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
-    if( (pPager->fd->pMethods)
-     && (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPager->nRef++;
-      pager_error(pPager, rc);
-      pPager->nRef--;
-      return -1;
-    }
-    if( n>0 && npageSize ){
-      n = 1;
-    }else{
-      n /= pPager->pageSize;
-    }
-    if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){
-      pPager->dbSize = n;
-    }
-  }
-  if( n==(PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize) ){
-    n++;
+  /* Number of 100-nanosecond intervals in a single day */
+  static const sqlite3_int64 ntuPerDay = 
+      10000000*(sqlite3_int64)86400;
+
+  /* Number of 100-nanosecond intervals in half of a day */
+  static const sqlite3_int64 ntuPerHalfDay = 
+      10000000*(sqlite3_int64)43200;
+
+  /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
+  static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = 
+      (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)294967296;
+
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+  SYSTEMTIME time;
+  GetSystemTime(&time);
+  /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
+  if (!SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
+    return 1;
   }
-  if( n>pPager->mxPgno ){
-    pPager->mxPgno = n;
+#else
+  GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
+#endif
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  timeW = (((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime;
+  timeF = timeW % ntuPerDay;          /* fractional days (100-nanoseconds) */
+  timeW = timeW / ntuPerDay;          /* whole days */
+  timeW = timeW + 2305813;            /* add whole days (from 2305813.5) */
+  timeF = timeF + ntuPerHalfDay;      /* add half a day (from 2305813.5) */
+  timeW = timeW + (timeF/ntuPerDay);  /* add whole day if half day made one */
+  timeF = timeF % ntuPerDay;          /* compute new fractional days */
+  *prNow = (double)timeW + ((double)timeF / (double)ntuPerDay);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
+    *prNow = ((double)sqlite3_current_time + (double)43200) / (double)86400 + (double)2440587;
   }
-  return n;
+#endif
+  return 0;
 }
 
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
 /*
-** Clear a PgHistory block
+** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
+** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and
+** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS
+** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
+** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
+** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
+** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling
+** thread.
+**
+** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
+** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
+** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
+** in the output buffer.
+**
+** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
+** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
+** returns an error message:
+**
+**   int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+**     assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
+**     return 0;
+**   }
+**
+** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
+** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
+** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
 */
-static void clearHistory(PgHistory *pHist){
-  sqlite3_free(pHist->pOrig);
-  sqlite3_free(pHist->pStmt);
-  pHist->pOrig = 0;
-  pHist->pStmt = 0;
+static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+  return getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBuf);
 }
-#else
-#define clearHistory(x)
-#endif
 
 /*
-** Forward declaration
+** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
 */
-static int syncJournal(Pager*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
+  static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
+    1,                 /* iVersion */
+    sizeof(winFile),   /* szOsFile */
+    MAX_PATH,          /* mxPathname */
+    0,                 /* pNext */
+    "win32",           /* zName */
+    0,                 /* pAppData */
+ 
+    winOpen,           /* xOpen */
+    winDelete,         /* xDelete */
+    winAccess,         /* xAccess */
+    winFullPathname,   /* xFullPathname */
+    winDlOpen,         /* xDlOpen */
+    winDlError,        /* xDlError */
+    winDlSym,          /* xDlSym */
+    winDlClose,        /* xDlClose */
+    winRandomness,     /* xRandomness */
+    winSleep,          /* xSleep */
+    winCurrentTime,    /* xCurrentTime */
+    winGetLastError    /* xGetLastError */
+  };
 
-/*
-** Unlink pPg from its hash chain. Also set the page number to 0 to indicate
-** that the page is not part of any hash chain. This is required because the
-** sqlite3PagerMovepage() routine can leave a page in the 
-** pNextFree/pPrevFree list that is not a part of any hash-chain.
-*/
-static void unlinkHashChain(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
-  if( pPg->pgno==0 ){
-    assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 );
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pPg->pNextHash ){
-    pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg->pPrevHash;
-  }
-  if( pPg->pPrevHash ){
-    assert( pPager->aHash[pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)]!=pPg );
-    pPg->pPrevHash->pNextHash = pPg->pNextHash;
-  }else{
-    int h = pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1);
-    pPager->aHash[h] = pPg->pNextHash;
-  }
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    clearHistory(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager));
-  }
-  pPg->pgno = 0;
-  pPg->pNextHash = pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
+  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
+  return SQLITE_OK; 
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
+#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
+
+/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** Unlink a page from the free list (the list of all pages where nRef==0)
-** and from its hash collision chain.
+** 2008 February 16
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
+** bitmap.  Bits are numbered starting with 1.
+**
+** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been
+** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write"
+** property.  Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
+** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
+** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
+** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled.  In those cases, 
+** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality.  The algorithm needs 
+** to handle both cases well.
+**
+** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
+**
+** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created.  Individual bits
+** may be set or cleared one at a time.
+**
+** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
+** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
+** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
+** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
+** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
+** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
+** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.17 2009/07/25 17:33:26 drh Exp $
 */
-static void unlinkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
 
-  /* Unlink from free page list */
-  lruListRemove(pPg);
+/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
+#define BITVEC_SZ        (sizeof(void*)*128)  /* 512 on 32bit.  1024 on 64bit */
+
+/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
+** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
+#define BITVEC_USIZE     (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
+
+/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. 
+** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. 
+** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
+** performance. */
+#define BITVEC_TELEM     u8
+/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */
+#define BITVEC_SZELEM    8
+/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NELEM     (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM))
+/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */
+#define BITVEC_NBIT      (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM)
+
+/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
+#define BITVEC_NINT      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
+/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before 
+** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+#define BITVEC_MXHASH    (BITVEC_NINT/2)
+/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
+** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier 
+** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided 
+** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
+#define BITVEC_HASH(X)   (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
+
+#define BITVEC_NPTR      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
 
-  /* Unlink from the pgno hash table */
-  unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg);
-}
 
 /*
-** This routine is used to truncate the cache when a database
-** is truncated.  Drop from the cache all pages whose pgno is
-** larger than pPager->dbSize and is unreferenced.
+** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
+**
+** This bitmap records the existance of zero or more bits
+** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
+**
+** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
+** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
+** bitmap.  The least significant bit is bit 1.
 **
-** Referenced pages larger than pPager->dbSize are zeroed.
+** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
+** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
 **
-** Actually, at the point this routine is called, it would be
-** an error to have a referenced page.  But rather than delete
-** that page and guarantee a subsequent segfault, it seems better
-** to zero it and hope that we error out sanely.
+** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
+** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[].  Each subbitmap
+** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i.  apSub[0] holds
+** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
+** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
+** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
+** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
 */
-static void pager_truncate_cache(Pager *pPager){
-  PgHdr *pPg;
-  PgHdr **ppPg;
-  int dbSize = pPager->dbSize;
-
-  ppPg = &pPager->pAll;
-  while( (pPg = *ppPg)!=0 ){
-    if( pPg->pgno<=dbSize ){
-      ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
-    }else if( pPg->nRef>0 ){
-      memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
-      ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
-    }else{
-      *ppPg = pPg->pNextAll;
-      IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
-      PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count);
-      unlinkPage(pPg);
-      makeClean(pPg);
-      sqlite3_free(pPg->pData);
-      sqlite3_free(pPg);
-      pPager->nPage--;
-    }
+struct Bitvec {
+  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index.  Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
+  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash
+                  ** element.  Max is BITVEC_NINT.  For BITVEC_SZ of 512,
+                  ** this would be 125. */
+  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
+                  /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
+                  /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1.  */
+                  /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
+  union {
+    BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM];    /* Bitmap representation */
+    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
+    Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR];  /* Recursive representation */
+  } u;
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
+** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if 
+** malloc fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
+  Bitvec *p;
+  assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
+  if( p ){
+    p->iSize = iSize;
   }
+  return p;
 }
 
 /*
-** Try to obtain a lock on a file.  Invoke the busy callback if the lock
-** is currently not available.  Repeat until the busy callback returns
-** false or until the lock succeeds.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
-** the lock.
+** Check to see if the i-th bit is set.  Return true or false.
+** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
+** i is out of range, then return false.
 */
-static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
-  int rc;
-
-  /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */
-  assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK );
-  assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-
-  /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown */
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSize<0 || MEMDB );
-
-  if( pPager->state>=locktype ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    if( pPager->pBusyHandler ) pPager->pBusyHandler->nBusy = 0;
-    do {
-      rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype);
-    }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandler) );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPager->state = locktype;
-      IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype))
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
+  i--;
+  while( p->iDivisor ){
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+    if (!p) {
+      return 0;
     }
   }
-  return rc;
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0;
+  } else{
+    u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+    while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+      if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
+      h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  }
 }
 
 /*
-** Truncate the file to the number of pages specified.
+** Set the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
+** anything goes wrong.
+**
+** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated.  Failing
+** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only
+** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid.
+**
+** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object
+** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object.
+** Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
-  int rc;
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || MEMDB );
-  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
-  if( pPager->errCode ){
-    rc = pPager->errCode;
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( nPage>=(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
+  u32 h;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( i>0 );
+  assert( i<=p->iSize );
+  i--;
+  while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) {
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
+      p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
+      if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
   }
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
-    pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1));
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  rc = syncJournal(pPager);
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
+  h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
+  /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */
+  /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */
+  /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
+  if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){
+    if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) {
+      goto bitvec_set_end;
+    } else {
+      goto bitvec_set_rehash;
+    }
   }
-
-  /* Get an exclusive lock on the database before truncating. */
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
+  /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */
+  /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */
+  do {
+    if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
+    h++;
+    if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+  } while( p->u.aHash[h] );
+  /* we didn't find it in the hash.  h points to the first */
+  /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */
+  /* make our hash too "full".  */
+bitvec_set_rehash:
+  if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
+    unsigned int j;
+    int rc;
+    u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    if( aiValues==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+      memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub));
+      p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
+      rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
+      for(j=0; jnSet++;
+  p->u.aHash[h] = i;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
-**
-** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
-** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
-** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
-** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
-** result in a coredump.
+** Clear the i-th bit.
 **
-** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
-** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
-** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
-** to the caller.
+** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage
+** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  if( !MEMDB ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2);
-#endif
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    if( pPager->pPrev ){
-      pPager->pPrev->pNext = pPager->pNext;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3PagerList = pPager->pNext;
-    }
-    if( pPager->pNext ){
-      pPager->pNext->pPrev = pPager->pPrev;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  assert( i>0 );
+  i--;
+  while( p->iDivisor ){
+    u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
+    i = i%p->iDivisor;
+    p = p->u.apSub[bin];
+    if (!p) {
+      return;
     }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  disable_simulated_io_errors();
-  sqlite3FaultBeginBenign(-1);
-  pPager->errCode = 0;
-  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
-  pager_reset(pPager);
-  pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
-  enable_simulated_io_errors();
-  sqlite3FaultEndBenign(-1);
-  PAGERTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-  IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
-  if( pPager->journalOpen ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   }
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-  if( pPager->stmtOpen ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd);
+  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
+    p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)));
+  }else{
+    unsigned int j;
+    u32 *aiValues = pBuf;
+    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash));
+    p->nSet = 0;
+    for(j=0; jnSet++;
+        while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
+          h++;
+          if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
+        }
+        p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j];
+      }
+    }
   }
-  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
-  /* Temp files are automatically deleted by the OS
-  ** if( pPager->tempFile ){
-  **   sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zFilename);
-  ** }
-  */
-
-  sqlite3_free(pPager->aHash);
-  sqlite3_free(pPager->pTmpSpace);
-  sqlite3_free(pPager);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
 /*
-** Return the page number for the given page data.
+** Destroy a bitmap object.  Reclaim all memory used.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *p){
-  return p->pgno;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( p->iDivisor ){
+    unsigned int i;
+    for(i=0; iu.apSub[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(p);
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
-** The page_ref() function increments the reference count for a page.
-** If the page is currently on the freelist (the reference count is zero) then
-** remove it from the freelist.
-**
-** For non-test systems, page_ref() is a macro that calls _page_ref()
-** online of the reference count is zero.  For test systems, page_ref()
-** is a real function so that we can set breakpoints and trace it.
+** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p
+** was created.
 */
-static void _page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
-  if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
-    /* The page is currently on the freelist.  Remove it. */
-    lruListRemove(pPg);
-    pPg->pPager->nRef++;
-  }
-  pPg->nRef++;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){
+  return p->iSize;
 }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  static void page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
-    if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
-      _page_ref(pPg);
-    }else{
-      pPg->nRef++;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-# define page_ref(P)   ((P)->nRef==0?_page_ref(P):(void)(P)->nRef++)
-#endif
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
 /*
-** Increment the reference count for a page.  The input pointer is
-** a reference to the page data.
+** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
+** up to N bits.  Let I be an integer between 0 and N.  0<=IpPager);
-  page_ref(pPg);
-  pagerLeave(pPg->pPager);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#define SETBIT(V,I)      V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
+#define CLEARBIT(V,I)    V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
+#define TESTBIT(V,I)     (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
 
 /*
-** Sync the journal.  In other words, make sure all the pages that have
-** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
-** disk.  It is not safe to modify the original database file until after
-** the journal has been synced.  If the original database is modified before
-** the journal is synced and a power failure occurs, the unsynced journal
-** data would be lost and we would be unable to completely rollback the
-** database changes.  Database corruption would occur.
-** 
-** This routine also updates the nRec field in the header of the journal.
-** (See comments on the pager_playback() routine for additional information.)
-** If the sync mode is FULL, two syncs will occur.  First the whole journal
-** is synced, then the nRec field is updated, then a second sync occurs.
+** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
+**
+** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
+** to test the Bitvec.  The integers are opcodes followed
+** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode.  Another
+** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
 **
-** For temporary databases, we do not care if we are able to rollback
-** after a power failure, so no sync occurs.
+** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5.  0 is the
+** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
+**
+**    0          Halt and return the number of errors
+**    1 N S X    Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+**    2 N S X    Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
+**    3 N        Set N randomly chosen bits
+**    4 N        Clear N randomly chosen bits
+**    5 N S X    Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
 **
-** If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL flag is set for the persistent media on which
-** the database is stored, then OsSync() is never called on the journal
-** file. In this case all that is required is to update the nRec field in
-** the journal header.
+** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
+** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
+** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
+** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
+** confirm that error detection works.
 **
-** This routine clears the needSync field of every page current held in
-** memory.
+** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
+** against the Bitvec object.  If there are any differences,
+** an error is returned.  If they are the same, zero is returned.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
 */
-static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){
-  PgHdr *pPg;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-
-  /* Sync the journal before modifying the main database
-  ** (assuming there is a journal and it needs to be synced.)
-  */
-  if( pPager->needSync ){
-    if( !pPager->tempFile ){
-      int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
-      assert( pPager->journalOpen );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
+  Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
+  unsigned char *pV = 0;
+  int rc = -1;
+  int i, nx, pc, op;
+  void *pTmpSpace;
 
-      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
-        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
-        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
-        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
-        ** it as a candidate for rollback.
-        **
-        ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
-        ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 
-        ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
-        ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
-        ** and never needs to be updated.
-        */
-        i64 jrnlOff;
-        if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
-          PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-          IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags);
-          if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
-        }
+  /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
+  ** bits to act as the reference */
+  pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
+  pV = sqlite3_malloc( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
+  pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc(BITVEC_SZ);
+  if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0  ) goto bitvec_end;
+  memset(pV, 0, (sz+7)/8 + 1);
 
-        jrnlOff = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic);
-        IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, jrnlOff, 4));
-        rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, pPager->nRec);
-        if( rc ) return rc;
+  /* NULL pBitvec tests */
+  sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1);
+  sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace);
+
+  /* Run the program */
+  pc = 0;
+  while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
+    switch( op ){
+      case 1:
+      case 2:
+      case 5: {
+        nx = 4;
+        i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
+        aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
+        break;
       }
-      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
-        PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-        IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags| 
-          (pPager->sync_flags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
-        );
-        if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
+      case 3:
+      case 4: 
+      default: {
+        nx = 2;
+        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
+        break;
       }
-      pPager->journalStarted = 1;
     }
-    pPager->needSync = 0;
-
-    /* Erase the needSync flag from every page.
-    */
-    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
-      pPg->needSync = 0;
+    if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
+    pc += nx;
+    i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
+    if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
+      SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
+      if( op!=5 ){
+        if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
+      }
+    }else{
+      CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
+      sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace);
     }
-    lruListSetFirstSynced(pPager);
   }
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* If the Pager.needSync flag is clear then the PgHdr.needSync
-  ** flag must also be clear for all pages.  Verify that this
-  ** invariant is true.
+  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
+  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
+  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
+  ** is found.
   */
-  else{
-    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
-      assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
+          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0)
+          + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz);
+  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
+    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
+      rc = i;
+      break;
     }
-    assert( pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==pPager->lru.pFirst );
   }
-#endif
 
+  /* Free allocated structure */
+bitvec_end:
+  sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace);
+  sqlite3_free(pV);
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
   return rc;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 August 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements that page cache.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: pcache.c,v 1.47 2009/07/25 11:46:49 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
+*/
+struct PCache {
+  PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail;         /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
+  PgHdr *pSynced;                     /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
+  int nRef;                           /* Number of referenced pages */
+  int nMax;                           /* Configured cache size */
+  int szPage;                         /* Size of every page in this cache */
+  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space for each page */
+  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*);       /* Call to try make a page clean */
+  void *pStress;                      /* Argument to xStress */
+  sqlite3_pcache *pCache;             /* Pluggable cache module */
+  PgHdr *pPage1;                      /* Reference to page 1 */
+};
+
+/*
+** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run
+** even during normal debugging.  Use them only rarely on long-running
+** tests.  Enable the expensive asserts using the
+** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+# define expensive_assert(X)  assert(X)
+#else
+# define expensive_assert(X)
+#endif
+
+/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
+/*
+** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it
+** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return
+** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
+**
+**   expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
+*/
+static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
+    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
+  }
+  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
+}
+#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+
+/*
+** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages.
+*/
+static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
+  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
+
+  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+  assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
+
+  /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
+  if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
+    PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+    while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+      pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
+    }
+    p->pSynced = pSynced;
+  }
+
+  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
+    p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
+  }
+  if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
+    pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
+    p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
+  }
+  pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
+  pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
+
+  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to
+** pPage).
+*/
+static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
+  PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
+
+  assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
+
+  pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
+  if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
+    assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
+    pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
+  }
+  p->pDirty = pPage;
+  if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
+    p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
+  }
+  if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+    p->pSynced = pPage;
+  }
+  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
+}
+
+/*
+** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
+** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
+  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    if( p->pgno==1 ){
+      pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
+**
+** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
+** functions are threadsafe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){
+    sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+  }
+  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
+
+/*
+** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
+** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. 
+** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by 
+** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
+  int szPage,                  /* Size of every page */
+  int szExtra,                 /* Extra space associated with each page */
+  int bPurgeable,              /* True if pages are on backing store */
+  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
+  void *pStress,               /* Argument to xStress */
+  PCache *p                    /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
+){
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
+  p->szPage = szPage;
+  p->szExtra = szExtra;
+  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
+  p->xStress = xStress;
+  p->pStress = pStress;
+  p->nMax = 100;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
+** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
+  assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+    pCache->pCache = 0;
+  }
+  pCache->szPage = szPage;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(
+  PCache *pCache,       /* Obtain the page from this cache */
+  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to obtain */
+  int createFlag,       /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
+  PgHdr **ppPage        /* Write the page here */
+){
+  PgHdr *pPage = 0;
+  int eCreate;
+
+  assert( pCache!=0 );
+  assert( createFlag==1 || createFlag==0 );
+  assert( pgno>0 );
+
+  /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated,
+  ** allocate it now.
+  */
+  if( !pCache->pCache && createFlag ){
+    sqlite3_pcache *p;
+    int nByte;
+    nByte = pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr);
+    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCreate(nByte, pCache->bPurgeable);
+    if( !p ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCachesize(p, pCache->nMax);
+    pCache->pCache = p;
+  }
+
+  eCreate = createFlag * (1 + (!pCache->bPurgeable || !pCache->pDirty));
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
+  }
+
+  if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){
+    PgHdr *pPg;
+
+    /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a 
+    ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+    ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other 
+    ** unreferenced dirty page.
+    */
+    expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
+    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
+        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
+        pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
+    );
+    if( !pPg ){
+      for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
+    }
+    if( pPg ){
+      int rc;
+      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
+
+    pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
+  }
+
+  if( pPage ){
+    if( !pPage->pData ){
+      memset(pPage, 0, sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra);
+      pPage->pExtra = (void*)&pPage[1];
+      pPage->pData = (void *)&((char *)pPage)[sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra];
+      pPage->pCache = pCache;
+      pPage->pgno = pgno;
+    }
+    assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
+    assert( pPage->pgno==pgno );
+    assert( pPage->pExtra==(void *)&pPage[1] );
+
+    if( 0==pPage->nRef ){
+      pCache->nRef++;
+    }
+    pPage->nRef++;
+    if( pgno==1 ){
+      pCache->pPage1 = pPage;
+    }
+  }
+  *ppPage = pPage;
+  return (pPage==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
+** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  p->nRef--;
+  if( p->nRef==0 ){
+    PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+    pCache->nRef--;
+    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
+      pcacheUnpin(p);
+    }else{
+      /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
+      pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+      pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
+  assert(p->nRef>0);
+  p->nRef++;
+}
+
+/*
+** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
+** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
+** page pointed to by p is invalid.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
+  PCache *pCache;
+  assert( p->nRef==1 );
+  if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
+    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+  }
+  pCache = p->pCache;
+  pCache->nRef--;
+  if( p->pgno==1 ){
+    pCache->pPage1 = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p, 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
+  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+    p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
+    pcacheAddToDirtyList( p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
+** make it so.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
+  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
+    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+    p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
+    if( p->nRef==0 ){
+      pcacheUnpin(p);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make every page in the cache clean.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
+  PgHdr *p;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+    p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+  }
+  pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
+  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
+  assert( p->nRef>0 );
+  assert( newPgno>0 );
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p, p->pgno, newPgno);
+  p->pgno = newPgno;
+  if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
+    pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
+    pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
+** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
+** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
+**
+** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this
+** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but
+** the page object is not dropped.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    PgHdr *p;
+    PgHdr *pNext;
+    for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
+      pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
+      if( p->pgno>pgno ){
+        assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+        sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
+      }
+    }
+    if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){
+      memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage);
+      pgno = 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
+  }
+}
+
+/* 
+** Discard the contents of the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
+  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
+}
 
 /*
 ** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
-** Do not both fixing the pPrevDirty pointers.
+** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers.
 */
-static PgHdr *merge_pagelist(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
+static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
   PgHdr result, *pTail;
   pTail = &result;
   while( pA && pB ){
@@ -26675,20301 +29948,21449 @@ static PgHdr *merge_pagelist(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
 
 /*
 ** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno.  Pages are
-** connected by pDirty pointers.  The pPrevDirty pointers are
+** connected by pDirty pointers.  The pDirtyPrev pointers are
 ** corrupted by this sort.
+**
+** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database,
+** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter.
+** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something
+** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect.
 */
-#define N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC 25
-#define N_SORT_BUCKET       25
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket = 0;
-  #undef N_SORT_BUCKET
-  #define N_SORT_BUCKET \
-   (sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket?sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket:N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC)
-#endif
-static PgHdr *sort_pagelist(PgHdr *pIn){
-  PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC], *p;
+#define N_SORT_BUCKET  32
+static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
+  PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p;
   int i;
   memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
   while( pIn ){
     p = pIn;
     pIn = p->pDirty;
     p->pDirty = 0;
-    for(i=0; ipPager;
-
-  /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the
-  ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following
-  ** calls to sqlite3OsLock() are no-ops.
-  **
-  ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going
-  ** through an intermediate state PENDING.   A PENDING lock prevents new
-  ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to
-  ** write.  The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from
-  ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear.
-  **
-  ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file
-  ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the
-  ** journal into the original database file.  Once we transition to
-  ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback
-  ** will require a journal playback.
-  */
-  rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
+  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
+    p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext;
   }
+  return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
+}
 
-  pList = sort_pagelist(pList);
-  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
-    assert( p->dirty );
-    p->dirty = 0;
-  }
-  while( pList ){
+/* 
+** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
+  return pCache->nRef;
+}
 
-    /* If the file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
-    if( !pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-      assert(pPager->tempFile);
-      rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(pPager->pVfs, pPager->fd, pPager->zFilename,
-                                pPager->vfsFlags);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-    }
+/*
+** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
+  return p->nRef;
+}
 
-    /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
-    ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncate() was called to
-    ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
-    ** any such pages to the file.
-    */
-    if( pList->pgno<=pPager->dbSize ){
-      i64 offset = (pList->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
-      char *pData = CODEC2(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 6);
-      PAGERTRACE4("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
-                   PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno, pager_pagehash(pList));
-      IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pList->pgno));
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
-      PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
-      PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite);
-      if( pList->pgno==1 ){
-        memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    else{
-      PAGERTRACE3("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno);
-    }
-#endif
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-    pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList);
-#endif
-    pList = pList->pDirty;
+/* 
+** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
+  int nPage = 0;
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return nPage;
 }
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
 /*
-** Collect every dirty page into a dirty list and
-** return a pointer to the head of that list.  All pages are
-** collected even if they are still in use.
+** Get the suggested cache-size value.
 */
-static PgHdr *pager_get_all_dirty_pages(Pager *pPager){
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* Verify the sanity of the dirty list when we are running
-  ** in debugging mode.  This is expensive, so do not
-  ** do this on a normal build. */
-  int n1 = 0;
-  int n2 = 0;
-  PgHdr *p;
-  for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){ if( p->dirty ) n1++; }
-  for(p=pPager->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirty){ n2++; }
-  assert( n1==n2 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
+  return pCache->nMax;
+}
 #endif
 
-  return pPager->pDirty;
+/*
+** Set the suggested cache-size value.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
+  pCache->nMax = mxPage;
+  if( pCache->pCache ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCachesize(pCache->pCache, mxPage);
+  }
 }
 
+#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 /*
-** Return 1 if there is a hot journal on the given pager.
-** A hot journal is one that needs to be played back.
-**
-** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
-** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
-** database with the same name.  Just delete the journal.
-**
-** Return negative if unable to determine the status of the journal.
-**
-** This routine does not open the journal file to examine its
-** content.  Hence, the journal might contain the name of a master
-** journal file that has been deleted, and hence not be hot.  Or
-** the header of the journal might be zeroed out.  This routine
-** does not discover these cases of a non-hot journal - if the
-** journal file exists and is not empty this routine assumes it
-** is hot.  The pager_playback() routine will discover that the
-** journal file is not really hot and will no-op.
+** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
+** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
+** defined.
 */
-static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  int rc;
-  if( !pPager->useJournal ) return 0;
-  if( !pPager->fd->pMethods ) return 0;
-  rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS);
-  if( rc<=0 ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager)==0 ){
-    sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
+  PgHdr *pDirty;
+  for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){
+    xIter(pDirty);
   }
 }
+#endif
 
+/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/
 /*
-** Try to find a page in the cache that can be recycled. 
+** 2008 November 05
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
+** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
+** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
+** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
+** these two features are available.
 **
-** This routine may return SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_FULL or SQLITE_OK. It 
-** does not set the pPager->errCode variable.
+** @(#) $Id: pcache1.c,v 1.19 2009/07/17 11:44:07 drh Exp $
 */
-static int pager_recycle(Pager *pPager, PgHdr **ppPg){
-  PgHdr *pPg;
-  *ppPg = 0;
 
-  /* It is illegal to call this function unless the pager object
-  ** pointed to by pPager has at least one free page (page with nRef==0).
-  */ 
-  assert(!MEMDB);
-  assert(pPager->lru.pFirst);
 
-  /* Find a page to recycle.  Try to locate a page that does not
-  ** require us to do an fsync() on the journal.
+typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
+typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
+typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
+
+/* Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as 
+** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles
+*/
+struct PCache1 {
+  /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
+  ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be 
+  ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1CacheSize() method.
+  ** The global mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
   */
-  pPg = pPager->lru.pFirstSynced;
+  int szPage;                         /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */
+  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if cache is purgeable */
+  unsigned int nMin;                  /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
+  unsigned int nMax;                  /* Configured "cache_size" value */
 
-  /* If we could not find a page that does not require an fsync()
-  ** on the journal file then fsync the journal file.  This is a
-  ** very slow operation, so we work hard to avoid it.  But sometimes
-  ** it can't be helped.
+  /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
+  ** when the accessor is holding the global mutex (see pcache1EnterMutex() 
+  ** and pcache1LeaveMutex()).
   */
-  if( pPg==0 && pPager->lru.pFirst){
-    int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
-    int rc = syncJournal(pPager);
-    if( rc!=0 ){
-      return rc;
+  unsigned int nRecyclable;           /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
+  unsigned int nPage;                 /* Total number of pages in apHash */
+  unsigned int nHash;                 /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
+  PgHdr1 **apHash;                    /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */
+
+  unsigned int iMaxKey;               /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */
+};
+
+/*
+** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following 
+** structure. A buffer of PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated 
+** directly before this structure in memory (see the PGHDR1_TO_PAGE() 
+** macro below).
+*/
+struct PgHdr1 {
+  unsigned int iKey;             /* Key value (page number) */
+  PgHdr1 *pNext;                 /* Next in hash table chain */
+  PCache1 *pCache;               /* Cache that currently owns this page */
+  PgHdr1 *pLruNext;              /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
+  PgHdr1 *pLruPrev;              /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
+};
+
+/*
+** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using
+** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism.
+*/
+struct PgFreeslot {
+  PgFreeslot *pNext;  /* Next free slot */
+};
+
+/*
+** Global data used by this cache.
+*/
+static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;               /* static mutex MUTEX_STATIC_LRU */
+
+  int nMaxPage;                       /* Sum of nMaxPage for purgeable caches */
+  int nMinPage;                       /* Sum of nMinPage for purgeable caches */
+  int nCurrentPage;                   /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
+  PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail;        /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
+
+  /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. */
+  int szSlot;                         /* Size of each free slot */
+  void *pStart, *pEnd;                /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
+  PgFreeslot *pFree;                  /* Free page blocks */
+  int isInit;                         /* True if initialized */
+} pcache1_g;
+
+/*
+** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the
+** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
+** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
+*/
+#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g))
+
+/*
+** When a PgHdr1 structure is allocated, the associated PCache1.szPage
+** bytes of data are located directly before it in memory (i.e. the total
+** size of the allocation is sizeof(PgHdr1)+PCache1.szPage byte). The
+** PGHDR1_TO_PAGE() macro takes a pointer to a PgHdr1 structure as
+** an argument and returns a pointer to the associated block of szPage
+** bytes. The PAGE_TO_PGHDR1() macro does the opposite: its argument is
+** a pointer to a block of szPage bytes of data and the return value is
+** a pointer to the associated PgHdr1 structure.
+**
+**   assert( PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, X))==X );
+*/
+#define PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p)    (void*)(((char*)p) - p->pCache->szPage)
+#define PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(c, p) (PgHdr1*)(((char*)p) + c->szPage)
+
+/*
+** Macros to enter and leave the global LRU mutex.
+*/
+#define pcache1EnterMutex() sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex)
+#define pcache1LeaveMutex() sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex)
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/
+
+/*
+** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is 
+** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
+** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
+** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
+  if( pcache1.isInit ){
+    PgFreeslot *p;
+    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
+    pcache1.szSlot = sz;
+    pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
+    pcache1.pFree = 0;
+    while( n-- ){
+      p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
+      p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
+      pcache1.pFree = p;
+      pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
     }
-    if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
-      /* If in full-sync mode, write a new journal header into the
-      ** journal file. This is done to avoid ever modifying a journal
-      ** header that is involved in the rollback of pages that have
-      ** already been written to the database (in case the header is
-      ** trashed when the nRec field is updated).
-      */
-      pPager->nRec = 0;
-      assert( pPager->journalOff > 0 );
-      assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 );
-      rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
-      if( rc!=0 ){
-        return rc;
-      }
+    pcache1.pEnd = pBuf;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
+** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no 
+** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls 
+** back to sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
+  void *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+  if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot && pcache1.pFree ){
+    assert( pcache1.isInit );
+    p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
+    pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
+    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
+  }else{
+
+    /* Allocate a new buffer using sqlite3Malloc. Before doing so, exit the
+    ** global pcache mutex and unlock the pager-cache object pCache. This is 
+    ** so that if the attempt to allocate a new buffer causes the the 
+    ** configured soft-heap-limit to be breached, it will be possible to
+    ** reclaim memory from this pager-cache.
+    */
+    pcache1LeaveMutex();
+    p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
+    pcache1EnterMutex();
+    if( p ){
+      int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
     }
-    pPg = pPager->lru.pFirst;
   }
+  return p;
+}
 
-  assert( pPg->nRef==0 );
+/*
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
+*/
+static void pcache1Free(void *p){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  if( p>=pcache1.pStart && ppNext = pcache1.pFree;
+    pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
+  }else{
+    int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+}
 
-  /* Write the page to the database file if it is dirty.
-  */
-  if( pPg->dirty ){
-    int rc;
-    assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
-    makeClean(pPg);
-    pPg->dirty = 1;
-    pPg->pDirty = 0;
-    rc = pager_write_pagelist( pPg );
-    pPg->dirty = 0;
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
+/*
+** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
+*/
+static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){
+  int nByte = sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage;
+  void *pPg = pcache1Alloc(nByte);
+  PgHdr1 *p;
+  if( pPg ){
+    p = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg);
+    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+      pcache1.nCurrentPage++;
     }
+  }else{
+    p = 0;
   }
-  assert( pPg->dirty==0 );
+  return p;
+}
 
-  /* If the page we are recycling is marked as alwaysRollback, then
-  ** set the global alwaysRollback flag, thus disabling the
-  ** sqlite3PagerDontRollback() optimization for the rest of this transaction.
-  ** It is necessary to do this because the page marked alwaysRollback
-  ** might be reloaded at a later time but at that point we won't remember
-  ** that is was marked alwaysRollback.  This means that all pages must
-  ** be marked as alwaysRollback from here on out.
-  */
-  if( pPg->alwaysRollback ){
-    IOTRACE(("ALWAYS_ROLLBACK %p\n", pPager))
-    pPager->alwaysRollback = 1;
+/*
+** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
+**
+** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent.  But it turns out
+** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine
+** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS().
+*/
+static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
+  if( ALWAYS(p) ){
+    if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
+      pcache1.nCurrentPage--;
+    }
+    pcache1Free(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p));
   }
+}
 
-  /* Unlink the old page from the free list and the hash table
-  */
-  unlinkPage(pPg);
-  assert( pPg->pgno==0 );
+/*
+** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
+** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
+** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
+  void *p;
+  pcache1EnterMutex();
+  p = pcache1Alloc(sz);
+  pcache1LeaveMutex();
+  return p;
+}
 
-  *ppPg = pPg;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
+  pcache1EnterMutex();
+  pcache1Free(p);
+  pcache1LeaveMutex();
 }
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/
+
 /*
-** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
-** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
-** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
+** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
+** as the first argument.
 **
-** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
-** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
-** of bytes of memory released.
+** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int nReq){
-  int nReleased = 0;          /* Bytes of memory released so far */
-  Pager *pPager;              /* For looping over pagers */
-  BusyHandler *savedBusy;     /* Saved copy of the busy handler */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
+  PgHdr1 **apNew;
+  unsigned int nNew;
+  unsigned int i;
 
-  /* Acquire the memory-management mutex
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;       /* The MEM2 mutex */
-  mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
 
-  /* Signal all database connections that memory management wants
-  ** to have access to the pagers.
-  */
-  for(pPager=sqlite3PagerList; pPager; pPager=pPager->pNext){
-     pPager->iInUseMM = 1;
+  nNew = p->nHash*2;
+  if( nNew<256 ){
+    nNew = 256;
   }
 
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && (nReq<0 || nReleasedneedSync || pPg->pPager->iInUseDB) ){
-      pPg = pPg->gfree.pNext;
-    }
-    if( !pPg ){
-      pPg = sqlite3LruPageList.pFirst;
-      while( pPg && pPg->pPager->iInUseDB ){
-        pPg = pPg->gfree.pNext;
+  pcache1LeaveMutex();
+  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
+  apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
+  if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
+  pcache1EnterMutex();
+  if( apNew ){
+    memset(apNew, 0, sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
+    for(i=0; inHash; i++){
+      PgHdr1 *pPage;
+      PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i];
+      while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){
+        unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew;
+        pNext = pPage->pNext;
+        pPage->pNext = apNew[h];
+        apNew[h] = pPage;
       }
     }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU));
+    sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
+    p->apHash = apNew;
+    p->nHash = nNew;
+  }
 
-    /* If pPg==0, then the block above has failed to find a page to
-    ** recycle. In this case return early - no further memory will
-    ** be released.
-    */
-    if( !pPg ) break;
+  return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+}
 
-    pPager = pPg->pPager;
-    assert(!pPg->needSync || pPg==pPager->lru.pFirst);
-    assert(pPg->needSync || pPg==pPager->lru.pFirstSynced);
-  
-    savedBusy = pPager->pBusyHandler;
-    pPager->pBusyHandler = 0;
-    rc = pager_recycle(pPager, &pRecycled);
-    pPager->pBusyHandler = savedBusy;
-    assert(pRecycled==pPg || rc!=SQLITE_OK);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* We've found a page to free. At this point the page has been 
-      ** removed from the page hash-table, free-list and synced-list 
-      ** (pFirstSynced). It is still in the all pages (pAll) list. 
-      ** Remove it from this list before freeing.
-      **
-      ** Todo: Check the Pager.pStmt list to make sure this is Ok. It 
-      ** probably is though.
-      */
-      PgHdr *pTmp;
-      assert( pPg );
-      if( pPg==pPager->pAll ){
-         pPager->pAll = pPg->pNextAll;
-      }else{
-        for( pTmp=pPager->pAll; pTmp->pNextAll!=pPg; pTmp=pTmp->pNextAll ){}
-        pTmp->pNextAll = pPg->pNextAll;
-      }
-      nReleased += (
-          sizeof(*pPg) + pPager->pageSize
-          + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra
-          + MEMDB*sizeof(PgHistory) 
-      );
-      IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d *\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
-      PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count);
-      sqlite3_free(pPg->pData);
-      sqlite3_free(pPg);
-      pPager->nPage--;
-    }else{
-      /* An error occured whilst writing to the database file or 
-      ** journal in pager_recycle(). The error is not returned to the 
-      ** caller of this function. Instead, set the Pager.errCode variable.
-      ** The error will be returned to the user (or users, in the case 
-      ** of a shared pager cache) of the pager for which the error occured.
-      */
-      assert(
-          (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ||
-          rc==SQLITE_FULL ||
-          rc==SQLITE_BUSY
-      );
-      assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
-      pager_error(pPager, rc);
+/*
+** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the 
+** global LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the global
+** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+  if( pPage && (pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pcache1.pLruTail) ){
+    if( pPage->pLruPrev ){
+      pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
+    }
+    if( pPage->pLruNext ){
+      pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
+    }
+    if( pcache1.pLruHead==pPage ){
+      pcache1.pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext;
+    }
+    if( pcache1.pLruTail==pPage ){
+      pcache1.pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev;
     }
+    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+    pPage->pCache->nRecyclable--;
   }
+}
 
-  /* Clear the memory management flags and release the mutex
-  */
-  for(pPager=sqlite3PagerList; pPager; pPager=pPager->pNext){
-     pPager->iInUseMM = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
 
-  /* Return the number of bytes released
-  */
-  return nReleased;
+/*
+** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table 
+** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
+**
+** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
+*/
+static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){
+  unsigned int h;
+  PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
+  PgHdr1 **pp;
+
+  h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
+  for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
+  *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+
+  pCache->nPage--;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
 
 /*
-** Read the content of page pPg out of the database file.
+** If there are currently more than pcache.nMaxPage pages allocated, try
+** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to pcache.nMaxPage.
 */
-static int readDbPage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg, Pgno pgno){
-  int rc;
-  i64 offset;
-  assert( MEMDB==0 );
-  assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
-  if( !pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-  offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize, offset);
-  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
-  PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
-  IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
-  if( pgno==1 ){
-    memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg))[24],
-                                              sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(void){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+  while( pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage && pcache1.pLruTail ){
+    PgHdr1 *p = pcache1.pLruTail;
+    pcache1PinPage(p);
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
+    pcache1FreePage(p);
   }
-  CODEC1(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->pgno, 3);
-  PAGERTRACE4("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
-               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg));
-  return rc;
 }
 
-
 /*
-** This function is called to obtain the shared lock required before
-** data may be read from the pager cache. If the shared lock has already
-** been obtained, this function is a no-op.
+** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) 
+** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this 
+** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
 **
-** Immediately after obtaining the shared lock (if required), this function
-** checks for a hot-journal file. If one is found, an emergency rollback
-** is performed immediately.
+** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
 */
-static int pagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int isHot = 0;
-
-  /* If this database is opened for exclusive access, has no outstanding 
-  ** page references and is in an error-state, now is the chance to clear
-  ** the error. Discard the contents of the pager-cache and treat any
-  ** open journal file as a hot-journal.
-  */
-  if( !MEMDB && pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->nRef==0 && pPager->errCode ){
-    if( pPager->journalOpen ){
-      isHot = 1;
+static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
+  PCache1 *pCache, 
+  unsigned int iLimit 
+){
+  TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; )      /* Used to assert pCache->nPage is correct */
+  unsigned int h;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+  for(h=0; hnHash; h++){
+    PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; 
+    PgHdr1 *pPage;
+    while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
+      if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
+        pCache->nPage--;
+        *pp = pPage->pNext;
+        pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+        pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+      }else{
+        pp = &pPage->pNext;
+        TESTONLY( nPage++; )
+      }
     }
-    pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
-    pager_reset(pPager);
   }
+  assert( pCache->nPage==nPage );
+}
 
-  /* If the pager is still in an error state, do not proceed. The error 
-  ** state will be cleared at some point in the future when all page 
-  ** references are dropped and the cache can be discarded.
-  */
-  if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
-    return pPager->errCode;
-  }
+/******************************************************************************/
+/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/
 
-  if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || isHot ){
-    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-    if( !MEMDB ){
-      assert( pPager->nRef==0 );
-      if( !pPager->noReadlock ){
-        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK );
-          return pager_error(pPager, rc);
-        }
-        assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK );
-      }
-  
-      /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
-      ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
-      */
-      rc = hasHotJournal(pPager);
-      if( rc<0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-        goto failed;
-      }
-      if( rc==1 || isHot ){
-        /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
-        ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
-        ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
-        ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
-        ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling it 
-        ** back.
-        ** 
-        ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, the
-        ** second process will get to this point in the code and fail to
-        ** obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
-        */
-        if( pPager->statefd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
-            goto failed;
-          }
-          pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
-        }
- 
-        /* Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in 
-        ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and
-        ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the
-        ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires
-        ** a read/write file handle.
-        */
-        if( !isHot && pPager->journalOpen==0 ){
-          int res = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs,pPager->zJournal,SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS);
-          if( res==1 ){
-            int fout = 0;
-            int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
-            assert( !pPager->tempFile );
-            rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
-            assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd->pMethods );
-            if( fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
-              rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-              sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-            }
-          }else if( res==0 ){
-            /* If the journal does not exist, that means some other process
-            ** has already rolled it back */
-            rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-          }else{
-            /* If sqlite3OsAccess() returns a negative value, that means it
-            ** failed a memory allocation */
-            rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-          }
-        }
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK 
-           && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM 
-          ){
-            rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-          }
-          goto failed;
-        }
-        pPager->journalOpen = 1;
-        pPager->journalStarted = 0;
-        pPager->journalOff = 0;
-        pPager->setMaster = 0;
-        pPager->journalHdr = 0;
- 
-        /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
-        ** lock and reacquire the read lock.
-        */
-        rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
-          goto failed;
-        }
-        assert(pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED || 
-            (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED)
-        );
-      }
-
-      if( pPager->pAll ){
-        /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
-        ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
-        ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
-        ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
-        ** cache.
-        **
-        ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
-        ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
-        ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
-        ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
-        ** a codec is in use.
-        ** 
-        ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 
-        ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
-        ** it can be neglected.
-        */
-        char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
-        sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method.
+*/
+static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( pcache1.isInit==0 );
+  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+    pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
+  }
+  pcache1.isInit = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-        if( pPager->errCode ){
-          rc = pPager->errCode;
-          goto failed;
-        }
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
+** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does 
+** not need to be freed.
+*/
+static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 );
+  memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
+}
 
-        if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){
-          IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
-          rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            goto failed;
-          }
-        }else{
-          memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
-        }
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
+**
+** Allocate a new cache.
+*/
+static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int bPurgeable){
+  PCache1 *pCache;
 
-        if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
-          pager_reset(pPager);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state<=PAGER_SHARED );
-    if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
-      pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+  pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PCache1));
+  if( pCache ){
+    memset(pCache, 0, sizeof(PCache1));
+    pCache->szPage = szPage;
+    pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
+    if( bPurgeable ){
+      pCache->nMin = 10;
+      pcache1EnterMutex();
+      pcache1.nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
+      pcache1LeaveMutex();
     }
   }
+  return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
+}
 
- failed:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* pager_unlock() is a no-op for exclusive mode and in-memory databases. */
-    pager_unlock(pPager);
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. 
+**
+** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
+*/
+static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+    pcache1EnterMutex();
+    pcache1.nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
+    pCache->nMax = nMax;
+    pcache1EnforceMaxPage();
+    pcache1LeaveMutex();
   }
-  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Allocate a PgHdr object.   Either create a new one or reuse
-** an existing one that is not otherwise in use.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. 
+*/
+static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+  int n;
+  pcache1EnterMutex();
+  n = ((PCache1 *)p)->nPage;
+  pcache1LeaveMutex();
+  return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. 
 **
-** A new PgHdr structure is created if any of the following are
-** true:
+** Fetch a page by key value.
 **
-**     (1)  We have not exceeded our maximum allocated cache size
-**          as set by the "PRAGMA cache_size" command.
+** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
+** the value of the createFlag argument.  0 means do not allocate a new
+** page.  1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available.  2 
+** means to try really hard to allocate a new page.
 **
-**     (2)  There are no unused PgHdr objects available at this time.
+** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory
+** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2.  So
+** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on
+** a non-purgable cache.
 **
-**     (3)  This is an in-memory database.
+** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
+** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
 **
-**     (4)  There are no PgHdr objects that do not require a journal
-**          file sync and a sync of the journal file is currently
-**          prohibited.
+**   1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a 
+**      copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
 **
-** Otherwise, reuse an existing PgHdr.  In other words, reuse an
-** existing PgHdr if all of the following are true:
+**   2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
+**      returned.
 **
-**     (1)  We have reached or exceeded the maximum cache size
-**          allowed by "PRAGMA cache_size".
+**   3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache,
+**      and if either of the following are true, return NULL:
 **
-**     (2)  There is a PgHdr available with PgHdr->nRef==0
+**       (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+**           PCache1.nMax, or
+**       (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
+**           the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of 
+**           nMin for all other purgeable caches. 
 **
-**     (3)  We are not in an in-memory database
+**   4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
+**      as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
 **
-**     (4)  Either there is an available PgHdr that does not need
-**          to be synced to disk or else disk syncing is currently
-**          allowed.
+**       (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already 
+**           PCache1.nMax, or
+**
+**       (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
+**           already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
+**           purgeable caches,
+**
+**      then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
+**      size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
+**      proceed to step 5. 
+**
+**   5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
 */
-static int pagerAllocatePage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr **ppPg){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  PgHdr *pPg;
-  int nByteHdr;
-
-  /* Create a new PgHdr if any of the four conditions defined 
-  ** above are met: */
-  if( pPager->nPagemxPage
-   || pPager->lru.pFirst==0 
-   || MEMDB
-   || (pPager->lru.pFirstSynced==0 && pPager->doNotSync)
-  ){
-    void *pData;
-    if( pPager->nPage>=pPager->nHash ){
-      pager_resize_hash_table(pPager,
-         pPager->nHash<256 ? 256 : pPager->nHash*2);
-      if( pPager->nHash==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        goto pager_allocate_out;
-      }
-    }
-    pagerLeave(pPager);
-    nByteHdr = sizeof(*pPg) + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra
-              + MEMDB*sizeof(PgHistory);
-    pPg = sqlite3_malloc( nByteHdr );
-    if( pPg ){
-      pData = sqlite3_malloc( pPager->pageSize );
-      if( pData==0 ){
-        sqlite3_free(pPg);
-        pPg = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    pagerEnter(pPager);
-    if( pPg==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto pager_allocate_out;
-    }
-    memset(pPg, 0, nByteHdr);
-    pPg->pData = pData;
-    pPg->pPager = pPager;
-    pPg->pNextAll = pPager->pAll;
-    pPager->pAll = pPg;
-    pPager->nPage++;
-  }else{
-    /* Recycle an existing page with a zero ref-count. */
-    rc = pager_recycle(pPager, &pPg);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto pager_allocate_out;
+static void *pcache1Fetch(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag){
+  unsigned int nPinned;
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
+
+  assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
+  pcache1EnterMutex();
+  if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+
+  /* Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
+  if( pCache->nHash>0 ){
+    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
+    for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext);
+  }
+
+  if( pPage || createFlag==0 ){
+    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+    goto fetch_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 3 of header comment. */
+  nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
+  if( createFlag==1 && (
+        nPinned>=(pcache1.nMaxPage+pCache->nMin-pcache1.nMinPage)
+     || nPinned>=(pCache->nMax * 9 / 10)
+  )){
+    goto fetch_out;
+  }
+
+  if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
+    goto fetch_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page buffer if appropriate. */
+  if( pCache->bPurgeable && pcache1.pLruTail && (
+     (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) || pcache1.nCurrentPage>=pcache1.nMaxPage
+  )){
+    pPage = pcache1.pLruTail;
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
+    pcache1PinPage(pPage);
+    if( pPage->pCache->szPage!=pCache->szPage ){
+      pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+      pPage = 0;
+    }else{
+      pcache1.nCurrentPage -= (pPage->pCache->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
     }
-    assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK );
-    assert(pPg);
   }
-  *ppPg = pPg;
 
-pager_allocate_out:
-  return rc;
+  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
+  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
+  */
+  if( !pPage ){
+    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
+  }
+
+  if( pPage ){
+    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
+    pCache->nPage++;
+    pPage->iKey = iKey;
+    pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+    pPage->pCache = pCache;
+    pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
+    pPage->pLruNext = 0;
+    *(void **)(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage)) = 0;
+    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
+  }
+
+fetch_out:
+  if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
+    pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
+  }
+  if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  pcache1LeaveMutex();
+  return (pPage ? PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage) : 0);
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Make sure we have the content for a page.  If the page was
-** previously acquired with noContent==1, then the content was
-** just initialized to zeros instead of being read from disk.
-** But now we need the real data off of disk.  So make sure we
-** have it.  Read it in if we do not have it already.
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
+**
+** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
 */
-static int pager_get_content(PgHdr *pPg){
-  if( pPg->needRead ){
-    int rc = readDbPage(pPg->pPager, pPg, pPg->pgno);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPg->needRead = 0;
+static void pcache1Unpin(sqlite3_pcache *p, void *pPg, int reuseUnlikely){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg);
+ 
+  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
+  pcache1EnterMutex();
+
+  /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already 
+  ** part of the global LRU list.
+  */
+  assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
+  assert( pcache1.pLruHead!=pPage && pcache1.pLruTail!=pPage );
+
+  if( reuseUnlikely || pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage ){
+    pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
+    pcache1FreePage(pPage);
+  }else{
+    /* Add the page to the global LRU list. Normally, the page is added to
+    ** the head of the list (last page to be recycled). However, if the 
+    ** reuseUnlikely flag passed to this function is true, the page is added
+    ** to the tail of the list (first page to be recycled).
+    */
+    if( pcache1.pLruHead ){
+      pcache1.pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage;
+      pPage->pLruNext = pcache1.pLruHead;
+      pcache1.pLruHead = pPage;
     }else{
-      return rc;
+      pcache1.pLruTail = pPage;
+      pcache1.pLruHead = pPage;
     }
+    pCache->nRecyclable++;
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  pcache1LeaveMutex();
 }
 
 /*
-** Acquire a page.
-**
-** A read lock on the disk file is obtained when the first page is acquired. 
-** This read lock is dropped when the last page is released.
-**
-** This routine works for any page number greater than 0.  If the database
-** file is smaller than the requested page, then no actual disk
-** read occurs and the memory image of the page is initialized to
-** all zeros.  The extra data appended to a page is always initialized
-** to zeros the first time a page is loaded into memory.
-**
-** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
-** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
-**
-** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
-** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
-** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
-** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
-** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
-** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
-** or journal files.
-**
-** If noContent is false, the page contents are actually read from disk.
-** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
-** of the page at this time, so do not do a disk read.  Just fill in the
-** page content with zeros.  But mark the fact that we have not read the
-** content by setting the PgHdr.needRead flag.  Later on, if 
-** sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on this page or if this routine is
-** called again with noContent==0, that means that the content is needed
-** and the disk read should occur at that point.
-*/
-static int pagerAcquire(
-  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
-  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
-  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
-  int noContent       /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. 
+*/
+static void pcache1Rekey(
+  sqlite3_pcache *p,
+  void *pPg,
+  unsigned int iOld,
+  unsigned int iNew
 ){
-  PgHdr *pPg;
-  int rc;
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg);
+  PgHdr1 **pp;
+  unsigned int h; 
+  assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
+  assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
 
-  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1 );
+  pcache1EnterMutex();
 
-  /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
-  ** number greater than this, or zero, is requested.
-  */
-  if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
+  pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
+  while( (*pp)!=pPage ){
+    pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
   }
+  *pp = pPage->pNext;
 
-  /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors.
-  */ 
-  assert( pPager!=0 );
-  *ppPage = 0;
+  h = iNew%pCache->nHash;
+  pPage->iKey = iNew;
+  pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
+  pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
 
-  /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock
-  ** on the database file. pagerSharedLock() is a no-op if 
-  ** a database lock is already held.
+  /* The xRekey() interface is only used to move pages earlier in the
+  ** database file (in order to move all free pages to the end of the
+  ** file where they can be truncated off.)  Hence, it is not possible
+  ** for the new page number to be greater than the largest previously
+  ** fetched page.  But we retain the following test in case xRekey()
+  ** begins to be used in different ways in the future.
   */
-  rc = pagerSharedLock(pPager);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
+  if( NEVER(iNew>pCache->iMaxKey) ){
+    pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
   }
-  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
-
-  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
-  if( pPg==0 ){
-    /* The requested page is not in the page cache. */
-    int nMax;
-    int h;
-    PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss);
-    rc = pagerAllocatePage(pPager, &pPg);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    pPg->pgno = pgno;
-    assert( !MEMDB || pgno>pPager->stmtSize );
-    pPg->inJournal = sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
-    pPg->needSync = 0;
-
-    makeClean(pPg);
-    pPg->nRef = 1;
-
-    pPager->nRef++;
-    if( pPager->nExtra>0 ){
-      memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra);
-    }
-    nMax = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
-    if( pPager->errCode ){
-      rc = pPager->errCode;
-      sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Populate the page with data, either by reading from the database
-    ** file, or by setting the entire page to zero.
-    */
-    if( nMax<(int)pgno || MEMDB || (noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback) ){
-      if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
-        sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-        return SQLITE_FULL;
-      }
-      memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
-      pPg->needRead = noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback;
-      IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
-    }else{
-      rc = readDbPage(pPager, pPg, pgno);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-        pPg->pgno = 0;
-        sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-        return rc;
-      }
-      pPg->needRead = 0;
-    }
 
-    /* Link the page into the page hash table */
-    h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1);
-    assert( pgno!=0 );
-    pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h];
-    pPager->aHash[h] = pPg;
-    if( pPg->pNextHash ){
-      assert( pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash==0 );
-      pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg;
-    }
+  pcache1LeaveMutex();
+}
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-    pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
-#endif
-  }else{
-    /* The requested page is in the page cache. */
-    assert(pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1);
-    PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit);
-    if( !noContent ){
-      rc = pager_get_content(pPg);
-      if( rc ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    page_ref(pPg);
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. 
+**
+** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
+** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
+** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned.
+*/
+static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  pcache1EnterMutex();
+  if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
+    pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
+    pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
   }
-  *ppPage = pPg;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  pcache1LeaveMutex();
 }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
-  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
-  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
-  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
-  int noContent       /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
-){
-  int rc;
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  rc = pagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, ppPage, noContent);
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return rc;
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. 
+**
+** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
+*/
+static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
+  PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+  pcache1EnterMutex();
+  pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
+  pcache1.nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
+  pcache1.nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
+  pcache1EnforceMaxPage();
+  pcache1LeaveMutex();
+  sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
+  sqlite3_free(pCache);
 }
 
+/*
+** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to
+** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not
+** already provided an alternative.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
+  static sqlite3_pcache_methods defaultMethods = {
+    0,                       /* pArg */
+    pcache1Init,             /* xInit */
+    pcache1Shutdown,         /* xShutdown */
+    pcache1Create,           /* xCreate */
+    pcache1Cachesize,        /* xCachesize */
+    pcache1Pagecount,        /* xPagecount */
+    pcache1Fetch,            /* xFetch */
+    pcache1Unpin,            /* xUnpin */
+    pcache1Rekey,            /* xRekey */
+    pcache1Truncate,         /* xTruncate */
+    pcache1Destroy           /* xDestroy */
+  };
+  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE, &defaultMethods);
+}
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
 /*
-** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
-** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
-** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
+** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
+** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
+** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
 **
-** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
-** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
-** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
-** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
-** has ever happened.
+** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
+** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
+** of bytes of memory released.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
-  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
-
-  assert( pPager!=0 );
-  assert( pgno!=0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
+  int nFree = 0;
+  if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
+    PgHdr1 *p;
+    pcache1EnterMutex();
+    while( (nReq<0 || nFreestate==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
-    assert( !pPager->pAll || pPager->exclusiveMode );
-  }else if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
-    /* Do nothing */
-  }else if( (pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno))!=0 ){
-    page_ref(pPg);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state
+** of the global cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
+  int *pnCurrent,      /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */
+  int *pnMax,          /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
+  int *pnMin,          /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
+  int *pnRecyclable    /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
+){
+  PgHdr1 *p;
+  int nRecyclable = 0;
+  for(p=pcache1.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){
+    nRecyclable++;
   }
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return pPg;
+  *pnCurrent = pcache1.nCurrentPage;
+  *pnMax = pcache1.nMaxPage;
+  *pnMin = pcache1.nMinPage;
+  *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
 }
+#endif
 
+/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** Release a page.
+** 2008 December 3
 **
-** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
-** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
-** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
-** removed.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet".
+**
+** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids.  Rowids
+** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order.  Inserts
+** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been
+** previously inserted into the RowSet.
+**
+** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the
+** elements of the RowSet in sorted order.  Once this extraction
+** process has started, no new elements may be inserted.
+**
+** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are:
+**
+**    CREATE
+**    INSERT
+**    TEST
+**    SMALLEST
+**    DESTROY
+**
+** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor,
+** obviously.  The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet.
+** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet.  SMALLEST
+** extracts the least value from the RowSet.
+**
+** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory.  Memory is
+** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation.  There is an 
+** upper bound on the size of allocated memory.  No memory is freed
+** until DESTROY.
+**
+** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number.  The TEST primitive
+** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change
+** in the batch number.  In other words, if an INSERT occurs between
+** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the
+** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST.
+** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains
+** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs.
+**
+** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST.  An assertion will fail if
+** that is attempted.
+**
+** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant.  (Sometime new memory
+** has to be allocated on an INSERT.)  The cost of a TEST with a new
+** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet.
+** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN).  The cost
+** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN).  Second and subsequent SMALLEST
+** primitives are constant time.  The cost of DESTROY is O(N).
+**
+** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
+** SMALLEST primitives.
+**
+** $Id: rowset.c,v 1.7 2009/05/22 01:00:13 drh Exp $
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager;
 
-  if( pPg==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pPager = pPg->pPager;
 
-  /* Decrement the reference count for this page
-  */
-  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
-  pagerEnter(pPg->pPager);
-  pPg->nRef--;
+/*
+** Target size for allocation chunks.
+*/
+#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024
 
-  CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
+/*
+** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
+*/
+#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK  \
+                       ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry))
 
-  /* When the number of references to a page reach 0, call the
-  ** destructor and add the page to the freelist.
-  */
-  if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
+/*
+** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object.
+*/
+struct RowSetEntry {            
+  i64 v;                        /* ROWID value for this entry */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pRight;   /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;    /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */
+};
 
-    lruListAdd(pPg);
-    if( pPager->xDestructor ){
-      pPager->xDestructor(pPg, pPager->pageSize);
-    }
-  
-    /* When all pages reach the freelist, drop the read lock from
-    ** the database file.
-    */
-    pPager->nRef--;
-    assert( pPager->nRef>=0 );
-    if( pPager->nRef==0 && (!pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->journalOff>0) ){
-      pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+/*
+** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
+** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead.  The
+** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
+** when the RowSet is destroyed.
+*/
+struct RowSetChunk {
+  struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk;        /* Next chunk on list of them all */
+  struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
+};
 
 /*
-** Create a journal file for pPager.  There should already be a RESERVED
-** or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file when this routine is called.
+** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
 **
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything.  Return an error code and release the
-** write lock if anything goes wrong.
+** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
 */
-static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+struct RowSet {
+  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk;    /* List of all chunk allocations */
+  sqlite3 *db;                   /* The database connection */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;    /* List of entries using pRight */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;     /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pFresh;    /* Source of new entry objects */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pTree;     /* Binary tree of entries */
+  u16 nFresh;                    /* Number of objects on pFresh */
+  u8 isSorted;                   /* True if pEntry is sorted */
+  u8 iBatch;                     /* Current insert batch */
+};
 
-  int rc;
-  assert( !MEMDB );
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
-  assert( pPager->useJournal );
-  assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto failed_to_open_journal;
-  }
+/*
+** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object.  N bytes of memory
+** are available at pSpace.  The db pointer is used as a memory context
+** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
+** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
+**
+** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset.  If not
+** an assertion fault occurs.
+** 
+** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
+** allocation of entries available to be filled.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){
+  RowSet *p;
+  assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) );
+  p = pSpace;
+  p->pChunk = 0;
+  p->db = db;
+  p->pEntry = 0;
+  p->pLast = 0;
+  p->pTree = 0;
+  p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p);
+  p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
+  p->isSorted = 1;
+  p->iBatch = 0;
+  return p;
+}
 
-  if( pPager->journalOpen==0 ){
-    if( pPager->tempFile ){
-      flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
-    }else{
-      flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-    rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
-        pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
-    );
-#else
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
-#endif
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd->pMethods );
-    pPager->journalOff = 0;
-    pPager->setMaster = 0;
-    pPager->journalHdr = 0;
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-        sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-      }
-      goto failed_to_open_journal;
-    }
-  }
-  pPager->journalOpen = 1;
-  pPager->journalStarted = 0;
-  pPager->needSync = 0;
-  pPager->alwaysRollback = 0;
-  pPager->nRec = 0;
-  if( pPager->errCode ){
-    rc = pPager->errCode;
-    goto failed_to_open_journal;
+/*
+** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet.  This frees all memory that
+** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime.  This routine is
+** the destructor for the RowSet.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
+  struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
+  for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
+    pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk;
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
   }
-  pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
-
-  rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+  p->pChunk = 0;
+  p->nFresh = 0;
+  p->pEntry = 0;
+  p->pLast = 0;
+  p->pTree = 0;
+  p->isSorted = 1;
+}
 
-  if( pPager->stmtAutoopen && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pPager);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+/*
+** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
+**
+** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
+** memory allocation fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
+  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;  /* The new entry */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLast;   /* The last prior entry */
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->nFresh==0 ){
+    struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
+    pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      return;
     }
+    pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk;
+    p->pChunk = pNew;
+    p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
+    p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
+  }
+  pEntry = p->pFresh++;
+  p->nFresh--;
+  pEntry->v = rowid;
+  pEntry->pRight = 0;
+  pLast = p->pLast;
+  if( pLast ){
+    if( p->isSorted && rowid<=pLast->v ){
+      p->isSorted = 0;
+    }
+    pLast->pRight = pEntry;
+  }else{
+    assert( p->pEntry==0 ); /* Fires if INSERT after SMALLEST */
+    p->pEntry = pEntry;
   }
-  return rc;
-
-failed_to_open_journal:
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-  return rc;
+  p->pLast = pEntry;
 }
 
 /*
-** Acquire a write-lock on the database.  The lock is removed when
-** the any of the following happen:
-**
-**   *  sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo() is called.
-**   *  sqlite3PagerRollback() is called.
-**   *  sqlite3PagerClose() is called.
-**   *  sqlite3PagerUnref() is called to on every outstanding page.
-**
-** The first parameter to this routine is a pointer to any open page of the
-** database file.  Nothing changes about the page - it is used merely to
-** acquire a pointer to the Pager structure and as proof that there is
-** already a read-lock on the database.
-**
-** The second parameter indicates how much space in bytes to reserve for a
-** master journal file-name at the start of the journal when it is created.
-**
-** A journal file is opened if this is not a temporary file.  For temporary
-** files, the opening of the journal file is deferred until there is an
-** actual need to write to the journal.
+** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects.  Remove duplicates.
 **
-** If the database is already reserved for writing, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** If exFlag is true, go ahead and get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the file
-** immediately instead of waiting until we try to flush the cache.  The
-** exFlag is ignored if a transaction is already active.
+** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are 
+** assumed to each already be in sorted order.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage *pPg, int exFlag){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
-  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
-  if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
-    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-    if( MEMDB ){
-      pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
-      pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED;
-        if( exFlag ){
-          rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        pagerLeave(pPager);
-        return rc;
-      }
-      pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
-      PAGERTRACE2("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-      if( pPager->useJournal && !pPager->tempFile
-             && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-        rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
-      }
-    }
-  }else if( pPager->journalOpen && pPager->journalOff==0 ){
-    /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode the last
-    ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded
-    ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was 
-    ** kept open and either was truncated to 0 bytes or its header was
-    ** overwritten with zeros.
-    */
-    assert( pPager->nRec==0 );
-    assert( pPager->origDbSize==0 );
-    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-    sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
-    pagerLeave(pPager);
-    pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate( pPager->dbSize );
-    pagerEnter(pPager);
-    if( !pPager->pInJournal ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetMerge(
+  struct RowSetEntry *pA,    /* First sorted list to be merged */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pB     /* Second sorted list to be merged */
+){
+  struct RowSetEntry head;
+  struct RowSetEntry *pTail;
+
+  pTail = &head;
+  while( pA && pB ){
+    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
+    assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
+    if( pA->vv ){
+      pTail->pRight = pA;
+      pA = pA->pRight;
+      pTail = pTail->pRight;
+    }else if( pB->vv ){
+      pTail->pRight = pB;
+      pB = pB->pRight;
+      pTail = pTail->pRight;
     }else{
-      pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
-      rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+      pA = pA->pRight;
     }
   }
-  assert( !pPager->journalOpen || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return rc;
+  if( pA ){
+    assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v );
+    pTail->pRight = pA;
+  }else{
+    assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v );
+    pTail->pRight = pB;
+  }
+  return head.pRight;
 }
 
 /*
-** Make a page dirty.  Set its dirty flag and add it to the dirty
-** page list.
-*/
-static void makeDirty(PgHdr *pPg){
-  if( pPg->dirty==0 ){
-    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-    pPg->dirty = 1;
-    pPg->pDirty = pPager->pDirty;
-    if( pPager->pDirty ){
-      pPager->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg;
+** Sort all elements on the pEntry list of the RowSet into ascending order.
+*/ 
+static void rowSetSort(RowSet *p){
+  unsigned int i;
+  struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;
+  struct RowSetEntry *aBucket[40];
+
+  assert( p->isSorted==0 );
+  memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
+  while( p->pEntry ){
+    pEntry = p->pEntry;
+    p->pEntry = pEntry->pRight;
+    pEntry->pRight = 0;
+    for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
+      pEntry = rowSetMerge(aBucket[i], pEntry);
+      aBucket[i] = 0;
     }
-    pPg->pPrevDirty = 0;
-    pPager->pDirty = pPg;
+    aBucket[i] = pEntry;
+  }
+  pEntry = 0;
+  for(i=0; ipEntry = pEntry;
+  p->pLast = 0;
+  p->isSorted = 1;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Make a page clean.  Clear its dirty bit and remove it from the
-** dirty page list.
+** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects.
+** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers
+** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list.
 */
-static void makeClean(PgHdr *pPg){
-  if( pPg->dirty ){
-    pPg->dirty = 0;
-    if( pPg->pDirty ){
-      assert( pPg->pDirty->pPrevDirty==pPg );
-      pPg->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg->pPrevDirty;
-    }
-    if( pPg->pPrevDirty ){
-      assert( pPg->pPrevDirty->pDirty==pPg );
-      pPg->pPrevDirty->pDirty = pPg->pDirty;
-    }else{
-      assert( pPg->pPager->pDirty==pPg );
-      pPg->pPager->pDirty = pPg->pDirty;
-    }
+static void rowSetTreeToList(
+  struct RowSetEntry *pIn,         /* Root of the input tree */
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst,    /* Write head of the output list here */
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppLast      /* Write tail of the output list here */
+){
+  assert( pIn!=0 );
+  if( pIn->pLeft ){
+    struct RowSetEntry *p;
+    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p);
+    p->pRight = pIn;
+  }else{
+    *ppFirst = pIn;
   }
+  if( pIn->pRight ){
+    rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast);
+  }else{
+    *ppLast = pIn;
+  }
+  assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 );
 }
 
 
 /*
-** Mark a data page as writeable.  The page is written into the journal 
-** if it is not there already.  This routine must be called before making
-** changes to a page.
+** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary
+** tree with depth of iDepth.  A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single
+** node taken from the head of *ppList.  A depth of 2 means a tree with
+** three nodes.  And so forth.
 **
-** The first time this routine is called, the pager creates a new
-** journal and acquires a RESERVED lock on the database.  If the RESERVED
-** lock could not be acquired, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.  The
-** calling routine must check for that return value and be careful not to
-** change any page data until this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the
+** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list.  If the input
+** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree
+** and leave *ppList set to NULL.
 **
-** If the journal file could not be written because the disk is full,
-** then this routine returns SQLITE_FULL and does an immediate rollback.
-** All subsequent write attempts also return SQLITE_FULL until there
-** is a call to sqlite3PagerCommit() or sqlite3PagerRollback() to
-** reset.
+** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree.
 */
-static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
-  void *pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Check for errors
-  */
-  if( pPager->errCode ){ 
-    return pPager->errCode;
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree(
+  struct RowSetEntry **ppList,
+  int iDepth
+){
+  struct RowSetEntry *p;         /* Root of the new tree */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;     /* Left subtree */
+  if( *ppList==0 ){
+    return 0;
   }
-  if( pPager->readOnly ){
-    return SQLITE_PERM;
+  if( iDepth==1 ){
+    p = *ppList;
+    *ppList = p->pRight;
+    p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
+    return p;
   }
+  pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
+  p = *ppList;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return pLeft;
+  }
+  p->pLeft = pLeft;
+  *ppList = p->pRight;
+  p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1);
+  return p;
+}
 
-  assert( !pPager->setMaster );
-
-  CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
+/*
+** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree
+** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list.
+*/
+static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){
+  int iDepth;           /* Depth of the tree so far */
+  struct RowSetEntry *p;       /* Current tree root */
+  struct RowSetEntry *pLeft;   /* Left subtree */
 
-  /* If this page was previously acquired with noContent==1, that means
-  ** we didn't really read in the content of the page.  This can happen
-  ** (for example) when the page is being moved to the freelist.  But
-  ** now we are (perhaps) moving the page off of the freelist for
-  ** reuse and we need to know its original content so that content
-  ** can be stored in the rollback journal.  So do the read at this
-  ** time.
-  */
-  rc = pager_get_content(pPg);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
+  assert( pList!=0 );
+  p = pList;
+  pList = p->pRight;
+  p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0;
+  for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){
+    pLeft = p;
+    p = pList;
+    pList = p->pRight;
+    p->pLeft = pLeft;
+    p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth);
   }
+  return p;
+}
 
-  /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
-  ** to the journal then we can return right away.
-  */
-  makeDirty(pPg);
-  if( pPg->inJournal && (pageInStatement(pPg) || pPager->stmtInUse==0) ){
-    pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
-    pPager->dbModified = 1;
-  }else{
+/*
+** Convert the list in p->pEntry into a sorted list if it is not
+** sorted already.  If there is a binary tree on p->pTree, then
+** convert it into a list too and merge it into the p->pEntry list.
+*/
+static void rowSetToList(RowSet *p){
+  if( !p->isSorted ){
+    rowSetSort(p);
+  }
+  if( p->pTree ){
+    struct RowSetEntry *pHead, *pTail;
+    rowSetTreeToList(p->pTree, &pHead, &pTail);
+    p->pTree = 0;
+    p->pEntry = rowSetMerge(p->pEntry, pHead);
+  }
+}
 
-    /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be
-    ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
-    ** or both.
-    **
-    ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and
-    ** create it if it does not.
-    */
-    assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPg, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
-    if( !pPager->journalOpen && pPager->useJournal
-          && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-      rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/*
+** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet.
+** Write the element into *pRowid.  Return 1 on success.  Return
+** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
+**
+** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert()
+** routine may not be called again.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
+  rowSetToList(p);
+  if( p->pEntry ){
+    *pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
+    p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight;
+    if( p->pEntry==0 ){
+      sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
     }
-    pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
-    pPager->dbModified = 1;
-  
-    /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
-    ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
-    ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
-    */
-    if( !pPg->inJournal && (pPager->journalOpen || MEMDB) ){
-      if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
-        if( MEMDB ){
-          PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
-          PAGERTRACE3("JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
-          assert( pHist->pOrig==0 );
-          pHist->pOrig = sqlite3_malloc( pPager->pageSize );
-          if( !pHist->pOrig ){
-            return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          }
-          memcpy(pHist->pOrig, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
-        }else{
-          u32 cksum;
-          char *pData2;
-
-          /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
-          ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
-          ** that we do not. */
-          assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
-          pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
-          cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
-          rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, pPg->pgno);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize,
-                                pPager->journalOff + 4);
-            pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize+4;
-          }
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, cksum);
-            pPager->journalOff += 4;
-          }
-          IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 
-                   pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
-          PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
-          PAGERTRACE5("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
-               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pager_pagehash(pPg));
-
-          /* An error has occured writing to the journal file. The 
-          ** transaction will be rolled back by the layer above.
-          */
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            return rc;
-          }
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
 
-          pPager->nRec++;
-          assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
-          sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
-          pPg->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
-          if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
-            sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
-          }
-        }
-      }else{
-        pPg->needSync = !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync;
-        PAGERTRACE4("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
-                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync);
-      }
-      if( pPg->needSync ){
-        pPager->needSync = 1;
-      }
-      pPg->inJournal = 1;
-    }
-  
-    /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
-    ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
-    ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
-    ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
-    */
-    if( pPager->stmtInUse 
-     && !pageInStatement(pPg) 
-     && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize 
-    ){
-      assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
-      if( MEMDB ){
-        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
-        assert( pHist->pStmt==0 );
-        pHist->pStmt = sqlite3_malloc( pPager->pageSize );
-        if( pHist->pStmt ){
-          memcpy(pHist->pStmt, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
-        }
-        PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
-        page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
-      }else{
-        i64 offset = pPager->stmtNRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
-        char *pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
-        rc = write32bits(pPager->stfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->stfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
-        }
-        PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        pPager->stmtNRec++;
-        assert( pPager->pInStmt!=0 );
-        sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
-      }
+/*
+** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the the rowset as
+** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch.  Return 1 or 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, u8 iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
+  struct RowSetEntry *p;
+  if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){
+    if( pRowSet->pEntry ){
+      rowSetToList(pRowSet);
+      pRowSet->pTree = rowSetListToTree(pRowSet->pEntry);
+      pRowSet->pEntry = 0;
+      pRowSet->pLast = 0;
     }
+    pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch;
   }
-
-  /* Update the database size and return.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
-  if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pPg->pgno ){
-    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
-    if( !MEMDB && pPager->dbSize==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){
-      pPager->dbSize++;
+  p = pRowSet->pTree;
+  while( p ){
+    if( p->vpRight;
+    }else if( p->v>iRowid ){
+      p = p->pLeft;
+    }else{
+      return 1;
     }
   }
-  return rc;
+  return 0;
 }
 
+/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
 /*
-** This function is used to mark a data-page as writable. It uses 
-** pager_write() to open a journal file (if it is not already open)
-** and write the page *pData to the journal.
+** 2001 September 15
 **
-** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
-** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
-** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
-** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
-
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  if( !MEMDB && nPagePerSector>1 ){
-    Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
-    Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
-    int nPage;                /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
-    int ii;
-    int needSync = 0;
-
-    /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal
-    ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function.
-    */
-    assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 );
-    pPager->doNotSync = 1;
-
-    /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
-    ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
-    ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
-    */
-    pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
-
-    nPageCount = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
-    if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
-      nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
-    }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
-      nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
-    }else{
-      nPage = nPagePerSector;
-    }
-    assert(nPage>0);
-    assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
-    assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
-
-    for(ii=0; iipgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
-        if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = pager_write(pPage);
-            if( pPage->needSync ){
-              needSync = 1;
-            }
-            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
-          }
-        }
-      }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
-        if( pPage->needSync ){
-          needSync = 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If the PgHdr.needSync flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
-    ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
-    ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
-    ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
-    ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
-    */
-    if( needSync ){
-      for(ii=0; iineedSync = 1;
-      }
-      assert(pPager->needSync);
-    }
-
-    assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 );
-    pPager->doNotSync = 0;
-  }else{
-    rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
-  }
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
+** 
+** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
+** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
+** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
+** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
+** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
+** another is writing.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.629 2009/08/10 17:48:57 drh Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
 
 /*
-** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
-** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
-** to change the content of the page.
+** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
 */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
-  return pPg->dirty;
-}
+#if 0
+int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
+#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
+#define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
+#else
+#define PAGERTRACE(X)
 #endif
 
 /*
-** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
-** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
-** that page might be marked as dirty.
-**
-** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
-** on the given page is unused.  The pager marks the page as clean so
-** that it does not get written to disk.
+** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
+** to print out file-descriptors. 
 **
-** Tests show that this optimization, together with the
-** sqlite3PagerDontRollback() below, more than double the speed
-** of large INSERT operations and quadruple the speed of large DELETEs.
-**
-** When this routine is called, set the alwaysRollback flag to true.
-** Subsequent calls to sqlite3PagerDontRollback() for the same page
-** will thereafter be ignored.  This is necessary to avoid a problem
-** where a page with data is added to the freelist during one part of
-** a transaction then removed from the freelist during a later part
-** of the same transaction and reused for some other purpose.  When it
-** is first added to the freelist, this routine is called.  When reused,
-** the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() routine is called.  But because the
-** page contains critical data, we still need to be sure it gets
-** rolled back in spite of the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() call.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
-  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-
-  if( MEMDB ) return;
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  pPg->alwaysRollback = 1;
-  if( pPg->dirty && !pPager->stmtInUse ){
-    assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
-    if( pPager->dbSize==(int)pPg->pgno && pPager->origDbSizedbSize ){
-      /* If this pages is the last page in the file and the file has grown
-      ** during the current transaction, then do NOT mark the page as clean.
-      ** When the database file grows, we must make sure that the last page
-      ** gets written at least once so that the disk file will be the correct
-      ** size. If you do not write this page and the size of the file
-      ** on the disk ends up being too small, that can lead to database
-      ** corruption during the next transaction.
-      */
-    }else{
-      PAGERTRACE3("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
-      IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
-      makeClean(pPg);
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-      pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-}
+** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
+** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
+** struct as its argument.
+*/
+#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
+#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
 
 /*
-** A call to this routine tells the pager that if a rollback occurs,
-** it is not necessary to restore the data on the given page.  This
-** means that the pager does not have to record the given page in the
-** rollback journal.
+** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following
+** states:
+**
+**   PAGER_UNLOCK        The page cache is not currently reading or 
+**                       writing the database file.  There is no
+**                       data held in memory.  This is the initial
+**                       state.
+**
+**   PAGER_SHARED        The page cache is reading the database.
+**                       Writing is not permitted.  There can be
+**                       multiple readers accessing the same database
+**                       file at the same time.
+**
+**   PAGER_RESERVED      This process has reserved the database for writing
+**                       but has not yet made any changes.  Only one process
+**                       at a time can reserve the database.  The original
+**                       database file has not been modified so other
+**                       processes may still be reading the on-disk
+**                       database file.
+**
+**   PAGER_EXCLUSIVE     The page cache is writing the database.
+**                       Access is exclusive.  No other processes or
+**                       threads can be reading or writing while one
+**                       process is writing.
+**
+**   PAGER_SYNCED        The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE
+**                       after all dirty pages have been written to the
+**                       database file and the file has been synced to
+**                       disk. All that remains to do is to remove or
+**                       truncate the journal file and the transaction 
+**                       will be committed.
 **
-** If we have not yet actually read the content of this page (if
-** the PgHdr.needRead flag is set) then this routine acts as a promise
-** that we will never need to read the page content in the future.
-** so the needRead flag can be cleared at this point.
+** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time a
+** sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED.
+** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(),
+** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time
+** that sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to
+** PAGER_RESERVED.  (Note that sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be
+** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must
+** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.)
+** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal.
+** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes
+** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback
+** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED.  After an sqlite3PagerRollback()
+** or sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED,
+** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
-
-  /* If the journal file is not open, or DontWrite() has been called on
-  ** this page (DontWrite() sets the alwaysRollback flag), then this
-  ** function is a no-op.
-  */
-  if( pPager->journalOpen==0 || pPg->alwaysRollback || pPager->alwaysRollback ){
-    pagerLeave(pPager);
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( !MEMDB );    /* For a memdb, pPager->journalOpen is always 0 */
+#define PAGER_UNLOCK      0
+#define PAGER_SHARED      1   /* same as SHARED_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_RESERVED    2   /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE   4   /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */
+#define PAGER_SYNCED      5
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-  if( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno > pPager->origDbSize ){
-    return;
-  }
+/*
+** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
+    if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
+    if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
+    if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
+#else
+# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
+# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
 #endif
 
-  /* If SECURE_DELETE is disabled, then there is no way that this
-  ** routine can be called on a page for which sqlite3PagerDontWrite()
-  ** has not been previously called during the same transaction.
-  ** And if DontWrite() has previously been called, the following
-  ** conditions must be met.
-  */
-  assert( !pPg->inJournal && (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize );
-
-  assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
-  sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
-  pPg->inJournal = 1;
-  pPg->needRead = 0;
-  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
-    assert( pPager->stmtSize >= pPager->origDbSize );
-    sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
-  }
-  PAGERTRACE3("DONT_ROLLBACK page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
-  IOTRACE(("GARBAGE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-}
-
-
 /*
-** This routine is called to increment the database file change-counter,
-** stored at byte 24 of the pager file.
+** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 
+** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
+** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
+** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
 */
-static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirect){
-  PgHdr *pPgHdr;
-  u32 change_counter;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( !pPager->changeCountDone ){
-    /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-    if( !isDirect ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
-    change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers);
-    change_counter++;
-    put32bits(((char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPgHdr))+24, change_counter);
-
-    if( isDirect && pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-      const void *zBuf = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPgHdr);
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
-    }
-
-    /* Release the page reference. */
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
-    pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
+#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
 
 /*
-** Sync the pager file to disk.
+** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
+** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
+** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
+** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
+**
+** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
+** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
+** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 
+** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
+** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
+** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
+typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
+struct PagerSavepoint {
+  i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
+  i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
+  Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
+  Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
+  Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
+};
 
 /*
-** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
-** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
-** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
-** journal (a single database transaction).
+** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure.
 **
-** This routine ensures that the journal is synced, all dirty pages written
-** to the database file and the database file synced. The only thing that
-** remains to commit the transaction is to delete the journal file (or
-** master journal file if specified).
+** errCode
 **
-** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
-** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
+**   Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or
+**   or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists
+**   and is returned as the result of every major pager API call.  The
+**   SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the
+**   next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also,
+**   SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3PagerGet() and sqlite3PagerLookup()
+**   APIs, they may still be used successfully.
 **
-** If parameter nTrunc is non-zero, then the pager file is truncated to
-** nTrunc pages (this is used by auto-vacuum databases).
+** dbSizeValid, dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
 **
-** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
-** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
-** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
-** journal file in this case.
+**   Managing the size of the database file in pages is a little complicated.
+**   The variable Pager.dbSize contains the number of pages that the database
+**   image currently contains. As the database image grows or shrinks this
+**   variable is updated. The variable Pager.dbFileSize contains the number
+**   of pages in the database file. This may be different from Pager.dbSize
+**   if some pages have been appended to the database image but not yet written
+**   out from the cache to the actual file on disk. Or if the image has been
+**   truncated by an incremental-vacuum operation. The Pager.dbOrigSize variable
+**   contains the number of pages in the database image when the current
+**   transaction was opened. The contents of all three of these variables is
+**   only guaranteed to be correct if the boolean Pager.dbSizeValid is true.
+**
+**   TODO: Under what conditions is dbSizeValid set? Cleared?
+**
+** changeCountDone
+**
+**   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 
+**   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 
+**   not updated more often than necessary. 
+**
+**   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 
+**   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
+**   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 
+**   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
+**   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
+**   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
+**
+**   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 
+**   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
+**   committed.
+**
+** dbModified
+**
+**   The dbModified flag is set whenever a database page is dirtied.
+**   It is cleared at the end of each transaction.
+**
+**   It is used when committing or otherwise ending a transaction. If
+**   the dbModified flag is clear then less work has to be done.
+**
+** journalStarted
+**
+**   This flag is set whenever the the main journal is synced. 
+**
+**   The point of this flag is that it must be set after the 
+**   first journal header in a journal file has been synced to disk.
+**   After this has happened, new pages appended to the database 
+**   do not need the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag set, as they do not need
+**   to wait for a journal sync before they can be written out to
+**   the database file (see function pager_write()).
+**   
+** setMaster
+**
+**   This variable is used to ensure that the master journal file name
+**   (if any) is only written into the journal file once.
+**
+**   When committing a transaction, the master journal file name (if any)
+**   may be written into the journal file while the pager is still in
+**   PAGER_RESERVED state (see CommitPhaseOne() for the action). It
+**   then attempts to upgrade to an exclusive lock. If this attempt
+**   fails, then SQLITE_BUSY may be returned to the user and the user
+**   may attempt to commit the transaction again later (calling
+**   CommitPhaseOne() again). This flag is used to ensure that the 
+**   master journal name is only written to the journal file the first
+**   time CommitPhaseOne() is called.
+**
+** doNotSync
+**
+**   This variable is set and cleared by sqlite3PagerWrite().
+**
+** needSync
+**
+**   TODO: It might be easier to set this variable in writeJournalHdr()
+**   and writeMasterJournal() only. Change its meaning to "unsynced data
+**   has been written to the journal".
+**
+** subjInMemory
+**
+**   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
+**   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
+**   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
-  Pager *pPager, 
-  const char *zMaster, 
-  Pgno nTrunc,
-  int noSync
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* If no changes have been made, we can leave the transaction early.
-  */
-  if( pPager->dbModified==0 &&
-        (pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ||
-          pPager->exclusiveMode!=0) ){
-    assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->journalOpen==0 );
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  PAGERTRACE4("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nTrunc=%d\n", 
-      pPager->zFilename, zMaster, nTrunc);
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
+struct Pager {
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
+  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
+  u8 journalMode;             /* On of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
+  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
+  u8 noReadlock;              /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
+  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
+  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
+  u8 sync_flags;              /* One of SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL */
+  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
+  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
+  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
 
-  /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
-  ** function has already been called, it is a no-op.
+  /* The following block contains those class members that are dynamically
+  ** modified during normal operations. The other variables in this structure
+  ** are either constant throughout the lifetime of the pager, or else
+  ** used to store configuration parameters that affect the way the pager 
+  ** operates.
+  **
+  ** The 'state' variable is described in more detail along with the
+  ** descriptions of the values it may take - PAGER_UNLOCK etc. Many of the
+  ** other variables in this block are described in the comment directly 
+  ** above this class definition.
   */
-  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && !MEMDB && pPager->dirtyCache ){
-    PgHdr *pPg;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-    /* The atomic-write optimization can be used if all of the
-    ** following are true:
-    **
-    **    + The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
-    **      blocks of size page-size, and
-    **    + This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
-    **    + Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
-    **
-    ** If the optimization can be used, then the journal file will never
-    ** be created for this transaction.
-    */
-    int useAtomicWrite = (
-        !zMaster && 
-        pPager->journalOpen &&
-        pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) && 
-        nTrunc==0 && 
-        (0==pPager->pDirty || 0==pPager->pDirty->pDirty)
-    );
-    assert( pPager->journalOpen || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
-    if( useAtomicWrite ){
-      /* Update the nRec field in the journal file. */
-      int offset = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic);
-      assert(pPager->nRec==1);
-      rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, offset, pPager->nRec);
-
-      /* Update the db file change counter. The following call will modify
-      ** the in-memory representation of page 1 to include the updated
-      ** change counter and then write page 1 directly to the database
-      ** file. Because of the atomic-write property of the host file-system, 
-      ** this is safe.
-      */
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
-    }
+  u8 state;                   /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */
+  u8 dbModified;              /* True if there are any changes to the Db */
+  u8 needSync;                /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
+  u8 journalStarted;          /* True if header of journal is synced */
+  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
+  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
+  u8 doNotSync;               /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */
+  u8 dbSizeValid;             /* Set when dbSize is correct */
+  u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
+  Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
+  Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
+  Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
+  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
+  int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
+  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
+  u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
+  Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
+  sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
+  sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
+  sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
+  i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
+  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
+  PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
+  int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
+  char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
+  u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
 
-    if( !useAtomicWrite && rc==SQLITE_OK )
+  u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
+  i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
+  u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
+  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
+  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
+  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
+  int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
+  void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  int nHit, nMiss;            /* Cache hits and missing */
+  int nRead, nWrite;          /* Database pages read/written */
 #endif
-
-    /* If a master journal file name has already been written to the
-    ** journal file, then no sync is required. This happens when it is
-    ** written, then the process fails to upgrade from a RESERVED to an
-    ** EXCLUSIVE lock. The next time the process tries to commit the
-    ** transaction the m-j name will have already been written.
-    */
-    if( !pPager->setMaster ){
-      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( nTrunc!=0 ){
-        /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
-        ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
-        ** file.
-        */
-        Pgno i;
-        int iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager);
-        for( i=nTrunc+1; i<=pPager->origDbSize; i++ ){
-          if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
-            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPg);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
-            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
-            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
-          }
-        } 
-      }
+  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
+  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
+  void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
+  void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
 #endif
-      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
-      rc = syncJournal(pPager);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
+  char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
+  i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
+  PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
+  sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
+};
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( nTrunc!=0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
-    }
+/*
+** The following global variables hold counters used for
+** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
+** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
+# define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
+#else
+# define PAGER_INCR(v)
 #endif
 
-    /* Write all dirty pages to the database file */
-    pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
-    rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
-      /* The error might have left the dirty list all fouled up here,
-      ** but that does not matter because if the if the dirty list did
-      ** get corrupted, then the transaction will roll back and
-      ** discard the dirty list.  There is an assert in
-      ** pager_get_all_dirty_pages() that verifies that no attempt
-      ** is made to use an invalid dirty list.
-      */
-      goto sync_exit;
-    }
-    pPager->pDirty = 0;
-
-    /* Sync the database file. */
-    if( !pPager->noSync && !noSync ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
-    }
-    IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-
-    pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED;
-  }else if( MEMDB && nTrunc!=0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc);
-  }
-
-sync_exit:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ){
-    /* pager_incr_changecounter() may attempt to obtain an exclusive
-     * lock to spill the cache and return IOERR_BLOCKED. But since 
-     * there is no chance the cache is inconsistent, it is
-     * better to return SQLITE_BUSY.
-     */
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
 
 
 /*
-** Commit all changes to the database and release the write lock.
+** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
+** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
 **
-** If the commit fails for any reason, a rollback attempt is made
-** and an error code is returned.  If the commit worked, SQLITE_OK
-** is returned.
+** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
+** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
+** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
+** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
+** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
+** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
+** journal and ignore it.
+**
+** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
+** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
+** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
+** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
+** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
+** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
+** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
+** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
+** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
+** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;
-  PgHdr *pPg;
-
-  if( pPager->errCode ){
-    return pPager->errCode;
-  }
-  if( pPager->statedbModified==0 &&
-        (pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ||
-          pPager->exclusiveMode!=0) ){
-    assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->journalOpen==0 );
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  PAGERTRACE2("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
-    while( pPg ){
-      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
-      clearHistory(pHist);
-      pPg->dirty = 0;
-      pPg->inJournal = 0;
-      pHist->inStmt = 0;
-      pPg->needSync = 0;
-      pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0;
-      pPg = pPg->pDirty;
-    }
-    pPager->pDirty = 0;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
-      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
-      assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback );
-      assert( !pHist->pOrig );
-      assert( !pHist->pStmt );
-    }
-#endif
-    pPager->pStmt = 0;
-    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
-    pagerLeave(pPager);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || !pPager->dirtyCache );
-  rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
-  rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
+static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
+  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
+};
 
 /*
-** Rollback all changes.  The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode.
-** All in-memory cache pages revert to their original data contents.
-** The journal is deleted.
-**
-** This routine cannot fail unless some other process is not following
-** the correct locking protocol or unless some other
-** process is writing trash into the journal file (SQLITE_CORRUPT) or
-** unless a prior malloc() failed (SQLITE_NOMEM).  Appropriate error
-** codes are returned for all these occasions.  Otherwise,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
+** the following macro.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;
-  PAGERTRACE2("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    PgHdr *p;
-    for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){
-      PgHistory *pHist;
-      assert( !p->alwaysRollback );
-      if( !p->dirty ){
-        assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pOrig );
-        assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pStmt );
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager);
-      if( pHist->pOrig ){
-        memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pHist->pOrig, pPager->pageSize);
-        PAGERTRACE3("ROLLBACK-PAGE %d of %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
-      }else{
-        PAGERTRACE3("PAGE %d is clean on %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
-      }
-      clearHistory(pHist);
-      p->dirty = 0;
-      p->inJournal = 0;
-      pHist->inStmt = 0;
-      pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0;
-      if( pPager->xReiniter ){
-        pPager->xReiniter(p, pPager->pageSize);
-      }
-    }
-    pPager->pDirty = 0;
-    pPager->pStmt = 0;
-    pPager->dbSize = pPager->origDbSize;
-    pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
-    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
-    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  if( !pPager->dirtyCache || !pPager->journalOpen ){
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
-    pagerLeave(pPager);
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
-    if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
-      pager_playback(pPager, 0);
-    }
-    pagerLeave(pPager);
-    return pPager->errCode;
-  }
-  if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){
-    int rc2;
-    rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
-    rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = rc2;
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
-  }
-  /* pager_reset(pPager); */
-  pPager->dbSize = -1;
+#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
 
-  /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
-  ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error 
-  ** persistent.
-  */
-  rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
+/*
+** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 
+** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
 
 /*
-** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
-** if the database is (in theory) writable.
+** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
+** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
+** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
+** out code that would never execute.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->readOnly;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+# define MEMDB 0
+#else
+# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Return the number of references to the pager.
+** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->nRef;
-}
+#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+#ifndef NDEBUG 
 /*
-** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+** Usage:
+**
+**   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
-  static int a[11];
-  a[0] = pPager->nRef;
-  a[1] = pPager->nPage;
-  a[2] = pPager->mxPage;
-  a[3] = pPager->dbSize;
-  a[4] = pPager->state;
-  a[5] = pPager->errCode;
-  a[6] = pPager->nHit;
-  a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
-  a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
-  a[9] = pPager->nRead;
-  a[10] = pPager->nWrite;
-  return a;
+static int assert_pager_state(Pager *pPager){
+
+  /* A temp-file is always in PAGER_EXCLUSIVE or PAGER_SYNCED state. */
+  assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+
+  /* The changeCountDone flag is always set for temp-files */
+  assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
+
+  return 1;
 }
 #endif
 
 /*
-** Set the statement rollback point.
+** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
+** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
+** or more open savepoints for which:
 **
-** This routine should be called with the transaction journal already
-** open.  A new statement journal is created that can be used to rollback
-** changes of a single SQL command within a larger transaction.
+**   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
+**   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
+**     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
 */
-static int pagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;
-  assert( !pPager->stmtInUse );
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
-  assert( pPager->dbSize>=0 );
-  PAGERTRACE2("STMT-BEGIN %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
-    pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( !pPager->journalOpen ){
-    pPager->stmtAutoopen = 1;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  assert( pPager->pInStmt==0 );
-  pPager->pInStmt = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  if( pPager->pInStmt==0 ){
-    /* sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); */
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pPager->stmtJSize = pPager->journalOff;
-  pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
-  pPager->stmtHdrOff = 0;
-  pPager->stmtCksum = pPager->cksumInit;
-  if( !pPager->stmtOpen ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(pPager->pVfs, pPager->stfd, pPager->zStmtJrnl,
-                              SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
-    if( rc ){
-      goto stmt_begin_failed;
+static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; inSavepoint; i++){
+    PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
+    if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
+      return 1;
     }
-    pPager->stmtOpen = 1;
-    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
-  }
-  pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
- 
-stmt_begin_failed:
-  if( pPager->pInStmt ){
-    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInStmt);
-    pPager->pInStmt = 0;
   }
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  rc = pagerStmtBegin(pPager);
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return rc;
+  return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Commit a statement.
+** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager *pPager){
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
-    PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
-    PAGERTRACE2("STMT-COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-    if( !MEMDB ){
-      /* sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->stfd, 0); */
-      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInStmt);
-      pPager->pInStmt = 0;
-    }else{
-      for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pNext){
-        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
-        pNext = pHist->pNextStmt;
-        assert( pHist->inStmt );
-        pHist->inStmt = 0;
-        pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0;
-        sqlite3_free(pHist->pStmt);
-        pHist->pStmt = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
-    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
-    pPager->pStmt = 0;
-  }
-  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
+  return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
 }
 
 /*
-** Rollback a statement.
+** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
+** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
+** error code is something goes wrong.
+**
+** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
-    PAGERTRACE2("STMT-ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-    if( MEMDB ){
-      PgHdr *pPg;
-      PgHistory *pHist;
-      for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pHist->pNextStmt){
-        pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
-        if( pHist->pStmt ){
-          memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pHist->pStmt, pPager->pageSize);
-          sqlite3_free(pHist->pStmt);
-          pHist->pStmt = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize;
-      pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      rc = pager_stmt_playback(pPager);
-    }
-    sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pPager);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
+  unsigned char ac[4];
+  int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
   }
-  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the full pathname of the database file.
+** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->zFilename;
-}
+#define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
 
 /*
-** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
+** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->pVfs;
+static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
+  char ac[4];
+  put32bits(ac, val);
+  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the file handle for the database file associated
-** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
-** not yet been opened.
+** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
+** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
+**
+** This is so that expressions can be written as:
+**
+**   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
+**
+** instead of
+**
+**   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->fd;
+#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
+
+/*
+** If file pFd is open, call sqlite3OsUnlock() on it.
+*/
+static int osUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFd, int eLock){
+  if( !isOpen(pFd) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  return sqlite3OsUnlock(pFd, eLock);
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the directory of the database file.
+** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
+** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
+**
+**  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
+**      a database page may be written atomically, and
+**  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
+**      to the page size.
+**
+** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
+** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
+** database.
+**
+** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
+** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
+** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->zDirectory;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( !MEMDB );
+  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+    int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
+    int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
+    int szPage;                       /* Page size */
+
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+    dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+    nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
+    szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+
+    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+    assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+    if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
+** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
+** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
+** and debugging only.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->zJournal;
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+/*
+** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
+*/
+static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
+  u32 hash = 0;
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; ipPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
+}
+static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
+  pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
 }
 
 /*
-** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
-** if fsync()s are executed normally.
+** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
+** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->noSync;
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
+static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode
+      || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
 }
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+#else
+#define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
+#define pager_pagehash(X)  0
+#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
+#endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
+
 /*
-** Set the codec for this pager
+** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
+** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 
+** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 
+** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
+** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
+**
+** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
+** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
+** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
+** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
+** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
+** were present in the journal.
+**
+** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
+** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
+** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
+** journal file name.
+**
+** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 
+** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
+**
+** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
+** error code is returned.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
-  Pager *pPager,
-  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
-  void *pCodecArg
-){
-  pPager->xCodec = xCodec;
-  pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg;
+static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
+  int rc;                    /* Return code */
+  u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
+  i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
+  u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
+  u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+  zMaster[0] = '\0';
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
+   || szJ<16
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
+   || len>=nMaster 
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
+   || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
+  for(u=0; ujournalOff, assuming a sector 
+** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
 **
-** There must be no references to the page previously located at
-** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
-** in cache.  If the page previous located at pgno is not already
-** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
+** i.e for a sector size of 512:
 **
-** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
-** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
-** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
+**   Pager.journalOff          Return value
+**   ---------------------------------------
+**   0                         0
+**   512                       512
+**   100                       512
+**   2000                      2048
+** 
+*/
+static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
+  i64 offset = 0;
+  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
+  if( c ){
+    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  }
+  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
+  assert( offset>=c );
+  assert( (offset-c)jfd) );
+  if( pPager->journalOff ){
+    const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
 
-  pagerEnter(pPager);
-  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+    IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
+    if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+    }else{
+      static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->sync_flags);
+    }
 
-  PAGERTRACE5("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 
-      PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pgno);
-  IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
+    /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 
+    ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 
+    ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
+    ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
+    ** to sync the file following this operation.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
+      i64 sz;
+      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  pager_get_content(pPg);
-  if( pPg->needSync ){
-    needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
-    assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
-    assert( pPg->dirty );
-    assert( pPager->needSync );
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
+** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
+** current location.
+**
+** The format for the journal header is as follows:
+** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
+** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
+** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
+** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
+** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
+** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
+** 
+** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
+*/
+static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
+  char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
+  u32 nHeader = pPager->pageSize;     /* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
+  u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
+  int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
+
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+  if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+    nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
   }
 
-  /* Unlink pPg from its hash-chain */
-  unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg);
+  /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 
+  ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 
+  ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
+  */
+  for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){
+    if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
+      pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+    }
+  }
 
-  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
-  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for 
-  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
-  ** for the page moved there.
+  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+
+  /* 
+  ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
+  ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
+  ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 
+  ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
+  ** of records (see syncJournal()).
+  **
+  ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
+  ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
+  ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
+  ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
+  ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
+  ** where this risk can be ignored:
+  **
+  **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
+  **     power failure in this case anyway.
+  **
+  **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
+  **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
   */
-  pPg->needSync = 0;
-  pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
-  if( pPgOld ){
-    assert( pPgOld->nRef==0 );
-    unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPgOld);
-    makeClean(pPgOld);
-    pPg->needSync = pPgOld->needSync;
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
+  if( (pPager->noSync) || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
+   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
+  ){
+    memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
   }else{
-    pPg->needSync = 0;
+    memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
   }
-  pPg->inJournal = sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
 
-  /* Change the page number for pPg and insert it into the new hash-chain. */
-  assert( pgno!=0 );
-  pPg->pgno = pgno;
-  h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1);
-  if( pPager->aHash[h] ){
-    assert( pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash==0 );
-    pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg;
-  }
-  pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h];
-  pPager->aHash[h] = pPg;
-  pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
-
-  makeDirty(pPg);
-  pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
-  pPager->dbModified = 1;
+  /* The random check-hash initialiser */ 
+  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
+  /* The initial database size */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
+  /* The assumed sector size for this process */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
 
-  if( needSyncPgno ){
-    /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
-    ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
-    ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
-    ** Pager.pInJournal bit has been set. This needs to be remedied by loading
-    ** the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync flag.
-    **
-    ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
-    ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
-    ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
-    ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
-    ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
-    ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
-    **
-    ** The sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make
-    ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too.
-    */
-    int rc;
-    PgHdr *pPgHdr;
-    assert( pPager->needSync );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( pPager->pInJournal && (int)needSyncPgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){
-        sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno);
-      }
-      pagerLeave(pPager);
+  /* The page size */
+  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
+
+  /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
+  ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
+  ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
+  ** take the performance hit.
+  */
+  memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
+         nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
+
+  /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 
+  ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 
+  ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 
+  ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
+  ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
+  **
+  ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 
+  ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
+  ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 
+  ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
+  ** is done. 
+  **
+  ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 
+  ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
+  ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
+  ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
+  */ 
+  for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWritejournalHdr, nHeader))
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
+    pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
+** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
+** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
+** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
+** a description of the journal header format.
+**
+** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
+** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
+** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
+** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** in this case.
+**
+** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
+** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
+** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
+*/
+static int readJournalHdr(
+  Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
+  int isHot,
+  i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
+  u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
+  u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
+){
+  int rc;                      /* Return code */
+  unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
+  i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
+
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
+
+  /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
+  ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
+  ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
+  */
+  pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+  /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
+  ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
+  ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
+  ** proceed.
+  */
+  if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
+    if( rc ){
       return rc;
     }
-    pPager->needSync = 1;
-    pPgHdr->needSync = 1;
-    pPgHdr->inJournal = 1;
-    makeDirty(pPgHdr);
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
+    if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
   }
 
-  pagerLeave(pPager);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
+  ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
+  ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+    u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
+    u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
+    u16 iPageSize16;             /* Copy of iPageSize in 16-bit variable */
+
+    /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
+     || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
+    ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
+    ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
+    ** of two greater than or equal to 512, and not greater than their 
+    ** respective compile time maximum limits.
+    */
+    if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<512
+     || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
+     || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 
+    ){
+      /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 
+      ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 
+      ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 
+      ** the journal file here.
+      */
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 
+    ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 
+    ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
+    */
+    iPageSize16 = (u16)iPageSize;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize16, -1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iPageSize16==(u16)iPageSize );
+
+    /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
+    ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
+    ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
+    ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
+    ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
+    */
+    pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
+  }
+
+  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif
+
 
 /*
-** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
+** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
+** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
+** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
+** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
+** anything is written. The format is:
+**
+**   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
+**   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
+**   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
+**   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
+**   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
+**
+** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
+** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
+**
+** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
+** this call is a no-op.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
-  return PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
+static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc;                          /* Return code */
+  int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
+  i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
+  i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
+  u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
+
+  if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster
+   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+   || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pPager->setMaster = 1;
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+
+  /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
+  for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
+    cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
+  }
+
+  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
+  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
+  ** the journal has already been synced.
+  */
+  if( pPager->fullSync ){
+    pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+  }
+  iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
+
+  /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
+  ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
+  */
+  if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
+   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
+   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
+   || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
+   || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
+  pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
+
+  /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 
+  ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
+  ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 
+  ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
+  ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 
+  ** whether or not the journal is hot. 
+  **
+  ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 
+  ** file to the required size.
+  */ 
+  if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
+   && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
+  ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 
-** allocated along with the specified page.
+** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
+** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not 
+** already in memory.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  return (pPager?PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager):0);
+static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *p;                         /* Return value */
+
+  /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
+  ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
+  */
+  (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
+  return p;
 }
 
 /*
-** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
-** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
-** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
+** Unless the pager is in error-state, discard all in-memory pages. If
+** the pager is in error-state, then this call is a no-op.
 **
-** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
-** locking-mode.
+** TODO: Why can we not reset the pager while in error state?
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
-  assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
-            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
-            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
-  if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){
-    pPager->exclusiveMode = eMode;
+static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
+  if( SQLITE_OK==pPager->errCode ){
+    sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+    sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
+    pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
   }
-  return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
 }
 
 /*
-** Get/set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
-** of PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE or 
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
-** the journal-mode is set to the value specified.
-**
-** The returned value is either PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE or
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST, indicating the current (possibly updated)
-** journal-mode.
+** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
+** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
+** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
-  assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY<0 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE>=0 && PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST>=0 );
-  if( eMode>=0 ){
-    pPager->journalMode = eMode;
+static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
+  int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
+  for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){
+    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
   }
-  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
+  pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
+  pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
+  pPager->nSubRec = 0;
 }
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
 /*
-** Print a listing of all referenced pages and their ref count.
+** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 
+** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
+** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager *pPager){
-  PgHdr *pPg;
-  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
-    if( pPg->nRef<=0 ) continue;
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %3d addr=%p nRef=%d\n", 
-       pPg->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->nRef);
+static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
+
+  for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){
+    PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
+    if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
+      rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
+      testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+    }
   }
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
 
-/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
 /*
-** 2007 August 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** $Id: btmutex.c,v 1.9 2008/01/23 12:52:41 drh Exp $
+** Unlock the database file. This function is a no-op if the pager
+** is in exclusive mode.
 **
-** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
-** This code really belongs in btree.c.  But btree.c is getting too
-** big and we want to break it down some.  This packaged seemed like
-** a good breakout.
+** If the pager is currently in error state, discard the contents of 
+** the cache and reset the Pager structure internal state. If there is
+** an open journal-file, then the next time a shared-lock is obtained
+** on the pager file (by this or any other process), it will be
+** treated as a hot-journal and rolled back.
 */
-/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
+static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
+  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+    int rc;                      /* Return code */
+
+    /* Always close the journal file when dropping the database lock.
+    ** Otherwise, another connection with journal_mode=delete might
+    ** delete the file out from under us.
+    */
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+    releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+
+    /* If the file is unlocked, somebody else might change it. The
+    ** values stored in Pager.dbSize etc. might become invalid if
+    ** this happens. TODO: Really, this doesn't need to be cleared
+    ** until the change-counter check fails in PagerSharedLock().
+    */
+    pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
+
+    rc = osUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
+    if( rc ){
+      pPager->errCode = rc;
+    }
+    IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager))
+
+    /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
+    ** trusted. Now that the pager file is unlocked, the contents of the
+    ** cache can be discarded and the error code safely cleared.
+    */
+    if( pPager->errCode ){
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      pager_reset(pPager);
+    }
+
+    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+    pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+  }
+}
+
 /*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** $Id: btreeInt.h,v 1.21 2008/04/24 19:15:10 shane Exp $
-**
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
-**
-**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
-**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
-**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
-**
-** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
-** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
-**
-**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
-**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
-**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
-**
-** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
-** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
-** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
-** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1).  And
-** so forth.
-**
-** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
-** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
-**
-** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
-** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
-** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
-** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
-** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
-** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
-** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
-** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
-** information such as the size of key and data.
+** This function should be called when an IOERR, CORRUPT or FULL error
+** may have occurred. The first argument is a pointer to the pager 
+** structure, the second the error-code about to be returned by a pager 
+** API function. The value returned is a copy of the second argument 
+** to this function. 
 **
-** FORMAT DETAILS
+** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or SQLITE_FULL
+** the error becomes persistent. Until the persisten error is cleared,
+** subsequent API calls on this Pager will immediately return the same 
+** error code.
 **
-** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
-** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
-** "no such page".  The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
-** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
-** page.
+** A persistent error indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 
+** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 
+** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
+** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
+** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
+** it were a hot-journal).
+*/
+static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
+  int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
+  assert(
+       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
+       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
+       (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
+  );
+  if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+    pPager->errCode = rc;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
+** database file. 
 **
-** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
-** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
-** The format of the file header is as follows:
+** If the pager has already entered the error state, do not attempt 
+** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
+** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
+** the database file and clear the error state. If this means that
+** there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next connection
+** to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) will
+** roll it back.
 **
-**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
-**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  
-**     18       1     File format write version
-**     19       1     File format read version
-**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
-**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction
-**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction
-**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction
-**     24       4     File change counter
-**     28       4     Reserved for future use
-**     32       4     First freelist page
-**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
-**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
-**
-** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
-**
-** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
-** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
-** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
-**
-** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
-** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
-** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
-** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
-** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
-**
-** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
-** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
-** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
-** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
-**
-** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
-** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
-** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
-** not specified in the header.
-**
-** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
-** cell pointer array, and the cell content area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
-** file header that occurs before the page header.
+** If the pager has not already entered the error state, but an IO or
+** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 
+** the pager to enter the error state. Which will be cleared by the
+** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
+*/
+static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK && pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  }
+  pager_unlock(pPager);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 
+** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 
+** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
+** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
+** database transaction.
+** 
+** If the pager is in PAGER_SHARED or PAGER_UNLOCK state when this
+** routine is called, it is a no-op (returns SQLITE_OK).
+**
+** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
+**
+** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 
+** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 
+** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
+** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
+** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
+** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
+**
+**   journalMode==MEMORY
+**     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 
+**     in-memory journal.
+**
+**   journalMode==TRUNCATE
+**     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
+**
+**   journalMode==PERSIST
+**     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
+**     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
+**     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
+**
+**   journalMode==DELETE
+**     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
+**
+**     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
+**     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
+**     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
+**     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
+**
+** After the journal is finalized, if running in non-exclusive mode, the
+** pager moves to PAGER_SHARED state (and downgrades the lock on the
+** database file accordingly).
+**
+** If the pager is running in exclusive mode and is in PAGER_SYNCED state,
+** it moves to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE. No locks are downgraded when running in
+** exclusive mode.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
+** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
+** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 
+** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
+** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
+** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
+** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
+** returned.
+*/
+static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
+  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
+
+  if( pPager->statejfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+  if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+
+    /* Finalize the journal file. */
+    if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
+      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+    }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
+      if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
+      }
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+      pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+    }else if( pPager->exclusiveMode 
+     || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+    ){
+      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
+      pager_error(pPager, rc);
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+      pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+    }else{
+      /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
+      ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
+      ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
+      ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.  */
+      assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 
+           || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+      );
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+      if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+      }
+    }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+    sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
+#endif
+
+    sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+    pPager->nRec = 0;
+  }
+
+  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+    rc2 = osUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
+    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
+  }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){
+    pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+  }
+  pPager->setMaster = 0;
+  pPager->needSync = 0;
+  pPager->dbModified = 0;
+
+  /* TODO: Is this optimal? Why is the db size invalidated here 
+  ** when the database file is not unlocked? */
+  pPager->dbOrigSize = 0;
+  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
+  if( !MEMDB ){
+    pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
+  }
+
+  return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
+** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 
+** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
 **
-**      |----------------|
-**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
-**      |----------------|
-**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
-**      |----------------|
-**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
-**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
-**      |                |   v
-**      |----------------|
-**      | unallocated    |
-**      | space          |
-**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
-**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
-**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
-**      |----------------|
+** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 
+** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
+** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
+** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
 **
-** The page headers looks like this:
+** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
+** incompatible journal file format.
 **
-**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
-**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
-**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
-**      3       2      number of cells on this page
-**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
-**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
-**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
+** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 
+** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 
+** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
+** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
+** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
+*/
+static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
+  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
+  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
+  while( i>0 ){
+    cksum += aData[i];
+    i -= 200;
+  }
+  return cksum;
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
+** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
+** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
+** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
 **
-** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
-** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
-** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
-** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
-** the payload area.
+** The isMainJrnl flag is true if this is the main rollback journal and
+** false for the statement journal.  The main rollback journal uses
+** checksums - the statement journal does not.
 **
-** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
-** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
-** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
-** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
-** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
-** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
+** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
+** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
+** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
 **
-** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
-** beginning of the page.
+** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
+** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
+** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
+** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
+** prior to returning.
 **
-** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
-** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
-** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
-** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
-** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
-** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
-** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
-** in the page header at offset 7.
+** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
+** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
+** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
+** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
+** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
+** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
+** two circumstances:
+** 
+**   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
+**   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
+**     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
 **
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
-**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
+** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
 **
-** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
-** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
-** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
-** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
+** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
+** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
+** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+*/
+static int pager_playback_one_page(
+  Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
+  int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
+  int isUnsync,                 /* True if reading from unsynced main journal */
+  i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
+  int isSavepnt,                /* True for a savepoint rollback */
+  Bitvec *pDone                 /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
+){
+  int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
+  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
+  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
+  u8 *aData;                    /* Temporary storage for the page */
+  sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
+
+  assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
+  assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
+  assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
+  assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
+
+  aData = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
+  assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
+
+  /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
+  ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
+  */
+  jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
+  rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
+
+  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
+  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
+  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
+  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
+  */
+  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+    assert( !isSavepnt );
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( isMainJrnl ){
+    rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+
+  /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this
+  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
+  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
+  **
+  ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
+  ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
+  ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
+  ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
+  ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
+  ** assert()able.
+  **
+  ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists
+  ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty.
+  **
+  ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
+  ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
+  ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
+  ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
+  ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
+  ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
+  ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
+  ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
+  ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
+  ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
+  ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
+  ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
+  ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
+  **
+  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
+  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
+  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
+  */
+  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
+  PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
+               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, aData),
+               (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
+  ));
+  if( (pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE)
+   && (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC))
+   && isOpen(pPager->fd)
+   && !isUnsync
+  ){
+    i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
+    if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+      pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
+    }
+    if( pPager->pBackup ){
+      CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
+      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, aData);
+      CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 0, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
+    }
+  }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
+    /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
+    ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
+    ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 
+    ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 
+    ** current. 
+    **
+    ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
+    ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 
+    ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
+    ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
+    **
+    ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
+    ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 
+    ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 
+    ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
+    */
+    assert( isSavepnt );
+    if( (rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+  }
+  if( pPg ){
+    /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
+    ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
+    ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
+    ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
+    ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
+    */
+    void *pData;
+    pData = pPg->pData;
+    memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize);
+    pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+    if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
+      /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 
+      ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 
+      ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
+      ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the.
+      **
+      ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
+      ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 
+      ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
+      ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
+      ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
+      ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
+      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
+      ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
+      ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
+      ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
+      ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
+      ** database corruption may ensue.
+      */
+      sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+    pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
+#endif
+    /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
+    ** Do this before any decoding. */
+    if( pgno==1 ){
+      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+    }
+
+    /* Decode the page just read from disk */
+    CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
+    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
+** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
+** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
+** and does so if it is.
 **
-** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
-** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
-** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
-** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
-** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
-** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
-** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
+** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 
+** available for use within this function.
 **
-**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
-**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
-**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
-**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
-**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
-**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
-**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
+** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 
+** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 
+** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 
+** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
+** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
 **
-** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
-** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+**   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
 **
-** The content of a cell looks like this:
+** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 
+** journals have been rolled back.
 **
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
-**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
-**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
-**      *     Payload
-**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
+** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 
+** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
+** each child journal, it checks if:
 **
-** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
-** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
-** as 1 byte of data.
+**   * if the child journal exists, and if so
+**   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 
+**     file zMaster
 **
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of next overflow page
-**      *     Data
+** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
+** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
+** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
+** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
 **
-** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
-** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
-** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
-** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
+** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
+** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 
+** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
 **
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of next trunk page
-**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
-**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
+** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
+** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
+** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 
+** size.
 */
+static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  int rc;                   /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
+  sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
+  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
+  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
 
-/* Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used
-** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
-*/
-#define ROUND8(x)   ((x+7)&~7)
+  /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
+  ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
+  */
+  pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
+  pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
+  if( !pMaster ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
 
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
 
-/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
-** size give above.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  (pBt->pageSize-8)
+  if( nMasterJournal>0 ){
+    char *zJournal;
+    char *zMasterPtr = 0;
+    int nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
 
-/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
-** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes  (4 bytes for the cell itself
-** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header).  Such
-** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
+    /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
+    ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. 
+    */
+    zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
+    if( !zMasterJournal ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto delmaster_out;
+    }
+    zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+    zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
 
-/* Forward declarations */
-typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
-typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
+    zJournal = zMasterJournal;
+    while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)mutex.
-*/
-struct MemPage {
-  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
-  u8 idxShift;         /* True if Cell indices have changed */
-  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
-  u8 intKey;           /* True if intkey flag is set */
-  u8 leaf;             /* True if leaf flag is set */
-  u8 zeroData;         /* True if table stores keys only */
-  u8 leafData;         /* True if tables stores data on leaves only */
-  u8 hasData;          /* True if this page stores data */
-  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
-  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
-  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
-  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
-  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
-  u16 idxParent;       /* Index in parent of this node */
-  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
-  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
-  struct _OvflCell {   /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
-    u8 *pCell;          /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
-    u16 idx;            /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
-  } aOvfl[5];
-  BtShared *pBt;       /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
-  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
-  DbPage *pDbPage;     /* Pager page handle */
-  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
-  MemPage *pParent;    /* The parent of this page.  NULL for root */
-};
+delmaster_out:
+  if( zMasterJournal ){
+    sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
+  }  
+  if( pMaster ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
+    assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(pMaster);
+  return rc;
+}
 
-/*
-** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
-** to the end.  EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
-** that extra information.
-*/
-#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
 
-/* A Btree handle
+/*
+** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 
+** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
+** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
 **
-** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
-** this object for every database file that it has open.  This structure
-** is opaque to the database connection.  The database connection cannot
-** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
-** this structure.
+** If the main database file is not open, or an exclusive lock is not
+** held, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size of the file is
+** changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). If the file
+** on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
+** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
 **
-** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be 
-** shared between multiple connections.  In that case, each contection
-** has it own pointer to this object.  But each instance of this object
-** points to the same BtShared object.  The database cache and the
-** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
-** the BtShared object.
+** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 
+** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 
+** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 
+** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 
+** the end of the new file instead.
 **
-** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
-** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors 
-** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
-** cursors have to do go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
-** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
+** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
+** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
 */
-struct Btree {
-  sqlite3 *db;       /* The database connection holding this btree */
-  BtShared *pBt;     /* Sharable content of this btree */
-  u8 inTrans;        /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
-  u8 sharable;       /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
-  u8 locked;         /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
-  int wantToLock;    /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
-  Btree *pNext;      /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
-  Btree *pPrev;      /* Back pointer of the same list */
-};
+static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    i64 currentSize, newSize;
+    /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize);
+    newSize = pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
+      if( currentSize>newSize ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, "", 1, newSize-1);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
 /*
-** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
+** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
+** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
+** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used 
+** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 
+** master journal pointers within created journal files.
 **
-** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
-** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
-** but any number may have active read transactions.
+** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
+**
+** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
+** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 512 if
+** it is less than 512, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
+** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
 */
-#define TRANS_NONE  0
-#define TRANS_READ  1
-#define TRANS_WRITE 2
+static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+
+  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+    /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
+    ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
+    ** call will segfault.
+    */
+    pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
+  }
+  if( pPager->sectorSize<512 ){
+    pPager->sectorSize = 512;
+  }
+  if( pPager->sectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
+    assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
+    pPager->sectorSize = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
-** 
-** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two
-** or more database connections.  When two or more connections are
-** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
-** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
-** to this one BtShared object.  BtShared.nRef is the number of
-** connections currently sharing this database file.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
-** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex.  The pPager field
-** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
-** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
-** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
-*/
-struct BtShared {
-  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
-  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
-  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
-  u8 inStmt;            /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */
-  u8 readOnly;          /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
-  u8 maxEmbedFrac;      /* Maximum payload as % of total page size */
-  u8 minEmbedFrac;      /* Minimum payload as % of total page size */
-  u8 minLeafFrac;       /* Minimum leaf payload as % of total page size */
-  u8 pageSizeFixed;     /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  u8 autoVacuum;        /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
-  u8 incrVacuum;        /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
-  Pgno nTrunc;          /* Non-zero if the db will be truncated (incr vacuum) */
-#endif
-  u16 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
-  u16 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
-  int maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
-  int minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
-  int maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
-  int minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
-  u8 inTransaction;     /* Transaction state */
-  int nTransaction;     /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
-  void *pSchema;        /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
-  void (*xFreeSchema)(void*);  /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this struct */
-  BusyHandler busyHdr;  /* The busy handler for this btree */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  int nRef;             /* Number of references to this structure */
-  BtShared *pNext;      /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
-  BtLock *pLock;        /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
-  Btree *pExclusive;    /* Btree with an EXCLUSIVE lock on the whole db */
-#endif
-  u8 *pTmpSpace;        /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
-** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
-** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
-*/
-typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
-struct CellInfo {
-  u8 *pCell;     /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
-  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
-  u32 nData;     /* Number of bytes of data */
-  u32 nPayload;  /* Total amount of payload */
-  u16 nHeader;   /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
-  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally */
-  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
-  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
-};
-
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
-** b-tree within a database file.
+** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
+** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
 **
-** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
-** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
+** The journal file format is as follows: 
 **
-** When a single database file can shared by two more database connections,
-** but cursors cannot be shared.  Each cursor is associated with a
-** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
+**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
+**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
+**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
+**       number of page records from the journal size.
+**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
+**       sanity checksum.
+**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
+**       database to during a rollback.
+**  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
+**       is this many bytes in size.
+**  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page case.
+**  (7)  4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal
+**       name.  The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master
+**       journal.)
+**  (8)  N bytes of the master journal name.  The name will be nul-terminated
+**       and might be shorter than the value read from (5).  If the first byte
+**       of the name is \000 then there is no master journal.  The master
+**       journal name is stored in UTF-8.
+**  (9)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
+**        +  4 byte page number.
+**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
+**        +  4 byte checksum
 **
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** found at self->pBt->mutex. 
-*/
-struct BtCursor {
-  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
-  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
-  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
-  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
-  MemPage *pPage;           /* Page that contains the entry */
-  int idx;                  /* Index of the entry in pPage->aCell[] */
-  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
-  u8 wrFlag;                /* True if writable */
-  u8 atLast;                /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */
-  u8 validNKey;             /* True if info.nKey is valid */
-  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
-  void *pKey;      /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
-  i64 nKey;        /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
-  int skip;        /* (skip<0) -> Prev() is a no-op. (skip>0) -> Next() is */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  u8 isIncrblobHandle;      /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */
-  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
+** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 8 items above.
+** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 9th item.
 **
-** CURSOR_VALID:
-**   Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
+** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
+** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
+** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
+** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
+** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
+** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
+** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
+** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
 **
-** CURSOR_INVALID:
-**   Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) 
-**   because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
-**   called.
+** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
+** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
+** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
+** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
+** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
 **
-** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
-**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
-**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
-**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
-**   this state, restoreOrClearCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
-**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
+** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
+** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
+** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
+** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
+** been encountered.
 **
-** CURSOR_FAULT:
-**   A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
-**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
-**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
-**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
-**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
-*/
-#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
-#define CURSOR_VALID             1
-#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       2
-#define CURSOR_FAULT             3
-
-/*
-** The TRACE macro will print high-level status information about the
-** btree operation when the global variable sqlite3BtreeTrace is
-** enabled.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_TEST
-# define TRACE(X)   if( sqlite3BtreeTrace ){ printf X; fflush(stdout); }
-#else
-# define TRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/* The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
-** TODO: This macro is very similary to PAGER_MJ_PGNO() in pager.c. They
-** should possibly be consolidated (presumably in pager.h).
+** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
+** and an error code is returned.
 **
-** If disk I/O is omitted (meaning that the database is stored purely
-** in memory) then there is no pending byte.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)  0x7fffffff
-#else
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ((PENDING_BYTE/(pBt)->pageSize)+1)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
-** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor 
-** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
-** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
-** a btree handle is closed.
+** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
+** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is 
+** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
+** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
+** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
+** needed.
 */
-struct BtLock {
-  Btree *pBtree;        /* Btree handle holding this lock */
-  Pgno iTable;          /* Root page of table */
-  u8 eLock;             /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
-  BtLock *pNext;        /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
-};
+static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
+  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
+  u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
+  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
+  int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
+  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
+  int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
 
-/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
-#define READ_LOCK     1
-#define WRITE_LOCK    2
+  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
+  ** the journal is empty.
+  */
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
 
-/*
-** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a 
-** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
-** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
-** page number to look up in the pointer map.
-**
-** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
-** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
-** the offset of the requested map entry.
-**
-** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
-** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
-** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
-** this test.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
-#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, pgno) (5*(pgno-ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)-1))
-#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
+  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
+  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
+  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
+  ** played back.
+  **
+  ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
+  ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
+  ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
+  **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
+  ** for pageSize.
+  */
+  zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+  rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+  }
+  zMaster = 0;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
+    goto end_playback;
+  }
+  pPager->journalOff = 0;
+  needPagerReset = isHot;
 
-/*
-** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
-** each child page in the database file.  The parent page is the page that
-** contains a pointer to the child.  Every page in the database contains
-** 0 or 1 parent pages.  (In this context 'database page' refers
-** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.)  Each pointer map
-** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
-** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
-**
-** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
-** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum.  When a page
-** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
-** new location.  The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
-**
-** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
-**                  used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number 
-**                  is not used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of 
-**                   overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
-**                   contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
-**                   overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
-**                   page in the overflow page list.
-**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
-**               identifies the parent page in the btree.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
-#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
-#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
+  /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 
+  ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 
+  ** occurs. 
+  */
+  while( 1 ){
+    int isUnsync = 0;
 
-/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
-** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
-*/
-#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
-  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
-  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); 
+    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
+    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
+    ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it.
+    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
+    */
+    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      goto end_playback;
+    }
 
+    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
+    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
+    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
+    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
+    */
+    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
+      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+      nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+    }
 
-/*
-** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
-** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
-** within an expression that is an argument to another macro 
-** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
-** So, this macro is defined instead.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
-#else
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
+    /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
+    ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
+    ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
+    ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
+    ** size of the file.
+    **
+    ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
+    ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
+    ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
+    ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
+    ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
+    ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 
+    ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
+    */
+    if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
+        pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
+      nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+      isUnsync = 1;
+    }
 
+    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
+    ** database file back to its original size.
+    */
+    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
+      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto end_playback;
+      }
+      pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
+    }
 
-/*
-** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
-** in order to keep track of some global state information.
-*/
-typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
-struct IntegrityCk {
-  BtShared *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
-  Pager *pPager;    /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
-  int nPage;        /* Number of pages in the database */
-  int *anRef;       /* Number of times each page is referenced */
-  int mxErr;        /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
-  char *zErrMsg;    /* An error message.  NULL if no errors seen. */
-  int nErr;         /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
-};
+    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 
+    ** database file and/or page cache.
+    */
+    for(u=0; ujournalOff,0,0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
+          ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
+          ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
+          ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
+          */
+          goto end_playback;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+  assert( 0 );
 
-/*
-** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
-*/
-#define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
-#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (v)>>8, (p)[1] = (v))
-#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
-#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
+end_playback:
+  /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
+  ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
+  ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
+  ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
+  */
+  assert(
+    pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ||
+    sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0)>=SQLITE_OK
+  );
 
-/*
-** Internal routines that should be accessed by the btree layer only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(BtShared*, Pgno, MemPage**, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(MemPage*, u8*, CellInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(MemPage*, int, CellInfo*);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 *sqlite3BtreeFindCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur);
+  /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 
+  ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 
+  ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 
+  ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 
+  ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
+  ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
+  ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
+  ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
+  */
+  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
 
-/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+    rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
+    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
+    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
+    */
+    rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
 
+  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
+  ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
+  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
+  */
+  setSectorSize(pPager);
+  return rc;
+}
 
 /*
-** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
+** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
+** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 
+** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 
+** savepoint.
 **
-** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
-** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
-** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
-** of this interface is recursive.
+** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 
+** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
+** performed in the order specified:
 **
-** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
-** by all database connections.  The p->pNext is a list of other
-** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
-** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
-** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
-** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
-** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
+**   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
+**     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 
+**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
+**     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
+**
+**   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
+**     back starting from the journal header immediately following 
+**     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
+**
+**   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
+**     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
+**     the journal file.
+**
+** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
+** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
+** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
+** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
+**
+** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
+** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
+**
+** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
+** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 
+** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
+** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
-  Btree *pLater;
+static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
+  i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
+  i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
+  Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
 
-  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
-  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
-  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
-  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
-  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
-  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt );
-  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
-  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
-  assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
 
-  /* Check for locking consistency */
-  assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
-  assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
+  /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
+  if( pSavepoint ){
+    pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
+    if( !pDone ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+  }
 
-  /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 
+  ** being reverted was opened.
+  */
+  pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
 
-  if( !p->sharable ) return;
-  p->wantToLock++;
-  if( p->locked ) return;
+  /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
+  ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
+  ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
+  ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
+  */
+  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
-  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
-  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
+  /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
+  ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
+  ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
+  ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
+  ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
+  ** are played back.
   */
-  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    p->locked = 1;
-    return;
+  if( pSavepoint ){
+    iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
+    pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
+    while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalOff, 1, pDone);
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  }else{
+    pPager->journalOff = 0;
   }
 
-  /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
-  ** BtShared address.  Then acquire our lock.  Then reacquire
-  ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
-  ** order.
+  /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
+  ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
+  ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
+  ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
   */
-  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
-    assert( pLater->sharable );
-    assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
-    assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
-    if( pLater->locked ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex);
-      pLater->locked = 0;
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
+    ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
+    ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
+    */
+    if( nJRec==0 
+     && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
+    ){
+      nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
+    }
+    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iijournalOffjournalOff, 1, pDone);
     }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
-  p->locked = 1;
-  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
-    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pLater->pBt->mutex);
-      pLater->locked = 1;
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff==szJ );
+
+  /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
+  ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
+  ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
+  */
+  if( pSavepoint ){
+    u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
+    i64 offset = pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+    for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSubRec; ii++){
+      assert( offset==ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
+      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, 0, 0, &offset, 1, pDone);
     }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  }
+
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
   }
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP */
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
+** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
-    p->wantToLock--;
-    if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
-      assert( p->locked );
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
-      p->locked = 0;
-    }
-  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
 }
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
 /*
-** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree.  
+** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
+** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
+** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
 **
-** This routine makes no determination one why or another if the
-** database connection mutex is held.
+**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
+**              for temporary and transient files.
 **
-** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
+**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
+**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
+**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
+**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
+**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
+**              when it is rolled back.
+**
+**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
+**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
+**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
+**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
+**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
+**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
+**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
+**
+** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
+** and FULL=3.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
-  return (p->sharable==0 ||
-             (p->locked && p->wantToLock && sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)));
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int bFullFsync){
+  pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
+  pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
+  pPager->sync_flags = (bFullFsync?SQLITE_SYNC_FULL:SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
+  if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0;
 }
 #endif
 
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
 /*
-** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
-** Btree.  These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
-** omitted if that module is not used.
+** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
+** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
+** testing and analysis only.  
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Open a temporary file.
+**
+** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 
+** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 
+** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
+**
+** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
+** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
+**
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
+*/
+static int pagerOpentemp(
+  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
+  sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
+  int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
+){
+  int rc;               /* Return code */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
+#endif
+
+  vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+            SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
+  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
+  return rc;
 }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
+
+/*
+** Set the busy handler function.
+**
+** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 
+** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
+** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 
+** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
+** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
+** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
+**
+**   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
+**   --------------------------------------------------------
+**   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
+**   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
+**   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
+**   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
+**
+** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 
+** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
+** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
+  Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
+  int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
+  void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
+){  
+  pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
+  pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
 
+/*
+** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
+** to the codec.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
+    pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
+                           (int)pPager->nReserve);
+  }
+}
+#else
+# define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
-** connection.  This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
-** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
-** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
-** reset out from under us.
+** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 
+** is passed in *pPageSize.
 **
-** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
+** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
+** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 
+** one of SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT or SQLITE_FULL).
 **
-** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
-** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
-** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
-** at the same instant.
+** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 
+**     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
+**
+**   * there are no outstanding page references, and
+**
+**   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
+**     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
+**
+** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
+**
+** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 
+** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 
+** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 
+** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
+** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
+** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 
+** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  Btree *p, *pLater;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p && p->sharable ){
-      p->wantToLock++;
-      if( !p->locked ){
-        assert( p->wantToLock==1 );
-        while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev;
-        while( p->locked && p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
-        for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
-          if( pLater->locked ){
-            sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex);
-            pLater->locked = 0;
-          }
-        }
-        while( p ){
-          sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
-          p->locked++;
-          p = p->pNext;
-        }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u16 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
+  int rc = pPager->errCode;
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u16 pageSize = *pPageSize;
+    assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
+    if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
+     && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 
+     && pageSize && pageSize!=pPager->pageSize 
+    ){
+      char *pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
+      if( !pNew ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        pager_reset(pPager);
+        pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
+        sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+        pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
+        sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
       }
     }
+    *pPageSize = (u16)pPager->pageSize;
+    if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
+    assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
+    pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
+    pagerReportSize(pPager);
   }
+  return rc;
 }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  Btree *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p && p->sharable ){
-      assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
-      p->wantToLock--;
-      if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
-        assert( p->locked );
-        sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
-        p->locked = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
+** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
+** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
+** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
+** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
+** no rollbacks are happening.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pTmpSpace;
 }
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
 /*
-** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
-** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
+** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 
+** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
+** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
 **
-** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
+** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-    Btree *p;
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p && p->sharable &&
-         (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
-      return 0;
-    }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
+  if( mxPage>0 ){
+    pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
   }
-  return 1;
+  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
+  return pPager->mxPgno;
 }
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
 
 /*
-** Potentially dd a new Btree pointer to a BtreeMutexArray.
-** Really only add the Btree if it can possibly be shared with
-** another database connection.
-**
-** The Btrees are kept in sorted order by pBtree->pBt.  That
-** way when we go to enter all the mutexes, we can enter them
-** in order without every having to backup and retry and without
-** worrying about deadlock.
+** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
+** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
+** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
 **
-** The number of shared btrees will always be small (usually 0 or 1)
-** so an insertion sort is an adequate algorithm here.
+** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
+** and generate no code.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray *pArray, Btree *pBtree){
-  int i, j;
-  BtShared *pBt;
-  if( pBtree==0 || pBtree->sharable==0 ) return;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  {
-    for(i=0; inMutex; i++){
-      assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
-    }
-  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
+static int saved_cnt;
+void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+  saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+  sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
+}
+void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
+  sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
+}
+#else
+# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
+# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
 #endif
-  assert( pArray->nMutex>=0 );
-  assert( pArray->nMutexaBtree)/sizeof(pArray->aBtree[0])-1 );
-  pBt = pBtree->pBt;
-  for(i=0; inMutex; i++){
-    assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
-    if( pArray->aBtree[i]->pBt>pBt ){
-      for(j=pArray->nMutex; j>i; j--){
-        pArray->aBtree[j] = pArray->aBtree[j-1];
-      }
-      pArray->aBtree[i] = pBtree;
-      pArray->nMutex++;
-      return;
+
+/*
+** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
+** that pDest points to. 
+**
+** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
+** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
+** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 
+** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
+** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
+**
+** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
+** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
+** output buffer undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  memset(pDest, 0, N);
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+  if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
     }
   }
-  pArray->aBtree[pArray->nMutex++] = pBtree;
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Enter the mutex of every btree in the array.  This routine is
-** called at the beginning of sqlite3VdbeExec().  The mutexes are
-** exited at the end of the same function.
+** Return the total number of pages in the database file associated 
+** with pPager. Normally, this is calculated as (/).
+** However, if the file is between 1 and  bytes in size, then 
+** this is considered a 1 page file.
+**
+** If the pager is in error state when this function is called, then the
+** error state error code is returned and *pnPage left unchanged. Or,
+** if the file system has to be queried for the size of the file and
+** the query attempt returns an IO error, the IO error code is returned
+** and *pnPage is left unchanged.
+**
+** Otherwise, if everything is successful, then SQLITE_OK is returned
+** and *pnPage is set to the number of pages in the database.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; inMutex; i++){
-    Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
-    /* Some basic sanity checking */
-    assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt );
-    assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
+  Pgno nPage;               /* Value to return via *pnPage */
 
-    /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  /* If the pager is already in the error state, return the error code. */
+  if( pPager->errCode ){
+    return pPager->errCode;
+  }
 
-    p->wantToLock++;
-    if( !p->locked && p->sharable ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
-      p->locked = 1;
+  /* Determine the number of pages in the file. Store this in nPage. */
+  if( pPager->dbSizeValid ){
+    nPage = pPager->dbSize;
+  }else{
+    int rc;                 /* Error returned by OsFileSize() */
+    i64 n = 0;              /* File size in bytes returned by OsFileSize() */
+
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+    if( isOpen(pPager->fd) && (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))) ){
+      pager_error(pPager, rc);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( n>0 && npageSize ){
+      nPage = 1;
+    }else{
+      nPage = (Pgno)(n / pPager->pageSize);
     }
+    if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){
+      pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+      pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
+      pPager->dbSizeValid = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 
+  ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
+  ** that the file can be read.
+  */
+  if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
+    pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the output variable and return SQLITE_OK */
+  if( pnPage ){
+    *pnPage = nPage;
   }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group.
+** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
+** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
+** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
+**
+** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 
+** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 
+** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 
+** obtain the lock succeeds.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
+** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 
+** variable to locktype before returning.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; inMutex; i++){
-    Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
-    /* Some basic sanity checking */
-    assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt );
-    assert( p->locked || !p->sharable );
-    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
 
-    /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */
+  assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK );
+  assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK );
+  assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
 
-    p->wantToLock--;
-    if( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
-      p->locked = 0;
+  /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown */
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSizeValid==0 );
+
+  /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 
+  ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
+  ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
+  ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
+  */
+  assert( (pPager->state>=locktype)
+       || (pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK && locktype==PAGER_SHARED)
+       || (pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED && locktype==PAGER_EXCLUSIVE)
+  );
+
+  if( pPager->state>=locktype ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    do {
+      rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype);
+    }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPager->state = (u8)locktype;
+      IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype))
     }
   }
+  return rc;
 }
 
-
-#endif  /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
 /*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 
+** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 
+**      current database image, in pages, OR
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** $Id: btree.c,v 1.458 2008/05/09 16:57:51 danielk1977 Exp $
+**   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
+**      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
+**      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
 **
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
-** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
+** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
+** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
+** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
+** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
+** this happened, the correct behaviour would be to restore the current
+** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
+** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 
+** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
+** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 
+** this circumstance cannot arise.
 */
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
+  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+  assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
+}
+static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
+  sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
+}
+#else
+# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
+#endif
 
 /*
-** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database.
+** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 
+** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 
+** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 
+** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
 */
-static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
+  assert( pPager->dbSizeValid );
+  assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+  pPager->dbSize = nPage;
+  assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
+}
 
 /*
-** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
-** macro.
+** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
+**
+** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
+** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
+** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
+** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
+** result in a coredump.
+**
+** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
+** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
+** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
+** to the caller.
 */
-#if SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3BtreeTrace=0;  /* True to enable tracing */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
+  disable_simulated_io_errors();
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  pPager->errCode = 0;
+  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
+  pager_reset(pPager);
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    pager_unlock(pPager);
+  }else{
+    /* Set Pager.journalHdr to -1 for the benefit of the pager_playback() 
+    ** call which may be made from within pagerUnlockAndRollback(). If it
+    ** is not -1, then the unsynced portion of an open journal file may
+    ** be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs while
+    ** this is happening, the database may become corrupt.
+    */
+    pPager->journalHdr = -1;
+    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
+  }
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  enable_simulated_io_errors();
+  PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
+  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+  sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+  sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
 #endif
 
+  assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
+  assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
 
+  sqlite3_free(pPager);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
 /*
-** A flag to indicate whether or not shared cache is enabled.  Also,
-** a list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
-** in shared cache.  The variables have file scope during normal builds,
-** but the test harness needs to access these variables so we make them
-** global for test builds.
+** Return the page number for page pPg.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = 0;
-#else
-static BtShared *sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-static int sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->pgno;
+}
 #endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
 /*
-** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
-**
-** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
-** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
-** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
+** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
-  sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled = enable;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
+  sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
 }
-#endif
-
 
 /*
-** Forward declaration
+** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
+** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
+** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
+**
+** If the Pager.needSync flag is not set, then this function is a
+** no-op. Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode
+** and the device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows:
+**
+**   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
+**     be taken.
+**
+**   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
+**     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
+**     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
+**     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
+**     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
+**
+**   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 
+**     journal file is synced.
+**
+** Or, in pseudo-code:
+**
+**   if( NOT  ){
+**     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
+**       if(  ) xSync();
+**       
+**     } 
+**     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync();
+**   }
+**
+** The Pager.needSync flag is never be set for temporary files, or any
+** file operating in no-sync mode (Pager.noSync set to non-zero).
+**
+** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 
+** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
+** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
 */
-static int checkReadLocks(Btree*,Pgno,BtCursor*);
+static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){
+  if( pPager->needSync ){
+    assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+    if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+      int rc;                              /* Return code */
+      const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+      assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
 
+      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
+        /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
+        ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
+        ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
+        ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
+        ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
+        ** previous connections transaction), and a crash or power-failure 
+        ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 
+        ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 
+        ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 
+        ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
+        ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
+        ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
+        **
+        ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
+        ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
+        ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
+        **
+        ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
+        ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 
+        ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
+        ** the potential journal header.
+        */
+        i64 iNextHdrOffset;
+        u8 aMagic[8];
+	u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
+
+	memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+	put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
+
+        iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
+        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
+          static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
+          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
+        }
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+          return rc;
+        }
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  /*
-  ** The functions queryTableLock(), lockTable() and unlockAllTables()
-  ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
-  ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
-  ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
-  ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. 
-  ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
-  */
-  #define queryTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
-  #define lockTable(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
-  #define unlockAllTables(a)
-#endif
+        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
+        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
+        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
+        ** it as a candidate for rollback.
+        **
+        ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
+        ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 
+        ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
+        ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
+        ** and never needs to be updated.
+        */
+        if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+          PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+          IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+        }
+        IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
+            pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
+	);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
+        PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+        IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags| 
+          (pPager->sync_flags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
+        );
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* The journal file was just successfully synced. Set Pager.needSync 
+    ** to zero and clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on all pagess.
+    */
+    pPager->needSync = 0;
+    pPager->journalStarted = 1;
+    sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
 /*
-** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock 
-** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling lockTable()), or
-** SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
+** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
+** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
+** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
+** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
+** a no-op.
+**
+** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
+** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
+** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
+** 
+** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
+** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 
+** written out.
+**
+** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
+** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
+** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
+**
+**   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
+**   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
+**
+** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
+** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
+** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
+** the database file.
+**
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 
+** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
+** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
 */
-static int queryTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock *pIter;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  
-  /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
-  if( !p->sharable ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
+static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){
+  Pager *pPager;                       /* Pager object */
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
 
-  /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
-  ** requested lock may not be obtained.
-  */
-  if( pBt->pExclusive && pBt->pExclusive!=p ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-  }
+  if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  pPager = pList->pPager;
 
-  /* This (along with lockTable()) is where the ReadUncommitted flag is
-  ** dealt with. If the caller is querying for a read-lock and the flag is
-  ** set, it is unconditionally granted - even if there are write-locks
-  ** on the table. If a write-lock is requested, the ReadUncommitted flag
-  ** is not considered.
+  /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the
+  ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following
+  ** call is a no-op.
   **
-  ** In function lockTable(), if a read-lock is demanded and the 
-  ** ReadUncommitted flag is set, no entry is added to the locks list 
-  ** (BtShared.pLock).
+  ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going
+  ** through an intermediate state PENDING.   A PENDING lock prevents new
+  ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to
+  ** write.  The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from
+  ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear.
   **
-  ** To summarize: If the ReadUncommitted flag is set, then read cursors do
-  ** not create or respect table locks. The locking procedure for a 
-  ** write-cursor does not change.
+  ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file
+  ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the
+  ** journal into the original database file.  Once we transition to
+  ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback
+  ** will require a journal playback.
   */
-  if( 
-    !p->db || 
-    0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || 
-    eLock==WRITE_LOCK ||
-    iTab==MASTER_ROOT
-  ){
-    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-      if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && 
-          (pIter->eLock!=eLock || eLock!=READ_LOCK) ){
-        return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+  rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+
+  /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
+  ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
+  ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
+  */
+  if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+    assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
+  }
+
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
+    Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
+
+    /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
+    ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
+    ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
+    ** any such pages to the file.
+    **
+    ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
+    ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
+    */
+    if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
+      i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
+      char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */    
+
+      /* Encode the database */
+      CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
+
+      /* Write out the page data. */
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
+
+      /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
+      ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 
+      ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 
+      */
+      if( pgno==1 ){
+        memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+      }
+      if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
+        pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
       }
+
+      /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
+      sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
+
+      PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+                   PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
+      IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+      PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
+      PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite);
+    }else{
+      PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
     }
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+    pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList);
+#endif
+    pList = pList->pDirty;
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
 /*
-** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
-** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or 
-** WRITE_LOCK.
+** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 
+** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check 
+** that it is really required before calling this function.
+**
+** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
+** for all open savepoints before returning.
 **
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_BUSY and
-** SQLITE_NOMEM may also be returned.
+** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
+** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
+** bitvec.
 */
-static int lockTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock *pLock = 0;
-  BtLock *pIter;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+    void *pData = pPg->pData;
+    i64 offset = pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+    char *pData2;
 
-  /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
-  if( !p->sharable ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
+    CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
+    PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+  
+    assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
+    rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPager->nSubRec++;
+    assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
+    rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
   }
+  return rc;
+}
+
 
-  assert( SQLITE_OK==queryTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
+/*
+** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
+** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
+** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
+** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 
+** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
+** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 
+** argument.
+**
+** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
+** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
+** journal file. 
+**
+** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
+** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
+** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
+** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
+*/
+static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-  /* If the read-uncommitted flag is set and a read-lock is requested,
-  ** return early without adding an entry to the BtShared.pLock list. See
-  ** comment in function queryTableLock() for more info on handling 
-  ** the ReadUncommitted flag.
+  assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+
+  /* The doNotSync flag is set by the sqlite3PagerWrite() function while it
+  ** is journalling a set of two or more database pages that are stored
+  ** on the same disk sector. Syncing the journal is not allowed while
+  ** this is happening as it is important that all members of such a
+  ** set of pages are synced to disk together. So, if the page this function
+  ** is trying to make clean will require a journal sync and the doNotSync
+  ** flag is set, return without doing anything. The pcache layer will
+  ** just have to go ahead and allocate a new page buffer instead of
+  ** reusing pPg.
+  **
+  ** Similarly, if the pager has already entered the error state, do not
+  ** try to write the contents of pPg to disk.
   */
-  if( 
-    (p->db) && 
-    (p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) && 
-    (eLock==READ_LOCK) &&
-    iTable!=MASTER_ROOT
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode)
+   || (pPager->doNotSync && pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)
   ){
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
 
-  /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
-  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-    if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
-      pLock = pIter;
-      break;
+  /* Sync the journal file if required. */
+  if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+    rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync && 
+      !(pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) &&
+      !(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
+    ){
+      pPager->nRec = 0;
+      rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
     }
   }
 
-  /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
-  ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
+  /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
+  ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
+  ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
+  ** actually write data to the file in this case.
+  **
+  ** Consider the following sequence of events:
+  **
+  **   BEGIN;
+  **     
+  **     
+  **     SAVEPOINT sp;
+  **       
+  **       pagerStress(page X)
+  **     ROLLBACK TO sp;
+  **
+  ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
+  ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
+  ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
+  ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
+  ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
+  ** was executed.
+  **
+  ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the 
+  ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
+  ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is 
+  ** executed.
   */
-  if( !pLock ){
-    pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
-    if( !pLock ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pLock->iTable = iTable;
-    pLock->pBtree = p;
-    pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
-    pBt->pLock = pLock;
+  if( NEVER(
+      rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
+  ) ){
+    rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
   }
 
-  /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
-  ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
-  ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
-  */
-  assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
-  if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
-    pLock->eLock = eLock;
+  /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pPg->pDirty = 0;
+    rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg);
   }
 
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  /* Mark the page as clean. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
+  }
+
+  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
 }
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+
 /*
-** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to the lockTable()
-** procedure) held by Btree handle p.
+** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
+** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
+** to sqlite3PagerClose().
+**
+** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
+** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
+** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
+** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 
+** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 
+** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
+**
+** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
+** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
+** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
+**
+** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
+** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
+** of the PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK flags.
+**
+** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
+** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 
+**
+** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 
+** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
+** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
+** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 
+** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
 */
-static void unlockAllTables(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
+  Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
+  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
+  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
+  int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
+  int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+  void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
+){
+  u8 *pPtr;
+  Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
+  int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
+  int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
+  int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
+  int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
+  char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
+  int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
+  int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
+  int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0;  /* True to omit read-lock */
+  int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
+  u16 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
+
+  /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
+  ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
+  ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 
+  ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
+  ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
+  ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 
+  ** source file journal.c).
+  */
+  if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
+    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
+  }else{
+    journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
+  }
 
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
+  /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
+  *ppPager = 0;
 
-  while( *ppIter ){
-    BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
-    assert( pBt->pExclusive==0 || pBt->pExclusive==pLock->pBtree );
-    if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
-      *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
-      sqlite3_free(pLock);
-    }else{
-      ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
+  /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
+  ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
+  ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
+  */
+  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+    nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+    zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2);
+    if( zPathname==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+    if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){
+      memDb = 1;
+      zPathname[0] = 0;
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
+      rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
+    }
+
+    nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
+      /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
+      ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
+      ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
+      ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
+      ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
+      */
+      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_free(zPathname);
+      return rc;
     }
   }
 
-  if( pBt->pExclusive==p ){
-    pBt->pExclusive = 0;
+  /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
+  ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 
+  ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
+  **
+  **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
+  **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
+  **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
+  **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
+  **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
+  **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
+  **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
+  */
+  pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
+    ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
+    ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
+    ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
+    journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */ 
+    nPathname + 1 +                /* zFilename */
+    nPathname + 8 + 1              /* zJournal */
+  );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
+  if( !pPtr ){
+    sqlite3_free(zPathname);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+  pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
+  pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
+  pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
+  pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
+  pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+  pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
+
+  /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
+  if( zPathname ){
+    pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1);
+    memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
+    memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
+    memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8);
+    if( pPager->zFilename[0]==0 ) pPager->zJournal[0] = 0;
+    sqlite3_free(zPathname);
+  }
+  pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
+  pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
 
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage);  /* Forward reference */
+  /* Open the pager file.
+  */
+  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] && !memDb ){
+    int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
+    readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
 
-/*
-** Verify that the cursor holds a mutex on the BtShared
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
-  return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
-}
+    /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
+    ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
+    ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
+    **
+    **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
+    **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
+    **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
+      setSectorSize(pPager);
+      assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
+      if( szPageDfltsectorSize ){
+        if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
+          szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
+        }else{
+          szPageDflt = (u16)pPager->sectorSize;
+        }
+      }
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+      {
+        int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
+        int ii;
+        assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
+        assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
+        assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
+        for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
+          if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
+            szPageDflt = ii;
+          }
+        }
+      }
 #endif
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
+    ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
+    ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
+    **
+    ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
+    ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
+    ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
+    */ 
+    tempFile = 1;
+    pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+    readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+  }
 
+  /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 
+  ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
+    testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any.
-*/
-static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
-  pCur->aOverflow = 0;
-}
+  /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the 
+  ** Pager structure and close the file.
+  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
+    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
+    sqlite3_free(pPager);
+    return rc;
+  }
 
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
-** on the shared btree structure pBt.
-*/
-static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    invalidateOverflowCache(p);
+  /* Initialize the PCache object. */
+  assert( nExtra<1000 );
+  nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
+  sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
+                    !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
+  IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
+
+  pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
+  pPager->noReadlock = (noReadlock && readOnly) ?1:0;
+  /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
+  /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
+  /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
+  pPager->dbSizeValid = (u8)memDb;
+  /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
+  /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
+  /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
+  pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
+  /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
+  assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
+  /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
+  pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
+  assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 
+          || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
+  pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 
+  pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+  pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
+  pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
+  /* pPager->needSync = 0; */
+  assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
+  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
+  pPager->fullSync = pPager->noSync ?0:1;
+  pPager->sync_flags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+  /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
+  pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
+  pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
+  setSectorSize(pPager);
+  if( !useJournal ){
+    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
+  }else if( memDb ){
+    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
   }
+  /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
+  /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
+  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
+  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
+  *ppPager = pPager;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#else
-  #define invalidateOverflowCache(x)
-  #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x)
-#endif
 
-/*
-** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey 
-** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
-*/
-static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int rc;
 
-  assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
-  assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
 
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
+/*
+** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
+** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
+** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 
+** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
+** file exists if the following criteria are met:
+**
+**   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
+**   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
+**   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
+**   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
+**
+** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
+** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
+** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
+** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
+** is returned.
+**
+** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
+** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
+** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
+** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
+** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 
+** will not roll it back. 
+**
+** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 
+** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
+** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
+** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
+** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
+*/
+static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
+  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+  int rc;                       /* Return code */
+  int exists;                   /* True if a journal file is present */
 
-  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
-  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
-  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
-  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
-  ** data.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==pCur->pPage->intKey){
-    void *pKey = sqlite3_malloc(pCur->nKey);
-    if( pKey ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, pCur->nKey, pKey);
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  assert( pPager->useJournal );
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+  assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+  assert( pPager->state <= PAGER_SHARED );
+
+  *pExists = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
+    int locked;                 /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
+
+    /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
+    ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 
+    ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
+    ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
+    ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
+    ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
+    ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
+      int nPage;
+
+      /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages,
+      ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for 
+      ** the reasoning here.  Delete the obsolete journal file under
+      ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating
+      ** [H33020].
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pCur->pKey = pKey;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_free(pKey);
+        if( nPage==0 ){
+          sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+          if( sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
+            sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+            sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
+          }
+          sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+        }else{
+          /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
+          ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
+          ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
+          ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 
+          ** it can be ignored.
+          */
+          int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+          rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            u8 first = 0;
+            rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
+            if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+              rc = SQLITE_OK;
+            }
+            sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+            *pExists = (first!=0);
+          }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
+            /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
+            ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
+            ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
+            ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
+            ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
+            ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
+            ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
+            ** worry so much with race conditions.
+            */
+            *pExists = 1;
+            rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          }
+        }
       }
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
   }
-  assert( !pCur->pPage->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
-    pCur->pPage = 0;
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
-  }
 
-  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table 
-** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
-** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
+** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 
+** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
+** file before this function is called.
+**
+** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
+** the value read from the database file.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
 */
-static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
-  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && 
-        p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
-      int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
-      if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
+static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
+  Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
+  int rc;                      /* Return code */
+  i64 iOffset;                 /* Byte offset of file to read from */
+
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED && !MEMDB );
+  assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+  if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
+    assert( pPager->tempFile );
+    memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+  iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( pgno==1 ){
+    u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
+    memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+  }
+  CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
 
-/*
-** Clear the current cursor position.
-*/
-static void clearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
-  pCur->pKey = 0;
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
+  PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
+  IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+  PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
-** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the 
-** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
-** at most one effective restoreOrClearCursorPosition() call after each 
-** saveCursorPosition().
+** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
+** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
+** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
+** this function is called, it is a no-op.
+**
+** The following operations are also performed by this function.
+**
+**   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_UNLOCK state (no lock held
+**      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
+**      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
+**      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
+**      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 
+**      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
+**      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
+**      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
+**
+**   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
+**      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
+**      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
+**      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
+**      file.
+**
+** If the operation described by (2) above is not attempted, and if the
+** pager is in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL when this is called,
+** the error state error code is returned. It is permitted to read the
+** database when in SQLITE_FULL error state.
 **
-** If the second argument argument - doSeek - is false, then instead of 
-** returning the cursor to its saved position, any saved position is deleted
-** and the cursor state set to CURSOR_INVALID.
+** Otherwise, if everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
+** IO error occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal
+** file or rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int rc;
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-    return pCur->skip;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
+  int isErrorReset = 0;              /* True if recovering from error state */
+
+  /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
+  ** outstanding pages */
+  assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+  if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
+
+  /* If this database is in an error-state, now is a chance to clear
+  ** the error. Discard the contents of the pager-cache and rollback
+  ** any hot journal in the file-system.
+  */
+  if( pPager->errCode ){
+    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->zJournal ){
+      isErrorReset = 1;
+    }
+    pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
+    pager_reset(pPager);
   }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle ){
-    return SQLITE_ABORT;
+
+  if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || isErrorReset ){
+    sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+    int isHotJournal = 0;
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+    if( pPager->noReadlock ){
+      assert( pPager->readOnly );
+      pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+    }else{
+      rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK );
+        return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK );
+
+    /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
+    ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
+    */
+    if( !isErrorReset ){
+      assert( pPager->state <= PAGER_SHARED );
+      rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &isHotJournal);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto failed;
+      }
+    }
+    if( isErrorReset || isHotJournal ){
+      /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
+      ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
+      ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
+      ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
+      ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 
+      ** hot-journal back.
+      ** 
+      ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
+      ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 
+      ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 
+      ** on the database file.
+      */
+      if( pPager->statefd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
+          goto failed;
+        }
+        pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+      }
+ 
+      /* Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in 
+      ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and
+      ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the
+      ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires
+      ** a read/write file handle.
+      */
+      if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+        int res;
+        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs,pPager->zJournal,SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS,&res);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( res ){
+            int fout = 0;
+            int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+            assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+            rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
+            assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+            if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+              rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+              sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+            }
+          }else{
+            /* If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 
+            ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 
+            ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 
+            ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
+            ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.  */
+            rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto failed;
+      }
+
+      /* TODO: Why are these cleared here? Is it necessary? */
+      pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+      pPager->journalOff = 0;
+      pPager->setMaster = 0;
+      pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+ 
+      /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
+      ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
+      ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
+      ** an inconsistent cache.
+      */
+      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+        rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
+          goto failed;
+        }
+      }
+      assert( (pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED)
+           || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED)
+      );
+    }
+
+    if( pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
+      /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
+      ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
+      ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
+      ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
+      ** cache.
+      **
+      ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
+      ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
+      ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
+      ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
+      ** a codec is in use.
+      ** 
+      ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 
+      ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
+      ** it can be neglected.
+      */
+      char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
+      sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
+
+      if( pPager->errCode ){
+        rc = pPager->errCode;
+        goto failed;
+      }
+
+      assert( pPager->dbSizeValid );
+      if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){
+        IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
+        rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto failed;
+        }
+      }else{
+        memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
+      }
+
+      if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
+        pager_reset(pPager);
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED );
   }
-#endif
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, 0, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skip);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
-    pCur->pKey = 0;
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
+
+ failed:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* pager_unlock() is a no-op for exclusive mode and in-memory databases. */
+    pager_unlock(pPager);
   }
   return rc;
 }
 
-#define restoreOrClearCursorPosition(p) \
-  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
-         sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(p) : \
-         SQLITE_OK)
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
 /*
-** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
-** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
-** input page number.
-*/
-static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
-  int nPagesPerMapPage, iPtrMap, ret;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
-  iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
-  ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; 
-  if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    ret++;
+** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
+** transaction and unlock the pager.
+**
+** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
+** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
+** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
+*/ 
+static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
+  if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0)
+   && (!pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->journalOff>0) 
+  ){
+    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
   }
-  return ret;
 }
 
 /*
-** Write an entry into the pointer map.
+** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
+** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 
+** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
 **
-** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
-** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 
+** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
+** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
+** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
+** object with no outstanding references.
+**
+** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 
+** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 
+** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
+** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
+**
+** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 
+** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 
+** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 
+** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 
+** page is initialized to all zeros. 
+**
+** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
+** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios:
+**
+**   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
+**
+**   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
+**      a new page into the cache to populate with the data read
+**      from the savepoint journal.
+**
+** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
+** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
+** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
+** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
+** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
+** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
+** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
+**
+** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
+** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
+** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
+** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
+** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
+** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
+** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
+** or journal files.
 */
-static int ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;  /* The pointer map page */
-  u8 *pPtrmap;      /* The pointer map data */
-  Pgno iPtrmap;     /* The pointer map page number */
-  int offset;       /* Offset in pointer map page */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
+  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
+  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
+  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
+  int noContent       /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
+){
   int rc;
+  PgHdr *pPg;
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
-  assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
+  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+  assert( pPager->state>PAGER_UNLOCK );
 
-  assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
-  if( key==0 ){
+  if( pgno==0 ){
     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   }
-  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key);
-  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
 
-  if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
-    TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
-      put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
-    }
+  /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 
+  ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
+  if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
+    rc = pPager->errCode;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
   }
 
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-  return rc;
-}
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
+    ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
+    ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
+    pPg = 0;
+    goto pager_acquire_err;
+  }
+  assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
+  assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
+
+  if( (*ppPage)->pPager ){
+    /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
+    ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
+    assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+    PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
 
-/*
-** Read an entry from the pointer map.
-**
-** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
-** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;   /* The pointer map page */
-  int iPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page index */
-  u8 *pPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page data */
-  int offset;        /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
-  int rc;
+  }else{
+    /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 
+    ** be initialized.  */
+    int nMax;
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+    PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss);
+    pPg = *ppPage;
+    pPg->pPager = pPager;
 
-  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+    /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
+    ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
+    if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto pager_acquire_err;
+    }
 
-  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key);
-  assert( pEType!=0 );
-  *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
-  if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
+    rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nMax);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto pager_acquire_err;
+    }
+
+    if( nMax<(int)pgno || MEMDB || noContent ){
+      if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
+	rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+	goto pager_acquire_err;
+      }
+      if( noContent ){
+        /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
+        ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 
+        ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure 
+        ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 
+        ** a bit in a bit vector.
+        */
+        sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+        if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+          TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
+          testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        }
+        TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
+        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+      }else{
+        memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+      }
+      IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+    }else{
+      assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
+      rc = readDbPage(pPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto pager_acquire_err;
+      }
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+    pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
+#endif
+  }
 
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-  if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   return SQLITE_OK;
-}
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+pager_acquire_err:
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( pPg ){
+    sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
+  }
+  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
 
-/*
-** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
-** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
-** to the cell content.
-**
-** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
-*/
-#define findCell(pPage, iCell) \
-  ((pPage)->aData + get2byte(&(pPage)->aData[(pPage)->cellOffset+2*(iCell)]))
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 *sqlite3BtreeFindCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
-  assert( iCell>=0 );
-  assert( iCellaData[pPage->hdrOffset+3]) );
-  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
+  *ppPage = 0;
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
-** This a more complex version of sqlite3BtreeFindCell() that works for
-** pages that do contain overflow cells.  See insert
+** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
+** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache. Also, return 0 if the 
+** pager is in PAGER_UNLOCK state when this function is called,
+** or if the pager is in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL.
+**
+** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
+** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
+** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
+** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
+** has ever happened.
 */
-static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
-  int i;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
-    int k;
-    struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
-    pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
-    k = pOvfl->idx;
-    if( k<=iCell ){
-      if( k==iCell ){
-        return pOvfl->pCell;
-      }
-      iCell--;
-    }
-  }
-  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
+  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
+  assert( pPager!=0 );
+  assert( pgno!=0 );
+  assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
+  assert( pPager->state > PAGER_UNLOCK );
+  sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
+  return pPg;
 }
 
 /*
-** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
-** are two versions of this function.  sqlite3BtreeParseCell() takes a 
-** cell index as the second argument and sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() 
-** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
+** Release a page reference.
 **
-** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
-** sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
+** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
+** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
+** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
+** removed.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(
-  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
-  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
-  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
-){
-  int n;                  /* Number bytes in cell content header */
-  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-
-  pInfo->pCell = pCell;
-  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
-  n = pPage->childPtrSize;
-  assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
-  if( pPage->hasData ){
-    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
-  }else{
-    nPayload = 0;
-  }
-  pInfo->nData = nPayload;
-  if( pPage->intKey ){
-    n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64 *)&pInfo->nKey);
-  }else{
-    u32 x;
-    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], x);
-    pInfo->nKey = x;
-    nPayload += x;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
+  if( pPg ){
+    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
+    pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
   }
-  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
-  pInfo->nHeader = n;
-  if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
-    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
-    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
-    */
-    int nSize;          /* Total size of cell content in bytes */
-    pInfo->nLocal = nPayload;
-    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
-    nSize = nPayload + n;
-    if( nSize<4 ){
-      nSize = 4;        /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
-    }
-    pInfo->nSize = nSize;
-  }else{
-    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
-    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
-    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
-    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
-    ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
-    **
-    ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
-    ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
-    */
-    int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
-    int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
-    int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+}
 
-    minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
-    maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
-    surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
-    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
-      pInfo->nLocal = surplus;
+/*
+** If the main journal file has already been opened, ensure that the
+** sub-journal file is open too. If the main journal is not open,
+** this function is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. 
+** An SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to 
+** sqlite3OsOpen() fails.
+*/
+static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+    if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
+      sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
     }else{
-      pInfo->nLocal = minLocal;
+      rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
     }
-    pInfo->iOverflow = pInfo->nLocal + n;
-    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
   }
-}
-#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
-  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
-  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
-){
-  parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
-** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
-** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
-** the space used by the cell pointer.
+** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
+** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 
+** file when this routine is called.
+**
+** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
+** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
+** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 
+** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 
+** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
+**
+** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
+** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
+** already open file. 
+**
+** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 
+** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
 */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
-  CellInfo info;
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pPage, iCell, &info);
-  return info.nSize;
-}
-#endif
-static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
-  CellInfo info;
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  return info.nSize;
-}
+static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
+  sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
-*/
-static int ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
-  if( pCell ){
-    CellInfo info;
-    sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-    assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
-    if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){
-      Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-      return ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+  assert( pPager->useJournal );
+  assert( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
+  assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+  
+  /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
+  ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
+  ** an error state. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  /* TODO: Is it really possible to get here with dbSizeValid==0? If not,
+  ** the call to PagerPagecount() can be removed.
+  */
+  testcase( pPager->dbSizeValid==0 );
+  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
+
+  pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+  if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
+  if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+    if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+      sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
+    }else{
+      const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
+        SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+        (pPager->tempFile ? 
+          (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
+          (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
+        );
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+      rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
+          pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
+      );
+#else
+      rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
+#endif
     }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+
+  /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 
+  ** the sub-journal if necessary.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
+    pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
+    pPager->journalStarted = 0;
+    pPager->needSync = 0;
+    pPager->nRec = 0;
+    pPager->journalOff = 0;
+    pPager->setMaster = 0;
+    pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+    rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->nSavepoint ){
+    rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
+  }
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
+
 /*
-** If the cell with index iCell on page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
+** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 
+** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
+** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
+** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 
+** functions need be called.
+**
+** If this is not a temporary or in-memory file and, the journal file is 
+** opened if it has not been already. For a temporary file, the opening 
+** of the journal file is deferred until there is an actual need to 
+** write to the journal. TODO: Why handle temporary files differently?
+**
+** If the journal file is opened (or if it is already open), then a
+** journal-header is written to the start of it.
+**
+** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
+** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
+** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
+** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
+** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
+** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 
+** or using a temporary file otherwise.
 */
-static int ptrmapPutOvfl(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
-  u8 *pCell;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  pCell = findOverflowCell(pPage, iCell);
-  return ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell);
-}
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
+  pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
+  if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
+    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+    assert( !MEMDB && !pPager->tempFile );
 
+    /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
+    ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+    ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
+    ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED;
+      if( exFlag ){
+        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+      }
+    }
 
-/*
-** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
-** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
-** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
-** pointer array and the cell content area.
-*/
-static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
-  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
-  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
-  int addr;                  /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */
-  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
-  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
-  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
-  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
-  int brk;                   /* Offset to the cell content area */
-  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
-  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
-  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
+    /* If the required locks were successfully obtained, open the journal
+    ** file and write the first journal-header to it.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+      rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+    }
+  }else if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff==0 ){
+    /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode the last
+    ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded
+    ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was 
+    ** kept open and either was truncated to 0 bytes or its header was
+    ** overwritten with zeros.
+    */
+    assert( pPager->nRec==0 );
+    assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==0 );
+    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
+    rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+  }
 
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
-  nCell = pPage->nCell;
-  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
-  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
-  brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-  memcpy(&temp[brk], &data[brk], usableSize - brk);
-  brk = usableSize;
-  for(i=0; ipBt->usableSize );
-    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
-    brk -= size;
-    memcpy(&data[brk], &temp[pc], size);
-    put2byte(pAddr, brk);
+  PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( !pPager->dbModified );
+    /* Ignore any IO error that occurs within pager_end_transaction(). The
+    ** purpose of this call is to reset the internal state of the pager
+    ** sub-system. It doesn't matter if the journal-file is not properly
+    ** finalized at this point (since it is not a valid journal file anyway).
+    */
+    pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
   }
-  assert( brk>=cellOffset+2*nCell );
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], brk);
-  data[hdr+1] = 0;
-  data[hdr+2] = 0;
-  data[hdr+7] = 0;
-  addr = cellOffset+2*nCell;
-  memset(&data[addr], 0, brk-addr);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page.
-**
-** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of
-** the new allocation. Or return 0 if there is not enough free
-** space on the page to satisfy the allocation request.
-**
-** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain
-** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically
-** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before 
-** allocating the new chunk.
+** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 
+** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
+** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 
+** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
+** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
 */
-static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){
-  int addr, pc, hdr;
-  int size;
-  int nFrag;
-  int top;
-  int nCell;
-  int cellOffset;
-  unsigned char *data;
+static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
+  void *pData = pPg->pData;
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* This routine is not called unless a transaction has already been
+  ** started.
+  */
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+
+  /* If an error has been previously detected, we should not be
+  ** calling this routine.  Repeat the error for robustness.
+  */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) )  return pPager->errCode;
+
+  /* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not
+  ** writable.  But check anyway, just for robustness. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM;
+
+  assert( !pPager->setMaster );
+
+  CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
+
+  /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
+  ** to the journal then we can return right away.
+  */
+  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+  if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+    pPager->dbModified = 1;
+  }else{
+
+    /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be
+    ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
+    ** or both.
+    **
+    ** Higher level routines should have already started a transaction,
+    ** which means they have acquired the necessary locks and opened
+    ** a rollback journal.  Double-check to makes sure this is the case.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPager, 0, pPager->subjInMemory);
+    if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+      assert( pPager->useJournal );
+      rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    }
+    pPager->dbModified = 1;
   
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->pBt );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  if( nByte<4 ) nByte = 4;
-  if( pPage->nFreenOverflow>0 ) return 0;
-  pPage->nFree -= nByte;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+    /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
+    ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
+    ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
+    */
+    if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+        u32 cksum;
+        char *pData2;
+
+        /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
+        ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
+        ** that we do not. */
+        assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+        CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
+        cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
+        rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, pPg->pgno);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize,
+                              pPager->journalOff + 4);
+          pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize+4;
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, cksum);
+          pPager->journalOff += 4;
+        }
+        IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 
+                 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
+        PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
+        PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
+             PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 
+             ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+        /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurred while journalling the
+        ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
+        ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
+        ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
+        ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
+        ** then corruption may follow.
+        */
+        if( !pPager->noSync ){
+          pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+          pPager->needSync = 1;
+        }
 
-  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
-  if( nFrag<60 ){
-    /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the
-    ** space request. */
-    addr = hdr+1;
-    while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
-      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
-      if( size>=nByte ){
-        if( sizenRec++;
+        assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
+        rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
+        testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+        rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }else{
+        if( !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync ){
+          pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+          pPager->needSync = 1;
         }
+        PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
+                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
+               ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
       }
-      addr = pc;
+    }
+  
+    /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
+    ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
+    ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
+    ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
+    */
+    if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+      rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
     }
   }
 
-  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
-  ** and the cell content area.
+  /* Update the database size and return.
   */
-  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
-  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
-  if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){
-    if( defragmentPage(pPage) ) return 0;
-    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
+  if( pPager->dbSizepgno ){
+    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
   }
-  top -= nByte;
-  assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top );
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
-  return top;
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
-** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
-** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
+** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 
+** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 
+** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 
+** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
 **
-** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
-** free blocks into a single big free block.
+** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
+** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
+** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
+** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
+**
+** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
+** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
 */
-static void freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
-  int addr, pbegin, hdr;
-  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) );
-  assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  if( size<4 ) size = 4;
+  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-  /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE 
-  ** option is enabled at compile-time */
-  memset(&data[start], 0, size);
-#endif
+  if( nPagePerSector>1 ){
+    Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
+    Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
+    int nPage;                /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
+    int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
+    int needSync = 0;         /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
 
-  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  addr = hdr + 1;
-  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){
-    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
-    assert( pbegin>addr );
-    addr = pbegin;
-  }
-  assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
-  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
-  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
-  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
-  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
-  pPage->nFree += size;
+    /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal
+    ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function.
+    */
+    assert( !MEMDB );
+    assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 );
+    pPager->doNotSync = 1;
 
-  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
-  addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1;
-  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
-    int pnext, psize;
-    assert( pbegin>addr );
-    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
-    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
-    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
-    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
-      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
-      assert( frag<=data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] );
-      data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= frag;
-      put2byte(&data[pbegin], get2byte(&data[pnext]));
-      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], pnext+get2byte(&data[pnext+2])-pbegin);
+    /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
+    ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
+    ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
+    */
+    pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
+
+    sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, (int *)&nPageCount);
+    if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
+      nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
+    }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
+      nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
     }else{
-      addr = pbegin;
+      nPage = nPagePerSector;
     }
-  }
+    assert(nPage>0);
+    assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
+    assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
 
-  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
-  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
-    int top;
-    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
-    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
-    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]));
+    for(ii=0; iipgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
+        if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
+          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = pager_write(pPage);
+            if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+              needSync = 1;
+              assert(pPager->needSync);
+            }
+            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+          }
+        }
+      }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
+        if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
+          needSync = 1;
+        }
+        sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
+    ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
+    ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
+    ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
+    ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
+      assert( !MEMDB && pPager->noSync==0 );
+      for(ii=0; iiflags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+          sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+        }
+      }
+      assert(pPager->needSync);
+    }
+
+    assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 );
+    pPager->doNotSync = 0;
+  }else{
+    rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
   }
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
-** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
+** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
+** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
+** to change the content of the page.
 */
-static void decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
-  BtShared *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
+}
+#endif
 
-  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  pPage->intKey = (flagByte & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0;
-  pPage->zeroData = (flagByte & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0;
-  pPage->leaf = (flagByte & PTF_LEAF)!=0;
-  pPage->childPtrSize = 4*(pPage->leaf==0);
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  if( flagByte & PTF_LEAFDATA ){
-    pPage->leafData = 1;
-    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
-    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
-  }else{
-    pPage->leafData = 0;
-    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
-    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
+/*
+** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
+** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
+** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
+** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
+** content no longer matters.
+**
+** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
+** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
+** that it does not get written to disk.
+**
+** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 
+** DELETE operations.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
+  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
+  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
+    PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
+    IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
+    pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+    pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
+#endif
   }
-  pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData));
 }
 
 /*
-** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
+** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 
+** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 
+** byte offset 24 of the pager file.
 **
-** The pParent parameter must be a pointer to the MemPage which
-** is the parent of the page being initialized.  The root of a
-** BTree has no parent and so for that page, pParent==NULL.
+** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 
+** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
+** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
+** transaction is committed.
 **
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
-** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
-** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
-** we failed to detect any corruption.
+** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
+** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
+** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
+** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 
+** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(
-  MemPage *pPage,        /* The page to be initialized */
-  MemPage *pParent       /* The parent.  Might be NULL */
-){
-  int pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
-  int hdr;           /* Offset to beginning of page header */
-  u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
-  BtShared *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
-  int usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
-  int cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
-  int nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
-  int top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */
+static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  assert( pBt!=0 );
-  assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pBt==pBt );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  if( pPage->pParent!=pParent && (pPage->pParent!=0 || pPage->isInit) ){
-    /* The parent page should never change unless the file is corrupt */
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( pPage->isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pPage->pParent==0 && pParent!=0 ){
-    pPage->pParent = pParent;
-    sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
-  }
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]);
-  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-  pPage->idxShift = 0;
-  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
-  pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
-  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-  pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
-  if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
-    /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( pPage->nCell==0 && pParent!=0 && pParent->pgno!=1 ){
-    /* All pages must have at least one cell, except for root pages */
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
+  /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
+  ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
+  ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
+  ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
+  **
+  ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
+  ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
+  ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
+  ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+# define DIRECT_MODE 0
+  assert( isDirectMode==0 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
+#else
+# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
+#endif
 
-  /* Compute the total free space on the page */
-  pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
-  nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell);
-  while( pc>0 ){
-    int next, size;
-    if( pc>usableSize-4 ){
-      /* Free block is off the page */
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
+  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+  if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
+    PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
+    u32 change_counter;           /* Initial value of change-counter field */
+
+    assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+    /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
+    assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+    /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
+    ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in 
+    ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
+    ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
+    */
+    if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
     }
-    next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
-    size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
-    if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){
-      /* Free blocks must be in accending order */
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
+      change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers);
+      change_counter++;
+      put32bits(((char*)pPgHdr->pData)+24, change_counter);
+
+      /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
+      if( DIRECT_MODE ){
+        const void *zBuf = pPgHdr->pData;
+        assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
+      }
     }
-    nFree += size;
-    pc = next;
-  }
-  pPage->nFree = nFree;
-  if( nFree>=usableSize ){
-    /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-  }
 
-  pPage->isInit = 1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+    /* Release the page reference. */
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
-** no entries.
+** Sync the pager file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory files
+** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
+**
+** If successful, or called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
+** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
 */
-static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
-  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  int first;
-
-  assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
-  data[hdr] = flags;
-  first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0);
-  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
-  data[hdr+7] = 0;
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
-  pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first;
-  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
-  pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
-  pPage->cellOffset = first;
-  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-  pPage->idxShift = 0;
-  pPage->nCell = 0;
-  pPage->isInit = 1;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+  assert( !MEMDB );
+  if( pPager->noSync ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
 /*
-** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
+** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
+** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
+** journal (a single database transaction).
 **
-** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
-** the content of the page at this time.  So do not go to the disk
-** to fetch the content.  Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
-** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
-** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
-** read should occur at that point.
+** This routine ensures that:
+**
+**   * The database file change-counter is updated,
+**   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
+**   * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 
+**   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
+**   * the database file synced. 
+**
+** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 
+** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 
+** delete the master journal file if specified).
+**
+** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
+** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
+**
+** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
+** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
+** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
+** journal file in this case.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,       /* The btree */
-  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to fetch */
-  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Return the page in this parameter */
-  int noContent        /* Do not load page content if true */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
+  Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
+  const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
+  int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
 ){
-  int rc;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
-  pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-  pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
-  pPage->pBt = pBt;
-  pPage->pgno = pgno;
-  pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
-  *ppPage = pPage;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+  /* The dbOrigSize is never set if journal_mode=OFF */
+  assert( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || pPager->dbOrigSize==0 );
 
-/*
-** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine
-** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to
-** sqlite3BtreeGetPage() and sqlite3BtreeInitPage().
-*/
-static int getAndInitPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,          /* The database file */
-  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to get */
-  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Write the page pointer here */
-  MemPage *pParent     /* Parent of the page */
-){
-  int rc;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pgno==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(*ppPage, pParent);
+  /* If a prior error occurred, this routine should not be called.  ROLLBACK
+  ** is the appropriate response to an error, not COMMIT.  Guard against
+  ** coding errors by repeating the prior error. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 
+      pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
+
+  if( MEMDB && pPager->dbModified ){
+    /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
+    ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
+    ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
+    */
+    sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+  }else if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && pPager->dbModified ){
+
+    /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
+    ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
+    ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 
+    ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 
+    **
+    **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
+    **      blocks of size page-size, and 
+    **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
+    **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
+    **
+    ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
+    ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
+    ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
+    ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
+    ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
+    ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
+    ** mode. 
+    **
+    ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
+    ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
+    ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
+    ** created for this transaction.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+    PgHdr *pPg;
+    assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
+    if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 
+     && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 
+     && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbFileSize
+     && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
+    ){
+      /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 
+      ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 
+      ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 
+      ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 
+      ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
+      */
+      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+      }
+    }
+#else
+    rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+#endif
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+
+    /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
+    ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
+    ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode.
+    **
+    ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the 
+    ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
+    ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
+    ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of 
+    ** reading data from the database file.
+    **
+    ** When journal_mode==OFF the dbOrigSize is always zero, so this
+    ** block never runs if journal_mode=OFF.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pPager->dbSizedbOrigSize 
+     && ALWAYS(pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF)
+    ){
+      Pgno i;                                   /* Iterator variable */
+      const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
+      const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize;       /* Database image size */ 
+      pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
+      for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){
+        if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
+          PgHdr *pPage;             /* Page to journal */
+          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
+          sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+        }
+      } 
+      pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 
+    ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 
+    ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
+    */
+    rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+
+    /* Sync the journal file. If the atomic-update optimization is being
+    ** used, this call will not create the journal file or perform any
+    ** real IO.
+    */
+    rc = syncJournal(pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+
+    /* Write all dirty pages to the database file. */
+    rc = pager_write_pagelist(sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(*ppPage);
-      *ppPage = 0;
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
+      goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+    }
+    sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+
+    /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image,
+    ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here.
+    */
+    if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){
+      Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
+      assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+    }
+
+    /* Finally, sync the database file. */
+    if( !pPager->noSync && !noSync ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
     }
+    IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
+
+    pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED;
   }
+
+commit_phase_one_exit:
   return rc;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
-** call to sqlite3BtreeGetPage.
+** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
+** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
+** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 
+** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
+** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
+**
+** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 
+** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 
+** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
+** irrevocably committed.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
+** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
 */
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
-  if( pPage ){
-    assert( pPage->aData );
-    assert( pPage->pBt );
-    assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
-    assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+
+  /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
+  ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
+  ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
+
+  /* This function should not be called if the pager is not in at least
+  ** PAGER_RESERVED state. And indeed SQLite never does this. But it is
+  ** nice to have this defensive test here anyway.
+  */
+  if( NEVER(pPager->statedbModified==0 && pPager->exclusiveMode 
+   && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+  ){
+    assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
+
+  PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || MEMDB || !pPager->dbModified );
+  rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
+  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine is called when the reference count for a page
-** reaches zero.  We need to unref the pParent pointer when that
-** happens.
+** Rollback all changes. The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode.
+**
+** This function performs two tasks:
+**
+**   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 
+**      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
+**      was opened, and
+**   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
+**      rollback at any point in the future.
+**
+** subject to the following qualifications:
+**
+** * If the journal file is not yet open when this function is called,
+**   then only (2) is performed. In this case there is no journal file
+**   to roll back.
+**
+** * If in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL, then task (1) is 
+**   performed. If successful, task (2). Regardless of the outcome
+**   of either, the error state error code is returned to the caller
+**   (i.e. either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_CORRUPT).
+**
+** * If the pager is in PAGER_RESERVED state, then attempt (1). Whether
+**   or not (1) is succussful, also attempt (2). If successful, return
+**   SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, enter the error state and return the first 
+**   error code encountered. 
+**
+**   In this case there is no chance that the database was written to. 
+**   So is safe to finalize the journal file even if the playback 
+**   (operation 1) failed. However the pager must enter the error state
+**   as the contents of the in-memory cache are now suspect.
+**
+** * Finally, if in PAGER_EXCLUSIVE state, then attempt (1). Only
+**   attempt (2) if (1) is successful. Return SQLITE_OK if successful,
+**   otherwise enter the error state and return the error code from the 
+**   failing operation.
+**
+**   In this case the database file may have been written to. So if the
+**   playback operation did not succeed it would not be safe to finalize
+**   the journal file. It needs to be left in the file-system so that
+**   some other process can use it to restore the database state (by
+**   hot-journal rollback).
 */
-static void pageDestructor(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
-  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
-  assert( pPage->isInit==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pPage->pParent ){
-    MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
-    assert( pParent->pBt==pPage->pBt );
-    pPage->pParent = 0;
-    releasePage(pParent);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
+  PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
+  if( !pPager->dbModified || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
+  }else if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
+    if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
+      pager_playback(pPager, 0);
+    }
+    rc = pPager->errCode;
+  }else{
+    if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){
+      int rc2;
+      rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
+      rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }else{
+      rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
+    }
+
+    if( !MEMDB ){
+      pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
+    ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error 
+    ** persistent.
+    */
+    rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
   }
-  pPage->isInit = 0;
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
-** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
-** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
-**
-** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
-** page to agree with the restored data.
+** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
+** if the database is (in theory) writable.
 */
-static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
-  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
-  if( pPage->isInit ){
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-    pPage->isInit = 0;
-    sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
-  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->readOnly;
 }
 
 /*
-** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
+** Return the number of references to the pager.
 */
-static int sqlite3BtreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg, int n){
-  BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
-  assert( pBt->db );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
-  return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
+  return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
 }
 
 /*
-** Open a database file.
-** 
-** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
-** a new database with a random name is created.  This randomly named
-** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
-** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
-** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
+** Return the number of references to the specified page.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
-  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Associated database handle */
-  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
-  int flags,              /* Options */
-  int vfsFlags            /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;      /* The VFS to use for this btree */
-  BtShared *pBt = 0;      /* Shared part of btree structure */
-  Btree *p;               /* Handle to return */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nReserve;
-  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
+  return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
+}
 
-  /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or 
-  ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if
-  ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled 
-  ** into the library.
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-  #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-    const int isMemdb = 0;
-  #else
-    const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:");
-  #endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
+  static int a[11];
+  a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
+  a[3] = pPager->dbSizeValid ? (int) pPager->dbSize : -1;
+  a[4] = pPager->state;
+  a[5] = pPager->errCode;
+  a[6] = pPager->nHit;
+  a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
+  a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
+  a[9] = pPager->nRead;
+  a[10] = pPager->nWrite;
+  return a;
+}
 #endif
 
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+/*
+** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
+  return MEMDB;
+}
 
-  pVfs = db->pVfs;
-  p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
-  if( !p ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-  p->db = db;
+/*
+** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
+** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
+** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
+** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 
+** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
+** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
+  int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-  /*
-  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
-  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
-  */
-  if( (flags & BTREE_PRIVATE)==0
-   && isMemdb==0
-   && (db->flags & SQLITE_Vtab)==0
-   && zFilename && zFilename[0]
-  ){
-    if( sqlite3SharedCacheEnabled ){
-      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-      char *zFullPathname = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFullPathname);
-      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
-      p->sharable = 1;
-      if( db ){
-        db->flags |= SQLITE_SharedCache;
-      }
-      if( !zFullPathname ){
-        sqlite3_free(p);
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
-      mutexShared = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
-      for(pBt=sqlite3SharedCacheList; pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
-        assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
-        if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager))
-                 && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
-          p->pBt = pBt;
-          pBt->nRef++;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
-      sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    else{
-      /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
-      ** even when they are not.  This exercises the locking code and
-      ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
-      ** statements to find locking problems.
-      */
-      p->sharable = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pBt==0 ){
-    /*
-    ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
-    ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
-    ** when compiling on a different architecture.
+  if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
+    int ii;                                 /* Iterator variable */
+    PagerSavepoint *aNew;                   /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
+
+    /* Either there is no active journal or the sub-journal is open or 
+    ** the journal is always stored in memory */
+    assert( pPager->nSavepoint==0 || isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ||
+            pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+
+    /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
+    ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 
+    ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
     */
-    assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
-    assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
-    assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
-    assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
-    assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
-  
-    pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
-    if( pBt==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto btree_open_out;
-    }
-    pBt->busyHdr.xFunc = sqlite3BtreeInvokeBusyHandler;
-    pBt->busyHdr.pArg = pBt;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
-                          EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto btree_open_out;
+    aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
+        pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
+    );
+    if( !aNew ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
-    sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, &pBt->busyHdr);
-    p->pBt = pBt;
-  
-    sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(pBt->pPager, pageDestructor);
-    sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit);
-    pBt->pCursor = 0;
-    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-    pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager);
-    pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
-    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
-      pBt->pageSize = 0;
-      sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
-      pBt->maxEmbedFrac = 64;   /* 25% */
-      pBt->minEmbedFrac = 32;   /* 12.5% */
-      pBt->minLeafFrac = 32;    /* 12.5% */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
-      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
-      ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
-      ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
-      ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
-      */
-      if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
-        pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
-        pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
+    memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
+    pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
+    pPager->nSavepoint = nSavepoint;
+
+    /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
+    for(ii=nCurrent; iidbSizeValid );
+      aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
+      if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && ALWAYS(pPager->journalOff>0) ){
+        aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
+      }else{
+        aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
       }
-#endif
-      nReserve = 0;
-    }else{
-      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
-      pBt->maxEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[21];
-      pBt->minEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[22];
-      pBt->minLeafFrac = zDbHeader[23];
-      pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
-      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
-    }
-    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
-    assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 );  /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
-    sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
-   
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-    /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
-    */
-    if( p->sharable ){
-      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
-      pBt->nRef = 1;
-      mutexShared = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-      if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
-        pBt->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
-        if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
-          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          db->mallocFailed = 0;
-          goto btree_open_out;
-        }
+      aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
+      aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+      if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
       }
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
-      pBt->pNext = sqlite3SharedCacheList;
-      sqlite3SharedCacheList = pBt;
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
     }
-#endif
-  }
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-  /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
-  ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
-  ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
-  */
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    int i;
-    Btree *pSib;
-    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-      if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
-        while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
-        if( p->pBtpBt ){
-          p->pNext = pSib;
-          p->pPrev = 0;
-          pSib->pPrev = p;
-        }else{
-          while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBtpBt ){
-            pSib = pSib->pNext;
-          }
-          p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
-          p->pPrev = pSib;
-          if( p->pNext ){
-            p->pNext->pPrev = p;
-          }
-          pSib->pNext = p;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
+    /* Open the sub-journal, if it is not already opened. */
+    rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
+    assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
   }
-#endif
-  *ppBtree = p;
 
-btree_open_out:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
-      sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pBt);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-    *ppBtree = 0;
-  }
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter.  When it reaches zero,
-** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list.  Return
-** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
-** false if it is still positive.
-*/
-static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  sqlite3_mutex *pMaster;
-  BtShared *pList;
-  int removed = 0;
+** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
+** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 
+** created savepoint.
+**
+** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
+** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
+** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
+** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
+**
+** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 
+** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
+** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
+** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
+** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
+**
+** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
+** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 
+** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
+** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 
+** contents of the database to its original state. 
+**
+** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 
+** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
+** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
+** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 
+** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
-  pMaster = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  pBt->nRef--;
-  if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
-    if( sqlite3SharedCacheList==pBt ){
-      sqlite3SharedCacheList = pBt->pNext;
-    }else{
-      pList = sqlite3SharedCacheList;
-      while( pList && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
-        pList=pList->pNext;
-      }
-      if( pList ){
-        pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
-      }
-    }
-    if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
-    }
-    removed = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-  return removed;
-#else
-  return 1;
-#endif
-}
+  assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+  assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
 
-/*
-** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtCursor *pCur;
+  if( iSavepointnSavepoint ){
+    int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
+    int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
 
-  /* Close all cursors opened via this handle.  */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  pCur = pBt->pCursor;
-  while( pCur ){
-    BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
-    pCur = pCur->pNext;
-    if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
-      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
+    /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
+    ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 
+    ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
+    */
+    nNew = iSavepoint + (op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK);
+    for(ii=nNew; iinSavepoint; ii++){
+      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
     }
-  }
-
-  /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
-  ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
-  ** this handle.
-  */
-  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+    pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
 
-  /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
-  ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 
-  ** up the shared-btree.
-  */
-  assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
-  if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
-    /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
-    ** it without having to hold the mutex.
-    **
-    ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
+    /* If this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
+    ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
+    ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
+    ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
     */
-    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
-    sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
-    if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
-      pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
+    if( op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
+      rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
+      assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
+    }
+  
+    /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 
+    ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
+    if( nNew==0 && op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
+      pPager->nSubRec = 0;
     }
-    sqlite3_free(pBt->pSchema);
-    sqlite3_free(pBt->pTmpSpace);
-    sqlite3_free(pBt);
   }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
-  assert( p->locked==0 );
-  if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
-  if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
-**
-** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
-** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
-** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
-** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
-** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
-** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
-** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
-** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
-** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
-** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
-** normally a worry.
+** Return the full pathname of the database file.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zFilename;
 }
 
 /*
-** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
-** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
-** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
-** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
-** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
-** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
+** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pVfs;
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
-** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1.  In other
-** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
+** Return the file handle for the database file associated
+** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
+** not yet been opened.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );  
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->fd;
 }
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
 /*
-** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
-**
-** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
-** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
-** changed.
-**
-** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
-** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
-** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
-** at the beginning of a page.
-**
-** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
-** bytes per page is left unchanged.
+** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-  if( nReserve<0 ){
-    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
-  }
-  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
-        ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
-    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
-    assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
-    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
-    sqlite3_free(pBt->pTmpSpace);
-    pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
-  }
-  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->zJournal;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the currently defined page size
+** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
+** if fsync()s are executed normally.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
-  return p->pBt->pageSize;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
-  int n;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return n;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->noSync;
 }
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
 /*
-** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
-** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
-** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
+** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
-  int n;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return n;
+static void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
+  Pager *pPager,
+  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
+  void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
+  void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
+  void *pCodec
+){
+  if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
+  pPager->xCodec = xCodec;
+  pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
+  pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
+  pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
+  pagerReportSize(pPager);
 }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
+static void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
+  return pPager->pCodec;
+}
+#endif
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
 /*
-** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
-** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
-** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 
-** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
+** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
+**
+** There must be no references to the page previously located at
+** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
+** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
+** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
+**
+** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
+** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
+** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
+**
+** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
+** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
+** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
+** transaction is active).
+**
+** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
+** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 
+** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 
+** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
+**
+** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
+** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  return SQLITE_READONLY;
-#else
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int av = (autoVacuum?1:0);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
+  PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
+  Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
+  int rc;                      /* Return code */
+  Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
 
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && av!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }else{
-    pBt->autoVacuum = av;
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+
+  /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
+  ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 
+  ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
+  **
+  **   BEGIN;
+  **     
+  **     SAVEPOINT one;
+  **       
+  **     ROLLBACK TO one;
+  **
+  ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
+  ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
+  ** statement were is processed.
+  **
+  ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
+  ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
+  ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
+  */
+  if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY 
+   && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
+   && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
+  ){
+    return rc;
   }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
 
-/*
-** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is 
-** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
-#else
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = (
-    (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
-    (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
-    BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
-  );
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
+  PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 
+      PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
+  IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
 
+  /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
+  ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
+  **
+  ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
+  ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 
+  ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
+  */
+  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
+    needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
+    assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
+    assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
+    assert( pPager->needSync );
+  }
 
-/*
-** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
-** also acquire a readlock on that file.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
-** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
-** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if we run out of memory. 
-*/
-static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
-  int rc;
-  MemPage *pPage1;
-  int nPage;
+  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
+  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for 
+  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
+  ** for the page moved there.
+  */
+  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+  pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
+  if( pPgOld ){
+    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
+    sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
+  }
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  origPgno = pPg->pgno;
+  sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
+  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
+  pPager->dbModified = 1;
 
-  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
-  ** a valid database file. 
-  */
-  rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
-  nPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
-  if( nPage<0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
-    goto page1_init_failed;
-  }else if( nPage>0 ){
-    int pageSize;
-    int usableSize;
-    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
-    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    if( page1[18]>1 ){
-      pBt->readOnly = 1;
-    }
-    if( page1[19]>1 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]);
-    if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 ||
-        (SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE<32768 && pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE)
-    ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
-    usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
-    if( pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
-      /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
-      ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
-      ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
-      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
-      ** again with the correct page-size.
-      */
-      releasePage(pPage1);
-      pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
-      pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
-      sqlite3_free(pBt->pTmpSpace);
-      pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
-      sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( usableSize<500 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
+  if( needSyncPgno ){
+    /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
+    ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
+    ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
+    ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
+    ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync 
+    ** flag.
+    **
+    ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
+    ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
+    ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
+    ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
+    ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
+    ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
+    **
+    ** The sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make
+    ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too.
+    */
+    PgHdr *pPgHdr;
+    assert( pPager->needSync );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+        assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
+        sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
+      }
+      return rc;
     }
-    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
-    pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
-    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = page1[21];
-    pBt->minEmbedFrac = page1[22];
-    pBt->minLeafFrac = page1[23];
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
-    pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
+    pPager->needSync = 1;
+    assert( pPager->noSync==0 && !MEMDB );
+    pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
+    sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
   }
 
-  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
-  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
-  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
-  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
-  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
-  **     4-byte child pointer
-  **     9-byte nKey value
-  **     4-byte nData value
-  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
-  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as
-  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
-  ** page pointer.
+  /*
+  ** For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
+  ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  We allocate
+  ** the page now, instead of at rollback, because we can better deal
+  ** with an out-of-memory error now.  Ticket #3761.
   */
-  pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->maxEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
-  pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
-  pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35;
-  pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minLeafFrac/255 - 23;
-  if( pBt->minLocal>pBt->maxLocal || pBt->maxLocal<0 ){
-    goto page1_init_failed;
+  if( MEMDB ){
+    DbPage *pNew;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, origPgno, &pNew, 1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, origPgno);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pNew);
   }
-  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
-  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
 
-page1_init_failed:
-  releasePage(pPage1);
-  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-  return rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
-** This routine works like lockBtree() except that it also invokes the
-** busy callback if there is lock contention.
+** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
 */
-static int lockBtreeWithRetry(Btree *pRef){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pRef) );
-  if( pRef->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
-    u8 inTransaction = pRef->pBt->inTransaction;
-    btreeIntegrity(pRef);
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pRef, 0);
-    pRef->pBt->inTransaction = inTransaction;
-    pRef->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pRef->pBt->nTransaction--;
-    }
-    btreeIntegrity(pRef);
-  }
-  return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
+  assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
+  return pPg->pData;
 }
-       
 
 /*
-** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
-** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
-** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
-** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
-**
-** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 
+** allocated along with the specified page.
 */
-static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
-    if( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){
-      assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
-#if 0
-      if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){
-        MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1;
-        pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage);
-        pPage->pBt = pBt;
-        pPage->pgno = 1;
-      }
-#endif
-      releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
-    }
-    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-    pBt->inStmt = 0;
-  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
+  return pPg->pExtra;
 }
 
 /*
-** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the
-** file.
+** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
+** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
+** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
+**
+** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
+** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
+** locking-mode.
 */
-static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
-  MemPage *pP1;
-  unsigned char *data;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
-  assert( pP1!=0 );
-  data = pP1->aData;
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
-  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
-  put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize);
-  data[18] = 1;
-  data[19] = 1;
-  data[20] = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
-  data[21] = pBt->maxEmbedFrac;
-  data[22] = pBt->minEmbedFrac;
-  data[23] = pBt->minLeafFrac;
-  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
-  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
-  pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
-  assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
-  put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
-  put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+  assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
+            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
+            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
+  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
+  if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){
+    pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
+  }
+  return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
 }
 
 /*
-** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
-** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
-** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
-** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
-** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
-** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
-** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
+** Get/set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
 **
-** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
-** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
-** will work unless a transaction is started first:
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+**    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
 **
-**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
-**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
-**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
-**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
+** If the parameter is not _QUERY, then the journal_mode is set to the
+** value specified if the change is allowed.  The change is disallowed
+** for the following reasons:
 **
-** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
-** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
-** if there is one.  But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
-** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY.  SQLITE_BUSY is 
-** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
+**   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
+**      or _MEMORY.
 **
-** Suppose there are two processes A and B.  A has a read lock and B has
-** a reserved lock.  B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
-** of A's read lock.  A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
-** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
-** no progress.  By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
-** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
-** proceed.
+**   *  The journal mode may not be changed while a transaction is active.
+**
+** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-
-  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
-  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
-  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
-  */
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-
-  /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
-  if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-
-  /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction 
-  ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
-  ** requested, return SQLITE_BUSY.
-  */
-  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && wrflag ){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  if( wrflag>1 ){
-    BtLock *pIter;
-    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-      if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        goto trans_begun;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  do {
-    if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
-      do{
-        rc = lockBtree(pBt);
-      }while( pBt->pPage1==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
-      if( pBt->readOnly ){
-        rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage, wrflag>1);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = newDatabase(pBt);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0;
-    }else{
-      unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    }
-  }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
-          sqlite3BtreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt, 0) );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
-      pBt->nTransaction++;
-    }
-    p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
-    if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
-      pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-    if( wrflag>1 ){
-      assert( !pBt->pExclusive );
-      pBt->pExclusive = p;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+  assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
+            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY<0 );
+  if( eMode>=0
+   && (!MEMDB || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
+              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF)
+   && !pPager->dbModified
+   && (!isOpen(pPager->jfd) || 0==pPager->journalOff)
+  ){
+    if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
     }
-#endif
+    pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
   }
-
-
-trans_begun:
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
+  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-
 /*
-** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
-** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
-** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
+** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
+**
+** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
+** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
 */
-static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
-  int i;                             /* Counter variable */
-  int nCell;                         /* Number of cells in page pPage */
-  int rc;                            /* Return code */
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
-  Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
-  }
-  nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
-  for(i=0; ileaf ){
-      Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
-      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
+  if( iLimit>=-1 ){
+    pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
   }
+  return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
+}
 
-set_child_ptrmaps_out:
-  pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
-  return rc;
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
+** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
+** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
+** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
+  return &pPager->pBackup;
 }
 
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
+
+/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
 /*
-** Somewhere on pPage, which is guarenteed to be a btree page, not an overflow
-** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to
-** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as 
-** follows:
+** 2007 August 27
 **
-** PTRMAP_BTREE:     pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 
-**                   page of pPage.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
-**                   page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
-**                   overflow page in the list.
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** $Id: btmutex.c,v 1.17 2009/07/20 12:33:33 drh Exp $
+**
+** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
+** This code really belongs in btree.c.  But btree.c is getting too
+** big and we want to break it down some.  This packaged seemed like
+** a good breakout.
+*/
+/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id: btreeInt.h,v 1.52 2009/07/15 17:25:46 drh Exp $
+**
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
+**
+**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
+**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
+**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
+**
+** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
+** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
+**
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
+**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
+** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
+** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
+** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1).  And
+** so forth.
+**
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
+** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
+**
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
+** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
+** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
+** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
+** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
+** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
+** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
+** information such as the size of key and data.
+**
+** FORMAT DETAILS
+**
+** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
+** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
+** "no such page".  The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
+** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
+** page.
+**
+** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
+** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
+** The format of the file header is as follows:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
+**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  
+**     18       1     File format write version
+**     19       1     File format read version
+**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
+**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction
+**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction
+**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction
+**     24       4     File change counter
+**     28       4     Reserved for future use
+**     32       4     First freelist page
+**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
+**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
+**
+**     40       4     Schema cookie
+**     44       4     File format of schema layer
+**     48       4     Size of page cache
+**     52       4     Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum)
+**     56       4     1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be
+**     60       4     User version
+**     64       4     Incremental vacuum mode
+**     68       4     unused
+**     72       4     unused
+**     76       4     unused
+**
+** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
+**
+** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
+** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
+** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
+**
+** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
+** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
+** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
+** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
+** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
+**
+** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
+** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
+** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
+** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
+**
+** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
+** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
+** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
+** not specified in the header.
+**
+** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
+** cell pointer array, and the cell content area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
+** file header that occurs before the page header.
+**
+**      |----------------|
+**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
+**      |----------------|
+**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
+**      |----------------|
+**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
+**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
+**      |                |   v
+**      |----------------|
+**      | unallocated    |
+**      | space          |
+**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
+**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
+**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
+**      |----------------|
+**
+** The page headers looks like this:
+**
+**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
+**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
+**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
+**      3       2      number of cells on this page
+**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
+**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
+**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
+**
+** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
+** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
+** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
+** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
+** the payload area.
+**
+** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
+** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
+** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
+** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
+** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
+** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
+**
+** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
+** beginning of the page.
+**
+** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
+** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
+** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
+** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
+** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
+** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
+** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
+** in the page header at offset 7.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
+**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
+**
+** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
+** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
+** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
+** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
+**
+** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
+** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
+** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
+** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
+** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
+** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
+**
+**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
+**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
+**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
+**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
+**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
+**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
+**
+** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
+** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+**
+** The content of a cell looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
+**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
+**      *     Payload
+**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
+**
+** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
+** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
+** as 1 byte of data.
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next overflow page
+**      *     Data
+**
+** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
+** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
+** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
+** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
+**
+**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
+**      4     Page number of next trunk page
+**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
+**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
 */
-static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
-    /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case.  */
-    if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
-  }else{
-    int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
-    int i;
-    int nCell;
 
-    sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0);
-    nCell = pPage->nCell;
 
-    for(i=0; iaData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-      put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
-    }
+/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
+** size give above.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  (pBt->pageSize-8)
 
-    pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
+** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes  (4 bytes for the cell itself
+** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header).  Such
+** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
 
+/* Forward declarations */
+typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
+typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
 
 /*
-** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the 
-** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
+** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+**
+** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
+** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line.  The
+** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
+** the string itself should be 15 characters long.  If you change
+** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read 
+** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
+** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
 */
-static int relocatePage(
-  BtShared *pBt,           /* Btree */
-  MemPage *pDbPage,        /* Open page to move */
-  u8 eType,                /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
-  Pgno iPtrPage,           /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
-  Pgno iFreePage           /* The location to move pDbPage to */
-){
-  MemPage *pPtrPage;   /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
-  Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
-  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || 
-      eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
-
-  /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
-  TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", 
-      iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
-  rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
-
-  /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
-  ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
-  ** pages need to be changed.
-  **
-  ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
-  ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
-  ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
-  */
-  if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-    rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }else{
-    Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
-    if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
-      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
-  ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
-  ** iPtrPage.
-  */
-  if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(pPtrPage);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
-    releasePage(pPtrPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
+#  define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
+#endif
 
-/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
-static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
+/*
+** Page type flags.  An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
+** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
+*/
+#define PTF_INTKEY    0x01
+#define PTF_ZERODATA  0x02
+#define PTF_LEAFDATA  0x04
+#define PTF_LEAF      0x08
 
 /*
-** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no
-** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE.
+** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
+** structure is appended and initialized to zero.  This structure stores
+** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
 **
-** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the 
-** database so that the last page of the file currently in use
-** is no longer in use.
+** The pParent field points back to the parent page.  This allows us to
+** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root.  Care must be taken to
+** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
+** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
 **
-** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, the implementation assumes
-** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until
-** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the
-** number of pages the database file will contain after this 
-** process is complete.
+** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
+** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
 */
-static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin){
-  Pgno iLastPg;             /* Last page in the database */
-  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  iLastPg = pBt->nTrunc;
-  if( iLastPg==0 ){
-    iLastPg = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
-  }
+struct MemPage {
+  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
+  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
+  u8 intKey;           /* True if intkey flag is set */
+  u8 leaf;             /* True if leaf flag is set */
+  u8 hasData;          /* True if this page stores data */
+  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
+  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
+  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
+  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
+  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
+  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
+  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
+  u16 maskPage;        /* Mask for page offset */
+  struct _OvflCell {   /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
+    u8 *pCell;          /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
+    u16 idx;            /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
+  } aOvfl[5];
+  BtShared *pBt;       /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
+  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
+  DbPage *pDbPage;     /* Pager page handle */
+  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
+};
 
-  if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    int rc;
-    u8 eType;
-    Pgno iPtrPage;
+/*
+** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
+** to the end.  EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
+** that extra information.
+*/
+#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
 
-    nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
-    if( nFreeList==0 || nFin==iLastPg ){
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
+/*
+** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
+** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor 
+** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
+** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
+** a btree handle is closed.
+*/
+struct BtLock {
+  Btree *pBtree;        /* Btree handle holding this lock */
+  Pgno iTable;          /* Root page of table */
+  u8 eLock;             /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
+  BtLock *pNext;        /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
+};
 
-    rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
+/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
+#define READ_LOCK     1
+#define WRITE_LOCK    2
 
-    if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-      if( nFin==0 ){
-        /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
-        ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
-        ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't 
-        ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
-        */
-        Pgno iFreePg;
-        MemPage *pFreePg;
-        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
-        releasePage(pFreePg);
-      }
-    } else {
-      Pgno iFreePg;             /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
-      MemPage *pLastPg;
+/* A Btree handle
+**
+** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
+** this object for every database file that it has open.  This structure
+** is opaque to the database connection.  The database connection cannot
+** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
+** this structure.
+**
+** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be 
+** shared between multiple connections.  In that case, each contection
+** has it own pointer to this object.  But each instance of this object
+** points to the same BtShared object.  The database cache and the
+** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
+** the BtShared object.
+**
+** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
+** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors 
+** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
+** cursors have to do go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
+** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
+*/
+struct Btree {
+  sqlite3 *db;       /* The database connection holding this btree */
+  BtShared *pBt;     /* Sharable content of this btree */
+  u8 inTrans;        /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
+  u8 sharable;       /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
+  u8 locked;         /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
+  int wantToLock;    /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
+  int nBackup;       /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
+  Btree *pNext;      /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
+  Btree *pPrev;      /* Back pointer of the same list */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  BtLock lock;       /* Object used to lock page 1 */
+#endif
+};
 
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
+/*
+** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
+**
+** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
+** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
+** but any number may have active read transactions.
+*/
+#define TRANS_NONE  0
+#define TRANS_READ  1
+#define TRANS_WRITE 2
 
-      /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
-      ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
-      **
-      ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep
-      ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
-      ** of the file is found.
-      */
-      do {
-        MemPage *pFreePg;
-        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          releasePage(pLastPg);
-          return rc;
-        }
-        releasePage(pFreePg);
-      }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin );
-      assert( iFreePgpDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg);
-      }
-      releasePage(pLastPg);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
+/*
+** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
+** 
+** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two
+** or more database connections.  When two or more connections are
+** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
+** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
+** to this one BtShared object.  BtShared.nRef is the number of
+** connections currently sharing this database file.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
+** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex.  The pPager field
+** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
+** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
+** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
+**
+** isPending:
+**
+**   If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database
+**   table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table),
+**   the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is
+**   set to true.
+**
+**   The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of
+**   the following occur:
+**
+**     1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR
+**     2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
+**
+**   while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
+**   transaction.
+**
+**   This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
+*/
+struct BtShared {
+  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
+  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
+  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
+  u8 readOnly;          /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
+  u8 pageSizeFixed;     /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  u8 autoVacuum;        /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
+  u8 incrVacuum;        /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
+#endif
+  u16 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
+  u16 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
+  u16 maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  u16 minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+  u16 maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+  u16 minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+  u8 inTransaction;     /* Transaction state */
+  int nTransaction;     /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
+  void *pSchema;        /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
+  void (*xFreeSchema)(void*);  /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this struct */
+  Bitvec *pHasContent;  /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  int nRef;             /* Number of references to this structure */
+  BtShared *pNext;      /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
+  BtLock *pLock;        /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
+  Btree *pWriter;       /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
+  u8 isExclusive;       /* True if pWriter has an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db */
+  u8 isPending;         /* If waiting for read-locks to clear */
+#endif
+  u8 *pTmpSpace;        /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
+};
 
-  pBt->nTrunc = iLastPg - 1;
-  while( pBt->nTrunc==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nTrunc) ){
-    pBt->nTrunc--;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
+** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
+** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
+*/
+typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
+struct CellInfo {
+  u8 *pCell;     /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
+  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
+  u32 nData;     /* Number of bytes of data */
+  u32 nPayload;  /* Total amount of payload */
+  u16 nHeader;   /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
+  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally */
+  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
+  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
+};
 
 /*
-** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
-** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
+** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
+** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
+** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
+** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
 **
-** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
-** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occured,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 
+** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
+** assumed that the database is corrupt.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-  if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-  }else{
-    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-    rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
+#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
 
 /*
-** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
-** is commited for an auto-vacuum database.
+** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
+** b-tree within a database file.
 **
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
-** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. 
-** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
-** pages are in use.
+** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
+** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
+**
+** When a single database file can shared by two more database connections,
+** but cursors cannot be shared.  Each cursor is associated with a
+** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** found at self->pBt->mutex. 
 */
-static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt, Pgno *pnTrunc){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager);
+struct BtCursor {
+  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
+  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
+  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
+  sqlite3_int64 cachedRowid; /* Next rowid cache.  0 means not valid */
+  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
+  u8 wrFlag;                /* True if writable */
+  u8 atLast;                /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */
+  u8 validNKey;             /* True if info.nKey is valid */
+  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
+  void *pKey;      /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
+  i64 nKey;        /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
+  int skipNext;    /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  u8 isIncrblobHandle;      /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */
+  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
 #endif
+  i16 iPage;                            /* Index of current page in apPage */
+  MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];  /* Pages from root to current page */
+  u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH];        /* Current index in apPage[i] */
+};
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-  assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
-  if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
-    Pgno nFin = 0;
-
-    if( pBt->nTrunc==0 ){
-      Pgno nFree;
-      Pgno nPtrmap;
-      const int pgsz = pBt->pageSize;
-      Pgno nOrig = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
-
-      if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) ){
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-      if( nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-        nOrig--;
-      }
-      nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
-      nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5);
-      nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
-      if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-        nFin--;
-      }
-      while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-        nFin--;
-      }
-    }
-
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      assert(nFin==0 || pBt->nTrunc==0 || nFin<=pBt->nTrunc);
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      if( pBt->nTrunc && nFin ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-        put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
-        put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
-        pBt->nTrunc = nFin;
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
-    }
-  }
+/*
+** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
+**
+** CURSOR_VALID:
+**   Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
+**
+** CURSOR_INVALID:
+**   Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) 
+**   because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
+**   called.
+**
+** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
+**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
+**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
+**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
+**   this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
+**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
+**
+** CURSOR_FAULT:
+**   A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
+**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
+**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
+**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
+**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
+*/
+#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
+#define CURSOR_VALID             1
+#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       2
+#define CURSOR_FAULT             3
 
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pnTrunc = pBt->nTrunc;
-    pBt->nTrunc = 0;
-  }
-  assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
-  return rc;
-}
+/* 
+** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
+*/
+# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
 
-#endif
+/*
+** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a 
+** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
+** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
+** page number to look up in the pointer map.
+**
+** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
+** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
+** the offset of the requested map entry.
+**
+** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
+** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
+** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
+** this test.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
+#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
+#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
 
 /*
-** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit.  This routine
-** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
-** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
-** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
-** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
-** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
-** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
-** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
-** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
-** committed.  See sqlite3BtreeCommit() for the second phase of the
-** commit process.
+** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
+** each child page in the database file.  The parent page is the page that
+** contains a pointer to the child.  Every page in the database contains
+** 0 or 1 parent pages.  (In this context 'database page' refers
+** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.)  Each pointer map
+** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
+** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
 **
-** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
+** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
+** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum.  When a page
+** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
+** new location.  The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
 **
-** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
-** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
-** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
-** (single database transaction).
+** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
+**                  used in this case.
 **
-** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
-** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number 
+**                  is not used in this case.
 **
-** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
-** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of 
+**                   overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
+**                   contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
+**                   overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
+**                   page in the overflow page list.
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
+**               identifies the parent page in the btree.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
+#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
+#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
+
+/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
+** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
+*/
+#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
+  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
+  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); 
+
+
+/*
+** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
+** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
+** within an expression that is an argument to another macro 
+** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
+** So, this macro is defined instead.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-    Pgno nTrunc = 0;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-    pBt->db = p->db;
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt, &nTrunc); 
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
+#else
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
 #endif
-    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, nTrunc, 0);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
+
+
+/*
+** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
+** in order to keep track of some global state information.
+*/
+typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
+struct IntegrityCk {
+  BtShared *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
+  Pager *pPager;    /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
+  Pgno nPage;       /* Number of pages in the database */
+  int *anRef;       /* Number of times each page is referenced */
+  int mxErr;        /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
+  int nErr;         /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
+  int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
+  StrAccum errMsg;  /* Accumulate the error message text here */
+};
+
+/*
+** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
+*/
+#define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
+#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
+#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
+#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
+
+/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+
+/*
+** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
+** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
+** p->locked boolean to true.
+*/
+static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->locked==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
+  p->pBt->db = p->db;
+  p->locked = 1;
 }
 
 /*
-** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
+** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
+** clear the p->locked boolean.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->locked==1 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  assert( p->db==p->pBt->db );
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
+  p->locked = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
 **
-** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
-** sqlite3BtreeSync() routine does the first phase and should be invoked
-** prior to calling this routine.  The sqlite3BtreeSync() routine did
-** all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
-** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
-** routine has to do is delete or truncate the rollback journal
-** (which causes the transaction to commit) and drop locks.
+** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
+** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
+** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
+** of this interface is recursive.
 **
-** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
+** by all database connections.  The p->pNext is a list of other
+** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
+** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
+** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
+** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
+** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+  Btree *pLater;
 
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
+  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
+  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
+  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
+  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
+  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
+  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt );
+  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
+  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
+  assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
 
-  /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 
-  ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
+  /* Check for locking consistency */
+  assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
+  assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
+
+  /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
+  ** should already be set correctly. */
+  assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
+
+  if( !p->sharable ) return;
+  p->wantToLock++;
+  if( p->locked ) return;
+
+  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
+  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
+  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
   */
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    int rc;
-    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
-    pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    p->pBt->db = p->db;
+    p->locked = 1;
+    return;
   }
-  unlockAllTables(p);
 
-  /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction
-  ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set
-  ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below
-  ** will unlock the pager.
+  /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
+  ** BtShared address.  Then acquire our lock.  Then reacquire
+  ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
+  ** order.
   */
-  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
-    pBt->nTransaction--;
-    if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
-      pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
+  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+    assert( pLater->sharable );
+    assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
+    assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
+    if( pLater->locked ){
+      unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+    }
+  }
+  lockBtreeMutex(p);
+  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
+      lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
     }
   }
-
-  /* Set the handles current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock
-  ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.
-  */
-  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Do both phases of a commit.
+** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+    p->wantToLock--;
+    if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
+      unlockBtreeMutex(p);
+    }
   }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
 }
 
 #ifndef NDEBUG
 /*
-** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
-** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
-** defined.
+** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
+** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.
 **
-** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that
-** is capable of writing to the databse.  That means the cursor was
-** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled
-** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT.
+** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
 */
-static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-  int r = 0;
-  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
-    if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; 
-  }
-  return r;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+  return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
 }
 #endif
 
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
 /*
-** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
-** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
-** references.
-**
-** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
-** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
-** the cache with pBtree.
-**
-** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
-** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
-** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
-** the rollback.  The rollback may have deleted tables
-** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
-** save the state of the cursor.  The cursor must be
-** invalidated.
+** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
+** Btree.  These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
+** omitted if that module is not used.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    clearCursorPosition(p);
-    p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
-    p->skip = errCode;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
 }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
 
 /*
-** Rollback the transaction in progress.  All cursors will be
-** invalided by this operation.  Any attempt to use a cursor
-** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
-** in an error.
+** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
+** connection.  This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
+** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
+** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
+** reset out from under us.
 **
-** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
+**
+** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
+** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
+** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
+** at the same instant.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  MemPage *pPage1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  Btree *p, *pLater;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    assert( !p || (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
+    if( p && p->sharable ){
+      p->wantToLock++;
+      if( !p->locked ){
+        assert( p->wantToLock==1 );
+        while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev;
+        /* Reason for ALWAYS:  There must be at least on unlocked Btree in
+        ** the chain.  Otherwise the !p->locked test above would have failed */
+        while( p->locked && ALWAYS(p->pNext) ) p = p->pNext;
+        for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+          if( pLater->locked ){
+            unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+          }
+        }
+        while( p ){
+          lockBtreeMutex(p);
+          p = p->pNext;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  Btree *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p && p->sharable ){
+      assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+      p->wantToLock--;
+      if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
+        unlockBtreeMutex(p);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
 
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occured whilst
-    ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
-    ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then 
-    ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
-    ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort 
-    ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
-    */
-    sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
+** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
+**
+** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+    Btree *p;
+    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p && p->sharable &&
+         (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Add a new Btree pointer to a BtreeMutexArray. 
+** if the pointer can possibly be shared with
+** another database connection.
+**
+** The pointers are kept in sorted order by pBtree->pBt.  That
+** way when we go to enter all the mutexes, we can enter them
+** in order without every having to backup and retry and without
+** worrying about deadlock.
+**
+** The number of shared btrees will always be small (usually 0 or 1)
+** so an insertion sort is an adequate algorithm here.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray *pArray, Btree *pBtree){
+  int i, j;
+  BtShared *pBt;
+  if( pBtree==0 || pBtree->sharable==0 ) return;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  {
+    for(i=0; inMutex; i++){
+      assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
+    }
   }
 #endif
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-  unlockAllTables(p);
+  assert( pArray->nMutex>=0 );
+  assert( pArray->nMutexaBtree)-1 );
+  pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+  for(i=0; inMutex; i++){
+    assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
+    if( pArray->aBtree[i]->pBt>pBt ){
+      for(j=pArray->nMutex; j>i; j--){
+        pArray->aBtree[j] = pArray->aBtree[j-1];
+      }
+      pArray->aBtree[i] = pBtree;
+      pArray->nMutex++;
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  pArray->aBtree[pArray->nMutex++] = pBtree;
+}
 
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    int rc2;
+/*
+** Enter the mutex of every btree in the array.  This routine is
+** called at the beginning of sqlite3VdbeExec().  The mutexes are
+** exited at the end of the same function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; inMutex; i++){
+    Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
+    /* Some basic sanity checking */
+    assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt );
+    assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    pBt->nTrunc = 0;
-#endif
+    /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
 
-    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
-    rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
-    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = rc2;
+    /* The Btree is sharable because only sharable Btrees are entered
+    ** into the array in the first place. */
+    assert( p->sharable );
+
+    p->wantToLock++;
+    if( !p->locked ){
+      lockBtreeMutex(p);
     }
+  }
+}
 
-    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
-    ** call sqlite3BtreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
-    ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
-    if( sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(pPage1);
+/*
+** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; inMutex; i++){
+    Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
+    /* Some basic sanity checking */
+    assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt );
+    assert( p->locked );
+    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+
+    /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+    p->wantToLock--;
+    if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
+      unlockBtreeMutex(p);
     }
-    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
-    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
   }
+}
 
-  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
-    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
-    pBt->nTransaction--;
-    if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
-      pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+  p->pBt->db = p->db;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p ){
+      p->pBt->db = p->db;
     }
   }
+}
+#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
 
-  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-  pBt->inStmt = 0;
-  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id: btree.c,v 1.705 2009/08/10 03:57:58 shane Exp $
+**
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
+** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
+*/
 
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
+/*
+** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database.
+*/
+static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
+
+/*
+** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
+** macro.
+*/
+#if 0
+int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
+# define TRACE(X)  if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
+#else
+# define TRACE(X)
+#endif
 
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
 /*
-** Start a statement subtransaction.  The subtransaction can
-** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction.
-** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction.
-** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction
-** commits or rolls back.
+** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
+** in shared cache.  This variable has file scope during normal builds,
+** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for 
+** test builds.
 **
-** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time.  It is an error to try
-** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active.
+** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#else
+static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
 **
-** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
-** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
-** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
-** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
+** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
+** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  if( (p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->inStmt ){
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pBt->pPager);
-    pBt->inStmt = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  /*
+  ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(),
+  ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks()
+  ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
+  ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
+  ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
+  ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. 
+  ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
+  */
+  #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+  #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+  #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+  #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+  #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1
+  #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0
+#endif
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 /*
-** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress.  If no
-** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pBt->pPager);
+** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. It checks
+** that connection p holds the required locks to read or write to the 
+** b-tree with root page iRoot. If so, true is returned. Otherwise, false. 
+** For example, when writing to a table b-tree with root-page iRoot via 
+** Btree connection pBtree:
+**
+**    assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
+**
+** When writing to an index b-tree that resides in a sharable database, the 
+** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
+** the corresponding table b-tree. This makes things a bit more complicated,
+** as this module treats each b-tree as a separate structure. To determine
+** the table b-tree corresponding to the index b-tree being written, this
+** function has to search through the database schema.
+**
+** Instead of a lock on the b-tree rooted at page iRoot, the caller may
+** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also
+** acceptable.
+*/
+static int hasSharedCacheTableLock(
+  Btree *pBtree,         /* Handle that must hold lock */
+  Pgno iRoot,            /* Root page of b-tree */
+  int isIndex,           /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */
+  int eLockType          /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */
+){
+  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema;
+  Pgno iTab = 0;
+  BtLock *pLock;
+
+  /* If this b-tree database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
+  ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. 
+  ** In these cases return true immediately.  If the client is reading 
+  ** or writing an index b-tree, but the schema is not loaded, then return
+  ** true also. In this case the lock is required, but it is too difficult
+  ** to check if the client actually holds it. This doesn't happen very
+  ** often.  */
+  if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
+   || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted))
+   || (isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0 ))
+  ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
+  ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
+  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
+  ** table.  */
+  if( isIndex ){
+    HashElem *p;
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
+        iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
+      }
+    }
   }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    iTab = iRoot;
   }
-  pBt->inStmt = 0;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
+
+  /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a 
+  ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
+  ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found.  */
+  for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+    if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree 
+     && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
+     && pLock->eLock>=eLockType 
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Failed to find the required lock. */
+  return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Rollback the active statement subtransaction.  If no subtransaction
-** is active this routine is a no-op.
+** This function is also used as part of assert() statements only. It 
+** returns true if there exist one or more cursors open on the table 
+** with root page iRoot that do not belong to either connection pBtree 
+** or some other connection that has the read-uncommitted flag set.
 **
-** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation.  Any attempt
-** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation
-** will result in an error.
+** For example, before writing to page iRoot:
+**
+**    assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) );
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot 
+     && p->pBtree!=pBtree
+     && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)
+    ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif    /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock 
+** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
+** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
+*/
+static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
   BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(pBt->pPager);
-    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
-    pBt->inStmt = 0;
+  BtLock *pIter;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+  assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
+  
+  /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
+  ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there 
+  ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
+  */
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  
+  /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
+  if( !p->sharable ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
+
+  /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
+  ** requested lock may not be obtained.
+  */
+  if( pBt->pWriter!=p && pBt->isExclusive ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db);
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }
+
+  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+    /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) 
+    ** statement is a simplification of:
+    **
+    **   (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
+    **
+    ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
+    ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
+    ** only be a single writer).
+    */
+    assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+    assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK);
+    if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){
+      sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
+      if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
+        assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
+        pBt->isPending = 1;
+      }
+      return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
 /*
-** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
-** iTable.  The act of acquiring a cursor gets a read lock on 
-** the database file.
-**
-** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
-** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
-** writing if other conditions for writing are also met.  These
-** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
-** be allowed:
-**
-** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
+** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
+** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or 
+** WRITE_LOCK.
 **
-** 2:  Other database connections that share the same pager cache
-**     but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
-**     cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table.  Otherwise
-**     the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
-**     the read cursors in the other database connection.
+** This function assumes the following:
 **
-** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+**   (a) The specified b-tree connection handle is connected to a sharable
+**       b-tree database (one with the BtShared.sharable) flag set, and
 **
-** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
+**   (b) No other b-tree connection handle holds a lock that conflicts
+**       with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
+**       already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
 **
-** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
-** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
-** will not work correctly.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM 
+** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
 */
-static int btreeCursor(
-  Btree *p,                              /* The btree */
-  int iTable,                            /* Root page of table to open */
-  int wrFlag,                            /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* First arg to comparison function */
-  BtCursor *pCur                         /* Space for new cursor */
-){
-  int rc;
+static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
   BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtLock *pLock = 0;
+  BtLock *pIter;
 
   assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  if( wrFlag ){
-    if( pBt->readOnly ){
-      return SQLITE_READONLY;
-    }
-    if( checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0) ){
-      return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+
+  /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
+  ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
+  ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master 
+  ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans().  */
+  assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+
+  /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it 
+  ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock.  */
+  assert( p->sharable );
+  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
+
+  /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
+  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+    if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
+      pLock = pIter;
+      break;
     }
   }
 
-  if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
-    rc = lockBtreeWithRetry(p);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( pBt->readOnly && wrFlag ){
-      return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
+  ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
+  */
+  if( !pLock ){
+    pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
+    if( !pLock ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
-  }
-  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
-  if( iTable==1 && sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_EMPTY;
-    goto create_cursor_exception;
-  }
-  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto create_cursor_exception;
+    pLock->iTable = iTable;
+    pLock->pBtree = p;
+    pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
+    pBt->pLock = pLock;
   }
 
-  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
-  ** variables, link the cursor into the BtShared list and set *ppCur (the
-  ** output argument to this function).
+  /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
+  ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
+  ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
   */
-  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-  pCur->pBtree = p;
-  pCur->pBt = pBt;
-  pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag;
-  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
-  if( pCur->pNext ){
-    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
+  assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
+  if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
+    pLock->eLock = eLock;
   }
-  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
 
   return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
+** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree handle p.
+**
+** This function assumes that handle p has an open read or write 
+** transaction. If it does not, then the BtShared.isPending variable
+** may be incorrectly cleared.
+*/
+static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
 
-create_cursor_exception:
-  if( pCur ){
-    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
+  assert( p->inTrans>0 );
+
+  while( *ppIter ){
+    BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
+    assert( pBt->isExclusive==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );
+    assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock );
+    if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
+      *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
+      assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock );
+      if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){
+        sqlite3_free(pLock);
+      }
+    }else{
+      ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  assert( pBt->isPending==0 || pBt->pWriter );
+  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+    pBt->pWriter = 0;
+    pBt->isExclusive = 0;
+    pBt->isPending = 0;
+  }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
+    /* This function is called when connection p is concluding its 
+    ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
+    ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
+    ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
+    ** set the isPending flag to 0.
+    **
+    ** If there is not currently a writer, then BtShared.isPending must
+    ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case.
+    */
+    pBt->isPending = 0;
   }
-  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
-  Btree *p,                                   /* The btree */
-  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
-  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,                   /* First arg to xCompare() */
-  BtCursor *pCur                              /* Write new cursor here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  p->pBt->db = p->db;
-  rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
 }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(){
-  return sizeof(BtCursor);
+
+/*
+** This function changes all write-locks held by connection p to read-locks.
+*/
+static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+    BtLock *pLock;
+    pBt->pWriter = 0;
+    pBt->isExclusive = 0;
+    pBt->isPending = 0;
+    for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+      assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p );
+      pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK;
+    }
+  }
 }
 
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
 
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage);  /* Forward reference */
 
 /*
-** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
-** when the last cursor is closed.
+** Verify that the cursor holds a mutex on the BtShared
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
-  if( pBtree ){
-    BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-    pBt->db = pBtree->db;
-    clearCursorPosition(pCur);
-    if( pCur->pPrev ){
-      pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
-    }else{
-      pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
-    }
-    if( pCur->pNext ){
-      pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
-    }
-    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
-    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
-    /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
+  return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
 }
+#endif
+
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
 /*
-** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur.
-** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree.
+** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){
+static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){
   assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(*pCur));
-  pTempCur->pNext = 0;
-  pTempCur->pPrev = 0;
-  if( pTempCur->pPage ){
-    sqlite3PagerRef(pTempCur->pPage->pDbPage);
-  }
+  sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
+  pCur->aOverflow = 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor()
-** function above.
+** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
+** on the shared btree structure pBt.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  if( pCur->pPage ){
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pCur->pPage->pDbPage);
+static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    invalidateOverflowCache(p);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
-** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
-** sqlite3BtreeParseCell() to fill it in.
+** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
+** b-tree to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
+** row or one of the rows being modified.
 **
-** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
-** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to sqlite3BtreeParseCell().
+** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
+** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
+** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
 **
-** 2007-06-25:  There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
-** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
-** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
-** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
-** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.)  So we use a real function
-** for MSVC and a macro for everything else.  Ticket #2457.
+** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
+** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
+** only those incrblob cursors open on this specific row.
 */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
-    CellInfo info;
-    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
-    sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &info);
-    assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
+static void invalidateIncrblobCursors(
+  Btree *pBtree,          /* The database file to check */
+  i64 iRow,               /* The rowid that might be changing */
+  int isClearTable        /* True if all rows are being deleted */
+){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->isIncrblobHandle && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){
+      p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+    }
   }
+}
+
 #else
-  #define assertCellInfo(x)
+  #define invalidateOverflowCache(x)
+  #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x)
+  #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z)
 #endif
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-  /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
-  static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
-    if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
-      sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info);
-      pCur->validNKey = 1;
-    }else{
-      assertCellInfo(pCur);
-    }
-  }
-#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
-  /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
-#define getCellInfo(pCur)                                               \
-  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){                                            \
-    sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info);         \
-    pCur->validNKey = 1;                                                \
-  }else{                                                                \
-    assertCellInfo(pCur);                                               \
-  }
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
 
 /*
-** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
-** the key for the current entry.  If the cursor is not pointing
-** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 
+** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called 
+** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf 
+** page.
 **
-** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
-** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-      *pSize = 0;
-    }else{
-      getCellInfo(pCur);
-      *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
+** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
+** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding
+** free-list leaf pages:
+**
+**   1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes
+**      a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database
+**      (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes
+**      such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified,
+**      why bother journalling it?).
+**
+**   2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read
+**      from the database or written to the journal file (why should it
+**      be, if it is not at all meaningful?).
+**
+** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy
+** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if
+** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same
+** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when
+** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it
+** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data
+** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
+** to restore the database to its original configuration.
+**
+** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is 
+** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
+** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
+** optimization 2 above is ommitted if the corresponding bit is already
+** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared
+** at the end of every transaction.
+*/
+static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+    int nPage = 100;
+    sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+    /* If sqlite3PagerPagecount() fails there is no harm because the
+    ** nPage variable is unchanged from its default value of 100 */
+    pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate((u32)nPage);
+    if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
   }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno);
+  }
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
-** cursor currently points to.  Always return SQLITE_OK.
-** Failure is not possible.  If the cursor is not currently
-** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if
-** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0.
+** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector.
+**
+** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the
+** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the
+** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
-  int rc;
+static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
+  return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
+}
 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-      /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */
-      *pSize = 0;
-    }else{
-      getCellInfo(pCur);
-      *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
+/*
+** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
+** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
+*/
+static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
+  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
+  pBt->pHasContent = 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
-** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 
-** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
-** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. 
-**
-** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
-**
-** Unless pPgnoNext is NULL, the page number of the next overflow 
-** page in the linked list is written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl
-** is the last page in its linked list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. 
+** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey 
+** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
 **
-** If ppPage is not NULL, *ppPage is set to the MemPage* handle
-** for page ovfl. The underlying pager page may have been requested
-** with the noContent flag set, so the page data accessable via
-** this handle may not be trusted.
+** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
+** prior to calling this routine.  
 */
-static int getOverflowPage(
-  BtShared *pBt, 
-  Pgno ovfl,                   /* Overflow page */
-  MemPage **ppPage,            /* OUT: MemPage handle */
-  Pgno *pPgnoNext              /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
-){
-  Pgno next = 0;
+static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
   int rc;
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  /* One of these must not be NULL. Otherwise, why call this function? */
-  assert(ppPage || pPgnoNext);
+  assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
+  assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
 
-  /* If pPgnoNext is NULL, then this function is being called to obtain
-  ** a MemPage* reference only. No page-data is required in this case.
-  */
-  if( !pPgnoNext ){
-    return sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, ppPage, 1);
-  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );  /* KeySize() cannot fail */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
-  ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in 
-  ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns 
-  ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page 
-  ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
+  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
+  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
+  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
+  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
+  ** data.
   */
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    Pgno pgno;
-    Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
-    u8 eType;
-
-    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-      iGuess++;
-    }
-
-    if( iGuess<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
-      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
-        next = iGuess;
+  if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
+    void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey );
+    if( pKey ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        pCur->pKey = pKey;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_free(pKey);
       }
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
   }
-#endif
-
-  if( next==0 || ppPage ){
-    MemPage *pPage = 0;
-
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, next!=0);
-    assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0);
-    if( next==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
-    }
+  assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
 
-    if( ppPage ){
-      *ppPage = pPage;
-    }else{
-      releasePage(pPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+      pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
     }
+    pCur->iPage = -1;
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
   }
-  *pPgnoNext = next;
 
+  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
-**
-** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
-** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
-** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
-** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
-** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
+** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table 
+** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
+** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
 */
-static int copyPayload(
-  void *pPayload,           /* Pointer to page data */
-  void *pBuf,               /* Pointer to buffer */
-  int nByte,                /* Number of bytes to copy */
-  int eOp,                  /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
-  DbPage *pDbPage           /* Page containing pPayload */
-){
-  if( eOp ){
-    /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
-    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
+static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
+  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && 
+        p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+      int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
+      if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+        return rc;
+      }
     }
-    memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
-  }else{
-    /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
-    memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
   }
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
-** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp
-** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into
-** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from
-** buffer pBuf).
-**
-** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
-** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
-**
-** This routine does not make a distinction between key and data.
-** It just reads or writes bytes from the payload area.  Data might 
-** appear on the main page or be scattered out on multiple overflow 
-** pages.
-**
-** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current
-** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function
-** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list 
-** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this
-** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient.
-**
-** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
-** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
-** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
-** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
-**
-**   * An incremental vacuum,
-**   * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
-**   * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
+** Clear the current cursor position.
 */
-static int accessPayload(
-  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
-  int offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
-  int amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
-  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
-  int skipKey,         /* offset begins at data if this is true */
-  int eOp              /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
-){
-  unsigned char *aPayload;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  u32 nKey;
-  int iIdx = 0;
-  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;     /* Btree page of current cursor entry */
-  BtShared *pBt;                   /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
-
-  assert( pPage );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell );
-  assert( offset>=0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
   assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+  pCur->pKey = 0;
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+}
 
-  getCellInfo(pCur);
-  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
-  nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : pCur->info.nKey);
-
-  if( skipKey ){
-    offset += nKey;
-  }
-  if( offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData ){
-    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
+/*
+** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
+** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode.  Unpack the
+** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
+*/
+static int btreeMoveto(
+  BtCursor *pCur,     /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
+  i64 nKey,           /* Integer key for tables.  Size of pKey for indices */
+  int bias,           /* Bias search to the high end */
+  int *pRes           /* Write search results here */
+){
+  int rc;                    /* Status code */
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;   /* Unpacked index key */
+  char aSpace[150];          /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */
 
-  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
-  if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){
-    int a = amt;
-    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
-      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
-    }
-    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage);
-    offset = 0;
-    pBuf += a;
-    amt -= a;
+  if( pKey ){
+    assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
+    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey,
+                                      aSpace, sizeof(aSpace));
+    if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }else{
-    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
-  }
-
-  pBt = pCur->pBt;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
-    const int ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
-    Pgno nextPage;
-
-    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-    /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[]
-    ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at
-    ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The
-    ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0],
-    ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known"
-    ** (the cache is lazily populated).
-    */
-    if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){
-      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
-      pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl);
-      if( nOvfl && !pCur->aOverflow ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
-    ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
-    ** directly to it.
-    */
-    if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
-      iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
-      nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
-      offset = (offset%ovflSize);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-      /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
-      if( pCur->aOverflow ){
-        assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
-        pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
-      }
-#endif
-
-      if( offset>=ovflSize ){
-        /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
-        ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
-        ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
-        ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
-        ** function.
-        */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-        if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
-          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
-        } else 
-#endif
-          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
-        offset -= ovflSize;
-      }else{
-        /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
-        ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
-        */
-        DbPage *pDbPage;
-        int a = amt;
-        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-          nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
-          if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
-            a = ovflSize - offset;
-          }
-          rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage);
-          sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-          offset = 0;
-          amt -= a;
-          pBuf += a;
-        }
-      }
-    }
+    pIdxKey = 0;
   }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
+  if( pKey ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
   }
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
+** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
+** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the 
+** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
+** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each 
+** saveCursorPosition().
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
   int rc;
-
   assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
+  assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+    return pCur->skipNext;
+  }
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext);
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-    assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
-    if( pCur->pPage->intKey ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    assert( pCur->pPage->intKey==0 );
-    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell );
-    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+    pCur->pKey = 0;
+    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
   }
   return rc;
 }
 
+#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
+  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
+         btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
+         SQLITE_OK)
+
 /*
-** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
+** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it
+** was last placed at.  Cursors can move when the row they are pointing
+** at is deleted out from under them.
 **
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
+** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong.  The
+** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){
   int rc;
 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-    assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
-    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell );
-    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1, 0);
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  if( rc ){
+    *pHasMoved = 1;
+    return rc;
   }
-  return rc;
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skipNext!=0 ){
+    *pHasMoved = 1;
+  }else{
+    *pHasMoved = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
 /*
-** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
-** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
-** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
-** skipKey==1.  The number of bytes of available key/data is written
-** into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
-** a valid pointer.
-**
-** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
-** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
-** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
-** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
-** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassembly
-** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
-**
-** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
-** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
-** any btree routine is called.
+** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
+** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
+** input page number.
 */
-static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
-  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
-  int *pAmt,           /* Write the number of available bytes here */
-  int skipKey          /* read beginning at data if this is true */
-){
-  unsigned char *aPayload;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  u32 nKey;
-  int nLocal;
-
-  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell );
-  getCellInfo(pCur);
-  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
-  aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
-  if( pPage->intKey ){
-    nKey = 0;
-  }else{
-    nKey = pCur->info.nKey;
-  }
-  if( skipKey ){
-    aPayload += nKey;
-    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
-  }else{
-    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
-    if( nLocal>nKey ){
-      nLocal = nKey;
-    }
+static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  int nPagesPerMapPage;
+  Pgno iPtrMap, ret;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
+  iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
+  ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; 
+  if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    ret++;
   }
-  *pAmt = nLocal;
-  return aPayload;
+  return ret;
 }
 
-
 /*
-** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
-** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
-** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
+** Write an entry into the pointer map.
 **
-** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
-** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
-** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
-** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
-** this routine.
+** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
+** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
 **
-** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
-** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
+** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is
+** a no-op.  If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written
+** into *pRC.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
-    return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
+static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;  /* The pointer map page */
+  u8 *pPtrmap;      /* The pointer map data */
+  Pgno iPtrmap;     /* The pointer map page number */
+  int offset;       /* Offset in pointer map page */
+  int rc;           /* Return code from subfunctions */
+
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
+  assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
+
+  assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+  if( key==0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    return;
   }
-  return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
-    return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
+  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+  if( offset<0 ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    goto ptrmap_exit;
+  }
+  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+  if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
+    TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
+    *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
+      put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
+    }
   }
-  return 0;
-}
 
+ptrmap_exit:
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+}
 
 /*
-** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
-** page number of the child page to move to.
+** Read an entry from the pointer map.
+**
+** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
+** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
+** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
 */
-static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
+static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;   /* The pointer map page */
+  int iPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page index */
+  u8 *pPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page data */
+  int offset;        /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
   int rc;
-  MemPage *pNewPage;
-  MemPage *pOldPage;
-  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, pCur->pPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  pNewPage->idxParent = pCur->idx;
-  pOldPage = pCur->pPage;
-  pOldPage->idxShift = 0;
-  releasePage(pOldPage);
-  pCur->pPage = pNewPage;
-  pCur->idx = 0;
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->validNKey = 0;
-  if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
+  if( rc!=0 ){
+    return rc;
   }
+  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+  assert( pEType!=0 );
+  *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
+  if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
+
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+  if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
+#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+  #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc)
+  #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+  #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc)
+#endif
+
 /*
-** Return true if the page is the virtual root of its table.
+** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
+** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
+** to the cell content.
 **
-** The virtual root page is the root page for most tables.  But
-** for the table rooted on page 1, sometime the real root page
-** is empty except for the right-pointer.  In such cases the
-** virtual root page is the page that the right-pointer of page
-** 1 is pointing to.
+** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage){
-  MemPage *pParent;
+#define findCell(P,I) \
+  ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)])))
 
+/*
+** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
+** pages that do contain overflow cells.
+*/
+static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  int i;
   assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  pParent = pPage->pParent;
-  if( pParent==0 ) return 1;
-  if( pParent->pgno>1 ) return 0;
-  if( get2byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+3])==0 ) return 1;
-  return 0;
+  for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
+    int k;
+    struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
+    pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
+    k = pOvfl->idx;
+    if( k<=iCell ){
+      if( k==iCell ){
+        return pOvfl->pCell;
+      }
+      iCell--;
+    }
+  }
+  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
 }
 
 /*
-** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
+** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
+** are two versions of this function.  btreeParseCell() takes a 
+** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr() 
+** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
 **
-** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
-** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
-** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
-** the largest cell index.
+** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
+** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
-  MemPage *pParent;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  int idxParent;
+static void btreeParseCellPtr(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  u16 n;                  /* Number bytes in cell content header */
+  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  assert( pPage!=0 );
-  assert( !sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) );
-  pParent = pPage->pParent;
-  assert( pParent!=0 );
-  idxParent = pPage->idxParent;
-  sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  pCur->pPage = pParent;
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->validNKey = 0;
-  assert( pParent->idxShift==0 );
-  pCur->idx = idxParent;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+
+  pInfo->pCell = pCell;
+  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
+  n = pPage->childPtrSize;
+  assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    if( pPage->hasData ){
+      n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
+    }else{
+      nPayload = 0;
+    }
+    n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
+    pInfo->nData = nPayload;
+  }else{
+    pInfo->nData = 0;
+    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
+    pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
+  }
+  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
+  pInfo->nHeader = n;
+  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
+  testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+  if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){
+    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
+    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
+    */
+    int nSize;          /* Total size of cell content in bytes */
+    nSize = nPayload + n;
+    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
+    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
+    if( (nSize & ~3)==0 ){
+      nSize = 4;        /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+    }
+    pInfo->nSize = (u16)nSize;
+  }else{
+    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
+    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
+    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
+    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
+    ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
+    **
+    ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
+    ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
+    */
+    int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
+    int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
+    int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+
+    minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+    maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
+    surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+    testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
+    testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
+    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
+      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
+    }else{
+      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
+    }
+    pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n);
+    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
+  }
+}
+#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
+  btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
+static void btreeParseCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
+  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
+  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+  parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
 }
 
 /*
-** Move the cursor to the root page
+** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
+** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
+** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
+** the space used by the cell pointer.
 */
-static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
-  MemPage *pRoot;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+  u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize];
+  u32 nSize;
 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  assert( CURSOR_VALID   < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  assert( CURSOR_FAULT   > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-      return pCur->skip;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
+  ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
+  ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
+  ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
+  CellInfo debuginfo;
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
+#endif
+
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    u8 *pEnd;
+    if( pPage->hasData ){
+      pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
+    }else{
+      nSize = 0;
     }
-    clearCursorPosition(pCur);
-  }
-  pRoot = pCur->pPage;
-  if( pRoot && pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ){
-    assert( pRoot->isInit );
+
+    /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length 
+    ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
+    ** past the end of the key value. */
+    pEnd = &pIter[9];
+    while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIterpgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0))
-    ){
-      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-      return rc;
+    pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
+  }
+
+  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+  testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+  if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
+    int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+    nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+    testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+    if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
+      nSize = minLocal;
     }
-    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
-    pCur->pPage = pRoot;
+    nSize += 4;
   }
-  pCur->idx = 0;
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->atLast = 0;
-  pCur->validNKey = 0;
-  if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
-    Pgno subpage;
-    assert( pRoot->pgno==1 );
-    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
-    assert( subpage>0 );
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
+  nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);
+
+  /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */
+  if( nSize<4 ){
+    nSize = 4;
   }
-  pCur->eState = ((pCur->pPage->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID);
-  return rc;
+
+  assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize );
+  return (u16)nSize;
 }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+  return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell));
+}
+#endif
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
 /*
-** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
-** entry to which it is currently pointing.
-**
-** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
-** in ascending order.
+** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
+** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
+** for the overflow page.
 */
-static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Pgno pgno;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
-    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell );
-    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->idx));
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
+  CellInfo info;
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+  assert( pCell!=0 );
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
+  if( info.iOverflow ){
+    Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+    ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
   }
-  return rc;
 }
+#endif
+
 
 /*
-** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
-** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
-** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
-** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
-** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
-**
-** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
-** key in ascending order.
+** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
+** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
+** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
+** pointer array and the cell content area.
 */
-static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Pgno pgno;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  MemPage *pPage;
+static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
+  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
+  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
+  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
+  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
+  int cbrk;                  /* Offset to the cell content area */
+  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
+  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
+  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
+  int iCellFirst;            /* First allowable cell index */
+  int iCellLast;             /* Last possible cell index */
 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
-    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    pCur->idx = pPage->nCell;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+  nCell = pPage->nCell;
+  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
+  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+  cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk);
+  cbrk = usableSize;
+  iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
+  iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
+  for(i=0; iiCellLast ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+#endif
+    assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
+    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
+    cbrk -= size;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+    if( cbrkusableSize ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+#endif
+    assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+    testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
+    testcase( pc+size==usableSize );
+    memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size);
+    put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
   }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pCur->idx = pPage->nCell - 1;
-    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-    pCur->validNKey = 0;
+  assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
+  data[hdr+1] = 0;
+  data[hdr+2] = 0;
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   }
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
+** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
+** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
+** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
+**
+** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the
+** allocation.  This routine might need to defragment in order to bring
+** all the space together, however.  This routine will avoid using
+** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
+** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
+** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
+static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
+  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;    /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
+  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;      /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
+  int nFrag;                           /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */
+  int top;                             /* First byte of cell content area */
+  int gap;        /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
+  int rc;         /* Integer return code */
+  
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  assert( nBytepBt->usableSize-8 );
 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-      assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
-      *pRes = 1;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 );
-      *pRes = 0;
-      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
+  assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
+  gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  testcase( gap+2==top );
+  testcase( gap+1==top );
+  testcase( gap==top );
+
+  if( nFrag>=60 ){
+    /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */
+    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+  }else if( gap+2<=top ){
+    /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy 
+    ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in 
+    ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it.
+    */
+    int pc, addr;
+    for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
+      int size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);     /* Size of free slot */
+      if( size>=nByte ){
+        int x = size - nByte;
+        testcase( x==4 );
+        testcase( x==3 );
+        if( x<4 ){
+          /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
+          ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
+          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
+          data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
+        }else{
+          /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
+          ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
+          put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
+        }
+        *pIdx = pc + x;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
     }
   }
-  return rc;
+
+  /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy
+  ** the allocation.  If not, defragment.
+  */
+  testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
+  if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
+    rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+    assert( gap+nByte<=top );
+  }
+
+
+  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
+  ** and the cell content area.  The btreeInitPage() call has already
+  ** validated the freelist.  Given that the freelist is valid, there
+  ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page.
+  ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence.
+  */
+  top -= nByte;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+  assert( top+nByte <= pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  *pIdx = top;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+/*
+** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
+** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
+** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
+**
+** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
+** free blocks into a single big free block.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
- 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-      assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
-      *pRes = 1;
+static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
+  int addr, pbegin, hdr;
+  int iLast;                        /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
+  assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( size>=0 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+  /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE 
+  ** option is enabled at compile-time */
+  memset(&data[start], 0, size);
+#endif
+
+  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks.  Note that
+  ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
+  ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or
+  ** freeblocks that overlapped cells.   Nor does it detect when the
+  ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header.  If these
+  ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt
+  ** the freelist.  So we do need to check for corruption while scanning
+  ** the freelist.
+  */
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  addr = hdr + 1;
+  iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4;
+  assert( start<=iLast );
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){
+    if( pbeginiLast ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
+  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
+  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
+  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
+  pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size;
+
+  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
+  addr = hdr + 1;
+  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+    int pnext, psize, x;
+    assert( pbegin>addr );
+    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
+    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
+      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
+      if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }
+      data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag;
+      x = get2byte(&data[pnext]);
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin], x);
+      x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin;
+      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x);
     }else{
-      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-      *pRes = 0;
-      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
-      getCellInfo(pCur);
-      pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK;
+      addr = pbegin;
     }
   }
-  return rc;
+
+  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
+  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
+    int top;
+    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key 
-** specified by pKey/nKey/pUnKey. Return a success code.
-**
-** For INTKEY tables, only the nKey parameter is used.  pKey 
-** and pUnKey must be NULL.  For index tables, either pUnKey
-** must point to a key that has already been unpacked, or else
-** pKey/nKey describes a blob containing the key.
-**
-** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
-** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
-** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
-** before or after the key.
-**
-** The result of comparing the key with the entry to which the
-** cursor is written to *pRes if pRes!=NULL.  The meaning of
-** this value is as follows:
-**
-**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  is smaller than pKey or if the table is empty
-**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
+/*
+** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
+** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
 **
-**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  exactly matches pKey.
+** Only the following combinations are supported.  Anything different
+** indicates a corrupt database files:
 **
-**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  is larger than pKey.
+**         PTF_ZERODATA
+**         PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
+**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
+**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
+*/
+static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
+  BtShared *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
+
+  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3);  assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
+  flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
+  pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
+  pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
+    pPage->intKey = 1;
+    pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
+  }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
+    pPage->intKey = 0;
+    pPage->hasData = 0;
+    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
+    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
 **
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
+** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
+** we failed to detect any corruption.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(
-  BtCursor *pCur,        /* The cursor to be moved */
-  const void *pKey,      /* The key content for indices.  Not used by tables */
-  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,/* Unpacked version of pKey */
-  i64 nKey,              /* Size of pKey.  Or the key for tables */
-  int biasRight,         /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
-  int *pRes              /* Search result flag */
-){
-  int rc;
-  char aSpace[200];
+static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){
 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
 
-  /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
-  ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey && pCur->pPage->intKey ){
-    if( pCur->info.nKey==nKey ){
-      *pRes = 0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKeyisInit ){
+    u16 pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
+    u8 hdr;            /* Offset to beginning of page header */
+    u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
+    BtShared *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
+    u16 usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
+    u16 cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
+    u16 nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
+    u16 top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */
+    int iCellFirst;    /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
+    int iCellLast;     /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */
 
+    pBt = pPage->pBt;
 
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->pPage );
-  assert( pCur->pPage->isInit );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-    *pRes = -1;
-    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( pCur->pPage->intKey ){
-    /* We are given an SQL table to search.  The key is the integer
-    ** rowid contained in nKey.  pKey and pUnKey should both be NULL */
-    assert( pUnKey==0 );
-    assert( pKey==0 );
-  }else if( pUnKey==0 ){
-    /* We are to search an SQL index using a key encoded as a blob.
-    ** The blob is found at pKey and is nKey bytes in length.  Unpack
-    ** this key so that we can use it. */
-    assert( pKey!=0 );
-    pUnKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey,
-                                   aSpace, sizeof(aSpace));
-    if( pUnKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    /* We are to search an SQL index using a key that is already unpacked
-    ** and handed to us in pUnKey. */
-    assert( pKey==0 );
-  }
-  for(;;){
-    int lwr, upr;
-    Pgno chldPg;
-    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
-    int c = -1;  /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */
-    lwr = 0;
-    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
-    if( !pPage->intKey && pUnKey==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto moveto_finish;
-    }
-    if( biasRight ){
-      pCur->idx = upr;
-    }else{
-      pCur->idx = (upr+lwr)/2;
+    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+    data = pPage->aData;
+    if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 );
+    pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1;
+    pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+    usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+    pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+    pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+    if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
+      /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
     }
-    if( lwr<=upr ) for(;;){
-      void *pCellKey;
-      i64 nCellKey;
-      pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-      pCur->validNKey = 1;
-      if( pPage->intKey ){
-        u8 *pCell;
-        pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
-        if( pPage->hasData ){
-          u32 dummy;
-          pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy);
-        }
-        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
-        if( nCellKey==nKey ){
-          c = 0;
-        }else if( nCellKeynKey );
-          c = +1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        int available;
-        pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0);
-        nCellKey = pCur->info.nKey;
-        if( available>=nCellKey ){
-          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCellKey, pCellKey, pUnKey);
-        }else{
-          pCellKey = sqlite3_malloc( nCellKey );
-          if( pCellKey==0 ){
-            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-            goto moveto_finish;
-          }
-          rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, nCellKey, (void *)pCellKey);
-          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCellKey, pCellKey, pUnKey);
-          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
-          if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
+    testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
+
+    /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
+    ** of page when parsing a cell.  
+    **
+    ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
+    ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be 
+    ** returned if it does.
+    */
+    iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+    iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+    {
+      int i;            /* Index into the cell pointer array */
+      int sz;           /* Size of a cell */
+
+      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--;
+      for(i=0; inCell; i++){
+        pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]);
+        testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
+        testcase( pc==iCellLast );
+        if( pciCellLast ){
+          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
         }
-      }
-      if( c==0 ){
-        pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
-        if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){
-          lwr = pCur->idx;
-          upr = lwr - 1;
-          break;
-        }else{
-          if( pRes ) *pRes = 0;
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          goto moveto_finish;
+        sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+        testcase( pc+sz==usableSize );
+        if( pc+sz>usableSize ){
+          return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
         }
       }
-      if( c<0 ){
-        lwr = pCur->idx+1;
-      }else{
-        upr = pCur->idx-1;
+      if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
+    }  
+#endif
+
+    /* Compute the total free space on the page */
+    pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;
+    while( pc>0 ){
+      u16 next, size;
+      if( pciCellLast ){
+        /* Start of free block is off the page */
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
       }
-      if( lwr>upr ){
-        pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
-        break;
+      next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+      if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
+        /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
+	** the free-block must lie on the database page.  */
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
       }
-      pCur->idx = (lwr+upr)/2;
-    }
-    assert( lwr==upr+1 );
-    assert( pPage->isInit );
-    if( pPage->leaf ){
-      chldPg = 0;
-    }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
-      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    }else{
-      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
+      nFree = nFree + size;
+      pc = next;
     }
-    if( chldPg==0 ){
-      assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell );
-      if( pRes ) *pRes = c;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      goto moveto_finish;
+
+    /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
+    ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within
+    ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size
+    ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also
+    ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content
+    ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
+    */
+    if( nFree>usableSize ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
     }
-    pCur->idx = lwr;
-    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-    pCur->validNKey = 0;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
-    if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
-  }
-moveto_finish:
-  if( pKey ){
-    /* If we created our own unpacked key at the top of this
-    ** procedure, then destroy that key before returning. */
-    sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pUnKey);
+    pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst);
+    pPage->isInit = 1;
   }
-  return rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-
 /*
-** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
-**
-** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
-** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
-** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
+** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
+** no entries.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
-  /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
-  ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
-  ** as well as the boolean result value.
-  */
-  return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
+static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
+  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  u16 first;
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  /*memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);*/
+  data[hdr] = (char)flags;
+  first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0);
+  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
+  data[hdr+7] = 0;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
+  pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first;
+  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
+  pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
+  pPage->cellOffset = first;
+  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+  assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 );
+  pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1;
+  pPage->nCell = 0;
+  pPage->isInit = 1;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Return the database connection handle for a cursor.
+** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
+** the btree layer.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  return pCur->pBtree->db;
+static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
+  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
+  pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+  pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
+  pPage->pBt = pBt;
+  pPage->pgno = pgno;
+  pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
+  return pPage; 
 }
 
 /*
-** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
-** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+**
+** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
+** the content of the page at this time.  So do not go to the disk
+** to fetch the content.  Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
+** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
+** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
+** read should occur at that point.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+static int btreeGetPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,       /* The btree */
+  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to fetch */
+  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Return the page in this parameter */
+  int noContent        /* Do not load page content if true */
+){
   int rc;
-  MemPage *pPage;
+  DbPage *pDbPage;
 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pRes!=0 );
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-    *pRes = 1;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( pCur->skip>0 ){
-    pCur->skip = 0;
-    *pRes = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  pCur->skip = 0;
-
-  assert( pPage->isInit );
-  assert( pCur->idxnCell );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-  pCur->idx++;
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->validNKey = 0;
-  if( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ){
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-      *pRes = 0;
-      return rc;
-    }
-    do{
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){
-        *pRes = 1;
-        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur);
-      pPage = pCur->pPage;
-    }while( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell );
-    *pRes = 0;
-    if( pPage->leafData ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    return rc;
-  }
-  *pRes = 0;
-  if( pPage->leaf ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
+** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+  DbPage *pDbPage;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
+  if( pDbPage ){
+    return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
   }
-  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-  return rc;
+  return 0;
 }
 
-
 /*
-** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
-** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of
+** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+static Pgno pagerPagecount(BtShared *pBt){
+  int nPage = -1;
   int rc;
-  Pgno pgno;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pCur->atLast = 0;
-  if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-    *pRes = 1;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( pCur->skip<0 ){
-    pCur->skip = 0;
-    *pRes = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  pCur->skip = 0;
-
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  assert( pPage->isInit );
-  assert( pCur->idx>=0 );
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    pgno = get4byte( findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) );
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
-    if( rc ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
-  }else{
-    while( pCur->idx==0 ){
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){
-        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-        *pRes = 1;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur);
-      pPage = pCur->pPage;
-    }
-    pCur->idx--;
-    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-    pCur->validNKey = 0;
-    if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  *pRes = 0;
-  return rc;
+  assert( pBt->pPage1 );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || nPage==-1 );
+  return (Pgno)nPage;
 }
 
 /*
-** Allocate a new page from the database file.
-**
-** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
-** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
-** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
-** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
-** an error.  *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
-** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
-**
-** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to 
-** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
-** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
-** which in turn can make database access faster.
+** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine is just a
+** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and 
+** btreeInitPage().
 **
-** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists 
-** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This
-** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table.
+** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It
+** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value.
 */
-static int allocateBtreePage(
-  BtShared *pBt, 
-  MemPage **ppPage, 
-  Pgno *pPgno, 
-  Pgno nearby,
-  u8 exact
+static int getAndInitPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,          /* The database file */
+  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to get */
+  MemPage **ppPage     /* Write the page pointer here */
 ){
-  MemPage *pPage1;
   int rc;
-  int n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
-  int k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
-  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
-  MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
-
+  TESTONLY( Pgno iLastPg = pagerPagecount(pBt); )
   assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
-  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
-  if( n>0 ){
-    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
-    Pgno iTrunk;
-    u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
-    
-    /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map
-    ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
-    ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( exact && nearby<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
-      u8 eType;
-      assert( nearby>0 );
-      assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
-      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-        searchList = 1;
-      }
-      *pPgno = nearby;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
-    ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
-
-    /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
-    ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
-    ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located.
-    */
-    do {
-      pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
-      if( pPrevTrunk ){
-        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
-      }else{
-        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
-      if( rc ){
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        goto end_allocate_page;
-      }
-
-      k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
-      if( k==0 && !searchList ){
-        /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 
-        ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 
-        ** allocated page */
-        assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-        if( rc ){
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        *pPgno = iTrunk;
-        memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-        *ppPage = pTrunk;
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
-      }else if( k>pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
-        /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        goto end_allocate_page;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){
-        /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
-        ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
-        */
-        assert( *pPgno==iTrunk );
-        *ppPage = pTrunk;
-        searchList = 0;
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-        if( rc ){
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        if( k==0 ){
-          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
-            memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          }else{
-            memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          }
-        }else{
-          /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains 
-          ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
-          ** page in this case.
-          */
-          MemPage *pNewTrunk;
-          Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
-          rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            releasePage(pNewTrunk);
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
-          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
-          releasePage(pNewTrunk);
-          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
-            put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
-          }else{
-            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
-            if( rc ){
-              goto end_allocate_page;
-            }
-            put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
-          }
-        }
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
-#endif
-      }else{
-        /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
-        int closest;
-        Pgno iPage;
-        unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-        if( rc ){
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        if( nearby>0 ){
-          int i, dist;
-          closest = 0;
-          dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby;
-          if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist;
-          for(i=1; isqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
-            /* Free page off the end of the file */
-            rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
-                 ": %d more free pages\n",
-                 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
-          if( closestpDbPage);
-            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-              releasePage(*ppPage);
-            }
-          }
-          searchList = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
-      pPrevTrunk = 0;
-    }while( searchList );
-  }else{
-    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
-    ** end of the file */
-    *pPgno = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) + 1;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->nTrunc ){
-      /* An incr-vacuum has already run within this transaction. So the
-      ** page to allocate is not from the physical end of the file, but
-      ** at pBt->nTrunc. 
-      */
-      *pPgno = pBt->nTrunc+1;
-      if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-        (*pPgno)++;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){
-      /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
-      ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
-      ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
-      */
-      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", *pPgno));
-      assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-      (*pPgno)++;
-      if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ (*pPgno)++; }
-    }
-    if( pBt->nTrunc ){
-      pBt->nTrunc = *pPgno;
-    }
-#endif
 
-    assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 0);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
       releasePage(*ppPage);
     }
-    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
   }
 
-  assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+  /* If the requested page number was either 0 or greater than the page
+  ** number of the last page in the database, this function should return
+  ** SQLITE_CORRUPT or some other error (i.e. SQLITE_FULL). Check that this
+  ** is the case.  */
+  assert( (pgno>0 && pgno<=iLastPg) || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  testcase( pgno==0 );
+  testcase( pgno==iLastPg );
 
-end_allocate_page:
-  releasePage(pTrunk);
-  releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Add a page of the database file to the freelist.
-**
-** sqlite3PagerUnref() is NOT called for pPage.
+** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
+** call to btreeGetPage.
 */
-static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
-  int rc, n, k;
-
-  /* Prepare the page for freeing */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
-  pPage->isInit = 0;
-  releasePage(pPage->pParent);
-  pPage->pParent = 0;
-
-  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
-  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n+1);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-  /* If the SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE compile-time option is enabled, then
-  ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
-  ** to indicate that the page is free.
-  */
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pPage->pgno, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
+  if( pPage ){
+    assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pPage->pDbPage)>1 );
+    assert( pPage->aData );
+    assert( pPage->pBt );
+    assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+    assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage);
   }
-#endif
+}
 
-  if( n==0 ){
-    /* This is the first free page */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    memset(pPage->aData, 0, 8);
-    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
-    TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d first\n", pPage->pgno));
-  }else{
-    /* Other free pages already exist.  Retrive the first trunk page
-    ** of the freelist and find out how many leaves it has. */
-    MemPage *pTrunk;
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk, 0);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
-    if( k>=pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
-      /* The trunk is full.  Turn the page being freed into a new
-      ** trunk page with no leaves. */
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        put4byte(pPage->aData, pTrunk->pgno);
-        put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
-        put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
-        TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n",
-                pPage->pgno, pTrunk->pgno));
-      }
-    }else if( k<0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-    }else{
-      /* Add the newly freed page as a leaf on the current trunk */
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], k+1);
-        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+k*4], pPage->pgno);
-#ifndef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-        sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-#endif
-      }
-      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
+/*
+** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
+** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
+** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
+**
+** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
+** page to agree with the restored data.
+*/
+static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
+  assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 );
+  if( pPage->isInit ){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+    pPage->isInit = 0;
+    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){
+      /* pPage might not be a btree page;  it might be an overflow page
+      ** or ptrmap page or a free page.  In those cases, the following
+      ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
+      ** But no harm is done by this.  And it is very important that
+      ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
+      ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
+      btreeInitPage(pPage);
     }
-    releasePage(pTrunk);
   }
-  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
+** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
 */
-static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  CellInfo info;
-  Pgno ovflPgno;
-  int rc;
-  int nOvfl;
-  int ovflPageSize;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
-  }
-  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
-  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
-  assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
-  while( nOvfl-- ){
-    MemPage *pOvfl;
-    if( ovflPgno==0 || ovflPgno>sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-
-    rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, (nOvfl==0)?0:&ovflPgno);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    rc = freePage(pOvfl);
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
+  BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
+  assert( pBt->db );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
+  return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
 }
 
 /*
-** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
-** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
-** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
-** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
-** for pCell[].
+** Open a database file.
+** 
+** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
+** a new database with a random name is created.  This randomly named
+** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
+** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
+** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
 **
-** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
-** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
-** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
-** later.
+** If the database is already opened in the same database connection
+** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error.  We cannot allow two or more BtShared
+** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead
+** to problems with locking.
 */
-static int fillInCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
-  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
-  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key */
-  const void *pData,int nData,   /* The data */
-  int nZero,                     /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
-  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Associated database handle */
+  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+  int flags,              /* Options */
+  int vfsFlags            /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
 ){
-  int nPayload;
-  const u8 *pSrc;
-  int nSrc, n, rc;
-  int spaceLeft;
-  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
-  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
-  unsigned char *pPrior;
-  unsigned char *pPayload;
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
-  int nHeader;
-  CellInfo info;
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;             /* The VFS to use for this btree */
+  BtShared *pBt = 0;             /* Shared part of btree structure */
+  Btree *p;                      /* Handle to return */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0;  /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Result code from this function */
+  u8 nReserve;                   /* Byte of unused space on each page */
+  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];  /* Database header content */
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or 
+  ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if
+  ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled 
+  ** into the library.
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+  #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+    const int isMemdb = 0;
+  #else
+    const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:");
+  #endif
+#endif
 
-  /* Fill in the header. */
-  nHeader = 0;
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    nHeader += 4;
-  }
-  if( pPage->hasData ){
-    nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero);
-  }else{
-    nData = nZero = 0;
-  }
-  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
-  assert( info.nKey==nKey );
-  assert( info.nData==nData+nZero );
-  
-  /* Fill in the payload */
-  nPayload = nData + nZero;
-  if( pPage->intKey ){
-    pSrc = pData;
-    nSrc = nData;
-    nData = 0;
-  }else{
-    nPayload += nKey;
-    pSrc = pKey;
-    nSrc = nKey;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  pVfs = db->pVfs;
+  p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-  *pnSize = info.nSize;
-  spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
-  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
-  pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
+  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+  p->db = db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  p->lock.pBtree = p;
+  p->lock.iTable = 1;
+#endif
 
-  while( nPayload>0 ){
-    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
-      int isExact = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        do{
-          pgnoOvfl++;
-        } while( 
-          PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 
-        );
-        if( pgnoOvfl>1 ){
-          /* isExact = 1; */
-        }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+  /*
+  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
+  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
+  */
+  if( isMemdb==0 && zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+    if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){
+      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+      char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
+      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
+      p->sharable = 1;
+      if( !zFullPathname ){
+        sqlite3_free(p);
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
+      mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
+      mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+      for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
+        assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
+        if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager))
+                 && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
+          int iDb;
+          for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){
+            Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+            if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){
+              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+              sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+              sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+              sqlite3_free(p);
+              return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+            }
+          }
+          p->pBt = pBt;
+          pBt->nRef++;
+          break;
+        }
       }
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+      sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    else{
+      /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
+      ** even when they are not.  This exercises the locking code and
+      ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
+      ** statements to find locking problems.
+      */
+      p->sharable = 1;
+    }
 #endif
-      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, isExact);
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pBt==0 ){
+    /*
+    ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
+    ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
+    ** when compiling on a different architecture.
+    */
+    assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
+    assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
+    assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+    assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
+    assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
+  
+    pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
+    if( pBt==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto btree_open_out;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
+                          EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto btree_open_out;
+    }
+    pBt->db = db;
+    sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
+    p->pBt = pBt;
+  
+    pBt->pCursor = 0;
+    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+    pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager);
+    pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
+    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
+      pBt->pageSize = 0;
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
-      ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
-      ** for that page now. 
-      **
-      ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry 
-      ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
-      ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
-      ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the
-      ** wrong pages from the database.
+      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
+      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
+      ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
+      ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
+      ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
       */
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
-        rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap);
-        if( rc ){
-          releasePage(pOvfl);
-        }
+      if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
+        pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
+        pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
       }
 #endif
-      if( rc ){
-        releasePage(pToRelease);
-        return rc;
+      nReserve = 0;
+    }else{
+      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
+      pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+    if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
+    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+    assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 );  /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
+   
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+    /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
+    */
+    if( p->sharable ){
+      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
+      pBt->nRef = 1;
+      mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+      if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+        pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+        if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          db->mallocFailed = 0;
+          goto btree_open_out;
+        }
       }
-      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
-      releasePage(pToRelease);
-      pToRelease = pOvfl;
-      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
-      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
-      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
-      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+      pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
     }
-    n = nPayload;
-    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
-    if( nSrc>0 ){
-      if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
-      assert( pSrc );
-      memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
-    }else{
-      memset(pPayload, 0, n);
+#endif
+  }
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+  /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
+  ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
+  ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
+  */
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    int i;
+    Btree *pSib;
+    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+      if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
+        while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
+        if( p->pBtpBt ){
+          p->pNext = pSib;
+          p->pPrev = 0;
+          pSib->pPrev = p;
+        }else{
+          while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBtpBt ){
+            pSib = pSib->pNext;
+          }
+          p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
+          p->pPrev = pSib;
+          if( p->pNext ){
+            p->pNext->pPrev = p;
+          }
+          pSib->pNext = p;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
     }
-    nPayload -= n;
-    pPayload += n;
-    pSrc += n;
-    nSrc -= n;
-    spaceLeft -= n;
-    if( nSrc==0 ){
-      nSrc = nData;
-      pSrc = pData;
+  }
+#endif
+  *ppBtree = p;
+
+btree_open_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
+      sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
     }
+    sqlite3_free(pBt);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+    *ppBtree = 0;
   }
-  releasePage(pToRelease);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( mutexOpen ){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Change the MemPage.pParent pointer on the page whose number is
-** given in the second argument so that MemPage.pParent holds the
-** pointer in the third argument.
+** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter.  When it reaches zero,
+** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list.  Return
+** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
+** false if it is still positive.
 */
-static int reparentPage(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage *pNewParent, int idx){
-  MemPage *pThis;
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
+static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  sqlite3_mutex *pMaster;
+  BtShared *pList;
+  int removed = 0;
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pNewParent!=0 );
-  if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
-  if( pDbPage ){
-    pThis = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
-    if( pThis->isInit ){
-      assert( pThis->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) );
-      if( pThis->pParent!=pNewParent ){
-        if( pThis->pParent ) sqlite3PagerUnref(pThis->pParent->pDbPage);
-        pThis->pParent = pNewParent;
-        sqlite3PagerRef(pNewParent->pDbPage);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
+  pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  pBt->nRef--;
+  if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
+    if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
+      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
+    }else{
+      pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+      while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
+        pList=pList->pNext;
+      }
+      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+        pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
       }
-      pThis->idxParent = idx;
     }
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    return ptrmapPut(pBt, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pNewParent->pgno);
+    if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
+    }
+    removed = 1;
   }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+  return removed;
+#else
+  return 1;
 #endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-
-
 /*
-** Change the pParent pointer of all children of pPage to point back
-** to pPage.
-**
-** In other words, for every child of pPage, invoke reparentPage()
-** to make sure that each child knows that pPage is its parent.
-**
-** This routine gets called after you memcpy() one page into
-** another.
+** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of 
+** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.
 */
-static int reparentChildPages(MemPage *pPage){
-  int i;
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pPage->leaf ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  for(i=0; inCell; i++){
-    u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-    rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage, i);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+  if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
+    pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
   }
-  rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]), 
-                    pPage, i);
-  pPage->idxShift = 0;
-  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
-** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
-** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
-** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
-**
-** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
+** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
 */
-static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){
-  int i;          /* Loop counter */
-  int pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
-  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
-  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
-
-  assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell );
-  assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
-  pc = get2byte(ptr);
-  assert( pc>10 && pc+sz<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-  freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
-  for(i=idx+1; inCell; i++, ptr+=2){
-    ptr[0] = ptr[2];
-    ptr[1] = ptr[3];
-  }
-  pPage->nCell--;
-  put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
-  pPage->nFree += 2;
-  pPage->idxShift = 1;
+static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+  sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace);
+  pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
-** content of the cell.
-**
-** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
-** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
-** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
-** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
-** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
-** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
-** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
-**
-** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
-** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
-** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location 
-** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
+** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
 */
-static int insertCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
-  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
-  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
-  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
-  u8 *pTemp,        /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
-  u8 nSkip          /* Do not write the first nSkip bytes of the cell */
-){
-  int idx;          /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
-  int j;            /* Loop counter */
-  int top;          /* First byte of content for any cell in data[] */
-  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
-  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
-  int hdr;          /* Offset into data[] of the page header */
-  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
-  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
-  u8 *ptr;          /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtCursor *pCur;
 
-  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
-  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
-    if( pTemp ){
-      memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
-      pCell = pTemp;
-    }
-    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
-    assert( jaOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]) );
-    pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
-    pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = i;
-    pPage->nFree = 0;
-  }else{
-    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-    data = pPage->aData;
-    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-    cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
-    end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2;
-    ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
-    if( end > top - sz ){
-      rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-      assert( end + sz <= top );
-    }
-    idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz);
-    assert( idx>0 );
-    assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
-    pPage->nCell++;
-    pPage->nFree -= 2;
-    memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
-    for(j=end-2, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){
-      ptr[0] = ptr[-2];
-      ptr[1] = ptr[-1];
+  /* Close all cursors opened via this handle.  */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  pCur = pBt->pCursor;
+  while( pCur ){
+    BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
+    pCur = pCur->pNext;
+    if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
+      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
     }
-    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
-    put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
-    pPage->idxShift = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
-      ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
-      */
-      CellInfo info;
-      sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-      assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
-      if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){
-        Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-        rc = ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      }
+  }
+
+  /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
+  ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
+  ** this handle.
+  */
+  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+
+  /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
+  ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 
+  ** up the shared-btree.
+  */
+  assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
+  if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
+    /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
+    ** it without having to hold the mutex.
+    **
+    ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
+    */
+    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
+    sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+    if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
+      pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
     }
-#endif
+    sqlite3_free(pBt->pSchema);
+    freeTempSpace(pBt);
+    sqlite3_free(pBt);
   }
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
+  assert( p->locked==0 );
+  if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+  if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3_free(p);
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
-** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
+** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
+**
+** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
+** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
+** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
+** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
+** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
+** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
+** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
+** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
+** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
+** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
+** normally a worry.
 */
-static void assemblePage(
-  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
-  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
-  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
-  u16 *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
-){
-  int i;            /* Loop counter */
-  int totalSize;    /* Total size of all cells */
-  int hdr;          /* Index of page header */
-  int cellptr;      /* Address of next cell pointer */
-  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
-  u8 *data;         /* Data for the page */
-
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  totalSize = 0;
-  for(i=0; inFree );
-  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
-  cellptr = pPage->cellOffset;
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
-  if( nCell ){
-    cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize);
-    assert( cellbody>0 );
-    assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell );
-    pPage->nFree -= 2*nCell;
-    for(i=0; ipBt->usableSize );
-  }
-  pPage->nCell = nCell;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
-** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
-** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
-** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
-** NN neighbors on either side.
-**
-** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
-** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
-** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
-** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
+** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
+** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
+** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
+** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
+** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
+** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
 */
-#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
-#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static int balance(MemPage*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
 /*
-** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
-** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
-** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
-** entry in the tree.
-**
-** Instead of trying balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
-** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
-** that page.  This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
-** unbalanced.  But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
-** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
-** fill up.  On average.
-**
-** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
-** pParent is its parent.  pPage must have a single overflow entry
-** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
+** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1.  In other
+** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
 */
-static int balance_quick(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
   int rc;
-  MemPage *pNew;
-  Pgno pgnoNew;
-  u8 *pCell;
-  u16 szCell;
-  CellInfo info;
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  int parentIdx = pParent->nCell;   /* pParent new divider cell index */
-  int parentSize;                   /* Size of new divider cell */
-  u8 parentCell[64];                /* Space for the new divider cell */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-
-  /* Allocate a new page. Insert the overflow cell from pPage
-  ** into it. Then remove the overflow cell from pPage.
-  */
-  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell;
-  szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
-  zeroPage(pNew, pPage->aData[0]);
-  assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
-  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-
-  /* Set the parent of the newly allocated page to pParent. */
-  pNew->pParent = pParent;
-  sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
-
-  /* pPage is currently the right-child of pParent. Change this
-  ** so that the right-child is the new page allocated above and
-  ** pPage is the next-to-right child. 
-  */
-  assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
-  pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  rc = fillInCell(pParent, parentCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &parentSize);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( parentSize<64 );
-  rc = insertCell(pParent, parentIdx, parentCell, parentSize, 0, 4);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,parentIdx), pPage->pgno);
-  put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
-  ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 
-  ** cell on the page to an overflow page.
-  */
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, 0);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(pNew);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Release the reference to the new page and balance the parent page,
-  ** in case the divider cell inserted caused it to become overfull.
-  */
-  releasePage(pNew);
-  return balance(pParent, 0);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );  
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
 
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
 /*
-** This routine redistributes Cells on pPage and up to NN*2 siblings
-** of pPage so that all pages have about the same amount of free space.
-** Usually NN siblings on either side of pPage is used in the balancing,
-** though more siblings might come from one side if pPage is the first
-** or last child of its parent.  If pPage has fewer than 2*NN siblings
-** (something which can only happen if pPage is the root page or a 
-** child of root) then all available siblings participate in the balancing.
-**
-** The number of siblings of pPage might be increased or decreased by one or
-** two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. The root page
-** is special and is allowed to be nearly empty. If pPage is 
-** the root page, then the depth of the tree might be increased
-** or decreased by one, as necessary, to keep the root page from being
-** overfull or completely empty.
+** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
+** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY 
+** without changing anything.
 **
-** Note that when this routine is called, some of the Cells on pPage
-** might not actually be stored in pPage->aData[].  This can happen
-** if the page is overfull.  Part of the job of this routine is to
-** make sure all Cells for pPage once again fit in pPage->aData[].
+** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
+** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
+** changed.
 **
-** In the course of balancing the siblings of pPage, the parent of pPage
-** might become overfull or underfull.  If that happens, then this routine
-** is called recursively on the parent.
+** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
+** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
+** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
+** at the beginning of a page.
 **
-** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
-** in a corrupted state.  So if this routine fails, the database should
-** be rolled back.
+** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
+** bytes per page is left unchanged.
+**
+** If the iFix!=0 then the pageSizeFixed flag is set so that the page size
+** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
 */
-static int balance_nonroot(MemPage *pPage){
-  MemPage *pParent;            /* The parent of pPage */
-  BtShared *pBt;               /* The whole database */
-  int nCell = 0;               /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
-  int nMaxCells = 0;           /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
-  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
-  int nNew;                    /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
-  int nDiv;                    /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */
-  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
-  int idx;                     /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */
-  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
-  int rc;                      /* The return code */
-  int leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
-  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
-  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
-  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
-  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
-  int iSpace = 0;              /* First unused byte of aSpace[] */
-  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
-  Pgno pgnoOld[NB];            /* Page numbers for each page in apOld[] */
-  MemPage *apCopy[NB];         /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
-  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
-  Pgno pgnoNew[NB+2];          /* Page numbers for each page in apNew[] */
-  u8 *apDiv[NB];               /* Divider cells in pParent */
-  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
-  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
-  u8 **apCell = 0;             /* All cells begin balanced */
-  u16 *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
-  u8 *aCopy[NB];               /* Space for holding data of apCopy[] */
-  u8 *aSpace;                  /* Space to hold copies of dividers cells */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  u8 *aFrom = 0;
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  if( nReserve<0 ){
+    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+  }
+  assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
+  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
+        ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
+    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+    assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
+    pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
+    freeTempSpace(pBt);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
+  if( iFix ) pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+/*
+** Return the currently defined page size
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
+  return p->pBt->pageSize;
+}
 
-  /* 
-  ** Find the parent page.
-  */
-  assert( pPage->isInit );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) || pPage->nOverflow==1 );
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  pParent = pPage->pParent;
-  assert( pParent );
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
+** are intentually left unused.  This is the "reserved" space that is
+** sometimes used by extensions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
+  int n;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return n;
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
-  /*
-  ** A special case:  If a new entry has just been inserted into a
-  ** table (that is, a btree with integer keys and all data at the leaves)
-  ** and the new entry is the right-most entry in the tree (it has the
-  ** largest key) then use the special balance_quick() routine for
-  ** balancing.  balance_quick() is much faster and results in a tighter
-  ** packing of data in the common case.
-  */
-  if( pPage->leaf &&
-      pPage->intKey &&
-      pPage->leafData &&
-      pPage->nOverflow==1 &&
-      pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell &&
-      pPage->pParent->pgno!=1 &&
-      get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pPage->pgno
-  ){
-    /*
-    ** TODO: Check the siblings to the left of pPage. It may be that
-    ** they are not full and no new page is required.
-    */
-    return balance_quick(pPage, pParent);
+/*
+** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
+** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
+** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+  int n;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return n;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
+
+/*
+** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
+** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
+** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 
+** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  return SQLITE_READONLY;
+#else
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }else{
+    pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0;
+    pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0;
   }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
 #endif
+}
 
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
+/*
+** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is 
+** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
+#else
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = (
+    (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
+    (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
+    BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
+  );
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
 
-  /*
-  ** Find the cell in the parent page whose left child points back
-  ** to pPage.  The "idx" variable is the index of that cell.  If pPage
-  ** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell 
+
+/*
+** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
+** also acquire a readlock on that file.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
+** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if we run out of memory. 
+*/
+static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  int nPage;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
+  ** a valid database file. 
   */
-  if( pParent->idxShift ){
-    Pgno pgno;
-    pgno = pPage->pgno;
-    assert( pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
-    for(idx=0; idxnCell; idx++){
-      if( get4byte(findCell(pParent, idx))==pgno ){
-        break;
-      }
+  rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto page1_init_failed;
+  }else if( nPage>0 ){
+    int pageSize;
+    int usableSize;
+    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
+    rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
     }
-    assert( idxnCell
-             || get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pgno );
-  }else{
-    idx = pPage->idxParent;
+    if( page1[18]>1 ){
+      pBt->readOnly = 1;
+    }
+    if( page1[19]>1 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+
+    /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%.  And the minimum
+    ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.
+    ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
+    ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
+    */
+    if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]);
+    if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 ||
+        (SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE<32768 && pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE)
+    ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+    usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
+    if( pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
+      /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
+      ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
+      ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
+      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
+      ** again with the correct page-size.
+      */
+      releasePage(pPage1);
+      pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize;
+      pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
+      freeTempSpace(pBt);
+      rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize,
+                                   pageSize-usableSize);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( usableSize<480 ){
+      goto page1_init_failed;
+    }
+    pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
+    pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+    pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
   }
 
-  /*
-  ** Initialize variables so that it will be safe to jump
-  ** directly to balance_cleanup at any moment.
+  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
+  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
+  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
+  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
+  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
+  **     4-byte child pointer
+  **     9-byte nKey value
+  **     4-byte nData value
+  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
+  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as
+  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
+  ** page pointer.
   */
-  nOld = nNew = 0;
-  sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
+  pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23;
+  pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23;
+  pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35;
+  pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23;
+  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 
-  /*
-  ** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide
-  ** the siblings.  An attempt is made to find NN siblings on either
-  ** side of pPage.  More siblings are taken from one side, however, if
-  ** pPage there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side.  If pParent
-  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
-  */
-  nxDiv = idx - NN;
-  if( nxDiv + NB > pParent->nCell ){
-    nxDiv = pParent->nCell - NB + 1;
-  }
-  if( nxDiv<0 ){
-    nxDiv = 0;
-  }
-  nDiv = 0;
-  for(i=0, k=nxDiv; inCell ){
-      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, k);
-      nDiv++;
-      assert( !pParent->leaf );
-      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
-    }else if( k==pParent->nCell ){
-      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]);
-    }else{
-      break;
-    }
-    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i], pParent);
-    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-    apOld[i]->idxParent = k;
-    apCopy[i] = 0;
-    assert( i==nOld );
-    nOld++;
-    nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
+page1_init_failed:
+  releasePage(pPage1);
+  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
+** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
+** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+**
+** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pBt->pCursor==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
+    assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
+    assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
+    assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
+    releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
+    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
   }
+}
 
-  /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
-  ** alignment */
-  nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
+/*
+** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
+** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
+** the database.
+*/
+static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
+  MemPage *pP1;
+  unsigned char *data;
+  int rc;
+  int nPage;
 
-  /*
-  ** Allocate space for memory structures
-  */
-  apCell = sqlite3_malloc( 
-       nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*)                       /* apCell */
-     + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16)                       /* szCell */
-     + (ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))+pBt->pageSize)*NB  /* aCopy */
-     + pBt->pageSize*5                             /* aSpace */
-     + (ISAUTOVACUUM ? nMaxCells : 0)              /* aFrom */
-  );
-  if( apCell==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto balance_cleanup;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  /* The database size has already been measured and cached, so failure
+  ** is impossible here.  If the original size measurement failed, then
+  ** processing aborts before entering this routine. */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) || nPage>0 ){
+    return rc;
   }
-  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
-  aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
-  assert( ((aCopy[0] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
-  for(i=1; ipageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
-    assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
-  }
-  aSpace = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
-  assert( ((aSpace - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  assert( pP1!=0 );
+  data = pP1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
+  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
+  put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize);
+  data[18] = 1;
+  data[19] = 1;
+  assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize);
+  data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
+  data[21] = 64;
+  data[22] = 32;
+  data[23] = 32;
+  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
+  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
+  pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    aFrom = &aSpace[5*pBt->pageSize];
-  }
+  assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
+  assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
+  put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
+  put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
 #endif
-  
-  /*
-  ** Make copies of the content of pPage and its siblings into aOld[].
-  ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
-  ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
-  ** process of being overwritten.
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
+** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
+** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
+** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
+** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
+** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
+** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
+**
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
+** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
+** will work unless a transaction is started first:
+**
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
+**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
+**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
+**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
+**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
+**
+** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
+** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
+** if there is one.  But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
+** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY.  SQLITE_BUSY is 
+** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
+**
+** Suppose there are two processes A and B.  A has a read lock and B has
+** a reserved lock.  B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
+** of A's read lock.  A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
+** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
+** no progress.  By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
+** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
+** proceed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
+  sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
+  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
+  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
   */
-  for(i=0; iaData = (void*)&p[1];
-    memcpy(p->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize);
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
+    goto trans_begun;
   }
 
-  /*
-  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
-  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
-  ** into space obtained form aSpace[] and remove the the divider Cells
-  ** from pParent.
-  **
-  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
-  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
-  ** into aSpace[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
-  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
-  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
-  ** are alike.
-  **
-  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
-  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
+  /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
+  if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+    goto trans_begun;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction 
+  ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
+  ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
   */
-  nCell = 0;
-  leafCorrection = pPage->leaf*4;
-  leafData = pPage->leafData && pPage->leaf;
-  for(i=0; inCell+pOld->nOverflow;
-    for(j=0; jautoVacuum ){
-        int a;
-        aFrom[nCell] = i;
-        for(a=0; anOverflow; a++){
-          if( pOld->aOvfl[a].pCell==apCell[nCell] ){
-            aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
+  if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->isPending ){
+    pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db;
+  }else if( wrflag>1 ){
+    BtLock *pIter;
+    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+      if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
+        pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db;
+        break;
       }
-#endif
-      nCell++;
     }
-    if( ipageSize*5 );
-        memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
-        apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-        if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-          aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF;
-        }
+  }
+  if( pBlock ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
+    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+    goto trans_begun;
+  }
 #endif
-        dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
-        szCell[nCell] -= leafCorrection;
-        assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] );
-        if( !pOld->leaf ){
-          assert( leafCorrection==0 );
-          /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
-          ** pointer of the divider cell */
-          memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[pOld->hdrOffset+8], 4);
-        }else{
-          assert( leafCorrection==4 );
-          if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
-            /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */
-            szCell[nCell] = 4;
-          }
+
+  /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on 
+  ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock 
+  ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
+  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
+
+  do {
+    /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
+    ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
+    ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
+    ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database 
+    ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
+    ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
+    */
+    while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) );
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+      if( pBt->readOnly ){
+        rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = newDatabase(pBt);
         }
-        nCell++;
       }
     }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
-  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
-  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
-  ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
-  ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
-  **
-  ** Values computed by this block:
-  **
-  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
-  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
-  **   cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
-  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
-  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
-  ** 
-  */
-  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
-  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){
-      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
-      cntNew[k] = i;
-      if( leafData ){ i--; }
-      subtotal = 0;
-      k++;
+  
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
     }
-  }
-  szNew[k] = subtotal;
-  cntNew[k] = nCell;
-  k++;
-
-  /*
-  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
-  ** on the left side.  The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
-  ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty.  This block of code attempts
-  ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
-  **
-  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
-  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
-  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
-  */
-  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
-    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
-    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
-    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
-    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
+          btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
 
-    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
-    d = r + 1 - leafData;
-    assert( dinTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
+      pBt->nTransaction++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+      if( p->sharable ){
+	assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
+        p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK;
+        p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock;
+        pBt->pLock = &p->lock;
+      }
+#endif
     }
-    szNew[i] = szRight;
-    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
+    p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
+    if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
+      pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+    if( wrflag ){
+      assert( !pBt->pWriter );
+      pBt->pWriter = p;
+      pBt->isExclusive = (u8)(wrflag>1);
+    }
+#endif
   }
 
-  /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or we are the
-  ** a virtual root page.  A virtual root page is when the real root
-  ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
-  */
-  assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
 
-  /*
-  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
-  */
-  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
-  pageFlags = pPage->aData[0];
-  for(i=0; ipDbPage);
-      nNew++;
-      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-    }else{
-      assert( i>0 );
-      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew[i], pgnoNew[i-1], 0);
-      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-      apNew[i] = pNew;
-      nNew++;
-    }
-    zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
+trans_begun:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+    /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
+    ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
+    ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
   }
 
-  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
-  */
-  while( ii ){
-      int t;
-      MemPage *pT;
-      t = pgnoNew[i];
-      pT = apNew[i];
-      pgnoNew[i] = pgnoNew[minI];
-      apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
-      pgnoNew[minI] = t;
-      apNew[minI] = pT;
-    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+
+/*
+** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
+** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
+** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
+*/
+static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
+  int i;                             /* Counter variable */
+  int nCell;                         /* Number of cells in page pPage */
+  int rc;                            /* Return code */
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+  Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
   }
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d  new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
-    pgnoOld[0], 
-    nOld>=2 ? pgnoOld[1] : 0,
-    nOld>=3 ? pgnoOld[2] : 0,
-    pgnoNew[0], szNew[0],
-    nNew>=2 ? pgnoNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
-    nNew>=3 ? pgnoNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
-    nNew>=4 ? pgnoNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
-    nNew>=5 ? pgnoNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
+  nCell = pPage->nCell;
 
-  /*
-  ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
-  ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
-  */
-  j = 0;
-  for(i=0; ipgno==pgnoNew[i] );
-    assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
-    assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
-    assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
+  for(i=0; iautoVacuum ){
-      for(k=j; kpgno!=pNew->pgno ){
-          rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, k-j);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            goto balance_cleanup;
-          }
-        }
-      }
+    ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc);
+
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
     }
-#endif
+  }
 
-    j = cntNew[i];
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+  }
 
-    /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
-    ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
-    */
-    if( iisInit = isInitOrig;
+  return rc;
+}
 
-      assert( jleaf ){
-        memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
-        pTemp = 0;
-      }else if( leafData ){
-        /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 
-        ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider 
-        ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 
-        ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
-        */
+/*
+** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom.  Modify this pointer so
+** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
+** be modified, as  follows:
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE:     pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 
+**                   page of pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
+**                   page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
+**                   overflow page in the list.
+*/
+static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
+    /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case.  */
+    if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+    put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
+  }else{
+    u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+    int i;
+    int nCell;
+
+    btreeInitPage(pPage);
+    nCell = pPage->nCell;
+
+    for(i=0; ipageSize*5 );
-        pTemp = 0;
+        btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+        if( info.iOverflow ){
+          if( iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){
+            put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
       }else{
-        pCell -= 4;
-        pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace];
-        iSpace += sz;
-        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
-        /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
-        ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
-        ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 
-        ** (see sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
-        ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to 
-        ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
-        **
-        ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
-        ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
-        ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
-        */
-        if( szCell[j]==4 ){
-          assert(leafCorrection==4);
-          sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
+        if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
+          put4byte(pCell, iTo);
+          break;
         }
       }
-      rc = insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, 4);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
-      put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, and not a leaf-data tree,
-      ** then update the pointer map with an entry for the overflow page
-      ** that the cell just inserted points to (if any).
-      */
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum && !leafData ){
-        rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pParent, nxDiv);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto balance_cleanup;
-        }
+    }
+  
+    if( i==nCell ){
+      if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || 
+          get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
+        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
       }
-#endif
-      j++;
-      nxDiv++;
+      put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
     }
+
+    pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
   }
-  assert( j==nCell );
-  assert( nOld>0 );
-  assert( nNew>0 );
-  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
-    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8], 4);
-  }
-  if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){
-    /* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */
-    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
-  }else{
-    /* Right-most sibling is the left child of the first entry in pParent
-    ** past the right-most divider entry */
-    put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent, nxDiv), pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the 
+** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
+**
+** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
+** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno 
+** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
+** page.
+*/
+static int relocatePage(
+  BtShared *pBt,           /* Btree */
+  MemPage *pDbPage,        /* Open page to move */
+  u8 eType,                /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
+  Pgno iPtrPage,           /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
+  Pgno iFreePage,          /* The location to move pDbPage to */
+  int isCommit             /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */
+){
+  MemPage *pPtrPage;   /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
+  Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
+  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || 
+      eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
+
+  /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
+  TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", 
+      iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
+  rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
   }
+  pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
 
-  /*
-  ** Reparent children of all cells.
+  /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
+  ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
+  ** pages need to be changed.
+  **
+  ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
+  ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
+  ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
   */
-  for(i=0; iaData);
+    if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }
   }
-  rc = reparentChildPages(pParent);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
 
-  /*
-  ** Balance the parent page.  Note that the current page (pPage) might
-  ** have been added to the freelist so it might no longer be initialized.
-  ** But the parent page will always be initialized.
-  */
-  assert( pParent->isInit );
-  rc = balance(pParent, 0);
-  
-  /*
-  ** Cleanup before returning.
+  /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
+  ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
+  ** iPtrPage.
   */
-balance_cleanup:
-  sqlite3_free(apCell);
-  for(i=0; ipDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(pPtrPage);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
+    releasePage(pPtrPage);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc);
+    }
   }
-  releasePage(pParent);
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished with %d: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
-          pPage->pgno, nOld, nNew, nCell));
   return rc;
 }
 
+/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
+static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
+
 /*
-** This routine is called for the root page of a btree when the root
-** page contains no cells.  This is an opportunity to make the tree
-** shallower by one level.
+** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no
+** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE.
+**
+** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the 
+** database so that the last page of the file currently in use
+** is no longer in use.
+**
+** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, this function assumes
+** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until
+** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the
+** number of pages the database file will contain after this 
+** process is complete.  If nFin is zero, it is assumed that
+** incrVacuumStep() will be called a finite amount of times
+** which may or may not empty the freelist.  A full autovacuum
+** has nFin>0.  A "PRAGMA incremental_vacuum" has nFin==0.
 */
-static int balance_shallower(MemPage *pPage){
-  MemPage *pChild;             /* The only child page of pPage */
-  Pgno pgnoChild;              /* Page number for pChild */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code from subprocedures */
-  BtShared *pBt;                  /* The main BTree structure */
-  int mxCellPerPage;           /* Maximum number of cells per page */
-  u8 **apCell;                 /* All cells from pages being balanced */
-  u16 *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells */
+static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){
+  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
 
-  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
-  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt);
-  apCell = sqlite3_malloc( mxCellPerPage*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(u16)) );
-  if( apCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[mxCellPerPage];
-  if( pPage->leaf ){
-    /* The table is completely empty */
-    TRACE(("BALANCE: empty table %d\n", pPage->pgno));
-  }else{
-    /* The root page is empty but has one child.  Transfer the
-    ** information from that one child into the root page if it 
-    ** will fit.  This reduces the depth of the tree by one.
-    **
-    ** If the root page is page 1, it has less space available than
-    ** its child (due to the 100 byte header that occurs at the beginning
-    ** of the database fle), so it might not be able to hold all of the 
-    ** information currently contained in the child.  If this is the 
-    ** case, then do not do the transfer.  Leave page 1 empty except
-    ** for the right-pointer to the child page.  The child page becomes
-    ** the virtual root of the tree.
-    */
-    pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    assert( pgnoChild>0 );
-    assert( pgnoChild<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPage->pBt->pPager) );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild, 0);
-    if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
-    if( pPage->pgno==1 ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage);
-      if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
-      assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 );
-      if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){
-        /* The child information will fit on the root page, so do the
-        ** copy */
-        int i;
-        zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0]);
-        for(i=0; inCell; i++){
-          apCell[i] = findCell(pChild,i);
-          szCell[i] = cellSizePtr(pChild, apCell[i]);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( iLastPg>nFin );
+
+  if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+    int rc;
+    u8 eType;
+    Pgno iPtrPage;
+
+    nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+    if( nFreeList==0 ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    }
+
+    if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+      if( nFin==0 ){
+        /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
+        ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
+        ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't 
+        ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
+        */
+        Pgno iFreePg;
+        MemPage *pFreePg;
+        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
         }
-        assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell);
-        /* Copy the right-pointer of the child to the parent. */
-        put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], 
-            get4byte(&pChild->aData[pChild->hdrOffset+8]));
-        freePage(pChild);
-        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
-      }else{
-        /* The child has more information that will fit on the root.
-        ** The tree is already balanced.  Do nothing. */
-        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d will not fit on page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
+        assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
+        releasePage(pFreePg);
+      }
+    } else {
+      Pgno iFreePg;             /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
+      MemPage *pLastPg;
+
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+
+      /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
+      ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
+      **
+      ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep
+      ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
+      ** of the file is found.
+      */
+      do {
+        MemPage *pFreePg;
+        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          releasePage(pLastPg);
+          return rc;
+        }
+        releasePage(pFreePg);
+      }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin );
+      assert( iFreePgpDbPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0);
+      }
+      releasePage(pLastPg);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
       }
-    }else{
-      memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize);
-      pPage->isInit = 0;
-      pPage->pParent = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0);
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-      freePage(pChild);
-      TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n",
-              pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno));
     }
-    rc = reparentChildPages(pPage);
-    assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; inCell; i++){ 
-        rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pPage, i);
+  }
+
+  if( nFin==0 ){
+    iLastPg--;
+    while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){
+      if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){
+        MemPage *pPg;
+        int rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pPg, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
+        releasePage(pPg);
         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto end_shallow_balance;
+          return rc;
         }
       }
+      iLastPg--;
     }
-#endif
-    releasePage(pChild);
+    sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg);
   }
-end_shallow_balance:
-  sqlite3_free(apCell);
-  return rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-
 /*
-** The root page is overfull
+** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
+** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
 **
-** When this happens, Create a new child page and copy the
-** contents of the root into the child.  Then make the root
-** page an empty page with rightChild pointing to the new
-** child.   Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child
-** to cause it to split.
+** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
+** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 
 */
-static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pPage){
-  int rc;             /* Return value from subprocedures */
-  MemPage *pChild;    /* Pointer to a new child page */
-  Pgno pgnoChild;     /* Page number of the new child page */
-  BtShared *pBt;         /* The BTree */
-  int usableSize;     /* Total usable size of a page */
-  u8 *data;           /* Content of the parent page */
-  u8 *cdata;          /* Content of the child page */
-  int hdr;            /* Offset to page header in parent */
-  int brk;            /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
 
-  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow>0 );
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno, 0);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
-  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-  cdata = pChild->aData;
-  memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr);
-  memcpy(&cdata[brk], &data[brk], usableSize-brk);
-  assert( pChild->isInit==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage);
-  if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out;
-  memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]));
-  pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow;
-  if( pChild->nOverflow ){
-    pChild->nFree = 0;
-  }
-  assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell );
-  zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
-  put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno));
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    int i;
-    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pChild->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pPage->pgno);
-    if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out;
-    for(i=0; inCell; i++){
-      rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pChild, i);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else{
+    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+    rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, pagerPagecount(pBt));
   }
-#endif
-  rc = balance_nonroot(pChild);
-
-balancedeeper_out:
-  releasePage(pChild);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Decide if the page pPage needs to be balanced.  If balancing is
-** required, call the appropriate balancing routine.
+** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
+** is commited for an auto-vacuum database.
+**
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
+** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. 
+** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
+** pages are in use.
 */
-static int balance(MemPage *pPage, int insert){
+static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pPage->pParent==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow>0 ){
-      rc = balance_deeper(pPage);
+  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+  assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
+  if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
+    Pgno nFin;         /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */
+    Pgno nFree;        /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */
+    Pgno nPtrmap;      /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */
+    Pgno iFree;        /* The next page to be freed */
+    int nEntry;        /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */
+    Pgno nOrig;        /* Database size before freeing */
+
+    nOrig = pagerPagecount(pBt);
+    if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
+      ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
+      ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
+      */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
     }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nCell==0 ){
-      rc = balance_shallower(pPage);
+
+    nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+    nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5;
+    nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry;
+    nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
+    if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFinnOverflow>0 || 
-        (!insert && pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3) ){
-      rc = balance_nonroot(pPage);
+    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      nFin--;
+    }
+    if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+    for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
+      rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree);
+    }
+    if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
+      put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
+      sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
     }
   }
+
+  assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
   return rc;
 }
 
+#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
 /*
-** This routine checks all cursors that point to table pgnoRoot.
-** If any of those cursors were opened with wrFlag==0 in a different
-** database connection (a database connection that shares the pager
-** cache with the current connection) and that other connection 
-** is not in the ReadUncommmitted state, then this routine returns 
-** SQLITE_LOCKED.
+** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit.  This routine
+** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
+** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
+** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
+** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
+** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
+** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
+** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
+** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
+** committed.  See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
+** commit process.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
 **
-** In addition to checking for read-locks (where a read-lock 
-** means a cursor opened with wrFlag==0) this routine also moves
-** all write cursors so that they are pointing to the 
-** first Cell on the root page.  This is necessary because an insert 
-** or delete might change the number of cells on a page or delete
-** a page entirely and we do not want to leave any cursors 
-** pointing to non-existant pages or cells.
+** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
+** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
+** (single database transaction).
+**
+** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
+** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+**
+** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
+** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
 */
-static int checkReadLocks(Btree *pBtree, Pgno pgnoRoot, BtCursor *pExclude){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
-  sqlite3 *db = pBtree->db;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
-  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p==pExclude ) continue;
-    if( p->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) continue;
-    if( p->pgnoRoot!=pgnoRoot ) continue;
-    if( p->wrFlag==0 ){
-      sqlite3 *dbOther = p->pBtree->db;
-      if( dbOther==0 ||
-         (dbOther!=db && (dbOther->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)==0) ){
-        return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+        return rc;
       }
-    }else if( p->pPage->pgno!=p->pgnoRoot ){
-      moveToRoot(p);
     }
+#endif
+    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of 
-** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.
+** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback()
+** at the conclusion of a transaction.
 */
-static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
-  if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
-    pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc(MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt));
+static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  BtCursor *pCsr;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+
+  /* Search for a cursor held open by this b-tree connection. If one exists,
+  ** then the transaction will be downgraded to a read-only transaction
+  ** instead of actually concluded. A subsequent call to CommitPhaseTwo() 
+  ** or Rollback() will finish the transaction and unlock the database.  */
+  for(pCsr=pBt->pCursor; pCsr && pCsr->pBtree!=p; pCsr=pCsr->pNext);
+  assert( pCsr==0 || p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+
+  btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
+  if( pCsr ){
+    downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+    p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
+  }else{
+    /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the 
+    ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count 
+    ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
+    ** call below will unlock the pager.  */
+    if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
+      clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+      pBt->nTransaction--;
+      if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
+        pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the 
+    ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.  */
+    p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
   }
+
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
 }
 
 /*
-** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
-** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
-** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
-** is left pointing at a random location.
+** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
 **
-** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
-** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
+** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
+** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
+** be invoked prior to calling this routine.  The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
+** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
+** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
+** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
+** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
+** drop locks.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
-  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
-  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
-  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
-  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
-  int appendBias                 /* True if this is likely an append */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int loc;
-  int szNew;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){
   BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  unsigned char *oldCell;
-  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    /* Must start a transaction before doing an insert */
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
-  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
-    return SQLITE_PERM;   /* Cursor not open for writing */
-  }
-  if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
-  }
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-    return pCur->skip;
-  }
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
 
-  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table */
-  clearCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( 
-    SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur)) ||
-    SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, 0, nKey, appendBias, &loc))
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
-  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->leafData );
-  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
-          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
-          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
-  assert( pPage->isInit );
-  allocateTempSpace(pBt);
-  newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
-  if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
-  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
-  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
-  assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
-  if( loc==0 && CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ){
-    u16 szOld;
-    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ){
-      goto end_insert;
-    }
-    oldCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
+  /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 
+  ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
+  */
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    int rc;
+    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+      return rc;
     }
-    szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
-    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
-    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
-    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, szOld);
-  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
-    assert( pPage->leaf );
-    pCur->idx++;
-    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-    pCur->validNKey = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pPage->leaf );
-  }
-  rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_insert;
-  rc = balance(pPage, 1);
-  /* sqlite3BtreePageDump(pCur->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, 1); */
-  /* fflush(stdout); */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    moveToRoot(pCur);
+    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
   }
-end_insert:
-  return rc;
+
+  btreeEndTransaction(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
-** is left pointing at a random location.
+** Do both phases of a commit.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
-  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  unsigned char *pCell;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
   int rc;
-  Pgno pgnoChild = 0;
-  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pPage->isInit );
-  if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    /* Must start a transaction before doing a delete */
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-    return pCur->skip;
-  }
-  if( pCur->idx >= pPage->nCell ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;  /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */
-  }
-  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
-    return SQLITE_PERM;   /* Did not open this cursor for writing */
-  }
-  if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
-  }
-
-  /* Restore the current cursor position (a no-op if the cursor is not in 
-  ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state) and save the positions of any other cursors 
-  ** open on the same table. Then call sqlite3PagerWrite() on the page
-  ** that the entry will be deleted from.
-  */
-  if( 
-    (rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur))!=0 ||
-    (rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur))!=0 ||
-    (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0
-  ){
-    return rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p);
   }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  /* Locate the cell within its page and leave pCell pointing to the
-  ** data. The clearCell() call frees any overflow pages associated with the
-  ** cell. The cell itself is still intact.
-  */
-  pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell);
-  }
-  rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
+** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
+** defined.
+**
+** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that
+** is capable of writing to the databse.  That means the cursor was
+** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled
+** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT.
+*/
+static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){
+  BtCursor *pCur;
+  int r = 0;
+  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+    if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; 
   }
+  return r;
+}
+#endif
 
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    /*
-    ** The entry we are about to delete is not a leaf so if we do not
-    ** do something we will leave a hole on an internal page.
-    ** We have to fill the hole by moving in a cell from a leaf.  The
-    ** next Cell after the one to be deleted is guaranteed to exist and
-    ** to be a leaf so we can use it.
-    */
-    BtCursor leafCur;
-    unsigned char *pNext;
-    int notUsed;
-    unsigned char *tempCell = 0;
-    assert( !pPage->leafData );
-    sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur);
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, ¬Used);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(leafCur.pPage->pDbPage);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      u16 szNext;
-      TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n",
-         pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, leafCur.pPage->pgno));
-      dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
-      pNext = findCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx);
-      szNext = cellSizePtr(leafCur.pPage, pNext);
-      assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 );
-      allocateTempSpace(pBt);
-      tempCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
-      if( tempCell==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, pCur->idx), pgnoChild);
-        rc = balance(pPage, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        dropCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx, szNext);
-        rc = balance(leafCur.pPage, 0);
-      }
+/*
+** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
+** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
+** references.
+**
+** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
+** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
+** the cache with pBtree.
+**
+** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
+** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
+** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
+** the rollback.  The rollback may have deleted tables
+** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
+** save the state of the cursor.  The cursor must be
+** invalidated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    int i;
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
+    p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
+    p->skipNext = errCode;
+    for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
+      releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
+      p->apPage[i] = 0;
     }
-    sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(&leafCur);
-  }else{
-    TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n",
-       pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno));
-    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
-    rc = balance(pPage, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    moveToRoot(pCur);
   }
-  return rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
 }
 
 /*
-** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
-** number for the root page of the new table.
-**
-** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
-** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
-** flags might not work:
+** Rollback the transaction in progress.  All cursors will be
+** invalided by this operation.  Any attempt to use a cursor
+** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
+** in an error.
 **
-**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
-**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
+** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
 */
-static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  MemPage *pRoot;
-  Pgno pgnoRoot;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
   int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  MemPage *pPage1;
 
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    /* Must start a transaction first */
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst
+    ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
+    ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then 
+    ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
+    ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort 
+    ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
+    */
+    sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc);
   }
-#else
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    Pgno pgnoMove;      /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
-    MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
+#endif
+  btreeIntegrity(p);
 
-    /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
-    ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
-    ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
-    ** held by open cursors.
-    */
-    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    int rc2;
 
-    /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
-    ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
-    ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &pgnoRoot);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
+    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
+    rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
+    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = rc2;
     }
-    pgnoRoot++;
 
-    /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
-    ** PENDING_BYTE page.
-    */
-    while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
-        pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-      pgnoRoot++;
+    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
+    ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
+    ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
+    if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(pPage1);
     }
-    assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
+    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
+    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+  }
 
-    /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
-    ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
-    ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
+  btreeEndTransaction(p);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled
+** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction 
+** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically 
+** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
+**
+** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
+** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
+** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
+** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+**
+** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The
+** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints,
+** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there
+** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open,
+** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
+** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( pBt->readOnly==0 );
+  assert( iStatement>0 );
+  assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
+  if( NEVER(p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pBt->readOnly) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
+  }else{
+    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+    /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with
+    ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using
+    ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any
+    ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active.
     */
-    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
+** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
+** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value 
+** of op.
+**
+** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the 
+** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
+** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
+** transaction remains open.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+    assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+    assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = newDatabase(pBt);
     }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-    if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
-      /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
-      ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
-      ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
-      ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
-      ** is already journaled.
-      */
-      u8 eType;
-      Pgno iPtrPage;
+/*
+** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
+** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that
+** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open
+** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then
+** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction.
+**
+** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
+** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
+** writing if other conditions for writing are also met.  These
+** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
+** be allowed:
+**
+** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
+**
+** 2:  Other database connections that share the same pager cache
+**     but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
+**     cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table.  Otherwise
+**     the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
+**     the read cursors in the other database connection.
+**
+** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+**
+** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
+**
+** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
+** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
+** will not work correctly.
+**
+** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorSize() bytes of memory 
+** pointed to by pCur have been zeroed by the caller.
+*/
+static int btreeCursor(
+  Btree *p,                              /* The btree */
+  int iTable,                            /* Root page of table to open */
+  int wrFlag,                            /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* First arg to comparison function */
+  BtCursor *pCur                         /* Space for new cursor */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;                /* Shared b-tree handle */
 
-      releasePage(pPageMove);
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 );
 
-      /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-        releasePage(pRoot);
-        return rc;
-      }
-      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
-      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        releasePage(pRoot);
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove);
-      releasePage(pRoot);
+  /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable 
+  ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, 
+  ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with 
+  ** this lock.  */
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
 
-      /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        releasePage(pRoot);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pRoot = pPageMove;
-    } 
+  /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+  assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );
 
-    /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
-    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0);
-    if( rc ){
-      releasePage(pRoot);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
-    if( rc ){
-      releasePage(pRoot);
-      return rc;
-    }
+  if( NEVER(wrFlag && pBt->readOnly) ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+  if( iTable==1 && pagerPagecount(pBt)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_EMPTY;
+  }
 
-  }else{
-    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
+  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
+  ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list.  */
+  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
+  pCur->iPage = -1;
+  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+  pCur->pBtree = p;
+  pCur->pBt = pBt;
+  pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag;
+  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
+  if( pCur->pNext ){
+    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
   }
-#endif
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
-  zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF);
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
-  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
+  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
+  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+  pCur->cachedRowid = 0;
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+  Btree *p,                                   /* The btree */
+  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
+  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,                   /* First arg to xCompare() */
+  BtCursor *pCur                              /* Write new cursor here */
+){
   int rc;
   sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  p->pBt->db = p->db;
-  rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
+  rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
   sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
-** the page to the freelist.
+** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
+**
+** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
+** sufficient storage to hold a cursor.  The BtCursor object is opaque
+** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
+** this routine.
 */
-static int clearDatabasePage(
-  BtShared *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
-  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to clear */
-  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page.  NULL for the root */
-  int freePageFlag      /* Deallocate page if true */
-){
-  MemPage *pPage = 0;
-  int rc;
-  unsigned char *pCell;
-  int i;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){
+  return sizeof(BtCursor);
+}
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pgno>sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+/*
+** Set the cached rowid value of every cursor in the same database file
+** as pCur and having the same root page number as pCur.  The value is
+** set to iRowid.
+**
+** Only positive rowid values are considered valid for this cache.
+** The cache is initialized to zero, indicating an invalid cache.
+** A btree will work fine with zero or negative rowids.  We just cannot
+** cache zero or negative rowids, which means tables that use zero or
+** negative rowids might run a little slower.  But in practice, zero
+** or negative rowids are very uncommon so this should not be a problem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
+  BtCursor *p;
+  for(p=pCur->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->pgnoRoot==pCur->pgnoRoot ) p->cachedRowid = iRowid;
   }
+  assert( pCur->cachedRowid==iRowid );
+}
 
-  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, pParent);
-  if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-  for(i=0; inCell; i++){
-    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage->pParent, 1);
-      if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+/*
+** Return the cached rowid for the given cursor.  A negative or zero
+** return value indicates that the rowid cache is invalid and should be
+** ignored.  If the rowid cache has never before been set, then a
+** zero is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur->cachedRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
+** when the last cursor is closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
+  if( pBtree ){
+    int i;
+    BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
+    if( pCur->pPrev ){
+      pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
+    }else{
+      pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
     }
-    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
-    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+    if( pCur->pNext ){
+      pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+    }
+    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+    invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+    /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
   }
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), pPage->pParent, 1);
-    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
+** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
+** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
+**
+** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
+** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
+**
+** 2007-06-25:  There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
+** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
+** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
+** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
+** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.)  So we use a real function
+** for MSVC and a macro for everything else.  Ticket #2457.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+    CellInfo info;
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info);
+    assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
   }
-  if( freePageFlag ){
-    rc = freePage(pPage);
-  }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
-    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
+#else
+  #define assertCellInfo(x)
+#endif
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+  /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
+  static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+    if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
+      int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+      btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);
+      pCur->validNKey = 1;
+    }else{
+      assertCellInfo(pCur);
+    }
+  }
+#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
+  /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
+#define getCellInfo(pCur)                                                      \
+  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){                                                   \
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;                                                   \
+    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \
+    pCur->validNKey = 1;                                                       \
+  }else{                                                                       \
+    assertCellInfo(pCur);                                                      \
   }
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
 
-cleardatabasepage_out:
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  return rc;
+#ifndef NDEBUG  /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */
+/*
+** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid.  A valid cursor is one
+** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table.
+** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){
+  return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
 }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
 
 /*
-** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
-** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
-** the root page is empty, but still exists.
+** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
+** the key for the current entry.  If the cursor is not pointing
+** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 
 **
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
-** root of the table.
+** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
+** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
+**
+** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine.
+** 
+** This routine cannot fail.  It always returns SQLITE_OK.  
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else if( (rc = checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* nothing to do */
-  }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, iTable, 0)) ){
-    /* nothing to do */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    *pSize = 0;
   }else{
-    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 0);
+    getCellInfo(pCur);
+    *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
   }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
-** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
-** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
+** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
+** cursor currently points to.
 **
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** cursors on the table.
+** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL
+** valid entry.  In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee
+** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID.
 **
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
-** root page in the database file, then the last root page 
-** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
-** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
-** is added to the freelist instead of iTable.  In this say, all
-** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
-** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right.  *piMoved is set to the 
-** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
-** the move.  If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
-** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
-** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
+** Failure is not possible.  This function always returns SQLITE_OK.
+** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue
+** to return an integer result code for historical reasons.
 */
-static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
-  int rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
+** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 
+** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
+** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. 
+**
+** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
+**
+** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is 
+** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked 
+** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. 
+**
+** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
+** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
+** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
+** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
+** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
+** *ppPage is set to zero.
+*/
+static int getOverflowPage(
+  BtShared *pBt,               /* The database file */
+  Pgno ovfl,                   /* Current overflow page number */
+  MemPage **ppPage,            /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */
+  Pgno *pPgnoNext              /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
+){
+  Pgno next = 0;
   MemPage *pPage = 0;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert(pPgnoNext);
 
-  /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
-  ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
-  ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
-  ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would 
-  ** occur.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
+  ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in 
+  ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns 
+  ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page 
+  ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
   */
-  if( pBt->pCursor ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable);
-  if( rc ){
-    releasePage(pPage);
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  *piMoved = 0;
-
-  if( iTable>1 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    rc = freePage(pPage);
-    releasePage(pPage);
-#else
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      Pgno maxRootPgno;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &maxRootPgno);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        releasePage(pPage);
-        return rc;
-      }
+  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    Pgno pgno;
+    Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
+    u8 eType;
 
-      if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
-        /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
-        ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. 
-        */
-        rc = freePage(pPage);
-        releasePage(pPage);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }else{
-        /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
-        ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the 
-        ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
-        */
-        MemPage *pMove;
-        releasePage(pPage);
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable);
-        releasePage(pMove);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        rc = freePage(pMove);
-        releasePage(pMove);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
-      }
+    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      iGuess++;
+    }
 
-      /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
-      ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
-      ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
-      ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
-      */
-      maxRootPgno--;
-      if( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-        maxRootPgno--;
-      }
-      if( maxRootPgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
-        maxRootPgno--;
+    if( iGuess<=pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
+      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
+        next = iGuess;
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
       }
-      assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
-    }else{
-      rc = freePage(pPage);
-      releasePage(pPage);
     }
+  }
 #endif
+
+  assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *pPgnoNext = next;
+  if( ppPage ){
+    *ppPage = pPage;
   }else{
-    /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. */
-    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
     releasePage(pPage);
   }
-  return rc;  
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  p->pBt->db = p->db;
-  rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
+  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
 }
 
+/*
+** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
+**
+** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
+** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
+** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
+** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
+** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
+*/
+static int copyPayload(
+  void *pPayload,           /* Pointer to page data */
+  void *pBuf,               /* Pointer to buffer */
+  int nByte,                /* Number of bytes to copy */
+  int eOp,                  /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
+  DbPage *pDbPage           /* Page containing pPayload */
+){
+  if( eOp ){
+    /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
+    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+    memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
+  }else{
+    /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
+    memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
 /*
-** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
-** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
-** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
-** is read-only, the others are read/write.
-** 
-** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
-** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
-** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
+** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
+** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp
+** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into
+** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from
+** buffer pBuf).
+**
+** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
+** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
+**
+** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
+** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
+**
+** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current
+** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function
+** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list 
+** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this
+** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient.
+**
+** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
+** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
+** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
+** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
+**
+**   * An incremental vacuum,
+**   * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
+**   * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
-  int rc;
-  unsigned char *pP1;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+static int accessPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  u32 offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
+  u32 amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
+  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
+  int eOp              /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
+){
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  u32 nKey;
+  int iIdx = 0;
+  MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
+  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;                  /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
 
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
+  assert( pPage );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
 
-  /* Reading a meta-data value requires a read-lock on page 1 (and hence
-  ** the sqlite_master table. We grab this lock regardless of whether or
-  ** not the SQLITE_ReadUncommitted flag is set (the table rooted at page
-  ** 1 is treated as a special case by queryTableLock() and lockTable()).
-  */
-  rc = queryTableLock(p, 1, READ_LOCK);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return rc;
+  getCellInfo(pCur);
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
+  nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey);
+
+  if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData) 
+   || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
+  ){
+    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   }
 
-  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, 1, &pDbPage);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return rc;
+  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
+  if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){
+    int a = amt;
+    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
+      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
+    }
+    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage);
+    offset = 0;
+    pBuf += a;
+    amt -= a;
+  }else{
+    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
   }
-  pP1 = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-  *pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]);
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
 
-  /* If autovacuumed is disabled in this build but we are trying to 
-  ** access an autovacuumed database, then make the database readonly. 
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+    const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
+    Pgno nextPage;
+
+    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+    /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[]
+    ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at
+    ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The
+    ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0],
+    ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known"
+    ** (the cache is lazily populated).
+    */
+    if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){
+      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
+      pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl);
+      /* nOvfl is always positive.  If it were zero, fetchPayload would have
+      ** been used instead of this routine. */
+      if( ALWAYS(nOvfl) && !pCur->aOverflow ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
+    ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
+    ** directly to it.
+    */
+    if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
+      iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
+      nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
+      offset = (offset%ovflSize);
+    }
 #endif
 
-  /* Grab the read-lock on page 1. */
-  rc = lockTable(p, 1, READ_LOCK);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
+    for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){
 
-/*
-** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
-** read-only and may not be written.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  unsigned char *pP1;
-  int rc;
-  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
-    pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( idx==7 ){
-        assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
-        assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
-        pBt->incrVacuum = iMeta;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+      /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
+      if( pCur->aOverflow ){
+        assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
+        pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
       }
 #endif
+
+      if( offset>=ovflSize ){
+        /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
+        ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
+        ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
+        ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
+        ** function.
+        */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+        if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
+          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
+        } else 
+#endif
+          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
+        offset -= ovflSize;
+      }else{
+        /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
+        ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
+        */
+        DbPage *pDbPage;
+        int a = amt;
+        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+          nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
+          if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
+            a = ovflSize - offset;
+          }
+          rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage);
+          sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+          offset = 0;
+          amt -= a;
+          pBuf += a;
+        }
+      }
     }
   }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the flag byte at the beginning of the page that the cursor
-** is currently pointing to.
+** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
+** in the table.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor *pCur){
-  /* TODO: What about CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state? Probably need to call
-  ** restoreOrClearCursorPosition() here.
-  */
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
   assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pPage->pBt==pCur->pBt );
-  return pPage ? pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset] : 0;
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+  return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
 }
 
-
 /*
-** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
-** testing and debugging only.
+** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
-  return p->pBt->pPager;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+  int rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+    return SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+    assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
 /*
-** Append a message to the error message string.
+** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
+** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
+** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
+** skipKey==1.  The number of bytes of available key/data is written
+** into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
+** a valid pointer.
+**
+** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
+** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
+** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
+** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
+** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
+** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
+**
+** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
+** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
+** any btree routine is called.
 */
-static void checkAppendMsg(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
-  char *zMsg1,
-  const char *zFormat,
-  ...
+static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
+  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+  int *pAmt,           /* Write the number of available bytes here */
+  int skipKey          /* read beginning at data if this is true */
 ){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *zMsg2;
-  if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
-  pCheck->mxErr--;
-  pCheck->nErr++;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  zMsg2 = sqlite3VMPrintf(0, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( zMsg1==0 ) zMsg1 = "";
-  if( pCheck->zErrMsg ){
-    char *zOld = pCheck->zErrMsg;
-    pCheck->zErrMsg = 0;
-    sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zOld, "\n", zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
-    sqlite3_free(zOld);
+  unsigned char *aPayload;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  u32 nKey;
+  u32 nLocal;
+
+  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell );
+  if( NEVER(pCur->info.nSize==0) ){
+    btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage],
+                   &pCur->info);
+  }
+  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
+  aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    nKey = 0;
   }else{
-    sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
+    nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
   }
-  sqlite3_free(zMsg2);
+  if( skipKey ){
+    aPayload += nKey;
+    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
+  }else{
+    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
+    assert( nLocal<=nKey );
+  }
+  *pAmt = nLocal;
+  return aPayload;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+
 /*
-** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
-** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
-** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
-** if this is the first reference to the page.
+** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
+** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
+** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
 **
-** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
+** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
+** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
+** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
+** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
+** this routine.
+**
+** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
+** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
 */
-static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, int iPage, char *zContext){
-  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
-  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage<0 ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
-    return 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+  const void *p = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){
+    p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
   }
-  if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
-    return 1;
+  return p;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+  const void *p = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){
+    p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
   }
-  return  (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1;
+  return p;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+
 /*
-** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to 
-** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
-** to pCheck.
+** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
+** page number of the child page to move to.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
+** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
+** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
+** vice-versa).
 */
-static void checkPtrmap(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,   /* Integrity check context */
-  Pgno iChild,           /* Child page number */
-  u8 eType,              /* Expected pointer map type */
-  Pgno iParent,          /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
-  char *zContext         /* Context description (used for error msg) */
-){
+static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
   int rc;
-  u8 ePtrmapType;
-  Pgno iPtrmapParent;
+  int i = pCur->iPage;
+  MemPage *pNewPage;
+  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
 
-  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
-    return;
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPageiPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   }
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage;
+  pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0;
+  pCur->iPage++;
 
-  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
-      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
-      iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->validNKey = 0;
+  if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#endif
 
+#ifndef NDEBUG
 /*
-** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
-** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
+** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function 
+** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
+** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
+** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
+** the page.
 */
-static void checkList(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
-  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
-  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
-  int N,                /* Expected number of pages in the list */
-  char *zContext        /* Context for error messages */
-){
-  int i;
-  int expected = N;
-  int iFirst = iPage;
-  while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
-    DbPage *pOvflPage;
-    unsigned char *pOvflData;
-    if( iPage<1 ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
-         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
-          N+1, expected, iFirst);
-      break;
-    }
-    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
-    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
-      break;
-    }
-    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
-    if( isFreeList ){
-      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
-      }
-#endif
-      if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-8 ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
-           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
-        N--;
-      }else{
-        for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){
-            checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
-          }
-#endif
-          checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
-        }
-        N -= n;
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    else{
-      /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
-      ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
-      ** the following page matches iPage.
-      */
-      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
-        i = get4byte(pOvflData);
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-    iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
+static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){
+  assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell );
+  if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){
+    assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
+  }else{
+    assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
   }
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+#else
+#  define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) 
+#endif
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
 /*
-** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
-** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
-** return 1, and so forth.
-** 
-** These checks are done:
+** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
 **
-**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
-**          but combine to completely cover the page.
-**  NO  2.  Make sure cell keys are in order.
-**  NO  3.  Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
-**  NO  4.  Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
-**      5.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
-**      6.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
-**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
-**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
-**          the root of the tree.
+** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
+** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
+** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
+** the largest cell index.
 */
-static int checkTreePage(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
-  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
-  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page */
-  char *zParentContext  /* Parent context */
-){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
-  int hdr, cellStart;
-  int nCell;
-  u8 *data;
-  BtShared *pBt;
-  int usableSize;
-  char zContext[100];
-  char *hit;
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);
-
-  /* Check that the page exists
-  */
-  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
-  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
-  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
-  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
-  if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
-       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pParent))!=0 ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
-                   "sqlite3BtreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
-    releasePage(pPage);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Check out all the cells.
-  */
-  depth = 0;
-  for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
-    u8 *pCell;
-    int sz;
-    CellInfo info;
-
-    /* Check payload overflow pages
-    */
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
-             "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
-    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
-    sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-    sz = info.nData;
-    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey;
-    assert( sz==info.nPayload );
-    if( sz>info.nLocal ){
-      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
-      Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
-      }
-#endif
-      checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
-    }
-
-    /* Check sanity of left child page.
-    */
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
-      }
-#endif
-      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck,pgno,pPage,zContext);
-      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
-      }
-      depth = d2;
-    }
-  }
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, 
-                     "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, 0);
-    }
-#endif
-    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, pPage, zContext);
-  }
- 
-  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
-  */
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  hit = sqlite3MallocZero( usableSize );
-  if( hit ){
-    memset(hit, 1, get2byte(&data[hdr+5]));
-    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
-    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
-    for(i=0; i=usableSize || pc<0 ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
-            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0);
-      }else{
-        for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
-      }
-    }
-    for(cnt=0, i=get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); i>0 && i=usableSize || i<0 ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,  
-            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0);
-      }else{
-        for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
-      }
-      i = get2byte(&data[i]);
-    }
-    for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
-          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
-          "Fragmented space is %d byte reported as %d on page %d",
-          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(hit);
-
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  return depth+1;
+static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
+  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+  assertParentIndex(
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], 
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], 
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno
+  );
+  releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+  pCur->iPage--;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->validNKey = 0;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
 /*
-** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
-** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
-** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
+** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
+**
+** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
+** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
+** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a 
+** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
+**
+** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to 
+** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first
+** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state
+** is set to CURSOR_VALID.
 **
-** If everything checks out, this routine returns NULL.  If something is
-** amiss, an error message is written into memory obtained from malloc()
-** and a pointer to that error message is returned.  The calling function
-** is responsible for freeing the error message when it is done.
+** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
+** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected 
+** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
+** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
+** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo 
+** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
+** b-tree).
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
-  Btree *p,     /* The btree to be checked */
-  int *aRoot,   /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
-  int nRoot,    /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
-  int mxErr,    /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
-  int *pnErr    /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
-){
-  int i;
-  int nRef;
-  IntegrityCk sCheck;
+static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
   BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
 
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
-  if( lockBtreeWithRetry(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return sqlite3StrDup("Unable to acquire a read lock on the database");
-  }
-  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
-  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
-  sCheck.nPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(sCheck.pPager);
-  sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
-  sCheck.nErr = 0;
-  *pnErr = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( pBt->nTrunc!=0 ){
-    sCheck.nPage = pBt->nTrunc;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
-    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sCheck.anRef = sqlite3_malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) );
-  if( !sCheck.anRef ){
-    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    *pnErr = 1;
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "Unable to malloc %d bytes", 
-        (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]));
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; }
-  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
-  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){
-    sCheck.anRef[i] = 1;
-  }
-  sCheck.zErrMsg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
-  */
-  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
-            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
-
-  /* Check all the tables.
-  */
-  for(i=0; iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
-      checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  assert( CURSOR_VALID   < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  assert( CURSOR_FAULT   > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
+    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+      assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+      return pCur->skipNext;
     }
-#endif
-    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], 0, "List of tree roots: ");
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
   }
 
-  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
-  */
-  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
+  if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
     }
-#else
-    /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
-    ** references to pointer-map pages.
-    */
-    if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && 
-       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    pCur->iPage = 0;
+  }else{
+    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+      return rc;
     }
-    if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && 
-       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
+    pCur->iPage = 0;
+
+    /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
+    ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
+    ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
+    ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error.  */
+    assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==1 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==0 );
+    if( (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
     }
-#endif
   }
 
-  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages
-  */
-  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-  if( nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ){
-    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 
-      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
-      nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
-    );
-  }
+  /* Assert that the root page is of the correct type. This must be the
+  ** case as the call to this function that loaded the root-page (either
+  ** this call or a previous invocation) would have detected corruption 
+  ** if the assumption were not true, and it is not possible for the flags 
+  ** byte to have been modified while this cursor is holding a reference
+  ** to the page.  */
+  pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
+  assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
+  assert( pRoot->isInit && (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)==pRoot->intKey );
 
-  /* Clean  up and report errors.
-  */
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef);
-  *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
-  return sCheck.zErrMsg;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+  pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->atLast = 0;
+  pCur->validNKey = 0;
 
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.
-**
-** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager);
+  if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
+    Pgno subpage;
+    if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
+  }else{
+    pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID);
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the pathname of the directory that contains the database file.
+** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
+** entry to which it is currently pointing.
 **
-** The pager directory name is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
+** in ascending order.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  return sqlite3PagerDirname(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
+static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  MemPage *pPage;
 
-/*
-** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
-** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
-** has been created or not.
-**
-** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell );
+    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]));
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
 /*
-** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
-** must be active for both files.
-**
-** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation.
-** If anything goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. 
+** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
+** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
+** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
+** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
+** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
 **
-** If successful, CommitPhaseOne() may be called on pTo before returning. 
-** The caller should finish committing the transaction on pTo by calling
-** sqlite3BtreeCommit().
+** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
+** key in ascending order.
 */
-static int btreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
+static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Pgno pgno;
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Pgno i;
-
-  Pgno nFromPage;     /* Number of pages in pFrom */
-  Pgno nToPage;       /* Number of pages in pTo */
-  Pgno nNewPage;      /* Number of pages in pTo after the copy */
-
-  Pgno iSkip;         /* Pending byte page in pTo */
-  int nToPageSize;    /* Page size of pTo in bytes */
-  int nFromPageSize;  /* Page size of pFrom in bytes */
-
-  BtShared *pBtTo = pTo->pBt;
-  BtShared *pBtFrom = pFrom->pBt;
-  pBtTo->db = pTo->db;
-  pBtFrom->db = pFrom->db;
-
-  nToPageSize = pBtTo->pageSize;
-  nFromPageSize = pBtFrom->pageSize;
+  MemPage *pPage = 0;
 
-  if( pTo->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pFrom->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
   }
-  if( pBtTo->pCursor ){
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    pCur->validNKey = 0;
   }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  nToPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBtTo->pPager);
-  nFromPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBtFrom->pPager);
-  iSkip = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtTo);
-
-  /* Variable nNewPage is the number of pages required to store the
-  ** contents of pFrom using the current page-size of pTo.
-  */
-  nNewPage = ((i64)nFromPage * (i64)nFromPageSize + (i64)nToPageSize - 1) / 
-      (i64)nToPageSize;
-
-  for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && (i<=nToPage || i<=nNewPage); i++){
+/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
 
-    /* Journal the original page.
-    **
-    ** iSkip is the page number of the locking page (PENDING_BYTE_PAGE)
-    ** in database *pTo (before the copy). This page is never written 
-    ** into the journal file. Unless i==iSkip or the page was not
-    ** present in pTo before the copy operation, journal page i from pTo.
-    */
-    if( i!=iSkip && i<=nToPage ){
-      DbPage *pDbPage = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && i>nFromPage ){
-          /* Yeah.  It seems wierd to call DontWrite() right after Write(). But
-          ** that is because the names of those procedures do not exactly 
-          ** represent what they do.  Write() really means "put this page in the
-          ** rollback journal and mark it as dirty so that it will be written
-          ** to the database file later."  DontWrite() undoes the second part of
-          ** that and prevents the page from being written to the database. The
-          ** page is still on the rollback journal, though.  And that is the 
-          ** whole point of this block: to put pages on the rollback journal. 
-          */
-          sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pDbPage);
-        }
-        sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-      }
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+      *pRes = 1;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }else{
+      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
+      *pRes = 0;
+      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
     }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-    /* Overwrite the data in page i of the target database */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && i!=iSkip && i<=nNewPage ){
-
-      DbPage *pToPage = 0;
-      sqlite3_int64 iOff;
-
-      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pToPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pToPage);
-      }
-
-      for(
-        iOff=(i-1)*nToPageSize; 
-        rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpPager, iFrom, &pFromPage);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          char *zTo = sqlite3PagerGetData(pToPage);
-          char *zFrom = sqlite3PagerGetData(pFromPage);
-          int nCopy;
-
-          if( nFromPageSize>=nToPageSize ){
-            zFrom += ((i-1)*nToPageSize - ((iFrom-1)*nFromPageSize));
-            nCopy = nToPageSize;
-          }else{
-            zTo += (((iFrom-1)*nFromPageSize) - (i-1)*nToPageSize);
-            nCopy = nFromPageSize;
-          }
-
-          memcpy(zTo, zFrom, nCopy);
-	  sqlite3PagerUnref(pFromPage);
-        }
-      }
+/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+ 
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
 
-      if( pToPage ) sqlite3PagerUnref(pToPage);
+  /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
+  if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && pCur->atLast ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point 
+    ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
+    int ii;
+    for(ii=0; iiiPage; ii++){
+      assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
     }
+    assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 );
+    assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf );
+#endif
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
 
-  /* If things have worked so far, the database file may need to be 
-  ** truncated. The complex part is that it may need to be truncated to
-  ** a size that is not an integer multiple of nToPageSize - the current
-  ** page size used by the pager associated with B-Tree pTo.
-  **
-  ** For example, say the page-size of pTo is 2048 bytes and the original 
-  ** number of pages is 5 (10 KB file). If pFrom has a page size of 1024 
-  ** bytes and 9 pages, then the file needs to be truncated to 9KB.
-  */
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( nFromPageSize!=nToPageSize ){
-      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pBtTo->pPager);
-      i64 iSize = (i64)nFromPageSize * (i64)nFromPage;
-      i64 iNow = (i64)((nToPage>nNewPage)?nToPage:nNewPage) * (i64)nToPageSize; 
-      i64 iPending = ((i64)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtTo)-1) *(i64)nToPageSize;
-  
-      assert( iSize<=iNow );
-  
-      /* Commit phase one syncs the journal file associated with pTo 
-      ** containing the original data. It does not sync the database file
-      ** itself. After doing this it is safe to use OsTruncate() and other
-      ** file APIs on the database file directly.
-      */
-      pBtTo->db = pTo->db;
-      rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBtTo->pPager, 0, 0, 1);
-      if( iSizeiPending){
-        i64 iOff;
-        for(
-          iOff=iPending; 
-          rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<(iPending+nToPageSize); 
-          iOff += nFromPageSize
-        ){
-          DbPage *pFromPage = 0;
-          Pgno iFrom = (iOff/nFromPageSize)+1;
-  
-          if( iFrom==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtFrom) || iFrom>nFromPage ){
-            continue;
-          }
-  
-          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtFrom->pPager, iFrom, &pFromPage);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            char *zFrom = sqlite3PagerGetData(pFromPage);
-  	  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zFrom, nFromPageSize, iOff);
-            sqlite3PagerUnref(pFromPage);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-  
-      /* Sync the database file */
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pBtTo->pPager);
-      }
+    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+      *pRes = 1;
     }else{
-      rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pBtTo->pPager, nNewPage);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pBtTo->pageSizeFixed = 0;
+      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+      *pRes = 0;
+      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+      pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0;
     }
   }
-
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3BtreeRollback(pTo);
-  }
-
-  return rc;  
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
-  rc = btreeCopyFile(pTo, pFrom);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
   return rc;
 }
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
+/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key 
+** specified by pIdxKey or intKey.   Return a success code.
+**
+** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used.  pIdxKey 
+** must be NULL.  For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
+** is ignored.
+**
+** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
+** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
+** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
+** before or after the key.
+**
+** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
+** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is 
+** pointing.  The meaning of the integer written into
+** *pRes is as follows:
+**
+**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
+**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
+**
+**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
+**
+**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+**                  is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
+**
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
-  assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a statement transaction is active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree *p){
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  return (p->pBt && p->pBt->inStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  return (p && (p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE));
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
-** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
-** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with 
-** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
-**
-** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
-** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent 
-** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
-** of memory returned. 
-**
-** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the 
-** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the 
-** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call sqlite3_free()
-** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( !pBt->pSchema ){
-    pBt->pSchema = sqlite3MallocZero(nBytes);
-    pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return pBt->pSchema;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if another user of the same shared btree as the argument
-** handle holds an exclusive lock on the sqlite_master table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = (queryTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK)!=SQLITE_OK);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+  BtCursor *pCur,          /* The cursor to be moved */
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
+  i64 intKey,              /* The table key */
+  int biasRight,           /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
+  int *pRes                /* Write search results here */
+){
+  int rc;
 
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pRes );
+  assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab.  The
-** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
-** if it is false.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
-    assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
-    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-    rc = queryTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = lockTable(p, iTab, lockType);
+  /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
+  ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey 
+   && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey 
+  ){
+    if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
     }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an 
-** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. 
-** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
-** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible
-** to change the length of the data stored.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  assert(pCsr->isIncrblobHandle);
-  if( pCsr->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
-    if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-      return pCsr->skip;
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_ABORT;
+    if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKeywrFlag ){
-    return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-  assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly 
-          && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  if( checkReadLocks(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr) ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
   }
-  if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || !pCsr->pPage->intKey ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
+  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+    *pRes = -1;
+    assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
+  assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey );
+  for(;;){
+    int lwr, upr;
+    Pgno chldPg;
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    int c;
+
+    /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page
+    ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop
+    ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine
+    ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must
+    ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise
+    ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption.  */
+    assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
+    assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) );
+    lwr = 0;
+    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
+    if( biasRight ){
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)upr;
+    }else{
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((upr+lwr)/2);
+    }
+    for(;;){
+      int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; /* Index of current cell in pPage */
+      u8 *pCell;                          /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */
 
-  return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 0, 1);
+      pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+      pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
+      if( pPage->intKey ){
+        i64 nCellKey;
+        if( pPage->hasData ){
+          u32 dummy;
+          pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy);
+        }
+        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
+        if( nCellKey==intKey ){
+          c = 0;
+        }else if( nCellKeyintKey );
+          c = +1;
+        }
+        pCur->validNKey = 1;
+        pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
+      }else{
+        /* The maximum supported page-size is 32768 bytes. This means that
+        ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
+        ** page is at most 8198 bytes, which may be stored as a 2-byte
+        ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing 
+        ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is 
+        ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first 
+        ** 2 bytes of the cell.
+        */
+        int nCell = pCell[0];
+        if( !(nCell & 0x80) && nCell<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+          /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
+          ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
+          ** b-tree page.  */
+          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
+        }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) 
+          && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
+        ){
+          /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record 
+          ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page.  */
+          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
+        }else{
+          /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
+          ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
+          ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
+          ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
+          void *pCellKey;
+          u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
+          btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info);
+          nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
+          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell );
+          if( pCellKey==0 ){
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            goto moveto_finish;
+          }
+          rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0);
+          if( rc ){
+            sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
+            goto moveto_finish;
+          }
+          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
+          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
+        }
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
+          lwr = idx;
+          upr = lwr - 1;
+          break;
+        }else{
+          *pRes = 0;
+          rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          goto moveto_finish;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c<0 ){
+        lwr = idx+1;
+      }else{
+        upr = idx-1;
+      }
+      if( lwr>upr ){
+        break;
+      }
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((lwr+upr)/2);
+    }
+    assert( lwr==upr+1 );
+    assert( pPage->isInit );
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      chldPg = 0;
+    }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
+      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    }else{
+      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
+    }
+    if( chldPg==0 ){
+      assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+      *pRes = c;
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      goto moveto_finish;
+    }
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr;
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    pCur->validNKey = 0;
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
+    if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
+  }
+moveto_finish:
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* 
-** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the 
-** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened
-** for incremental blob IO only.
-**
-** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache
-** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function
-** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and
-** sqlite3BtreePutData()).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  assert(!pCur->isIncrblobHandle);
-  assert(!pCur->aOverflow);
-  pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1;
-}
-#endif
 
-/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbefifo.c ****************************************/
 /*
-** 2005 June 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements a FIFO queue of rowids used for processing
-** UPDATE and DELETE statements.
+** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
+** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
+** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
+  /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
+  ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
+  ** as well as the boolean result value.
+  */
+  return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
+}
 
 /*
-** Constants FIFOSIZE_FIRST and FIFOSIZE_MAX are the initial
-** number of entries in a fifo page and the maximum number of
-** entries in a fifo page.
+** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
 */
-#define FIFOSIZE_FIRST (((128-sizeof(FifoPage))/8)+1)
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
-# define FIFOSIZE_MAX   (((SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT-sizeof(FifoPage))/8)+1)
-#else
-# define FIFOSIZE_MAX   (((262144-sizeof(FifoPage))/8)+1)
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  int idx;
+  MemPage *pPage;
 
-/*
-** Allocate a new FifoPage and return a pointer to it.  Return NULL if
-** we run out of memory.  Leave space on the page for nEntry entries.
-*/
-static FifoPage *allocateFifoPage(int nEntry){
-  FifoPage *pPage;
-  if( nEntry>FIFOSIZE_MAX ){
-    nEntry = FIFOSIZE_MAX;
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
   }
-  pPage = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(FifoPage) + sizeof(i64)*(nEntry-1) );
-  if( pPage ){
-    pPage->nSlot = nEntry;
-    pPage->iWrite = 0;
-    pPage->iRead = 0;
-    pPage->pNext = 0;
+  assert( pRes!=0 );
+  if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  return pPage;
-}
+  if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
+    pCur->skipNext = 0;
+    *pRes = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  pCur->skipNext = 0;
 
-/*
-** Initialize a Fifo structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo *pFifo){
-  memset(pFifo, 0, sizeof(*pFifo));
-}
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  assert( idx<=pPage->nCell );
 
-/*
-** Push a single 64-bit integer value into the Fifo.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** normally.   SQLITE_NOMEM is returned if we are unable to allocate
-** memory.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo *pFifo, i64 val){
-  FifoPage *pPage;
-  pPage = pFifo->pLast;
-  if( pPage==0 ){
-    pPage = pFifo->pLast = pFifo->pFirst = allocateFifoPage(FIFOSIZE_FIRST);
-    if( pPage==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }else if( pPage->iWrite>=pPage->nSlot ){
-    pPage->pNext = allocateFifoPage(pFifo->nEntry);
-    if( pPage->pNext==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->validNKey = 0;
+  if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+      *pRes = 0;
+      return rc;
     }
-    pPage = pFifo->pLast = pPage->pNext;
-  }
-  pPage->aSlot[pPage->iWrite++] = val;
-  pFifo->nEntry++;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract a single 64-bit integer value from the Fifo.  The integer
-** extracted is the one least recently inserted.  If the Fifo is empty
-** return SQLITE_DONE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo *pFifo, i64 *pVal){
-  FifoPage *pPage;
-  if( pFifo->nEntry==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  assert( pFifo->nEntry>0 );
-  pPage = pFifo->pFirst;
-  assert( pPage!=0 );
-  assert( pPage->iWrite>pPage->iRead );
-  assert( pPage->iWrite<=pPage->nSlot );
-  assert( pPage->iReadnSlot );
-  assert( pPage->iRead>=0 );
-  *pVal = pPage->aSlot[pPage->iRead++];
-  pFifo->nEntry--;
-  if( pPage->iRead>=pPage->iWrite ){
-    pFifo->pFirst = pPage->pNext;
-    sqlite3_free(pPage);
-    if( pFifo->nEntry==0 ){
-      assert( pFifo->pLast==pPage );
-      pFifo->pLast = 0;
+    do{
+      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+        *pRes = 1;
+        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
+      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
+    *pRes = 0;
+    if( pPage->intKey ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
     }else{
-      assert( pFifo->pFirst!=0 );
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
     }
-  }else{
-    assert( pFifo->nEntry>0 );
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete all information from a Fifo object.   Free all memory held
-** by the Fifo.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo *pFifo){
-  FifoPage *pPage, *pNextPage;
-  for(pPage=pFifo->pFirst; pPage; pPage=pNextPage){
-    pNextPage = pPage->pNext;
-    sqlite3_free(pPage);
+    return rc;
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(pFifo);
-}
-
-/************** End of vdbefifo.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
-** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
-** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
-** name sqlite_value
-*/
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
-** P if required.
-*/
-#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
-
-/*
-** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
-** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
-** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
-**
-** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
-** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
-** routine is a no-op.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
-** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
-** between formats.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
-  int rc;
-  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
+  *pRes = 0;
+  if( pPage->leaf ){
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-#else
-
-  /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
-  ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, desiredEnc);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
+  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
   return rc;
-#endif
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least 
-** n bytes.
-**
-** If the memory cell currently contains string or blob data
-** and the third argument passed to this function is true, the 
-** current content of the cell is preserved. Otherwise, it may
-** be discarded.  
-**
-** This function sets the MEM_Dyn flag and clears any xDel callback.
-** It also clears MEM_Ephem and MEM_Static. If the preserve flag is 
-** not set, Mem.n is zeroed.
+** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
+** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve){
-  assert( 1 >=
-    ((pMem->zMalloc && pMem->zMalloc==pMem->z) ? 1 : 0) +
-    (((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)&&pMem->xDel) ? 1 : 0) + 
-    ((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) + 
-    ((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0)
-  );
-
-  if( !pMem->zMalloc || sqlite3MallocSize(pMem->zMalloc)32?n:32);
-    if( preserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
-      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
-      if( !pMem->z ){
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-      }
-      preserve = 0;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_free(pMem->zMalloc);
-      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
-    }
-  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+  int rc;
+  MemPage *pPage;
 
-  if( preserve && pMem->z && pMem->zMalloc && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
-    memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
   }
-  if( pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel ){
-    pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
+  pCur->atLast = 0;
+  if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+    *pRes = 1;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-
-  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
-  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
-  pMem->xDel = 0;
-  return (pMem->z ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
-}
-
-/*
-** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem *pMem){
-  int f;
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  expandBlob(pMem);
-  f = pMem->flags;
-  if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
-    pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
-    pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+  if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
+    pCur->skipNext = 0;
+    *pRes = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
+  pCur->skipNext = 0;
 
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
-** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
-  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-    int nByte;
-    assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
-    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-
-    /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
-    nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.i;
-    if( nByte<=0 ){
-      nByte = 1;
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+    rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
     }
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+  }else{
+    while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
+      if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+        *pRes = 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
+      moveToParent(pCur);
     }
+    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+    pCur->validNKey = 0;
 
-    memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.i);
-    pMem->n += pMem->u.i;
-    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
+    pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
+    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  *pRes = 0;
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif
-
 
 /*
-** Make the given Mem object either MEM_Short or MEM_Dyn so that bytes
-** of the Mem.z[] array can be modified.
+** Allocate a new page from the database file.
 **
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
-  return sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(pMem);
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
-  }
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
-  pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
-  pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
-** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
-** is a no-op.
+** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
+** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
+** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
+** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
 **
-** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
+** an error.  *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
+** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
 **
-** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
-** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
-** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
-** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
-** user and the later is an internal programming error.
+** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to 
+** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
+** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
+** which in turn can make database access faster.
+**
+** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists 
+** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This
+** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int fg = pMem->flags;
-  const int nByte = 32;
-
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
-  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
-  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
-
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
+static int allocateBtreePage(
+  BtShared *pBt, 
+  MemPage **ppPage, 
+  Pgno *pPgno, 
+  Pgno nearby,
+  u8 exact
+){
+  MemPage *pPage1;
+  int rc;
+  u32 n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
+  u32 k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
+  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
+  MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
+  Pgno mxPage;     /* Total size of the database file */
 
-  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
-  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
-  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
-  ** 
-  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
-  */
-  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
-  }else{
-    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
-  }
-  pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
-  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
-** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
-** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error.  SQLITE_OK
-** otherwise.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize ){
-    sqlite3_context ctx;
-    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
-    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-    ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
-    ctx.s.db = pMem->db;
-    ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
-    ctx.pMem = pMem;
-    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
-    ctx.isError = 0;
-    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx);
-    assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
-    sqlite3_free(pMem->zMalloc);
-    *pMem = ctx.s;
-    rc = (ctx.isError?SQLITE_ERROR:SQLITE_OK);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+  mxPage = pagerPagecount(pBt);
+  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
+  if( n>=mxPage ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   }
-  return rc;
-}
+  if( n>0 ){
+    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
+    Pgno iTrunk;
+    u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
+    
+    /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map
+    ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
+    ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( exact && nearby<=mxPage ){
+      u8 eType;
+      assert( nearby>0 );
+      assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+        searchList = 1;
+      }
+      *pPgno = nearby;
+    }
+#endif
 
-/*
-** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
-** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
-** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
-  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
-    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
-  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
-    p->xDel((void *)p->z);
-    p->xDel = 0;
-  }
-}
+    /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
+    ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
 
-/*
-** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
-** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
-** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc);
-  p->z = 0;
-  p->zMalloc = 0;
-  p->xDel = 0;
-}
+    /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
+    ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
+    ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located.
+    */
+    do {
+      pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
+      if( pPrevTrunk ){
+        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
+      }else{
+        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+      }
+      testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
+      if( iTrunk>mxPage ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      }else{
+        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+      }
+      if( rc ){
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        goto end_allocate_page;
+      }
 
-/*
-** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
-** If the double is too large, return 0x8000000000000000.
-**
-** Most systems appear to do this simply by assigning
-** variables and without the extra range tests.  But
-** there are reports that windows throws an expection
-** if the floating point value is out of range. (See ticket #2880.)
-** Because we do not completely understand the problem, we will
-** take the conservative approach and always do range tests
-** before attempting the conversion.
-*/
-static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
-  /*
-  ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
-  ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
-  ** inconsistently.  And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
-  ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
-  ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
-  */
-  static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
-  static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
+      k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+      if( k==0 && !searchList ){
+        /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 
+        ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 
+        ** allocated page */
+        assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        *pPgno = iTrunk;
+        memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+        *ppPage = pTrunk;
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+      }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){
+        /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+        goto end_allocate_page;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){
+        /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
+        ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
+        */
+        assert( *pPgno==iTrunk );
+        *ppPage = pTrunk;
+        searchList = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        if( k==0 ){
+          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+            memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          }else{
+            memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          }
+        }else{
+          /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains 
+          ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
+          ** page in this case.
+          */
+          MemPage *pNewTrunk;
+          Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
+          if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ 
+            rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage );
+          rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+            goto end_allocate_page;
+          }
+          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+          put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
+          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
+          releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+            assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) );
+            put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
+          }else{
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
+            if( rc ){
+              goto end_allocate_page;
+            }
+            put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
+          }
+        }
+        pTrunk = 0;
+        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+#endif
+      }else if( k>0 ){
+        /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
+        u32 closest;
+        Pgno iPage;
+        unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+        if( rc ){
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        if( nearby>0 ){
+          u32 i;
+          int dist;
+          closest = 0;
+          dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby;
+          if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist;
+          for(i=1; i(double)maxInt ){
-    return minInt;
+        iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
+        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+        if( iPage>mxPage ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+          goto end_allocate_page;
+        }
+        testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+        if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){
+          int noContent;
+          *pPgno = iPage;
+          TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
+                 ": %d more free pages\n",
+                 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
+          if( closestpDbPage) );
+          noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno);
+          rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+              releasePage(*ppPage);
+            }
+          }
+          searchList = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+      pPrevTrunk = 0;
+    }while( searchList );
   }else{
-    return (i64)r;
+    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
+    ** end of the file */
+    int nPage = pagerPagecount(pBt);
+    *pPgno = nPage + 1;
+
+    if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      (*pPgno)++;
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){
+      /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
+      ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
+      ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
+      */
+      MemPage *pPg = 0;
+      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", *pPgno));
+      assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, &pPg, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
+        releasePage(pPg);
+      }
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+      (*pPgno)++;
+      if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ (*pPgno)++; }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 0);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      releasePage(*ppPage);
+    }
+    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
   }
-}
 
-/*
-** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
-** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
-** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
-** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
-** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
-** it into a integer and return that.  If pMem is NULL, return 0.
-**
-** If pMem is a string, its encoding might be changed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
-  int flags;
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  flags = pMem->flags;
-  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
-    return pMem->u.i;
-  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
-    return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
-  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    i64 value;
-    pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
-    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
-       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
-      return 0;
+  assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+
+end_allocate_page:
+  releasePage(pTrunk);
+  releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){
+      releasePage(*ppPage);
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
     }
-    assert( pMem->z );
-    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value);
-    return value;
+    (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
   }else{
-    return 0;
+    *ppPage = 0;
   }
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
-** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
-** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
-** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
+** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. 
+** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
+**
+** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
+** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object 
+** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. 
+** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
+**
+** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
+** its reference count is not altered by this function.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
-    return pMem->r;
-  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    return (double)pMem->u.i;
-  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    double val = 0.0;
-    pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
-    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
-       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
-      return 0.0;
-    }
-    assert( pMem->z );
-    sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val);
-    return val;
+static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
+  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;                /* Free-list trunk page */
+  Pgno iTrunk = 0;                    /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ 
+  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;      /* Local reference to page 1 */
+  MemPage *pPage;                     /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
+  int rc;                             /* Return Code */
+  int nFree;                          /* Initial number of pages on free-list */
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( iPage>1 );
+  assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage );
+
+  if( pMemPage ){
+    pPage = pMemPage;
+    sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage);
   }else{
-    return 0.0;
+    pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage);
   }
-}
 
-/*
-** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
-** MEM_Int if we can.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+  nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1);
 
-  pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
-  if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i ){
-    pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+  /* If the SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE compile-time option is enabled, then
+  ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
+  */
+  if( (!pPage && (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)))
+   ||            (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))
+  ){
+    goto freepage_out;
   }
-}
+  memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
+#endif
 
-static void setTypeFlag(Mem *pMem, int f){
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, f);
-}
+  /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
+  ** to indicate that the page is free.
+  */
+  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc);
+    if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+  }
 
-/*
-** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
-  setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+  /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two
+  ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first
+  ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a
+  ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the
+  ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it
+  ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf.
+  */
+  if( nFree!=0 ){
+    u32 nLeaf;                /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
 
-/*
-** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
-  setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+    iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+    rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
 
-/*
-** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
-  double r1, r2;
-  i64 i;
-  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  r1 = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
-  i = doubleToInt64(r1);
-  r2 = (double)i;
-  if( r1==r2 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
-  }else{
-    pMem->r = r1;
-    setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+    nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+    assert( pBt->usableSize>32 );
+    if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
+    if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+      /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page
+      ** being freed as a new leaf.
+      **
+      ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
+      ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
+      ** coded.  But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to
+      ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
+      ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt.  In order
+      ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
+      ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
+      ** for now.  At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
+      ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
+      ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
+      */
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
+        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
+#ifndef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+        if( pPage ){
+          sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+        }
+#endif
+        rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage);
+      }
+      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
+      goto freepage_out;
+    }
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
-  setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
-  pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
-}
 
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
-** n containing all zeros.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Blob);
-  pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
-  pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
-  pMem->n = 0;
-  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
-  pMem->u.i = n;
-  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-}
+  /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
+  ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
+  ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the 
+  ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
+  ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
+  */
+  if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){
+    goto freepage_out;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto freepage_out;
+  }
+  put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk);
+  put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
+  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage);
+  TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk));
 
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type INTEGER.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  pMem->u.i = val;
-  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+freepage_out:
+  if( pPage ){
+    pPage->isInit = 0;
+  }
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  releasePage(pTrunk);
+  return rc;
 }
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type REAL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
-  if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->r = val;
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
+  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
-** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
+** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
-  assert( p->db!=0 );
-  if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    int n = p->n;
-    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      n += p->u.i;
+static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  CellInfo info;
+  Pgno ovflPgno;
+  int rc;
+  int nOvfl;
+  u16 ovflPageSize;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
+  }
+  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+  assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
+  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
+  assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
+  while( nOvfl-- ){
+    Pgno iNext = 0;
+    MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+    if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
+      /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an 
+      ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the 
+      ** file the database must be corrupt. */
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
     }
-    return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+    if( nOvfl ){
+      rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
+    }
+    rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
+    if( pOvfl ){
+      sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
+    }
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    ovflPgno = iNext;
   }
-  return 0; 
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member.
+** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
+** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
+** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
+** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
+** for pCell[].
+**
+** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
+** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
+** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
+** later.
 */
-#define MEMCELLSIZE (size_t)(&(((Mem *)0)->zMalloc))
-
-/*
-** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
-** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
-** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
-** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
-  pTo->xDel = 0;
-  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 || pFrom->z==pFrom->zMalloc ){
-    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
-    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
-    pTo->flags |= srcType;
-  }
-}
+static int fillInCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
+  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key */
+  const void *pData,int nData,   /* The data */
+  int nZero,                     /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
+  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
+){
+  int nPayload;
+  const u8 *pSrc;
+  int nSrc, n, rc;
+  int spaceLeft;
+  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
+  unsigned char *pPrior;
+  unsigned char *pPayload;
+  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
+  int nHeader;
+  CellInfo info;
 
-/*
-** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
-** freed before the copy is made.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
 
-  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
-  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+  /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
+  ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
+  assert( pCellaData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
 
-  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
-      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+  /* Fill in the header. */
+  nHeader = 0;
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    nHeader += 4;
+  }
+  if( pPage->hasData ){
+    nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero);
+  }else{
+    nData = nZero = 0;
+  }
+  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
+  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+  assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
+  assert( info.nKey==nKey );
+  assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) );
+  
+  /* Fill in the payload */
+  nPayload = nData + nZero;
+  if( pPage->intKey ){
+    pSrc = pData;
+    nSrc = nData;
+    nData = 0;
+  }else{ 
+    if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){
+      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
     }
+    nPayload += (int)nKey;
+    pSrc = pKey;
+    nSrc = (int)nKey;
   }
+  *pnSize = info.nSize;
+  spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
+  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
+  pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
 
-  return rc;
-}
+  while( nPayload>0 ){
+    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        do{
+          pgnoOvfl++;
+        } while( 
+          PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 
+        );
+      }
+#endif
+      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
+      ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
+      ** for that page now. 
+      **
+      ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry 
+      ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
+      ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
+      ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the
+      ** wrong pages from the database.
+      */
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
+        ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc);
+        if( rc ){
+          releasePage(pOvfl);
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      if( rc ){
+        releasePage(pToRelease);
+        return rc;
+      }
 
-/*
-** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
-** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
-**
-** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
-  assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
+      /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area
+      ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+      assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
 
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
-  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
-  pFrom->xDel = 0;
-  pFrom->zMalloc = 0;
-}
+      /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+      ** is still writeable */
+      assert( pPrioraData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
 
-/*
-** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
-**
-** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
-** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the 
-** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the 
-** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
-** pointer copied.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
-  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
-  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
-  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
-  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
-  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
-){
-  int nByte = n;      /* New value for pMem->n */
-  int flags = 0;      /* New value for pMem->flags */
+      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
+      releasePage(pToRelease);
+      pToRelease = pOvfl;
+      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
+      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
+      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
+      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+    }
+    n = nPayload;
+    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
 
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+    /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area
+    ** of pToRelease.  Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+    assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
 
-  /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
-  if( !z ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
+    /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+    ** is still writeable */
+    assert( pPayloadaData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+            || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
 
-  flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
-  if( nByte<0 ){
-    assert( enc!=0 );
-    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-      for(nByte=0; z[nByte]; nByte++){}
+    if( nSrc>0 ){
+      if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
+      assert( pSrc );
+      memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
     }else{
-      for(nByte=0; z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]; nByte+=2){}
-    }
-    flags |= MEM_Term;
-  }
-
-  /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
-  ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
-  ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
-  */
-  if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
-    int nAlloc = nByte;
-    if( flags&MEM_Term ){
-      nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+      memset(pPayload, 0, n);
     }
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    nPayload -= n;
+    pPayload += n;
+    pSrc += n;
+    nSrc -= n;
+    spaceLeft -= n;
+    if( nSrc==0 ){
+      nSrc = nData;
+      pSrc = pData;
     }
-    memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->z = (char *)z;
-    pMem->xDel = xDel;
-    flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
   }
+  releasePage(pToRelease);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-  pMem->n = nByte;
-  pMem->flags = flags;
-  pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
-  pMem->type = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT);
+/*
+** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
+** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
+** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
+** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
+**
+** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
+*/
+static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){
+  int i;          /* Loop counter */
+  int pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
+  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
+  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
+  int rc;         /* The return code */
+  int hdr;        /* Beginning of the header.  0 most pages.  100 page 1 */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
+  if( *pRC ) return;
 
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell );
+  assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
+  pc = get2byte(ptr);
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
+  testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+  if( pc < get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+    *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+    return;
+  }
+  rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
+  if( rc ){
+    *pRC = rc;
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=idx+1; inCell; i++, ptr+=2){
+    ptr[0] = ptr[2];
+    ptr[1] = ptr[3];
+  }
+  pPage->nCell--;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
+  pPage->nFree += 2;
 }
 
 /*
-** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
-** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
-** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
-** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
-** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
+** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
+** content of the cell.
 **
-** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
+** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
+** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
+** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
+** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
+** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
+** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
+** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
+**
+** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
+** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
+** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location 
+** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
-  int rc;
-  int f1, f2;
-  int combined_flags;
+static void insertCell(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
+  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
+  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
+  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
+  u8 *pTemp,        /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
+  Pgno iChild,      /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */
+  int *pRC          /* Read and write return code from here */
+){
+  int idx;          /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
+  int j;            /* Loop counter */
+  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
+  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
+  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
+  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
+  u8 *ptr;          /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
 
-  /* Interchange pMem1 and pMem2 if the collating sequence specifies
-  ** DESC order.
-  */
-  f1 = pMem1->flags;
-  f2 = pMem2->flags;
-  combined_flags = f1|f2;
- 
-  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
-  ** are NULL, return 0.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
-  }
+  int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0);
 
-  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
-  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
-  ** if both values are integers.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
-    if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
-      return 1;
+  if( *pRC ) return;
+
+  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
+  assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->aOvfl) );
+  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
+    if( pTemp ){
+      memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
+      pCell = pTemp;
     }
-    if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
-      return -1;
+    if( iChild ){
+      put4byte(pCell, iChild);
     }
-    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
-      double r1, r2;
-      if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
-        r1 = pMem1->u.i;
-      }else{
-        r1 = pMem1->r;
-      }
-      if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
-        r2 = pMem2->u.i;
-      }else{
-        r2 = pMem2->r;
-      }
-      if( r1r2 ) return 1;
-      return 0;
-    }else{
-      assert( f1&MEM_Int );
-      assert( f2&MEM_Int );
-      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
-      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
-      return 0;
+    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
+    assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])) );
+    pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
+    pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)i;
+  }else{
+    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      *pRC = rc;
+      return;
     }
-  }
-
-  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
-  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
-    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
-      return 1;
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+    data = pPage->aData;
+    cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+    end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+    ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
+    rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx);
+    if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
+    /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties
+    ** if it returns success */
+    assert( idx >= end+2 );
+    assert( idx+sz <= pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+    pPage->nCell++;
+    pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
+    memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
+    if( iChild ){
+      put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
     }
-    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
-      return -1;
+    for(j=end, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){
+      ptr[0] = ptr[-2];
+      ptr[1] = ptr[-1];
     }
+    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
+    put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
+      ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
+      */
+      ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
 
-    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
-    assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
-            pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+/*
+** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
+** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
+*/
+static void assemblePage(
+  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
+  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
+  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
+  u16 *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
+){
+  int i;            /* Loop counter */
+  u8 *pCellptr;     /* Address of next cell pointer */
+  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
+  u8 * const data = pPage->aData;             /* Pointer to data for pPage */
+  const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;           /* Offset of header on pPage */
+  const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */
 
-    /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
-    ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
-    ** compiled (this was not always the case).
-    */
-    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
 
-    if( pColl ){
-      if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
-        /* The strings are already in the correct encoding.  Call the
-        ** comparison function directly */
-        return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
-      }else{
-        u8 origEnc = pMem1->enc;
-        const void *v1, *v2;
-        int n1, n2;
-        /* Convert the strings into the encoding that the comparison
-        ** function expects */
-        v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc);
-        n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : pMem1->n;
-        assert( n1==sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc) );
-        v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc);
-        n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : pMem2->n;
-        assert( n2==sqlite3ValueBytes((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc) );
-        /* Do the comparison */
-        rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
-        /* Convert the strings back into the database encoding */
-        sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem1, origEnc);
-        sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)pMem2, origEnc);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
-    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
-  }
- 
-  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
-  rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
+  /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */
+  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+  assert( get2byte(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable );
+
+  pCellptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + nCell*2];
+  cellbody = nUsable;
+  for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
+    pCellptr -= 2;
+    cellbody -= aSize[i];
+    put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody);
+    memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], aSize[i]);
   }
-  return rc;
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
+  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody);
+  pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody);
+  pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;
 }
 
 /*
-** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
-** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
-** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
-** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
-** into the pMem element.
+** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
+** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
+** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
+** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
+** NN neighbors on either side.
 **
-** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized.  Any prior content
-** is overwritten without being freed.
+** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
+** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
+** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
+** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
+*/
+#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
+#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+/*
+** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
+** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
+** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
+** entry in the tree.
 **
-** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
-** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
+** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
+** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
+** that page.  This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
+** unbalanced.  But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
+** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
+** fill up.  On average.
+**
+** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
+** pParent is its parent.  pPage must have a single overflow entry
+** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
+**
+** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider
+** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4
+** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other
+** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at
+** least 13 bytes in size.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
-  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
-  int offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
-  int amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
-  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
-  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
-){
-  char *zData;       /* Data from the btree layer */
-  int available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
-  sqlite3 *db;       /* Database connection */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){
+  BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt;    /* B-Tree Database */
+  MemPage *pNew;                       /* Newly allocated page */
+  int rc;                              /* Return Code */
+  Pgno pgnoNew;                        /* Page number of pNew */
 
-  db = sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(pCur);
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( key ){
-    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
-  }else{
-    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
-  }
-  assert( zData!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );
 
-  if( offset+amt<=available && ((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)==0 || pMem->xDel) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
-  }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
-    pMem->enc = 0;
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
-    if( key ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
-    }
-    pMem->z[amt] = 0;
-    pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  if( pPage->nCell<=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+  /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of 
+  ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
+  ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
+  */
+  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+    u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4];
+    u8 *pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell;
+    u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
+    u8 *pStop;
+
+    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
+    assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
+    zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
+    assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
+
+    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
+    ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 
+    ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
+    ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
+    ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
+    ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
+    ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a
+    ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page.
+    */
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+      if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){
+        ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
+      }
     }
+  
+    /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
+    ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
+    ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
+    ** largest key on pPage).
+    **
+    ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most 
+    ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the 
+    ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
+    ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
+    ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
+    ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the
+    ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer.
+    */
+    pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
+    pStop = &pCell[9];
+    while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCellnCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace),
+               0, pPage->pgno, &rc);
+
+    /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
+    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
+  
+    /* Release the reference to the new page. */
+    releasePage(pNew);
   }
-  pMem->n = amt;
 
   return rc;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
 
 #if 0
 /*
-** Perform various checks on the memory cell pMem. An assert() will
-** fail if pMem is internally inconsistent.
+** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
+** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible 
+** for setting pointer-map entries.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem *pMem){
-  int flags = pMem->flags;
-  assert( flags!=0 );  /* Must define some type */
-  if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    int x = flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
-    assert( x!=0 );            /* Strings must define a string subtype */
-    assert( (x & (x-1))==0 );  /* Only one string subtype can be defined */
-    assert( pMem->z!=0 );      /* Strings must have a value */
-    /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort iff the subtype is MEM_Short */
-    assert( (x & MEM_Short)==0 || pMem->z==pMem->zShort );
-    assert( (x & MEM_Short)!=0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zShort );
-    /* No destructor unless there is MEM_Dyn */
-    assert( pMem->xDel==0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 );
-
-    if( (flags & MEM_Str) ){
-      assert( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
-              pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ||
-              pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE 
-      );
-      /* If the string is UTF-8 encoded and nul terminated, then pMem->n
-      ** must be the length of the string.  (Later:)  If the database file
-      ** has been corrupted, '\000' characters might have been inserted
-      ** into the middle of the string.  In that case, the strlen() might
-      ** be less.
-      */
-      if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 && (flags & MEM_Term) ){ 
-        assert( strlen(pMem->z)<=pMem->n );
-        assert( pMem->z[pMem->n]==0 );
+static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
+  int i, j;
+  for(i=0; ipBt;
+    assert( pPage->isInit );
+
+    for(j=0; jnCell; j++){
+      CellInfo info;
+      u8 *z;
+     
+      z = findCell(pPage, j);
+      btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info);
+      if( info.iOverflow ){
+        Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]);
+        ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n);
+        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 );
+      }
+      if( !pPage->leaf ){
+        Pgno child = get4byte(z);
+        ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+        assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
       }
     }
-  }else{
-    /* Cannot define a string subtype for non-string objects */
-    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short))==0 );
-    assert( pMem->xDel==0 );
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+      ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+      assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
+    }
   }
-  /* MEM_Null excludes all other types */
-  assert( (pMem->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob))==0
-          || (pMem->flags&MEM_Null)==0 );
-  /* If the MEM is both real and integer, the values are equal */
-  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) 
-          || pMem->r==pMem->u.i );
+  return 1;
 }
 #endif
 
-/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
-** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
-** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
-** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
-** SQLITE_UTF8.
+/*
+** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored 
+** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
+** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
+** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
+** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer
+** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
 **
-** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
-** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
-** boundary.
+** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
+** MemPage.aOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. 
+**
+** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
+**
+** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by 
+** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
+** which are called often under normal circumstances.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
-  if( !pVal ) return 0;
+static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){
+  if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+    BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt;
+    u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData;
+    u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData;
+    int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset;
+    int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
+    TESTONLY(int rc;)
+    int iData;
+  
+  
+    assert( pFrom->isInit );
+    assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
+    assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5])<=pBt->usableSize );
+  
+    /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
+    iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
+    memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
+    memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
+  
+    /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
+    ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo "cannot" fail, as the
+    ** data copied from pFrom is known to be valid.  */
+    pTo->isInit = 0;
+    TESTONLY(rc = ) btreeInitPage(pTo);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  
+    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
+    ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
+    */
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo);
+    }
+  }
+}
 
-  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
-  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
+/*
+** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent
+** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
+** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
+** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
+** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page 
+** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
+** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
+** participate in the balancing.
+**
+** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by 
+** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. 
+**
+** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
+** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
+** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated
+** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning.
+**
+** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be
+** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
+** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
+** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
+** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). 
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
+** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
+** be rolled back.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a
+** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent
+** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is
+** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts
+** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum
+** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
+** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
+** enough for all overflow cells.
+**
+** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns 
+** SQLITE_NOMEM.
+*/
+static int balance_nonroot(
+  MemPage *pParent,               /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
+  int iParentIdx,                 /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
+  u8 *aOvflSpace,                 /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
+  int isRoot                      /* True if pParent is a root-page */
+){
+  BtShared *pBt;               /* The whole database */
+  int nCell = 0;               /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
+  int nMaxCells = 0;           /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
+  int nNew = 0;                /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
+  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
+  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
+  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* The return code */
+  u16 leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
+  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
+  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
+  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
+  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
+  int iSpace1 = 0;             /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
+  int iOvflSpace = 0;          /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
+  int szScratch;               /* Size of scratch memory requested */
+  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
+  MemPage *apCopy[NB];         /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
+  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
+  u8 *pRight;                  /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
+  u8 *apDiv[NB-1];             /* Divider cells in pParent */
+  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
+  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
+  u8 **apCell = 0;             /* All cells begin balanced */
+  u16 *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
+  u8 *aSpace1;                 /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
+  Pgno pgno;                   /* Temp var to store a page number in */
 
-  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return 0;
+  pBt = pParent->pBt;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+
+#if 0
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
+#endif
+
+  /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
+  ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with 
+  ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
+  ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
+  */
+  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 );
+  assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aOvfl[0].idx==iParentIdx );
+
+  if( !aOvflSpace ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-  assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str );
-  pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3;
-  expandBlob(pVal);
-  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
-    if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&(int)pVal->z) ){
-      assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
-      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal);
+
+  /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent 
+  ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on 
+  ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, 
+  ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
+  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.  
+  **
+  ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
+  ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
+  ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will
+  ** have already been removed.
+  */
+  i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell;
+  if( i<2 ){
+    nxDiv = 0;
+    nOld = i+1;
   }else{
-    assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
-    assert( 0==(1&(int)pVal->z) );
+    nOld = 3;
+    if( iParentIdx==0 ){                 
+      nxDiv = 0;
+    }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
+      nxDiv = i-2;
+    }else{
+      nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
+    }
+    i = 2;
   }
-  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
-              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
-    return pVal->z;
+  if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
+    pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];
   }else{
-    return 0;
+    pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
   }
-}
+  pgno = get4byte(pRight);
+  while( 1 ){
+    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i]);
+    if( rc ){
+      memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
+      goto balance_cleanup;
+    }
+    nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
+    if( (i--)==0 ) break;
 
-/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
-  Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
-  if( p ){
-    p->flags = MEM_Null;
-    p->type = SQLITE_NULL;
-    p->db = db;
+    if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aOvfl[0].idx && pParent->nOverflow ){
+      apDiv[i] = pParent->aOvfl[0].pCell;
+      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+      szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+      pParent->nOverflow = 0;
+    }else{
+      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
+      pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+      szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+
+      /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to
+      ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped.
+      ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
+      ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
+      ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
+      ** later on.  
+      **
+      ** Unless SQLite is compiled in secure-delete mode. In this case,
+      ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
+      ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[]
+      ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer
+      ** is allocated.  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+      memcpy(&aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData], apDiv[i], szNew[i]);
+      apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData];
+#endif
+      dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc);
+    }
   }
-  return p;
-}
 
-/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
-**
-** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
-** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
-** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
-** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
-** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
-** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* The database connection */
-  Expr *pExpr,              /* The expression to evaluate */
-  u8 enc,                   /* Encoding to use */
-  u8 affinity,              /* Affinity to use */
-  sqlite3_value **ppVal     /* Write the new value here */
-){
-  int op;
-  char *zVal = 0;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+  /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
+  ** alignment */
+  nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
 
-  if( !pExpr ){
-    *ppVal = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
+  /*
+  ** Allocate space for memory structures
+  */
+  k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage));
+  szScratch =
+       nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*)                       /* apCell */
+     + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16)                       /* szCell */
+     + pBt->pageSize                               /* aSpace1 */
+     + k*nOld;                                     /* Page copies (apCopy) */
+  apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 
+  if( apCell==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto balance_cleanup;
   }
-  op = pExpr->op;
+  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
+  aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );
 
-  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
-    zVal = sqlite3StrNDup((char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
-    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    if( !zVal || !pVal ) goto no_mem;
-    sqlite3Dequote(zVal);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
-    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, enc);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
+  /*
+  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
+  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
+  ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the the divider Cells
+  ** from pParent.
+  **
+  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
+  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
+  ** into aSpace1[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
+  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
+  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
+  ** are alike.
+  **
+  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
+  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
+  */
+  leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4;
+  leafData = apOld[0]->hasData;
+  for(i=0; ipageSize + k*i];
+    memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage));
+    pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1];
+    memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize);
+
+    limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
+    for(j=0; jpLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){
-      pVal->u.i = -1 * pVal->u.i;
-      pVal->r = -1.0 * pVal->r;
+    if( ipageSize/4 );
+      assert( iSpace1<=pBt->pageSize );
+      memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
+      apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
+      assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 );
+      szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection;
+      if( !pOld->leaf ){
+        assert( leafCorrection==0 );
+        assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
+        /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
+        ** pointer of the divider cell */
+        memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
+      }else{
+        assert( leafCorrection==4 );
+        if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
+          /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */
+          szCell[nCell] = 4;
+        }
+      }
+      nCell++;
     }
   }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-  else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
-    int nVal;
-    assert( pExpr->token.n>=3 );
-    assert( pExpr->token.z[0]=='x' || pExpr->token.z[0]=='X' );
-    assert( pExpr->token.z[1]=='\'' );
-    assert( pExpr->token.z[pExpr->token.n-1]=='\'' );
-    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    nVal = pExpr->token.n - 3;
-    zVal = (char*)pExpr->token.z + 2;
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
-                         0, sqlite3_free);
+
+  /*
+  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
+  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
+  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
+  ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
+  ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
+  **
+  ** Values computed by this block:
+  **
+  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
+  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
+  **   cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
+  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
+  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
+  ** 
+  */
+  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
+  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){
+      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
+      cntNew[k] = i;
+      if( leafData ){ i--; }
+      subtotal = 0;
+      k++;
+      if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
+    }
   }
-#endif
+  szNew[k] = subtotal;
+  cntNew[k] = nCell;
+  k++;
 
-  *ppVal = pVal;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  /*
+  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
+  ** on the left side.  The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
+  ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty.  This block of code attempts
+  ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
+  **
+  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
+  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
+  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
+  */
+  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
+    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
+    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
+    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
+    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
 
-no_mem:
-  db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  sqlite3_free(zVal);
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  *ppVal = 0;
-  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-}
+    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+    d = r + 1 - leafData;
+    assert( d0) or pPage is
+  ** a virtual root page.  A virtual root page is when the real root
+  ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
+  */
+  assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
 
-/*
-** Free an sqlite3_value object
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
-  if( !v ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
-  sqlite3_free(v);
-}
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d  ",
+    apOld[0]->pgno, 
+    nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0,
+    nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0
+  ));
 
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
-** that it uses the encoding "enc"
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
-  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
-  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
-    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      return p->n+p->u.i;
+  /*
+  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
+  */
+  if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+    goto balance_cleanup;
+  }
+  pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0];
+  for(i=0; ipDbPage);
+      nNew++;
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
     }else{
-      return p->n;
+      assert( i>0 );
+      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, pgno, 0);
+      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      apNew[i] = pNew;
+      nNew++;
+
+      /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
+      if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+        ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto balance_cleanup;
+        }
+      }
     }
   }
-  return 0;
+
+  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
+  */
+  while( ipgno;
+    int minI = i;
+    for(j=i+1; jpgno<(unsigned)minV ){
+        minI = j;
+        minV = apNew[j]->pgno;
+      }
+    }
+    if( minI>i ){
+      int t;
+      MemPage *pT;
+      t = apNew[i]->pgno;
+      pT = apNew[i];
+      apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
+      apNew[minI] = pT;
+    }
+  }
+  TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
+    apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0],
+    nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
+    nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
+    nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
+    nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
+
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+  put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
+
+  /*
+  ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
+  ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
+  */
+  j = 0;
+  for(i=0; inCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
+    assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
+
+    j = cntNew[i];
+
+    /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
+    ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
+    */
+    assert( ileaf ){
+        memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
+      }else if( leafData ){
+        /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 
+        ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider 
+        ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 
+        ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
+        */
+        CellInfo info;
+        j--;
+        btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
+        pCell = pTemp;
+        sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
+        pTemp = 0;
+      }else{
+        pCell -= 4;
+        /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
+        ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
+        ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 
+        ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
+        ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to 
+        ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
+        **
+        ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
+        ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
+        ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
+        */
+        if( szCell[j]==4 ){
+          assert(leafCorrection==4);
+          sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
+        }
+      }
+      iOvflSpace += sz;
+      assert( sz<=pBt->pageSize/4 );
+      assert( iOvflSpace<=pBt->pageSize );
+      insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
+      assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+
+      j++;
+      nxDiv++;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( j==nCell );
+  assert( nOld>0 );
+  assert( nNew>0 );
+  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
+    u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8];
+    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4);
+  }
+
+  if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
+    /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
+    ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
+    ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
+    ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
+    ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
+    **
+    ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() 
+    ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages 
+    ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
+    **
+    ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented
+    ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This
+    ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database
+    ** image.  */
+    assert( nNew==1 );
+    assert( apNew[0]->nFree == 
+        (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) 
+    );
+    copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
+    freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
+  }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+    /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around. 
+    ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to
+    ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but
+    ** many have not. The following is a summary:
+    **
+    **   1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not
+    **      siblings when this function was called. These have already
+    **      been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were
+    **      moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care
+    **      of those.
+    **
+    **   2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow
+    **      page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These 
+    **      have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code.
+    **
+    **   3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of
+    **      cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated.
+    **
+    **   4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any
+    **      overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated
+    **      (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages).
+    **
+    **   5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map
+    **      entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need
+    **      to be updated.
+    **
+    ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next
+    ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since
+    ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this
+    ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have
+    ** actually moved between pages.  */
+    MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];
+    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0];
+    int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
+    int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow;
+    int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aOvfl[0].idx : -1);
+    j = 0;                             /* Current 'old' sibling page */
+    k = 0;                             /* Current 'new' sibling page */
+    for(i=0; inCell + pOld->nOverflow;
+        if( pOld->nOverflow ){
+          nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
+          iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aOvfl[0].idx;
+        }
+        isDivider = !leafData;  
+      }
+
+      assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflowaOvfl[0].idx==pOld->aOvfl[1].idx-1);
+      assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aOvfl[1].idx==pOld->aOvfl[2].idx-1);
+      if( i==iOverflow ){
+        isDivider = 1;
+        if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){
+          iOverflow++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( i==cntNew[k] ){
+        /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new
+        ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
+        ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell.  */
+        pNew = apNew[++k];
+        if( !leafData ) continue;
+      }
+      assert( jpgno!=pNew->pgno ){
+        if( !leafCorrection ){
+          ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+        }
+        if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){
+          ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    if( !leafCorrection ){
+      for(i=0; iaData[8]);
+        ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
+      }
+    }
+
+#if 0
+    /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
+    ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while 
+    ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
+    ** cause an assert() statement to fail.  */
+    ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
+    ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  assert( pParent->isInit );
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
+          nOld, nNew, nCell));
+
+  /*
+  ** Cleanup before returning.
+  */
+balance_cleanup:
+  sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
+  for(i=0; ipBt;    /* The BTree */
 
+  assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
 
+  /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new 
+  ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
+  ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0);
+    copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc);
+    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+      ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc);
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc ){
+    *ppChild = 0;
+    releasePage(pChild);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+  assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell );
 
-/*
-** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
-** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
-** as they are added to the instruction stream.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace = 0;
-#endif
+  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno));
 
+  /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */
+  memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pRoot->aOvfl, pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aOvfl[0]));
+  pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow;
 
-/*
-** Create a new virtual database engine.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  p->db = db;
-  if( db->pVdbe ){
-    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
-  }
-  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
-  p->pPrev = 0;
-  db->pVdbe = p;
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
-  return p;
+  /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */
+  zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
+  put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
+
+  *ppChild = pChild;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
+** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
+** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
+** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing 
+** routine. Balancing routines are:
+**
+**   balance_quick()
+**   balance_deeper()
+**   balance_nonroot()
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  assert( p->zSql==0 );
-  p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
-}
+static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3;
+  u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13];
+  u8 *pFree = 0;
 
-/*
-** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  return ((Vdbe *)pStmt)->zSql;
-}
+  TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 );
+  TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 );
 
-/*
-** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
-  Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
-  char *zTmp;
-  int nTmp;
-  tmp = *pA;
-  *pA = *pB;
-  *pB = tmp;
-  pTmp = pA->pNext;
-  pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
-  pB->pNext = pTmp;
-  pTmp = pA->pPrev;
-  pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
-  pB->pPrev = pTmp;
-  zTmp = pA->zSql;
-  pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
-  pB->zSql = zTmp;
-  nTmp = pA->nSql;
-  pA->nSql = pB->nSql;
-  pB->nSql = nTmp;
-}
+  do {
+    int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage];
+
+    if( iPage==0 ){
+      if( pPage->nOverflow ){
+        /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the
+        ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
+        ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
+        ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
+        */ 
+        assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 );
+        rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pCur->iPage = 1;
+          pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+          pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0;
+          assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow );
+        }
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){
+      break;
+    }else{
+      MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
+      int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Turn tracing on or off
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){
-  p->trace = trace;
-}
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+        if( pPage->hasData
+         && pPage->nOverflow==1
+         && pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell
+         && pParent->pgno!=1
+         && pParent->nCell==iIdx
+        ){
+          /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
+          ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
+          ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
+          ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent 
+          ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
+          ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
+          ** buffer. 
+          **
+          ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
+          ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
+          ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
+          ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
+          */
+          assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 );
+          rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
+        }else
 #endif
+        {
+          /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells
+          ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves
+          ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
+          ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
+          ** will balance the parent page to correct this.
+          ** 
+          ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
+          ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. 
+          ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
+          ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
+          ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
+          ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() 
+          ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
+          ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been 
+          ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
+          ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
+          */
+          u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize);
+          rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1);
+          if( pFree ){
+            /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used 
+            ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
+            ** now stored either on real database pages or within the 
+            ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
+            sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
+          }
 
-/*
-** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it contains at least N
-** elements.
-**
-** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array,
-** Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain unchanged (this is so that
-** any opcodes already allocated can be correctly deallocated
-** along with the rest of the Vdbe).
-*/
-static void resizeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int N){
-  VdbeOp *pNew;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, N*sizeof(Op));
-  if( pNew ){
-    p->nOpAlloc = N;
-    p->aOp = pNew;
+          /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to
+          ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever
+          ** comes first. */
+          pFree = pSpace;
+        }
+      }
+
+      pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+
+      /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */
+      releasePage(pPage);
+      pCur->iPage--;
+    }
+  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+  if( pFree ){
+    sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
   }
+  return rc;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
-** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
-**
-** Parameters:
-**
-**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
+** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
+** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
+** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a random location.
 **
-**    op              The opcode for this instruction
+** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
+** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
 **
-**    p1, p2, p3      Operands
+** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
+** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
+** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
+** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
+** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than 
+** (pKey, nKey)). 
 **
-** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
-** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
-** operand.
+** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
+** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
+** overwritten.  If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
+** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
+** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
-  int i;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
+  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
+  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
+  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
+  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
+  int appendBias,                /* True if this is likely an append */
+  int seekResult                 /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
+){
+  int rc;
+  int loc = seekResult;          /* -1: before desired location  +1: after */
+  int szNew;
+  int idx;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  unsigned char *oldCell;
+  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
 
-  i = p->nOp;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){
-    resizeOpArray(p, p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : 1024/sizeof(Op));
-    if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-      return 0;
-    }
+  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+    assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+    return pCur->skipNext;
   }
-  p->nOp++;
-  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
-  pOp->opcode = op;
-  pOp->p5 = 0;
-  pOp->p1 = p1;
-  pOp->p2 = p2;
-  pOp->p3 = p3;
-  pOp->p4.p = 0;
-  pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-  p->expired = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  pOp->zComment = 0;
-  if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-#endif
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  pOp->cycles = 0;
-  pOp->cnt = 0;
-#endif
-  return i;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
-}
 
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pCur->wrFlag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && !pBt->readOnly );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
 
-/*
-** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
-  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
-  int op,             /* The new opcode */
-  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
-  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
-  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
-  const char *zP4,    /* The P4 operand */
-  int p4type          /* P4 operand type */
-){
-  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
-  return addr;
-}
+  /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
+  ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
+  ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
+  ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
+  ** blob of associated data.  */
+  assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
 
-/*
-** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
-** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
-** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
-** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
-** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
-** the label into the resolved address.
-**
-** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
-** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
-** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
-**
-** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  i = p->nLabel++;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){
-    p->nLabelAlloc = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 10;
-    p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel,
-                                    p->nLabelAlloc*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
-  }
-  if( p->aLabel ){
-    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
+  /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob 
+  ** cursors open on the row being replaced (assuming this is a replace
+  ** operation - if it is not, the following is a no-op).  */
+  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0);
   }
-  return -1-i;
-}
 
-/*
-** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
-** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
-** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){
-  int j = -1-x;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  assert( j>=0 && jnLabel );
-  if( p->aLabel ){
-    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
+  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.
+  **
+  ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
+  ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
+  ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the 
+  ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the 
+  ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
+  ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
+  ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
+  ** not to clear the cursor here.
+  */
+  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  if( !loc ){
+    rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
   }
-}
+  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) );
 
-/*
-** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
-** on jump instructions.  Each such value is a label.  Resolve the
-** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
-**
-** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
-**
-** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument 
-** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by 
-** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
-**
-** This routine also does the following optimization:  It scans for
-** instructions that might cause a statement rollback.  Such instructions
-** are:
-**
-**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
-**   *  OP_Destroy
-**   *  OP_VUpdate
-**   *  OP_VRename
-**
-** If no such instruction is found, then every Statement instruction 
-** is changed to a Noop.  In this way, we avoid creating the statement 
-** journal file unnecessarily.
-*/
-static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
-  int i;
-  int nMaxArgs = 0;
-  Op *pOp;
-  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
-  int doesStatementRollback = 0;
-  int hasStatementBegin = 0;
-  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
-    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
+  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
 
-    if( opcode==OP_Function ){
-      if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
-    }else if( opcode==OP_AggStep 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-        || opcode==OP_VUpdate
-#endif
-    ){
-      if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
-    }
-    if( opcode==OP_Halt ){
-      if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort ){
-        doesStatementRollback = 1;
-      }
-    }else if( opcode==OP_Statement ){
-      hasStatementBegin = 1;
-    }else if( opcode==OP_Destroy ){
-      doesStatementRollback = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename ){
-      doesStatementRollback = 1;
-    }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
-      int n;
-      assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
-      assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
-      n = pOp[-1].p1;
-      if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
-#endif
+  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
+          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
+          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
+  assert( pPage->isInit );
+  allocateTempSpace(pBt);
+  newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+  if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
+  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
+  assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+  idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  if( loc==0 ){
+    u16 szOld;
+    assert( idxnCell );
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+    if( rc ){
+      goto end_insert;
     }
-
-    if( sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) && pOp->p2<0 ){
-      assert( -1-pOp->p2nLabel );
-      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
+    oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
     }
+    szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
+    dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc);
+    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
+    idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+  }else{
+    assert( pPage->leaf );
   }
-  sqlite3_free(p->aLabel);
-  p->aLabel = 0;
-
-  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
+  insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
 
-  /* If we never rollback a statement transaction, then statement
-  ** transactions are not needed.  So change every OP_Statement
-  ** opcode into an OP_Noop.  This avoid a call to sqlite3OsOpenExclusive()
-  ** which can be expensive on some platforms.
+  /* If no error has occured and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() 
+  ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
+  ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BtCursor.validNKey
+  ** variables.
+  **
+  ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor
+  ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents
+  ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that,
+  ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations
+  ** slightly faster.
+  **
+  ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting
+  ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can
+  ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it
+  ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in
+  ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last
+  ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key
+  ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the
+  ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost.
   */
-  if( hasStatementBegin && !doesStatementRollback ){
-    for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
-      if( pOp->opcode==OP_Statement ){
-        pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
-      }
-    }
+  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+  pCur->validNKey = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){
+    rc = balance(pCur);
+
+    /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
+    ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. 
+    ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
+    ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor.  */
+    pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
+    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
   }
-}
+  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 );
 
-/*
-** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  return p->nOp;
+end_insert:
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
-** address of the first operation added.
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
+** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
-  int addr;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc ){
-    resizeOpArray(p, p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : 1024/sizeof(Op));
-    assert( p->nOp+nOp<=p->nOpAlloc || p->db->mallocFailed );
-  }
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    return 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
+  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;              
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+  MemPage *pPage;                      /* Page to delete cell from */
+  unsigned char *pCell;                /* Pointer to cell to delete */
+  int iCellIdx;                        /* Index of cell to delete */
+  int iCellDepth;                      /* Depth of node containing pCell */ 
+
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
+  assert( pCur->wrFlag );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
+  assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
+
+  if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell) 
+   || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID)
+  ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;  /* Something has gone awry. */
   }
-  addr = p->nOp;
-  if( nOp>0 ){
-    int i;
-    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
-    for(i=0; ip2;
-      VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
-      pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
-      pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
-      if( p2<0 && sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(pOut->opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) ){
-        pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
-      }else{
-        pOut->p2 = p2;
-      }
-      pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
-      pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-      pOut->p4.p = 0;
-      pOut->p5 = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      pOut->zComment = 0;
-      if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){
-        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-    p->nOp += nOp;
+
+  /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree,
+  ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted.  */
+  if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+    invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
   }
-  return addr;
-}
 
-/*
-** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
-  assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
-    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
+  iCellDepth = pCur->iPage;
+  iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth];
+  pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth];
+  pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx);
+
+  /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move
+  ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than
+  ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted
+  ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead
+  ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the
+  ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes
+  ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier.  */
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    int notUsed;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
   }
-}
 
-/*
-** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
-  assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
-    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before
+  ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be 
+  ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the 
+  ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page.  
+  */
+  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+  dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+
+  /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
+  ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
+  ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
+  ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
+  ** node to replace the deleted cell.  */
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    int nCell;
+    Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
+    unsigned char *pTmp;
+
+    pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
+    nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell);
+    assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=nCell );
+
+    allocateTempSpace(pBt);
+    pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+
+    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
+    insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
+    dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
   }
-}
 
-/*
-** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
-  assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
-    p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
+  /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
+  ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first
+  ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is
+  ** never true.
+  **
+  ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then
+  ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to
+  ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly
+  ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may
+  ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm
+  ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
+  ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
+  ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
+  ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as 
+  ** well.  */
+  rc = balance(pCur);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+    while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+      releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+    }
+    rc = balance(pCur);
   }
-}
 
-/*
-** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
-** added operation.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
-  assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p && p->aOp ){
-    assert( p->nOp>0 );
-    p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    moveToRoot(pCur);
   }
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
-** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
+** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
+** number for the root page of the new table.
+**
+** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
+** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
+** flags might not work:
+**
+**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
+**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
-}
+static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  MemPage *pRoot;
+  Pgno pgnoRoot;
+  int rc;
 
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
 
-/*
-** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it.  If
-** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
-*/
-static void freeEphemeralFunction(FuncDef *pDef){
-  if( pDef && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pDef);
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
   }
-}
+#else
+  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+    Pgno pgnoMove;      /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
+    MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
 
-/*
-** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
-*/
-static void freeP4(int p4type, void *p3){
-  if( p3 ){
-    switch( p4type ){
-      case P4_REAL:
-      case P4_INT64:
-      case P4_MPRINTF:
-      case P4_DYNAMIC:
-      case P4_KEYINFO:
-      case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: {
-        sqlite3_free(p3);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_VDBEFUNC: {
-        VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p3;
-        freeEphemeralFunction(pVdbeFunc->pFunc);
-        sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
-        sqlite3_free(pVdbeFunc);
-        break;
+    /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
+    ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
+    ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
+    ** held by open cursors.
+    */
+    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+
+    /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
+    ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
+    ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
+    */
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
+    pgnoRoot++;
+
+    /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
+    ** PENDING_BYTE page.
+    */
+    while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
+        pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+      pgnoRoot++;
+    }
+    assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
+
+    /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
+    ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
+    ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
+    */
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
+    }
+
+    if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
+      /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
+      ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
+      ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
+      ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
+      ** is already journaled.
+      */
+      u8 eType = 0;
+      Pgno iPtrPage = 0;
+
+      releasePage(pPageMove);
+
+      /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
       }
-      case P4_FUNCDEF: {
-        freeEphemeralFunction((FuncDef*)p3);
-        break;
+      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+      if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
       }
-      case P4_MEM: {
-        sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p3);
-        break;
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        releasePage(pRoot);
+        return rc;
       }
-    }
-  }
-}
+      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
+      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
+      releasePage(pRoot);
 
+      /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return rc;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        releasePage(pRoot);
+        return rc;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pRoot = pPageMove;
+    } 
 
-/*
-** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr, int N){
-  if( p && p->aOp ){
-    VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
-    while( N-- ){
-      freeP4(pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-      memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
-      pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
-      pOp++;
+    /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
+    ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
+    if( rc ){
+      releasePage(pRoot);
+      return rc;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
+    if( rc ){
+      releasePage(pRoot);
+      return rc;
     }
-  }
-}
 
-/*
-** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
-**
-** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
-** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
-** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
-**
-** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure.
-** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized.
-** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure
-** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The 
-** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is
-** finalized.
-** 
-** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
-** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
-** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
-**
-** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
-  Op *pOp;
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p->aOp==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    if (n != P4_KEYINFO) {
-      freeP4(n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( addrnOp );
-  if( addr<0 ){
-    addr = p->nOp - 1;
-    if( addr<0 ) return;
-  }
-  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
-  freeP4(pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-  pOp->p4.p = 0;
-  if( n==P4_INT32 ){
-    /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
-    ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
-    pOp->p4.i = (int)zP4;
-    pOp->p4type = n;
-  }else if( zP4==0 ){
-    pOp->p4.p = 0;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-  }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-    int nField, nByte;
-
-    nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField;
-    nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField;
-    pKeyInfo = sqlite3_malloc( nByte );
-    pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-    if( pKeyInfo ){
-      memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte);
-      /* In the current implementation, P4_KEYINFO is only ever used on
-      ** KeyInfo structures that have no aSortOrder component.  Elements
-      ** with an aSortOrder always use P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF.  So we do not
-      ** need to bother with duplicating the aSortOrder. */
-      assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder==0 );
-#if 0
-      aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder;
-      if( aSortOrder ){
-        pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField];
-        memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField);
-      }
-#endif
-      pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
-    }else{
-      p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-    }
-  }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
-    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
-  }else if( n<0 ){
-    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
-    pOp->p4type = n;
   }else{
-    if( n==0 ) n = strlen(zP4);
-    pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
-    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
   }
+#endif
+  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+  zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF);
+  sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
+  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
 }
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
 /*
-** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction.
+** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
+** the page to the freelist.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
-  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( p->nOp ){
-    char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    sqlite3_free(*pz);
-    *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
+static int clearDatabasePage(
+  BtShared *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
+  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to clear */
+  int freePageFlag,     /* Deallocate page if true */
+  int *pnChange
+){
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int rc;
+  unsigned char *pCell;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+  if( pgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+  }
+
+  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  for(i=0; inCell; i++){
+    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
+      if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+    }
+    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange);
+    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+  }else if( pnChange ){
+    assert( pPage->intKey );
+    *pnChange += pPage->nCell;
+  }
+  if( freePageFlag ){
+    freePage(pPage, &rc);
+  }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
+    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
   }
+
+cleardatabasepage_out:
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
-** Return the opcode for a given address.
+** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
+** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
+** the root page is empty, but still exists.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
+** root of the table.
+**
+** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
+** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
+** entries in the table.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  assert( (addr>=0 && addrnOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
-  return ((addr>=0 && addrnOp)?(&p->aOp[addr]):0);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
+  int rc;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+
+  /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
+  ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
+  ** a no-op).  */
+  invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1);
+
+  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0);
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
 }
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
-     || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 /*
-** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
-** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
+** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
+** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** cursors on the table.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
+** root page in the database file, then the last root page 
+** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
+** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
+** is added to the freelist instead of iTable.  In this say, all
+** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
+** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right.  *piMoved is set to the 
+** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
+** the move.  If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
+** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
+** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
 */
-static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
-  char *zP4 = zTemp;
-  assert( nTemp>=20 );
-  switch( pOp->p4type ){
-    case P4_KEYINFO: {
-      int i, j;
-      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
-      i = strlen(zTemp);
-      for(j=0; jnField; j++){
-        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
-        if( pColl ){
-          int n = strlen(pColl->zName);
-          if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
-            memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
-            break;
-          }
-          zTemp[i++] = ',';
-          if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
-            zTemp[i++] = '-';
-          }
-          memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1);
-          i += n;
-        }else if( i+4pBt;
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+
+  /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
+  ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
+  ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
+  ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would 
+  ** occur.
+  **
+  ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point.
+  */
+  if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db);
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }
+
+  rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    releasePage(pPage);
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  *piMoved = 0;
+
+  if( iTable>1 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    freePage(pPage, &rc);
+    releasePage(pPage);
+#else
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      Pgno maxRootPgno;
+      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno);
+
+      if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
+        /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
+        ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. 
+        */
+        freePage(pPage, &rc);
+        releasePage(pPage);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
+        ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the 
+        ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
+        */
+        MemPage *pMove;
+        releasePage(pPage);
+        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0);
+        releasePage(pMove);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
         }
+        pMove = 0;
+        rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+        freePage(pMove, &rc);
+        releasePage(pMove);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+        *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
       }
-      zTemp[i++] = ')';
-      zTemp[i] = 0;
-      assert( ip4.pColl;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_FUNCDEF: {
-      FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_INT64: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_INT32: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_REAL: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_MEM: {
-      Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
-      assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
-      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
-        zP4 = pMem->z;
-      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
-      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
+
+      /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
+      ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
+      ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
+      ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
+      */
+      maxRootPgno--;
+      while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
+             || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
+        maxRootPgno--;
       }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    case P4_VTAB: {
-      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
-      break;
+      assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
+    }else{
+      freePage(pPage, &rc);
+      releasePage(pPage);
     }
 #endif
-    default: {
-      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
-      if( zP4==0 ){
-        zP4 = zTemp;
-        zTemp[0] = 0;
-      }
-    }
+  }else{
+    /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1.
+    ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt
+    ** database. 
+    */
+    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
+    releasePage(pPage);
   }
-  assert( zP4!=0 );
-  return zP4;
+  return rc;  
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif
+
 
 /*
-** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
+** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
+** has a read or write transaction open on the database.
 **
+** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
+** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
+** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
+** is read-only, the others are read/write.
+** 
+** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
+** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
+** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
-  int mask;
-  assert( i>=0 && idb->nDb );
-  assert( ibtreeMask)*8 );
-  mask = 1<btreeMask & mask)==0 ){
-    p->btreeMask |= mask;
-    sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(&p->aMutex, p->db->aDb[i].pBt);
-  }
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
 
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+  assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1 );
+  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
 
-#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
-  char *zP4;
-  char zPtr[50];
-  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n";
-  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
-  zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
-  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, 
-      sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : ""
-#else
-      ""
+  *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);
+
+  /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
+  ** database, mark the database as read-only.  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
 #endif
-  );
-  fflush(pOut);
+
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
-** Release an array of N Mem elements
+** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
+** read-only and may not be written.
 */
-static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N, int freebuffers){
-  if( p && N ){
-    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-    int malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
-    while( N-->0 ){
-      assert( N<2 || p[0].db==p[1].db );
-      if( freebuffers ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p);
-      }
-      p->flags = MEM_Null;
-      p++;
-    }
-    db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
-  }
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p){
-  int ii;
-  int nFree = 0;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  for(ii=1; ii<=p->nMem; ii++){
-    Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[ii];
-    if( pMem->z && pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
-      assert( !pMem->xDel );
-      nFree += sqlite3MallocSize(pMem->z);
-      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  unsigned char *pP1;
+  int rc;
+  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
+  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){
+      assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
+      assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
+      pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
     }
+#endif
   }
-  return nFree;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
 /*
-** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
-**
-** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
-** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
-** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
+** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
 **
-** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed.  When
-** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
-** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
-** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. 
+** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
+** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
-  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
-
-  assert( p->explain );
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
-  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
+  i64 nEntry = 0;                      /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
 
-  /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
-  ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
-  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+  /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
+  ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). 
   */
-  releaseMemArray(pMem, p->nMem, 1);
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int iIdx;                          /* Index of child node in parent */
+    MemPage *pPage;                    /* Current page of the b-tree */
 
-  do{
-    i = p->pc++;
-  }while( inOp && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
-  if( i>=p->nOp ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc), (char*)0);
-  }else{
-    char *z;
-    Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
-    if( p->explain==1 ){
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
-      pMem++;
-  
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);  /* Opcode */
-      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
-      pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
-      pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pMem++;
+    /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then 
+    ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
+    ** accordingly.
+    */
+    pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+    if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){
+      nEntry += pPage->nCell;
     }
 
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pMem->u.i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-    pMem++;
-
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pMem->u.i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-    pMem++;
+    /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it 
+    ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
+    ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
+    ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
+    ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page
+    ** to visit is the right-child of its parent.
+    **
+    ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the
+    ** caller.
+    */
+    if( pPage->leaf ){
+      do {
+        if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+          /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
+          *pnEntry = nEntry;
+          return SQLITE_OK;
+        }
+        moveToParent(pCur);
+      }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
 
-    if( p->explain==1 ){
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      pMem->u.i = pOp->p3;                          /* P3 */
-      pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-      pMem++;
+      pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
+      pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
     }
 
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){            /* P4 */
-      p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-    z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
-    if( z!=pMem->z ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+    /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently 
+    ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
+    */
+    iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+    if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
     }else{
-      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
-      pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx)));
     }
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
-    pMem++;
+  }
 
-    if( p->explain==1 ){
-      if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
-        p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->n = 2;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5);   /* P5 */
-      pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pMem++;
-  
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      if( pOp->zComment ){
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-        pMem->z = pOp->zComment;
-        pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
-        pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      }else
+  /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */
+  return rc;
+}
 #endif
-      {
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Null;                       /* Comment */
-        pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
-      }
-    }
 
-    p->nResColumn = 8 - 5*(p->explain-1);
-    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+/*
+** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
+  return p->pBt->pPager;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/*
+** Append a message to the error message string.
+*/
+static void checkAppendMsg(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
+  char *zMsg1,
+  const char *zFormat,
+  ...
+){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
+  pCheck->mxErr--;
+  pCheck->nErr++;
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
+  }
+  if( zMsg1 ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1);
+  }
+  sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){
+    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
   }
-  return rc;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
 /*
-** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
+** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
+** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
+** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
+** if this is the first reference to the page.
+**
+** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
-  int nOp = p->nOp;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-  if( nOp<1 ) return;
-  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
-    const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
-    while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
-    printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
+  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  return  (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to 
+** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
+** to pCheck.
+*/
+static void checkPtrmap(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,   /* Integrity check context */
+  Pgno iChild,           /* Child page number */
+  u8 eType,              /* Expected pointer map type */
+  Pgno iParent,          /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
+  char *zContext         /* Context description (used for error msg) */
+){
+  int rc;
+  u8 ePtrmapType;
+  Pgno iPtrmapParent;
+
+  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
+      iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
   }
 }
 #endif
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
 /*
-** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
+** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
+** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
-  int nOp = p->nOp;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-  if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
-  if( nOp<1 ) return;
-  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
-    int i, j;
-    char z[1000];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
-    for(i=0; isspace((unsigned char)z[i]); i++){}
-    for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
-      if( isspace((unsigned char)z[i]) ){
-        if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
-          z[j++] = ' ';
-        }
+static void checkList(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
+  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
+  int N,                /* Expected number of pages in the list */
+  char *zContext        /* Context for error messages */
+){
+  int i;
+  int expected = N;
+  int iFirst = iPage;
+  while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
+    DbPage *pOvflPage;
+    unsigned char *pOvflData;
+    if( iPage<1 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
+          N+1, expected, iFirst);
+      break;
+    }
+    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
+    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
+      break;
+    }
+    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
+    if( isFreeList ){
+      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
+      }
+#endif
+      if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
+        N--;
       }else{
-        z[j++] = z[i];
+        for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){
+            checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
+          }
+#endif
+          checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
+        }
+        N -= n;
       }
     }
-    z[j] = 0;
-    sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    else{
+      /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
+      ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
+      ** the following page matches iPage.
+      */
+      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
+        i = get4byte(pOvflData);
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+    iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
   }
 }
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
-
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
 /*
-** Prepare a virtual machine for execution.  This involves things such
-** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
-** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
+** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
+** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
+** return 1, and so forth.
+** 
+** These checks are done:
 **
-** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to
-** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN.
+**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
+**          but combine to completely cover the page.
+**  NO  2.  Make sure cell keys are in order.
+**  NO  3.  Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
+**  NO  4.  Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
+**      5.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
+**      6.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
+**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
+**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
+**          the root of the tree.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
-  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
-  int nVar,                      /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
-  int nMem,                      /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
-  int nCursor,                   /* Number of cursors to allocate */
-  int isExplain                  /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */
+static int checkTreePage(
+  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
+  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
+  char *zParentContext  /* Parent context */
 ){
-  int n;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  MemPage *pPage;
+  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
+  int hdr, cellStart;
+  int nCell;
+  u8 *data;
+  BtShared *pBt;
+  int usableSize;
+  char zContext[100];
+  char *hit = 0;
 
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);
 
-  /* There should be at least one opcode.
+  /* Check that the page exists
   */
-  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
+  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
+  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
+  if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
+    return 0;
+  }
 
-  /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. This
-   * is because the call to resizeOpArray() below may shrink the
-   * p->aOp[] array to save memory if called when in VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 
-   * state.
-   */
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+  /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
+  ** btreeInitPage() is executed.  */
+  pPage->isInit = 0;
+  if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );  /* The only possible error from InitPage */
+    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
+                   "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
+    releasePage(pPage);
+    return 0;
+  }
 
-  /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
-  ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
-  ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
-  ** Cursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with 
-  ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
-  ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
-  **
-  ** See also: allocateCursor().
+  /* Check out all the cells.
   */
-  nMem += nCursor;
+  depth = 0;
+  for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
+    u8 *pCell;
+    u32 sz;
+    CellInfo info;
 
-  /*
-  ** Allocation space for registers.
-  */
-  if( p->aMem==0 ){
-    int nArg;       /* Maximum number of args passed to a user function. */
-    resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
-    /*resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp);*/
-    assert( nVar>=0 );
-    if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){
-      p->nMem = nMem = 10;
-    }
-    p->aMem = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
-        nMem*sizeof(Mem)               /* aMem */
-      + nVar*sizeof(Mem)               /* aVar */
-      + nArg*sizeof(Mem*)              /* apArg */
-      + nVar*sizeof(char*)             /* azVar */
-      + nCursor*sizeof(Cursor*) + 1    /* apCsr */
-    );
-    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-      p->aMem--;             /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
-      p->nMem = nMem;        /*       not from 0..nMem-1 */
-      p->aVar = &p->aMem[nMem+1];
-      p->nVar = nVar;
-      p->okVar = 0;
-      p->apArg = (Mem**)&p->aVar[nVar];
-      p->azVar = (char**)&p->apArg[nArg];
-      p->apCsr = (Cursor**)&p->azVar[nVar];
-      p->nCursor = nCursor;
-      for(n=0; naVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
-        p->aVar[n].db = db;
+    /* Check payload overflow pages
+    */
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
+             "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
+    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
+    btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+    sz = info.nData;
+    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey;
+    assert( sz==info.nPayload );
+    if( (sz>info.nLocal) 
+     && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize])
+    ){
+      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
+      Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
       }
-      for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
-        p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
-        p->aMem[n].db = db;
+#endif
+      checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
+    }
+
+    /* Check sanity of left child page.
+    */
+    if( !pPage->leaf ){
+      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
+      }
+#endif
+      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext);
+      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
       }
+      depth = d2;
     }
   }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  for(n=1; nnMem; n++){
-    assert( p->aMem[n].db==db );
-  }
+  if( !pPage->leaf ){
+    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, 
+                     "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+      checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, 0);
+    }
 #endif
-
-  p->pc = -1;
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  p->uniqueCnt = 0;
-  p->returnDepth = 0;
-  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
-  p->explain |= isExplain;
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
-  p->nChange = 0;
-  p->cacheCtr = 1;
-  p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
-  p->openedStatement = 0;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  {
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; inOp; i++){
-      p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
-      p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
+    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext);
+  }
+ 
+  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
+  */
+  data = pPage->aData;
+  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+  hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+  if( hit==0 ){
+    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }else{
+    u16 contentOffset = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+    assert( contentOffset<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+    memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset);
+    memset(hit, 1, contentOffset);
+    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+    for(i=0; i=usableSize ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
+            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0);
+      }else{
+        for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
+      }
+    }
+    i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+    while( i>0 ){
+      int size, j;
+      assert( i<=usableSize-4 );     /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
+      assert( i+size<=usableSize );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
+      j = get2byte(&data[i]);
+      assert( j==0 || j>i+size );  /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      assert( j<=usableSize-4 );   /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+      i = j;
+    }
+    for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){
+        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
+          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
+      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
+          "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
+          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
     }
   }
-#endif
+  sqlite3PageFree(hit);
+  releasePage(pPage);
+  return depth+1;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
 /*
-** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor 
-** happens to hold.
+** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
+** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
+** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
+**
+** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling
+** this function.
+**
+** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr.  Except for some memory
+** allocation errors,  an error message held in memory obtained from
+** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero.  If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
+** returned.  If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, Cursor *pCx){
-  if( pCx==0 ){
-    return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
+  Btree *p,     /* The btree to be checked */
+  int *aRoot,   /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
+  int nRoot,    /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
+  int mxErr,    /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
+  int *pnErr    /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
+){
+  Pgno i;
+  int nRef;
+  IntegrityCk sCheck;
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  char zErr[100];
+
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+  nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
+  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
+  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
+  sCheck.nPage = pagerPagecount(sCheck.pBt);
+  sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
+  sCheck.nErr = 0;
+  sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
+  *pnErr = 0;
+  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+    return 0;
   }
-  if( pCx->pCursor ){
-    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
+  sCheck.anRef = sqlite3Malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) );
+  if( !sCheck.anRef ){
+    *pnErr = 1;
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+    return 0;
   }
-  if( pCx->pBt ){
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
+  for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; }
+  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
+  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){
+    sCheck.anRef[i] = 1;
   }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
-    sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
-    const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule;
-    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(p->db);
-    pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(p->db);
-    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000);
+
+  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
+  */
+  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
+            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
+
+  /* Check all the tables.
+  */
+  for(i=0; (int)iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
+      checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
+    }
+#endif
+    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ");
   }
+
+  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
+  */
+  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    }
+#else
+    /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
+    ** references to pointer-map pages.
+    */
+    if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && 
+       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
+    }
+    if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && 
+       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
+    }
 #endif
-  if( !pCx->ephemPseudoTable ){
-    sqlite3_free(pCx->pData);
   }
-  /* memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(Cursor)); */
-  /* sqlite3_free(pCx->aType); */
-  /* sqlite3_free(pCx); */
+
+  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages.
+  ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check
+  ** of the integrity check.
+  */
+  if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){
+    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 
+      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
+      nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
+    );
+  }
+
+  /* Clean  up and report errors.
+  */
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef);
+  if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+    *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
+  if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg);
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
 
 /*
-** Close all cursors except for VTab cursors that are currently
-** in use.
+** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.
+**
+** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
 */
-static void closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  if( p->apCsr==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; inCursor; i++){
-    Cursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
-    if( pC && (!p->inVtabMethod || !pC->pVtabCursor) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
-      p->apCsr[i] = 0;
-    }
-  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager);
 }
 
 /*
-** Clean up the VM after execution.
+** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
+** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
+** has been created or not.
 **
-** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
-** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
-** variables in the aVar[] array.
+** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
 */
-static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p, int freebuffers){
-  int i;
-  closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p);
-  for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++){
-    MemSetTypeFlag(&p->aMem[i], MEM_Null);
-  }
-  releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem, freebuffers);
-  sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
-  if( p->contextStack ){
-    for(i=0; icontextStackTop; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->contextStack[i].sFifo);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(p->contextStack);
-  }
-  p->contextStack = 0;
-  p->contextStackDepth = 0;
-  p->contextStackTop = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
-  p->zErrMsg = 0;
-  p->pResultSet = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
+  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+  return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
 }
 
 /*
-** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
-** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
-** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
-** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
+** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
-  Mem *pColName;
-  int n;
-
-  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N, 1);
-  sqlite3_free(p->aColName);
-  n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
-  p->nResColumn = nResColumn;
-  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(p->db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
-  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
-  while( n-- > 0 ){
-    pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
-    pColName->db = p->db;
-    pColName++;
-  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
+  assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
 }
 
 /*
-** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
-** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
-**
-** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
-**
-** If N==P4_STATIC  it means that zName is a pointer to a constant static
-** string and we can just copy the pointer. If it is P4_DYNAMIC, then 
-** the string is freed using sqlite3_free() when the vdbe is finished with
-** it. Otherwise, N bytes of zName are copied.
+** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe *p, int idx, int var, const char *zName, int N){
-  int rc;
-  Mem *pColName;
-  assert( idxnResColumn );
-  assert( vardb->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
-  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
-  if( N==P4_DYNAMIC || N==P4_STATIC ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, N, SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && N==P4_DYNAMIC ){
-    pColName->flags &= (~MEM_Static);
-    pColName->zMalloc = pColName->z;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){
+  assert( p );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  return p->nBackup!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
+** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
+** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with 
+** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
+**
+** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
+** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent 
+** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
+** of memory returned. 
+**
+** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
+** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
+** allocated, it is returned as normal.
+**
+** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the 
+** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the 
+** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call sqlite3_free()
+** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
+  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){
+    pBt->pSchema = sqlite3MallocZero(nBytes);
+    pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
   }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  return pBt->pSchema;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared 
+** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the 
+** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
+  int rc;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+  rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
   return rc;
 }
 
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
 /*
-** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
-** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
-** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
-** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab.  The
+** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
+** if it is false.
 */
-static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int needXcommit = 0;
+  assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE );
+  if( p->sharable ){
+    u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
+    assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
+    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
 
-  /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
-  ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
-  ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is 
-  ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
-  ** to the transaction.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, rc);
+    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+    rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+/*
+** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an 
+** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. 
+** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
+**
+** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to 
+** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
+** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
+** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
+  int rc;
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pCsr->isIncrblobHandle );
+
+  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
     return rc;
   }
-
-  /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
-  ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not 
-  ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than 
-  ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
-  ** file is required for an atomic commit.
-  */ 
-  for(i=0; inDb; i++){ 
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
-      needXcommit = 1;
-      if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
-    }
+  assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+  if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+    return SQLITE_ABORT;
   }
 
-  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
-  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-    if( rc ){
-      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-    }
+  /* Check some assumptions: 
+  **   (a) the cursor is open for writing,
+  **   (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
+  **   (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
+  **   (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
+  **   (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
+  */
+  if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){
+    return SQLITE_READONLY;
   }
+  assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+  assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) );
+  assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) );
+  assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey );
 
-  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
-  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
-  ** master-journal.
-  **
-  ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
-  ** string, it means the main database is :memory:.  In that case we do
-  ** not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the simple case then
-  ** too.
-  */
-  if( 0==strlen(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) || nTrans<=1 ){
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ 
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
-      }
-    }
+  return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
+}
 
-    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. 
-    ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
-    ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
-    ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
-    */
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
-    }
-  }
+/* 
+** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the 
+** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened
+** for incremental blob IO only.
+**
+** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache
+** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function
+** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and
+** sqlite3BtreePutData()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){
+  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+  assert(!pCur->isIncrblobHandle);
+  assert(!pCur->aOverflow);
+  pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1;
+}
+#endif
 
-  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
-  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
-  ** committed atomicly.
+/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 January 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() 
+** API functions and the related features.
+**
+** $Id: backup.c,v 1.19 2009/07/06 19:03:13 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
+*/
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_backup {
+  sqlite3* pDestDb;        /* Destination database handle */
+  Btree *pDest;            /* Destination b-tree file */
+  u32 iDestSchema;         /* Original schema cookie in destination */
+  int bDestLocked;         /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
+
+  Pgno iNext;              /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
+  sqlite3* pSrcDb;         /* Source database handle */
+  Btree *pSrc;             /* Source b-tree file */
+
+  int rc;                  /* Backup process error code */
+
+  /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
+  ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
   */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-  else{
-    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
-    int needSync = 0;
-    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
-    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-    sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
-    i64 offset = 0;
+  Pgno nRemaining;         /* Number of pages left to copy */
+  Pgno nPagecount;         /* Total number of pages to copy */
 
-    /* Select a master journal file name */
-    do {
-      u32 random;
-      sqlite3_free(zMaster);
-      sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(random), &random);
-      zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, random&0x7fffffff);
-      if( !zMaster ){
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS);
-    }while( rc==1 );
-    if( rc!=0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      /* Open the master journal. */
-      rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, 
-          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
-          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
-      );
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_free(zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
- 
-    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
-    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
-    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
-    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
-    ** back independently if a failure occurs.
-    */
-    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( i==1 ) continue;   /* Ignore the TEMP database */
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
-        char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
-        if( zFile[0]==0 ) continue;  /* Ignore :memory: databases */
-        if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
-          needSync = 1;
-        }
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, strlen(zFile)+1, offset);
-        offset += strlen(zFile)+1;
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-          sqlite3_free(zMaster);
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-    }
+  int isAttached;          /* True once backup has been registered with pager */
+  sqlite3_backup *pNext;   /* Next backup associated with source pager */
+};
 
-    /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
-    ** flag is set this is not required.
-    */
-    zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-    if( (needSync 
-     && (0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL))
-     && (rc=sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))!=SQLITE_OK) ){
-      sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-      sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-      sqlite3_free(zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
+/*
+** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
+**
+**   Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
+**   structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
+**
+**     * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and 
+**       backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
+**       handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared 
+**       structure, in that order.
+**
+**     * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
+**       invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
+**       the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
+**       associated with the source database BtShared structure will always 
+**       be held when either of these functions are invoked.
+**
+**   The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
+**   backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
+**   while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
+**   the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
+**   BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
+**   or backup_pagecount().
+**
+**   Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
+**   the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
+**   Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
+**   associated mutexes.
+*/
 
-    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
-    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
-    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
-    **
-    ** If the error occurs during the first call to
-    ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
-    ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
-    ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
-    ** file before the failure occured.
-    */
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ 
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
+/*
+** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
+** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
+** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
+**
+** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this 
+** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an 
+** error message to pErrorDb.
+*/
+static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
+  int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
+
+  if( i==1 ){
+    Parse *pParse;
+    int rc = 0;
+    pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
+    if( pParse==0 ){
+      sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      pParse->db = pDb;
+      if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
+        sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
+        sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
       }
+      sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
     }
-    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_free(zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
-    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
-    ** transaction files are deleted.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
-    sqlite3_free(zMaster);
-    zMaster = 0;
     if( rc ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
-    ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
-    ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
-    ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
-    ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
-    ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
-    */
-    disable_simulated_io_errors();
-    sqlite3FaultBeginBenign(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC);
-    for(i=0; inDb; i++){ 
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
-      }
+      return 0;
     }
-    sqlite3FaultEndBenign(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC);
-    enable_simulated_io_errors();
+  }
 
-    sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+  if( i<0 ){
+    sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
+    return 0;
   }
-#endif
 
-  return rc;
+  return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
 }
 
-/* 
-** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
-** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
-** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
-** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
-** step.
+/*
+** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
+** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
+** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
 **
-** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
+** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
+** stored in database handle pDestDb.
 */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  int cnt = 0;
-  p = db->pVdbe;
-  while( p ){
-    if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
-      cnt++;
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3* pDestDb,                     /* Database to write to */
+  const char *zDestDb,                  /* Name of database within pDestDb */
+  sqlite3* pSrcDb,                      /* Database connection to read from */
+  const char *zSrcDb                    /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
+){
+  sqlite3_backup *p;                    /* Value to return */
+
+  /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
+  ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
+  ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
+  ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
+  ** of the backup operation.  Any attempt to use the destination
+  ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
+  ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
+  */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
+
+  if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3Error(
+        pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
+    );
+    p = 0;
+  }else {
+    /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object */
+    p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
+    if( !p ){
+      sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
     }
-    p = p->pNext;
   }
-  assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
+
+  /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
+    p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
+    p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
+    p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
+    p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
+    p->iNext = 1;
+    p->isAttached = 0;
+
+    if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest ){
+      /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist. An error has
+      ** already been written into the pDestDb handle. All that is left
+      ** to do here is free the sqlite3_backup structure.
+      */
+      sqlite3_free(p);
+      p = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  if( p ){
+    p->pSrc->nBackup++;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
+  return p;
 }
-#else
-#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
-#endif
 
 /*
-** For every Btree that in database connection db which 
-** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in
-** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor
-** can never be used again.  This happens when a rollback
-*** occurs.  We have to trip all the other cursors, even
-** cursor from other VMs in different database connections,
-** so that none of them try to use the data at which they
-** were pointing and which now may have been changed due
-** to the rollback.
-**
-** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and
-** reorder rootpages.  So it is not sufficient just to save
-** the state of the cursor.  We have to invalidate the cursor
-** so that it is never used again.
+** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is 
+** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
+** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
 */
-static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
-      sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT);
+static int isFatalError(int rc){
+  return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED));
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for 
+** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the 
+** destination database.
+*/
+static int backupOnePage(sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){
+  Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
+  const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+  int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+  const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
+  const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  i64 iOff;
+
+  assert( p->bDestLocked );
+  assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
+  assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
+  assert( zSrcData );
+
+  /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
+  ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. 
+  */
+  if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+  }
+
+  /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source 
+  ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
+  ** of the destination page.
+  */
+  for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest->pBt) ) continue;
+    if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
+    ){
+      const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
+      u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
+      u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
+
+      /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
+      ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
+      ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
+      ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
+      ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked 
+      ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
+      */
+      memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
+      ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
     }
+    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
   }
+
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
-** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
-** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
-**
-** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
-** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.  It is harmless to
-** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
+** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
+** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
+** this function is a no-op.
 **
-** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
-** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY.  If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
-** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error 
+** code if an error occurs.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  int i;
-  int (*xFunc)(Btree *pBt) = 0;  /* Function to call on each btree backend */
-  int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if SQLITE_NOMEM or IOERR */
+static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
+  i64 iCurrent;
+  int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
-  ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
-  ** execution of this virtual machine. 
-  **
-  ** If any of the following errors occur:
-  **
-  **     SQLITE_NOMEM
-  **     SQLITE_IOERR
-  **     SQLITE_FULL
-  **     SQLITE_INTERRUPT
-  **
-  ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
-  ** state.  We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
-  ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
-  */
+/*
+** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for
+** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated.
+*/
+static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  sqlite3_backup **pp;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) );
+  pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+  p->pNext = *pp;
+  *pp = p;
+  p->isAttached = 1;
+}
 
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p);
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
+  int rc;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
   }
-  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
 
-  /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
-  if( p->pc>=0 ){
-    int mrc;   /* Primary error code from p->rc */
+  rc = p->rc;
+  if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
+    Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc);     /* Source pager */
+    Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);   /* Dest pager */
+    int ii;                            /* Iterator variable */
+    int nSrcPage = -1;                 /* Size of source db in pages */
+    int bCloseTrans = 0;               /* True if src db requires unlocking */
 
-    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
-    sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
+    /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
+    ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
+    */
+    if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    }
 
-    /* Check for one of the special errors */
-    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
-    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
-                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
-    if( isSpecialError ){
-      /* This loop does static analysis of the query to see which of the
-      ** following three categories it falls into:
-      **
-      **     Read-only
-      **     Query with statement journal
-      **     Query without statement journal
-      **
-      ** We could do something more elegant than this static analysis (i.e.
-      ** store the type of query as part of the compliation phase), but 
-      ** handling malloc() or IO failure is a fairly obscure edge case so 
-      ** this is probably easier. Todo: Might be an opportunity to reduce 
-      ** code size a very small amount though...
-      */
-      int notReadOnly = 0;
-      int isStatement = 0;
-      assert(p->aOp || p->nOp==0);
-      for(i=0; inOp; i++){ 
-        switch( p->aOp[i].opcode ){
-          case OP_Transaction:
-            notReadOnly |= p->aOp[i].p2;
-            break;
-          case OP_Statement:
-            isStatement = 1;
-            break;
-        }
-      }
+    /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
+    if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
+     && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) 
+    ){
+      p->bDestLocked = 1;
+      sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema);
+    }
 
-   
-      /* If the query was read-only, we need do no rollback at all. Otherwise,
-      ** proceed with the special handling.
-      */
-      if( notReadOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
-        if( p->rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED && isStatement ){
-          xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
-          p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        } else if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && isStatement ){
-          xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
-        }else{
-          /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
-          ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
-          */
-          invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
-          sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
-          db->autoCommit = 1;
+    /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
+    ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
+    ** before this function exits.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
+      bCloseTrans = 1;
+    }
+  
+    /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
+    ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pSrcPager, &nSrcPage);
+    }
+    for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || iiiNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
+      const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext;                 /* Source page number */
+      if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
+        DbPage *pSrcPg;                             /* Source page object */
+        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg));
+          sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
         }
       }
+      p->iNext++;
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
+      p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
+      if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }else if( !p->isAttached ){
+        attachBackupObject(p);
+      }
     }
   
-    /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active vdbe, then
-    ** we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. 
-    **
-    ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled 
-    ** above has occured. 
+    /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
+    ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
+    ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
+    ** same schema version.
     */
-    if( db->autoCommit && db->activeVdbeCnt==1 ){
-      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
-        /* The auto-commit flag is true, and the vdbe program was 
-        ** successful or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint. This means a commit 
-        ** is required.
-        */
-        int rc = vdbeCommit(db);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-          sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
-          return SQLITE_BUSY;
-        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          p->rc = rc;
-          sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE 
+     && (rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1))==SQLITE_OK
+    ){
+      const int nSrcPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+      const int nDestPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+      int nDestTruncate;
+  
+      if( p->pDestDb ){
+        sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, 0);
+      }
+
+      /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
+      ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
+      ** size may be different to the source page size. 
+      **
+      ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, 
+      ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
+      ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
+      ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the 
+      ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
+      ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
+      ** by the file truncation.
+      */
+      if( nSrcPagesizepDest->pBt) ){
+          nDestTruncate--;
         }
       }else{
-        sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+        nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (nSrcPagesize/nDestPagesize);
       }
-    }else if( !xFunc ){
-      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
-        if( p->openedStatement ){
-          xFunc = sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt;
-        } 
-      }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
-        xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
+      sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
+
+      if( nSrcPagesize= iSize || (
+              nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
+           && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+nDestPagesize
+        ));
+        if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1))
+         && SQLITE_OK==(rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize))
+         && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager))
+        ){
+          i64 iOff;
+          i64 iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + nDestPagesize, iSize);
+          for(
+            iOff=PENDING_BYTE+nSrcPagesize; 
+            rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffautoCommit = 1;
+        rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
       }
-    }
   
-    /* If xFunc is not NULL, then it is one of sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt or
-    ** sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt. Call it once on each backend. If an error occurs
-    ** and the return code is still SQLITE_OK, set the return code to the new
-    ** error value.
-    */
-    assert(!xFunc ||
-      xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ||
-      xFunc==sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt
-    );
-    for(i=0; xFunc && inDb; i++){ 
-      int rc;
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = xFunc(pBt);
-        if( rc && (p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) ){
-          p->rc = rc;
-          sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, 0);
-        }
+      /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
+      if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+       && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest))
+      ){
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
       }
     }
   
-    /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and the statement was committed, 
-    ** set the change counter. 
+    /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
+    ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
+    ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
+    ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
     */
-    if( p->changeCntOn && p->pc>=0 ){
-      if( !xFunc || xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
-      }
-      p->nChange = 0;
+    if( bCloseTrans ){
+      TESTONLY( int rc2 );
+      TESTONLY( rc2  = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
+      TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc);
+      assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
     }
   
-    /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
-    if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
-      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-      db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
-    }
-
-    /* Release the locks */
-    sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
-  }
-
-  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
-  if( p->pc>=0 ){
-    db->activeVdbeCnt--;
+    p->rc = rc;
   }
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
-  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
   }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
-** in p->rc.  This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
-** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
-**
-** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
-** again.
-**
-** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
-** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
-** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
+** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p, int freebuffers){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  db = p->db;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  sqlite3_backup **pp;                 /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;                /* Mutex to protect source database */
+  int rc;                              /* Value to return */
 
-  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
-  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
-  ** it now.
-  */
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  /* Enter the mutexes */
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+  mutex = p->pSrcDb->mutex;
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+  }
 
-  /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
-  ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
-  ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
-  ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
-  */
-  if( p->pc>=0 ){
-    if( p->zErrMsg ){
-      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr,-1,p->zErrMsg,SQLITE_UTF8,sqlite3_free);
-      db->errCode = p->rc;
-      p->zErrMsg = 0;
-    }else if( p->rc ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    p->pSrc->nBackup--;
+  }
+  if( p->isAttached ){
+    pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+    while( *pp!=p ){
+      pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
     }
-  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
-    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
-    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
-    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
-    */
-    sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
-    p->zErrMsg = 0;
+    *pp = p->pNext;
   }
 
-  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
-  */
-  Cleanup(p, freebuffers);
+  /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
+  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest);
 
-  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
-  */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  {
-    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
-    if( out ){
-      int i;
-      fprintf(out, "---- ");
-      for(i=0; inOp; i++){
-        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
-      }
-      fprintf(out, "\n");
-      for(i=0; inOp; i++){
-        fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
-           p->aOp[i].cnt,
-           p->aOp[i].cycles,
-           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
-        );
-        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-      }
-      fclose(out);
-    }
+  /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
+  rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
+  sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);
+
+  /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
   }
-#endif
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
-  p->aborted = 0;
-  return p->rc & db->errMask;
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+  if( p->pDestDb ){
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return rc;
 }
- 
+
 /*
-** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
-** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
+** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p, 1);
-    assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
-  }else if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem, 1);
-  sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
-  return rc;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  return p->nRemaining;
 }
 
 /*
-** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
-** the corresponding bit in mask is clear.  Auxdata entries beyond 31
-** are always destroyed.  To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
-** routine with mask==0.
+** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most 
+** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; inAux; i++){
-    struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
-    if( (i>31 || !(mask&(1<pAux ){
-      if( pAux->xDelete ){
-        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
+  return p->nPagecount;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
+** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been 
+** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
+** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
+** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
+** complete.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
+  sqlite3_backup *p;                   /* Iterator variable */
+  for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+    if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPageiNext ){
+      /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
+      ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
+      ** the new data into the backup.
+      */
+      int rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData);
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        p->rc = rc;
       }
-      pAux->pAux = 0;
     }
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Delete an entire VDBE.
+** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
+** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
+** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
+** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still 
+** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  Cleanup(p, 1);
-  if( p->pPrev ){
-    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
-  }else{
-    assert( p->db->pVdbe==p );
-    p->db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
-  }
-  if( p->pNext ){
-    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
-  }
-  if( p->aOp ){
-    Op *pOp = p->aOp;
-    for(i=0; inOp; i++, pOp++){
-      freeP4(pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      sqlite3_free(pOp->zComment);
-#endif     
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(p->aOp);
-  }
-  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar, 1);
-  sqlite3_free(p->aLabel);
-  if( p->aMem ){
-    sqlite3_free(&p->aMem[1]);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
+  sqlite3_backup *p;                   /* Iterator variable */
+  for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+    p->iNext = 1;
   }
-  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N, 1);
-  sqlite3_free(p->aColName);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zSql);
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
-  sqlite3_free(p);
 }
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
 /*
-** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
-** MoveTo now.  Return an error code.  If no MoveTo is pending, this
-** routine does nothing and returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
+** must be active for both files.
+**
+** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything 
+** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the 
+** transaction is committed before returning.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor *p){
-  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
-    int res, rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
-#endif
-    assert( p->isTable );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->pCursor, 0, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    *p->pIncrKey = 0;
-    p->lastRowid = keyToInt(p->movetoTarget);
-    p->rowidIsValid = res==0;
-    if( res<0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
-    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_backup b;
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
+
+  /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
+  ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
+  ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
+  ** from this function, not directly by the user.
+  */
+  memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
+  b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
+  b.pSrc = pFrom;
+  b.pDest = pTo;
+  b.iNext = 1;
+
+  /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
+  ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
+  ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes 
+  ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
+  ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE 
+  ** or an error code.
+  */
+  sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
+  assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pTo->pBt->pageSizeFixed = 0;
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
+  return rc;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
 
+/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
 /*
-** The following functions:
-**
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialRead()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialWrite()
+** 2004 May 26
 **
-** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
-** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
-** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
-** integer, stored as a varint.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
-** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
-** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
-** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
-** serial-type and data blob seperately.
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
+*************************************************************************
 **
-**   serial type        bytes of data      type
-**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
-**      0                     0            NULL
-**      1                     1            signed integer
-**      2                     2            signed integer
-**      3                     3            signed integer
-**      4                     4            signed integer
-**      5                     6            signed integer
-**      6                     8            signed integer
-**      7                     8            IEEE float
-**      8                     0            Integer constant 0
-**      9                     0            Integer constant 1
-**     10,11                               reserved for expansion
-**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
-**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
+** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
+** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
+** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
+** name sqlite_value
 **
-** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4.  Prior versions
-** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
+** $Id: vdbemem.c,v 1.152 2009/07/22 18:07:41 drh Exp $
 */
 
 /*
-** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
+** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
+** P if required.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
-  int flags = pMem->flags;
-  int n;
+#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
 
-  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return 0;
+/*
+** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
+** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
+** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
+**
+** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
+** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
+** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
+** between formats.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
+  int rc;
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
+           || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
-    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
-#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
-    i64 i = pMem->u.i;
-    u64 u;
-    if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){
-      return 8+i;
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+#else
+
+  /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
+  ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
+  assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
+  return rc;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least 
+** n bytes.
+**
+** If the memory cell currently contains string or blob data
+** and the third argument passed to this function is true, the 
+** current content of the cell is preserved. Otherwise, it may
+** be discarded.  
+**
+** This function sets the MEM_Dyn flag and clears any xDel callback.
+** It also clears MEM_Ephem and MEM_Static. If the preserve flag is 
+** not set, Mem.n is zeroed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve){
+  assert( 1 >=
+    ((pMem->zMalloc && pMem->zMalloc==pMem->z) ? 1 : 0) +
+    (((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)&&pMem->xDel) ? 1 : 0) + 
+    ((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) + 
+    ((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0)
+  );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+  if( n<32 ) n = 32;
+  if( sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)z==pMem->zMalloc ){
+      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
+      preserve = 0;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
     }
-    u = i<0 ? -i : i;
-    if( u<=127 ) return 1;
-    if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
-    if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
-    if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
-    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
-    return 6;
   }
-  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
-    return 7;
+
+  if( pMem->z && preserve && pMem->zMalloc && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
+    memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
   }
-  assert( flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
-  n = pMem->n;
-  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
-    n += pMem->u.i;
+  if( pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel ){
+    pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
   }
-  assert( n>=0 );
-  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
+
+  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
+  if( pMem->z==0 ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+  }else{
+    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+  }
+  pMem->xDel = 0;
+  return (pMem->z ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
+** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn.  In other words, make it so
+** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from
+** malloc().  In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be
+** overwritten or altered.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
-  if( serial_type>=12 ){
-    return (serial_type-12)/2;
-  }else{
-    static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
-    return aSize[serial_type];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
+  int f;
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  expandBlob(pMem);
+  f = pMem->flags;
+  if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+    pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
   }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating 
-** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the 
-** upper 4 bytes.  Return the result.
-**
-** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
-**
-** (later):  It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
-** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip.  It seems
-** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
-** float in the wrong order.  And that error has been propagated
-** ever since.  The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
-** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
-** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
-** ABI get the byte order right.
-**
-** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
-** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once.  With DEBUG
-** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
-** floating point values is correct.
-**
-** (2007-08-30)  Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
-** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers.  Frank
-** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
-** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full 
-** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard.  (This is the
-** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.)  On such systems, floating point
-** byte swapping becomes very complicated.  To avoid problems,
-** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
-** rather than a 64-bit float.  Frank assures us that the code here
-** works for him.  We, the developers, have no way to independently
-** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
-** so we trust him.
+** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
+** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
-  union {
-    u64 r;
-    u32 i[2];
-  } u;
-  u32 t;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+    int nByte;
+    assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
+    assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
 
-  u.r = in;
-  t = u.i[0];
-  u.i[0] = u.i[1];
-  u.i[1] = t;
-  return u.r;
+    /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
+    nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero;
+    if( nByte<=0 ){
+      nByte = 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+
+    memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero);
+    pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
+    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)  X = floatSwap(X)
-#else
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
 #endif
 
+
 /*
-** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
-** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
-** Return the number of bytes written.
+** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
+  }
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+  pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
+** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
+** is a no-op.
 **
-** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[].  nBuf must always be
-** large enough to hold the entire field.  Except, if the field is
-** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right
-** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail.  If buf[]
-** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that
-** prefix into buf[].  But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the
-** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all
-** zeros.
+** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
 **
-** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[].  The number
-** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
-** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){
-  u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format);
-  int len;
+** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
+** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
+** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
+** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
+** user and the later is an internal programming error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int fg = pMem->flags;
+  const int nByte = 32;
 
-  /* Integer and Real */
-  if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
-    u64 v;
-    int i;
-    if( serial_type==7 ){
-      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
-      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
-      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
-    }else{
-      v = pMem->u.i;
-    }
-    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
-    assert( len<=nBuf );
-    while( i-- ){
-      buf[i] = (v&0xFF);
-      v >>= 8;
-    }
-    return len;
-  }
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
+  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
+  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
 
-  /* String or blob */
-  if( serial_type>=12 ){
-    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.i:0)
-             == sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
-    assert( pMem->n<=nBuf );
-    len = pMem->n;
-    memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
-    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      len += pMem->u.i;
-      if( len>nBuf ){
-        len = nBuf;
-      }
-      memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n);
-    }
-    return len;
+
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
 
-  /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
-  return 0;
+  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
+  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
+  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
+  ** 
+  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
+  */
+  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+  }else{
+    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
+    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
+  }
+  pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
-** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
-  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
-  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
-  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
-){
-  switch( serial_type ){
-    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
-    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
-    case 0: {  /* NULL */
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-      break;
-    }
-    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0];
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 2;
-    }
-    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2];
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 3;
-    }
-    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 4;
-    }
-    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
-      u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
-      u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5];
-      x = (x<<32) | y;
-      pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 6;
-    }
-    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
-    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
-      u64 x;
-      u32 y;
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
-      /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
-      ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
-      ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
-      ** endian.
-      */
-      static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
-      static const double r1 = 1.0;
-      u64 t2 = t1;
-      swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
-      assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
-#endif
+** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
+** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
+** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error.  SQLITE_OK
+** otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
+    sqlite3_context ctx;
+    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
+    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+    memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
+    ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+    ctx.s.db = pMem->db;
+    ctx.pMem = pMem;
+    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
+    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx);
+    assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
+    sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+    memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s));
+    rc = ctx.isError;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-      x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
-      y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7];
-      x = (x<<32) | y;
-      if( serial_type==6 ){
-        pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      }else{
-        assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
-        swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
-        memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
-        pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
-      }
-      return 8;
-    }
-    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
-    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
-      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    default: {
-      int len = (serial_type-12)/2;
-      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
-      pMem->n = len;
-      pMem->xDel = 0;
-      if( serial_type&0x01 ){
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
-      }else{
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
-      }
-      return len;
+/*
+** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
+** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
+** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
+  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
+  testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+  testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
+  testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
+  if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame) ){
+    if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
+      assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
+    }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
+      assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+      p->xDel((void *)p->z);
+      p->xDel = 0;
+    }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
+      sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
+    }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
     }
   }
-  return 0;
 }
 
+/*
+** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
+** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
+** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p);
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
+  p->z = 0;
+  p->zMalloc = 0;
+  p->xDel = 0;
+}
 
 /*
-** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], parse the
-** record into a UnpackedRecord structure.  Return a pointer to
-** that structure.
-**
-** The calling function might provide szSpace bytes of memory
-** space at pSpace.  This space can be used to hold the returned
-** VDbeParsedRecord structure if it is large enough.  If it is
-** not big enough, space is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
+** If the double is too large, return 0x8000000000000000.
 **
-** The returned structure should be closed by a call to
-** sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord().
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,     /* Information about the record format */
-  int nKey,              /* Size of the binary record */
-  const void *pKey,      /* The binary record */
-  void *pSpace,          /* Space available to hold resulting object */
-  int szSpace            /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
-){
-  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
-  UnpackedRecord *p;
-  int nByte;
-  int i, idx, d;
-  u32 szHdr;
-  Mem *pMem;
-  
-  assert( sizeof(Mem)>sizeof(*p) );
-  nByte = sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+2);
-  if( nByte>szSpace ){
-    p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
-    if( p==0 ) return 0;
-    p->needFree = 1;
+** Most systems appear to do this simply by assigning
+** variables and without the extra range tests.  But
+** there are reports that windows throws an expection
+** if the floating point value is out of range. (See ticket #2880.)
+** Because we do not completely understand the problem, we will
+** take the conservative approach and always do range tests
+** before attempting the conversion.
+*/
+static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
+  /*
+  ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
+  ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
+  ** inconsistently.  And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
+  ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
+  ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
+  */
+  static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
+  static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
+
+  if( r<(double)minInt ){
+    return minInt;
+  }else if( r>(double)maxInt ){
+    /* minInt is correct here - not maxInt.  It turns out that assigning
+    ** a very large positive number to an integer results in a very large
+    ** negative integer.  This makes no sense, but it is what x86 hardware
+    ** does so for compatibility we will do the same in software. */
+    return minInt;
   }else{
-    p = pSpace;
-    p->needFree = 0;
+    return (i64)r;
   }
-  p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-  p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
-  p->needDestroy = 1;
-  p->aMem = pMem = &((Mem*)p)[1];
-  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
-  d = szHdr;
-  i = 0;
-  while( idxnField ){
-    u32 serial_type;
+}
 
-    idx += getVarint32( aKey+idx, serial_type);
-    if( d>=nKey && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type)>0 ) break;
-    pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
-    pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
-    pMem->flags = 0;
-    pMem->zMalloc = 0;
-    d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
-    pMem++;
-    i++;
+/*
+** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
+** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
+** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
+** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
+** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
+** it into a integer and return that.  If pMem represents an
+** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
+**
+** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags;
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return pMem->u.i;
+  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
+  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    i64 value;
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
+    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
+       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    assert( pMem->z );
+    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value);
+    return value;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
   }
-  p->nField = i;
-  return (void*)p;
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine destroys a UnpackedRecord object
+** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
+** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
+** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
+** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord *p){
-  if( p ){
-    if( p->needDestroy ){
-      int i;
-      Mem *pMem;
-      for(i=0, pMem=p->aMem; inField; i++, pMem++){
-        if( pMem->zMalloc ){
-          sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( p->needFree ){
-      sqlite3_free(p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    return pMem->r;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    return (double)pMem->u.i;
+  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+    double val = (double)0;
+    pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
+    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
+       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
+      /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+      return (double)0;
     }
+    assert( pMem->z );
+    sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val);
+    return val;
+  }else{
+    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+    return (double)0;
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** This function compares the two table rows or index records
-** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2.  It returns a negative, zero
-** or positive integer if {nKey1, pKey1} is less than, equal to or 
-** greater than pPKey2.  The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
-** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.  The pPKey2
-** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
-** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
-**
-** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields.
-** But if the lengths differ, Key2 must be the shorter of the two.
-**
-** Historical note: In earlier versions of this routine both Key1
-** and Key2 were blobs obtained from OP_MakeRecord.  But we found
-** that in typical use the same Key2 would be submitted multiple times
-** in a row.  So an optimization was added to parse the Key2 key
-** separately and submit the parsed version.  In this way, we avoid
-** parsing the same Key2 multiple times in a row.
+** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
+** MEM_Int if we can.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, 
-  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2
-){
-  u32 d1;            /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
-  u32 idx1;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
-  u32 szHdr1;        /* Number of bytes in header */
-  int i = 0;
-  int nField;
-  int rc = 0;
-  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-  Mem mem1;
-
-  pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
-  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
-  mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
-  mem1.flags = 0;
-  mem1.zMalloc = 0;
-  
-  idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
-  d1 = szHdr1;
-  nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
-  while( idx1nField ){
-    u32 serial_type1;
-
-    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
-    idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
-    if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
-
-    /* Extract the values to be compared.
-    */
-    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
 
-    /* Do the comparison
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i],
-                           iaColl[i] : 0);
-    if( rc!=0 ){
-      break;
-    }
-    i++;
-  }
-  if( mem1.zMalloc ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);
+  pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
 
-  /* One of the keys ran out of fields, but all the fields up to that point
-  ** were equal. If the incrKey flag is true, then the second key is
-  ** treated as larger.
-  */
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    if( pKeyInfo->incrKey ){
-      rc = -1;
-    }else if( !pKeyInfo->prefixIsEqual ){
-      if( d1aSortOrder && inField
-               && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
-    rc = -rc;
+  /* Only mark the value as an integer if
+  **
+  **    (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
+  **    (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
+  **        possible integer (ticket #3922)
+  **
+  ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
+  ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
+  ** values to wrap around.  On x86 hardware, the third term is always
+  ** true and could be omitted.  But we leave it in because other
+  ** architectures might behave differently.
+  */
+  if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64
+      && ALWAYS(pMem->u.iflags |= MEM_Int;
   }
-
-  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** The argument is an index entry composed using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
-** The last entry in this record should be an integer (specifically
-** an integer rowid).  This routine returns the number of bytes in
-** that integer.
+** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(const u8 *aKey){
-  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
-  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
 
-  (void)getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
-  (void)getVarint32(&aKey[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
-  return sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+  pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-  
 
 /*
-** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
-** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
+** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
-  i64 nCellKey = 0;
-  int rc;
-  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
-  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
-  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
-  Mem m, v;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
 
-  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
-  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  m.flags = 0;
-  m.db = 0;
-  m.zMalloc = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
-  (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
-  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
-  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
-  *rowid = v.u.i;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is point to against
-** the key string in pKey (of length nKey).  Write into *pRes a number
-** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
-** or greater than pKey.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
-**
-** pKey is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
-** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
-** is ignored as well.
+** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
-  Cursor *pC,                 /* The cursor to compare against */
-  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked,
-  int nKey, const u8 *pKey,   /* The key to compare */
-  int *res                    /* Write the comparison result here */
-){
-  i64 nCellKey = 0;
-  int rc;
-  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
-  int lenRowid;
-  Mem m;
-  UnpackedRecord *pRec;
-  char zSpace[200];
-
-  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
-  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
-    *res = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  m.db = 0;
-  m.flags = 0;
-  m.zMalloc = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen((u8*)m.z);
-  if( !pUnpacked ){
-    pRec = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey,
-                                zSpace, sizeof(zSpace));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
+  double r1, r2;
+  i64 i;
+  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  r1 = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+  i = doubleToInt64(r1);
+  r2 = (double)i;
+  if( r1==r2 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
   }else{
-    pRec = pUnpacked;
-  }
-  if( pRec==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n-lenRowid, m.z, pRec);
-  if( !pUnpacked ){
-    sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pRec);
+    pMem->r = r1;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  db->nChange = nChange;
-  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pMem->u.pFrame);
+  }
+  if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+    sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
+  }
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
 }
 
 /*
-** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
-** or reset.
+** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
+** n containing all zeros.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
-  v->changeCntOn = 1;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+  pMem->n = 0;
+  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  pMem->u.nZero = n;
+  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
 
-/*
-** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
-** as expired.
-**
-** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
-** recommend.  Statements expire when things happen that make their
-** programs obsolete.  Removing user-defined functions or collating
-** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
-** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
-    p->expired = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+  sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0);
+  if( pMem->z ){
+    pMem->n = n;
+    memset(pMem->z, 0, n);
   }
+#endif
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type INTEGER.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
-  return v->db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->u.i = val;
+  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
 }
 
-/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
-** VDBE.
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/*
-** The following structure contains pointers to the end points of a
-** doubly-linked list of all compiled SQL statements that may be holding
-** buffers eligible for release when the sqlite3_release_memory() interface is
-** invoked. Access to this list is protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
-** mutex.
-**
-** Statements are added to the end of this list when sqlite3_reset() is
-** called. They are removed either when sqlite3_step() or sqlite3_finalize()
-** is called. When statements are added to this list, the associated 
-** register array (p->aMem[1..p->nMem]) may contain dynamic buffers that
-** can be freed using sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory().
-**
-** When statements are added or removed from this list, the mutex
-** associated with the Vdbe being added or removed (Vdbe.db->mutex) is
-** already held. The LRU2 mutex is then obtained, blocking if necessary,
-** the linked-list pointers manipulated and the LRU2 mutex relinquished.
-*/
-struct StatementLruList {
-  Vdbe *pFirst;
-  Vdbe *pLast;
-};
-static struct StatementLruList sqlite3LruStatements;
-
 /*
-** Check that the list looks to be internally consistent. This is used
-** as part of an assert() statement as follows:
-**
-**   assert( stmtLruCheck() );
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type REAL.
 */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int stmtLruCheck(){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  for(p=sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst; p; p=p->pLruNext){
-    assert(p->pLruNext || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pLast);
-    assert(!p->pLruNext || p->pLruNext->pLruPrev==p);
-    assert(p->pLruPrev || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst);
-    assert(!p->pLruPrev || p->pLruPrev->pLruNext==p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
+  if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->r = val;
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
   }
-  return 1;
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
-** Add vdbe p to the end of the statement lru list. It is assumed that
-** p is not already part of the list when this is called. The lru list
-** is protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU mutex.
+** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
+** empty boolean index.
 */
-static void stmtLruAdd(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-
-  if( p->pLruPrev || p->pLruNext || sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst==p ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-    return;
-  }
-
-  assert( stmtLruCheck() );
-
-  if( !sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst ){
-    assert( !sqlite3LruStatements.pLast );
-    sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst = p;
-    sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){
+  sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
   }else{
-    assert( !sqlite3LruStatements.pLast->pLruNext );
-    p->pLruPrev = sqlite3LruStatements.pLast;
-    sqlite3LruStatements.pLast->pLruNext = p;
-    sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p;
+    assert( pMem->zMalloc );
+    pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, 
+                                       sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc));
+    assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
+    pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
   }
-
-  assert( stmtLruCheck() );
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
 }
 
 /*
-** Assuming the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 mutext is already held, remove
-** statement p from the least-recently-used statement list. If the 
-** statement is not currently part of the list, this call is a no-op.
+** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
+** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
 */
-static void stmtLruRemoveNomutex(Vdbe *p){
-  if( p->pLruPrev || p->pLruNext || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst ){
-    assert( stmtLruCheck() );
-    if( p->pLruNext ){
-      p->pLruNext->pLruPrev = p->pLruPrev;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p->pLruPrev;
-    }
-    if( p->pLruPrev ){
-      p->pLruPrev->pLruNext = p->pLruNext;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst = p->pLruNext;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
+  assert( p->db!=0 );
+  if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    int n = p->n;
+    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      n += p->u.nZero;
     }
-    p->pLruNext = 0;
-    p->pLruPrev = 0;
-    assert( stmtLruCheck() );
+    return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
   }
+  return 0; 
 }
 
 /*
-** Assuming the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 mutext is not held, remove
-** statement p from the least-recently-used statement list. If the 
-** statement is not currently part of the list, this call is a no-op.
+** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member.
 */
-static void stmtLruRemove(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-  stmtLruRemoveNomutex(p);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-}
+#define MEMCELLSIZE (size_t)(&(((Mem *)0)->zMalloc))
 
 /*
-** Try to release n bytes of memory by freeing buffers associated 
-** with the memory registers of currently unused vdbes.
+** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
+** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
+** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
+** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int n){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  Vdbe *pNext;
-  int nFree = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-  for(p=sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst; p && nFreepLruNext;
-
-    /* For each statement handle in the lru list, attempt to obtain the
-    ** associated database mutex. If it cannot be obtained, continue
-    ** to the next statement handle. It is not possible to block on
-    ** the database mutex - that could cause deadlock.
-    */
-    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3_mutex_try(p->db->mutex) ){
-      nFree += sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(p);
-      stmtLruRemoveNomutex(p);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-
-  return nFree;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3Reprepare() on the statement. Remove it from the
-** lru list before doing so, as Reprepare() will free all the
-** memory register buffers anyway.
-*/
-int vdbeReprepare(Vdbe *p){
-  stmtLruRemove(p);
-  return sqlite3Reprepare(p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
+  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+  pTo->xDel = 0;
+  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 || pFrom->z==pFrom->zMalloc ){
+    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
+    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
+    pTo->flags |= srcType;
+  }
 }
 
-#else       /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
-  #define stmtLruRemove(x)
-  #define stmtLruAdd(x)
-  #define vdbeReprepare(x) sqlite3Reprepare(x)
-#endif
-
-
 /*
-** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
-** to be recompiled.  A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
-** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
-** that sqlite3_prepare() generates.  For example, if new functions or
-** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
-** added or changed.
+** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
+** freed before the copy is made.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  return p==0 || p->expired;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-/*
-** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
-** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
-** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
-** machine.
-**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc;
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = v->db->mutex;
-#endif
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    stmtLruRemove(v);
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+
+  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
+      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+    }
   }
+
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
-** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
-** the prior execution is returned.
+** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
+** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
 **
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc;
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v, 1);
-    stmtLruAdd(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, -1, 0, 0, 0);
-    assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
+  assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
+  assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
+
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
+  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
+  pFrom->xDel = 0;
+  pFrom->zMalloc = 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
+** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
+**
+** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
+** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the 
+** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the 
+** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
+** pointer copied.
+**
+** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
+** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs.  If the string can be
+** stored without allocating memory, then it is.  If a memory allocation
+** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged.  In
+** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  for(i=0; inVar; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
-    p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
+  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
+  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
+  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
+  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+){
+  int nByte = n;      /* New value for pMem->n */
+  int iLimit;         /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
+  u16 flags = 0;      /* New value for pMem->flags */
+
+  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+  /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
+  if( !z ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
 
+  if( pMem->db ){
+    iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }else{
+    iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
+  }
+  flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
+  if( nByte<0 ){
+    assert( enc!=0 );
+    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){}
+    }else{
+      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
+    }
+    flags |= MEM_Term;
+  }
 
-/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
-** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
-** structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
-  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
-    p->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
-    p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
-    return p->z;
+  /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
+  ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
+  ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
+  */
+  if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+    int nAlloc = nByte;
+    if( flags&MEM_Term ){
+      nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+    }
+    if( nByte>iLimit ){
+      return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
+  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
+    pMem->xDel = 0;
   }else{
-    return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->z = (char *)z;
+    pMem->xDel = xDel;
+    flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
   }
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
-  return pVal->type;
-}
 
-/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
-** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
-** the function result.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( n>=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, 0, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
+  pMem->n = nByte;
+  pMem->flags = flags;
+  pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
+  pMem->type = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT);
+
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
+  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
 #endif
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const char *z, 
-  int n,
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
-  pCtx->isError = errCode;
-}
 
-/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, 
-                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
+  if( nByte>iLimit ){
+    return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  }
 
-/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
-** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
+** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
+** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
+** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
+** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
+** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
 **
-** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
-** API.  The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a 
-** schema change has occurred.  That detail is handled by the
-** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
+** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
 */
-static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
   int rc;
+  int f1, f2;
+  int combined_flags;
 
-  assert(p);
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  /* Interchange pMem1 and pMem2 if the collating sequence specifies
+  ** DESC order.
+  */
+  f1 = pMem1->flags;
+  f2 = pMem2->flags;
+  combined_flags = f1|f2;
+  assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ 
+  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
+  ** are NULL, return 0.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
   }
 
-  /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */
-  db = p->db;
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-
-  if( p->aborted ){
-    return SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }
-  if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
-    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
+  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
+  ** if both values are integers.
+  */
+  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+    if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+      return 1;
     }
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto end_of_step;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  if( p->pc<0 ){
-    /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
-    ** reset the interrupt flag.  This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
-    ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
-    */
-    if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
-      db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+    if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+      return -1;
     }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-    if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
-      double rNow;
-      sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
-      p->startTime = (rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0;
+    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+      double r1, r2;
+      if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
+      }else{
+        r1 = pMem1->r;
+      }
+      if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+        r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
+      }else{
+        r2 = pMem2->r;
+      }
+      if( r1r2 ) return 1;
+      return 0;
+    }else{
+      assert( f1&MEM_Int );
+      assert( f2&MEM_Int );
+      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
+      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
+      return 0;
     }
-#endif
-
-    db->activeVdbeCnt++;
-    p->pc = 0;
-    stmtLruRemove(p);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  if( p->explain ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-  {
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
-  }
-
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
   }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
+  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
+  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
   */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->nOp>0
-           && p->aOp[0].opcode==OP_Trace && p->aOp[0].p4.z!=0 ){
-    double rNow;
-    u64 elapseTime;
+  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
+    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+      return -1;
+    }
 
-    sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
-    elapseTime = (rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0 - p->startTime;
-    db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->aOp[0].p4.z, elapseTime);
-  }
-#endif
+    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
+    assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
+            pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
 
-  sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
-  p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
-end_of_step:
-  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
-  if( p->zSql && (rc&0xff)db, p->rc, 0);
-    return p->rc;
-  }else{
-    /* This is for legacy sqlite3_prepare() builds and when the code
-    ** is SQLITE_ROW or SQLITE_DONE */
-    return rc;
-  }
-}
+    /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
+    ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
+    ** compiled (this was not always the case).
+    */
+    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
 
-/*
-** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step().  Call
-** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work.  If a schema error occurs,
-** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  if( pStmt ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
-    rc = sqlite3Step(v);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#else
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  if( pStmt ){
-    int cnt = 0;
-    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-    sqlite3 *db = v->db;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
-           && cnt++ < 5
-           && vdbeReprepare(v) ){
-      sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-      v->expired = 0;
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && v->zSql && db->pErr ){
-      /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
-      ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
-      ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
-      ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
-      ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 
-      ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
-      ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
-      */
-      const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); 
-      sqlite3_free(v->zErrMsg);
-      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-        v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
-      } else {
-        v->zErrMsg = 0;
-        v->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    if( pColl ){
+      if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
+        /* The strings are already in the correct encoding.  Call the
+        ** comparison function directly */
+        return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
+      }else{
+        const void *v1, *v2;
+        int n1, n2;
+        Mem c1;
+        Mem c2;
+        memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1));
+        memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2));
+        sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
+        sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
+        v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
+        n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
+        v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
+        n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
+        rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
+        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
+        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
+        return rc;
       }
     }
-    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
+    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
+  }
+ 
+  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
+  rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
   }
   return rc;
 }
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pFunc );
-  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
-}
 
 /*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pFunc );
-  return p->s.db;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
-** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
-** wrong context.  The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
-** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
-** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
-** method of virtual tables.
+** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
+** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
+** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
+** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
+** into the pMem element.
+**
+** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized.  Any prior content
+** is overwritten without being freed.
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
+** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
-  sqlite3_context *context,  /* The function calling context */
-  int argc,                  /* Number of arguments to the function */
-  sqlite3_value **argv       /* Value of each argument */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
+  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
+  int offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
+  int amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
+  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
+  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
 ){
-  const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
-  char *zErr;
-  zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(0,
-      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
-  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-  sqlite3_free(zErr);
+  char *zData;        /* Data from the btree layer */
+  int available = 0;  /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+
+  /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() 
+  ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
+  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+  if( key ){
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }else{
+    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
+  }
+  assert( zData!=0 );
+
+  if( offset+amt<=available && (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+  }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+    pMem->enc = 0;
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+    if( key ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+    }
+    pMem->z[amt] = 0;
+    pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+  pMem->n = amt;
+
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/*
-** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
-** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
-** same context that was returned on prior calls.
+/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
+** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
+** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
+** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
+** SQLITE_UTF8.
+**
+** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
+** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
+** boundary.
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
-  Mem *pMem;
-  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
-  pMem = p->pMem;
-  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
-    if( nByte==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-      pMem->z = 0;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
-      pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
-      if( pMem->z ){
-        memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
+  if( !pVal ) return 0;
+
+  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
+  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
+  assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str );
+  pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3;
+  expandBlob(pVal);
+  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
+    if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
+      assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        return 0;
       }
     }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal);
+  }else{
+    assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
+    assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
+  }
+  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
+              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
+    return pVal->z;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
   }
-  return (void*)pMem->z;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
-** the user-function defined by pCtx.
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
-  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
-  if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
-    return 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
+  Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
+  if( p ){
+    p->flags = MEM_Null;
+    p->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+    p->db = db;
   }
-  return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
+  return p;
 }
 
 /*
-** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
-** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
-** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
+**
+** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
+** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
+** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
+** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
+** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
+** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int iArg, 
-  void *pAux, 
-  void (*xDelete)(void*)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* The database connection */
+  Expr *pExpr,              /* The expression to evaluate */
+  u8 enc,                   /* Encoding to use */
+  u8 affinity,              /* Affinity to use */
+  sqlite3_value **ppVal     /* Write the new value here */
 ){
-  struct AuxData *pAuxData;
-  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
-  if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
+  int op;
+  char *zVal = 0;
+  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
-  if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
-    int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0);
-    int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
-    pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
-    if( !pVdbeFunc ){
-      goto failed;
-    }
-    pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc;
-    memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux));
-    pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
-    pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
+  if( !pExpr ){
+    *ppVal = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-
-  pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
-  if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
-    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  if( op==TK_REGISTER ){
+    op = pExpr->op2;
   }
-  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
-  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
-  return;
 
-failed:
-  if( xDelete ){
-    xDelete(pAux);
+  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
+    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue);
+    }else{
+      zVal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken);
+      if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+      if( op==TK_FLOAT ) pVal->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+    }
+    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
+    }
+    if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
+    }
+  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
+    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){
+      pVal->u.i = -1 * pVal->u.i;
+      /* (double)-1 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+      pVal->r = (double)-1 * pVal->r;
+    }
   }
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+  else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
+    int nVal;
+    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
+    assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
+    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    if( !pVal ) goto no_mem;
+    zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
+    nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1;
+    assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
+                         0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been 
-** called.
-**
-** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it for new code.  It is
-** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code.  New aggregate function
-** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
-** context.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
-  return p->pMem->n;
+  *ppVal = pVal;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+no_mem:
+  db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  *ppVal = 0;
+  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
+** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
+  sqlite3_value *v,     /* Value to be set */
+  int n,                /* Length of string z */
+  const void *z,        /* Text of the new string */
+  u8 enc,               /* Encoding to use */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)   /* Destructor for the string */
+){
+  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
-** currently executing statement pStmt.
+** Free an sqlite3_value object
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
-  return pVm->nResColumn;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
+  if( !v ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
+  sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v);
 }
 
-
 /*
-** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
-** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
-** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
-** of NULL.
+** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
+** that it uses the encoding "enc"
 */
-static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  Vdbe *pVm;
-  int vals;
-  Mem *pOut;
-
-  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && inResColumn && i>=0 ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
-    vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
-    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
-  }else{
-    static const Mem nullMem = {{0}, 0.0, 0, "", 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0, 0, 0 };
-    if( pVm->db ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
-      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
+    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      return p->n + p->u.nZero;
+    }else{
+      return p->n;
     }
-    pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem;
   }
-  return pOut;
+  return 0;
 }
 
+/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/
 /*
-** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a 
-** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
-** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If 
-** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
-** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+** 2003 September 6
 **
-** Specifically, this is called from within:
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-**     sqlite3_column_int()
-**     sqlite3_column_int64()
-**     sqlite3_column_text()
-**     sqlite3_column_text16()
-**     sqlite3_column_real()
-**     sqlite3_column_bytes()
-**     sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-** But not for sqlite3_column_blob(), which never calls malloc().
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
+** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
+** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
+** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
+**
+** $Id: vdbeaux.c,v 1.480 2009/08/08 18:01:08 drh Exp $
 */
-static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
-{
-  /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
-  ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
-  ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
-  ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
-  */
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( p ){
-    p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-}
 
-/**************************** sqlite3_column_  *******************************
-** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
-** in the result set.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const void *val;
-  val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
-  ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() 
-  ** expression. 
-  */
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  sqlite3_value *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return pOut;
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return iType;
-}
 
-/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or
-** removal */
-/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-**  return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-**}
-*/
 
 /*
-** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
-** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
-**
-** There are up to 5 names for each column.  useType determines which
-** name is returned.  Here are the names:
-**
-**    0      The column name as it should be displayed for output
-**    1      The datatype name for the column
-**    2      The name of the database that the column derives from
-**    3      The name of the table that the column derives from
-**    4      The name of the table column that the result column derives from
-**
-** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
-** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
+** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
+** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
+** as they are added to the instruction stream.
 */
-static const void *columnName(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
-  int N,
-  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
-  int useType
-){
-  const void *ret = 0;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  int n;
-  
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace = 0;
+#endif
 
-  if( p!=0 ){
-    n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-    if( N=0 ){
-      N += useType*n;
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-      ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
-
-      /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
-      ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
-      */
-      if( p->db && p->db->mallocFailed ){
-        p->db->mallocFailed = 0;
-        ret = 0;
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-    }
-  }
-  return ret;
-}
 
 /*
-** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
-** statement pStmt.
+** Create a new virtual database engine.
 */
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  p->db = db;
+  if( db->pVdbe ){
+    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
+  }
+  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
+  p->pPrev = 0;
+  db->pVdbe = p;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  return p;
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
-** Constraint:  If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
-** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
+** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
 */
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
-# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
-         and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
 #endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-/*
-** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
-** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+  assert( p->zSql==0 );
+  p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
+  p->isPrepareV2 = isPrepareV2 ? 1 : 0;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
 /*
-** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
 */
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  return (p->isPrepareV2 ? p->zSql : 0);
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
 
 /*
-** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
 */
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
+  Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
+  char *zTmp;
+  tmp = *pA;
+  *pA = *pB;
+  *pB = tmp;
+  pTmp = pA->pNext;
+  pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
+  pB->pNext = pTmp;
+  pTmp = pA->pPrev;
+  pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
+  pB->pPrev = pTmp;
+  zTmp = pA->zSql;
+  pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
+  pB->zSql = zTmp;
+  pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 /*
-** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+** Turn tracing on or off
 */
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){
+  p->trace = trace;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
-
+#endif
 
-/******************************* sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
-** 
-** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
-*/
 /*
-** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
-** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
-** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than 
+** it was.
 **
-** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
-** value in any case.
+** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
+** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain 
+** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be 
+** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
 */
-static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
-  Mem *pVar;
-  if( p==0 || p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
-    if( p ) sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
-    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
-    return SQLITE_RANGE;
+static int growOpArray(Vdbe *p){
+  VdbeOp *pNew;
+  int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
+  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
+  if( pNew ){
+    p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op);
+    p->aOp = pNew;
   }
-  i--;
-  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
-  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
-  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
 }
 
 /*
-** Bind a text or BLOB value.
+** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
+** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
+**
+** Parameters:
+**
+**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
+**
+**    op              The opcode for this instruction
+**
+**    p1, p2, p3      Operands
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
+** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
+** operand.
 */
-static int bindText(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,   /* The statement to bind against */
-  int i,                 /* Index of the parameter to bind */
-  const void *zData,     /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
-  int nData,             /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
-  void (*xDel)(void*),   /* Destructor for the data */
-  int encoding           /* Encoding for the data */
-){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  Mem *pVar;
-  int rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
+  int i;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
 
-  if( p==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zData!=0 ){
-    pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
+  i = p->nOp;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
+  if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){
+    if( growOpArray(p) ){
+      return 1;
     }
-    sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
-    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
+  p->nOp++;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+  pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
+  pOp->p5 = 0;
+  pOp->p1 = p1;
+  pOp->p2 = p2;
+  pOp->p3 = p3;
+  pOp->p4.p = 0;
+  pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+  p->expired = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  pOp->zComment = 0;
+  if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+#endif
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  pOp->cycles = 0;
+  pOp->cnt = 0;
+#endif
+  return i;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
+  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
 }
 
 
 /*
-** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const void *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
-  return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( 
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const char *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const void *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+  int op,             /* The new opcode */
+  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
+  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
+  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
+  const char *zP4,    /* The P4 operand */
+  int p4type          /* P4 operand type */
 ){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
+  return addr;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&p->aVar[i-1], pValue);
+
+/*
+** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
+** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
+** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
+** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
+** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
+** the label into the resolved address.
+**
+** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
+** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
+** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
+**
+** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){
+  int i;
+  i = p->nLabel++;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){
+    int n = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 5;
+    p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel,
+                                       n*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
+    p->nLabelAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, p->aLabel)/sizeof(p->aLabel[0]);
   }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
+  return -1-i;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
-** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
+** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
+** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
+** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){
+  int j = -1-x;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  assert( j>=0 && jnLabel );
+  if( p->aLabel ){
+    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
+  }
 }
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */
+
 /*
-** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
-** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
-** exist.
+** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
+** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may 
+** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
+**
+**   Op *pOp;
+**   VdbeOpIter sIter;
+**
+**   memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+**   sIter.v = v;                            // v is of type Vdbe* 
+**   while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
+**     // Do something with pOp
+**   }
+**   sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+** 
 */
-static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
-  if( !p->okVar ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-    if( !p->okVar ){
+typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
+struct VdbeOpIter {
+  Vdbe *v;                   /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */
+  SubProgram **apSub;        /* Array of subprograms */
+  int nSub;                  /* Number of entries in apSub */
+  int iAddr;                 /* Address of next instruction to return */
+  int iSub;                  /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */
+};
+static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){
+  Vdbe *v = p->v;
+  Op *pRet = 0;
+  Op *aOp;
+  int nOp;
+
+  if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){
+
+    if( p->iSub==0 ){
+      aOp = v->aOp;
+      nOp = v->nOp;
+    }else{
+      aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp;
+      nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp;
+    }
+    assert( p->iAddriAddr];
+    p->iAddr++;
+    if( p->iAddr==nOp ){
+      p->iSub++;
+      p->iAddr = 0;
+    }
+  
+    if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+      int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
       int j;
-      Op *pOp;
-      for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; jnOp; j++, pOp++){
-        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
-          assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
-          p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p4.z;
+      for(j=0; jnSub; j++){
+        if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break;
+      }
+      if( j==p->nSub ){
+        p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte);
+        if( !p->apSub ){
+          pRet = 0;
+        }else{
+          p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram;
         }
       }
-      p->okVar = 1;
     }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
   }
+
+  return pRet;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
-** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may
+** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction
+** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any
+** sub-programs contains any of the following:
 **
-** The result is always UTF-8.
+**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+**   *  OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+**   *  OP_Destroy
+**   *  OP_VUpdate
+**   *  OP_VRename
+**   *  OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
+**
+** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
+** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does
+** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as
+** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to:
+**
+**   assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) );
 */
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
-    return 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){
+  int hasAbort = 0;
+  Op *pOp;
+  VdbeOpIter sIter;
+  memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+  sIter.v = v;
+
+  while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
+    int opcode = pOp->opcode;
+    if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+     || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1) 
+#endif
+     || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) 
+      && (pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
+    ){
+      hasAbort = 1;
+      break;
+    }
   }
-  createVarMap(p);
-  return p->azVar[i-1];
+  sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+
+  /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occured.
+  ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated
+  ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
+  ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
+  ** from failing.  */
+  return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort );
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */
 
 /*
-** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
-** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
-** return 0.
+** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
+** on jump instructions.  Each such value is a label.  Resolve the
+** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
+**
+** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
+**
+** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument 
+** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by 
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
   int i;
-  if( p==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  createVarMap(p); 
-  if( zName ){
-    for(i=0; inVar; i++){
-      const char *z = p->azVar[i];
-      if( z && strcmp(z,zName)==0 ){
-        return i+1;
-      }
+  int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs;
+  Op *pOp;
+  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
+  p->readOnly = 1;
+  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
+    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
+
+    if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){
+      if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){
+      if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
+#endif
+    }else if( opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0 ){
+      p->readOnly = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
+      int n;
+      assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
+      assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
+      n = pOp[-1].p1;
+      if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
+#endif
     }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
 
-/*
-** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
-** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
-** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
-  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
-  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
-  int i, rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( (pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT)
-    || (pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT)
-    || pTo->db!=pFrom->db ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVar; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
+    if( sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) && pOp->p2<0 ){
+      assert( -1-pOp->p2nLabel );
+      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
+    }
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-  return rc;
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel);
+  p->aLabel = 0;
+
+  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
-** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
-** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
-** the statement in the first place.
+** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
 */
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  return p->nOp;
 }
 
-/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
 /*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
+** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
+** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the 
+** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** The code in this file implements execution method of the 
-** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE).  A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
-** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
-** VDBE instances.  This file is solely interested in executing
-** the VDBE program.
-**
-** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
-** to a VDBE.
-**
-** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
-** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement.  VDBE programs are 
-** similar in form to assembly language.  The program consists of
-** a linear sequence of operations.  Each operation has an opcode 
-** and 5 operands.  Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers.  Operand P4 
-** is a null-terminated string.  Operand P5 is an unsigned character.
-** Few opcodes use all 5 operands.
-**
-** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning
-** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem.  Each register can store
-** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
-** number, or the SQL "NULL" value.  An inplicit conversion from one
-** type to the other occurs as necessary.
-** 
-** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
-** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
-** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
-** a program instruction by instruction.
-**
-** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
-** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
-** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
-** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
-** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
-**
-** $Id: vdbe.c,v 1.740 2008/05/13 13:27:34 drh Exp $
+** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
+** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and 
+** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the 
+** returned program.
 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
+  VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
+  assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );
+
+  /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
+  assert( p->aMutex.nMutex==0 );
+
+  resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
+  *pnOp = p->nOp;
+  p->aOp = 0;
+  return aOp;
+}
 
 /*
-** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
-** moves, either by the OP_MoveXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
-** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
-** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
+** address of the first operation added.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
+  int addr;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  addr = p->nOp;
+  if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){
+    int i;
+    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
+    for(i=0; ip2;
+      VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
+      pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
+      pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
+      if( p2<0 && sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(pOut->opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) ){
+        pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
+      }else{
+        pOut->p2 = p2;
+      }
+      pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
+      pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+      pOut->p4.p = 0;
+      pOut->p5 = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      pOut->zComment = 0;
+      if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
+      }
 #endif
+    }
+    p->nOp += nOp;
+  }
+  return addr;
+}
 
 /*
-** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
-** each instruction in the VDBE.  When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
-** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
-**
-** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
-** in an ordinary build.
+** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( addr>=0 );
+  if( p->nOp>addr ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
-** is executed.  The test procedures use this information to make sure that
-** sorting is occurring or not occuring at appropriate times.   This variable
-** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
-** library.
+** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( addr>=0 );
+  if( p->nOp>addr ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
-** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode.  The test procedures
-** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
-** is working correctly.   This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
-static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
-  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
-    sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( addr>=0 );
+  if( p->nOp>addr ){
+    p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
   }
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
-** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
-** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)  updateMaxBlobsize(P)
-#else
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Release the memory associated with a register.  This
-** leaves the Mem.flags field in an inconsistent state.
-*/
-#define Release(P) if((P)->flags&MEM_Dyn){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(P); }
-
-/*
-** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
-** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
+** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
+** added operation.
 */
-#define Stringify(P, enc) \
-   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
-     { goto no_mem; }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->aOp ){
+    assert( p->nOp>0 );
+    p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
-** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
-** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
-** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
-** knowing it.
-**
-** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
-** string that the register itself controls.  In other words, it
-** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
+** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
+** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
 */
-#define Deephemeralize(P) \
-   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
-       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
+}
 
-/*
-** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
-** P if required.
-*/
-#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
 
 /*
-** Argument pMem points at a regiser that will be passed to a
-** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
-** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
-** register variables.  This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
-** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines.
+** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it.  If
+** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
 */
-#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
-static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
-  int flags = pMem->flags;
-  if( flags & MEM_Null ){
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
-  }
-  else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-  }
-  else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
-  }
-  else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
-  }else{
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
+  if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
-** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
-** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
-** this file.  
+** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
 */
-static unsigned char opcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
+static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
+  if( p4 ){
+    switch( p4type ){
+      case P4_REAL:
+      case P4_INT64:
+      case P4_MPRINTF:
+      case P4_DYNAMIC:
+      case P4_KEYINFO:
+      case P4_INTARRAY:
+      case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: {
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_VDBEFUNC: {
+        VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4;
+        freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc);
+        sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+        freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_MEM: {
+        sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_VTAB : {
+        sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
+        break;
+      }
+      case P4_SUBPROGRAM : {
+        sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(db, (SubProgram *)p4, 1);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** Return true if an opcode has any of the OPFLG_xxx properties
-** specified by mask.
+** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
+** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain 
+** nOp entries. 
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int opcode, int mask){
-  assert( opcode>0 && opcodep4type, pOp->p4.p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
+#endif     
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp);
 }
 
 /*
-** Allocate cursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
-** if we run out of memory.
+** Decrement the ref-count on the SubProgram structure passed as the
+** second argument. If the ref-count reaches zero, free the structure.
+**
+** The array of VDBE opcodes stored as SubProgram.aOp is freed if
+** either the ref-count reaches zero or parameter freeop is non-zero.
+**
+** Since the array of opcodes pointed to by SubProgram.aOp may directly
+** or indirectly contain a reference to the SubProgram structure itself.
+** By passing a non-zero freeop parameter, the caller may ensure that all
+** SubProgram structures and their aOp arrays are freed, even when there
+** are such circular references.
 */
-static Cursor *allocateCursor(
-  Vdbe *p, 
-  int iCur, 
-  Op *pOp,
-  int iDb, 
-  int isBtreeCursor
-){
-  /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
-  ** required for this Cursor structure. It is convenient to use a 
-  ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
-  ** Cursor structure for the following reasons:
-  **
-  **   * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
-  **     purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
-  **     different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
-  **     allocations.
-  **
-  **   * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
-  **     be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
-  **     minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
-  **
-  ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
-  ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
-  ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
-  */
-  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
-
-  int nByte;
-  Cursor *pCx = 0;
-  /* If the opcode of pOp is OP_SetNumColumns, then pOp->p2 contains
-  ** the number of fields in the records contained in the table or
-  ** index being opened. Use this to reserve space for the 
-  ** Cursor.aType[] array.
-  */
-  int nField = 0;
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_SetNumColumns || pOp->opcode==OP_OpenEphemeral ){
-    nField = pOp->p2;
-  }
-  nByte = 
-      sizeof(Cursor) + 
-      (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) + 
-      2*nField*sizeof(u32);
-
-  assert( iCurnCursor );
-  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
-    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
-    p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
-    p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (Cursor *)pMem->z;
-    memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
-    pCx->iDb = iDb;
-    pCx->nField = nField;
-    if( nField ){
-      pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[sizeof(Cursor)];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(sqlite3 *db, SubProgram *p, int freeop){
+  if( p ){
+    assert( p->nRef>0 );
+    if( freeop || p->nRef==1 ){
+      Op *aOp = p->aOp;
+      p->aOp = 0;
+      vdbeFreeOpArray(db, aOp, p->nOp);
+      p->nOp = 0;
     }
-    if( isBtreeCursor ){
-      pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor *)&pMem->z[sizeof(Cursor)+2*nField*sizeof(u32)];
+    p->nRef--;
+    if( p->nRef==0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
     }
   }
-  return pCx;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
-** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
-** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
-** look like a number, leave it alone.
+** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops.
 */
-static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
-  if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
-    int realnum;
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec);
-    if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)
-         && sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, pRec->enc) ){
-      i64 value;
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pRec, SQLITE_UTF8);
-      if( !realnum && sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &value) ){
-        pRec->u.i = value;
-        MemSetTypeFlag(pRec, MEM_Int);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pRec);
-      }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr, int N){
+  if( p->aOp ){
+    VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+    while( N-- ){
+      freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+      memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
+      pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
+      pOp++;
     }
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
+** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
 **
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
-** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
-**    Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a 
-**    floating-point representation if an integer representation
-**    is not possible.  Note that the integer representation is
-**    always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
-**    an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
+** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
+** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
+** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
 **
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
-**    Convert pRec to a text representation.
+** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure.
+** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized.
+** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure
+** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The 
+** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is
+** finalized.
+** 
+** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
+** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
+** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
 **
-** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
-**    No-op.  pRec is unchanged.
+** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
 */
-static void applyAffinity(
-  Mem *pRec,          /* The value to apply affinity to */
-  char affinity,      /* The affinity to be applied */
-  u8 enc              /* Use this text encoding */
-){
-  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
-    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
-    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
-    ** representation.
-    */
-    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
+  Op *pOp;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  db = p->db;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
+    if ( n!=P4_KEYINFO && n!=P4_VTAB ) {
+      freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
     }
-    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
-  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
-    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
-    applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
-    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
-      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
+  assert( addrnOp );
+  if( addr<0 ){
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+  }
+  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+  freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+  pOp->p4.p = 0;
+  if( n==P4_INT32 ){
+    /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
+    ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
+    pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
+    pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
+  }else if( zP4==0 ){
+    pOp->p4.p = 0;
+    pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+  }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+    int nField, nByte;
+
+    nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField;
+    nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField;
+    pKeyInfo = sqlite3Malloc( nByte );
+    pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+    if( pKeyInfo ){
+      u8 *aSortOrder;
+      memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte);
+      aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder;
+      if( aSortOrder ){
+        pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField];
+        memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField);
+      }
+      pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+    }else{
+      p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
     }
+  }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
+    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+    pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+  }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){
+    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+    pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB;
+    sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4);
+    assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db );
+  }else if( n<0 ){
+    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+    pOp->p4type = (signed char)n;
+  }else{
+    if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4);
+    pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
+    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
   }
 }
 
+#ifndef NDEBUG
 /*
-** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
-** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
-** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
-** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
-**
-** This is an EXPERIMENTAL api and is subject to change or removal.
+** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction.  Or
+** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction.  This
+** makes the code easier to read during debugging.  None of this happens
+** in a production build.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
-  applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
-  storeTypeInfo(pMem, 0);
-  return pMem->type;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( !p ) return;
+  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
+  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( p->nOp ){
+    char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
+    *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  if( !p ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
+  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
+  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( p->nOp ){
+    char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
+    va_start(ap, zFormat);
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
+    *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+  }
 }
+#endif  /* NDEBUG */
 
 /*
-** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
-** not the internal Mem* type.
+** Return the opcode for a given address.  If the address is -1, then
+** return the most recently inserted opcode.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
+** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned.  That opcode
+** is readable and writable, but it has no effect.  The return of a dummy
+** opcode allows the call to continue functioning after a OOM fault without
+** having to check to see if the return from this routine is a valid pointer.
+**
+** About the #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE:  Normally, this routine is never called
+** unless p->nOp>0.  This is because in the absense of SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE,
+** an OP_Trace instruction is always inserted by sqlite3VdbeGet() as soon as
+** a new VDBE is created.  So we are free to set addr to p->nOp-1 without
+** having to double-check to make sure that the result is non-negative. But
+** if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE is defined, the OP_Trace is omitted and we do need to
+** check the value of p->nOp-1 before continuing.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
-  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
-  u8 affinity, 
-  u8 enc
-){
-  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+  static VdbeOp dummy;
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+  if( addr<0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    if( p->nOp==0 ) return &dummy;
+#endif
+    addr = p->nOp - 1;
+  }
+  assert( (addr>=0 && addrnOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    return &dummy;
+  }else{
+    return &p->aOp[addr];
+  }
 }
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
+     || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 /*
-** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
-** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
+** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
+** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
-  char *zCsr = zBuf;
-  int f = pMem->flags;
-
-  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
-
-  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
-    int i;
-    char c;
-    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
-      c = 'z';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
-      c = 't';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
-      c = 'e';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
-    }else{
-      c = 's';
+static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
+  char *zP4 = zTemp;
+  assert( nTemp>=20 );
+  switch( pOp->p4type ){
+    case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC:
+    case P4_KEYINFO: {
+      int i, j;
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
+      i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
+      for(j=0; jnField; j++){
+        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
+        if( pColl ){
+          int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName);
+          if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
+            memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
+            break;
+          }
+          zTemp[i++] = ',';
+          if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
+            zTemp[i++] = '-';
+          }
+          memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1);
+          i += n;
+        }else if( i+4n);
-    zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
-    for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
-      zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
+    case P4_COLLSEQ: {
+      CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
+      break;
     }
-    for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){
-      char z = pMem->z[i];
-      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
-      else *zCsr++ = z;
+    case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+      FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
+      break;
     }
-
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
-    zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
-    if( f & MEM_Zero ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%lldz",pMem->u.i);
-      zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
+    case P4_INT64: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
+      break;
     }
-    *zCsr = '\0';
-  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
-    int j, k;
-    zBuf[0] = ' ';
-    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
-      zBuf[1] = 'z';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
-      zBuf[1] = 't';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
-      zBuf[1] = 'e';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
-    }else{
-      zBuf[1] = 's';
+    case P4_INT32: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
+      break;
     }
-    k = 2;
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
-    k += strlen(&zBuf[k]);
-    zBuf[k++] = '[';
-    for(j=0; j<15 && jn; j++){
-      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
-      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
-        zBuf[k++] = c;
+    case P4_REAL: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_MEM: {
+      Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
+      assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
+      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
+        zP4 = pMem->z;
+      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
       }else{
-        zBuf[k++] = '.';
+        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
+        zP4 = "(blob)";
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    case P4_VTAB: {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case P4_INTARRAY: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
+      break;
+    }
+    case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
+      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
+      if( zP4==0 ){
+        zP4 = zTemp;
+        zTemp[0] = 0;
       }
     }
-    zBuf[k++] = ']';
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
-    k += strlen(&zBuf[k]);
-    zBuf[k++] = 0;
   }
+  assert( zP4!=0 );
+  return zP4;
 }
 #endif
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 /*
-** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
+** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
 */
-static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){
-  if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    fprintf(out, " NULL");
-  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
-    fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
-    fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r);
-  }else{
-    char zBuf[200];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
-    fprintf(out, " ");
-    fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
+  int mask;
+  assert( i>=0 && idb->nDb && ibtreeMask)*8 );
+  mask = ((u32)1)<btreeMask & mask)==0 ){
+    p->btreeMask |= mask;
+    sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(&p->aMutex, p->db->aDb[i].pBt);
   }
 }
-static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){
-  fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg);
-  memTracePrint(out, p);
-  fprintf(out, "\n");
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace&&R>0)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M)
-#else
-#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
-#endif
 
 
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 /*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
+** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
 */
-__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
-   unsigned int lo, hi;
-   /* We cannot use "=A", since this would use %rax on x86_64 */
-   __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
-   return (unsigned long long int)hi << 32 | lo;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
+  char *zP4;
+  char zPtr[50];
+  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n";
+  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
+  zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
+  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, 
+      sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : ""
+#else
+      ""
+#endif
+  );
+  fflush(pOut);
 }
 #endif
 
 /*
-** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
-** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called.  If it has been, then
-** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
-**
-** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
-** implement a loop.  This test used to be on every single instruction,
-** but that meant we more testing that we needed.  By only testing the
-** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
+** Release an array of N Mem elements
 */
-#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
-   if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
+  if( p && N ){
+    Mem *pEnd;
+    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+    u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
+    for(pEnd=&p[N]; pflags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
+      }else if( p->zMalloc ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+        p->zMalloc = 0;
+      }
 
+      p->flags = MEM_Null;
+    }
+    db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
-**
-** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
-** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
-** and the error message pointer.
-**
-** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
-** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
-** SQLITE_ROW.
-**
-** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
-** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
-** return SQLITE_BUSY.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
-** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
-** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
-** immediately.  There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
-** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
-** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
+** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
+** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){
+  int i;
+  Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p);
+  VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem];
+  for(i=0; inChildCsr; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]);
+  }
+  releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem);
+  sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p){
+  int ii;
+  int nFree = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+  for(ii=1; ii<=p->nMem; ii++){
+    Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[ii];
+    if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+      sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
+    }
+    if( pMem->z && pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
+      assert( !pMem->xDel );
+      nFree += sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->z);
+      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+    }
+  }
+  return nFree;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
 **
-** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
+** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
+** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
+** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
 **
-** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
-** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
+** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed.  When
+** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
+** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
+** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
-  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
+  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
 ){
-  int pc;                    /* The program counter */
-  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
-  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
-  Mem *pIn1, *pIn2, *pIn3;   /* Input operands */
-  Mem *pOut;                 /* Output operand */
-  u8 opProperty;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  unsigned long long start;  /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
-  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
-#endif
+  int nRow;                            /* Total number of rows to return */
+  int nSub = 0;                        /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
+  SubProgram **apSub = 0;              /* Array of sub-vdbes */
+  Mem *pSub = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
 
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
+  assert( p->explain );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
   assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
-  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+
+  /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
+  ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
+  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+  */
+  releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);
+
   if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
     /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
     ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( p->explain==0 );
-  p->pResultSet = 0;
-  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
-  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
-  sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  sqlite3FaultBeginBenign(-1);
-  if( p->pc==0 && ((p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0
-    || sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, "vdbe_explain", SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS)==1 )
-  ){
-    int i;
-    printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
-    sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
-    for(i=0; inOp; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  if( sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS)==1 ){
-    p->trace = stdout;
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
-  sqlite3FaultEndBenign(-1);
-#endif
-  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
-    assert( pc>=0 && pcnOp );
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-    origPc = pc;
-    start = hwtime();
-#endif
-    pOp = &p->aOp[pc];
 
-    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( p->trace ){
-      if( pc==0 ){
-        printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n");
-        sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
+  /* Figure out total number of rows that will be returned by this 
+  ** EXPLAIN program.  */
+  nRow = p->nOp;
+  if( p->explain==1 ){
+    pSub = &p->aMem[9];
+    if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
+      nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
+      apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
     }
-    if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 ){
-      sqlite3FaultBeginBenign(-1);
-      if( sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, "vdbe_sqltrace", SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS)==1 ){
-        sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
-      }
-      sqlite3FaultEndBenign(-1);
+    for(i=0; inOp;
     }
-#endif
-      
+  }
 
-    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
-    ** if we have a special test build.
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
-      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
-      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
-        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+  do{
+    i = p->pc++;
+  }while( iexplain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
+  if( i>=nRow ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
+  }else{
+    char *z;
+    Op *pOp;
+    if( inOp ){
+      pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+    }else{
+      int j;
+      i -= p->nOp;
+      for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
+        i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
       }
+      pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
     }
-#endif
+    if( p->explain==1 ){
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
+      pMem++;
+  
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);  /* Opcode */
+      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+      pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pMem++;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-    /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
-    ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
-    ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
-    ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
-    ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
-    */
-    if( db->xProgress ){
-      if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
-        int prc;
-        if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-        prc =db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg);
-        if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-        if( prc!=0 ){
-          rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-          goto vdbe_error_halt;
+      if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+        int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; jp4.pProgram ) break;
+        }
+        if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, 1) ){
+          apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+          apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+          pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+          pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
         }
-        nProgressOps = 0;
       }
-      nProgressOps++;
     }
-#endif
 
-    /* Do common setup processing for any opcode that is marked
-    ** with the "out2-prerelease" tag.  Such opcodes have a single
-    ** output which is specified by the P2 parameter.  The P2 register
-    ** is initialized to a NULL.
-    */
-    opProperty = opcodeProperty[pOp->opcode];
-    if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-      pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut);
-      pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
-    }else
- 
-    /* Do common setup for opcodes marked with one of the following
-    ** combinations of properties.
-    **
-    **           in1
-    **           in1 in2
-    **           in1 in2 out3
-    **           in1 in3
-    **
-    ** Variables pIn1, pIn2, and pIn3 are made to point to appropriate
-    ** registers for inputs.  Variable pOut points to the output register.
-    */
-    if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-      pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
-        assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-        assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-        pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
-        if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
-          assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-          assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-          pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-        }
-      }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
-        assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-        assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-        pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
-      }
-    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-      pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
-    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-      pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->u.i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem++;
+
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pMem->u.i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+    pMem++;
+
+    if( p->explain==1 ){
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      pMem->u.i = pOp->p3;                          /* P3 */
+      pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+      pMem++;
     }
 
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){            /* P4 */
+      assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+    z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
+    if( z!=pMem->z ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+    }else{
+      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+      pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    }
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+    pMem++;
 
-/*****************************************************************************
-** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
-** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
-** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
-** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
-** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
-** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
-** we transition back to normal indentation.
-**
-** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
-** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
-** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
-** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
-** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
-** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
-** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
-** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
-**
-** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
-** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
-** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3.  See
-** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
-**
-** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
-** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
-** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
-** file.
-**
-** SUMMARY:
-**
-**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
-**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
-**
-*****************************************************************************/
+    if( p->explain==1 ){
+      if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
+        assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+      pMem->n = 2;
+      sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5);   /* P5 */
+      pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pMem++;
+  
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      if( pOp->zComment ){
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+        pMem->z = pOp->zComment;
+        pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+        pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+        pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+      }else
+#endif
+      {
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Null;                       /* Comment */
+        pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+      }
+    }
 
-/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 * * *
-**
-** An unconditional jump to address P2.
-** The next instruction executed will be 
-** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
-** the program.
-*/
-case OP_Goto: {             /* jump */
-  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
-  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  break;
+    p->nResColumn = 8 - 5*(p->explain-1);
+    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
 
-/* Opcode:  Gosub * P2 * * *
-**
-** Push the current address plus 1 onto the return address stack
-** and then jump to address P2.
-**
-** The return address stack is of limited depth.  If too many
-** OP_Gosub operations occur without intervening OP_Returns, then
-** the return address stack will fill up and processing will abort
-** with a fatal error.
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
 */
-case OP_Gosub: {            /* jump */
-  assert( p->returnDepthreturnStack)/sizeof(p->returnStack[0]) );
-  p->returnStack[p->returnDepth++] = pc+1;
-  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
+  int nOp = p->nOp;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  if( nOp<1 ) return;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+    const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
+    while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+    printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+  }
 }
+#endif
 
-/* Opcode:  Return * * * * *
-**
-** Jump immediately to the next instruction after the last unreturned
-** OP_Gosub.  If an OP_Return has occurred for all OP_Gosubs, then
-** processing aborts with a fatal error.
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
+/*
+** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
 */
-case OP_Return: {
-  assert( p->returnDepth>0 );
-  p->returnDepth--;
-  pc = p->returnStack[p->returnDepth] - 1;
-  break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
+  int nOp = p->nOp;
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
+  if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
+  if( nOp<1 ) return;
+  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+    int i, j;
+    char z[1000];
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+    for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+    for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
+      if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){
+        if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
+          z[j++] = ' ';
+        }
+      }else{
+        z[j++] = z[i];
+      }
+    }
+    z[j] = 0;
+    sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
+  }
 }
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
 
-/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, Fifos, etc are closed
-** automatically.
+/*
+** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer.  Make *pp point to the
+** allocated space.  (Note:  pp is a char* rather than a void** to
+** work around the pointer aliasing rules of C.)  *pp should initially
+** be zero.  If *pp is not zero, that means that the space has already
+** been allocated and this routine is a noop.
 **
-** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
-** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
-** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
-** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
-** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
-** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
-** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
+** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed.
 **
-** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
+** *ppFrom point to available space and pEnd points to the end of the
+** available space.
 **
-** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
-** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
-** is the same as executing Halt.
+** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed
+** to allocate.  If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the
+** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request.
 */
-case OP_Halt: {
-  p->rc = pOp->p1;
-  p->pc = pc;
-  p->errorAction = pOp->p2;
-  if( pOp->p4.z ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, pOp->p4.z, (char*)0);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else{
-    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+static void allocSpace(
+  char *pp,            /* IN/OUT: Set *pp to point to allocated buffer */
+  int nByte,           /* Number of bytes to allocate */
+  u8 **ppFrom,         /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */
+  u8 *pEnd,            /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */
+  int *pnByte          /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */
+){
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) );
+  if( (*(void**)pp)==0 ){
+    nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
+    if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){
+      *(void**)pp = (void *)*ppFrom;
+      *ppFrom += nByte;
+    }else{
+      *pnByte += nByte;
+    }
   }
-  goto vdbe_return;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** Prepare a virtual machine for execution.  This involves things such
+** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
+** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
 **
-** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Integer: {         /* out2-prerelease */
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
+** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN.
 **
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
+** This function may be called more than once on a single virtual machine.
+** The first call is made while compiling the SQL statement. Subsequent
+** calls are made as part of the process of resetting a statement to be
+** re-executed (from a call to sqlite3_reset()). The nVar, nMem, nCursor 
+** and isExplain parameters are only passed correct values the first time
+** the function is called. On subsequent calls, from sqlite3_reset(), nVar
+** is passed -1 and nMem, nCursor and isExplain are all passed zero.
 */
-case OP_Int64: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
-  break;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
+  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
+  int nVar,                      /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
+  int nMem,                      /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
+  int nCursor,                   /* Number of cursors to allocate */
+  int nArg,                      /* Maximum number of args in SubPrograms */
+  int isExplain,                 /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */
+  int usesStmtJournal            /* True to set Vdbe.usesStmtJournal */
+){
+  int n;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
 
-/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
-  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
-  pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
-  break;
-}
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
 
-/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
-**
-** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
-** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
-*/
-case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
-  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
-  pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p4.z);
+  /* There should be at least one opcode.
+  */
+  assert( p->nOp>0 );
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(pOut) ) goto no_mem;
-    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
-    pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
-    pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
-    if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
-      sqlite3_free(pOp->p4.z);
+  /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+
+  /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
+  ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
+  ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
+  ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with 
+  ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
+  ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
+  **
+  ** See also: allocateCursor().
+  */
+  nMem += nCursor;
+
+  /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and 
+  ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in. This is only done the
+  ** first time this function is called for a given VDBE, not when it is
+  ** being called from sqlite3_reset() to reset the virtual machine.
+  */
+  if( nVar>=0 && ALWAYS(db->mallocFailed==0) ){
+    u8 *zCsr = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOp];
+    u8 *zEnd = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc];
+    int nByte;
+    resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
+    p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)usesStmtJournal;
+    if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){
+      nMem = 10;
     }
-    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
-    pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
-    pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
-    if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-      goto too_big;
+    memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
+    zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
+    assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );
+
+    do {
+      nByte = 0;
+      allocSpace((char*)&p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+      allocSpace((char*)&p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+      allocSpace((char*)&p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+      allocSpace((char*)&p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+      allocSpace((char*)&p->apCsr, 
+                 nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte
+      );
+      if( nByte ){
+        p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+      }
+      zCsr = p->pFree;
+      zEnd = &zCsr[nByte];
+    }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed );
+
+    p->nCursor = (u16)nCursor;
+    if( p->aVar ){
+      p->nVar = (u16)nVar;
+      for(n=0; naVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+        p->aVar[n].db = db;
+      }
+    }
+    if( p->aMem ){
+      p->aMem--;                      /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
+      p->nMem = nMem;                 /*       not from 0..nMem-1 */
+      for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
+        p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+        p->aMem[n].db = db;
+      }
     }
-    UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-    break;
+  }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  for(n=1; nnMem; n++){
+    assert( p->aMem[n].db==db );
   }
 #endif
-  if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
+
+  p->pc = -1;
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+  p->explain |= isExplain;
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  p->cacheCtr = 1;
+  p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
+  p->iStatement = 0;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  {
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; inOp; i++){
+      p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
+      p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
+    }
   }
-  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
-}
-  
-/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
-*/
-case OP_String: {          /* out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
-  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
-  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
+#endif
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Null * P2 * * *
-**
-** Write a NULL into register P2.
+/*
+** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor 
+** happens to hold.
 */
-case OP_Null: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
+  if( pCx==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pCx->pBt ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
+    /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
+    ** the call above. */
+  }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
+    sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
+    const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule;
+    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(p->db);
+    pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
+    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(p->db);
+    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+  }
+#endif
 }
 
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4
-**
-** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long.  Store this
-** blob in register P2. This instruction is not coded directly
-** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies
-** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of
-** the blob as P4. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob
-** the first time it is executed.
+/*
+** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This
+** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore
+** control to the main program.
 */
-case OP_Blob: {                /* out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){
+  Vdbe *v = pFrame->v;
+  v->aOp = pFrame->aOp;
+  v->nOp = pFrame->nOp;
+  v->aMem = pFrame->aMem;
+  v->nMem = pFrame->nMem;
+  v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr;
+  v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor;
+  v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
+  v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
+  return pFrame->pc;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL */
 
-/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** Close all cursors.
 **
-** The value of variable P1 is written into register P2. A variable is
-** an unknown in the original SQL string as handed to sqlite3_compile().
-** Any occurance of the '?' character in the original SQL is considered
-** a variable.  Variables in the SQL string are number from left to
-** right beginning with 1.  The values of variables are set using the
-** sqlite3_bind() API.
+** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory 
+** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
+** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
+** open cursors.
 */
-case OP_Variable: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  int j = pOp->p1 - 1;
-  Mem *pVar;
-  assert( j>=0 && jnVar );
-
-  pVar = &p->aVar[j];
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
-    goto too_big;
+static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
+  if( p->pFrame ){
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame;
+    for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+    sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, &p->aVar[j], MEM_Static);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Move the value in register P1 over into register P2.  Register P1
-** is left holding a NULL.  It is an error for P1 and P2 to be the
-** same register.
-*/
-case OP_Move: {
-  char *zMalloc;
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
-  zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
-  pOut->zMalloc = 0;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
-  pIn1->zMalloc = zMalloc;
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-  break;
-}
+  p->pFrame = 0;
+  p->nFrame = 0;
 
-/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Make a copy of register P1 into register P2.
-**
-** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value.  A duplicate
-** is made of any string or blob constant.  See also OP_SCopy.
-*/
-case OP_Copy: {
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
-  Deephemeralize(pOut);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-  break;
+  if( p->apCsr ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; inCursor; i++){
+      VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
+      if( pC ){
+        sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
+        p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( p->aMem ){
+    releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
+  }
 }
 
-/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
+/*
+** Clean up the VM after execution.
 **
-** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value.  If the value
-** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
-** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
-** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
-** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
-** during the lifetime of the copy.  Use OP_Copy to make a complete
-** copy.
+** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
+** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
+** variables in the aVar[] array.
 */
-case OP_SCopy: {
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-  break;
-}
+static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
 
-/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The registers P1 throught P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
-** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
-** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
-** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result
-** row.
-*/
-case OP_ResultRow: {
-  Mem *pMem;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and 
+  ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up.  */
   int i;
-  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-
-  /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
-  p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
-
-  /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
-  ** and have an assigned type.  The results are deephemeralized as
-  ** as side effect.
-  */
-  pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  for(i=0; ip2; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
-    storeTypeInfo(&pMem[i], encoding);
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+  for(i=0; inCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr==0 || p->apCsr[i]==0 );
+  for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem==0 || p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Null );
+#endif
 
-  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
-  */
-  p->nCallback++;
-  p->pc = pc + 1;
-  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
-  goto vdbe_return;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = 0;
+  p->pResultSet = 0;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
-** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
-** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
-**
-**   P3 = P2 || P1
-**
-** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
-** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
-** to avoid a memcpy().
+/*
+** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
+** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
+** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
+** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
 */
-case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
-  i64 nByte;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
+  Mem *pColName;
+  int n;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
 
-  assert( pIn1!=pOut );
-  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-    break;
-  }
-  ExpandBlob(pIn1);
-  Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
-  ExpandBlob(pIn2);
-  Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
-  nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
-  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
-    memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
+  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+  n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
+  p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn;
+  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
+  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
+  while( n-- > 0 ){
+    pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
+    pColName->db = p->db;
+    pColName++;
   }
-  memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
-  pOut->z[nByte] = 0;
-  pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0;
-  pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
-  pOut->n = nByte;
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
-** and store the result in regiser P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-**
-** Multiply the value in regiser P1 by the value in regiser P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
+/*
+** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
+** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
 **
-** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.  If the value in register P2
-** is zero, then the result is NULL.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
+** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
 **
-** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
-** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. 
-** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
-** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
+** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
+** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
 */
-case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
-  int flags;
-  flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
-  if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-  if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
-    i64 a, b;
-    a = pIn1->u.i;
-    b = pIn2->u.i;
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
-      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
-      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
-      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
-      case OP_Divide: {
-        if( a==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        /* Dividing the largest possible negative 64-bit integer (1<<63) by 
-        ** -1 returns an integer too large to store in a 64-bit data-type. On
-        ** some architectures, the value overflows to (1<<63). On others,
-        ** a SIGFPE is issued. The following statement normalizes this
-        ** behaviour so that all architectures behave as if integer 
-        ** overflow occured.
-        */
-        if( a==-1 && b==SMALLEST_INT64 ) a = 1;
-        b /= a;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        if( a==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        if( a==-1 ) a = 1;
-        b %= a;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    pOut->u.i = b;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  }else{
-    double a, b;
-    a = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
-    b = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
-      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
-      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
-      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
-      case OP_Divide: {
-        if( a==0.0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        b /= a;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        i64 ia = (i64)a;
-        i64 ib = (i64)b;
-        if( ia==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        if( ia==-1 ) ia = 1;
-        b = ib % ia;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( sqlite3IsNaN(b) ){
-      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-    }
-    pOut->r = b;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
-    if( (flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
-    }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(
+  Vdbe *p,                         /* Vdbe being configured */
+  int idx,                         /* Index of column zName applies to */
+  int var,                         /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */
+  const char *zName,               /* Pointer to buffer containing name */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)              /* Memory management strategy for zName */
+){
+  int rc;
+  Mem *pColName;
+  assert( idxnResColumn );
+  assert( vardb->mallocFailed ){
+    assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-  break;
-
-arithmetic_result_is_null:
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P4
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
-** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
-** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
-** functions.
-**
-** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
-** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
-** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
-*/
-case OP_CollSeq: {
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
-  break;
+  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
+  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+  assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 );
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
-** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
-** successors.  The result of the function is stored in register P3.
-** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
-**
-** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
-** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
-** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
-** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
-** invocation of this opcode.
-**
-** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
+/*
+** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
+** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
+** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
+** takes care of the master journal trickery.
 */
-case OP_Function: {
+static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
   int i;
-  Mem *pArg;
-  sqlite3_context ctx;
-  sqlite3_value **apVal;
-  int n = pOp->p5;
+  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int needXcommit = 0;
 
-  apVal = p->apArg;
-  assert( apVal || n==0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply 
+  ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. 
+  */
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+#endif
 
-  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=p->nMem) );
-  assert( pOp->p3p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
-  pArg = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  for(i=0; ip2, pArg);
+  /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
+  ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
+  ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is 
+  ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
+  ** to the transaction.
+  */
+  rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
   }
 
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC );
-  if( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ){
-    ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
-    ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0;
-  }else{
-    ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc;
-    ctx.pFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
+  /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
+  ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not 
+  ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than 
+  ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
+  ** file is required for an atomic commit.
+  */ 
+  for(i=0; inDb; i++){ 
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+      needXcommit = 1;
+      if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
+    }
   }
 
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
-  ctx.s.db = db;
-  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
-  ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
+  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
+  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
+    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
+    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    if( rc ){
+      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    }
+  }
 
-  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
-  ** the pointer to ctx.s so in case the user-function can use
-  ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one.
+  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
+  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
+  ** master-journal.
+  **
+  ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
+  ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file.  In 
+  ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the 
+  ** simple case then too.
   */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&ctx.s, pOut);
-  MemSetTypeFlag(&ctx.s, MEM_Null);
+  if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
+   || nTrans<=1
+  ){
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
+      }
+    }
 
-  ctx.isError = 0;
-  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
-    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
-    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
-    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
-    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal);
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
-    goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
-    ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
-    ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
-    ** associated with such a value.
-    **
-    ** Note: Maybe MemRelease() should be called if sqlite3SafetyOn()
-    ** fails also (the if(...) statement above). But if people are
-    ** misusing sqlite, they have bigger problems than a leaked value.
+    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. 
+    ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
+    ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
+    ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
     */
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
-    goto no_mem;
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
+      }
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+    }
   }
 
-  /* If any auxilary data functions have been called by this user function,
-  ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
+  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
+  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
+  ** committed atomicly.
   */
-  if( ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
-    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
-    pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC;
-  }
-
-  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
-  if( ctx.isError ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s), (char*)0);
-    rc = ctx.isError;
-  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+  else{
+    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+    int needSync = 0;
+    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
+    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+    sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
+    i64 offset = 0;
+    int res;
 
-  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, &ctx.s);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
+    /* Select a master journal file name */
+    do {
+      u32 iRandom;
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
+      zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, iRandom&0x7fffffff);
+      if( !zMaster ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+    }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* Open the master journal. */
+      rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, 
+          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
+      );
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
+ 
+    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
+    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
+    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
+    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
+    ** back independently if a failure occurs.
+    */
+    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( i==1 ) continue;   /* Ignore the TEMP database */
+      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+        char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
+        if( zFile[0]==0 ) continue;  /* Ignore :memory: databases */
+        if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
+          needSync = 1;
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
+        offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+    }
 
-/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in regiser P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
-  i64 a, b;
+    /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
+    ** flag is set this is not required.
+    */
+    if( needSync 
+     && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
+     && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
+    ){
+      sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+      sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
 
-  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-    break;
-  }
-  a = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
-  b = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
-  switch( pOp->opcode ){
-    case OP_BitAnd:      a &= b;     break;
-    case OP_BitOr:       a |= b;     break;
-    case OP_ShiftLeft:   a <<= b;    break;
-    default:  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_ShiftRight );
-                         a >>= b;    break;
-  }
-  pOut->u.i = a;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  break;
-}
+    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
+    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
+    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
+    **
+    ** If the error occurs during the first call to
+    ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
+    ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
+    ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
+    ** file before the failure occurred.
+    */
+    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+      return rc;
+    }
 
-/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 P2 * * *
-** 
-** Add the constant P2 the value in register P1.
-** The result is always an integer.
-**
-** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
-*/
-case OP_AddImm: {            /* in1 */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
-  break;
-}
+    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
+    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
+    ** transaction files are deleted.
+    */
+    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+    zMaster = 0;
+    if( rc ){
+      return rc;
+    }
 
-/* Opcode: ForceInt P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Convert value in register P1 into an integer.  If the value 
-** in P1 is not numeric (meaning that is is a NULL or a string that
-** does not look like an integer or floating point number) then
-** jump to P2.  If the value in P1 is numeric then
-** convert it into the least integer that is greater than or equal to its
-** current value if P3==0, or to the least integer that is strictly
-** greater than its current value if P3==1.
-*/
-case OP_ForceInt: {            /* jump, in1 */
-  i64 v;
-  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
-  if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    break;
-  }
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    v = pIn1->u.i + (pOp->p3!=0);
-  }else{
-    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Real );
-    v = (sqlite3_int64)pIn1->r;
-    if( pIn1->r>(double)v ) v++;
-    if( pOp->p3 && pIn1->r==(double)v ) v++;
+    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
+    ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
+    ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
+    ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
+    ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
+    ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
+    */
+    disable_simulated_io_errors();
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    for(i=0; inDb; i++){ 
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    enable_simulated_io_errors();
+
+    sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
   }
-  pIn1->u.i = v;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
-  break;
+#endif
+
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
-** 
-** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If the value
-** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
-** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
-** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
+/* 
+** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
+** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
+** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
+** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
+** step.
+**
+** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
 */
-case OP_MustBeInt: {            /* jump, in1 */
-  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
-    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }else{
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  int nWrite = 0;
+  p = db->pVdbe;
+  while( p ){
+    if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
+      cnt++;
+      if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
     }
-  }else{
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
+    p = p->pNext;
   }
-  break;
+  assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
+  assert( nWrite==db->writeVdbeCnt );
 }
+#else
+#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
+#endif
 
-/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
-**
-** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
+/*
+** For every Btree that in database connection db which 
+** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in
+** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor
+** can never be used again.  This happens when a rollback
+*** occurs.  We have to trip all the other cursors, even
+** cursor from other VMs in different database connections,
+** so that none of them try to use the data at which they
+** were pointing and which now may have been changed due
+** to the rollback.
 **
-** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
-** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
-** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
-** to have only a real value.
+** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and
+** reorder rootpages.  So it is not sufficient just to save
+** the state of the cursor.  We have to invalidate the cursor
+** so that it is never used again.
 */
-case OP_RealAffinity: {                  /* in1 */
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
+      sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT);
+    }
   }
-  break;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
-** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
-** equivalent of printf().  Blob values are unchanged and
-** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
+/*
+** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
+** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
+** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
+** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the 
+** statement transaction is commtted.
 **
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. 
+** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
 */
-case OP_ToText: {                  /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
-  assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
-  pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
-  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
-  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
-  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
-  pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
-  break;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
+  sqlite3 *const db = p->db;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
-** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
-** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
-** to the underlying data.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToBlob: {                  /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
-    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
-    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
-  }
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
-  break;
-}
+  /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a 
+  ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception
+  ** is that an IO error may have occured, causing an emergency rollback.
+  ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do.
+  */
+  if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
+    int i;
+    const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;
 
-/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an
-** integer or a floating-point number.)
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
-** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion 
-** is possible.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToNumeric: {                  /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
-  if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
+    assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
+    assert( db->nStatement>0 );
+    assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
+
+    for(i=0; inDb; i++){ 
+      int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
+      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt ){
+        if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
+        }
+        if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = rc2;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    db->nStatement--;
+    p->iStatement = 0;
+
+    /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the 
+    ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when 
+    ** the statement transaction was opened.  */
+    if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+      db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
+    }
   }
-  break;
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
 
-/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
+/*
+** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
+** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
+** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it
+** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring
+** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required.
 **
-** Force the value in register P1 be an integer.  If
-** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
-** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
+** sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
+** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle 
+** associated with the VM. Of course only a subset of these structures
+** will be accessed by the VM, and we could use Vdbe.btreeMask to figure
+** that subset out, but there is no advantage to doing so.
 **
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
+** function is a no-op.
 */
-case OP_ToInt: {                  /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  }
-  break;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(Vdbe *p){
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
+#else
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(p->db);
+#endif
 }
+#endif
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
-** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
-** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible.
+/*
+** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database 
+** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be 
+** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
+** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
 **
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns 
+** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and write
+** an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
 */
-case OP_ToReal: {                  /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  if( (deferred && db->nDeferredCons>0) || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "foreign key constraint failed");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
-  break;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+#endif
 
-/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)db;
 
-  flags = pIn1->flags|pIn3->flags;
+  /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
+  ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
+  ** execution of this virtual machine. 
+  **
+  ** If any of the following errors occur:
+  **
+  **     SQLITE_NOMEM
+  **     SQLITE_IOERR
+  **     SQLITE_FULL
+  **     SQLITE_INTERRUPT
+  **
+  ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
+  ** state.  We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
+  ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
+  */
 
-  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
-    if( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQUAL)!=0 ){
-      /*
-      ** When SQLITE_NULLEQUAL set and either operand is NULL
-      ** then both operands are converted to integers prior to being 
-      ** passed down into the normal comparison logic below.  
-      ** NULL operands are converted to zero and non-NULL operands
-      ** are converted to 1.  Thus, for example, with SQLITE_NULLEQUAL
-      ** set,  NULL==NULL is true whereas it would normally NULL.
-      ** Similarly,  NULL!=123 is true.
-      */
-      x1.flags = MEM_Int;
-      x1.u.i = (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0;
-      pIn1 = &x1;
-      x3.flags = MEM_Int;
-      x3.u.i = (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0;
-      pIn3 = &x3;
-    }else{
-      /* If the SQLITE_NULLEQUAL bit is clear and either operand is NULL then
-      ** the result is always NULL.  The jump is taken if the 
-      ** SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
-      */
-      if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
-        pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-        MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
-        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-      }else if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
-        pc = pOp->p2-1;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-
-  affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
-  if( affinity ){
-    applyAffinity(pIn1, affinity, encoding);
-    applyAffinity(pIn3, affinity, encoding);
+  closeAllCursors(p);
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
 
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
-  ExpandBlob(pIn1);
-  ExpandBlob(pIn3);
-  res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
-  switch( pOp->opcode ){
-    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
-    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
-    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
-    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
-    case OP_Gt:    res = res>0;      break;
-    default:       res = res>=0;     break;
-  }
+  /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    int mrc;   /* Primary error code from p->rc */
+    int eStatementOp = 0;
+    int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if a 'special' error */
 
-  if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
-    pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-    pOut->u.i = res;
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-  }else if( res ){
-    pc = pOp->p2-1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
+    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
+    sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p);
 
-/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
-** write the result into register P3.
-**
-** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
-** the other input is NULL.  A NULL and true or two NULLs give
-** a NULL output.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the answer in register P3.
-**
-** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
-** even if the other input is NULL.  A NULL and false or two NULLs
-** give a NULL output.
-*/
-case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
-  int v1, v2;    /* 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+    /* Check for one of the special errors */
+    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
+    assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );  /* This error no longer exists */
+    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
+                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
+    if( isSpecialError ){
+      /* If the query was read-only, we need do no rollback at all. Otherwise,
+      ** proceed with the special handling.
+      */
+      if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
+        if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){
+          eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
+        }else{
+          /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
+          ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
+          */
+          invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
+          sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+          sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+          db->autoCommit = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
 
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    v1 = 2;
-  }else{
-    v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
-  }
-  if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    v2 = 2;
-  }else{
-    v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
-  }
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
-    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
-    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
-  }else{
-    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
-    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
-  }
-  if( v1==2 ){
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
-  }else{
-    pOut->u.i = v1;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Not P1 * * * *
-**
-** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Replace it
-** with its complement.  If the value in register P1 is NULL its value
-** is unchanged.
-*/
-case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1 */
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  pIn1->u.i = !pIn1->u.i;
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: BitNot P1 * * * *
-**
-** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Replace it
-** with its ones-complement.  If the value is originally NULL, leave
-** it unchanged.
-*/
-case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1 */
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  pIn1->u.i = ~pIn1->u.i;
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value is
-** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value is
-** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
-*/
-case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
-case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
-  int c;
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    c = pOp->p3;
-  }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
-#else
-    c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
-#endif
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
-  }
-  if( c ){
-    pc = pOp->p2-1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.  If P3 is greater
-** than zero, then check all values reg(P1), reg(P1+1), 
-** reg(P1+2), ..., reg(P1+P3-1).
-*/
-case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
-  int n = pOp->p3;
-  assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->p1>0 );
-  do{
-    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-      break;
-    }
-    pIn1++;
-  }while( --n > 0 );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  
-*/
-case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SetNumColumns * P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode sets the number of columns for the cursor opened by the
-** following instruction to P2.
-**
-** An OP_SetNumColumns is only useful if it occurs immediately before 
-** one of the following opcodes:
-**
-**     OpenRead
-**     OpenWrite
-**     OpenPseudo
-**
-** If the OP_Column opcode is to be executed on a cursor, then
-** this opcode must be present immediately before the opcode that
-** opens the cursor.
-*/
-case OP_SetNumColumns: {
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
-** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
-** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
-** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
-** values in the record, extract a NULL.
-**
-** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
-**
-** If the KeyAsData opcode has previously executed on this cursor, then the
-** field might be extracted from the key rather than the data.
-**
-** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
-** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
-** the result.
-*/
-case OP_Column: {
-  u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
-  int p1 = pOp->p1;  /* P1 value of the opcode */
-  int p2 = pOp->p2;  /* column number to retrieve */
-  Cursor *pC = 0;    /* The VDBE cursor */
-  char *zRec;        /* Pointer to complete record-data */
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
-  u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
-  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
-  u32 nField;        /* number of fields in the record */
-  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
-  int i;             /* Loop counter */
-  char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
-  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
-  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
-
-  sMem.flags = 0;
-  sMem.db = 0;
-  sMem.zMalloc = 0;
-  assert( p1nCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
-
-  /* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of
-  ** bytes in the record.
-  **
-  ** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
-  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
-  ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text
-  ** might be available in the  pC->aRow cache.  Or it might not be.
-  ** If the data is unavailable,  zRec is set to NULL.
-  **
-  ** We also compute the number of columns in the record.  For cursors,
-  ** the number of columns is stored in the Cursor.nField element.
-  */
-  pC = p->apCsr[p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 );
-#endif
-  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
-    /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-    zRec = 0;
-    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-    if( pC->nullRow ){
-      payloadSize = 0;
-    }else if( pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
-      payloadSize = pC->payloadSize;
-      zRec = (char*)pC->aRow;
-    }else if( pC->isIndex ){
-      i64 payloadSize64;
-      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
-      payloadSize = payloadSize64;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &payloadSize);
+    /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
     }
-    nField = pC->nField;
-  }else{
-    assert( pC->pseudoTable );
-    /* The record is the sole entry of a pseudo-table */
-    payloadSize = pC->nData;
-    zRec = pC->pData;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    assert( payloadSize==0 || zRec!=0 );
-    nField = pC->nField;
-    pCrsr = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */
-  if( payloadSize==0 ){
-    assert( pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
-    goto op_column_out;
-  }
-  if( payloadSize>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-
-  assert( p2aType;
-  if( pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
-    aOffset = pC->aOffset;
-  }else{
-    u8 *zIdx;        /* Index into header */
-    u8 *zEndHdr;     /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
-    u32 offset;      /* Offset into the data */
-    int szHdrSz;     /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
-    int avail;       /* Number of bytes of available data */
-
-    assert(aType);
-    pC->aOffset = aOffset = &aType[nField];
-    pC->payloadSize = payloadSize;
-    pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
-
-    /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
-    if( zRec ){
-      zData = zRec;
-    }else{
-      if( pC->isIndex ){
-        zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+  
+    /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer 
+    ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. 
+    **
+    ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled 
+    ** above has occurred. 
+    */
+    if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 
+     && db->autoCommit 
+     && db->writeVdbeCnt==(p->readOnly==0) 
+    ){
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
+        if( sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1) ){
+          sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
+          return SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+        /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful 
+        ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
+        ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit 
+        ** is required.  */
+        rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+          sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
+          return SQLITE_BUSY;
+        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          p->rc = rc;
+          sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+        }else{
+          db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+          sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+        }
       }else{
-        zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
+        sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
       }
-      /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
-      ** save the payload in the pC->aRow cache.  That will save us from
-      ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
-      ** the record.
-      */
-      if( avail>=payloadSize ){
-        zRec = zData;
-        pC->aRow = (u8*)zData;
+      db->nStatement = 0;
+    }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){
+      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE;
+      }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
+        eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
       }else{
-        pC->aRow = 0;
+        invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
+        sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+        sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+        db->autoCommit = 1;
       }
     }
-    /* The following assert is true in all cases accept when
-    ** the database file has been corrupted externally.
-    **    assert( zRec!=0 || avail>=payloadSize || avail>=9 ); */
-    szHdrSz = getVarint32((u8*)zData, offset);
-
-    /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
-    ** record header in most cases.  But they will fail to get the complete
-    ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
-    ** in the B-Tree.  When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
-    ** acquire the complete header text.
+  
+    /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
+    ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
+    ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
+    ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then set the error
+    ** code to the new value.
     */
-    if( !zRec && availisIndex, &sMem);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto op_column_out;
+    if( eStatementOp ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp);
+      if( rc && (p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) ){
+        p->rc = rc;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+        p->zErrMsg = 0;
       }
-      zData = sMem.z;
     }
-    zEndHdr = (u8 *)&zData[offset];
-    zIdx = (u8 *)&zData[szHdrSz];
-
-    /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the aType[] and aOffset[]
-    ** arrays.  aType[i] will contain the type integer for the i-th
-    ** column and aOffset[i] will contain the offset from the beginning
-    ** of the record to the start of the data for the i-th column
+  
+    /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
+    ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. 
     */
-    for(i=0; ichangeCntOn ){
+      if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
       }else{
-        /* If i is less that nField, then there are less fields in this
-        ** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the
-        ** table. Set the offset for any extra columns not present in
-        ** the record to 0. This tells code below to store a NULL
-        ** instead of deserializing a value from the record.
-        */
-        aOffset[i] = 0;
+        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
       }
+      p->nChange = 0;
     }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
-    sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
-
-    /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header,
-    ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the
-    ** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end
-    ** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing 
-    ** with a corrupt database.
-    */
-    if( zIdx>zEndHdr || offset>payloadSize || (zIdx==zEndHdr && offset!=payloadSize) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto op_column_out;
+  
+    /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
+    if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+      db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
     }
+
+    /* Release the locks */
+    sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
   }
 
-  /* Get the column information. If aOffset[p2] is non-zero, then 
-  ** deserialize the value from the record. If aOffset[p2] is zero,
-  ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the
-  ** request.  In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is
-  ** a pointer to a Mem object.
-  */
-  if( aOffset[p2] ){
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    if( zRec ){
-      if( pDest->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&zRec[aOffset[p2]], aType[p2], &sMem);
-        sMem.db = db; 
-        rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pDest, &sMem);
-        assert( !(sMem.flags&MEM_Dyn) );
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto op_column_out;
-        }
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&zRec[aOffset[p2]], aType[p2], pDest);
-      }
-    }else{
-      len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[p2]);
-      sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sMem, pDest);
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, pC->isIndex, &sMem);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto op_column_out;
-      }
-      zData = sMem.z;
-      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)zData, aType[p2], pDest);
-    }
-    pDest->enc = encoding;
-  }else{
-    if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
-    }else{
-      assert( pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
+  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    db->activeVdbeCnt--;
+    if( !p->readOnly ){
+      db->writeVdbeCnt--;
     }
+    assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>=db->writeVdbeCnt );
+  }
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
+  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
 
-  /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
-  ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
-  ** dynamically allocated space over to the pDest structure.
-  ** This prevents a memory copy.
+  /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
+  ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() 
+  ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
   */
-  if( sMem.zMalloc ){
-    assert( sMem.z==sMem.zMalloc );
-    assert( !(pDest->flags & MEM_Dyn) );
-    assert( !(pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str)) || pDest->z==sMem.z );
-    pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
-    pDest->flags |= MEM_Term;
-    pDest->z = sMem.z;
-    pDest->zMalloc = sMem.zMalloc;
+  if( db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
   }
 
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pDest);
-
-op_column_out:
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
-  break;
+  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 );
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
-**
-** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** memory cell in the range.
-*/
-case OP_Affinity: {
-  char *zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
-  Mem *pData0 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  Mem *pLast = &pData0[pOp->p2-1];
-  Mem *pRec;
 
-  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
-    ExpandBlob(pRec);
-    applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], encoding);
-  }
-  break;
+/*
+** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
+** in p->rc.  This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into a single entry
-** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key
-** in an index.  The details of the format are irrelavant as long as
-** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
-** Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
-** format.
-**
-** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long.  The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** field of the index key.
+/*
+** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
+** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
 **
-** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
-** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
+** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
+** again.
 **
-** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
+** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
+** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
 */
-case OP_MakeRecord: {
-  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
-  ** like this:
-  **
-  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
-  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  **
-  ** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
-  ** and so froth.
-  **
-  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
-  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
-  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
-  ** of the record to data0.
-  */
-  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
-  Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
-  u64 nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
-  int nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
-  u64 nByte = 0;         /* Data space required for this record */
-  int nZero = 0;         /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
-  int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
-  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
-  Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
-  Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
-  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
-  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
-  int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
-  int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  db = p->db;
 
-  nField = pOp->p1;
-  zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
-  assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=p->nMem );
-  pData0 = &p->aMem[nField];
-  nField = pOp->p2;
-  pLast = &pData0[nField-1];
-  file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
+  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
+  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
+  ** it now.
+  */
+  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
 
-  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
-  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
+  /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
+  ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
+  ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
+  ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
   */
-  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
-    int len;
-    if( zAffinity ){
-      applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], encoding);
-    }
-    if( pRec->flags&MEM_Zero && pRec->n>0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec);
-    }
-    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
-    len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
-    nData += len;
-    nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
-    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      /* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode.
-      ** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */
-      nZero += pRec->u.i;
-    }else if( len ){
-      nZero = 0;
+  if( p->pc>=0 ){
+    if( p->zErrMsg ){
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr,-1,p->zErrMsg,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+      db->errCode = p->rc;
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+      p->zErrMsg = 0;
+    }else if( p->rc ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
     }
+  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
+    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
+    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
+    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
+    */
+    sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = 0;
   }
 
-  /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
-  nHdr += nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
-  if( nVarintdb->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store 
-  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
-  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
-  ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
+  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
   */
-  assert( pOp->p3p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nByte, 0) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
+  Cleanup(p);
 
-  /* Write the record */
-  i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
-  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
-    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
-    i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type);      /* serial type */
-  }
-  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){  /* serial data */
-    i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[i], nByte-i, pRec, file_format);
+  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
+  */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  {
+    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
+    if( out ){
+      int i;
+      fprintf(out, "---- ");
+      for(i=0; inOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
+      }
+      fprintf(out, "\n");
+      for(i=0; inOp; i++){
+        fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
+           p->aOp[i].cnt,
+           p->aOp[i].cycles,
+           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
+        );
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+      }
+      fclose(out);
+    }
   }
-  assert( i==nByte );
-
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  pOut->n = nByte;
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
-  pOut->xDel = 0;
-  if( nZero ){
-    pOut->u.i = nZero;
-    pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
+#endif
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+  return p->rc & db->errMask;
+}
+ 
+/*
+** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
+** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
+    assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
   }
-  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
+  sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Statement P1 * * * *
-**
-** Begin an individual statement transaction which is part of a larger
-** transaction.  This is needed so that the statement
-** can be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
-** entire transaction.  The statement transaction will automatically
-** commit when the VDBE halts.
-**
-** If the database connection is currently in autocommit mode (that 
-** is to say, if it is in between BEGIN and COMMIT)
-** and if there are no other active statements on the same database
-** connection, then this operation is a no-op.  No statement transaction
-** is needed since any error can use the normal ROLLBACK process to
-** undo changes.
-**
-** If a statement transaction is started, then a statement journal file
-** will be allocated and initialized.
-**
-** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1.  The main
-** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables
-** has an index of 1.
+/*
+** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
+** the corresponding bit in mask is clear.  Auxdata entries beyond 31
+** are always destroyed.  To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
+** routine with mask==0.
 */
-case OP_Statement: {
-  if( db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
-    int i = pOp->p1;
-    Btree *pBt;
-    assert( i>=0 && inDb );
-    assert( db->aDb[i].pBt!=0 );
-    pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
-    assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<openedStatement = 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; inAux; i++){
+    struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
+    if( (i>31 || !(mask&(((u32)1)<pAux ){
+      if( pAux->xDelete ){
+        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
+      }
+      pAux->pAux = 0;
     }
   }
-  break;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
-** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
-** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails.
-**
-** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
+/*
+** Delete an entire VDBE.
 */
-case OP_AutoCommit: {
-  u8 i = pOp->p1;
-  u8 rollback = pOp->p2;
-
-  assert( i==1 || i==0 );
-  assert( i==1 || rollback==0 );
-
-  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
 
-  if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 && i && !db->autoCommit ){
-    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT or ROLLBACK, other VMs are
-    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
-    ** that the other VMs must complete first. 
-    */
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "cannot ", rollback?"rollback":"commit", 
-        " transaction - SQL statements in progress", (char*)0);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else if( i!=db->autoCommit ){
-    if( pOp->p2 ){
-      assert( i==1 );
-      sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
-      db->autoCommit = 1;
-    }else{
-      db->autoCommit = i;
-      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        p->pc = pc;
-        db->autoCommit = 1-i;
-        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        goto vdbe_return;
-      }
-    }
-    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    goto vdbe_return;
+  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+  db = p->db;
+  if( p->pPrev ){
+    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
   }else{
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg,
-        (!i)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
-        (rollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
-                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"), (char*)0);
-         
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    assert( db->pVdbe==p );
+    db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
   }
-  break;
+  if( p->pNext ){
+    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+  }
+  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
+  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+  vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
+  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Begin a transaction.  The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
-** opcode is encountered.  Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
-** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
-**
-** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
-** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
-** file used for temporary tables.  Indices of 2 or more are used for
-** attached databases.
+/*
+** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
+** was last positioned.  Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
+** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
 **
-** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started.  A RESERVED lock is
-** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started.  No
-** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
-** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
-** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
-** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
-** on the file.
+** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
+** MoveTo now.  If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been
+** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as
+** a NULL row.
 **
-** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
+** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
+** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
 */
-case OP_Transaction: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Btree *pBt;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && inDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[i].pBt;
-
-  if( pBt ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      p->pc = pc;
-      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-      goto vdbe_return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
+  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
+    int res, rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
+#endif
+    assert( p->isTable );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget;
+    p->rowidIsValid = ALWAYS(res==0) ?1:0;
+    if( NEVER(res<0) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
+      if( rc ) return rc;
     }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }else if( ALWAYS(p->pCursor) ){
+    int hasMoved;
+    int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
+    if( rc ) return rc;
+    if( hasMoved ){
+      p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+      p->nullRow = 1;
     }
   }
-  break;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+/*
+** The following functions:
 **
-** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
-** P3==0 is the schema version.  P3==1 is the database format.
-** P3==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
-** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
-** temporary tables.
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
 **
-** If P1 is negative, then this is a request to read the size of a
-** databases free-list. P3 must be set to 1 in this case. The actual
-** database accessed is ((P1+1)*-1). For example, a P1 parameter of -1
-** corresponds to database 0 ("main"), a P1 of -2 is database 1 ("temp").
+** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
+** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
+** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
+** integer, stored as a varint.
 **
-** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
-** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
-** executing this instruction.
-*/
-case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2-prerelease */
-  int iMeta;
-  int iDb = pOp->p1;
-  int iCookie = pOp->p3;
-
-  assert( pOp->p3=0 && iDbnDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[iDb].pBt, 1 + iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
-  pOut->u.i = iMeta;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
+** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
+** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
+** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
+** serial-type and data blob seperately.
 **
-** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
-** into cookie number P2 of database P1.
-** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
-** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
-** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
-** temporary tables.
+** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
 **
-** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
+**   serial type        bytes of data      type
+**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
+**      0                     0            NULL
+**      1                     1            signed integer
+**      2                     2            signed integer
+**      3                     3            signed integer
+**      4                     4            signed integer
+**      5                     6            signed integer
+**      6                     8            signed integer
+**      7                     8            IEEE float
+**      8                     0            Integer constant 0
+**      9                     0            Integer constant 1
+**     10,11                               reserved for expansion
+**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
+**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
+**
+** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4.  Prior versions
+** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
 */
-case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
-  Db *pDb;
-  assert( pOp->p2p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
-  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, 1+pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
-  if( pOp->p2==0 ){
-    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
-    pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = pIn3->u.i;
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  }else if( pOp->p2==1 ){
-    /* Record changes in the file format */
-    pDb->pSchema->file_format = pIn3->u.i;
+
+/*
+** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  int n;
+
+  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+    return 0;
   }
-  if( pOp->p1==1 ){
-    /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
-    ** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
+    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
+#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
+    i64 i = pMem->u.i;
+    u64 u;
+    if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){
+      return 8+(u32)i;
+    }
+    u = i<0 ? -i : i;
+    if( u<=127 ) return 1;
+    if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
+    if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
+    if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
+    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
+    return 6;
   }
-  break;
+  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
+    return 7;
+  }
+  assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+  n = pMem->n;
+  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
+    n += pMem->u.nZero;
+  }
+  assert( n>=0 );
+  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
 }
 
-/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 *
-**
-** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
-** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2.  
-** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
-** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
-** for auxiliary databases.
-**
-** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
-** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
-** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
-**
-** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
-** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
-** invoked.
+/*
+** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
 */
-case OP_VerifyCookie: {
-  int iMeta;
-  Btree *pBt;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 );
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-  if( pBt ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&iMeta);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
+  if( serial_type>=12 ){
+    return (serial_type-12)/2;
   }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    iMeta = 0;
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
-    sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
-    /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie 
-    ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
-    ** not reload the schema from the database file.
-    **
-    ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimisation.
-    ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
-    ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
-    ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
-    ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
-    ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
-    ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within 
-    ** a v-table method.
-    */
-    if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
-      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1);
-    }
-
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+    static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+    return aSize[serial_type];
   }
-  break;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
-** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by P3. 
-** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for 
-** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
-** database.  Give the new cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1
-** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
-** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
+/*
+** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating 
+** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the 
+** upper 4 bytes.  Return the result.
 **
-** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
-** the value of P2 itself.
+** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
 **
-** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
-** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
-** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
-** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
-** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
-** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
-** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
-** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+** (later):  It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
+** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip.  It seems
+** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
+** float in the wrong order.  And that error has been propagated
+** ever since.  The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
+** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
+** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
+** ABI get the byte order right.
 **
-** The P4 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
-** content and collating sequence of indices.  P4 is NULL for cursors
-** that are not pointing to indices.
+** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
+** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once.  With DEBUG
+** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
+** floating point values is correct.
 **
-** See also OpenWrite.
+** (2007-08-30)  Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
+** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers.  Frank
+** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
+** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full 
+** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard.  (This is the
+** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.)  On such systems, floating point
+** byte swapping becomes very complicated.  To avoid problems,
+** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
+** rather than a 64-bit float.  Frank assures us that the code here
+** works for him.  We, the developers, have no way to independently
+** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
+** so we trust him.
 */
-/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
-** page is P2.  Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
-** root page.
-**
-** The P4 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
-** content and collating sequence of indices.  P4 is NULL for cursors
-** that are not pointing to indices.
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
+  union {
+    u64 r;
+    u32 i[2];
+  } u;
+  u32 t;
+
+  u.r = in;
+  t = u.i[0];
+  u.i[0] = u.i[1];
+  u.i[1] = t;
+  return u.r;
+}
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)  X = floatSwap(X)
+#else
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
+** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
+** Return the number of bytes written.
 **
-** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
-** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
-** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[].  nBuf must always be
+** large enough to hold the entire field.  Except, if the field is
+** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right
+** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail.  If buf[]
+** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that
+** prefix into buf[].  But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the
+** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all
+** zeros.
 **
-** See also OpenRead.
-*/
-case OP_OpenRead:
-case OP_OpenWrite: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  int p2 = pOp->p2;
-  int iDb = pOp->p3;
-  int wrFlag;
-  Btree *pX;
-  Cursor *pCur;
-  Db *pDb;
-  
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[iDb];
-  pX = pDb->pBt;
-  assert( pX!=0 );
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
-    wrFlag = 1;
-    if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
-      p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
+** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[].  The number
+** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
+** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){
+  u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format);
+  u32 len;
+
+  /* Integer and Real */
+  if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
+    u64 v;
+    u32 i;
+    if( serial_type==7 ){
+      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
+      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
+      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
+    }else{
+      v = pMem->u.i;
     }
-  }else{
-    wrFlag = 0;
+    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+    assert( len<=(u32)nBuf );
+    while( i-- ){
+      buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
+      v >>= 8;
+    }
+    return len;
   }
-  if( pOp->p5 ){
-    assert( p2>0 );
-    assert( p2<=p->nMem );
-    pIn2 = &p->aMem[p2];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
-    p2 = pIn2->u.i;
-    assert( p2>=2 );
-  }
-  assert( i>=0 );
-  pCur = allocateCursor(p, i, &pOp[-1], iDb, 1);
-  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCur->nullRow = 1;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pOp->p4.p, pCur->pCursor);
-  if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
-    pCur->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
-    pCur->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
-  }else{
-    pCur->pKeyInfo = 0;
-    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->bogusIncrKey;
+
+  /* String or blob */
+  if( serial_type>=12 ){
+    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
+             == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
+    assert( pMem->n<=nBuf );
+    len = pMem->n;
+    memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
+    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      len += pMem->u.nZero;
+      assert( nBuf>=0 );
+      if( len > (u32)nBuf ){
+        len = (u32)nBuf;
+      }
+      memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n);
+    }
+    return len;
   }
-  switch( rc ){
-    case SQLITE_BUSY: {
-      p->pc = pc;
-      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-      goto vdbe_return;
+
+  /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
+** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
+  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
+  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+  switch( serial_type ){
+    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
+    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
+    case 0: {  /* NULL */
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+      break;
     }
-    case SQLITE_OK: {
-      int flags = sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur->pCursor);
-      /* Sanity checking.  Only the lower four bits of the flags byte should
-      ** be used.  Bit 3 (mask 0x08) is unpreditable.  The lower 3 bits
-      ** (mask 0x07) should be either 5 (intkey+leafdata for tables) or
-      ** 2 (zerodata for indices).  If these conditions are not met it can
-      ** only mean that we are dealing with a corrupt database file
-      */
-      if( (flags & 0xf0)!=0 || ((flags & 0x07)!=5 && (flags & 0x07)!=2) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      pCur->isTable = (flags & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0;
-      pCur->isIndex = (flags & BTREE_ZERODATA)!=0;
-      /* If P4==0 it means we are expected to open a table.  If P4!=0 then
-      ** we expect to be opening an index.  If this is not what happened,
-      ** then the database is corrupt
+    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0];
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 2;
+    }
+    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2];
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 3;
+    }
+    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
+      pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 4;
+    }
+    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
+      u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
+      u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5];
+      x = (x<<32) | y;
+      pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 6;
+    }
+    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
+    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
+      u64 x;
+      u32 y;
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+      /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
+      ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
+      ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
+      ** endian.
       */
-      if( (pCur->isTable && pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO)
-       || (pCur->isIndex && pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
+      static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
+      static const double r1 = 1.0;
+      u64 t2 = t1;
+      swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
+      assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
+#endif
+
+      x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
+      y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7];
+      x = (x<<32) | y;
+      if( serial_type==6 ){
+        pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      }else{
+        assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
+        swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
+        memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
+        pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
       }
-      break;
+      return 8;
     }
-    case SQLITE_EMPTY: {
-      pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
-      pCur->isIndex = !pCur->isTable;
-      pCur->pCursor = 0;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      break;
+    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
+    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
+      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+      return 0;
     }
     default: {
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
+      u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2;
+      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
+      pMem->n = len;
+      pMem->xDel = 0;
+      if( serial_type&0x01 ){
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
+      }else{
+        pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
+      }
+      return len;
     }
   }
-  break;
+  return 0;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
-** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
-** the main database is read-only.  The transient or virtual
-** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
+
+/*
+** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], parse the
+** record into a UnpackedRecord structure.  Return a pointer to
+** that structure.
 **
-** P2 is the number of columns in the virtual table.
-** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
-** if P4 is not 0.  If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
-** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+** The calling function might provide szSpace bytes of memory
+** space at pSpace.  This space can be used to hold the returned
+** VDbeParsedRecord structure if it is large enough.  If it is
+** not big enough, space is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
 **
-** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
-** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
-** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
-** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
-** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
-*/
-case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pCx;
-  static const int openFlags = 
-      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
-
-  assert( i>=0 );
-  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, pOp, -1, 1);
-  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCx->nullRow = 1;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE, openFlags,
-                           &pCx->pBt);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
+** The returned structure should be closed by a call to
+** sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord().
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,     /* Information about the record format */
+  int nKey,              /* Size of the binary record */
+  const void *pKey,      /* The binary record */
+  char *pSpace,          /* Unaligned space available to hold the object */
+  int szSpace            /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
+){
+  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
+  UnpackedRecord *p;  /* The unpacked record that we will return */
+  int nByte;          /* Memory space needed to hold p, in bytes */
+  int d;
+  u32 idx;
+  u16 u;              /* Unsigned loop counter */
+  u32 szHdr;
+  Mem *pMem;
+  int nOff;           /* Increase pSpace by this much to 8-byte align it */
+  
+  /*
+  ** We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned.
+  ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift 
+  ** it by.  If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero.
+  */
+  nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7;
+  pSpace += nOff;
+  szSpace -= nOff;
+  nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1);
+  if( nByte>szSpace ){
+    p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
+    if( p==0 ) return 0;
+    p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_FREE | UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
+  }else{
+    p = (UnpackedRecord*)pSpace;
+    p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
   }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
-    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
-    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
-    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
-    */
-    if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
-      int pgno;
-      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA); 
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, 
-                                (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, pCx->pCursor);
-        pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-        pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
-        pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
-      }
-      pCx->isTable = 0;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, pCx->pCursor);
-      pCx->isTable = 1;
-      pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
-    }
+  p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+  p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
+  p->aMem = pMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))];
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
+  d = szHdr;
+  u = 0;
+  while( idxnField && d<=nKey ){
+    u32 serial_type;
+
+    idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
+    pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+    pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
+    pMem->flags = 0;
+    pMem->zMalloc = 0;
+    d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
+    pMem++;
+    u++;
   }
-  pCx->isIndex = !pCx->isTable;
-  break;
+  assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
+  p->nField = u;
+  return (void*)p;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
-** row of data.  Any attempt to write a second row of data causes the
-** first row to be deleted.  All data is deleted when the cursor is
-** closed.
-**
-** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the
-** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger.  Also used to hold the a single
-** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
-** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.
-**
-** When OP_Insert is executed to insert a row in to the pseudo table,
-** the pseudo-table cursor may or may not make it's own copy of the
-** original row data. If P2 is 0, then the pseudo-table will copy the
-** original row data. Otherwise, a pointer to the original memory cell
-** is stored. In this case, the vdbe program must ensure that the 
-** memory cell containing the row data is not overwritten until the
-** pseudo table is closed (or a new row is inserted into it).
+/*
+** This routine destroys a UnpackedRecord object.
 */
-case OP_OpenPseudo: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pCx;
-  assert( i>=0 );
-  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, &pOp[-1], -1, 0);
-  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCx->nullRow = 1;
-  pCx->pseudoTable = 1;
-  pCx->ephemPseudoTable = pOp->p2;
-  pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
-  pCx->isTable = 1;
-  pCx->isIndex = 0;
-  break;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord *p){
+  int i;
+  Mem *pMem;
 
-/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
-**
-** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
-** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
-*/
-case OP_Close: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[i]);
-  p->apCsr[i] = 0;
-  break;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY );
+  for(i=0, pMem=p->aMem; inField; i++, pMem++){
+    /* The unpacked record is always constructed by the
+    ** sqlite3VdbeUnpackRecord() function above, which makes all
+    ** strings and blobs static.  And none of the elements are
+    ** ever transformed, so there is never anything to delete.
+    */
+    if( NEVER(pMem->zMalloc) ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+  }
+  if( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_FREE ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->pKeyInfo->db, p);
+  }
 }
 
-/* Opcode: MoveGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
-** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
-** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** A special feature of this opcode (and different from the
-** related OP_MoveGt, OP_MoveLt, and OP_MoveLe) is that if P2 is
-** zero and P1 is an SQL table (a b-tree with integer keys) then
-** the seek is deferred until it is actually needed.  It might be
-** the case that the cursor is never accessed.  By deferring the
-** seek, we avoid unnecessary seeks.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGt, MoveLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: MoveGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
-** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+/*
+** This function compares the two table rows or index records
+** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2.  It returns a negative, zero
+** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or 
+** greater than key2.  The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
+** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.  The pPKey2
+** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
+** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
 **
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGe, MoveLe
+** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields.
+** The key with fewer fields is usually compares less than the 
+** longer key.  However if the UNPACKED_INCRKEY flags in pPKey2 is set
+** and the common prefixes are equal, then key1 is less than key2.
+** Or if the UNPACKED_MATCH_PREFIX flag is set and the prefixes are
+** equal, then the keys are considered to be equal and
+** the parts beyond the common prefix are ignored.
+**
+** If the UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID flag is set, then the last byte of
+** the header of pKey1 is ignored.  It is assumed that pKey1 is
+** an index key, and thus ends with a rowid value.  The last byte
+** of the header will therefore be the serial type of the rowid:
+** one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, or 9 - the integer serial types.
+** The serial type of the final rowid will always be a single byte.
+** By ignoring this last byte of the header, we force the comparison
+** to ignore the rowid at the end of key1.
 */
-/* Opcode: MoveLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
-** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: MoveLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
-** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
-** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLt
-*/
-case OP_MoveLt:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_MoveLe:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_MoveGe:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_MoveGt: {       /* jump, in3 */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
-    int res, oc;
-    oc = pOp->opcode;
-    pC->nullRow = 0;
-    *pC->pIncrKey = oc==OP_MoveGt || oc==OP_MoveLe;
-    if( pC->isTable ){
-      i64 iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
-      if( pOp->p2==0 ){
-        assert( pOp->opcode==OP_MoveGe );
-        pC->movetoTarget = iKey;
-        pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-        pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      pC->lastRowid = iKey;
-      pC->rowidIsValid = res==0;
-    }else{
-      UnpackedRecord r;
-      int nField = pOp->p4.i;
-      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-      assert( nField>0 );
-      r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-      r.nField = nField;
-      r.needFree = 0;
-      r.needDestroy = 0;
-      r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, &r, 0, 0, &res);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-    }
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
-    if( oc==OP_MoveGe || oc==OP_MoveGt ){
-      if( res<0 ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-        pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-      }else{
-        res = 0;
-      }
-    }else{
-      assert( oc==OP_MoveLt || oc==OP_MoveLe );
-      if( res>=0 ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-        pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-      }else{
-        /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
-        ** see if this is the case.
-        */
-        res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-    if( res ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2        /* Right key */
+){
+  int d1;            /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+  u32 idx1;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
+  u32 szHdr1;        /* Number of bytes in header */
+  int i = 0;
+  int nField;
+  int rc = 0;
+  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  Mem mem1;
 
-/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is an index.
-** If an entry that matches the value in register p3 exists in P1 then
-** jump to P2.  If the P3 value does not match any entry in P1
-** then fall thru.  The P1 cursor is left pointing at the matching entry
-** if it exists.
-**
-** This instruction is used to implement the IN operator where the
-** left-hand side is a SELECT statement.  P1 may be a true index, or it
-** may be a temporary index that holds the results of the SELECT
-** statement.   This instruction is also used to implement the
-** DISTINCT keyword in SELECT statements.
-**
-** This instruction checks if index P1 contains a record for which 
-** the first N serialised values exactly match the N serialised values
-** in the record in register P3, where N is the total number of values in
-** the P3 record (the P3 record is a prefix of the P1 record). 
-**
-** See also: NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
-*/
-/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is
-** an index.  If no entry exists in P1 that matches the blob then jump
-** to P2.  If an entry does existing, fall through.  The cursor is left
-** pointing to the entry that matches.
-**
-** See also: Found, MoveTo, NotExists, IsUnique
-*/
-case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  int alreadyExists = 0;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
-    int res;
-    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
-      pC->pKeyInfo->prefixIsEqual = 1;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pIn3->z, 0, pIn3->n, 0, &res);
-    pC->pKeyInfo->prefixIsEqual = 0;
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      break;
-    }
-    alreadyExists = (res==0);
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  }
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
-    if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }else{
-    if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
+  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+  mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
+  mem1.flags = 0;
+  mem1.u.i = 0;  /* not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
+  mem1.zMalloc = 0;
+  
+  idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
+  d1 = szHdr1;
+  if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ){
+    szHdr1--;
   }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** The P3 register contains an integer record number.  Call this
-** record number R.  The P4 register contains an index key created
-** using MakeIdxRec.  Call it K.
-**
-** P1 is an index.  So it has no data and its key consists of a
-** record generated by OP_MakeRecord where the last field is the 
-** rowid of the entry that the index refers to.
-** 
-** This instruction asks if there is an entry in P1 where the
-** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R.
-** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate
-** jump to P2.  If any entry does exist where the index string
-** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record
-** number for that entry is written into P3 and control
-** falls through to the next instruction.
-**
-** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
-*/
-case OP_IsUnique: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pCx;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  Mem *pK;
-  i64 R;
+  nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
+  while( idx1nField ){
+    u32 serial_type1;
 
-  /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack
-  */
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );
-  pK = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
-  R = pIn3->u.i;
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  pCx = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pCx!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;
-  if( pCrsr!=0 ){
-    int res;
-    i64 v;         /* The record number on the P1 entry that matches K */
-    char *zKey;    /* The value of K */
-    int nKey;      /* Number of bytes in K */
-    int len;       /* Number of bytes in K without the rowid at the end */
-    int szRowid;   /* Size of the rowid column at the end of zKey */
+    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
+    idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
+    if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
 
-    /* Make sure K is a string and make zKey point to K
+    /* Extract the values to be compared.
     */
-    assert( pK->flags & MEM_Blob );
-    zKey = pK->z;
-    nKey = pK->n;
-
-    szRowid = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen((u8*)zKey);
-    len = nKey-szRowid;
+    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
 
-    /* Search for an entry in P1 where all but the last four bytes match K.
-    ** If there is no such entry, jump immediately to P2.
+    /* Do the comparison
     */
-    assert( pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
-    pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, zKey, 0, len, 0, &res);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-    if( res<0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
-      if( res ){
-        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pCx, 0, len, (u8*)zKey, &res); 
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-    if( res>0 ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i],
+                           iaColl[i] : 0);
+    if( rc!=0 ){
       break;
     }
+    i++;
+  }
 
-    /* At this point, pCrsr is pointing to an entry in P1 where all but
-    ** the final entry (the rowid) matches K.  Check to see if the
-    ** final rowid column is different from R.  If it equals R then jump
-    ** immediately to P2.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &v);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-    if( v==R ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-      break;
-    }
+  /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. */
+  if( NEVER(mem1.zMalloc) ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);
 
-    /* The final varint of the key is different from R.  Store it back
-    ** into register R3.  (The record number of an entry that violates
-    ** a UNIQUE constraint.)
-    */
-    pIn3->u.i = v;
-    assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
+  /* If the PREFIX_SEARCH flag is set and all fields except the final
+  ** rowid field were equal, then clear the PREFIX_SEARCH flag and set 
+  ** pPKey2->rowid to the value of the rowid field in (pKey1, nKey1).
+  ** This is used by the OP_IsUnique opcode.
+  */
+  if( (pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) && i==(pPKey2->nField-1) ){
+    assert( idx1==szHdr1 && rc );
+    assert( mem1.flags & MEM_Int );
+    pPKey2->flags &= ~UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
+    pPKey2->rowid = mem1.u.i;
   }
-  break;
-}
 
-/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Use the content of register P3 as a integer key.  If a record 
-** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2. 
-** If the record does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left 
-** pointing to the record if it exists.
-**
-** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
-** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
-** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
-** P1 is an index.
-**
-** See also: Found, MoveTo, NotFound, IsUnique
-*/
-case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
-    int res;
-    u64 iKey;
-    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
-    assert( p->apCsr[i]->isTable );
-    iKey = intToKey(pIn3->u.i);
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, 0, 0, iKey, 0,&res);
-    pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
-    pC->rowidIsValid = res==0;
-    pC->nullRow = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    /* res might be uninitialized if rc!=SQLITE_OK.  But if rc!=SQLITE_OK
-    ** processing is about to abort so we really do not care whether or not
-    ** the following jump is taken.  (In other words, do not stress over
-    ** the error that valgrind sometimes shows on the next statement when
-    ** running ioerr.test and similar failure-recovery test scripts.) */
-    if( res!=0 ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-      assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
+    ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY
+    ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger.
+    ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes
+    ** are considered to be equal.  Otherwise, the longer key is the 
+    ** larger.  As it happens, the pPKey2 will always be the longer
+    ** if there is a difference.
+    */
+    if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_INCRKEY ){
+      rc = -1;
+    }else if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ){
+      /* Leave rc==0 */
+    }else if( idx1aSortOrder && inField
+               && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+    rc = -rc;
   }
-  break;
-}
 
-/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
-** Write the sequence number into register P2.
-** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
-** instruction.  
-*/
-case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[i]->seqCount++;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  break;
+  return rc;
 }
+ 
 
-
-/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
-** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
-** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is written
-** written to register P2.
+/*
+** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
 **
-** If P3>0 then P3 is a register that holds the largest previously
-** generated record number.  No new record numbers are allowed to be less
-** than this value.  When this value reaches its maximum, a SQLITE_FULL
-** error is generated.  The P3 register is updated with the generated
-** record number.  This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
-** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
+** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
+** So the content cannot be trusted.  Do appropriate checks on the content.
 */
-case OP_NewRowid: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  i64 v = 0;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor==0 ){
-    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
-  }else{
-    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
-    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
-    **
-    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
-    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
-    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
-    ** probabilistic algorithm
-    **
-    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
-    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
-    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
-    ** and try again, up to 1000 times.
-    **
-    ** For a table with less than 2 billion entries, the probability
-    ** of not finding a unused rowid is about 1.0e-300.  This is a 
-    ** non-zero probability, but it is still vanishingly small and should
-    ** never cause a problem.  You are much, much more likely to have a
-    ** hardware failure than for this algorithm to fail.
-    **
-    ** The analysis in the previous paragraph assumes that you have a good
-    ** source of random numbers.  Is a library function like lrand48()
-    ** good enough?  Maybe. Maybe not. It's hard to know whether there
-    ** might be subtle bugs is some implementations of lrand48() that
-    ** could cause problems. To avoid uncertainty, SQLite uses its own 
-    ** random number generator based on the RC4 algorithm.
-    **
-    ** To promote locality of reference for repetitive inserts, the
-    ** first few attempts at chosing a random rowid pick values just a little
-    ** larger than the previous rowid.  This has been shown experimentally
-    ** to double the speed of the COPY operation.
-    */
-    int res, rx=SQLITE_OK, cnt;
-    i64 x;
-    cnt = 0;
-    if( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor)&(BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_ZERODATA)) !=
-          BTREE_INTKEY ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-    assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0 );
-    assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_ZERODATA)==0 );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
-#   define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
-#else
-    /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
-    ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL.  The following macro seems
-    ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
-    */
-#   define MAX_ROWID  ( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
+  i64 nCellKey = 0;
+  int rc;
+  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
+  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
+  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
+  Mem m, v;
 
-    if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
-      if( pC->nextRowidValid ){
-        v = pC->nextRowid;
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto abort_due_to_error;
-        }
-        if( res ){
-          v = 1;
-        }else{
-          sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
-          v = keyToInt(v);
-          if( v==MAX_ROWID ){
-            pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
-          }else{
-            v++;
-          }
-        }
-      }
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-      if( pOp->p3 ){
-        Mem *pMem;
-        assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); /* P3 is a valid memory cell */
-        pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-	REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem);
-        sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
-        assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
-        if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
-          rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-          goto abort_due_to_error;
-        }
-        if( vu.i+1 ){
-          v = pMem->u.i + 1;
-        }
-        pMem->u.i = v;
-      }
-#endif
+  /* Get the size of the index entry.  Only indices entries of less
+  ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
+  ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
+  ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits  
+  */
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );     /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
+  assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );
 
-      if( vnextRowidValid = 1;
-        pC->nextRowid = v+1;
-      }else{
-        pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
-      assert( pOp->p3==0 );  /* SQLITE_FULL must have occurred prior to this */
-      v = db->priorNewRowid;
-      cnt = 0;
-      do{
-        if( cnt==0 && (v&0xffffff)==v ){
-          v++;
-        }else{
-          sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
-          if( cnt<5 ) v &= 0xffffff;
-        }
-        if( v==0 ) continue;
-        x = intToKey(v);
-        rx = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, 0, (u64)x, 0, &res);
-        cnt++;
-      }while( cnt<100 && rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 );
-      db->priorNewRowid = v;
-      if( rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-    }
-    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
   }
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  pOut->u.i = v;
-  break;
-}
 
-/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
-** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
-** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value stored register
-** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
-** be an integer.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
-** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
-** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
-**
-** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
-** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook 
-** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
-**
-** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
-** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
-** and register P2 becomes ephemeral.  If the cursor is changed, the
-** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
-** cause any problems.)
-**
-** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
-** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
-*/
-case OP_Insert: {
-  Mem *pData = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  Mem *pKey = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-
-  i64 iKey;   /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 || pC->pseudoTable );
-  assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
-  assert( pC->isTable );
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey);
-
-  iKey = intToKey(pKey->u.i);
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = pKey->u.i;
-  if( pC->nextRowidValid && pKey->u.i>=pC->nextRowid ){
-    pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
+  /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
+  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
+  testcase( szHdr==3 );
+  testcase( szHdr==m.n );
+  if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){
+    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
   }
-  if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    pData->z = 0;
-    pData->n = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
+
+  /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
+  ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
+  (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
+  testcase( typeRowid==1 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==2 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==3 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==4 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==5 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==6 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==8 );
+  testcase( typeRowid==9 );
+  if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){
+    goto idx_rowid_corruption;
   }
-  if( pC->pseudoTable ){
-    if( !pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
-      sqlite3_free(pC->pData);
-    }
-    pC->iKey = iKey;
-    pC->nData = pData->n;
-    if( pData->z==pData->zMalloc || pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
-      pC->pData = pData->z;
-      if( !pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
-        pData->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
-        pData->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
-        pData->zMalloc = 0;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pC->pData = sqlite3_malloc( pC->nData+2 );
-      if( !pC->pData ) goto no_mem;
-      memcpy(pC->pData, pData->z, pC->nData);
-      pC->pData[pC->nData] = 0;
-      pC->pData[pC->nData+1] = 0;
-    }
-    pC->nullRow = 0;
-  }else{
-    int nZero;
-    if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      nZero = pData->u.i;
-    }else{
-      nZero = 0;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey,
-                            pData->z, pData->n, nZero,
-                            pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND);
+  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+  testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid );
+  if( unlikely((u32)m.nrowidIsValid = 0;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
 
-  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
-    int op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
-    assert( pC->isTable );
-    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
-    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
-  }
-  break;
+  /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
+  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
+  *rowid = v.u.i;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
+  ** allocated.  Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
+idx_rowid_corruption:
+  testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
-**
-** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
-** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
-** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
-** a record from within an Next loop.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not).
-**
-** P1 must not be pseudo-table.  It has to be a real table with
-** multiple rows.
+/*
+** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
+** the key string in pUnpacked.  Write into *pRes a number
+** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
+** or greater than pUnpacked.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
 **
-** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
-** pointing to.  The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
-** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
-** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
+** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
+** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
+** is ignored as well.  Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes 
+** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
 */
-case OP_Delete: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  i64 iKey;
-  Cursor *pC;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );  /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
+  VdbeCursor *pC,             /* The cursor to compare against */
+  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked,  /* Unpacked version of key to compare against */
+  int *res                    /* Write the comparison result here */
+){
+  i64 nCellKey = 0;
+  int rc;
+  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
+  Mem m;
 
-  /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set iKey to the rowid of the
-  ** row being deleted.
-  */
-  if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
-    assert( pC->isTable );
-    assert( pC->rowidIsValid );  /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */
-    iKey = pC->lastRowid;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
+  /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the say
+  ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
+  if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
+    *res = 0;
+    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+  }
+  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
   }
+  assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID );
+  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor);
-  pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+/*
+** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  db->nChange = nChange;
+  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+}
 
-  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
-    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
-    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
-  }
-  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
-  break;
+/*
+** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
+** or reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
+  v->changeCntOn = 1;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
+/*
+** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
+** as expired.
 **
-** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true,
-** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
-** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes())
-** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs.
+** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
+** recommend.  Statements expire when things happen that make their
+** programs obsolete.  Removing user-defined functions or collating
+** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
+** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
 */
-case OP_ResetCount: {
-  if( pOp->p1 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
+  Vdbe *p;
+  for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
+    p->expired = 1;
   }
-  p->nChange = 0;
-  break;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
+  return v->db;
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
 **
-** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.  
-** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
-** it is found in the database file.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-*/
-/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.  
-** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as 
-** it is found in the database file.
+*************************************************************************
 **
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
+** VDBE.
+**
+** $Id: vdbeapi.c,v 1.167 2009/06/25 01:47:12 drh Exp $
 */
-case OP_RowKey:
-case OP_RowData: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  u32 n;
-
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
 
-  /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey );
-  assert( pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->nullRow==0 );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTable==0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-  if( pC->isIndex ){
-    i64 n64;
-    assert( !pC->isTable );
-    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
-    if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-      goto too_big;
-    }
-    n = n64;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
-    if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-      goto too_big;
-    }
-  }
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, n, 0) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  pOut->n = n;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
-  if( pC->isIndex ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
-  }
-  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
+** to be recompiled.  A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
+** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
+** that sqlite3_prepare() generates.  For example, if new functions or
+** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
+** added or changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return p==0 || p->expired;
 }
+#endif
 
-/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
+** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
+** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
+** machine.
 **
-** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
-** P1 is currently point to.  If p2==0 then push the integer.
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
 */
-case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2-prerelease */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  i64 v;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-  if( pC->rowidIsValid ){
-    v = pC->lastRowid;
-  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
-    v = keyToInt(pC->iKey);
-  }else if( pC->nullRow ){
-    /* Leave the rowid set to a NULL */
-    break;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
   }else{
-    assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
-    v = keyToInt(v);
+    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+    sqlite3 *db = v->db;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = v->db->mutex;
+#endif
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
   }
-  pOut->u.i = v;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  break;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
+/*
+** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
+** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
+** the prior execution is returned.
 **
-** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
-** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
-** write a NULL.
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
 */
-case OP_NullRow: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pC->nullRow = 1;
-  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  break;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc;
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+    assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
+    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
-** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
-** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
-** to the following instruction.
+/*
+** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
 */
-case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
-  pC->nullRow = res;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int i;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
+#endif
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+  for(i=0; inVar; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
+    p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
   }
-  break;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+  return rc;
 }
 
 
-/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
-** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
-**
-** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
-** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
-** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
-** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
-** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
-** correctly optimizing out sorts.
-*/
-case OP_Sort: {        /* jump */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_sort_count++;
-  sqlite3_search_count--;
-#endif
-  /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
-}
-/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
-** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
-** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
-** to the following instruction.
+/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
+** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
+** structure.
 */
-case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
-    pC->atFirst = res==0;
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
+    p->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
+    p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+    return p->z;
   }else{
-    res = 1;
-  }
-  pC->nullRow = res;
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2nOp );
-  if( res ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
   }
-  break;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+  return pVal->type;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
-** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
-**
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-**
-** See also: Prev
-*/
-/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
-** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
+/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
+** the function result.
 **
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
+** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
+** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG
 */
-case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
-case OP_Next: {        /* jump */
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-
-  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  if( pC==0 ){
-    break;  /* See ticket #2273 */
+static void setResultStrOrError(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,  /* Function context */
+  const char *z,          /* String pointer */
+  int n,                  /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+  u8 enc,                 /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
+  void (*xDel)(void*)     /* Destructor function */
+){
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
   }
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr );
-  if( pC->nullRow==0 ){
-    int res = 1;
-    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-    rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res) :
-                                sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCrsr, &res);
-    pC->nullRow = res;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    if( res==0 ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-      sqlite3_search_count++;
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( n>=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
 #endif
-    }
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const char *z, 
+  int n,
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  const void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
+  pCtx->isError = errCode;
+  if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
+                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
   }
-  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  break;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the
-** MakeIdxRec instructions.  This opcode writes that key
-** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
-**
-** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
-** insert is likely to be an append.
-**
-** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
-** for tables is OP_Insert.
-*/
-case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
-  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
-    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-    rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int nKey = pIn2->n;
-      const char *zKey = pIn2->z;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3);
-      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-      pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
+/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, 
+                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
 }
 
-/* Opcode: IdxDeleteM P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
-** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the 
-** index opened by cursor P1.
-*/
-case OP_IdxDelete: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
-    int res;
-    UnpackedRecord r;
-    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-    r.nField = pOp->p3;
-    r.needFree = 0;
-    r.needDestroy = 0;
-    r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, 0, &r, 0, 0, &res);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
-    }
-    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  }
-  break;
+/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
-** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
-** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
+/*
+** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
+** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
 **
-** See also: Rowid, MakeIdxRec.
+** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
+** API.  The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a 
+** schema change has occurred.  That detail is handled by the
+** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
 */
-case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2-prerelease */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  Cursor *pC;
+static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
 
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
-    i64 rowid;
+  assert(p);
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
 
-    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-    if( !pC->nullRow ){
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &rowid);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-      pOut->u.i = rowid;
+  /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */
+  db = p->db;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
+    if( ALWAYS(p->rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
+      p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
     }
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto end_of_step;
   }
-  break;
-}
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( p->pc<0 ){
+    /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
+    ** reset the interrupt flag.  This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
+    ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
+    */
+    if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
+      db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+    }
 
-/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the ROWID.  Compare this key value against the index 
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
-** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-**
-** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon 
-** prior to the comparison.  This make the opcode work like IdxGT except
-** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor,
-** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 * P5
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the ROWID.  Compare this key value against the index 
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
-** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-**
-** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior 
-** to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work like IdxLE.
-*/
-case OP_IdxLT:          /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_IdxGE: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  int i= pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
+    assert( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nDeferredCons==0 );
 
-  assert( i>=0 && inCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
-    int res;
-    UnpackedRecord r;
-    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-    assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
-    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-    r.nField = pOp->p4.i;
-    r.needFree = 0;
-    r.needDestroy = 0;
-    r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-    *pC->pIncrKey = pOp->p5;
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, &r, 0, 0, &res);
-    *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
-      res = -res;
-    }else{
-      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE );
-      res++;
-    }
-    if( res>0 ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
+      double rNow;
+      sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
+      p->startTime = (u64)((rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0);
     }
+#endif
+
+    db->activeVdbeCnt++;
+    if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->writeVdbeCnt++;
+    p->pc = 0;
   }
-  break;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( p->explain ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+  {
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+  /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
+  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){
+    double rNow;
+    u64 elapseTime;
+
+    sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
+    elapseTime = (u64)((rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0);
+    elapseTime -= p->startTime;
+    db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, elapseTime);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  db->errCode = rc;
+  if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){
+    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+end_of_step:
+  /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be 
+  ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy 
+  ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
+  ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc 
+  ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() 
+  ** were called on statement p.
+  */
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW  || rc==SQLITE_DONE   || rc==SQLITE_ERROR 
+       || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
+  );
+  assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+  if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+    /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
+    ** error has occured, then return the error code in p->rc to the
+    ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
+    */ 
+    rc = db->errCode = p->rc;
+  }
+  return (rc&db->errMask);
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
-** file is given by P1.
-**
-** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0.  If
-** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
-**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
-** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
-** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
-** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
-** is stored in register P2.  If no page 
-** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
-** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
-** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
-**
-** See also: Clear
+/*
+** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step().  Call
+** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work.  If a schema error occurs,
+** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
 */
-case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2-prerelease */
-  int iMoved;
-  int iCnt;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  Vdbe *pVdbe;
-  iCnt = 0;
-  for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
-    if( pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0 ){
-      iCnt++;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  int rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  if( pStmt ){
+    int cnt = 0;
+    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+    sqlite3 *db = v->db;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
+           && cnt++ < 5
+           && (rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+      v->expired = 0;
     }
-  }
-#else
-  iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt;
-#endif
-  if( iCnt>1 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
-    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
-  }else{
-    int iDb = pOp->p3;
-    assert( iCnt==1 );
-    assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-    pOut->u.i = iMoved;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){
-      sqlite3RootPageMoved(&db->aDb[iDb], iMoved, pOp->p1);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){
+      /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
+      ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
+      ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
+      ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
+      ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 
+      ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
+      ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
+      */
+      const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); 
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
+      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+        v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
+      } else {
+        v->zErrMsg = 0;
+        v->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
     }
-#endif
+    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
   }
-  break;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 *
-**
-** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
-** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
-** remove the table or index from the database file.
-**
-** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
-** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
-**
-** See also: Destroy
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
 */
-case OP_Clear: {
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p2))!=0 );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
-  break;
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc );
+  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2
-**
-** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
-** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
-** has an arbitrary key but no data.
-**
-** See also: CreateIndex
-*/
-/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2.
-**
-** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
 */
-case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2-prerelease */
-case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
-  int pgno;
-  int flags;
-  Db *pDb;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
-    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
-    flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY;
-  }else{
-    flags = BTREE_ZERODATA;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pOut->u.i = pgno;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  }
-  break;
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pFunc );
+  return p->s.db;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
-** that match the WHERE clause P4.  P2 is the "force" flag.   Always do
-** the parsing if P2 is true.  If P2 is false, then this routine is a
-** no-op if the schema is not currently loaded.  In other words, if P2
-** is false, the SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the
-** schema is already loaded into the symbol table.
-**
-** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
-** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a reentrant opcode.
+/*
+** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
+** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
+** wrong context.  The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
+** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
+** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
+** method of virtual tables.
 */
-case OP_ParseSchema: {
-  char *zSql;
-  int iDb = pOp->p1;
-  const char *zMaster;
-  InitData initData;
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
-  if( !pOp->p2 && !DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
-    break;
-  }
-  zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-  initData.db = db;
-  initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
-  initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
-  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
-     "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s",
-     db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
-  if( zSql==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-  assert( db->init.busy==0 );
-  db->init.busy = 1;
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = initData.rc;
-  sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  db->init.busy = 0;
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  break;  
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
+  sqlite3_context *context,  /* The function calling context */
+  int NotUsed,               /* Number of arguments to the function */
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2   /* Value of each argument */
+){
+  const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
+  char *zErr;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
+  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  sqlite3_free(zErr);
 }
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
-/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
-**
-** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
-** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
-** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
+/*
+** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
+** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
+** same context that was returned on prior calls.
 */
-case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
-  int iDb = pOp->p1;
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
-  rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
-  break;  
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+  Mem *pMem;
+  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
+  pMem = p->pMem;
+  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
+    if( nByte==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+      pMem->z = 0;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
+      pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
+      pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
+      if( pMem->z ){
+        memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return (void*)pMem->z;
 }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)  */
 
-/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+/*
+** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
+** the user-function defined by pCtx.
 */
-case OP_DropTable: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
-}
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
 
-/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
-*/
-case OP_DropIndex: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+  if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+/*
+** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
+** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
+** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
 */
-case OP_DropTrigger: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
-}
-
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
+  int iArg, 
+  void *pAux, 
+  void (*xDelete)(void*)
+){
+  struct AuxData *pAuxData;
+  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
+  if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
-**
-** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Store in
-** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
-** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
-**
-** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
-** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
-** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are 
-** seen.  Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
-**
-** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
-** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), ....  There are P2 tables
-** total.
-**
-** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
-** file, not the main database file.
-**
-** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
-*/
-case OP_IntegrityCk: {
-  int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
-  int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
-  int j;          /* Loop counter */
-  int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
-  char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
-  Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
-  
-  nRoot = pOp->p2;
-  assert( nRoot>0 );
-  aRoot = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) );
-  if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  pnErr = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
-  assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
-  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  for(j=0; js.db->mutex) );
+  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+  if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
+    int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0);
+    int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
+    pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
+    if( !pVdbeFunc ){
+      goto failed;
+    }
+    pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc;
+    memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux));
+    pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
+    pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
   }
-  aRoot[j] = 0;
-  assert( pOp->p5nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p5))!=0 );
-  z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
-                                 pnErr->u.i, &nErr);
-  pnErr->u.i -= nErr;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
-  if( nErr==0 ){
-    assert( z==0 );
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
+
+  pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
+  if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
+    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
   }
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
-  sqlite3_free(aRoot);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
+  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
+  return;
 
-/* Opcode: FifoWrite P1 * * * *
-**
-** Write the integer from register P1 into the Fifo.
-*/
-case OP_FifoWrite: {        /* in1 */
-  if( sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(&p->sFifo, sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1))==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    goto no_mem;
+failed:
+  if( xDelete ){
+    xDelete(pAux);
   }
-  break;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: FifoRead P1 P2 * * *
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been 
+** called.
 **
-** Attempt to read a single integer from the Fifo.  Store that
-** integer in register P1.
-** 
-** If the Fifo is empty jump to P2.
+** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it for new code.  It is
+** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code.  New aggregate function
+** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
+** context.
 */
-case OP_FifoRead: {         /* jump */
-  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(&p->sFifo, &pOut->u.i)==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/* Opcode: ContextPush * * * 
-**
-** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
-** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
-** count, and the current statement change count.
-*/
-case OP_ContextPush: {
-  int i = p->contextStackTop++;
-  Context *pContext;
-
-  assert( i>=0 );
-  /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */
-  if( i>=p->contextStackDepth ){
-    p->contextStackDepth = i+1;
-    p->contextStack = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->contextStack,
-                                          sizeof(Context)*(i+1));
-    if( p->contextStack==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  }
-  pContext = &p->contextStack[i];
-  pContext->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
-  pContext->nChange = p->nChange;
-  pContext->sFifo = p->sFifo;
-  sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(&p->sFifo);
-  break;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
+  assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+  return p->pMem->n;
 }
+#endif
 
-/* Opcode: ContextPop * * * 
-**
-** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last
-** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement
-** change count, and the current statement change count.
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
 */
-case OP_ContextPop: {
-  Context *pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop];
-  assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 );
-  db->lastRowid = pContext->lastRowid;
-  p->nChange = pContext->nChange;
-  sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
-  p->sFifo = pContext->sFifo;
-  break;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
 }
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of its current value
-** and the value in register P2.
-**
-** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
-** an integer.
+/*
+** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
+** currently executing statement pStmt.
 */
-case OP_MemMax: {        /* in1, in2 */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
-  if( pIn1->u.iu.i){
-    pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
-  }
-  break;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
+  return pVm->nResColumn;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
 
-/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
-**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
+
+/*
+** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
+** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
+** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
+** of NULL.
 */
-case OP_IfPos: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
-     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *pVm;
+  int vals;
+  Mem *pOut;
+
+  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && inResColumn && i>=0 ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+    vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
+    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
+  }else{
+    /* If the value passed as the second argument is out of range, return
+    ** a pointer to the following static Mem object which contains the
+    ** value SQL NULL. Even though the Mem structure contains an element
+    ** of type i64, on certain architecture (x86) with certain compiler
+    ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary
+    ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when
+    ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s
+    ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent
+    ** this assert() from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
+    ** using gcc, force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
+    ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro.  */
+    static const Mem nullMem 
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
+      __attribute__((aligned(8))) 
+#endif
+      = {{0}, (double)0, 0, "", 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+    if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    }
+    pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem;
   }
-  break;
+  return pOut;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
+/*
+** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a 
+** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
+** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If 
+** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
+** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
 **
-** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
+** Specifically, this is called from within:
 **
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
+**     sqlite3_column_int()
+**     sqlite3_column_int64()
+**     sqlite3_column_text()
+**     sqlite3_column_text16()
+**     sqlite3_column_real()
+**     sqlite3_column_bytes()
+**     sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+**
+** But not for sqlite3_column_blob(), which never calls malloc().
 */
-case OP_IfNeg: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
-     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
+{
+  /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
+  ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
+  ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
+  ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
+  */
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  if( p ){
+    p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
   }
-  break;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** If the value of register P1 is exactly 0, jump to P2. 
-**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
+/**************************** sqlite3_column_  *******************************
+** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
+** in the result set.
 */
-case OP_IfZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
-     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const void *val;
+  val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
+  ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() 
+  ** expression. 
+  */
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
+  if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){
+    pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
   }
-  break;
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return (sqlite3_value *)pOut;
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return val;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+  return iType;
 }
 
-/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
-** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
-** structure that specifies the function.  Use register
-** P3 as the accumulator.
-**
-** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
-** successors.
+/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or
+** removal */
+/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+**  return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+**}
 */
-case OP_AggStep: {
-  int n = pOp->p5;
-  int i;
-  Mem *pMem, *pRec;
-  sqlite3_context ctx;
-  sqlite3_value **apVal;
-
-  assert( n>=0 );
-  pRec = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  apVal = p->apArg;
-  assert( apVal || n==0 );
-  for(i=0; ip4.pFunc;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  ctx.pMem = pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  pMem->n++;
-  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
-  ctx.s.z = 0;
-  ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
-  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
-  ctx.s.db = db;
-  ctx.isError = 0;
-  ctx.pColl = 0;
-  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
-    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
-    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
-    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
-    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
-  }
-  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal);
-  if( ctx.isError ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s), (char*)0);
-    rc = ctx.isError;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
-  break;
-}
 
-/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
+/*
+** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
+** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
 **
-** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
-** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
+** There are up to 5 names for each column.  useType determines which
+** name is returned.  Here are the names:
 **
-** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
-** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
-** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
-** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
-** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
-** the step function was not previously called.
+**    0      The column name as it should be displayed for output
+**    1      The datatype name for the column
+**    2      The name of the database that the column derives from
+**    3      The name of the table that the column derives from
+**    4      The name of the table column that the result column derives from
+**
+** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
+** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
 */
-case OP_AggFinal: {
-  Mem *pMem;
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-  pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3_value_text(pMem), (char*)0);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){
-    goto too_big;
+static const void *columnName(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+  int N,
+  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
+  int useType
+){
+  const void *ret = 0;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  int n;
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+  
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+  if( N=0 ){
+    N += useType*n;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+    ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
+     /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
+    ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
+    */
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 0;
+      ret = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
   }
-  break;
+  return ret;
 }
 
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
-/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
-**
-** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
-** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
-** a transaction.
+/*
+** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
+** statement pStmt.
 */
-case OP_Vacuum: {
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; 
-  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  break;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
 }
 #endif
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
-** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
-** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
+/*
+** Constraint:  If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
+** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
 */
-case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* jump */
-  Btree *pBt;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 );
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  break;
-}
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
+# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
+         and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
 #endif
 
-/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
-**
-** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
-** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed 
-** (via sqlite3_step()).
-** 
-** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
-** then only the currently executing statement is affected. 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
 */
-case OP_Expire: {
-  if( !pOp->p1 ){
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-  }else{
-    p->expired = 1;
-  }
-  break;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
-** the shared-cache feature is enabled. 
-**
-** If P1 is  the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
-** on which the lock is acquired.  A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
-** a write lock if P3==1.
-**
-** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
-**
-** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
-** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+/*
+** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
 */
-case OP_TableLock: {
-  int p1 = pOp->p1; 
-  u8 isWriteLock = pOp->p3;
-  assert( p1>=0 && p1nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
-    const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "database table is locked: ", z, (char*)0);
-  }
-  break;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Call the xBegin method 
-** for that table.
+/*
+** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
 */
-case OP_VBegin: {
-  rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pOp->p4.pVtab);
-  break;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
-** for that table.
+/*
+** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
 */
-case OP_VCreate: {
-  rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
-  break;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+  return columnName(
+      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
+
+/******************************* sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
+** 
+** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
+*/
+/*
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
+** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
+** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
 **
-** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
-** of that table.
+** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p.
+** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs.
+**
+** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
+** value in any case.
 */
-case OP_VDestroy: {
-  p->inVtabMethod = 2;
-  rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
-  break;
+static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
+  Mem *pVar;
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_RANGE;
+  }
+  i--;
+  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
+  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
+  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
-** table and stores that cursor in P1.
+/*
+** Bind a text or BLOB value.
 */
-case OP_VOpen: {
-  Cursor *pCur = 0;
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
-  sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
-
-  assert(pVtab && pModule);
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor);
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
-    /* Initialise sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
-    pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab;
+static int bindText(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,   /* The statement to bind against */
+  int i,                 /* Index of the parameter to bind */
+  const void *zData,     /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
+  int nData,             /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
+  void (*xDel)(void*),   /* Destructor for the data */
+  u8 encoding            /* Encoding for the data */
+){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  Mem *pVar;
+  int rc;
 
-    /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */
-    pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, &pOp[-1], -1, 0);
-    if( pCur ){
-      pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor;
-      pCur->pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
-    }else{
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( zData!=0 ){
+      pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
+      }
+      sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
+      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
     }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
   }
-  break;
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen.  P2 is an address to jump to if
-** the filtered result set is empty.
-**
-** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
-** method of the module.  The interpretation of the P4 string is left
-** to the module implementation.
-**
-** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
-** by P1.  The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
-** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
-** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc additional
-** parametersneath additional parameters which are passed to
-** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
-**
-** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
-*/
-case OP_VFilter: {   /* jump */
-  int nArg;
-  int iQuery;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  Mem *pQuery = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  Mem *pArgc = &pQuery[1];
-
-  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery);
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
 
-  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
-  assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
-  nArg = pArgc->u.i;
-  iQuery = pQuery->u.i;
 
-  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
-  {
-    int res = 0;
-    int i;
-    Mem **apArg = p->apArg;
-    for(i = 0; iaVar[i-1], rValue);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
+  return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( 
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const char *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
+  int i, 
+  const void *zData, 
+  int nData, 
+  void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
+  int rc;
+  switch( pValue->type ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
+      break;
     }
-
-    if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
-    rc = pModule->xFilter(pCur->pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg);
-    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r);
+      break;
     }
-    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-
-    if( res ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+        rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
+      }else{
+        rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      rc = bindText(pStmt,i,  pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
+                              pValue->enc);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
+      break;
     }
   }
-  pCur->nullRow = 0;
-
-  break;
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
+  int rc;
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VRowid P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Store into register P2  the rowid of
-** the virtual-table that the P1 cursor is pointing to.
+/*
+** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
 */
-case OP_VRowid: {             /* out2-prerelease */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  sqlite_int64 iRow;
-  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+}
 
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  if( pCur->nullRow ){
-    break;
+/*
+** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
+** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
+** exist.
+*/
+static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
+  if( !p->okVar ){
+    int j;
+    Op *pOp;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+    /* The race condition here is harmless.  If two threads call this
+    ** routine on the same Vdbe at the same time, they both might end
+    ** up initializing the Vdbe.azVar[] array.  That is a little extra
+    ** work but it results in the same answer.
+    */
+    for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; jnOp; j++, pOp++){
+      if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
+        assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
+        p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p4.z;
+      }
+    }
+    p->okVar = 1;
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
   }
-  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
-  assert( pModule->xRowid );
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  rc = pModule->xRowid(pCur->pVtabCursor, &iRow);
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  pOut->u.i = iRow;
-  break;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
+/*
+** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
+** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
 **
-** Store the value of the P2-th column of
-** the row of the virtual-table that the 
-** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
+** The result is always UTF-8.
 */
-case OP_VColumn: {
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  Mem *pDest;
-  sqlite3_context sContext;
-
-  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  if( pCur->nullRow ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
-    break;
-  }
-  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
-  assert( pModule->xColumn );
-  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
-
-  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
-  ** the current contents to sContext.s so in case the user-function 
-  ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a 
-  ** new one.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sContext.s, pDest);
-  MemSetTypeFlag(&sContext.s, MEM_Null);
-
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);
-
-  /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
-  ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occured to ensure any
-  ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is  released.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
-
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
-    goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
-    goto too_big;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+    return 0;
   }
-  break;
+  createVarMap(p);
+  return p->azVar[i-1];
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
-** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
-** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
+/*
+** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
+** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
+** return 0.
 */
-case OP_VNext: {   /* jump */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  int res = 0;
-
-  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  if( pCur->nullRow ){
-    break;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
+  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    return 0;
   }
-  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
-  assert( pModule->xNext );
-
-  /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
-  ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
-  ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that 
-  ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
-  ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  p->inVtabMethod = 1;
-  rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor);
-  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
+  createVarMap(p); 
+  if( zName ){
+    for(i=0; inVar; i++){
+      const char *z = p->azVar[i];
+      if( z && strcmp(z,zName)==0 ){
+        return i+1;
+      }
+    }
   }
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  return 0;
+}
 
-  if( !res ){
-    /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+/*
+** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+  int i;
+  assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
+  assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar );
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
+  for(i=0; inVar; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
   }
-  break;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
+** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
 **
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
-** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
+** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
+** database connections.  But as this is a deprecated interface, we
+** will not bother to check for that condition.
+**
+** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
+** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
 */
-case OP_VRename: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
-  Mem *pName = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName);
-
-  Stringify(pName, encoding);
-
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
-  rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z);
-  sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-
-  break;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+  if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
 }
 #endif
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
-** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate 
-** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the 
-** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
-**
-** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
-** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
-** is the rowid of a row to delete.  If argv[0] is NULL then no 
-** deletion occurs.  The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new 
-** row.  This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new 
-** rowid for itself.  The subsequent elements in the array are 
-** the values of columns in the new row.
-**
-** If P2==1 then no insert is performed.  argv[0] is the rowid of
-** a row to delete.
-**
-** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
-** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() 
-** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
+/*
+** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
+** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
+** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
+** the statement in the first place.
 */
-case OP_VUpdate: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
-  sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
-  int nArg = pOp->p2;
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
-  if( pModule->xUpdate==0 ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "read-only table", 0);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
+** with database connection pDb.  If pStmt is NULL, return the first
+** prepared statement for the database connection.  Return NULL if there
+** are no more.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
+  if( pStmt==0 ){
+    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
   }else{
-    int i;
-    sqlite_int64 rowid;
-    Mem **apArg = p->apArg;
-    Mem *pX = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-    for(i=0; ixUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid);
-    sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
-    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-    if( pOp->p1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
-      db->lastRowid = rowid;
-    }
-    p->nChange++;
+    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
   }
-  break;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
+  return pNext;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 *
-**
-** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
-** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
+/*
+** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
 */
-case OP_Trace: {
-  if( pOp->p4.z ){
-    if( db->xTrace ){
-      db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, pOp->p4.z);
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", pOp->p4.z);
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
-**
-** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
-** destination.
-*/
-/*
-** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
-** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
-** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
-** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
-*/
-default: {          /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
-  break;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
-** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
-** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
-** restored.
-*****************************************************************************/
-    }
-
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-    {
-      long long elapse = hwtime() - start;
-      pOp->cycles += elapse;
-      pOp->cnt++;
-#if 0
-        fprintf(stdout, "%10lld ", elapse);
-        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &p->aOp[origPc]);
-#endif
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
-    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
-    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
-    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
-    */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    assert( pc>=-1 && pcnOp );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( p->trace ){
-      if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc);
-      if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
-        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, pOut);
-      }
-      if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
-        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, pOut);
-      }
-    }
-#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-#endif  /* NDEBUG */
-  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
-
-  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
-  ** an error of some kind.
-  */
-vdbe_error_halt:
-  assert( rc );
-  p->rc = rc;
-  rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-
-  /* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
-  ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
-  ** top. */
-vdbe_return:
-  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
-  return rc;
-
-  /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-  ** is encountered.
-  */
-too_big:
-  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "string or blob too big", (char*)0);
-  rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
-  */
-no_mem:
-  db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0);
-  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here for an SQLITE_MISUSE error.
-  */
-abort_due_to_misuse:
-  rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  /* Fall thru into abort_due_to_error */
-
-  /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
-  ** should hold the error number.
-  */
-abort_due_to_error:
-  assert( p->zErrMsg==0 );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
-  ** flag.
-  */
-abort_due_to_interrupt:
-  assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
-  rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-  p->rc = rc;
-  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
+  Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+  int v = pVdbe->aCounter[op-1];
+  if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op-1] = 0;
+  return v;
 }
 
-/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
+/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
 /*
-** 2007 May 1
+** 2001 September 15
 **
 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -46979,587 +51400,469 @@ abort_due_to_interrupt:
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
 *************************************************************************
+** The code in this file implements execution method of the 
+** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE).  A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
+** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
+** VDBE instances.  This file is solely interested in executing
+** the VDBE program.
 **
-** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
+** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
+** to a VDBE.
+**
+** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
+** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement.  VDBE programs are 
+** similar in form to assembly language.  The program consists of
+** a linear sequence of operations.  Each operation has an opcode 
+** and 5 operands.  Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers.  Operand P4 
+** is a null-terminated string.  Operand P5 is an unsigned character.
+** Few opcodes use all 5 operands.
+**
+** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning
+** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem.  Each register can store
+** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
+** number, or the SQL "NULL" value.  An implicit conversion from one
+** type to the other occurs as necessary.
+** 
+** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
+** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
+** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
+** a program instruction by instruction.
+**
+** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
+** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
+** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
+** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
+** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
 **
-** $Id: vdbeblob.c,v 1.22 2008/04/24 09:49:55 danielk1977 Exp $
+** $Id: vdbe.c,v 1.874 2009/07/24 17:58:53 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
 
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-
 /*
-** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
+** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
+** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
+** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
+** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
 */
-typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
-struct Incrblob {
-  int flags;              /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
-  int nByte;              /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
-  int iOffset;            /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
-  BtCursor *pCsr;         /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;    /* Statement holding cursor open */
-  sqlite3 *db;            /* The associated database */
-};
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Open a blob handle.
+** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
+** each instruction in the VDBE.  When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
+** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
+**
+** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
+** in an ordinary build.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
-  sqlite3* db,            /* The database connection */
-  const char *zDb,        /* The attached database containing the blob */
-  const char *zTable,     /* The table containing the blob */
-  const char *zColumn,    /* The column containing the blob */
-  sqlite_int64 iRow,      /* The row containing the glob */
-  int flags,              /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob   /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
-){
-  int nAttempt = 0;
-  int iCol;               /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
-
-  /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified 
-  ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
-  ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
-  ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
-  ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
-  **
-  ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
-  ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
-  ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and 
-  ** blob_bytes() functions.
-  **
-  ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
-  ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the 
-  ** transaction.
-  */
-  static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
-    {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0},     /* 0: Start a transaction */
-    {OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0},    /* 1: Check the schema cookie */
-
-    /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an
-    ** OP_Noop before exection.
-    */
-    {OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 0, 0},   /* 2: Num cols for cursor */
-    {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0},        /* 3: Open cursor 0 for reading */
-    {OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 0, 0},   /* 4: Num cols for cursor */
-    {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0},       /* 5: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
-
-    {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 0},        /* 6: Push the rowid to the stack */
-    {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1},      /* 7: Seek the cursor */
-    {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1},          /* 8  */
-    {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0},       /* 9  */
-    {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0},           /* 10  */
-    {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0},            /* 11 */
-  };
-
-  Vdbe *v = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char zErr[128];
-
-  zErr[0] = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  do {
-    Parse sParse;
-    Table *pTab;
-
-    memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
-    sParse.db = db;
-
-    rc = sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
-    if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-    if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
-    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
 #endif
-    if( !pTab ){
-      if( sParse.zErrMsg ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(sParse.zErrMsg);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-
-    /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
-    for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-
-    /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
-    ** column is not indexed. It is against the rules to open an
-    ** indexed column for writing.
-    */
-    if( flags ){
-      Index *pIdx;
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        int j;
-        for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){
-          if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
-            sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-                             "cannot open indexed column for writing");
-            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-            (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-            sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-            goto blob_open_out;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    v = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
-    if( v ){
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob);
-
-      /* Configure the OP_Transaction */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, (flags ? 1 : 0));
-
-      /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie);
-
-      /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
-      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); 
-
-      /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 
-      ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. 
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, (flags ? 3 : 5), 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, (flags ? 5 : 3), pTab->tnum);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, (flags ? 5 : 3), iDb);
-
-      /* Configure the OP_SetNumColumns. Configure the cursor to
-      ** think that the table has one more column than it really
-      ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
-      ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
-      ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type 
-      ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, flags ? 4 : 2, pTab->nCol+1);
-      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, 1, 1, 1, 0);
-      }
-    }
-   
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-    rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_bind_int64((sqlite3_stmt *)v, 1, iRow);
-    rc = sqlite3_step((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
-      nAttempt++;
-      rc = sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-      v = 0;
-    }
-  } while( nAttempt<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    /* The row-record has been opened successfully. Check that the
-    ** column in question contains text or a blob. If it contains
-    ** text, it is up to the caller to get the encoding right.
-    */
-    Incrblob *pBlob;
-    u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[iCol];
-
-    if( type<12 ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "cannot open value of type %s",
-          type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
-      );
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-    pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      sqlite3_free(pBlob);
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-    pBlob->flags = flags;
-    pBlob->pCsr =  v->apCsr[0]->pCursor;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
-    sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(pBlob->pCsr);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
-    pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)v;
-    pBlob->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[iCol];
-    pBlob->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
-    pBlob->db = db;
-    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-blob_open_out:
-  zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
-  }
-  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc==SQLITE_OK?0:zErr));
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
 
 /*
-** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
-** sqlite3_blob_open().
+** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
+** is executed.  The test procedures use this information to make sure that
+** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times.   This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return rc;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
+** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
+** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode.  The test procedures
+** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
+** is working correctly.   This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
 */
-static int blobReadWrite(
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob, 
-  void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  int iOffset, 
-  int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;  
-
-  /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
-  if( (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
-  /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
-  ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
-  */
-  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
-  if( v==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }else{
-    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
-    ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
-    */
-    assert( db == v->db );
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
-    rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
-      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
-      p->pStmt = 0;
-    }else{
-      db->errCode = rc;
-      v->rc = rc;
-    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
+static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
+  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
+    sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
   }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Read data from a blob handle.
+** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Found opcode
+** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key
+** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
-  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0;
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Write data to a blob handle.
+** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
+** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
-  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
-}
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)  updateMaxBlobsize(P)
+#else
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
-**
-** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
-** so no mutex is required for access.
+** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
+** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  return p->nByte;
-}
-
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+#define Stringify(P, enc) \
+   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
+     { goto no_mem; }
 
-/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
 /*
-** 2007 August 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
+** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
+** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
+** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
+** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
+** knowing it.
 **
-** @(#) $Id: journal.c,v 1.8 2008/05/01 18:01:47 drh Exp $
+** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
+** string that the register itself controls.  In other words, it
+** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
 */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+#define Deephemeralize(P) \
+   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
+       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
 
 /*
-** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
-** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
-** is enabled.
-**
-** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
-** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
-** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
-** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
-** on disk is not created or populated until either:
-**
-**   1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated 
-**      buffer, or
-**   2) The xSync() method is called.
+** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
+** P if required.
 */
-
-
+#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
 
 /*
-** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
-** as an open file handle for journal files.
+** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a
+** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
+** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
+** register variables.  This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
+** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines.
 */
-struct JournalFile {
-  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* I/O methods on journal files */
-  int nBuf;                       /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
-  char *zBuf;                     /* Space to buffer journal writes */
-  int iSize;                      /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
-  int flags;                      /* xOpen flags */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* The "real" underlying VFS */
-  sqlite3_file *pReal;            /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
-  const char *zJournal;           /* Name of the journal file */
-};
-typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
+#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
+static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
+  int flags = pMem->flags;
+  if( flags & MEM_Null ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+  }
+  else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+  }else{
+    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file 
-** for JournalFile p.
+** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
+** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
+** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
+** this file.  
 */
-static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !p->pReal ){
-    sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->pReal = pReal;
-      if( p->iSize>0 ){
-        assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
+static const unsigned char opcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
 
 /*
-** Close the file.
+** Return true if an opcode has any of the OPFLG_xxx properties
+** specified by mask.
 */
-static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int opcode, int mask){
+  assert( opcode>0 && opcode<(int)sizeof(opcodeProperty) );
+  return (opcodeProperty[opcode]&mask)!=0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Read data from the file.
+** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
+** if we run out of memory.
 */
-static int jrnlRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
-  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
+static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
+  Vdbe *p,              /* The virtual machine */
+  int iCur,             /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
+  int nField,           /* Number of fields in the table or index */
+  int iDb,              /* When database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
+  int isBtreeCursor     /* True for B-Tree.  False for pseudo-table or vtab */
 ){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-  }else{
-    assert( iAmt+iOfst<=p->iSize );
-    memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
+  /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
+  ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a 
+  ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
+  ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
+  **
+  **   * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
+  **     purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
+  **     different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
+  **     allocations.
+  **
+  **   * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
+  **     be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
+  **     minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
+  **
+  ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
+  ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
+  ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
+  */
+  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
+
+  int nByte;
+  VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
+  nByte = 
+      sizeof(VdbeCursor) + 
+      (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) + 
+      2*nField*sizeof(u32);
+
+  assert( iCurnCursor );
+  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
+    p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
   }
-  return rc;
+  if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
+    p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
+    memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
+    pCx->iDb = iDb;
+    pCx->nField = nField;
+    if( nField ){
+      pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[sizeof(VdbeCursor)];
+    }
+    if( isBtreeCursor ){
+      pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
+          &pMem->z[sizeof(VdbeCursor)+2*nField*sizeof(u32)];
+    }
+  }
+  return pCx;
 }
 
 /*
-** Write data to the file.
+** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
+** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
+** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
+** look like a number, leave it alone.
 */
-static int jrnlWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
-  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
-    rc = createFile(p);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( p->pReal ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-    }else{
-      memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
-      if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
-        p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
+static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
+  if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
+    int realnum;
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec);
+    if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)
+         && sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, pRec->enc) ){
+      i64 value;
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pRec, SQLITE_UTF8);
+      if( !realnum && sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &value) ){
+        pRec->u.i = value;
+        MemSetTypeFlag(pRec, MEM_Int);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pRec);
       }
     }
   }
-  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Truncate the file.
+** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
+** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
+**    Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a 
+**    floating-point representation if an integer representation
+**    is not possible.  Note that the integer representation is
+**    always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
+**    an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+**    Convert pRec to a text representation.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
+**    No-op.  pRec is unchanged.
 */
-static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
-  }else if( sizeiSize ){
-    p->iSize = size;
+static void applyAffinity(
+  Mem *pRec,          /* The value to apply affinity to */
+  char affinity,      /* The affinity to be applied */
+  u8 enc              /* Use this text encoding */
+){
+  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
+    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
+    ** representation.
+    */
+    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
+    }
+    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
+  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+    applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
+    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
+      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
+    }
   }
-  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Sync the file.
+** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
+** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
+** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
+** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
+**
+** This is an EXPERIMENTAL api and is subject to change or removal.
 */
-static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+  Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
+  applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
+  storeTypeInfo(pMem, 0);
+  return pMem->type;
 }
 
 /*
-** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
+** not the internal Mem* type.
 */
-static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
-  }else{
-    *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
-  }
-  return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
+  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
+  u8 affinity, 
+  u8 enc
+){
+  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
 }
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 /*
-** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
+** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
+** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
 */
-static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
-  1,             /* iVersion */
-  jrnlClose,     /* xClose */
-  jrnlRead,      /* xRead */
-  jrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
-  jrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
-  jrnlSync,      /* xSync */
-  jrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
-  0,             /* xLock */
-  0,             /* xUnlock */
-  0,             /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  0,             /* xFileControl */
-  0,             /* xSectorSize */
-  0              /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
+  char *zCsr = zBuf;
+  int f = pMem->flags;
 
-/* 
-** Open a journal file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the journal file */
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,        /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
-  int flags,                 /* Opening flags */
-  int nBuf                   /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
-){
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
-  if( nBuf>0 ){
-    p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
-    if( !p->zBuf ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
+
+  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
+    int i;
+    char c;
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      c = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      c = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      c = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      c = 's';
     }
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
+    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
+    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
+      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    }
+    for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){
+      char z = pMem->z[i];
+      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
+      else *zCsr++ = z;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
+    zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    if( f & MEM_Zero ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero);
+      zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+    }
+    *zCsr = '\0';
+  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
+    int j, k;
+    zBuf[0] = ' ';
+    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'z';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+      zBuf[1] = 't';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+      zBuf[1] = 'e';
+      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+    }else{
+      zBuf[1] = 's';
+    }
+    k = 2;
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+    zBuf[k++] = '[';
+    for(j=0; j<15 && jn; j++){
+      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
+      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
+        zBuf[k++] = c;
+      }else{
+        zBuf[k++] = '.';
+      }
+    }
+    zBuf[k++] = ']';
+    sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+    zBuf[k++] = 0;
   }
-  p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
-  p->nBuf = nBuf;
-  p->flags = flags;
-  p->zJournal = zName;
-  p->pVfs = pVfs;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
+#endif
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 /*
-** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
-** file has not yet been created, create it now.
+** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
-  if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
+static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){
+  if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    fprintf(out, " NULL");
+  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
+    fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
+    fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r);
+#endif
+  }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+    fprintf(out, " (rowset)");
+  }else{
+    char zBuf[200];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
+    fprintf(out, " ");
+    fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
   }
-  return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
 }
-
-/* 
-** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
-** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-  return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
+static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){
+  fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg);
+  memTracePrint(out, p);
+  fprintf(out, "\n");
 }
 #endif
 
-/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M)
+#else
+#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+
+/* 
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
 /*
-** 2001 September 15
+** 2008 May 27
 **
 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -47568,4513 +51871,6280 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
-** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
 **
-** $Id: expr.c,v 1.371 2008/05/01 17:16:53 drh Exp $
+** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
 */
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
 
 /*
-** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
-**
-** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
-** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
-** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
-** indicating no affinity for the expression.
-**
-** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
-** have an affinity:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
-** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
-  int op = pExpr->op;
-  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
-    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+  #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     unsigned int lo, hi;
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
   }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-  if( op==TK_CAST ){
-    return sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token);
+
+  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+     __asm {
+        rdtsc
+        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
+     }
+  }
+
+  #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long val;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+      return val;
+  }
+ 
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+      unsigned long long retval;
+      unsigned long junk;
+      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
+                  mftb    %L0\n\
+                  mftbu   %0\n\
+                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
+                  bne     1b"
+                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+      return retval;
   }
+
+#else
+
+  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+  /*
+  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
+  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+  ** least compile and run.
+  */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
+
 #endif
-  return pExpr->affinity;
-}
 
 /*
-** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
-** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to the revised expression.
-** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate
-** flag.  An explicit collating sequence will override implicit
-** collating sequences.
+** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
+** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called.  If it has been, then
+** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
+**
+** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
+** implement a loop.  This test used to be on every single instruction,
+** but that meant we more testing that we needed.  By only testing the
+** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){
-  char *zColl = 0;            /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
-  if( pExpr && zColl ){
-    pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1);
-    if( pColl ){
-      pExpr->pColl = pColl;
-      pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zColl);
-  return pExpr;
+#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
+   if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int fileExists(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFile){
+  int res = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  /* If we are currently testing IO errors, then do not call OsAccess() to
+  ** test for the presence of zFile. This is because any IO error that
+  ** occurs here will not be reported, causing the test to fail.
+  */
+  extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
+  if( sqlite3_io_error_pending<=0 )
+#endif
+    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zFile, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+  return (res && rc==SQLITE_OK);
 }
+#endif
 
+#ifndef NDEBUG
 /*
-** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
-** there is no default collation type, return 0.
+** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
+** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
+** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the 
+** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
+** 
+** Usage:
+**
+**     assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
-  if( pExpr ){
-    int op;
-    pColl = pExpr->pColl;
-    op = pExpr->op;
-    if( (op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS) && !pColl ){
-      return sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
-    }
-  }
-  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
-    pColl = 0;
-  }
-  return pColl;
+static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){
+  int n = 0;
+  Savepoint *p;
+  for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
+  assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
+  return 1;
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
-** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
-** type affinity of the other operand.  This routine returns the
-** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
-  char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
-  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
-    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
-    ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
-    */
-    if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
-      return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-    }
-  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
-    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
-    ** results directly.
-    */
-    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-  }else{
-    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
-    assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
-    return (aff1 + aff2);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
-** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
+** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
+** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
+** and the error message pointer.
+**
+** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
+** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
+** SQLITE_ROW.
+**
+** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
+** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
+** return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
+** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
+** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
+** immediately.  There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
+** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
+** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
+** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
 */
-static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
-  char aff;
-  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
-          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
-          pExpr->op==TK_NE );
-  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
-  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
-  if( pExpr->pRight ){
-    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
+  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
+){
+  int pc;                    /* The program counter */
+  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
+  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
+  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
+  Mem *pIn1 = 0;             /* 1st input operand */
+  Mem *pIn2 = 0;             /* 2nd input operand */
+  Mem *pIn3 = 0;             /* 3rd input operand */
+  Mem *pOut = 0;             /* Output operand */
+  u8 opProperty;
+  int iCompare = 0;          /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
+  int *aPermute = 0;         /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+  u64 start;                 /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
+  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
+#endif
+  /********************************************************************
+  ** Automatically generated code
+  **
+  ** The following union is automatically generated by the
+  ** vdbe-compress.tcl script.  The purpose of this union is to
+  ** reduce the amount of stack space required by this function.
+  ** See comments in the vdbe-compress.tcl script for details.
+  */
+  union vdbeExecUnion {
+    struct OP_Yield_stack_vars {
+      int pcDest;
+    } aa;
+    struct OP_Variable_stack_vars {
+      int p1;          /* Variable to copy from */
+      int p2;          /* Register to copy to */
+      int n;           /* Number of values left to copy */
+      Mem *pVar;       /* Value being transferred */
+    } ab;
+    struct OP_Move_stack_vars {
+      char *zMalloc;   /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
+      int n;           /* Number of registers left to copy */
+      int p1;          /* Register to copy from */
+      int p2;          /* Register to copy to */
+    } ac;
+    struct OP_ResultRow_stack_vars {
+      Mem *pMem;
+      int i;
+    } ad;
+    struct OP_Concat_stack_vars {
+      i64 nByte;
+    } ae;
+    struct OP_Remainder_stack_vars {
+      int flags;      /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
+      i64 iA;         /* Integer value of left operand */
+      i64 iB;         /* Integer value of right operand */
+      double rA;      /* Real value of left operand */
+      double rB;      /* Real value of right operand */
+    } af;
+    struct OP_Function_stack_vars {
+      int i;
+      Mem *pArg;
+      sqlite3_context ctx;
+      sqlite3_value **apVal;
+      int n;
+    } ag;
+    struct OP_ShiftRight_stack_vars {
+      i64 a;
+      i64 b;
+    } ah;
+    struct OP_Ge_stack_vars {
+      int res;            /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
+      char affinity;      /* Affinity to use for comparison */
+    } ai;
+    struct OP_Compare_stack_vars {
+      int n;
+      int i;
+      int p1;
+      int p2;
+      const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+      int idx;
+      CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
+      int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
+    } aj;
+    struct OP_Or_stack_vars {
+      int v1;    /* Left operand:  0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+      int v2;    /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+    } ak;
+    struct OP_IfNot_stack_vars {
+      int c;
+    } al;
+    struct OP_Column_stack_vars {
+      u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
+      i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
+      int p1;            /* P1 value of the opcode */
+      int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
+      VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
+      char *zRec;        /* Pointer to complete record-data */
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
+      u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
+      u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
+      int nField;        /* number of fields in the record */
+      int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
+      int i;             /* Loop counter */
+      char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
+      Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
+      Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
+      u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
+      u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
+      u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
+      u64 offset64;      /* 64-bit offset.  64 bits needed to catch overflow */
+      int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
+      int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
+      Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
+    } am;
+    struct OP_Affinity_stack_vars {
+      char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
+      Mem *pData0;       /* First register to which to apply affinity */
+      Mem *pLast;        /* Last register to which to apply affinity */
+      Mem *pRec;         /* Current register */
+    } an;
+    struct OP_MakeRecord_stack_vars {
+      u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
+      Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
+      u64 nData;             /* Number of bytes of data space */
+      int nHdr;              /* Number of bytes of header space */
+      i64 nByte;             /* Data space required for this record */
+      int nZero;             /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+      int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
+      u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
+      Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
+      Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
+      int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
+      char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
+      int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
+      int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
+      int len;               /* Length of a field */
+    } ao;
+    struct OP_Count_stack_vars {
+      i64 nEntry;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+    } ap;
+    struct OP_Savepoint_stack_vars {
+      int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
+      char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
+      int nName;
+      Savepoint *pNew;
+      Savepoint *pSavepoint;
+      Savepoint *pTmp;
+      int iSavepoint;
+      int ii;
+    } aq;
+    struct OP_AutoCommit_stack_vars {
+      int desiredAutoCommit;
+      int iRollback;
+      int turnOnAC;
+    } ar;
+    struct OP_Transaction_stack_vars {
+      Btree *pBt;
+    } as;
+    struct OP_ReadCookie_stack_vars {
+      int iMeta;
+      int iDb;
+      int iCookie;
+    } at;
+    struct OP_SetCookie_stack_vars {
+      Db *pDb;
+    } au;
+    struct OP_VerifyCookie_stack_vars {
+      int iMeta;
+      Btree *pBt;
+    } av;
+    struct OP_OpenWrite_stack_vars {
+      int nField;
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+      int p2;
+      int iDb;
+      int wrFlag;
+      Btree *pX;
+      VdbeCursor *pCur;
+      Db *pDb;
+    } aw;
+    struct OP_OpenEphemeral_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pCx;
+    } ax;
+    struct OP_OpenPseudo_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pCx;
+    } ay;
+    struct OP_SeekGt_stack_vars {
+      int res;
+      int oc;
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      UnpackedRecord r;
+      int nField;
+      i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */
+    } az;
+    struct OP_Seek_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+    } ba;
+    struct OP_Found_stack_vars {
+      int alreadyExists;
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      int res;
+      UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
+      char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
+    } bb;
+    struct OP_IsUnique_stack_vars {
+      u16 ii;
+      VdbeCursor *pCx;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      u16 nField;
+      Mem *aMem;
+      UnpackedRecord r;                  /* B-Tree index search key */
+      i64 R;                             /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
+    } bc;
+    struct OP_NotExists_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      int res;
+      u64 iKey;
+    } bd;
+    struct OP_NewRowid_stack_vars {
+      i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
+      VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
+      int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
+      int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
+      Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
+      VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */
+    } be;
+    struct OP_Insert_stack_vars {
+      Mem *pData;       /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
+      Mem *pKey;        /* MEM cell holding key  for the record */
+      i64 iKey;         /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
+      VdbeCursor *pC;   /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
+      int nZero;        /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
+      int seekResult;   /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
+      const char *zDb;  /* database name - used by the update hook */
+      const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */
+      int op;           /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
+    } bf;
+    struct OP_Delete_stack_vars {
+      i64 iKey;
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+    } bg;
+    struct OP_RowData_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      u32 n;
+      i64 n64;
+    } bh;
+    struct OP_Rowid_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      i64 v;
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+    } bi;
+    struct OP_NullRow_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+    } bj;
+    struct OP_Last_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      int res;
+    } bk;
+    struct OP_Rewind_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      int res;
+    } bl;
+    struct OP_Next_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      int res;
+    } bm;
+    struct OP_IdxInsert_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      int nKey;
+      const char *zKey;
+    } bn;
+    struct OP_IdxDelete_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      int res;
+      UnpackedRecord r;
+    } bo;
+    struct OP_IdxRowid_stack_vars {
+      BtCursor *pCrsr;
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      i64 rowid;
+    } bp;
+    struct OP_IdxGE_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pC;
+      int res;
+      UnpackedRecord r;
+    } bq;
+    struct OP_Destroy_stack_vars {
+      int iMoved;
+      int iCnt;
+      Vdbe *pVdbe;
+      int iDb;
+    } br;
+    struct OP_Clear_stack_vars {
+      int nChange;
+    } bs;
+    struct OP_CreateTable_stack_vars {
+      int pgno;
+      int flags;
+      Db *pDb;
+    } bt;
+    struct OP_ParseSchema_stack_vars {
+      int iDb;
+      const char *zMaster;
+      char *zSql;
+      InitData initData;
+    } bu;
+    struct OP_IntegrityCk_stack_vars {
+      int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
+      int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
+      int j;          /* Loop counter */
+      int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
+      char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
+      Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
+    } bv;
+    struct OP_RowSetAdd_stack_vars {
+      Mem *pIdx;
+      Mem *pVal;
+    } bw;
+    struct OP_RowSetRead_stack_vars {
+      Mem *pIdx;
+      i64 val;
+    } bx;
+    struct OP_RowSetTest_stack_vars {
+      int iSet;
+      int exists;
+    } by;
+    struct OP_Program_stack_vars {
+      int nMem;               /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
+      int nByte;              /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
+      Mem *pRt;               /* Register to allocate runtime space */
+      Mem *pMem;              /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
+      Mem *pEnd;              /* Last memory cell in new array */
+      VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
+      SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Sub-program to execute */
+      void *t;                /* Token identifying trigger */
+    } bz;
+    struct OP_Param_stack_vars {
+      VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+      Mem *pIn;
+    } ca;
+    struct OP_MemMax_stack_vars {
+      Mem *pIn1;
+      VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+    } cb;
+    struct OP_AggStep_stack_vars {
+      int n;
+      int i;
+      Mem *pMem;
+      Mem *pRec;
+      sqlite3_context ctx;
+      sqlite3_value **apVal;
+    } cc;
+    struct OP_AggFinal_stack_vars {
+      Mem *pMem;
+    } cd;
+    struct OP_IncrVacuum_stack_vars {
+      Btree *pBt;
+    } ce;
+    struct OP_VBegin_stack_vars {
+      VTable *pVTab;
+    } cf;
+    struct OP_VOpen_stack_vars {
+      VdbeCursor *pCur;
+      sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      sqlite3_module *pModule;
+    } cg;
+    struct OP_VFilter_stack_vars {
+      int nArg;
+      int iQuery;
+      const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+      Mem *pQuery;
+      Mem *pArgc;
+      sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      VdbeCursor *pCur;
+      int res;
+      int i;
+      Mem **apArg;
+    } ch;
+    struct OP_VColumn_stack_vars {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+      Mem *pDest;
+      sqlite3_context sContext;
+    } ci;
+    struct OP_VNext_stack_vars {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+      int res;
+      VdbeCursor *pCur;
+    } cj;
+    struct OP_VRename_stack_vars {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      Mem *pName;
+    } ck;
+    struct OP_VUpdate_stack_vars {
+      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+      sqlite3_module *pModule;
+      int nArg;
+      int i;
+      sqlite_int64 rowid;
+      Mem **apArg;
+      Mem *pX;
+    } cl;
+    struct OP_Pagecount_stack_vars {
+      int p1;
+      int nPage;
+      Pager *pPager;
+    } cm;
+    struct OP_Trace_stack_vars {
+      char *zTrace;
+    } cn;
+  } u;
+  /* End automatically generated code
+  ********************************************************************/
+
+  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
+  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
+  sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p);
+  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
+    goto no_mem;
   }
-  else if( pExpr->pSelect ){
-    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
+  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( p->explain==0 );
+  p->pResultSet = 0;
+  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  if( p->pc==0 
+   && ((p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing) || fileExists(db, "vdbe_explain"))
+  ){
+    int i;
+    printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
+    sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+    for(i=0; inOp; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+    }
   }
-  else if( !aff ){
-    aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_trace") ){
+    p->trace = stdout;
   }
-  return aff;
-}
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+#endif
+  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
+    assert( pc>=0 && pcnOp );
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    origPc = pc;
+    start = sqlite3Hwtime();
+#endif
+    pOp = &p->aOp[pc];
 
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
-** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
-** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
-** the comparison in pExpr.
+    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( p->trace ){
+      if( pc==0 ){
+        printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n");
+        sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
+    }
+    if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 ){
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_sqltrace") ){
+        sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
+      }
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+    }
+#endif
+      
+
+    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
+    ** if we have a special test build.
+    */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
+      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
+      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
+        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+    /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
+    ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
+    ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
+    ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
+    ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
+    */
+    if( db->xProgress ){
+      if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
+        int prc;
+        if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+        prc =db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg);
+        if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+        if( prc!=0 ){
+          rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+          goto vdbe_error_halt;
+        }
+        nProgressOps = 0;
+      }
+      nProgressOps++;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Do common setup processing for any opcode that is marked
+    ** with the "out2-prerelease" tag.  Such opcodes have a single
+    ** output which is specified by the P2 parameter.  The P2 register
+    ** is initialized to a NULL.
+    */
+    opProperty = opcodeProperty[pOp->opcode];
+    if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+      pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut);
+      pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+      pOut->n = 0;
+    }else
+ 
+    /* Do common setup for opcodes marked with one of the following
+    ** combinations of properties.
+    **
+    **           in1
+    **           in1 in2
+    **           in1 in2 out3
+    **           in1 in3
+    **
+    ** Variables pIn1, pIn2, and pIn3 are made to point to appropriate
+    ** registers for inputs.  Variable pOut points to the output register.
+    */
+    if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+      pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
+        assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+        assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+        pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
+        /* As currently implemented, in2 implies out3.  There is no reason
+        ** why this has to be, it just worked out that way. */
+        assert( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 );
+        assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+        assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+        pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+      }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
+        assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+        assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+        pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
+      }
+    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+      pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
+    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
+      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+      assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+      pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
+    }
+
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
+** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
+** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
+** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
+** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
+** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
+** we transition back to normal indentation.
+**
+** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
+** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
+** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
+** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
+** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
+** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
+** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
+** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
+**
+** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
+** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
+** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3.  See
+** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
+**
+** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
+** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
+** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
+** file.
+**
+** SUMMARY:
+**
+**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
+**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
+**
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 * * *
+**
+** An unconditional jump to address P2.
+** The next instruction executed will be 
+** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
+** the program.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
-  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
-  switch( aff ){
-    case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
-      return 1;
-    case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
-      return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    default:
-      return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
-  }
+case OP_Goto: {             /* jump */
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison
-** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
+/* Opcode:  Gosub P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write the current address onto register P1
+** and then jump to address P2.
 */
-static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
-  u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
-  aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | jumpIfNull;
-  return aff;
+case OP_Gosub: {            /* jump */
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pIn1->u.i = pc;
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
-** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
-**
-** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
-** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
-** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
-** type.
+/* Opcode:  Return P1 * * * *
 **
-** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case,
-** it is not considered.
+** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
-  Parse *pParse, 
-  Expr *pLeft, 
-  Expr *pRight
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  assert( pLeft );
-  if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
-    assert( pLeft->pColl );
-    pColl = pLeft->pColl;
-  }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
-    assert( pRight->pColl );
-    pColl = pRight->pColl;
-  }else{
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
-    if( !pColl ){
-      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
-    }
-  }
-  return pColl;
+case OP_Return: {           /* in1 */
+  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
+  pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate the operands for a comparison operation.  Before
-** generating the code for each operand, set the EP_AnyAff
-** flag on the expression so that it will be able to used a
-** cached column value that has previously undergone an
-** affinity change.
+/* Opcode:  Yield P1 * * * *
+**
+** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.
 */
-static void codeCompareOperands(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
-  int *pRegLeft,    /* Register where left operand is stored */
-  int *pFreeLeft,   /* Free this register when done */
-  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
-  int *pRegRight,   /* Register where right operand is stored */
-  int *pFreeRight   /* Write temp register for right operand there */
-){
-  while( pLeft->op==TK_UPLUS ) pLeft = pLeft->pLeft;
-  pLeft->flags |= EP_AnyAff;
-  *pRegLeft = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, pFreeLeft);
-  while( pRight->op==TK_UPLUS ) pRight = pRight->pLeft;
-  pRight->flags |= EP_AnyAff;
-  *pRegRight = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, pFreeRight);
+case OP_Yield: {            /* in1 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aa */
+  int pcDest;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.aa */
+  assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
+  u.aa.pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
+  pIn1->u.i = pc;
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+  pc = u.aa.pcDest;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate code for a comparison operator.
+/* Opcode:  HaltIfNull  P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Check the value in register P3.  If is is NULL then Halt using
+** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction.  If the
+** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op.
 */
-static int codeCompare(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
-  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
-  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
-  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
-  int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */
-  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
-  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
-){
-  int p5;
-  int addr;
-  CollSeq *p4;
-
-  p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
-  p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
-                           (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, p5);
-  if( p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK ){
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in1, 1);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in2, 1);
-  }
-  return addr;
+case OP_HaltIfNull: {      /* in3 */
+  if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break;
+  /* Fall through into OP_Halt */
 }
 
-/*
-** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
-** for this node is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  The calling function
-** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
+/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, etc are closed
+** automatically.
+**
+** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
+** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
+** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
+** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
+** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
+** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
+** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
+**
+** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
+**
+** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
+** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
+** is the same as executing Halt.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
-  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
-  Expr *pLeft,            /* Left operand */
-  Expr *pRight,           /* Right operand */
-  const Token *pToken     /* Argument token */
-){
-  Expr *pNew;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr));
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    /* When malloc fails, delete pLeft and pRight. Expressions passed to 
-    ** this function must always be allocated with sqlite3Expr() for this 
-    ** reason. 
-    */
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(pLeft);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(pRight);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pNew->op = op;
-  pNew->pLeft = pLeft;
-  pNew->pRight = pRight;
-  pNew->iAgg = -1;
-  if( pToken ){
-    assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
-    pNew->span = pNew->token = *pToken;
-  }else if( pLeft ){
-    if( pRight ){
-      sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span);
-      if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
-        pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
-        pNew->pColl = pRight->pColl;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
-      pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
-      pNew->pColl = pLeft->pColl;
+case OP_Halt: {
+  if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){
+    /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */
+    VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame;
+    p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent;
+    p->nFrame--;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+    pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+    if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
+      /* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program 
+      ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
+      ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing
+      ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified
+      ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program.  */
+      pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1;
     }
+    break;
   }
 
-  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pNew);
-  return pNew;
+  p->rc = pOp->p1;
+  p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
+  p->pc = pc;
+  if( pOp->p4.z ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else{
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT );
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 );
+    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
+  goto vdbe_return;
 }
 
-/*
-** Works like sqlite3Expr() except that it takes an extra Parse*
-** argument and notifies the associated connection object if malloc fails.
+/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
-  Expr *pLeft,            /* Left operand */
-  Expr *pRight,           /* Right operand */
-  const Token *pToken     /* Argument token */
-){
-  return sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, op, pLeft, pRight, pToken);
+case OP_Integer: {         /* out2-prerelease */
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** When doing a nested parse, you can include terms in an expression
-** that look like this:   #1 #2 ...  These terms refer to registers
-** in the virtual machine.  #N is the N-th register.
+/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
 **
-** This routine is called by the parser to deal with on of those terms.
-** It immediately generates code to store the value in a memory location.
-** The returns an expression that will code to extract the value from
-** that memory location as needed.
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  Expr *p;
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", pToken);
-    return sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( v==0 ) return 0;
-  p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, pToken);
-  if( p==0 ){
-    return 0;  /* Malloc failed */
-  }
-  p->iTable = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]);
-  return p;
+case OP_Int64: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
-** NULL, then just return the other expression.
+/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
+** Write that value into register P2.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
-  if( pLeft==0 ){
-    return pRight;
-  }else if( pRight==0 ){
-    return pLeft;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3Expr(db, TK_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-  }
+case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
+  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
+  pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Set the Expr.span field of the given expression to span all
-** text between the two given tokens.
+/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
+**
+** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
+** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr *pExpr, Token *pLeft, Token *pRight){
-  assert( pRight!=0 );
-  assert( pLeft!=0 );
-  if( pExpr && pRight->z && pLeft->z ){
-    assert( pLeft->dyn==0 || pLeft->z[pLeft->n]==0 );
-    if( pLeft->dyn==0 && pRight->dyn==0 ){
-      pExpr->span.z = pLeft->z;
-      pExpr->span.n = pRight->n + (pRight->z - pLeft->z);
-    }else{
-      pExpr->span.z = 0;
+case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
+  pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ) goto too_big;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
+    assert( pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z );
+    assert( pOut->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
+    pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+    if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
     }
+    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+    pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
+    pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
   }
+  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
 }
-
-/*
-** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
-** arguments.
+  
+/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
-  Expr *pNew;
-  assert( pToken );
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(Expr) );
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); /* Avoid leaking memory when malloc fails */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pNew->op = TK_FUNCTION;
-  pNew->pList = pList;
-  assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
-  pNew->token = *pToken;
-  pNew->span = pNew->token;
-
-  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pNew);
-  return pNew;
+case OP_String: {          /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
+  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
-** in the original SQL statement.  
-**
-** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
-** variable number.
-**
-** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
-** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
-** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
+/* Opcode: Null * P2 * * *
 **
-** Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
-** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
-** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
-** assigned.
+** Write a NULL into register P2.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  Token *pToken;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
-  pToken = &pExpr->token;
-  assert( pToken->n>=1 );
-  assert( pToken->z!=0 );
-  assert( pToken->z[0]!=0 );
-  if( pToken->n==1 ){
-    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
-    pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
-  }else if( pToken->z[0]=='?' ){
-    /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
-    ** use it as the variable number */
-    int i;
-    pExpr->iTable = i = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]);
-    testcase( i==0 );
-    testcase( i==1 );
-    testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
-    testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
-    if( i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
-          db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
-    }
-    if( i>pParse->nVar ){
-      pParse->nVar = i;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa".  Reuse the same variable
-    ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
-    ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
-    */
-    int i, n;
-    n = pToken->n;
-    for(i=0; inVarExpr; i++){
-      Expr *pE;
-      if( (pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i])!=0
-          && pE->token.n==n
-          && memcmp(pE->token.z, pToken->z, n)==0 ){
-        pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){
-      pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
-      if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){
-        pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10;
-        pParse->apVarExpr =
-            sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(
-              db,
-              pParse->apVarExpr,
-              pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0])
-            );
-      }
-      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-        assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 );
-        pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr;
-      }
-    }
-  } 
-  if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables");
-  }
+case OP_Null: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Recursively delete an expression tree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  if( p->span.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)p->span.z);
-  if( p->token.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)p->token.z);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLeft);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pRight);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pList);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
 
-/*
-** The Expr.token field might be a string literal that is quoted.
-** If so, remove the quotation marks.
+/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4
+**
+** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long.  Store this
+** blob in register P2. This instruction is not coded directly
+** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies
+** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of
+** the blob as P4. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob
+** the first time it is executed.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DequoteExpr(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
-  if( ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Dequoted) ){
-    return;
-  }
-  ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Dequoted);
-  if( p->token.dyn==0 ){
-    sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &p->token, &p->token);
-  }
-  sqlite3Dequote((char*)p->token.z);
+case OP_Blob: {                /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
 }
 
-
-/*
-** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
-** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
-** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
-** without effecting the originals.
+/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 P3 P4 *
 **
-** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
-** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
-** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
+** Transfer the values of bound parameters P1..P1+P3-1 into registers
+** P2..P2+P3-1.
 **
-** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
-  Expr *pNew;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  memcpy(pNew, p, sizeof(*pNew));
-  if( p->token.z!=0 ){
-    pNew->token.z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->token.z, p->token.n);
-    pNew->token.dyn = 1;
-  }else{
-    assert( pNew->token.z==0 );
-  }
-  pNew->span.z = 0;
-  pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft);
-  pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight);
-  pNew->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pList);
-  pNew->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pSelect);
-  return pNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenCopy(sqlite3 *db, Token *pTo, Token *pFrom){
-  if( pTo->dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pTo->z);
-  if( pFrom->z ){
-    pTo->n = pFrom->n;
-    pTo->z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pFrom->z, pFrom->n);
-    pTo->dyn = 1;
-  }else{
-    pTo->z = 0;
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p){
-  ExprList *pNew;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->iECursor = 0;
-  pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr;
-  pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db,  p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
-  if( pItem==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pNew);
-    return 0;
-  } 
-  pOldItem = p->a;
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
-    Expr *pNewExpr, *pOldExpr;
-    pItem->pExpr = pNewExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr);
-    if( pOldExpr->span.z!=0 && pNewExpr ){
-      /* Always make a copy of the span for top-level expressions in the
-      ** expression list.  The logic in SELECT processing that determines
-      ** the names of columns in the result set needs this information */
-      sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pNewExpr->span, &pOldExpr->span);
-    }
-    assert( pNewExpr==0 || pNewExpr->span.z!=0 
-            || pOldExpr->span.z==0
-            || db->mallocFailed );
-    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
-    pItem->isAgg = pOldItem->isAgg;
-    pItem->done = 0;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
-** the build, then none of the following routines, except for 
-** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
-** called with a NULL argument.
+** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4 and P3==1.
+** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
 */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
- || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p){
-  SrcList *pNew;
-  int i;
-  int nByte;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
-  for(i=0; inSrc; i++){
-    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
-    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
-    Table *pTab;
-    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
-    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
-    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
-    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
-    pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated;
-    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
-    if( pTab ){
-      pTab->nRef++;
-    }
-    pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect);
-    pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn);
-    pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing);
-    pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){
-  IdList *pNew;
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId;
-  pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
-  if( pNew->a==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pNew);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  for(i=0; inId; i++){
-    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
-    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
-    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
-  Select *pNew;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
-  pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList);
-  pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc);
-  pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere);
-  pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy);
-  pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving);
-  pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy);
-  pNew->op = p->op;
-  pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior);
-  pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit);
-  pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset);
-  pNew->iLimit = -1;
-  pNew->iOffset = -1;
-  pNew->isResolved = p->isResolved;
-  pNew->isAgg = p->isAgg;
-  pNew->usesEphm = 0;
-  pNew->disallowOrderBy = 0;
-  pNew->pRightmost = 0;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
-  return pNew;
-}
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
-  assert( p==0 );
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
+case OP_Variable: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ab */
+  int p1;          /* Variable to copy from */
+  int p2;          /* Register to copy to */
+  int n;           /* Number of values left to copy */
+  Mem *pVar;       /* Value being transferred */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ab */
 
+  u.ab.p1 = pOp->p1 - 1;
+  u.ab.p2 = pOp->p2;
+  u.ab.n = pOp->p3;
+  assert( u.ab.p1>=0 && u.ab.p1+u.ab.n<=p->nVar );
+  assert( u.ab.p2>=1 && u.ab.p2+u.ab.n-1<=p->nMem );
+  assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p3==1 );
 
-/*
-** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
-** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
-  Expr *pExpr,            /* Expression to be appended */
-  Token *pName            /* AS keyword for the expression */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) );
-    if( pList==0 ){
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-    assert( pList->nAlloc==0 );
-  }
-  if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){
-    struct ExprList_item *a;
-    int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4;
-    a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
-    if( a==0 ){
-      goto no_mem;
+  while( u.ab.n-- > 0 ){
+    u.ab.pVar = &p->aVar[u.ab.p1++];
+    if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ab.pVar) ){
+      goto too_big;
     }
-    pList->a = a;
-    pList->nAlloc = n;
-  }
-  assert( pList->a!=0 );
-  if( pExpr || pName ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
-    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
-    pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
-  }
-  return pList;
-
-no_mem:     
-  /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements,
-** leave an error message in pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  ExprList *pEList,
-  const char *zObject
-){
-  int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN];
-  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx );
-  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 );
-  if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject);
+    pOut = &p->aMem[u.ab.p2++];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut);
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
+    sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.ab.pVar, MEM_Static);
+    UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
   }
+  break;
 }
 
-
-/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList()
-** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height
-** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the
-** first argument.
+/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
 **
-** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed
-** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that
-** value.
+** Move the values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
+** registers P2..P2+P3-1.  Registers P1..P1+P1-1 are
+** left holding a NULL.  It is an error for register ranges
+** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.
 */
-static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){
-      *pnHeight = p->nHeight;
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-      heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight);
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
-    heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
+case OP_Move: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ac */
+  char *zMalloc;   /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
+  int n;           /* Number of registers left to copy */
+  int p1;          /* Register to copy from */
+  int p2;          /* Register to copy to */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ac */
+
+  u.ac.n = pOp->p3;
+  u.ac.p1 = pOp->p1;
+  u.ac.p2 = pOp->p2;
+  assert( u.ac.n>0 && u.ac.p1>0 && u.ac.p2>0 );
+  assert( u.ac.p1+u.ac.n<=u.ac.p2 || u.ac.p2+u.ac.n<=u.ac.p1 );
+
+  pIn1 = &p->aMem[u.ac.p1];
+  pOut = &p->aMem[u.ac.p2];
+  while( u.ac.n-- ){
+    assert( pOut<=&p->aMem[p->nMem] );
+    assert( pIn1<=&p->aMem[p->nMem] );
+    u.ac.zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
+    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
+    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
+    pIn1->zMalloc = u.ac.zMalloc;
+    REGISTER_TRACE(u.ac.p2++, pOut);
+    pIn1++;
+    pOut++;
   }
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an 
-** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or 
-** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
-** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other 
-** referenced Expr plus one.
+/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Make a copy of register P1 into register P2.
+**
+** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value.  A duplicate
+** is made of any string or blob constant.  See also OP_SCopy.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Expr *p){
-  int nHeight = 0;
-  heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
-  heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
-  heightOfExprList(p->pList, &nHeight);
-  heightOfSelect(p->pSelect, &nHeight);
-  p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
+case OP_Copy: {             /* in1 */
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+  Deephemeralize(pOut);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
-** by the select statement passed as an argument.
+/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
+**
+** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value.  If the value
+** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
+** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
+** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
+** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
+** during the lifetime of the copy.  Use OP_Copy to make a complete
+** copy.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
-  int nHeight = 0;
-  heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
-  return nHeight;
+case OP_SCopy: {            /* in1 */
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Delete an entire expression list.
+/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
+** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
+** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
+** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result
+** row.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList *pList){
+case OP_ResultRow: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ad */
+  Mem *pMem;
   int i;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) );
-  assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc );
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pExpr);
-    sqlite3_free(pItem->zName);
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ad */
+  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=p->nMem+1 );
+
+  /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do
+  ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement
+  ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back.  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){
+    assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
+    assert( p->usesStmtJournal );
+    break;
   }
-  sqlite3_free(pList->a);
-  sqlite3_free(pList);
-}
 
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Call xFunc for each node visited.  xFunc
-** is called on the node before xFunc is called on the nodes children.
-**
-** The return value from xFunc determines whether the tree walk continues.
-** 0 means continue walking the tree.  1 means do not walk children
-** of the current node but continue with siblings.  2 means abandon
-** the tree walk completely.
-**
-** The return value from this routine is 1 to abandon the tree walk
-** and 0 to continue.
-**
-** NOTICE:  This routine does *not* descend into subqueries.
-*/
-static int walkExprList(ExprList *, int (*)(void *, Expr*), void *);
-static int walkExprTree(Expr *pExpr, int (*xFunc)(void*,Expr*), void *pArg){
-  int rc;
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
-  rc = (*xFunc)(pArg, pExpr);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pLeft, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
-    if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pRight, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
-    if( walkExprList(pExpr->pList, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
+  /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then
+  ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows
+  ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that
+  ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode.
+  **
+  ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction
+  ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to
+  ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping.
+  ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user
+  ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This
+  ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions.
+  **
+  ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction.  Hence
+  ** the RELEASE call below can never fail.
+  */
+  assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
+  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){
+    break;
   }
-  return rc>1;
-}
 
-/*
-** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in list p.
-*/
-static int walkExprList(ExprList *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){
-  int i;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( !p ) return 0;
-  for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-    if( walkExprTree(pItem->pExpr, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
+  /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
+  p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
 
-/*
-** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in Select p, not including
-** expressions that are part of sub-selects in any FROM clause or the LIMIT
-** or OFFSET expressions..
-*/
-static int walkSelectExpr(Select *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){
-  walkExprList(p->pEList, xFunc, pArg);
-  walkExprTree(p->pWhere, xFunc, pArg);
-  walkExprList(p->pGroupBy, xFunc, pArg);
-  walkExprTree(p->pHaving, xFunc, pArg);
-  walkExprList(p->pOrderBy, xFunc, pArg);
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    walkSelectExpr(p->pPrior, xFunc, pArg);
+  /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
+  ** and have an assigned type.  The results are de-ephemeralized as
+  ** as side effect.
+  */
+  u.ad.pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  for(u.ad.i=0; u.ad.ip2; u.ad.i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]);
+    storeTypeInfo(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i], encoding);
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+u.ad.i, &u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]);
   }
-  return 0;
-}
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
 
+  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
+  */
+  p->pc = pc + 1;
+  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+  goto vdbe_return;
+}
 
-/*
-** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree().
+/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
+** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
+** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
 **
-** pArg is really a pointer to an integer.  If we can tell by looking
-** at pExpr that the expression that contains pExpr is not a constant
-** expression, then set *pArg to 0 and return 2 to abandon the tree walk.
-** If pExpr does does not disqualify the expression from being a constant
-** then do nothing.
+**   P3 = P2 || P1
 **
-** After walking the whole tree, if no nodes are found that disqualify
-** the expression as constant, then we assume the whole expression
-** is constant.  See sqlite3ExprIsConstant() for additional information.
+** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
+** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
+** to avoid a memcpy().
 */
-static int exprNodeIsConstant(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
-  int *pN = (int*)pArg;
+case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ae */
+  i64 nByte;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ae */
 
-  /* If *pArg is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from
-  ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
-  ** from being considered constant. */
-  if( (*pN)==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
-    *pN = 0;
-    return 2;
+  assert( pIn1!=pOut );
+  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+    break;
   }
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
-    ** and *pArg==2 */
-    case TK_FUNCTION:
-      if( (*pN)==2 ) return 0;
-      /* Fall through */
-    case TK_ID:
-    case TK_COLUMN:
-    case TK_DOT:
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_SELECT:
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
-#endif
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_DOT );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
-      *pN = 0;
-      return 2;
-    case TK_IN:
-      if( pExpr->pSelect ){
-        *pN = 0;
-        return 2;
-      }
-    default:
-      return 0;
+  if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem;
+  Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
+  Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
+  u.ae.nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
+  if( u.ae.nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.ae.nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
+    goto no_mem;
   }
+  if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
+    memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
+  }
+  memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
+  pOut->z[u.ae.nByte] = 0;
+  pOut->z[u.ae.nByte+1] = 0;
+  pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
+  pOut->n = (int)u.ae.nByte;
+  pOut->enc = encoding;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
+/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
 **
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
+** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
-  int isConst = 1;
-  walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst);
-  return isConst;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
-** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
-** an ON or USING clause.
+/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+**
+** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
-  int isConst = 3;
-  walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst);
-  return isConst!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** or a function call with constant arguments.  Return and 0 if there
-** are any variables.
+/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
 **
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
+** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){
-  int isConst = 2;
-  walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst);
-  return isConst!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
-** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
-** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
-** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
+/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
+** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in 
+** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is 
+** NULL, the result is NULL.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
-  switch( p->op ){
-    case TK_INTEGER: {
-      if( sqlite3GetInt32((char*)p->token.z, pValue) ){
-        return 1;
+/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
+** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. 
+** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
+** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.af */
+  int flags;      /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
+  i64 iA;         /* Integer value of left operand */
+  i64 iB;         /* Integer value of right operand */
+  double rA;      /* Real value of left operand */
+  double rB;      /* Real value of right operand */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.af */
+
+  applyNumericAffinity(pIn1);
+  applyNumericAffinity(pIn2);
+  u.af.flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
+  if( (u.af.flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+  if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
+    u.af.iA = pIn1->u.i;
+    u.af.iB = pIn2->u.i;
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:         u.af.iB += u.af.iA;       break;
+      case OP_Subtract:    u.af.iB -= u.af.iA;       break;
+      case OP_Multiply:    u.af.iB *= u.af.iA;       break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        if( u.af.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        /* Dividing the largest possible negative 64-bit integer (1<<63) by
+        ** -1 returns an integer too large to store in a 64-bit data-type. On
+        ** some architectures, the value overflows to (1<<63). On others,
+        ** a SIGFPE is issued. The following statement normalizes this
+        ** behavior so that all architectures behave as if integer
+        ** overflow occurred.
+        */
+        if( u.af.iA==-1 && u.af.iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) u.af.iA = 1;
+        u.af.iB /= u.af.iA;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        if( u.af.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        if( u.af.iA==-1 ) u.af.iA = 1;
+        u.af.iB %= u.af.iA;
+        break;
       }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_UPLUS: {
-      return sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
     }
-    case TK_UMINUS: {
-      int v;
-      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
-        *pValue = -v;
-        return 1;
+    pOut->u.i = u.af.iB;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  }else{
+    u.af.rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
+    u.af.rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
+    switch( pOp->opcode ){
+      case OP_Add:         u.af.rB += u.af.rA;       break;
+      case OP_Subtract:    u.af.rB -= u.af.rA;       break;
+      case OP_Multiply:    u.af.rB *= u.af.rA;       break;
+      case OP_Divide: {
+        /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+        if( u.af.rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        u.af.rB /= u.af.rA;
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        u.af.iA = (i64)u.af.rA;
+        u.af.iB = (i64)u.af.rB;
+        if( u.af.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+        if( u.af.iA==-1 ) u.af.iA = 1;
+        u.af.rB = (double)(u.af.iB % u.af.iA);
+        break;
       }
-      break;
     }
-    default: break;
+    if( sqlite3IsNaN(u.af.rB) ){
+      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
+    }
+    pOut->r = u.af.rB;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
+    if( (u.af.flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
+    }
   }
-  return 0;
+  break;
+
+arithmetic_result_is_null:
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
+/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P4
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
+** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
+** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
+** functions.
+**
+** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
+** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
+** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
-  return 0;
+case OP_CollSeq: {
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
-** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
-** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
-** are made to pExpr:
+/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
 **
-**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database holding
-**                         the table.
-**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
-**                         from pSrcList.
-**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
-**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
-**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
-**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
+** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
+** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
+** successors.  The result of the function is stored in register P3.
+** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
 **
-** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
-** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
-** can be used.  The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
-** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL.  If pTableToken is NULL it
-** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
-** can be used.
+** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
+** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
+** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
+** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
+** invocation of this opcode.
 **
-** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
-** in pParse and return non-zero.  Return zero on success.
+** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
 */
-static int lookupName(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  Token *pDbToken,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
-  Token *pTableToken,  /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
-  Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */
-  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context used to resolve the name */
-  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
-){
-  char *zDb = 0;       /* Name of the database.  The "X" in X.Y.Z */
-  char *zTab = 0;      /* Name of the table.  The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */
-  char *zCol = 0;      /* Name of the column.  The "Z" */
-  int i, j;            /* Loop counters */
-  int cnt = 0;         /* Number of matching column names */
-  int cntTab = 0;      /* Number of matching table names */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;       /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
-  struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0;  /* The matching pSrcList item */
-  NameContext *pTopNC = pNC;        /* First namecontext in the list */
-  Schema *pSchema = 0;              /* Schema of the expression */
-
-  assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
-  zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDbToken);
-  zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableToken);
-  zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pColumnToken);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto lookupname_end;
-  }
-
-  pExpr->iTable = -1;
-  while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
-    ExprList *pEList;
-    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+case OP_Function: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ag */
+  int i;
+  Mem *pArg;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+  int n;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ag */
 
-    if( pSrcList ){
-      for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
-        Table *pTab;
-        int iDb;
-        Column *pCol;
-  
-        pTab = pItem->pTab;
-        assert( pTab!=0 );
-        iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-        assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
-        if( zTab ){
-          if( pItem->zAlias ){
-            char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
-            if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
-          }else{
-            char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
-            if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
-            if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
-              continue;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
-          pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
-          pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-          pMatch = pItem;
-        }
-        for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
-            const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
-            IdList *pUsing;
-            cnt++;
-            pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
-            pMatch = pItem;
-            pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-            /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-            pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
-            pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
-            if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){
-              pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0);
-            }
-            if( inSrc-1 ){
-              if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
-                /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join,
-                ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */
-                pItem++;
-                i++;
-              }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){
-                /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause
-                ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join
-                ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */
-                int k;
-                for(k=0; knId; k++){
-                  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){
-                    pItem++;
-                    i++;
-                    break;
-                  }
-                }
-              }
-            }
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
+  u.ag.n = pOp->p5;
+  u.ag.apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( u.ag.apVal || u.ag.n==0 );
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
-    ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
-    */
-    if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){
-      TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack;
-      Table *pTab = 0;
-      u32 *piColMask;
-      if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){
-        pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx;
-        assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
-        pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
-        piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->newColMask);
-      }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab)==0 ){
-        pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx;
-        assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
-        pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
-        piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->oldColMask);
-      }
+  assert( u.ag.n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ag.n<=p->nMem+1) );
+  assert( pOp->p3p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+u.ag.n );
+  u.ag.pArg = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+  for(u.ag.i=0; u.ag.ip2, u.ag.pArg);
+  }
 
-      if( pTab ){ 
-        int iCol;
-        Column *pCol = pTab->aCol;
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC );
+  if( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ){
+    u.ag.ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+    u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0;
+  }else{
+    u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc;
+    u.ag.ctx.pFunc = u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
+  }
 
-        pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-        cntTab++;
-        for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++) {
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
-            const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[iCol].zColl;
-            cnt++;
-            pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : iCol;
-            pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity;
-            if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){
-              pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0);
-            }
-            pExpr->pTab = pTab;
-            if( iCol>=0 ){
-              testcase( iCol==31 );
-              testcase( iCol==32 );
-              *piColMask |= ((u32)1<=32?0xffffffff:0);
-            }
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+  u.ag.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+  u.ag.ctx.s.db = db;
+  u.ag.ctx.s.xDel = 0;
+  u.ag.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
 
-    /*
-    ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
-    */
-    if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
-      cnt = 1;
-      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
-      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-    }
+  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
+  ** the pointer to u.ag.ctx.s so in case the user-function can use
+  ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.ag.ctx.s, pOut);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(&u.ag.ctx.s, MEM_Null);
 
-    /*
-    ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
-    ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
-    ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
-    **
-    **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
+  u.ag.ctx.isError = 0;
+  if( u.ag.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    u.ag.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  (*u.ag.ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&u.ag.ctx, u.ag.n, u.ag.apVal);
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ag.ctx.s);
+    goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
+    ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
+    ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
+    ** associated with such a value.
     **
-    ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
-    ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
-    ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
-    ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
-    */
-    if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){
-      for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){
-        char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
-        if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
-          Expr *pDup, *pOrig;
-          assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
-          assert( pExpr->pList==0 );
-          assert( pExpr->pSelect==0 );
-          pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
-          if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
-            sqlite3_free(zCol);
-            return 2;
-          }
-          pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig);
-          if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
-            pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
-            pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
-          }
-          if( pExpr->span.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pExpr->span.z);
-          if( pExpr->token.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pExpr->token.z);
-          memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
-          sqlite3_free(pDup);
-          cnt = 1;
-          pMatch = 0;
-          assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
-          goto lookupname_end_2;
-        }
-      } 
-    }
-
-    /* Advance to the next name context.  The loop will exit when either
-    ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
+    ** Note: Maybe MemRelease() should be called if sqlite3SafetyOn()
+    ** fails also (the if(...) statement above). But if people are
+    ** misusing sqlite, they have bigger problems than a leaked value.
     */
-    if( cnt==0 ){
-      pNC = pNC->pNext;
-    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ag.ctx.s);
+    goto no_mem;
   }
 
-  /*
-  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
-  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
-  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
-  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
-  ** pExpr.
-  **
-  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
-  ** fields are not changed in any context.
+  /* If any auxiliary data functions have been called by this user function,
+  ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
   */
-  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){
-    sqlite3_free(zCol);
-    return 0;
+  if( u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
+    pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc;
+    pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC;
   }
 
-  /*
-  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
-  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
-  */
-  if( cnt!=1 ){
-    const char *zErr;
-    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
-    if( zDb ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
-    }else if( zTab ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
-    }
-    pTopNC->nErr++;
+  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
+  if( u.ag.ctx.isError ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.ag.ctx.s));
+    rc = u.ag.ctx.isError;
   }
 
-  /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
-  ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask.  Column 0 causes
-  ** bit 0 to be set.  Column 1 sets bit 1.  And so forth.  If the
-  ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
-  ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
-  */
-  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
-    int n = pExpr->iColumn;
-    testcase( n==sizeof(Bitmask)*8-1 );
-    if( n>=sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ){
-      n = sizeof(Bitmask)*8-1;
-    }
-    assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
-    pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<p3, pOut);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
 
-lookupname_end:
-  /* Clean up and return
-  */
-  sqlite3_free(zDb);
-  sqlite3_free(zTab);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pLeft);
-  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pRight);
-  pExpr->pRight = 0;
-  pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
-lookupname_end_2:
-  sqlite3_free(zCol);
-  if( cnt==1 ){
-    assert( pNC!=0 );
-    sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
-    if( pMatch && !pMatch->pSelect ){
-      pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab;
-    }
-    /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
-    ** the point where the name matched. */
-    for(;;){
-      assert( pTopNC!=0 );
-      pTopNC->nRef++;
-      if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
-      pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
+/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in regiser P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
+** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
+** Store the result in register P3.
+** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ah */
+  i64 a;
+  i64 b;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ah */
+
+  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+    break;
+  }
+  u.ah.a = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+  u.ah.b = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
+  switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    case OP_BitAnd:      u.ah.a &= u.ah.b;     break;
+    case OP_BitOr:       u.ah.a |= u.ah.b;     break;
+    case OP_ShiftLeft:   u.ah.a <<= u.ah.b;    break;
+    default:  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_ShiftRight );
+                         u.ah.a >>= u.ah.b;    break;
+  }
+  pOut->u.i = u.ah.a;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 P2 * * *
+** 
+** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
+** The result is always an integer.
+**
+** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
+*/
+case OP_AddImm: {            /* in1 */
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
+** 
+** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If the value
+** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
+** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
+** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
+*/
+case OP_MustBeInt: {            /* jump, in1 */
+  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
+    }else{
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
     }
-    return 0;
-  } else {
-    return 1;
+  }else{
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
   }
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree().
+/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
 **
-** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
-** node in the expression tree.  Return 0 to continue the search down
-** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
+** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
 **
-** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
-** function names.  The operator for aggregate functions is changed
-** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
+** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
+** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
+** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
+** to have only a real value.
 */
-static int nameResolverStep(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
-  NameContext *pNC = (NameContext*)pArg;
-  Parse *pParse;
+case OP_RealAffinity: {                  /* in1 */
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
 
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return 1;
-  assert( pNC!=0 );
-  pParse = pNC->pParse;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
+** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
+** equivalent of printf().  Blob values are unchanged and
+** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToText: {                  /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
+  assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
+  pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
+  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
+  pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+  break;
+}
 
-  if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return 1;
-  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
-    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){
-      assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab);
-    }
+/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
+** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
+** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
+** to the underlying data.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToBlob: {                  /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
+    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
+    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob);
+  }else{
+    pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob);
   }
-#endif
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    /* Double-quoted strings (ex: "abc") are used as identifiers if
-    ** possible.  Otherwise they remain as strings.  Single-quoted
-    ** strings (ex: 'abc') are always string literals.
-    */
-    case TK_STRING: {
-      if( pExpr->token.z[0]=='\'' ) break;
-      /* Fall thru into the TK_ID case if this is a double-quoted string */
-    }
-    /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
-    */
-    case TK_ID: {
-      lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pNC, pExpr);
-      return 1;
-    }
-  
-    /* A table name and column name:     ID.ID
-    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
-    */
-    case TK_DOT: {
-      Token *pColumn;
-      Token *pTable;
-      Token *pDb;
-      Expr *pRight;
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+  break;
+}
 
-      /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
-      pRight = pExpr->pRight;
-      if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
-        pDb = 0;
-        pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
-        pColumn = &pRight->token;
-      }else{
-        assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
-        pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
-        pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token;
-        pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token;
-      }
-      lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pNC, pExpr);
-      return 1;
-    }
+/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an
+** integer or a floating-point number.)
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
+** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion 
+** is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToNumeric: {                  /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
+  if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
 
-    /* Resolve function names
-    */
-    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
-    case TK_FUNCTION: {
-      ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;    /* The argument list */
-      int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;  /* Number of arguments */
-      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
-      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
-      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
-      int i;
-      int auth;                   /* Authorization to use the function */
-      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
-      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
-      FuncDef *pDef;              /* Information about the function */
-      int enc = ENC(pParse->db);  /* The database encoding */
+/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 be an integer.  If
+** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
+** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToInt: {                  /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
 
-      zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
-      nId = pExpr->token.n;
-      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
-      if( pDef==0 ){
-        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0);
-        if( pDef==0 ){
-          no_such_func = 1;
-        }else{
-          wrong_num_args = 1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-      if( pDef ){
-        auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
-        if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
-                                    pDef->zName);
-            pNC->nErr++;
-          }
-          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }
-#endif
-      if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-        is_agg = 0;
-      }else if( no_such_func ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
-             nId, zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-      }
-      if( is_agg ){
-        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
-        pNC->hasAgg = 1;
-      }
-      if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0;
-      for(i=0; pNC->nErr==0 && ia[i].pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC);
-      }
-      if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1;
-      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
-      ** type of the function 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
+**
+** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
+** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
+** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
+** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible.
+**
+** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
+*/
+case OP_ToReal: {                  /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+
+/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)flags | pIn3->flags)&MEM_Null ){
+    /* One or both operands are NULL */
+    if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){
+      /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
+      ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether
+      ** or not both operands are null.
       */
-      return is_agg;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_SELECT:
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-#endif
-    case TK_IN: {
-      if( pExpr->pSelect ){
-        int nRef = pNC->nRef;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-        if( pNC->isCheck ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints");
-        }
-#endif
-        sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, pNC);
-        assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
-        if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
-          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
-        }
+      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
+      u.ai.res = (pIn1->flags & pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0;
+    }else{
+      /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL,
+      ** then the result is always NULL.
+      ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
+      */
+      if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+        pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+        MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+      }else if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
+        pc = pOp->p2-1;
       }
       break;
     }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-    case TK_VARIABLE: {
-      if( pNC->isCheck ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints");
-      }
-      break;
+  }else{
+    /* Neither operand is NULL.  Do a comparison. */
+    u.ai.affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
+    if( u.ai.affinity ){
+      applyAffinity(pIn1, u.ai.affinity, encoding);
+      applyAffinity(pIn3, u.ai.affinity, encoding);
+      if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
     }
-#endif
+
+    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
+    ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+    ExpandBlob(pIn3);
+    u.ai.res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
   }
-  return 0;
+  switch( pOp->opcode ){
+    case OP_Eq:    u.ai.res = u.ai.res==0;     break;
+    case OP_Ne:    u.ai.res = u.ai.res!=0;     break;
+    case OP_Lt:    u.ai.res = u.ai.res<0;      break;
+    case OP_Le:    u.ai.res = u.ai.res<=0;     break;
+    case OP_Gt:    u.ai.res = u.ai.res>0;      break;
+    default:       u.ai.res = u.ai.res>=0;     break;
+  }
+
+  if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
+    pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+    pOut->u.i = u.ai.res;
+    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
+  }else if( u.ai.res ){
+    pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
-** table columns.  Nodes of the form ID.ID or ID resolve into an
-** index to the table in the table list and a column offset.  The 
-** Expr.opcode for such nodes is changed to TK_COLUMN.  The Expr.iTable
-** value is changed to the index of the referenced table in pTabList
-** plus the "base" value.  The base value will ultimately become the
-** VDBE cursor number for a cursor that is pointing into the referenced
-** table.  The Expr.iColumn value is changed to the index of the column 
-** of the referenced table.  The Expr.iColumn value for the special
-** ROWID column is -1.  Any INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is tried as an
-** alias for ROWID.
-**
-** Also resolve function names and check the functions for proper
-** usage.  Make sure all function names are recognized and all functions
-** have the correct number of arguments.  Leave an error message
-** in pParse->zErrMsg if anything is amiss.  Return the number of errors.
-**
-** If the expression contains aggregate functions then set the EP_Agg
-** property on the expression.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprResolveNames( 
-  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
-  Expr *pExpr             /* The expression to be analyzed. */
-){
-  int savedHasAgg;
+/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
+**
+** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
+** of integers in P4.
+**
+** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Permutation, OP_Compare,
+** OP_Halt, or OP_ResultRow.  Typically the OP_Permutation should occur
+** immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
+*/
+case OP_Permutation: {
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
+  assert( pOp->p4.ai );
+  aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
+  break;
+}
 
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  {
-    int mxDepth = pNC->pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
-    if( (pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight)>mxDepth ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pNC->pParse, 
-         "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxDepth
-      );
-      return 1;
+/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Compare to vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (all this
+** one "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B").  Save the result of
+** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
+**
+** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
+** orders for the comparison.  The permutation applies to registers
+** only.  The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
+**
+** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
+** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
+** and strings are less than blobs.
+*/
+case OP_Compare: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aj */
+  int n;
+  int i;
+  int p1;
+  int p2;
+  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int idx;
+  CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
+  int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.aj */
+
+  u.aj.n = pOp->p3;
+  u.aj.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+  assert( u.aj.n>0 );
+  assert( u.aj.pKeyInfo!=0 );
+  u.aj.p1 = pOp->p1;
+  u.aj.p2 = pOp->p2;
+#if SQLITE_DEBUG
+  if( aPermute ){
+    int k, mx = 0;
+    for(k=0; kmx ) mx = aPermute[k];
+    assert( u.aj.p1>0 && u.aj.p1+mx<=p->nMem+1 );
+    assert( u.aj.p2>0 && u.aj.p2+mx<=p->nMem+1 );
+  }else{
+    assert( u.aj.p1>0 && u.aj.p1+u.aj.n<=p->nMem+1 );
+    assert( u.aj.p2>0 && u.aj.p2+u.aj.n<=p->nMem+1 );
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+  for(u.aj.i=0; u.aj.iaMem[u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx]);
+    REGISTER_TRACE(u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx, &p->aMem[u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx]);
+    assert( u.aj.inField );
+    u.aj.pColl = u.aj.pKeyInfo->aColl[u.aj.i];
+    u.aj.bRev = u.aj.pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[u.aj.i];
+    iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&p->aMem[u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx], &p->aMem[u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx], u.aj.pColl);
+    if( iCompare ){
+      if( u.aj.bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
+      break;
     }
-    pNC->pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
   }
-#endif
-  savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg;
-  pNC->hasAgg = 0;
-  walkExprTree(pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC);
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
-#endif
-  if( pNC->nErr>0 ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+  aPermute = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
+** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
+** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
+*/
+case OP_Jump: {             /* jump */
+  if( iCompare<0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p1 - 1;
+  }else if( iCompare==0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    pc = pOp->p3 - 1;
   }
-  if( pNC->hasAgg ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
-  }else if( savedHasAgg ){
-    pNC->hasAgg = 1;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
+** write the result into register P3.
+**
+** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
+** the other input is NULL.  A NULL and true or two NULLs give
+** a NULL output.
+*/
+/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
+** store the answer in register P3.
+**
+** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
+** even if the other input is NULL.  A NULL and false or two NULLs
+** give a NULL output.
+*/
+case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
+case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ak */
+  int v1;    /* Left operand:  0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+  int v2;    /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ak */
+
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    u.ak.v1 = 2;
+  }else{
+    u.ak.v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
   }
-  return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
+  if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    u.ak.v2 = 2;
+  }else{
+    u.ak.v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
+    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
+    u.ak.v1 = and_logic[u.ak.v1*3+u.ak.v2];
+  }else{
+    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
+    u.ak.v1 = or_logic[u.ak.v1*3+u.ak.v2];
+  }
+  if( u.ak.v1==2 ){
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
+  }else{
+    pOut->u.i = u.ak.v1;
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  }
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** A pointer instance of this structure is used to pass information
-** through walkExprTree into codeSubqueryStep().
+/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Store the
+** boolean complement in register P2.  If the value in register P1 is 
+** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
 */
-typedef struct QueryCoder QueryCoder;
-struct QueryCoder {
-  Parse *pParse;       /* The parsing context */
-  NameContext *pNC;    /* Namespace of first enclosing query */
-};
+case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1 */
+  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
+  }
+  break;
+}
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int sqlite3_enable_in_opt = 1;
-#else
-  #define sqlite3_enable_in_opt 1
-#endif
+/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Store the
+** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2.  If P1 holds
+** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
+*/
+case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1 */
+  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1));
+  }
+  break;
+}
 
-/*
-** Return true if the IN operator optimization is enabled and
-** the SELECT statement p exists and is of the
-** simple form:
+/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
 **
-**     SELECT  FROM 
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value is
+** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
+*/
+/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
 **
-** If this is the case, it may be possible to use an existing table
-** or index instead of generating an epheremal table.
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value is
+** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
+** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){
-  SrcList *pSrc;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  Table *pTab;
-  if( !sqlite3_enable_in_opt ) return 0; /* IN optimization must be enabled */
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;                   /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */
-  if( p->pPrior ) return 0;              /* Not a compound SELECT */
-  if( p->isDistinct ) return 0;          /* No DISTINCT keyword */
-  if( p->isAgg ) return 0;               /* Contains no aggregate functions */
-  if( p->pGroupBy ) return 0;            /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
-  if( p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Has no LIMIT clause */
-  if( p->pOffset ) return 0;
-  if( p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Has no WHERE clause */
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  if( pSrc==0 ) return 0;                /* A single table in the FROM clause */
-  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
-  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0;     /* FROM clause is not a subquery */
-  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-  if( pTab==0 ) return 0;
-  if( pTab->pSelect ) return 0;          /* FROM clause is not a view */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;        /* FROM clause not a virtual table */
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;       /* One column in the result set */
-  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */
-  return 1;
+case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
+case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.al */
+  int c;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.al */
+  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    u.al.c = pOp->p3;
+  }else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    u.al.c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
+#else
+    u.al.c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
+#endif
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) u.al.c = !u.al.c;
+  }
+  if( u.al.c ){
+    pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }
+  break;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
 
-/*
-** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
-** It's job is to find or create a b-tree structure that may be used
-** either to test for membership of the (...) set or to iterate through
-** its members, skipping duplicates.
+/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * *
 **
-** The cursor opened on the structure (database table, database index 
-** or ephermal table) is stored in pX->iTable before this function returns.
-** The returned value indicates the structure type, as follows:
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
+*/
+case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
 **
-**   IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table.
-**   IN_INDEX_INDEX - The cursor was opened on a database index.
-**   IN_INDEX_EPH -   The cursor was opened on a specially created and
-**                    populated epheremal table.
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  
+*/
+case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
 **
-** An existing structure may only be used if the SELECT is of the simple
-** form:
+** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
+** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
+** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
+** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
+** values in the record, extract a NULL.
 **
-**     SELECT  FROM 
      
+** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
 **
-** If the mustBeUnique parameter is false, the structure will be used 
-** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must 
-** be used unless  is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can 
-** be found with  as its left-most column.
+** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
+** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
+** the result.
 **
-** If mustBeUnique is true, then the structure will be used to iterate
-** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an
-** epheremal table must be used unless the selected  is guaranteed
-** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
-** is unique by virtue of a constraint or implicit index.
+** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor,
+** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column.
+** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content
+** register has changed should have this bit set.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int mustBeUnique){
-  Select *p;
-  int eType = 0;
-  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;
+case OP_Column: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.am */
+  u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
+  i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */
+  int p1;            /* P1 value of the opcode */
+  int p2;            /* column number to retrieve */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;    /* The VDBE cursor */
+  char *zRec;        /* Pointer to complete record-data */
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
+  u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
+  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
+  int nField;        /* number of fields in the record */
+  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
+  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
+  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
+  u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
+  u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
+  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
+  u64 offset64;      /* 64-bit offset.  64 bits needed to catch overflow */
+  int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
+  int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
+  Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.am */
+
+
+  u.am.p1 = pOp->p1;
+  u.am.p2 = pOp->p2;
+  u.am.pC = 0;
+  memset(&u.am.sMem, 0, sizeof(u.am.sMem));
+  assert( u.am.p1nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  u.am.pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+  MemSetTypeFlag(u.am.pDest, MEM_Null);
+  u.am.zRec = 0;
 
-  /* The follwing if(...) expression is true if the SELECT is of the 
-  ** simple form:
+  /* This block sets the variable u.am.payloadSize to be the total number of
+  ** bytes in the record.
   **
-  **     SELECT  FROM 
      
+  ** u.am.zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
+  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
+  ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text
+  ** might be available in the  u.am.pC->aRow cache.  Or it might not be.
+  ** If the data is unavailable,  u.am.zRec is set to NULL.
   **
-  ** If this is the case, it may be possible to use an existing table
-  ** or index instead of generating an epheremal table.
+  ** We also compute the number of columns in the record.  For cursors,
+  ** the number of columns is stored in the VdbeCursor.nField element.
   */
-  p = pX->pSelect;
-  if( isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    Index *pIdx;
-    Expr *pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-    int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
-    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  u.am.pC = p->apCsr[u.am.p1];
+  assert( u.am.pC!=0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  assert( u.am.pC->pVtabCursor==0 );
+#endif
+  u.am.pCrsr = u.am.pC->pCursor;
+  if( u.am.pCrsr!=0 ){
+    /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.am.pC);
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( u.am.pC->nullRow ){
+      u.am.payloadSize = 0;
+    }else if( u.am.pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
+      u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pC->payloadSize;
+      u.am.zRec = (char*)u.am.pC->aRow;
+    }else if( u.am.pC->isIndex ){
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.am.pCrsr) );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.payloadSize64);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
+      /* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the
+      ** payload size, so it is impossible for u.am.payloadSize64 to be
+      ** larger than 32 bits. */
+      assert( (u.am.payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)u.am.payloadSize64 );
+      u.am.payloadSize = (u32)u.am.payloadSize64;
+    }else{
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.am.pCrsr) );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.payloadSize);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
+    }
+  }else if( u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ){
+    u.am.pReg = &p->aMem[u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg];
+    assert( u.am.pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
+    u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pReg->n;
+    u.am.zRec = u.am.pReg->z;
+    u.am.pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr;
+    assert( u.am.payloadSize==0 || u.am.zRec!=0 );
+  }else{
+    /* Consider the row to be NULL */
+    u.am.payloadSize = 0;
+  }
 
-    /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe
-    ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always
-    ** successful here.
-    */
-    assert(v);
-    if( iCol<0 ){
-      int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-      int iAddr;
-      Table *pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+  /* If u.am.payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */
+  if( u.am.payloadSize==0 ){
+    assert( u.am.pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
+    goto op_column_out;
+  }
+  assert( db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]>=0 );
+  if( u.am.payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
 
-      iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem);
+  u.am.nField = u.am.pC->nField;
+  assert( u.am.p2aType;
+  if( u.am.pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
+    u.am.aOffset = u.am.pC->aOffset;
+  }else{
+    assert(u.am.aType);
+    u.am.avail = 0;
+    u.am.pC->aOffset = u.am.aOffset = &u.am.aType[u.am.nField];
+    u.am.pC->payloadSize = u.am.payloadSize;
+    u.am.pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
 
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
+    /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
+    if( u.am.zRec ){
+      u.am.zData = u.am.zRec;
     }else{
-      /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to 
-      ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according
-      ** to this collation sequence.
-      */
-      CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr);
-
-      /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the 
-      ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If
-      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
+      if( u.am.pC->isIndex ){
+        u.am.zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.avail);
+      }else{
+        u.am.zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.avail);
+      }
+      /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
+      ** save the payload in the u.am.pC->aRow cache.  That will save us from
+      ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
+      ** the record.
       */
-      Table *pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-      char aff = comparisonAffinity(pX);
-      int affinity_ok = (pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity==aff||aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
-
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
-         && (pReq==sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], -1, 0))
-         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None))
-        ){
-          int iDb;
-          int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-          int iAddr;
-          char *pKey;
-  
-          pKey = (char *)sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
-          iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema);
-          sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-
-          iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem);
-  
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pIdx->nColumn);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
-                               pKey,P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX;
-
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
-        }
+      assert( u.am.avail>=0 );
+      if( u.am.payloadSize <= (u32)u.am.avail ){
+        u.am.zRec = u.am.zData;
+        u.am.pC->aRow = (u8*)u.am.zData;
+      }else{
+        u.am.pC->aRow = 0;
       }
     }
-  }
+    /* The following assert is true in all cases accept when
+    ** the database file has been corrupted externally.
+    **    assert( u.am.zRec!=0 || u.am.avail>=u.am.payloadSize || u.am.avail>=9 ); */
+    u.am.szHdr = getVarint32((u8*)u.am.zData, u.am.offset);
 
-  if( eType==0 ){
-    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX);
-    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
+    /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header.
+    ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation.
+    **
+    ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each.  But 4 and 5 byte
+    ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of
+    ** them, respectively.  So the maximum header length results from a
+    ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three
+    ** extra bytes for the header length itself.  32768*3 + 3 = 98307.
+    */
+    if( u.am.offset > 98307 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto op_column_out;
+    }
+
+    /* Compute in u.am.len the number of bytes of data we need to read in order
+    ** to get u.am.nField type values.  u.am.offset is an upper bound on this.  But
+    ** u.am.nField might be significantly less than the true number of columns
+    ** in the table, and in that case, 5*u.am.nField+3 might be smaller than u.am.offset.
+    ** We want to minimize u.am.len in order to limit the size of the memory
+    ** allocation, especially if a corrupt database file has caused u.am.offset
+    ** to be oversized. Offset is limited to 98307 above.  But 98307 might
+    ** still exceed Robson memory allocation limits on some configurations.
+    ** On systems that cannot tolerate large memory allocations, u.am.nField*5+3
+    ** will likely be much smaller since u.am.nField will likely be less than
+    ** 20 or so.  This insures that Robson memory allocation limits are
+    ** not exceeded even for corrupt database files.
+    */
+    u.am.len = u.am.nField*5 + 3;
+    if( u.am.len > (int)u.am.offset ) u.am.len = (int)u.am.offset;
+
+    /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
+    ** record header in most cases.  But they will fail to get the complete
+    ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
+    ** in the B-Tree.  When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
+    ** acquire the complete header text.
+    */
+    if( !u.am.zRec && u.am.availisIndex, &u.am.sMem);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto op_column_out;
+      }
+      u.am.zData = u.am.sMem.z;
+    }
+    u.am.zEndHdr = (u8 *)&u.am.zData[u.am.len];
+    u.am.zIdx = (u8 *)&u.am.zData[u.am.szHdr];
+
+    /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the u.am.aType[] and u.am.aOffset[]
+    ** arrays.  u.am.aType[u.am.i] will contain the type integer for the u.am.i-th
+    ** column and u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] will contain the u.am.offset from the beginning
+    ** of the record to the start of the data for the u.am.i-th column
+    */
+    u.am.offset64 = u.am.offset;
+    for(u.am.i=0; u.am.i u.am.zEndHdr)|| (u.am.offset64 > u.am.payloadSize)
+     || (u.am.zIdx==u.am.zEndHdr && u.am.offset64!=(u64)u.am.payloadSize) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto op_column_out;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get the column information. If u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2] is non-zero, then
+  ** deserialize the value from the record. If u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2] is zero,
+  ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the
+  ** request.  In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is
+  ** a pointer to a Mem object.
+  */
+  if( u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2] ){
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    if( u.am.zRec ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(u.am.pDest);
+      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&u.am.zRec[u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2]], u.am.aType[u.am.p2], u.am.pDest);
+    }else{
+      u.am.len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.am.aType[u.am.p2]);
+      sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.am.sMem, u.am.pDest);
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(u.am.pCrsr, u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2], u.am.len, u.am.pC->isIndex, &u.am.sMem);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto op_column_out;
+      }
+      u.am.zData = u.am.sMem.z;
+      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)u.am.zData, u.am.aType[u.am.p2], u.am.pDest);
+    }
+    u.am.pDest->enc = encoding;
   }else{
-    pX->iTable = iTab;
+    if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(u.am.pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
+    }else{
+      assert( u.am.pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
+    }
   }
-  return eType;
+
+  /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
+  ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
+  ** dynamically allocated space over to the u.am.pDest structure.
+  ** This prevents a memory copy.
+  */
+  if( u.am.sMem.zMalloc ){
+    assert( u.am.sMem.z==u.am.sMem.zMalloc );
+    assert( !(u.am.pDest->flags & MEM_Dyn) );
+    assert( !(u.am.pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str)) || u.am.pDest->z==u.am.sMem.z );
+    u.am.pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
+    u.am.pDest->flags |= MEM_Term;
+    u.am.pDest->z = u.am.sMem.z;
+    u.am.pDest->zMalloc = u.am.sMem.zMalloc;
+  }
+
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(u.am.pDest);
+
+op_column_out:
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.am.pDest);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.am.pDest);
+  break;
 }
-#endif
 
-/*
-** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as an expression
-** and IN operators.  Examples:
+/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
 **
-**     (SELECT a FROM b)          -- subquery
-**     EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b)   -- EXISTS subquery
-**     x IN (4,5,11)              -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
-**     x IN (SELECT a FROM b)     -- IN operator with subquery on the right
+** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
 **
-** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
-** operator or subquery.
+** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** memory cell in the range.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  int testAddr = 0;                       /* One-time test address */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) return;
+case OP_Affinity: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.an */
+  char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
+  Mem *pData0;       /* First register to which to apply affinity */
+  Mem *pLast;        /* Last register to which to apply affinity */
+  Mem *pRec;         /* Current register */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.an */
+
+  u.an.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+  u.an.pData0 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  u.an.pLast = &u.an.pData0[pOp->p2-1];
+  for(u.an.pRec=u.an.pData0; u.an.pRec<=u.an.pLast; u.an.pRec++){
+    ExpandBlob(u.an.pRec);
+    applyAffinity(u.an.pRec, u.an.zAffinity[u.an.pRec-u.an.pData0], encoding);
+  }
+  break;
+}
 
+/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into a single entry
+** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key
+** in an index.  The details of the format are irrelevant as long as
+** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
+** Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
+** format.
+**
+** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long.  The nth character of the
+** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
+** field of the index key.
+**
+** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
+** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
+**
+** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
+*/
+case OP_MakeRecord: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ao */
+  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
+  Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
+  u64 nData;             /* Number of bytes of data space */
+  int nHdr;              /* Number of bytes of header space */
+  i64 nByte;             /* Data space required for this record */
+  int nZero;             /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+  int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
+  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
+  Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
+  Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
+  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
+  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
+  int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
+  int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
+  int len;               /* Length of a field */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ao */
 
-  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
-  ** if any of the following is true:
+  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
+  ** like this:
   **
-  **    *  The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
-  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
-  **    *  We are inside a trigger
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 |
+  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   **
-  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
-  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
+  ** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
+  ** and so froth.
+  **
+  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the
+  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
+  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
+  ** of the record to data0.
   */
-  if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->trigStack ){
-    int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, mem);
-    testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, mem);
-    assert( testAddr>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+  u.ao.nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
+  u.ao.nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
+  u.ao.nByte = 0;         /* Data space required for this record */
+  u.ao.nZero = 0;         /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
+  u.ao.nField = pOp->p1;
+  u.ao.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
+  assert( u.ao.nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ao.nField<=p->nMem+1 );
+  u.ao.pData0 = &p->aMem[u.ao.nField];
+  u.ao.nField = pOp->p2;
+  u.ao.pLast = &u.ao.pData0[u.ao.nField-1];
+  u.ao.file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
+
+  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
+  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
+  */
+  for(u.ao.pRec=u.ao.pData0; u.ao.pRec<=u.ao.pLast; u.ao.pRec++){
+    if( u.ao.zAffinity ){
+      applyAffinity(u.ao.pRec, u.ao.zAffinity[u.ao.pRec-u.ao.pData0], encoding);
+    }
+    if( u.ao.pRec->flags&MEM_Zero && u.ao.pRec->n>0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(u.ao.pRec);
+    }
+    u.ao.serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(u.ao.pRec, u.ao.file_format);
+    u.ao.len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.ao.serial_type);
+    u.ao.nData += u.ao.len;
+    u.ao.nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(u.ao.serial_type);
+    if( u.ao.pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+      /* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode.
+      ** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */
+      u.ao.nZero += u.ao.pRec->u.nZero;
+    }else if( u.ao.len ){
+      u.ao.nZero = 0;
+    }
   }
 
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_IN: {
-      char affinity;
-      KeyInfo keyInfo;
-      int addr;        /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
+  /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
+  u.ao.nHdr += u.ao.nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(u.ao.nHdr);
+  if( u.ao.nVarintdb->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    goto too_big;
+  }
 
-      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store
+  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
+  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
+  ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
+  */
+  assert( pOp->p3p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
+  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.ao.nByte, 0) ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  u.ao.zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
 
-      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()'
-      ** expression it is handled the same way. A virtual table is 
-      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
-      ** from the SELECT or the .
-      **
-      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
-      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
-      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
-      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
-      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
-      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
-      ** is used.
-      */
-      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, 1);
-      memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
-      keyInfo.nField = 1;
+  /* Write the record */
+  u.ao.i = putVarint32(u.ao.zNewRecord, u.ao.nHdr);
+  for(u.ao.pRec=u.ao.pData0; u.ao.pRec<=u.ao.pLast; u.ao.pRec++){
+    u.ao.serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(u.ao.pRec, u.ao.file_format);
+    u.ao.i += putVarint32(&u.ao.zNewRecord[u.ao.i], u.ao.serial_type);      /* serial type */
+  }
+  for(u.ao.pRec=u.ao.pData0; u.ao.pRec<=u.ao.pLast; u.ao.pRec++){  /* serial data */
+    u.ao.i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&u.ao.zNewRecord[u.ao.i], (int)(u.ao.nByte-u.ao.i), u.ao.pRec,u.ao.file_format);
+  }
+  assert( u.ao.i==u.ao.nByte );
 
-      if( pExpr->pSelect ){
-        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
-        **
-        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
-        ** table allocated and opened above.
-        */
-        SelectDest dest;
-        ExprList *pEList;
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  pOut->n = (int)u.ao.nByte;
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
+  pOut->xDel = 0;
+  if( u.ao.nZero ){
+    pOut->u.nZero = u.ao.nZero;
+    pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
+  }
+  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
+}
 
-        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
-        dest.affinity = (int)affinity;
-        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
-        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, &dest, 0, 0, 0, 0) ){
-          return;
-        }
-        pEList = pExpr->pSelect->pEList;
-        if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>0 ){ 
-          keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
-              pEList->a[0].pExpr);
-        }
-      }else if( pExpr->pList ){
-        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
-        **
-        ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
-        ** store it in the temporary table. If  is a column, then use
-        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If  is not
-        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
-        */
-        int i;
-        ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
-        struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-        int r1, r2;
+/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index 
+** opened by cursor P1 in register P2
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+case OP_Count: {         /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ap */
+  i64 nEntry;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ap */
 
-        if( !affinity ){
-          affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-        }
-        keyInfo.aColl[0] = pExpr->pLeft->pColl;
+  u.ap.pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
+  if( u.ap.pCrsr ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(u.ap.pCrsr, &u.ap.nEntry);
+  }else{
+    u.ap.nEntry = 0;
+  }
+  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+  pOut->u.i = u.ap.nEntry;
+  break;
+}
+#endif
 
-        /* Loop through each expression in . */
-        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
+/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending
+** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an
+** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2.
+*/
+case OP_Savepoint: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aq */
+  int p1;                         /* Value of P1 operand */
+  char *zName;                    /* Name of savepoint */
+  int nName;
+  Savepoint *pNew;
+  Savepoint *pSavepoint;
+  Savepoint *pTmp;
+  int iSavepoint;
+  int ii;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.aq */
 
-          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
-          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
-          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
-          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
-          */
-          if( testAddr && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
-            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 2);
-            testAddr = 0;
-          }
+  u.aq.p1 = pOp->p1;
+  u.aq.zName = pOp->p4.z;
 
-          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
-          pParse->disableColCache++;
-          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pE2, r1);
-          assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-          pParse->disableColCache--;
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r1, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
-          sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
+  /* Assert that the u.aq.p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open
+  ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints.
+  */
+  assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 );
+  assert( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+  assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 );
+  assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+
+  if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){
+    if( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){
+      /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write
+      ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles).
+      */
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot open savepoint - "
+        "SQL statements in progress");
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      u.aq.nName = sqlite3Strlen30(u.aq.zName);
+
+      /* Create a new savepoint structure. */
+      u.aq.pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+u.aq.nName+1);
+      if( u.aq.pNew ){
+        u.aq.pNew->zName = (char *)&u.aq.pNew[1];
+        memcpy(u.aq.pNew->zName, u.aq.zName, u.aq.nName+1);
+
+        /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special
+        ** "transaction savepoint". */
+        if( db->autoCommit ){
+          db->autoCommit = 0;
+          db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1;
+        }else{
+          db->nSavepoint++;
         }
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+
+        /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */
+        u.aq.pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint;
+        db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pNew;
+        u.aq.pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons;
       }
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-      break;
     }
-
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      /* This has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
-      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
-      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.
+  }else{
+    u.aq.iSavepoint = 0;
+
+    /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an
+    ** an error is returned to the user.  */
+    for(
+      u.aq.pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint;
+      u.aq.pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(u.aq.pSavepoint->zName, u.aq.zName);
+      u.aq.pSavepoint = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext
+    ){
+      u.aq.iSavepoint++;
+    }
+    if( !u.aq.pSavepoint ){
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "no such savepoint: %s", u.aq.zName);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else if(
+        db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || (u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && db->activeVdbeCnt>1)
+    ){
+      /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are
+      ** active write statements. It is not possible to rollback a savepoint
+      ** if there are any active statements at all.
       */
-      static const Token one = { (u8*)"1", 0, 1 };
-      Select *pSel;
-      SelectDest dest;
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+        "cannot %s savepoint - SQL statements in progress",
+        (u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ? "rollback": "release")
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
 
-      pSel = pExpr->pSelect;
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
-      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
-        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iParm);
-        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
+      /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so,
+      ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction
+      ** is committed.
+      */
+      int isTransaction = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint;
+      if( isTransaction && u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+        if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto vdbe_return;
+        }
+        db->autoCommit = 1;
+        if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+          p->pc = pc;
+          db->autoCommit = 0;
+          p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+          goto vdbe_return;
+        }
+        db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+        rc = p->rc;
       }else{
-        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iParm);
-        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
+        u.aq.iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - u.aq.iSavepoint - 1;
+        for(u.aq.ii=0; u.aq.iinDb; u.aq.ii++){
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[u.aq.ii].pBt, u.aq.p1, u.aq.iSavepoint);
+          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+            goto abort_due_to_error;
+          }
+        }
+        if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){
+          sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+          sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+        }
       }
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(pSel->pLimit);
-      pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one);
-      if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest, 0, 0, 0, 0) ){
-        return;
+
+      /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all
+      ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */
+      while( db->pSavepoint!=u.aq.pSavepoint ){
+        u.aq.pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+        db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pTmp->pNext;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, u.aq.pTmp);
+        db->nSavepoint--;
+      }
+
+      /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on
+      ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred
+      ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored
+      ** when the savepoint was created.  */
+      if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+        assert( u.aq.pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint );
+        db->pSavepoint = u.aq.pSavepoint->pNext;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, u.aq.pSavepoint);
+        if( !isTransaction ){
+          db->nSavepoint--;
+        }
+      }else{
+        db->nDeferredCons = u.aq.pSavepoint->nDeferredCons;
       }
-      pExpr->iColumn = dest.iParm;
-      break;
     }
   }
 
-  if( testAddr ){
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr-1);
-  }
-
-  return;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-/*
-** Duplicate an 8-byte value
-*/
-static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){
-  char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8);
-  if( out ){
-    memcpy(out, in, 8);
-  }
-  return out;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
-** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
+/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
 **
-** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
-** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
-** like the continuation of the number.
+** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
+** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
+** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails.  A COMMIT fails if
+** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache.
+**
+** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
 */
-static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n, int negateFlag, int iMem){
-  assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed );
-  if( z ){
-    double value;
-    char *zV;
-    assert( !isdigit(z[n]) );
-    sqlite3AtoF(z, &value);
-    if( sqlite3IsNaN(value) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iMem);
+case OP_AutoCommit: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ar */
+  int desiredAutoCommit;
+  int iRollback;
+  int turnOnAC;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ar */
+
+  u.ar.desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1;
+  u.ar.iRollback = pOp->p2;
+  u.ar.turnOnAC = u.ar.desiredAutoCommit && !db->autoCommit;
+  assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==0 );
+  assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 || u.ar.iRollback==0 );
+  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
+
+  if( u.ar.turnOnAC && u.ar.iRollback && db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
+    /* If this instruction implements a ROLLBACK and other VMs are
+    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
+    ** that the other VMs must complete first.
+    */
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot rollback transaction - "
+        "SQL statements in progress");
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else if( u.ar.turnOnAC && !u.ar.iRollback && db->writeVdbeCnt>0 ){
+    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing
+    ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first.
+    */
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot commit transaction - "
+        "SQL statements in progress");
+    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }else if( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){
+    if( u.ar.iRollback ){
+      assert( u.ar.desiredAutoCommit==1 );
+      sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+      db->autoCommit = 1;
+    }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto vdbe_return;
     }else{
-      if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
-      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
+      db->autoCommit = (u8)u.ar.desiredAutoCommit;
+      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+        p->pc = pc;
+        db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-u.ar.desiredAutoCommit);
+        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+        goto vdbe_return;
+      }
     }
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
-** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
-**
-** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
-** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
-** like the continuation of the number.
-*/
-static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n, int negFlag, int iMem){
-  assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed );
-  if( z ){
-    int i;
-    assert( !isdigit(z[n]) );
-    if( sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){
-      if( negFlag ) i = -i;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
-    }else if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z, negFlag) ){
-      i64 value;
-      char *zV;
-      sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value);
-      if( negFlag ) value = -value;
-      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
+    assert( db->nStatement==0 );
+    sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
     }else{
-      codeReal(v, z, n, negFlag, iMem);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
     }
+    goto vdbe_return;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+        (!u.ar.desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
+        (u.ar.iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
+                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
+
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
+  break;
 }
 
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
-** table pTab and store the column value in a register.  An effort
-** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is
-** not guaranteed.  The location of the column value is returned.
+/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 * * *
 **
-** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
-** is called.  If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
+** Begin a transaction.  The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
+** opcode is encountered.  Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
+** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
 **
-** This routine might attempt to reuse the value of the column that
-** has already been loaded into a register.  The value will always
-** be used if it has not undergone any affinity changes.  But if
-** an affinity change has occurred, then the cached value will only be
-** used if allowAffChng is true.
+** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
+** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
+** file used for temporary tables.  Indices of 2 or more are used for
+** attached databases.
+**
+** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started.  A RESERVED lock is
+** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started.  No
+** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
+** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
+** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
+** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
+** on the file.
+**
+** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is
+** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may
+** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened.
+** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database
+** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other
+** active statements. A statement transaction allows the affects of this
+** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
+** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction
+** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts.
+**
+** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Description of the table we are reading from */
-  int iColumn,     /* Index of the table column */
-  int iTable,      /* The cursor pointing to the table */
-  int iReg,        /* Store results here */
-  int allowAffChng /* True if prior affinity changes are OK */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
+case OP_Transaction: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.as */
+  Btree *pBt;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.as */
 
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; inColCache; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn
-           && (!p->affChange || allowAffChng) ){
-#if 0
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop);
-      VdbeComment((v, "OPT: tab%d.col%d -> r%d", iTable, iColumn, p->iReg));
-#endif
-      return p->iReg;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 );
+  u.as.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+
+  if( u.as.pBt ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.as.pBt, pOp->p2);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+      p->pc = pc;
+      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+      goto vdbe_return;
     }
-  }  
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  if( iColumn<0 ){
-    int op = (pTab && IsVirtual(pTab)) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, iTable, iReg);
-  }else if( pTab==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
-  }else{
-    int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
-    sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iColumn);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    if( pTab->aCol[iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
     }
-#endif
-  }
-  if( pParse->disableColCache==0 ){
-    i = pParse->iColCache;
-    p = &pParse->aColCache[i];
-    p->iTable = iTable;
-    p->iColumn = iColumn;
-    p->iReg = iReg;
-    p->affChange = 0;
-    i++;
-    if( i>=ArraySize(pParse->aColCache) ) i = 0;
-    if( i>pParse->nColCache ) pParse->nColCache = i;
-    pParse->iColCache = i;
-  }
-  return iReg;
-}
 
-/*
-** Clear all column cache entries associated with the vdbe
-** cursor with cursor number iTable.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iTable){
-  if( iTable<0 ){
-    pParse->nColCache = 0;
-    pParse->iColCache = 0;
-  }else{
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; inColCache; i++){
-      if( pParse->aColCache[i].iTable==iTable ){
-        testcase( i==pParse->nColCache-1 );
-        pParse->aColCache[i] = pParse->aColCache[--pParse->nColCache];
-        pParse->iColCache = pParse->nColCache;
+    if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal
+     && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1)
+    ){
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(u.as.pBt) );
+      if( p->iStatement==0 ){
+        assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 );
+        db->nStatement++;
+        p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
       }
-    }
-  }
-}
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(u.as.pBt, p->iStatement);
 
-/*
-** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount
-** registers starting with iStart.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
-  int iEnd = iStart + iCount - 1;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; inColCache; i++){
-    int r = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg;
-    if( r>=iStart && r<=iEnd ){
-      pParse->aColCache[i].affChange = 1;
+      /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint
+      ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back,
+      ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too.  */
+      p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons;
     }
   }
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate code to moves content from one register to another.
-** Keep the column cache up-to-date.
+/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
+** P3==1 is the schema version.  P3==2 is the database format.
+** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
+** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
+** temporary tables.
+**
+** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
+** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
+** executing this instruction.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
-  int i;
-  if( iFrom==iTo ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo);
-  for(i=0; inColCache; i++){
-    if( pParse->aColCache[i].iReg==iFrom ){
-      pParse->aColCache[i].iReg = iTo;
-    }
-  }
-}
+case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.at */
+  int iMeta;
+  int iDb;
+  int iCookie;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.at */
 
-/*
-** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
-** is used as part of the column cache.
-*/
-static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; inColCache; i++){
-    int r = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg;
-    if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
+  u.at.iDb = pOp->p1;
+  u.at.iCookie = pOp->p3;
+  assert( pOp->p3=0 && u.at.iDbnDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt!=0 );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt, u.at.iCookie, (u32 *)&u.at.iMeta);
+  pOut->u.i = u.at.iMeta;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Theres is a value in register iCurrent.  We ultimately want
-** the value to be in register iTarget.  It might be that
-** iCurrent and iTarget are the same register.
+/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
 **
-** We are going to modify the value, so we need to make sure it
-** is not a cached register.  If iCurrent is a cached register,
-** then try to move the value over to iTarget.  If iTarget is a
-** cached register, then clear the corresponding cache line.
+** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
+** into cookie number P2 of database P1.  P2==1 is the schema version.  
+** P2==2 is the database format. P2==3 is the recommended pager cache 
+** size, and so forth.  P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the 
+** database file used to store temporary tables.
 **
-** Return the register that the value ends up in.
+** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse *pParse, int iCurrent, int iTarget){
-  int i;
-  assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 );
-  if( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, iCurrent, iCurrent) ){
-    return iCurrent;
-  }
-  if( iCurrent!=iTarget ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, iCurrent, iTarget);
+case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.au */
+  Db *pDb;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.au */
+  assert( pOp->p2p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 );
+  u.au.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.au.pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
+  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(u.au.pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
+  if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){
+    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
+    u.au.pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int)pIn3->u.i;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){
+    /* Record changes in the file format */
+    u.au.pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)pIn3->u.i;
   }
-  for(i=0; inColCache; i++){
-    if( pParse->aColCache[i].iReg==iTarget ){
-      pParse->aColCache[i] = pParse->aColCache[--pParse->nColCache];
-      pParse->iColCache = pParse->nColCache;
-    }
+  if( pOp->p1==1 ){
+    /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
+    ** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
   }
-  return iTarget;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** If the last instruction coded is an ephemeral copy of any of
-** the registers in the nReg registers beginning with iReg, then
-** convert the last instruction from OP_SCopy to OP_Copy.
+/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 *
+**
+** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
+** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2.  
+** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
+** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
+** for auxiliary databases.
+**
+** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
+** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
+** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
+**
+** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
+** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
+** invoked.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
-  int addr;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-  Vdbe *v;
+case OP_VerifyCookie: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.av */
+  int iMeta;
+  Btree *pBt;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.av */
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 );
+  u.av.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  if( u.av.pBt ){
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(u.av.pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&u.av.iMeta);
+  }else{
+    u.av.iMeta = 0;
+  }
+  if( u.av.iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
+    /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
+    ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
+    ** not reload the schema from the database file.
+    **
+    ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
+    ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
+    ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
+    ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
+    ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
+    ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
+    ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within
+    ** a v-table method.
+    */
+    if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=u.av.iMeta ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1);
+    }
 
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addr-1);
-  assert( pOp || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_SCopy && pOp->p1>=iReg && pOp->p1opcode = OP_Copy;
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
   }
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
-** expression.  Attempt to store the results in register "target".
-** Return the register where results are stored.
+/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
 **
-** With this routine, there is no guaranteed that results will
-** be stored in target.  The result might be stored in some other
-** register if it is convenient to do so.  The calling function
-** must check the return code and move the results to the desired
-** register.
+** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
+** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by P3. 
+** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for 
+** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
+** database.  Give the new cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1
+** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
+** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
+**
+** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
+** the value of P2 itself.
+**
+** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
+** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
+** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
+** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
+** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
+** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
+** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
+** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
+**
+** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
+** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table.
+**
+** See also OpenWrite.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* The VM under construction */
-  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
-  int inReg = target;       /* Results stored in register inReg */
-  int regFree1 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
-  int regFree2 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
-  int r1, r2, r3, r4;       /* Various register numbers */
-
-  assert( v!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
-  if( v==0 ) return 0;
-
-  if( pExpr==0 ){
-    op = TK_NULL;
+/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
+** page is P2.  Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
+** root page.
+**
+** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to
+** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo 
+** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating 
+** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer 
+** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the
+** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used.
+**
+** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
+** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
+** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
+**
+** See also OpenRead.
+*/
+case OP_OpenRead:
+case OP_OpenWrite: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.aw */
+  int nField;
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+  int p2;
+  int iDb;
+  int wrFlag;
+  Btree *pX;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  Db *pDb;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.aw */
+
+  u.aw.nField = 0;
+  u.aw.pKeyInfo = 0;
+  u.aw.p2 = pOp->p2;
+  u.aw.iDb = pOp->p3;
+  assert( u.aw.iDb>=0 && u.aw.iDbnDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[u.aw.iDb];
+  u.aw.pX = u.aw.pDb->pBt;
+  assert( u.aw.pX!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
+    u.aw.wrFlag = 1;
+    if( u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
+      p->minWriteFileFormat = u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format;
+    }
   }else{
-    op = pExpr->op;
+    u.aw.wrFlag = 0;
   }
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
-      AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
-      struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
-      if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
-        assert( pCol->iMem>0 );
-        inReg = pCol->iMem;
-        break;
-      }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx,
-                              pCol->iSorterColumn, target);
-        break;
-      }
-      /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
-    }
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
-        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
-        assert( pParse->ckBase>0 );
-        inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase;
-      }else{
-        testcase( (pExpr->flags & EP_AnyAff)!=0 );
-        inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
-                                 pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable, target,
-                                 pExpr->flags & EP_AnyAff);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_INTEGER: {
-      codeInteger(v, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_FLOAT: {
-      codeReal(v, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_STRING: {
-      sqlite3DequoteExpr(pParse->db, pExpr);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v,OP_String8, 0, target, 0,
-                        (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NULL: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case TK_BLOB: {
-      int n;
-      const char *z;
-      char *zBlob;
-      assert( pExpr->token.n>=3 );
-      assert( pExpr->token.z[0]=='x' || pExpr->token.z[0]=='X' );
-      assert( pExpr->token.z[1]=='\'' );
-      assert( pExpr->token.z[pExpr->token.n-1]=='\'' );
-      n = pExpr->token.n - 3;
-      z = (char*)pExpr->token.z + 2;
-      zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC);
-      break;
+  if( pOp->p5 ){
+    assert( u.aw.p2>0 );
+    assert( u.aw.p2<=p->nMem );
+    pIn2 = &p->aMem[u.aw.p2];
+    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+    u.aw.p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
+    /* The u.aw.p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
+    ** that opcode will always set the u.aw.p2 value to 2 or more or else fail.
+    ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted
+    ** before reaching this instruction. */
+    if( NEVER(u.aw.p2<2) ) {
+      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+      goto abort_due_to_error;
     }
-#endif
-    case TK_VARIABLE: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, target);
-      if( pExpr->token.n>1 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
+  }
+  if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
+    u.aw.pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+    u.aw.pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
+    u.aw.nField = u.aw.pKeyInfo->nField+1;
+  }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){
+    u.aw.nField = pOp->p4.i;
+  }
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  u.aw.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, u.aw.nField, u.aw.iDb, 1);
+  if( u.aw.pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  u.aw.pCur->nullRow = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.aw.pX, u.aw.p2, u.aw.wrFlag, u.aw.pKeyInfo, u.aw.pCur->pCursor);
+  u.aw.pCur->pKeyInfo = u.aw.pKeyInfo;
+
+  /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only values that
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return are SQLITE_EMPTY and SQLITE_OK.
+  ** SQLITE_EMPTY is only returned when attempting to open the table
+  ** rooted at page 1 of a zero-byte database.  */
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
+    u.aw.pCur->pCursor = 0;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable and isIndex variables. Previous versions of
+  ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
+  ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
+  ** since moved into the btree layer.  */
+  u.aw.pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
+  u.aw.pCur->isIndex = !u.aw.pCur->isTable;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
+** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
+** the main database is read-only.  The transient or virtual
+** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
+**
+** P2 is the number of columns in the virtual table.
+** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
+** if P4 is not 0.  If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
+** that defines the format of keys in the index.
+**
+** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
+** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
+** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
+** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
+** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
+*/
+case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ax */
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ax */
+  static const int openFlags =
+      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  u.ax.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
+  if( u.ax.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  u.ax.pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE, openFlags,
+                           &u.ax.pCx->pBt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.ax.pCx->pBt, 1);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
+    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
+    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
+    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
+    */
+    if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
+      int pgno;
+      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.ax.pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, pgno, 1,
+                                (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, u.ax.pCx->pCursor);
+        u.ax.pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+        u.ax.pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
       }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_REGISTER: {
-      inReg = pExpr->iTable;
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-    case TK_CAST: {
-      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
-      int aff, to_op;
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
-      aff = sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token);
-      to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText;
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToText    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE    );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToInt     || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToReal    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL    );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToText );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg);
-      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
-      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
-      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
-      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
-      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
-      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
-      testcase( op==TK_LT );
-      testcase( op==TK_LE );
-      testcase( op==TK_GT );
-      testcase( op==TK_GE );
-      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
-      testcase( op==TK_NE );
-      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
-                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_AND:
-    case TK_OR:
-    case TK_PLUS:
-    case TK_STAR:
-    case TK_MINUS:
-    case TK_REM:
-    case TK_BITAND:
-    case TK_BITOR:
-    case TK_SLASH:
-    case TK_LSHIFT:
-    case TK_RSHIFT: 
-    case TK_CONCAT: {
-      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );
-      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );
-      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );
-      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );
-      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );
-      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );
-      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );
-      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );
-      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );
-      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );
-      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );
-      testcase( op==TK_AND );
-      testcase( op==TK_OR );
-      testcase( op==TK_PLUS );
-      testcase( op==TK_MINUS );
-      testcase( op==TK_REM );
-      testcase( op==TK_BITAND );
-      testcase( op==TK_BITOR );
-      testcase( op==TK_SLASH );
-      testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT );
-      testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT );
-      testcase( op==TK_CONCAT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
+      u.ax.pCx->isTable = 0;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, u.ax.pCx->pCursor);
+      u.ax.pCx->isTable = 1;
     }
-    case TK_UMINUS: {
-      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-      assert( pLeft );
-      if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
-        Token *p = &pLeft->token;
-        if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
-          codeReal(v, (char*)p->z, p->n, 1, target);
+  }
+  u.ax.pCx->isIndex = !u.ax.pCx->isTable;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
+** row of data.  The content of that one row in the content of memory
+** register P2.  In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the 
+** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
+**
+** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold the a single
+** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
+** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.  The OP_Column opcode
+** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
+**
+** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by
+** the pseudo-table.
+*/
+case OP_OpenPseudo: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ay */
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ay */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
+  u.ay.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, 0);
+  if( u.ay.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  u.ay.pCx->nullRow = 1;
+  u.ay.pCx->pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2;
+  u.ay.pCx->isTable = 1;
+  u.ay.pCx->isIndex = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
+**
+** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
+** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
+*/
+case OP_Close: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]);
+  p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0;
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: SeekGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as the key.  If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
+** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
+** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
+** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
+** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
+** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe
+*/
+/* Opcode: SeekLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
+** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
+** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
+** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
+**
+** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
+** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
+** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt
+*/
+case OP_SeekLt:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekLe:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGe:         /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_SeekGt: {       /* jump, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.az */
+  int res;
+  int oc;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+  int nField;
+  i64 iKey;      /* The rowid we are to seek to */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.az */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p2!=0 );
+  u.az.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.az.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.az.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  if( u.az.pC->pCursor!=0 ){
+    u.az.oc = pOp->opcode;
+    u.az.pC->nullRow = 0;
+    if( u.az.pC->isTable ){
+      /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
+      ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
+      ** the seek, so covert it. */
+      applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
+      u.az.iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
+      u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+
+      /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without
+      ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */
+      if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+        if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
+          /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number,
+          ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */
+          pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+          break;
+        }
+        /* If we reach this point, then the P3 value must be a floating
+        ** point number. */
+        assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)!=0 );
+
+        if( u.az.iKey==SMALLEST_INT64 && (pIn3->r<(double)u.az.iKey || pIn3->r>0) ){
+          /* The P3 value is too large in magnitude to be expressed as an
+          ** integer. */
+          u.az.res = 1;
+          if( pIn3->r<0 ){
+            if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe ){
+              rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
+              if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+            }
+          }else{
+            if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe ){
+              rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
+              if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+            }
+          }
+          if( u.az.res ){
+            pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+          }
+          break;
+        }else if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe ){
+          /* Use the ceiling() function to convert real->int */
+          if( pIn3->r > (double)u.az.iKey ) u.az.iKey++;
         }else{
-          codeInteger(v, (char*)p->z, p->n, 1, target);
+          /* Use the floor() function to convert real->int */
+          assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt );
+          if( pIn3->r < (double)u.az.iKey ) u.az.iKey--;
         }
-      }else{
-        regFree1 = r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r1);
-        r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target);
-        testcase( regFree2==0 );
       }
-      inReg = target;
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BITNOT:
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );
-      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );
-      testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
-      testcase( op==TK_NOT );
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
-      testcase( inReg==target );
-      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(pParse, inReg, target);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, inReg);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      int addr;
-      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
-      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
-      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
-      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
-      if( pInfo==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %T",
-            &pExpr->span);
-      }else{
-        inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.az.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.az.iKey, 0, &u.az.res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
       }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
-    case TK_FUNCTION: {
-      ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
-      int nExpr = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
-      FuncDef *pDef;
-      int nId;
-      const char *zId;
-      int constMask = 0;
-      int i;
-      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-      u8 enc = ENC(db);
-      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
-
-      testcase( op==TK_CONST_FUNC );
-      testcase( op==TK_FUNCTION );
-      zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
-      nId = pExpr->token.n;
-      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0);
-      assert( pDef!=0 );
-      if( pList ){
-        nExpr = pList->nExpr;
-        r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr);
-        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, r1, 1);
+      if( u.az.res==0 ){
+        u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 1;
+        u.az.pC->lastRowid = u.az.iKey;
+      }
+    }else{
+      u.az.nField = pOp->p4.i;
+      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+      assert( u.az.nField>0 );
+      u.az.r.pKeyInfo = u.az.pC->pKeyInfo;
+      u.az.r.nField = (u16)u.az.nField;
+      if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe ){
+        u.az.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY;
       }else{
-        nExpr = r1 = 0;
+        u.az.r.flags = 0;
       }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
-      ** a virtual table column.
-      **
-      ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
-      ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
-      ** see if it is a column in a virtual table.  This is done because
-      ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
-      ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
-      ** function.  The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to 
-      ** "glob(B,A).  We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
-      ** for function overloading.  But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
-      */
-      if( nExpr>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
-        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nExpr, pList->a[1].pExpr);
-      }else if( nExpr>0 ){
-        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nExpr, pList->a[0].pExpr);
+      u.az.r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.r, 0, 0, &u.az.res);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
       }
+      u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+    }
+    u.az.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    u.az.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
 #endif
-      for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){
-          constMask |= (1<needCollSeq && !pColl ){
-          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
-        }
-      }
-      if( pDef->needCollSeq ){
-        if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; 
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+    if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt ){
+      if( u.az.res<0 || (u.az.res==0 && u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt) ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+        u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+      }else{
+        u.az.res = 0;
       }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target,
-                        (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, nExpr);
-      if( nExpr ){
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nExpr);
+    }else{
+      assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe );
+      if( u.az.res>0 || (u.az.res==0 && u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt) ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+        u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* u.az.res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
+        ** see if this is the case.
+        */
+        u.az.res = sqlite3BtreeEof(u.az.pC->pCursor);
       }
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, nExpr);
-      break;
     }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
-      testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
-      if( pExpr->iColumn==0 ){
-        sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr);
-      }
-      inReg = pExpr->iColumn;
-      break;
+    assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+    if( u.az.res ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
     }
-    case TK_IN: {
-      int j1, j2, j3, j4, j5;
-      char affinity;
-      int eType;
-
-      eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, 0);
-
-      /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
-      ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
-      ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
-      */
-      affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+  }else{
+    /* This happens when attempting to open the sqlite3_master table
+    ** for read access returns SQLITE_EMPTY. In this case always
+    ** take the jump (since there are no records in the table).
+    */
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
 
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+/* Opcode: Seek P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** P1 is an open table cursor and P2 is a rowid integer.  Arrange
+** for P1 to move so that it points to the rowid given by P2.
+**
+** This is actually a deferred seek.  Nothing actually happens until
+** the cursor is used to read a record.  That way, if no reads
+** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens.
+*/
+case OP_Seek: {    /* in2 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ba */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ba */
 
-      /* Code the  from " IN (...)". The temporary table
-      ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set.
-      */
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
-      j2  = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-      if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
-        j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1);
-        j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1);
-        j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4);
-      }else{
-        r2 = regFree2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r1, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1);
-        j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r2);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5);
-      break;
-    }
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.ba.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.ba.pC!=0 );
+  if( ALWAYS(u.ba.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
+    assert( u.ba.pC->isTable );
+    u.ba.pC->nullRow = 0;
+    u.ba.pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+    u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+    u.ba.pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+  
+
+/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is an index.
+** If an entry that matches the value in register p3 exists in P1 then
+** jump to P2.  If the P3 value does not match any entry in P1
+** then fall thru.  The P1 cursor is left pointing at the matching entry
+** if it exists.
+**
+** This instruction is used to implement the IN operator where the
+** left-hand side is a SELECT statement.  P1 may be a true index, or it
+** may be a temporary index that holds the results of the SELECT
+** statement.   This instruction is also used to implement the
+** DISTINCT keyword in SELECT statements.
+**
+** This instruction checks if index P1 contains a record for which 
+** the first N serialized values exactly match the N serialized values
+** in the record in register P3, where N is the total number of values in
+** the P3 record (the P3 record is a prefix of the P1 record). 
+**
+** See also: NotFound, IsUnique, NotExists
+*/
+/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is
+** an index.  If no entry exists in P1 that matches the blob then jump
+** to P2.  If an entry does existing, fall through.  The cursor is left
+** pointing to the entry that matches.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotExists, IsUnique
+*/
+case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bb */
+  int alreadyExists;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
+  char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bb */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_found_count++;
 #endif
-    /*
-    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
-    **
-    ** This is equivalent to
-    **
-    **    x>=y AND x<=z
-    **
-    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
-    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
-    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
-    */
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-      struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->pList->a;
-      Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
 
-      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
-                                  pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge,
-                  r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2);
-      pLItem++;
-      pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2);
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
+  u.bb.alreadyExists = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bb.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bb.pC!=0 );
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bb.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
+
+    assert( u.bb.pC->isTable==0 );
+    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
+    ExpandBlob(pIn3);
+    u.bb.pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(u.bb.pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z,
+                                      u.bb.aTempRec, sizeof(u.bb.aTempRec));
+    if( u.bb.pIdxKey==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+      u.bb.pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bb.pC->pCursor, u.bb.pIdxKey, 0, 0, &u.bb.res);
+    sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(u.bb.pIdxKey);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
       break;
     }
-    case TK_UPLUS: {
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+    u.bb.alreadyExists = (u.bb.res==0);
+    u.bb.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    u.bb.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+    if( u.bb.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    if( !u.bb.alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Cursor P1 is open on an index.  So it has no data and its key consists 
+** of a record generated by OP_MakeRecord where the last field is the 
+** rowid of the entry that the index refers to.
+**
+** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this record 
+** number R. Register P4 is the first in a set of N contiguous registers
+** that make up an unpacked index key that can be used with cursor P1.
+** The value of N can be inferred from the cursor. N includes the rowid
+** value appended to the end of the index record. This rowid value may
+** or may not be the same as R.
+**
+** If any of the N registers beginning with register P4 contains a NULL
+** value, jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** Otherwise, this instruction checks if cursor P1 contains an entry
+** where the first (N-1) fields match but the rowid value at the end
+** of the index entry is not R. If there is no such entry, control jumps
+** to instruction P2. Otherwise, the rowid of the conflicting index
+** entry is copied to register P3 and control falls through to the next
+** instruction.
+**
+** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
+*/
+case OP_IsUnique: {        /* jump, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bc */
+  u16 ii;
+  VdbeCursor *pCx;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  u16 nField;
+  Mem *aMem;
+  UnpackedRecord r;                  /* B-Tree index search key */
+  i64 R;                             /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bc */
+
+  u.bc.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];
+  /* Assert that the values of parameters P1 and P4 are in range. */
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+
+  /* Find the index cursor. */
+  u.bc.pCx = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bc.pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  u.bc.pCx->seekResult = 0;
+  u.bc.pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  u.bc.pCrsr = u.bc.pCx->pCursor;
+
+  /* If any of the values are NULL, take the jump. */
+  u.bc.nField = u.bc.pCx->pKeyInfo->nField;
+  for(u.bc.ii=0; u.bc.iip2 - 1;
+      u.bc.pCrsr = 0;
       break;
     }
+  }
+  assert( (u.bc.aMem[u.bc.nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
 
-    /*
-    ** Form A:
-    **   CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
-    **
-    ** Form B:
-    **   CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
-    **
-    ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows:
-    **   CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ...
-    **        WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+  if( u.bc.pCrsr!=0 ){
+    /* Populate the index search key. */
+    u.bc.r.pKeyInfo = u.bc.pCx->pKeyInfo;
+    u.bc.r.nField = u.bc.nField + 1;
+    u.bc.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
+    u.bc.r.aMem = u.bc.aMem;
+
+    /* Extract the value of u.bc.R from register P3. */
+    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
+    u.bc.R = pIn3->u.i;
+
+    /* Search the B-Tree index. If no conflicting record is found, jump
+    ** to P2. Otherwise, copy the rowid of the conflicting record to
+    ** register P3 and fall through to the next instruction.  */
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bc.pCrsr, &u.bc.r, 0, 0, &u.bc.pCx->seekResult);
+    if( (u.bc.r.flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) || u.bc.r.rowid==u.bc.R ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    }else{
+      pIn3->u.i = u.bc.r.rowid;
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Use the content of register P3 as a integer key.  If a record 
+** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2. 
+** If the record does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left 
+** pointing to the record if it exists.
+**
+** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
+** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
+** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
+** P1 is an index.
+**
+** See also: Found, NotFound, IsUnique
+*/
+case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bd */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+  u64 iKey;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bd */
+
+  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bd.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bd.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bd.pC->isTable );
+  assert( u.bd.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  u.bd.pCrsr = u.bd.pC->pCursor;
+  if( u.bd.pCrsr!=0 ){
+    u.bd.res = 0;
+    u.bd.iKey = pIn3->u.i;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bd.pCrsr, 0, u.bd.iKey, 0, &u.bd.res);
+    u.bd.pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
+    u.bd.pC->rowidIsValid = u.bd.res==0 ?1:0;
+    u.bd.pC->nullRow = 0;
+    u.bd.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+    u.bd.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    if( u.bd.res!=0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      assert( u.bd.pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
+    }
+    u.bd.pC->seekResult = u.bd.res;
+  }else{
+    /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the
+    ** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY.
+    */
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    assert( u.bd.pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
+    u.bd.pC->seekResult = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
+** Write the sequence number into register P2.
+** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
+** instruction.  
+*/
+case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
+  pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  break;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
+** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
+** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is written
+** written to register P2.
+**
+** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds 
+** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
+** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, 
+** a SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
+** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
+** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
+*/
+case OP_NewRowid: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.be */
+  i64 v;                 /* The new rowid */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;        /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */
+  int res;               /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */
+  int cnt;               /* Counter to limit the number of searches */
+  Mem *pMem;             /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;     /* Root frame of VDBE */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.be */
+
+  u.be.v = 0;
+  u.be.res = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.be.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.be.pC!=0 );
+  if( NEVER(u.be.pC->pCursor==0) ){
+    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
+  }else{
+    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
+    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
     **
-    ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft.
-    ** Y is in pExpr->pRight.  The Y is also optional.  If there is no
-    ** ELSE clause and no other term matches, then the result of the
-    ** exprssion is NULL.
-    ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1].
+    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
+    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
+    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
+    ** probabilistic algorithm
     **
-    ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei,
-    ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is
-    ** no ELSE term, NULL.
+    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
+    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
+    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
+    ** and try again, up to 100 times.
     */
-    case TK_CASE: {
-      int endLabel;                     /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */
-      int nextCase;                     /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */
-      int nExpr;                        /* 2x number of WHEN terms */
-      int i;                            /* Loop counter */
-      ExprList *pEList;                 /* List of WHEN terms */
-      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;  /* Array of WHEN terms */
-      Expr opCompare;                   /* The X==Ei expression */
-      Expr cacheX;                      /* Cached expression X */
-      Expr *pX;                         /* The X expression */
-      Expr *pTest;                      /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
+    assert( u.be.pC->isTable );
+    u.be.cnt = 0;
 
-      assert(pExpr->pList);
-      assert((pExpr->pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
-      assert(pExpr->pList->nExpr > 0);
-      pEList = pExpr->pList;
-      aListelem = pEList->a;
-      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
-      endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
-        cacheX = *pX;
-        testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN || pX->op==TK_REGISTER );
-        cacheX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1);
-        testcase( regFree1==0 );
-        cacheX.op = TK_REGISTER;
-        cacheX.iColumn = 0;
-        opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
-        opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX;
-        pTest = &opCompare;
-      }
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      for(i=0; iuseRandomRowid ){
+      u.be.v = sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(u.be.pC->pCursor);
+      if( u.be.v==0 ){
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.be.pC->pCursor, &u.be.res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto abort_due_to_error;
+        }
+        if( u.be.res ){
+          u.be.v = 1;
         }else{
-          pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr;
+          assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.be.pC->pCursor) );
+          rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.be.pC->pCursor, &u.be.v);
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */
+          if( u.be.v==MAX_ROWID ){
+            u.be.pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
+          }else{
+            u.be.v++;
+          }
         }
-        nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN || pTest->op==TK_REGISTER );
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER );
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase);
       }
-      if( pExpr->pRight ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight, target);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+      if( pOp->p3 ){
+        /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+        assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+        if( p->pFrame ){
+          for(u.be.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.be.pFrame->pParent; u.be.pFrame=u.be.pFrame->pParent);
+          /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+          assert( pOp->p3<=u.be.pFrame->nMem );
+          u.be.pMem = &u.be.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3];
+        }else{
+          /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
+          assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+          u.be.pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+        }
+
+        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.be.pMem);
+        sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.be.pMem);
+        assert( (u.be.pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
+        if( u.be.pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || u.be.pC->useRandomRowid ){
+          rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+          goto abort_due_to_error;
+        }
+        if( u.be.vu.i+1 ){
+          u.be.v = u.be.pMem->u.i + 1;
+        }
+        u.be.pMem->u.i = u.be.v;
       }
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
-      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      break;
+#endif
+
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.be.pC->pCursor, u.be.vtrigStack ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
-        return 0;
-      }
-      if( pExpr->iColumn!=OE_Ignore ){
-         assert( pExpr->iColumn==OE_Rollback ||
-                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Abort ||
-                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Fail );
-         sqlite3DequoteExpr(pParse->db, pExpr);
-         sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->iColumn, 0,
-                        (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
-      } else {
-         assert( pExpr->iColumn == OE_Ignore );
-         sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
-         sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump);
-         VdbeComment((v, "raise(IGNORE)"));
+    if( u.be.pC->useRandomRowid ){
+      assert( pOp->p3==0 );  /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is
+                             ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */
+      u.be.v = db->lastRowid;
+      u.be.cnt = 0;
+      do{
+        if( u.be.cnt==0 && (u.be.v&0xffffff)==u.be.v ){
+          u.be.v++;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(u.be.v), &u.be.v);
+          if( u.be.cnt<5 ) u.be.v &= 0xffffff;
+        }
+        rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.be.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.be.v, 0, &u.be.res);
+        u.be.cnt++;
+      }while( u.be.cnt<100 && rc==SQLITE_OK && u.be.res==0 );
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.be.res==0 ){
+        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
       }
-      break;
     }
-#endif
+    u.be.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+    u.be.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    u.be.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
   }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
-  return inReg;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  pOut->u.i = u.be.v;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
-** into a register.  Return the register number where the results
-** are stored.
+/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
 **
-** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated,
-** then write its number into *pReg.  If the result register is not
-** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero.
+** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
+** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
+** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register
+** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
+** be a MEM_Int.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
+** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
+** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of
+** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this
+** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing
+** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is
+** currently pointing to.  Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode
+** has already positioned the cursor correctly.  This is an optimization
+** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an
+** UPDATE operation.  Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode
+** is part of an INSERT operation.  The difference is only important to
+** the update hook.
+**
+** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
+** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook 
+** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
+**
+** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
+** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
+** and register P2 becomes ephemeral.  If the cursor is changed, the
+** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
+** cause any problems.)
+**
+** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
+** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){
-  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  int r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
-  if( r2==r1 ){
-    *pReg = r1;
+case OP_Insert: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bf */
+  Mem *pData;       /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
+  Mem *pKey;        /* MEM cell holding key  for the record */
+  i64 iKey;         /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;   /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */
+  int nZero;        /* Number of zero-bytes to append */
+  int seekResult;   /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */
+  const char *zDb;  /* database name - used by the update hook */
+  const char *zTbl; /* Table name - used by the opdate hook */
+  int op;           /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bf */
+
+  u.bf.pData = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+  u.bf.pKey = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bf.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bf.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bf.pC->pCursor!=0 );
+  assert( u.bf.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  assert( u.bf.pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
+  assert( u.bf.pC->isTable );
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, u.bf.pData);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bf.pKey);
+
+  u.bf.iKey = u.bf.pKey->u.i;
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = u.bf.pKey->u.i;
+  if( u.bf.pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
+    u.bf.pData->z = 0;
+    u.bf.pData->n = 0;
   }else{
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-    *pReg = 0;
+    assert( u.bf.pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
   }
-  return r2;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
-** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
-** in register target.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  int inReg;
+  u.bf.seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bf.pC->seekResult : 0);
+  if( u.bf.pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+    u.bf.nZero = u.bf.pData->u.nZero;
+  }else{
+    u.bf.nZero = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bf.pC->pCursor, 0);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bf.pC->pCursor, 0, u.bf.iKey,
+                          u.bf.pData->z, u.bf.pData->n, u.bf.nZero,
+                          pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND, u.bf.seekResult
+  );
+  u.bf.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  u.bf.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  u.bf.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
 
-  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
-  inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
-  assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
+    u.bf.zDb = db->aDb[u.bf.pC->iDb].zName;
+    u.bf.zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
+    u.bf.op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
+    assert( u.bf.pC->isTable );
+    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, u.bf.op, u.bf.zDb, u.bf.zTbl, u.bf.iKey);
+    assert( u.bf.pC->iDb>=0 );
   }
-  return target;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result
-** in register target.
+/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
 **
-** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
-** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
-** the result is a copy of the cache register.
+** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
 **
-** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
-** times.  They are evaluated once and the results of the expression
-** are reused.
+** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
+** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
+** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
+** a record from within an Next loop.
+**
+** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
+** incremented (otherwise not).
+**
+** P1 must not be pseudo-table.  It has to be a real table with
+** multiple rows.
+**
+** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
+** pointing to.  The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
+** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
+** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int inReg;
-  inReg = sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
-  assert( target>0 );
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER ){  
-    int iMem;
-    iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem);
-    pExpr->iTable = iMem;
-    pExpr->iColumn = pExpr->op;
-    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
+case OP_Delete: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bg */
+  i64 iKey;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bg */
+
+  u.bg.iKey = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bg.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bg.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bg.pC->pCursor!=0 );  /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */
+
+  /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set u.bg.iKey to the rowid of the
+  ** row being deleted.
+  */
+  if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
+    assert( u.bg.pC->isTable );
+    assert( u.bg.pC->rowidIsValid );  /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */
+    u.bg.iKey = u.bg.pC->lastRowid;
+  }
+
+  /* The OP_Delete opcode always follows an OP_NotExists or OP_Last or
+  ** OP_Column on the same table without any intervening operations that
+  ** might move or invalidate the cursor.  Hence cursor u.bg.pC is always pointing
+  ** to the row to be deleted and the sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() operation
+  ** below is always a no-op and cannot fail.  We will run it anyhow, though,
+  ** to guard against future changes to the code generator.
+  **/
+  assert( u.bg.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bg.pC);
+  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.bg.pC->pCursor, 0);
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bg.pC->pCursor);
+  u.bg.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+
+  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[u.bg.pC->iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
+    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, u.bg.iKey);
+    assert( u.bg.pC->iDb>=0 );
   }
-  return inReg;
+  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
+  break;
+}
+/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * *
+**
+** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
+** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()).
+** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0.
+** This is used by trigger programs.
+*/
+case OP_ResetCount: {
+  sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Return TRUE if pExpr is an constant expression that is appropriate
-** for factoring out of a loop.  Appropriate expressions are:
+/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
 **
-**    *  Any expression that evaluates to two or more opcodes.
+** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.  
+** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
+** it is found in the database file.
 **
-**    *  Any OP_Integer, OP_Real, OP_String, OP_Blob, OP_Null, 
-**       or OP_Variable that does not need to be placed in a 
-**       specific register.
+** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
+** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+*/
+/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
 **
-** There is no point in factoring out single-instruction constant
-** expressions that need to be placed in a particular register.  
-** We could factor them out, but then we would end up adding an
-** OP_SCopy instruction to move the value into the correct register
-** later.  We might as well just use the original instruction and
-** avoid the OP_SCopy.
+** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
+** There is no interpretation of the data.  
+** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as 
+** it is found in the database file.
+**
+** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
+** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
 */
-static int isAppropriateForFactoring(Expr *p){
-  if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(p) ){
-    return 0;  /* Only constant expressions are appropriate for factoring */
-  }
-  if( (p->flags & EP_FixedDest)==0 ){
-    return 1;  /* Any constant without a fixed destination is appropriate */
-  }
-  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS ) p = p->pLeft;
-  switch( p->op ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case TK_BLOB:
-#endif
-    case TK_VARIABLE:
-    case TK_INTEGER:
-    case TK_FLOAT:
-    case TK_NULL:
-    case TK_STRING: {
-      testcase( p->op==TK_BLOB );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_VARIABLE );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_INTEGER );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_FLOAT );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_NULL );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_STRING );
-      /* Single-instruction constants with a fixed destination are
-      ** better done in-line.  If we factor them, they will just end
-      ** up generating an OP_SCopy to move the value to the destination
-      ** register. */
-      return 0;
-    }
-    case TK_UMINUS: {
-       if( p->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || p->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
-         return 0;
-       }
-       break;
+case OP_RowKey:
+case OP_RowData: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bh */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  u32 n;
+  i64 n64;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bh */
+
+  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+
+  /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bh.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bh.pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey );
+  assert( u.bh.pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
+  assert( u.bh.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bh.pC->nullRow==0 );
+  assert( u.bh.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  assert( u.bh.pC->pCursor!=0 );
+  u.bh.pCrsr = u.bh.pC->pCursor;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bh.pCrsr) );
+
+  /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
+  ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate
+  ** the cursor.  Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always
+  ** a no-op and can never fail.  But we leave it in place as a safety.
+  */
+  assert( u.bh.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bh.pC);
+  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+
+  if( u.bh.pC->isIndex ){
+    assert( !u.bh.pC->isTable );
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bh.pCrsr, &u.bh.n64);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */
+    if( u.bh.n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+      goto too_big;
     }
-    default: {
-      break;
+    u.bh.n = (u32)u.bh.n64;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.bh.pCrsr, &u.bh.n);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );    /* DataSize() cannot fail */
+    if( u.bh.n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+      goto too_big;
     }
   }
-  return 1;
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, u.bh.n, 0) ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }
+  pOut->n = u.bh.n;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
+  if( u.bh.pC->isIndex ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(u.bh.pCrsr, 0, u.bh.n, pOut->z);
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeData(u.bh.pCrsr, 0, u.bh.n, pOut->z);
+  }
+  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** If pExpr is a constant expression that is appropriate for
-** factoring out of a loop, then evaluate the expression
-** into a register and convert the expression into a TK_REGISTER
-** expression.
+/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
+** P1 is currently point to.
+**
+** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table.  There used to
+** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this
+** one opcode now works for both table types.
 */
-static int evalConstExpr(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
-  Parse *pParse = (Parse*)pArg;
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_REGISTER: {
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case TK_FUNCTION:
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
-    case TK_CONST_FUNC: {
-      /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination.
-      ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy
-      ** instructions. 
-      */
-      ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
-      if( pList ){
-        int i = pList->nExpr;
-        struct ExprList_item *pItem = pList->a;
-        for(; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-          if( pItem->pExpr ) pItem->pExpr->flags |= EP_FixedDest;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
+case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bi */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  i64 v;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bi */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bi.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bi.pC!=0 );
+  assert( u.bi.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+  if( u.bi.pC->nullRow ){
+    /* Do nothing so that reg[P2] remains NULL */
+    break;
+  }else if( u.bi.pC->deferredMoveto ){
+    u.bi.v = u.bi.pC->movetoTarget;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  }else if( u.bi.pC->pVtabCursor ){
+    u.bi.pVtab = u.bi.pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+    u.bi.pModule = u.bi.pVtab->pModule;
+    assert( u.bi.pModule->xRowid );
+    if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+    rc = u.bi.pModule->xRowid(u.bi.pC->pVtabCursor, &u.bi.v);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = u.bi.pVtab->zErrMsg;
+    u.bi.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+  }else{
+    assert( u.bi.pC->pCursor!=0 );
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bi.pC);
+    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    if( u.bi.pC->rowidIsValid ){
+      u.bi.v = u.bi.pC->lastRowid;
+    }else{
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.bi.pC->pCursor, &u.bi.v);
+      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );  /* Always so because of CursorMoveto() above */
     }
   }
-  if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){
-    int r1 = ++pParse->nMem;
-    int r2;
-    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
-    if( r1!=r2 ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-    pExpr->iColumn = pExpr->op;
-    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
-    pExpr->iTable = r2;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
+  pOut->u.i = u.bi.v;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Preevaluate constant subexpressions within pExpr and store the
-** results in registers.  Modify pExpr so that the constant subexpresions
-** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values.
+/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
+**
+** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
+** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
+** write a NULL.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-   walkExprTree(pExpr, evalConstExpr, pParse);
-}
+case OP_NullRow: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bj */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bj */
 
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bj.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bj.pC!=0 );
+  u.bj.pC->nullRow = 1;
+  u.bj.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  if( u.bj.pC->pCursor ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(u.bj.pC->pCursor);
+  }
+  break;
+}
 
-/*
-** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
-** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
+/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
 **
-** Return the number of elements evaluated.
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,   /* The expression list to be coded */
-  int target,        /* Where to write results */
-  int doHardCopy     /* Call sqlite3ExprHardCopy on each element if true */
-){
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  int i, n;
-  assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    return 0;
+case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bk */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bk */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bk.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bk.pC!=0 );
+  u.bk.pCrsr = u.bk.pC->pCursor;
+  if( u.bk.pCrsr==0 ){
+    u.bk.res = 1;
+  }else{
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bk.pCrsr, &u.bk.res);
   }
-  assert( target>0 );
-  n = pList->nExpr;
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; ipExpr, target+i);
-    if( doHardCopy ) sqlite3ExprHardCopy(pParse, target, n);
+  u.bk.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bk.res;
+  u.bk.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+  u.bk.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  u.bk.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  if( pOp->p2>0 && u.bk.res ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
   }
-  return n;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
+
+/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
 **
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
-** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL.
+** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
+** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
 **
-** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
-** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
-** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
-** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
-** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
+** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
+** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
+** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
+** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
+** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
+** correctly optimizing out sorts.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int op = 0;
-  int regFree1 = 0;
-  int regFree2 = 0;
-  int r1, r2;
-
-  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
-  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
-  op = pExpr->op;
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_AND: {
-      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_OR: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
-      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
-      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
-      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
-      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
-      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
-      testcase( op==TK_LT );
-      testcase( op==TK_LE );
-      testcase( op==TK_GT );
-      testcase( op==TK_GE );
-      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
-      testcase( op==TK_NE );
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
-                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
-      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
-      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      /*    x BETWEEN y AND z
-      **
-      ** Is equivalent to 
-      **
-      **    x>=y AND x<=z
-      **
-      ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
-      ** elementation of x.
-      */
-      Expr exprAnd;
-      Expr compLeft;
-      Expr compRight;
-      Expr exprX;
+case OP_Sort: {        /* jump */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_sort_count++;
+  sqlite3_search_count--;
+#endif
+  p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT-1]++;
+  /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
+}
+/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
+** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
+** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
+** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
+** to the following instruction.
+*/
+case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bl */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bl */
 
-      exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
-      exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
-      exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
-      exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
-      compLeft.op = TK_GE;
-      compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
-      compLeft.pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
-      compRight.op = TK_LE;
-      compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
-      compRight.pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
-      exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      exprX.op = TK_REGISTER;
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      break;
-    }
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bl.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bl.pC!=0 );
+  if( (u.bl.pCrsr = u.bl.pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bl.pCrsr, &u.bl.res);
+    u.bl.pC->atFirst = u.bl.res==0 ?1:0;
+    u.bl.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
+    u.bl.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+    u.bl.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  }else{
+    u.bl.res = 1;
   }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);  
+  u.bl.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bl.res;
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2nOp );
+  if( u.bl.res ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
+/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * *
 **
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
-** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull
-** is 0.
+** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+**
+** See also: Prev
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int op = 0;
-  int regFree1 = 0;
-  int regFree2 = 0;
-  int r1, r2;
-
-  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
-  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
-
-  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
-  **
-  **       pExpr->op            op
-  **       ---------          ----------
-  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
-  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
-  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
-  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
-  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
-  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
-  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
-  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
-  **
-  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
-  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
-  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
-  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
-  */
-  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
-
-  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
-  */
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AND: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_OR: {
-      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      testcase( op==TK_LT );
-      testcase( op==TK_LE );
-      testcase( op==TK_GT );
-      testcase( op==TK_GE );
-      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
-      testcase( op==TK_NE );
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
-                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
-      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      /*    x BETWEEN y AND z
-      **
-      ** Is equivalent to 
-      **
-      **    x>=y AND x<=z
-      **
-      ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
-      ** elementation of x.
-      */
-      Expr exprAnd;
-      Expr compLeft;
-      Expr compRight;
-      Expr exprX;
+/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
+** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
+** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
+** jump immediately to P2.
+**
+** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+*/
+case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
+case OP_Next: {        /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bm */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bm */
 
-      exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
-      exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
-      exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
-      exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
-      compLeft.op = TK_GE;
-      compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
-      compLeft.pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
-      compRight.op = TK_LE;
-      compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
-      compRight.pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
-      exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      exprX.op = TK_REGISTER;
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      break;
-    }
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bm.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  if( u.bm.pC==0 ){
+    break;  /* See ticket #2273 */
   }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+  u.bm.pCrsr = u.bm.pC->pCursor;
+  if( u.bm.pCrsr==0 ){
+    u.bm.pC->nullRow = 1;
+    break;
+  }
+  u.bm.res = 1;
+  assert( u.bm.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+  rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(u.bm.pCrsr, &u.bm.res) :
+                              sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.bm.pCrsr, &u.bm.res);
+  u.bm.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bm.res;
+  u.bm.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  if( u.bm.res==0 ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    if( pOp->p5 ) p->aCounter[pOp->p5-1]++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+  }
+  u.bm.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return TRUE (non-zero)
-** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way.
+/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
 **
-** Sometimes this routine will return FALSE even if the two expressions
-** really are equivalent.  If we cannot prove that the expressions are
-** identical, we return FALSE just to be safe.  So if this routine
-** returns false, then you do not really know for certain if the two
-** expressions are the same.  But if you get a TRUE return, then you
-** can be sure the expressions are the same.  In the places where
-** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra FALSE - that
-** just might result in some slightly slower code.  But returning
-** an incorrect TRUE could lead to a malfunction.
+** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the
+** MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
+** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
+**
+** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
+** insert is likely to be an append.
+**
+** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
+** for tables is OP_Insert.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){
-  int i;
-  if( pA==0||pB==0 ){
-    return pB==pA;
-  }
-  if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0;
-  if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 0;
-  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0;
-  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0;
-  if( pA->pList ){
-    if( pB->pList==0 ) return 0;
-    if( pA->pList->nExpr!=pB->pList->nExpr ) return 0;
-    for(i=0; ipList->nExpr; i++){
-      if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pList->a[i].pExpr, pB->pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }else if( pB->pList ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pA->pSelect || pB->pSelect ) return 0;
-  if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0;
-  if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->token.z ){
-    if( pB->token.z==0 ) return 0;
-    if( pB->token.n!=pA->token.n ) return 0;
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pA->token.z,(char*)pB->token.z,pB->token.n)!=0 ){
-      return 0;
+case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bn */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int nKey;
+  const char *zKey;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bn */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bn.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bn.pC!=0 );
+  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
+  u.bn.pCrsr = u.bn.pC->pCursor;
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bn.pCrsr!=0) ){
+    assert( u.bn.pC->isTable==0 );
+    rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      u.bn.nKey = pIn2->n;
+      u.bn.zKey = pIn2->z;
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bn.pCrsr, u.bn.zKey, u.bn.nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3,
+          ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bn.pC->seekResult : 0)
+      );
+      assert( u.bn.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+      u.bn.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
     }
   }
-  return 1;
+  break;
 }
 
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array.  Return the index of
-** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
+** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the 
+** index opened by cursor P1.
 */
-static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
-  int i;
-  pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-       db,
-       pInfo->aCol,
-       sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]),
-       3,
-       &pInfo->nColumn,
-       &pInfo->nColumnAlloc,
-       &i
-  );
-  return i;
-}    
+case OP_IdxDelete: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bo */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  int res;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bo */
 
-/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array.  Return the index of
-** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
-*/
-static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
-  int i;
-  pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-       db, 
-       pInfo->aFunc,
-       sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
-       3,
-       &pInfo->nFunc,
-       &pInfo->nFuncAlloc,
-       &i
-  );
-  return i;
-}    
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=p->nMem+1 );
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bo.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bo.pC!=0 );
+  u.bo.pCrsr = u.bo.pC->pCursor;
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bo.pCrsr!=0) ){
+    u.bo.r.pKeyInfo = u.bo.pC->pKeyInfo;
+    u.bo.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
+    u.bo.r.flags = 0;
+    u.bo.r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bo.pCrsr, &u.bo.r, 0, 0, &u.bo.res);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bo.res==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bo.pCrsr);
+    }
+    assert( u.bo.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    u.bo.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+  }
+  break;
+}
 
-/*
-** This is an xFunc for walkExprTree() used to implement 
-** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates().  See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
-** for additional information.
+/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
+** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
+** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
 **
-** This routine analyzes the aggregate function at pExpr.
+** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord.
 */
-static int analyzeAggregate(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
-  int i;
-  NameContext *pNC = (NameContext *)pArg;
-  Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-  AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
+case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bp */
+  BtCursor *pCrsr;
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  i64 rowid;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bp */
 
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
-      ** clause of the aggregate query */
-      if( pSrcList ){
-        struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
-        for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
-          struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
-          if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
-            /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
-            ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.  
-            **
-            ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
-            ** is not an entry there already.
-            */
-            int k;
-            pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
-            for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){
-              if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
-                  pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
-                break;
-              }
-            }
-            if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
-             && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 
-            ){
-              pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
-              pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
-              pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
-              pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
-              pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-              pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
-              pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
-              if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
-                int j, n;
-                ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
-                struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
-                n = pGB->nExpr;
-                for(j=0; jpExpr;
-                  if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
-                      pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
-                    pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
-                    break;
-                  }
-                }
-              }
-              if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
-                pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
-              }
-            }
-            /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
-            ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
-            ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
-            ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
-            */
-            pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
-            pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
-            pExpr->iAgg = k;
-            break;
-          } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
-        } /* end loop over pSrcList */
-      }
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
-      /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries
-      ** to be ignored */
-      if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){
-        /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate 
-        ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
-        */
-        struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
-        for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){
-          if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr) ){
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
-          /* pExpr is original.  Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
-          */
-          u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
-          i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo);
-          if( i>=0 ){
-            pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
-            pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
-            pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-            pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
-                   (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n,
-                   pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
-            if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
-              pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
-            }else{
-              pItem->iDistinct = -1;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
-        */
-        pExpr->iAgg = i;
-        pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
-        return 1;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bp.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bp.pC!=0 );
+  u.bp.pCrsr = u.bp.pC->pCursor;
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bp.pCrsr!=0) ){
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bp.pC);
+    if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+    assert( u.bp.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    assert( u.bp.pC->isTable==0 );
+    if( !u.bp.pC->nullRow ){
+      rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, u.bp.pCrsr, &u.bp.rowid);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        goto abort_due_to_error;
       }
+      MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+      pOut->u.i = u.bp.rowid;
     }
   }
-
-  /* Recursively walk subqueries looking for TK_COLUMN nodes that need
-  ** to be changed to TK_AGG_COLUMN.  But increment nDepth so that
-  ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in subqueries will be unchanged.
-  */
-  if( pExpr->pSelect ){
-    pNC->nDepth++;
-    walkSelectExpr(pExpr->pSelect, analyzeAggregate, pNC);
-    pNC->nDepth--;
-  }
-  return 0;
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and
-** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array.
-** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.
+/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
 **
-** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
-** analyzed by sqlite3ExprResolveNames().
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the ROWID.  Compare this key value against the index 
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
+** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+**
+** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon 
+** prior to the comparison.  This make the opcode work like IdxGT except
+** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor,
+** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
-  walkExprTree(pExpr, analyzeAggregate, pNC);
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
-** expression list.  Return the number of errors.
+/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 * P5
 **
-** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
+** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
+** key that omits the ROWID.  Compare this key value against the index 
+** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
+**
+** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
+** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
+**
+** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior 
+** to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work like IdxLE.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  int i;
-  if( pList ){
-    for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
-      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
+case OP_IdxLT:          /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_IdxGE: {        /* jump, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bq */
+  VdbeCursor *pC;
+  int res;
+  UnpackedRecord r;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bq */
+
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor );
+  u.bq.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bq.pC!=0 );
+  if( ALWAYS(u.bq.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
+    assert( u.bq.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
+    assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
+    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+    u.bq.r.pKeyInfo = u.bq.pC->pKeyInfo;
+    u.bq.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+    if( pOp->p5 ){
+      u.bq.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY | UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
+    }else{
+      u.bq.r.flags = UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
+    }
+    u.bq.r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(u.bq.pC, &u.bq.r, &u.bq.res);
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
+      u.bq.res = -u.bq.res;
+    }else{
+      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE );
+      u.bq.res++;
+    }
+    if( u.bq.res>0 ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
     }
   }
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Allocate or deallocate temporary use registers during code generation.
+/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
+** file is given by P1.
+**
+** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0.  If
+** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
+** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
+** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
+** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
+** is stored in register P2.  If no page 
+** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
+** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
+** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
+**
+** See also: Clear
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){
-  int i, r;
-  if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){
-    return ++pParse->nMem;
-  }
-  for(i=0; inTempReg; i++){
-    r = pParse->aTempReg[i];
-    if( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, r, r) ) continue;
-  }
-  if( i>=pParse->nTempReg ){
-    return ++pParse->nMem;
+case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.br */
+  int iMoved;
+  int iCnt;
+  Vdbe *pVdbe;
+  int iDb;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.br */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  u.br.iCnt = 0;
+  for(u.br.pVdbe=db->pVdbe; u.br.pVdbe; u.br.pVdbe = u.br.pVdbe->pNext){
+    if( u.br.pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && u.br.pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && u.br.pVdbe->pc>=0 ){
+      u.br.iCnt++;
+    }
   }
-  while( inTempReg-1 ){
-    pParse->aTempReg[i] = pParse->aTempReg[i+1];
+#else
+  u.br.iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt;
+#endif
+  if( u.br.iCnt>1 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
+    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+  }else{
+    u.br.iDb = pOp->p3;
+    assert( u.br.iCnt==1 );
+    assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[u.br.iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &u.br.iMoved);
+    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+    pOut->u.i = u.br.iMoved;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.br.iMoved!=0 ){
+      sqlite3RootPageMoved(&db->aDb[u.br.iDb], u.br.iMoved, pOp->p1);
+    }
+#endif
   }
-  pParse->nTempReg--;
-  return r;
+  break;
 }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
-  if( iReg && pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){
-    pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
+
+/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3
+**
+** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
+** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
+** remove the table or index from the database file.
+**
+** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
+** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
+** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
+**
+** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an
+** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change 
+** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. 
+** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is
+** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared.
+**
+** See also: Destroy
+*/
+case OP_Clear: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bs */
+  int nChange;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bs */
+
+  u.bs.nChange = 0;
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p2))!=0 );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
+      db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &u.bs.nChange : 0)
+  );
+  if( pOp->p3 ){
+    p->nChange += u.bs.nChange;
+    if( pOp->p3>0 ){
+      p->aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += u.bs.nChange;
+    }
   }
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers
+/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2
+**
+** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
+** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
+** has an arbitrary key but no data.
+**
+** See also: CreateIndex
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){
-  int i, n;
-  i = pParse->iRangeReg;
-  n = pParse->nRangeReg;
-  if( nReg<=n && !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ){
-    pParse->iRangeReg += nReg;
-    pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg;
+/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
+** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
+** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
+** register P2.
+**
+** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
+*/
+case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2-prerelease */
+case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bt */
+  int pgno;
+  int flags;
+  Db *pDb;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bt */
+
+  u.bt.pgno = 0;
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 );
+  u.bt.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.bt.pDb->pBt!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
+    /* u.bt.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
+    u.bt.flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY;
   }else{
-    i = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += nReg;
+    u.bt.flags = BTREE_ZERODATA;
   }
-  return i;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.bt.pDb->pBt, &u.bt.pgno, u.bt.flags);
+  pOut->u.i = u.bt.pgno;
+  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+  break;
 }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
-  if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){
-    pParse->nRangeReg = nReg;
-    pParse->iRangeReg = iReg;
+
+/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
+** that match the WHERE clause P4.  P2 is the "force" flag.   Always do
+** the parsing if P2 is true.  If P2 is false, then this routine is a
+** no-op if the schema is not currently loaded.  In other words, if P2
+** is false, the SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the
+** schema is already loaded into the symbol table.
+**
+** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
+** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
+*/
+case OP_ParseSchema: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bu */
+  int iDb;
+  const char *zMaster;
+  char *zSql;
+  InitData initData;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bu */
+
+  u.bu.iDb = pOp->p1;
+  assert( u.bu.iDb>=0 && u.bu.iDbnDb );
+
+  /* If pOp->p2 is 0, then this opcode is being executed to read a
+  ** single row, for example the row corresponding to a new index
+  ** created by this VDBE, from the sqlite_master table. It only
+  ** does this if the corresponding in-memory schema is currently
+  ** loaded. Otherwise, the new index definition can be loaded along
+  ** with the rest of the schema when it is required.
+  **
+  ** Although the mutex on the BtShared object that corresponds to
+  ** database u.bu.iDb (the database containing the sqlite_master table
+  ** read by this instruction) is currently held, it is necessary to
+  ** obtain the mutexes on all attached databases before checking if
+  ** the schema of u.bu.iDb is loaded. This is because, at the start of
+  ** the sqlite3_exec() call below, SQLite will invoke
+  ** sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(). If all mutexes are not already held, the
+  ** u.bu.iDb mutex may be temporarily released to avoid deadlock. If
+  ** this happens, then some other thread may delete the in-memory
+  ** schema of database u.bu.iDb before the SQL statement runs. The schema
+  ** will not be reloaded becuase the db->init.busy flag is set. This
+  ** can result in a "no such table: sqlite_master" or "malformed
+  ** database schema" error being returned to the user.
+  */
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[u.bu.iDb].pBt) );
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  if( pOp->p2 || DbHasProperty(db, u.bu.iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+    u.bu.zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(u.bu.iDb);
+    u.bu.initData.db = db;
+    u.bu.initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
+    u.bu.initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
+    u.bu.zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
+       "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s",
+       db->aDb[u.bu.iDb].zName, u.bu.zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
+    if( u.bu.zSql==0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+      assert( db->init.busy==0 );
+      db->init.busy = 1;
+      u.bu.initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, u.bu.zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &u.bu.initData, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = u.bu.initData.rc;
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bu.zSql);
+      db->init.busy = 0;
+      (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    goto no_mem;
   }
+  break;
 }
 
-/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 February 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE)
+/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
+** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
+** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
+*/
+case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb );
+  rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1);
+  break;  
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */
+
+/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
-** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
+*/
+case OP_DropTable: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
+
+/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
 **
-** $Id: alter.c,v 1.44 2008/05/09 14:17:52 drh Exp $
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
 */
+case OP_DropIndex: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
 
-/*
-** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
-** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
+/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
+** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
+** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
+** schema consistent with what is on disk.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+case OP_DropTrigger: {
+  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  break;
+}
 
 
-/*
-** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the 
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
-** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in 
-** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
-** argument and the result returned. Examples:
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
 **
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
-**     -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
+** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Store in
+** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
+** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
 **
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
-**     -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
+** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
+** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
+** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are 
+** seen.  Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
+**
+** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
+** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), ....  There are P2 tables
+** total.
+**
+** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
+** file, not the main database file.
+**
+** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
 */
-static void renameTableFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  int token;
-  Token tname;
-  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
-  int len = 0;
-  char *zRet;
-
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE 
-  ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
-  ** is immediately followed by a left parenthesis - TK_LP - or "USING" TK_USING.
-  */
-  if( zSql ){
-    do {
-      if( !*zCsr ){
-        /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
-        return;
-      }
+case OP_IntegrityCk: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bv */
+  int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
+  int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
+  int j;          /* Loop counter */
+  int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
+  char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
+  Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bv */
 
-      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
-      tname.z = zCsr;
-      tname.n = len;
+  u.bv.nRoot = pOp->p2;
+  assert( u.bv.nRoot>0 );
+  u.bv.aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(u.bv.nRoot+1) );
+  if( u.bv.aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  u.bv.pnErr = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( (u.bv.pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+  assert( (u.bv.pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
+  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  for(u.bv.j=0; u.bv.jp5nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p5))!=0 );
+  u.bv.z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, u.bv.aRoot, u.bv.nRoot,
+                                 (int)u.bv.pnErr->u.i, &u.bv.nErr);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bv.aRoot);
+  u.bv.pnErr->u.i -= u.bv.nErr;
+  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
+  if( u.bv.nErr==0 ){
+    assert( u.bv.z==0 );
+  }else if( u.bv.z==0 ){
+    goto no_mem;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, u.bv.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
 
-      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
-      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
-      */
-      do {
-        zCsr += len;
-        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
-      } while( token==TK_SPACE || token==TK_COMMENT );
-      assert( len>0 );
-    } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
+/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index
+** held in register P1.
+**
+** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
+*/
+case OP_RowSetAdd: {       /* in2 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bw */
+  Mem *pIdx;
+  Mem *pVal;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bw */
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+  u.bw.pIdx = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+  u.bw.pVal = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+  assert( (u.bw.pVal->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+  if( (u.bw.pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(u.bw.pIdx);
+    if( (u.bw.pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
+  sqlite3RowSetInsert(u.bw.pIdx->u.pRowSet, u.bw.pVal->u.i);
+  break;
+}
 
-    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, 
-       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
+/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into
+** register P3.  Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
+** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
+*/
+case OP_RowSetRead: {       /* jump, out3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bx */
+  Mem *pIdx;
+  i64 val;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bx */
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
+  u.bx.pIdx = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( (u.bx.pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0
+   || sqlite3RowSetNext(u.bx.pIdx->u.pRowSet, &u.bx.val)==0
+  ){
+    /* The boolean index is empty */
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(u.bx.pIdx);
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+  }else{
+    /* A value was pulled from the index */
+    assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, u.bx.val);
   }
+  break;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER 
-** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE 
-** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result 
-** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
-** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
+/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4
+**
+** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1
+** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains
+** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the
+** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the
+** next opcode.
+**
+** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets
+** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set
+** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set
+** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1.  P4 must be either -1 or
+** non-negative.  For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4
+** bits are significant.
+**
+** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test
+** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it,
+** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will
+** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is
+** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was
+** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously
+** inserted as part of some other set).
 */
-static void renameTriggerFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  int token;
-  Token tname;
-  int dist = 3;
-  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
-  int len = 0;
-  char *zRet;
+case OP_RowSetTest: {                     /* jump, in1, in3 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.by */
+  int iSet;
+  int exists;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.by */
 
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  u.by.iSet = pOp->p4.i;
+  assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
 
-  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
-  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
-  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
-  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
+  /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1,
+  ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset
   */
-  if( zSql ){
-    do {
+  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
+    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
+  }
 
-      if( !*zCsr ){
-        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
-        return;
-      }
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
+  assert( u.by.iSet==-1 || u.by.iSet>=0 );
+  if( u.by.iSet ){
+    u.by.exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet,
+                               (u8)(u.by.iSet>=0 ? u.by.iSet & 0xf : 0xff),
+                               pIn3->u.i);
+    if( u.by.exists ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if( u.by.iSet>=0 ){
+    sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
+  }
+  break;
+}
 
-      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
-      tname.z = zCsr;
-      tname.n = len;
 
-      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
-      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
-      */
-      do {
-        zCsr += len;
-        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
-      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
-      assert( len>0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
 
-      /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
-      ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN 
-      ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
-      ** to be met.
-      **
-      ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
-      ** there is no need to worry about syntax like 
-      ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
-      */
-      dist++;
-      if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
-        dist = 0;
-      }
-    } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
+/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). 
+**
+** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory 
+** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 
+** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE 
+** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address 
+** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the 
+** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime.
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
+*/
+case OP_Program: {        /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bz */
+  int nMem;               /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
+  int nByte;              /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
+  Mem *pRt;               /* Register to allocate runtime space */
+  Mem *pMem;              /* Used to iterate through memory cells */
+  Mem *pEnd;              /* Last memory cell in new array */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;      /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
+  SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Sub-program to execute */
+  void *t;                /* Token identifying trigger */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bz */
+
+  u.bz.pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+  u.bz.pRt = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+  assert( u.bz.pProgram->nOp>0 );
+
+  /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is
+  ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
+  ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set
+  ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear).
+  **
+  ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is
+  ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one
+  ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different
+  ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a
+  ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token
+  ** variable.  */
+  if( pOp->p5 ){
+    u.bz.t = u.bz.pProgram->token;
+    for(u.bz.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.bz.pFrame && u.bz.pFrame->token!=u.bz.t; u.bz.pFrame=u.bz.pFrame->pParent);
+    if( u.bz.pFrame ) break;
+  }
 
-    /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
-    ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
+  if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "too many levels of trigger recursion");
+    break;
+  }
+
+  /* Register u.bz.pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
+  ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
+  ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then u.bz.pRt
+  ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized.  */
+  if( (u.bz.pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){
+    /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the
+    ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
+    ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
+    ** variable u.bz.nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
     */
-    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, 
-       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free);
+    u.bz.nMem = u.bz.pProgram->nMem + u.bz.pProgram->nCsr;
+    u.bz.nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))
+              + u.bz.nMem * sizeof(Mem)
+              + u.bz.pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *);
+    u.bz.pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, u.bz.nByte);
+    if( !u.bz.pFrame ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(u.bz.pRt);
+    u.bz.pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
+    u.bz.pRt->u.pFrame = u.bz.pFrame;
+
+    u.bz.pFrame->v = p;
+    u.bz.pFrame->nChildMem = u.bz.nMem;
+    u.bz.pFrame->nChildCsr = u.bz.pProgram->nCsr;
+    u.bz.pFrame->pc = pc;
+    u.bz.pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
+    u.bz.pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
+    u.bz.pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
+    u.bz.pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
+    u.bz.pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
+    u.bz.pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
+    u.bz.pFrame->token = u.bz.pProgram->token;
+
+    u.bz.pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(u.bz.pFrame)[u.bz.pFrame->nChildMem];
+    for(u.bz.pMem=VdbeFrameMem(u.bz.pFrame); u.bz.pMem!=u.bz.pEnd; u.bz.pMem++){
+      u.bz.pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+      u.bz.pMem->db = db;
+    }
+  }else{
+    u.bz.pFrame = u.bz.pRt->u.pFrame;
+    assert( u.bz.pProgram->nMem+u.bz.pProgram->nCsr==u.bz.pFrame->nChildMem );
+    assert( u.bz.pProgram->nCsr==u.bz.pFrame->nChildCsr );
+    assert( pc==u.bz.pFrame->pc );
   }
+
+  p->nFrame++;
+  u.bz.pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
+  u.bz.pFrame->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+  u.bz.pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
+  p->nChange = 0;
+  p->pFrame = u.bz.pFrame;
+  p->aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(u.bz.pFrame)[-1];
+  p->nMem = u.bz.pFrame->nChildMem;
+  p->nCursor = (u16)u.bz.pFrame->nChildCsr;
+  p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&p->aMem[p->nMem+1];
+  p->aOp = u.bz.pProgram->aOp;
+  p->nOp = u.bz.pProgram->nOp;
+  pc = -1;
+
+  break;
 }
-#endif   /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
 
-/*
-** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
+/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the 
+** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory 
+** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames 
+** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* 
+** and old.* values.
+**
+** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding
+** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the
+** calling OP_Program instruction.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-  static const struct {
-     char *zName;
-     signed char nArg;
-     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **);
-  } aFuncs[] = {
-    { "sqlite_rename_table",    2, renameTableFunc},
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    { "sqlite_rename_trigger",  2, renameTriggerFunc},
-#endif
-  };
-  int i;
+case OP_Param: {           /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ca */
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+  Mem *pIn;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ca */
+  u.ca.pFrame = p->pFrame;
+  u.ca.pIn = &u.ca.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + u.ca.pFrame->aOp[u.ca.pFrame->pc].p1];
+  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.ca.pIn, MEM_Ephem);
+  break;
+}
 
-  for(i=0; ip1 ){
+    db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2;
+  }else{
+    p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2;
   }
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
-** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
-** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the 
-** temporary database, NULL is returned.
+/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero.
+** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next 
+** instruction.
+**
+** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter
+** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is
+** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero
+** (immediate foreign key constraint violations).
 */
-static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Trigger *pTrig;
-  char *zWhere = 0;
-  char *tmp = 0;
-  const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
-
-  /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is 
-  ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
-  ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE 
-  ** expression being built up in zWhere.
-  */
-  if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    for( pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext ){
-      if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
-        if( !zWhere ){
-          zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", pTrig->name);
-        }else{
-          tmp = zWhere;
-          zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name);
-          sqlite3_free(tmp);
-        }
-      }
-    }
+case OP_FkIfZero: {         /* jump */
+  if( pOp->p1 ){
+    if( db->nDeferredCons==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
+  }else{
+    if( p->nFkConstraint==0 ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
   }
-  return zWhere;
+  break;
 }
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
 
-/*
-** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
-** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
-** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
-** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
-** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an 
-** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is
+** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed
+** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of 
+** its current value and the value in register P2.
+**
+** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
+** an integer.
 */
-static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  char *zWhere;
-  int iDb;                   /* Index of database containing pTab */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  Trigger *pTrig;
-#endif
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) return;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
-  for(pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
-    int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
-    assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->name, 0);
+case OP_MemMax: {        /* in2 */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cb */
+  Mem *pIn1;
+  VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cb */
+  if( p->pFrame ){
+    for(u.cb.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.cb.pFrame->pParent; u.cb.pFrame=u.cb.pFrame->pParent);
+    u.cb.pIn1 = &u.cb.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  }else{
+    u.cb.pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
   }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-
-  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
-  zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
-  if( !zWhere ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp 
-  ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. 
-  */
-  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.cb.pIn1);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
+  if( u.cb.pIn1->u.iu.i){
+    u.cb.pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
   }
-#endif
+  break;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
 
-/*
-** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" 
-** command. 
+/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
+**
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
-  Parse *pParse,            /* Parser context. */
-  SrcList *pSrc,            /* The table to rename. */
-  Token *pName              /* The new table name. */
-){
-  int iDb;                  /* Database that contains the table */
-  char *zDb;                /* Name of database iDb */
-  Table *pTab;              /* Table being renamed */
-  char *zName = 0;          /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ 
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
-  int nTabName;             /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
-  const char *zTabName;     /* Original name of the table */
-  Vdbe *v;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
-#endif
-  int isVirtualRename = 0;  /* True if this is a v-table with an xRename() */
-  
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_rename_table;
-  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
-  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-
-  /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
-
-  /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
-  ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
-  ** that the table is being renamed to.
-  */
-  if( strlen(pTab->zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
+case OP_IfPos: {        /* jump, in1 */
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
   }
+  break;
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
+/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
+**
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
+*/
+case OP_IfNeg: {        /* jump, in1 */
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
   }
-#endif
+  break;
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
+/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** If the value of register P1 is exactly 0, jump to P2. 
+**
+** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
+** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
+*/
+case OP_IfZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
+  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
+     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
   }
-#endif
+  break;
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
+/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
+** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
+** structure that specifies the function.  Use register
+** P3 as the accumulator.
+**
+** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
+** successors.
+*/
+case OP_AggStep: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cc */
+  int n;
+  int i;
+  Mem *pMem;
+  Mem *pRec;
+  sqlite3_context ctx;
+  sqlite3_value **apVal;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cc */
+
+  u.cc.n = pOp->p5;
+  assert( u.cc.n>=0 );
+  u.cc.pRec = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+  u.cc.apVal = p->apArg;
+  assert( u.cc.apVal || u.cc.n==0 );
+  for(u.cc.i=0; u.cc.ip4.pFunc;
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  u.cc.ctx.pMem = u.cc.pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+  u.cc.pMem->n++;
+  u.cc.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+  u.cc.ctx.s.z = 0;
+  u.cc.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
+  u.cc.ctx.s.xDel = 0;
+  u.cc.ctx.s.db = db;
+  u.cc.ctx.isError = 0;
+  u.cc.ctx.pColl = 0;
+  if( u.cc.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
+    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
+    u.cc.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
   }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) && pTab->pMod->pModule->xRename ){
-    isVirtualRename = 1;
+  (u.cc.ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&u.cc.ctx, u.cc.n, u.cc.apVal);
+  if( u.cc.ctx.isError ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.cc.ctx.s));
+    rc = u.cc.ctx.isError;
   }
-#endif
+  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.cc.ctx.s);
+  break;
+}
 
-  /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. 
-  ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
-  ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
-  ** table.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
+/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
+** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
+**
+** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
+** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
+** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
+** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
+** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
+** the step function was not previously called.
+*/
+case OP_AggFinal: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cd */
+  Mem *pMem;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cd */
+  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+  u.cd.pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( (u.cd.pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
+  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(u.cd.pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
+  if( rc ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(u.cd.pMem));
   }
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, isVirtualRename, iDb);
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-  /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
-  ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
-  ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
-  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( isVirtualRename ){
-    int i = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pTab->pVtab, P4_VTAB);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.cd.pMem, encoding);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cd.pMem);
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cd.pMem) ){
+    goto too_big;
   }
-#endif
+  break;
+}
 
-  /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
-  zTabName = pTab->zName;
-  nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);
 
-  /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
-  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-          "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
-#else
-          "sql = CASE "
-            "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
-            "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
-#endif
-          "tbl_name = %Q, "
-          "name = CASE "
-            "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
-            "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
-             "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
-            "ELSE name END "
-      "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND "
-          "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", 
-      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-      zName,
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
+/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
+**
+** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
+** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
+** a transaction.
+*/
+case OP_Vacuum: {
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; 
+  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  break;
+}
 #endif
-      zName, nTabName, zTabName
-  );
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update 
-  ** it with the new table name.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
-        zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
-  }
-#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
+/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
+** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
+** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
+*/
+case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ce */
+  Btree *pBt;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ce */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
-  ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
-  ** the temp database.
-  */
-  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
-            "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
-            "tbl_name = %Q "
-            "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
-    sqlite3_free(zWhere);
+  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb );
+  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<p1))!=0 );
+  u.ce.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(u.ce.pBt);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
   }
+  break;
+}
 #endif
 
-  /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
-  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
-
-exit_rename_table:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
-  sqlite3_free(zName);
+/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
+**
+** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
+** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed 
+** (via sqlite3_step()).
+** 
+** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
+** then only the currently executing statement is affected. 
+*/
+case OP_Expire: {
+  if( !pOp->p1 ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+  }else{
+    p->expired = 1;
+  }
+  break;
 }
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
+** the shared-cache feature is enabled. 
+**
+** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
+** on which the lock is acquired.  A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
+** a write lock if P3==1.
+**
+** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
+**
+** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
+** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
+*/
+case OP_TableLock: {
+  u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3;
+  if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
+    int p1 = pOp->p1; 
+    assert( p1>=0 && p1nDb );
+    assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
+    if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+      const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
+      sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z);
+    }
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
 
-/*
-** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
-** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
-** column definition.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
 **
-** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
-** the new column during parsing.
+** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the 
+** xBegin method for that table.
+**
+** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
+** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error
+** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
-  Table *pNew;              /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
-  Table *pTab;              /* Table being altered */
-  int iDb;                  /* Database number */
-  const char *zDb;          /* Database name */
-  const char *zTab;         /* Table name */
-  char *zCol;               /* Null-terminated column definition */
-  Column *pCol;             /* The new column */
-  Expr *pDflt;              /* Default value for the new column */
-  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection; */
+case OP_VBegin: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cf */
+  VTable *pVTab;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cf */
+  u.cf.pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
+  rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, u.cf.pVTab);
+  if( u.cf.pVTab ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = u.cf.pVTab->pVtab->zErrMsg;
+    u.cf.pVTab->pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-  pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
-  assert( pNew );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
+** for that table.
+*/
+case OP_VCreate: {
+  rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-  db = pParse->db;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  zTab = pNew->zName;
-  pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
-  pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
-  assert( pTab );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
+** of that table.
+*/
+case OP_VDestroy: {
+  p->inVtabMethod = 2;
+  rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
+  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
+** table and stores that cursor in P1.
+*/
+case OP_VOpen: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cg */
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  sqlite3_module *pModule;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cg */
+
+  u.cg.pCur = 0;
+  u.cg.pVtabCursor = 0;
+  u.cg.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  u.cg.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cg.pVtab->pModule;
+  assert(u.cg.pVtab && u.cg.pModule);
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  rc = u.cg.pModule->xOpen(u.cg.pVtab, &u.cg.pVtabCursor);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = u.cg.pVtab->zErrMsg;
+  u.cg.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+    /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
+    u.cg.pVtabCursor->pVtab = u.cg.pVtab;
 
-  /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a 
-  ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
-  ** for an SQL NULL default below.
-  */
-  if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
-    pDflt = 0;
+    /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */
+    u.cg.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0);
+    if( u.cg.pCur ){
+      u.cg.pCur->pVtabCursor = u.cg.pVtabCursor;
+      u.cg.pCur->pModule = u.cg.pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
+    }else{
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      u.cg.pModule->xClose(u.cg.pVtabCursor);
+    }
   }
+  break;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-  /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
-  ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
-  ** column must not be NULL.
-  */
-  if( pCol->isPrimKey ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pNew->pIndex ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
-    return;
-  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+**
+** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen.  P2 is an address to jump to if
+** the filtered result set is empty.
+**
+** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
+** method of the module.  The interpretation of the P4 string is left
+** to the module implementation.
+**
+** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
+** by P1.  The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
+** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
+** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
+** additional parameters which are passed to
+** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
+**
+** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
+*/
+case OP_VFilter: {   /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ch */
+  int nArg;
+  int iQuery;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  Mem *pQuery;
+  Mem *pArgc;
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+  int res;
+  int i;
+  Mem **apArg;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ch */
+
+  u.ch.pQuery = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+  u.ch.pArgc = &u.ch.pQuery[1];
+  u.ch.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.ch.pQuery);
+  assert( u.ch.pCur->pVtabCursor );
+  u.ch.pVtabCursor = u.ch.pCur->pVtabCursor;
+  u.ch.pVtab = u.ch.pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  u.ch.pModule = u.ch.pVtab->pModule;
 
-  /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
-  ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
-  */
-  if( pDflt ){
-    sqlite3_value *pVal;
-    if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
+  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
+  assert( (u.ch.pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && u.ch.pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
+  u.ch.nArg = (int)u.ch.pArgc->u.i;
+  u.ch.iQuery = (int)u.ch.pQuery->u.i;
+
+  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
+  {
+    u.ch.res = 0;
+    u.ch.apArg = p->apArg;
+    for(u.ch.i = 0; u.ch.iinVtabMethod = 1;
+    rc = u.ch.pModule->xFilter(u.ch.pVtabCursor, u.ch.iQuery, pOp->p4.z, u.ch.nArg, u.ch.apArg);
+    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = u.ch.pVtab->zErrMsg;
+    u.ch.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      u.ch.res = u.ch.pModule->xEof(u.ch.pVtabCursor);
     }
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  }
+    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
 
-  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
-  zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
-  if( zCol ){
-    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
-    while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || isspace(*(unsigned char *)zEnd) ){
-      *zEnd-- = '\0';
+    if( u.ch.res ){
+      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
     }
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
-          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
-        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
-      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
-      zTab
-    );
-    sqlite3_free(zCol);
   }
+  u.ch.pCur->nullRow = 0;
 
-  /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
-  ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
-  ** the file format becomes 3.
-  */
-  sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
-
-  /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
-  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
+  break;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-/*
-** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
-** an "ALTER TABLE  ADD" statement is parsed. Argument 
-** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
-**
-** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
-** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
-** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
-** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to 
-** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c 
-** after parsing is finished.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
 **
-** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
-** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
+** Store the value of the P2-th column of
+** the row of the virtual-table that the 
+** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
-  Table *pNew;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int iDb;
-  int i;
-  int nAlloc;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Look up the table being altered. */
-  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
-  if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+case OP_VColumn: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ci */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  Mem *pDest;
+  sqlite3_context sContext;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ci */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
+  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+  u.ci.pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+  if( pCur->nullRow ){
+    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(u.ci.pDest);
+    break;
   }
-#endif
+  u.ci.pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  u.ci.pModule = u.ci.pVtab->pModule;
+  assert( u.ci.pModule->xColumn );
+  memset(&u.ci.sContext, 0, sizeof(u.ci.sContext));
 
-  /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
+  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
+  ** the current contents to u.ci.sContext.s so in case the user-function
+  ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a
+  ** new one.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.ci.sContext.s, u.ci.pDest);
+  MemSetTypeFlag(&u.ci.sContext.s, MEM_Null);
 
-  assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  rc = u.ci.pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &u.ci.sContext, pOp->p2);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = u.ci.pVtab->zErrMsg;
+  u.ci.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+  if( u.ci.sContext.isError ){
+    rc = u.ci.sContext.isError;
+  }
 
-  /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
-  ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.
+  /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
+  ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any
+  ** dynamic allocation in u.ci.sContext.s (a Mem struct) is  released.
   */
-  pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-  if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
-  pNew->nRef = 1;
-  pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
-  assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
-  nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
-  assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
-  pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
-  pNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName);
-  if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.ci.sContext.s, encoding);
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.ci.pDest);
+  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(u.ci.pDest, &u.ci.sContext.s);
+  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.ci.pDest);
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    goto abort_due_to_misuse;
   }
-  memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
-  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-    Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
-    pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
-    pCol->zColl = 0;
-    pCol->zType = 0;
-    pCol->pDflt = 0;
+  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ci.pDest) ){
+    goto too_big;
   }
-  pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
-  pNew->nRef = 1;
-
-  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-exit_begin_add_column:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
-  return;
+  break;
 }
-#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */
-
-/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 July 8
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.42 2008/03/25 09:47:35 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-/*
-** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor
-** iStatCur.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
 **
-** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created.
-** If it does previously exist, all entires associated with table zWhere
-** are removed.  If zWhere==0 then all entries are removed.
+** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
+** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
+** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
 */
-static void openStatTable(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
-  int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
-  const char *zWhere      /* Delete entries associated with this table */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Db *pDb;
-  int iRootPage;
-  int createStat1 = 0;
-  Table *pStat;
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+case OP_VNext: {   /* jump */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cj */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
+  int res;
+  VdbeCursor *pCur;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cj */
 
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", pDb->zName))==0 ){
-    /* The sqlite_stat1 tables does not exist.  Create it.  
-    ** Note that a side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave
-    ** the rootpage of the new table in register pParse->regRoot.  This is
-    ** important because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)",
-      pDb->zName
-    );
-    iRootPage = pParse->regRoot;
-    createStat1 = 1;  /* Cause rootpage to be taken from top of stack */
-  }else if( zWhere ){
-    /* The sqlite_stat1 table exists.  Delete all entries associated with
-    ** the table zWhere. */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-       "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q",
-       pDb->zName, zWhere
-    );
-    iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
-  }else{
-    /* The sqlite_stat1 table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
-    iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pStat->tnum, iDb);
+  u.cj.res = 0;
+  u.cj.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.cj.pCur->pVtabCursor );
+  if( u.cj.pCur->nullRow ){
+    break;
   }
+  u.cj.pVtab = u.cj.pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  u.cj.pModule = u.cj.pVtab->pModule;
+  assert( u.cj.pModule->xNext );
 
-  /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table for writing. Unless it was created
-  ** by this vdbe program, lock it for writing at the shared-cache level. 
-  ** If this vdbe did create the sqlite_stat1 table, then it must have 
-  ** already obtained a schema-lock, making the write-lock redundant.
+  /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
+  ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
+  ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that
+  ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
+  ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
   */
-  if( !createStat1 ){
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, iRootPage, 1, "sqlite_stat1");
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+  rc = u.cj.pModule->xNext(u.cj.pCur->pVtabCursor);
+  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = u.cj.pVtab->zErrMsg;
+  u.cj.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u.cj.res = u.cj.pModule->xEof(u.cj.pCur->pVtabCursor);
+  }
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+
+  if( !u.cj.res ){
+    /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
+    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 3);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur, iRootPage, iDb);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, createStat1);
+  break;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-/*
-** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
-** a single table.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
+**
+** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
+** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
+** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
 */
-static void analyzeOneTable(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
-  int iStatCur,    /* Cursor that writes to the sqlite_stat1 table */
-  int iMem         /* Available memory locations begin here */
-){
-  Index *pIdx;     /* An index to being analyzed */
-  int iIdxCur;     /* Cursor number for index being analyzed */
-  int nCol;        /* Number of columns in the index */
-  Vdbe *v;         /* The virtual machine being built up */
-  int i;           /* Loop counter */
-  int topOfLoop;   /* The top of the loop */
-  int endOfLoop;   /* The end of the loop */
-  int addr;        /* The address of an instruction */
-  int iDb;         /* Index of database containing pTab */
+case OP_VRename: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ck */
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  Mem *pName;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ck */
+
+  u.ck.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  u.ck.pName = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+  assert( u.ck.pVtab->pModule->xRename );
+  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, u.ck.pName);
+  assert( u.ck.pName->flags & MEM_Str );
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+  rc = u.ck.pVtab->pModule->xRename(u.ck.pVtab, u.ck.pName->z);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+  p->zErrMsg = u.ck.pVtab->zErrMsg;
+  u.ck.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
 
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 || pTab==0 || pTab->pIndex==0 ){
-    /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
-      pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
-    return;
-  }
+  break;
+}
 #endif
 
-  /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */
-  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-
-  iIdxCur = pParse->nTab;
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
-    int regFields;    /* Register block for building records */
-    int regRec;       /* Register holding completed record */
-    int regTemp;      /* Temporary use register */
-    int regCol;       /* Content of a column from the table being analyzed */
-    int regRowid;     /* Rowid for the inserted record */
-    int regF2;
-
-    /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed
-    */
-    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIdx->pSchema) );
-    nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, nCol+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
-        (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-    regFields = iMem+nCol*2;
-    regTemp = regRowid = regCol = regFields+3;
-    regRec = regCol+1;
-    if( regRec>pParse->nMem ){
-      pParse->nMem = regRec;
-    }
-
-    /* Memory cells are used as follows:
-    **
-    **    mem[iMem]:             The total number of rows in the table.
-    **    mem[iMem+1]:           Number of distinct values in column 1
-    **    ...
-    **    mem[iMem+nCol]:        Number of distinct values in column N
-    **    mem[iMem+nCol+1]       Last observed value of column 1
-    **    ...
-    **    mem[iMem+nCol+nCol]:   Last observed value of column N
-    **
-    ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0.  The others
-    ** are initialized to NULL.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iMem+i);
-    }
-    for(i=0; ip4.pVtab->pVtab;
+  u.cl.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cl.pVtab->pModule;
+  u.cl.nArg = pOp->p2;
+  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
+  if( ALWAYS(u.cl.pModule->xUpdate) ){
+    u.cl.apArg = p->apArg;
+    u.cl.pX = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+    for(u.cl.i=0; u.cl.i0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero
-    ** is never possible.
-    */
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regFields, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regFields+1, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
-    regF2 = regFields+2;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regF2);
-    for(i=0; ixUpdate(u.cl.pVtab, u.cl.nArg, u.cl.apArg, &u.cl.rowid);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = u.cl.pVtab->zErrMsg;
+    u.cl.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){
+      assert( u.cl.nArg>1 && u.cl.apArg[0] && (u.cl.apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
+      db->lastRowid = u.cl.rowid;
     }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFields, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+    p->nChange++;
   }
+  break;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-/*
-** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
-** be laoded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
+#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
+**
+** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
 */
-static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb);
+case OP_Pagecount: {            /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cm */
+  int p1;
+  int nPage;
+  Pager *pPager;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cm */
+
+  u.cm.p1 = pOp->p1;
+  u.cm.pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[u.cm.p1].pBt);
+  rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(u.cm.pPager, &u.cm.nPage);
+  /* OP_Pagecount is always called from within a read transaction.  The
+  ** page count has already been successfully read and cached.  So the
+  ** sqlite3PagerPagecount() call above cannot fail. */
+  if( ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
+    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+    pOut->u.i = u.cm.nPage;
   }
+  break;
 }
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 *
+**
+** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
+** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
 */
-static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;    /* Schema of database iDb */
-  HashElem *k;
-  int iStatCur;
-  int iMem;
+case OP_Trace: {
+#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.cn */
+  char *zTrace;
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cn */
 
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
-  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0);
-  iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
-  for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
-    Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
-    analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem);
+  u.cn.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql);
+  if( u.cn.zTrace ){
+    if( db->xTrace ){
+      db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, u.cn.zTrace);
+    }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", u.cn.zTrace);
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
   }
-  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
+  break;
 }
+#endif
 
+
+/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
+**
+** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
+** destination.
+*/
 /*
-** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
-** a database.
+** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
+** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
+** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
+** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
 */
-static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  int iDb;
-  int iStatCur;
-
-  assert( pTab!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
-  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName);
-  analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1);
-  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
+default: {          /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
+  break;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
-** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
-**
-**        ANALYZE                            -- 1
-**        ANALYZE                  -- 2
-**        ANALYZE  ?.?  -- 3
-**
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
-** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
-** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-  int i;
-  char *z, *zDb;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Token *pTableName;
+/*****************************************************************************
+** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
+** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
+** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
+** restored.
+*****************************************************************************/
+    }
 
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return;
-  }
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+    {
+      u64 elapsed = sqlite3Hwtime() - start;
+      pOp->cycles += elapsed;
+      pOp->cnt++;
+#if 0
+        fprintf(stdout, "%10llu ", elapsed);
+        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &p->aOp[origPc]);
+#endif
+    }
+#endif
 
-  if( pName1==0 ){
-    /* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
-    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-      if( i==1 ) continue;  /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
-      analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
+    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
+    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
+    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
+    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
+    */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    assert( pc>=-1 && pcnOp );
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    if( p->trace ){
+      if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc);
+      if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
+        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, pOut);
+      }
+      if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
+        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, pOut);
+      }
     }
-  }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->n==0 ){
-    /* Form 2:  Analyze the database or table named */
-    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
-    if( iDb>=0 ){
-      analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
-    }else{
-      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
-      if( z ){
-        pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0);
-        sqlite3_free(z);
-        if( pTab ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
-    if( iDb>=0 ){
-      zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
-      if( z ){
-        pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb);
-        sqlite3_free(z);
-        if( pTab ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
-        }
-      }
-    }   
+#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#endif  /* NDEBUG */
+  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
+
+  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
+  ** an error of some kind.
+  */
+vdbe_error_halt:
+  assert( rc );
+  p->rc = rc;
+  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+
+  /* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
+  ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
+  ** top. */
+vdbe_return:
+  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
+  return rc;
+
+  /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+  ** is encountered.
+  */
+too_big:
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big");
+  rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
+  */
+no_mem:
+  db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory");
+  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here for an SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+  */
+abort_due_to_misuse:
+  rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  /* Fall thru into abort_due_to_error */
+
+  /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
+  ** should hold the error number.
+  */
+abort_due_to_error:
+  assert( p->zErrMsg==0 );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
   }
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
+
+  /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
+  ** flag.
+  */
+abort_due_to_interrupt:
+  assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
+  rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+  p->rc = rc;
+  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+  goto vdbe_error_halt;
 }
 
+/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
 /*
-** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
-** callback routine.
+** 2007 May 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
+**
+** $Id: vdbeblob.c,v 1.35 2009/07/02 07:47:33 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
-typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
-struct analysisInfo {
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zDatabase;
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+
+/*
+** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
+*/
+typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
+struct Incrblob {
+  int flags;              /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
+  int nByte;              /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
+  int iOffset;            /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
+  BtCursor *pCsr;         /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;    /* Statement holding cursor open */
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* The associated database */
 };
 
 /*
-** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
-** sqlite_stat1 table.  
-**
-**     argv[0] = name of the index
-**     argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
+** Open a blob handle.
 */
-static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **azNotUsed){
-  analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
-  Index *pIndex;
-  int i, c;
-  unsigned int v;
-  const char *z;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
+  sqlite3* db,            /* The database connection */
+  const char *zDb,        /* The attached database containing the blob */
+  const char *zTable,     /* The table containing the blob */
+  const char *zColumn,    /* The column containing the blob */
+  sqlite_int64 iRow,      /* The row containing the glob */
+  int flags,              /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
+  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob   /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
+){
+  int nAttempt = 0;
+  int iCol;               /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
 
-  assert( argc==2 );
-  if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
-  if( pIndex==0 ){
-    return 0;
+  /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified 
+  ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
+  ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
+  ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
+  ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
+  **
+  ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
+  ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
+  ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and 
+  ** blob_bytes() functions.
+  **
+  ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
+  ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the 
+  ** transaction.
+  */
+  static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
+    {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0},     /* 0: Start a transaction */
+    {OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0},    /* 1: Check the schema cookie */
+    {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0},       /* 2: Acquire a read or write lock */
+
+    /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an OP_Noop. */
+    {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0},        /* 3: Open cursor 0 for reading */
+    {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0},       /* 4: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
+
+    {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1},        /* 5: Push the rowid to the stack */
+    {OP_NotExists, 0, 9, 1},       /* 6: Seek the cursor */
+    {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1},          /* 7  */
+    {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0},       /* 8  */
+    {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0},           /* 9  */
+    {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0},            /* 10 */
+  };
+
+  Vdbe *v = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Parse *pParse;
+
+  *ppBlob = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( pParse==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto blob_open_out;
   }
-  z = argv[1];
-  for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){
-    v = 0;
-    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
-      v = v*10 + c - '0';
-      z++;
+  do {
+    memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
+    pParse->db = db;
+
+    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+      sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+      return SQLITE_MISUSE;
     }
-    pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v;
-    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
+
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
+    if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+    if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
+    }
+#endif
+    if( !pTab ){
+      if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+        zErr = pParse->zErrMsg;
+        pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+      }
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+
+    /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
+    for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+
+    /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
+    ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. 
+    ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these
+    ** descriptions applies for writing.  */
+    if( flags ){
+      const char *zFault = 0;
+      Index *pIdx;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+      if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+        /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It
+        ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent
+        ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this 
+        ** case.  */
+        FKey *pFKey;
+        for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
+            if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){
+              zFault = "foreign key";
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        int j;
+        for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){
+          if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
+            zFault = "indexed";
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      if( zFault ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+        zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault);
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+        sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+        goto blob_open_out;
+      }
+    }
+
+    v = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
+    if( v ){
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob);
+      flags = !!flags;                 /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */
+
+      /* Configure the OP_Transaction */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, flags);
+
+      /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie);
+
+      /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
+      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); 
+
+      /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 2, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2, pTab->tnum);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2, flags);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+
+      /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 
+      ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum.  */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 4 - flags, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 3 + flags, pTab->tnum);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 3 + flags, iDb);
+
+      /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
+      ** think that the table has one more column than it really
+      ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
+      ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
+      ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type 
+      ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 3+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 7, pTab->nCol);
+      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+        sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+   
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+    rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+    if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) || db->mallocFailed ){
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+
+    sqlite3_bind_int64((sqlite3_stmt *)v, 1, iRow);
+    rc = sqlite3_step((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+      nAttempt++;
+      rc = sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+      v = 0;
+    }
+  } while( nAttempt<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    /* The row-record has been opened successfully. Check that the
+    ** column in question contains text or a blob. If it contains
+    ** text, it is up to the caller to get the encoding right.
+    */
+    Incrblob *pBlob;
+    u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[iCol];
+
+    if( type<12 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+      zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open value of type %s",
+          type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
+      );
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+    pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
+      goto blob_open_out;
+    }
+    pBlob->flags = flags;
+    pBlob->pCsr =  v->apCsr[0]->pCursor;
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
+    sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(pBlob->pCsr);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
+    pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)v;
+    pBlob->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[iCol];
+    pBlob->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
+    pBlob->db = db;
+    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+    zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
-  return 0;
+
+blob_open_out:
+  if( v && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+  }
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErr);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 table into the index hash tables.
+** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
+** sqlite3_blob_open().
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
-  analysisInfo sInfo;
-  HashElem *i;
-  char *zSql;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
   int rc;
+  sqlite3 *db;
 
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
-
-  /* Clear any prior statistics */
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
-    sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
+  if( p ){
+    db = p->db;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+    rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
   }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table existss */
-  sInfo.db = db;
-  sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
-     return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
+/*
+** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
+*/
+static int blobReadWrite(
+  sqlite3_blob *pBlob, 
+  void *z, 
+  int n, 
+  int iOffset, 
+  int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db;
 
+  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  db = p->db;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
 
-  /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
-  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1",
-                        sInfo.zDatabase);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
+    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0);
+  } else if( v==0 ){
+    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
+    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+    */
+    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+  }else{
+    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
+    ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
+    */
+    assert( db == v->db );
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
+    rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+      p->pStmt = 0;
+    }else{
+      db->errCode = rc;
+      v->rc = rc;
+    }
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
   return rc;
 }
 
+/*
+** Read data from a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
+}
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */
+/*
+** Write data to a blob handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
+  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
+}
 
-/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** 2003 April 6
+** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
+**
+** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
+** so no mutex is required for access.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
+  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+  return p ? p->nByte : 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
+/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 22
 **
 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -52084,765 +58154,638 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
 *************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
 **
-** $Id: attach.c,v 1.75 2008/04/17 17:02:01 drh Exp $
+** @(#) $Id: journal.c,v 1.9 2009/01/20 17:06:27 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+
 /*
-** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
-** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
-** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
-**
-** i.e. if the parser sees:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
-**
-** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
-** looking for columns of the same name.
-**
-** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
+** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
+** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
+** is enabled.
 **
-**     ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
+** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
+** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
+** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
+** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
+** on disk is not created or populated until either:
 **
-** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
+**   1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated 
+**      buffer, or
+**   2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called.
 */
-static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
-{
+
+
+
+/*
+** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
+** as an open file handle for journal files.
+*/
+struct JournalFile {
+  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* I/O methods on journal files */
+  int nBuf;                       /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
+  char *zBuf;                     /* Space to buffer journal writes */
+  int iSize;                      /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
+  int flags;                      /* xOpen flags */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* The "real" underlying VFS */
+  sqlite3_file *pReal;            /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
+  const char *zJournal;           /* Name of the journal file */
+};
+typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
+
+/*
+** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file 
+** for JournalFile p.
+*/
+static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pExpr ){
-    if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
-      rc = sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pName, pExpr);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%T\"", &pExpr->span);
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  if( !p->pReal ){
+    sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
+    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      p->pReal = pReal;
+      if( p->iSize>0 ){
+        assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
+        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
       }
-    }else{
-      pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
     }
   }
   return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
-**
-**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
-**
-** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
-** third argument.
+** Close the file.
 */
-static void attachFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-  int rc = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  const char *zName;
-  const char *zFile;
-  Db *aNew;
-  char *zErrDyn = 0;
-  char zErr[128];
-
-  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
-  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
-
-  /* Check for the following errors:
-  **
-  **     * Too many attached databases,
-  **     * Transaction currently open
-  **     * Specified database name already being used.
-  */
-  if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(
-      sizeof(zErr), zErr, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
-      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
-    );
-    goto attach_error;
-  }
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-                     "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
-    goto attach_error;
-  }
-  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
-    if( z && zName && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, 
-                       "database %s is already in use", zName);
-      goto attach_error;
-    }
+static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
   }
+  sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema
-  ** hash tables.
-  */
-  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
-    aNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
-    if( aNew==0 ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
+/*
+** Read data from the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlRead(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
+  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+  }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){
+    rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
   }else{
-    aNew = sqlite3_realloc(db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
-    if( aNew==0 ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    } 
+    memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
   }
-  db->aDb = aNew;
-  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++];
-  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
-  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
-  ** or may not be initialised.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
-                           db->openFlags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
-                           &aNew->pBt);
+/*
+** Write data to the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
+  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
+    rc = createFile(p);
+  }
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    Pager *pPager;
-    aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
-    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, 
-        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
-      goto attach_error;
+    if( p->pReal ){
+      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
+    }else{
+      memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
+      if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
+        p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
+      }
     }
-    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
-    sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
-    sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, db->dfltJournalMode);
   }
-  aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
-  aNew->safety_level = 3;
+  return rc;
+}
 
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  {
-    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
-    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
-    int nKey;
-    char *zKey;
-    int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
-    switch( t ){
-      case SQLITE_INTEGER:
-      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
-        zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        break;
-        
-      case SQLITE_TEXT:
-      case SQLITE_BLOB:
-        nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
-        zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
-        sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
-        break;
+/*
+** Truncate the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
+  }else if( sizeiSize ){
+    p->iSize = size;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-      case SQLITE_NULL:
-        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
-        sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
-        sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
-        break;
-    }
+/*
+** Sync the file.
+*/
+static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
+  int rc;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
   }
-#endif
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
-  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
-  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
-  ** we found it.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+/*
+** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+*/
+static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  if( p->pReal ){
+    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
+  }else{
+    *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
   }
-  if( rc ){
-    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
-    assert( iDb>=2 );
-    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
-      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
-      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
-      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-    db->nDb = iDb;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "out of memory");
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
+*/
+static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
+  1,             /* iVersion */
+  jrnlClose,     /* xClose */
+  jrnlRead,      /* xRead */
+  jrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
+  jrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
+  jrnlSync,      /* xSync */
+  jrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
+  0,             /* xLock */
+  0,             /* xUnlock */
+  0,             /* xCheckReservedLock */
+  0,             /* xFileControl */
+  0,             /* xSectorSize */
+  0              /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+};
+
+/* 
+** Open a journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the journal file */
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,        /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
+  int flags,                 /* Opening flags */
+  int nBuf                   /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
+){
+  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
+  memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
+  if( nBuf>0 ){
+    p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
+    if( !p->zBuf ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
-    goto attach_error;
+  }else{
+    return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
   }
-  
-  return;
+  p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
+  p->nBuf = nBuf;
+  p->flags = flags;
+  p->zJournal = zName;
+  p->pVfs = pVfs;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-attach_error:
-  /* Return an error if we get here */
-  if( zErrDyn ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zErrDyn);
-  }else{
-    zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+/*
+** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
+** file has not yet been created, create it now.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
+  if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
+  return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
+}
+
+/* 
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
+** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+  return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
 }
+#endif
 
+/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/
 /*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
+** 2008 October 7
 **
-**     DETACH DATABASE x
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-**     SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
+** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
+** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: memjournal.c,v 1.12 2009/05/04 11:42:30 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
-static void detachFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  int i;
-  Db *pDb = 0;
-  char zErr[128];
 
-  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
-  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
-  }
+/* Forward references to internal structures */
+typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal;
+typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint;
+typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;
 
-  if( i>=db->nDb ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( i<2 ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-                     "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
+/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
+** this many bytes.
+**
+** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two.  That way,
+** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills
+** a power-of-two allocation.  This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two
+** memory allocators.
+*/
+#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*)))
 
-  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-  pDb->pBt = 0;
-  pDb->pSchema = 0;
-  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  return;
+/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
+*/
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
 
-detach_error:
-  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-}
+/*
+** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
+*/
+struct FileChunk {
+  FileChunk *pNext;               /* Next chunk in the journal */
+  u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE];   /* Content of this chunk */
+};
 
 /*
-** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
-** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
+** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal.
+** The cursor can be either for reading or writing.
 */
-static void codeAttach(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
-  int type,            /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
-  const char *zFunc,   /* Either "sqlite_attach" or "sqlite_detach */
-  int nFunc,           /* Number of args to pass to zFunc */
-  Expr *pAuthArg,      /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
-  Expr *pFilename,     /* Name of database file */
-  Expr *pDbname,       /* Name of the database to use internally */
-  Expr *pKey           /* Database key for encryption extension */
-){
-  int rc;
-  NameContext sName;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  FuncDef *pFunc;
-  sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
-  int regArgs;
+struct FilePoint {
+  sqlite3_int64 iOffset;          /* Offset from the beginning of the file */
+  FileChunk *pChunk;              /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */
+};
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  assert( db->mallocFailed || pAuthArg );
-  if( pAuthArg ){
-    char *zAuthArg = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pAuthArg->span);
-    if( !zAuthArg ){
-      goto attach_end;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zAuthArg);
-    if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto attach_end;
+/*
+** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file.  Each open memory-journal
+** is an instance of this class.
+*/
+struct MemJournal {
+  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
+  FileChunk *pFirst;              /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */
+  FilePoint endpoint;             /* Pointer to the end of the file */
+  FilePoint readpoint;            /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */
+};
+
+/*
+** Read data from the in-memory journal file.  This is the implementation
+** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method.
+*/
+static int memjrnlRead(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
+  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
+){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  u8 *zOut = zBuf;
+  int nRead = iAmt;
+  int iChunkOffset;
+  FileChunk *pChunk;
+
+  /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */
+  assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset );
+
+  if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
+    sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
+    for(pChunk=p->pFirst; 
+        ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst;
+        pChunk=pChunk->pNext
+    ){
+      iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE;
     }
+  }else{
+    pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk;
   }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
 
-  memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
-  sName.pParse = pParse;
+  iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
+  do {
+    int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset;
+    int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset));
+    memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy);
+    zOut += nCopy;
+    nRead -= iSpace;
+    iChunkOffset = 0;
+  } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 );
+  p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt;
+  p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk;
 
-  if( 
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
-  ){
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    goto attach_end;
-  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);
+/*
+** Write data to the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlWrite(
+  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
+  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
+  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
+  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
+){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  int nWrite = iAmt;
+  u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf;
+
+  /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random
+  ** access writes are not required by sqlite.
+  */
+  assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst);
+
+  while( nWrite>0 ){
+    FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk;
+    int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
+    int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset);
+
+    if( iChunkOffset==0 ){
+      /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */
+      FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk));
+      if( !pNew ){
+        return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pNew->pNext = 0;
+      if( pChunk ){
+        assert( p->pFirst );
+        pChunk->pNext = pNew;
+      }else{
+        assert( !p->pFirst );
+        p->pFirst = pNew;
+      }
+      p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew;
+    }
 
-  assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-nFunc, regArgs+3);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, nFunc);
-    pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunc, strlen(zFunc), nFunc, SQLITE_UTF8,0);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace);
+    zWrite += iSpace;
+    nWrite -= iSpace;
+    p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace;
+  }
 
-    /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
-    ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
-    ** statements).
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Truncate the file.
+*/
+static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  FileChunk *pChunk;
+  assert(size==0);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(size);
+  pChunk = p->pFirst;
+  while( pChunk ){
+    FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk;
+    pChunk = pChunk->pNext;
+    sqlite3_free(pTmp);
   }
-  
-attach_end:
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pFilename);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pDbname);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pKey);
+  sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
-**
-**     DETACH pDbname
+** Close the file.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
-  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, "sqlite_detach", 1, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
+static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
+** Sync the file.
 **
-**     ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
+** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op.  And, in fact, this routine
+** is never called in a working implementation.  This implementation
+** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other
+** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
-  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, "sqlite_attach", 3, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
+static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){   /*NO_TEST*/
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);                        /*NO_TEST*/
+  assert( 0 );                                                 /*NO_TEST*/
+  return SQLITE_OK;                                            /*NO_TEST*/
+}                                                              /*NO_TEST*/
+
+/*
+** Query the size of the file in bytes.
+*/
+static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
 
 /*
-** Register the functions sqlite_attach and sqlite_detach.
+** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-  static const int enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_attach", 3, enc, 0, attachFunc, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_detach", 1, enc, 0, detachFunc, 0, 0);
-#endif
+static struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
+  1,                /* iVersion */
+  memjrnlClose,     /* xClose */
+  memjrnlRead,      /* xRead */
+  memjrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
+  memjrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
+  memjrnlSync,      /* xSync */
+  memjrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
+  0,                /* xLock */
+  0,                /* xUnlock */
+  0,                /* xCheckReservedLock */
+  0,                /* xFileControl */
+  0,                /* xSectorSize */
+  0                 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+};
+
+/* 
+** Open a journal file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
+  assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );
+  memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize());
+  p->pMethod = &MemJournalMethods;
 }
 
 /*
-** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
-** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
-**
-** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required.  TRUE
-** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
+** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is 
+** an in-memory journal 
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(
-  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
-  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
-  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
-  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
+  return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
+}
 
-  if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
-  pFix->pParse = pParse;
-  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  pFix->zType = zType;
-  pFix->pName = pName;
-  return 1;
+/* 
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal that uses vfs
+** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){
+  return sizeof(MemJournal);
 }
 
+/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
-** a specific database to all table references where the database name
-** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
-** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
+** 2008 August 16
 **
-** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
-** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
-** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
-** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
-** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
-** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
-** checks out, these routines return 0.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
+** an SQL statement.
+**
+** $Id: walker.c,v 1.7 2009/06/15 23:15:59 drh Exp $
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(
-  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
-  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
-){
-  int i;
-  const char *zDb;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
 
-  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-  zDb = pFix->zDb;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
-      pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb);
-    }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
-         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
-         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
-      return 1;
+
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
+** of the expression, while decending.  (In other words, the callback
+** is invoked before visiting children.)
+**
+** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
+** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
+**
+**    WRC_Continue      Continue descending down the tree.
+**
+**    WRC_Prune         Do not descend into child nodes.  But allow
+**                      the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
+**
+**    WRC_Abort         Do no more callbacks.  Unwind the stack and
+**                      return the top-level walk call.
+**
+** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
+** and WRC_Continue to continue.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  int rc;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) );
+  testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) );
+  rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
+  if( rc==WRC_Continue
+              && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){
+    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    }else{
+      if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
     }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
-#endif
   }
-  return 0;
+  return rc & WRC_Abort;
 }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(
-  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
-  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pSelect ){
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pExpr ){
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until
+** an abort request is seen.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){
   int i;
   struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pStep ){
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
-      return 1;
+  if( p ){
+    for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
     }
-    pStep = pStep->pNext;
   }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 January 11
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
-** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
-** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
-** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
-**
-** $Id: auth.c,v 1.29 2007/09/18 15:55:07 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
-** macro.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-
-/*
-** Set or clear the access authorization function.
-**
-** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
-** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
-** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
-** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
-** to the auth function is one of these constants:
-**
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_DELETE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_INSERT
-**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
-**       SQLITE_READ
-**       SQLITE_SELECT
-**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
-**       SQLITE_UPDATE
-**
-** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
-** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
-** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
-** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
-** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
-** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
-** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
-** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
-**
-** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
-** setting of the auth function is NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xAuth = xAuth;
-  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return WRC_Continue;
 }
 
 /*
-** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
-** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
+** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p.  Do
+** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
+** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
+** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
 */
-static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the "
-    "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, "
-    "or SQLITE_DENY", rc);
-  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
+  return WRC_Continue;
 }
 
 /*
-** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
-** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
-** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
-**
-** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
-** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
-** then generate an error.
+** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
+** FROM clause of SELECT statement p.  Do not invoke the select
+** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
+** and on any subqueries further down in the tree.  Return 
+** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
-  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
-  Schema *pSchema,      /* The schema of the expression */
-  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int rc;
-  Table *pTab = 0;      /* The table being read */
-  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
-  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
-  const char *zDBase;   /* Name of database being accessed */
-  TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */
-  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
 
-  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
-  if( iDb<0 ){
-    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
-    ** temporary table. */
-    return;
-  }
-  for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrcnSrc; iSrc++){
-    if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break;
-  }
-  if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrcnSrc ){
-    pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
-  }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
-    /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
-    ** of a trigger.
-    */
-    assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
-    pTab = pStack->pTab;
-  }
-  if( pTab==0 ) return;
-  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
-    assert( pExpr->iColumnnCol );
-    zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
-  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
-    assert( pTab->iPKeynCol );
-    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
-  }else{
-    zCol = "ROWID";
-  }
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
-  zDBase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, 
-                 pParse->zAuthContext);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", 
-         zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol);
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
+    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
     }
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
   }
-}
+  return WRC_Continue;
+} 
 
 /*
-** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
-** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
-** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
-** modified appropriately.
+** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
+** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
+** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior.
+**
+** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions.  Return WRC_Abort if
+** there is an abort request.
+**
+** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine
+** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  int code,
-  const char *zArg1,
-  const char *zArg2,
-  const char *zArg3
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
   int rc;
-
-  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
-  ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
-    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
-** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
-** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  AuthContext *pContext, 
-  const char *zContext
-){
-  pContext->pParse = pParse;
-  if( pParse ){
-    pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-    pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
-** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
-  if( pContext->pParse ){
-    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
-    pContext->pParse = 0;
+  if( p==0 || pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
+  rc = WRC_Continue;
+  while( p  ){
+    rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p);
+    if( rc ) break;
+    if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    if( sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort;
+    p = p->pPrior;
   }
+  return rc & WRC_Abort;
 }
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
-
-/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/
+/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/
 /*
-** 2001 September 15
+** 2008 August 18
 **
 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -52852,4413 +58795,4747 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
 *************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
-** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
-** following kinds of SQL syntax:
 **
-**     CREATE TABLE
-**     DROP TABLE
-**     CREATE INDEX
-**     DROP INDEX
-**     creating ID lists
-**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
-**     COMMIT
-**     ROLLBACK
+** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
+** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
+** table and column.
 **
-** $Id: build.c,v 1.484 2008/05/01 17:16:53 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
-** be parsed.  Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
-  pParse->explain = explainFlag;
-  pParse->nVar = 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and
-** codeTableLocks() functions.
+** $Id: resolve.c,v 1.30 2009/06/15 23:15:59 drh Exp $
 */
-struct TableLock {
-  int iDb;             /* The database containing the table to be locked */
-  int iTab;            /* The root page of the table to be locked */
-  u8 isWriteLock;      /* True for write lock.  False for a read lock */
-  const char *zName;   /* Name of the table */
-};
 
 /*
-** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.  
+** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
+** result set in pEList.
 **
-** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
-** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
+** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine
+** makes an exact copy.  But for any other kind of expression, this
+** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the
+** TK_AS operator.  The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be
+** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias.
 **
-** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired.  The
-** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
-** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
+** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple
+** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as
+** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. 
+**
+** Hack:  The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'.  This means
+** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice.  Hence:
+**
+**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x
+**
+** Is equivalent to:
+**
+**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5
+**
+** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different
+** from the result in the result-set.  We might fix this someday.  Or
+** then again, we might not...
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,           /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
-  int iTab,          /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
-  u8 isWriteLock,    /* True for a write lock */
-  const char *zName  /* Name of the table to be locked */
+static void resolveAlias(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,      /* A result set */
+  int iCol,              /* A column in the result set.  0..pEList->nExpr-1 */
+  Expr *pExpr,           /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */
+  const char *zType      /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */
 ){
-  int i;
-  int nBytes;
-  TableLock *p;
-
-  if( iDb<0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){
-    p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
-    if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
-      p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
+  Expr *pOrig;           /* The iCol-th column of the result set */
+  Expr *pDup;            /* Copy of pOrig */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
 
-  nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pParse->nTableLock+1);
-  pParse->aTableLock = 
-      sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pParse->aTableLock, nBytes);
-  if( pParse->aTableLock ){
-    p = &pParse->aTableLock[pParse->nTableLock++];
-    p->iDb = iDb;
-    p->iTab = iTab;
-    p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
-    p->zName = zName;
+  assert( iCol>=0 && iColnExpr );
+  pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
+  assert( pOrig!=0 );
+  assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pOrig->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){
+    pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
+    pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0);
+    if( pDup==0 ) return;
+    if( pEList->a[iCol].iAlias==0 ){
+      pEList->a[iCol].iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias);
+    }
+    pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].iAlias;
+  }else if( ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_IntValue) || pOrig->u.zToken==0 ){
+    pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
+    if( pDup==0 ) return;
   }else{
-    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
-    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
-** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
-*/
-static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
-  int i;
-  Vdbe *pVdbe; 
-
-  if( 0==(pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse)) ){
-    return;
+    char *zToken = pOrig->u.zToken;
+    assert( zToken!=0 );
+    pOrig->u.zToken = 0;
+    pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0);
+    pOrig->u.zToken = zToken;
+    if( pDup==0 ) return;
+    assert( (pDup->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 );
+    pDup->flags2 |= EP2_MallocedToken;
+    pDup->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zToken);
   }
-
-  for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){
-    TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
-    int p1 = p->iDb;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock,
-                      p->zName, P4_STATIC);
+  if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+    pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
+    pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
   }
+  sqlite3ExprClear(db, pExpr);
+  memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
 }
-#else
-  #define codeTableLocks(x)
-#endif
 
 /*
-** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
-** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
-** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
-** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
-** parse.
+** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
+** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
+** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
+** are made to pExpr:
 **
-** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
-** no VDBE code was generated.
+**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X
+**                         (even if X is implied).
+**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
+**                         from pSrcList.
+**    pExpr->pTab          Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if
+**                         X and/or Y are implied.)
+**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
+**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
+**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
+**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
+**
+** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
+** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
+** can be used.  The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
+** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL.  If zTable is NULL it
+** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
+** can be used.
+**
+** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
+** in pParse and return WRC_Abort.  Return WRC_Prune on success.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
+static int lookupName(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  const char *zDb,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
+  const char *zTab,    /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
+  const char *zCol,    /* Name of the column. */
+  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context used to resolve the name */
+  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
+){
+  int i, j;            /* Loop counters */
+  int cnt = 0;                      /* Number of matching column names */
+  int cntTab = 0;                   /* Number of matching table names */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;       /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
+  struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0;  /* The matching pSrcList item */
+  NameContext *pTopNC = pNC;        /* First namecontext in the list */
+  Schema *pSchema = 0;              /* Schema of the expression */
+  int isTrigger = 0;
 
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  if( pParse->nested ) return;
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-  if( !pParse->pVdbe ){
-    if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->nErr ){
-      pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      return;
-    }
-  }
+  assert( pNC );     /* the name context cannot be NULL. */
+  assert( zCol );    /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
+  assert( ~ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
 
-  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
-  ** vdbe program
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+  /* Initialize the node to no-match */
+  pExpr->iTable = -1;
+  pExpr->pTab = 0;
+  ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
 
-    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
-    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
-    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
-    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
-    ** on each used database.
-    */
-    if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){
-      u32 mask;
-      int iDb;
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1);
-      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
-        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
-        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]);
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      {
-        int i;
-        for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){
-          char *vtab = (char *)pParse->apVtabLock[i]->pVtab;
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB);
+  /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */
+  while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
+    ExprList *pEList;
+    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+
+    if( pSrcList ){
+      for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
+        Table *pTab;
+        int iDb;
+        Column *pCol;
+  
+        pTab = pItem->pTab;
+        assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 );
+        iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+        assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
+        if( zTab ){
+          if( pItem->zAlias ){
+            char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
+            if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
+          }else{
+            char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
+            if( NEVER(zTabName==0) || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){
+              continue;
+            }
+            if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
+              continue;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
+          pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+          pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+          pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+          pMatch = pItem;
+        }
+        for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+            IdList *pUsing;
+            cnt++;
+            pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+            pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+            pMatch = pItem;
+            pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+            /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+            pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j;
+            if( inSrc-1 ){
+              if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
+                /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join,
+                ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */
+                pItem++;
+                i++;
+              }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){
+                /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause
+                ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join
+                ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */
+                int k;
+                for(k=0; knId; k++){
+                  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){
+                    pItem++;
+                    i++;
+                    break;
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+            }
+            break;
+          }
         }
-        pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
       }
-#endif
-
-      /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, 
-      ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the 
-      ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
-      */
-      codeTableLocks(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto);
     }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-    if( !db->init.busy ){
-      /* Change the P4 argument of the first opcode (which will always be
-      ** an OP_Trace) to be the complete text of the current SQL statement.
-      */
-      VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0);
-      if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_Trace ){
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 0, pParse->zSql, pParse->zTail-pParse->zSql);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
+    ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
+    */
+    if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){
+      int op = pParse->eTriggerOp;
+      Table *pTab = 0;
+      assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT );
+      if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = 1;
+        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+      }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = 0;
+        pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
       }
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
-  }
-
 
-  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
-  */
-  if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
-    sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
-#endif
-    assert( pParse->disableColCache==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
-    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem+3,
-                         pParse->nTab+3, pParse->explain);
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
-  }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  pParse->nTab = 0;
-  pParse->nMem = 0;
-  pParse->nSet = 0;
-  pParse->nVar = 0;
-  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
-  pParse->cookieGoto = 0;
-}
+      if( pTab ){ 
+        int iCol;
+        pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+        cntTab++;
+        if( sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
+          iCol = -1;
+        }else{
+          for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){
+            Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+            if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+              if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
+                iCol = -1;
+              }
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( iColnCol ){
+          cnt++;
+          if( iCol<0 ){
+            pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+          }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){
+            testcase( iCol==31 );
+            testcase( iCol==32 );
+            pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<iColumn = (i16)iCol;
+          pExpr->pTab = pTab;
+          isTrigger = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
 
-/*
-** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
-** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
-** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
-** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
-** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
-** outermost parser.
-**
-** Not everything is nestable.  This facility is designed to permit
-** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER.  Use
-** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *zSql;
-# define SAVE_SZ  (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar))
-  char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ];
+    /*
+    ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
+    */
+    if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
+      cnt = 1;
+      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    }
 
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-  assert( pParse->nested<10 );  /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(pParse->db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( zSql==0 ){
-    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    return;   /* A malloc must have failed */
-  }
-  pParse->nested++;
-  memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ);
-  memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ);
-  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
-  pParse->nested--;
-}
+    /*
+    ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
+    ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
+    ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
+    **
+    **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
+    **
+    ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
+    ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
+    ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
+    ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
+    */
+    if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){
+      for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){
+        char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
+        if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+          Expr *pOrig;
+          assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+          assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 );
+          assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 );
+          pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
+          if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
+            return WRC_Abort;
+          }
+          resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "");
+          cnt = 1;
+          pMatch = 0;
+          assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
+          goto lookupname_end;
+        }
+      } 
+    }
 
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
-**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
-** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
-** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
-** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
-**
-** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
-  Table *p = 0;
-  int i;
-  assert( zName!=0 );
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
-    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
-    if( p ) break;
+    /* Advance to the next name context.  The loop will exit when either
+    ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
+    */
+    if( cnt==0 ){
+      pNC = pNC->pNext;
+    }
   }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
-** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
-**
-** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
-** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
-** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* context in which to report errors */
-  int isView,            /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */
-  const char *zName,     /* Name of the table we are looking for */
-  const char *zDbase     /* Name of the database.  Might be NULL */
-){
-  Table *p;
 
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return 0;
+  /*
+  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
+  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
+  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
+  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
+  ** pExpr.
+  **
+  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
+  ** fields are not changed in any context.
+  */
+  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+    pExpr->pTab = 0;
+    return WRC_Prune;
   }
 
-  p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
-  if( p==0 ){
-    const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table";
-    if( zDbase ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
+  /*
+  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
+  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
+  */
+  if( cnt!=1 ){
+    const char *zErr;
+    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
+    if( zDb ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
+    }else if( zTab ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
     }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
     }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    pTopNC->nErr++;
   }
-  return p;
-}
 
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
-** a particular index given the name of that index
-** and the name of the database that contains the index.
-** Return NULL if not found.
-**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
-** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
-** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
-** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
-** using the ATTACH command.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
-  Index *p = 0;
-  int i;
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
-    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
-    assert( pSchema || (j==1 && !db->aDb[1].pBt) );
-    if( pSchema ){
-      p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
+  /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
+  ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask.  Column 0 causes
+  ** bit 0 to be set.  Column 1 sets bit 1.  And so forth.  If the
+  ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
+  ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
+  */
+  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
+    int n = pExpr->iColumn;
+    testcase( n==BMS-1 );
+    if( n>=BMS ){
+      n = BMS-1;
     }
-    if( p ) break;
+    assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
+    pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<zColAff);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
+  /* Clean up and return
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
+  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
+  pExpr->pRight = 0;
+  pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN);
+lookupname_end:
+  if( cnt==1 ){
+    assert( pNC!=0 );
+    sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
+    /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
+    ** the point where the name matched. */
+    for(;;){
+      assert( pTopNC!=0 );
+      pTopNC->nRef++;
+      if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
+      pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
+    }
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  } else {
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
 }
 
 /*
-** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free
-** its memory structures.
+** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr().
 **
-** The index is removed from the database hash tables but
-** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes.
-** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function.
+** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
+** node in the expression tree.  Return 0 to continue the search down
+** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
+**
+** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
+** function names.  The operator for aggregate functions is changed
+** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
 */
-static void sqliteDeleteIndex(Index *p){
-  Index *pOld;
-  const char *zName = p->zName;
-
-  pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen( zName)+1, 0);
-  assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p );
-  freeIndex(p);
-}
+static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  NameContext *pNC;
+  Parse *pParse;
 
-/*
-** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
-** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
-** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
-** with the index.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
-  Index *pIndex;
-  int len;
-  Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
+  pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  assert( pNC!=0 );
+  pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse );
 
-  len = strlen(zIdxName);
-  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0);
-  if( pIndex ){
-    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
-      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
-    }else{
-      Index *p;
-      for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){}
-      if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){
-        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
-      }
+  if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune;
+  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
+    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){
+      assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab);
     }
-    freeIndex(pIndex);
   }
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
+#endif
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
 
-/*
-** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of
-** a single database.  This routine is called to reclaim memory
-** before the database closes.  It is also called during a rollback
-** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a
-** schema-cookie mismatch occurs.
-**
-** If iDb<=0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
-** files.  If iDb>=2 then reset the internal schema for only the
-** single file indicated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
-  int i, j;
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+    /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first
+    ** column in the FROM clause.  This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY
+    ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements.
+    */
+    case TK_ROW: {
+      SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+      assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 );
+      pItem = pSrcList->a; 
+      pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+      pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
+      pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
 
-  if( iDb==0 ){
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  }
-  for(i=iDb; inDb; i++){
-    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pSchema ){
-      assert(i==1 || (pDb->pBt && sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pDb->pBt)));
-      sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema);
+    /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
+    */
+    case TK_ID: {
+      return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr);
     }
-    if( iDb>0 ) return;
-  }
-  assert( iDb==0 );
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  
+    /* A table name and column name:     ID.ID
+    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
+    */
+    case TK_DOT: {
+      const char *zColumn;
+      const char *zTable;
+      const char *zDb;
+      Expr *pRight;
 
-  /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed,
-  ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list.  We take the
-  ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the
-  ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes
-  ** to any of those tables.
-  */
-  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
-      if( pDb->pAux && pDb->xFreeAux ) pDb->xFreeAux(pDb->pAux);
-      pDb->pAux = 0;
+      /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
+      pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+      if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
+        zDb = 0;
+        zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        zColumn = pRight->u.zToken;
+      }else{
+        assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
+        zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken;
+      }
+      return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr);
     }
-  }
-  for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){
-    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(pDb->zName);
-      pDb->zName = 0;
-      continue;
+
+    /* Resolve function names
+    */
+    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;    /* The argument list */
+      int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;    /* Number of arguments */
+      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
+      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
+      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
+      int auth;                   /* Authorization to use the function */
+      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
+      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
+      FuncDef *pDef;              /* Information about the function */
+      u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);   /* The database encoding */
+
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_CONST_FUNC );
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
+      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
+      if( pDef==0 ){
+        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0);
+        if( pDef==0 ){
+          no_such_func = 1;
+        }else{
+          wrong_num_args = 1;
+        }
+      }else{
+        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+      if( pDef ){
+        auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
+        if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
+                                    pDef->zName);
+            pNC->nErr++;
+          }
+          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+          return WRC_Prune;
+        }
+      }
+#endif
+      if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+        is_agg = 0;
+      }else if( no_such_func ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
+             nId, zId);
+        pNC->nErr++;
+      }
+      if( is_agg ){
+        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
+        pNC->hasAgg = 1;
+      }
+      if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0;
+      sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList);
+      if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1;
+      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
+      ** type of the function 
+      */
+      return WRC_Prune;
     }
-    if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_SELECT:
+    case TK_EXISTS:  testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
+#endif
+    case TK_IN: {
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN );
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        int nRef = pNC->nRef;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+        if( pNC->isCheck ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints");
+        }
+#endif
+        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+        assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
+        if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
+          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
     }
-    j++;
-  }
-  memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
-  db->nDb = j;
-  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
-    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
-    sqlite3_free(db->aDb);
-    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      if( pNC->isCheck ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints");
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
   }
+  return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
+** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the
+** a SELECT statement.  pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
+** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds
+** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list.  If it is,
+** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of
+** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry.  If there is
+** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine
+** return 0.
+**
+** pEList has been resolved.  pE has not.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
+static int resolveAsName(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
+  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions to scan */
+  Expr *pE           /* Expression we are trying to match */
+){
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
 
-/*
-** Clear the column names from a table or view.
-*/
-static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){
-  int i;
-  Column *pCol;
-  assert( pTable!=0 );
-  if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
-    for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){
-      sqlite3_free(pCol->zName);
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt);
-      sqlite3_free(pCol->zType);
-      sqlite3_free(pCol->zColl);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
+
+  if( pE->op==TK_ID ){
+    char *zCol = pE->u.zToken;
+    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+      char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
+      if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
+        return i+1;
+      }
     }
-    sqlite3_free(pTable->aCol);
   }
-  pTable->aCol = 0;
-  pTable->nCol = 0;
+  return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
-** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
+** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the
+** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT.  The expression has not been
+** name resolved.
 **
-** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
-** the table data structure from the hash table.  Nor does it remove
-** foreign keys from the sqlite.aFKey hash table.  But it does destroy
-** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
-** the table.
+** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the
+** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set.  That
+** case is handled by the calling routine.
+**
+** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most
+** SELECT statement.  Return the index i of the matching column,
+** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column.
+** The left-most column is 1.  In other words, the value returned is the
+** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate
+** the column.
+**
+** If there is no match, return 0.  Return -1 if an error occurs.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table *pTable){
-  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
-  FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey;
-
-  if( pTable==0 ) return;
+static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
+  Select *pSelect,   /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
+  Expr *pE           /* The specific ORDER BY term */
+){
+  int i;             /* Loop counter */
+  ExprList *pEList;  /* The columns of the result set */
+  NameContext nc;    /* Name context for resolving pE */
 
-  /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
-  pTable->nRef--;
-  if( pTable->nRef>0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( pTable->nRef==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
 
-  /* Delete all indices associated with this table
+  /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression
   */
-  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
-    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
-    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
-    sqliteDeleteIndex(pIndex);
+  memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc));
+  nc.pParse = pParse;
+  nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+  nc.pEList = pEList;
+  nc.allowAgg = 1;
+  nc.nErr = 0;
+  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
+    return 0;
   }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table.  The keys
-  ** should have already been unlinked from the pSchema->aFKey hash table 
+  /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression
+  ** in the result set.  Return an 1-based index of the matching
+  ** result-set entry.
   */
-  for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){
-    pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom;
-    assert( sqlite3HashFind(&pTable->pSchema->aFKey,
-                           pFKey->zTo, strlen(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey );
-    sqlite3_free(pFKey);
+  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE) ){
+      return i+1;
+    }
   }
-#endif
 
-  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
-  */
-  sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable);
-  sqlite3_free(pTable->zName);
-  sqlite3_free(pTable->zColAff);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pTable->pSelect);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pTable->pCheck);
-#endif
-  sqlite3VtabClear(pTable);
-  sqlite3_free(pTable);
+  /* If no match, return 0. */
+  return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
-** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
+** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
-  Table *p;
-  FKey *pF1, *pF2;
-  Db *pDb;
+static void resolveOutOfRangeError(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The error context into which to write the error */
+  const char *zType,     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+  int i,                 /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
+  int mx                 /* Largest permissible value of i */
+){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+    "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
+    "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
+}
 
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
-  assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, strlen(zTabName)+1,0);
-  if( p ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-    for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){
-      int nTo = strlen(pF1->zTo) + 1;
-      pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo);
-      if( pF2==pF1 ){
-        sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo);
+/*
+** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement.   Modify
+** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1
+** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT.
+**
+** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are
+** unmodified.  ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of
+** 1 through N generate an error.  ORDER BY terms that are expressions
+** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT
+** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right.
+** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into
+** the integer column number.
+**
+** Return the number of errors seen.
+*/
+static int resolveCompoundOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
+  Select *pSelect       /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
+){
+  int i;
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int moreToDo = 1;
+
+  pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+    pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
+  }
+  pSelect->pNext = 0;
+  while( pSelect->pPrior ){
+    pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect;
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  }
+  while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    moreToDo = 0;
+    pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+    assert( pEList!=0 );
+    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
+      int iCol = -1;
+      Expr *pE, *pDup;
+      if( pItem->done ) continue;
+      pE = pItem->pExpr;
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+        if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+          resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+          return 1;
+        }
       }else{
-        while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; }
-        if( pF2 ){
-          pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo;
+        iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
+        if( iCol==0 ){
+          pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0);
+          if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+            assert(pDup);
+            iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
+          }
+          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
         }
       }
+      if( iCol>0 ){
+        CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl;
+        int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate;
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
+        pItem->pExpr = pE = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
+        if( pE==0 ) return 1;
+        pE->pColl = pColl;
+        pE->flags |= EP_IntValue | flags;
+        pE->u.iValue = iCol;
+        pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol;
+        pItem->done = 1;
+      }else{
+        moreToDo = 1;
+      }
     }
-#endif
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(p);
+    pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
   }
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
-** token with any quotations removed.  Space to hold the returned string
-** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
-**
-** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
-** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
-** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
-  char *zName;
-  if( pName ){
-    zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
-    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
-  }else{
-    zName = 0;
+  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
+            "column in the result set", i+1);
+      return 1;
+    }
   }
-  return zName;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
-** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
-  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 5);/* sqlite_master has 5 columns */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb);
+  return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
-** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
-** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
-** does not exist.
+** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of
+** the SELECT statement pSelect.  If any term is reference to a
+** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.iCol field)
+** then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set
+** column.
+**
+** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and
+** return non-zero.  Return zero if no errors are seen.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
-  int i = -1;    /* Database number */
-  int n;         /* Number of characters in the name */
-  Db *pDb;       /* A database whose name space is being searched */
-  char *zName;   /* Name we are searching for */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
+  const char *zType     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
+){
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
 
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( zName ){
-    n = strlen(zName);
-    for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
-      if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==strlen(pDb->zName) && 
-          0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
-        break;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );  /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
+  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pItem->iCol ){
+      if( pItem->iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
+        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
+        return 1;
       }
+      resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->iCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType);
     }
-    sqlite3_free(zName);
   }
-  return i;
+  return 0;
 }
 
-/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
-** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-** 
-** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
-** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+/*
+** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
+** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC.  zType is either
+** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is.
 **
-** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression.
+** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the
+** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression
+** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression.  If
+** the order-by term is an identify that corresponds to the AS-name of
+** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the
+** result-set expression.  Otherwise, the expression is resolved in
+** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
 **
-** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
-** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
-** database "xxx" is returned.
+** This routine returns the number of errors.  If errors occur, then
+** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse.  (OOM errors
+** excepted.)
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
-  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
-  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
+static int resolveOrderGroupBy(
+  NameContext *pNC,     /* The name context of the SELECT statement */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */
+  const char *zType     /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
 ){
-  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int i;                         /* Loop counter */
+  int iCol;                      /* Column number */
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;   /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
+  Parse *pParse;                 /* Parsing context */
+  int nResult;                   /* Number of terms in the result set */
 
-  if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){
-    assert( !db->init.busy );
-    *pUnqual = pName2;
-    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
-    if( iDb<0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
-      pParse->nErr++;
-      return -1;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
+  nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+  pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr;
+    iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE);
+    if( iCol>0 ){
+      /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
+      ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column.  The subsequent call to
+      ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
+      ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
+      pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
+      /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant.  Again, set the column
+      ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
+      ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
+      if( iCol<1 ){
+        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol;
+      continue;
     }
-  }else{
-    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
-    iDb = db->init.iDb;
-    *pUnqual = pName1;
-  }
-  return iDb;
-}
 
-/*
-** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
-** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
-** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
-** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
-** is reserved for internal use.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
-  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 
-          && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
-          && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */
+    pItem->iCol = 0;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
 }
 
 /*
-** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
-** the first of several action routines that get called in response
-** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
-** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
-** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
-** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
-** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
-** CREATE and TABLE.
-**
-** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
-** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
-** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
-** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
-** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
+** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
-  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
-  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
-  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
-  int isView,      /* True if this is a VIEW */
-  int isVirtual,   /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
-  int noErr        /* Do nothing if table already exists */
-){
-  Table *pTable;
-  char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
-  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
+static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  NameContext *pOuterNC;  /* Context that contains this SELECT */
+  NameContext sNC;        /* Name context of this SELECT */
+  int isCompound;         /* True if p is a compound select */
+  int nCompound;          /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
+  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList;       /* Result set expression list */
+  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The GROUP BY clause */
+  Select *pLeftmost;      /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
+  sqlite3 *db;            /* Database connection */
+  
 
-  /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
-  ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
-  **
-  ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-  ** 
-  ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
-  ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
-  **
-  ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
-  **
-  ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
-  **
-  ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
-  ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
-  ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
-  ** created in.
-  */
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && iDb>1 ){
-    /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
-    return;
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
+    return WRC_Prune;
   }
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;
+  pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  db = pParse->db;
 
-  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( zName==0 ) return;
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-    goto begin_table_error;
+  /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have
+  ** already expanded this SELECT.  However, if this is a subquery within
+  ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a
+  ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand().  When that happens, let
+  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT.
+  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and
+  ** this routine in the correct order.
+  */
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){
+    sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+    return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune;
   }
-  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
-  {
-    int code;
-    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
+
+  isCompound = p->pPrior!=0;
+  nCompound = 0;
+  pLeftmost = p;
+  while( p ){
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 );
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 );
+    p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved;
+
+    /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
+    ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
+    */
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
+        sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
     }
-    if( isView ){
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
-      }
-    }else{
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
+  
+    /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
+    ** resolve the result-set expression list.
+    */
+    sNC.allowAgg = 1;
+    sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
+    sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
+  
+    /* Resolve names in the result set. */
+    pEList = p->pEList;
+    assert( pEList!=0 );
+    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+      Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
       }
     }
-    if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
+  
+    /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
+    */
+    for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+        if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
+        sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC);
+        pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
+        if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;
+      }
     }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
-  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
-  ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
-  ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
-  ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
-  ** collisions.
-  */
-  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
+  
+    /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
+    ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
+    */
+    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
+    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+    if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){
+      p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
+    }else{
+      sNC.allowAgg = 0;
     }
-    pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-    if( pTable ){
-      if( !noErr ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
-      }
-      goto begin_table_error;
+  
+    /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
+    */
+    if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
+      return WRC_Abort;
     }
-    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0)!=0 && (iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
-      goto begin_table_error;
+  
+    /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the
+    ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
+    ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
+    ** aliases in the result set.
+    **
+    ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
+    ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
+    */
+    sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ||
+       sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving)
+    ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
     }
-  }
-
-  pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-  if( pTable==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    goto begin_table_error;
-  }
-  pTable->zName = zName;
-  pTable->iPKey = -1;
-  pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pTable->nRef = 1;
-  if( pParse->pNewTable ) sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable);
-  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
-
-  /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
-  ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
-  ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
-    pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
-  }
-#endif
 
-  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
-  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
-  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
-  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
-  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
-  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
-  ** now.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
-    int j1;
-    int fileFormat;
-    int reg1, reg2, reg3;
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
+    ** outer queries 
+    */
+    sNC.pNext = 0;
+    sNC.allowAgg = 1;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( isVirtual ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+    /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements.
+    ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled
+    ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of
+    ** the compound have been resolved.
+    */
+    if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
     }
-#endif
-
-    /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, 
-    ** set them now.
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  
+    /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause.  At the same time, make sure 
+    ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
     */
-    reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-    reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem;
-    reg3 = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, 1);   /* file_format */
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3);
-    fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
-                  1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 4, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    
+      if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
+        return WRC_Abort;
+      }
+      for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
+              "the GROUP BY clause");
+          return WRC_Abort;
+        }
+      }
+    }
 
-    /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
-    ** The record created does not contain anything yet.  It will be replaced
-    ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
-    **
-    ** The rowid for the new entry is left on the top of the stack.
-    ** The rowid value is needed by the code that sqlite3EndTable will
-    ** generate.
+    /* Advance to the next term of the compound
     */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-    if( isView || isVirtual ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2);
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2);
-    }
-    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+    p = p->pPrior;
+    nCompound++;
   }
 
-  /* Normal (non-error) return. */
-  return;
+  /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of
+  ** the compound have been resolved.
+  */
+  if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
 
-  /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
-begin_table_error:
-  sqlite3_free(zName);
-  return;
+  return WRC_Prune;
 }
 
 /*
-** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
-** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
-** produces larger code.
+** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
+** table columns and result-set columns.  At the same time, do error
+** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
+** are seen.
 **
-** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
-** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
-*/
-#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]==   \
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)]     \
-&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )
-
-/*
-** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
+** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the 
+** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
 **
-** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
-** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
-** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
-** column.
+**      X:   The name of a database.  Ex:  "main" or "temp" or
+**           the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database.
+**
+**      Y:   The name of a table in a FROM clause.  Or in a trigger
+**           one of the special names "old" or "new".
+**
+**      Z:   The name of a column in table Y.
+**
+** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
+**
+**    Expr.op        Changed to TK_COLUMN
+**    Expr.pTab      Points to the Table object for X.Y
+**    Expr.iColumn   The column index in X.Y.  -1 for the rowid.
+**    Expr.iTable    The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
+**
+**
+** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
+** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
+** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT.  The Z expression
+** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
+** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
+** tree.  For example, in:
+**
+**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
+**
+** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render:
+**
+**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
+**
+** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is 
+** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
+** If the function is an aggregate function, then the pNC->hasAgg is
+** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
+** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg
+** property on the expression is set.
+**
+** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss.  The number
+** if errors is returned.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  char *z;
-  Column *pCol;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
-    return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( 
+  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
+  Expr *pExpr             /* The expression to be analyzed. */
+){
+  int savedHasAgg;
+  Walker w;
+
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  {
+    Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
+    if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
   }
 #endif
-  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
-  if( z==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-    if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
-      sqlite3_free(z);
-      return;
-    }
+  savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg;
+  pNC->hasAgg = 0;
+  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+  w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  w.u.pNC = pNC;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+  pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
+#endif
+  if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
   }
-  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
-    Column *aNew;
-    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(pParse->db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
-    if( aNew==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(z);
-      return;
-    }
-    p->aCol = aNew;
+  if( pNC->hasAgg ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
+  }else if( savedHasAgg ){
+    pNC->hasAgg = 1;
   }
-  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
-  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
-  pCol->zName = z;
- 
-  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
-  ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
-  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
-  */
-  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-  p->nCol++;
+  return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
 }
 
+
 /*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
-** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
-** the column currently under construction.
+** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
+** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,
+** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause
+** terms.
+**
+** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of
+** transformations that occur.
+**
+** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using
+** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-  i = p->nCol-1;
-  if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = onError;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */
+){
+  Walker w;
+
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
+  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  w.u.pNC = pOuterNC;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p);
 }
 
+/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/
 /*
-** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
-** associated affinity type.
+** 2001 September 15
 **
-** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the 
-** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
-** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
-** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of 
-** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', 
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-** Substring     | Affinity
-** --------------------------------
-** 'INT'         | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
-** 'CHAR'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'CLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'TEXT'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'BLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_NONE
-** 'REAL'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'FLOA'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'DOUB'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
+** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token *pType){
-  u32 h = 0;
-  char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-  const unsigned char *zIn = pType->z;
-  const unsigned char *zEnd = &pType->z[pType->n];
 
-  while( zIn!=zEnd ){
-    h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[*zIn];
-    zIn++;
-    if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){             /* CHAR */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; 
-    }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){       /* CLOB */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){       /* TEXT */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b')          /* BLOB */
-        && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l')          /* REAL */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-    }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a')          /* FLOA */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-    }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b')          /* DOUB */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+/*
+** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
+**
+** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
+** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
+** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
+** indicating no affinity for the expression.
+**
+** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
+** have an affinity:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
+** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  int op = pExpr->op;
+  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
+    assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect );
+    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+  if( op==TK_CAST ){
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+    return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken);
+  }
 #endif
-    }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){    /* INT */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-      break;
-    }
+  if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) 
+   && pExpr->pTab!=0
+  ){
+    /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
+    ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
+    int j = pExpr->iColumn;
+    if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+    assert( pExpr->pTab && jpTab->nCol );
+    return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
   }
-
-  return aff;
+  return pExpr->affinity;
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  The pFirst token is the first
-** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
-** column currently under construction.   pLast is the last token
-** in the sequence.  Use this information to construct a string
-** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
-** in zType.
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  Column *pCol;
-
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-  i = p->nCol-1;
-  if( i<0 ) return;
-  pCol = &p->aCol[i];
-  sqlite3_free(pCol->zType);
-  pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType);
-  pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pType);
+** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
+** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to the revised expression.
+** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate
+** flag.  An explicit collating sequence will override implicit
+** collating sequences.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){
+  char *zColl = 0;            /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pCollName);
+  if( pExpr && zColl ){
+    pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
+    if( pColl ){
+      pExpr->pColl = pColl;
+      pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+  return pExpr;
 }
 
 /*
-** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
-** of the table currently under construction.
-**
-** Default value expressions must be constant.  Raise an exception if this
-** is not the case.
-**
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
+** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
+** there is no default collation type, return 0.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  Table *p;
-  Column *pCol;
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)!=0 ){
-    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
-    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
-          pCol->zName);
-    }else{
-      Expr *pCopy;
-      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt);
-      pCol->pDflt = pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr);
-      if( pCopy ){
-        sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pCopy->span, &pExpr->span);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+  Expr *p = pExpr;
+  while( ALWAYS(p) ){
+    int op;
+    pColl = p->pColl;
+    if( pColl ) break;
+    op = p->op;
+    if( p->pTab!=0 && (
+        op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER
+    )){
+      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
+      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
+      const char *zColl;
+      int j = p->iColumn;
+      if( j>=0 ){
+        sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+        zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
+        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
+        pExpr->pColl = pColl;
       }
+      break;
     }
+    if( op!=TK_CAST && op!=TK_UPLUS ){
+      break;
+    }
+    p = p->pLeft;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
+    pColl = 0;
   }
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr);
+  return pColl;
 }
 
 /*
-** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
-** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
-** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
-**
-** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
-** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
-** error.
-**
-** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
-** then we will try to use that column as the rowid.  Set the Table.iPKey
-** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
-** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
-**
-** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
-** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
+** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
+** type affinity of the other operand.  This routine returns the
+** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,  /* List of field names to be indexed */
-  int onError,      /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
-  int autoInc,      /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
-  int sortOrder     /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */
-){
-  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-  char *zType = 0;
-  int iCol = -1, i;
-  if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
-  if( pTab->hasPrimKey ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
-    goto primary_key_exit;
-  }
-  pTab->hasPrimKey = 1;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
-    pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
-  }else{
-    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-      for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( iColnCol ){
-        pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
-      }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
+  char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
+  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
+    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
+    ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
+    */
+    if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+    }else{
+      return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
     }
-    if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1;
-  }
-  if( iCol>=0 && iColnCol ){
-    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-  }
-  if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
-        && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){
-    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
-    pTab->keyConf = onError;
-    pTab->autoInc = autoInc;
-  }else if( autoInc ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
-       "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
-#endif
+  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
+    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
+    ** results directly.
+    */
+    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
   }else{
-    sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0);
-    pList = 0;
+    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
+    assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
+    return (aff1 + aff2);
   }
-
-primary_key_exit:
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
-  return;
 }
 
 /*
-** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
+** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
+** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  Expr *pCheckExpr  /* The check expression */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    /* The CHECK expression must be duplicated so that tokens refer
-    ** to malloced space and not the (ephemeral) text of the CREATE TABLE
-    ** statement */
-    pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pTab->pCheck, 
-                                  sqlite3ExprDup(db, pCheckExpr));
+static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
+  char aff;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
+          pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
+  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
+  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
+  if( pExpr->pRight ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
+  }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
+  }else if( !aff ){
+    aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
   }
-#endif
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pCheckExpr);
+  return aff;
 }
 
 /*
-** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
-** to the CollSeq given.
+** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
+** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
+** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
+** the comparison in pExpr.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  char *zColl;              /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
-
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-  i = p->nCol-1;
-
-  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pToken);
-  if( !zColl ) return;
-
-  if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
-  
-    /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ",
-    ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
-    ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
-    */
-    for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 );
-      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
-        pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_free(zColl);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
+  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+  switch( aff ){
+    case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
+      return 1;
+    case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+      return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    default:
+      return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
-** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
-**
-** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
-** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
-** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
-** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
-** returned instead.
+** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison
+** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
+*/
+static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
+  u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
+  aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull;
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
+** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
 **
-** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
-** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
-** pParse.
+** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
+** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
+** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
+** type.
 **
-** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq().  This routine
-** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
-** and generates an error message.
+** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case,
+** it is not considered.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  u8 enc = ENC(db);
-  u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Expr *pLeft, 
+  Expr *pRight
+){
   CollSeq *pColl;
-
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy);
-  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
-    pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, pColl, zName, nName);
+  assert( pLeft );
+  if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+    assert( pLeft->pColl );
+    pColl = pLeft->pColl;
+  }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+    assert( pRight->pColl );
+    pColl = pRight->pColl;
+  }else{
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
     if( !pColl ){
-      if( nName<0 ){
-        nName = strlen(zName);
-      }
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName);
-      pColl = 0;
+      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
     }
   }
-
   return pColl;
 }
 
-
 /*
-** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
-**
-** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
-** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
-** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
-** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
-** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
-** since it was last read.
-**
-** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
-** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
-** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
-** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
-** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
+** Generate the operands for a comparison operation.  Before
+** generating the code for each operand, set the EP_AnyAff
+** flag on the expression so that it will be able to used a
+** cached column value that has previously undergone an
+** affinity change.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0, r1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+static void codeCompareOperands(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
+  int *pRegLeft,    /* Register where left operand is stored */
+  int *pFreeLeft,   /* Free this register when done */
+  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
+  int *pRegRight,   /* Register where right operand is stored */
+  int *pFreeRight   /* Write temp register for right operand there */
+){
+  while( pLeft->op==TK_UPLUS ) pLeft = pLeft->pLeft;
+  pLeft->flags |= EP_AnyAff;
+  *pRegLeft = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, pFreeLeft);
+  while( pRight->op==TK_UPLUS ) pRight = pRight->pLeft;
+  pRight->flags |= EP_AnyAff;
+  *pRegRight = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, pFreeRight);
 }
 
 /*
-** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
-** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
-** but does not include the null terminator.
-**
-** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
-** really needed.
+** Generate code for a comparison operator.
 */
-static int identLength(const char *z){
-  int n;
-  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
-    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
+static int codeCompare(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
+  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
+  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
+  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
+  int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */
+  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
+  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
+){
+  int p5;
+  int addr;
+  CollSeq *p4;
+
+  p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
+  p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
+                           (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5);
+  if( (p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK)!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in1, 1);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in2, 1);
   }
-  return n + 2;
+  return addr;
 }
 
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
 /*
-** Write an identifier onto the end of the given string.  Add
-** quote characters as needed.
+** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum
+** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in
+** pParse.
 */
-static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
-  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
-  int i, j, needQuote;
-  i = *pIdx;
-  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
-    if( !isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
-  }
-  needQuote =  zIdent[j]!=0 || isdigit(zIdent[0])
-                  || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID;
-  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
-  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
-    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
-    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
+  if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+       "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight
+    );
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
-  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
-  z[i] = 0;
-  *pIdx = i;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
-** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
-** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
+/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList()
+** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height
+** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the
+** first argument.
+**
+** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed
+** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that
+** value.
 */
-static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p, int isTemp){
-  int i, k, n;
-  char *zStmt;
-  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z;
-  Column *pCol;
-  n = 0;
-  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){
-    n += identLength(pCol->zName);
-    z = pCol->zType;
-    if( z ){
-      n += (strlen(z) + 1);
+static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){
+      *pnHeight = p->nHeight;
     }
   }
-  n += identLength(p->zName);
-  if( n<50 ){
-    zSep = "";
-    zSep2 = ",";
-    zEnd = ")";
-  }else{
-    zSep = "\n  ";
-    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
-    zEnd = "\n)";
-  }
-  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
-  zStmt = sqlite3_malloc( n );
-  if( zStmt==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt,
-                  !OMIT_TEMPDB&&isTemp ? "CREATE TEMP TABLE ":"CREATE TABLE ");
-  k = strlen(zStmt);
-  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
-  zStmt[k++] = '(';
-  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
-    k += strlen(&zStmt[k]);
-    zSep = zSep2;
-    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
-    if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){
-      zStmt[k++] = ' ';
-      assert( strlen(z)+k+1<=n );
-      sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", z);
-      k += strlen(z);
+}
+static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+      heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight);
     }
   }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
-  return zStmt;
+}
+static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
+  if( p ){
+    heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
+    heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
+    heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
+  }
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
-** a CREATE TABLE statement.
-**
-** The table structure that other action routines have been building
-** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
-** occurred.
-**
-** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
-** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
-** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
-** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
-** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
-** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
-**
-** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
-** was called to create a table generated from a 
-** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
-** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an 
+** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or 
+** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
+** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other 
+** referenced Expr plus one.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
-  Token *pCons,           /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
-  Token *pEnd,            /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */
-  Select *pSelect         /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
-){
-  Table *p;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) {
-    return;
+static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){
+  int nHeight = 0;
+  heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
+  heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight);
+  }else{
+    heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight);
   }
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 ) return;
+  p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
+}
 
-  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
+/*
+** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If
+** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth,
+** leave an error in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
+  exprSetHeight(p);
+  sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+}
 
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
+/*
+** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
+** by the select statement passed as an argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
+  int nHeight = 0;
+  heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
+  return nHeight;
+}
+#else
+  #define exprSetHeight(y)
+#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
-  */
-  if( p->pCheck ){
-    SrcList sSrc;                   /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
-    NameContext sNC;                /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */
+/*
+** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes.
+**
+** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
+** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation
+** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc().  The calling function
+** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
+**
+** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted.
+** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performance.  The deQuote
+** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not
+** appear to be quoted.  If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes)
+** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node.
+**
+** Special case:  If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that
+** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not
+** stored in u.zToken.  Instead, the integer values is written
+** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set.  No extra storage
+** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  const Token *pToken,    /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
+  int dequote             /* True to dequote */
+){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  int nExtra = 0;
+  int iValue = 0;
 
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
-    sSrc.nSrc = 1;
-    sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName;
-    sSrc.a[0].pTab = p;
-    sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
-    sNC.isCheck = 1;
-    if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){
-      return;
+  if( pToken ){
+    if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0
+          || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){
+      nExtra = pToken->n+1;
     }
   }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
-
-  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
-  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
-  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
-  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
-  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
-  }
-
-  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
-  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.  The record number
-  ** for the new table entry should already be on the stack.
-  **
-  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
-  ** file instead of into the main database file.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    int n;
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *zType;    /* "view" or "table" */
-    char *zType2;   /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
-    char *zStmt;    /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */
-
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) return;
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
-
-    /* Create the rootpage for the new table and push it onto the stack.
-    ** A view has no rootpage, so just push a zero onto the stack for
-    ** views.  Initialize zType at the same time.
-    */
-    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
-      /* A regular table */
-      zType = "table";
-      zType2 = "TABLE";
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-    }else{
-      /* A view */
-      zType = "view";
-      zType2 = "VIEW";
-#endif
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra);
+  if( pNew ){
+    pNew->op = (u8)op;
+    pNew->iAgg = -1;
+    if( pToken ){
+      if( nExtra==0 ){
+        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+        pNew->u.iValue = iValue;
+      }else{
+        int c;
+        pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1];
+        memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n);
+        pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0;
+        if( dequote && nExtra>=3 
+             && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){
+          sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken);
+          if( c=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted;
+        }
+      }
     }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
+    pNew->nHeight = 1;
+#endif  
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
 
-    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
-    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
-    ** new table is on the top of the vdbe stack.
-    **
-    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
-    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
-    ** by the new table.
-    **
-    ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
-    ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
-    ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
-    ** be redundant.
-    */
-    if( pSelect ){
-      SelectDest dest;
-      Table *pSelTab;
+/*
+** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has
+** already been dequoted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  const char *zToken      /* Token argument.  Might be NULL */
+){
+  Token x;
+  x.z = zToken;
+  x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0;
+  return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0);
+}
 
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
-      pParse->nTab = 2;
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1);
-      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1);
-      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
-        pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSelect);
-        if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
-        assert( p->aCol==0 );
-        p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
-        p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
-        pSelTab->nCol = 0;
-        pSelTab->aCol = 0;
-        sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab);
+/*
+** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot.
+**
+** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred.
+** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  Expr *pRoot,
+  Expr *pLeft,
+  Expr *pRight
+){
+  if( pRoot==0 ){
+    assert( db->mallocFailed );
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
+  }else{
+    if( pRight ){
+      pRoot->pRight = pRight;
+      if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+        pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+        pRoot->pColl = pRight->pColl;
       }
     }
-
-    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
-    if( pSelect ){
-      zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p, p->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema);
-    }else{
-      n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + 1;
-      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-          "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
-      );
+    if( pLeft ){
+      pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
+      if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+        pRoot->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+        pRoot->pColl = pLeft->pColl;
+      }
     }
+    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
+  }
+}
 
-    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
-    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
-    ** the information we've collected.  The rowid for the preallocated
-    ** slot is the 2nd item on the stack.  The top of the stack is the
-    ** root page for the new table (or a 0 if this is a view).
-    */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
-         "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q "
-       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-      zType,
-      p->zName,
-      p->zName,
-      pParse->regRoot,
-      zStmt,
-      pParse->regRowid
-    );
-    sqlite3_free(zStmt);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+/*
+** Allocate a Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
+**
+** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL.  Return a pointer to the new
+** Expr node.  Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed,
+** free the subtrees and return NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
+  Expr *pLeft,            /* Left operand */
+  Expr *pRight,           /* Right operand */
+  const Token *pToken     /* Argument token */
+){
+  Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1);
+  sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight);
+  return p;
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
-    ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
-    */
-    if( p->autoInc ){
-      Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-      if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
-        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-          "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
-          pDb->zName
-        );
-      }
-    }
-#endif
+/*
+** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
+** NULL, then just return the other expression.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
+  if( pLeft==0 ){
+    return pRight;
+  }else if( pRight==0 ){
+    return pLeft;
+  }else{
+    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight);
+    return pNew;
+  }
+}
 
-    /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0,
-        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P4_DYNAMIC);
+/*
+** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
+** arguments.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  Expr *pNew;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pToken );
+  pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1);
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */
+    return 0;
   }
+  pNew->x.pList = pList;
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew);
+  return pNew;
+}
 
+/*
+** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
+** in the original SQL statement.  
+**
+** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
+** variable number.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
+** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
+** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
+**
+** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
+** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
+** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
+** assigned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  const char *z;
 
-  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){
-    Table *pOld;
-    FKey *pFKey; 
-    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
-    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, strlen(p->zName)+1,p);
-    if( pOld ){
-      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) );
+  z = pExpr->u.zToken;
+  assert( z!=0 );
+  assert( z[0]!=0 );
+  if( z[1]==0 ){
+    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
+    assert( z[0]=='?' );
+    pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
+  }else if( z[0]=='?' ){
+    /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
+    ** use it as the variable number */
+    int i;
+    pExpr->iTable = i = atoi((char*)&z[1]);
+    testcase( i==0 );
+    testcase( i==1 );
+    testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
+    testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
+    if( i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
+          db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
     }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-    for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
-      void *data;
-      int nTo = strlen(pFKey->zTo) + 1;
-      pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo);
-      data = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey);
-      if( data==(void *)pFKey ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    if( i>pParse->nVar ){
+      pParse->nVar = i;
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa".  Reuse the same variable
+    ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
+    ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
+    */
+    int i;
+    u32 n;
+    n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+    for(i=0; inVarExpr; i++){
+      Expr *pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i];
+      assert( pE!=0 );
+      if( memcmp(pE->u.zToken, z, n)==0 && pE->u.zToken[n]==0 ){
+        pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable;
+        break;
       }
     }
-#endif
-    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
-    db->nTable++;
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-    if( !p->pSelect ){
-      const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
-      int nName;
-      assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
-      if( pCons->z==0 ){
-        pCons = pEnd;
+    if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){
+      pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
+      if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){
+        pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10;
+        pParse->apVarExpr =
+            sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(
+              db,
+              pParse->apVarExpr,
+              pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0])
+            );
+      }
+      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+        assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 );
+        pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr;
       }
-      nName = (const char *)pCons->z - zName;
-      p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
     }
-#endif
+  } 
+  if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables");
   }
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
 /*
-** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
+** Clear an expression structure without deleting the structure itself.
+** Substructure is deleted.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
-  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
-  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
-  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
-  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
-  int isTemp,        /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
-  int noErr          /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
-){
-  Table *p;
-  int n;
-  const unsigned char *z;
-  Token sEnd;
-  DbFixer sFix;
-  Token *pName;
-  int iDb;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
-  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName)
-    && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect)
-  ){
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
-  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
-  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
-  ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
-  */
-  p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    return;
-  }
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
-  ** the end.
-  */
-  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
-  if( sEnd.z[0]!=0 && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
-    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClear(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
+    if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) && (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken);
+    }
+    if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList);
+    }
   }
-  sEnd.n = 0;
-  n = sEnd.z - pBegin->z;
-  z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z;
-  while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; }
-  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
-  sEnd.n = 1;
-
-  /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0);
-  return;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
 /*
-** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
-** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
-** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+** Recursively delete an expression tree.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
-  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
-  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
-  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
-  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
-
-  assert( pTable );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3ExprClear(db, p);
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
   }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
-  ** already known.
-  */
-  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
+}
 
-  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
-  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
-  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
-  **
-  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
-  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
-  **
-  ** Actually, this error is caught previously and so the following test
-  ** should always fail.  But we will leave it in place just to be safe.
-  */
-  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure 
+** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE,
+** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE.
+*/
+static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE;
+  return EXPR_FULLSIZE;
+}
 
-  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
-  ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
-  ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
-  ** to the elements of the FROM clause.  But we do not want these changes
-  ** to be permanent.  So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
-  ** statement that defines the view.
-  */
-  assert( pTable->pSelect );
-  pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect);
-  if( pSel ){
-    n = pParse->nTab;
-    sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
-    pTable->nCol = -1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    xAuth = db->xAuth;
-    db->xAuth = 0;
-    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel);
-    db->xAuth = xAuth;
-#else
-    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel);
-#endif
-    pParse->nTab = n;
-    if( pSelTab ){
-      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
-      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
-      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
-      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
-      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
-      sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab);
-      pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
+/*
+** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required
+** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree.  They differ in
+** how much of the tree is measured.
+**
+**     dupedExprStructSize()     Size of only the Expr structure 
+**     dupedExprNodeSize()       Size of Expr + space for token
+**     dupedExprSize()           Expr + token + subtree components
+**
+***************************************************************************
+**
+** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together:  
+** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and 
+** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be.
+** The return values is always one of:
+**
+**      EXPR_FULLSIZE
+**      EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE   | EP_Reduced
+**      EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly
+**
+** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value
+** of this routine with 0xfff.  The flags can be found by masking the
+** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly.
+**
+** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size
+** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser.
+** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into
+** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped
+** off if the expression is reduced.  Note also that it does not work to
+** make a EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression.  It is only legal
+** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser.  The implementation
+** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt
+** to enforce this constraint.
+*/
+static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nSize;
+  assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */
+  if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){
+    nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE;
+  }else{
+    assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); 
+    assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)==0 );
+    assert( (p->flags2 & EP2_Irreducible)==0 );
+    if( p->pLeft || p->pRight || p->pColl || p->x.pList ){
+      nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced;
     }else{
-      pTable->nCol = 0;
-      nErr++;
+      nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly;
     }
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSel);
-  } else {
-    nErr++;
   }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-  return nErr;  
+  return nSize;
 }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
 /*
-** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
+** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy 
+** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that
+** string is defined.)
 */
-static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
-  HashElem *i;
-  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
-    if( pTab->pSelect ){
-      sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab);
-    }
+static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff;
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
+    nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1;
   }
-  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
+  return ROUND8(nByte);
 }
-#else
-# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
 
 /*
-** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
-** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
-** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
-** to iTo.
+** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the 
+** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a
+** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
 **
-** Ticket #1728:  The symbol table might still contain information
-** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
-** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
-** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
-** being moved.  So we cannot stop searching after the first match 
-** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
-** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
-** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
-** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
-** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
+** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct
+** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any.
+**
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes 
+** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft 
+** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or 
+** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables).
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
-  HashElem *pElem;
-  Hash *pHash;
-
-  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
-      pTab->tnum = iTo;
-    }
-  }
-  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
-      pIdx->tnum = iTo;
+static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){
+  int nByte = 0;
+  if( p ){
+    nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
+    if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){
+      nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags);
     }
   }
+  return nByte;
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
-** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
-** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
-** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
-** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/ 
-static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
-  ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
-  ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
-  ** reflect this.
-  **
-  ** The "#%d" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
-  ** is on the top of the stack.  See sqlite3RegisterExpr().
-  */
-  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-     "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
-     pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1);
-#endif
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
-** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
-** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
-** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer 
+** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough 
+** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken
+** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions,
+** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the
+** portion of the buffer copied into by this function.
 */
-static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-  }
-#else
-  /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
-  ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically 
-  ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
-  ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
-  ** following were coded:
-  **
-  ** OP_Destroy 4 0
-  ** ...
-  ** OP_Destroy 5 0
-  **
-  ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
-  ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the 
-  ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
-  ** a free-list page.
-  */
-  int iTab = pTab->tnum;
-  int iDestroyed = 0;
+static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){
+  Expr *pNew = 0;                      /* Value to return */
+  if( p ){
+    const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    u8 *zAlloc;
+    u32 staticFlag = 0;
 
-  while( 1 ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    int iLargest = 0;
+    assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced );
 
-    if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
-      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-      if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){
-        iLargest = iIdx;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iLargest==0 ){
-      return;
+    /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */
+    if( pzBuffer ){
+      zAlloc = *pzBuffer;
+      staticFlag = EP_Static;
     }else{
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-      destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
-      iDestroyed = iLargest;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
-** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
-  Table *pTab;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, 
-                            pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
-
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    if( noErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
+      zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags));
     }
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
+    pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc;
 
-  /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure
-  ** it is initialized.
-  */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zArg2 = 0;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-    if( isView ){
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
+    if( pNew ){
+      /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to
+      ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or
+      ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed
+      ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any).
+      */
+      const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags);
+      const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff;
+      int nToken;
+      if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
+        nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1;
       }else{
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
+        nToken = 0;
       }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
-      zArg2 = pTab->pMod->zName;
-#endif
-    }else{
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
+      if( isReduced ){
+        assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 );
+        memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize);
       }else{
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
+        int nSize = exprStructSize(p);
+        memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize);
+        memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize);
       }
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pTab->readOnly || pTab==db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->pSeqTab ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
-  ** on a table.
-  */
-  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-#endif
 
-  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
-  ** on disk.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    Trigger *pTrigger;
-    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+      /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */
+      pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static);
+      pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly);
+      pNew->flags |= staticFlag;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      if( v ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+      /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */
+      if( nToken ){
+        char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize];
+        memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken);
       }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
-    ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
-    ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
-    */
-    pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger;
-    while( pTrigger ){
-      assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || 
-          pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
-      sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
-      pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
-    ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
-    ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
-    ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
-    */
-    if( pTab->autoInc ){
-      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
-        pDb->zName, pTab->zName
-      );
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
-    ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
-    ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
-    ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
-    ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
-    ** database.
-    */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
-        pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);
 
-    /* Drop any statistics from the sqlite_stat1 table, if it exists */
-    if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){
-      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, pTab->zName
-      );
-    }
+      if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */
+        if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+          pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced);
+        }else{
+          pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced);
+        }
+      }
 
-    if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
-    }
+      /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */
+      if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags);
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){
+          pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
+          pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc);
+        }
+        if( pzBuffer ){
+          *pzBuffer = zAlloc;
+        }
+      }else{
+        pNew->flags2 = 0;
+        if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+          pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0);
+          pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0);
+        }
+      }
 
-    /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
-    ** the schema cookie.
-    */
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
     }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
   }
-  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
-
-exit_drop_table:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+  return pNew;
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
-** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
-** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
-** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
-** the table referred to.  pToCol is a list of tables in the other
-** pTo table that the foreign key points to.  flags contains all
-** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
-** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
+** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
+** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
+** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
+** without effecting the originals.
 **
-** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
-** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.  The new FKey
-** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen
-** until sqlite3EndTable().
+** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
+** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
+** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
 **
-** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
-** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
+** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
+**
+** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags.
+** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a
+** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as
+** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
-  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
-  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
-  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  FKey *pFKey = 0;
-  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  int nByte;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){
+  return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){
+  ExprList *pNew;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
   int i;
-  int nCol;
-  char *z;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->iECursor = 0;
+  pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr;
+  pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db,  p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pItem==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+    return 0;
+  } 
+  pOldItem = p->a;
+  for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
+    Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr;
+    pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags);
+    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan);
+    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
+    pItem->done = 0;
+    pItem->iCol = pOldItem->iCol;
+    pItem->iAlias = pOldItem->iAlias;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
 
-  assert( pTo!=0 );
-  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
-  if( pFromCol==0 ){
-    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
-    if( iCol<0 ) goto fk_end;
-    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
-         " should reference only one column of table %T",
-         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
-      goto fk_end;
+/*
+** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
+** the build, then none of the following routines, except for 
+** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
+** called with a NULL argument.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
+ || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){
+  SrcList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  int nByte;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
+  for(i=0; inSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    Table *pTab;
+    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
+    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
+    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
+    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
+    pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated;
+    pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex);
+    pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed;
+    pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex;
+    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
+    if( pTab ){
+      pTab->nRef++;
     }
-    nCol = 1;
-  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
-        "columns in the referenced table");
-    goto fk_end;
-  }else{
-    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
+    pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags);
+    pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags);
+    pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing);
+    pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
   }
-  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
-  if( pToCol ){
-    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-      nByte += strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
-    }
+  return pNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){
+  IdList *pNew;
+  int i;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId;
+  pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
+  if( pNew->a==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+    return 0;
   }
-  pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nByte );
-  if( pFKey==0 ){
-    goto fk_end;
+  for(i=0; inId; i++){
+    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
+    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
+    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
+    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
   }
-  pFKey->pFrom = p;
-  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
-  z = (char*)&pFKey[1];
-  pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z;
-  z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol;
-  pFKey->zTo = z;
-  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
-  z[pTo->n] = 0;
-  z += pTo->n+1;
-  pFKey->pNextTo = 0;
-  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
-  if( pFromCol==0 ){
-    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
-  }else{
-    for(i=0; inCol; j++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j>=p->nCol ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
-          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
-        goto fk_end;
-      }
+  return pNew;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
+  Select *pNew;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
+  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
+  pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags);
+  pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags);
+  pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags);
+  pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags);
+  pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags);
+  pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags);
+  pNew->op = p->op;
+  pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags);
+  pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags);
+  pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags);
+  pNew->iLimit = 0;
+  pNew->iOffset = 0;
+  pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
+  pNew->pRightmost = 0;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
+  return pNew;
+}
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){
+  assert( p==0 );
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
+** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and
+** NULL is returned.  If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed
+** that the new entry was successfully appended.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
+  Expr *pExpr             /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) );
+    if( pList==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
     }
+    assert( pList->nAlloc==0 );
   }
-  if( pToCol ){
-    for(i=0; ia[i].zName);
-      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
-      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
-      z[n] = 0;
-      z += n+1;
+  if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){
+    struct ExprList_item *a;
+    int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4;
+    a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
+    if( a==0 ){
+      goto no_mem;
     }
+    pList->a = a;
+    pList->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, a)/sizeof(a[0]);
   }
-  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
-  pFKey->deleteConf = flags & 0xff;
-  pFKey->updateConf = (flags >> 8 ) & 0xff;
-  pFKey->insertConf = (flags >> 16 ) & 0xff;
-
-  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
-  */
-  p->pFKey = pFKey;
-  pFKey = 0;
+  assert( pList->a!=0 );
+  if( 1 ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
+    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
+    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+  }
+  return pList;
 
-fk_end:
-  sqlite3_free(pFKey);
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pFromCol);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pToCol);
+no_mem:     
+  /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
-** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
-** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
-** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
-** accordingly.
+** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item
+** on the expression list.
+**
+** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pName should never be
+** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
+** is set.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  Table *pTab;
-  FKey *pFKey;
-  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
-  pFKey->isDeferred = isDeferred;
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
+  Token *pName,           /* Name to be added */
+  int dequote             /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */
+){
+  assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+  if( pList ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+    pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
+    assert( pItem->zName==0 );
+    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n);
+    if( dequote && pItem->zName ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName);
+  }
 }
 
 /*
-** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx.  This is
-** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
-** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
+** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item
+** on the expression list.
 **
-** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
-** created.  The register specified by memRootPage contains the
-** root page number of the index.  If memRootPage is negative, then
-** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
-** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
+** pList might be NULL following an OOM error.  But pSpan should never be
+** NULL.  If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag
+** is set.
 */
-static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
-  Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;  /* The table that is indexed */
-  int iTab = pParse->nTab;       /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
-  int iIdx = pParse->nTab+1;     /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
-  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
-  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
-  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
-  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
-  int regIdxKey;                 /* Registers containing the index key */
-  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assemblied index record */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
-  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
-    return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to add the span. */
+  ExprSpan *pSpan         /* The span to be added */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 );
+  if( pList ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1];
+    assert( pList->nExpr>0 );
+    assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
+    pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
+                                    (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
   }
-#endif
+}
 
-  /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
-  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
+/*
+** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements,
+** leave an error message in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  ExprList *pEList,
+  const char *zObject
+){
+  int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN];
+  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx );
+  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 );
+  if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject);
+  }
+}
 
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
-    tnum = memRootPage;
-  }else{
-    tnum = pIndex->tnum;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
-  }
-  pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
-                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
-  }
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
-  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1);
-  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){
-    int j1, j2;
-    int regRowid;
-
-    regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn;
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IsNull, regIdxKey, 0, pIndex->nColumn);
-    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx,
-                           0, regRowid, (char*)regRecord, P4_INT32);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, OE_Abort, 0,
-                    "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
+/*
+** Delete an entire expression list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) );
+  assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc );
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
 }
 
 /*
-** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
-** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
-** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
-** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
-** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
-** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
+** These routines are Walker callbacks.  Walker.u.pi is a pointer
+** to an integer.  These routines are checking an expression to see
+** if it is a constant.  Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is
+** not constant.
+**
+** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
+**
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstant()
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()
+**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()
 **
-** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
-** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
-** to the table currently under construction.  
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* All information about this parse */
-  Token *pName1,     /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
-  Token *pName2,     /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
-  SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
-  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
-  int onError,       /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
-  Token *pStart,     /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */
-  Token *pEnd,       /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */
-  int sortOrder,     /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
-  int ifNotExist     /* Omit error if index already exists */
-){
-  Table *pTab = 0;     /* Table to be indexed */
-  Index *pIndex = 0;   /* The index to be created */
-  char *zName = 0;     /* Name of the index */
-  int nName;           /* Number of characters in zName */
-  int i, j;
-  Token nullId;        /* Fake token for an empty ID list */
-  DbFixer sFix;        /* For assigning database names to pTable */
-  int sortOrderMask;   /* 1 to honor DESC in index.  0 to ignore. */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Db *pDb;             /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
-  int iDb;             /* Index of the database that is being written */
-  Token *pName = 0;    /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
-  struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
-  int nCol;
-  int nExtra = 0;
-  char *zExtra;
+static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
 
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    goto exit_create_index;
+  /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from
+  ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
+  ** from being considered constant. */
+  if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+    pWalker->u.i = 0;
+    return WRC_Abort;
   }
 
-  /*
-  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
-  */
-  if( pTblName!=0 ){
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
+    ** and pWalker->u.i==2 */
+    case TK_FUNCTION:
+      if( pWalker->u.i==2 ) return 0;
+      /* Fall through */
+    case TK_ID:
+    case TK_COLUMN:
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      pWalker->u.i = 0;
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    default:
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */
+      return WRC_Continue;
+  }
+}
+static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  pWalker->u.i = 0;
+  return WRC_Abort;
+}
+static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){
+  Walker w;
+  w.u.i = initFlag;
+  w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
+  w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
+  return w.u.i;
+}
 
-    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
-    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
-    ** before looking up the table.
-    */
-    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 1);
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table
-    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this
-    ** if initialising a database schema.
-    */
-    if( !db->init.busy ){
-      pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
-      if( pName2 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
-        iDb = 1;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
+** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
+** an ON or USING clause.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 3);
+}
 
-    if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) &&
-        sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName)
-    ){
-      /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
-      ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
-      assert(0);
-    }
-    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName, 
-        pTblName->a[0].zDatabase);
-    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
-    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-  }else{
-    assert( pName==0 );
-    pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  }
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+/*
+** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
+** or a function call with constant arguments.  Return and 0 if there
+** are any variables.
+**
+** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
+** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
+** a constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){
+  return exprIsConst(p, 2);
+}
 
-  if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index;
-  if( pTab->readOnly ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
-    goto exit_create_index;
+/*
+** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
+** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
+** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
+** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
+  int rc = 0;
+  if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+    *pValue = p->u.iValue;
+    return 1;
   }
-#endif
-
-  /*
-  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
-  ** index or table with the same name.  
-  **
-  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
-  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
-  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
-  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
-  **
-  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
-  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
-  ** own name.
-  */
-  if( pName ){
-    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
-    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      rc = sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, pValue);
+      assert( rc==0 );
+      break;
     }
-    if( !db->init.busy ){
-      if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
-      if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
-        goto exit_create_index;
-      }
+    case TK_UPLUS: {
+      rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
+      break;
     }
-    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
-      if( !ifNotExist ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      int v;
+      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
+        *pValue = -v;
+        rc = 1;
       }
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-  }else{
-    char zBuf[30];
-    int n;
-    Index *pLoop;
-    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"_%d",n);
-    zName = 0;
-    sqlite3SetString(&zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", pTab->zName, zBuf, (char*)0);
-    if( zName==0 ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      goto exit_create_index;
+      break;
     }
+    default: break;
   }
-
-  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    const char *zDb = pDb->zName;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
+  if( rc ){
+    assert( ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly)
+               || (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)==0 );
+    p->op = TK_INTEGER;
+    p->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+    p->u.iValue = *pValue;
   }
-#endif
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
-  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
-  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
-  */
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    nullId.z = (u8*)pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
-    nullId.n = strlen((char*)nullId.z);
-    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, &nullId);
-    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    pList->a[0].sortOrder = sortOrder;
-  }
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
 
-  /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
-  ** specified collation sequence names.
-  */
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-    Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
-    if( pExpr ){
-      nExtra += (1 + strlen(pExpr->pColl->zName));
-    }
+/*
+** Return true if we are able to the IN operator optimization on a
+** query of the form
+**
+**       x IN (SELECT ...)
+**
+** Where the SELECT... clause is as specified by the parameter to this
+** routine.
+**
+** The Select object passed in has already been preprocessed and no
+** errors have been found.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  Table *pTab;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;                   /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */
+  if( p->pPrior ) return 0;              /* Not a compound SELECT */
+  if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
+    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
+    testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
+    return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */
   }
+  assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );              /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
+  if( p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Has no LIMIT clause */
+  assert( p->pOffset==0 );               /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */
+  if( p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Has no WHERE clause */
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc!=0 );
+  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;          /* Single term in FROM clause */
+  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0;     /* FROM is not a subquery or view */
+  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return 0;
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );            /* FROM clause is not a view */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;        /* FROM clause not a virtual table */
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;       /* One column in the result set */
+  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
 
-  /* 
-  ** Allocate the index structure. 
-  */
-  nName = strlen(zName);
-  nCol = pList->nExpr;
-  pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
-      sizeof(Index) +              /* Index structure  */
-      sizeof(int)*nCol +           /* Index.aiColumn   */
-      sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) +       /* Index.aiRowEst   */
-      sizeof(char *)*nCol +        /* Index.azColl     */
-      sizeof(u8)*nCol +            /* Index.aSortOrder */
-      nName + 1 +                  /* Index.zName      */
-      nExtra                       /* Collation sequence names */
-  );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-  pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex[1]);
-  pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]);
-  pIndex->aiRowEst = (unsigned *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]);
-  pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]);
-  pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]);
-  zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]);
-  memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
-  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
-  pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr;
-  pIndex->onError = onError;
-  pIndex->autoIndex = pName==0;
-  pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+/*
+** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
+** It's job is to find or create a b-tree structure that may be used
+** either to test for membership of the (...) set or to iterate through
+** its members, skipping duplicates.
+**
+** The index of the cursor opened on the b-tree (database table, database index 
+** or ephermal table) is stored in pX->iTable before this function returns.
+** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows:
+**
+**   IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table.
+**   IN_INDEX_INDEX - The cursor was opened on a database index.
+**   IN_INDEX_EPH -   The cursor was opened on a specially created and
+**                    populated epheremal table.
+**
+** An existing b-tree may only be used if the SELECT is of the simple
+** form:
+**
+**     SELECT  FROM 
      
+**
+** If the prNotFound parameter is 0, then the b-tree will be used to iterate
+** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an
+** epheremal table must be used unless the selected  is guaranteed
+** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
+** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index.
+**
+** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the b-tree will be used 
+** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must 
+** be used unless  is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can 
+** be found with  as its left-most column.
+**
+** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
+** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL 
+** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)".
+** If there is a chance that the b-tree might contain a NULL value at
+** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
+** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the b-tree contains a
+** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged.
+**
+** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then
+** its initial value is NULL. If the b-tree does not remain constant
+** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT that generates the b-tree
+** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is
+** reset to NULL each time the b-tree is repopulated. This allows the
+** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following:
+**
+**   if( register==NULL ){
+**     has_null = 
+**     register = 1
+**   }
+**
+** in order to avoid running the 
+** test more often than is necessary.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){
+  Select *p;                            /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */
+  int eType = 0;                        /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */
+  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;            /* Cursor of the RHS table */
+  int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0);   /* True if RHS must be unique */
+
+  /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
+  ** satisfy the query.  This is preferable to generating a new 
+  ** ephemeral table.
+  */
+  p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;              /* Database connection */
+    Expr *pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;   /* Expression  */
+    int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;             /* Index of column  */
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);      /* Virtual machine being coded */
+    Table *pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;      /* Table 
      . */
+    int iDb;                               /* Database idx for pTab */
+   
+    /* Code an OP_VerifyCookie and OP_TableLock for 
      . */
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
 
-  /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
-  */
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
-    sortOrderMask = -1;   /* Honor DESC */
-  }else{
-    sortOrderMask = 0;    /* Ignore DESC */
-  }
+    /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe
+    ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always
+    ** successful here.
+    */
+    assert(v);
+    if( iCol<0 ){
+      int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+      int iAddr;
 
-  /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
-  ** load the column indices into the Index structure.  Report an error
-  ** if any column is not found.
-  */
-  for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){
-    const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
-    Column *pTabCol;
-    int requestedSortOrder;
-    char *zColl;                   /* Collation sequence name */
+      iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem);
 
-    for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
-    }
-    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
-        pTab->zName, zColName);
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    /* TODO:  Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named
-    ** more than once within the same index.  Only the first instance of
-    ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer.  Note that using the
-    ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would 
-    ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
-    */
-    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
-    if( pListItem->pExpr ){
-      assert( pListItem->pExpr->pColl );
-      zColl = zExtra;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nExtra, zExtra, "%s", pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName);
-      zExtra += (strlen(zColl) + 1);
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
+
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
     }else{
-      zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
-      if( !zColl ){
-        zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
-      }
-    }
-    if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
-    requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
-    pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = requestedSortOrder;
-  }
-  sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
+      Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
 
-  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
-    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
-    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
-    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
-    ** i.e. one of:
-    **
-    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
-    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
-    **
-    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
-    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
-    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
-    ** explicit indices.
-    */
-    Index *pIdx;
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      int k;
-      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
-      assert( pIdx->autoIndex );
-      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );
+      /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to
+      ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according
+      ** to this collation sequence.  */
+      CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr);
 
-      if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue;
-      for(k=0; knColumn; k++){
-        const char *z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
-        const char *z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
-        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
-        if( pIdx->aSortOrder[k]!=pIndex->aSortOrder[k] ) break;
-        if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
-      }
-      if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){
-        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
-          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
-          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
-          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
-          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
-          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
-          ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index.
-          */
-          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
-          }
-          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
-            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
+      /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the 
+      ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If
+      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
+      */
+      char aff = comparisonAffinity(pX);
+      int affinity_ok = (pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity==aff||aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
+
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
+         && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq
+         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None))
+        ){
+          int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+          int iAddr;
+          char *pKey;
+  
+          pKey = (char *)sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+          iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem);
+  
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
+                               pKey,P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX;
+
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
+          if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
+            *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem;
           }
         }
-        goto exit_create_index;
       }
     }
   }
 
-  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
-  ** in-memory database structures. 
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    Index *p;
-    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
-                         pIndex->zName, strlen(pIndex->zName)+1, pIndex);
-    if( p ){
-      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-    if( pTblName!=0 ){
-      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+  if( eType==0 ){
+    /* Could not found an existing able or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
+    ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
+    */
+    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
+    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
+    if( prNotFound ){
+      *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
+    }else if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
     }
+    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
+  }else{
+    pX->iTable = iTab;
   }
+  return eType;
+}
+#endif
 
-  /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk.  This
-  ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the
-  ** index with the current table contents.
-  **
-  ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX 
-  ** command.  db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and 
-  ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table.  In
-  ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why
-  ** we don't want to recreate it.
-  **
-  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key
-  ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
-  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
-  ** step can be skipped.
-  */
-  else if( db->init.busy==0 ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *zStmt;
-    int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+/*
+** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as an expression
+** and IN operators.  Examples:
+**
+**     (SELECT a FROM b)          -- subquery
+**     EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b)   -- EXISTS subquery
+**     x IN (4,5,11)              -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
+**     x IN (SELECT a FROM b)     -- IN operator with subquery on the right
+**
+** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
+** operator or subquery.
+**
+** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed
+** to be of the form " IN (?, ?, ?)", where  is a reference
+** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an
+** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual
+** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree.
+**
+** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN
+** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs.
+** Furthermore, the IN is in a WHERE clause and that we really want
+** to iterate over the RHS of the IN operator in order to quickly locate
+** all corresponding LHS elements.  All this routine does is initialize
+** the register given by rMayHaveNull to NULL.  Calling routines will take
+** care of changing this register value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free.
+**
+** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used
+** for membership testing only.  There is no need to initialize any
+** registers to indicate the presense or absence of NULLs on the RHS.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pExpr,            /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
+  int rMayHaveNull,       /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
+  int isRowid             /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
+){
+  int testAddr = 0;                       /* One-time test address */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+  sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
 
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
+  ** if any of the following is true:
+  **
+  **    *  The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
+  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
+  **    *  We are inside a trigger
+  **
+  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
+  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
+  */
+  if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, mem);
+    testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, mem);
+    assert( testAddr>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+  }
 
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_IN: {
+      char affinity;
+      KeyInfo keyInfo;
+      int addr;        /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
 
-    /* Create the rootpage for the index
-    */
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem);
+      if( rMayHaveNull ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull);
+      }
 
-    /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
-    ** the zStmt variable
-    */
-    if( pStart && pEnd ){
-      /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
-      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
-        onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE",
-        pEnd->z - pName->z + 1,
-        pName->z);
-    }else{
-      /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
-      /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
-      zStmt = 0;
-    }
+      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);
 
-    /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
-    */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
-        db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-        pIndex->zName,
-        pTab->zName,
-        iMem,
-        zStmt
-    );
-    sqlite3_free(zStmt);
+      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()'
+      ** expression it is handled the same way. A virtual table is 
+      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
+      ** from the SELECT or the .
+      **
+      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
+      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
+      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
+      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
+      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
+      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
+      ** is used.
+      */
+      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid);
+      memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
+      keyInfo.nField = 1;
 
-    /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
-    ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
-    */
-    if( pTblName ){
-      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
-      sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0,
-         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P4_DYNAMIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
+      if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
+        **
+        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
+        ** table allocated and opened above.
+        */
+        SelectDest dest;
+        ExprList *pEList;
+
+        assert( !isRowid );
+        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
+        dest.affinity = (u8)affinity;
+        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
+        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){
+          return;
+        }
+        pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList;
+        if( ALWAYS(pEList!=0 && pEList->nExpr>0) ){ 
+          keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
+              pEList->a[0].pExpr);
+        }
+      }else if( pExpr->x.pList!=0 ){
+        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
+        **
+        ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
+        ** store it in the temporary table. If  is a column, then use
+        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If  is not
+        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
+        */
+        int i;
+        ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+        struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+        int r1, r2, r3;
+
+        if( !affinity ){
+          affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+        }
+        keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+
+        /* Loop through each expression in . */
+        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
+        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
+
+          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
+          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
+          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
+          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
+          */
+          if( testAddr && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
+            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 2);
+            testAddr = 0;
+          }
+
+          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
+          r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
+          if( isRowid ){
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
+            sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
+          }
+        }
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      }
+      if( !isRowid ){
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+      }
+      break;
     }
-  }
 
-  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
-  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
-  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct operation of UPDATE
-  ** and INSERT.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
-    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
-         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
-      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
-      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
-    }else{
-      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
-      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
-        pOther = pOther->pNext;
+    case TK_EXISTS:
+    case TK_SELECT:
+    default: {
+      /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
+      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
+      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.  If this is an EXISTS, write
+      ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell
+      ** and record that memory cell in iColumn.
+      */
+      static const Token one = { "1", 1 };  /* Token for literal value 1 */
+      Select *pSel;                         /* SELECT statement to encode */
+      SelectDest dest;                      /* How to deal with SELECt result */
+
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
+      assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
+
+      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
+      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
+        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iParm);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
+      }else{
+        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iParm);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
       }
-      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
-      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
+      pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one);
+      if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
+        return;
+      }
+      pExpr->iColumn = (i16)dest.iParm;
+      ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
+      break;
     }
-    pIndex = 0;
   }
 
-  /* Clean up before exiting */
-exit_create_index:
-  if( pIndex ){
-    freeIndex(pIndex);
+  if( testAddr ){
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr-1);
   }
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTblName);
-  sqlite3_free(zName);
+  sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+
   return;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
 
 /*
-** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat.
-** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary.
+** Duplicate an 8-byte value
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    int j1;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2);
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1, r2);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){
+  char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8);
+  if( out ){
+    memcpy(out, in, 8);
   }
+  return out;
 }
 
 /*
-** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
-** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
-**
-** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index.
-** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
-** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
-** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
-** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns
-** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
-*
-**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
-**           aiRowEst[N]>=1
+** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
+** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
 **
-** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
-** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized.  The numbers generated here
-** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
+** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
+** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
+** like the continuation of the number.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
-  unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst;
-  int i;
-  assert( a!=0 );
-  a[0] = 1000000;
-  for(i=pIdx->nColumn; i>=5; i--){
-    a[i] = 5;
+static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){
+  if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){
+    double value;
+    char *zV;
+    sqlite3AtoF(z, &value);
+    assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */
+    if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
+    zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
   }
-  while( i>=1 ){
-    a[i] = 11 - i;
-    i--;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
+** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
+**
+** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
+** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
+** like the continuation of the number.
+*/
+static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){
+  if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
+    int i = pExpr->u.iValue;
+    if( negFlag ) i = -i;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
+  }else{
+    const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
+    assert( z!=0 );
+    if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z, negFlag) ){
+      i64 value;
+      char *zV;
+      sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value);
+      if( negFlag ) value = -value;
+      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
+    }else{
+      codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);
+    }
   }
-  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
-    a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear a cache entry.
+*/
+static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){
+  if( p->tempReg ){
+    if( pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){
+      pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg;
+    }
+    p->tempReg = 0;
   }
 }
 
+
 /*
-** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
-** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
+** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a
+** particular table is stored in a particular register.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
-  Index *pIndex;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){
+  int i;
+  int minLru;
+  int idxLru;
+  struct yColCache *p;
 
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
-  if( pIndex==0 ){
-    if( !ifExists ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
+  assert( iReg>0 );  /* Register numbers are always positive */
+  assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 );  /* Finite column numbers */
+
+  /* First replace any existing entry */
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg && p->iTable==iTab && p->iColumn==iCol ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+      p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
+      p->iReg = iReg;
+      p->affChange = 0;
+      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+      return;
     }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  if( pIndex->autoIndex ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
-      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
-    goto exit_drop_index;
   }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
-    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_index;
-    }
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_index;
+
+  /* Find an empty slot and replace it */
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==0 ){
+      p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
+      p->iTable = iTab;
+      p->iColumn = iCol;
+      p->iReg = iReg;
+      p->affChange = 0;
+      p->tempReg = 0;
+      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+      return;
     }
   }
-#endif
 
-  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q",
-       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-       pIndex->zName
-    );
-    if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){
-      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE idx=%Q",
-        db->aDb[iDb].zName, pIndex->zName
-      );
+  /* Replace the last recently used */
+  minLru = 0x7fffffff;
+  idxLru = -1;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; ilrulru;
     }
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
   }
-
-exit_drop_index:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
+  if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){
+    p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru];
+    p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
+    p->iTable = iTab;
+    p->iColumn = iCol;
+    p->iReg = iReg;
+    p->affChange = 0;
+    p->tempReg = 0;
+    p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+    return;
+  }
 }
 
 /*
-** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects.  Each object in the
-** array is szEntry bytes in size.  This routine allocates a new
-** object on the end of the array.
-**
-** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use.  *pnAlloc is
-** the previously allocated size of the array.  initSize is the
-** suggested initial array size allocation.
-**
-** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx.
-**
-** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects.  This
-** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different
-** pointer if the array was resized.
+** Indicate that a register is being overwritten.  Purge the register
+** from the column cache.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-  sqlite3 *db,      /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
-  void *pArray,     /* Array of objects.  Might be reallocated */
-  int szEntry,      /* Size of each object in the array */
-  int initSize,     /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */
-  int *pnEntry,     /* Number of objects currently in use */
-  int *pnAlloc,     /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */
-  int *pIdx         /* Write the index of a new slot here */
-){
-  char *z;
-  if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){
-    void *pNew;
-    int newSize;
-    newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize;
-    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry);
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      *pIdx = -1;
-      return pArray;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+      p->iReg = 0;
     }
-    *pnAlloc = newSize;
-    pArray = pNew;
   }
-  z = (char*)pArray;
-  memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry);
-  *pIdx = *pnEntry;
-  ++*pnEntry;
-  return pArray;
 }
 
 /*
-** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
-** need be.
-**
-** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+** Remember the current column cache context.  Any new entries added
+** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the
+** corresponding pop occurs.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) );
-    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-    pList->nAlloc = 0;
-  }
-  pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-      db,
-      pList->a,
-      sizeof(pList->a[0]),
-      5,
-      &pList->nId,
-      &pList->nAlloc,
-      &i
-  );
-  if( i<0 ){
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(pList);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
-  return pList;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){
+  pParse->iCacheLevel++;
 }
 
 /*
-** Delete an IdList.
+** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the
+** the previous N Push operations.  In other words, restore the cache
+** to the state it was in N Pushes ago.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList *pList){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse, int N){
   int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; inId; i++){
-    sqlite3_free(pList->a[i].zName);
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  assert( N>0 );
+  assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=N );
+  pParse->iCacheLevel -= N;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+      p->iReg = 0;
+    }
   }
-  sqlite3_free(pList->a);
-  sqlite3_free(pList);
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
-** if not found.
+** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is
+** no longer available as a temp register.  ticket #3879:  that same
+** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to
+** get them all.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
+static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
   int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
-  for(i=0; inId; i++){
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){
+      p->tempReg = 0;
+    }
   }
-  return -1;
 }
 
 /*
-** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
-** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL.
-**
-** A new SrcList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
-**
-** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
-** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
-** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
-** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
-** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
-** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
-** or with NULL if no database is specified.
-**
-** In other words, if call like this:
-**
-**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0);
-**
-** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
-** like this:
+** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
+** table pTab and store the column value in a register.  An effort
+** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is
+** not guaranteed.  The location of the column value is returned.
 **
-**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C);
+** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
+** is called.  If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
 **
-** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.
+** This routine might attempt to reuse the value of the column that
+** has already been loaded into a register.  The value will always
+** be used if it has not undergone any affinity changes.  But if
+** an affinity change has occurred, then the cached value will only be
+** used if allowAffChng is true.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
-  SrcList *pList,     /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */
-  Token *pTable,      /* Table to append */
-  Token *pDatabase    /* Database of the table */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Description of the table we are reading from */
+  int iColumn,     /* Index of the table column */
+  int iTable,      /* The cursor pointing to the table */
+  int iReg,        /* Store results here */
+  int allowAffChng /* True if prior affinity changes are OK */
 ){
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) );
-    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-    pList->nAlloc = 1;
-  }
-  if( pList->nSrc>=pList->nAlloc ){
-    SrcList *pNew;
-    pList->nAlloc *= 2;
-    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList,
-               sizeof(*pList) + (pList->nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]) );
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pList);
-      return 0;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn
+           && (!p->affChange || allowAffChng) ){
+      p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
+      sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg);
+      return p->iReg;
     }
-    pList = pNew;
-  }
-  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc];
-  memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
-  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
-    pDatabase = 0;
-  }
-  if( pDatabase && pTable ){
-    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
-    pDatabase = pTable;
-    pTable = pTemp;
+  }  
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  if( iColumn<0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTable, iReg);
+  }else if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) ){
+    int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
+    sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iColumn, iReg);
   }
-  pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable);
-  pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase);
-  pItem->iCursor = -1;
-  pItem->isPopulated = 0;
-  pList->nSrc++;
-  return pList;
+  sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
+  return iReg;
 }
 
 /*
-** Assign cursors to all tables in a SrcList
+** Clear all column cache entries.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){
   int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( pList ){
-    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
-      if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
-      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-      if( pItem->pSelect ){
-        sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
-      }
+  struct yColCache *p;
+
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg ){
+      cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
+      p->iReg = 0;
     }
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
+** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount
+** registers starting with iStart.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList *pList){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
+  int iEnd = iStart + iCount - 1;
   int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    sqlite3_free(pItem->zDatabase);
-    sqlite3_free(pItem->zName);
-    sqlite3_free(pItem->zAlias);
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pItem->pSelect);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pOn);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(pItem->pUsing);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
-** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
-** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
-** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
-** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
-** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
-** usual case.  If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the
-** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
-** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
-** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
-** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
-**
-** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
-** term added.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  SrcList *p,             /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
-  Token *pTable,          /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
-  Token *pDatabase,       /* Name of the database containing pTable */
-  Token *pAlias,          /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
-  Select *pSubquery,      /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
-  Expr *pOn,              /* The ON clause of a join */
-  IdList *pUsing          /* The USING clause of a join */
-){
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase);
-  if( p==0 || p->nSrc==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(pOn);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(pUsing);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSubquery);
-    return p;
-  }
-  pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
-  if( pAlias && pAlias->n ){
-    pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias);
-  }
-  pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
-  pItem->pOn = pOn;
-  pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
-** is initially attached to the left operand.  But the code generator
-** expects the join operator to be on the right operand.  This routine
-** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
-** clause.
-**
-** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
-**
-**           A natural cross join B
-**
-** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
-** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
-** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
-  if( p && p->a ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
-      p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg;
+    if( r>=iStart && r<=iEnd ){
+      p->affChange = 1;
     }
-    p->a[0].jointype = 0;
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Begin a transaction
+** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
+** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
   int i;
-
-  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ) return;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) return;
-  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
-    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i);
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  if( NEVER(iFrom==iTo) ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg;
+    if( x>=iFrom && xiReg += iTo-iFrom;
     }
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Commit a transaction
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ) return;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
-  }
 }
 
 /*
-** Rollback a transaction
+** Generate code to copy content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
+** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ) return;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
+  int i;
+  if( NEVER(iFrom==iTo) ) return;
+  for(i=0; ipVdbe, OP_Copy, iFrom+i, iTo+i);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
-** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
+** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
+** is used as part of the column cache.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
-    int rc;
-    static const int flags = 
-          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
-
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, flags,
-                                 &db->aDb[1].pBt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
-        "file for storing temporary tables");
-      pParse->rc = rc;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_InTrans)==0 || db->autoCommit );
-    assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
-    sqlite3PagerJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[1].pBt),
-                            db->dfltJournalMode);
+static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
+  int i;
+  struct yColCache *p;
+  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg;
+    if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1;
   }
   return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start
-** a read-transaction for all named database files.
-**
-** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all
-** read transactions be started before anything else happens in
-** the VDBE program.  But this routine can be called after much other
-** code has been generated.  So here is what we do:
-**
-** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that
-** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program.  Then we
-** record every database that needs its schema verified in the
-** pParse->cookieMask field.  Later, after all other code has been
-** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and
-** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value
-** will be made to point to that subroutine.  The generation of the
-** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding().
-**
-** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
-** schema on any databases.  This can be used to position the OP_Goto
-** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
+** If the last instruction coded is an ephemeral copy of any of
+** the registers in the nReg registers beginning with iReg, then
+** convert the last instruction from OP_SCopy to OP_Copy.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  sqlite3 *db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
+  VdbeOp *pOp;
   Vdbe *v;
-  int mask;
 
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) return;  /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){
-    pParse->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
-  }
-  if( iDb>=0 ){
-    assert( iDbnDb );
-    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
-    assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){
-      pParse->cookieMask |= mask;
-      pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-        sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse);
-      }
-    }
+  assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 );
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
+  assert( pOp!=0 );
+  if( pOp->opcode==OP_SCopy && pOp->p1>=iReg && pOp->p1opcode = OP_Copy;
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
-** might change the database.
+** Generate code to store the value of the iAlias-th alias in register
+** target.  The first time this is called, pExpr is evaluated to compute
+** the value of the alias.  The value is stored in an auxiliary register
+** and the number of that register is returned.  On subsequent calls,
+** the register number is returned without generating any code.
 **
-** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
-** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
-** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
-** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
-** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
-** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
-** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
-** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
+** Note that in order for this to work, code must be generated in the
+** same order that it is executed.
 **
-** Only database iDb and the temp database are made writable by this call.
-** If iDb==0, then the main and temp databases are made writable.   If
-** iDb==1 then only the temp database is made writable.  If iDb>1 then the
-** specified auxiliary database and the temp database are made writable.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-  pParse->writeMask |= 1<nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Statement, iDb);
-  }
-  if( (OMIT_TEMPDB || iDb!=1) && pParse->db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, setStatement, 1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl.  Return
-** true if it does and false if it does not.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
-    const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
-    if( z==zColl || (z && zColl && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl)) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
-** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
+** Aliases are numbered starting with 1.  So iAlias is in the range
+** of 1 to pParse->nAlias inclusive.  
+**
+** pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] records the register number where the value
+** of the iAlias-th alias is stored.  If zero, that means that the
+** alias has not yet been computed.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
-  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
-
-  for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
-    if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+static int codeAlias(Parse *pParse, int iAlias, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+#if 0
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iReg;
+  if( pParse->nAliasAllocnAlias ){
+    pParse->aAlias = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pParse->aAlias,
+                                 sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0])*pParse->nAlias );
+    testcase( db->mallocFailed && pParse->nAliasAlloc>0 );
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
+    memset(&pParse->aAlias[pParse->nAliasAlloc], 0,
+           (pParse->nAlias-pParse->nAliasAlloc)*sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0]));
+    pParse->nAliasAlloc = pParse->nAlias;
+  }
+  assert( iAlias>0 && iAlias<=pParse->nAlias );
+  iReg = pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1];
+  if( iReg==0 ){
+    if( pParse->iCacheLevel>0 ){
+      iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
+    }else{
+      iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, iReg);
+      pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] = iReg;
     }
   }
-}
+  return iReg;
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(iAlias);
+  return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
 #endif
-
-/*
-** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
-** indices use the collating sequence pColl.  If pColl==0 then recompute
-** all indices everywhere.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
-  Db *pDb;                    /* A single database */
-  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
-  HashElem *k;                /* For looping over tables in pDb */
-  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
-
-  for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){
-    assert( pDb!=0 );
-    for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash);  k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
-      pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
-      reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
-    }
-  }
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
-** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
-**
-**        REINDEX                            -- 1
-**        REINDEX                 -- 2
-**        REINDEX  ?.?  -- 3
-**        REINDEX  ?.?  -- 4
+** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
+** expression.  Attempt to store the results in register "target".
+** Return the register where results are stored.
 **
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
-** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
-** collating function.  Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
-** indices associated with the named table.
+** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will
+** be stored in target.  The result might be stored in some other
+** register if it is convenient to do so.  The calling function
+** must check the return code and move the results to the desired
+** register.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
-  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
-  char *z;                    /* Name of a table or index */
-  const char *zDb;            /* Name of the database */
-  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
-  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
-  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
-  Token *pObjName;            /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* The VM under construction */
+  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
+  int inReg = target;       /* Results stored in register inReg */
+  int regFree1 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
+  int regFree2 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
+  int r1, r2, r3, r4;       /* Various register numbers */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
 
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return;
+  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
+  if( v==0 ){
+    assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+    return 0;
   }
 
-  if( pName1==0 || pName1->z==0 ){
-    reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
-    return;
-  }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->z==0 ){
-    char *zColl;
-    assert( pName1->z );
-    zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1);
-    if( !zColl ) return;
-    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, -1, 0);
-    if( pColl ){
-      if( zColl ){
-        reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
-        sqlite3_free(zColl);
+  if( pExpr==0 ){
+    op = TK_NULL;
+  }else{
+    op = pExpr->op;
+  }
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
+      AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
+      struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
+      if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
+        assert( pCol->iMem>0 );
+        inReg = pCol->iMem;
+        break;
+      }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx,
+                              pCol->iSorterColumn, target);
+        break;
       }
-      return;
+      /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
     }
-    sqlite3_free(zColl);
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName);
-  if( z==0 ) return;
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
-  if( pTab ){
-    reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(z);
-    return;
-  }
-  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
-  sqlite3_free(z);
-  if( pIndex ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used
-** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx.
-**
-** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case
-** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3_free() on the returned 
-** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation 
-** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect
-** the error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
-  int i;
-  int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
-  int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol;
-  KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nBytes);
-
-  if( pKey ){
-    pKey->db = pParse->db;
-    pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]);
-    assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) );
-    for(i=0; iazColl[i];
-      assert( zColl );
-      pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1);
-      pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
+        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
+        assert( pParse->ckBase>0 );
+        inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase;
+      }else{
+        testcase( (pExpr->flags & EP_AnyAff)!=0 );
+        inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
+                                 pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable, target,
+                                 pExpr->flags & EP_AnyAff);
+      }
+      break;
     }
-    pKey->nField = nCol;
-  }
-
-  if( pParse->nErr ){
-    sqlite3_free(pKey);
-    pKey = 0;
-  }
-  return pKey;
-}
-
-/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 May 23 
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
-** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
-**
-** $Id: callback.c,v 1.23 2007/08/29 12:31:26 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
-** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
-** If the collation sequence
-*/
-static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){
-  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
-  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
-  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
-    char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zName, nName);
-    if( !zExternal ) return;
-    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
-    sqlite3_free(zExternal);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
-    char const *zExternal;
-    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, nName, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-    if( zExternal ){
-      db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
+    case TK_INTEGER: {
+      codeInteger(v, pExpr, 0, target);
+      break;
     }
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
-** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
-** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
-** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
-** possible.
-*/
-static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
-  CollSeq *pColl2;
-  char *z = pColl->zName;
-  int n = strlen(z);
-  int i;
-  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
-  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
-    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0);
-    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
-      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
-      pColl->xDel = 0;         /* Do not copy the destructor */
-      return SQLITE_OK;
+    case TK_FLOAT: {
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target);
+      break;
     }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
-** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
-** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native
-** encoding.
-** 
-** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
-** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
-**
-** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
-** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
-** sequence can be found.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  CollSeq *pColl, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int nName
-){
-  CollSeq *p;
-
-  p = pColl;
-  if( !p ){
-    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
-  }
-  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
-    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
-    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
-    */
-    callCollNeeded(db, zName, nName);
-    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
-  }
-  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
-    p = 0;
-  }
-  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
-** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
-** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
-** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
-**
-** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
-** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
-** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
-** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
-  if( pColl ){
-    const char *zName = pColl->zName;
-    CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName, -1);
-    if( !p ){
-      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
-      }
-      pParse->nErr++;
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
+      break;
     }
-    assert( p==pColl );
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
+    case TK_NULL: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case TK_BLOB: {
+      int n;
+      const char *z;
+      char *zBlob;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
+      z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
+      n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1;
+      assert( z[n]=='\'' );
+      zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case TK_VARIABLE: {
+      VdbeOp *pOp;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 );
+      assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
+      if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]==0
+         && (pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Variable
+         && pOp->p1+pOp->p3==pExpr->iTable
+         && pOp->p2+pOp->p3==target
+         && pOp->p4.z==0
+      ){
+        /* If the previous instruction was a copy of the previous unnamed
+        ** parameter into the previous register, then simply increment the
+        ** repeat count on the prior instruction rather than making a new
+        ** instruction.
+        */
+        pOp->p3++;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, target, 1);
+        if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_REGISTER: {
+      inReg = pExpr->iTable;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AS: {
+      inReg = codeAlias(pParse, pExpr->iTable, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+    case TK_CAST: {
+      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
+      int aff, to_op;
+      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken);
+      to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText;
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToText    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE    );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToInt     || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
+      assert( to_op==OP_ToReal    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL    );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToText );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt );
+      testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal );
+      if( inReg!=target ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+        inReg = target;
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg);
+      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
+      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
+      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
+      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
+      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
+      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
+      testcase( op==TK_LT );
+      testcase( op==TK_LE );
+      testcase( op==TK_GT );
+      testcase( op==TK_GE );
+      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
+      testcase( op==TK_NE );
+      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
+                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT: {
+      testcase( op==TK_IS );
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
+      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
+                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AND:
+    case TK_OR:
+    case TK_PLUS:
+    case TK_STAR:
+    case TK_MINUS:
+    case TK_REM:
+    case TK_BITAND:
+    case TK_BITOR:
+    case TK_SLASH:
+    case TK_LSHIFT:
+    case TK_RSHIFT: 
+    case TK_CONCAT: {
+      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );
+      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );
+      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );
+      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );
+      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );
+      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );
+      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );
+      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );
+      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );
+      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );
+      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );
+      testcase( op==TK_AND );
+      testcase( op==TK_OR );
+      testcase( op==TK_PLUS );
+      testcase( op==TK_MINUS );
+      testcase( op==TK_REM );
+      testcase( op==TK_BITAND );
+      testcase( op==TK_BITOR );
+      testcase( op==TK_SLASH );
+      testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT );
+      testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT );
+      testcase( op==TK_CONCAT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      assert( pLeft );
+      if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target);
+      }else if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+        codeInteger(v, pLeft, 1, target);
+      }else{
+        regFree1 = r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r1);
+        r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target);
+        testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      }
+      inReg = target;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BITNOT:
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );
+      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );
+      testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
+      testcase( op==TK_NOT );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      inReg = target;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      int addr;
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
+      if( pInfo==0 ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken);
+      }else{
+        inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
+    case TK_FUNCTION: {
+      ExprList *pFarg;       /* List of function arguments */
+      int nFarg;             /* Number of function arguments */
+      FuncDef *pDef;         /* The function definition object */
+      int nId;               /* Length of the function name in bytes */
+      const char *zId;       /* The function name */
+      int constMask = 0;     /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */
+      int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+      u8 enc = ENC(db);      /* The text encoding used by this database */
+      CollSeq *pColl = 0;    /* A collating sequence */
+
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      testcase( op==TK_CONST_FUNC );
+      testcase( op==TK_FUNCTION );
+      if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){
+        pFarg = 0;
+      }else{
+        pFarg = pExpr->x.pList;
+      }
+      nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      zId = pExpr->u.zToken;
+      nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId);
+      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0);
+      if( pDef==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
+        break;
+      }
+      if( pFarg ){
+        r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);     /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
+        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 1);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);   /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
+      }else{
+        r1 = 0;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
+      ** a virtual table column.
+      **
+      ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
+      ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
+      ** see if it is a column in a virtual table.  This is done because
+      ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
+      ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
+      ** function.  The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to 
+      ** "glob(B,A).  We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
+      ** for function overloading.  But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
+      */
+      if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
+        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr);
+      }else if( nFarg>0 ){
+        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr);
+      }
+#endif
+      for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){
+          constMask |= (1<flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){
+          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr);
+        }
+      }
+      if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; 
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target,
+                        (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg);
+      if( nFarg ){
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_EXISTS:
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
+      testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
+      sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
+      inReg = pExpr->iColumn;
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IN: {
+      int rNotFound = 0;
+      int rMayHaveNull = 0;
+      int j2, j3, j4, j5;
+      char affinity;
+      int eType;
 
+      VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr r%d", target));
+      eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rMayHaveNull);
+      if( rMayHaveNull ){
+        rNotFound = ++pParse->nMem;
+      }
 
-/*
-** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
-** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
-** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
-** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
-** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
-**
-** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
-** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
-** each collation sequence structure.
-*/
-static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zName,
-  int nName,
-  int create
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
-  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+      /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
+      ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
+      ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
+      */
+      affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
 
-  if( 0==pColl && create ){
-    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
-    if( pColl ){
-      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
-      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
-      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
-      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
-      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
-      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
 
-      /* If a malloc() failure occured in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
-      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
-      ** to the hash table).
+      /* Code the  from " IN (...)". The temporary table
+      ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set.
       */
-      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
-      if( pDel!=0 ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-        sqlite3_free(pDel);
-        pColl = 0;
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+      j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, target);
+      if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
+        j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, target);
+        j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, 0, target);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+        j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target);
+      }else{
+        r2 = regFree2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+
+        /* Create a record and test for set membership. If the set contains
+        ** the value, then jump to the end of the test code. The target
+        ** register still contains the true (1) value written to it earlier.
+        */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, target, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+        j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r2);
+
+        /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the 
+        ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
+        ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set 
+        ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
+        ** expression is also NULL.
+        */
+        if( rNotFound==0 ){
+          /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time (now) that 
+          ** the set contains no NULL values. This happens as the result
+          ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema. No need
+          ** to test the data structure at runtime in this case.
+          */
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target);
+        }else{
+          /* This block populates the rNotFound register with either NULL
+          ** or 0 (an integer value). If the data structure contains one
+          ** or more NULLs, then set rNotFound to NULL. Otherwise, set it
+          ** to 0. If register rMayHaveNull is already set to some value
+          ** other than NULL, then the test has already been run and 
+          ** rNotFound is already populated.
+          */
+          static const char nullRecord[] = { 0x02, 0x00 };
+          j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, rMayHaveNull);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rNotFound);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 2, rMayHaveNull, 0, 
+                             nullRecord, P4_STATIC);
+          j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rMayHaveNull);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, rNotFound);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
+
+          /* Copy the value of register rNotFound (which is either NULL or 0)
+          ** into the target register. This will be the result of the
+          ** expression.
+          */
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, rNotFound, target);
+        }
       }
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr r%d", target));
+      break;
     }
-  }
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
-** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
-** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
-**
-** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
-** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
-** this routine.  sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
-** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
-** cannot be found.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  u8 enc,
-  const char *zName,
-  int nName,
-  int create
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  if( zName ){
-    pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create);
-  }else{
-    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-  }
-  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
-  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
-  return pColl;
-}
+#endif
+    /*
+    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
+    **
+    ** This is equivalent to
+    **
+    **    x>=y AND x<=z
+    **
+    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
+    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
+    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
+    */
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+      struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a;
+      Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
 
-/*
-** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
-** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
-** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
-** NULL if the function does not exist.
-**
-** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
-** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
-** no matching function previously existed.  When createFlag is true
-** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
-** any number of arguments will be returned.
-**
-** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
-** function found is returned.  A function is valid if either xFunc
-** or xStep is non-zero.
-**
-** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
-** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
-** match that requested.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
-  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
-  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
-  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
-  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
-  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
-  int createFlag     /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
-){
-  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
-  FuncDef *pFirst;    /* First function with this name */
-  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
-  int bestmatch = 0;  
+      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
+                                  pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge,
+                  r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2);
+      pLItem++;
+      pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2);
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_UPLUS: {
+      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+      break;
+    }
 
+    case TK_TRIGGER: {
+      /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference
+      ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to
+      ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the
+      ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn
+      ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to
+      ** read the rowid field.
+      **
+      ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1
+      ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1)
+      ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where 
+      ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is
+      ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table.
+      ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1
+      ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For
+      ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is
+      ** declared as:
+      **
+      **   CREATE TABLE t1(a, b);
+      **
+      ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows:
+      **
+      **   p1==0   ->    old.rowid     p1==3   ->    new.rowid
+      **   p1==1   ->    old.a         p1==4   ->    new.a
+      **   p1==2   ->    old.b         p1==5   ->    new.b       
+      */
+      Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+      int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn;
+
+      assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 );
+      assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumnnCol );
+      assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey );
+      assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) );
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d",
+        (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"),
+        (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName),
+        target
+      ));
+
+      /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an
+      ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real.  */
+      if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 
+       && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+      ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
 
-  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1;
 
-  pFirst = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName);
-  for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){
-    /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set
-    ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition
-    ** pointed to by pBest:
+    /*
+    ** Form A:
+    **   CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+    **
+    ** Form B:
+    **   CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
+    **
+    ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows:
+    **   CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ...
+    **        WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END
     **
-    ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found.
-    ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
-    **    encoding is requested, or vice versa.
-    ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
-    **    requested, or vice versa.
-    ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
-    ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
-    **    prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
-    ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
-    **    prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
-    ** 6: An exact match.
+    ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft.
+    ** Y is in pExpr->pRight.  The Y is also optional.  If there is no
+    ** ELSE clause and no other term matches, then the result of the
+    ** exprssion is NULL.
+    ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1].
     **
-    ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match.
+    ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei,
+    ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is
+    ** no ELSE term, NULL.
     */
-    if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
-      int match = 1;          /* Quality of this match */
-      if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
-        match = 4;
-      }
-      if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
-        match += 2;
+    default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); {
+      int endLabel;                     /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */
+      int nextCase;                     /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */
+      int nExpr;                        /* 2x number of WHEN terms */
+      int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+      ExprList *pEList;                 /* List of WHEN terms */
+      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;  /* Array of WHEN terms */
+      Expr opCompare;                   /* The X==Ei expression */
+      Expr cacheX;                      /* Cached expression X */
+      Expr *pX;                         /* The X expression */
+      Expr *pTest = 0;                  /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
+      VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; )
+
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList );
+      assert((pExpr->x.pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
+      assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0);
+      pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
+      aListelem = pEList->a;
+      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
+      endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
+        cacheX = *pX;
+        testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN );
+        testcase( pX->op==TK_REGISTER );
+        cacheX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1);
+        testcase( regFree1==0 );
+        cacheX.op = TK_REGISTER;
+        opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
+        opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX;
+        pTest = &opCompare;
       }
-      else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
-               (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
-        match += 1;
+      for(i=0; iop==TK_COLUMN );
+        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER );
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase);
       }
-
-      if( match>bestmatch ){
-        pBest = p;
-        bestmatch = match;
+      if( pExpr->pRight ){
+        sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight, target);
+        sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
       }
+      assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 
+           || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel );
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
+      break;
     }
-  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    case TK_RAISE: {
+      assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback 
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail
+           || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore
+      );
+      if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
+        return 0;
+      }
+      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){
+        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+      }
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+      if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+            v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
+      }
 
-  /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an
-  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
-  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
-  */
-  if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 && 
-      (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName))!=0 ){
-    pBest->nArg = nArg;
-    pBest->pNext = pFirst;
-    pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
-    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
-    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
-    if( pBest==sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc,pBest->zName,nName,(void*)pBest) ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      sqlite3_free(pBest);
-      return 0;
+      break;
     }
+#endif
   }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+  return inReg;
+}
 
-  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
-    return pBest;
+/*
+** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
+** into a register.  Return the register number where the results
+** are stored.
+**
+** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated,
+** then write its number into *pReg.  If the result register is not
+** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){
+  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  int r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
+  if( r2==r1 ){
+    *pReg = r1;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+    *pReg = 0;
   }
-  return 0;
+  return r2;
 }
 
 /*
-** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
-** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3_free() on the 
-** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents
-** of the schema hash tables).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){
-  Hash temp1;
-  Hash temp2;
-  HashElem *pElem;
-  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
+** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
+** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
+** in register target.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  int inReg;
 
-  temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
-  temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
-  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey);
-  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger((Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
-  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
+  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
+  inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
+  assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
   }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
-  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
-  pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
+  return target;
 }
 
 /*
-** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
-** a new one if necessary.
+** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result
+** in register target.
+**
+** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
+** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
+** the result is a copy of the cache register.
+**
+** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
+** times.  They are evaluated once and the results of the expression
+** are reused.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
-  Schema * p;
-  if( pBt ){
-    p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaFree);
-  }else{
-    p = (Schema *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Schema));
-  }
-  if( !p ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
-    p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int inReg;
+  inReg = sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
+  assert( target>0 );
+  /* This routine is called for terms to INSERT or UPDATE.  And the only
+  ** other place where expressions can be converted into TK_REGISTER is
+  ** in WHERE clause processing.  So as currently implemented, there is
+  ** no way for a TK_REGISTER to exist here.  But it seems prudent to
+  ** keep the ALWAYS() in case the conditions above change with future
+  ** modifications or enhancements. */
+  if( ALWAYS(pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER) ){  
+    int iMem;
+    iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem);
+    pExpr->iTable = iMem;
+    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
   }
-  return p;
+  return inReg;
 }
 
-/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Return TRUE if pExpr is an constant expression that is appropriate
+** for factoring out of a loop.  Appropriate expressions are:
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**    *  Any expression that evaluates to two or more opcodes.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
+**    *  Any OP_Integer, OP_Real, OP_String, OP_Blob, OP_Null, 
+**       or OP_Variable that does not need to be placed in a 
+**       specific register.
 **
-** $Id: delete.c,v 1.169 2008/04/28 18:46:43 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
-** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
-** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
+** There is no point in factoring out single-instruction constant
+** expressions that need to be placed in a particular register.  
+** We could factor them out, but then we would end up adding an
+** OP_SCopy instruction to move the value into the correct register
+** later.  We might as well just use the original instruction and
+** avoid the OP_SCopy.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
-  Table *pTab = 0;
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
-    pItem->pTab = pTab;
-    if( pTab ){
-      pTab->nRef++;
+static int isAppropriateForFactoring(Expr *p){
+  if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(p) ){
+    return 0;  /* Only constant expressions are appropriate for factoring */
+  }
+  if( (p->flags & EP_FixedDest)==0 ){
+    return 1;  /* Any constant without a fixed destination is appropriate */
+  }
+  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS ) p = p->pLeft;
+  switch( p->op ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case TK_BLOB:
+#endif
+    case TK_VARIABLE:
+    case TK_INTEGER:
+    case TK_FLOAT:
+    case TK_NULL:
+    case TK_STRING: {
+      testcase( p->op==TK_BLOB );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_VARIABLE );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_INTEGER );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_FLOAT );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_NULL );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_STRING );
+      /* Single-instruction constants with a fixed destination are
+      ** better done in-line.  If we factor them, they will just end
+      ** up generating an OP_SCopy to move the value to the destination
+      ** register. */
+      return 0;
+    }
+    case TK_UMINUS: {
+      if( p->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || p->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      break;
     }
   }
-  return pTab;
+  return 1;
 }
 
 /*
-** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
-** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
-** writable return 0;
+** If pExpr is a constant expression that is appropriate for
+** factoring out of a loop, then evaluate the expression
+** into a register and convert the expression into a TK_REGISTER
+** expression.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
-  if( (pTab->readOnly && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
-        && pParse->nested==0) 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      || (pTab->pMod && pTab->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0)
-#endif
-  ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
-    return 1;
+static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_REGISTER: {
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+    case TK_FUNCTION:
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
+    case TK_CONST_FUNC: {
+      /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination.
+      ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy
+      ** instructions. 
+      */
+      ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      if( pList ){
+        int i = pList->nExpr;
+        struct ExprList_item *pItem = pList->a;
+        for(; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+          if( ALWAYS(pItem->pExpr) ) pItem->pExpr->flags |= EP_FixedDest;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
   }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
-    return 1;
+  if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){
+    int r1 = ++pParse->nMem;
+    int r2;
+    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
+    if( NEVER(r1!=r2) ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+    pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op;
+    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
+    pExpr->iTable = r2;
+    return WRC_Prune;
   }
-#endif
-  return 0;
+  return WRC_Continue;
 }
 
 /*
-** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
+** Preevaluate constant subexpressions within pExpr and store the
+** results in registers.  Modify pExpr so that the constant subexpresions
+** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(
-  Parse *p,       /* Generate code into this VDBE */
-  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
-  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
-  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
-  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
-  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
-  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite), pTab->zName);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pTab->nCol);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
-  VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  Walker w;
+  w.xExprCallback = evalConstExpr;
+  w.xSelectCallback = 0;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
 }
 
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
 /*
-** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table.  The
-** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
-** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
+** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
+** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
+**
+** Return the number of elements evaluated.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  Select *pView,       /* View definition */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
-  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,   /* The expression list to be coded */
+  int target,        /* Where to write results */
+  int doHardCopy     /* Make a hard copy of every element */
 ){
-  SelectDest dest;
-  Select *pDup;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView);
-  if( pWhere ){
-    SrcList *pFrom;
-    
-    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere);
-    pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse, 0, 0, 0, 0, pDup, 0, 0);
-    pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  int i, n;
+  assert( pList!=0 );
+  assert( target>0 );
+  n = pList->nExpr;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; iiAlias ){
+      int iReg = codeAlias(pParse, pItem->iAlias, pItem->pExpr, target+i);
+      Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      if( iReg!=target+i ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iReg, target+i);
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr, target+i);
+    }
+    if( doHardCopy && !pParse->db->mallocFailed ){
+      sqlite3ExprHardCopy(pParse, target, n);
+    }
   }
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pDup);
+  return n;
 }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
 
 /*
-** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
 **
-**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
-**                 \________/       \________________/
-**                  pTabList              pWhere
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
+** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL.
+**
+** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
+** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
+** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
+** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
+** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
-  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
-  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
-  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
-  int end, addr = 0;     /* A couple addresses of generated code */
-  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
-  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
-  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
-  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
-  int oldIdx = -1;       /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
-  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
-  int iDb;               /* Database number */
-  int memCnt = 0;        /* Memory cell used for change counting */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
-  int triggers_exist = 0;      /* True if any triggers exist */
-#endif
-  int iBeginAfterTrigger;      /* Address of after trigger program */
-  int iEndAfterTrigger;        /* Exit of after trigger program */
-  int iBeginBeforeTrigger;     /* Address of before trigger program */
-  int iEndBeforeTrigger;       /* Exit of before trigger program */
-  u32 old_col_mask = 0;        /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
-
-  sContext.pParse = 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-
-  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
-  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
-  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
-  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
-  */
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** deleted from is a view
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define triggers_exist 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDbnDb );
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger.
-  */
-  if( triggers_exist ){ 
-    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-  /* Assign  cursor number to the table and all its indices.
-  */
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-  iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-  /* Start the view context
-  */
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
-  }
-
-  /* Begin generating code.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, triggers_exist, iDb);
-
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    int orconf = ((pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default);
-    int iGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    iBeginBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab,
-        -1, oldIdx, orconf, addr, &old_col_mask, 0);
-    iEndBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-
-    iBeginAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, -1,
-        oldIdx, orconf, addr, &old_col_mask, 0);
-    iEndAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iGoto);
-  }
-
-  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
-  ** a ephemeral table.
-  */
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab->pSelect, pWhere, iCur);
-  }
-
-  /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
-  */
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-  if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
-  ** we are counting rows.
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-    memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
-  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  int regFree1 = 0;
+  int regFree2 = 0;
+  int r1, r2;
 
-  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
-  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table.  Note, however, that
-  ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
-  */
-  if( pWhere==0 && !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-      /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of
-      ** entries in the table. */
-      int addr2;
-      if( !isView ){
-        sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
-      addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
+  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
+  if( NEVER(v==0) )     return;  /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */
+  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return;  /* No way this can happen */
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  switch( op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+      break;
     }
-    if( !isView ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb);
-      if( !pParse->nested ){
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
-      }
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-      }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
     }
-  } 
-  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
-  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
-  */
-  else{
-    int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem;    /* Used for storing rowid values. */
-
-    /* Begin the database scan
-    */
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0);
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
-    /* Remember the rowid of every item to be deleted.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_FifoWrite, iRowid);
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
     }
-
-    /* End the database scan loop.
-    */
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-
-    /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
-    */
-    if( triggers_exist ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pTab->nCol);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx);
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
+      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
+      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
+      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
+      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
+      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
+      testcase( op==TK_LT );
+      testcase( op==TK_LE );
+      testcase( op==TK_GT );
+      testcase( op==TK_GE );
+      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
+      testcase( op==TK_NE );
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
+                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
     }
-
-    /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
-    ** database scan.  We have to delete items after the scan is complete
-    ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.
-    */
-    end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    if( !isView ){
-      /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and 
-      ** all its indices.
-      */
-      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT: {
+      testcase( op==TK_IS );
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
+      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
+                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+      op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
     }
-
-    /* This is the beginning of the delete loop. If a trigger encounters
-    ** an IGNORE constraint, it jumps back to here.
-    */
-    if( triggers_exist ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
+      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      break;
     }
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoRead, iRowid, end);
-
-    if( triggers_exist ){
-      int iData = ++pParse->nMem;   /* For storing row data of OLD table */
-
-      /* If the record is no longer present in the table, jump to the
-      ** next iteration of the loop through the contents of the fifo.
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      /*    x BETWEEN y AND z
+      **
+      ** Is equivalent to 
+      **
+      **    x>=y AND x<=z
+      **
+      ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
+      ** elementation of x.
       */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, iRowid);
-
-      /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table */
-      if( old_col_mask ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iCur, iData);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iData);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, iData, iRowid);
-
-      /* Jump back and run the BEFORE triggers */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginBeforeTrigger);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndBeforeTrigger);
-    }
+      Expr exprAnd;
+      Expr compLeft;
+      Expr compRight;
+      Expr exprX;
 
-    if( !isView ){
-      /* Delete the row */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-        const char *pVtab = (const char *)pTab->pVtab;
-        sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVtab, P4_VTAB);
-      }else
-#endif
-      {
-        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, pParse->nested==0);
-      }
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
+      exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
+      exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
+      exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
+      compLeft.op = TK_GE;
+      compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
+      compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+      compRight.op = TK_LE;
+      compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
+      compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+      exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      exprX.op = TK_REGISTER;
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
     }
-
-    /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke
-    ** the AFTER triggers
-    */
-    if( triggers_exist ){
-      /* Jump back and run the AFTER triggers */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginAfterTrigger);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndAfterTrigger);
+    default: {
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      break;
     }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);  
+}
 
-    /* End of the delete loop */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
+/*
+** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
+** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
+** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
+**
+** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
+** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull
+** is 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int op = 0;
+  int regFree1 = 0;
+  int regFree2 = 0;
+  int r1, r2;
 
-    /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */
-    if( !isView  && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
+  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existance of VDBE checked by caller */
+  if( pExpr==0 )    return;
+
+  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
+  **
+  **       pExpr->op            op
+  **       ---------          ----------
+  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
+  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
+  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
+  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
+  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
+  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
+  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
+  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
+  **
+  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
+  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
+  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
+  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
+  */
+  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
+
+  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
+  */
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
+  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AND: {
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_OR: {
+      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
+      sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_NOT: {
+      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_LT:
+    case TK_LE:
+    case TK_GT:
+    case TK_GE:
+    case TK_NE:
+    case TK_EQ: {
+      testcase( op==TK_LT );
+      testcase( op==TK_LE );
+      testcase( op==TK_GT );
+      testcase( op==TK_GE );
+      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
+      testcase( op==TK_NE );
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
+                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_IS:
+    case TK_ISNOT: {
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
+      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
+                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+      op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
+      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
+                  r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( regFree2==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_ISNULL:
+    case TK_NOTNULL: {
+      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
+      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      break;
+    }
+    case TK_BETWEEN: {
+      /*    x BETWEEN y AND z
+      **
+      ** Is equivalent to 
+      **
+      **    x>=y AND x<=z
+      **
+      ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
+      ** elementation of x.
+      */
+      Expr exprAnd;
+      Expr compLeft;
+      Expr compRight;
+      Expr exprX;
+
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
+      exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
+      exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
+      exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
+      compLeft.op = TK_GE;
+      compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
+      compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+      compRight.op = TK_LE;
+      compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
+      compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+      exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      exprX.op = TK_REGISTER;
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
+      testcase( regFree1==0 );
+      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
+      break;
     }
   }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
+}
 
-  /*
-  ** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", P4_STATIC);
+/*
+** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return TRUE (non-zero)
+** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way.
+**
+** Sometimes this routine will return FALSE even if the two expressions
+** really are equivalent.  If we cannot prove that the expressions are
+** identical, we return FALSE just to be safe.  So if this routine
+** returns false, then you do not really know for certain if the two
+** expressions are the same.  But if you get a TRUE return, then you
+** can be sure the expressions are the same.  In the places where
+** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra FALSE - that
+** just might result in some slightly slower code.  But returning
+** an incorrect TRUE could lead to a malfunction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){
+  int i;
+  if( pA==0||pB==0 ){
+    return pB==pA;
+  }
+  assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pA, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+  assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pB, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_xIsSelect) || ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    return 0;
   }
+  if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 0;
+  if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0;
+  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0;
 
-delete_from_cleanup:
-  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
-  return;
+  if( pA->x.pList && pB->x.pList ){
+    if( pA->x.pList->nExpr!=pB->x.pList->nExpr ) return 0;
+    for(i=0; ix.pList->nExpr; i++){
+      Expr *pExprA = pA->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
+      Expr *pExprB = pB->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
+      if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB) ) return 0;
+    }
+  }else if( pA->x.pList || pB->x.pList ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0;
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_IntValue) ){
+    if( !ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || pA->u.iValue!=pB->u.iValue ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }else if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->u.zToken ){
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || NEVER(pB->u.zToken==0) ) return 0;
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
-** single table to be deleted.
-**
-** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
-** These are the requirements:
-**
-**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
-**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base".
-**
-**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-**       cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
-**
-**   3.  The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in
-**       memory cell iRowid.
-**
-** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number
-** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index
-** entries that point to that record.
+** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array.  Return the index of
+** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
-  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
-  int iRowid,        /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */
-  int count          /* Increment the row change counter */
-){
-  int addr;
-  Vdbe *v;
+static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
+  int i;
+  pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+       db,
+       pInfo->aCol,
+       sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]),
+       3,
+       &pInfo->nColumn,
+       &pInfo->nColumnAlloc,
+       &i
+  );
+  return i;
+}    
 
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowid);
-  sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
-  if( count ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
+/*
+** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array.  Return the index of
+** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
+*/
+static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
+  int i;
+  pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+       db, 
+       pInfo->aFunc,
+       sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
+       3,
+       &pInfo->nFunc,
+       &pInfo->nFuncAlloc,
+       &i
+  );
+  return i;
+}    
+
+/*
+** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker.  It is used to
+** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates().  See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
+** for additional information.
+*/
+static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
+  int i;
+  NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
+  SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
+  AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
+      ** clause of the aggregate query */
+      if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){
+        struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
+        for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
+          struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
+          assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+          if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
+            /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
+            ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.  
+            **
+            ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
+            ** is not an entry there already.
+            */
+            int k;
+            pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
+            for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){
+              if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
+                  pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+            if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
+             && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 
+            ){
+              pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
+              pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+              pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
+              pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
+              pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+              pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
+              pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
+              if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
+                int j, n;
+                ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
+                struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
+                n = pGB->nExpr;
+                for(j=0; jpExpr;
+                  if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
+                      pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
+                    pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
+                    break;
+                  }
+                }
+              }
+              if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
+                pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
+              }
+            }
+            /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
+            ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
+            ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
+            ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
+            */
+            ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
+            pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
+            pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
+            pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k;
+            break;
+          } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
+        } /* end loop over pSrcList */
+      }
+      return WRC_Prune;
+    }
+    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
+      /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries
+      ** to be ignored */
+      if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){
+        /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate 
+        ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
+        */
+        struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
+        for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){
+          if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr) ){
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
+          /* pExpr is original.  Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
+          */
+          u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
+          i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo);
+          if( i>=0 ){
+            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+            pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
+            pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
+            pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+            assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+            pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
+                   pExpr->u.zToken, sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
+                   pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
+            if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
+              pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
+            }else{
+              pItem->iDistinct = -1;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
+        */
+        assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+        ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
+        pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i;
+        pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
+        return WRC_Prune;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
+static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
+  NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
+  if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){
+    pNC->nDepth++;
+    sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSelect);
+    pNC->nDepth--;
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }else{
+    return WRC_Continue;
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
-** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
-**
-** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
-** These are the requirements:
-**
-**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
-**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
+** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and
+** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array.
+** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.
 **
-**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-**       cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
+** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
+** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
+  Walker w;
+  w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate;
+  w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect;
+  w.u.pNC = pNC;
+  assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 );
+  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
+** expression list.  Return the number of errors.
 **
-**   3.  The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
-**       deleted.
+** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
-  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
-  int *aRegIdx       /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
-){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
   int i;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int r1;
+  if( pList ){
+    for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
+      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
+    }
+  }
+}
 
-  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue;
-    r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1);
+/*
+** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){
+  if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){
+    return ++pParse->nMem;
   }
+  return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg];
 }
 
 /*
-** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register
-** regOut.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
-** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
-** the entry that needs indexing.
+** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other
+** purpose.
 **
-** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
-** registers that holds the elements of the index key.  The
-** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
-** this routine returns.
+** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then
+** the dallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses
+** the register becomes stale.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  Index *pIdx,       /* The index for which to generate a key */
-  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
-  int regOut,        /* Write the new index key to this register */
-  int doMakeRec      /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int j;
-  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-  int regBase;
-  int nCol;
-
-  nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
-  regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol);
-  for(j=0; jaiColumn[j];
-    if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j);
-      sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+  if( iReg && pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){
+    int i;
+    struct yColCache *p;
+    for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; iiReg==iReg ){
+        p->tempReg = 1;
+        return;
+      }
     }
+    pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
   }
-  if( doMakeRec ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut);
-    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
-  return regBase;
 }
 
-/* Make sure "isView" gets undefined in case this file becomes part of
-** the amalgamation - so that subsequent files do not see isView as a
-** macro. */
-#undef isView
+/*
+** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){
+  int i, n;
+  i = pParse->iRangeReg;
+  n = pParse->nRangeReg;
+  if( nReg<=n && !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ){
+    pParse->iRangeReg += nReg;
+    pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg;
+  }else{
+    i = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += nReg;
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
+  if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){
+    pParse->nRangeReg = nReg;
+    pParse->iRangeReg = iReg;
+  }
+}
 
-/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/
+/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/
 /*
-** 2002 February 23
+** 2005 February 15
 **
 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -57268,18903 +63545,33566 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
 *************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
-** functions of SQLite.  
-**
-** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
-** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
-** All other code has file scope.
+** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
+** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
 **
-** $Id: func.c,v 1.192 2008/04/27 18:40:12 drh Exp $
+** $Id: alter.c,v 1.62 2009/07/24 17:58:53 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
 
-
 /*
-** Return the collating function associated with a function.
+** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
+** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
 */
-static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
-  return context->pColl;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
+** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the 
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
+** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in 
+** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
+** argument and the result returned. Examples:
+**
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
+**     -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
+**
+** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
+**     -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
 */
-static void minmaxFunc(
+static void renameTableFunc(
   sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
+  int NotUsed,
   sqlite3_value **argv
 ){
-  int i;
-  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
-  int iBest;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
+  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
 
-  if( argc==0 ) return;
-  mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
-  pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-  assert( pColl );
-  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
-  iBest = 0;
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  for(i=1; i=0 ){
-      iBest = i;
-    }
+  int token;
+  Token tname;
+  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+  int len = 0;
+  char *zRet;
+
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE 
+  ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
+  ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
+  */
+  if( zSql ){
+    do {
+      if( !*zCsr ){
+        /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
+        return;
+      }
+
+      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
+      tname.n = len;
+
+      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+      */
+      do {
+        zCsr += len;
+        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+      } while( token==TK_SPACE );
+      assert( len>0 );
+    } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
+
+    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, 
+       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
   }
-  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
 }
 
 /*
-** Return the type of the argument.
+** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code
+** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition
+** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the 
+** parent table. It is passed three arguments:
+**
+**   1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified,
+**   2) The old name of the table being renamed, and
+**   3) The new name of the table being renamed.
+**
+** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example:
+**
+**   sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3')
+**       -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)'
 */
-static void typeofFunc(
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+static void renameParentFunc(
   sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
+  int NotUsed,
   sqlite3_value **argv
 ){
-  const char *z = 0;
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_NULL:    z = "null";    break;
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
-    case SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
-    case SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  char *zOutput = 0;
+  char *zResult;
+  unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+
+  unsigned const char *z;         /* Pointer to token */
+  int n;                          /* Length of token z */
+  int token;                      /* Type of token */
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){
+    n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
+    if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){
+      char *zParent;
+      do {
+        z += n;
+        n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token);
+      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+
+      zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n);
+      if( zParent==0 ) break;
+      sqlite3Dequote(zParent);
+      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){
+        char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", 
+            (zOutput?zOutput:""), z-zInput, zInput, (const char *)zNew
+        );
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
+        zOutput = zOut;
+        zInput = &z[n];
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent);
+    }
   }
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
 
+  zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), 
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput);
+}
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Implementation of the length() function
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
+** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER 
+** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE 
+** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result 
+** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
+** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
 */
-static void lengthFunc(
+static void renameTriggerFunc(
   sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
+  int NotUsed,
   sqlite3_value **argv
 ){
-  int len;
+  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
 
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_BLOB:
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
-      const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-      if( z==0 ) return;
-      len = 0;
-      while( *z ){
-        len++;
-        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+  int token;
+  Token tname;
+  int dist = 3;
+  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
+  int len = 0;
+  char *zRet;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
+  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
+  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
+  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
+  */
+  if( zSql ){
+    do {
+
+      if( !*zCsr ){
+        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
+        return;
       }
-      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      sqlite3_result_null(context);
-      break;
-    }
+
+      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
+      tname.z = (char*)zCsr;
+      tname.n = len;
+
+      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
+      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
+      */
+      do {
+        zCsr += len;
+        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
+      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
+      assert( len>0 );
+
+      /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
+      ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN 
+      ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
+      ** to be met.
+      **
+      ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
+      ** there is no need to worry about syntax like 
+      ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
+      */
+      dist++;
+      if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
+        dist = 0;
+      }
+    } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
+
+    /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
+    ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
+    */
+    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", ((u8*)tname.z) - zSql, zSql, 
+       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
   }
 }
+#endif   /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the abs() function
+** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
 */
-static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
-      i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-      if( iVal<0 ){
-        if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){
-          sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
-          return;
-        }
-        iVal = -iVal;
-      } 
-      sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_NULL: {
-      sqlite3_result_null(context);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
-      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_table", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+                         renameTableFunc, 0, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_trigger", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+                         renameTriggerFunc, 0, 0);
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_parent", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
+                         renameParentFunc, 0, 0);
+#endif
 }
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the substr() function.
+** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form:
 **
-** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
-** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
-** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
-** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
+**   name= OR name= OR ...
 **
-** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
+** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text 
+** "name=" is returned, where  is the quoted version
+** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is
+** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the
+** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed.
+**
+** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is 
+** " OR name=", where  is the contents of zWhere.
+** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning.
+** 
 */
-static void substrFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *z;
-  const unsigned char *z2;
-  int len;
-  int p0type;
-  i64 p1, p2;
-
-  assert( argc==3 || argc==2 );
-  p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
-  if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
-    len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-    z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-    if( z==0 ) return;
-    assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) );
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    if( z==0 ) return;
-    len = 0;
-    for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
-    }
-  }
-  p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
-  }else{
-    p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-  }
-  if( p1<0 ){
-    p1 += len;
-    if( p1<0 ){
-      p2 += p1;
-      p1 = 0;
-    }
-  }else if( p1>0 ){
-    p1--;
-  }
-  if( p1+p2>len ){
-    p2 = len-p1;
-  }
-  if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
-    while( *z && p1 ){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-      p1--;
-    }
-    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
-    }
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){
+  char *zNew;
+  if( !zWhere ){
+    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant);
   }else{
-    if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
   }
+  return zNew;
 }
 
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
 /*
-** Implementation of the round() function
+** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
+** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e.
+** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master
+** table.
 */
-static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  int n = 0;
-  double r;
-  char zBuf[500];  /* larger than the %f representation of the largest double */
-  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
-    n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
-    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  FKey *p;
+  char *zWhere = 0;
+  for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+    zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName);
   }
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%.*f",n,r);
-  sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r);
-  sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
+  return zWhere;
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the
-** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
-** the database handle that malloc() has failed.
+** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
+** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
+** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the 
+** temporary database, NULL is returned.
 */
-static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){
-  char *z;
-  if( nByte>sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-    z = 0;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-    if( !z && nByte>0 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    }
-  }
-  return z;
-}
+static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Trigger *pTrig;
+  char *zWhere = 0;
+  const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
 
-/*
-** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
-*/
-static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  char *z1;
-  const char *z2;
-  int i, n;
-  if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
-  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
-  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( z2 ){
-    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
-    if( z1 ){
-      memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
-      for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
-        z1[i] = toupper(z1[i]);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free);
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  char *z1;
-  const char *z2;
-  int i, n;
-  if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
-  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
-  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( z2 ){
-    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
-    if( z1 ){
-      memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
-      for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
-        z1[i] = tolower(z1[i]);
+  /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is 
+  ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
+  ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE 
+  ** expression being built up in zWhere.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
+      if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
+        zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName);
       }
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free);
     }
   }
+  return zWhere;
 }
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions.  
-** All three do the same thing.  They return the first non-NULL
-** argument.
+** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
+** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
+** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
+** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
+** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an 
+** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
 */
-static void ifnullFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; idb) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
 
-/*
-** Implementation of randomblob(N).  Return a random blob
-** that is N bytes long.
-*/
-static void randomBlob(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int n;
-  unsigned char *p;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-  if( n<1 ){
-    n = 1;
-  }
-  p = contextMalloc(context, n);
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3_randomness(n, p);
-    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
+  for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
+    int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+    assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0);
   }
-}
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function.  The return
-** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
-*/
-static void last_insert_rowid(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int arg, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
-}
+  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema.  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
 
-/*
-** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.  The return value is the
-** same as the sqlite3_changes() API function.
-*/
-static void changes(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int arg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
-}
+  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
+  zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
+  if( !zWhere ) return;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
 
-/*
-** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function.  The return value is
-** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
-*/
-static void total_changes(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int arg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp 
+  ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. 
+  */
+  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+#endif
 }
 
 /*
-** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
-*/
-struct compareInfo {
-  u8 matchAll;
-  u8 matchOne;
-  u8 matchSet;
-  u8 noCase;
-};
-
-/*
-** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
-** character is exactly one byte in size.  Also, all characters are
-** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC
-** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII.
+** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" 
+** command. 
 */
-#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
-# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A,B,C)  (*(A++))
-# define GlogUpperToLower(A)     A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
-#else
-# define GlogUpperToLower(A)     if( A<0x80 ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* Parser context. */
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* The table to rename. */
+  Token *pName              /* The new table name. */
+){
+  int iDb;                  /* Database that contains the table */
+  char *zDb;                /* Name of database iDb */
+  Table *pTab;              /* Table being renamed */
+  char *zName = 0;          /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ 
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+  int nTabName;             /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
+  const char *zTabName;     /* Original name of the table */
+  Vdbe *v;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
 #endif
+  VTable *pVTab = 0;        /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */
+  
+  if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table;
+  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
 
-static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
-/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
-** case.  Thus  'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
-static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
-/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
-** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
-static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_',   0, 0 };
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
 
-/*
-** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
-** potentially be a "glob" expression.  Return true (1) if they
-** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
-**
-** Globbing rules:
-**
-**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
-**
-**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
-**
-**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
-**                characters.
-**
-**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
-**
-** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
-** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
-** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
-** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
-** it the last character in the list.
-**
-** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
-**
-** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]".  Like this:
-**
-**         abc[*]xyz        Matches "abc*xyz" only
-*/
-static int patternCompare(
-  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
-  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
-  const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
-  const int esc                    /* The escape character */
-){
-  int c, c2;
-  int invert;
-  int seen;
-  u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
-  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
-  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
-  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 
-  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */
+  /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
 
-  while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern))!=0 ){
-    if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){
-      while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern)) == matchAll
-               || c == matchOne ){
-        if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){
-          return 0;
-        }
-      }
-      if( c==0 ){
-        return 1;
-      }else if( c==esc ){
-        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-        if( c==0 ){
-          return 0;
-        }
-      }else if( c==matchSet ){
-        assert( esc==0 );         /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */
-        assert( matchSet<0x80 );  /* '[' is a single-byte character */
-        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
-          SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
-        }
-        return *zString!=0;
-      }
-      while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,0,&zString))!=0 ){
-        if( noCase ){
-          GlogUpperToLower(c2);
-          GlogUpperToLower(c);
-          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
-            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
-            GlogUpperToLower(c2);
-          }
-        }else{
-          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
-            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
-          }
-        }
-        if( c2==0 ) return 0;
-        if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
-      }
-      return 0;
-    }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){
-      if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }else if( c==matchSet ){
-      int prior_c = 0;
-      assert( esc==0 );    /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
-      seen = 0;
-      invert = 0;
-      c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
-      if( c==0 ) return 0;
-      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-      if( c2=='^' ){
-        invert = 1;
-        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-      }
-      if( c2==']' ){
-        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
-        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-      }
-      while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
-        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
-          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
-          prior_c = 0;
-        }else{
-          if( c==c2 ){
-            seen = 1;
-          }
-          prior_c = c2;
-        }
-        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-      }
-      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){
-      prevEscape = 1;
-    }else{
-      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
-      if( noCase ){
-        GlogUpperToLower(c);
-        GlogUpperToLower(c2);
-      }
-      if( c!=c2 ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-      prevEscape = 0;
-    }
+  /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
+  ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
+    goto exit_rename_table;
   }
-  return *zString==0;
-}
 
-/*
-** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
-** just a variation of LIKE) gets called.  This is used for testing
-** only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0;
-#endif
+  /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
+  ** that the table is being renamed to.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName)>6 
+   && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)
+  ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
-** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
-** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
-**
-**       A LIKE B
-**
-** is implemented as like(B,A).
-**
-** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
-** the GLOB operator.
-*/
-static void likeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
-  int escape = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+#endif
 
-  zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+    if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){
+      pVTab = 0;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
 
-  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
-  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
+  /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. 
+  ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
+  ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
+  ** table.
   */
-  if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) >
-        db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
-    return;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto exit_rename_table;
   }
-  assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* Encoding did not change */
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb);
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
 
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
-    ** Otherwise, return an error.
-    */
-    const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-    if( zEsc==0 ) return;
-    if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
-          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
-      return;
-    }
-    escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, 0, &zEsc);
+  /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
+  ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
+  ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
+  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pVTab ){
+    int i = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
   }
-  if( zA && zB ){
-    struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_like_count++;
 #endif
-    
-    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape));
-  }
-}
 
-/*
-** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
-** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
-** arguments are equal to each other.
-*/
-static void nullifFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+  /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
+  zTabName = pTab->zName;
+  nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE 
+    ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints
+    ** for which the renamed table is the parent table.  */
+    if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+          "UPDATE sqlite_master SET "
+              "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) "
+              "WHERE %s;", zTabName, zName, zWhere);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+    }
   }
-}
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function.  The result is the version
-** of the SQLite library that is running.
-*/
-static void versionFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
+  /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+          "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
+#else
+          "sql = CASE "
+            "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
+            "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
+#endif
+          "tbl_name = %Q, "
+          "name = CASE "
+            "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
+            "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
+             "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
+            "ELSE name END "
+      "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND "
+          "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", 
+      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+      zName,
+#endif
+      zName, nTabName, zTabName
+  );
 
-/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
-** digits. */
-static const char hexdigits[] = {
-  '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
-  '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
-};
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update 
+  ** it with the new table name.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+        "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
+        zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
+  }
+#endif
 
-/*
-** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function.  The interface may
-** change.  This function may disappear.  Do not write code that depends
-** on this function.
-**
-** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
-** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
-** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
-** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
-** single-quote escapes.
-*/
-static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  if( argc<1 ) return;
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_NULL: {
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
-      char *zText = 0;
-      char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-      assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
-      zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); 
-      if( zText ){
-        int i;
-        for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F];
-          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
-        }
-        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
-        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
-        zText[0] = 'X';
-        zText[1] = '\'';
-        sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-        sqlite3_free(zText);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
-      int i,j;
-      u64 n;
-      const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-      char *z;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
+  ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
+  ** the temp database.
+  */
+  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
+            "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
+            "tbl_name = %Q "
+            "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+  }
+#endif
 
-      if( zArg==0 ) return;
-      for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
-      z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3);
-      if( z ){
-        z[0] = '\'';
-        for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
-          z[j++] = zArg[i];
-          if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
-            z[j++] = '\'';
-          }
-        }
-        z[j++] = '\'';
-        z[j] = 0;
-        sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free);
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *p;
+    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+      Table *pFrom = p->pFrom;
+      if( pFrom!=pTab ){
+        reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName);
       }
     }
   }
-}
+#endif
 
-/*
-** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
-** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
-*/
-static void hexFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i, n;
-  const unsigned char *pBlob;
-  char *zHex, *z;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1);
-  if( zHex ){
-    for(i=0; i>4)&0xf];
-      *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
-    }
-    *z = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free);
-  }
+  /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
+  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
+
+exit_rename_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
 }
 
+
 /*
-** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
+** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat.
+** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary.
 */
-static void zeroblobFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  i64 n;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-  if( n>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  /* The VDBE should have been allocated before this routine is called.
+  ** If that allocation failed, we would have quit before reaching this
+  ** point */
+  if( ALWAYS(v) ){
+    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    int j1;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2);
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, r2);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** The replace() function.  Three arguments are all strings: call
-** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived
-** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C.  The match
-** must be exact.  Collating sequences are not used.
+** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
+** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
+** column definition.
+**
+** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
+** the new column during parsing.
 */
-static void replaceFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zStr;        /* The input string A */
-  const unsigned char *zPattern;    /* The pattern string B */
-  const unsigned char *zRep;        /* The replacement string C */
-  unsigned char *zOut;              /* The output */
-  int nStr;                /* Size of zStr */
-  int nPattern;            /* Size of zPattern */
-  int nRep;                /* Size of zRep */
-  i64 nOut;                /* Maximum size of zOut */
-  int loopLimit;           /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
-  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
+  Table *pNew;              /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
+  Table *pTab;              /* Table being altered */
+  int iDb;                  /* Database number */
+  const char *zDb;          /* Database name */
+  const char *zTab;         /* Table name */
+  char *zCol;               /* Null-terminated column definition */
+  Column *pCol;             /* The new column */
+  Expr *pDflt;              /* Default value for the new column */
+  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection; */
 
-  assert( argc==3 );
-  zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zStr==0 ) return;
-  nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  if( zPattern==0 || zPattern[0]==0 ) return;
-  nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-  assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-  if( zRep==0 ) return;
-  nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
-  assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) );
-  nOut = nStr + 1;
-  assert( nOutdb;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
+  assert( pNew );
+
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  zTab = &pNew->zName[16];  /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */
+  pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
+  pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
+  assert( pTab );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
     return;
   }
-  loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;  
-  for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
-    if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
-      zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
-    }else{
-      u8 *zOld;
-      sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-      nOut += nRep - nPattern;
-      if( nOut>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-        sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-        sqlite3_free(zOut);
-        return;
-      }
-      zOld = zOut;
-      zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut);
-      if( zOut==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-        sqlite3_free(zOld);
-        return;
-      }
-      memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
-      j += nRep;
-      i += nPattern-1;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
-  memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
-  j += nStr - i;
-  assert( j<=nOut );
-  zOut[j] = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
-}
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
-** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
-*/
-static void trimFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zIn;         /* Input string */
-  const unsigned char *zCharSet;    /* Set of characters to trim */
-  int nIn;                          /* Number of bytes in input */
-  int flags;                        /* 1: trimleft  2: trimright  3: trim */
-  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
-  unsigned char *aLen;              /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
-  unsigned char **azChar;           /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
-  int nChar;                        /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
+  /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a 
+  ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
+  ** for an SQL NULL default below.
+  */
+  if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
+    pDflt = 0;
+  }
 
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
+  /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
+  ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
+  ** column must not be NULL.
+  */
+  if( pCol->isPrimKey ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
     return;
   }
-  zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zIn==0 ) return;
-  nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( argc==1 ){
-    static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
-    static const unsigned char *azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
-    nChar = 1;
-    aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
-    azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne;
-    zCharSet = 0;
-  }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){
+  if( pNew->pIndex ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
     return;
-  }else{
-    const unsigned char *z;
-    for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-    }
-    if( nChar>0 ){
-      azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1));
-      if( azChar==0 ){
-        return;
-      }
-      aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar];
-      for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
-        azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z;
-        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-        aLen[nChar] = z - azChar[nChar];
-      }
-    }
   }
-  if( nChar>0 ){
-    flags = (int)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-    if( flags & 1 ){
-      while( nIn>0 ){
-        int len;
-        for(i=0; i=nChar ) break;
-        zIn += len;
-        nIn -= len;
-      }
-    }
-    if( flags & 2 ){
-      while( nIn>0 ){
-        int len;
-        for(i=0; i=nChar ) break;
-        nIn -= len;
-      }
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+  ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
+  */
+  if( pDflt ){
+    sqlite3_value *pVal;
+    if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return;
     }
-    if( zCharSet ){
-      sqlite3_free(azChar);
+    if( !pVal ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
+      return;
     }
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
   }
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
-/*
-** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
-*/
-static void soundexFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  char zResult[8];
-  const u8 *zIn;
-  int i, j;
-  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
-    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
-    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-  };
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
-  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
-  if( zIn[i] ){
-    u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
-    zResult[0] = toupper(zIn[i]);
-    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
-      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
-      if( code>0 ){
-        if( code!=prevcode ){
-          prevcode = code;
-          zResult[j++] = code + '0';
-        }
-      }else{
-        prevcode = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    while( j<4 ){
-      zResult[j++] = '0';
+  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
+  zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
+  if( zCol ){
+    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
+    while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){
+      *zEnd-- = '\0';
     }
-    zResult[j] = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
+          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
+        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
+      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
+      zTab
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
   }
+
+  /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
+  ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
+  ** the file format becomes 3.
+  */
+  sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
+
+  /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
+  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
 }
-#endif
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
 /*
-** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
+** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
+** an "ALTER TABLE  ADD" statement is parsed. Argument 
+** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
+**
+** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
+** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
+** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
+** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to 
+** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c 
+** after parsing is finished.
+**
+** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
+** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
 */
-static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  const char *zProc;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  Table *pNew;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;
+  int i;
+  int nAlloc;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
 
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  }else{
-    zProc = 0;
-  }
-  if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+  /* Look up the table being altered. */
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
   }
-}
 #endif
 
+  /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  }
 
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
-** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
-*/
-typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
-struct SumCtx {
-  double rSum;      /* Floating point sum */
-  i64 iSum;         /* Integer sum */   
-  i64 cnt;          /* Number of elements summed */
-  u8 overflow;      /* True if integer overflow seen */
-  u8 approx;        /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
-};
+  assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
 
-/*
-** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total.
-**
-** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means
-** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs.  TOTAL returns
-** 0.0 in that case.  In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where
-** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point
-** value.  TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if
-** it overflows an integer.
-*/
-static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  int type;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
-  if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-    p->cnt++;
-    if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-      i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-      p->rSum += v;
-      if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){
-        i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v;
-        int s1 = p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1);
-        int s2 = v       >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1);
-        int s3 = iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1);
-        p->overflow = (s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3);
-        p->iSum = iNewSum;
-      }
-    }else{
-      p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-      p->approx = 1;
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
-    if( p->overflow ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
-    }else if( p->approx ){
-      sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
-    }
+  /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
+  ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.  But modify
+  ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix.  By adding this
+  ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing
+  ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_"
+  ** prefix on their name.
+  */
+  pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+  if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
+  pNew->dbMem = pTab->dbMem;
+  pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
+  assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
+  nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
+  assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
+  pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
+  pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName);
+  if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    goto exit_begin_add_column;
   }
-}
-static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
+  memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
+  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+    Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
+    pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
+    pCol->zColl = 0;
+    pCol->zType = 0;
+    pCol->pDflt = 0;
+    pCol->zDflt = 0;
   }
-}
-static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : 0.0);
-}
+  pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
+  pNew->nRef = 1;
 
-/*
-** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
-** count() aggregate function.
-*/
-typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
-struct CountCtx {
-  i64 n;
-};
+  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
+  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
 
-/*
-** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
-*/
-static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  CountCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
-    p->n++;
-  }
-}   
-static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  CountCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
+exit_begin_add_column:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+  return;
 }
+#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */
 
+/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/
 /*
-** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
+** 2005 July 8
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.52 2009/04/16 17:45:48 drh Exp $
 */
-static void minmaxStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
-  Mem *pBest;
-
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
-  if( !pBest ) return;
-
-  if( pBest->flags ){
-    int max;
-    int cmp;
-    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
-    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
-    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
-    ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
-    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
-    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
-    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
-    */
-    max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0;
-    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
-    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
-  }
-}
-static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  sqlite3_value *pRes;
-  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( pRes ){
-    if( pRes->flags ){
-      sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
-  }
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
 
 /*
-** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?)
+** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table for
+** writing with cursor iStatCur. If the library was built with the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 macro defined, then the sqlite_stat2 table is
+** opened for writing using cursor (iStatCur+1)
+**
+** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created.
+** Similarly, if the sqlite_stat2 table does not exist and the library
+** is compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 defined, it is created. 
+**
+** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name,
+** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in
+** the sqlite_stat1 and (if applicable) sqlite_stat2 tables associated
+** with the named table are deleted. If zWhere==0, then code is generated
+** to delete all stat table entries.
 */
-static void groupConcatStep(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
+static void openStatTable(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
+  int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
+  const char *zWhere      /* Delete entries associated with this table */
 ){
-  const char *zVal;
-  StrAccum *pAccum;
-  const char *zSep;
-  int nVal, nSep;
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));
+  static struct {
+    const char *zName;
+    const char *zCols;
+  } aTable[] = {
+    { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" },
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+    { "sqlite_stat2", "tbl,idx,sampleno,sample" },
+#endif
+  };
 
-  if( pAccum ){
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-    pAccum->useMalloc = 1;
-    pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-    if( pAccum->nChar ){
-      if( argc==2 ){
-        zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-        nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  int aRoot[] = {0, 0};
+  u8 aCreateTbl[] = {0, 0};
+
+  int i;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  for(i=0; izName))==0 ){
+      /* The sqlite_stat[12] table does not exist. Create it. Note that a 
+      ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage 
+      ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important 
+      ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+          "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols
+      );
+      aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot;
+      aCreateTbl[i] = 1;
+    }else{
+      /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries 
+      ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the
+      ** entire contents of the table. */
+      aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum;
+      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab);
+      if( zWhere ){
+        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+           "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, zTab, zWhere
+        );
       }else{
-        zSep = ",";
-        nSep = 1;
+        /* The sqlite_stat[12] table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb);
       }
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep);
     }
-    zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
   }
-}
-static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  StrAccum *pAccum;
-  pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( pAccum ){
-    if( pAccum->tooBig ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-    }else if( pAccum->mallocFailed ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    }else{    
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, 
-                          sqlite3_free);
-    }
+
+  /* Open the sqlite_stat[12] tables for writing. */
+  for(i=0; idb;    /* Database handle */
+  Index *pIdx;                 /* An index to being analyzed */
+  int iIdxCur;                 /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */
+  Vdbe *v;                     /* The virtual machine being built up */
+  int i;                       /* Loop counter */
+  int topOfLoop;               /* The top of the loop */
+  int endOfLoop;               /* The end of the loop */
+  int addr;                    /* The address of an instruction */
+  int iDb;                     /* Index of database containing pTab */
+  int regTabname = iMem++;     /* Register containing table name */
+  int regIdxname = iMem++;     /* Register containing index name */
+  int regSampleno = iMem++;    /* Register containing next sample number */
+  int regCol = iMem++;         /* Content of a column analyzed table */
+  int regRec = iMem++;         /* Register holding completed record */
+  int regTemp = iMem++;        /* Temporary use register */
+  int regRowid = iMem++;       /* Rowid for the inserted record */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+  int regTemp2 = iMem++;       /* Temporary use register */
+  int regSamplerecno = iMem++; /* Index of next sample to record */
+  int regRecno = iMem++;       /* Current sample index */
+  int regLast = iMem++;        /* Index of last sample to record */
+  int regFirst = iMem++;       /* Index of first sample to record */
 #endif
-  };
-  static const struct {
-    char *zName;
-    signed char nArg;
-    u8 argType;
-    u8 needCollSeq;
-    void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-    void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);
-  } aAggs[] = {
-    { "min",    1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,   minMaxFinalize },
-    { "max",    1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,   minMaxFinalize },
-    { "sum",    1, 0, 0, sumStep,      sumFinalize    },
-    { "total",  1, 0, 0, sumStep,      totalFinalize    },
-    { "avg",    1, 0, 0, sumStep,      avgFinalize    },
-    { "count",  0, 0, 0, countStep,    countFinalize  },
-    { "count",  1, 0, 0, countStep,    countFinalize  },
-    { "group_concat", 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize },
-    { "group_concat", 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize },
-  };
-  int i;
 
-  for(i=0; ineedCollSeq = 1;
-      }
-    }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) || pTab->pIndex==0 ){
+    /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
+    return;
   }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-  sqlite3AlterFunctions(db);
 #endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER
-  sqlite3AttachFunctions(db);
+
+  /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */
+  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+
+  iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+    KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+
+    if( iMem+1+(nCol*2)>pParse->nMem ){
+      pParse->nMem = iMem+1+(nCol*2);
+    }
+
+    /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed. */
+    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
+        (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+
+    /* Populate the registers containing the table and index names. */
+    if( pTab->pIndex==pIdx ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+
+    /* If this iteration of the loop is generating code to analyze the
+    ** first index in the pTab->pIndex list, then register regLast has
+    ** not been populated. In this case populate it now.  */
+    if( pTab->pIndex==pIdx ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES, regSamplerecno);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2-1, regTemp);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2, regTemp2);
+
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regLast);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regFirst);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Lt, regSamplerecno, 0, regLast);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, regTemp2, regLast, regFirst);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Multiply, regLast, regTemp, regLast);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regLast, SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2-2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide,  regTemp2, regLast, regLast);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+    }
+
+    /* Zero the regSampleno and regRecno registers. */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regSampleno);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRecno);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFirst, regSamplerecno);
 #endif
-  for(i=0; ineedCollSeq = 1;
+
+    /* The block of memory cells initialized here is used as follows.
+    **
+    **    iMem:                
+    **        The total number of rows in the table.
+    **
+    **    iMem+1 .. iMem+nCol: 
+    **        Number of distinct entries in index considering the 
+    **        left-most N columns only, where N is between 1 and nCol, 
+    **        inclusive.
+    **
+    **    iMem+nCol+1 .. Mem+2*nCol:  
+    **        Previous value of indexed columns, from left to right.
+    **
+    ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others are 
+    ** initialized to contain an SQL NULL.
+    */
+    for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iMem+i);
+    }
+    for(i=0; imallocFailed ){
-    int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      /* If a malloc failure has occurred, then the result of the expression 
+      ** passed as the second argument to the call to sqlite3VdbeJumpHere() 
+      ** below may be negative. Which causes an assert() to fail (or an
+      ** out-of-bounds write if SQLITE_DEBUG is not defined).  */
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop);
+    for(i=0; i0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero
+    ** is never possible.
+    */
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regSampleno);
+    for(i=0; iflags = flagVal;
+static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions.  The caseSensitive
-** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
-** sensitive.  GLOB is always case sensitive.
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
-  struct compareInfo *pInfo;
-  if( caseSensitive ){
-    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
-  }else{
-    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
+static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;    /* Schema of database iDb */
+  HashElem *k;
+  int iStatCur;
+  int iMem;
+
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
+  pParse->nTab += 2;
+  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0);
+  iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
+  for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+    Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+    analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem);
   }
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 
-      (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0,0);
-  setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
-  setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", 
-      caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
+  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
 }
 
 /*
-** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function.  If
-** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
-** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
-** return TRUE.  If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
-** return FALSE.
+** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
+** a database.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
-  FuncDef *pDef;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION || !pExpr->pList ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pExpr->pList->nExpr!=2 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 2,
-                             SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
-  if( pDef==0 || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
+static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  int iDb;
+  int iStatCur;
 
-  /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
-  ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure.  The
-  ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
-  */
-  memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
-  assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
-  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
-  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
-  *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
-  return 1;
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+  iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
+  pParse->nTab += 2;
+  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName);
+  analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1);
+  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
 }
 
-/************** End of func.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
+** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
+**        ANALYZE                            -- 1
+**        ANALYZE                  -- 2
+**        ANALYZE  ?.?  -- 3
 **
-** $Id: insert.c,v 1.238 2008/04/28 18:46:43 drh Exp $
+** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
+** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
+** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+  int i;
+  char *z, *zDb;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Token *pTableName;
 
-/*
-** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
-** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character
-** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column:
-**
-**  Character      Column affinity
-**  ------------------------------
-**  'a'            TEXT
-**  'b'            NONE
-**  'c'            NUMERIC
-**  'd'            INTEGER
-**  'e'            REAL
-**
-** An extra 'b' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
-** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
-  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
-    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
-    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
-    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
-    **
-    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
-    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
-    ** up.
-    */
-    int n;
-    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
-    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pIdx->nColumn+2);
-    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
-      return;
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 );
+  if( pName1==0 ){
+    /* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
+    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+      if( i==1 ) continue;  /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
+      analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
     }
-    for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){
-      pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity;
+  }else if( pName2->n==0 ){
+    /* Form 2:  Analyze the database or table named */
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
+    if( iDb>=0 ){
+      analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
+    }else{
+      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
+      if( z ){
+        pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+        if( pTab ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
+        }
+      }
     }
-    pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-    pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
+  }else{
+    /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
+    if( iDb>=0 ){
+      zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
+      if( z ){
+        pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+        if( pTab ){
+          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
+        }
+      }
+    }   
   }
- 
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0);
 }
 
 /*
-** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
-** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
-** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
-** column:
+** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
+** callback routine.
+*/
+typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
+struct analysisInfo {
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  const char *zDatabase;
+};
+
+/*
+** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
+** sqlite_stat1 table.  
 **
-**  Character      Column affinity
-**  ------------------------------
-**  'a'            TEXT
-**  'b'            NONE
-**  'c'            NUMERIC
-**  'd'            INTEGER
-**  'e'            REAL
+**     argv[0] = name of the index
+**     argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
-  /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table
-  ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then 
-  ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use.
-  **
-  ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
-  ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up.
-  */
-  if( !pTab->zColAff ){
-    char *zColAff;
-    int i;
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
+static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
+  analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
+  Index *pIndex;
+  int i, c;
+  unsigned int v;
+  const char *z;
 
-    zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pTab->nCol+1);
-    if( !zColAff ){
-      return;
-    }
+  assert( argc==2 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
 
-    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
+  if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
+  if( pIndex==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  z = argv[1];
+  for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){
+    v = 0;
+    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
+      v = v*10 + c - '0';
+      z++;
     }
-    zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0';
-
-    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
+    pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v;
+    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
   }
-
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0);
+  return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
-** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program beginning at location
-** iStartAddr throught the end of the program.  This is used to see if 
-** a statement of the form  "INSERT INTO  SELECT ..." can 
-** run without using temporary table for the results of the SELECT. 
+** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array
+** and its contents.
 */
-static int readsTable(Vdbe *v, int iStartAddr, int iDb, Table *pTab){
-  int i;
-  int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  for(i=iStartAddr; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){
-      Index *pIndex;
-      int tnum = pOp->p2;
-      if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
-        if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){
-          return 1;
-        }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(Index *pIdx){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+  if( pIdx->aSample ){
+    int j;
+    sqlite3 *dbMem = pIdx->pTable->dbMem;
+    for(j=0; jaSample[j];
+      if( p->eType==SQLITE_TEXT || p->eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+        sqlite3DbFree(pIdx->pTable->dbMem, p->u.z);
       }
     }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pTab->pVtab ){
-      assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 );
-      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
-      return 1;
-    }
-#endif
+    sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, pIdx->aSample);
+    pIdx->aSample = 0;
   }
-  return 0;
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx);
+#endif
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
 /*
-** Write out code to initialize the autoincrement logic.  This code
-** looks up the current autoincrement value in the sqlite_sequence
-** table and stores that value in a register.  Code generated by
-** autoIncStep() will keep that register holding the largest
-** rowid value.  Code generated by autoIncEnd() will write the new
-** largest value of the counter back into the sqlite_sequence table.
+** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat2 tables. The
+** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[]
+** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat2 are used to populate the
+** Index.aSample[] arrays.
+**
+** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR
+** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 was defined 
+** during compilation and the sqlite_stat2 table is present, no data is 
+** read from it.
 **
-** This routine returns the index of the mem[] cell that contains
-** the maximum rowid counter.
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 was defined during compilation and the 
+** sqlite_stat2 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is
+** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1
+** table (if it is present) before returning.
 **
-** Three consecutive registers are allocated by this routine.  The
-** first two hold the name of the target table and the maximum rowid 
-** inserted into the target table, respectively.
-** The third holds the rowid in sqlite_sequence where we will
-** write back the revised maximum rowid.  This routine returns the
-** index of the second of these three registers.
+** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed.
+** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return
+** code may be ignored.
 */
-static int autoIncBegin(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
-  Table *pTab         /* The table we are writing to */
-){
-  int memId = 0;      /* Register holding maximum rowid */
-  if( pTab->autoInc ){
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb];
-    int iCur = pParse->nTab;
-    int addr;               /* Address of the top of the loop */
-    assert( v );
-    pParse->nMem++;         /* Holds name of table */
-    memId = ++pParse->nMem;
-    pParse->nMem++;
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, addr+8);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 1, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+8);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr+2);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  analysisInfo sInfo;
+  HashElem *i;
+  char *zSql;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
+
+  /* Clear any prior statistics */
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
+    sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
+    sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(pIdx);
   }
-  return memId;
-}
 
-/*
-** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
-**
-** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a
-** new rowid that is about to be inserted.  If that new rowid is
-** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the
-** memory cell is updated.  The stack is unchanged.
-*/
-static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){
-  if( memId>0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid);
+  /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */
+  sInfo.db = db;
+  sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
-}
 
-/*
-** After doing one or more inserts, the maximum rowid is stored
-** in reg[memId].  Generate code to write this value back into the
-** the sqlite_sequence table.
-*/
-static void autoIncEnd(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
-  int iDb,           /* Index of the database holding pTab */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table we are inserting into */
-  int memId          /* Memory cell holding the maximum rowid */
-){
-  if( pTab->autoInc ){
-    int iCur = pParse->nTab;
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb];
-    int j1;
-    int iRec = ++pParse->nMem;    /* Memory cell used for record */
+  /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
+  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+      "SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
+    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  }
 
-    assert( v );
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iCur, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iCur, iRec, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
+
+  /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat2 table. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat2", sInfo.zDatabase) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+        "SELECT idx,sampleno,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat2", sInfo.zDatabase);
+    if( !zSql ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+      rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+      (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+      while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+        char *zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
+        Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zIndex, sInfo.zDatabase);
+        if( pIdx ){
+          int iSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
+          sqlite3 *dbMem = pIdx->pTable->dbMem;
+          assert( dbMem==db || dbMem==0 );
+          if( iSample=0 ){
+            int eType = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 2);
+
+            if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
+              static const int sz = sizeof(IndexSample)*SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
+              pIdx->aSample = (IndexSample *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(dbMem, sz);
+              if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
+                db->mallocFailed = 1;
+                break;
+              }
+            }
+
+            assert( pIdx->aSample );
+            {
+              IndexSample *pSample = &pIdx->aSample[iSample];
+              pSample->eType = (u8)eType;
+              if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+                pSample->u.r = sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, 2);
+              }else if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+                const char *z = (const char *)(
+                    (eType==SQLITE_BLOB) ?
+                    sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 2):
+                    sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 2)
+                );
+                int n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 2);
+                if( n>24 ){
+                  n = 24;
+                }
+                pSample->nByte = (u8)n;
+                pSample->u.z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(dbMem, n);
+                if( pSample->u.z ){
+                  memcpy(pSample->u.z, z, n);
+                }else{
+                  db->mallocFailed = 1;
+                  break;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
   }
+  return rc;
 }
-#else
-/*
-** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines
-** above are all no-ops
-*/
-# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0)
-# define autoIncStep(A,B,C)
-# define autoIncEnd(A,B,C,D)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
 
 
-/* Forward declaration */
-static int xferOptimization(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
-  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
-);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */
 
+/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms:
+** 2003 April 6
 **
-**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
-**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
-** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted.  The IDLIST
-** appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
-** statement above, and pSelect is NULL.  For the second form, pList is
-** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
-** data for the insert.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
 **
-** The code generated follows one of four templates.  For a simple
-** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
-** once straight down through.  The template looks like this:
+** $Id: attach.c,v 1.93 2009/05/31 21:21:41 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
+/*
+** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
+** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
+** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
 **
-**         open write cursor to 
       and its indices
-**         puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack
-**         write the resulting record into 
      
-**         cleanup
+** i.e. if the parser sees:
 **
-** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
+**     ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
 **
-**   INSERT INTO 
       SELECT ...
+** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
+** looking for columns of the same name.
 **
-** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " -
-** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
-** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
-** if  and  are distinct tables but have identical
-** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
-** is invoked that copies raw records from  over to .
-** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
-** template.  This is the second template.
+** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
 **
-**         open a write cursor to 
      
-**         open read cursor on 
-**         transfer all records in  over to 
      
-**         close cursors
-**         foreach index on 
      
-**           open a write cursor on the 
       index
-**           open a read cursor on the corresponding  index
-**           transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
-**           close cursors
-**         end foreach
+**     ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
 **
-** The third template is for when the second template does not apply
-** and the SELECT clause does not read from 
       at any time.
-** The generated code follows this template:
+** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
+*/
+static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
+{
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pExpr ){
+    if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
+      rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%s\"", pExpr->u.zToken);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+    }else{
+      pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
 **
-**         goto B
-**      A: setup for the SELECT
-**         loop over the rows in the SELECT
-**           gosub C
-**         end loop
-**         cleanup after the SELECT
-**         goto D
-**      B: open write cursor to 
       and its indices
-**         goto A
-**      C: insert the select result into 
      
-**         return
-**      D: cleanup
+**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
 **
-** The fourth template is used if the insert statement takes its
-** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
-** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
-** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
-** the select.  The template is like this:
+**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
 **
-**         goto B
-**      A: setup for the SELECT
-**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
-**           gosub C
-**         end loop
-**         cleanup after the SELECT
-**         goto D
-**      C: insert the select result into the intermediate table
-**         return
-**      B: open a cursor to an intermediate table
-**         goto A
-**      D: open write cursor to 
       and its indices
-**         loop over the intermediate table
-**           transfer values form intermediate table into 
      
-**         end the loop
-**         cleanup
+** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
+** third argument.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
-  ExprList *pList,      /* List of values to be inserted */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
-  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
+static void attachFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
 ){
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
-  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into.  aka TABLE */
-  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
-  const char *zDb;      /* Name of the database holding this table */
-  int i, j, idx;        /* Loop counters */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
-  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
-  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
-  int nHidden = 0;      /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */
-  int baseCur = 0;      /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
-  int keyColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
-  int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
-  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
-  int iCont=0,iBreak=0; /* Beginning and end of the loop over srcTab */
-  int iSelectLoop = 0;  /* Address of code that implements the SELECT */
-  int iCleanup = 0;     /* Address of the cleanup code */
-  int iInsertBlock = 0; /* Address of the subroutine used to insert data */
-  int newIdx = -1;      /* Cursor for the NEW pseudo-table */
-  int iDb;              /* Index of database holding TABLE */
-  Db *pDb;              /* The database containing table being inserted into */
-  int appendFlag = 0;   /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
-
-  /* Register allocations */
-  int regFromSelect;    /* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
-  int regAutoinc = 0;   /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
-  int regRowCount = 0;  /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
-  int regIns;           /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
-  int regRowid;         /* registers holding insert rowid */
-  int regData;          /* register holding first column to insert */
-  int regRecord;        /* Holds the assemblied row record */
-  int *aRegIdx = 0;     /* One register allocated to each index */
-
+  int i;
+  int rc = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  const char *zName;
+  const char *zFile;
+  Db *aNew;
+  char *zErrDyn = 0;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;                 /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
-  int triggers_exist = 0;     /* True if there are FOR EACH ROW triggers */
-#endif
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
 
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
+  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
+  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
 
-  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
+  /* Check for the following errors:
+  **
+  **     * Too many attached databases,
+  **     * Transaction currently open
+  **     * Specified database name already being used.
   */
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
-  if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
+  if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
+      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
+    );
+    goto attach_error;
   }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDbnDb );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  zDb = pDb->zName;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
+    assert( z && zName );
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName);
+      goto attach_error;
+    }
   }
 
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** inserted into is a view
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define triggers_exist 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
-  /* Ensure that:
-  *  (a) the table is not read-only, 
-  *  (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist
+  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema
+  ** hash tables.
   */
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
+  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
+    aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
+    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
+  }else{
+    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
+    if( aNew==0 ) return;
   }
-  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  db->aDb = aNew;
+  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb];
+  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
 
-  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
-  ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual 
-  ** module table).
+  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
+  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
+  ** or may not be initialised.
   */
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
+                           db->openFlags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
+                           &aNew->pBt);
+  db->nDb++;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached");
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Pager *pPager;
+    aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
+    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
+    sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
+    sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, db->dfltJournalMode);
   }
+  aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+  aNew->safety_level = 3;
 
-  /* Allocate a VDBE
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || triggers_exist, iDb);
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  {
+    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
+    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+    int nKey;
+    char *zKey;
+    int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
+    switch( t ){
+      case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
+        zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        break;
+        
+      case SQLITE_TEXT:
+      case SQLITE_BLOB:
+        nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+        zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
+        sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+        break;
 
-  /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+      case SQLITE_NULL:
+        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
+        sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+        sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+        break;
+    }
   }
+#endif
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
-  /* If the statement is of the form
-  **
-  **       INSERT INTO  SELECT * FROM ;
-  **
-  ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
-  ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
+  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
+  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
+  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
+  ** we found it.
   */
-  if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){
-    assert( !triggers_exist );
-    assert( pList==0 );
-    goto insert_cleanup;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
+    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
   }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
-
-  /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
-  ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
-  */
-  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);
-
-  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
-  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then this step also generates
-  ** all the code to implement the SELECT statement and invoke a subroutine
-  ** to process each row of the result. (Template 2.) If the SELECT
-  ** statement uses the the table that is being inserted into, then the
-  ** subroutine is also coded here.  That subroutine stores the SELECT
-  ** results in a temporary table. (Template 3.)
-  */
-  if( pSelect ){
-    /* Data is coming from a SELECT.  Generate code to implement that SELECT
-    */
-    SelectDest dest;
-    int rc, iInitCode;
-
-    iInitCode = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
-    iSelectLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    iInsertBlock = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Subroutine, iInsertBlock);
-
-    /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */
-    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( rc || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-      goto insert_cleanup;
+  if( rc ){
+    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
+    assert( iDb>=2 );
+    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
+      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
+      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
     }
-
-    regFromSelect = dest.iMem;
-    iCleanup = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iCleanup);
-    assert( pSelect->pEList );
-    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
-
-    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
-    ** should be written into a temporary table.  Set to FALSE if each
-    ** row of the SELECT can be written directly into the result table.
-    **
-    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
-    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
-    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
-    */
-    if( triggers_exist || readsTable(v, iSelectLoop, iDb, pTab) ){
-      useTempTable = 1;
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+    db->nDb = iDb;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory");
+    }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){
+      zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
     }
+    goto attach_error;
+  }
+  
+  return;
 
-    if( useTempTable ){
-      /* Generate the subroutine that SELECT calls to process each row of
-      ** the result.  Store the result in a temporary table
-      */
-      int regRec, regRowid;
+attach_error:
+  /* Return an error if we get here */
+  if( zErrDyn ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
+  }
+  if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
+}
 
-      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
-      regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+/*
+** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
+** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
+**
+**     DETACH DATABASE x
+**
+**     SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
+*/
+static void detachFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  int i;
+  Db *pDb = 0;
+  char zErr[128];
 
-      /* The following code runs first because the GOTO at the very top
-      ** of the program jumps to it.  Create the temporary table, then jump
-      ** back up and execute the SELECT code above.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode);
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
-    ** clause
-    */
-    NameContext sNC;
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    srcTab = -1;
-    assert( useTempTable==0 );
-    nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
-    for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){
-        goto insert_cleanup;
-      }
-    }
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
+  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
   }
 
-  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
-  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
-  */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-      nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
-    }
+  if( i>=db->nDb ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
   }
-  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
-       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn);
-    goto insert_cleanup;
+  if( i<2 ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
   }
-  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
-    goto insert_cleanup;
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
+                     "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
+    goto detach_error;
   }
-
-  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
-  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
-  ** remember the column indices.
-  **
-  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
-  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable
-  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  keyColumn is
-  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
-  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the primary
-  ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
-  */
-  if( pColumn ){
-    for(i=0; inId; i++){
-      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
-    }
-    for(i=0; inId; i++){
-      for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
-          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
-          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
-            keyColumn = i;
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
-        if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){
-          keyColumn = i;
-        }else{
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
-              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
-          pParse->nErr++;
-          goto insert_cleanup;
-        }
-      }
-    }
+  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){
+    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
+    goto detach_error;
   }
 
-  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
-  ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index
-  ** in the original table definition.
-  */
-  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
-    keyColumn = pTab->iPKey;
-  }
+  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+  pDb->pBt = 0;
+  pDb->pSchema = 0;
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  return;
 
-  /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers
-  */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pTab->nCol);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
-  }
-    
-  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
-  }
+detach_error:
+  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+}
 
-  /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */
-  if( !isView ){
-    int nIdx;
-    int i;
+/*
+** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
+** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
+*/
+static void codeAttach(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
+  int type,            /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
+  FuncDef *pFunc,      /* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
+  Expr *pAuthArg,      /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
+  Expr *pFilename,     /* Name of database file */
+  Expr *pDbname,       /* Name of the database to use internally */
+  Expr *pKey           /* Database key for encryption extension */
+){
+  int rc;
+  NameContext sName;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
+  int regArgs;
 
-    baseCur = pParse->nTab;
-    nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite);
-    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1));
-    if( aRegIdx==0 ){
-      goto insert_cleanup;
-    }
-    for(i=0; inMem;
-    }
-  }
+  memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
+  sName.pParse = pParse;
 
-  /* If the data source is a temporary table, then we have to create
-  ** a loop because there might be multiple rows of data.  If the data
-  ** source is a subroutine call from the SELECT statement, then we need
-  ** to launch the SELECT statement processing.
-  */
-  if( useTempTable ){
-    iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab, iBreak);
-    iCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  }else if( pSelect ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
+  if( 
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
+      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
+  ){
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto attach_end;
   }
 
-  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
-  ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record.
-  */
-  regRecord = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
-  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    regRowid++;
-    pParse->nMem++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( pAuthArg ){
+    char *zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken;
+    if( NEVER(zAuthArg==0) ){
+      goto attach_end;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
+    if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto attach_end;
+    }
   }
-  regData = regRowid+1;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
 
-  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
-  */
-  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  if( triggers_exist & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
-    int regRowid;
-    int regCols;
-    int regRec;
 
-    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
-    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
-    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
-    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
-    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
-    */
-    regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    if( keyColumn<0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regRowid);
-    }else if( useTempTable ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      int j1;
-      assert( pSelect==0 );  /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
-      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid);
-    }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
+  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);
 
-    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
-    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
-    */
-    assert(!IsVirtual(pTab));
+  assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3);
+    assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg );
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg));
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
 
-    /* Create the new column data
+    /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
+    ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
+    ** statements).
     */
-    regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol);
-    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-      if( pColumn==0 ){
-        j = i;
-      }else{
-        for(j=0; jnId; j++){
-          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i);
-      }else if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i); 
-      }else{
-        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
-        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i);
-      }
-    }
-    regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCols, pTab->nCol, regRec);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
+  }
+  
+attach_end:
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey);
+}
 
-    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
-    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
-    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
-    ** table column affinities.
-    */
-    if( !isView ){
-      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRec, regRowid);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);
+/*
+** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
+**
+**     DETACH pDbname
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
+  static FuncDef detach_func = {
+    1,                /* nArg */
+    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* iPrefEnc */
+    0,                /* flags */
+    0,                /* pUserData */
+    0,                /* pNext */
+    detachFunc,       /* xFunc */
+    0,                /* xStep */
+    0,                /* xFinalize */
+    "sqlite_detach",  /* zName */
+    0                 /* pHash */
+  };
+  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
+}
 
-    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
-    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, 
-        newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop, 0, 0) ){
-      goto insert_cleanup;
+/*
+** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
+**
+**     ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
+  static FuncDef attach_func = {
+    3,                /* nArg */
+    SQLITE_UTF8,      /* iPrefEnc */
+    0,                /* flags */
+    0,                /* pUserData */
+    0,                /* pNext */
+    attachFunc,       /* xFunc */
+    0,                /* xStep */
+    0,                /* xFinalize */
+    "sqlite_attach",  /* zName */
+    0                 /* pHash */
+  };
+  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
+
+/*
+** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
+** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
+**
+** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required.  TRUE
+** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(
+  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
+  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
+  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
+  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( NEVER(iDb<0) || iDb==1 ) return 0;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
+  pFix->pParse = pParse;
+  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  pFix->zType = zType;
+  pFix->pName = pName;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
+** a specific database to all table references where the database name
+** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
+** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
+**
+** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
+** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
+** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
+** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
+** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
+** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
+** checks out, these routines return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
+){
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+
+  if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0;
+  zDb = pFix->zDb;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
+      pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb);
+    }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
+         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
+         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
+      return 1;
     }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
+#endif
   }
-
-  /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack.  The
-  ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid
-  ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which
-  ** case the record number is the same as that column. 
-  */
-  if( !isView ){
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns);
+  return 0;
+}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(
+  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
+  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pSelect ){
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
+      return 1;
     }
-    if( keyColumn>=0 ){
-      if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid);
-      }else if( pSelect ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid);
-      }else{
-        VdbeOp *pOp;
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
-        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) - 1);
-        if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_Null ){
-          appendFlag = 1;
-          pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
-          pOp->p1 = baseCur;
-          pOp->p2 = regRowid;
-          pOp->p3 = regAutoinc;
-        }
-      }
-      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
-      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
-      */
-      if( !appendFlag ){
-        int j1;
-        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid);
-      }
-    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
-      appendFlag = 1;
+    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
+      return 1;
     }
-    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
-
-    /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
-    ** with the first column.
-    */
-    nHidden = 0;
-    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-      int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i;
-      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
-        ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted
-        ** in its place.  So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid
-        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRegStore);
-        continue;
-      }
-      if( pColumn==0 ){
-        if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
-          assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-          j = -1;
-          nHidden++;
-        }else{
-          j = i - nHidden;
-        }
-      }else{
-        for(j=0; jnId; j++){
-          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore);
-      }else if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); 
-      }else if( pSelect ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore);
-      }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
     }
-
-    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
-    ** do the insertion.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns,
-                     (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P4_VTAB);
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
-          pParse,
-          pTab,
-          baseCur,
-          regIns,
-          aRegIdx,
-          keyColumn>=0,
-          0,
-          onError,
-          endOfLoop
-      );
-      sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
-          pParse,
-          pTab,
-          baseCur,
-          regIns,
-          aRegIdx,
-          0,
-          0,
-          (triggers_exist & TRIGGER_AFTER)!=0 ? newIdx : -1,
-          appendFlag
-       );
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
+      return 1;
     }
+    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
   }
-
-  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
-  }
-
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    /* Code AFTER triggers */
-    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab,
-          newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop, 0, 0) ){
-      goto insert_cleanup;
+  return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pExpr ){
+    if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break;
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1;
+    }else{
+      if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1;
     }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
   }
-
-  /* The bottom of the loop, if the data source is a SELECT statement
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
-  if( useTempTable ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, iCont);
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, srcTab, 0);
-  }else if( pSelect ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
-  }
-
-  if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){
-    /* Close all tables opened */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, baseCur, 0);
-    for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, idx+baseCur, 0);
+  return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
+){
+  int i;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
+      return 1;
     }
   }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
 
-  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
-  ** counter value in memory regAutoinc back into the sqlite_sequence
-  ** table.
-  */
-  autoIncEnd(pParse, iDb, pTab, regAutoinc);
-
-  /*
-  ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", P4_STATIC);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
+  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
+  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
+){
+  while( pStep ){
+    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pStep = pStep->pNext;
   }
-
-insert_cleanup:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn);
-  sqlite3_free(aRegIdx);
+  return 0;
 }
+#endif
 
+/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/
 /*
-** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE.
-**
-** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows:
-**
-**    1.  The rowid of the row to be updated before the update.  This
-**        value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a
-**        change to the record number or writing to a virtual table.
-**
-**    2.  The rowid of the row after the update.
-**
-**    3.  The data in the first column of the entry after the update.
-**
-**    i.  Data from middle columns...
-**
-**    N.  The data in the last column of the entry after the update.
-**
-** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (2).
-**
-** The old rowid shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate
-** and rowidChng are 1.  isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for
-** INSERTs.  RowidChng means that the new rowid is explicitly specified by
-** the update or insert statement.  If rowidChng is false, it means that
-** the rowid is computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value
-** is not modified by the update.
-**
-** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into
-** registers identified by aRegIdx[].  No index entry is created for
-** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.  The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
-** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
-** attached to the table.
-**
-** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
-** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
-** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
-** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
-**
-**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
-**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
-**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
-**                                sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a
-**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+** 2003 January 11
 **
-**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
-**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
-**                                cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately
-**                                with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-**  any              FAIL         Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a
-**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
-**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
-**                                prior changes are retained.
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-**  any              IGNORE       The record number and data is popped from
-**                                the stack and there is an immediate jump
-**                                to label ignoreDest.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
+** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
+** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
+** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
 **
-**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
-**                                value for that column.  If the default value
-**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
+** $Id: auth.c,v 1.32 2009/07/02 18:40:35 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
+** macro.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+
+/*
+** Set or clear the access authorization function.
 **
-**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
-**                                being inserted is removed.
+** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
+** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
+** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
+** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
+** to the auth function is one of these constants:
 **
-**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DELETE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
+**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
+**       SQLITE_INSERT
+**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
+**       SQLITE_READ
+**       SQLITE_SELECT
+**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
+**       SQLITE_UPDATE
 **
-** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
-** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
-** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
-** for the constraint is used.
+** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
+** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
+** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
+** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
+** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
+** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
+** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
+** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
 **
-** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with
-** cursor number "baseCur".  All indices of pTab must also have open
-** read/write cursors with cursor number baseCur+i for the i-th cursor.
-** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then
-** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.
+** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
+** setting of the auth function is NULL.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
-  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
-  int baseCur,        /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
-  int regRowid,       /* Index of the range of input registers */
-  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
-  int rowidChng,      /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */
-  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
-  int overrideError,  /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
-  int ignoreDest      /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pArg
 ){
-  int i;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int nCol;
-  int onError;
-  int j1, j2, j3;     /* Addresses of jump instructions */
-  int regData;        /* Register containing first data column */
-  int iCur;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int seenReplace = 0;
-  int hasTwoRowids = (isUpdate && rowidChng);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xAuth = xAuth;
+  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
-  nCol = pTab->nCol;
-  regData = regRowid + 1;
+/*
+** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
+** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
+*/
+static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction");
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
 
+/*
+** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from
+** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization
+** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL).
+**
+** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed
+** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE
+** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* The parser context */
+  const char *zTab,               /* Table name */
+  const char *zCol,               /* Column name */
+  int iDb                         /* Index of containing database. */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */
+  int rc;                         /* Auth callback return code */
 
-  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
-  */
-  for(i=0; iiPKey ){
-      continue;
-    }
-    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
-    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i);
-    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
-        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
-    switch( onError ){
-      case OE_Rollback:
-      case OE_Abort:
-      case OE_Fail: {
-        char *zMsg = 0;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
-        sqlite3SetString(&zMsg, pTab->zName, ".", pTab->aCol[i].zName,
-                        " may not be NULL", (char*)0);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Ignore: {
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Replace: {
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i);
-        break;
-      }
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol);
     }
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
   }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  /* Test all CHECK constraints
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
-    int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    pParse->ckBase = regData;
-    sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
-    if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
-  }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
+/*
+** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
+** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
+** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
+**
+** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
+** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
+** then generate an error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
+  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
+  Schema *pSchema,      /* The schema of the expression */
+  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Table *pTab = 0;      /* The table being read */
+  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
+  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
+  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
+  int iCol;             /* Index of column in table */
 
-  /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
-  ** of the new record does not previously exist.  Except, if this
-  ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.
-  */
-  if( rowidChng ){
-    onError = pTab->keyConf;
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    
-    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex ){
-      if( isUpdate ){
-        j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, regRowid-1);
-      }
-      j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid);
-      switch( onError ){
-        default: {
-          onError = OE_Abort;
-          /* Fall thru into the next case */
-        }
-        case OE_Rollback:
-        case OE_Abort:
-        case OE_Fail: {
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0,
-                           "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
-          break;
-        }
-        case OE_Replace: {
-          sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0);
-          seenReplace = 1;
-          break;
-        }
-        case OE_Ignore: {
-          assert( seenReplace==0 );
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
-      if( isUpdate ){
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
-      }
-    }
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
+  if( iDb<0 ){
+    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
+    ** temporary table. */
+    return;
   }
 
-  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
-  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
-  ** Add the new records to the indices as we go.
-  */
-  for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){
-    int regIdx;
-    int regR;
-
-    if( aRegIdx[iCur]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip unused indices */
-
-    /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */
-    regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn+1);
-    for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
-      int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-      if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]);
-    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
-
-    /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
-    onError = pIdx->onError;
-    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    if( seenReplace ){
-      if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
-      else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    
-
-    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
-    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IsNull, regIdx, 0, pIdx->nColumn);
-    regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid-hasTwoRowids, regR);
-    j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0,
-                           regR, (char*)aRegIdx[iCur],
-                           P4_INT32);
-
-    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
-    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
-        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
-    switch( onError ){
-      case OE_Rollback:
-      case OE_Abort:
-      case OE_Fail: {
-        int j, n1, n2;
-        char zErrMsg[200];
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg), zErrMsg,
-                         pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ");
-        n1 = strlen(zErrMsg);
-        for(j=0; jnColumn && n1aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
-          n2 = strlen(zCol);
-          if( j>0 ){
-            sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], ", ");
-            n1 += 2;
-          }
-          if( n1+n2>sizeof(zErrMsg)-30 ){
-            sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "...");
-            n1 += 3;
-            break;
-          }else{
-            sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "%s", zCol);
-            n1 += n2;
-          }
-        }
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], 
-            pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique");
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, zErrMsg,0);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Ignore: {
-        assert( seenReplace==0 );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Replace: {
-        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0);
-        seenReplace = 1;
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER );
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){
+    pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab;
+  }else{
+    assert( pTabList );
+    for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrcnSrc); iSrc++){
+      if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){
+        pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
         break;
       }
     }
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR);
+  }
+  iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
+  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return;
+
+  if( iCol>=0 ){
+    assert( iColnCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
+    assert( pTab->iPKeynCol );
+    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
+  }else{
+    zCol = "ROWID";
+  }
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
+  if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){
+    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
-** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
-** A consecutive range of registers starting at regRowid contains the
-** rowid and the content to be inserted.
-**
-** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
-** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
+** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
+** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
+** modified appropriately.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
-  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
-  int baseCur,        /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
-  int regRowid,       /* Range of content */
-  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
-  int rowidChng,      /* True if the record number will change */
-  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
-  int newIdx,         /* Index of NEW table for triggers.  -1 if none */
-  int appendBias      /* True if this is likely to be an append */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  int code,
+  const char *zArg1,
+  const char *zArg2,
+  const char *zArg3
 ){
-  int i;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int nIdx;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int pik_flags;
-  int regData;
-  int regRec;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int rc;
 
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
-  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
-  for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){
-    if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]);
-  }
-  regData = regRowid + 1;
-  regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
-  sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
-  sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  if( newIdx>=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRec, regRowid);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pParse->nested ){
-    pik_flags = 0;
-  }else{
-    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
-    pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
+  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
+  ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  if( appendBias ){
-    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
+
+  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid);
-  if( !pParse->nested ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
+  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
+    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse);
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all
-** indices of that table.  The "baseCur" parameter is the cursor number used
-** for the table.  Indices are opened on subsequent cursors.
-**
-** Return the number of indices on the table.
+** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
+** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
+** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
-  int baseCur,        /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
-  int op           /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
+  Parse *pParse,
+  AuthContext *pContext, 
+  const char *zContext
 ){
-  int i;
-  int iDb;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  Vdbe *v;
+  assert( pParse );
+  pContext->pParse = pParse;
+  pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+  pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
+}
 
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, baseCur, iDb, pTab, op);
-  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-    KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
-    assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
-                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-  }
-  if( pParse->nTab<=baseCur+i ){
-    pParse->nTab = baseCur+i;
+/*
+** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
+** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
+  if( pContext->pParse ){
+    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
+    pContext->pParse = 0;
   }
-  return i-1;
 }
 
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/
 /*
-** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
-** transfer optimization is used.  This is used for testing
-** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
-** is happening when it is suppose to.
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
+** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
+** following kinds of SQL syntax:
+**
+**     CREATE TABLE
+**     DROP TABLE
+**     CREATE INDEX
+**     DROP INDEX
+**     creating ID lists
+**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
+**     COMMIT
+**     ROLLBACK
+**
+** $Id: build.c,v 1.557 2009/07/24 17:58:53 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
-
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
 /*
-** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible.
+** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
+** be parsed.  Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
 */
-static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){
-  if( z1==0 ){
-    return z2==0;
-  }
-  if( z2==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
+  pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
 }
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and
+** codeTableLocks() functions.
+*/
+struct TableLock {
+  int iDb;             /* The database containing the table to be locked */
+  int iTab;            /* The root page of the table to be locked */
+  u8 isWriteLock;      /* True for write lock.  False for a read lock */
+  const char *zName;   /* Name of the table */
+};
 
 /*
-** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
-** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization.  The rules
-** for a compatible index:
+** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.  
 **
-**    *   The index is over the same set of columns
-**    *   The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
-**    *   The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
-**    *   The same collating sequence on each column
+** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
+** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
+**
+** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired.  The
+** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
+** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
 */
-static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,           /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
+  int iTab,          /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
+  u8 isWriteLock,    /* True for a write lock */
+  const char *zName  /* Name of the table to be locked */
+){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
   int i;
-  assert( pDest && pSrc );
-  assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable );
-  if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){
-    return 0;   /* Different number of columns */
-  }
-  if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){
-    return 0;   /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
-  }
-  for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
-    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
-      return 0;   /* Different columns indexed */
-    }
-    if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
-      return 0;   /* Different sort orders */
-    }
-    if( pSrc->azColl[i]!=pDest->azColl[i] ){
-      return 0;   /* Different collating sequences */
+  int nBytes;
+  TableLock *p;
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+  for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){
+    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i];
+    if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
+      p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
+      return;
     }
   }
 
-  /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
-  return 1;
+  nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1);
+  pToplevel->aTableLock =
+      sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes);
+  if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){
+    p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++];
+    p->iDb = iDb;
+    p->iTab = iTab;
+    p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
+    p->zName = zName;
+  }else{
+    pToplevel->nTableLock = 0;
+    pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
 }
 
 /*
-** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
-**
-**     INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
-**
-** This optimization is only attempted if
-**
-**    (1)  tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the
-**         same indices and constraints
-**
-**    (2)  tab1 and tab2 are different tables
-**
-**    (3)  There must be no triggers on tab1
-**
-**    (4)  The result set of the SELECT statement is "*"
-**
-**    (5)  The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY,
-**         or LIMIT clause.
-**
-**    (6)  The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that
-**         contains only tab2 in its FROM clause
-**
-** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from
-** tab2 over to tab1.  The columns are not decoded.  Raw records from
-** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well.  In so doing,
-** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation.
-**
-** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted.  If any
-** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not
-** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE.
+** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
+** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
 */
-static int xferOptimization(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
-  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
-){
-  ExprList *pEList;                /* The result set of the SELECT */
-  Table *pSrc;                     /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
-  Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx;       /* Source and destination indices */
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;      /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
-  int i;                           /* Loop counter */
-  int iDbSrc;                      /* The database of pSrc */
-  int iSrc, iDest;                 /* Cursors from source and destination */
-  int addr1, addr2;                /* Loop addresses */
-  int emptyDestTest;               /* Address of test for empty pDest */
-  int emptySrcTest;                /* Address of test for empty pSrc */
-  Vdbe *v;                         /* The VDBE we are building */
-  KeyInfo *pKey;                   /* Key information for an index */
-  int regAutoinc;                  /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */
-  int destHasUniqueIdx = 0;        /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */
-  int regData, regRowid;           /* Registers holding data and rowid */
+static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *pVdbe; 
 
-  if( pSelect==0 ){
-    return 0;   /* Must be of the form  INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */
-  }
-  if( pDest->pTrigger ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 must not have triggers */
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pDest->isVirtual ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
+  pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */
+
+  for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){
+    TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
+    int p1 = p->iDb;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock,
+                      p->zName, P4_STATIC);
   }
+}
+#else
+  #define codeTableLocks(x)
 #endif
-  if( onError==OE_Default ){
-    onError = OE_Abort;
-  }
-  if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){
-    return 0;   /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */
-  }
-  assert(pSelect->pSrc);   /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */
-  if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pWhere ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */
-  }
-  /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause.  If HAVING is present but
-  ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */
-  if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pLimit ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
-  }
-  assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 );  /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
-  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->isDistinct ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
-  }
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-  assert( pEList!=0 );
-  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
-    return 0;   /* The result set must have exactly one column */
-  }
-  assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
-  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){
-    return 0;   /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
-  }
 
-  /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
-  ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization.  Now
-  ** we have to check the semantics.
+/*
+** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
+** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
+** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
+** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
+** parse.
+**
+** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
+** no VDBE code was generated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  if( pParse->nested ) return;
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+
+  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
+  ** vdbe program
   */
-  pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a;
-  pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
-  if( pSrc==0 ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
-  }
-  if( pSrc==pDest ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
-  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite 
+       || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort));
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+
+    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
+    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
+    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
+    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
+    ** on each used database.
+    */
+    if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){
+      u32 mask;
+      int iDb;
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1);
+      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
+        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
+        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);
+        if( db->init.busy==0 ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]);
+        }
+      }
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pSrc->isVirtual ){
-    return 0;   /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
-  }
+      {
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){
+          char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB);
+        }
+        pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
+      }
 #endif
-  if( pSrc->pSelect ){
-    return 0;   /* tab2 may not be a view */
-  }
-  if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){
-    return 0;   /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */
-  }
-  if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
-    return 0;   /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-  }
-  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-    if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){
-      return 0;    /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
-    }
-    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){
-      return 0;    /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
-    }
-    if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){
-      return 0;    /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */
-    }
-  }
-  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
-    if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
-      destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
-    }
-    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
-      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
-    }
-    if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
-      return 0;    /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */
+
+      /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, 
+      ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the 
+      ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
+      */
+      codeTableLocks(pParse);
+
+      /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required.
+      */
+      sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse);
+
+      /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto);
     }
   }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  if( pDest->pCheck && !sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){
-    return 0;   /* Tables have different CHECK constraints.  Ticket #2252 */
-  }
-#endif
 
-  /* If we get this far, it means either:
-  **
-  **    *   We can always do the transfer if the table contains an
-  **        an integer primary key
-  **
-  **    *   We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination
-  **        table is empty.
+
+  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
   */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
+  if( v && ALWAYS(pParse->nErr==0) && !db->mallocFailed ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
+    sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
 #endif
-  iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
-  iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
-  iDest = pParse->nTab++;
-  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
-  if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){
-    /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there
-    ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty,
-    ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the
-    ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing.
-    **
-    ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty,
-    ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot
-    ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be
-    ** unique.
-    */
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0);
-    emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  }else{
-    emptyDestTest = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
-  emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
-  regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
-    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0,
-                      "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
-    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
-  }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
-  }else{
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
-    assert( pDest->autoInc==0 );
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1);
-  autoIncEnd(pParse, iDbDest, pDest, regAutoinc);
-  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
-    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
-      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
-    }
-    assert( pSrcIdx );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-    pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc,
-                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
-    pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest,
-                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-  if( emptyDestTest ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
+    assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
+    /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
+    *  See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
+    if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem,
+                         pParse->nTab, pParse->nMaxArg, pParse->explain,
+                         pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
+  }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
+  pParse->nTab = 0;
+  pParse->nMem = 0;
+  pParse->nSet = 0;
+  pParse->nVar = 0;
+  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
+  pParse->cookieGoto = 0;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
 
-/* Make sure "isView" gets undefined in case this file becomes part of
-** the amalgamation - so that subsequent files do not see isView as a
-** macro. */
-#undef isView
-
-/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
+** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
+** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
+** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
+** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
+** outermost parser.
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Not everything is nestable.  This facility is designed to permit
+** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER.  Use
+** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  char *zSql;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+# define SAVE_SZ  (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar))
+  char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ];
+
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
+  assert( pParse->nested<10 );  /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
+  va_start(ap, zFormat);
+  zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+  va_end(ap);
+  if( zSql==0 ){
+    return;   /* A malloc must have failed */
+  }
+  pParse->nested++;
+  memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ);
+  memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ);
+  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
+  pParse->nested--;
+}
+
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
+** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
+** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
+** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
 **
-** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.24 2008/03/21 18:01:14 drh Exp $
+** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
 */
-
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
+  Table *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  int nName;
+  assert( zName!=0 );
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
 
 /*
-** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
-** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
-** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
+** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
+** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
+** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
 **
-** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
-** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
-** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
-** is invoked, even for queries.
+** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
+** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
+** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
-  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
-  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
-  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
-  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* context in which to report errors */
+  int isView,            /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */
+  const char *zName,     /* Name of the table we are looking for */
+  const char *zDbase     /* Name of the database.  Might be NULL */
 ){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  const char *zLeftover;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  char **azCols = 0;
+  Table *p;
 
-  int nRetry = 0;
-  int nCallback;
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
 
-  if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
+  if( p==0 ){
+    const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table";
+    if( zDbase ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
 
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
-    int nCol;
-    char **azVals = 0;
+/*
+** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
+** a particular index given the name of that index
+** and the name of the database that contains the index.
+** Return NULL if not found.
+**
+** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
+** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
+** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
+** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
+** using the ATTACH command.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
+  Index *p = 0;
+  int i;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
+    assert( pSchema );
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+    p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName);
+    if( p ) break;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
 
-    pStmt = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( !pStmt ){
-      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
-      zSql = zLeftover;
-      continue;
-    }
+/*
+** Reclaim the memory used by an index
+*/
+static void freeIndex(Index *p){
+  sqlite3 *db = p->pTable->dbMem;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+  sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(p);
+#endif
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
 
-    nCallback = 0;
-    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+/*
+** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free
+** its memory structures.
+**
+** The index is removed from the database hash tables but
+** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes.
+** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function.
+*/
+static void sqlite3DeleteIndex(Index *p){
+  Index *pOld;
+  const char *zName = p->zName;
 
-    while( 1 ){
-      int i;
-      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName,
+                           sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0);
+  assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p );
+  freeIndex(p);
+}
 
-      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
-      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
-          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
-        if( 0==nCallback ){
-          if( azCols==0 ){
-            azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
-            if( azCols==0 ){
-              goto exec_out;
-            }
-          }
-          for(i=0; imallocFailed = 1;
-              goto exec_out;
-            }
-          }
-          nCallback++;
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
-          for(i=0; imallocFailed = 1;
-              goto exec_out;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
-          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-          goto exec_out;
-        }
-      }
+/*
+** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
+** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
+** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
+** with the index.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  int len;
+  Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
 
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
-        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-        pStmt = 0;
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
-          nRetry = 0;
-          zSql = zLeftover;
-          while( isspace((unsigned char)zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
-        }
-        break;
+  len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName);
+  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0);
+  if( pIndex ){
+    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
+      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
+    }else{
+      Index *p;
+      /* Justification of ALWAYS();  The index must be on the list of
+      ** indices. */
+      p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex;
+      while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; }
+      if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){
+        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
       }
     }
-
-    sqlite3_free(azCols);
-    azCols = 0;
+    freeIndex(pIndex);
   }
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
 
-exec_out:
-  if( pStmt ) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  if( azCols ) sqlite3_free(azCols);
+/*
+** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of
+** a single database.  This routine is called to reclaim memory
+** before the database closes.  It is also called during a rollback
+** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a
+** schema-cookie mismatch occurs.
+**
+** If iDb==0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
+** files.  If iDb>=1 then reset the internal schema for only the
+** single file indicated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
+  int i, j;
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
 
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc==sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){
-    int nErrMsg = 1 + strlen(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_malloc(nErrMsg);
-    if( *pzErrMsg ){
-      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
+  if( iDb==0 ){
+    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  }
+  for(i=iDb; inDb; i++){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pSchema ){
+      assert(i==1 || (pDb->pBt && sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pDb->pBt)));
+      sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema);
     }
-  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
-    *pzErrMsg = 0;
+    if( iDb>0 ) return;
   }
+  assert( iDb==0 );
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
 
-  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
+  /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed,
+  ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list.  We take the
+  ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the
+  ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes
+  ** to any of those tables.
+  */
+  for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName);
+      pDb->zName = 0;
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
+    }
+    j++;
+  }
+  memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
+  db->nDb = j;
+  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
+    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb);
+    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+  }
 }
 
-/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/
 /*
-** 2006 June 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
-** the SQLite library.
+** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
 */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  #define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
-#endif
-/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/
-/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/
 /*
-** 2006 June 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
-** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
-** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
-** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
-** sqlite3.h.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: sqlite3ext.h,v 1.21 2008/03/19 21:45:51 drh Exp $
+** Clear the column names from a table or view.
 */
-#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-
-typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
+static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){
+  int i;
+  Column *pCol;
+  sqlite3 *db = pTable->dbMem;
+  testcase( db==0 );
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName);
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol);
+  }
+  pTable->aCol = 0;
+  pTable->nCol = 0;
+}
 
 /*
-** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
-** routines.
+** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
+** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
 **
-** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
-** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
-** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
-** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared
-** libraries!
+** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
+** the table data structure from the hash table.  But it does destroy
+** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
+** the table.
 */
-struct sqlite3_api_routines {
-  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
-  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
-  int  (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int  (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
-  int  (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
-  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  int  (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
-  int  (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
-  int  (*changes)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*close)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*));
-  int  (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*));
-  const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
-  const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  double  (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
-  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
-  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
-  int  (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
-  int  (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
-  int  (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
-  int  (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
-  int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
-  int  (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
-  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
-  int  (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
-  const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
-  const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
-  int  (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  void  (*free)(void*);
-  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
-  int  (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
-  void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  int  (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
-  int  (*global_recover)(void);
-  void  (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
-  sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
-  const char * (*libversion)(void);
-  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
-  void *(*malloc)(int);
-  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
-  int  (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
-  int  (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
-  int  (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
-  int  (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
-  void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
-  void  (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
-  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
-  int  (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  void  (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
-  void  (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
-  void  (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
-  void  (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  void  (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
-  void  (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
-  void  (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
-  void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
-  int  (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*);
-  void  (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
-  char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
-  int  (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
-  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
-  int  (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
-  void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
-  int  (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
-  void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,sqlite_int64),void*);
-  void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
-  const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
-  double  (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
-  sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
-  char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
-  /* Added ??? */
-  int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
-  /* Added by 3.3.13 */
-  int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
-  int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
-  int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  /* Added by 3.4.1 */
-  int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,void (*xDestroy)(void *));
-  /* Added by 3.5.0 */
-  int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
-  int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
-  int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,int,sqlite3_blob**);
-  int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
-  int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
-  int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),void(*)(void*));
-  int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
-  void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
-  int (*release_memory)(int);
-  void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
-  void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int (*sleep)(int);
-  void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
-  sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
-  int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
-  int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
-  int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
-  void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  int (*test_control)(int, ...);
-  void (*randomness)(int,void*);
-  sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
-};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table *pTable){
+  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( pTable==0 ) return;
+  db = pTable->dbMem;
+  testcase( db==0 );
+
+  /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
+  pTable->nRef--;
+  if( pTable->nRef>0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( pTable->nRef==0 );
+
+  /* Delete all indices associated with this table
+  */
+  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
+    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
+    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
+    sqlite3DeleteIndex(pIndex);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */
+  sqlite3FkDelete(pTable);
+
+  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
+  */
+  sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTable->pCheck);
+#endif
+  sqlite3VtabClear(pTable);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable);
+}
 
 /*
-** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
-** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
+** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
+** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
+  Table *p;
+  Db *pDb;
+
+  assert( db!=0 );
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
+  assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName,
+                        sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0);
+  sqlite3DeleteTable(p);
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
+** token.  Space to hold the returned string
+** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
+** function.
 **
-** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
-** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
-** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
-** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
-** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
-** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
+** Any quotation marks (ex:  "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that
+** surround the body of the token are removed.
+**
+** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
+** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
+** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_context      sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_count        sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
-#define sqlite3_bind_blob              sqlite3_api->bind_blob
-#define sqlite3_bind_double            sqlite3_api->bind_double
-#define sqlite3_bind_int               sqlite3_api->bind_int
-#define sqlite3_bind_int64             sqlite3_api->bind_int64
-#define sqlite3_bind_null              sqlite3_api->bind_null
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
-#define sqlite3_bind_text              sqlite3_api->bind_text
-#define sqlite3_bind_text16            sqlite3_api->bind_text16
-#define sqlite3_bind_value             sqlite3_api->bind_value
-#define sqlite3_busy_handler           sqlite3_api->busy_handler
-#define sqlite3_busy_timeout           sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
-#define sqlite3_changes                sqlite3_api->changes
-#define sqlite3_close                  sqlite3_api->close
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed       sqlite3_api->collation_needed
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed16     sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
-#define sqlite3_column_blob            sqlite3_api->column_blob
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes           sqlite3_api->column_bytes
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes16         sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_column_count           sqlite3_api->column_count
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name   sqlite3_api->column_database_name
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype        sqlite3_api->column_decltype
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype16      sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
-#define sqlite3_column_double          sqlite3_api->column_double
-#define sqlite3_column_int             sqlite3_api->column_int
-#define sqlite3_column_int64           sqlite3_api->column_int64
-#define sqlite3_column_name            sqlite3_api->column_name
-#define sqlite3_column_name16          sqlite3_api->column_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name     sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name      sqlite3_api->column_table_name
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name16    sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_text            sqlite3_api->column_text
-#define sqlite3_column_text16          sqlite3_api->column_text16
-#define sqlite3_column_type            sqlite3_api->column_type
-#define sqlite3_column_value           sqlite3_api->column_value
-#define sqlite3_commit_hook            sqlite3_api->commit_hook
-#define sqlite3_complete               sqlite3_api->complete
-#define sqlite3_complete16             sqlite3_api->complete16
-#define sqlite3_create_collation       sqlite3_api->create_collation
-#define sqlite3_create_collation16     sqlite3_api->create_collation16
-#define sqlite3_create_function        sqlite3_api->create_function
-#define sqlite3_create_function16      sqlite3_api->create_function16
-#define sqlite3_create_module          sqlite3_api->create_module
-#define sqlite3_create_module_v2       sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
-#define sqlite3_data_count             sqlite3_api->data_count
-#define sqlite3_db_handle              sqlite3_api->db_handle
-#define sqlite3_declare_vtab           sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
-#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
-#define sqlite3_errcode                sqlite3_api->errcode
-#define sqlite3_errmsg                 sqlite3_api->errmsg
-#define sqlite3_errmsg16               sqlite3_api->errmsg16
-#define sqlite3_exec                   sqlite3_api->exec
-#define sqlite3_expired                sqlite3_api->expired
-#define sqlite3_finalize               sqlite3_api->finalize
-#define sqlite3_free                   sqlite3_api->free
-#define sqlite3_free_table             sqlite3_api->free_table
-#define sqlite3_get_autocommit         sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
-#define sqlite3_get_auxdata            sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_get_table              sqlite3_api->get_table
-#define sqlite3_global_recover         sqlite3_api->global_recover
-#define sqlite3_interrupt              sqlite3_api->interruptx
-#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
-#define sqlite3_libversion             sqlite3_api->libversion
-#define sqlite3_libversion_number      sqlite3_api->libversion_number
-#define sqlite3_malloc                 sqlite3_api->malloc
-#define sqlite3_mprintf                sqlite3_api->mprintf
-#define sqlite3_open                   sqlite3_api->open
-#define sqlite3_open16                 sqlite3_api->open16
-#define sqlite3_prepare                sqlite3_api->prepare
-#define sqlite3_prepare16              sqlite3_api->prepare16
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_profile                sqlite3_api->profile
-#define sqlite3_progress_handler       sqlite3_api->progress_handler
-#define sqlite3_realloc                sqlite3_api->realloc
-#define sqlite3_reset                  sqlite3_api->reset
-#define sqlite3_result_blob            sqlite3_api->result_blob
-#define sqlite3_result_double          sqlite3_api->result_double
-#define sqlite3_result_error           sqlite3_api->result_error
-#define sqlite3_result_error16         sqlite3_api->result_error16
-#define sqlite3_result_int             sqlite3_api->result_int
-#define sqlite3_result_int64           sqlite3_api->result_int64
-#define sqlite3_result_null            sqlite3_api->result_null
-#define sqlite3_result_text            sqlite3_api->result_text
-#define sqlite3_result_text16          sqlite3_api->result_text16
-#define sqlite3_result_text16be        sqlite3_api->result_text16be
-#define sqlite3_result_text16le        sqlite3_api->result_text16le
-#define sqlite3_result_value           sqlite3_api->result_value
-#define sqlite3_rollback_hook          sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
-#define sqlite3_set_authorizer         sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
-#define sqlite3_set_auxdata            sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_snprintf               sqlite3_api->snprintf
-#define sqlite3_step                   sqlite3_api->step
-#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
-#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup         sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
-#define sqlite3_total_changes          sqlite3_api->total_changes
-#define sqlite3_trace                  sqlite3_api->trace
-#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings      sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
-#define sqlite3_update_hook            sqlite3_api->update_hook
-#define sqlite3_user_data              sqlite3_api->user_data
-#define sqlite3_value_blob             sqlite3_api->value_blob
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes            sqlite3_api->value_bytes
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes16          sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_value_double           sqlite3_api->value_double
-#define sqlite3_value_int              sqlite3_api->value_int
-#define sqlite3_value_int64            sqlite3_api->value_int64
-#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type     sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
-#define sqlite3_value_text             sqlite3_api->value_text
-#define sqlite3_value_text16           sqlite3_api->value_text16
-#define sqlite3_value_text16be         sqlite3_api->value_text16be
-#define sqlite3_value_text16le         sqlite3_api->value_text16le
-#define sqlite3_value_type             sqlite3_api->value_type
-#define sqlite3_vmprintf               sqlite3_api->vmprintf
-#define sqlite3_overload_function      sqlite3_api->overload_function
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_clear_bindings         sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob          sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_blob_bytes             sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
-#define sqlite3_blob_close             sqlite3_api->blob_close
-#define sqlite3_blob_open              sqlite3_api->blob_open
-#define sqlite3_blob_read              sqlite3_api->blob_read
-#define sqlite3_blob_write             sqlite3_api->blob_write
-#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2    sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
-#define sqlite3_file_control           sqlite3_api->file_control
-#define sqlite3_memory_highwater       sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
-#define sqlite3_memory_used            sqlite3_api->memory_used
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc            sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter            sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free             sqlite3_api->mutex_free
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave            sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try              sqlite3_api->mutex_try
-#define sqlite3_open_v2                sqlite3_api->open_v2
-#define sqlite3_release_memory         sqlite3_api->release_memory
-#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem     sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
-#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig    sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
-#define sqlite3_sleep                  sqlite3_api->sleep
-#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit        sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
-#define sqlite3_vfs_find               sqlite3_api->vfs_find
-#define sqlite3_vfs_register           sqlite3_api->vfs_register
-#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister         sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
-#define sqlite3_threadsafe             sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
-#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob        sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_result_error_code      sqlite3_api->result_error_code
-#define sqlite3_test_control           sqlite3_api->test_control
-#define sqlite3_randomness             sqlite3_api->randomness
-#define sqlite3_context_db_handle      sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
-#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+  char *zName;
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
+    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+  }else{
+    zName = 0;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
 
-#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api;
-#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api = v;
+/*
+** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
+** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)5, P4_INT32);  /* 5 column table */
+  if( p->nTab==0 ){
+    p->nTab = 1;
+  }
+}
 
-#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name
+** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This
+** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or
+** -1 if the named db cannot be found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){
+  int i = -1;         /* Database number */
+  if( zName ){
+    Db *pDb;
+    int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
+      if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && 
+          0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return i;
+}
 
-/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/
+/*
+** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
+** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
+** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
+** does not exist.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
+  int i;                               /* Database number */
+  char *zName;                         /* Name we are searching for */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  return i;
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
+** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+** 
+** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+**
+** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+**
+** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
+** database "xxx" is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
+  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
+){
+  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( ALWAYS(pName2!=0) && pName2->n>0 ){
+    if( db->init.busy ) {
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database");
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return -1;
+    }
+    *pUnqual = pName2;
+    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
+    iDb = db->init.iDb;
+    *pUnqual = pName1;
+  }
+  return iDb;
+}
 
 /*
-** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
-** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
-** for any missing APIs.
+** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
+** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
+** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
+** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
+** is reserved for internal use.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name   0
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name      0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name     0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
-# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  0
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 
+          && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+          && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
+** the first of several action routines that get called in response
+** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
+** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
+** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
+** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
+** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
+** CREATE and TABLE.
+**
+** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
+** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
+** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
+** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
+** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
+  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
+  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
+  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
+  int isView,      /* True if this is a VIEW */
+  int isVirtual,   /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
+  int noErr        /* Do nothing if table already exists */
+){
+  Table *pTable;
+  char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
+  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
+
+  /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
+  ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
+  ** 
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
+  ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
+  **
+  ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
+  **
+  ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
+  **
+  ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
+  ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
+  ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
+  ** created in.
+  */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && iDb>1 ){
+    /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
+    return;
+  }
+  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;
+
+  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( zName==0 ) return;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto begin_table_error;
+  }
+  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
+  {
+    int code;
+    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
+      }
+    }else{
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
+  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
+  ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
+  ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
+  ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
+  ** collisions.
+  */
+  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    if( pTable ){
+      if( !noErr ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
+      }
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0)!=0 && (iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
+      goto begin_table_error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+  if( pTable==0 ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto begin_table_error;
+  }
+  pTable->zName = zName;
+  pTable->iPKey = -1;
+  pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pTable->nRef = 1;
+  pTable->dbMem = 0;
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
+
+  /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
+  ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
+  ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+  if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
+    pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
+  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
+  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
+  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
+  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
+  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
+  ** now.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    int j1;
+    int fileFormat;
+    int reg1, reg2, reg3;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( isVirtual ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, 
+    ** set them now.
+    */
+    reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+    reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem;
+    reg3 = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT);
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3);
+    fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
+                  1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+
+    /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
+    ** The record created does not contain anything yet.  It will be replaced
+    ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
+    **
+    ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid.
+    ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot.
+    ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that
+    ** sqlite3EndTable will generate.
+    */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+    if( isView || isVirtual ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2);
+    }
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+  }
+
+  /* Normal (non-error) return. */
+  return;
+
+  /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
+begin_table_error:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
+** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
+** produces larger code.
+**
+** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
+** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
+*/
+#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
+sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]==   \
+sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)]     \
+&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )
+
+/*
+** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
+** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
+** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
+** column.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *z;
+  Column *pCol;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+    if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
+    Column *aNew;
+    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+    if( aNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+      return;
+    }
+    p->aCol = aNew;
+  }
+  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
+  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
+  pCol->zName = z;
+ 
+  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
+  ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
+  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
+  */
+  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+  p->nCol++;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
+** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
+** the column currently under construction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
+  Table *p;
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
+  p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError;
+}
+
+/*
+** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
+** associated affinity type.
+**
+** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the 
+** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
+** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
+** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of 
+** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', 
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
+**
+** Substring     | Affinity
+** --------------------------------
+** 'INT'         | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
+** 'CHAR'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'CLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'TEXT'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
+** 'BLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+** 'REAL'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+** 'FLOA'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+** 'DOUB'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+**
+** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn){
+  u32 h = 0;
+  char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+
+  if( zIn ) while( zIn[0] ){
+    h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff];
+    zIn++;
+    if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){             /* CHAR */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; 
+    }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){       /* CLOB */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){       /* TEXT */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+    }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b')          /* BLOB */
+        && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l')          /* REAL */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+    }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a')          /* FLOA */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+    }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b')          /* DOUB */
+        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
+#endif
+    }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){    /* INT */
+      aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return aff;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  The pFirst token is the first
+** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
+** column currently under construction.   pLast is the last token
+** in the sequence.  Use this information to construct a string
+** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
+** in zType.
+*/ 
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){
+  Table *p;
+  Column *pCol;
+
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return;
+  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1];
+  assert( pCol->zType==0 );
+  pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pType);
+  pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pCol->zType);
+}
+
+/*
+** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
+** of the table currently under construction.
+**
+** Default value expressions must be constant.  Raise an exception if this
+** is not the case.
+**
+** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
+** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){
+  Table *p;
+  Column *pCol;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p!=0 ){
+    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
+    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
+          pCol->zName);
+    }else{
+      /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains
+      ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression
+      ** is required by pragma table_info.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
+      pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSpan->pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zDflt);
+      pCol->zDflt = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart,
+                                     (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart));
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
+** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
+** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
+**
+** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
+** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
+** error.
+**
+** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
+** then we will try to use that column as the rowid.  Set the Table.iPKey
+** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
+** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
+** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
+**
+** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
+** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pList,  /* List of field names to be indexed */
+  int onError,      /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
+  int autoInc,      /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
+  int sortOrder     /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */
+){
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+  char *zType = 0;
+  int iCol = -1, i;
+  if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
+  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
+    goto primary_key_exit;
+  }
+  pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
+    pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+      for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( iColnCol ){
+        pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1;
+  }
+  if( iCol>=0 && iColnCol ){
+    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+  }
+  if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
+        && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){
+    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
+    pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError;
+    assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 );
+    pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement;
+  }else if( autoInc ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
+       "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
+#endif
+  }else{
+    Index *p;
+    p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0);
+    if( p ){
+      p->autoIndex = 2;
+    }
+    pList = 0;
+  }
+
+primary_key_exit:
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+  return;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  Expr *pCheckExpr  /* The check expression */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr);
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCheckExpr);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
+** to the CollSeq given.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
+  Table *p;
+  int i;
+  char *zColl;              /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
+  i = p->nCol-1;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
+  if( !zColl ) return;
+
+  if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
+  
+    /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ",
+    ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
+    ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
+    */
+    for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 );
+      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
+        pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
+** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
+**
+** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
+** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
+** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
+** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
+** returned instead.
+**
+** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
+** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
+** pParse.
+**
+** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq().  This routine
+** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
+** and generates an error message.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  u8 enc = ENC(db);
+  u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy);
+  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
+    pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, enc, pColl, zName);
+    if( !pColl ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
+**
+** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
+** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
+** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
+** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
+** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
+** since it was last read.
+**
+** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
+** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
+** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
+** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
+** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
+** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
+** but does not include the null terminator.
+**
+** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
+** really needed.
+*/
+static int identLength(const char *z){
+  int n;
+  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
+    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
+  }
+  return n + 2;
+}
+
+/*
+** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second 
+** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at
+** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the
+** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent,
+** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer
+** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning.
+** 
+** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric
+** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword,
+** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise,
+** it is quoted using double-quotes.
+*/
+static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
+  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
+  int i, j, needQuote;
+  i = *pIdx;
+
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
+  }
+  needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID;
+  if( !needQuote ){
+    needQuote = zIdent[j];
+  }
+
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
+    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
+    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
+  }
+  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
+  z[i] = 0;
+  *pIdx = i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
+** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
+** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
+*/
+static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  int i, k, n;
+  char *zStmt;
+  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd;
+  Column *pCol;
+  n = 0;
+  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){
+    n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5;
+  }
+  n += identLength(p->zName);
+  if( n<50 ){ 
+    zSep = "";
+    zSep2 = ",";
+    zEnd = ")";
+  }else{
+    zSep = "\n  ";
+    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
+    zEnd = "\n)";
+  }
+  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
+  zStmt = sqlite3Malloc( n );
+  if( zStmt==0 ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE ");
+  k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt);
+  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
+  zStmt[k++] = '(';
+  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){
+    static const char * const azType[] = {
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    */ " TEXT",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_NONE    */ "",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT",
+        /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL    */ " REAL"
+    };
+    int len;
+    const char *zType;
+
+    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
+    k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]);
+    zSep = zSep2;
+    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
+    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 );
+    assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < sizeof(azType)/sizeof(azType[0]) );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
+    testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
+    
+    zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT];
+    len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
+    assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE 
+            || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType) );
+    memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len);
+    k += len;
+    assert( k<=n );
+  }
+  sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
+  return zStmt;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
+** a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** The table structure that other action routines have been building
+** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
+** occurred.
+**
+** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
+** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
+** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
+** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
+** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
+** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
+**
+** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
+** was called to create a table generated from a 
+** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
+** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
+  Token *pCons,           /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
+  Token *pEnd,            /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */
+  Select *pSelect         /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
+){
+  Table *p;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || db->mallocFailed ){
+    return;
+  }
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 ) return;
+
+  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
+
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
+  */
+  if( p->pCheck ){
+    SrcList sSrc;                   /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
+    NameContext sNC;                /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */
+
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
+    sSrc.nSrc = 1;
+    sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName;
+    sSrc.a[0].pTab = p;
+    sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
+    sNC.isCheck = 1;
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
+  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
+  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
+  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
+  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+  }
+
+  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
+  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.
+  **
+  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
+  ** file instead of into the main database file.
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    int n;
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *zType;    /* "view" or "table" */
+    char *zType2;   /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
+    char *zStmt;    /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
+
+    /* 
+    ** Initialize zType for the new view or table.
+    */
+    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
+      /* A regular table */
+      zType = "table";
+      zType2 = "TABLE";
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+    }else{
+      /* A view */
+      zType = "view";
+      zType2 = "VIEW";
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
+    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
+    ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot.
+    **
+    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
+    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
+    ** by the new table.
+    **
+    ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
+    ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
+    ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
+    ** be redundant.
+    */
+    if( pSelect ){
+      SelectDest dest;
+      Table *pSelTab;
+
+      assert(pParse->nTab==1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
+      pParse->nTab = 2;
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1);
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1);
+      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
+        pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect);
+        if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
+        assert( p->aCol==0 );
+        p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+        p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+        pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+        pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+        sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
+    if( pSelect ){
+      zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p);
+    }else{
+      n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1;
+      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+          "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
+      );
+    }
+
+    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
+    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
+    ** the information we've collected.
+    */
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
+         "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q "
+       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+      zType,
+      p->zName,
+      p->zName,
+      pParse->regRoot,
+      zStmt,
+      pParse->regRowid
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+    /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
+    ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
+    */
+    if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+      Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+      if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
+        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+          "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
+          pDb->zName
+        );
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0,
+        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+
+
+  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Table *pOld;
+    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName,
+                             sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p);
+    if( pOld ){
+      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+    db->nTable++;
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+    if( !p->pSelect ){
+      const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
+      int nName;
+      assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
+      if( pCons->z==0 ){
+        pCons = pEnd;
+      }
+      nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName);
+      p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
+  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
+  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
+  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
+  int isTemp,        /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
+  int noErr          /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
+){
+  Table *p;
+  int n;
+  const char *z;
+  Token sEnd;
+  DbFixer sFix;
+  Token *pName;
+  int iDb;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
+  p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( p==0 ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* If sqlite3StartTable return non-NULL then
+                             ** there could not have been an error */
+  sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName)
+    && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect)
+  ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
+  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
+  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
+  ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
+  */
+  p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    return;
+  }
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
+  ** the end.
+  */
+  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
+  if( ALWAYS(sEnd.z[0]!=0) && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
+    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
+  }
+  sEnd.n = 0;
+  n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z);
+  z = pBegin->z;
+  while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; }
+  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
+  sEnd.n = 1;
+
+  /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0);
+  return;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+/*
+** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
+** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
+** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
+  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
+  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
+  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
+  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+
+  assert( pTable );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
+  ** already known.
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
+  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
+  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
+  **
+  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
+  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
+  **
+  ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point.
+  ** But the following test is still important as it does come up
+  ** in the following:
+  ** 
+  **     CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a);
+  **     CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1;
+  **     SELECT * FROM temp.ex1;
+  */
+  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
+  ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
+  ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
+  ** to the elements of the FROM clause.  But we do not want these changes
+  ** to be permanent.  So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
+  ** statement that defines the view.
+  */
+  assert( pTable->pSelect );
+  pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0);
+  if( pSel ){
+    u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+    n = pParse->nTab;
+    sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
+    pTable->nCol = -1;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    xAuth = db->xAuth;
+    db->xAuth = 0;
+    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
+    db->xAuth = xAuth;
+#else
+    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
+#endif
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+    pParse->nTab = n;
+    if( pSelTab ){
+      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
+      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
+      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
+      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
+      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
+      sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab);
+      pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
+    }else{
+      pTable->nCol = 0;
+      nErr++;
+    }
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
+  } else {
+    nErr++;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+  return nErr;  
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+/*
+** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
+*/
+static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
+  HashElem *i;
+  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( pTab->pSelect ){
+      sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab);
+    }
+  }
+  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
+}
+#else
+# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
+** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
+** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
+** to iTo.
+**
+** Ticket #1728:  The symbol table might still contain information
+** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
+** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
+** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
+** being moved.  So we cannot stop searching after the first match 
+** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
+** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
+** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
+** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
+** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Hash *pHash;
+
+  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
+      pTab->tnum = iTo;
+    }
+  }
+  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
+      pIdx->tnum = iTo;
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
+** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
+** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
+** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+*/ 
+static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb);
+  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
+  ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
+  ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
+  ** reflect this.
+  **
+  ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
+  ** is in register NNN.  See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER
+  ** token for additional information.
+  */
+  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+     "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
+     pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1);
+#endif
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
+** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
+** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
+** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
+*/
+static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+  }
+#else
+  /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
+  ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically 
+  ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
+  ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
+  ** following were coded:
+  **
+  ** OP_Destroy 4 0
+  ** ...
+  ** OP_Destroy 5 0
+  **
+  ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
+  ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the 
+  ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
+  ** a free-list page.
+  */
+  int iTab = pTab->tnum;
+  int iDestroyed = 0;
+
+  while( 1 ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    int iLargest = 0;
+
+    if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
+      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){
+        iLargest = iIdx;
+      }
+    }
+    if( iLargest==0 ){
+      return;
+    }else{
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+      destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
+      iDestroyed = iLargest;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
+** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, 
+                            pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    if( noErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
+    }
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
+
+  /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure
+  ** it is initialized.
+  */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zArg2 = 0;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( isView ){
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
+      zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName;
+#endif
+    }else{
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
+      }else{
+        code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_table;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
+  ** on a table.
+  */
+  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_drop_table;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
+  ** on disk.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    Trigger *pTrigger;
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
+    }
+#endif
+    sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab);
+
+    /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
+    ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
+    ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
+    */
+    pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+    while( pTrigger ){
+      assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || 
+          pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+      sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
+      pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
+    }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+    /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
+    ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
+    ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
+    ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
+    */
+    if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+        "DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
+        pDb->zName, pTab->zName
+      );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
+    ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
+    ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
+    ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
+    ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
+    ** database.
+    */
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
+        pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);
+
+    /* Drop any statistics from the sqlite_stat1 table, if it exists */
+    if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+        "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, pTab->zName
+      );
+    }
+
+    if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
+    }
+
+    /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
+    ** the schema cookie.
+    */
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+  }
+  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
+
+exit_drop_table:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
+** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
+** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
+** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
+** the table referred to.  pToCol is a list of tables in the other
+** pTo table that the foreign key points to.  flags contains all
+** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
+** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
+**
+** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
+** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.
+**
+** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
+** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
+  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
+  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
+  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  FKey *pFKey = 0;
+  FKey *pNextTo;
+  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
+  int nByte;
+  int i;
+  int nCol;
+  char *z;
+
+  assert( pTo!=0 );
+  if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
+    if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end;
+    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
+         " should reference only one column of table %T",
+         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
+      goto fk_end;
+    }
+    nCol = 1;
+  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
+        "columns in the referenced table");
+    goto fk_end;
+  }else{
+    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
+  }
+  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+      nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte );
+  if( pFKey==0 ){
+    goto fk_end;
+  }
+  pFKey->pFrom = p;
+  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
+  z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol];
+  pFKey->zTo = z;
+  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
+  z[pTo->n] = 0;
+  sqlite3Dequote(z);
+  z += pTo->n+1;
+  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
+  if( pFromCol==0 ){
+    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
+  }else{
+    for(i=0; inCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=p->nCol ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
+          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
+        goto fk_end;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( pToCol ){
+    for(i=0; ia[i].zName);
+      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
+      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
+      z[n] = 0;
+      z += n+1;
+    }
+  }
+  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
+  pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff);            /* ON DELETE action */
+  pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);    /* ON UPDATE action */
+
+  pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, 
+      pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey
+  );
+  if( pNextTo==pFKey ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    goto fk_end;
+  }
+  if( pNextTo ){
+    assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 );
+    pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo;
+    pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey;
+  }
+
+  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
+  */
+  p->pFKey = pFKey;
+  pFKey = 0;
+
+fk_end:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
+** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
+** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
+** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
+** accordingly.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  Table *pTab;
+  FKey *pFKey;
+  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
+  assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */
+  pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx.  This is
+** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
+** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
+**
+** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
+** created.  The register specified by memRootPage contains the
+** root page number of the index.  If memRootPage is negative, then
+** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
+** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
+*/
+static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
+  Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;  /* The table that is indexed */
+  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
+  int iIdx = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
+  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
+  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
+  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
+  int regIdxKey;                 /* Registers containing the index key */
+  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assemblied index record */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
+  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
+  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
+    tnum = memRootPage;
+  }else{
+    tnum = pIndex->tnum;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
+  }
+  pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
+                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
+  }
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
+  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1);
+  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){
+    const int regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn;
+    const int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
+    void * const pRegKey = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdxKey);
+
+    /* The registers accessed by the OP_IsUnique opcode were allocated
+    ** using sqlite3GetTempRange() inside of the sqlite3GenerateIndexKey()
+    ** call above. Just before that function was freed they were released
+    ** (made available to the compiler for reuse) using 
+    ** sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(). So in some ways having the OP_IsUnique
+    ** opcode use the values stored within seems dangerous. However, since
+    ** we can be sure that no other temp registers have been allocated
+    ** since sqlite3ReleaseTempRange() was called, it is safe to do so.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, j2, regRowid, pRegKey, P4_INT32);
+    sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+        pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
+** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
+** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
+** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
+** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
+** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
+**
+** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
+** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
+** to the table currently under construction.  
+**
+** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index
+** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index
+** as the tables primary key (Index.autoIndex==2).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* All information about this parse */
+  Token *pName1,     /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
+  Token *pName2,     /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
+  SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
+  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
+  int onError,       /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
+  Token *pStart,     /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */
+  Token *pEnd,       /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */
+  int sortOrder,     /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
+  int ifNotExist     /* Omit error if index already exists */
+){
+  Index *pRet = 0;     /* Pointer to return */
+  Table *pTab = 0;     /* Table to be indexed */
+  Index *pIndex = 0;   /* The index to be created */
+  char *zName = 0;     /* Name of the index */
+  int nName;           /* Number of characters in zName */
+  int i, j;
+  Token nullId;        /* Fake token for an empty ID list */
+  DbFixer sFix;        /* For assigning database names to pTable */
+  int sortOrderMask;   /* 1 to honor DESC in index.  0 to ignore. */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;             /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database that is being written */
+  Token *pName = 0;    /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
+  struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
+  int nCol;
+  int nExtra = 0;
+  char *zExtra;
+
+  assert( pStart==0 || pEnd!=0 ); /* pEnd must be non-NULL if pStart is */
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );      /* Never called with prior errors */
+  if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
+  */
+  if( pTblName!=0 ){
+
+    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
+    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
+    ** before looking up the table.
+    */
+    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table
+    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this
+    ** if initialising a database schema.
+    */
+    if( !db->init.busy ){
+      pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
+      if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+        iDb = 1;
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) &&
+        sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName)
+    ){
+      /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
+      ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
+      assert(0);
+    }
+    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName, 
+        pTblName->a[0].zDatabase);
+    if( !pTab || db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_create_index;
+    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+  }else{
+    assert( pName==0 );
+    pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
+    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  }
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 
+       && memcmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
+  ** index or table with the same name.  
+  **
+  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
+  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
+  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
+  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
+  **
+  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
+  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
+  ** own name.
+  */
+  if( pName ){
+    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    if( !db->init.busy ){
+      if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
+      if( !ifNotExist ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
+      }
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }else{
+    int n;
+    Index *pLoop;
+    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
+    zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n);
+    if( zName==0 ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    const char *zDb = pDb->zName;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
+  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
+  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
+  */
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    nullId.z = pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
+    nullId.n = sqlite3Strlen30((char*)nullId.z);
+    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0);
+    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+    sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &nullId, 0);
+    pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
+  ** specified collation sequence names.
+  */
+  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( pExpr ){
+      CollSeq *pColl = pExpr->pColl;
+      /* Either pColl!=0 or there was an OOM failure.  But if an OOM
+      ** failure we have quit before reaching this point. */
+      if( ALWAYS(pColl) ){
+        nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* 
+  ** Allocate the index structure. 
+  */
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  nCol = pList->nExpr;
+  pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
+      sizeof(Index) +              /* Index structure  */
+      sizeof(int)*nCol +           /* Index.aiColumn   */
+      sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) +       /* Index.aiRowEst   */
+      sizeof(char *)*nCol +        /* Index.azColl     */
+      sizeof(u8)*nCol +            /* Index.aSortOrder */
+      nName + 1 +                  /* Index.zName      */
+      nExtra                       /* Collation sequence names */
+  );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_create_index;
+  }
+  pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex[1]);
+  pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]);
+  pIndex->aiRowEst = (unsigned *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]);
+  pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]);
+  pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]);
+  zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]);
+  memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
+  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
+  pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr;
+  pIndex->onError = (u8)onError;
+  pIndex->autoIndex = (u8)(pName==0);
+  pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+
+  /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
+  */
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
+    sortOrderMask = -1;   /* Honor DESC */
+  }else{
+    sortOrderMask = 0;    /* Ignore DESC */
+  }
+
+  /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
+  ** load the column indices into the Index structure.  Report an error
+  ** if any column is not found.
+  **
+  ** TODO:  Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named
+  ** more than once within the same index.  Only the first instance of
+  ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer.  Note that using the
+  ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would 
+  ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
+  */
+  for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){
+    const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
+    Column *pTabCol;
+    int requestedSortOrder;
+    char *zColl;                   /* Collation sequence name */
+
+    for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
+        pTab->zName, zColName);
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
+    /* Justification of the ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl):  Because of
+    ** the way the "idxlist" non-terminal is constructed by the parser,
+    ** if pListItem->pExpr is not null then either pListItem->pExpr->pColl
+    ** must exist or else there must have been an OOM error.  But if there
+    ** was an OOM error, we would never reach this point. */
+    if( pListItem->pExpr && ALWAYS(pListItem->pExpr->pColl) ){
+      int nColl;
+      zColl = pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName;
+      nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1;
+      assert( nExtra>=nColl );
+      memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl);
+      zColl = zExtra;
+      zExtra += nColl;
+      nExtra -= nColl;
+    }else{
+      zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
+      if( !zColl ){
+        zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
+      }
+    }
+    if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
+    requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
+    pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder;
+  }
+  sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
+
+  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
+    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
+    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
+    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
+    ** i.e. one of:
+    **
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
+    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
+    **
+    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
+    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
+    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
+    ** explicit indices.
+    **
+    ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent
+    ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different
+    ** sort orders.
+    **
+    ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of
+    ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are
+    ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices.
+    */
+    Index *pIdx;
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      int k;
+      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
+      assert( pIdx->autoIndex );
+      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );
+
+      if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue;
+      for(k=0; knColumn; k++){
+        const char *z1;
+        const char *z2;
+        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
+        z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
+        z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
+        if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
+      }
+      if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){
+        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
+          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
+          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
+          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
+          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
+          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
+          ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index.
+          */
+          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
+          }
+          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
+            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
+          }
+        }
+        goto exit_create_index;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
+  ** in-memory database structures. 
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Index *p;
+    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
+                          pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName),
+                          pIndex);
+    if( p ){
+      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      goto exit_create_index;
+    }
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
+    if( pTblName!=0 ){
+      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk.  This
+  ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the
+  ** index with the current table contents.
+  **
+  ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX 
+  ** command.  db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and 
+  ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table.  In
+  ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why
+  ** we don't want to recreate it.
+  **
+  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key
+  ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
+  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
+  ** step can be skipped.
+  */
+  else{ /* if( db->init.busy==0 ) */
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *zStmt;
+    int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
+
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
+
+
+    /* Create the rootpage for the index
+    */
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem);
+
+    /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
+    ** the zStmt variable
+    */
+    if( pStart ){
+      assert( pEnd!=0 );
+      /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
+      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
+        onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE",
+        pEnd->z - pName->z + 1,
+        pName->z);
+    }else{
+      /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
+      /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
+      zStmt = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
+    */
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
+        "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
+        db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+        pIndex->zName,
+        pTab->zName,
+        iMem,
+        zStmt
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+
+    /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
+    ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
+    */
+    if( pTblName ){
+      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
+      sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P4_DYNAMIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
+  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
+  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct constraint check
+  ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of
+  ** UPDATE and INSERT statements.  
+  */
+  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
+    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
+         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
+      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
+      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
+    }else{
+      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
+      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
+        pOther = pOther->pNext;
+      }
+      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
+    }
+    pRet = pIndex;
+    pIndex = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up before exiting */
+exit_create_index:
+  if( pIndex ){
+    sqlite3_free(pIndex->zColAff);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  return pRet;
+}
+
+/*
+** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
+** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
+**
+** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index.
+** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
+** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
+** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
+** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns
+** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
+*
+**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
+**           aiRowEst[N]>=1
+**
+** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
+** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized.  The numbers generated here
+** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
+  unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst;
+  int i;
+  assert( a!=0 );
+  a[0] = 1000000;
+  for(i=pIdx->nColumn; i>=5; i--){
+    a[i] = 5;
+  }
+  while( i>=1 ){
+    a[i] = 11 - i;
+    i--;
+  }
+  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
+    a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
+** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
+  Index *pIndex;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+
+  assert( pParse->nErr==0 );   /* Never called with prior errors */
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+  if( pIndex==0 ){
+    if( !ifExists ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
+    }
+    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  if( pIndex->autoIndex ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
+      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
+    goto exit_drop_index;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
+    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
+      goto exit_drop_index;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q",
+       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+       pIndex->zName
+    );
+    if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){
+      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+        "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE idx=%Q",
+        db->aDb[iDb].zName, pIndex->zName
+      );
+    }
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
+  }
+
+exit_drop_index:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
+}
+
+/*
+** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects.  Each object in the
+** array is szEntry bytes in size.  This routine allocates a new
+** object on the end of the array.
+**
+** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use.  *pnAlloc is
+** the previously allocated size of the array.  initSize is the
+** suggested initial array size allocation.
+**
+** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx.
+**
+** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects.  This
+** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different
+** pointer if the array was resized.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+  sqlite3 *db,      /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
+  void *pArray,     /* Array of objects.  Might be reallocated */
+  int szEntry,      /* Size of each object in the array */
+  int initSize,     /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */
+  int *pnEntry,     /* Number of objects currently in use */
+  int *pnAlloc,     /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */
+  int *pIdx         /* Write the index of a new slot here */
+){
+  char *z;
+  if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){
+    void *pNew;
+    int newSize;
+    newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize;
+    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry);
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      *pIdx = -1;
+      return pArray;
+    }
+    *pnAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew)/szEntry;
+    pArray = pNew;
+  }
+  z = (char*)pArray;
+  memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry);
+  *pIdx = *pnEntry;
+  ++*pnEntry;
+  return pArray;
+}
+
+/*
+** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
+** need be.
+**
+** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+    pList->nAlloc = 0;
+  }
+  pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
+      db,
+      pList->a,
+      sizeof(pList->a[0]),
+      5,
+      &pList->nId,
+      &pList->nAlloc,
+      &i
+  );
+  if( i<0 ){
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an IdList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; inId; i++){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
+** if not found.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
+  for(i=0; inId; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by
+** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart.  iStart is zero based.
+** New slots are zeroed.
+**
+** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B.
+** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this:
+**
+**    sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2);
+**
+** After the call above it would contain:  A, B, nil, nil, nil.
+** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result
+** would have been:  A, nil, nil, nil, B.  To prepend the new slots,
+** the iStart value would be 0.  The result then would
+** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B.
+**
+** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged.  The
+** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */
+  SrcList *pSrc,     /* The SrcList to be enlarged */
+  int nExtra,        /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */
+  int iStart         /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */
+){
+  int i;
+
+  /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */
+  assert( iStart>=0 );
+  assert( nExtra>=1 );
+  assert( pSrc!=0 );
+  assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc );
+
+  /* Allocate additional space if needed */
+  if( pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){
+    SrcList *pNew;
+    int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra;
+    int nGot;
+    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc,
+               sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) );
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      assert( db->mallocFailed );
+      return pSrc;
+    }
+    pSrc = pNew;
+    nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1;
+    pSrc->nAlloc = (u16)nGot;
+  }
+
+  /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots
+  ** out of the way */
+  for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){
+    pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i];
+  }
+  pSrc->nSrc += (i16)nExtra;
+
+  /* Zero the newly allocated slots */
+  memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra);
+  for(i=iStart; ia[i].iCursor = -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */
+  return pSrc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
+** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL.
+**
+** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error.  The returned
+** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be
+** a new one.  If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList
+** that is input to this routine is automatically freed.
+**
+** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
+** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
+** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
+** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
+** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
+** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
+** or with NULL if no database is specified.
+**
+** In other words, if call like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0);
+**
+** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
+** like this:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C);
+**
+** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.  If C is defined
+** then so is B.  In other words, we never have a case where:
+**
+**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C);
+**
+** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted.  They are dequoted
+** before being added to the SrcList.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(
+  sqlite3 *db,        /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
+  SrcList *pList,     /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */
+  Token *pTable,      /* Table to append */
+  Token *pDatabase    /* Database of the table */
+){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 );  /* Cannot have C without B */
+  if( pList==0 ){
+    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) );
+    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
+    pList->nAlloc = 1;
+  }
+  pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1];
+  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
+    pDatabase = 0;
+  }
+  if( pDatabase ){
+    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
+    pDatabase = pTable;
+    pTable = pTemp;
+  }
+  pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable);
+  pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase);
+  return pList;
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+  if( pList ){
+    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
+      if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
+      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){
+  int i;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex);
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
+** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
+** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
+** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
+** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
+** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
+** usual case.  If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the
+** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
+** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
+** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
+** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
+**
+** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
+** term added.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  SrcList *p,             /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
+  Token *pTable,          /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
+  Token *pDatabase,       /* Name of the database containing pTable */
+  Token *pAlias,          /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
+  Select *pSubquery,      /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
+  Expr *pOn,              /* The ON clause of a join */
+  IdList *pUsing          /* The USING clause of a join */
+){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", 
+      (pOn ? "ON" : "USING")
+    );
+    goto append_from_error;
+  }
+  p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase);
+  if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){
+    goto append_from_error;
+  }
+  pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+  assert( pAlias!=0 );
+  if( pAlias->n ){
+    pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias);
+  }
+  pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
+  pItem->pOn = pOn;
+  pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
+  return p;
+
+ append_from_error:
+  assert( p==0 );
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added 
+** element of the source-list passed as the second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){
+  assert( pIndexedBy!=0 );
+  if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
+    assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 );
+    if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){
+      /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y 
+      ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */
+      pItem->notIndexed = 1;
+    }else{
+      pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
+** is initially attached to the left operand.  But the code generator
+** expects the join operator to be on the right operand.  This routine
+** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
+** clause.
+**
+** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
+**
+**           A natural cross join B
+**
+** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
+** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
+** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
+  if( p && p->a ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
+      p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
+    }
+    p->a[0].jointype = 0;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int i;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+/*  if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( !v ) return;
+  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
+    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
+      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Commit a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+/*  if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Rollback a transaction
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  assert( pParse!=0 );
+  db = pParse->db;
+  assert( db!=0 );
+/*  if( db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; */
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){
+    return;
+  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create,
+** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){
+  char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
+  if( zName ){
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    static const char *az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" };
+    assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 );
+#endif
+    if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName);
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
+** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
+    int rc;
+    static const int flags = 
+          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+          SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, flags,
+                                 &db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
+        "file for storing temporary tables");
+      pParse->rc = rc;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_InTrans)==0 || db->autoCommit );
+    assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+    sqlite3PagerJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[1].pBt),
+                            db->dfltJournalMode);
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start
+** a read-transaction for all named database files.
+**
+** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all
+** read transactions be started before anything else happens in
+** the VDBE program.  But this routine can be called after much other
+** code has been generated.  So here is what we do:
+**
+** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that
+** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program.  Then we
+** record every database that needs its schema verified in the
+** pParse->cookieMask field.  Later, after all other code has been
+** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and
+** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value
+** will be made to point to that subroutine.  The generation of the
+** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding().
+**
+** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
+** schema on any databases.  This can be used to position the OP_Goto
+** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+
+  if( pToplevel->cookieGoto==0 ){
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pToplevel);
+    if( v==0 ) return;  /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
+    pToplevel->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
+  }
+  if( iDb>=0 ){
+    sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;
+    int mask;
+
+    assert( iDbnDb );
+    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
+    assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){
+      pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask;
+      pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
+      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+        sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
+** might change the database.
+**
+** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
+** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
+** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
+** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
+** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
+** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
+** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
+** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+  pToplevel->writeMask |= 1<isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
+}
+
+/*
+** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write
+** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another,
+** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.)
+** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will
+** be necessary to undo the completed writes.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1;
+}
+
+/* 
+** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is
+** possible to abort a statement prior to completion.  In order to 
+** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make
+** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction.
+**
+** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the
+** isMultiWrite flag was previously set.  There is a time dependency
+** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite.  This makes
+** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm
+** go a little faster.  But taking advantage of this time dependency
+** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in 
+** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective
+** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen
+** to take the safe route and skip the optimization.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  pToplevel->mayAbort = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT
+** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement
+** and/or current transaction is rolled back.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse *pParse, int onError, char *p4, int p4type){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( onError==OE_Abort ){
+    sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, p4, p4type);
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl.  Return
+** true if it does and false if it does not.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
+  int i;
+  assert( zColl!=0 );
+  for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
+    const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
+    assert( z!=0 );
+    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
+** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
+  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
+
+  for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
+    if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
+      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
+** indices use the collating sequence pColl.  If pColl==0 then recompute
+** all indices everywhere.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
+  Db *pDb;                    /* A single database */
+  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
+  HashElem *k;                /* For looping over tables in pDb */
+  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
+
+  for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){
+    assert( pDb!=0 );
+    for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash);  k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
+      pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
+      reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
+**
+**        REINDEX                            -- 1
+**        REINDEX                 -- 2
+**        REINDEX  ?.?  -- 3
+**        REINDEX  ?.?  -- 4
+**
+** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
+** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
+** collating function.  Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
+** indices associated with the named table.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
+  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
+  char *z;                    /* Name of a table or index */
+  const char *zDb;            /* Name of the database */
+  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
+  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
+  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
+  Token *pObjName;            /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */
+
+  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
+  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( pName1==0 ){
+    reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
+    return;
+  }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){
+    char *zColl;
+    assert( pName1->z );
+    zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1);
+    if( !zColl ) return;
+    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
+    if( pColl ){
+      reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+      return;
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName);
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
+  if( pTab ){
+    reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+    return;
+  }
+  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+  if( pIndex ){
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used
+** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx.
+**
+** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case
+** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the returned 
+** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation 
+** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect
+** the error.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
+  int i;
+  int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+  int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nBytes);
+
+  if( pKey ){
+    pKey->db = pParse->db;
+    pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]);
+    assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) );
+    for(i=0; iazColl[i];
+      assert( zColl );
+      pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
+      pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
+    }
+    pKey->nField = (u16)nCol;
+  }
+
+  if( pParse->nErr ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pKey);
+    pKey = 0;
+  }
+  return pKey;
+}
+
+/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 May 23 
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
+** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
+**
+** $Id: callback.c,v 1.42 2009/06/17 00:35:31 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
+** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName.
+*/
+static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){
+  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
+  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
+    char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+    if( !zExternal ) return;
+    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
+    char const *zExternal;
+    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+    if( zExternal ){
+      db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
+    }
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
+** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
+** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
+** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
+** possible.
+*/
+static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
+  CollSeq *pColl2;
+  char *z = pColl->zName;
+  int i;
+  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
+  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
+    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0);
+    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
+      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
+      pColl->xDel = 0;         /* Do not copy the destructor */
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
+** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
+** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding.
+** 
+** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
+** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
+**
+** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
+** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
+** sequence can be found.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
+  sqlite3* db,          /* The database connection */
+  u8 enc,               /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */
+  CollSeq *pColl,       /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */
+  const char *zName     /* Collating sequence name */
+){
+  CollSeq *p;
+
+  p = pColl;
+  if( !p ){
+    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
+  }
+  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
+    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
+    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
+    */
+    callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName);
+    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0);
+  }
+  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
+    p = 0;
+  }
+  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
+  return p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
+** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
+** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
+** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
+**
+** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
+** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
+** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
+** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
+  if( pColl ){
+    const char *zName = pColl->zName;
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pColl, zName);
+    if( !p ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
+      pParse->nErr++;
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    assert( p==pColl );
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
+** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
+** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
+** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
+** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
+**
+** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
+** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
+** each collation sequence structure.
+*/
+static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Database connection */
+  const char *zName,    /* Name of the collating sequence */
+  int create            /* Create a new entry if true */
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+
+  if( 0==pColl && create ){
+    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
+    if( pColl ){
+      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
+      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
+      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
+      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
+      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
+      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
+
+      /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
+      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
+      ** to the hash table).
+      */
+      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
+      if( pDel!=0 ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
+        pColl = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
+** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
+** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
+**
+** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
+** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
+**
+** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
+** this routine.  sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
+** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
+** cannot be found.
+**
+** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  u8 enc,
+  const char *zName,
+  int create
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  if( zName ){
+    pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create);
+  }else{
+    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+  }
+  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
+  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
+  return pColl;
+}
+
+/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure
+** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument
+** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system
+** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the
+** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match.
+**
+** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows:
+**
+** 0: Not a match, or if nArg<0 and the function is has no implementation.
+** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
+**    encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
+**    requested, or vice versa.
+** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
+** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+**    prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
+** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
+**    prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
+** 6: An exact match.
+**
+*/
+static int matchQuality(FuncDef *p, int nArg, u8 enc){
+  int match = 0;
+  if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg 
+   || (nArg==-1 && (p->xFunc!=0 || p->xStep!=0))
+  ){
+    match = 1;
+    if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
+      match = 4;
+    }
+    if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
+      match += 2;
+    }
+    else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
+             (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
+      match += 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return match;
+}
+
+/*
+** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name.  Return
+** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match.
+*/
+static FuncDef *functionSearch(
+  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* Hash table to search */
+  int h,               /* Hash of the name */
+  const char *zFunc,   /* Name of function */
+  int nFunc            /* Number of bytes in zFunc */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;
+  for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){
+      return p;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(
+  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* The hash table into which to insert */
+  FuncDef *pDef        /* The function definition to insert */
+){
+  FuncDef *pOther;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName);
+  u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0];
+  int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a);
+  pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName);
+  if( pOther ){
+    assert( pOther!=pDef && pOther->pNext!=pDef );
+    pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext;
+    pOther->pNext = pDef;
+  }else{
+    pDef->pNext = 0;
+    pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h];
+    pHash->a[h] = pDef;
+  }
+}
+  
+  
+
+/*
+** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
+** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
+** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
+** NULL if the function does not exist.
+**
+** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
+** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
+** no matching function previously existed.  When createFlag is true
+** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
+** any number of arguments will be returned.
+**
+** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
+** function found is returned.  A function is valid if either xFunc
+** or xStep is non-zero.
+**
+** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
+** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
+** match that requested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
+  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
+  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
+  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
+  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
+  int createFlag     /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
+){
+  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
+  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
+  int bestScore = 0;  /* Score of best match */
+  int h;              /* Hash value */
+
+
+  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+  h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a);
+
+  /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions.
+  */
+  p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName);
+  while( p ){
+    int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+    if( score>bestScore ){
+      pBest = p;
+      bestScore = score;
+    }
+    p = p->pNext;
+  }
+
+  /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
+  **
+  ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
+  ** install a new function.  Whatever FuncDef structure is returned will
+  ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
+  ** new function.  But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
+  ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
+  */ 
+  if( !createFlag && !pBest ){
+    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+    p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName);
+    while( p ){
+      int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
+      if( score>bestScore ){
+        pBest = p;
+        bestScore = score;
+      }
+      p = p->pNext;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an
+  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
+  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
+  */
+  if( createFlag && (bestScore<6 || pBest->nArg!=nArg) && 
+      (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
+    pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1];
+    pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg;
+    pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
+    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
+    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
+    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest);
+  }
+
+  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
+    return pBest;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
+** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the 
+** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents
+** of the schema hash tables).
+**
+** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){
+  Hash temp1;
+  Hash temp2;
+  HashElem *pElem;
+  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
+
+  temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
+  temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
+  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash);
+  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
+  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash);
+  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
+    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
+    assert( pTab->dbMem==0 );
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
+  }
+  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
+  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
+  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
+  pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
+** a new one if necessary.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
+  Schema * p;
+  if( pBt ){
+    p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaFree);
+  }else{
+    p = (Schema *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Schema));
+  }
+  if( !p ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash);
+    sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash);
+    p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
+**
+** $Id: delete.c,v 1.207 2009/08/08 18:01:08 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
+** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
+** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
+  Table *pTab;
+  assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
+  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
+  sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
+  pItem->pTab = pTab;
+  if( pTab ){
+    pTab->nRef++;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){
+    pTab = 0;
+  }
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
+** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
+** writable return 0;
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
+  /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances:
+  **
+  **   1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method
+  **      has been provided, or
+  **   2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not
+  **      part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not 
+  **      been specified.
+  **
+  ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero.
+  */
+  if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) 
+     && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 )
+   || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
+     && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
+     && pParse->nested==0 )
+  ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
+    return 1;
+  }
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+/*
+** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table.  The
+** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
+** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pView,        /* View definition */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
+  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */
+){
+  SelectDest dest;
+  Select *pDup;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect, 0);
+  if( pWhere ){
+    SrcList *pFrom;
+    
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
+    pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( pFrom ){
+      assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 );
+      pFrom->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName);
+      pFrom->a[0].pSelect = pDup;
+      assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 );
+      assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 );
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
+    }
+    pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  }
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+/*
+** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY,
+** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements.
+**
+**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1;
+**                            \__________________________/
+**                               pLimitWhere (pInClause)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(
+  Parse *pParse,               /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,               /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+  Expr *pWhere,                /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,          /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be null */
+  Expr *pLimit,                /* The LIMIT clause.  May be null */
+  Expr *pOffset,               /* The OFFSET clause.  May be null */
+  char *zStmtType              /* Either DELETE or UPDATE.  For error messages. */
+){
+  Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL;    /* WHERE rowid .. */
+  Expr *pInClause = NULL;      /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */
+  Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL;   /* SELECT rowid ... */
+  ExprList *pEList = NULL;     /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */
+  SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL;  /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */
+  Select *pSelect = NULL;      /* Complete SELECT tree */
+
+  /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) {
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType);
+    pParse->parseError = 1;
+    goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+  }
+
+  /* We only need to generate a select expression if there
+  ** is a limit/offset term to enforce.
+  */
+  if( pLimit == 0 ) {
+    /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */
+    assert( pOffset == 0 );
+    return pWhere;
+  }
+
+  /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset 
+  ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement.  For example:
+  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+  ** becomes:
+  **   DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( 
+  **     SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
+  **   );
+  */
+
+  pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid);
+  if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+
+  /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree
+  ** and the SELECT subtree. */
+  pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0);
+  if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) {
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList);
+    goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
+  }
+
+  /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
+  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0,
+                             pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset);
+  if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */
+  pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
+  if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
+  pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0);
+  if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
+
+  pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect;
+  pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect;
+  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause);
+  return pInClause;
+
+  /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */
+limit_where_cleanup_1:
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
+  return 0;
+
+limit_where_cleanup_2:
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
+
+/*
+** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
+**
+**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
+**                 \________/       \________________/
+**                  pTabList              pWhere
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
+  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
+  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
+  int end, addr = 0;     /* A couple addresses of generated code */
+  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
+  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
+  int iDb;               /* Database number */
+  int memCnt = -1;       /* Memory cell used for change counting */
+  int rcauth;            /* Value returned by authorization callback */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of table triggers, if required */
+#endif
+
+  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
+  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
+  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
+  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
+  */
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** deleted from is a view
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDbnDb );
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+  rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb);
+  assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
+  if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert(!isView || pTrigger);
+
+  /* Assign  cursor number to the table and all its indices.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Start the view context
+  */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code.
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
+  ** a ephemeral table.
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
+  */
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+    goto delete_from_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
+  ** we are counting rows.
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
+  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5,
+  ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by 
+  ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly.  */
+  if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) 
+   && 0==sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0)
+  ){
+    assert( !isView );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt,
+                      pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
+  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
+  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
+  */
+  {
+    int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;   /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
+    int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem;    /* Used for storing rowid values. */
+    int regRowid;                   /* Actual register containing rowids */
+
+    /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0,WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
+    regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid);
+    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
+    }
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+
+    /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
+    ** database scan.  We have to delete items after the scan is complete
+    ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.  */
+    end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+    /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are 
+    ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the
+    ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF 
+    ** triggers.  */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
+    }
+
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid);
+
+    /* Delete the row */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      int count = (pParse->nested==0);    /* True to count changes */
+      sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, count, pTrigger, OE_Default);
+    }
+
+    /* End of the delete loop */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
+
+    /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */
+    if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+delete_from_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return;
+}
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
+** single table to be deleted.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number $iCur.
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in
+**       memory cell iRowid.
+**
+** This routine generates code to remove both the table record and all 
+** index entries that point to that record.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  int iRowid,        /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */
+  int count,         /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */
+  Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */
+  int onconf         /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;        /* Vdbe */
+  int iOld = 0;                   /* First register in OLD.* array */
+  int iLabel;                     /* Label resolved to end of generated code */
+
+  /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */
+  assert( v );
+
+  /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists 
+  ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do
+  ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers.  */
+  iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, iLabel, iRowid);
+ 
+  /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to
+  ** use for the old.* references in the triggers.  */
+  if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){
+    u32 mask;                     /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
+    int iCol;                     /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */
+
+    /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to
+    ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register.  */
+    mask = sqlite3TriggerOldmask(pParse, pTrigger, 0, pTab, onconf);
+    mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab);
+    iOld = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol);
+
+    /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be 
+    ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iRowid, iOld);
+    for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){
+      if( mask==0xffffffff || mask&(1<pSelect==0 ){
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
+    if( count ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
+  ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
+  ** to the row just deleted. */ 
+  sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld);
+
+  /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */
+  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, 
+      TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel
+  );
+
+  /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE
+  ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a 
+  ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception.  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel);
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
+** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
+**
+** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
+** These are the requirements:
+**
+**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
+**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
+**
+**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
+**       cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
+**
+**   3.  The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
+**       deleted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
+  int *aRegIdx       /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
+){
+  int i;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  int r1;
+
+  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue;
+    r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register
+** regOut.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
+** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
+** the entry that needs indexing.
+**
+** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
+** registers that holds the elements of the index key.  The
+** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
+** this routine returns.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
+  Index *pIdx,       /* The index for which to generate a key */
+  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
+  int regOut,        /* Write the new index key to this register */
+  int doMakeRec      /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int j;
+  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+  int regBase;
+  int nCol;
+
+  nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+  regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol);
+  for(j=0; jaiColumn[j];
+    if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j);
+      sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx, -1);
+    }
+  }
+  if( doMakeRec ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
+  return regBase;
+}
+
+
+/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2002 February 23
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
+** functions of SQLite.  
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return the collating function associated with a function.
+*/
+static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
+  return context->pColl;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
+*/
+static void minmaxFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
+  int iBest;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+
+  assert( argc>1 );
+  mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
+  pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  assert( pColl );
+  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
+  iBest = 0;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  for(i=1; i=0 ){
+      testcase( mask==0 );
+      iBest = i;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the type of the argument.
+*/
+static void typeofFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *z = 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
+    case SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
+    default:             z = "null";    break;
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the length() function
+*/
+static void lengthFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int len;
+
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_BLOB:
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      if( z==0 ) return;
+      len = 0;
+      while( *z ){
+        len++;
+        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the abs() function
+*/
+static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+      i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+      if( iVal<0 ){
+        if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){
+          sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
+          return;
+        }
+        iVal = -iVal;
+      } 
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_NULL: {
+      sqlite3_result_null(context);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the substr() function.
+**
+** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
+** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
+** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
+** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
+**
+** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
+*/
+static void substrFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *z;
+  const unsigned char *z2;
+  int len;
+  int p0type;
+  i64 p1, p2;
+  int negP2 = 0;
+
+  assert( argc==3 || argc==2 );
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+   || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL)
+  ){
+    return;
+  }
+  p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
+  if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+    len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+    z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+    if( z==0 ) return;
+    assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) );
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    if( z==0 ) return;
+    len = 0;
+    for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+    }
+  }
+  p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
+    if( p2<0 ){
+      p2 = -p2;
+      negP2 = 1;
+    }
+  }else{
+    p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+  }
+  if( p1<0 ){
+    p1 += len;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      p2 += p1;
+      if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }
+  }else if( p1>0 ){
+    p1--;
+  }else if( p2>0 ){
+    p2--;
+  }
+  if( negP2 ){
+    p1 -= p2;
+    if( p1<0 ){
+      p2 += p1;
+      p1 = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 );
+  if( p1+p2>len ){
+    p2 = len-p1;
+    if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+  }
+  if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
+    while( *z && p1 ){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+      p1--;
+    }
+    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+    }
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the round() function
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  int n = 0;
+  double r;
+  char *zBuf;
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
+    n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
+    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
+    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+  zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r);
+  if( zBuf==0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r);
+    sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the
+** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
+** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL.
+** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then
+** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL.
+*/
+static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){
+  char *z;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  assert( nByte>0 );
+  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+  testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    z = 0;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte);
+    if( !z ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    }
+  }
+  return z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
+*/
+static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  char *z1;
+  const char *z2;
+  int i, n;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
+  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( z2 ){
+    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
+    if( z1 ){
+      memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
+      for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
+        z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z1[i]);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  u8 *z1;
+  const char *z2;
+  int i, n;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
+  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( z2 ){
+    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
+    if( z1 ){
+      memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
+      for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
+        z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z1[i]);
+      }
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, (char *)z1, -1, sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions.  
+** All three do the same thing.  They return the first non-NULL
+** argument.
+*/
+static void ifnullFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; imatchOne;
+  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
+  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
+  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 
+  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */
+
+  while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern))!=0 ){
+    if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){
+      while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern)) == matchAll
+               || c == matchOne ){
+        if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){
+          return 0;
+        }
+      }
+      if( c==0 ){
+        return 1;
+      }else if( c==esc ){
+        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+        if( c==0 ){
+          return 0;
+        }
+      }else if( c==matchSet ){
+        assert( esc==0 );         /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */
+        assert( matchSet<0x80 );  /* '[' is a single-byte character */
+        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
+          SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
+        }
+        return *zString!=0;
+      }
+      while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,&zString))!=0 ){
+        if( noCase ){
+          GlogUpperToLower(c2);
+          GlogUpperToLower(c);
+          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
+            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
+            GlogUpperToLower(c2);
+          }
+        }else{
+          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
+            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
+          }
+        }
+        if( c2==0 ) return 0;
+        if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
+      }
+      return 0;
+    }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){
+      if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else if( c==matchSet ){
+      int prior_c = 0;
+      assert( esc==0 );    /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
+      seen = 0;
+      invert = 0;
+      c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
+      if( c==0 ) return 0;
+      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+      if( c2=='^' ){
+        invert = 1;
+        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+      }
+      if( c2==']' ){
+        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
+        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+      }
+      while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
+        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
+          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
+          prior_c = 0;
+        }else{
+          if( c==c2 ){
+            seen = 1;
+          }
+          prior_c = c2;
+        }
+        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern);
+      }
+      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){
+      prevEscape = 1;
+    }else{
+      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString);
+      if( noCase ){
+        GlogUpperToLower(c);
+        GlogUpperToLower(c2);
+      }
+      if( c!=c2 ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      prevEscape = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return *zString==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
+** just a variation of LIKE) gets called.  This is used for testing
+** only.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B,A).
+**
+** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
+** the GLOB operator.
+*/
+static void likeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
+  int escape = 0;
+  int nPat;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+
+  zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+
+  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
+  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
+  */
+  nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] );
+  testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 );
+  if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* Encoding did not change */
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
+    ** Otherwise, return an error.
+    */
+    const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+    if( zEsc==0 ) return;
+    if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+    escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, &zEsc);
+  }
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    sqlite3_like_count++;
+#endif
+    
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
+** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
+** arguments are equal to each other.
+*/
+static void nullifFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function.  The result is the version
+** of the SQLite library that is running.
+*/
+static void versionFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string
+** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build
+** SQLite.
+*/
+static void sourceidFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int NotUsed,
+  sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, SQLITE_SOURCE_ID, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
+** digits. */
+static const char hexdigits[] = {
+  '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
+  '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
+};
+
+/*
+** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function.  The interface may
+** change.  This function may disappear.  Do not write code that depends
+** on this function.
+**
+** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
+** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
+** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
+** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
+** single-quote escapes.
+*/
+static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
+    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
+    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+      char *zText = 0;
+      char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+      assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
+      zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); 
+      if( zText ){
+        int i;
+        for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F];
+          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
+        }
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
+        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
+        zText[0] = 'X';
+        zText[1] = '\'';
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+        sqlite3_free(zText);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+      int i,j;
+      u64 n;
+      const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      char *z;
+
+      if( zArg==0 ) return;
+      for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
+      z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3);
+      if( z ){
+        z[0] = '\'';
+        for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
+          z[j++] = zArg[i];
+          if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
+            z[j++] = '\'';
+          }
+        }
+        z[j++] = '\'';
+        z[j] = 0;
+        sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL );
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
+** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
+*/
+static void hexFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int i, n;
+  const unsigned char *pBlob;
+  char *zHex, *z;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
+  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1);
+  if( zHex ){
+    for(i=0; i>4)&0xf];
+      *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
+    }
+    *z = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
+*/
+static void zeroblobFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  i64 n;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+  testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+  testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+  if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** The replace() function.  Three arguments are all strings: call
+** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived
+** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C.  The match
+** must be exact.  Collating sequences are not used.
+*/
+static void replaceFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zStr;        /* The input string A */
+  const unsigned char *zPattern;    /* The pattern string B */
+  const unsigned char *zRep;        /* The replacement string C */
+  unsigned char *zOut;              /* The output */
+  int nStr;                /* Size of zStr */
+  int nPattern;            /* Size of zPattern */
+  int nRep;                /* Size of zRep */
+  i64 nOut;                /* Maximum size of zOut */
+  int loopLimit;           /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
+  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zStr==0 ) return;
+  nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  if( zPattern==0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL
+            || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed );
+    return;
+  }
+  if( zPattern[0]==0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL );
+    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
+    return;
+  }
+  nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) );  /* No encoding change */
+  zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+  if( zRep==0 ) return;
+  nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+  assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) );
+  nOut = nStr + 1;
+  assert( nOutaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+      testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+      if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+        sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zOut);
+        return;
+      }
+      zOld = zOut;
+      zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut);
+      if( zOut==0 ){
+        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, zOld);
+        return;
+      }
+      memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
+      j += nRep;
+      i += nPattern-1;
+    }
+  }
+  assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
+  memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
+  j += nStr - i;
+  assert( j<=nOut );
+  zOut[j] = 0;
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
+** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
+*/
+static void trimFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zIn;         /* Input string */
+  const unsigned char *zCharSet;    /* Set of characters to trim */
+  int nIn;                          /* Number of bytes in input */
+  int flags;                        /* 1: trimleft  2: trimright  3: trim */
+  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+  unsigned char *aLen = 0;          /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
+  unsigned char **azChar = 0;       /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
+  int nChar;                        /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
+
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
+    return;
+  }
+  zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zIn==0 ) return;
+  nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
+  if( argc==1 ){
+    static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
+    static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
+    nChar = 1;
+    aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
+    azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne;
+    zCharSet = 0;
+  }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){
+    return;
+  }else{
+    const unsigned char *z;
+    for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
+      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+    }
+    if( nChar>0 ){
+      azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1));
+      if( azChar==0 ){
+        return;
+      }
+      aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar];
+      for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
+        azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z;
+        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
+        aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( nChar>0 ){
+    flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context));
+    if( flags & 1 ){
+      while( nIn>0 ){
+        int len = 0;
+        for(i=0; i=nChar ) break;
+        zIn += len;
+        nIn -= len;
+      }
+    }
+    if( flags & 2 ){
+      while( nIn>0 ){
+        int len = 0;
+        for(i=0; i=nChar ) break;
+        nIn -= len;
+      }
+    }
+    if( zCharSet ){
+      sqlite3_free(azChar);
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+/*
+** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
+*/
+static void soundexFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  char zResult[8];
+  const u8 *zIn;
+  int i, j;
+  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
+    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+  };
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
+  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
+  if( zIn[i] ){
+    u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+    zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]);
+    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
+      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
+      if( code>0 ){
+        if( code!=prevcode ){
+          prevcode = code;
+          zResult[j++] = code + '0';
+        }
+      }else{
+        prevcode = 0;
+      }
+    }
+    while( j<4 ){
+      zResult[j++] = '0';
+    }
+    zResult[j] = 0;
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+/*
+** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
+*/
+static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const char *zProc;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  }else{
+    zProc = 0;
+  }
+  if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+  }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
+** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
+*/
+typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
+struct SumCtx {
+  double rSum;      /* Floating point sum */
+  i64 iSum;         /* Integer sum */   
+  i64 cnt;          /* Number of elements summed */
+  u8 overflow;      /* True if integer overflow seen */
+  u8 approx;        /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total.
+**
+** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means
+** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs.  TOTAL returns
+** 0.0 in that case.  In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where
+** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point
+** value.  TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if
+** it overflows an integer.
+*/
+static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  int type;
+  assert( argc==1 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
+  if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+    p->cnt++;
+    if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+      i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+      p->rSum += v;
+      if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){
+        i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v;
+        int s1 = (int)(p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
+        int s2 = (int)(v       >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
+        int s3 = (int)(iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
+        p->overflow = ((s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3))?1:0;
+        p->iSum = iNewSum;
+      }
+    }else{
+      p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
+      p->approx = 1;
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+    if( p->overflow ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
+    }else if( p->approx ){
+      sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
+    }
+  }
+}
+static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
+    sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
+  }
+}
+static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  SumCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+  sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0);
+}
+
+/*
+** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
+** count() aggregate function.
+*/
+typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
+struct CountCtx {
+  i64 n;
+};
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
+*/
+static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
+  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
+    p->n++;
+  }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated.  But just to make
+  ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our 
+  ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be
+  ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */
+  assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff
+          || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) );
+#endif
+}   
+static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  CountCtx *p;
+  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
+*/
+static void minmaxStep(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int NotUsed, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
+  Mem *pBest;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
+  if( !pBest ) return;
+
+  if( pBest->flags ){
+    int max;
+    int cmp;
+    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
+    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
+    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
+    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
+    ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
+    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
+    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
+    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
+    */
+    max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0;
+    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
+    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
+  }
+}
+static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  sqlite3_value *pRes;
+  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( pRes ){
+    if( ALWAYS(pRes->flags) ){
+      sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?)
+*/
+static void groupConcatStep(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const char *zVal;
+  StrAccum *pAccum;
+  const char *zSep;
+  int nVal, nSep;
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
+  pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));
+
+  if( pAccum ){
+    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+    int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0;
+    pAccum->useMalloc = 1;
+    pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+    if( !firstTerm ){
+      if( argc==2 ){
+        zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+        nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+      }else{
+        zSep = ",";
+        nSep = 1;
+      }
+      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep);
+    }
+    zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+    nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
+  }
+}
+static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
+  StrAccum *pAccum;
+  pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
+  if( pAccum ){
+    if( pAccum->tooBig ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+    }else if( pAccum->mallocFailed ){
+      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    }else{    
+      sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, 
+                          sqlite3_free);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+  sqlite3AlterFunctions(db);
+#endif
+  if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+    int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
+*/
+static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){
+  FuncDef *pDef;
+  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName),
+                             2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){
+    pDef->flags = flagVal;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions.  The caseSensitive
+** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
+** sensitive.  GLOB is always case sensitive.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
+  struct compareInfo *pInfo;
+  if( caseSensitive ){
+    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
+  }else{
+    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
+  }
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_ANY, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_ANY, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
+  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_ANY, 
+      (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0,0);
+  setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
+  setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", 
+      caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
+}
+
+/*
+** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function.  If
+** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
+** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
+** return TRUE.  If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
+** return FALSE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
+  FuncDef *pDef;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION 
+   || !pExpr->x.pList 
+   || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2
+  ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, 
+                             sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken),
+                             2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+  if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
+  ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure.  The
+  ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
+  */
+  memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
+  assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
+  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
+  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
+  *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
+** to the global function hash table.  This occurs at start-time (as
+** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
+**
+** After this routine runs
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
+  /*
+  ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions
+  ** defined in this file.
+  **
+  ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the
+  ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time.  The elements of this array
+  ** are read-only after initialization is complete.
+  */
+  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = {
+    FUNCTION(ltrim,              1, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(ltrim,              2, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(rtrim,              1, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(rtrim,              2, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(trim,               1, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(trim,               2, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
+    FUNCTION(min,               -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
+    AGGREGATE(min,               1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
+    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
+    AGGREGATE(max,               1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
+    FUNCTION(typeof,             1, 0, 0, typeofFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(length,             1, 0, 0, lengthFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(abs,                1, 0, 0, absFunc          ),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    FUNCTION(round,              1, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(round,              2, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
+#endif
+    FUNCTION(upper,              1, 0, 0, upperFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(lower,              1, 0, 0, lowerFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(coalesce,           1, 0, 0, 0                ),
+    FUNCTION(coalesce,          -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(coalesce,           0, 0, 0, 0                ),
+    FUNCTION(hex,                1, 0, 0, hexFunc          ),
+    FUNCTION(ifnull,             2, 0, 1, ifnullFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(random,             0, 0, 0, randomFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(randomblob,         1, 0, 0, randomBlob       ),
+    FUNCTION(nullif,             2, 0, 1, nullifFunc       ),
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_version,     0, 0, 0, versionFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id,   0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc     ),
+    FUNCTION(quote,              1, 0, 0, quoteFunc        ),
+    FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid,  0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
+    FUNCTION(changes,            0, 0, 0, changes          ),
+    FUNCTION(total_changes,      0, 0, 0, total_changes    ),
+    FUNCTION(replace,            3, 0, 0, replaceFunc      ),
+    FUNCTION(zeroblob,           1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc     ),
+  #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+    FUNCTION(soundex,            1, 0, 0, soundexFunc      ),
+  #endif
+  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+    FUNCTION(load_extension,     1, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
+    FUNCTION(load_extension,     2, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
+  #endif
+    AGGREGATE(sum,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         sumFinalize    ),
+    AGGREGATE(total,             1, 0, 0, sumStep,         totalFinalize    ),
+    AGGREGATE(avg,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         avgFinalize    ),
+ /* AGGREGATE(count,             0, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ), */
+    {0,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0},
+    AGGREGATE(count,             1, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ),
+    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+    AGGREGATE(group_concat,      2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
+  
+    LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+  #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
+  #else
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
+  #endif
+  };
+
+  int i;
+  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc);
+
+  for(i=0; idb->mallocFailed flag is set.
+*/
+static int locateFkeyIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context to store any error in */
+  Table *pParent,                 /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to find index for */
+  Index **ppIdx,                  /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */
+  int **paiCol                    /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */
+){
+  Index *pIdx = 0;                    /* Value to return via *ppIdx */
+  int *aiCol = 0;                     /* Value to return via *paiCol */
+  int nCol = pFKey->nCol;             /* Number of columns in parent key */
+  char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol;   /* Name of left-most parent key column */
+
+  /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */
+  assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 );
+  assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 );
+  assert( pParse );
+
+  /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it 
+  ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx 
+  ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. 
+  **
+  ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate
+  ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol).
+  ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array.
+  */
+  if( nCol==1 ){
+    /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true:
+    **
+    **   1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly 
+    **      mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or
+    **   2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER
+    **      PRIMARY KEY.
+    */
+    if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){
+      if( !zKey ) return 0;
+      if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0;
+    }
+  }else if( paiCol ){
+    assert( nCol>1 );
+    aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int));
+    if( !aiCol ) return 1;
+    *paiCol = aiCol;
+  }
+
+  for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    if( pIdx->nColumn==nCol && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ 
+      /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number
+      ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key
+      ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner.  */
+
+      if( zKey==0 ){
+        /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to 
+        ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be 
+        ** identified by the test (Index.autoIndex==2).  */
+        if( pIdx->autoIndex==2 ){
+          if( aiCol ){
+            int i;
+            for(i=0; iaCol[i].iFrom;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }else{
+        /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to
+        ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this
+        ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses
+        ** the default collation sequences for each column. */
+        int i, j;
+        for(i=0; iaiColumn[i];     /* Index of column in parent tbl */
+          char *zDfltColl;                  /* Def. collation for column */
+          char *zIdxCol;                    /* Name of indexed column */
+
+          /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from
+          ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is
+          ** unusable. Bail out early in this case.  */
+          zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl;
+          if( !zDfltColl ){
+            zDfltColl = "BINARY";
+          }
+          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break;
+
+          zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName;
+          for(j=0; jaCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){
+              if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          if( j==nCol ) break;
+        }
+        if( i==nCol ) break;      /* pIdx is usable */
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pIdx ){
+    if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key mismatch");
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  *ppIdx = pIdx;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the 
+** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed 
+** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row
+** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the
+** new row.
+**
+** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the
+** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into 
+** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no 
+** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be
+** found in the parent table:
+**
+**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
+**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**   INSERT      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   INSERT      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
+** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1".
+*/
+static void fkLookupParent(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parse context */
+  int iDb,              /* Index of database housing pTab */
+  Table *pTab,          /* Parent table of FK pFKey */
+  Index *pIdx,          /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */
+  FKey *pFKey,          /* Foreign key constraint */
+  int *aiCol,           /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */
+  int regData,          /* Address of array containing child table row */
+  int nIncr,            /* Increment constraint counter by this */
+  int isIgnore          /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */
+){
+  int i;                                    /* Iterator variable */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);         /* Vdbe to add code to */
+  int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1;              /* Cursor number to use */
+  int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);        /* jump here if parent key found */
+
+  /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any
+  ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need
+  ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations.
+  **
+  ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If 
+  ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to 
+  ** search for a matching row in the parent table.  */
+  if( nIncr<0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk);
+  }
+  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+    int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk);
+  }
+
+  if( isIgnore==0 ){
+    if( pIdx==0 ){
+      /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY
+      ** column of the parent table (table pTab).  */
+      int iMustBeInt;               /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */
+      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  
+      /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. 
+      ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there
+      ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of
+      ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column
+      ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct.  */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp);
+      iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0);
+  
+      /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
+      ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
+      ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
+      ** increment the constraint-counter.  */
+      if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp);
+      }
+  
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp);
+    }else{
+      int nCol = pFKey->nCol;
+      int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+      int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+  
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+      for(i=0; ipFrom && nIncr==1 ){
+        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1;
+        for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]+1+regData;
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
+      }
+  
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec);
+  
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){
+    /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly
+    ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of
+    ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being
+    ** generated for will not open a statement transaction.  */
+    assert( nIncr==1 );
+    sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+        pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC
+    );
+  }else{
+    if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
+      sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted
+** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is 
+** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating
+** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice -
+** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row.
+**
+** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child
+** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted.
+** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken:
+**
+**   Operation | FK type   | Action taken
+**   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+**   DELETE      immediate   Increment the "immediate constraint counter".
+**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
+**                           throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception.
+**
+**   INSERT      immediate   Decrement the "immediate constraint counter".
+**
+**   DELETE      deferred    Increment the "deferred constraint counter".
+**                           Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT,
+**                           throw a "foreign key constraint failed" exception.
+**
+**   INSERT      deferred    Decrement the "deferred constraint counter".
+**
+** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file 
+** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2".
+*/
+static void fkScanChildren(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,                  /* SrcList containing the table to scan */
+  Table *pTab,
+  Index *pIdx,                    /* Foreign key index */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key relationship */
+  int *aiCol,                     /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */
+  int regData,                    /* Referenced table data starts here */
+  int nIncr                       /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  int i;                          /* Iterator variable */
+  Expr *pWhere = 0;               /* WHERE clause to scan with */
+  NameContext sNameContext;       /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;              /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */
+  int iFkIfZero = 0;              /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+
+  assert( !pIdx || pIdx->pTable==pTab );
+
+  if( nIncr<0 ){
+    iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like:
+  **
+  **    =  AND  =  ...
+  **
+  ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of
+  ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should
+  ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place.
+  */
+  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
+    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
+    Expr *pEq;                    /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
+    int iCol;                     /* Index of column in child table */ 
+    const char *zCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
+
+    pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
+    if( pLeft ){
+      /* Set the collation sequence and affinity of the LHS of each TK_EQ
+      ** expression to the parent key column defaults.  */
+      if( pIdx ){
+        Column *pCol;
+        iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        pCol = &pIdx->pTable->aCol[iCol];
+        pLeft->iTable = regData+iCol+1;
+        pLeft->affinity = pCol->affinity;
+        pLeft->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pCol->zColl);
+      }else{
+        pLeft->iTable = regData;
+        pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      }
+    }
+    iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+    assert( iCol>=0 );
+    zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName;
+    pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol);
+    pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+  }
+
+  /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, and this scan
+  ** is taking place as part of a DELETE operation (operation D.2), omit the
+  ** row being deleted from the scan by adding ($rowid != rowid) to the WHERE 
+  ** clause, where $rowid is the rowid of the row being deleted.  */
+  if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){
+    Expr *pEq;                    /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */
+    Expr *pLeft;                  /* Value from parent table row */
+    Expr *pRight;                 /* Column ref to child table */
+    pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0);
+    pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
+    if( pLeft && pRight ){
+      pLeft->iTable = regData;
+      pLeft->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
+      pRight->iTable = pSrc->a[0].iCursor;
+      pRight->iColumn = -1;
+    }
+    pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+    pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+  }
+
+  /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */
+  memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
+  sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc;
+  sNameContext.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere);
+
+  /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE
+  ** clause. If the constraint is not deferred, throw an exception for
+  ** each row found. Otherwise, for deferred constraints, increment the
+  ** deferred constraint counter by nIncr for each row selected.  */
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0);
+  if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){
+    sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->mayAbort = 1;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr);
+  if( pWInfo ){
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  }
+
+  /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  if( iFkIfZero ){
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to the head of a linked list of FK
+** constraints for which table pTab is the parent table. For example,
+** given the following schema:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY);
+**   CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a);
+**
+** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer
+** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table
+** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a
+** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent
+** table).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName);
+  return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName, nName);
+}
+
+/*
+** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the 
+** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure
+** and all of its sub-components.
+**
+** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from
+** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem.
+*/
+static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){
+  if( p ){
+    TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list;
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen);
+    sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is
+** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument
+** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to
+** table pTab.
+**
+** Normally, no code is required. However, if either
+**
+**   (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or
+**   (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is
+**       determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK 
+**       constraint violations in the database,
+**
+** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM " is executed before dropping
+** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this
+** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){
+    int iSkip = 0;
+    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+
+    assert( v );                  /* VDBE has already been allocated */
+    if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){
+      /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table
+      ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without 
+      ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over
+      ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints
+      ** when this statement is run.  */
+      FKey *p;
+      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+        if( p->isDeferred ) break;
+      }
+      if( !p ) return;
+      iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip);
+    }
+
+    pParse->disableTriggers = 1;
+    sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0);
+    pParse->disableTriggers = 0;
+
+    /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint 
+    ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before
+    ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement
+    ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+    sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+        pParse, OE_Abort, "foreign key constraint failed", P4_STATIC
+    );
+
+    if( iSkip ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of
+** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint 
+** processing for the operation.
+**
+** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the
+** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the
+** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values
+** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed
+** zero in this case.
+**
+** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the
+** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new
+** row data.
+**
+** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before
+** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention
+** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted
+** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Row is being deleted from this table */ 
+  int regOld,                     /* Previous row data is stored here */
+  int regNew                      /* New row data is stored here */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  Vdbe *v;                        /* VM to write code to */
+  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Used to iterate through FKs */
+  int iDb;                        /* Index of database containing pTab */
+  const char *zDb;                /* Name of database containing pTab */
+  int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers;
+
+  /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */
+  assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) );
+
+  /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+
+  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the
+  ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of).  */
+  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
+    Table *pTo;                   /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Index on key columns in pTo */
+    int *aiFree = 0;
+    int *aiCol;
+    int iCol;
+    int i;
+    int isIgnore = 0;
+
+    /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index 
+    ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these 
+    ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return 
+    ** early.  */
+    if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
+      pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
+    }else{
+      pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
+    }
+    if( !pTo || locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){
+      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+      continue;
+    }
+    assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) );
+
+    if( aiFree ){
+      aiCol = aiFree;
+    }else{
+      iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+      aiCol = &iCol;
+    }
+    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+      if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
+        aiCol[i] = -1;
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+      /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the 
+      ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any
+      ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */
+      if( db->xAuth ){
+        int rcauth;
+        char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName;
+        rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb);
+        isIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate 
+    ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns 
+    ** in the parent table.  */
+    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName);
+    pParse->nTab++;
+
+    if( regOld!=0 ){
+      /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent.
+      ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an 
+      ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */
+      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1,isIgnore);
+    }
+    if( regNew!=0 ){
+      /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot
+      ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. */ 
+      fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1,isIgnore);
+    }
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree);
+  }
+
+  /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table */
+  for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Foreign key index for pFKey */
+    SrcList *pSrc;
+    int *aiCol = 0;
+
+    if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){
+      assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 );
+      /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause an immediate
+      ** foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case.  */
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){
+      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+      continue;
+    }
+    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+
+    /* Create a SrcList structure containing a single table (the table 
+    ** the foreign key that refers to this table is attached to). This
+    ** is required for the sqlite3WhereXXX() interface.  */
+    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( pSrc ){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
+      pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom;
+      pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
+      pItem->pTab->nRef++;
+      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
+  
+      if( regNew!=0 ){
+        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1);
+      }
+      if( regOld!=0 ){
+        /* If there is a RESTRICT action configured for the current operation
+        ** on the parent table of this FK, then throw an exception 
+        ** immediately if the FK constraint is violated, even if this is a
+        ** deferred trigger. That's what RESTRICT means. To defer checking
+        ** the constraint, the FK should specify NO ACTION (represented
+        ** using OE_None). NO ACTION is the default.  */
+        fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1);
+      }
+      pItem->zName = 0;
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
+  }
+}
+
+#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x)))
+
+/*
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
+** row contained in table pTab.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab                     /* Table being modified */
+){
+  u32 mask = 0;
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *p;
+    int i;
+    for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+      for(i=0; inCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom);
+    }
+    for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+      Index *pIdx = 0;
+      locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0);
+      if( pIdx ){
+        for(i=0; inColumn; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a 
+** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then
+** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points
+** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab.
+** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding 
+** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified,
+** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the
+** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table.
+**
+** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns
+** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function 
+** returns false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being modified */
+  int *aChange,                   /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */
+  int chngRowid                   /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */
+){
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    if( !aChange ){
+      /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the 
+      ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any 
+      ** foreign key constraint.  */
+      return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey);
+    }else{
+      /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the
+      ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */
+      int i;
+      FKey *p;
+
+      /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */
+      for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){
+        for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+          int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom;
+          if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1;
+          if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */
+      for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){
+        for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+          char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol;
+          int iKey;
+          for(iKey=0; iKeynCol; iKey++){
+            Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey];
+            if( (zKey ? !sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) : pCol->isPrimKey) ){
+              if( aChange[iKey]>=0 ) return 1;
+              if( iKey==pTab->iPKey && chngRowid ) return 1;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being 
+** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey.
+** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is
+** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a
+** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer.
+**
+** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger
+** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey.
+** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is
+** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers
+** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()).
+**
+** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in 
+** the following schema:
+**
+**   CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY);
+**   CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE);
+**
+** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to:
+**
+**   CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN
+**     DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk;
+**   END;
+**
+** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It
+** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by 
+** sqlite3FkDelete().
+*/
+static Trigger *fkActionTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
+  FKey *pFKey,                    /* Foreign key to get action for */
+  ExprList *pChanges              /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* Database handle */
+  int action;                     /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;              /* Trigger definition to return */
+  int iAction = (pChanges!=0);    /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */
+
+  action = pFKey->aAction[iAction];
+  pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction];
+
+  if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){
+    u8 enableLookaside;           /* Copy of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
+    char const *zFrom;            /* Name of child table */
+    int nFrom;                    /* Length in bytes of zFrom */
+    Index *pIdx = 0;              /* Parent key index for this FK */
+    int *aiCol = 0;               /* child table cols -> parent key cols */
+    TriggerStep *pStep = 0;        /* First (only) step of trigger program */
+    Expr *pWhere = 0;             /* WHERE clause of trigger step */
+    ExprList *pList = 0;          /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */
+    Select *pSelect = 0;          /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */
+    int i;                        /* Iterator variable */
+    Expr *pWhen = 0;              /* WHEN clause for the trigger */
+
+    if( locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0;
+    assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 );
+
+    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+      Token tOld = { "old", 3 };  /* Literal "old" token */
+      Token tNew = { "new", 3 };  /* Literal "new" token */
+      Token tFromCol;             /* Name of column in child table */
+      Token tToCol;               /* Name of column in parent table */
+      int iFromCol;               /* Idx of column in child table */
+      Expr *pEq;                  /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */
+
+      iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom;
+      assert( iFromCol>=0 );
+      tToCol.z = pIdx ? pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].zName : "oid";
+      tFromCol.z = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName;
+
+      tToCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tToCol.z);
+      tFromCol.n = sqlite3Strlen30(tFromCol.z);
+
+      /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important
+      ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so
+      ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the
+      ** parent table are used for the comparison. */
+      pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ,
+          sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
+          , 0),
+          sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tFromCol)
+      , 0);
+      pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq);
+
+      /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause.
+      ** The final WHEN clause will be like this:
+      **
+      **    WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN)
+      */
+      if( pChanges ){
+        pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS,
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tOld),
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
+              0),
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
+              sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol),
+              0),
+            0);
+        pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq);
+      }
+  
+      if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){
+        Expr *pNew;
+        if( action==OE_Cascade ){
+          pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, 
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tNew),
+            sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &tToCol)
+          , 0);
+        }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){
+          Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt;
+          if( pDflt ){
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0);
+          }else{
+            pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
+          }
+        }else{
+          pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
+        }
+        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew);
+        sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol);
+
+    zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName;
+    nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom);
+
+    if( action==OE_Restrict ){
+      Token tFrom;
+      Expr *pRaise; 
+
+      tFrom.z = zFrom;
+      tFrom.n = nFrom;
+      pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "foreign key constraint failed");
+      if( pRaise ){
+        pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort;
+      }
+      pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 
+          sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise),
+          sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0),
+          pWhere,
+          0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+      );
+      pWhere = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* In the current implementation, pTab->dbMem==0 for all tables except
+    ** for temporary tables used to describe subqueries.  And temporary
+    ** tables do not have foreign key constraints.  Hence, pTab->dbMem
+    ** should always be 0 there.
+    */
+    enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+
+    pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
+        sizeof(Trigger) +         /* struct Trigger */
+        sizeof(TriggerStep) +     /* Single step in trigger program */
+        nFrom + 1                 /* Space for pStep->target.z */
+    );
+    if( pTrigger ){
+      pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1];
+      pStep->target.z = (char *)&pStep[1];
+      pStep->target.n = nFrom;
+      memcpy((char *)pStep->target.z, zFrom, nFrom);
+  
+      pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      if( pWhen ){
+        pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0);
+        pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){
+      fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+    switch( action ){
+      case OE_Restrict:
+        pStep->op = TK_SELECT; 
+        break;
+      case OE_Cascade: 
+        if( !pChanges ){ 
+          pStep->op = TK_DELETE; 
+          break; 
+        }
+      default:
+        pStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
+    }
+    pStep->pTrig = pTrigger;
+    pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger;
+    pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE);
+  }
+
+  return pTrigger;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement
+** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,                    /* Table being updated or deleted from */
+  ExprList *pChanges,             /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */
+  int regOld                      /* Address of array containing old row */
+){
+  /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that 
+  ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK 
+  ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated 
+  ** trigger sub-program.  */
+  if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){
+    FKey *pFKey;                  /* Iterator variable */
+    for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){
+      Trigger *pAction = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges);
+      if( pAction ){
+        sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAction, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+/*
+** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to
+** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash
+** hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(Table *pTab){
+  FKey *pFKey;                    /* Iterator variable */
+  FKey *pNext;                    /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */
+
+  for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){
+
+    /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
+    if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
+      pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
+    }else{
+      void *data = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
+      const char *z = (data ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
+      sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), data);
+    }
+    if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
+      pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
+    }
+
+    /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+    fkTriggerDelete(pTab->dbMem, pFKey->apTrigger[0]);
+    fkTriggerDelete(pTab->dbMem, pFKey->apTrigger[1]);
+#endif
+
+    /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is
+    ** classified as either immediate or deferred.
+    */
+    assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 );
+
+    pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom;
+    sqlite3DbFree(pTab->dbMem, pFKey);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
+
+/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id: insert.c,v 1.270 2009/07/24 17:58:53 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(
+  Parse *p,       /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
+  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
+  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
+  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
+  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32);
+  VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index
+** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in 
+** the table, according to the affinity of the column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'a'            TEXT
+**  'b'            NONE
+**  'c'            NUMERIC
+**  'd'            INTEGER
+**  'e'            REAL
+**
+** An extra 'b' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
+** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
+**
+** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string
+** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be
+** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
+  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
+    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
+    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
+    **
+    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
+    ** up.
+    */
+    int n;
+    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
+    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(pIdx->nColumn+2);
+    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){
+      pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity;
+    }
+    pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+    pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
+  }
+ 
+  return pIdx->zColAff;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
+** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
+** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
+** column:
+**
+**  Character      Column affinity
+**  ------------------------------
+**  'a'            TEXT
+**  'b'            NONE
+**  'c'            NUMERIC
+**  'd'            INTEGER
+**  'e'            REAL
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
+  /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table
+  ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then 
+  ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use.
+  **
+  ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
+  ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up.
+  */
+  if( !pTab->zColAff ){
+    char *zColAff;
+    int i;
+    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
+
+    zColAff = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(pTab->nCol+1);
+    if( !zColAff ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+
+    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
+    }
+    zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0';
+
+    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
+** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program beginning at location
+** iStartAddr throught the end of the program.  This is used to see if 
+** a statement of the form  "INSERT INTO  SELECT ..." can 
+** run without using temporary table for the results of the SELECT. 
+*/
+static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iStartAddr, int iDb, Table *pTab){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
+  int i;
+  int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0;
+#endif
+
+  for(i=iStartAddr; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){
+      Index *pIndex;
+      int tnum = pOp->p2;
+      if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
+        if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){
+      assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 );
+      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
+      return 1;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+/*
+** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab
+** which is in database iDb.  Return the register number for the register
+** that holds the maximum rowid.
+**
+** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the
+** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within
+** triggers.  A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the
+** first use of table pTab.  On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original
+** AutoincInfo structure is used.
+**
+** Three memory locations are allocated:
+**
+**   (1)  Register to hold the name of the pTab table.
+**   (2)  Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab.
+**   (3)  Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab
+**
+** The 2nd register is the one that is returned.  That is all the
+** insert routine needs to know about.
+*/
+static int autoIncBegin(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
+  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
+  Table *pTab         /* The table we are writing to */
+){
+  int memId = 0;      /* Register holding maximum rowid */
+  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
+    Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+    AutoincInfo *pInfo;
+
+    pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc;
+    while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; }
+    if( pInfo==0 ){
+      pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo));
+      if( pInfo==0 ) return 0;
+      pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc;
+      pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo;
+      pInfo->pTab = pTab;
+      pInfo->iDb = iDb;
+      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Register to hold name of table */
+      pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem;  /* Max rowid register */
+      pToplevel->nMem++;                  /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */
+    }
+    memId = pInfo->regCtr;
+  }
+  return memId;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the
+** register used by the autoincrement tracker.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){
+  AutoincInfo *p;            /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
+  Db *pDb;                   /* Database only autoinc table */
+  int memId;                 /* Register holding max rowid */
+  int addr;                  /* A VDBE address */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* VDBE under construction */
+
+  /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation.  It is
+  ** only called from the top-level */
+  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 );
+  assert( pParse==sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse) );
+
+  assert( v );   /* We failed long ago if this is not so */
+  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
+    pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+    memId = p->regCtr;
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 0, addr+9);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, memId);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 1, memId);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addr+2);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
+**
+** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a
+** new rowid that is about to be inserted.  If that new rowid is
+** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the
+** memory cell is updated.  The stack is unchanged.
+*/
+static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){
+  if( memId>0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement
+** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register.
+** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement
+** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this
+** routine just before the "exit" code.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){
+  AutoincInfo *p;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  assert( v );
+  for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
+    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
+    int j1, j2, j3, j4, j5;
+    int iRec;
+    int memId = p->regCtr;
+
+    iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1);
+    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Rewind);
+    j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, 0, iRec);
+    j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, memId-1, 0, iRec);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, j3);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, memId+1);
+    j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, memId+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, iRec, memId+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec);
+  }
+}
+#else
+/*
+** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines
+** above are all no-ops
+*/
+# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0)
+# define autoIncStep(A,B,C)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static int xferOptimization(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
+  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
+);
+
+/*
+** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms:
+**
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
+**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
+**
+** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
+** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted.  The IDLIST
+** appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
+**
+** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
+** statement above, and pSelect is NULL.  For the second form, pList is
+** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
+** data for the insert.
+**
+** The code generated follows one of four templates.  For a simple
+** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
+** once straight down through.  Pseudo-code follows (we call this
+** the "1st template"):
+**
+**         open write cursor to 
       and its indices
+**         puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack
+**         write the resulting record into 
      
+**         cleanup
+**
+** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
+**
+**   INSERT INTO 
       SELECT ...
+**
+** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " -
+** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
+** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
+** if  and  are distinct tables but have identical
+** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
+** is invoked that copies raw records from  over to .
+** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
+** template.  This is the 2nd template.
+**
+**         open a write cursor to 
      
+**         open read cursor on 
+**         transfer all records in  over to 
      
+**         close cursors
+**         foreach index on 
      
+**           open a write cursor on the 
       index
+**           open a read cursor on the corresponding  index
+**           transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
+**           close cursors
+**         end foreach
+**
+** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply
+** and the SELECT clause does not read from 
       at any time.
+** The generated code follows this template:
+**
+**         EOF <- 0
+**         X <- A
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the rows in the SELECT
+**           load values into registers R..R+n
+**           yield X
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         EOF <- 1
+**         yield X
+**         goto A
+**      B: open write cursor to 
       and its indices
+**      C: yield X
+**         if EOF goto D
+**         insert the select result into 
       from R..R+n
+**         goto C
+**      D: cleanup
+**
+** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
+** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
+** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
+** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
+** the select.  The template is like this:
+**
+**         EOF <- 0
+**         X <- A
+**         goto B
+**      A: setup for the SELECT
+**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+**           load value into register R..R+n
+**           yield X
+**         end loop
+**         cleanup after the SELECT
+**         EOF <- 1
+**         yield X
+**         halt-error
+**      B: open temp table
+**      L: yield X
+**         if EOF goto M
+**         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
+**         goto L
+**      M: open write cursor to 
       and its indices
+**         rewind temp table
+**      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
+**           transfer values form intermediate table into 
      
+**         end loop
+**      D: cleanup
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
+  ExprList *pList,      /* List of values to be inserted */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
+  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
+  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into.  aka TABLE */
+  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
+  const char *zDb;      /* Name of the database holding this table */
+  int i, j, idx;        /* Loop counters */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
+  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
+  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
+  int nHidden = 0;      /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */
+  int baseCur = 0;      /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
+  int keyColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
+  int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
+  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
+  int addrInsTop = 0;   /* Jump to label "D" */
+  int addrCont = 0;     /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */
+  int addrSelect = 0;   /* Address of coroutine that implements the SELECT */
+  SelectDest dest;      /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */
+  int iDb;              /* Index of database holding TABLE */
+  Db *pDb;              /* The database containing table being inserted into */
+  int appendFlag = 0;   /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
+
+  /* Register allocations */
+  int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
+  int regAutoinc = 0;   /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
+  int regRowCount = 0;  /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
+  int regIns;           /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
+  int regRowid;         /* registers holding insert rowid */
+  int regData;          /* register holding first column to insert */
+  int regRecord;        /* Holds the assemblied row record */
+  int regEof = 0;       /* Register recording end of SELECT data */
+  int *aRegIdx = 0;     /* One register allocated to each index */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;                 /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;          /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+  int tmask;                  /* Mask of trigger times */
+#endif
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest));
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
+  */
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
+  if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+  assert( iDbnDb );
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  zDb = pDb->zName;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** inserted into is a view
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define tmask 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+  assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) );
+
+  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
+  ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual 
+  ** module table).
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure that:
+  *  (a) the table is not read-only, 
+  *  (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist
+  */
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a VDBE
+  */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+  /* If the statement is of the form
+  **
+  **       INSERT INTO  SELECT * FROM ;
+  **
+  ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
+  ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
+  **
+  ** This is the 2nd template.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){
+    assert( !pTrigger );
+    assert( pList==0 );
+    goto insert_end;
+  }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
+
+  /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
+  ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
+  */
+  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);
+
+  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
+  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that
+  ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation.  The
+  ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates.
+  */
+  if( pSelect ){
+    /* Data is coming from a SELECT.  Generate code to implement that SELECT
+    ** as a co-routine.  The code is common to both the 3rd and 4th
+    ** templates:
+    **
+    **         EOF <- 0
+    **         X <- A
+    **         goto B
+    **      A: setup for the SELECT
+    **         loop over the tables in the SELECT
+    **           load value into register R..R+n
+    **           yield X
+    **         end loop
+    **         cleanup after the SELECT
+    **         EOF <- 1
+    **         yield X
+    **         halt-error
+    **
+    ** On each invocation of the co-routine, it puts a single row of the
+    ** SELECT result into registers dest.iMem...dest.iMem+dest.nMem-1.
+    ** (These output registers are allocated by sqlite3Select().)  When
+    ** the SELECT completes, it sets the EOF flag stored in regEof.
+    */
+    int rc, j1;
+
+    regEof = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEof);      /* EOF <- 0 */
+    VdbeComment((v, "SELECT eof flag"));
+    sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, ++pParse->nMem);
+    addrSelect = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, addrSelect-1, dest.iParm);
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+    VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine"));
+
+    /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */
+    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+    assert( pParse->nErr==0 || rc );
+    if( rc || NEVER(pParse->nErr) || db->mallocFailed ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEof);         /* EOF <- 1 */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm);   /* yield X */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_INTERNAL, OE_Abort);
+    VdbeComment((v, "End of SELECT coroutine"));
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);                          /* label B: */
+
+    regFromSelect = dest.iMem;
+    assert( pSelect->pEList );
+    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
+    assert( dest.nMem==nColumn );
+
+    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
+    ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4).  Set to
+    ** FALSE if each* row of the SELECT can be written directly into
+    ** the destination table (template 3).
+    **
+    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
+    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
+    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
+    */
+    if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, addrSelect, iDb, pTab) ){
+      useTempTable = 1;
+    }
+
+    if( useTempTable ){
+      /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT
+      ** and add it to a transient table srcTab.  The code generated
+      ** here is from the 4th template:
+      **
+      **      B: open temp table
+      **      L: yield X
+      **         if EOF goto M
+      **         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
+      **         goto L
+      **      M: ...
+      */
+      int regRec;          /* Register to hold packed record */
+      int regTempRowid;    /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */
+      int addrTop;         /* Label "L" */
+      int addrIf;          /* Address of jump to M */
+
+      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
+      regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn);
+      addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm);
+      addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid);
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
+    ** clause
+    */
+    NameContext sNC;
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    srcTab = -1;
+    assert( useTempTable==0 );
+    nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
+    for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){
+        goto insert_cleanup;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
+  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
+  */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+      nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
+    }
+  }
+  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
+       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
+    goto insert_cleanup;
+  }
+
+  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
+  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
+  ** remember the column indices.
+  **
+  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
+  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable
+  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  keyColumn is
+  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
+  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the primary
+  ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
+  */
+  if( pColumn ){
+    for(i=0; inId; i++){
+      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
+    }
+    for(i=0; inId; i++){
+      for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
+        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
+          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
+          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+            keyColumn = i;
+          }
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+        if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){
+          keyColumn = i;
+        }else{
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
+              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
+          pParse->nErr++;
+          goto insert_cleanup;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
+  ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index
+  ** in the original table definition.
+  */
+  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
+    keyColumn = pTab->iPKey;
+  }
+    
+  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
+  */
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
+    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
+  }
+
+  /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */
+  if( !isView ){
+    int nIdx;
+
+    baseCur = pParse->nTab;
+    nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite);
+    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1));
+    if( aRegIdx==0 ){
+      goto insert_cleanup;
+    }
+    for(i=0; inMem;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
+    ** following pseudocode (template 4):
+    **
+    **         rewind temp table
+    **      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
+    **           transfer values form intermediate table into 
      
+    **         end loop
+    **      D: ...
+    */
+    addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab);
+    addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
+    ** following pseudocode (template 3):
+    **
+    **      C: yield X
+    **         if EOF goto D
+    **         insert the select result into 
       from R..R+n
+    **         goto C
+    **      D: ...
+    */
+    addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm);
+    addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof);
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
+  ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record.
+  */
+  regRecord = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
+  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    regRowid++;
+    pParse->nMem++;
+  }
+  regData = regRowid+1;
+
+  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
+  */
+  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
+    int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1);
+
+    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
+    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
+    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
+    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
+    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
+    */
+    if( keyColumn<0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
+    }else{
+      int j1;
+      if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regCols);
+      }else{
+        assert( pSelect==0 );  /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regCols);
+      }
+      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols);
+    }
+
+    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
+    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
+    */
+    assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) );
+
+    /* Create the new column data
+    */
+    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        j = i;
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; jnId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); 
+      }else{
+        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
+        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
+    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
+    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
+    ** table column affinities.
+    */
+    if( !isView ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regCols+1, pTab->nCol);
+      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+    }
+
+    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, 
+        pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop);
+
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1);
+  }
+
+  /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack.  The
+  ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid
+  ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which
+  ** case the record number is the same as that column. 
+  */
+  if( !isView ){
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns);
+    }
+    if( keyColumn>=0 ){
+      if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid);
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid);
+      }else{
+        VdbeOp *pOp;
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
+        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
+        if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+          appendFlag = 1;
+          pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
+          pOp->p1 = baseCur;
+          pOp->p2 = regRowid;
+          pOp->p3 = regAutoinc;
+        }
+      }
+      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
+      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
+      */
+      if( !appendFlag ){
+        int j1;
+        if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+          j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+        }else{
+          j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid);
+      }
+    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
+      appendFlag = 1;
+    }
+    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
+
+    /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
+    ** with the first column.
+    */
+    nHidden = 0;
+    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+      int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i;
+      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
+        ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted
+        ** in its place.  So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid
+        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRegStore);
+        continue;
+      }
+      if( pColumn==0 ){
+        if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
+          assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+          j = -1;
+          nHidden++;
+        }else{
+          j = i - nHidden;
+        }
+      }else{
+        for(j=0; jnId; j++){
+          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore);
+      }else if( useTempTable ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); 
+      }else if( pSelect ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
+    ** do the insertion.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+      sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      int isReplace;    /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */
+      sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx,
+          keyColumn>=0, 0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace
+      );
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns);
+      sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
+          pParse, pTab, baseCur, regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0
+      );
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
+  }
+
+  if( pTrigger ){
+    /* Code AFTER triggers */
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, 
+        pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop);
+  }
+
+  /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source
+  ** is a SELECT statement.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
+  if( useTempTable ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab);
+  }else if( pSelect ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
+  }
+
+  if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){
+    /* Close all tables opened */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, baseCur);
+    for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+baseCur);
+    }
+  }
+
+insert_end:
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+insert_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
+}
+
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
+#ifdef tmask
+ #undef tmask
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE.
+**
+** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows:
+**
+**    1.  The rowid of the row after the update.
+**
+**    2.  The data in the first column of the entry after the update.
+**
+**    i.  Data from middle columns...
+**
+**    N.  The data in the last column of the entry after the update.
+**
+** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (1).
+**
+** If isUpdate is true and rowidChng is non-zero, then rowidChng contains
+** the address of a register containing the rowid before the update takes
+** place. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for INSERTs. If isUpdate
+** is false, indicating an INSERT statement, then a non-zero rowidChng 
+** indicates that the rowid was explicitly specified as part of the
+** INSERT statement. If rowidChng is false, it means that  the rowid is
+** computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value is not 
+** modified by an update.
+**
+** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into
+** registers identified by aRegIdx[].  No index entry is created for
+** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.  The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
+** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
+** attached to the table.
+**
+** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
+** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
+** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
+** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
+**
+**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
+**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
+**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
+**                                sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
+**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
+**                                cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately
+**                                with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
+**
+**  any              FAIL         Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a
+**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
+**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
+**                                prior changes are retained.
+**
+**  any              IGNORE       The record number and data is popped from
+**                                the stack and there is an immediate jump
+**                                to label ignoreDest.
+**
+**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
+**                                value for that column.  If the default value
+**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
+**
+**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
+**                                being inserted is removed.
+**
+**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
+**
+** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
+** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
+** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
+** for the constraint is used.
+**
+** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with
+** cursor number "baseCur".  All indices of pTab must also have open
+** read/write cursors with cursor number baseCur+i for the i-th cursor.
+** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then
+** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int baseCur,        /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
+  int regRowid,       /* Index of the range of input registers */
+  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
+  int rowidChng,      /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */
+  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int overrideError,  /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
+  int ignoreDest,     /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
+  int *pbMayReplace   /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */
+){
+  int i;              /* loop counter */
+  Vdbe *v;            /* VDBE under constrution */
+  int nCol;           /* Number of columns */
+  int onError;        /* Conflict resolution strategy */
+  int j1;             /* Addresss of jump instruction */
+  int j2 = 0, j3;     /* Addresses of jump instructions */
+  int regData;        /* Register containing first data column */
+  int iCur;           /* Table cursor number */
+  Index *pIdx;         /* Pointer to one of the indices */
+  int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */
+  int regOldRowid = (rowidChng && isUpdate) ? rowidChng : regRowid;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  nCol = pTab->nCol;
+  regData = regRowid + 1;
+
+  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
+  */
+  for(i=0; iiPKey ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
+    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
+        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Abort:
+        sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        char *zMsg;
+        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull,
+                                  SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, regData+i);
+        zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s may not be NULL",
+                              pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regData+i, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
+        j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i);
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test all CHECK constraints
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
+    int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    pParse->ckBase = regData;
+    sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
+    if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, 0, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
+  }
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
+
+  /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
+  ** of the new record does not previously exist.  Except, if this
+  ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.
+  */
+  if( rowidChng ){
+    onError = pTab->keyConf;
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, rowidChng);
+    }
+    j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid);
+    switch( onError ){
+      default: {
+        onError = OE_Abort;
+        /* Fall thru into the next case */
+      }
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+          pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Replace: {
+        /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the
+        ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to
+        ** remove the conflicting row from the the table. This will fire
+        ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries.
+        **
+        ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers
+        ** flag is not set, call GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes
+        ** the index b-tree entries only. The table b-tree entry will be 
+        ** replaced by the new entry when it is inserted.  */
+        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+        if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
+          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+        if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){
+          sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+              pParse, pTab, baseCur, regRowid, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace
+          );
+        }else{
+          sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0);
+        }
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        assert( seenReplace==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
+    if( isUpdate ){
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
+  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
+  ** Add the new records to the indices as we go.
+  */
+  for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){
+    int regIdx;
+    int regR;
+
+    if( aRegIdx[iCur]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip unused indices */
+
+    /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */
+    regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+    for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
+      int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+      if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i);
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+
+    /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
+    onError = pIdx->onError;
+    if( onError==OE_None ){ 
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+      continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
+    }
+    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
+      onError = overrideError;
+    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
+      onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    if( seenReplace ){
+      if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
+      else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
+    }
+    
+    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
+    regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regOldRowid, regR);
+    j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0,
+                           regR, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdx),
+                           P4_INT32);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
+
+    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
+    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
+        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
+    switch( onError ){
+      case OE_Rollback:
+      case OE_Abort:
+      case OE_Fail: {
+        int j;
+        StrAccum errMsg;
+        const char *zSep;
+        char *zErr;
+
+        sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, 0, 0, 200);
+        errMsg.db = pParse->db;
+        zSep = pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ";
+        for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){
+          char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zSep, -1);
+          zSep = ", ";
+          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, zCol, -1);
+        }
+        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg,
+            pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique", -1);
+        zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg);
+        sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, zErr, 0);
+        sqlite3DbFree(errMsg.db, zErr);
+        break;
+      }
+      case OE_Ignore: {
+        assert( seenReplace==0 );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
+        break;
+      }
+      default: {
+        Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+        assert( onError==OE_Replace );
+        sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
+        if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
+          pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
+        }
+        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
+            pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace
+        );
+        seenReplace = 1;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR);
+  }
+  
+  if( pbMayReplace ){
+    *pbMayReplace = seenReplace;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
+** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+** A consecutive range of registers starting at regRowid contains the
+** rowid and the content to be inserted.
+**
+** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
+** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
+  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
+  int baseCur,        /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
+  int regRowid,       /* Range of content */
+  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
+  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
+  int appendBias,     /* True if this is likely to be an append */
+  int useSeekResult   /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */
+){
+  int i;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int nIdx;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  u8 pik_flags;
+  int regData;
+  int regRec;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
+  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
+  for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){
+    if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]);
+    if( useSeekResult ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+    }
+  }
+  regData = regRowid + 1;
+  regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
+  sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+  sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
+  if( pParse->nested ){
+    pik_flags = 0;
+  }else{
+    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
+    pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
+  }
+  if( appendBias ){
+    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
+  }
+  if( useSeekResult ){
+    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT;
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid);
+  if( !pParse->nested ){
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all
+** indices of that table.  The "baseCur" parameter is the cursor number used
+** for the table.  Indices are opened on subsequent cursors.
+**
+** Return the number of indices on the table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
+  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
+  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
+  int baseCur,     /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
+  int op           /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
+){
+  int i;
+  int iDb;
+  Index *pIdx;
+  Vdbe *v;
+
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, baseCur, iDb, pTab, op);
+  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+    assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
+                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
+  }
+  if( pParse->nTabnTab = baseCur+i;
+  }
+  return i-1;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
+** transfer optimization is used.  This is used for testing
+** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
+** is happening when it is suppose to.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+/*
+** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible.
+*/
+static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){
+  if( z1==0 ){
+    return z2==0;
+  }
+  if( z2==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
+** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization.  The rules
+** for a compatible index:
+**
+**    *   The index is over the same set of columns
+**    *   The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
+**    *   The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
+**    *   The same collating sequence on each column
+*/
+static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){
+  int i;
+  assert( pDest && pSrc );
+  assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable );
+  if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){
+    return 0;   /* Different number of columns */
+  }
+  if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){
+    return 0;   /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
+  }
+  for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
+    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
+      return 0;   /* Different columns indexed */
+    }
+    if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
+      return 0;   /* Different sort orders */
+    }
+    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i]) ){
+      return 0;   /* Different collating sequences */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
+**
+**     INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
+**
+** This optimization is only attempted if
+**
+**    (1)  tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the
+**         same indices and constraints
+**
+**    (2)  tab1 and tab2 are different tables
+**
+**    (3)  There must be no triggers on tab1
+**
+**    (4)  The result set of the SELECT statement is "*"
+**
+**    (5)  The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY,
+**         or LIMIT clause.
+**
+**    (6)  The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that
+**         contains only tab2 in its FROM clause
+**
+** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from
+** tab2 over to tab1.  The columns are not decoded.  Raw records from
+** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well.  In so doing,
+** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation.
+**
+** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted.  If any
+** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not
+** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE.
+*/
+static int xferOptimization(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
+  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
+  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
+  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
+  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
+){
+  ExprList *pEList;                /* The result set of the SELECT */
+  Table *pSrc;                     /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
+  Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx;       /* Source and destination indices */
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;      /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
+  int i;                           /* Loop counter */
+  int iDbSrc;                      /* The database of pSrc */
+  int iSrc, iDest;                 /* Cursors from source and destination */
+  int addr1, addr2;                /* Loop addresses */
+  int emptyDestTest;               /* Address of test for empty pDest */
+  int emptySrcTest;                /* Address of test for empty pSrc */
+  Vdbe *v;                         /* The VDBE we are building */
+  KeyInfo *pKey;                   /* Key information for an index */
+  int regAutoinc;                  /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */
+  int destHasUniqueIdx = 0;        /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */
+  int regData, regRowid;           /* Registers holding data and rowid */
+
+  if( pSelect==0 ){
+    return 0;   /* Must be of the form  INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */
+  }
+  if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 must not have triggers */
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
+  }
+#endif
+  if( onError==OE_Default ){
+    onError = OE_Abort;
+  }
+  if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){
+    return 0;   /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */
+  }
+  assert(pSelect->pSrc);   /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */
+  if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pWhere ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */
+  }
+  /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause.  If HAVING is present but
+  ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */
+  if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->pLimit ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
+  }
+  assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 );  /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
+  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
+  }
+  if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
+    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
+  }
+  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
+    return 0;   /* The result set must have exactly one column */
+  }
+  assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
+  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){
+    return 0;   /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
+  }
+
+  /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
+  ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization.  Now
+  ** we have to check the semantics.
+  */
+  pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a;
+  pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
+  if( pSrc==0 ){
+    return 0;   /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
+  }
+  if( pSrc==pDest ){
+    return 0;   /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
+    return 0;   /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
+  }
+#endif
+  if( pSrc->pSelect ){
+    return 0;   /* tab2 may not be a view */
+  }
+  if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){
+    return 0;   /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */
+  }
+  if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
+    return 0;   /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
+  }
+  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+    if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){
+      return 0;    /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
+    }
+    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){
+      return 0;    /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
+    }
+    if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){
+      return 0;    /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */
+    }
+  }
+  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
+    if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
+      destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
+    }
+    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
+      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
+    }
+    if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
+      return 0;    /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */
+    }
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+  if( pDest->pCheck && !sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){
+    return 0;   /* Tables have different CHECK constraints.  Ticket #2252 */
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* If we get this far, it means either:
+  **
+  **    *   We can always do the transfer if the table contains an
+  **        an integer primary key
+  **
+  **    *   We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination
+  **        table is empty.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
+#endif
+  iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
+  iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
+  iDest = pParse->nTab++;
+  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
+  if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){
+    /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there
+    ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty,
+    ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the
+    ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing.
+    **
+    ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty,
+    ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot
+    ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be
+    ** unique.
+    */
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0);
+    emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  }else{
+    emptyDestTest = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
+  emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
+  regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid);
+    sqlite3HaltConstraint(
+        pParse, onError, "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
+    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
+  }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
+  }else{
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
+    assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1);
+  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
+    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
+      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
+    }
+    assert( pSrcIdx );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+    pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc,
+                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
+    pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest,
+                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+  if( emptyDestTest ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
+    return 0;
+  }else{
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
+
+/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+**
+** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.35 2009/08/07 16:56:00 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
+** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
+** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
+**
+** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
+** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
+** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
+** is invoked, even for queries.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
+  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;         /* Return code */
+  const char *zLeftover;      /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;    /* The current SQL statement */
+  char **azCols = 0;          /* Names of result columns */
+  int nRetry = 0;             /* Number of retry attempts */
+  int callbackIsInit;         /* True if callback data is initialized */
+
+  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
+    int nCol;
+    char **azVals = 0;
+
+    pStmt = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      continue;
+    }
+    if( !pStmt ){
+      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
+      zSql = zLeftover;
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    callbackIsInit = 0;
+    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+
+    while( 1 ){
+      int i;
+      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
+      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
+          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit
+                           && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
+        if( !callbackIsInit ){
+          azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
+          if( azCols==0 ){
+            goto exec_out;
+          }
+          for(i=0; imallocFailed = 1;
+              goto exec_out;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
+          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+          sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+          pStmt = 0;
+          sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0);
+          goto exec_out;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+        rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+        pStmt = 0;
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+          nRetry = 0;
+          zSql = zLeftover;
+          while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
+    azCols = 0;
+  }
+
+exec_out:
+  if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
+
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(rc==sqlite3_errcode(db)) && pzErrMsg ){
+    int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
+    if( *pzErrMsg ){
+      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+    }
+  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  }
+
+  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
+** the SQLite library.
+**
+** $Id: loadext.c,v 1.60 2009/06/03 01:24:54 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  #define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
+#endif
+/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/
+/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 7
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
+** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
+** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
+** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
+** sqlite3.h.
+**
+** @(#) $Id: sqlite3ext.h,v 1.25 2008/10/12 00:27:54 shane Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
+#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
+
+/*
+** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
+** routines.
+**
+** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
+** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
+** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
+** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared
+** libraries!
+*/
+struct sqlite3_api_routines {
+  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
+  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
+  int  (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int  (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
+  int  (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
+  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  int  (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  int  (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
+  int  (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
+  int  (*changes)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*close)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*));
+  int  (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*));
+  const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
+  const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  double  (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  int  (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
+  void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
+  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
+  int  (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
+  int  (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int  (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
+  int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
+  int  (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
+  int  (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
+  const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
+  const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
+  int  (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
+  int  (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*free)(void*);
+  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
+  int  (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  int  (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
+  int  (*global_recover)(void);
+  void  (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
+  const char * (*libversion)(void);
+  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
+  void *(*malloc)(int);
+  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
+  int  (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
+  int  (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int  (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
+  void  (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
+  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
+  int  (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
+  void  (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
+  void  (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
+  void  (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
+  void  (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  void  (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
+  void  (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
+  void  (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
+  void  (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
+  void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
+  int  (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*);
+  void  (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
+  char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
+  int  (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int  (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
+  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
+  int  (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
+  void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
+  int  (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+  void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,sqlite_int64),void*);
+  void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
+  const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  double  (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
+  sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
+  const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
+  int  (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
+  char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
+  /* Added ??? */
+  int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+  /* Added by 3.3.13 */
+  int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
+  int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
+  int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  /* Added by 3.4.1 */
+  int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,void (*xDestroy)(void *));
+  /* Added by 3.5.0 */
+  int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+  int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
+  int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
+  int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,int,sqlite3_blob**);
+  int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
+  int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
+  int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),void(*)(void*));
+  int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
+  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
+  void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
+  int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
+  int (*release_memory)(int);
+  void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
+  void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int (*sleep)(int);
+  void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
+  sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
+  int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
+  int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
+  int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
+  void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
+  int (*test_control)(int, ...);
+  void (*randomness)(int,void*);
+  sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
+  int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int);
+  int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int);
+  sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
+  const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
+  int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
+};
+
+/*
+** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
+** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
+**
+** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
+** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
+** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
+** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
+** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
+** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_context      sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_aggregate_count        sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_bind_blob              sqlite3_api->bind_blob
+#define sqlite3_bind_double            sqlite3_api->bind_double
+#define sqlite3_bind_int               sqlite3_api->bind_int
+#define sqlite3_bind_int64             sqlite3_api->bind_int64
+#define sqlite3_bind_null              sqlite3_api->bind_null
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
+#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
+#define sqlite3_bind_text              sqlite3_api->bind_text
+#define sqlite3_bind_text16            sqlite3_api->bind_text16
+#define sqlite3_bind_value             sqlite3_api->bind_value
+#define sqlite3_busy_handler           sqlite3_api->busy_handler
+#define sqlite3_busy_timeout           sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
+#define sqlite3_changes                sqlite3_api->changes
+#define sqlite3_close                  sqlite3_api->close
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed       sqlite3_api->collation_needed
+#define sqlite3_collation_needed16     sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
+#define sqlite3_column_blob            sqlite3_api->column_blob
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes           sqlite3_api->column_bytes
+#define sqlite3_column_bytes16         sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_column_count           sqlite3_api->column_count
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name   sqlite3_api->column_database_name
+#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype        sqlite3_api->column_decltype
+#define sqlite3_column_decltype16      sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
+#define sqlite3_column_double          sqlite3_api->column_double
+#define sqlite3_column_int             sqlite3_api->column_int
+#define sqlite3_column_int64           sqlite3_api->column_int64
+#define sqlite3_column_name            sqlite3_api->column_name
+#define sqlite3_column_name16          sqlite3_api->column_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name     sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
+#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name      sqlite3_api->column_table_name
+#define sqlite3_column_table_name16    sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
+#define sqlite3_column_text            sqlite3_api->column_text
+#define sqlite3_column_text16          sqlite3_api->column_text16
+#define sqlite3_column_type            sqlite3_api->column_type
+#define sqlite3_column_value           sqlite3_api->column_value
+#define sqlite3_commit_hook            sqlite3_api->commit_hook
+#define sqlite3_complete               sqlite3_api->complete
+#define sqlite3_complete16             sqlite3_api->complete16
+#define sqlite3_create_collation       sqlite3_api->create_collation
+#define sqlite3_create_collation16     sqlite3_api->create_collation16
+#define sqlite3_create_function        sqlite3_api->create_function
+#define sqlite3_create_function16      sqlite3_api->create_function16
+#define sqlite3_create_module          sqlite3_api->create_module
+#define sqlite3_create_module_v2       sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
+#define sqlite3_data_count             sqlite3_api->data_count
+#define sqlite3_db_handle              sqlite3_api->db_handle
+#define sqlite3_declare_vtab           sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
+#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
+#define sqlite3_errcode                sqlite3_api->errcode
+#define sqlite3_errmsg                 sqlite3_api->errmsg
+#define sqlite3_errmsg16               sqlite3_api->errmsg16
+#define sqlite3_exec                   sqlite3_api->exec
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_expired                sqlite3_api->expired
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_finalize               sqlite3_api->finalize
+#define sqlite3_free                   sqlite3_api->free
+#define sqlite3_free_table             sqlite3_api->free_table
+#define sqlite3_get_autocommit         sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
+#define sqlite3_get_auxdata            sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_get_table              sqlite3_api->get_table
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_global_recover         sqlite3_api->global_recover
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_interrupt              sqlite3_api->interruptx
+#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
+#define sqlite3_libversion             sqlite3_api->libversion
+#define sqlite3_libversion_number      sqlite3_api->libversion_number
+#define sqlite3_malloc                 sqlite3_api->malloc
+#define sqlite3_mprintf                sqlite3_api->mprintf
+#define sqlite3_open                   sqlite3_api->open
+#define sqlite3_open16                 sqlite3_api->open16
+#define sqlite3_prepare                sqlite3_api->prepare
+#define sqlite3_prepare16              sqlite3_api->prepare16
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_profile                sqlite3_api->profile
+#define sqlite3_progress_handler       sqlite3_api->progress_handler
+#define sqlite3_realloc                sqlite3_api->realloc
+#define sqlite3_reset                  sqlite3_api->reset
+#define sqlite3_result_blob            sqlite3_api->result_blob
+#define sqlite3_result_double          sqlite3_api->result_double
+#define sqlite3_result_error           sqlite3_api->result_error
+#define sqlite3_result_error16         sqlite3_api->result_error16
+#define sqlite3_result_int             sqlite3_api->result_int
+#define sqlite3_result_int64           sqlite3_api->result_int64
+#define sqlite3_result_null            sqlite3_api->result_null
+#define sqlite3_result_text            sqlite3_api->result_text
+#define sqlite3_result_text16          sqlite3_api->result_text16
+#define sqlite3_result_text16be        sqlite3_api->result_text16be
+#define sqlite3_result_text16le        sqlite3_api->result_text16le
+#define sqlite3_result_value           sqlite3_api->result_value
+#define sqlite3_rollback_hook          sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
+#define sqlite3_set_authorizer         sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
+#define sqlite3_set_auxdata            sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
+#define sqlite3_snprintf               sqlite3_api->snprintf
+#define sqlite3_step                   sqlite3_api->step
+#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
+#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup         sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
+#define sqlite3_total_changes          sqlite3_api->total_changes
+#define sqlite3_trace                  sqlite3_api->trace
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings      sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
+#endif
+#define sqlite3_update_hook            sqlite3_api->update_hook
+#define sqlite3_user_data              sqlite3_api->user_data
+#define sqlite3_value_blob             sqlite3_api->value_blob
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes            sqlite3_api->value_bytes
+#define sqlite3_value_bytes16          sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
+#define sqlite3_value_double           sqlite3_api->value_double
+#define sqlite3_value_int              sqlite3_api->value_int
+#define sqlite3_value_int64            sqlite3_api->value_int64
+#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type     sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
+#define sqlite3_value_text             sqlite3_api->value_text
+#define sqlite3_value_text16           sqlite3_api->value_text16
+#define sqlite3_value_text16be         sqlite3_api->value_text16be
+#define sqlite3_value_text16le         sqlite3_api->value_text16le
+#define sqlite3_value_type             sqlite3_api->value_type
+#define sqlite3_vmprintf               sqlite3_api->vmprintf
+#define sqlite3_overload_function      sqlite3_api->overload_function
+#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
+#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
+#define sqlite3_clear_bindings         sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob          sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_blob_bytes             sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
+#define sqlite3_blob_close             sqlite3_api->blob_close
+#define sqlite3_blob_open              sqlite3_api->blob_open
+#define sqlite3_blob_read              sqlite3_api->blob_read
+#define sqlite3_blob_write             sqlite3_api->blob_write
+#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2    sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
+#define sqlite3_file_control           sqlite3_api->file_control
+#define sqlite3_memory_highwater       sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
+#define sqlite3_memory_used            sqlite3_api->memory_used
+#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc            sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
+#define sqlite3_mutex_enter            sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
+#define sqlite3_mutex_free             sqlite3_api->mutex_free
+#define sqlite3_mutex_leave            sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
+#define sqlite3_mutex_try              sqlite3_api->mutex_try
+#define sqlite3_open_v2                sqlite3_api->open_v2
+#define sqlite3_release_memory         sqlite3_api->release_memory
+#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem     sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
+#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig    sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
+#define sqlite3_sleep                  sqlite3_api->sleep
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit        sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
+#define sqlite3_vfs_find               sqlite3_api->vfs_find
+#define sqlite3_vfs_register           sqlite3_api->vfs_register
+#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister         sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
+#define sqlite3_threadsafe             sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
+#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob        sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
+#define sqlite3_result_error_code      sqlite3_api->result_error_code
+#define sqlite3_test_control           sqlite3_api->test_control
+#define sqlite3_randomness             sqlite3_api->randomness
+#define sqlite3_context_db_handle      sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
+#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes  sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes
+#define sqlite3_limit                  sqlite3_api->limit
+#define sqlite3_next_stmt              sqlite3_api->next_stmt
+#define sqlite3_sql                    sqlite3_api->sql
+#define sqlite3_status                 sqlite3_api->status
+#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
+
+#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0;
+#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api = v;
+
+#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */
+
+/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+
+/*
+** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
+** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
+** for any missing APIs.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name   0
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name      0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name     0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
+# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+# define sqlite3_set_authorizer         0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+# define sqlite3_bind_text16            0
+# define sqlite3_collation_needed16     0
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
+# define sqlite3_column_name16          0
+# define sqlite3_column_text16          0
+# define sqlite3_complete16             0
+# define sqlite3_create_collation16     0
+# define sqlite3_create_function16      0
+# define sqlite3_errmsg16               0
+# define sqlite3_open16                 0
+# define sqlite3_prepare16              0
+# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           0
+# define sqlite3_result_error16         0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16          0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16be        0
+# define sqlite3_result_text16le        0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16           0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16be         0
+# define sqlite3_value_text16le         0
+# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
+# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+# define sqlite3_complete 0
+# define sqlite3_complete16 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+# define sqlite3_create_module 0
+# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
+# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+# define sqlite3_profile       0
+# define sqlite3_trace         0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+# define sqlite3_free_table    0
+# define sqlite3_get_table     0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob  0
+#define sqlite3_blob_bytes     0
+#define sqlite3_blob_close     0
+#define sqlite3_blob_open      0
+#define sqlite3_blob_read      0
+#define sqlite3_blob_write     0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
+** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
+** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
+** library.
+**
+** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
+** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
+**
+** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
+** intend to use is supported by the library.  Extensions should
+** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
+** not NULL before calling it.
+*/
+static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
+  sqlite3_aggregate_context,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_aggregate_count,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_bind_blob,
+  sqlite3_bind_double,
+  sqlite3_bind_int,
+  sqlite3_bind_int64,
+  sqlite3_bind_null,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
+  sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
+  sqlite3_bind_text,
+  sqlite3_bind_text16,
+  sqlite3_bind_value,
+  sqlite3_busy_handler,
+  sqlite3_busy_timeout,
+  sqlite3_changes,
+  sqlite3_close,
+  sqlite3_collation_needed,
+  sqlite3_collation_needed16,
+  sqlite3_column_blob,
+  sqlite3_column_bytes,
+  sqlite3_column_bytes16,
+  sqlite3_column_count,
+  sqlite3_column_database_name,
+  sqlite3_column_database_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_decltype,
+  sqlite3_column_decltype16,
+  sqlite3_column_double,
+  sqlite3_column_int,
+  sqlite3_column_int64,
+  sqlite3_column_name,
+  sqlite3_column_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_origin_name,
+  sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_table_name,
+  sqlite3_column_table_name16,
+  sqlite3_column_text,
+  sqlite3_column_text16,
+  sqlite3_column_type,
+  sqlite3_column_value,
+  sqlite3_commit_hook,
+  sqlite3_complete,
+  sqlite3_complete16,
+  sqlite3_create_collation,
+  sqlite3_create_collation16,
+  sqlite3_create_function,
+  sqlite3_create_function16,
+  sqlite3_create_module,
+  sqlite3_data_count,
+  sqlite3_db_handle,
+  sqlite3_declare_vtab,
+  sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
+  sqlite3_errcode,
+  sqlite3_errmsg,
+  sqlite3_errmsg16,
+  sqlite3_exec,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_expired,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_finalize,
+  sqlite3_free,
+  sqlite3_free_table,
+  sqlite3_get_autocommit,
+  sqlite3_get_auxdata,
+  sqlite3_get_table,
+  0,     /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
+  sqlite3_interrupt,
+  sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
+  sqlite3_libversion,
+  sqlite3_libversion_number,
+  sqlite3_malloc,
+  sqlite3_mprintf,
+  sqlite3_open,
+  sqlite3_open16,
+  sqlite3_prepare,
+  sqlite3_prepare16,
+  sqlite3_profile,
+  sqlite3_progress_handler,
+  sqlite3_realloc,
+  sqlite3_reset,
+  sqlite3_result_blob,
+  sqlite3_result_double,
+  sqlite3_result_error,
+  sqlite3_result_error16,
+  sqlite3_result_int,
+  sqlite3_result_int64,
+  sqlite3_result_null,
+  sqlite3_result_text,
+  sqlite3_result_text16,
+  sqlite3_result_text16be,
+  sqlite3_result_text16le,
+  sqlite3_result_value,
+  sqlite3_rollback_hook,
+  sqlite3_set_authorizer,
+  sqlite3_set_auxdata,
+  sqlite3_snprintf,
+  sqlite3_step,
+  sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_total_changes,
+  sqlite3_trace,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+  sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
+#else
+  0,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_update_hook,
+  sqlite3_user_data,
+  sqlite3_value_blob,
+  sqlite3_value_bytes,
+  sqlite3_value_bytes16,
+  sqlite3_value_double,
+  sqlite3_value_int,
+  sqlite3_value_int64,
+  sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
+  sqlite3_value_text,
+  sqlite3_value_text16,
+  sqlite3_value_text16be,
+  sqlite3_value_text16le,
+  sqlite3_value_type,
+  sqlite3_vmprintf,
+  /*
+  ** The original API set ends here.  All extensions can call any
+  ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL.  But
+  ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
+  ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
+  ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
+  *************************************************************************
+  */
+  sqlite3_overload_function,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added after 3.3.13
+  */
+  sqlite3_prepare_v2,
+  sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
+  sqlite3_clear_bindings,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.4.1
+  */
+  sqlite3_create_module_v2,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.5.0
+  */
+  sqlite3_bind_zeroblob,
+  sqlite3_blob_bytes,
+  sqlite3_blob_close,
+  sqlite3_blob_open,
+  sqlite3_blob_read,
+  sqlite3_blob_write,
+  sqlite3_create_collation_v2,
+  sqlite3_file_control,
+  sqlite3_memory_highwater,
+  sqlite3_memory_used,
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+  0, 
+  0, 
+  0,
+  0,
+  0,
+#else
+  sqlite3_mutex_alloc,
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter,
+  sqlite3_mutex_free,
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave,
+  sqlite3_mutex_try,
+#endif
+  sqlite3_open_v2,
+  sqlite3_release_memory,
+  sqlite3_result_error_nomem,
+  sqlite3_result_error_toobig,
+  sqlite3_sleep,
+  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit,
+  sqlite3_vfs_find,
+  sqlite3_vfs_register,
+  sqlite3_vfs_unregister,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.5.8
+  */
+  sqlite3_threadsafe,
+  sqlite3_result_zeroblob,
+  sqlite3_result_error_code,
+  sqlite3_test_control,
+  sqlite3_randomness,
+  sqlite3_context_db_handle,
+
+  /*
+  ** Added for 3.6.0
+  */
+  sqlite3_extended_result_codes,
+  sqlite3_limit,
+  sqlite3_next_stmt,
+  sqlite3_sql,
+  sqlite3_status,
+};
+
+/*
+** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
+** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
+** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
+** of the default name is recommended.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
+**
+** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
+** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
+** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
+*/
+static int sqlite3LoadExtension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+  void *handle;
+  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
+  char *zErrmsg = 0;
+  void **aHandle;
+  const int nMsg = 300;
+
+  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
+
+  /* Ticket #1863.  To avoid a creating security problems for older
+  ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
+  ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default.  One
+  ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
+  ** loading.  Otherwise you get the following error.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  if( zProc==0 ){
+    zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init";
+  }
+
+  handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
+  if( handle==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      zErrmsg = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, nMsg);
+      if( zErrmsg ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, 
+            "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
+        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErrmsg);
+        sqlite3StackFree(db, zErrmsg);
+      }
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+                   sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc);
+  if( xInit==0 ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      zErrmsg = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, nMsg);
+      if( zErrmsg ){
+        sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
+            "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile);
+        sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErrmsg);
+        sqlite3StackFree(db, zErrmsg);
+      }
+      sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+    }
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
+    if( pzErrMsg ){
+      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
+  aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1));
+  if( aHandle==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( db->nExtension>0 ){
+    memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
+  db->aExtension = aHandle;
+
+  db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
+** to clean up loaded extensions
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+  int i;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(i=0; inExtension; i++){
+    sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
+}
+
+/*
+** Enable or disable extension loading.  Extension loading is disabled by
+** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( onoff ){
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+  }else{
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+
+/*
+** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension
+** loading is supported.  We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that
+** code if regular extension loading is not available.  This is that
+** dummy pointer.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 };
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
+** extensions.
+**
+** This list is shared across threads.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
+  int nExt;              /* Number of entries in aExt[] */          
+  void (**aExt)(void);   /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
+} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
+
+/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension
+** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdAutoextInit \
+  sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext)
+# define wsdAutoext x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdAutoextInit
+# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
+** loaded by every new database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ){
+    return rc;
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    int i;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+    wsdAutoextInit;
+    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+    for(i=0; i=wsdAutoext.nExt ){
+      xInit = 0;
+      go = 0;
+    }else{
+      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
+              wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+    zErrmsg = 0;
+    if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR,
+            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
+      go = 0;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
+  }
+}
+
+/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
+**
+** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.214 2009/07/02 07:47:33 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA)
+
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
+** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
+** unrecognized string argument.
+**
+** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
+** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
+** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
+** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
+*/
+static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z){
+                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
+  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
+  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
+  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
+  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
+  int i, n;
+  if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+    return (u8)atoi(z);
+  }
+  n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+  for(i=0; i=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
+}
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
+** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
+** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
+*/
+static int getTempStore(const char *z){
+  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
+    return z[0] - '0';
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
+    return 2;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
+** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
+*/
+static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
+    if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
+        "from within a transaction");
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
+    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
+** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
+*/
+static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
+  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  db->temp_store = (u8)ts;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+/*
+** Generate code to return a single integer value.
+*/
+static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
+  i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value));
+  if( pI64 ){
+    memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value));
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64);
+  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+  sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+/*
+** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries
+** or changes one of the flags in db->flags.  Return 1 if so and 0 if not.
+** Also, implement the pragma.
+*/
+static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
+  static const struct sPragmaType {
+    const char *zName;  /* Name of the pragma */
+    int mask;           /* Mask for the db->flags value */
+  } aPragma[] = {
+    { "full_column_names",        SQLITE_FullColNames  },
+    { "short_column_names",       SQLITE_ShortColNames },
+    { "count_changes",            SQLITE_CountRows     },
+    { "empty_result_callbacks",   SQLITE_NullCallback  },
+    { "legacy_file_format",       SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
+    { "fullfsync",                SQLITE_FullFSync     },
+    { "reverse_unordered_selects", SQLITE_ReverseOrder  },
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+    { "sql_trace",                SQLITE_SqlTrace      },
+    { "vdbe_listing",             SQLITE_VdbeListing   },
+    { "vdbe_trace",               SQLITE_VdbeTrace     },
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+    { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks  },
+#endif
+    /* The following is VERY experimental */
+    { "writable_schema",          SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
+    { "omit_readlock",            SQLITE_NoReadlock    },
+
+    /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted
+    ** flag if there are any active statements. */
+    { "read_uncommitted",         SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
+    { "recursive_triggers",       SQLITE_RecTriggers },
+
+    /* This flag may only be set if both foreign-key and trigger support
+    ** are present in the build.  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+    { "foreign_keys",             SQLITE_ForeignKeys },
+#endif
+  };
+  int i;
+  const struct sPragmaType *p;
+  for(i=0, p=aPragma; izName)==0 ){
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      Vdbe *v;
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      assert( v!=0 );  /* Already allocated by sqlite3Pragma() */
+      if( ALWAYS(v) ){
+        if( zRight==0 ){
+          returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 );
+        }else{
+          int mask = p->mask;          /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
+          if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
+            /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
+            ** in auto-commit mode.  */
+            mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
+          }
+
+          if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+            db->flags |= mask;
+          }else{
+            db->flags &= ~mask;
+          }
+
+          /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL 
+          ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
+          ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
+          */
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
+        }
+      }
+
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
+
+/*
+** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+static const char *actionName(u8 action){
+  const char *zName;
+  switch( action ){
+    case OE_SetNull:  zName = "SET NULL";        break;
+    case OE_SetDflt:  zName = "SET DEFAULT";     break;
+    case OE_Cascade:  zName = "CASCADE";         break;
+    case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT";        break;
+    default:          zName = "NO ACTION";  
+                      assert( action==OE_None ); break;
+  }
+  return zName;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Process a pragma statement.  
+**
+** Pragmas are of this form:
+**
+**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
+**
+** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
+** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
+** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
+**
+** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
+** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
+** id and pId2 is any empty string.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
+  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
+  Token *pValue,      /* Token for , or NULL */
+  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded  */
+){
+  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string  */
+  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */
+  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
+  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to  token */
+  int iDb;               /* Database index for  */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  Db *pDb;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
+  if( v==0 ) return;
+  pParse->nMem = 2;
+
+  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
+  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
+  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
+  if( iDb<0 ) return;
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+
+  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
+  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
+  */
+  if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId);
+  if( !zLeft ) return;
+  if( minusFlag ){
+    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue);
+  }else{
+    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue);
+  }
+
+  assert( pId2 );
+  zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0;
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
+    goto pragma_out;
+  }
+ 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
+  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
+  ** stored in the database file.
+  **
+  ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the
+  ** database file.  The cache size is actually the absolute value of
+  ** this memory location.  The sign of meta-value 2 determines the
+  ** synchronous setting.  A negative value means synchronous is off
+  ** and a positive value means synchronous is on.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){
+    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
+      { OP_Transaction, 0, 0,        0},                         /* 0 */
+      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 1,        BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE},  /* 1 */
+      { OP_IfPos,       1, 7,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 2,        0},
+      { OP_Subtract,    1, 2,        1},
+      { OP_IfPos,       1, 7,        0},
+      { OP_Integer,     0, 1,        0},                         /* 6 */
+      { OP_ResultRow,   1, 1,        0},
+    };
+    int addr;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    if( !zRight ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      pParse->nMem += 2;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
+    }else{
+      int size = atoi(zRight);
+      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -size, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1);
+      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
+  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
+  ** the database has not yet been created.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( !zRight ){
+      int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
+    }else{
+      /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
+      ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
+      */
+      db->nextPagesize = atoi(zRight);
+      if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+  ** maximum number of pages in the database file.  The 
+  ** second form attempts to change this setting.  Both
+  ** forms return the current setting.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    int newMax = 0;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( zRight ){
+      newMax = atoi(zRight);
+    }
+    if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){
+      newMax = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
+    }
+    returnSingleInt(pParse, "max_page_count", newMax);
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_count
+  **
+  ** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0 ){
+    int iReg;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "page_count", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){
+    const char *zRet = "normal";
+    int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);
+
+    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
+      /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
+      ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to
+      ** the locking-mode of the main database).
+      */
+      eMode = db->dfltLockMode;
+    }else{
+      Pager *pPager;
+      if( pId2->n==0 ){
+        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
+        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be
+        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
+        **
+        ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that
+        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
+        ** locking mode.
+        */
+        int ii;
+        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
+        for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){
+          pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
+          sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+        }
+        db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode;
+      }
+      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+    }
+
+    assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE);
+    if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){
+      zRet = "exclusive";
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory)
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){
+    int eMode;
+    static char * const azModeName[] = {
+      "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory"
+    };
+
+    if( zRight==0 ){
+      eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
+    }else{
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight);
+      eMode = sizeof(azModeName)/sizeof(azModeName[0]) - 1;
+      while( eMode>=0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, azModeName[eMode], n)!=0 ){
+        eMode--;
+      }
+    }
+    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ){
+      /* Simple "PRAGMA journal_mode;" statement. This is a query for
+      ** the current default journal mode (which may be different to
+      ** the journal-mode of the main database).
+      */
+      eMode = db->dfltJournalMode;
+    }else{
+      Pager *pPager;
+      if( pId2->n==0 ){
+        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
+        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the journal-mode must be
+        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
+        **
+        ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltJournalMode variable is set so that
+        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
+        ** journal mode.
+        */
+        int ii;
+        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
+        for(ii=1; iinDb; ii++){
+          if( db->aDb[ii].pBt ){
+            pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
+            sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode);
+          }
+        }
+        db->dfltJournalMode = (u8)eMode;
+      }
+      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      eMode = sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode);
+    }
+    assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, 
+           azModeName[eMode], P4_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N
+  **
+  ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){
+    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+    i64 iLimit = -2;
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit);
+      if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1;
+    }
+    iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
+    returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit);
+  }else
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
+  **
+  ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
+  ** The value is one of:  0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){
+    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
+    assert( pBt!=0 );
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+      goto pragma_out;
+    }
+    if( !zRight ){
+      int auto_vacuum;
+      if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){
+         auto_vacuum = sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt);
+      }else{
+         auto_vacuum = SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM;
+      }
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum);
+    }else{
+      int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
+      assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 );
+      db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto;
+      if( ALWAYS(eAuto>=0) ){
+        /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
+        ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
+        ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
+        ** as an auto-vacuum capable db.
+        */
+        int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
+          /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or 
+          ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
+          ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
+          ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
+          */
+          static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = {
+            { OP_Transaction,    0,         1,                 0},    /* 0 */
+            { OP_ReadCookie,     0,         1,         BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE},
+            { OP_If,             1,         0,                 0},    /* 2 */
+            { OP_Halt,           SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort,          0},    /* 3 */
+            { OP_Integer,        0,         1,                 0},    /* 4 */
+            { OP_SetCookie,      0,         BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 1},    /* 5 */
+          };
+          int iAddr;
+          iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb);
+          sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N)
+  **
+  ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){
+    int iLimit, addr;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+      goto pragma_out;
+    }
+    if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
+      iLimit = 0x7fffffff;
+    }
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  }else
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
+  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
+  **
+  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
+  ** page cache size.  The local setting can be different from
+  ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database
+  ** file itself.  The value returned is the maximum number of
+  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets the local
+  ** page cache size value.  It does not change the persistent
+  ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert
+  ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened.
+  ** N should be a positive integer.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }else{
+      int size = atoi(zRight);
+      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
+  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
+  **
+  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
+  ** override this setting
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
+    }else{
+      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory
+  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag.  Changing
+  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
+  ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
+  ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
+  **
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
+            "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+      }
+    }else{
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        int rc;
+        int res;
+        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
+          goto pragma_out;
+        }
+      }
+      if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0
+       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
+       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
+      ){
+        invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory);
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zRight);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+      }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
+    }
+  }else
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE)
+#  if defined(__APPLE__)
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
+#  else
+#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+  /*
+   **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
+   **   PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path"
+   **
+   ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag.  Changing
+   ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks.
+   **
+   */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_proxy_file")==0 ){
+    if( !zRight ){
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      char *proxy_file_path = NULL;
+      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+      sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                           &proxy_file_path);
+      
+      if( proxy_file_path ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
+                              "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+      }
+    }else{
+      Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
+      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+      int res;
+      if( zRight[0] ){
+        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                                     zRight);
+      } else {
+        res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, 
+                                     NULL);
+      }
+      if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file");
+        goto pragma_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */      
+    
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
+  **
+  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
+  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
+  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
+  ** opened.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    if( !zRight ){
+      returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
+    }else{
+      if( !db->autoCommit ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
+      }else{
+        pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1;
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+  if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){
+    /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code
+    ** there is nothing more to do here */
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA table_info(
      )
+  **
+  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
+  ** the returned data set are:
+  **
+  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
+  ** name:       Column name
+  ** type:       Column declaration type.
+  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
+  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      int i;
+      int nHidden = 0;
+      Column *pCol;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
+      pParse->nMem = 6;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
+      for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){
+        if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){
+          nHidden++;
+          continue;
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+           pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4);
+        if( pCol->zDflt ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pCol->zDflt, 0);
+        }else{
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 6);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pIdx ){
+      int i;
+      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+      pParse->nMem = 3;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
+        int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2);
+        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    Index *pIdx;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pIdx = pTab->pIndex;
+      if( pIdx ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+        pParse->nMem = 3;
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        while(pIdx){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+          ++i;
+          pIdx = pIdx->pNext;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){
+    int i;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+    pParse->nMem = 3;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
+      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+           sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+    }
+  }else
+
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){
+    int i = 0;
+    HashElem *p;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+    pParse->nMem = 2;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){
+    FKey *pFK;
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
+    if( pTab ){
+      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
+      if( pFK ){
+        int i = 0; 
+        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8);
+        pParse->nMem = 8;
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC);
+        while(pFK){
+          int j;
+          for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
+            char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol;
+            char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[0]);
+            char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->aAction[1]);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
+                              pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8);
+          }
+          ++i;
+          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){
+    if( zRight ){
+      if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+        sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+
+  /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions.  The variant of LIKE
+  ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){
+    if( zRight ){
+      sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight));
+    }
+  }else
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX
+# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+  /* Pragma "quick_check" is an experimental reduced version of 
+  ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
+  ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0
+   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "quick_check")==0 
+  ){
+    int i, j, addr, mxErr;
+
+    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
+    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
+    ** error message
+    */
+    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
+      { OP_AddImm,      1, 0,        0},    /* 0 */
+      { OP_IfNeg,       1, 0,        0},    /* 1 */
+      { OP_String8,     0, 3,        0},    /* 2 */
+      { OP_ResultRow,   3, 1,        0},
+    };
+
+    int isQuick = (zLeft[0]=='q');
+
+    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
+    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+    pParse->nMem = 6;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+    /* Set the maximum error count */
+    mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+    if( zRight ){
+      mxErr = atoi(zRight);
+      if( mxErr<=0 ){
+        mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
+      }
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1);  /* reg[1] holds errors left */
+
+    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
+    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+      HashElem *x;
+      Hash *pTbls;
+      int cnt = 0;
+
+      if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;
+
+      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+
+      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
+      **
+      ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers
+      ** for all tables and indices in the database.
+      */
+      pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt);
+        cnt++;
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt);
+          cnt++;
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */
+      if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){
+        pParse->nMem = cnt+4;
+      }
+
+      /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i);
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
+         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
+         P4_DYNAMIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+
+      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
+      */
+      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
+        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
+        Index *pIdx;
+        int loopTop;
+
+        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);  /* Stop if out of errors */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 2);  /* reg(2) will count entries */
+        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1);   /* increment entry count */
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          int jmp2;
+          static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = {
+            { OP_AddImm,      1, -1,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  3,  0},    /* 1 */
+            { OP_Rowid,       1,  4,  0},
+            { OP_String8,     0,  5,  0},    /* 3 */
+            { OP_String8,     0,  6,  0},    /* 4 */
+            { OP_Concat,      4,  3,  3},
+            { OP_Concat,      5,  3,  3},
+            { OP_Concat,      6,  3,  3},
+            { OP_ResultRow,   3,  1,  0},
+            { OP_IfPos,       1,  0,  0},    /* 9 */
+            { OP_Halt,        0,  0,  0},
+          };
+          sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 1);
+          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, 3);
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop);
+        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+          static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = {
+             { OP_Integer,      0,  3,  0},
+             { OP_Rewind,       0,  0,  0},  /* 1 */
+             { OP_AddImm,       3,  1,  0},
+             { OP_Next,         0,  0,  0},  /* 3 */
+             { OP_Eq,           2,  0,  3},  /* 4 */
+             { OP_AddImm,       1, -1,  0},
+             { OP_String8,      0,  2,  0},  /* 6 */
+             { OP_String8,      0,  3,  0},  /* 7 */
+             { OP_Concat,       3,  2,  2},
+             { OP_ResultRow,    2,  1,  0},
+          };
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2);
+          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6, 
+                     "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC);
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC);
+        }
+      } 
+    }
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA encoding
+  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
+  **
+  ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
+  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
+  **
+  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
+  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
+  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
+  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
+  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
+  ** 
+  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
+  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
+  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
+  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
+  **
+  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
+  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
+  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){
+    static const struct EncName {
+      char *zName;
+      u8 enc;
+    } encnames[] = {
+      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
+      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },  /* Must be element [1] */
+      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },  /* Must be element [2] */
+      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },  /* Must be element [3] */
+      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
+      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
+      { "UTF-16",   0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+      { "UTF16",    0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
+      { 0, 0 }
+    };
+    const struct EncName *pEnc;
+    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
+      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1);
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE );
+      assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
+      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
+      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
+      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
+      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
+      */
+      if( 
+        !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || 
+        DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) 
+      ){
+        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
+          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
+            ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+        if( !pEnc->zName ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
+  /*
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = 
+  **
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version
+  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version = 
+  **
+  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
+  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
+  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
+  ** stored in the database header.
+  **
+  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
+  ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
+  ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
+  ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
+  ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
+  ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
+  ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
+  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
+  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
+  **
+  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
+  ** applications for any purpose.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 
+   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 
+   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 
+  ){
+    int iCookie;   /* Cookie index. 1 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */
+    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
+    switch( zLeft[0] ){
+      case 'f': case 'F':
+        iCookie = BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT;
+        break;
+      case 's': case 'S':
+        iCookie = BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION;
+        break;
+      default:
+        iCookie = BTREE_USER_VERSION;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if( zRight && iCookie!=BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT ){
+      /* Write the specified cookie value */
+      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
+        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
+        { OP_Integer,        0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
+        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  1},    /* 2 */
+      };
+      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight));
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
+    }else{
+      /* Read the specified cookie value */
+      static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
+        { OP_Transaction,     0,  0,  0},    /* 0 */
+        { OP_ReadCookie,      0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
+        { OP_ResultRow,       1,  1,  0}
+      };
+      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+1, iCookie);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+  /*
+  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
+  */
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){
+    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
+      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
+    };
+    int i;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
+    pParse->nMem = 2;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC);
+    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+      Btree *pBt;
+      Pager *pPager;
+      const char *zState = "unknown";
+      int j;
+      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC);
+      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+      if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){
+        zState = "closed";
+      }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, 
+                                     SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
+         zState = azLockName[j];
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+    }
+
+  }else
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 && zRight ){
+    sqlite3_key(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+  }else
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey")==0 && zRight ){
+    sqlite3_rekey(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
+  }else
+  if( zRight && (sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexkey")==0 ||
+                 sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexrekey")==0) ){
+    int i, h1, h2;
+    char zKey[40];
+    for(i=0; (h1 = zRight[i])!=0 && (h2 = zRight[i+1])!=0; i+=2){
+      h1 += 9*(1&(h1>>6));
+      h2 += 9*(1&(h2>>6));
+      zKey[i/2] = (h2 & 0x0f) | ((h1 & 0xf)<<4);
+    }
+    if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){
+      sqlite3_key(db, zKey, i/2);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_rekey(db, zKey, i/2);
+    }
+  }else
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){
+#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
+      extern void sqlite3_activate_see(const char*);
+      sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
+      extern void sqlite3_activate_cerod(const char*);
+      sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
+    }
+#endif
+  }else
+#endif
+
+ 
+  {/* Empty ELSE clause */}
+
+  /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause
+  ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas
+  ** are only valid for a single execution.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0);
+
+  /*
+  ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous
+  ** setting changed.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+  if( db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level,
+               (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0);
+  }
+#endif
+pragma_out:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
+
+/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2005 May 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
+** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
+** from disk.
+**
+** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.131 2009/08/06 17:43:31 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/*
+** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
+** that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+static void corruptSchema(
+  InitData *pData,     /* Initialization context */
+  const char *zObj,    /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
+  const char *zExtra   /* Error information */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){
+    if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
+    sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, db,
+      "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
+    if( zExtra ){
+      *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, *pData->pzErrMsg, 
+                                 "%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra);
+    }
+  }
+  pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
+** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
+** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
+**
+** Each callback contains the following information:
+**
+**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
+**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
+**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
+  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
+  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
+  int iDb = pData->iDb;
+
+  assert( argc==3 );
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
+  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
+  if( argv[1]==0 ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
+  }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
+    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
+    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
+    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
+    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
+    */
+    char *zErr;
+    int rc;
+    assert( db->init.busy );
+    db->init.iDb = iDb;
+    db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]);
+    db->init.orphanTrigger = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr);
+    db->init.iDb = 0;
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
+    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+      if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){
+        assert( iDb==1 );
+      }else{
+        pData->rc = rc;
+        if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+          db->mallocFailed = 1;
+        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+          corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], zErr);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+    }
+  }else if( argv[0]==0 ){
+    corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
+  }else{
+    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
+    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
+    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
+    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
+    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
+    */
+    Index *pIndex;
+    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    if( pIndex==0 ){
+      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
+      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
+      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
+      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
+      */
+      /* Do Nothing */;
+    }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){
+      corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage");
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
+** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
+** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
+** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
+** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
+** indicate success or failure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int rc;
+  int i;
+  int size;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Db *pDb;
+  char const *azArg[4];
+  int meta[5];
+  InitData initData;
+  char const *zMasterSchema;
+  char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+  int openedTransaction = 0;
+
+  /*
+  ** The master database table has a structure like this
+  */
+  static const char master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
+     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
+     "  type text,\n"
+     "  name text,\n"
+     "  tbl_name text,\n"
+     "  rootpage integer,\n"
+     "  sql text\n"
+     ")"
+  ;
+#else
+  #define temp_master_schema 0
+#endif
+
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
+  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
+
+  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
+  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
+  ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
+  */
+  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
+    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
+  }else{
+    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
+  }
+  zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+
+  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
+  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
+  azArg[1] = "1";
+  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
+  azArg[3] = 0;
+  initData.db = db;
+  initData.iDb = iDb;
+  initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
+  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
+  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+  if( initData.rc ){
+    rc = initData.rc;
+    goto error_out;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( ALWAYS(pTab) ){
+    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
+  }
+
+  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
+  */
+  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
+    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){
+      DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    }
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
+  ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
+  ** will be closed before this function returns.  */
+  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
+  if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+      goto initone_error_out;
+    }
+    openedTransaction = 1;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the database meta information.
+  **
+  ** Meta values are as follows:
+  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
+  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
+  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
+  **    meta[3]   Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode)
+  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
+  **    meta[5]   User version
+  **    meta[6]   Incremental vacuum mode
+  **    meta[7]   unused
+  **    meta[8]   unused
+  **    meta[9]   unused
+  **
+  ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
+  ** the possible values of meta[4].
+  */
+  for(i=0; ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
+  }
+  pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1];
+
+  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
+  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
+  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
+  ** as sqlite3.enc.
+  */
+  if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){  /* text encoding */
+    if( iDb==0 ){
+      u8 encoding;
+      /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
+      encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3;
+      if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8;
+      ENC(db) = encoding;
+      db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
+    }else{
+      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
+      if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){
+        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same"
+            " text encoding as main database");
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+        goto initone_error_out;
+      }
+    }
+  }else{
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
+  }
+  pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
+
+  if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){
+    size = meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1];
+    if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
+    if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
+    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
+  ** file_format==2    Version 3.1.3.  // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
+  ** file_format==3    Version 3.1.4.  // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
+  ** file_format==4    Version 3.3.0.  // DESC indices.  Boolean constants
+  */
+  pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1];
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
+    pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
+  }
+  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format");
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto initone_error_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Ticket #2804:  When we open a database in the newer file format,
+  ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will
+  ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending
+  ** indices that the user might have created.
+  */
+  if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){
+    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
+  */
+  assert( db->init.busy );
+  {
+    char *zSql;
+    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
+        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s",
+        db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
+    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
+      xAuth = db->xAuth;
+      db->xAuth = 0;
+#endif
+      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+      db->xAuth = xAuth;
+    }
+#endif
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
+    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
+    /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
+    ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the 
+    ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
+    ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
+    ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary
+    ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
+    ** even when its contents have been corrupted.
+    */
+    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating
+  ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs
+  ** before that point, jump to error_out.
+  */
+initone_error_out:
+  if( openedTransaction ){
+    sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
+
+error_out:
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
+** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
+** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
+** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
+**
+** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
+** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
+** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int i, rc;
+  int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
+  
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  db->init.busy = 1;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){
+    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema
+  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
+  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(db->nDb>1)
+                    && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
+    if( rc ){
+      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  db->init.busy = 0;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){
+    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  }
+
+  return rc; 
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised.
+** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = rc;
+    pParse->nErr++;
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
+** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA.  If all schema cookies
+** make no changes to pParse->rc.
+*/
+static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
+  int rc;
+  int cookie;
+
+  assert( pParse->checkSchema );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){
+    int openedTransaction = 0;         /* True if a transaction is opened */
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;     /* Btree database to read cookie from */
+    if( pBt==0 ) continue;
+
+    /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened
+    ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it 
+    ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */
+    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      }
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return;
+      openedTransaction = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the 
+    ** value stored as part of the in the in-memory schema representation,
+    ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
+    sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie);
+    if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+    }
+
+    /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */
+    if( openedTransaction ){
+      sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
+** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
+**
+** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
+** attached database is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
+  int i = -1000000;
+
+  /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in 
+  ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
+  ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this 
+  ** function should never be used.
+  **
+  ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
+  ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much 
+  ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
+  ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
+  */
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( pSchema ){
+    for(i=0; ALWAYS(inDb); i++){
+      if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( i>=0 && inDb );
+  }
+  return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  Parse *pParse;            /* Parsing context */
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;        /* Error message */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
+  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
+
+  /* Allocate the parsing context */
+  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( pParse==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_prepare;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+    goto end_prepare;
+  }
+  assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
+  ** database schemas.  The inability to get a read lock indicates that
+  ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
+  ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
+  ** to the schema.
+  **
+  ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted
+  ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled
+  ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this
+  ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect
+  ** the schema change.  Disaster would follow.
+  **
+  ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
+  ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
+  ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
+  ** while this routine is running.  Hence, we do not need to hold 
+  ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is 
+  ** holding them.
+  **
+  ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
+  ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still
+  ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set.
+  */
+  for(i=0; inDb; i++) {
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+    if( pBt ){
+      assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
+      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
+      if( rc ){
+        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
+        sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
+        (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+        testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
+        goto end_prepare;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
+
+  pParse->db = db;
+  if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
+    char *zSqlCopy;
+    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+    testcase( nBytes==mxLen );
+    testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
+    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
+      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+      rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
+      goto end_prepare;
+    }
+    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
+    if( zSqlCopy ){
+      sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy];
+    }else{
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
+    }
+  }else{
+    sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+  }
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pParse->checkSchema ){
+    schemaIsValid(pParse);
+  }
+  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  if( pzTail ){
+    *pzTail = pParse->zTail;
+  }
+  rc = pParse->rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){
+    static const char * const azColName[] = {
+       "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment",
+       "order", "from", "detail"
+    };
+    int iFirst, mx;
+    if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 3);
+      iFirst = 8;
+      mx = 11;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8);
+      iFirst = 0;
+      mx = 8;
+    }
+    for(i=iFirst; ipVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME,
+                            azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
+    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  assert( db->init.busy==0 || saveSqlFlag==0 );
+  if( db->init.busy==0 ){
+    Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe;
+    sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag);
+  }
+  if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
+    sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
+    assert(!(*ppStmt));
+  }else{
+    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe;
+  }
+
+  if( zErrMsg ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */
+  while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
+    TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
+    pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
+    sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(db, pT->pProgram, 0);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);
+  }
+
+end_prepare:
+
+  sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
+  return rc;
+}
+static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  assert( ppStmt!=0 );
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, pzTail);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
+    rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, pzTail);
+  }
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
+**
+** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
+** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has
+** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
+** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
+  const char *zSql;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) );
+  zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p);
+  assert( zSql!=0 );  /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
+  db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, &pNew, 0);
+  if( rc ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    }
+    assert( pNew==0 );
+    return (rc==SQLITE_LOCKED) ? SQLITE_LOCKED : SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+  }else{
+    assert( pNew!=0 );
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
+  sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+  sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
+  sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
+** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
+** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
+** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
+** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
+** occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
+  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
+  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
+  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
+  */
+  char *zSql8;
+  const char *zTail8 = 0;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  assert( ppStmt );
+  *ppStmt = 0;
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, &zTail8);
+  }
+
+  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
+    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
+    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
+    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
+    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
+    */
+    int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
+    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
+  }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); 
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
+** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
+** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
+** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
+** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
+** occurs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
+  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
+  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
+){
+  int rc;
+  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
+**
+** $Id: select.c,v 1.526 2009/08/01 15:09:58 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+
+/*
+** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
+** the select structure itself.
+*/
+static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
+  pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest;
+  pDest->iParm = iParm;
+  pDest->affinity = 0;
+  pDest->iMem = 0;
+  pDest->nMem = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
+** structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
+  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
+  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
+  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
+  int isDistinct,       /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  Expr *pLimit,         /* LIMIT value.  NULL means not used */
+  Expr *pOffset         /* OFFSET value.  NULL means no offset */
+){
+  Select *pNew;
+  Select standin;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
+  assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    pNew = &standin;
+    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
+  }
+  if( pEList==0 ){
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0));
+  }
+  pNew->pEList = pEList;
+  pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
+  pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
+  pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+  pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
+  pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  pNew->selFlags = isDistinct ? SF_Distinct : 0;
+  pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
+  pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
+  assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 );
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
+  pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) {
+    clearSelect(db, pNew);
+    if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
+    pNew = 0;
+  }
+  return pNew;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
+  if( p ){
+    clearSelect(db, p);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the
+** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
+** in terms of the following bit values:
+**
+**     JT_INNER
+**     JT_CROSS
+**     JT_OUTER
+**     JT_NATURAL
+**     JT_LEFT
+**     JT_RIGHT
+**
+** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
+**
+** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
+** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
+  int jointype = 0;
+  Token *apAll[3];
+  Token *p;
+                             /*   0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */
+  static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross";
+  static const struct {
+    u8 i;        /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */
+    u8 nChar;    /* Length of the keyword in characters */
+    u8 code;     /* Join type mask */
+  } aKeyword[] = {
+    /* natural */ { 0,  7, JT_NATURAL                },
+    /* left    */ { 6,  4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER          },
+    /* outer   */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER                  },
+    /* right   */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER         },
+    /* full    */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
+    /* inner   */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER                  },
+    /* cross   */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS         },
+  };
+  int i, j;
+  apAll[0] = pA;
+  apAll[1] = pB;
+  apAll[2] = pC;
+  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
+    p = apAll[i];
+    for(j=0; jn==aKeyword[j].nChar 
+          && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){
+        jointype |= aKeyword[j].code;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 );
+    if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){
+      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if(
+     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
+     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
+  ){
+    const char *zSp = " ";
+    assert( pB!=0 );
+    if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; }
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
+       "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC);
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 
+         && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
+    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  }
+  return jointype;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
+** is not contained in the table.
+*/
+static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create an expression node for an identifier with the name of zName
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+  return sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ID, zName);
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the
+** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2.
+*/
+static void addWhereTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,           /* Parsing context */
+  const char *zCol,        /* Name of the column */
+  const Table *pTab1,      /* First table */
+  const char *zAlias1,     /* Alias for first table.  May be NULL */
+  const Table *pTab2,      /* Second table */
+  const char *zAlias2,     /* Alias for second table.  May be NULL */
+  int iRightJoinTable,     /* VDBE cursor for the right table */
+  Expr **ppExpr,           /* Add the equality term to this expression */
+  int isOuterJoin          /* True if dealing with an OUTER join */
+){
+  Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c;
+  Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c;
+  Expr *pE;
+
+  pE1a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol);
+  pE2a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol);
+  if( zAlias1==0 ){
+    zAlias1 = pTab1->zName;
+  }
+  pE1b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias1);
+  if( zAlias2==0 ){
+    zAlias2 = pTab2->zName;
+  }
+  pE2b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias2);
+  pE1c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0);
+  pE2c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0);
+  pE = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0);
+  if( pE && isOuterJoin ){
+    ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin);
+    assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pE, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    ExprSetIrreducible(pE);
+    pE->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iRightJoinTable;
+  }
+  *ppExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db,*ppExpr, pE);
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
+** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the
+** expression.
+**
+** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
+** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
+** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
+** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
+** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
+** originated in the ON or USING clause.
+**
+** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the
+** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not
+** explicitly mentioned in the expression.  That information is needed
+** for cases like this:
+**
+**    SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5
+**
+** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5
+** term until after the t2 loop of the join.  In that way, a
+** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5.  If we do not
+** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately
+** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in
+** the output, which is incorrect.
+*/
+static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
+  while( p ){
+    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
+    assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+    ExprSetIrreducible(p);
+    p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable;
+    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
+    p = p->pRight;
+  } 
+}
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-# define sqlite3_set_authorizer         0
-#endif
+/*
+** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
+** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
+** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
+**
+** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
+** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
+** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
+** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
+** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
+** also attached to the left entry.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
+*/
+static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
+  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
+  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
+  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
+  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-# define sqlite3_bind_text16            0
-# define sqlite3_collation_needed16     0
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
-# define sqlite3_column_name16          0
-# define sqlite3_column_text16          0
-# define sqlite3_complete16             0
-# define sqlite3_create_collation16     0
-# define sqlite3_create_function16      0
-# define sqlite3_errmsg16               0
-# define sqlite3_open16                 0
-# define sqlite3_prepare16              0
-# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           0
-# define sqlite3_result_error16         0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16          0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16be        0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16le        0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16           0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16be         0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16le         0
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
-#endif
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
+  pRight = &pLeft[1];
+  for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
+    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
+    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
+    int isOuter;
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-# define sqlite3_complete 0
-# define sqlite3_complete16 0
-#endif
+    if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue;
+    isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
-#endif
+    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
+    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
+    */
+    if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
+      if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
+           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
+        char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName;
+        if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){
+          addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, 
+                              pRightTab, pRight->zAlias,
+                              pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere, isOuter);
+          
+        }
+      }
+    }
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-# define sqlite3_create_module 0
-# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
-# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
-#endif
+    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
+    */
+    if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
+        "clauses in the same join");
+      return 1;
+    }
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
-#endif
+    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
+    ** an AND operator.
+    */
+    if( pRight->pOn ){
+      if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor);
+      p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn);
+      pRight->pOn = 0;
+    }
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-# define sqlite3_profile       0
-# define sqlite3_trace         0
-#endif
+    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
+    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
+    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
+    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
+    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
+    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
+    */
+    if( pRight->pUsing ){
+      IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
+      for(j=0; jnId; j++){
+        char *zName = pList->a[j].zName;
+        if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
+            "not present in both tables", zName);
+          return 1;
+        }
+        addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, 
+                            pRightTab, pRight->zAlias,
+                            pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere, isOuter);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-# define sqlite3_free_table    0
-# define sqlite3_get_table     0
-#endif
+/*
+** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the
+** stack into the sorter.
+*/
+static void pushOntoSorter(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* Parser context */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,    /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  Select *pSelect,       /* The whole SELECT statement */
+  int regData            /* Register holding data to be sorted */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  int regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2);
+  int regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2);
+  if( pSelect->iLimit ){
+    int addr1, addr2;
+    int iLimit;
+    if( pSelect->iOffset ){
+      iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1;
+    }else{
+      iLimit = pSelect->iLimit;
+    }
+    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1);
+    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
+    pSelect->iLimit = 0;
+  }
+}
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob  0
-#define sqlite3_blob_bytes     0
-#define sqlite3_blob_close     0
-#define sqlite3_blob_open      0
-#define sqlite3_blob_read      0
-#define sqlite3_blob_write     0
-#endif
+/*
+** Add code to implement the OFFSET
+*/
+static void codeOffset(
+  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
+  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement being coded */
+  int iContinue     /* Jump here to skip the current record */
+){
+  if( p->iOffset && iContinue!=0 ){
+    int addr;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iOffset, -1);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, p->iOffset);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
+    VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records"));
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
-** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
-** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
-** library.
-**
-** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
-** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
+** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem
+** form a distinct entry.  iTab is a sorting index that holds previously
+** seen combinations of the N values.  A new entry is made in iTab
+** if the current N values are new.
 **
-** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
-** intend to use is supported by the library.  Extensions should
-** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
-** not NULL before calling it.
+** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the
+** stack if the top N elements are not distinct.
 */
-static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
-  sqlite3_aggregate_context,
-  sqlite3_aggregate_count,
-  sqlite3_bind_blob,
-  sqlite3_bind_double,
-  sqlite3_bind_int,
-  sqlite3_bind_int64,
-  sqlite3_bind_null,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
-  sqlite3_bind_text,
-  sqlite3_bind_text16,
-  sqlite3_bind_value,
-  sqlite3_busy_handler,
-  sqlite3_busy_timeout,
-  sqlite3_changes,
-  sqlite3_close,
-  sqlite3_collation_needed,
-  sqlite3_collation_needed16,
-  sqlite3_column_blob,
-  sqlite3_column_bytes,
-  sqlite3_column_bytes16,
-  sqlite3_column_count,
-  sqlite3_column_database_name,
-  sqlite3_column_database_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_decltype,
-  sqlite3_column_decltype16,
-  sqlite3_column_double,
-  sqlite3_column_int,
-  sqlite3_column_int64,
-  sqlite3_column_name,
-  sqlite3_column_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_origin_name,
-  sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_table_name,
-  sqlite3_column_table_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_text,
-  sqlite3_column_text16,
-  sqlite3_column_type,
-  sqlite3_column_value,
-  sqlite3_commit_hook,
-  sqlite3_complete,
-  sqlite3_complete16,
-  sqlite3_create_collation,
-  sqlite3_create_collation16,
-  sqlite3_create_function,
-  sqlite3_create_function16,
-  sqlite3_create_module,
-  sqlite3_data_count,
-  sqlite3_db_handle,
-  sqlite3_declare_vtab,
-  sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
-  sqlite3_errcode,
-  sqlite3_errmsg,
-  sqlite3_errmsg16,
-  sqlite3_exec,
-  sqlite3_expired,
-  sqlite3_finalize,
-  sqlite3_free,
-  sqlite3_free_table,
-  sqlite3_get_autocommit,
-  sqlite3_get_auxdata,
-  sqlite3_get_table,
-  0,     /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
-  sqlite3_interrupt,
-  sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
-  sqlite3_libversion,
-  sqlite3_libversion_number,
-  sqlite3_malloc,
-  sqlite3_mprintf,
-  sqlite3_open,
-  sqlite3_open16,
-  sqlite3_prepare,
-  sqlite3_prepare16,
-  sqlite3_profile,
-  sqlite3_progress_handler,
-  sqlite3_realloc,
-  sqlite3_reset,
-  sqlite3_result_blob,
-  sqlite3_result_double,
-  sqlite3_result_error,
-  sqlite3_result_error16,
-  sqlite3_result_int,
-  sqlite3_result_int64,
-  sqlite3_result_null,
-  sqlite3_result_text,
-  sqlite3_result_text16,
-  sqlite3_result_text16be,
-  sqlite3_result_text16le,
-  sqlite3_result_value,
-  sqlite3_rollback_hook,
-  sqlite3_set_authorizer,
-  sqlite3_set_auxdata,
-  sqlite3_snprintf,
-  sqlite3_step,
-  sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
-  sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
-  sqlite3_total_changes,
-  sqlite3_trace,
-  sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
-  sqlite3_update_hook,
-  sqlite3_user_data,
-  sqlite3_value_blob,
-  sqlite3_value_bytes,
-  sqlite3_value_bytes16,
-  sqlite3_value_double,
-  sqlite3_value_int,
-  sqlite3_value_int64,
-  sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
-  sqlite3_value_text,
-  sqlite3_value_text16,
-  sqlite3_value_text16be,
-  sqlite3_value_text16le,
-  sqlite3_value_type,
-  sqlite3_vmprintf,
-  /*
-  ** The original API set ends here.  All extensions can call any
-  ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL.  But
-  ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
-  ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
-  ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
-  *************************************************************************
-  */
-  sqlite3_overload_function,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added after 3.3.13
-  */
-  sqlite3_prepare_v2,
-  sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
-  sqlite3_clear_bindings,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.4.1
-  */
-  sqlite3_create_module_v2,
+static void codeDistinct(
+  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  int iTab,          /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */
+  int addrRepeat,    /* Jump to here if not distinct */
+  int N,             /* Number of elements */
+  int iMem           /* First element */
+){
+  Vdbe *v;
+  int r1;
 
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.5.0
-  */
-  sqlite3_bind_zeroblob,
-  sqlite3_blob_bytes,
-  sqlite3_blob_close,
-  sqlite3_blob_open,
-  sqlite3_blob_read,
-  sqlite3_blob_write,
-  sqlite3_create_collation_v2,
-  sqlite3_file_control,
-  sqlite3_memory_highwater,
-  sqlite3_memory_used,
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  0, 
-  0, 
-  0,
-  0,
-  0,
-#else
-  sqlite3_mutex_alloc,
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter,
-  sqlite3_mutex_free,
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave,
-  sqlite3_mutex_try,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_open_v2,
-  sqlite3_release_memory,
-  sqlite3_result_error_nomem,
-  sqlite3_result_error_toobig,
-  sqlite3_sleep,
-  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit,
-  sqlite3_vfs_find,
-  sqlite3_vfs_register,
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister,
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, r1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+}
 
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.5.8
-  */
-  sqlite3_threadsafe,
-  sqlite3_result_zeroblob,
-  sqlite3_result_error_code,
-  sqlite3_test_control,
-  sqlite3_randomness,
-  sqlite3_context_db_handle,
-};
+/*
+** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression
+** (example:  "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result
+** column.  We do this in a subroutine because the error occurs in multiple
+** places.
+*/
+static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context. */
+  SelectDest *pDest,   /* Destination of SELECT results */
+  int nExpr            /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */
+){
+  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
+  if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
+       "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
+    return 1;
+  }else{
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
-** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
-** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
-** of the default name is recommended.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
+** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
+** of a SELECT.
 **
-** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
-** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
-** by calling sqlite3_free().
+** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions
+** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If nColumn>0
+** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the
+** datatypes for each column.
 */
-static int sqlite3LoadExtension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+static void selectInnerLoop(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
+  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
+  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
+  int nColumn,            /* Number of columns in the source table */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */
+  int distinct,           /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */
+  SelectDest *pDest,      /* How to dispose of the results */
+  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
+  int iBreak              /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
 ){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
-  void *handle;
-  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  char *zErrmsg = 0;
-  void **aHandle;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  int hasDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int regResult;              /* Start of memory holding result set */
+  int eDest = pDest->eDest;   /* How to dispose of results */
+  int iParm = pDest->iParm;   /* First argument to disposal method */
+  int nResultCol;             /* Number of result columns */
 
-  /* Ticket #1863.  To avoid a creating security problems for older
-  ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
-  ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default.  One
-  ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
-  ** loading.  Otherwise you get the following error.
+  assert( v );
+  if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
+  hasDistinct = distinct>=0;
+  if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){
+    codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
+  }
+
+  /* Pull the requested columns.
+  */
+  if( nColumn>0 ){
+    nResultCol = nColumn;
+  }else{
+    nResultCol = pEList->nExpr;
+  }
+  if( pDest->iMem==0 ){
+    pDest->iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
+    pDest->nMem = nResultCol;
+    pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
+  }else{ 
+    assert( pDest->nMem==nResultCol );
+  }
+  regResult = pDest->iMem;
+  if( nColumn>0 ){
+    for(i=0; iflags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
+  if( hasDistinct ){
+    assert( pEList!=0 );
+    assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn );
+    codeDistinct(pParse, distinct, iContinue, nColumn, regResult);
+    if( pOrderBy==0 ){
+      codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
     }
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
 
-  if( zProc==0 ){
-    zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init";
+  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
+    return;
   }
 
-  handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
-  if( handle==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      char zErr[256];
-      zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr, 
-          "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
-      sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr);
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
+  switch( eDest ){
+    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
+    ** table iParm.
+    */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+    case SRT_Union: {
+      int r1;
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
     }
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
-                   sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc);
-  if( xInit==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      char zErr[256];
-      zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr,
-          "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile);
-      sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr);
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
-      sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
+
+    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
+    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
+    ** the temporary table iParm.
+    */
+    case SRT_Except: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nColumn);
+      break;
     }
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
+#endif
+
+    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+    */
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1);
+      }else{
+        int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      }
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
     }
-    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
-    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
 
-  /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
-  db->nExtension++;
-  aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
-  if( aHandle==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( db->nExtension>0 ){
-    memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension-1));
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
+    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+    */
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity);
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the
+        ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set
+        ** does not matter.  But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which
+        ** case the order does matter */
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult);
+      }else{
+        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
+    */
+    case SRT_Exists: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+    ** of the scan loop.
+    */
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1);
+        /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+    /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine.  In the
+    ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for
+    ** popping the data from the stack.
+    */
+    case SRT_Coroutine:
+    case SRT_Output: {
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
+      if( pOrderBy ){
+        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
+        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nColumn);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nColumn);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
+    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
+    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
+    ** about the actual results of the select.
+    */
+    default: {
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
   }
-  sqlite3_free(db->aExtension);
-  db->aExtension = aHandle;
 
-  db->aExtension[db->nExtension-1] = handle;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
+  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
+  */
+  if( p->iLimit ){
+    assert( pOrderBy==0 );  /* If there is an ORDER BY, the call to
+                            ** pushOntoSorter() would have cleared p->iLimit */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iLimit, -1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak);
+  }
 }
 
 /*
-** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
-** to clean up loaded extensions
+** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records
+** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list.
+**
+** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
+** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
+** implement that clause.  If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
+** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
+** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
+**
+** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc.  The calling
+** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
+** freed.  Add the KeyInfo structure to the P4 field of an opcode using
+** P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
+static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int nExpr;
+  KeyInfo *pInfo;
+  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
   int i;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; inExtension; i++){
-    sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(db->aExtension);
-}
 
-/*
-** Enable or disable extension loading.  Extension loading is disabled by
-** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( onoff ){
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
-  }else{
-    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
+  nExpr = pList->nExpr;
+  pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
+  if( pInfo ){
+    pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr];
+    pInfo->nField = (u16)nExpr;
+    pInfo->enc = ENC(db);
+    pInfo->db = db;
+    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; ipExpr);
+      if( !pColl ){
+        pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+      }
+      pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl;
+      pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder;
+    }
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return pInfo;
 }
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
 
 /*
-** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension
-** loading is supported.  We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that
-** code if regular extension loading is not available.  This is that
-** dummy pointer.
+** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
+** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
+** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
+** routine generates the code needed to do that.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 };
+static void generateSortTail(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement */
+  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VDBE */
+  int nColumn,      /* Number of columns of data */
+  SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */
+){
+  int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);     /* Jump here to exit loop */
+  int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Jump here for next cycle */
+  int addr;
+  int iTab;
+  int pseudoTab = 0;
+  ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+
+  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
+  int iParm = pDest->iParm;
+
+  int regRow;
+  int regRowid;
+
+  iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor;
+  regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+    pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, regRow, nColumn);
+    regRowid = 0;
+  }else{
+    regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+  }
+  addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak);
+  codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, regRow);
+  switch( eDest ){
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Table );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, &p->affinity, 1);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( nColumn==1 );
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+      break;
+    }
 #endif
+    default: {
+      int i;
+      assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); 
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Output );
+      testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine );
+      for(i=0; iiMem+i );
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i);
+        if( i==0 ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE);
+        }
+      }
+      if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+
+  /* LIMIT has been implemented by the pushOntoSorter() routine.
+  */
+  assert( p->iLimit==0 );
 
+  /* The bottom of the loop
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak);
+  if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0);
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
-** extensions.
+** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
+** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
 **
-** This list is shared across threads.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
+** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the
+** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
+** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
+** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
+** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is 
+** considered a column by this function.
+**
+**   SELECT col FROM tbl;
+**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
+**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
+**   SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
+** 
+** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
 */
-static struct {
-  int nExt;        /* Number of entries in aExt[] */          
-  void **aExt;     /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
-} autoext = { 0, 0 };
+static const char *columnType(
+  NameContext *pNC, 
+  Expr *pExpr,
+  const char **pzOriginDb,
+  const char **pzOriginTab,
+  const char **pzOriginCol
+){
+  char const *zType = 0;
+  char const *zOriginDb = 0;
+  char const *zOriginTab = 0;
+  char const *zOriginCol = 0;
+  int j;
+  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
+
+  switch( pExpr->op ){
+    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
+    case TK_COLUMN: {
+      /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
+      ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
+      ** database table or a subquery.
+      */
+      Table *pTab = 0;            /* Table structure column is extracted from */
+      Select *pS = 0;             /* Select the column is extracted from */
+      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;  /* Index of column in pTab */
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
+      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
+      while( pNC && !pTab ){
+        SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
+        for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
+        if( jnSrc ){
+          pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+          pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
+        }else{
+          pNC = pNC->pNext;
+        }
+      }
+
+      if( pTab==0 ){
+        /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would
+        ** cause this condition to run.  Since then, we have restructured how
+        ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer 
+        ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like
+        ** the following:
+        **
+        **   CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER);
+        **   SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1;
+        **
+        ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the 
+        ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even
+        ** though it should really be "INTEGER".
+        **
+        ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never
+        ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression 
+        ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT
+        ** branch below.  */
+        break;
+      }
 
+      assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab );
+      if( pS ){
+        /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
+        ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
+        ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
+        */
+        if( ALWAYS(iCol>=0 && iColpEList->nExpr) ){
+          /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
+          ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see 
+          ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
+          */
+          NameContext sNC;
+          Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
+          sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
+          sNC.pNext = pNC;
+          sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+          zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); 
+        }
+      }else if( ALWAYS(pTab->pSchema) ){
+        /* A real table */
+        assert( !pS );
+        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+        assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) );
+        if( iCol<0 ){
+          zType = "INTEGER";
+          zOriginCol = "rowid";
+        }else{
+          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+          zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+        }
+        zOriginTab = pTab->zName;
+        if( pNC->pParse ){
+          int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+          zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+        }
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    case TK_SELECT: {
+      /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and
+      ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT
+      ** statement.
+      */
+      NameContext sNC;
+      Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect;
+      Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+      assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
+      sNC.pNext = pNC;
+      sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
+      zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); 
+      break;
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  
+  if( pzOriginDb ){
+    assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol );
+    *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb;
+    *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab;
+    *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol;
+  }
+  return zType;
+}
 
 /*
-** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
-** loaded by every new database connection.
+** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
+** in the result set.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xInit){
+static void generateColumnTypes(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
   int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+  NameContext sNC;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    const char *zType;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+    const char *zOrigDb = 0;
+    const char *zOrigTab = 0;
+    const char *zOrigCol = 0;
+    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);
+
+    /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other 
+    ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
+    ** virtual machine is deleted.
+    */
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+#else
+    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0);
 #endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  for(i=0; ipVdbe;
+  int i, j;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int fullNames, shortNames;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
+  if( pParse->explain ){
+    return;
+  }
 #endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  sqlite3_free(autoext.aExt);
-  autoext.aExt = 0;
-  autoext.nExt = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+
+  if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
+  fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
+  shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
+  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
+  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+    Expr *p;
+    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
+    if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue;
+    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
+      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){
+      Table *pTab;
+      char *zCol;
+      int iCol = p->iColumn;
+      for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSrc); j++){
+        if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break;
+      }
+      assert( jnSrc );
+      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
+      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) );
+      if( iCol<0 ){
+        zCol = "rowid";
+      }else{
+        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+      }
+      if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, 
+            sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+      }else if( fullNames ){
+        char *zName = 0;
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, 
+          sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+    }
+  }
+  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
 }
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
 /*
-** Load all automatic extensions.
+** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  int go = 1;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-
-  if( autoext.nExt==0 ){
-    /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  for(i=0; go; i++){
-    char *zErrmsg = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    if( i>=autoext.nExt ){
-      xInit = 0;
-      go = 0;
-    }else{
-      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
-              autoext.aExt[i];
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-    if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR,
-            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
-      go = 0;
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
-    }
+static const char *selectOpName(int id){
+  char *z;
+  switch( id ){
+    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
+    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
+    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
+    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
   }
-  return rc;
+  return z;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
 
-/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
+** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
+** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** All column names will be unique.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
+** Only the column names are computed.  Column.zType, Column.zColl,
+** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
 **
-** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.176 2008/04/17 20:59:38 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If a memory allocation error occurs,
+** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM.
 */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
+static int selectColumnsFromExprList(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  ExprList *pEList,       /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
+  int *pnCol,             /* Write the number of columns here */
+  Column **paCol          /* Write the new column list here */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database connection */
+  int i, j;                   /* Loop counters */
+  int cnt;                    /* Index added to make the name unique */
+  Column *aCol, *pCol;        /* For looping over result columns */
+  int nCol;                   /* Number of columns in the result set */
+  Expr *p;                    /* Expression for a single result column */
+  char *zName;                /* Column name */
+  int nName;                  /* Size of name in zName[] */
+
+  *pnCol = nCol = pEList->nExpr;
+  aCol = *paCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
+  if( aCol==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; ia[i].pExpr;
+    assert( p->pRight==0 || ExprHasProperty(p->pRight, EP_IntValue)
+               || p->pRight->u.zToken==0 || p->pRight->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
+    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
+      /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use  as the name */
+      zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+    }else{
+      Expr *pColExpr = p;  /* The expression that is the result column name */
+      Table *pTab;         /* Table associated with this expression */
+      while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ) pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight;
+      if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){
+        /* For columns use the column name name */
+        int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn;
+        pTab = pColExpr->pTab;
+        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s",
+                 iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid");
+      }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pColExpr->u.zToken);
+      }else{
+        /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
+        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pEList->a[i].zSpan);
+      }
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+      break;
+    }
 
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
-** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
-** unrecognized string argument.
-**
-** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
-** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
-** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
-** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
-*/
-static int getSafetyLevel(const char *z){
-                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
-  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
-  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
-  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
-  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
-  int i, n;
-  if( isdigit(*z) ){
-    return atoi(z);
+    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
+    ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
+    */
+    nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    for(j=cnt=0; jzName = zName;
   }
-  n = strlen(z);
-  for(i=0; imallocFailed ){
+    for(j=0; jdb;
+  NameContext sNC;
+  Column *pCol;
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int i;
+  Expr *p;
+  struct ExprList_item *a;
 
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value.
-*/
-static int getLockingMode(const char *z){
-  if( z ){
-    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE;
-    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL;
+  assert( pSelect!=0 );
+  assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 );
+  assert( nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
+  a = pSelect->pEList->a;
+  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; izType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0));
+    pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
+    if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
+    if( pColl ){
+      pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
+    }
   }
-  return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
 /*
-** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
-**
-** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are 
-** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
+** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
+** the result set of that SELECT.
 */
-static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
-  int i;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
-  i = atoi(z);
-  return ((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
-}
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+  Table *pTab;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int savedFlags;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
-** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
-** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
-*/
-static int getTempStore(const char *z){
-  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
-    return z[0] - '0';
-  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
-    return 1;
-  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
-    return 2;
-  }else{
+  savedFlags = db->flags;
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames;
+  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0);
+  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
+  while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  db->flags = savedFlags;
+  pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
+  if( pTab==0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside
+  ** is disabled, so we might as well hard-code pTab->dbMem to NULL. */
+  assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
+  pTab->dbMem = 0;
+  pTab->nRef = 1;
+  pTab->zName = 0;
+  selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+  selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect);
+  pTab->iPKey = -1;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
     return 0;
   }
+  return pTab;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
 /*
-** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
-** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
+** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
+** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
 */
-static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
-    if( !db->autoCommit ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
-        "from within a transaction");
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  if( v==0 ){
+    v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    if( v ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Trace);
     }
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
-    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+#endif
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return v;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+
 /*
-** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
-** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the TEMP_STORE
-** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
+** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
+** pLimit and pOffset expressions.  pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
+** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
+** keywords.  Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset 
+** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute 
+** the limit and offset.  If there is no limit and/or offset, then 
+** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
+**
+** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
+** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset.  iLimit and
+** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values
+** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine.
+** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
+** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
+** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
+** SELECT statements.
 */
-static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
-  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){
+  Vdbe *v = 0;
+  int iLimit = 0;
+  int iOffset;
+  int addr1;
+  if( p->iLimit ) return;
+
+  /* 
+  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
+  ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be.
+  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
+  ** no rows.
+  */
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 );
+  if( p->pLimit ){
+    p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;  /* VDBE should have already been allocated */
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit);
+    VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak);
+    if( p->pOffset ){
+      p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
+      pParse->nMem++;   /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset);
+      VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter"));
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET"));
+      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1);
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+    }
   }
-  db->temp_store = ts;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
 /*
-** Generate code to return a single integer value.
+** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
+** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
+** the column has no default collating sequence.
+**
+** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
+** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
 */
-static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, int value){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, value, mem);
-  if( pParse->explain==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, P4_STATIC);
+static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
+  CollSeq *pRet;
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
+  }else{
+    pRet = 0;
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
+  assert( iCol>=0 );
+  if( pRet==0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){
+    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
+  }
+  return pRet;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries
-** or changes one of the flags in db->flags.  Return 1 if so and 0 if not.
-** Also, implement the pragma.
-*/
-static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
-  static const struct sPragmaType {
-    const char *zName;  /* Name of the pragma */
-    int mask;           /* Mask for the db->flags value */
-  } aPragma[] = {
-    { "full_column_names",        SQLITE_FullColNames  },
-    { "short_column_names",       SQLITE_ShortColNames },
-    { "count_changes",            SQLITE_CountRows     },
-    { "empty_result_callbacks",   SQLITE_NullCallback  },
-    { "legacy_file_format",       SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
-    { "fullfsync",                SQLITE_FullFSync     },
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    { "sql_trace",                SQLITE_SqlTrace      },
-    { "vdbe_listing",             SQLITE_VdbeListing   },
-    { "vdbe_trace",               SQLITE_VdbeTrace     },
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-    { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks  },
-#endif
-    /* The following is VERY experimental */
-    { "writable_schema",          SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
-    { "omit_readlock",            SQLITE_NoReadlock    },
-
-    /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted
-    ** flag if there are any active statements. */
-    { "read_uncommitted",         SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
-  };
-  int i;
-  const struct sPragmaType *p;
-  for(i=0, p=aPragma; izName)==0 ){
-      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-      Vdbe *v;
-      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      if( v ){
-        if( zRight==0 ){
-          returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 );
-        }else{
-          if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
-            db->flags |= p->mask;
-          }else{
-            db->flags &= ~p->mask;
-          }
-
-          /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL 
-          ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
-          ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
-          */
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
-        }
-      }
+/* Forward reference */
+static int multiSelectOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+);
 
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
 /*
-** Process a pragma statement.  
+** This routine is called to process a compound query form from
+** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or
+** INTERSECT
 **
-** Pragmas are of this form:
+** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
+** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
+** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
 **
-**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
+** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
+** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
 **
-** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
-** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
-** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
+** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
 **
-** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
-** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
-** id and pId2 is any empty string.
+**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
+**
+** This statement is parsed up as follows:
+**
+**     SELECT c FROM t3
+**      |
+**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
+**                |
+**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
+**
+** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
+** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
+** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
+**
+** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
+** individual selects always group from left to right.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(
-  Parse *pParse, 
-  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
-  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
-  Token *pValue,      /* Token for , or NULL */
-  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded  */
+static int multiSelect(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
 ){
-  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string  */
-  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */
-  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
-  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to  token */
-  int iDb;               /* Database index for  */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Db *pDb;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  pParse->nMem = 2;
-
-  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
-  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
+  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+  SelectDest dest;      /* Alternative data destination */
+  Select *pDelete = 0;  /* Chain of simple selects to delete */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
 
-  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
-  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
+  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
+  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
   */
-  if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
-    return;
+  assert( p && p->pPrior );  /* Calling function guarantees this much */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  pPrior = p->pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior );
+  assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost );
+  dest = *pDest;
+  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
+  }
+  if( pPrior->pLimit ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
+      selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
   }
 
-  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId);
-  if( !zLeft ) return;
-  if( minusFlag ){
-    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue);
-  }else{
-    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue);
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  assert( v!=0 );  /* The VDBE already created by calling function */
+
+  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
+  */
+  if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
+    assert( p->pEList );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iParm, p->pEList->nExpr);
+    dest.eDest = SRT_Table;
   }
 
-  zDb = ((iDb>0)?pDb->zName:0);
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
-    goto pragma_out;
+  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
+  ** in their result sets.
+  */
+  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
+  if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
+      " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
+    rc = 1;
+    goto multi_select_end;
   }
- 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
-  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
-  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
-  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
-  ** stored in the database file.
-  **
-  ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the
-  ** database file.  The cache size is actually the absolute value of
-  ** this memory location.  The sign of meta-value 2 determines the
-  ** synchronous setting.  A negative value means synchronous is off
-  ** and a positive value means synchronous is on.
+
+  /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately.
   */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){
-    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
-      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 1,        2},  /* 0 */
-      { OP_IfPos,       1, 6,        0},
-      { OP_Integer,     0, 2,        0},
-      { OP_Subtract,    1, 2,        1},
-      { OP_IfPos,       1, 6,        0},
-      { OP_Integer,     0, 1,        0},  /* 5 */
-      { OP_ResultRow,   1, 1,        0},
-    };
-    int addr;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    if( !zRight ){
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", P4_STATIC);
-      pParse->nMem += 2;
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
-    }else{
-      int size = atoi(zRight);
-      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
-      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2, 2);
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 2, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -size, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2, 1);
-      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-    }
-  }else
+  if( p->pOrderBy ){
+    return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest);
+  }
 
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
-  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
-  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
-  ** the database has not yet been created.
+  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
   */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    if( !zRight ){
-      int size = pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
-    }else{
-      /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
-      ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
-      */
-      db->nextPagesize = atoi(zRight);
-      if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1) ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  switch( p->op ){
+    case TK_ALL: {
+      int addr = 0;
+      assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
+      pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
+      p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
+      if( p->iLimit ){
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit);
+        VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      if( addr ){
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
       }
+      break;
     }
-  }else
+    case TK_EXCEPT:
+    case TK_UNION: {
+      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
+      u8 op = 0;       /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
+      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
+      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
+      int addr;
+      SelectDest uniondest;
 
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
-  ** maximum number of pages in the database file.  The 
-  ** second form attempts to change this setting.  Both
-  ** forms return the current setting.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    int newMax = 0;
-    if( zRight ){
-      newMax = atoi(zRight);
-    }
-    if( pBt ){
-      newMax = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
-    }
-    returnSingleInt(pParse, "max_page_count", newMax);
-  }else
+      testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT );
+      testcase( p->op==TK_UNION );
+      priorOp = SRT_Union;
+      if( dest.eDest==priorOp && ALWAYS(!p->pLimit &&!p->pOffset) ){
+        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
+        ** right.
+        */
+        assert( p->pRightmost!=p );  /* Can only happen for leftward elements
+                                     ** of a 3-way or more compound */
+        assert( p->pLimit==0 );      /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
+        assert( p->pOffset==0 );     /* Not allowed on leftward elements */
+        unionTab = dest.iParm;
+      }else{
+        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
+        ** intermediate results.
+        */
+        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
+        assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
+        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
+        assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
+        p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
+        p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+        assert( p->pEList );
+      }
 
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){
-    const char *zRet = "normal";
-    int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);
+      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
+      */
+      assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
+      }
 
-    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
-      /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
-      ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to
-      ** the locking-mode of the main database).
+      /* Code the current SELECT statement
       */
-      eMode = db->dfltLockMode;
-    }else{
-      Pager *pPager;
-      if( pId2->n==0 ){
-        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
-        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be
-        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
-        **
-        ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that
-        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
-        ** locking mode.
-        */
-        int ii;
-        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
-        for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){
-          pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
-          sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+      if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){
+        op = SRT_Except;
+      }else{
+        assert( p->op==TK_UNION );
+        op = SRT_Union;
+      }
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      uniondest.eDest = op;
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
+      ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      p->pOrderBy = 0;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+      p->pLimit = pLimit;
+      p->pOffset = pOffset;
+      p->iLimit = 0;
+      p->iOffset = 0;
+
+      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
+      ** it is that we currently need.
+      */
+      assert( unionTab==dest.iParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp );
+      if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){
+        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+        assert( p->pEList );
+        if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
+          Select *pFirst = p;
+          while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+          generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
         }
-        db->dfltLockMode = eMode;
+        iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak);
+        iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+        selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr,
+                        0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart);
+        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
       }
-      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-      eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
+      break;
     }
+    default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); {
+      int tab1, tab2;
+      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
+      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
+      int addr;
+      SelectDest intersectdest;
+      int r1;
 
-    assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE);
-    if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){
-      zRet = "exclusive";
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-  }else
+      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
+      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
+      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
+      */
+      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
+      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
+      assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
 
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = (delete|persist|off)
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){
-    int eMode;
-    static const char *azModeName[] = {"delete", "persist", "off"};
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
+      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
+      p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
+      p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
+      assert( p->pEList );
 
-    if( zRight==0 ){
-      eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
-    }else{
-      int n = strlen(zRight);
-      eMode = 2;
-      while( eMode>=0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, azModeName[eMode], n)!=0 ){
-        eMode--;
+      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
+      */
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest);
+      if( rc ){
+        goto multi_select_end;
       }
-    }
-    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ){
-      /* Simple "PRAGMA persistent_journal;" statement. This is a query for
-      ** the current default journal mode (which may be different to
-      ** the journal-mode of the main database).
+
+      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
       */
-      eMode = db->dfltJournalMode;
-    }else{
-      Pager *pPager;
-      if( pId2->n==0 ){
-        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
-        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the journal-mode must be
-        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
-        **
-        ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltJournalMode variable is set so that
-        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
-        ** journal mode.
-        */
-        int ii;
-        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
-        for(ii=1; iinDb; ii++){
-          if( db->aDb[ii].pBt ){
-            pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
-            sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode);
-          }
-        }
-        db->dfltJournalMode = eMode;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
+      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 );
+      p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr;
+      p->pPrior = 0;
+      pLimit = p->pLimit;
+      p->pLimit = 0;
+      pOffset = p->pOffset;
+      p->pOffset = 0;
+      intersectdest.iParm = tab2;
+      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
+      testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+      pDelete = p->pPrior;
+      p->pPrior = pPrior;
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+      p->pLimit = pLimit;
+      p->pOffset = pOffset;
+
+      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
+      ** tables.
+      */
+      assert( p->pEList );
+      if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
+        Select *pFirst = p;
+        while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
       }
-      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-      eMode = sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode);
+      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
+                      0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
+      break;
     }
-    assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
-              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, 
-           azModeName[eMode], P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
+  }
 
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
+  /* Compute collating sequences used by 
+  ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
+  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
   **
-  ** Get or set the (boolean) value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
+  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
+  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
+  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
+  ** no temp tables are required.
   */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-      goto pragma_out;
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){
+    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
+    Select *pLoop;                /* For looping through SELECT statements */
+    CollSeq **apColl;             /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
+    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in result set */
+
+    assert( p->pRightmost==p );
+    nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
+    pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
+                       sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1));
+    if( !pKeyInfo ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      goto multi_select_end;
     }
-    if( !zRight ){
-      int auto_vacuum = 
-          pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM;
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum);
-    }else{
-      int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
-      db->nextAutovac = eAuto;
-      if( eAuto>=0 ){
-        /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
-        ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
-        ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
-        ** as an auto-vacuum capable db.
-        */
-        int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
-          /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or 
-          ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
-          ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
-          ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
-          */
-          static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = {
-            { OP_Transaction,    0,               1,        0},    /* 0 */
-            { OP_ReadCookie,     0,               1,        3},    /* 1 */
-            { OP_If,             1,               0,        0},    /* 2 */
-            { OP_Halt,           SQLITE_OK,       OE_Abort, 0},    /* 3 */
-            { OP_Integer,        0,               1,        0},    /* 4 */
-            { OP_SetCookie,      0,               6,        1},    /* 5 */
-          };
-          int iAddr;
-          iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb);
-          sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-        }
+
+    pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(db);
+    pKeyInfo->nField = (u16)nCol;
+
+    for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; ipDfltColl;
       }
     }
-  }else
-#endif
 
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N)
-  **
-  ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){
-    int iLimit, addr;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-      goto pragma_out;
-    }
-    if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
-      iLimit = 0x7fffffff;
+    for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){
+      for(i=0; i<2; i++){
+        int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i];
+        if( addr<0 ){
+          /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused.  So we can
+          ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */
+          assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 );
+          break;
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+        pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1;
+      }
     }
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-  }else
-#endif
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pKeyInfo);
+  }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
-  ** page cache size.  The local setting can be different from
-  ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database
-  ** file itself.  The value returned is the maximum number of
-  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets the local
-  ** page cache size value.  It does not change the persistent
-  ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert
-  ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened.
-  ** N should be a positive integer.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-    }else{
-      int size = atoi(zRight);
-      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
-      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-    }
-  }else
+multi_select_end:
+  pDest->iMem = dest.iMem;
+  pDest->nMem = dest.nMem;
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
 
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
-  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
-  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
-  **
-  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
-  ** override this setting
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
-    }else{
-      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
-    }
-  }else
+/*
+** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a
+** SELECT statment.
+**
+** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iMem.  There are
+** pIn->nMem columns to be output.  pDest is where the output should
+** be sent.
+**
+** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine
+** return address.
+**
+** If regPrev>0 then it is a the first register in a vector that
+** records the previous output.  mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false
+** if there has been no previous output.  If regPrev>0 then code is
+** generated to suppress duplicates.  pKeyInfo is used for comparing
+** keys.
+**
+** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to
+** iBreak.
+*/
+static int generateOutputSubroutine(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,              /* The SELECT statement */
+  SelectDest *pIn,        /* Coroutine supplying data */
+  SelectDest *pDest,      /* Where to send the data */
+  int regReturn,          /* The return address register */
+  int regPrev,            /* Previous result register.  No uniqueness if 0 */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,      /* For comparing with previous entry */
+  int p4type,             /* The p4 type for pKeyInfo */
+  int iBreak              /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int iContinue;
+  int addr;
 
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag.  Changing
-  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
-  ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
-  ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
-  **
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT 
   */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){
-    if( !zRight ){
-      if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
-            "temp_store_directory", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-      }
-    }else{
-      if( zRight[0] 
-       && sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE)==0 
-      ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
-        goto pragma_out;
-      }
-      if( TEMP_STORE==0
-       || (TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
-       || (TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
-      ){
-        invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory);
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        sqlite3_temp_directory = zRight;
-        zRight = 0;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }else
+  if( regPrev ){
+    int j1, j2;
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev);
+    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem,
+                              (char*)pKeyInfo, p4type);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+    sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev);
+  }
+  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
 
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
-  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
-  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
-  ** opened.
+  /* Suppress the the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause
   */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
-    }else{
-      if( !db->autoCommit ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
-      }else{
-        pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1;
-      }
+  codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
+
+  switch( pDest->eDest ){
+    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
+    */
+    case SRT_Table:
+    case SRT_EphemTab: {
+      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_Table );
+      testcase( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iParm, r2);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iParm, r1, r2);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
     }
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
-  if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){
-    /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code
-    ** there is nothing more to do here */
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
+    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
+    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
+    */
+    case SRT_Set: {
+      int r1;
+      assert( pIn->nMem==1 );
+      p->affinity = 
+         sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity);
+      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, 1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iParm, r1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+      break;
+    }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA table_info(
      )
-  **
-  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
-  ** the returned data set are:
-  **
-  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
-  ** name:       Column name
-  ** type:       Column declaration type.
-  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
-  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){
-    Table *pTab;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      int i;
-      int nHidden = 0;
-      Column *pCol;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
-      pParse->nMem = 6;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
-      for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){
-        const Token *pDflt;
-        if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){
-          nHidden++;
-          continue;
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
-           pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->notNull, 4);
-        if( pCol->pDflt && (pDflt = &pCol->pDflt->span)->z ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pDflt->z, pDflt->n);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 6);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
-      }
+#if 0  /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */
+    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
+    */
+    case SRT_Exists: {
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iParm);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
+      break;
     }
-  }else
+#endif
 
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    Table *pTab;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pIdx ){
-      int i;
-      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
-      pParse->nMem = 3;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
-      for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
-        int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2);
-        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
-      }
+    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
+    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
+    ** of the scan loop.
+    */
+    case SRT_Mem: {
+      assert( pIn->nMem==1 );
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iParm, 1);
+      /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
+      break;
     }
-  }else
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
 
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    Table *pTab;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      pIdx = pTab->pIndex;
-      if( pIdx ){
-        int i = 0; 
-        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
-        pParse->nMem = 3;
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", P4_STATIC);
-        while(pIdx){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
-          ++i;
-          pIdx = pIdx->pNext;
-        }
+    /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers
+    ** starting at pDest->iMem.  Then the co-routine yields.
+    */
+    case SRT_Coroutine: {
+      if( pDest->iMem==0 ){
+        pDest->iMem = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nMem);
+        pDest->nMem = pIn->nMem;
       }
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iMem, pDest->nMem);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm);
+      break;
     }
-  }else
 
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){
-    int i;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
-    pParse->nMem = 3;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", P4_STATIC);
-    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
-      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
-           sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+    /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be
+    ** SRT_Output.  This routine is never called with any other
+    ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output.
+    **
+    ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers.  
+    ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to
+    ** return the next row of result.
+    */
+    default: {
+      assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem);
+      break;
     }
-  }else
+  }
 
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){
-    int i = 0;
-    HashElem *p;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
-    pParse->nMem = 2;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
-    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
-    }
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */
+  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
+  */
+  if( p->iLimit ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iLimit, -1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak);
+  }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){
-    FKey *pFK;
-    Table *pTab;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
-      if( pFK ){
-        int i = 0; 
-        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5);
-        pParse->nMem = 5;
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", P4_STATIC);
-        while(pFK){
-          int j;
-          for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
-            char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol;
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
-                              pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 5);
-          }
-          ++i;
-          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
-        }
+  /* Generate the subroutine return
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn);
+
+  return addr;
+}
+
+/*
+** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there
+** is an ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** We assume a query of the following form:
+**
+**            ORDER BY 
+**
+**  is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT.  The idea
+** is to code both  and  with the ORDER BY clause as
+** co-routines.  Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results
+** into the output.  In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and
+** selectB) there are 7 subroutines:
+**
+**    outA:    Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output
+**             of the compound query.
+**
+**    outB:    Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output
+**             of the compound query.  (Only generated for UNION and
+**             UNION ALL.  EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that
+**             appears only in B.)
+**
+**    AltB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and AB.
+**
+**    EofA:    Called when data is exhausted from selectA.
+**
+**    EofB:    Called when data is exhausted from selectB.
+**
+** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which 
+**  is used:
+**
+**
+**             UNION ALL         UNION            EXCEPT          INTERSECT
+**          -------------  -----------------  --------------  -----------------
+**   AltB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         nextA
+**
+**   AeqB:   outA, nextA         nextA             nextA         outA, nextA
+**
+**   AgtB:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          nextB            nextB
+**
+**   EofA:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          halt             halt
+**
+**   EofB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         halt
+**
+** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA
+** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes
+** an immediate jump to EofB.  Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or
+** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing.
+**
+** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled
+** within the output subroutine.  The regPrev register set holds the previously
+** output value.  A comparison is made against this value and the output
+** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous.
+**
+** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven
+** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom.  Like this:
+**
+**          goto Init
+**     coA: coroutine for left query (A)
+**     coB: coroutine for right query (B)
+**    outA: output one row of A
+**    outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only)
+**    EofA: ...
+**    EofB: ...
+**    AltB: ...
+**    AeqB: ...
+**    AgtB: ...
+**    Init: initialize coroutine registers
+**          yield coA
+**          if eof(A) goto EofA
+**          yield coB
+**          if eof(B) goto EofB
+**    Cmpr: Compare A, B
+**          Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB
+**     End: ...
+**
+** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not
+** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return.  EofA and EofB loop
+** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe.  AltB, AeqB,
+** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+static int multiSelectOrderBy(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
+  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
+){
+  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
+  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
+  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
+  SelectDest destA;     /* Destination for coroutine A */
+  SelectDest destB;     /* Destination for coroutine B */
+  int regAddrA;         /* Address register for select-A coroutine */
+  int regEofA;          /* Flag to indicate when select-A is complete */
+  int regAddrB;         /* Address register for select-B coroutine */
+  int regEofB;          /* Flag to indicate when select-B is complete */
+  int addrSelectA;      /* Address of the select-A coroutine */
+  int addrSelectB;      /* Address of the select-B coroutine */
+  int regOutA;          /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */
+  int regOutB;          /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */
+  int addrOutA;         /* Address of the output-A subroutine */
+  int addrOutB = 0;     /* Address of the output-B subroutine */
+  int addrEofA;         /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */
+  int addrEofB;         /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */
+  int addrAltB;         /* Address of the AB subroutine */
+  int regLimitA;        /* Limit register for select-A */
+  int regLimitB;        /* Limit register for select-A */
+  int regPrev;          /* A range of registers to hold previous output */
+  int savedLimit;       /* Saved value of p->iLimit */
+  int savedOffset;      /* Saved value of p->iOffset */
+  int labelCmpr;        /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */
+  int labelEnd;         /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */
+  int j1;               /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */
+  int op;               /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */
+  KeyInfo *pKeyMerge;   /* Comparison information for merging rows */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  int nOrderBy;         /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  int *aPermute;        /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
+
+  assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
+  assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this.  Ticket #3382. */
+  db = pParse->db;
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );       /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */
+  labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+
+  /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause
+  */
+  op = p->op;  
+  pPrior = p->pPrior;
+  assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  assert( pOrderBy );
+  nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+
+  /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that
+  ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set.  Add
+  ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary.
+  */
+  if( op!=TK_ALL ){
+    for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+      for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; jiCol>0 );
+        if( pItem->iCol==i ) break;
+      }
+      if( j==nOrderBy ){
+        Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0);
+        if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
+        pNew->u.iValue = i;
+        pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew);
+        pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iCol = (u16)i;
       }
     }
-  }else
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
+  }
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){
-    if( zRight ){
-      if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
-        sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
+  /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with
+  ** the permutation used to determine if the next
+  ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB.  Also add explicit
+  ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries
+  ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct
+  ** collation.
+  */
+  aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy);
+  if( aPermute ){
+    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; iiCol>0  && pItem->iCol<=p->pEList->nExpr );
+      aPermute[i] = pItem->iCol - 1;
+    }
+    pKeyMerge =
+      sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pKeyMerge)+nOrderBy*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1));
+    if( pKeyMerge ){
+      pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy];
+      pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy;
+      pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db);
+      for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr;
+        if( pTerm->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
+          pColl = pTerm->pColl;
+        }else{
+          pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]);
+          pTerm->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+          pTerm->pColl = pColl;
+        }
+        pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl;
+        pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
       }
     }
-  }else
-#endif
+  }else{
+    pKeyMerge = 0;
+  }
 
-  /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions.  The variant of LIKE
-  ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
+  /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query.
   */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight));
+  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+  pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0);
+
+  /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed
+  ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the
+  ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL).
+  */
+  if( op==TK_ALL ){
+    regPrev = 0;
+  }else{
+    int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr;
+    assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
+    regPrev = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev);
+    pKeyDup = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
+                  sizeof(*pKeyDup) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
+    if( pKeyDup ){
+      pKeyDup->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyDup->aColl[nExpr];
+      pKeyDup->nField = (u16)nExpr;
+      pKeyDup->enc = ENC(db);
+      for(i=0; iaColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
+        pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0;
+      }
     }
-  }else
+  }
+ 
+  /* Separate the left and the right query from one another
+  */
+  p->pPrior = 0;
+  pPrior->pRightmost = 0;
+  sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
+  if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){
+    sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the limit registers */
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd);
+  if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){
+    regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem;
+    regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit,
+                                  regLimitA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB);
+  }else{
+    regLimitA = regLimitB = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
+  p->pLimit = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
+  p->pOffset = 0;
+
+  regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regEofA = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regEofB = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regOutA = ++pParse->nMem;
+  regOutB = ++pParse->nMem;
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA);
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB);
+
+  /* Jump past the various subroutines and coroutines to the main
+  ** merge loop
+  */
+  j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+  addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+
+
+  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the
+  ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select.
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT"));
+  pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA;
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for left SELECT"));
+
+  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on 
+  ** the right - the "B" select
+  */
+  addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for right SELECT"));
+  savedLimit = p->iLimit;
+  savedOffset = p->iOffset;
+  p->iLimit = regLimitB;
+  p->iOffset = 0;  
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
+  p->iLimit = savedLimit;
+  p->iOffset = savedOffset;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofB);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for right SELECT"));
+
+  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A
+  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A"));
+  addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
+                 p, &destA, pDest, regOutA,
+                 regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, labelEnd);
+  
+  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B
+  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
+  */
+  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B"));
+    addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
+                 p, &destB, pDest, regOutB,
+                 regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_STATIC, labelEnd);
+  }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX
-# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100
-#endif
+  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A
+  ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains.
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine"));
+  if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+    addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelEnd);
+  }else{  
+    addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, labelEnd);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA);
+  }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-  /* Pragma "quick_check" is an experimental reduced version of 
-  ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
-  ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check.
+  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B
+  ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains.
   */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0
-   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "quick_check")==0 
-  ){
-    int i, j, addr, mxErr;
+  if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
+    addrEofB = addrEofA;
+  }else{  
+    VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
+    addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, labelEnd);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB);
+  }
 
-    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
-    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
-    ** error message
-    */
-    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
-      { OP_AddImm,      1, 0,        0},    /* 0 */
-      { OP_IfNeg,       1, 0,        0},    /* 1 */
-      { OP_String8,     0, 3,        0},    /* 2 */
-      { OP_ResultRow,   3, 1,        0},
-    };
+  /* Generate code to handle the case of AnMem = 6;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", P4_STATIC);
+  /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B
+  */
+  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine"));
+  addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
+  }
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
 
-    /* Set the maximum error count */
-    mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
-    if( zRight ){
-      mxErr = atoi(zRight);
-      if( mxErr<=0 ){
-        mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1);  /* reg[1] holds errors left */
+  /* This code runs once to initialize everything.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofB);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrA, addrSelectA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrB, addrSelectB);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB);
 
-    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
-    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-      HashElem *x;
-      Hash *pTbls;
-      int cnt = 0;
+  /* Implement the main merge loop
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iMem, destB.iMem, nOrderBy,
+                         (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB);
 
-      if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;
+  /* Release temporary registers
+  */
+  if( regPrev ){
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1);
+  }
 
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd);
 
-      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
-      **
-      ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers
-      ** for all tables and indices in the database.
-      */
-      pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
-      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
-        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
-        Index *pIdx;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt);
-        cnt++;
-        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt);
-          cnt++;
-        }
-      }
-      if( cnt==0 ) continue;
+  /* Set the number of output columns
+  */
+  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
+    Select *pFirst = pPrior;
+    while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
+    generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
+  }
 
-      /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */
-      if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){
-        pParse->nMem = cnt+4;
-      }
+  /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly
+  ** by the calling function */
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
+  }
+  p->pPrior = pPrior;
 
-      /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, i);
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
-         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
-         P4_DYNAMIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Move, 2, 4);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  /*** TBD:  Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
+  **** subqueries ****/
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
 
-      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
-      */
-      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
-        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
-        Index *pIdx;
-        int loopTop;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/* Forward Declarations */
+static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
+static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *);
 
-        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);  /* Stop if out of errors */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 2);  /* reg(2) will count entries */
-        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1);   /* increment entry count */
-        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-          int jmp2;
-          static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = {
-            { OP_AddImm,      1, -1,  0},
-            { OP_String8,     0,  3,  0},    /* 1 */
-            { OP_Rowid,       1,  4,  0},
-            { OP_String8,     0,  5,  0},    /* 3 */
-            { OP_String8,     0,  6,  0},    /* 4 */
-            { OP_Concat,      4,  3,  3},
-            { OP_Concat,      5,  3,  3},
-            { OP_Concat,      6,  3,  3},
-            { OP_ResultRow,   3,  1,  0},
-            { OP_IfPos,       1,  0,  0},    /* 9 */
-            { OP_Halt,        0,  0,  0},
-          };
-          sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 1);
-          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, 3);
-          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop);
-        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-          static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = {
-             { OP_Integer,      0,  3,  0},
-             { OP_Rewind,       0,  0,  0},  /* 1 */
-             { OP_AddImm,       3,  1,  0},
-             { OP_Next,         0,  0,  0},  /* 3 */
-             { OP_Eq,           2,  0,  3},  /* 4 */
-             { OP_AddImm,       1, -1,  0},
-             { OP_String8,      0,  2,  0},  /* 6 */
-             { OP_String8,      0,  3,  0},  /* 7 */
-             { OP_Concat,       3,  2,  2},
-             { OP_ResultRow,    2,  1,  0},
-          };
-          if( pIdx->tnum==0 ) continue;
-          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6, 
-                     "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC);
-        }
-      } 
+/*
+** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
+** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
+** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
+** unchanged.)
+**
+** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
+** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
+** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
+** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
+** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
+** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
+*/
+static Expr *substExpr(
+  sqlite3 *db,        /* Report malloc errors to this connection */
+  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expr in which substitution occurs */
+  int iTable,         /* Table to be substituted */
+  ExprList *pEList    /* Substitute expressions */
+){
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
+    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
+      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+    }else{
+      Expr *pNew;
+      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr );
+      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
+      pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0);
+      if( pNew && pExpr->pColl ){
+        pNew->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
+      pExpr = pNew;
     }
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC);
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+  }else{
+    pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
+    pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList);
+    }else{
+      substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList);
+    }
+  }
+  return pExpr;
+}
+static void substExprList(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
+  ExprList *pList,     /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */
+  int iTable,          /* Table to be substituted */
+  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( pList==0 ) return;
+  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+    pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
+  }
+}
+static void substSelect(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
+  Select *p,           /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */
+  int iTable,          /* Table to be replaced */
+  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
+){
+  SrcList *pSrc;
+  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
+  int i;
+  if( !p ) return;
+  substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
+  substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
+  substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList);
+  p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
+  p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
+  substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList);
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc );  /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */
+  if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){
+    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
+      substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+/*
+** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed
+** execution.  It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening
+** occurs.
+**
+** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
+** query:
+**
+**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
+**
+** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
+** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
+** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
+** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
+** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
+** optimized.
+**
+** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
+** a single flat select, like this:
+**
+**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
+**
+** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
+** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
+** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
+** avoided.
+**
+** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
+**
+**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
+**
+**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
+**        (Originally ticket #306.  Strenghtened by ticket #3300)
+**
+**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (5)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use
+**        aggregates.
+**
+**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
+**        DISTINCT.
+**
+**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.
+**
+**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
+**
+**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
+**        aggregates.
+**
+**  (10)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
+**        use LIMIT.
+**
+**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
+**
+**  (12)  Not implemented.  Subsumed into restriction (3).  Was previously
+**        a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
+**
+**  (13)  The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT
+**
+**  (14)  The subquery does not use OFFSET
+**
+**  (15)  The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
+**        subquery does not have both an ORDER BY and a LIMIT clause.
+**        (See ticket #2339)
+**
+**  (16)  The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does
+**        not contain ORDER BY.  (Ticket #2942)  This used to not matter
+**        until we introduced the group_concat() function.  
+**
+**  (17)  The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL 
+**        compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and 
+**        the parent query:
+**
+**          * is not itself part of a compound select,
+**          * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and
+**          * has no other tables or sub-selects in the FROM clause.
+**
+**        The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to
+**        rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY,
+**        LIMIT and OFFSET clauses.
+**
+**  (18)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
+**        ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to 
+**        columns of the sub-query.
+**
+**  (19)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not
+**        have a WHERE clause.
+**
+**  (20)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use
+**        an ORDER BY clause.  Ticket #3773.  We could relax this constraint
+**        somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must
+**        appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query.  But
+**        have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case.
+**
+** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
+** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
+** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
+**
+** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
+** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
+**
+** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
+** the subquery before this routine runs.
+*/
+static int flattenSubquery(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
+  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
+  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
+  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
+  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
+){
+  const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
+  Select *pParent;
+  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
+  Select *pSub1;      /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */
+  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
+  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
+  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
+  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
+  int i;              /* Loop counter */
+  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA encoding
-  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
+  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
+  */
+  assert( p!=0 );
+  assert( p->pPrior==0 );  /* Unable to flatten compound queries */
+  pSrc = p->pSrc;
+  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc );
+  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
+  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
+  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
+  assert( pSub!=0 );
+  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;                 /* Restriction (1)  */
+  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;          /* Restriction (2)  */
+  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
+  assert( pSubSrc );
+  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
+  ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
+  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
+  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
+  ** and (14). */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Restriction (13) */
+  if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0;                          /* Restriction (14) */
+  if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit && pSub->pOrderBy ){
+    return 0;                                            /* Restriction (15) */
+  }
+  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;                       /* Restriction (7)  */
+  if( ((pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSub->pLimit) 
+         && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){          /* Restrictions (4)(5)(8)(9) */
+     return 0;       
+  }
+  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){
+     return 0;         /* Restriction (6)  */
+  }
+  if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){
+     return 0;                                           /* Restriction (11) */
+  }
+  if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;                /* Restriction (16) */
+  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Restriction (19) */
+
+  /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
+  ** Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
+  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
+  ** is not allowed:
   **
-  ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
-  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
   **
-  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
-  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
-  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
-  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
-  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
-  ** 
-  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
-  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
-  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
-  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
   **
-  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
-  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
-  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
+  **
+  ** which is not at all the same thing.
+  **
+  ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2:
+  ** Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
+  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
+  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
+  **
+  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
+  **
+  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
+  **
+  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
+  **
+  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
+  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
+  **
+  ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE:
+  ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN
+  ** is fraught with danger.  Best to avoid the whole thing.  If the
+  ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten.
   */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){
-    static const struct EncName {
-      char *zName;
-      u8 enc;
-    } encnames[] = {
-      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },
-      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
-      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
-      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
-      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
-      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
-      { "UTF-16",   0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
-      { "UTF16",    0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
-      { 0, 0 }
-    };
-    const struct EncName *pEnc;
-    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
-      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1);
-      for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
-        if( pEnc->enc==ENC(pParse->db) ){
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pEnc->zName, P4_STATIC);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
-      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
-      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
-      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
-      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
-      */
-      if( 
-        !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || 
-        DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) 
+  if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must
+  ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries
+  ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct
+  ** queries.
+  */
+  if( pSub->pPrior ){
+    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+      return 0;  /* Restriction 20 */
+    }
+    if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
+      return 0;
+    }
+    for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){
+      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct );
+      testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate );
+      if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0
+       || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) 
+       || NEVER(pSub1->pSrc==0) || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc!=1
       ){
-        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
-          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
-            ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( !pEnc->zName ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
-        }
+        return 0;
       }
     }
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = 
+    /* Restriction 18. */
+    if( p->pOrderBy ){
+      int ii;
+      for(ii=0; iipOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
+        if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].iCol==0 ) return 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
+
+  /* Authorize the subquery */
+  pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
+  sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+  pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
+
+  /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
+  ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must 
+  ** be of the form:
   **
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version = 
+  **     SELECT  FROM ()  
   **
-  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
-  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
-  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
-  ** stored in the database header.
+  ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
+  ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or 
+  ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
+  ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
+  ** select statements in the compound sub-query.
   **
-  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
-  ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
-  ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
-  ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
-  ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
-  ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
-  ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
-  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
-  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
+  ** Example:
   **
-  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
-  ** applications for any purpose.
+  **     SELECT a+1 FROM (
+  **        SELECT x FROM tab
+  **        UNION ALL
+  **        SELECT y FROM tab
+  **        UNION ALL
+  **        SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2
+  **     ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1
+  **
+  ** Transformed into:
+  **
+  **     SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5
+  **     UNION ALL
+  **     SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5
+  **     UNION ALL
+  **     SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5
+  **     ORDER BY 1
+  **
+  ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening".
   */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 
-   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 
-   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 
-  ){
+  for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){
+    Select *pNew;
+    ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+    Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
+    Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
+    p->pOrderBy = 0;
+    p->pSrc = 0;
+    p->pPrior = 0;
+    p->pLimit = 0;
+    pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0);
+    p->pLimit = pLimit;
+    p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
+    p->pSrc = pSrc;
+    p->op = TK_ALL;
+    p->pRightmost = 0;
+    if( pNew==0 ){
+      pNew = pPrior;
+    }else{
+      pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
+      pNew->pRightmost = 0;
+    }
+    p->pPrior = pNew;
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1;
+  }
 
-    int iCookie;   /* Cookie index. 0 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    switch( zLeft[0] ){
-      case 's': case 'S':
-        iCookie = 0;
-        break;
-      case 'f': case 'F':
-        iCookie = 1;
-        iDb = (-1*(iDb+1));
-        assert(iDb<=0);
+  /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause 
+  ** in the outer query.
+  */
+  pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
+
+  /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the
+  ** subquery
+  */
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias);
+  pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
+  pSubitem->zName = 0;
+  pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
+  pSubitem->pSelect = 0;
+
+  /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the
+  ** subquery until code generation is
+  ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that
+  ** refer to the subquery even after flattening.  Ticket #3346.
+  **
+  ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above.
+  */
+  if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){
+    Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab;
+    if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){
+      Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+      pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab;
+      pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel;
+    }else{
+      pTabToDel->nRef--;
+    }
+    pSubitem->pTab = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery
+  ** flattening (as described above).  If we are doing a different kind
+  ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening -
+  ** then this loop only runs once.
+  **
+  ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
+  ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
+  ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
+  ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
+  ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
+  ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
+  ** elements we are now copying in.
+  */
+  for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){
+    int nSubSrc;
+    u8 jointype = 0;
+    pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of subquery */
+    nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;  /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */
+    pSrc = pParent->pSrc;     /* FROM clause of the outer query */
+
+    if( pSrc ){
+      assert( pParent==p );  /* First time through the loop */
+      jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
+    }else{
+      assert( pParent!=p );  /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */
+      pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0);
+      if( pSrc==0 ){
+        assert( db->mallocFailed );
         break;
-      default:
-        iCookie = 5;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer
+    ** query.  If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause,
+    ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements
+    ** of the subquery.
+    **
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **    SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB;
+    **
+    ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause.  One slot of the
+    ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery.  The next
+    ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots.  The middle
+    ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the
+    ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery.
+    */
+    if( nSubSrc>1 ){
+      pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1);
+      if( db->mallocFailed ){
         break;
+      }
     }
 
-    if( zRight && iDb>=0 ){
-      /* Write the specified cookie value */
-      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
-        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
-        { OP_Integer,        0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
-        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  1},    /* 2 */
-      };
-      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight));
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
+    /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the
+    ** outer query.
+    */
+    for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom].pUsing);
+      pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
+      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
+    }
+    pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype;
+  
+    /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
+    ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
+    ** 
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
+    **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
+    **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
+    **
+    ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
+    ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
+    */
+    pList = pParent->pEList;
+    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+      if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){
+        const char *zSpan = pList->a[i].zSpan;
+        if( ALWAYS(zSpan) ){
+          pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zSpan);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    if( isAgg ){
+      substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+      pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    }
+    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
+      assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );
+      pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
+      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
+    }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){
+      substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+    }
+    if( pSub->pWhere ){
+      pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0);
     }else{
-      /* Read the specified cookie value */
-      static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
-        { OP_ReadCookie,      0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
-        { OP_ResultRow,       1,  1,  0}
-      };
-      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, iCookie);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, P4_TRANSIENT);
+      pWhere = 0;
+    }
+    if( subqueryIsAgg ){
+      assert( pParent->pHaving==0 );
+      pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere;
+      pParent->pWhere = pWhere;
+      pParent->pHaving = substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+      pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, 
+                                  sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0));
+      assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 );
+      pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0);
+    }else{
+      pParent->pWhere = substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
+      pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere);
     }
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
+  
+    /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
+    ** outer query is distinct. 
+    */
+    pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct;
+  
+    /*
+    ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
+    **
+    ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits.  But this
+    ** does not work if either limit is negative.
+    */
+    if( pSub->pLimit ){
+      pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
+      pSub->pLimit = 0;
+    }
+  }
 
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  /*
-  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
+  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
+  ** success.
   */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){
-    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
-      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
-    };
-    int i;
-    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
-    pParse->nMem = 2;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", P4_STATIC);
-    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt;
-      Pager *pPager;
-      const char *zState = "unknown";
-      int j;
-      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC);
-      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){
-        zState = "closed";
-      }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, 
-                                     SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
-         zState = azLockName[j];
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
+
+/*
+** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it
+** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if 
+** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be
+** a min()/max() query if:
+**
+**   1. There is a single object in the FROM clause.
+**
+**   2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is
+**      either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference.
+*/
+static u8 minMaxQuery(Select *p){
+  Expr *pExpr;
+  ExprList *pEList = p->pEList;
+
+  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+  pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
+  if( NEVER(ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) ) return 0;
+  pEList = pExpr->x.pList;
+  if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
+  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"min")==0 ){
+    return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
+  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"max")==0 ){
+    return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
+  }
+  return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+}
+
+/*
+** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query.
+** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This 
+** function tests if the SELECT is of the form:
+**
+**   SELECT count(*) FROM 
+**
+** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query
+** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing
+**  is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned.
+*/
+static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Table *pTab;
+  Expr *pExpr;
+
+  assert( !p->pGroupBy );
+
+  if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 
+   || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect
+  ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
+  pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
+  assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr );
+
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
+  if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->flags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0;
+
+  return pTab;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an
+** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there
+** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return 
+** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate 
+** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){
+  if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){
+    Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+    char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex;
+    Index *pIdx;
+    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; 
+        pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); 
+        pIdx=pIdx->pNext
+    );
+    if( !pIdx ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0);
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
     }
-  }else
-#endif
+    pFrom->pIndex = pIdx;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-  /*
-  ** Check to see if the sqlite_statements table exists.  Create it
-  ** if it does not.
+/*
+** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement.
+** "Expanding" means to do the following:
+**
+**    (1)  Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
+**         element of the FROM clause.
+**
+**    (2)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
+**         defines FROM clause.  When views appear in the FROM clause,
+**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
+**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
+**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
+**         without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
+**         of the view.
+**
+**    (3)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
+**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
+**
+**    (4)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
+**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
+**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
+**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
+**
+*/
+static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  int i, j, k;
+  SrcList *pTabList;
+  ExprList *pEList;
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed  ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+  if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
+    return WRC_Prune;
+  }
+  p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+
+  /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
+  ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
   */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "create_sqlite_statement_table")==0 ){
-    extern int sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(Parse*);
-    sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(pParse);
-  }else
-#endif
+  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
 
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 ){
-    sqlite3_key(db, zRight, strlen(zRight));
-  }else
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
-      extern void sqlite3_activate_see(const char*);
-      sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
+  /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select.  If
+  ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
+  ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
+  */
+  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+    Table *pTab;
+    if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){
+      /* This statement has already been prepared.  There is no need
+      ** to go further. */
+      assert( i==0 );
+      return WRC_Prune;
     }
+    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+      assert( pSel!=0 );
+      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
+      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+      pTab->dbMem = db->lookaside.bEnabled ? db : 0;
+      pTab->nRef = 1;
+      pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab);
+      while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
+      selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
+      pTab->iPKey = -1;
+      pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
 #endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
-      extern void sqlite3_activate_cerod(const char*);
-      sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
+    }else{
+      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
+      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
+      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
+        sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase);
+      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
+      pTab->nRef++;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
+      if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
+        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
+        assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 );
+        pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0);
+        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
+      }
+#endif
+    }
+
+    /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */
+    if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){
+      return WRC_Abort;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
+  */
+  if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
+    return WRC_Abort;
+  }
+
+  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
+  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
+  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
+  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
+  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
+  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
+  **
+  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
+  ** that need expanding.
+  */
+  for(k=0; knExpr; k++){
+    Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
+    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
+    assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) );
+    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL ) break;
+  }
+  if( knExpr ){
+    /*
+    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
+    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
+    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
+    */
+    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
+    ExprList *pNew = 0;
+    int flags = pParse->db->flags;
+    int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
+                      && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
+
+    for(k=0; knExpr; k++){
+      Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr;
+      assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 );
+      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
+        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
+        */
+        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr);
+        if( pNew ){
+          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
+          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan;
+          a[k].zName = 0;
+          a[k].zSpan = 0;
+        }
+        a[k].pExpr = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
+        ** expanded. */
+        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
+        char *zTName;            /* text of name of TABLE */
+        if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){
+          assert( pE->pLeft!=0 );
+          assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) );
+          zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken;
+        }else{
+          zTName = 0;
+        }
+        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
+          if( zTabName==0 ){
+            zTabName = pTab->zName;
+          }
+          if( db->mallocFailed ) break;
+          if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){
+            continue;
+          }
+          tableSeen = 1;
+          for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
+            Expr *pExpr, *pRight;
+            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
+            char *zColname;  /* The computed column name */
+            char *zToFree;   /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */
+            Token sColname;  /* Computed column name as a token */
+
+            /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
+            ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
+            ** result-set list.
+            */
+            if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
+              assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
+              continue;
+            }
+
+            if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
+              struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1];
+              if( (pLeft[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 &&
+                        columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){
+                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
+                ** table on the right */
+                continue;
+              }
+              if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft[1].pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
+                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
+                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
+                continue;
+              }
+            }
+            pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName);
+            zColname = zName;
+            zToFree = 0;
+            if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
+              Expr *pLeft;
+              pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName);
+              pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+              if( longNames ){
+                zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName);
+                zToFree = zColname;
+              }
+            }else{
+              pExpr = pRight;
+            }
+            pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr);
+            sColname.z = zColname;
+            sColname.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zColname);
+            sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0);
+            sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree);
+          }
+        }
+        if( !tableSeen ){
+          if( zTName ){
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
+          }else{
+            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
+          }
+        }
+      }
     }
-#endif
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+    p->pEList = pNew;
+  }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
+  if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
   }
 #endif
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
 
-  {}
+/*
+** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
+**
+** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
+** are walked without any actions being taken at each node.  Presumably,
+** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then 
+** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every 
+** subquery in the parser tree.
+*/
+static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+  return WRC_Continue;
+}
 
-  if( v ){
-    /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause
-    ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas
-    ** are only valid for a single execution.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0);
+/*
+** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries.
+** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT
+** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above.
+**
+** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a
+** SELECT statement.  The SELECT statement must be expanded before
+** name resolution is performed.
+**
+** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse.
+** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr
+** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed.
+*/
+static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+  Walker w;
+  w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander;
+  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+}
 
-    /*
-    ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous
-    ** setting changed.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-    if( db->autoCommit ){
-      sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level,
-                 (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo()
+** interface.
+**
+** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl
+** information to the Table structure that represents the result set
+** of that subquery.
+**
+** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed
+** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted
+** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved.  This
+** routine is called after identifier resolution.
+*/
+static int selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
+  Parse *pParse;
+  int i;
+  SrcList *pTabList;
+  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
+
+  assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved );
+  assert( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 );
+  p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
+  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+    Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+    if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
+      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+      assert( pSel );
+      while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
+      selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel);
     }
-#endif
   }
-pragma_out:
-  sqlite3_free(zLeft);
-  sqlite3_free(zRight);
+  return WRC_Continue;
 }
+#endif
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA || SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER */
 
-/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/
 /*
-** 2005 May 25
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to
+** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a
+** SELECT statement.
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
-** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
-** from disk.
-**
-** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.83 2008/04/03 14:36:26 danielk1977 Exp $
+** Use this routine after name resolution.
 */
+static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  Walker w;
+  w.xSelectCallback = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo;
+  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
+  w.pParse = pParse;
+  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
+#endif
+}
+
 
 /*
-** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
-** that the database is corrupt.
+** This routine sets of a SELECT statement for processing.  The
+** following is accomplished:
+**
+**     *  VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms.
+**     *  Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries.
+**     *  ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements
+**     *  Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded.
+**     *  Identifiers in expression are matched to tables.
+**
+** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT.
 */
-static void corruptSchema(
-  InitData *pData,     /* Initialization context */
-  const char *zObj,    /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
-  const char *zExtra   /* Error information */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for container */
 ){
-  if( !pData->db->mallocFailed ){
-    if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
-    sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, "malformed database schema (",  zObj, ")",
-       zExtra!=0 && zExtra[0]!=0 ? " - " : (char*)0, zExtra, (char*)0);
-  }
-  pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return;
+  sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p);
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p);
 }
 
 /*
-** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
-** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
-** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
-**
-** Each callback contains the following information:
-**
-**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
-**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
-**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
+** Reset the aggregate accumulator.
 **
+** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold
+** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate.  This
+** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){
-  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
-  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
-  int iDb = pData->iDb;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  pData->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
+  if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){
+    return;
   }
-
-  assert( argc==3 );
-  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
-  if( argv[1]==0 ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
-    return 1;
+  for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem);
   }
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
-  if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
-    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
-    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
-    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
-    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
-    */
-    char *zErr;
-    int rc;
-    assert( db->init.busy );
-    db->init.iDb = iDb;
-    db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]);
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr);
-    db->init.iDb = 0;
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-      pData->rc = rc;
-      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
-        corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], zErr);
+  for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pFunc->iMem);
+    if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
+      Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
+      assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) );
+      if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one "
+           "argument");
+        pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
+      }else{
+        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0,
+                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
       }
-      sqlite3_free(zErr);
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }else if( argv[0]==0 ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
-  }else{
-    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
-    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
-    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
-    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
-    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
-    */
-    Index *pIndex;
-    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-    if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){
-      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
-      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
-      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
-      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
-      */
-      /* Do Nothing */;
-    }else{
-      pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]);
     }
   }
-  return 0;
 }
 
 /*
-** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
-** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
-** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
-** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
-** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
-** indicate success or failure.
+** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
+** in the AggInfo structure.
 */
-static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int rc;
-  BtCursor *curMain;
-  int size;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Db *pDb;
-  char const *azArg[4];
-  int meta[10];
-  InitData initData;
-  char const *zMasterSchema;
-  char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-
-  /*
-  ** The master database table has a structure like this
-  */
-  static const char master_schema[] = 
-     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
-     "  type text,\n"
-     "  name text,\n"
-     "  tbl_name text,\n"
-     "  rootpage integer,\n"
-     "  sql text\n"
-     ")"
-  ;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
-     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
-     "  type text,\n"
-     "  name text,\n"
-     "  tbl_name text,\n"
-     "  rootpage integer,\n"
-     "  sql text\n"
-     ")"
-  ;
-#else
-  #define temp_master_schema 0
-#endif
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
-
-  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
-  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
-  ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
-  */
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
-  }else{
-    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
-  }
-  zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-
-  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
-  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
-  azArg[1] = "1";
-  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
-  azArg[3] = 0;
-  initData.db = db;
-  initData.iDb = iDb;
-  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-  rc = sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  if( rc ){
-    rc = initData.rc;
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  if( pTab ){
-    pTab->readOnly = 1;
+static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
+  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){
+    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0,
+                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
   }
+}
 
-  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
-  */
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-      DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
-    }
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  curMain = sqlite3MallocZero(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
-  if( !curMain ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pDb->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, curMain);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
-    goto leave_error_out;
-  }
+/*
+** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
+** the current cursor position.
+*/
+static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
+  struct AggInfo_col *pC;
 
-  /* Get the database meta information.
-  **
-  ** Meta values are as follows:
-  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
-  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
-  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
-  **    meta[3]   Use freelist if 0.  Autovacuum if greater than zero.
-  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
-  **    meta[5]   The user cookie. Used by the application.
-  **    meta[6]   Incremental-vacuum flag.
-  **    meta[7]
-  **    meta[8]
-  **    meta[9]
-  **
-  ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
-  ** the possible values of meta[4].
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
+  pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){
+    int nArg;
+    int addrNext = 0;
+    int regAgg;
+    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList;
+    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+    if( pList ){
+      nArg = pList->nExpr;
+      regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg);
+      sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 0);
+    }else{
+      nArg = 0;
+      regAgg = 0;
     }
-    if( rc ){
-      sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
-      goto leave_error_out;
+    if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
+      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      assert( nArg==1 );
+      codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg);
     }
-  }else{
-    memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta));
-  }
-  pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[0];
-
-  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
-  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
-  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
-  ** as sqlite3.enc.
-  */
-  if( meta[4] ){  /* text encoding */
-    if( iDb==0 ){
-      /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
-      ENC(db) = (u8)meta[4];
-      db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0);
-    }else{
-      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
-      if( meta[4]!=ENC(db) ){
-        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "attached databases must use the same"
-            " text encoding as main database", (char*)0);
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        goto leave_error_out;
+    if( pF->pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+      int j;
+      assert( pList!=0 );  /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */
+      for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr);
+      }
+      if( !pColl ){
+        pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
       }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
+                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
+    if( addrNext ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
     }
-  }else{
-    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
   }
-  pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
+  for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
+  }
+  pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.  
+**
+** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
+** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest
+** as follows:
+**
+**     pDest->eDest    Result
+**     ------------    -------------------------------------------
+**     SRT_Output      Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow
+**                     opcode) for each row in the result set.
+**
+**     SRT_Mem         Only valid if the result is a single column.
+**                     Store the first column of the first result row
+**                     in register pDest->iParm then abandon the rest
+**                     of the query.  This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
+**
+**     SRT_Set         The result must be a single column.  Store each
+**                     row of result as the key in table pDest->iParm. 
+**                     Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing
+**                     results.  Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
+**
+**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary table pDest->iParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm.
+**                     This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table
+**                     is assumed to already be open.
+**
+**     SRT_EphemTab    Create an temporary table pDest->iParm and store
+**                     the result there. The cursor is left open after
+**                     returning.  This is like SRT_Table except that
+**                     this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
+**                     the table first.
+**
+**     SRT_Coroutine   Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
+**                     results each time it is invoked.  The entry point
+**                     of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iParm.
+**
+**     SRT_Exists      Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iParm if the result
+**                     set is not empty.
+**
+**     SRT_Discard     Throw the results away.  This is used by SELECT
+**                     statements within triggers whose only purpose is
+**                     the side-effects of functions.
+**
+** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
+** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
+** pParse->zErrMsg.
+**
+** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
+** calling function needs to do that.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
+  SelectDest *pDest      /* What to do with the query results */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual machine under construction */
+  int isAgg;             /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
+  ExprList *pEList;      /* List of columns to extract. */
+  SrcList *pTabList;     /* List of tables to select from */
+  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
+  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
+  int isDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
+  int distinct;          /* Table to use for the distinct set */
+  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
+  int addrSortIndex;     /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
+  AggInfo sAggInfo;      /* Information used by aggregate queries */
+  int iEnd;              /* Address of the end of the query */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
 
-  size = meta[2];
-  if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
-  if( size<0 ) size = -size;
-  pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-  sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
+    return 1;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
+  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
 
-  /*
-  ** file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
-  ** file_format==2    Version 3.1.3.  // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
-  ** file_format==3    Version 3.1.4.  // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
-  ** file_format==4    Version 3.3.0.  // DESC indices.  Boolean constants
-  */
-  pDb->pSchema->file_format = meta[1];
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
-    pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
+  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
+    assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || 
+           pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard);
+    /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does
+    ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
+    p->pOrderBy = 0;
+    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
   }
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "unsupported file format", (char*)0);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto leave_error_out;
+  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0);
+  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  pTabList = p->pSrc;
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto select_end;
   }
+  isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
+  assert( pEList!=0 );
 
-  /* Ticket #2804:  When we open a database in the newer file format,
-  ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will
-  ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending
-  ** indices that the user might have created.
+  /* Begin generating code.
   */
-  if( iDb==0 && meta[1]>=4 ){
-    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt;
-  }
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
 
-  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
+  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
   */
-  assert( db->init.busy );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
-    /* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    char *zSql;
-    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s",
-        db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    {
-      int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
-      xAuth = db->xAuth;
-      db->xAuth = 0;
-#endif
-      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-      db->xAuth = xAuth;
-    }
-#endif
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = initData.rc;
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    /* sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0); */
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
-    /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
-    ** the schema loaded, even if errors occured. In this situation the 
-    ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
-    ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
-    ** of the schema was loaded before the error occured. The primary
-    ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
-    ** even when its contents have been corrupted.
-    */
-    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
+  for(i=0; !p->pPrior && inSrc; i++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
+    SelectDest dest;
+    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
+    int isAggSub;
 
-  /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating
-  ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs
-  ** before that point, jump to error_out.
-  */
-leave_error_out:
-  sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
-  sqlite3_free(curMain);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
+    if( pSub==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue;
 
-error_out:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
+    /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
+    ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select
+    ** may contain expression trees of at most
+    ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
+    ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing
+    ** an exact limit.
+    */
+    pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
 
-/*
-** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
-** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
-** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
-** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
-**
-** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
-** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
-** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int i, rc;
-  int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
-  
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  db->init.busy = 1;
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){
-    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
-    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
-    if( rc ){
-      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i);
+    /* Check to see if the subquery can be absorbed into the parent. */
+    isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
+    if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
+      if( isAggSub ){
+        isAgg = 1;
+        p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
+      }
+      i = -1;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
+      assert( pItem->isPopulated==0 );
+      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
+      pItem->isPopulated = 1;
+    }
+    if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){
+      goto select_end;
+    }
+    pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
+    pTabList = p->pSrc;
+    if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
+      pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
     }
   }
+  pEList = p->pEList;
+#endif
+  pWhere = p->pWhere;
+  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+  pHaving = p->pHaving;
+  isDistinct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0;
 
-  /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema
-  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
-  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
   */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
-    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
-    if( rc ){
-      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1);
+  if( p->pPrior ){
+    if( p->pRightmost==0 ){
+      Select *pLoop, *pRight = 0;
+      int cnt = 0;
+      int mxSelect;
+      for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){
+        pLoop->pRightmost = p;
+        pLoop->pNext = pRight;
+        pRight = pLoop;
+      }
+      mxSelect = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT];
+      if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
+        return 1;
+      }
     }
+    return multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
   }
 #endif
 
-  db->init.busy = 0;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){
-    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
+  ** only a single column may be output.
+  */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
+    goto select_end;
   }
+#endif
 
-  return rc; 
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised.
-** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    pParse->rc = rc;
-    pParse->nErr++;
+  /* If possible, rewrite the query to use GROUP BY instead of DISTINCT.
+  ** GROUP BY might use an index, DISTINCT never does.
+  */
+  assert( p->pGroupBy==0 || (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0 );
+  if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ){
+    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0);
+    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
+    isDistinct = 0;
   }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
-** of date, return 0.  If all schema cookies are current, return 1.
-*/
-static int schemaIsValid(sqlite3 *db){
-  int iDb;
-  int rc;
-  BtCursor *curTemp;
-  int cookie;
-  int allOk = 1;
 
-  curTemp = (BtCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
-  if( curTemp ){
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-    for(iDb=0; allOk && iDbnDb; iDb++){
-      Btree *pBt;
-      pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
-      if( pBt==0 ) continue;
-      memset(curTemp, 0, sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, curTemp);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
-          allOk = 0;
-        }
-        sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(curTemp);
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
+  ** index might end up being unused if the data can be 
+  ** extracted in pre-sorted order.  If that is the case, then the
+  ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once
+  ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed.  The addrSortIndex
+  ** variable is used to facilitate that change.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy);
+    pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
+    p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex =
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
+                           pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
+                           (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
   }else{
-    allOk = 0;
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    addrSortIndex = -1;
   }
 
-  return allOk;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
-** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
-**
-** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
-** attached database is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
-  int i = -1000000;
-
-  /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in 
-  ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
-  ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this 
-  ** function should never be used.
-  **
-  ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
-  ** -1000000 as incorrectly using -1000000 index into db->aDb[] is much 
-  ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
-  ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
+  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
   */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( pSchema ){
-    for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-      if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( i>=0 &&i>=0 &&  inDb );
+  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iParm, pEList->nExpr);
   }
-  return i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  Parse sParse;
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
 
-  assert( ppStmt );
-  *ppStmt = 0;
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  /* Set the limiter.
+  */
+  iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);
 
-  /* If any attached database schemas are locked, do not proceed with
-  ** compilation. Instead return SQLITE_LOCKED immediately.
+  /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
   */
-  for(i=0; inDb; i++) {
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( pBt ){
-      int rc;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
-      if( rc ){
-        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
-        sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_LOCKED, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
-        (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-        return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  
-  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
-  sParse.db = db;
-  if( nBytes>=0 && zSql[nBytes-1]!=0 ){
-    char *zSqlCopy;
-    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
-    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
-      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-      return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-    }
-    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
-    if( zSqlCopy ){
-      sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
-      sqlite3_free(zSqlCopy);
-      sParse.zTail = &zSql[sParse.zTail-zSqlCopy];
-    }else{
-      sParse.zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
-    }
+  if( isDistinct ){
+    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+    assert( isAgg || pGroupBy );
+    distinct = pParse->nTab++;
+    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0,
+                        (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
   }else{
-    sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
+    distinct = -1;
   }
 
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){
-    sParse.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
-  }
-  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( pzTail ){
-    *pzTail = sParse.zTail;
-  }
-  rc = sParse.rc;
+  /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */
+  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
+    /* This case is for non-aggregate queries
+    ** Begin the database scan
+    */
+    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0);
+    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){
-    if( sParse.explain==2 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 3);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "order", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "detail", P4_STATIC);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 8);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "addr", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "opcode", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "p1", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "p2", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "p3", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "p4", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "p5", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "comment",P4_STATIC);
+    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
+    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
+    ** into an OP_Noop.
+    */
+    if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1);
+      p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
     }
-  }
-#endif
 
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
+    /* Use the standard inner loop
+    */
+    assert(!isDistinct);
+    selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, -1, pDest,
+                    pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak);
 
-  if( saveSqlFlag ){
-    sqlite3VdbeSetSql(sParse.pVdbe, zSql, sParse.zTail - zSql);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe);
-    assert(!(*ppStmt));
+    /* End the database scan loop.
+    */
+    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
   }else{
-    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe;
-  }
+    /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */
+    NameContext sNC;    /* Name context for processing aggregate information */
+    int iAMem;          /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */
+    int iBMem;          /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */
+    int iUseFlag;       /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least
+                        ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been
+                        ** processed */
+    int iAbortFlag;     /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
+    int groupBySort;    /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */
+    int addrEnd;        /* End of processing for this SELECT */
 
-  if( zErrMsg ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
-    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-  }
+    /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the
+    ** GROUP BY clause.
+    */
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      int k;                        /* Loop counter */
+      struct ExprList_item *pItem;  /* For looping over expression in a list */
 
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
-  return rc;
-}
-static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, pzTail);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
+      for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+        pItem->iAlias = 0;
+      }
+      for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
+        pItem->iAlias = 0;
+      }
+    }
 
-/*
-** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
-** Return true if the statement was recompiled successfully.
-** Return false if there is an error of some kind.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
-  const char *zSql;
-  sqlite3 *db;
+ 
+    /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */
+    addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) );
-  zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p);
-  assert( zSql!=0 );  /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
-  db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, &pNew, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
+    ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
+    ** SELECT statement.
+    */
+    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+    sNC.pParse = pParse;
+    sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+    sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
+    sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0;
+    sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
+    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
+    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy);
+    if( pHaving ){
+      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
     }
-    assert( pNew==0 );
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pNew!=0 );
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
-  sqlite3_transfer_bindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
-  sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
-  sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
-  return 1;
-}
+    sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
+    for(i=0; ix.pList);
+    }
+    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
 
+    /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
+    ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY.
+    */
+    if( pGroupBy ){
+      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Keying information for the group by clause */
+      int j1;             /* A-vs-B comparision jump */
+      int addrOutputRow;  /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
+      int regOutputRow;   /* Return address register for output subroutine */
+      int addrSetAbort;   /* Set the abort flag and return */
+      int addrTopOfLoop;  /* Top of the input loop */
+      int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
+      int addrReset;      /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
+      int regReset;       /* Return address register for reset subroutine */
 
-/*
-** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
-** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
-** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
-** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
-** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
-** occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
+      /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
+      ** implement it.  Allocate that sorting index now.  If it turns out
+      ** that we do not need it after all, the OpenEphemeral instruction
+      ** will be converted into a Noop.  
+      */
+      sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
+      pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy);
+      addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, 
+          sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, 
+          0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
 
+      /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
+      */
+      iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+      iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
+      regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem;
+      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      regReset = ++pParse->nMem;
+      addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+      iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
+      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
+      iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
+      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
-  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
-  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
-  */
-  char *zSql8;
-  const char *zTail8 = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
+      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
+      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
+      ** in the right order to begin with.
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
+      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0);
+      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+      if( pGroupBy==0 ){
+        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
+        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
+        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
+        */
+        pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
+        groupBySort = 0;
+      }else{
+        /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order.  We have to push
+        ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop,
+        ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output
+        ** in sorted order
+        */
+        int regBase;
+        int regRecord;
+        int nCol;
+        int nGroupBy;
 
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes);
-  if( zSql8 ){
-    rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, &zTail8);
-  }
+        groupBySort = 1;
+        nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
+        nCol = nGroupBy + 1;
+        j = nGroupBy+1;
+        for(i=0; i=j ){
+            nCol++;
+            j++;
+          }
+        }
+        regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
+        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy);
+        j = nGroupBy+1;
+        for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){
+            int r1 = j + regBase;
+            int r2;
 
-  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
-    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
-    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
-    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
-    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
-    */
-    int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, zTail8-zSql8);
-    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(zSql8); 
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
+            r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, 
+                               pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0);
+            if( r1!=r2 ){
+              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1);
+            }
+            j++;
+          }
+        }
+        regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
+        VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort"));
+        sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
+        sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+      }
+
+      /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
+      ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
+      ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
+      ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
+      */
+      addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+      for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){
+        if( groupBySort ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j, iBMem+j);
+        }else{
+          sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
+          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
+        }
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr,
+                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
+      j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1);
+
+      /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes.
+      ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code
+      ** block.  If there were no changes, this block is skipped.
+      **
+      ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,...
+      ** over to a0,a1,a2.  It then calls the output subroutine
+      ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation
+      ** for the next GROUP BY batch.
+      */
+      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "output one row"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd);
+      VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
+      VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator"));
+
+      /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of
+      ** the current row
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator"));
 
-/*
-** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
-** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
-** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
-** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
-** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
-** occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
+      /* End of the loop
+      */
+      if( groupBySort ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx, 1);
+      }
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+      /* Output the final row of result
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "output final row"));
 
-/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: select.c,v 1.429 2008/05/01 17:03:49 drh Exp $
-*/
+      /* Jump over the subroutines
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd);
 
+      /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
+      ** set.  This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag.  If iUseFlag
+      ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op.  If
+      ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
+      ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
+      ** order to signal the caller to abort.
+      */
+      addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
+      VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow);
+      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2);
+      VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy,
+                      distinct, pDest,
+                      addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
+      VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
 
-/*
-** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
-** the select structure itself.
-*/
-static void clearSelect(Select *p){
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pEList);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(p->pSrc);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pGroupBy);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pHaving);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pPrior);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pOffset);
-}
+      /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
+      */
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
+      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
+     
+    } /* endif pGroupBy.  Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */
+    else {
+      ExprList *pDel = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+      Table *pTab;
+      if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){
+        /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then
+        ** the SQL statement is of the form:
+        **
+        **   SELECT count(*) FROM 
+        **
+        ** where the Table structure returned represents table .
+        **
+        ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The
+        ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that
+        ** contains the data for table  or on one of its indexes. It
+        ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost
+        ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables.
+        */
+        const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+        const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++;     /* Cursor to scan b-tree */
+        Index *pIdx;                         /* Iterator variable */
+        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0;               /* Keyinfo for scanned index */
+        Index *pBest = 0;                    /* Best index found so far */
+        int iRoot = pTab->tnum;              /* Root page of scanned b-tree */
+
+        sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+        sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+
+        /* Search for the index that has the least amount of columns. If
+        ** there is such an index, and it has less columns than the table
+        ** does, then we can assume that it consumes less space on disk and
+        ** will therefore be cheaper to scan to determine the query result.
+        ** In this case set iRoot to the root page number of the index b-tree
+        ** and pKeyInfo to the KeyInfo structure required to navigate the
+        ** index.
+        **
+        ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only 
+        ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy.
+        */
+        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+          if( !pBest || pIdx->nColumnnColumn ){
+            pBest = pIdx;
+          }
+        }
+        if( pBest && pBest->nColumnnCol ){
+          iRoot = pBest->tnum;
+          pKeyInfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pBest);
+        }
 
-/*
-** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
-  pDest->eDest = eDest;
-  pDest->iParm = iParm;
-  pDest->affinity = 0;
-  pDest->iMem = 0;
-  pDest->nMem = 0;
-}
+        /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb);
+        if( pKeyInfo ){
+          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+        }
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
+      }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
+      {
+        /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms:
+        **
+        **   SELECT min(x) FROM ...
+        **   SELECT max(x) FROM ...
+        **
+        ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results
+        ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. 
+        ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then
+        ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the 
+        ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is 
+        ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum 
+        ** value of x, the only row required).
+        **
+        ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly
+        ** modify behaviour as follows:
+        **
+        **   + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by
+        **     where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value
+        **     for x.
+        **
+        **   + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
+        **     index or indices to use) should place a different priority on 
+        **     satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
+        **     Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
+        */
+        ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
+        u8 flag = minMaxQuery(p);
+        if( flag ){
+          assert( !ExprHasProperty(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+          pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->x.pList,0);
+          pDel = pMinMax;
+          if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
+            pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0;
+            pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
+          }
+        }
+  
+        /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
+        ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
+        ** of output.
+        */
+        resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+        pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, flag);
+        if( pWInfo==0 ){
+          sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
+          goto select_end;
+        }
+        updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+        if( !pMinMax && flag ){
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak);
+          VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index",
+                (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
+        }
+        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+        finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
+      }
 
+      pOrderBy = 0;
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, 
+                      pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd);
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
+    
+  } /* endif aggregate query */
 
-/*
-** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
-** structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
-  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
-  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
-  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
-  int isDistinct,       /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
-  Expr *pLimit,         /* LIMIT value.  NULL means not used */
-  Expr *pOffset         /* OFFSET value.  NULL means no offset */
-){
-  Select *pNew;
-  Select standin;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  assert( !pOffset || pLimit );   /* Can't have OFFSET without LIMIT. */
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    pNew = &standin;
-    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
-  }
-  if( pEList==0 ){
-    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0,0,0), 0);
-  }
-  pNew->pEList = pEList;
-  pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
-  pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
-  pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
-  pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
-  pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  pNew->isDistinct = isDistinct;
-  pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
-  assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 );
-  pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
-  pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
-  pNew->iLimit = -1;
-  pNew->iOffset = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
-  if( pNew==&standin) {
-    clearSelect(pNew);
-    pNew = 0;
+  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
+  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
+  */
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
   }
-  return pNew;
-}
 
-/*
-** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select *p){
-  if( p ){
-    clearSelect(p);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
+  /* Jump here to skip this query
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);
+
+  /* The SELECT was successfully coded.   Set the return code to 0
+  ** to indicate no errors.
+  */
+  rc = 0;
+
+  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
+  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
+  */
+select_end:
+
+  /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
+    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
   }
+
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
+  return rc;
 }
 
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
 /*
-** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the
-** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
-** in terms of the following bit values:
-**
-**     JT_INNER
-**     JT_CROSS
-**     JT_OUTER
-**     JT_NATURAL
-**     JT_LEFT
-**     JT_RIGHT
+*******************************************************************************
+** The following code is used for testing and debugging only.  The code
+** that follows does not appear in normal builds.
 **
-** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
+** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a 
+** parse structures such as Select or Expr.  Such printouts are useful
+** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator
+** during the execution of complex SELECT statements.
 **
-** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
-** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
+** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal
+** code base.  Then are intended to be called from within the debugger
+** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
-  int jointype = 0;
-  Token *apAll[3];
-  Token *p;
-  static const struct {
-    const char zKeyword[8];
-    u8 nChar;
-    u8 code;
-  } keywords[] = {
-    { "natural", 7, JT_NATURAL },
-    { "left",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER },
-    { "right",   5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
-    { "full",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
-    { "outer",   5, JT_OUTER },
-    { "inner",   5, JT_INNER },
-    { "cross",   5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS },
-  };
-  int i, j;
-  apAll[0] = pA;
-  apAll[1] = pB;
-  apAll[2] = pC;
-  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
-    p = apAll[i];
-    for(j=0; jn==keywords[j].nChar 
-          && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, keywords[j].zKeyword, p->n)==0 ){
-        jointype |= keywords[j].code;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( j>=sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]) ){
-      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){
+  if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%s", p->u.zToken);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op);
   }
-  if(
-     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
-     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
-  ){
-    const char *zSp1 = " ";
-    const char *zSp2 = " ";
-    if( pB==0 ){ zSp1++; }
-    if( pC==0 ){ zSp2++; }
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
-       "%T%s%T%s%T", pA, zSp1, pB, zSp2, pC);
-    jointype = JT_INNER;
-  }else if( jointype & JT_RIGHT ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
-    jointype = JT_INNER;
+  if( p->pLeft ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ");
+    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft);
   }
-  return jointype;
+  if( p->pRight ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ");
+    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight);
+  }
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf(")");
 }
-
-/*
-** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
-** is not contained in the table.
-*/
-static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){
   int i;
-  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
+  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+    sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr);
+    if( inExpr-1 ){
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf(", ");
+    }
   }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the value of a token to a '\000'-terminated string.
-*/
-static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){
-  p->z = (u8*)z;
-  p->n = z ? strlen(z) : 0;
-  p->dyn = 0;
 }
-
-/*
-** Set the token to the double-quoted and escaped version of the string pointed
-** to by z. For example;
-**
-**    {a"bc}  ->  {"a""bc"}
-*/
-static void setQuotedToken(Parse *pParse, Token *p, const char *z){
-
-  /* Check if the string contains any " characters. If it does, then
-  ** this function will malloc space to create a quoted version of
-  ** the string in. Otherwise, save a call to sqlite3MPrintf() by
-  ** just copying the pointer to the string.
-  */
-  const char *z2 = z;
-  while( *z2 ){
-    if( *z2=='"' ) break;
-    z2++;
-  }
-
-  if( *z2 ){
-    /* String contains " characters - copy and quote the string. */
-    p->z = (u8 *)sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "\"%w\"", z);
-    if( p->z ){
-      p->n = strlen((char *)p->z);
-      p->dyn = 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p);
+  sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+  if( p->pSrc ){
+    char *zPrefix;
+    int i;
+    zPrefix = "FROM";
+    for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix);
+      zPrefix = "";
+      if( pItem->pSelect ){
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n");
+        sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10);
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, "");
+      }else if( pItem->zName ){
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName);
+      }
+      if( pItem->pTab ){
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName);
+      }
+      if( pItem->zAlias ){
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias);
+      }
+      if( ipSrc->nSrc-1 ){
+        sqlite3DebugPrintf(",");
+      }
+      sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
     }
-  }else{
-    /* String contains no " characters - copy the pointer. */
-    p->z = (u8*)z;
-    p->n = (z2 - z);
-    p->dyn = 0;
   }
-}
-
-/*
-** Create an expression node for an identifier with the name of zName
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
-  Token dummy;
-  setToken(&dummy, zName);
-  return sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the
-** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2.
-*/
-static void addWhereTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,           /* Parsing context */
-  const char *zCol,        /* Name of the column */
-  const Table *pTab1,      /* First table */
-  const char *zAlias1,     /* Alias for first table.  May be NULL */
-  const Table *pTab2,      /* Second table */
-  const char *zAlias2,     /* Alias for second table.  May be NULL */
-  int iRightJoinTable,     /* VDBE cursor for the right table */
-  Expr **ppExpr,           /* Add the equality term to this expression */
-  int isOuterJoin          /* True if dealing with an OUTER join */
-){
-  Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c;
-  Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c;
-  Expr *pE;
-
-  pE1a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol);
-  pE2a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol);
-  if( zAlias1==0 ){
-    zAlias1 = pTab1->zName;
+  if( p->pWhere ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, "");
+    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere);
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
   }
-  pE1b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias1);
-  if( zAlias2==0 ){
-    zAlias2 = pTab2->zName;
+  if( p->pGroupBy ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, "");
+    sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy);
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
   }
-  pE2b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias2);
-  pE1c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0);
-  pE2c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0);
-  pE = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0);
-  if( pE && isOuterJoin ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin);
-    pE->iRightJoinTable = iRightJoinTable;
+  if( p->pHaving ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, "");
+    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving);
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+  }
+  if( p->pOrderBy ){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, "");
+    sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy);
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
   }
-  *ppExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db,*ppExpr, pE);
 }
+/* End of the structure debug printing code
+*****************************************************************************/
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
 
+/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
 /*
-** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
-** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the
-** expression.
-**
-** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
-** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
-** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
-** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
-** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
-** originated in the ON or USING clause.
+** 2001 September 15
 **
-** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the
-** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not
-** explicitly mentioned in the expression.  That information is needed
-** for cases like this:
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-**    SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5
-** term until after the t2 loop of the join.  In that way, a
-** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5.  If we do not
-** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately
-** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in
-** the output, which is incorrect.
-*/
-static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
-  while( p ){
-    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
-    p->iRightJoinTable = iTable;
-    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
-    p = p->pRight;
-  } 
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
-** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
-** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
+** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
+** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
 **
-** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
-** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
-** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
-** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
-** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
-** also attached to the left entry.
+** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
+** if they are not used.
 **
-** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
+** $Id: table.c,v 1.40 2009/04/10 14:28:00 drh Exp $
 */
-static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
-  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
-  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
-  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
-  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */
-
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
-  pRight = &pLeft[1];
-  for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
-    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
-    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
-    int isOuter;
 
-    if( pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0 ) continue;
-    isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
 
-    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
-    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
-    */
-    if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
-      if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
-           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
-        char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName;
-        if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){
-          addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, 
-                              pRightTab, pRight->zAlias,
-                              pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere, isOuter);
-          
-        }
-      }
-    }
+/*
+** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
+** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
+*/
+typedef struct TabResult {
+  char **azResult;   /* Accumulated output */
+  char *zErrMsg;     /* Error message text, if an error occurs */
+  int nAlloc;        /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */
+  int nRow;          /* Number of rows in the result */
+  int nColumn;       /* Number of columns in the result */
+  int nData;         /* Slots used in azResult[].  (nRow+1)*nColumn */
+  int rc;            /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */
+} TabResult;
 
-    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
-    */
-    if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
-        "clauses in the same join");
-      return 1;
-    }
+/*
+** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
+** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
+** memory as necessary.
+*/
+static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
+  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;  /* Result accumulator */
+  int need;                         /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */
+  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
+  char *z;                          /* A single column of result */
 
-    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
-    ** an AND operator.
-    */
-    if( pRight->pOn ){
-      if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor);
-      p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn);
-      pRight->pOn = 0;
+  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
+  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
+    need = nCol*2;
+  }else{
+    need = nCol;
+  }
+  if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
+    char **azNew;
+    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
+    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
+    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
+    p->azResult = azNew;
+  }
+
+  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
+  ** the names of all columns.
+  */
+  if( p->nRow==0 ){
+    p->nColumn = nCol;
+    for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z;
     }
+  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
+    sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
+    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
+       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
+    );
+    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return 1;
+  }
 
-    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
-    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
-    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
-    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
-    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
-    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
-    */
-    if( pRight->pUsing ){
-      IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
-      for(j=0; jnId; j++){
-        char *zName = pList->a[j].zName;
-        if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
-            "not present in both tables", zName);
-          return 1;
-        }
-        addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, 
-                            pRightTab, pRight->zAlias,
-                            pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere, isOuter);
+  /* Copy over the row data
+  */
+  if( argv!=0 ){
+    for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z;
     }
+    p->nRow++;
   }
   return 0;
+
+malloc_failed:
+  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  return 1;
 }
 
 /*
-** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the
-** stack into the sorter.
+** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
+** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
+** at the conclusion of the call.
+**
+** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
+** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
+** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
+** the calling procedure is finished using it.
 */
-static void pushOntoSorter(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* Parser context */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,    /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  Select *pSelect,       /* The whole SELECT statement */
-  int regData            /* Register holding data to be sorted */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
+  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
+  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
+  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
+  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
+  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
 ){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-  int regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2);
-  int regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2);
-  if( pSelect->iLimit>=0 ){
-    int addr1, addr2;
-    int iLimit;
-    if( pSelect->pOffset ){
-      iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1;
-    }else{
-      iLimit = pSelect->iLimit;
+  int rc;
+  TabResult res;
+
+  *pazResult = 0;
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
+  if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
+  res.zErrMsg = 0;
+  res.nRow = 0;
+  res.nColumn = 0;
+  res.nData = 1;
+  res.nAlloc = 20;
+  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
+  if( res.azResult==0 ){
+     db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  res.azResult[0] = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
+  assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
+  res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData);
+  if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    if( res.zErrMsg ){
+      if( pzErrMsg ){
+        sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
+        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
+      }
+      sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
     }
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1);
-    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
-    pSelect->iLimit = -1;
+    db->errCode = res.rc;  /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */
+    return res.rc;
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
+    char **azNew;
+    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData );
+    if( azNew==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
+      db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    res.azResult = azNew;
   }
+  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
+  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
+  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Add code to implement the OFFSET
+** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
 */
-static void codeOffset(
-  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
-  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement being coded */
-  int iContinue     /* Jump here to skip the current record */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(
+  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
 ){
-  if( p->iOffset>=0 && iContinue!=0 ){
-    int addr;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iOffset, -1);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, p->iOffset);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
-    VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records"));
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  if( azResult ){
+    int i, n;
+    azResult--;
+    assert( azResult!=0 );
+    n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
+    for(i=1; ipVdbe;
-  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, r1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+/*
+** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
+  while( pTriggerStep ){
+    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
+    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+
+    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere);
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList);
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
+
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+  }
 }
 
 /*
-** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression
-** (example:  "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result
-** column.  We do this in a subroutine because the error occurs in multiple
-** places.
+** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to 
+** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
+**
+** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab
+** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger.  But there might be additional
+** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema.  This routine prepends all
+** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list
+** and returns the combined list.
+**
+** To state it another way:  This routine returns a list of all triggers
+** that fire off of pTab.  The list will include any TEMP triggers on
+** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger.
 */
-static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context. */
-  SelectDest *pDest,   /* Destination of SELECT results */
-  int nExpr            /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */
-){
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
-  if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
-       "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
-    return 1;
-  }else{
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema;
+  Trigger *pList = 0;                  /* List of triggers to return */
+
+  if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
     return 0;
   }
+
+  if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
+    HashElem *p;
+    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+      Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
+      if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
+       && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) 
+      ){
+        pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
+        pList = pTrig;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
-** of a SELECT.
-**
-** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions
-** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If nColumn>0
-** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the
-** datatypes for each column.
+** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
+** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
+** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
+** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
+** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
+** construction process.
 */
-static void selectInnerLoop(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
-  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
-  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
-  int nColumn,            /* Number of columns in the source table */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */
-  int distinct,           /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */
-  SelectDest *pDest,      /* How to dispose of the results */
-  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
-  int iBreak,             /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
-  char *aff               /* affinity string if eDest is SRT_Union */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
+  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
+  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
+  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
+  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
+  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
+  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
+  int isTemp,         /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
+  int noErr           /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
 ){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  int hasDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
-  int regResult;              /* Start of memory holding result set */
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;   /* How to dispose of results */
-  int iParm = pDest->iParm;   /* First argument to disposal method */
-  int nResultCol;             /* Number of result columns */
-
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  assert( pEList!=0 );
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;  /* The new trigger */
+  Table *pTab;            /* Table that the trigger fires off of */
+  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database connection */
+  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
+  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
+  DbFixer sFix;           /* State vector for the DB fixer */
+  int iTabDb;             /* Index of the database holding pTab */
 
-  /* If there was a LIMIT clause on the SELECT statement, then do the check
-  ** to see if this row should be output.
-  */
-  hasDistinct = distinct>=0 && pEList->nExpr>0;
-  if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){
-    codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
+  assert( pName1!=0 );   /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
+  assert( pName2!=0 );
+  assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE );
+  assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
+  if( isTemp ){
+    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
+    if( pName2->n>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    iDb = 1;
+    pName = pName1;
+  }else{
+    /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
+    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
+    if( iDb<0 ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
   }
 
-  /* Pull the requested columns.
+  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
+  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
+  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
+  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
   */
-  if( nColumn>0 ){
-    nResultCol = nColumn;
-  }else{
-    nResultCol = pEList->nExpr;
+  if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
   }
-  if( pDest->iMem==0 ){
-    pDest->iMem = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nResultCol);
-    pDest->nMem = nResultCol;
-  }else if( pDest->nMem!=nResultCol ){
-    /* This happens when two SELECTs of a compound SELECT have differing
-    ** numbers of result columns.  The error message will be generated by
-    ** a higher-level routine. */
-    return;
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+    iDb = 1;
   }
-  regResult = pDest->iMem;
-  if( nColumn>0 ){
-    for(i=0; imallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && 
+      sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
+  if( !pTab ){
+    /* The table does not exist. */
+    if( db->init.iDb==1 ){
+      /* Ticket #3810.
+      ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are
+      ** dropped too.  But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table
+      ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the
+      ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the
+      ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped.  This results in an
+      ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing.
+      */
+      db->init.orphanTrigger = 1;
     }
-  }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){
-    /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual
-    ** values returned by the SELECT are not required.
-    */
-    sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, eDest==SRT_Callback);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
   }
-  nColumn = nResultCol;
 
-  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
-  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
-  ** part of the result.
-  */
-  if( hasDistinct ){
-    assert( pEList!=0 );
-    assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn );
-    codeDistinct(pParse, distinct, iContinue, nColumn, regResult);
-    if( pOrderBy==0 ){
-      codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
+  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
+  ** specified name exists */
+  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
+  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
+                      zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){
+    if( !noErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
     }
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
   }
 
-  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
-    return;
+  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
+  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
+    pParse->nErr++;
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
   }
 
-  switch( eDest ){
-    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
-    ** table iParm.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-    case SRT_Union: {
-      int r1;
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
-      if( aff ){
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, aff, P4_STATIC);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
+  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
+  ** of triggers.
+  */
+  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
+        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
+        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
+    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  }
+  iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
 
-    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
-    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
-    ** the temporary table iParm.
-    */
-    case SRT_Except: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nColumn);
-      break;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
+    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
+    if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
+    }
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
+      goto trigger_cleanup;
     }
+  }
 #endif
 
-    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
-    */
-    case SRT_Table:
-    case SRT_EphemTab: {
-      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
-      if( pOrderBy ){
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1);
-      }else{
-        int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-      }
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
+  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
+  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
+  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
+  ** elsewhere.
+  */
+  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
+    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
+  }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
-    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
-    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
-    */
-    case SRT_Set: {
-      int addr2;
+  /* Build the Trigger object */
+  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
+  pTrigger->zName = zName;
+  zName = 0;
+  pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
+  pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+  pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+  pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
+  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
+  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
 
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regResult);
-      p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity);
-      if( pOrderBy ){
-        /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the
-        ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set
-        ** does not matter.  But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which
-        ** case the order does matter */
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult);
-      }else{
-        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
-      break;
-    }
+trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
+  if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+  }else{
+    assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
+  }
+}
 
-    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
-    */
-    case SRT_Exists: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
+/*
+** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
+** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
+  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
+){
+  Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;    /* Trigger being finished */
+  char *zName;                             /* Name of trigger */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;                /* The database */
+  DbFixer sFix;
+  int iDb;                                 /* Database containing the trigger */
+  Token nameToken;           /* Trigger name for error reporting */
+
+  pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;
+  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
+  if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  zName = pTrig->zName;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
+  pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
+  while( pStepList ){
+    pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
+    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
+  }
+  nameToken.z = pTrig->zName;
+  nameToken.n = sqlite3Strlen30(nameToken.z);
+  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken) 
+          && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){
+    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  }
 
-    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
-    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
-    ** of the scan loop.
-    */
-    case SRT_Mem: {
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      if( pOrderBy ){
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm);
-        /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+  /* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table, 
+  ** build the sqlite_master entry
+  */
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    Vdbe *v;
+    char *z;
 
-    /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine.  In the
-    ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for
-    ** popping the data from the stack.
-    */
-    case SRT_Subroutine:
-    case SRT_Callback: {
-      if( pOrderBy ){
-        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      }else if( eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nColumn);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nColumn);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
+    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+       "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
+       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName,
+       pTrig->table, z);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, sqlite3MPrintf(
+        db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName), P4_DYNAMIC
+    );
+  }
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
-    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
-    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
-    ** about the actual results of the select.
-    */
-    default: {
-      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
-      break;
+  if( db->init.busy ){
+    Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
+    Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
+    pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig);
+    if( pTrig ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
+      Table *pTab;
+      int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table);
+      pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n);
+      assert( pTab!=0 );
+      pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
+      pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
     }
-#endif
   }
 
-  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
-  */
-  if( p->iLimit>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iLimit, -1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak);
-  }
+triggerfinish_cleanup:
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig);
+  assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList);
 }
 
 /*
-** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records
-** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list.
+** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
+** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
 **
-** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
-** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
-** implement that clause.  If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
-** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
-** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
+** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
+** body of a TRIGGER.  
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
+  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+    return 0;
+  }
+  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
+  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
+  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step.  The allocated space
+** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string.
 **
-** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc.  The calling
-** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
-** freed.  Add the KeyInfo structure to the P4 field of an opcode using
-** P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this.
+** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set.
 */
-static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int nExpr;
-  KeyInfo *pInfo;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  int i;
+static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Database connection */
+  u8 op,                      /* Trigger opcode */
+  Token *pName                /* The target name */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
 
-  nExpr = pList->nExpr;
-  pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
-  if( pInfo ){
-    pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr];
-    pInfo->nField = nExpr;
-    pInfo->enc = ENC(db);
-    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; ipExpr);
-      if( !pColl ){
-        pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-      }
-      pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl;
-      pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder;
-    }
+  pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1];
+    memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n);
+    pTriggerStep->target.z = z;
+    pTriggerStep->target.n = pName->n;
+    pTriggerStep->op = op;
   }
-  return pInfo;
+  return pTriggerStep;
 }
 
-
 /*
-** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
-** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
-** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
-** routine generates the code needed to do that.
+** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
+** to the new trigger step.
+**
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
+** body of a trigger.
 */
-static void generateSortTail(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement */
-  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VDBE */
-  int nColumn,      /* Number of columns of data */
-  SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,        /* The database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
+  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
+  ExprList *pEList,   /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */
+  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
+  u8 orconf           /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
 ){
-  int brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  int cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  int addr;
-  int iTab;
-  int pseudoTab = 0;
-  ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
 
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
-  int iParm = pDest->iParm;
+  assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0);
+  assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
 
-  int regRow;
-  int regRowid;
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
+    pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
+  }
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
 
-  iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor;
-  if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){
-    pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, nColumn);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, eDest==SRT_Callback);
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,         /* The database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
+  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
+  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
+  u8 orconf            /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
   }
-  addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, brk);
-  codeOffset(v, p, cont);
-  regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, regRow);
-  switch( eDest ){
-    case SRT_Table:
-    case SRT_EphemTab: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case SRT_Set: {
-      int j1;
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regRow);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, &p->affinity, 1);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SRT_Mem: {
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case SRT_Callback:
-    case SRT_Subroutine: {
-      int i;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pseudoTab, regRow, regRowid);
-      for(i=0; iiMem+i );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i);
-      }
-      if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      /* Do nothing */
-      break;
-    }
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
+** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
+** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database connection */
+  Token *pTableName,      /* The table from which rows are deleted */
+  Expr *pWhere            /* The WHERE clause */
+){
+  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+
+  pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName);
+  if( pTriggerStep ){
+    pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
+    pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
   }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return pTriggerStep;
+}
 
-  /* Jump to the end of the loop when the LIMIT is reached
-  */
-  if( p->iLimit>=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iLimit, -1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, brk);
+/* 
+** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
+  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen);
+  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
+**
+** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
+** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
+** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
+** instead of the trigger name.
+**/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
+  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
+  int i;
+  const char *zDb;
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
   }
 
-  /* The bottom of the loop
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, cont);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr);
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, brk);
-  if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0);
+  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
+  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){
+    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
+    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
+    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
+    if( pTrigger ) break;
+  }
+  if( !pTrigger ){
+    if( !noErr ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
+    }
+    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
   }
+  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
 
+drop_trigger_cleanup:
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
 }
 
 /*
-** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
-** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
-**
-** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the
-** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
-** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
-** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
-** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is 
-** considered a column by this function.
-**
-**   SELECT col FROM tbl;
-**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
-**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
-**   SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
-** 
-** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
+** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
+** is set on.
 */
-static const char *columnType(
-  NameContext *pNC, 
-  Expr *pExpr,
-  const char **pzOriginDb,
-  const char **pzOriginTab,
-  const char **pzOriginCol
-){
-  char const *zType = 0;
-  char const *zOriginDb = 0;
-  char const *zOriginTab = 0;
-  char const *zOriginCol = 0;
-  int j;
-  if( pExpr==0 || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
+static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
+  int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table);
+  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
+}
 
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
-      ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
-      ** database table or a subquery.
-      */
-      Table *pTab = 0;            /* Table structure column is extracted from */
-      Select *pS = 0;             /* Select the column is extracted from */
-      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;  /* Index of column in pTab */
-      while( pNC && !pTab ){
-        SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
-        for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
-        if( jnSrc ){
-          pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
-          pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
-        }else{
-          pNC = pNC->pNext;
-        }
-      }
 
-      if( pTab==0 ){
-        /* FIX ME:
-        ** This can occurs if you have something like "SELECT new.x;" inside
-        ** a trigger.  In other words, if you reference the special "new"
-        ** table in the result set of a select.  We do not have a good way
-        ** to find the actual table type, so call it "TEXT".  This is really
-        ** something of a bug, but I do not know how to fix it.
-        **
-        ** This code does not produce the correct answer - it just prevents
-        ** a segfault.  See ticket #1229.
-        */
-        zType = "TEXT";
-        break;
-      }
+/*
+** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
+  Table   *pTable;
+  Vdbe *v;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iDb;
 
-      assert( pTab );
-      if( pS ){
-        /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
-        ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
-        ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
-        */
-        if( iCol>=0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){
-          /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
-          ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see 
-          ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
-          */
-          NameContext sNC;
-          Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
-          sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
-          sNC.pNext = 0;
-          sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
-          zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); 
-        }
-      }else if( pTab->pSchema ){
-        /* A real table */
-        assert( !pS );
-        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-        assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) );
-        if( iCol<0 ){
-          zType = "INTEGER";
-          zOriginCol = "rowid";
-        }else{
-          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-          zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
-        }
-        zOriginTab = pTab->zName;
-        if( pNC->pParse ){
-          int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-          zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and
-      ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT
-      ** statement.
-      */
-      NameContext sNC;
-      Select *pS = pExpr->pSelect;
-      Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-      sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
-      sNC.pNext = pNC;
-      sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
-      zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); 
-      break;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
+  pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+  assert( pTable );
+  assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  {
+    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
+    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
+    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
+      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
+      return;
     }
+  }
 #endif
+
+  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
+  */
+  assert( pTable!=0 );
+  if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
+    int base;
+    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
+      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 1 */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        2},
+      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
+      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 4: "trigger" */
+      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        2},
+      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
+      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
+      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
+    };
+
+    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
+    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
+    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0);
+    if( pParse->nMem<3 ){
+      pParse->nMem = 3;
+    }
   }
-  
-  if( pzOriginDb ){
-    assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol );
-    *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb;
-    *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab;
-    *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol;
+}
+
+/*
+** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
+  Hash *pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
+  Trigger *pTrigger;
+  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0);
+  if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
+    if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
+      Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
+      Trigger **pp;
+      for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+      *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
+    }
+    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
+    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
   }
-  return zType;
 }
 
 /*
-** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
-** in the result set.
+** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
+** in pEList is of the format =.  If any of the entries
+** in pEList have an  which matches an identifier in pIdList,
+** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
+** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
+** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
+** if there is no match.
 */
-static void generateColumnTypes(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
+  int e;
+  if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1;
+  for(e=0; enExpr; e++){
+    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
+  }
+  return 0; 
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least
+** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is 
+** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at
+** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
+  Table *pTab,            /* The table the contains the triggers */
+  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,     /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
+  int *pMask              /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  NameContext sNC;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-    const char *zType;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-    const char *zOrigDb = 0;
-    const char *zOrigTab = 0;
-    const char *zOrigCol = 0;
-    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);
+  int mask = 0;
+  Trigger *pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+  Trigger *p;
+  assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 );
+  for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){
+      mask |= p->tr_tm;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pMask ){
+    *pMask = mask;
+  }
+  return (mask ? pList : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
+** to that SrcList.
+**
+** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
+** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
+** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
+** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
+** wants.
+*/
+static SrcList *targetSrcList(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
+){
+  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
+  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
 
-    /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other 
-    ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
-    ** virtual machine is deleted.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, P4_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, P4_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, P4_TRANSIENT);
-#else
-    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0);
-#endif
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, P4_TRANSIENT);
+  pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
+  if( pSrc ){
+    assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 );
+    assert( pSrc->a!=0 );
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
+    if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      assert( iDbdb->nDb );
+      pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+    }
   }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
+  return pSrc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
-** in the result set.  This information is used to provide the
-** azCol[] values in the callback.
+** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single 
+** trigger.
 */
-static void generateColumnNames(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
+static int codeTriggerProgram(
+  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
+  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
+  int orconf                /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
 ){
+  TriggerStep *pStep;
   Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i, j;
   sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int fullNames, shortNames;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
-  if( pParse->explain ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
 
+  assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel );
+  assert( pStepList );
   assert( v!=0 );
-  if( pParse->colNamesSet || v==0 || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
-  fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
-  shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
-  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p;
-    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-    if( p==0 ) continue;
-    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
-      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, strlen(zName));
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && pTabList ){
-      Table *pTab;
-      char *zCol;
-      int iCol = p->iColumn;
-      for(j=0; jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=p->iTable; j++){}
-      assert( jnSrc );
-      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
-      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) );
-      if( iCol<0 ){
-        zCol = "rowid";
-      }else{
-        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
+  for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){
+    /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step
+    ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger
+    ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use
+    ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger
+    ** step statement. Example:
+    **
+    **   CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN;
+    **     INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b);
+    **   END;
+    **
+    **   INSERT INTO t1 ... ;            -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy
+    **   INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ;  -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy
+    */
+    pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf;
+
+    switch( pStep->op ){
+      case TK_UPDATE: {
+        sqlite3Update(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), 
+          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 
+          pParse->eOrconf
+        );
+        break;
       }
-      if( !shortNames && !fullNames && p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n);
-      }else if( fullNames || (!shortNames && pTabList->nSrc>1) ){
-        char *zName = 0;
-        char *zTab;
- 
-        zTab = pTabList->a[j].zAlias;
-        if( fullNames || zTab==0 ) zTab = pTab->zName;
-        sqlite3SetString(&zName, zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, strlen(zCol));
+      case TK_INSERT: {
+        sqlite3Insert(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), 
+          sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), 
+          sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), 
+          pParse->eOrconf
+        );
+        break;
       }
-    }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n);
-      /* sqlite3VdbeCompressSpace(v, addr); */
-    }else{
-      char zName[30];
-      assert( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || pTabList==0 );
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "column%d", i+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, 0);
+      case TK_DELETE: {
+        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, 
+          targetSrcList(pParse, pStep),
+          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0)
+        );
+        break;
+      }
+      default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); {
+        SelectDest sDest;
+        Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0);
+        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0);
+        sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest);
+        sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
+        break;
+      }
+    } 
+    if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount);
     }
   }
-  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+
+  return 0;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 /*
-** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
+** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE
+** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging.
 */
-static const char *selectOpName(int id){
-  char *z;
-  switch( id ){
-    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
-    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
-    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
-    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
+static const char *onErrorText(int onError){
+  switch( onError ){
+    case OE_Abort:    return "abort";
+    case OE_Rollback: return "rollback";
+    case OE_Fail:     return "fail";
+    case OE_Replace:  return "replace";
+    case OE_Ignore:   return "ignore";
+    case OE_Default:  return "default";
   }
-  return z;
+  return "n/a";
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Forward declaration
+** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe
+** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information
+** from pFrom to pTo.
 */
-static int prepSelectStmt(Parse*, Select*);
+static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){
+  assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr );
+  assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr );
+  if( pTo->nErr==0 ){
+    pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg;
+    pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg);
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
-** the result set of that SELECT.
+** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program 
+** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, char *zTabName, Select *pSelect){
-  Table *pTab;
-  int i, j;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  Column *aCol, *pCol;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table pTrigger is attached to */
+  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */
+){
+  Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* Database handle */
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;           /* Value to return */
+  Expr *pWhen = 0;            /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */
+  Vdbe *v;                    /* Temporary VM */
+  NameContext sNC;            /* Name context for sub-vdbe */
+  SubProgram *pProgram = 0;   /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */
+  Parse *pSubParse;           /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */
+  int iEndTrigger = 0;        /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */
+
+  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
+
+  /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they
+  ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg 
+  ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later.  */
+  pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg));
+  if( !pPrg ) return 0;
+  pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg;
+  pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg;
+  pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram));
+  if( !pProgram ) return 0;
+  pProgram->nRef = 1;
+  pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger;
+  pPrg->orconf = orconf;
+  pPrg->oldmask = 0xffffffff;
+
+  /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the 
+  ** trigger sub-program.  */
+  pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse));
+  if( !pSubParse ) return 0;
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pSubParse;
+  pSubParse->db = db;
+  pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab;
+  pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop;
+  pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName;
+  pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op;
+
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse);
+  if( v ){
+    VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", 
+      pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf),
+      (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""),
+        (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""),
+      pTab->zName
+    ));
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, 
+      sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC
+    );
+#endif
 
-  while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, pSelect) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pSelect, 0) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pTab->nRef = 1;
-  pTab->zName = zTabName ? sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zTabName) : 0;
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-  pTab->nCol = pEList->nExpr;
-  assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
-  pTab->aCol = aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(pTab->aCol[0])*pTab->nCol);
-  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){
-    Expr *p, *pR;
-    char *zType;
-    char *zName;
-    int nName;
-    CollSeq *pColl;
-    int cnt;
-    NameContext sNC;
-    
-    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
-    */
-    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-    assert( p->pRight==0 || p->pRight->token.z==0 || p->pRight->token.z[0]!=0 );
-    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
-      /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use  as the name */
-      zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
-    }else if( p->op==TK_DOT 
-              && (pR=p->pRight)!=0 && pR->token.z && pR->token.z[0] ){
-      /* For columns of the from A.B use B as the name */
-      zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%T", &pR->token);
-    }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
-      /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
-      zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%T", &p->span);
-    }else{
-      /* If all else fails, make up a name */
-      zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1);
+    /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false
+    ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the 
+    ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program.  */
+    if( pTrigger->pWhen ){
+      pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0);
+      if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) 
+       && db->mallocFailed==0 
+      ){
+        iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      }
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
     }
-    if( !zName || db->mallocFailed ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      sqlite3_free(zName);
-      sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
-      return 0;
+
+    /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */
+    codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf);
+
+    /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */
+    if( iEndTrigger ){
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger);
     }
-    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
+    VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf)));
 
-    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
-    ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
-    */
-    nName = strlen(zName);
-    for(j=cnt=0; jmallocFailed==0 ){
+      pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg);
     }
-    pCol->zName = zName;
+    pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem;
+    pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab;
+    pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger;
+    pPrg->oldmask = pSubParse->oldmask;
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(v);
+  }
 
-    /* Get the typename, type affinity, and collating sequence for the
-    ** column.
-    */
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
-    zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0));
-    pCol->zType = zType;
-    pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
-    if( pColl ){
-      pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
+  assert( !pSubParse->pAinc       && !pSubParse->pZombieTab );
+  assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg );
+  sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse);
+
+  return pPrg;
+}
+    
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for
+** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such
+** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before
+** being returned.
+*/
+static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Current parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */
+  int orconf           /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */
+){
+  Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+
+  assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
+
+  /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the
+  ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with
+  ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere
+  ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry.  */
+  for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; 
+      pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); 
+      pPrg=pPrg->pNext
+  );
+
+  /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */
+  if( !pPrg ){
+    pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf);
+  }
+
+  return pPrg;
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on 
+** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this
+** function are the same as those described in the header function for
+** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger()
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *p,          /* Trigger to code */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int reg,             /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */
+  TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+  pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
+  assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+
+  /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program 
+  ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program.  */
+  if( pPrg ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem);
+    pPrg->pProgram->nRef++;
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM);
+    VdbeComment(
+        (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf)));
+
+    /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if
+    ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive
+    ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger,
+    ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers
+    ** is clear.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(p->zName && !(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation
+** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE)
+** is given by the op paramater. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the
+** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then
+** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified.
+**
+** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified
+** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op.
+**
+** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers 
+** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references
+** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab
+** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows:
+**
+**   Register       Contains
+**   ------------------------------------------------------
+**   reg+0          OLD.rowid
+**   reg+1          OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
+**   ...            ...
+**   reg+N          OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab
+**   reg+N+1        NEW.rowid
+**   reg+N+2        OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab
+**   ...            ...
+**   reg+N+N+1      NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab
+**
+** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will
+** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or 
+** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). 
+** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers
+** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an
+** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg
+** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through 
+** (reg+N+N+1) are.
+**
+** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the
+** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump
+** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program
+** raises an IGNORE exception.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
+  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  int tr_tm,           /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int reg,             /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */
+  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
+  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
+){
+  Trigger *p;          /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */
+
+  assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE );
+  assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER );
+  assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) );
+
+  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
+
+    /* Sanity checking:  The schema for the trigger and for the table are
+    ** always defined.  The trigger must be in the same schema as the table
+    ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */
+    assert( p->pSchema!=0 );
+    assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 );
+    assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema 
+         || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema );
+
+    /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
+    if( p->op==op 
+     && p->tr_tm==tr_tm 
+     && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges)
+    ){
+      sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump);
     }
   }
-  pTab->iPKey = -1;
-  return pTab;
 }
 
 /*
-** Prepare a SELECT statement for processing by doing the following
-** things:
+** Triggers fired by UPDATE or DELETE statements may access values stored
+** in the old.* pseudo-table. This function returns a 32-bit bitmask
+** indicating which columns of the old.* table actually are used by
+** triggers. This information may be used by the caller to avoid having
+** to load the entire old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE
+** or DELETE command.
 **
-**    (1)  Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
-**         element of the FROM clause.
+** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the
+** table may be accessed using an old.reference. Bit 1 is set if
+** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there
+** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
+** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
 **
-**    (2)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
-**         defines FROM clause.  When views appear in the FROM clause,
-**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
-**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
-**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
-**         without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
-**         of the view.
+** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid column is accessed
+** by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
 **
-**    (3)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
-**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
+** There is no equivalent function for new.* references.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerOldmask(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
+  Trigger *pTrigger,   /* List of triggers on table pTab */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
+  int orconf           /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
+){
+  const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE;
+  u32 mask = 0;
+  Trigger *p;
+
+  for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
+    if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) ){
+      TriggerPrg *pPrg;
+      pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
+      if( pPrg ){
+        mask |= pPrg->oldmask;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return mask;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
+
+/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
 **
-**    (4)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
-**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
-**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
-**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
+** to handle UPDATE statements.
 **
-** Return 0 on success.  If there are problems, leave an error message
-** in pParse and return non-zero.
+** $Id: update.c,v 1.207 2009/08/08 18:01:08 drh Exp $
 */
-static int prepSelectStmt(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
-  int i, j, k, rc;
-  SrcList *pTabList;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
 
-  if( p==0 || p->pSrc==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
-    return 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/* Forward declaration */
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+  Expr *pRowidExpr,    /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+  Expr *pWhere         /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+/*
+** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
+** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the 
+** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
+**
+** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the 
+** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
+** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
+** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
+** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
+** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
+** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
+** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
+**
+** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have 
+** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
+** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated 
+** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
+** into the sqlite_master table.)
+**
+** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
+** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
+** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
+** sqlite3_value objects.
+**
+** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction
+** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is 
+** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save 
+** space.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){
+  assert( pTab!=0 );
+  if( !pTab->pSelect ){
+    sqlite3_value *pValue;
+    u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
+    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
+    VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
+    assert( inCol );
+    sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, 
+                         pCol->affinity, &pValue);
+    if( pValue ){
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM);
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+    if( iReg>=0 && pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
+    }
+#endif
   }
-  pTabList = p->pSrc;
-  pEList = p->pEList;
+}
 
-  /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
-  ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
+/*
+** Process an UPDATE statement.
+**
+**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
+**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
+*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(
+  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
+  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
+  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
+  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
+){
+  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
+  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
+  int addr = 0;          /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
+  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
+  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
+  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
+  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */
+  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
+  int *aRegIdx = 0;      /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */
+  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
+                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
+                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
+  int chngRowid;         /* True if the record number is being changed */
+  Expr *pRowidExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
+  int openAll = 0;       /* True if all indices need to be opened */
+  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
+  NameContext sNC;       /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
+  int iDb;               /* Database containing the table being updated */
+  int j1;                /* Addresses of jump instructions */
+  int okOnePass;         /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
+  int hasFK;             /* True if foreign key processing is required */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  int isView;                  /* Trying to update a view */
+  Trigger *pTrigger;           /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+#endif
+
+  /* Register Allocations */
+  int regRowCount = 0;   /* A count of rows changed */
+  int regOldRowid;       /* The old rowid */
+  int regNewRowid;       /* The new rowid */
+  int regNew;
+  int regOld = 0;
+  int regRowSet = 0;     /* Rowset of rows to be updated */
+  int regRec;            /* Register used for new table record to insert */
+
+  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
+  db = pParse->db;
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+
+  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
   */
-  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, p->pSrc);
+  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
+  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
 
-  /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select.  If
-  ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
-  ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
+  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
+  ** updated is a view.
   */
-  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){
-    Table *pTab;
-    if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){
-      /* This statement has already been prepared.  There is no need
-      ** to go further. */
-      assert( i==0 );
-      return 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 0);
+  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+#else
+# define pTrigger 0
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+# undef isView
+# define isView 0
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
+  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
+
+  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
+  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
+  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
+  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
+  */
+  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
+  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+    pParse->nTab++;
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the name-context */
+  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
+  sNC.pParse = pParse;
+  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
+  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
+  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
+  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
+  ** that column.
+  */
+  chngRowid = 0;
+  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
+      goto update_cleanup;
     }
-    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
-      assert( pFrom->pSelect!=0 );
-      if( pFrom->zAlias==0 ){
-        pFrom->zAlias =
-          sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pFrom->pSelect);
+    for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
+      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
+        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
+          chngRowid = 1;
+          pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+        }
+        aXRef[j] = i;
+        break;
       }
-      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
-        sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pFrom->zAlias, pFrom->pSelect);
-      if( pTab==0 ){
-        return 1;
+    }
+    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
+      if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
+        chngRowid = 1;
+        pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
+        goto update_cleanup;
       }
-      /* The isEphem flag indicates that the Table structure has been
-      ** dynamically allocated and may be freed at any time.  In other words,
-      ** pTab is not pointing to a persistent table structure that defines
-      ** part of the schema. */
-      pTab->isEphem = 1;
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+    {
+      int rc;
+      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
+                           pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
+        goto update_cleanup;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
+        aXRef[j] = -1;
+      }
+    }
 #endif
+  }
+
+  hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngRowid);
+
+  /* Allocate memory for the array aRegIdx[].  There is one entry in the
+  ** array for each index associated with table being updated.  Fill in
+  ** the value with a register number for indices that are to be used
+  ** and with zero for unused indices.
+  */
+  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
+  if( nIdx>0 ){
+    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx );
+    if( aRegIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+  for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
+    int reg;
+    if( chngRowid ){
+      reg = ++pParse->nMem;
     }else{
-      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
-      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
-        sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase);
-      if( pTab==0 ){
-        return 1;
-      }
-      pTab->nRef++;
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-      if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
-        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-          return 1;
-        }
-        /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a
-        ** view within a view.  The SELECT structure has already been
-        ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here
-        ** in the inner view.
-        */
-        if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){
-          pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect);
+      reg = 0;
+      for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
+        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){
+          reg = ++pParse->nMem;
+          break;
         }
       }
+    }
+    aRegIdx[j] = reg;
+  }
+
+  /* Begin generating code. */
+  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
+  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
+  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
+    updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
+                       pWhere);
+    pWhere = 0;
+    pTabList = 0;
+    goto update_cleanup;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Allocate required registers. */
+  regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+  if( pTrigger || hasFK ){
+    regOld = pParse->nMem + 1;
+    pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
+  }
+  if( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK ){
+    regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+  }
+  regNew = pParse->nMem + 1;
+  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
+  regRec = ++pParse->nMem;
+
+  /* Start the view context. */
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  }
+
+  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
+  ** a ephemeral table.
+  */
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
+  if( isView ){
+    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
+  }
 #endif
-    }
+
+  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
+  ** WHERE clause.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
+    goto update_cleanup;
   }
 
-  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
+  /* Begin the database scan
   */
-  if( sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ) return 1;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid);
+  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0, WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED);
+  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass;
 
-  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
-  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
-  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
-  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
-  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
-  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
-  **
-  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
-  ** that need expanding.
+  /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
   */
-  for(k=0; knExpr; k++){
-    Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
-    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
-    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL
-         && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid);
+  if( !okOnePass ){
+    regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
   }
-  rc = 0;
-  if( knExpr ){
-    /*
-    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
-    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
-    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
-    */
-    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
-    ExprList *pNew = 0;
-    int flags = pParse->db->flags;
-    int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 &&
-                      (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
 
-    for(k=0; knExpr; k++){
-      Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr;
-      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL &&
-           (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
-        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
-        */
-        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0);
-        if( pNew ){
-          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
-        }else{
-          rc = 1;
-        }
-        a[k].pExpr = 0;
-        a[k].zName = 0;
-      }else{
-        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
-        ** expanded. */
-        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
-        char *zTName;            /* text of name of TABLE */
-        if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){
-          zTName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->pLeft->token);
-        }else{
-          zTName = 0;
-        }
-        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){
-          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
-          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
-          if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){ 
-            zTabName = pTab->zName;
-          }
-          if( zTName && (zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 || 
-                 sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0) ){
-            continue;
-          }
-          tableSeen = 1;
-          for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
-            Expr *pExpr, *pRight;
-            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
+  /* End the database scan loop.
+  */
+  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
 
-            /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
-            ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
-            ** result-set list.
-            */
-            if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
-              assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
-              continue;
-            }
+  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){
+    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
+  }
 
-            if( i>0 ){
-              struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1];
-              if( (pLeft[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 &&
-                        columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){
-                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
-                ** table on the right */
-                continue;
-              }
-              if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft[1].pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
-                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
-                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
-                continue;
-              }
-            }
-            pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
-            if( pRight==0 ) break;
-            setQuotedToken(pParse, &pRight->token, zName);
-            if( zTabName && (longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1) ){
-              Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
-              pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-              if( pExpr==0 ) break;
-              setQuotedToken(pParse, &pLeft->token, zTabName);
-              setToken(&pExpr->span, 
-                  sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName));
-              pExpr->span.dyn = 1;
-              pExpr->token.z = 0;
-              pExpr->token.n = 0;
-              pExpr->token.dyn = 0;
-            }else{
-              pExpr = pRight;
-              pExpr->span = pExpr->token;
-              pExpr->span.dyn = 0;
-            }
-            if( longNames ){
-              pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pExpr->span);
-            }else{
-              pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pRight->token);
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( !tableSeen ){
-          if( zTName ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
-          }else{
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
-          }
-          rc = 1;
+  if( !isView ){
+    /* 
+    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
+    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
+    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
+    ** to be deleting some records.
+    */
+    if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); 
+    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
+      openAll = 1;
+    }else{
+      openAll = 0;
+      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
+        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
+          openAll = 1;
+          break;
         }
-        sqlite3_free(zTName);
       }
     }
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
-    p->pEList = pNew;
-  }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+      if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
+        KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
+                       (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+        assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
+      }
+    }
   }
-  return rc;
-}
 
-/*
-** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in
-** ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
-**
-** If pE evaluates to an integer constant i, then return i.
-** This is an indication to the caller that it should sort
-** by the i-th column of the result set.
-**
-** If pE is a well-formed expression and the SELECT statement
-** is not compound, then return 0.  This indicates to the
-** caller that it should sort by the value of the ORDER BY
-** expression.
-**
-** If the SELECT is compound, then attempt to match pE against
-** result set columns in the left-most SELECT statement.  Return
-** the index i of the matching column, as an indication to the 
-** caller that it should sort by the i-th column.  If there is
-** no match, return -1 and leave an error message in pParse.
-*/
-static int matchOrderByTermToExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
-  Select *pSelect,   /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
-  Expr *pE,          /* The specific ORDER BY term */
-  int idx,           /* When ORDER BY term is this */
-  int isCompound,    /* True if this is a compound SELECT */
-  u8 *pHasAgg        /* True if expression contains aggregate functions */
-){
-  int i;             /* Loop counter */
-  ExprList *pEList;  /* The columns of the result set */
-  NameContext nc;    /* Name context for resolving pE */
+  /* Top of the update loop */
+  if( okOnePass ){
+    int a1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regOldRowid);
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1);
+  }else{
+    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, 0, regOldRowid);
+  }
 
+  /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated. If
+  ** this record does not exist for some reason (deleted by a trigger,
+  ** for example, then jump to the next iteration of the RowSet loop.  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
 
-  /* If the term is an integer constant, return the value of that
-  ** constant */
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-  if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i) ){
-    if( i<=0 ){
-      /* If i is too small, make it too big.  That way the calling
-      ** function still sees a value that is out of range, but does
-      ** not confuse the column number with 0 or -1 result code.
-      */
-      i = pEList->nExpr+1;
-    }
-    return i;
+  /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to
+  ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified,
+  ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is
+  ** already populated.  */
+  assert( chngRowid || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid );
+  if( chngRowid ){
+    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid);
   }
 
-  /* If the term is a simple identifier that try to match that identifier
-  ** against a column name in the result set.
-  */
-  if( pE->op==TK_ID || (pE->op==TK_STRING && pE->token.z[0]!='\'') ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    char *zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->token);
-    if( zCol==0 ){
-      return -1;
-    }
-    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-      char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
-      if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
-        sqlite3_free(zCol);
-        return i+1;
+  /* If there are triggers on this table, populate an array of registers 
+  ** with the required old.* column data.  */
+  if( hasFK || pTrigger ){
+    u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0);
+    oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerOldmask(pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, pTab, onError);
+    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+      if( aXRef[i]<0 || oldmask==0xffffffff || (oldmask & (1<pSrc;
-  nc.pEList = pEList;
-  nc.allowAgg = 1;
-  nc.nErr = 0;
-  if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&nc, pE) ){
-    if( isCompound ){
-      sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
-      return 0;
+  /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new
+  ** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new
+  ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references
+  ** made by triggers.  */
+  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
     }else{
-      return -1;
+      j = aXRef[i];
+      if( j<0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i);
+        sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i);
+      }
     }
   }
-  if( nc.hasAgg && pHasAgg ){
-    *pHasAgg = 1;
+
+  /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are
+  ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong.  */
+  if( pTrigger ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regNew, pTab->nCol);
+    sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
+    sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
+        TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr);
+
+    /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this
+    ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are 
+    ** required. This behaviour - what happens when the row being updated
+    ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
+    ** documentation.  */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
   }
 
-  /* For a compound SELECT, we need to try to match the ORDER BY
-  ** expression against an expression in the result set
-  */
-  if( isCompound ){
-    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-      if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE) ){
-        return i+1;
-      }
+  if( !isView ){
+
+    /* Do constraint checks. */
+    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid,
+        aRegIdx, (chngRowid?regOldRowid:0), 1, onError, addr, 0);
+
+    /* Do FK constraint checks. */
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0);
     }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
 
+    /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record.  */
+    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid);
+    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx);
+  
+    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.  */
+    if( hasFK || chngRowid ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
 
-/*
-** Analyze and ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in a simple SELECT statement.
-** Return the number of errors seen.
-**
-** Every term of the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause needs to be an
-** expression.  If any expression is an integer constant, then
-** that expression is replaced by the corresponding 
-** expression from the result set.
-*/
-static int processOrderGroupBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
-  int isOrder,          /* 1 for ORDER BY.  0 for GROUP BY */
-  u8 *pHasAgg           /* Set to TRUE if any term contains an aggregate */
-){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  ExprList *pEList;
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid);
+    }
+  
+    /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */
+    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0);
 
-  if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    const char *zType = isOrder ? "ORDER" : "GROUP";
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
-    return 1;
+    /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to
+    ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key
+    ** to the row just updated. */ 
+    if( hasFK ){
+      sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid);
+    }
   }
-#endif
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-  if( pEList==0 ){
-    return 0;
+
+  /* Increment the row counter 
+  */
+  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
   }
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-    int iCol;
-    Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-    iCol = matchOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pE, i+1, 0, pHasAgg);
-    if( iCol<0 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
-      const char *zType = isOrder ? "ORDER" : "GROUP";
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-         "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
-         "between 1 and %d", i+1, zType, pEList->nExpr);
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( iCol>0 ){
-      CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl;
-      int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(pE);
-      pE = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[iCol-1].pExpr);
-      pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = pE;
-      if( pE && pColl && flags ){
-        pE->pColl = pColl;
-        pE->flags |= flags;
-      }
+
+  sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 
+      TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, addr);
+
+  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
+  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
+  */
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+
+  /* Close all tables */
+  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
+    if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
     }
   }
-  return 0;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
+
+  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
+  ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into
+  ** autoincrement tables.
+  */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){
+    sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse);
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is 
+  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
+  ** invoke the callback function.
+  */
+  if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC);
+  }
+
+update_cleanup:
+  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef);
+  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
+  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
+  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
+  return;
 }
+/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise
+** thely may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file
+** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation).  */
+#ifdef isView
+ #undef isView
+#endif
+#ifdef pTrigger
+ #undef pTrigger
+#endif
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 /*
-** Analyze and ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in a SELECT statement.  Return
-** the number of errors seen.
+** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
+**
+** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
+** for each row to be changed:
+**
+**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
+**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
+**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
+**
+** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
+** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
 **
-** The processing depends on whether the SELECT is simple or compound.
-** For a simple SELECT statement, evry term of the ORDER BY or GROUP BY
-** clause needs to be an expression.  If any expression is an integer
-** constant, then that expression is replaced by the corresponding 
-** expression from the result set.
+** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
 **
-** For compound SELECT statements, every expression needs to be of
-** type TK_COLUMN with a iTable value as given in the 4th parameter.
-** If any expression is an integer, that becomes the column number.
-** Otherwise, match the expression against result set columns from
-** the left-most SELECT.
+** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
+** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
+** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
 */
-static int processCompoundOrderBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
-  int iTable            /* Output table for compound SELECT statements */
+static void updateVirtualTable(
+  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
+  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
+  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
+  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
+  Expr *pRowid,        /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
+  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
+  Expr *pWhere         /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
 ){
-  int i;
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int moreToDo = 1;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* Virtual machine under construction */
+  ExprList *pEList = 0;     /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
+  Select *pSelect = 0;      /* The SELECT statement */
+  Expr *pExpr;              /* Temporary expression */
+  int ephemTab;             /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
+  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
+  int addr;                 /* Address of top of loop */
+  int iReg;                 /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+  const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+  SelectDest dest;
 
-  pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
-  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-    pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
-  }
-  while( pSelect->pPrior ){
-    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
+  /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
+  ** all updated rows. 
+  */
+  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 
+                                 sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, "_rowid_"));
+  if( pRowid ){
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList,
+                                   sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0));
   }
-  while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
-    moreToDo = 0;
-    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-      int iCol = -1;
-      Expr *pE, *pDup;
-      if( pOrderBy->a[i].done ) continue;
-      pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-      pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE);
-      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-        assert(pDup);
-        iCol = matchOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup, i+1, 1, 0);
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(pDup);
-      if( iCol<0 ){
-        return 1;
-      }
-      pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-      if( pEList==0 ){
-        return 1;
-      }
-      if( iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-           "%r ORDER BY term out of range - should be "
-           "between 1 and %d", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      if( iCol>0 ){
-        pE->op = TK_COLUMN;
-        pE->iTable = iTable;
-        pE->iAgg = -1;
-        pE->iColumn = iCol-1;
-        pE->pTab = 0;
-        pOrderBy->a[i].done = 1;
-      }else{
-        moreToDo = 1;
-      }
+  assert( pTab->iPKey<0 );
+  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+    if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
+      pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0);
+    }else{
+      pExpr = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
     }
-    pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
+    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr);
   }
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
-            "column in the result set", i+1);
-      return 1;
-    }
+  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  
+  /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
+  ** be stored.
+  */
+  assert( v );
+  ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));
+
+  /* fill the ephemeral table 
+  */
+  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab);
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
+
+  /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */
+  iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
+  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1;
+  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column,  ephemTab, 0, iReg);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1);
+  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i);
   }
-  return 0;
+  sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+  sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1);
+  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
+
+  /* Cleanup */
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);  
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
+/************** End of update.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
-** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
+** 2003 April 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
+**
+** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
+** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
+**
+** $Id: vacuum.c,v 1.91 2009/07/02 07:47:33 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  if( v==0 ){
-    v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-    if( v ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Trace);
-    }
-#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
+/*
+** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
+*/
+static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  VVA_ONLY( int rc; )
+  if( !zSql ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-  return v;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
+    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  }
+  VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW );
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
 }
 
-
 /*
-** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
-** pLimit and pOffset expressions.  pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
-** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
-** keywords.  Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset 
-** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute 
-** the limit and offset.  If there is no limit and/or offset, then 
-** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
-**
-** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
-** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset.  iLimit and
-** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values
-** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine.
-** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
-** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
-** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
-** SELECT statements.
+** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
+** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
 */
-static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){
-  Vdbe *v = 0;
-  int iLimit = 0;
-  int iOffset;
-  int addr1;
+static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  int rc;
 
-  /* 
-  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
-  ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be.
-  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
-  ** no rows.
-  */
-  if( p->pLimit ){
-    p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) return;
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit);
-    VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak);
-  }
-  if( p->pOffset ){
-    p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
-    if( p->pLimit ){
-      pParse->nMem++;   /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
-    }
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) return;
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset);
-    VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter"));
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    if( p->pLimit ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1);
-      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET"));
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    rc = execSql(db, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      return rc;
     }
   }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
 }
 
 /*
-** Allocate a virtual index to use for sorting.
+** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
+** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
+** in PostgreSQL.
+**
+** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call
+** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables.  But beginning
+** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has
+** become a no-op.
 */
-static void createSortingIndex(Parse *pParse, Select *p, ExprList *pOrderBy){
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    int addr;
-    assert( pOrderBy->iECursor==0 );
-    pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_OpenEphemeral,
-                            pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+1);
-    assert( p->addrOpenEphm[2] == -1 );
-    p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addr;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
+  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+  if( v ){
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
   }
+  return;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
 /*
-** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
-** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
-** the column has no default collating sequence.
-**
-** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
-** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
+** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
 */
-static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
-  CollSeq *pRet;
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
-  }else{
-    pRet = 0;
-  }
-  if( pRet==0 ){
-    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
+  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
+  Btree *pTemp;           /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
+  char *zSql = 0;         /* SQL statements */
+  int saved_flags;        /* Saved value of the db->flags */
+  int saved_nChange;      /* Saved value of db->nChange */
+  int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
+  Db *pDb = 0;            /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
+  int isMemDb;            /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */
+  int nRes;
+
+  if( !db->autoCommit ){
+    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
-  return pRet;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-/*
-** This routine is called to process a query that is really the union
-** or intersection of two or more separate queries.
-**
-** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
-** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
-** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
-**
-** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
-** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
-**
-** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
-**
-**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
-**
-** This statement is parsed up as follows:
-**
-**     SELECT c FROM t3
-**      |
-**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
-**                |
-**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
-**
-** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
-** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
-** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
-**
-** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
-** individual selects always group from left to right.
-*/
-static int multiSelect(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest,    /* What to do with query results */
-  char *aff             /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
-  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
-  int nCol;             /* Number of columns in the result set */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY clause on p */
-  int aSetP2[2];        /* Set P2 value of these op to number of columns */
-  int nSetP2 = 0;       /* Number of slots in aSetP2[] used */
-  SelectDest dest;      /* Alternative data destination */
+  /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be 
+  ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and
+  ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints.  */
+  saved_flags = db->flags;
+  saved_nChange = db->nChange;
+  saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks;
+  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_ForeignKeys;
 
-  dest = *pDest;
+  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
+  isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain));
 
-  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
-  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
+  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
+  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
+  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
+  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
+  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
+  **
+  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
+  ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but
+  ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower.  Very little journalling
+  ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially
+  ** empty.  Only the journal header is written.  Apparently it takes more
+  ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
+  ** to write the journal header file.
   */
-  if( p==0 || p->pPrior==0 ){
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
+  zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
+  rc = execSql(db, zSql);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
+  assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
+  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
+
+  nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain);
+
+  /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+  if( db->nextPagesize ){
+    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
+    int nKey;
+    char *zKey;
+    sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
+    if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
   }
-  pPrior = p->pPrior;
-  assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior );
-  assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost );
-  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
-      selectOpName(p->op));
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0)
+   || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0))
+   || NEVER(db->mallocFailed)
+  ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
   }
-  if( pPrior->pLimit ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
-      selectOpName(p->op));
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
+  rc = execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto end_of_vacuum;
   }
 
-  /* Make sure we have a valid query engine.  If not, create a new one.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+  sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac :
+                                           sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
+#endif
+
+  /* Begin a transaction */
+  rc = execSql(db, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
+  ** in the temporary database.
   */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ){
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
-  }
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
+      "   AND rootpage>0"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)"
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) "
+      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
 
-  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
+  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
+  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM xxx;" to copy
+  ** the contents to the temporary database.
   */
-  if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
-    assert( p->pEList );
-    assert( nSetP20"
 
-  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+
+  /* Copy over the sequence table
   */
-  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-  switch( p->op ){
-    case TK_ALL: {
-      if( pOrderBy==0 ){
-        int addr = 0;
-        assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
-        pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
-        pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
-        rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest, 0, 0, 0, aff);
-        p->pLimit = 0;
-        p->pOffset = 0;
-        if( rc ){
-          goto multi_select_end;
-        }
-        p->pPrior = 0;
-        p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
-        p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
-        if( p->iLimit>=0 ){
-          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit);
-          VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
-        }
-        rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest, 0, 0, 0, aff);
-        p->pPrior = pPrior;
-        if( rc ){
-          goto multi_select_end;
-        }
-        if( addr ){
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      /* For UNION ALL ... ORDER BY fall through to the next case */
-    }
-    case TK_EXCEPT:
-    case TK_UNION: {
-      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
-      int op = 0;      /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
-      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
-      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
-      int addr;
-      SelectDest uniondest;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
+      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  rc = execExecSql(db, 
+      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
+      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';' "
+      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
 
-      priorOp = p->op==TK_ALL ? SRT_Table : SRT_Union;
-      if( dest.eDest==priorOp && pOrderBy==0 && !p->pLimit && !p->pOffset ){
-        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
-        ** right.
-        */
-        unionTab = dest.iParm;
-      }else{
-        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
-        ** intermediate results.
-        */
-        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
-        if( processCompoundOrderBy(pParse, p, unionTab) ){
-          rc = 1;
-          goto multi_select_end;
-        }
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
-        if( priorOp==SRT_Table ){
-          assert( nSetP2addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
-          p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
-          p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1;
-        }
-        createSortingIndex(pParse, p, pOrderBy);
-        assert( p->pEList );
-      }
 
-      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
-      */
-      assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest, 0, 0, 0, aff);
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
+  /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
+  ** over to the temporary database.  None of these objects has any
+  ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
+  ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
+  */
+  rc = execSql(db,
+      "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
+      "  SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
+      "    FROM sqlite_master"
+      "   WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
+      "      OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
+  );
+  if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
 
-      /* Code the current SELECT statement
-      */
-      switch( p->op ){
-         case TK_EXCEPT:  op = SRT_Except;   break;
-         case TK_UNION:   op = SRT_Union;    break;
-         case TK_ALL:     op = SRT_Table;    break;
-      }
-      p->pPrior = 0;
-      p->pOrderBy = 0;
-      p->disallowOrderBy = pOrderBy!=0;
-      pLimit = p->pLimit;
-      p->pLimit = 0;
-      pOffset = p->pOffset;
-      p->pOffset = 0;
-      uniondest.eDest = op;
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest, 0, 0, 0, aff);
-      /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
-      ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy);
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-      p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit);
-      p->pLimit = pLimit;
-      p->pOffset = pOffset;
-      p->iLimit = -1;
-      p->iOffset = -1;
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
+  /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a
+  ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database.
+  ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a
+  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level
+  ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was
+  ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the
+  ** temporary database never needs to be committed.
+  */
+  {
+    u32 meta;
+    int i;
 
+    /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
+    ** vacuum.  Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
+    ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
+    ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
+    ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
+    */
+    static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
+       BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION,     1,  /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
+       BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0,  /* Preserve the default page cache size */
+       BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING,      0,  /* Preserve the text encoding */
+       BTREE_USER_VERSION,       0,  /* Preserve the user version */
+    };
 
-      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
-      ** it is that we currently need.
-      */      
-      if( dest.eDest!=priorOp || unionTab!=dest.iParm ){
-        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
-        assert( p->pEList );
-        if( dest.eDest==SRT_Callback ){
-          Select *pFirst = p;
-          while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
-          generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
-        }
-        iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak);
-        iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-        selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr,
-                        pOrderBy, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
-      }
-      break;
+    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
+    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
+
+    /* Copy Btree meta values */
+    for(i=0; inTab++;
-      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
-      if( processCompoundOrderBy(pParse, p, tab1) ){
-        rc = 1;
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-      createSortingIndex(pParse, p, pOrderBy);
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+    sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
+#endif
+  }
 
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
-      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
-      p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
-      p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1;
-      assert( p->pEList );
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1);
 
-      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
-      */
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest, 0, 0, 0, aff);
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
+end_of_vacuum:
+  /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
+  db->flags = saved_flags;
+  db->nChange = saved_nChange;
+  db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
 
-      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
-      */
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
-      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 );
-      p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr;
-      p->pPrior = 0;
-      pLimit = p->pLimit;
-      p->pLimit = 0;
-      pOffset = p->pOffset;
-      p->pOffset = 0;
-      intersectdest.iParm = tab2;
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest, 0, 0, 0, aff);
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit);
-      p->pLimit = pLimit;
-      p->pOffset = pOffset;
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
+  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
+  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
+  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
+  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
+  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
+  ** is closed by the DETACH.
+  */
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
 
-      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
-      ** tables.
-      */
-      assert( p->pEList );
-      if( dest.eDest==SRT_Callback ){
-        Select *pFirst = p;
-        while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
-        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
-      }
-      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
-                      pOrderBy, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
-      break;
-    }
+  if( pDb ){
+    sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+    pDb->pBt = 0;
+    pDb->pSchema = 0;
   }
 
-  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
-  ** in their result sets.
-  */
-  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
-  if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
-      " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
-  }
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
 
-  /* Set the number of columns in temporary tables
-  */
-  nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
-  while( nSetP2 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, aSetP2[--nSetP2], nCol);
-  }
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif  /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
 
-  /* Compute collating sequences used by either the ORDER BY clause or
-  ** by any temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
-  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.  Invoke the
-  ** ORDER BY processing if there is an ORDER BY clause.
-  **
-  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
-  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
-  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
-  ** no temp tables are required.
-  */
-  if( pOrderBy || p->usesEphm ){
-    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
-    Select *pLoop;                /* For looping through SELECT statements */
-    int nKeyCol;                  /* Number of entries in pKeyInfo->aCol[] */
-    CollSeq **apColl;             /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
-    CollSeq **aCopy;              /* A copy of pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
+/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 June 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
+**
+** $Id: vtab.c,v 1.94 2009/08/08 18:01:08 drh Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 
-    assert( p->pRightmost==p );
-    nKeyCol = nCol + (pOrderBy ? pOrderBy->nExpr : 0);
-    pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db,
-                       sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nKeyCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1));
-    if( !pKeyInfo ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto multi_select_end;
+/*
+** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
+** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
+** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
+*/
+static int createModule(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
+){
+  int rc, nName;
+  Module *pMod;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
+  if( pMod ){
+    Module *pDel;
+    char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
+    memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
+    pMod->zName = zCopy;
+    pMod->pModule = pModule;
+    pMod->pAux = pAux;
+    pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+    pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod);
+    if( pDel && pDel->xDestroy ){
+      pDel->xDestroy(pDel->pAux);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
+    if( pDel==pMod ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
     }
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }else if( xDestroy ){
+    xDestroy(pAux);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux                      /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+){
+  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
+  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
+  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
+){
+  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
+}
+
+/*
+** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
+** Locks nest.  Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
+** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.  
+**
+** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
+** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){
+  pVTab->nRef++;
+}
+
 
-    pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(pParse->db);
-    pKeyInfo->nField = nCol;
+/*
+** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table.
+** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access 
+** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
+  VTable *pVtab;
+  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+  for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext);
+  return pVtab;
+}
 
-    for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; idb->pDfltColl;
-      }
-    }
+/*
+** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count
+** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db;
 
-    for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){
-      for(i=0; i<2; i++){
-        int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i];
-        if( addr<0 ){
-          /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused.  So we can
-          ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */
-          assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 );
-          break;
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-        pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1;
-      }
-    }
+  assert( db );
+  assert( pVTab->nRef>0 );
+  assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) );
 
-    if( pOrderBy ){
-      struct ExprList_item *pOTerm = pOrderBy->a;
-      int nOrderByExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-      int addr;
-      u8 *pSortOrder;
-
-      /* Reuse the same pKeyInfo for the ORDER BY as was used above for
-      ** the compound select statements.  Except we have to change out the
-      ** pKeyInfo->aColl[] values.  Some of the aColl[] values will be
-      ** reused when constructing the pKeyInfo for the ORDER BY, so make
-      ** a copy.  Sufficient space to hold both the nCol entries for
-      ** the compound select and the nOrderbyExpr entries for the ORDER BY
-      ** was allocated above.  But we need to move the compound select
-      ** entries out of the way before constructing the ORDER BY entries.
-      ** Move the compound select entries into aCopy[] where they can be
-      ** accessed and reused when constructing the ORDER BY entries.
-      ** Because nCol might be greater than or less than nOrderByExpr
-      ** we have to use memmove() when doing the copy.
-      */
-      aCopy = &pKeyInfo->aColl[nOrderByExpr];
-      pSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&aCopy[nCol];
-      memmove(aCopy, pKeyInfo->aColl, nCol*sizeof(CollSeq*));
-
-      apColl = pKeyInfo->aColl;
-      for(i=0; ipExpr;
-        if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ){
-          assert( pExpr->pColl!=0 );
-          *apColl = pExpr->pColl;
-        }else{
-          *apColl = aCopy[pExpr->iColumn];
-        }
-        *pSortOrder = pOTerm->sortOrder;
+  pVTab->nRef--;
+  if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){
+    sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
+    if( p ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+      if( pVTab->db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+        (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+        p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
+        (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+      } else
+#endif
+      {
+        p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
       }
-      assert( p->pRightmost==p );
-      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[2]>=0 );
-      addr = p->addrOpenEphm[2];
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, p->pOrderBy->nExpr+2);
-      pKeyInfo->nField = nOrderByExpr;
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-      pKeyInfo = 0;
-      generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, p->pEList->nExpr, &dest);
     }
-
-    sqlite3_free(pKeyInfo);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab);
   }
-
-multi_select_end:
-  pDest->iMem = dest.iMem;
-  pDest->nMem = dest.nMem;
-  return rc;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-/* Forward Declarations */
-static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
-static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *);
 
 /*
-** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
-** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
-** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
-** unchanged.)
-**
-** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
-** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
-** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
-** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
-** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
-** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
+** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the
+** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated
+** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. 
+** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with
+** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list.
 */
-static void substExpr(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* Report malloc errors to this connection */
-  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expr in which substitution occurs */
-  int iTable,         /* Table to be substituted */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Substitute expressions */
-){
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
-    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
-      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
+static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+  VTable *pRet = 0;
+  VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable;
+  p->pVTable = 0;
+
+  /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database 
+  ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments 
+  ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why
+  ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any
+  ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list.  */
+  assert( db==0 ||
+    sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema)].pBt) 
+  );
+
+  while( pVTable ){
+    sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db;
+    VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext;
+    assert( db2 );
+    if( db2==db ){
+      pRet = pVTable;
+      p->pVTable = pRet;
+      pRet->pNext = 0;
     }else{
-      Expr *pNew;
-      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr );
-      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 && pExpr->pList==0 );
-      pNew = pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr;
-      assert( pNew!=0 );
-      pExpr->op = pNew->op;
-      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 );
-      pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew->pLeft);
-      assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
-      pExpr->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew->pRight);
-      assert( pExpr->pList==0 );
-      pExpr->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pNew->pList);
-      pExpr->iTable = pNew->iTable;
-      pExpr->pTab = pNew->pTab;
-      pExpr->iColumn = pNew->iColumn;
-      pExpr->iAgg = pNew->iAgg;
-      sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pExpr->token, &pNew->token);
-      sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pExpr->span, &pNew->span);
-      pExpr->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pNew->pSelect);
-      pExpr->flags = pNew->flags;
+      pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect;
+      db2->pDisconnect = pVTable;
     }
-  }else{
-    substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
-    substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
-    substSelect(db, pExpr->pSelect, iTable, pEList);
-    substExprList(db, pExpr->pList, iTable, pEList);
-  }
-}
-static void substExprList(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
-  ExprList *pList,     /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */
-  int iTable,          /* Table to be substituted */
-  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-    substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
+    pVTable = pNext;
   }
+
+  assert( !db || pRet );
+  return pRet;
 }
-static void substSelect(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
-  Select *p,           /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */
-  int iTable,          /* Table to be replaced */
-  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
-){
-  if( !p ) return;
-  substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
-  substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
-  substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList);
-  substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
-  substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
-  substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList);
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+
 /*
-** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed
-** execution.  It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening
-** occurs.
-**
-** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
-** query:
-**
-**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
-**
-** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
-** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
-** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
-** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
-** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
-** optimized.
-**
-** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
-** a single flat select, like this:
-**
-**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
-**
-** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
-** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
-** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
-** avoided.
-**
-** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
-**
-**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
+** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list.
 **
-**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
-**
-**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join, or
-**        the subquery is not itself a join.  (Ticket #306)
-**
-**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join.
-**
-**   (5)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use
-**        aggregates.
-**
-**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
-**        DISTINCT.
-**
-**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.
-**
-**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
-**
-**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
-**        aggregates.
-**
-**  (10)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
-**        use LIMIT.
-**
-**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
-**
-**  (12)  The subquery is not the right term of a LEFT OUTER JOIN or the
-**        subquery has no WHERE clause.  (added by ticket #350)
-**
-**  (13)  The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT
-**
-**  (14)  The subquery does not use OFFSET
-**
-**  (15)  The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
-**        subquery does not have both an ORDER BY and a LIMIT clause.
-**        (See ticket #2339)
-**
-**  (16)  The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does
-**        not contain ORDER BY.  (Ticket #2942)  This used to not matter
-**        until we introduced the group_concat() function.  
+** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all
+** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the 
+** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The
+** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows:
 **
-** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
-** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
-** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
+**   1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex
+**      associated with the database handle itself must be held.
 **
-** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
-** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
+**   2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to
+**      the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex
+**      associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held
+**      or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then
+**      the database handle mutex is held.
 **
-** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
-** the subquery before this routine runs.
+** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously 
+** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe.
 */
-static int flattenSubquery(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* Database connection */
-  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
-  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
-  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
-  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
-){
-  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
-  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
-  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
-  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
-  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
-  int i;              /* Loop counter */
-  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){
+  VTable *p = db->pDisconnect;
+  db->pDisconnect = 0;
 
-  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
-  */
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc );
-  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
-  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
-  assert( pSub!=0 );
-  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;                 /* Restriction (1)  */
-  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;          /* Restriction (2)  */
-  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
-  assert( pSubSrc );
-  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
-  ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
-  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
-  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
-  ** and (14). */
-  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Restriction (13) */
-  if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0;                          /* Restriction (14) */
-  if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit && pSub->pOrderBy ){
-    return 0;                                            /* Restriction (15) */
+  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    do {
+      VTable *pNext = p->pNext;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
+      p = pNext;
+    }while( p );
   }
-  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;                       /* Restriction (7)  */
-  if( (pSub->isDistinct || pSub->pLimit) 
-         && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){          /* Restrictions (4)(5)(8)(9) */
-     return 0;       
+}
+
+/*
+** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
+** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
+** record.
+**
+** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer
+** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable 
+** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema.
+** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database 
+** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the 
+** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures
+** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated 
+** database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(Table *p){
+  vtabDisconnectAll(0, p);
+  if( p->azModuleArg ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){
+      sqlite3DbFree(p->dbMem, p->azModuleArg[i]);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(p->dbMem, p->azModuleArg);
   }
-  if( p->isDistinct && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;         /* Restriction (6)  */
-  if( (p->disallowOrderBy || p->pOrderBy) && pSub->pOrderBy ){
-     return 0;                                           /* Restriction (11) */
+}
+
+/*
+** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
+** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored.  The
+** string will be freed automatically when the table is
+** deleted.
+*/
+static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){
+  int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
+  int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg);
+  char **azModuleArg;
+  azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
+  if( azModuleArg==0 ){
+    int j;
+    for(j=0; jazModuleArg[j]);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg);
+    pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
+  }else{
+    azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
+    azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
   }
-  if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;                /* Restriction (16) */
+  pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
+}
 
-  /* Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
-  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
-  ** is not allowed:
-  **
-  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
-  **
-  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
-  **
-  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
-  **
-  ** which is not at all the same thing.
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+** statement.  The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
+** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  Token *pName1,        /* Name of new table, or database name */
+  Token *pName2,        /* Name of new table or NULL */
+  Token *pModuleName    /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
+){
+  int iDb;              /* The database the table is being created in */
+  Table *pTable;        /* The new virtual table */
+  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
+
+  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0);
+  pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
+  if( pTable==0 ) return;
+  assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );
+
+  db = pParse->db;
+  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
+  assert( iDb>=0 );
+
+  pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual;
+  pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName));
+  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
+  pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+  /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
+  ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
+  ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
+  ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
   */
-  if( pSubSrc->nSrc>1 && (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
-    return 0;
+  if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
+    sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, 
+            pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName);
   }
+#endif
+}
 
-  /* Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
-  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
-  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
-  **
-  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
-  **
-  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
-  **
-  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
-  **
-  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
-  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
-  */
-  if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 && pSub->pWhere!=0 ){
-    return 0;
+/*
+** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
+** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
+** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
+*/
+static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
+  if( pParse->sArg.z && ALWAYS(pParse->pNewTable) ){
+    const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
+    int n = pParse->sArg.n;
+    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+    addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n));
   }
+}
 
-  /* If we reach this point, it means flattening is permitted for the
-  ** iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause in the outer query.
-  */
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
+** has been completely parsed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
+  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;  /* The table being constructed */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
 
-  /* Move all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
-  ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
-  ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
-  ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
-  ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
-  ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
-  ** elements we are now copying in.
+  if( pTab==0 ) return;
+  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
+  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
+  if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
+  
+  /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
+  ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
+  ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
+  ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
+  ** in the sqlite_master table.
   */
-  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
-  {
-    int nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;
-    int jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
+  if( !db->init.busy ){
+    char *zStmt;
+    char *zWhere;
+    int iDb;
+    Vdbe *v;
 
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(pSubitem->pTab);
-    sqlite3_free(pSubitem->zDatabase);
-    sqlite3_free(pSubitem->zName);
-    sqlite3_free(pSubitem->zAlias);
-    pSubitem->pTab = 0;
-    pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
-    pSubitem->zName = 0;
-    pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
-    if( nSubSrc>1 ){
-      int extra = nSubSrc - 1;
-      for(i=1; ipSrc = 0;
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }
-      p->pSrc = pSrc;
-      for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i-extra>=iFrom; i--){
-        pSrc->a[i] = pSrc->a[i-extra];
-      }
-    }
-    for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
-      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
+    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
+    if( pEnd ){
+      pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n;
     }
-    pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype;
-  }
+    zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
 
-  /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
-  ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
-  ** 
-  ** Example:
-  **
-  **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
-  **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
-  **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
-  **
-  ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
-  ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
-  */
-  pList = p->pEList;
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-    Expr *pExpr;
-    if( pList->a[i].zName==0 && (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)->span.z!=0 ){
-      pList->a[i].zName = 
-             sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pExpr->span.z, pExpr->span.n);
-    }
-  }
-  substExprList(db, p->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-  if( isAgg ){
-    substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-    substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-  }
-  if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
-    assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
-    p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
-    pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
-  }else if( p->pOrderBy ){
-    substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-  }
-  if( pSub->pWhere ){
-    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere);
-  }else{
-    pWhere = 0;
+    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
+    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
+    ** the information we've collected.  
+    **
+    ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
+    ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
+    ** by sqlite3StartTable().
+    */
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
+      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
+         "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
+       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
+      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
+      pTab->zName,
+      pTab->zName,
+      zStmt,
+      pParse->regRowid
+    );
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
+    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
+    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
+
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
+    zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pTab->zName);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, 
+                         pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1);
   }
-  if( subqueryIsAgg ){
-    assert( p->pHaving==0 );
-    p->pHaving = p->pWhere;
-    p->pWhere = pWhere;
-    substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-    p->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, p->pHaving, 
-                                sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving));
-    assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
-    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy);
-  }else{
-    substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-    p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, p->pWhere, pWhere);
+
+  /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
+  ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until
+  ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This
+  ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before
+  ** the required virtual table implementations are registered.  */
+  else {
+    Table *pOld;
+    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
+    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
+    int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
+    if( pOld ){
+      db->mallocFailed = 1;
+      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
+      return;
+    }
+    pSchema->db = pParse->db;
+    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
   }
+}
 
-  /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
-  ** outer query is distinct. 
-  */
-  p->isDistinct = p->isDistinct || pSub->isDistinct;
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
+** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
+  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
+  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
+  pParse->sArg.n = 0;
+}
 
-  /*
-  ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
-  **
-  ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits.  But this
-  ** does not work if either limit is negative.
-  */
-  if( pSub->pLimit ){
-    p->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
-    pSub->pLimit = 0;
+/*
+** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
+** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
+  Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
+  if( pArg->z==0 ){
+    pArg->z = p->z;
+    pArg->n = p->n;
+  }else{
+    assert(pArg->z < p->z);
+    pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z);
   }
-
-  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
-  ** success.
-  */
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pSub);
-  return 1;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
 
 /*
-** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it
-** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if 
-** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be
-** a min()/max() query if:
-**
-**   1. There is a single object in the FROM clause.
-**
-**   2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is
-**      either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference.
+** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
+** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
+** to this procedure.
 */
-static int minMaxQuery(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
-  Expr *pExpr;
-  ExprList *pEList = p->pEList;
+static int vtabCallConstructor(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  Table *pTab,
+  Module *pMod,
+  int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  VTable *pVTable;
+  int rc;
+  const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
+  int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+  char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
 
-  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
-  pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-  pEList = pExpr->pList;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION || pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
-  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
-  if( pExpr->token.n!=3 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"min",3)==0 ){
-    return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
-  }else if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"max",3)==0 ){
-    return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
+  if( !zModuleName ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+
+  pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable));
+  if( !pVTable ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  pVTable->db = db;
+  pVTable->pMod = pMod;
+
+  assert( !db->pVTab );
+  assert( xConstruct );
+  db->pVTab = pTab;
+
+  /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
+  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
+  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+    if( zErr==0 ){
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
+    }else {
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable);
+  }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){
+    /* Justification of ALWAYS():  A correct vtab constructor must allocate
+    ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful.  */
+    pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
+    pVTable->nRef = 1;
+    if( db->pVTab ){
+      const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
+      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      int iCol;
+      /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure
+      ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the 
+      ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
+      ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from
+      ** the type string.  */
+      pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable;
+      pTab->pVTable = pVTable;
+
+      for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){
+        char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
+        int nType;
+        int i = 0;
+        if( !zType ) continue;
+        nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
+        if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6)||(zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
+          for(i=0; i0 ){
+            assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
+            zType[i-1] = '\0';
+          }
+          pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
   }
-  return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
+
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
+  db->pVTab = 0;
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine resolves any names used in the result set of the
-** supplied SELECT statement. If the SELECT statement being resolved
-** is a sub-select, then pOuterNC is a pointer to the NameContext 
-** of the parent SELECT.
+** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
+** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned 
+** and an error left in pParse.
+**
+** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectResolve(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
-  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* The outer name context. May be NULL. */
-){
-  ExprList *pEList;          /* Result set. */
-  int i;                     /* For-loop variable used in multiple places */
-  NameContext sNC;           /* Local name-context */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;        /* The group by clause */
-
-  /* If this routine has run before, return immediately. */
-  if( p->isResolved ){
-    assert( !pOuterNC );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  const char *zMod;
+  Module *pMod;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( pTab );
+  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){
     return SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  p->isResolved = 1;
 
-  /* If there have already been errors, do nothing. */
-  if( pParse->nErr>0 ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
+  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
+  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));
 
-  /* Prepare the select statement. This call will allocate all cursors
-  ** required to handle the tables and subqueries in the FROM clause.
-  */
-  if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, p) ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  if( !pMod ){
+    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }else{
+    char *zErr = 0;
+    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
   }
 
-  /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
-  ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
-  */
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
-      sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  /* Set up the local name-context to pass to ExprResolveNames() to
-  ** resolve the expression-list.
-  */
-  sNC.allowAgg = 1;
-  sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
-  sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
+/*
+** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[].
+*/
+static int addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
+  const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;
 
-  /* Resolve names in the result set. */
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-  if( !pEList ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-    Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-    if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pX) ){
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
+  if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
+    VTable **aVTrans;
+    int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
+    aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
+    if( !aVTrans ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
+    memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
+    db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
   }
 
-  /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
-  ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
+  /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
+  db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab;
+  sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. 
+**
+** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language
+** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
+** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+  Module *pMod;
+  const char *zMod;
+
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable );
+
+  /* Locate the required virtual table module */
+  zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
+  pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod, sqlite3Strlen30(zMod));
+
+  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
+  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
+  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
   */
-  assert( !p->isAgg );
-  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-  if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){
-    p->isAgg = 1;
+  if( !pMod ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
   }else{
-    sNC.allowAgg = 0;
+    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
   }
 
-  /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
-  */
-  if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  /* Justification of ALWAYS():  The xConstructor method is required to
+  ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){
+      rc = addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab));
   }
 
-  /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the
-  ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
-  ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
-  ** aliases in the result set.
-  **
-  ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
-  ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
-  */
-  sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
-  if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ||
-     sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( p->pPrior==0 ){
-    if( processOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, 1, &sNC.hasAgg) ){
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  if( processOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, pGroupBy, 0, &sNC.hasAgg) ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+/*
+** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table.  It is only
+** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
+** virtual table module.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
+  Parse *pParse;
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+  char *zErr = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pTab = db->pVTab;
+  if( !pTab ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
   }
+  assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
 
-  /* Make sure the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
-  */
-  if( pGroupBy ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
+  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse));
+  if( pParse==0 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    pParse->declareVtab = 1;
+    pParse->db = db;
   
-    for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
-      if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
-            "the GROUP BY clause");
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    if( 
+        SQLITE_OK == sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) && 
+        pParse->pNewTable && 
+        !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect && 
+        (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
+    ){
+      if( !pTab->aCol ){
+        pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
+        pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol;
+        pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
+        pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
       }
+      db->pVTab = 0;
+    } else {
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, zErr);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pParse->declareVtab = 0;
+  
+    if( pParse->pVdbe ){
+      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
     }
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable);
+    sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
   }
 
-  /* If this is one SELECT of a compound, be sure to resolve names
-  ** in the other SELECTs.
-  */
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    return sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p->pPrior, pOuterNC);
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
+  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Reset the aggregate accumulator.
+** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
+** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
+** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
 **
-** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold
-** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate.  This
-** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells.
+** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
 */
-static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
-  if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem);
-  }
-  for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pFunc->iMem);
-    if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
-      Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
-      if( pE->pList==0 || pE->pList->nExpr!=1 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT in aggregate must be followed "
-           "by an expression");
-        pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
-      }else{
-        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->pList);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0,
-                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-      }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  Table *pTab;
+
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+  if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){
+    VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab);
+
+    rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+    rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab);
+    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+
+    /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 );
+      p->pVtab = 0;
+      pTab->pVTable = 0;
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(p);
     }
   }
+
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
-** in the AggInfo structure.
+** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
+** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
+** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
+** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
+**
+** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. 
 */
-static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
   int i;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
-  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){
-    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0,
-                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
+  if( db->aVTrans ){
+    for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){
+      VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
+      sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
+      if( p ){
+        int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
+        x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset);
+        if( x ) x(p);
+      }
+      sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans);
+    db->nVTrans = 0;
+    db->aVTrans = 0;
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
-** the current cursor position.
+** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans
+** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or
+** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
+**
+** Set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer that should be released using 
+** sqlite3DbFree() containing an error message, if one is available.
 */
-static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){
   int i;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
-  struct AggInfo_col *pC;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int rcsafety;
+  VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
 
-  pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
-  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){
-    int nArg;
-    int addrNext = 0;
-    int regAgg;
-    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList;
-    if( pList ){
-      nArg = pList->nExpr;
-      regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg);
-      sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 0);
-    }else{
-      nArg = 0;
-      regAgg = 0;
-    }
-    if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
-      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      assert( nArg==1 );
-      codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg);
-    }
-    if( pF->pFunc->needCollSeq ){
-      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-      int j;
-      assert( pList!=0 );  /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc->needCollSeq is true */
-      for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr);
-      }
-      if( !pColl ){
-        pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
-                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, nArg);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
-    if( addrNext ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
+  rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+  db->aVTrans = 0;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){
+    int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
+    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab;
+    if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){
+      rc = x(pVtab);
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrmsg);
+      *pzErrmsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
+      pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
     }
   }
-  for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
+  db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
+  rcsafety = sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = rcsafety;
   }
-  pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-#if 0
 /*
-** This function is used when a SELECT statement is used to create a
-** temporary table for iterating through when running an INSTEAD OF
-** UPDATE or INSTEAD OF DELETE trigger. 
-**
-** If possible, the SELECT statement is modified so that NULL values
-** are stored in the temporary table for all columns for which the 
-** corresponding bit in argument mask is not set. If mask takes the
-** special value 0xffffffff, then all columns are populated.
+** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the 
+** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectMask(Parse *pParse, Select *p, u32 mask){
-  if( p && !p->pPrior && !p->isDistinct && mask!=0xffffffff ){
-    ExprList *pEList;
-    int i;
-    sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p, 0);
-    pEList = p->pEList;
-    for(i=0; pEList && inExpr && i<32; i++){
-      if( !(mask&((u32)1<a[i].pExpr);
-        pEList->a[i].pExpr = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
+  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#endif
 
 /*
-** Generate code for the given SELECT statement.
-**
-** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
-** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest
-** as follows:
-**
-**     pDest->eDest    Result
-**     ------------    -------------------------------------------
-**     SRT_Callback    Invoke the callback for each row of the result.
-**
-**     SRT_Mem         Store first result in memory cell pDest->iParm
-**
-**     SRT_Set         Store non-null results as keys of table pDest->iParm. 
-**                     Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing them.
-**
-**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary table pDest->iParm.
-**
-**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iParm.
-**
-**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm
-**
-**     SRT_EphemTab    Create an temporary table pDest->iParm and store
-**                     the result there. The cursor is left open after
-**                     returning.
-**
-**     SRT_Subroutine  For each row returned, push the results onto the
-**                     vdbe stack and call the subroutine (via OP_Gosub)
-**                     at address pDest->iParm.
-**
-**     SRT_Exists      Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iParm if the result
-**                     set is not empty.
-**
-**     SRT_Discard     Throw the results away.
-**
-** See the selectInnerLoop() function for a canonical listing of the 
-** allowed values of eDest and their meanings.
-**
-** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
-** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
-** pParse->zErrMsg.
-**
-** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
-** calling function needs to do that.
-**
-** The pParent, parentTab, and *pParentAgg fields are filled in if this
-** SELECT is a subquery.  This routine may try to combine this SELECT
-** with its parent to form a single flat query.  In so doing, it might
-** change the parent query from a non-aggregate to an aggregate query.
-** For that reason, the pParentAgg flag is passed as a pointer, so it
-** can be changed.
-**
-** Example 1:   The meaning of the pParent parameter.
-**
-**    SELECT * FROM t1 JOIN (SELECT x, count(*) FROM t2) JOIN t3;
-**    \                      \_______ subquery _______/        /
-**     \                                                      /
-**      \____________________ outer query ___________________/
+** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the 
+** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
+  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit));
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
+** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
+** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
 **
-** This routine is called for the outer query first.   For that call,
-** pParent will be NULL.  During the processing of the outer query, this 
-** routine is called recursively to handle the subquery.  For the recursive
-** call, pParent will point to the outer query.  Because the subquery is
-** the second element in a three-way join, the parentTab parameter will
-** be 1 (the 2nd value of a 0-indexed array.)
+** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer
+** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
-  SelectDest *pDest,     /* What to do with the query results */
-  Select *pParent,       /* Another SELECT for which this is a sub-query */
-  int parentTab,         /* Index in pParent->pSrc of this query */
-  int *pParentAgg,       /* True if pParent uses aggregate functions */
-  char *aff              /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */
-){
-  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual machine under construction */
-  int isAgg;             /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
-  ExprList *pEList;      /* List of columns to extract. */
-  SrcList *pTabList;     /* List of tables to select from */
-  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be NULL */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
-  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
-  int isDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
-  int distinct;          /* Table to use for the distinct set */
-  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
-  int addrSortIndex;     /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
-  AggInfo sAggInfo;      /* Information used by aggregate queries */
-  int iEnd;              /* Address of the end of the query */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
 
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
-    return 1;
+  /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
+  ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
+  ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to 
+  ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
   }
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
-  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
+  if( !pVTab ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  } 
+  pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule;
 
-  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
-    p->pOrderBy = 0;
+  if( pModule->xBegin ){
+    int i;
 
-    /* In these cases the DISTINCT operator makes no difference to the
-    ** results, so remove it if it were specified.
-    */
-    assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || 
-           pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard);
-    p->isDistinct = 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p, 0) ){
-    goto select_end;
-  }
-  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
-  */
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    if( p->pRightmost==0 ){
-      Select *pLoop, *pRight = 0;
-      int cnt = 0;
-      int mxSelect;
-      for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){
-        pLoop->pRightmost = p;
-        pLoop->pNext = pRight;
-        pRight = pLoop;
-      }
-      mxSelect = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT];
-      if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
-        return 1;
+    /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
+    for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){
+      if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){
+        return SQLITE_OK;
       }
     }
-    return multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest, aff);
-  }
-#endif
 
-  /* Make local copies of the parameters for this query.
-  */
-  pTabList = p->pSrc;
-  pWhere = p->pWhere;
-  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-  pHaving = p->pHaving;
-  isAgg = p->isAgg;
-  isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-  if( pEList==0 ) goto select_end;
-
-  /* 
-  ** Do not even attempt to generate any code if we have already seen
-  ** errors before this routine starts.
-  */
-  if( pParse->nErr>0 ) goto select_end;
-
-  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
-  ** only a single column may be output.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
-    goto select_end;
+    /* Invoke the xBegin method */
+    rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = addToVTrans(db, pVTab);
+    }
   }
-#endif
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  /* ORDER BY is ignored for some destinations.
-  */
-  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
-    pOrderBy = 0;
-  }
+/*
+** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation.  The
+** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
+** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
+** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
+**
+** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
+** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
+**
+** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a 
+** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
+** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
+  sqlite3 *db,    /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */
+  FuncDef *pDef,  /* Function to possibly overload */
+  int nArg,       /* Number of arguments to the function */
+  Expr *pExpr     /* First argument to the function */
+){
+  Table *pTab;
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
+  sqlite3_module *pMod;
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0;
+  void *pArg = 0;
+  FuncDef *pNew;
+  int rc = 0;
+  char *zLowerName;
+  unsigned char *z;
 
-  /* Begin generating code.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
 
-  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
+  /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
+  if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef;
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
+  pTab = pExpr->pTab;
+  if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef;
+  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef;
+  pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab;
+  assert( pVtab!=0 );
+  assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
+  pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
+  if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
+ 
+  /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
+  ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function 
   */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-  for(i=0; inSrc; i++){
-    const char *zSavedAuthContext = 0;
-    int needRestoreContext;
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
-    SelectDest dest;
-
-    if( pItem->pSelect==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue;
-    if( pItem->zName!=0 ){
-      zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-      pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
-      needRestoreContext = 1;
-    }else{
-      needRestoreContext = 0;
-    }
-    /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
-    ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select
-    ** may contain expression trees of at most
-    ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
-    ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing
-    ** an exact limit.
-    */
-    pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
-    sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
-    sqlite3Select(pParse, pItem->pSelect, &dest, p, i, &isAgg, 0);
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      goto select_end;
-    }
-    pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
-    if( needRestoreContext ){
-      pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
-    }
-    pTabList = p->pSrc;
-    pWhere = p->pWhere;
-    if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
-      pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
+  zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
+  if( zLowerName ){
+    for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
+      *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
     }
-    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-    pHaving = p->pHaving;
-    isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Check to see if this is a subquery that can be "flattened" into its parent.
-  ** If flattening is a possiblity, do so and return immediately.  
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( pParent && pParentAgg &&
-      flattenSubquery(db, pParent, parentTab, *pParentAgg, isAgg) ){
-    if( isAgg ) *pParentAgg = 1;
-    goto select_end;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If possible, rewrite the query to use GROUP BY instead of DISTINCT.
-  ** GROUP BY may use an index, DISTINCT never does.
-  */
-  if( p->isDistinct && !p->isAgg && !p->pGroupBy ){
-    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList);
-    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-    p->isDistinct = 0;
-    isDistinct = 0;
+    rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName);
   }
-
-  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
-  ** index might end up being unused if the data can be 
-  ** extracted in pre-sorted order.  If that is the case, then the
-  ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once
-  ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed.  The addrSortIndex
-  ** variable is used to facilitate that change.
-  */
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy);
-    pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
-    p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex =
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
-                           pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
-                           (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-  }else{
-    addrSortIndex = -1;
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    return pDef;
   }
 
-  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
-  */
-  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iParm, pEList->nExpr);
+  /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
+  ** function */
+  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew)
+                             + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1);
+  if( pNew==0 ){
+    return pDef;
   }
+  *pNew = *pDef;
+  pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
+  memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1);
+  pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
+  pNew->pUserData = pArg;
+  pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
+  return pNew;
+}
 
-  /* Set the limiter.
-  */
-  iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);
+/*
+** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
+** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it.  Add pTab to the
+** array if it is missing.  If pTab is already in the array, this routine
+** is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+  Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
+  int i, n;
+  Table **apVtabLock;
 
-  /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
-  */
-  if( isDistinct ){
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-    assert( isAgg || pGroupBy );
-    distinct = pParse->nTab++;
-    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0,
-                        (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
+  for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){
+    if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
+  }
+  n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]);
+  apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n);
+  if( apVtabLock ){
+    pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock;
+    pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
   }else{
-    distinct = -1;
+    pToplevel->db->mallocFailed = 1;
   }
+}
 
-  /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */
-  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
-    /* This case is for non-aggregate queries
-    ** Begin the database scan
-    */
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0);
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
-    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
-    ** into an OP_Noop.
-    */
-    if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1);
-      p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
-    }
+/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
+** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is responsible for
+** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
+** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
+** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
+** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
+**
+** $Id: where.c,v 1.411 2009/07/31 06:14:52 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
 
-    /* Use the standard inner loop
-    */
-    assert(!isDistinct);
-    selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, -1, pDest,
-                    pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak, aff);
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define WHERETRACE(X)  if(sqlite3WhereTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define WHERETRACE(X)
+#endif
 
-    /* End the database scan loop.
-    */
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-  }else{
-    /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */
-    NameContext sNC;    /* Name context for processing aggregate information */
-    int iAMem;          /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */
-    int iBMem;          /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */
-    int iUseFlag;       /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least
-                        ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been
-                        ** processed */
-    int iAbortFlag;     /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
-    int groupBySort;    /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */
+/* Forward reference
+*/
+typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
+typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet;
+typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo;
+typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo;
+typedef struct WhereCost WhereCost;
 
+/*
+** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
+** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
+** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators,
+** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR.
+**
+** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.  
+** The following identity holds:
+**
+**        WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
+**
+** When a term is of the form:
+**
+**              X  
+**
+** where X is a column name and  is one of certain operators,
+** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the
+** cursor number and column number for X.  WhereTerm.eOperator records
+** the  using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below.  The
+** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
+** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
+**
+** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR:
+**
+**         (t1.X  ) OR (t1.Y  ) OR ....
+**
+** In this second case, wtFlag as the TERM_ORINFO set and eOperator==WO_OR
+** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that
+** is collected about the
+**
+** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous
+** categories, then eOperator==0.  The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set
+** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately
+** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful.
+**
+** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
+** but they do so indirectly.  A single WhereMaskSet structure translates
+** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
+** fields.  The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
+** bits that will fit in a Bitmask.  The VDBE cursor numbers might be
+** spread out over the non-negative integers.  For example, the cursor
+** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45.  The WhereMaskSet
+** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
+** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
+** bits in the Bitmask.  So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
+** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
+**
+** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits
+** in prereqRight and prereqAll.  The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite
+** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables.
+*/
+typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
+struct WhereTerm {
+  Expr *pExpr;            /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */
+  int iParent;            /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
+  int leftCursor;         /* Cursor number of X in "X  " */
+  union {
+    int leftColumn;         /* Column number of X in "X  " */
+    WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;   /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_OR */
+    WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if eOperator==WO_AND */
+  } u;
+  u16 eOperator;          /* A WO_xx value describing  */
+  u8 wtFlags;             /* TERM_xxx bit flags.  See below */
+  u8 nChild;              /* Number of children that must disable us */
+  WhereClause *pWC;       /* The clause this term is part of */
+  Bitmask prereqRight;    /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */
+  Bitmask prereqAll;      /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */
+};
 
-    /* The following variables hold addresses or labels for parts of the
-    ** virtual machine program we are putting together */
-    int addrOutputRow;      /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
-    int addrSetAbort;       /* Set the abort flag and return */
-    int addrInitializeLoop; /* Start of code that initializes the input loop */
-    int addrTopOfLoop;      /* Top of the input loop */
-    int addrGroupByChange;  /* Code that runs when any GROUP BY term changes */
-    int addrProcessRow;     /* Code to process a single input row */
-    int addrEnd;            /* End of all processing */
-    int addrSortingIdx;     /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
-    int addrReset;          /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
+/*
+** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags
+*/
+#define TERM_DYNAMIC    0x01   /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */
+#define TERM_VIRTUAL    0x02   /* Added by the optimizer.  Do not code */
+#define TERM_CODED      0x04   /* This term is already coded */
+#define TERM_COPIED     0x08   /* Has a child */
+#define TERM_ORINFO     0x10   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */
+#define TERM_ANDINFO    0x20   /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */
+#define TERM_OR_OK      0x40   /* Used during OR-clause processing */
 
-    addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
+** WHERE clause.  Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms.
+*/
+struct WhereClause {
+  Parse *pParse;           /* The parser context */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;  /* Mapping of table cursor numbers to bitmasks */
+  Bitmask vmask;           /* Bitmask identifying virtual table cursors */
+  u8 op;                   /* Split operator.  TK_AND or TK_OR */
+  int nTerm;               /* Number of terms */
+  int nSlot;               /* Number of entries in a[] */
+  WhereTerm *a;            /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
+#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
+  WhereTerm aStatic[1];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
+#else
+  WhereTerm aStatic[8];    /* Initial static space for a[] */
+#endif
+};
 
-    /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
-    ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
-    ** SELECT statement.
-    */
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-    sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
-    sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0;
-    sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
-    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
-    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy);
-    if( pHaving ){
-      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
-    }
-    sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
-    for(i=0; ipList);
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereOrInfo {
+  WhereClause wc;          /* Decomposition into subterms */
+  Bitmask indexable;       /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */
+};
 
-    /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
-    ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY.
-    */
-    if( pGroupBy ){
-      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Keying information for the group by clause */
+/*
+** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to
+** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure.
+*/
+struct WhereAndInfo {
+  WhereClause wc;          /* The subexpression broken out */
+};
 
-      /* Create labels that we will be needing
-      */
-     
-      addrInitializeLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      addrGroupByChange = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      addrProcessRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
+** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
+**
+** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in 
+** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields.  For any given WHERE 
+** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
+** contain gaps in the numbering sequence.  But we want to make maximum
+** use of the bits in our bitmasks.  This structure provides a mapping
+** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
+** with 0.
+**
+** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
+** corresponds VDBE cursor number B.  The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
+** 57->5, 73->4.  Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
+** does not really matter.  What is important is that sparse cursor
+** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
+** no gaps.
+*/
+struct WhereMaskSet {
+  int n;                        /* Number of assigned cursor values */
+  int ix[BMS];                  /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
+};
 
-      /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
-      ** implement it.  Allocate that sorting index now.  If it turns out
-      ** that we do not need it after all, the OpenEphemeral instruction
-      ** will be converted into a Noop.  
-      */
-      sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-      pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy);
-      addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, 
-          sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, 
-          0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+/*
+** A WhereCost object records a lookup strategy and the estimated
+** cost of pursuing that strategy.
+*/
+struct WhereCost {
+  WherePlan plan;    /* The lookup strategy */
+  double rCost;      /* Overall cost of pursuing this search strategy */
+  double nRow;       /* Estimated number of output rows */
+  Bitmask used;      /* Bitmask of cursors used by this plan */
+};
 
-      /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
-      */
-      iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
-      iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
-      iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
-      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
-      iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
-      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrInitializeLoop);
+/*
+** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit.  An
+** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
+** terms in the where clause.
+*/
+#define WO_IN     0x001
+#define WO_EQ     0x002
+#define WO_LT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_LE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_GT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_GE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
+#define WO_MATCH  0x040
+#define WO_ISNULL 0x080
+#define WO_OR     0x100       /* Two or more OR-connected terms */
+#define WO_AND    0x200       /* Two or more AND-connected terms */
 
-      /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
-      ** set.  This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag.  If iUseFlag
-      ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op.  If
-      ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
-      ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
-      ** order to signal the caller to abort.
-      */
-      addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
-      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2);
-      VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
-      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      if( pHaving ){
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      }
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy,
-                      distinct, pDest,
-                      addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort, aff);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
-      VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
+#define WO_ALL    0xfff       /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */
+#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff       /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */
 
-      /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
-      */
-      addrReset = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
+/*
+** Value for wsFlags returned by bestIndex() and stored in
+** WhereLevel.wsFlags.  These flags determine which search
+** strategies are appropriate.
+**
+** The least significant 12 bits is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above.
+** The WhereLevel.wsFlags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL.
+** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.wsFlags
+** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ.  The WhereLevel.wsFlags field can then be used as
+** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints.
+** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left
+** join.  Tickets #2177 and #2189.
+*/
+#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ     0x00001000  /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */
+#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE  0x00002000  /* rowidEXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ    0x00010000  /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) or x IS NULL */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00020000  /* xEXPR */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN    0x00040000  /* x IN (...) */
+#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL  0x00080000  /* x IS NULL */
+#define WHERE_INDEXED      0x000f0000  /* Anything that uses an index */
+#define WHERE_IN_ABLE      0x000f1000  /* Able to support an IN operator */
+#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT    0x00100000  /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x00800000  /* Use index only - omit table */
+#define WHERE_ORDERBY      0x01000000  /* Output will appear in correct order */
+#define WHERE_REVERSE      0x02000000  /* Scan in reverse order */
+#define WHERE_UNIQUE       0x04000000  /* Selects no more than one row */
+#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x08000000  /* Use virtual-table processing */
+#define WHERE_MULTI_OR     0x10000000  /* OR using multiple indices */
 
-      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
-      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
-      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
-      ** in the right order to begin with.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrInitializeLoop);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrReset);
-      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0);
-      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
-      if( pGroupBy==0 ){
-        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
-        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
-        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
-        */
-        pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-        groupBySort = 0;
-      }else{
-        /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order.  We have to push
-        ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop,
-        ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output
-        ** in sorted order
-        */
-        int regBase;
-        int regRecord;
-        int nCol;
-        int nGroupBy;
+/*
+** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
+*/
+static void whereClauseInit(
+  WhereClause *pWC,        /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
+  Parse *pParse,           /* The parsing context */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet   /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmasks */
+){
+  pWC->pParse = pParse;
+  pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet;
+  pWC->nTerm = 0;
+  pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic);
+  pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
+  pWC->vmask = 0;
+}
 
-        groupBySort = 1;
-        nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
-        nCol = nGroupBy + 1;
-        j = nGroupBy+1;
-        for(i=0; i=j ){
-            nCol++;
-            j++;
-          }
-        }
-        regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
-        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy);
-        j = nGroupBy+1;
-        for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){
-            int r1 = j + regBase;
-            int r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, 
-                               pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0);
-            if( r1!=r2 ){
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1);
-            }
-            j++;
-          }
-        }
-        regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
-        VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort"));
-        sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
-      }
+/* Forward reference */
+static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause*);
 
-      /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
-      ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
-      ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
-      ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
-      */
-      addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){
-        if( groupBySort ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j, iBMem+j);
-        }else{
-          sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
-          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
-        }
-      }
-      for(j=pGroupBy->nExpr-1; j>=0; j--){
-        if( j==0 ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, iAMem+j, addrProcessRow, iBMem+j);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iAMem+j, addrGroupByChange, iBMem+j);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (void*)pKeyInfo->aColl[j], P4_COLLSEQ);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQUAL);
-      }
+/*
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object.
+*/
+static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){
+  whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
 
-      /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes.
-      ** Change in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code
-      ** block.  If there were no changes, this block is skipped.
-      **
-      ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,...
-      ** over to a0,a1,a2.  It then calls the output subroutine
-      ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation
-      ** for the next GROUP BY batch.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrGroupByChange);
-      for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){
-        sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem+j, iAMem+j);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrOutputRow);
-      VdbeComment((v, "output one row"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd);
-      VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrReset);
-      VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator"));
+/*
+** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object.
+*/
+static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){
+  whereClauseClear(&p->wc);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
 
-      /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of
-      ** the current row
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrProcessRow);
-      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator"));
+/*
+** Deallocate a WhereClause structure.  The WhereClause structure
+** itself is not freed.  This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit().
+*/
+static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){
+  int i;
+  WhereTerm *a;
+  sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db;
+  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
+    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr);
+    }
+    if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){
+      whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo);
+    }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){
+      whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo);
+    }
+  }
+  if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a);
+  }
+}
 
-      /* End of the loop
-      */
-      if( groupBySort ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx, 1);
+/*
+** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC.
+** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags.
+** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success.
+** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory
+** allocation error.  The memory allocation failure will be recorded in
+** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it.
+**
+** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary.
+**
+** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
+** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC.
+** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm.
+**
+** WARNING:  This routine might reallocate the space used to store
+** WhereTerms.  All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after
+** calling this routine.  Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
+** the pWC->a[] array.
+*/
+static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int idx;
+  if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
+    WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
+    sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db;
+    pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
+    if( pWC->a==0 ){
+      if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
+        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p);
       }
+      pWC->a = pOld;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm);
+    if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld);
+    }
+    pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]);
+  }
+  pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++];
+  pTerm->pExpr = p;
+  pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags;
+  pTerm->pWC = pWC;
+  pTerm->iParent = -1;
+  return idx;
+}
 
-      /* Output the final row of result
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrOutputRow);
-      VdbeComment((v, "output final row"));
-      
-    } /* endif pGroupBy */
-    else {
-      ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
-      ExprList *pDel = 0;
-      u8 flag;
+/*
+** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
+** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
+** operator specified in the op parameter.  The WhereClause structure
+** is filled with pointers to subexpressions.  For example:
+**
+**    WHERE  a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
+**           \________/     \_______________/     \________________/
+**            slot[0]            slot[1]               slot[2]
+**
+** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered.  All this routine
+** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
+**
+** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
+** the WhereClause.a[] array.  The slot[] array grows as needed to contain
+** all terms of the WHERE clause.
+*/
+static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){
+  pWC->op = (u8)op;
+  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
+  if( pExpr->op!=op ){
+    whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
+  }else{
+    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op);
+    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op);
+  }
+}
 
-      /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms:
-      **
-      **   SELECT min(x) FROM ...
-      **   SELECT max(x) FROM ...
-      **
-      ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results
-      ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. 
-      ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then
-      ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the 
-      ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is 
-      ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum 
-      ** value of x, the only row required).
-      **
-      ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly
-      ** modify behaviour as follows:
-      **
-      **   + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by
-      **     where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value
-      **     for x.
-      **
-      **   + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
-      **     index or indices to use) should place a different priority on 
-      **     satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
-      **     Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
-      */
-      flag = minMaxQuery(pParse, p);
-      if( flag ){
-        pDel = pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->pList);
-        if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
-          pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = ((flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)?0:1);
-          pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
-        }
-      }
+/*
+** Initialize an expression mask set (a WhereMaskSet object)
+*/
+#define initMaskSet(P)  memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P))
 
-      /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
-      ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
-      ** of output.
-      */
-      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, flag);
-      if( pWInfo==0 ){
-        sqlite3ExprListDelete(pDel);
-        goto select_end;
-      }
-      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      if( !pMinMax && flag ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak);
-        VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
-      }
-      sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      pOrderBy = 0;
-      if( pHaving ){
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      }
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, 
-                      pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd, aff);
+/*
+** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number.  Return 0 if
+** iCursor is not in the set.
+*/
+static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+  int i;
+  assert( pMaskSet->n<=sizeof(Bitmask)*8 );
+  for(i=0; in; i++){
+    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
+      return ((Bitmask)1)<ix[]
+** array will never overflow.
+*/
+static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
+  assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
+  pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
+}
 
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(pDel);
+/*
+** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates
+** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
+** tree.
+**
+** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have
+** previously invoked sqlite3ResolveExprNames() on the expression.  See
+** the header comment on that routine for additional information.
+** The sqlite3ResolveExprNames() routines looks for column names and
+** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to
+** the VDBE cursor number of the table.  This routine just has to
+** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all
+** the bitmasks together.
+*/
+static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*);
+static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Select*);
+static Bitmask exprTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
+  Bitmask mask = 0;
+  if( p==0 ) return 0;
+  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+    mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
+    return mask;
+  }
+  mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
+  mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+    mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect);
+  }else{
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList);
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
+  int i;
+  Bitmask mask = 0;
+  if( pList ){
+    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+      mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr);
     }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
-    
-  } /* endif aggregate query */
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
+static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
+  Bitmask mask = 0;
+  while( pS ){
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy);
+    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy);
+    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
+    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
+    pS = pS->pPrior;
+  }
+  return mask;
+}
 
-  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
-  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
-  */
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
+** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term.  The allowed operators are
+** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN".
+*/
+static int allowedOp(int op){
+  assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL;
+}
+
+/*
+** Swap two objects of type TYPE.
+*/
+#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
+
+/*
+** Commute a comparison operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
+** are converted into "Y op X".
+**
+** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right
+** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after
+** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes 
+** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on
+** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence 
+** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag
+** is not commuted.
+*/
+static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
+  u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
+  u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
+  assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
+  pExpr->pRight->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
+  pExpr->pLeft->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
+  SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl);
+  pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft;
+  pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight;
+  SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
+  if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
+    assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
+    assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
+    assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
+    assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
+    pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
   }
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  /* If this was a subquery, we have now converted the subquery into a
-  ** temporary table.  So set the SrcList_item.isPopulated flag to prevent
-  ** this subquery from being evaluated again and to force the use of
-  ** the temporary table.
-  */
-  if( pParent ){
-    assert( pParent->pSrc->nSrc>parentTab );
-    assert( pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect==p );
-    pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].isPopulated = 1;
+/*
+** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
+*/
+static u16 operatorMask(int op){
+  u16 c;
+  assert( allowedOp(op) );
+  if( op==TK_IN ){
+    c = WO_IN;
+  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    c = WO_ISNULL;
+  }else{
+    assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff );
+    c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ));
   }
-#endif
+  assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
+  assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
+  assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ );
+  assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT );
+  assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE );
+  assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT );
+  assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE );
+  return c;
+}
 
-  /* Jump here to skip this query
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);
+/*
+** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X  "
+** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and  is one of
+** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter.
+** Return a pointer to the term.  Return 0 if not found.
+*/
+static WhereTerm *findTerm(
+  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
+  int iCur,             /* Cursor number of LHS */
+  int iColumn,          /* Column number of LHS */
+  Bitmask notReady,     /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
+  u32 op,               /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
+  Index *pIdx           /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
+){
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int k;
+  assert( iCur>=0 );
+  op &= WO_ALL;
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){
+    if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
+       && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0
+       && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn
+       && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0
+    ){
+      if( pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){
+        Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+        CollSeq *pColl;
+        char idxaff;
+        int j;
+        Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;
 
-  /* The SELECT was successfully coded.   Set the return code to 0
-  ** to indicate no errors.
-  */
-  rc = 0;
+        idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
+        if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue;
 
-  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
-  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
-  */
-select_end:
+        /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for
+        ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this
+        ** value in variable pColl.
+        */
+        assert(pX->pLeft);
+        pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+        assert(pColl || pParse->nErr);
 
-  /* Identify column names if we will be using them in a callback.  This
-  ** step is skipped if the output is going to some other destination.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Callback ){
-    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
+        for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){
+          if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0;
+        }
+        if( pColl && sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue;
+      }
+      return pTerm;
+    }
   }
-
-  sqlite3_free(sAggInfo.aCol);
-  sqlite3_free(sAggInfo.aFunc);
-  return rc;
+  return 0;
 }
 
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+/* Forward reference */
+static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int);
+
 /*
-*******************************************************************************
-** The following code is used for testing and debugging only.  The code
-** that follows does not appear in normal builds.
+** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.  
 **
-** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a 
-** parse structures such as Select or Expr.  Such printouts are useful
-** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator
-** during the execution of complex SELECT statements.
 **
-** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal
-** code base.  Then are intended to be called from within the debugger
-** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){
-  if( p->token.z && p->token.n>0 ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%.*s", p->token.n, p->token.z);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op);
+static void exprAnalyzeAll(
+  SrcList *pTabList,       /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC         /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */
+){
+  int i;
+  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
+    exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i);
   }
-  if( p->pLeft ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ");
-    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+/*
+** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that
+** can be optimized using inequality constraints.  Return TRUE if it is
+** so and false if not.
+**
+** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string
+** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.  
+*/
+static int isLikeOrGlob(
+  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
+  Expr *pExpr,      /* Test this expression */
+  int *pnPattern,   /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
+  int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
+  int *pnoCase      /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
+){
+  const char *z;             /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
+  Expr *pRight, *pLeft;      /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */
+  ExprList *pList;           /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */
+  int c;                     /* One character in z[] */
+  int cnt;                   /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
+  char wc[3];                /* Wildcard characters */
+  CollSeq *pColl;            /* Collating sequence for LHS */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection */
+
+  if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
+    return 0;
   }
-  if( p->pRight ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ");
-    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight);
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+  if( *pnoCase ) return 0;
+#endif
+  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+  pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr;
+  if( pRight->op!=TK_STRING ){
+    return 0;
   }
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf(")");
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-    sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr);
-    if( inExpr-1 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf(", ");
-    }
+  pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
+  if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN ){
+    return 0;
   }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p);
-  sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
-  if( p->pSrc ){
-    char *zPrefix;
-    int i;
-    zPrefix = "FROM";
-    for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix);
-      zPrefix = "";
-      if( pItem->pSelect ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n");
-        sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10);
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, "");
-      }else if( pItem->zName ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName);
-      }
-      if( pItem->pTab ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName);
-      }
-      if( pItem->zAlias ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias);
-      }
-      if( ipSrc->nSrc-1 ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf(",");
-      }
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+  pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
+  assert( pColl!=0 || pLeft->iColumn==-1 );
+  if( pColl==0 ) return 0;
+  if( (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_BINARY || *pnoCase) &&
+      (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE || !*pnoCase) ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ) return 0;
+  z = pRight->u.zToken;
+  if( ALWAYS(z) ){
+    cnt = 0;
+    while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){
+      cnt++;
+    }
+    if( cnt!=0 && c!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
+      *pisComplete = z[cnt]==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
+      *pnPattern = cnt;
+      return 1;
     }
   }
-  if( p->pWhere ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, "");
-    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/*
+** Check to see if the given expression is of the form
+**
+**         column MATCH expr
+**
+** If it is then return TRUE.  If not, return FALSE.
+*/
+static int isMatchOfColumn(
+  Expr *pExpr      /* Test this expression */
+){
+  ExprList *pList;
+
+  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
+    return 0;
   }
-  if( p->pGroupBy ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, "");
-    sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"match")!=0 ){
+    return 0;
   }
-  if( p->pHaving ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, "");
-    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+  pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+  if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){
+    return 0;
   }
-  if( p->pOrderBy ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, "");
-    sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
+  if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){
+    return 0;
   }
+  return 1;
 }
-/* End of the structure debug printing code
-*****************************************************************************/
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
 /*
-** 2001 September 15
+** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
+** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
+*/
+static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){
+  pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin;
+  pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable;
+}
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+/*
+** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected
+** subterms.  So in:
 **
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**     ... WHERE  (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13)
+**                          ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example.
+** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under
+** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis.  Hence:
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
-** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
-** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
+**     WhereTerm.wtFlags   |=  TERM_ORINFO
+**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo  =  a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object
 **
-** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
-** if they are not used.
+** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms.
+** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms.
+** Examples of terms under analysis:
+**
+**     (A)     t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5
+**     (B)     x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3
+**     (C)     t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15)
+**     (D)     x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*')
+**     (E)     (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6)
+**
+** CASE 1:
+**
+** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C
+** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual
+** term that is an equivalent IN expression.  In other words, if the term
+** being analyzed is:
+**
+**      x = expr1  OR  expr2 = x  OR  x = expr3
+**
+** then create a new virtual term like this:
+**
+**      x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
+**
+** CASE 2:
+**
+** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set
+**
+**     WhereTerm.eOperator              =  WO_OR
+**     WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable  |=  the cursor number for table T
+**
+** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form
+** "T.C  " where C is any column of table T and 
+**  is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN".
+** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more
+** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable.  Indexable AND 
+** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have
+** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object.
+**
+** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could
+** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists.
+** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that
+** is something the bestIndex() routine will determine.  This analysis
+** only looks at whether subterms appropriate for indexing exist.
+**
+** All examples A through E above all satisfy case 2.  But if a term
+** also statisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will
+** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 2 is not
+** satisfied.
+**
+** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable.  For example,
+** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R.
+**
+** Terms that satisfy case 2 are candidates for lookup by using
+** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing
+** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object.  This is similar
+** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines.
+**
+** OTHERWISE:
+**
+** If neither case 1 nor case 2 apply, then leave the eOperator set to
+** zero.  This term is not useful for search.
 */
+static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm(
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the complete WHERE clause */
+  int idxTerm               /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */
+){
+  Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;            /* Parser context */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;               /* Database connection */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];    /* The term to be analyzed */
+  Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;             /* The expression of the term */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet; /* Table use masks */
+  int i;                                  /* Loop counters */
+  WhereClause *pOrWc;       /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */
+  WhereTerm *pOrTerm;       /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */
+  WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo;     /* Additional information associated with pTerm */
+  Bitmask chngToIN;         /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */
+  Bitmask indexable;        /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+  /*
+  ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms.  The subterms are
+  ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo
+  ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term.
+  */
+  assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 );
+  assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR );
+  pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo));
+  if( pOrInfo==0 ) return;
+  pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO;
+  pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc;
+  whereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet);
+  whereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR);
+  exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pOrWc);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
+  assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 );
+
+  /*
+  ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 2.
+  */
+  indexable = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  chngToIN = ~(pWC->vmask);
+  for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){
+    if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){
+      WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo;
+      assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==0 );
+      assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 );
+      chngToIN = 0;
+      pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo));
+      if( pAndInfo ){
+        WhereClause *pAndWC;
+        WhereTerm *pAndTerm;
+        int j;
+        Bitmask b = 0;
+        pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo;
+        pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO;
+        pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND;
+        pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc;
+        whereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet);
+        whereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND);
+        exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, pAndWC);
+        testcase( db->mallocFailed );
+        if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+          for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; jnTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){
+            assert( pAndTerm->pExpr );
+            if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){
+              b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        indexable &= b;
+      }
+    }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){
+      /* Skip this term for now.  We revisit it when we process the
+      ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */
+    }else{
+      Bitmask b;
+      b = getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor);
+      if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){
+        WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent];
+        b |= getMask(pMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor);
+      }
+      indexable &= b;
+      if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){
+        chngToIN = 0;
+      }else{
+        chngToIN &= b;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 2.  The set might be
+  ** empty.
+  */
+  pOrInfo->indexable = indexable;
+  pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR;
+
+  /*
+  ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1.  But
+  ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really
+  ** is satisfied.
+  **
+  ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits.  The 0-bit case means
+  ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an
+  ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain
+  ** something other than == on a column in the single table.  The 1-bit
+  ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form
+  ** "table.column=expr" for some single table.  The one bit that is set
+  ** will correspond to the common table.  We still need to check to make
+  ** sure the same column is used on all terms.  The 2-bit case is when
+  ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column".  It
+  ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column
+  ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of
+  ** the OR clause.
+  **
+  ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the
+  ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized.
+  */
+  if( chngToIN ){
+    int okToChngToIN = 0;     /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */
+    int iColumn = -1;         /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */
+    int iCursor = -1;         /* Table cursor common to all terms */
+    int j = 0;                /* Loop counter */
+
+    /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the
+    ** other of the == operator in every subterm.  That table and column
+    ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn.  There might not be any
+    ** such table and column.  Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table
+    ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found.
+    */
+    for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){
+      pOrTerm = pOrWc->a;
+      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
+        pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){
+          /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and
+          ** current term is from the first iteration.  So skip this term. */
+          assert( j==1 );
+          continue;
+        }
+        if( (chngToIN & getMask(pMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){
+          /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the
+          ** chngToIN set but t1 is not.  This term will be either preceeded
+          ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a).  Skip this term 
+          ** and use its inversion. */
+          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED );
+          testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+          assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) );
+          continue;
+        }
+        iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn;
+        iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor;
+        break;
+      }
+      if( i<0 ){
+        /* No candidate table+column was found.  This can only occur
+        ** on the second iteration */
+        assert( j==1 );
+        assert( (chngToIN&(chngToIN-1))==0 );
+        assert( chngToIN==getMask(pMaskSet, iCursor) );
+        break;
+      }
+      testcase( j==1 );
+
+      /* We have found a candidate table and column.  Check to see if that
+      ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */
+      okToChngToIN = 1;
+      for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
+        if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
+          pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+        }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){
+          okToChngToIN = 0;
+        }else{
+          int affLeft, affRight;
+          /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
+          ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type
+          ** conversions are required on the right.  (Ticket #2249)
+          */
+          affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
+          affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
+          if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){
+            okToChngToIN = 0;
+          }else{
+            pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
+    ** case 1.  In that case, construct a new virtual term that is 
+    ** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
+    */
+    if( okToChngToIN ){
+      Expr *pDup;            /* A transient duplicate expression */
+      ExprList *pList = 0;   /* The RHS of the IN operator */
+      Expr *pLeft = 0;       /* The LHS of the IN operator */
+      Expr *pNew;            /* The complete IN operator */
+
+      for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
+        if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
+        assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
+        assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor );
+        assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn );
+        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0);
+        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup);
+        pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
+      }
+      assert( pLeft!=0 );
+      pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0);
+      pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
+      if( pNew ){
+        int idxNew;
+        transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
+        assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
+        pNew->x.pList = pList;
+        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+        testcase( idxNew==0 );
+        exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+        pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
+        pTerm->nChild = 1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
+      }
+      pTerm->eOperator = 0;  /* case 1 trumps case 2 */
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
 
-/*
-** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
-** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
-*/
-typedef struct TabResult {
-  char **azResult;
-  char *zErrMsg;
-  int nResult;
-  int nAlloc;
-  int nRow;
-  int nColumn;
-  int nData;
-  int rc;
-} TabResult;
 
 /*
-** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
-** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
-** memory as necessary.
+** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
+** "pExpr" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
+** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm
+** structure.
+**
+** If the expression is of the form "  X" it gets commuted
+** to the standard form of "X  ".
+**
+** If the expression is of the form "X  Y" where both X and Y are
+** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual
+** term of the form "Y  X" is added to the WHERE clause and
+** analyzed separately.  The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED
+** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr
+** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it
+** is a commuted copy of a prior term.)  The original term has nChild=1
+** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term.
 */
-static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
-  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;
-  int need;
-  int i;
-  char *z;
+static void exprAnalyze(
+  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
+  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the WHERE clause */
+  int idxTerm               /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
+){
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;                /* The term to be analyzed */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;          /* Set of table index masks */
+  Expr *pExpr;                     /* The expression to be analyzed */
+  Bitmask prereqLeft;              /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */
+  Bitmask prereqAll;               /* Prerequesites of pExpr */
+  Bitmask extraRight = 0;
+  int nPattern;
+  int isComplete;
+  int noCase;
+  int op;                          /* Top-level operator.  pExpr->op */
+  Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;     /* Parsing context */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;        /* Database connection */
 
-  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
-  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
-  */
-  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
-    need = nCol*2;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    return;
+  }
+  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+  pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet;
+  pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+  prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
+  op = pExpr->op;
+  if( op==TK_IN ){
+    assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
+    if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+      pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect);
+    }else{
+      pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList);
+    }
+  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    pTerm->prereqRight = 0;
   }else{
-    need = nCol;
+    pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
   }
-  if( p->nData + need >= p->nAlloc ){
-    char **azNew;
-    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need + 1;
-    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
-    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
-    p->azResult = azNew;
+  prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
+  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
+    Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
+    prereqAll |= x;
+    extraRight = x-1;  /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index
+                       ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN.  Ticket #3015 */
+  }
+  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
+  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
+  pTerm->iParent = -1;
+  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
+  if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){
+    Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+    Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+    if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op);
+    }
+    if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
+      WhereTerm *pNew;
+      Expr *pDup;
+      if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){
+        int idxNew;
+        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0);
+        if( db->mallocFailed ){
+          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
+          return;
+        }
+        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+        if( idxNew==0 ) return;
+        pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+        pNew->iParent = idxTerm;
+        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+        pTerm->nChild = 1;
+        pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+      }else{
+        pDup = pExpr;
+        pNew = pTerm;
+      }
+      exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
+      pLeft = pDup->pLeft;
+      pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft;
+      pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
+      pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op);
+    }
   }
 
-  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
-  ** the names of all columns.
-  */
-  if( p->nRow==0 ){
-    p->nColumn = nCol;
-    for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
+  ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements.  For example:
+  **
+  **      a BETWEEN b AND c
+  **
+  ** is converted into:
+  **
+  **      (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c)
+  **
+  ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object.
+  ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN
+  ** term.  That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are
+  ** skipped.  Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original
+  ** BETWEEN term is skipped.
+  */
+  else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
+    ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList;
+    int i;
+    static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
+    assert( pList!=0 );
+    assert( pList->nExpr==2 );
+    for(i=0; i<2; i++){
+      Expr *pNewExpr;
+      int idxNew;
+      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], 
+                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0),
+                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0);
+      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+      testcase( idxNew==0 );
+      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+      pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
     }
-  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
-    sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
-       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
-    );
-    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return 1;
+    pTerm->nChild = 2;
   }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */
 
-  /* Copy over the row data
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
+  /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by
+  ** an OR operator.
   */
-  if( argv!=0 ){
-    for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z;
-    }
-    p->nRow++;
+  else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
+    assert( pWC->op==TK_AND );
+    exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm);
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
   }
-  return 0;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
 
-malloc_failed:
-  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  return 1;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+  /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB
+  ** operator.
+  **
+  ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints
+  **
+  **          x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%'
+  **
+  ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
+  ** termination condition "abd".
+  */
+  if( isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &nPattern, &isComplete, &noCase)
+         && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
+    Expr *pLeft, *pRight;
+    Expr *pStr1, *pStr2;
+    Expr *pNewExpr1, *pNewExpr2;
+    int idxNew1, idxNew2;
 
-/*
-** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
-** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
-** at the conclusion of the call.
-**
-** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
-** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
-** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
-** the calling procedure is finished using it.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
-  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
-  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
-  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
-  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
-  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  TabResult res;
+    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+    pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+    pStr1 = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, pRight->u.zToken);
+    if( pStr1 ) pStr1->u.zToken[nPattern] = 0;
+    pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
+    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+      u8 c, *pC;       /* Last character before the first wildcard */
+      pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[nPattern-1];
+      c = *pC;
+      if( noCase ){
+        /* The point is to increment the last character before the first
+        ** wildcard.  But if we increment '@', that will push it into the
+        ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the 
+        ** inequality.  To avoid this, make sure to also run the full
+        ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag
+        */
+        if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0;
 
-  *pazResult = 0;
-  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
-  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
-  res.zErrMsg = 0;
-  res.nResult = 0;
-  res.nRow = 0;
-  res.nColumn = 0;
-  res.nData = 1;
-  res.nAlloc = 20;
-  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
-  if( res.azResult==0 ){
-     db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  res.azResult[0] = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
-  assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
-  res.azResult[0] = (char*)res.nData;
-  if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
-    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-    if( res.zErrMsg ){
-      if( pzErrMsg ){
-        sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
-        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
+        c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
       }
-      sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
+      *pC = c + 1;
+    }
+    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0),pStr1,0);
+    idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+    testcase( idxNew1==0 );
+    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
+    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0),pStr2,0);
+    idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+    testcase( idxNew2==0 );
+    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+    if( isComplete ){
+      pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm;
+      pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm;
+      pTerm->nChild = 2;
     }
-    db->errCode = res.rc;  /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */
-    return res.rc;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-    return rc;
   }
-  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
-    char **azNew;
-    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*(res.nData+1) );
-    if( azNew==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-      db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the
+  ** current expression is of the form:  column MATCH expr.
+  ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of
+  ** virtual tables.  The native query optimizer does not attempt
+  ** to do anything with MATCH functions.
+  */
+  if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){
+    int idxNew;
+    Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
+    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
+    Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr;
+
+    pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+    pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+    prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight);
+    prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
+    if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
+      Expr *pNewExpr;
+      pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, 
+                              0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0);
+      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
+      testcase( idxNew==0 );
+      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+      pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
+      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+      pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
+      pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
+      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+      pTerm->nChild = 1;
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
     }
-    res.nAlloc = res.nData+1;
-    res.azResult = azNew;
   }
-  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
-  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
-  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
-  return rc;
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+
+  /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
+  ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
+  */
+  pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
+** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain
+** a reference to any table other than the iBase table.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(
-  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
+static int referencesOtherTables(
+  ExprList *pList,          /* Search expressions in ths list */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet,   /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
+  int iFirst,               /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */
+  int iBase                 /* Ignore references to this table */
 ){
-  if( azResult ){
-    int i, n;
-    azResult--;
-    assert( azResult!=0 );
-    n = (int)azResult[0];
-    for(i=1; inExpr ){
+    if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){
+      return 1;
+    }
   }
+  return 0;
 }
 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */
 
-/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/
 /*
+** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY
+** clause.  If it can, it returns 1.  If pIdx cannot satisfy the
+** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0.
 **
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement.  pTab is the
+** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and
+** the table has a cursor number of "base".  pIdx is an index on pTab.
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality
+** constraints.  Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY
+** clause and the match can still be a success.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-*
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/*
-** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
-  while( pTriggerStep ){
-    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
-    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
-
-    if( pTmp->target.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pTmp->target.z);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(pTmp->pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pTmp->pExprList);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pTmp->pSelect);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(pTmp->pIdList);
-
-    sqlite3_free(pTmp);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
-** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
-** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
-** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
-** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
-** construction process.
+** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either
+** ASC or DESC.  (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE
+** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.)  The *pbRev value is
+** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if
+** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
-  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
-  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
-  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
-  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
-  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
-  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
-  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
-  int isTemp,         /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
-  int noErr           /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
+static int isSortingIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, /* Mapping from table cursor numbers to bitmaps */
+  Index *pIdx,            /* The index we are testing */
+  int base,               /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  int nEqCol,             /* Number of index columns with == constraints */
+  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
 ){
-  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
-  Table *pTab;
-  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
+  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
+  int sortOrder = 0;              /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */
+  int nTerm;                      /* Number of ORDER BY terms */
+  struct ExprList_item *pTerm;    /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
   sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
-  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
-  DbFixer sFix;
-  int iTabDb;
 
-  assert( pName1!=0 );   /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
-  assert( pName2!=0 );
-  if( isTemp ){
-    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
-    if( pName2->n>0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-    iDb = 1;
-    pName = pName1;
-  }else{
-    /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-    if( iDb<0 ){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-  }
+  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
+  nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr;
+  assert( nTerm>0 );
 
-  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
-  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
-  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
-  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
+  /* Argument pIdx must either point to a 'real' named index structure, 
+  ** or an index structure allocated on the stack by bestBtreeIndex() to
+  ** represent the rowid index that is part of every table.  */
+  assert( pIdx->zName || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->aiColumn[0]==-1) );
+
+  /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of
+  ** the index.
+  **
+  ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus
+  ** one additional column containing the rowid.  The rowid column
+  ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY
+  ** clause.
   */
-  if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
-  if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
-    iDb = 1;
-  }
+  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; jnColumn; i++){
+    Expr *pExpr;       /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */
+    CollSeq *pColl;    /* The collating sequence of pExpr */
+    int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */
+    int iColumn;       /* The i-th column of the index.  -1 for rowid */
+    int iSortOrder;    /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */
+    const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */
 
-  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
-  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
-  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && 
-      sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
-  if( !pTab ){
-    /* The table does not exist. */
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
+    pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+    if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){
+      /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the
+      ** left-most table of the FROM clause */
+      break;
+    }
+    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
+    if( !pColl ){
+      pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+    }
+    if( pIdx->zName && inColumn ){
+      iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
+      if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){
+        iColumn = -1;
+      }
+      iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
+      zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
+    }else{
+      iColumn = -1;
+      iSortOrder = 0;
+      zColl = pColl->zName;
+    }
+    if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
+      /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */
+      if( inColumn ){
+        /* Index column i is the rowid.  All other terms match. */
+        break;
+      }else{
+        /* If an index column fails to match and is not constrained by ==
+        ** then the index cannot satisfy the ORDER BY constraint.
+        */
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }
+    assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 || iColumn==-1 );
+    assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 );
+    assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 );
+    termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder;
+    if( i>nEqCol ){
+      if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){
+        /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the
+        ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */
+        return 0;
+      }
+    }else{
+      sortOrder = termSortOrder;
+    }
+    j++;
+    pTerm++;
+    if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
+      /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches
+      ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other
+      ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used 
+      ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other
+      ** columns will make any difference
+      */
+      j = nTerm;
+    }
   }
 
-  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
-  ** specified name exists */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  *pbRev = sortOrder!=0;
+  if( j>=nTerm ){
+    /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so
+    ** this index can be used for sorting. */
+    return 1;
   }
-  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), zName,strlen(zName)) ){
-    if( !noErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
-    }
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn
+      && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
+    /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause
+    ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY
+    ** clause reference other tables in a join.  If this is all true then
+    ** the order by clause is superfluous. */
+    return 1;
   }
+  return 0;
+}
 
-  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
+/*
+** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value.
+** The results need not be exact.  This is only used for estimating
+** the total cost of performing operations with O(logN) or O(NlogN)
+** complexity.  Because N is just a guess, it is no great tragedy if
+** logN is a little off.
+*/
+static double estLog(double N){
+  double logN = 1;
+  double x = 10;
+  while( N>x ){
+    logN += 1;
+    x *= 10;
   }
+  return logN;
+}
 
-  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
-  ** of triggers.
-  */
-  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
-        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
+/*
+** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info
+** structure.  Used for testing and debugging only.  If neither
+** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
+** are no-ops.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
+  for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aConstraint[i].iColumn,
+       p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset,
+       p->aConstraint[i].op,
+       p->aConstraint[i].usable);
   }
-  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
-        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
+  for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn,
+       p->aOrderBy[i].desc);
   }
-  iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
-    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
-    if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
+}
+static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  int i;
+  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
+  for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){
+    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n",
+       i,
+       p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex,
+       p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit);
   }
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
+  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
+}
+#else
+#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
+#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
 #endif
 
-  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
-  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
-  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
-  ** elsewhere.
-  */
-  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
-    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
-  }
+/* 
+** Required because bestIndex() is called by bestOrClauseIndex() 
+*/
+static void bestIndex(
+    Parse*, WhereClause*, struct SrcList_item*, Bitmask, ExprList*, WhereCost*);
 
-  /* Build the Trigger object */
-  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
-  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
-  pTrigger->name = zName;
-  zName = 0;
-  pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
-  pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-  pTrigger->op = op;
-  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
-  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen);
-  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
-  sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pTrigger->nameToken,pName);
-  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
-  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
+/*
+** This routine attempts to find an scanning strategy that can be used 
+** to optimize an 'OR' expression that is part of a WHERE clause. 
+**
+** The table associated with FROM clause term pSrc may be either a
+** regular B-Tree table or a virtual table.
+*/
+static void bestOrClauseIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
+  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  WhereCost *pCost            /* Lowest cost query plan */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+  const int iCur = pSrc->iCursor;   /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
+  const Bitmask maskSrc = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);  /* Bitmask for pSrc */
+  WhereTerm * const pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];        /* End of pWC->a[] */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;                 /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+
+  /* Search the WHERE clause terms for a usable WO_OR term. */
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermeOperator==WO_OR 
+     && ((pTerm->prereqAll & ~maskSrc) & notReady)==0
+     && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & maskSrc)!=0 
+    ){
+      WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+      WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm];
+      WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
+      int flags = WHERE_MULTI_OR;
+      double rTotal = 0;
+      double nRow = 0;
+      Bitmask used = 0;
+
+      for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerma), (pTerm - pWC->a)
+        ));
+        if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
+          WhereClause *pAndWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc;
+          bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, 0, &sTermCost);
+        }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){
+          WhereClause tempWC;
+          tempWC.pParse = pWC->pParse;
+          tempWC.pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet;
+          tempWC.op = TK_AND;
+          tempWC.a = pOrTerm;
+          tempWC.nTerm = 1;
+          bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, 0, &sTermCost);
+        }else{
+          continue;
+        }
+        rTotal += sTermCost.rCost;
+        nRow += sTermCost.nRow;
+        used |= sTermCost.used;
+        if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break;
+      }
 
-trigger_cleanup:
-  sqlite3_free(zName);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTableName);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumns);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhen);
-  if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
-  }else{
-    assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
+      /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, increase the scan cost to account 
+      ** for the cost of the sort. */
+      if( pOrderBy!=0 ){
+        rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow);
+        WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost to %.9g\n", rTotal));
+      }
+
+      /* If the cost of scanning using this OR term for optimization is
+      ** less than the current cost stored in pCost, replace the contents
+      ** of pCost. */
+      WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n", rTotal, nRow));
+      if( rTotalrCost ){
+        pCost->rCost = rTotal;
+        pCost->nRow = nRow;
+        pCost->used = used;
+        pCost->plan.wsFlags = flags;
+        pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm;
+      }
+    }
   }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
 }
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 /*
-** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
-** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
+** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the 
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure
+** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free().
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
-  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
-  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
+static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo(
+  Parse *pParse, 
+  WhereClause *pWC,
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,
+  ExprList *pOrderBy
 ){
-  Trigger *pTrig = 0;     /* The trigger whose construction is finishing up */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
-  DbFixer sFix;
-  int iDb;                   /* Database containing the trigger */
-
-  pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;
-  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
-  if( pParse->nErr || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
-  pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
-  while( pStepList ){
-    pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
-    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &pTrig->nameToken) 
-          && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){
-    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-  }
+  int i, j;
+  int nTerm;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
+  struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int nOrderBy;
+  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
 
-  /* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table, 
-  ** build the sqlite_master entry
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *z;
+  WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pSrc->pTab->zName));
 
-    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-       "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
-       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTrig->name,
-       pTrig->table, z);
-    sqlite3_free(z);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, sqlite3MPrintf(
-        db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", pTrig->name), P4_DYNAMIC
-    );
+  /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
+  ** to this virtual table */
+  for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
+    assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
+    if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
+    nTerm++;
   }
 
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    int n;
-    Table *pTab;
-    Trigger *pDel;
-    pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash, 
-                     pTrig->name, strlen(pTrig->name), pTrig);
-    if( pDel ){
-      assert( pDel==pTrig );
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
+  /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
+  ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
+  ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
+  */
+  nOrderBy = 0;
+  if( pOrderBy ){
+    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
+      Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
+      if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
+    }
+    if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){
+      nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
     }
-    n = strlen(pTrig->table) + 1;
-    pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pTrig->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrig->table, n);
-    assert( pTab!=0 );
-    pTrig->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
-    pTab->pTrigger = pTrig;
-    pTrig = 0;
   }
 
-triggerfinish_cleanup:
-  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrig);
-  assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
-  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pStepList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a copy of all components of the given trigger step.  This has
-** the effect of copying all Expr.token.z values into memory obtained
-** from sqlite3_malloc().  As initially created, the Expr.token.z values
-** all point to the input string that was fed to the parser.  But that
-** string is ephemeral - it will go away as soon as the sqlite3_exec()
-** call that started the parser exits.  This routine makes a persistent
-** copy of all the Expr.token.z strings so that the TriggerStep structure
-** will be valid even after the sqlite3_exec() call returns.
-*/
-static void sqlitePersistTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *p){
-  if( p->target.z ){
-    p->target.z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->target.z, p->target.n);
-    p->target.dyn = 1;
-  }
-  if( p->pSelect ){
-    Select *pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pSelect);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
-    p->pSelect = pNew;
-  }
-  if( p->pWhere ){
-    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere);
-    p->pWhere = pNew;
+  /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure
+  */
+  pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
+                           + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
+                           + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
+  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
+    /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+    return 0;
   }
-  if( p->pExprList ){
-    ExprList *pNew = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pExprList);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pExprList);
-    p->pExprList = pNew;
+
+  /* Initialize the structure.  The sqlite3_index_info structure contains
+  ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
+  ** changing them.  We have to do some funky casting in order to
+  ** initialize those fields.
+  */
+  pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
+  pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
+  pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
+  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
+  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
+  *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
+                                                                   pUsage;
+
+  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){
+    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
+    assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
+    if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
+    pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+    pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
+    pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator;
+    /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
+    ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
+    ** following asserts verify this fact. */
+    assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
+    assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
+    assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
+    assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
+    assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
+    assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
+    assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
+    j++;
   }
-  if( p->pIdList ){
-    IdList *pNew = sqlite3IdListDup(db, p->pIdList);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(p->pIdList);
-    p->pIdList = pNew;
+  for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr;
+    pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
+    pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
   }
+
+  return pIdxInfo;
 }
 
 /*
-** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
-** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
+** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function
+** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex()
+** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info pointer passed
+** as the argument.
 **
-** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
-** body of a TRIGGER.  
+** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a
+** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output
+** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated.
+**
+** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the
+** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates
+** that this is required.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
-  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
-    return 0;
+static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab;
+  int i;
+  int rc;
+
+  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(pParse->db);
+  WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName));
+  TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p);
+  rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p);
+  TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p);
+  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(pParse->db);
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
+    }
   }
+  sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
+  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
 
-  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
-  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
-  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
-  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
+  for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){
+    if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
+      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+          "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
+    }
+  }
 
-  return pTriggerStep;
+  return pParse->nErr;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
-** to the new trigger step.
+** Compute the best index for a virtual table.
 **
-** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
-** body of a trigger.
+** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual
+** table module.  This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up
+** the sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with
+** xBestIndex.
+**
+** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the
+** same virtual table.  The sqlite3_index_info structure is created
+** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent
+** invocations.  The sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when
+** code is generated to access the virtual table.  The whereInfoDelete() 
+** routine takes care of freeing the sqlite3_index_info structure after
+** everybody has finished with it.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* The database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
-  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
-  ExprList *pEList,   /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */
-  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
-  int orconf          /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
+static void bestVirtualIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,                  /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,               /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,      /* The FROM clause term to search */
+  Bitmask notReady,               /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,             /* The order by clause */
+  WhereCost *pCost,               /* Lowest cost query plan */
+  sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo  /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */
 ){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
+  Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab;
+  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;
+  int i, j;
+  int nOrderBy;
 
-  assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0);
-  assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
+  /* Make sure wsFlags is initialized to some sane value. Otherwise, if the 
+  ** malloc in allocateIndexInfo() fails and this function returns leaving
+  ** wsFlags in an uninitialized state, the caller may behave unpredictably.
+  */
+  memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost));
+  pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
 
-  pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
-  if( pTriggerStep ){
-    pTriggerStep->op = TK_INSERT;
-    pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
-    pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
-    pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
-    pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
-    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
-    sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
+  /* If the sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously
+  ** allocated and initialized, then allocate and initialize it now.
+  */
+  pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo;
+  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
+    *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, pSrc, pOrderBy);
+  }
+  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
+    return;
   }
 
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
+  /* At this point, the sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points
+  ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or
+  ** during some prior invocation.  Now we just have to customize the
+  ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to
+  ** xBestIndex.
+  */
 
-/*
-** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
-** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
-** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* The database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
-  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
-  int orconf           /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
-  if( pTriggerStep==0 ){
-     sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
-     sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
-     return 0;
+  /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must
+  ** be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise
+  ** sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. 
+  */
+  assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] );
+  assert( sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab) );
+
+  /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all 
+  ** output variables to zero.
+  **
+  ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand
+  ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current
+  ** table.  In other words, if the constraint is of the form:
+  **
+  **           column = expr
+  **
+  ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is 
+  ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left
+  ** of the table containing column.
+  **
+  ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints
+  ** on the current table.  That way we only have to compute it once
+  ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times.
+  ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the
+  ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag
+  ** each time.
+  */
+  pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+  pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
+  for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
+    j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
+    pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
+    pIdxCons->usable = (pTerm->prereqRight¬Ready) ? 0 : 1;
+  }
+  memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
+  if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
+    sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
+  }
+  pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
+  /* ((double)2) In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / ((double)2);
+  nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy;
+  if( !pOrderBy ){
+    pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0;
   }
 
-  pTriggerStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
-  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
-  pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
-  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
-  pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
-  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
+  if( vtabBestIndex(pParse, pTab, pIdxInfo) ){
+    return;
+  }
 
-  return pTriggerStep;
+  pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
+  for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){
+    if( pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
+      pCost->used |= pWC->a[pIdxCons[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the
+  ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then the
+  ** (costestimatedCost ){
+    pCost->rCost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2));
+  }else{
+    pCost->rCost = pIdxInfo->estimatedCost;
+  }
+  pCost->plan.u.pVtabIdx = pIdxInfo;
+  if( pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ){
+    pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_ORDERBY;
+  }
+  pCost->plan.nEq = 0;
+  pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
+
+  /* Try to find a more efficient access pattern by using multiple indexes
+  ** to optimize an OR expression within the WHERE clause. 
+  */
+  bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost);
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
 /*
-** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
-** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
-** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,      /* The table from which rows are deleted */
-  Expr *pWhere            /* The WHERE clause */
+** Argument pIdx is a pointer to an index structure that has an array of
+** SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES evenly spaced samples of the first indexed column
+** stored in Index.aSample. The domain of values stored in said column
+** may be thought of as divided into (SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1) regions.
+** Region 0 contains all values smaller than the first sample value. Region
+** 1 contains values larger than or equal to the value of the first sample,
+** but smaller than the value of the second. And so on.
+**
+** If successful, this function determines which of the regions value 
+** pVal lies in, sets *piRegion to the region index (a value between 0
+** and SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1, inclusive) and returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Or, if an OOM occurs while converting text values between encodings,
+** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *piRegion is undefined.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+static int whereRangeRegion(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* Database connection */
+  Index *pIdx,                /* Index to consider domain of */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal,        /* Value to consider */
+  int *piRegion               /* OUT: Region of domain in which value lies */
 ){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
-  if( pTriggerStep==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
-    return 0;
-  }
+  if( ALWAYS(pVal) ){
+    IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
+    int i = 0;
+    int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal);
 
-  pTriggerStep->op = TK_DELETE;
-  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
-  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
-  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
-  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
+    if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){
+      double r = sqlite3_value_double(pVal);
+      for(i=0; i=SQLITE_TEXT || aSample[i].u.r>r ) break;
+      }
+    }else{ 
+      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+      CollSeq *pColl;
+      const u8 *z;
+      int n;
 
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
+      /* pVal comes from sqlite3ValueFromExpr() so the type cannot be NULL */
+      assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB );
 
-/* 
-** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
-  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
-  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pTrigger->step_list);
-  sqlite3_free(pTrigger->name);
-  sqlite3_free(pTrigger->table);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pTrigger->pWhen);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(pTrigger->pColumns);
-  if( pTrigger->nameToken.dyn ) sqlite3_free((char*)pTrigger->nameToken.z);
-  sqlite3_free(pTrigger);
+      if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+        z = (const u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(pVal);
+        pColl = db->pDfltColl;
+        assert( pColl->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
+      }else{
+        pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, *pIdx->azColl);
+        if( pColl==0 ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s",
+                          *pIdx->azColl);
+          return SQLITE_ERROR;
+        }
+        z = (const u8 *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, pColl->enc);
+        if( !z ){
+          return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        }
+        assert( z && pColl && pColl->xCmp );
+      }
+      n = sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, pColl->enc);
+
+      for(i=0; ienc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+          int nSample;
+          char *zSample = sqlite3Utf8to16(
+              db, pColl->enc, aSample[i].u.z, aSample[i].nByte, &nSample
+          );
+          if( !zSample ){
+            assert( db->mallocFailed );
+            return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          }
+          r = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, nSample, zSample, n, z);
+          sqlite3DbFree(db, zSample);
+        }else
+#endif
+        {
+          r = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, aSample[i].nByte, aSample[i].u.z, n, z);
+        }
+        if( r>0 ) break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    assert( i>=0 && i<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES );
+    *piRegion = i;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
+#endif   /* #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */
 
 /*
-** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
+** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited
+** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper
+** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper
+** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For
+** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a):
 **
-** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
-** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
-** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
-** instead of the trigger name.
-**/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
-  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
-  int i;
-  const char *zDb;
-  const char *zName;
-  int nName;
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
+**                    |_____|   |_____|
+**                       |         |
+**                     pLower    pUpper
+**
+** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in
+** place of the corresponding WhereTerm.
+**
+** The nEq parameter is passed the index of the index column subject to the
+** range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of equality constraints
+** optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, assuming index p is
+** on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is:
+**
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ...
+**
+** then nEq should be passed the value 1 (as the range restricted column,
+** b, is the second left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is:
+**
+**   ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ...
+**
+** then nEq should be passed 0.
+**
+** The returned value is an integer between 1 and 100, inclusive. A return
+** value of 1 indicates that the proposed range scan is expected to visit
+** approximately 1/100th (1%) of the rows selected by the nEq equality
+** constraints (if any). A return value of 100 indicates that it is expected
+** that the range scan will visit every row (100%) selected by the equality
+** constraints.
+**
+** In the absence of sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, each range inequality
+** reduces the search space by 2/3rds.  Hence a single constraint (x>?)
+** results in a return of 33 and a range constraint (x>? AND xaCol[] of the range-compared column */
+  WhereTerm *pLower,   /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */
+  WhereTerm *pUpper,   /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */
+  int *piEst           /* OUT: Return value */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
   sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  sqlite3_value *pLowerVal = 0;
+  sqlite3_value *pUpperVal = 0;
+
+  if( nEq==0 && p->aSample ){
+    int iEst;
+    int iLower = 0;
+    int iUpper = SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
+    u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[0].affinity;
+
+    if( pLower ){
+      Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight;
+      rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, aff, &pLowerVal);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pUpper ){
+      Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight;
+      rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, aff, &pUpperVal);
+    }
+
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pLowerVal==0 && pUpperVal==0) ){
+      sqlite3ValueFree(pLowerVal);
+      sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal);
+      goto range_est_fallback;
+    }else if( pLowerVal==0 ){
+      rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, &iUpper);
+      if( pLower ) iLower = iUpper/2;
+    }else if( pUpperVal==0 ){
+      rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, &iLower);
+      if( pUpper ) iUpper = (iLower + SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES + 1)/2;
+    }else{
+      rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, &iUpper);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, &iLower);
+      }
+    }
 
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
-  }
+    iEst = iUpper - iLower;
+    testcase( iEst==SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES );
+    assert( iEst<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES );
+    if( iEst<1 ){
+      iEst = 1;
+    }
 
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
-  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
-  nName = strlen(zName);
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
-    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
-    if( pTrigger ) break;
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pLowerVal);
+    sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal);
+    *piEst = (iEst * 100)/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
+    return rc;
   }
-  if( !pTrigger ){
-    if( !noErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
-    }
-    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
+range_est_fallback:
+#else
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(nEq);
+#endif
+  assert( pLower || pUpper );
+  if( pLower && pUpper ){
+    *piEst = 11;
+  }else{
+    *piEst = 33;
   }
-  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
-
-drop_trigger_cleanup:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
-** is set on.
-*/
-static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
-  int n = strlen(pTrigger->table) + 1;
-  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
+  return rc;
 }
 
 
 /*
-** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
+** Find the query plan for accessing a particular table.  Write the
+** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the
+** last parameter.
+**
+** The lowest cost plan wins.  The cost is an estimate of the amount of
+** CPU and disk I/O need to process the request using the selected plan.
+** Factors that influence cost include:
+**
+**    *  The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved.  (The
+**       fewer the better.)
+**
+**    *  Whether or not sorting must occur.
+**
+**    *  Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the
+**       index and in the main table.
+**
+** If there was an INDEXED BY clause (pSrc->pIndex) attached to the table in
+** the SQL statement, then this function only considers plans using the 
+** named index. If no such plan is found, then the returned cost is
+** SQLITE_BIG_DBL. If a plan is found that uses the named index, 
+** then the cost is calculated in the usual way.
+**
+** If a NOT INDEXED clause (pSrc->notIndexed!=0) was attached to the table 
+** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the 
+** selected plan may still take advantage of the tables built-in rowid
+** index.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
-  Table   *pTable;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
+static void bestBtreeIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
+  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  WhereCost *pCost            /* Lowest cost query plan */
+){
+  int iCur = pSrc->iCursor;   /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
+  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
+  Index *pIdx;                /* Copy of pProbe, or zero for IPK index */
+  int eqTermMask;             /* Current mask of valid equality operators */
+  int idxEqTermMask;          /* Index mask of valid equality operators */
+  Index sPk;                  /* A fake index object for the primary key */
+  unsigned int aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowEst[] value for the sPk index */
+  int aiColumnPk = -1;        /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */
+  int wsFlagMask;             /* Allowed flags in pCost->plan.wsFlag */
+
+  /* Initialize the cost to a worst-case value */
+  memset(pCost, 0, sizeof(*pCost));
+  pCost->rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
 
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
-  pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
-  assert( pTable );
-  assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->name, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
-      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
-      return;
+  /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not
+  ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table.  This is
+  ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match -
+  ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover.  Ticket #2177.
+  */
+  if( pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT ){
+    idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
+  }else{
+    idxEqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL;
+  }
+
+  if( pSrc->pIndex ){
+    /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */
+    pIdx = pProbe = pSrc->pIndex;
+    wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE);
+    eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask;
+  }else{
+    /* There is no INDEXED BY clause.  Create a fake Index object to
+    ** represent the primary key */
+    Index *pFirst;                /* Any other index on the table */
+    memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index));
+    sPk.nColumn = 1;
+    sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk;
+    sPk.aiRowEst = aiRowEstPk;
+    aiRowEstPk[1] = 1;
+    sPk.onError = OE_Replace;
+    sPk.pTable = pSrc->pTab;
+    pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
+    if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){
+      sPk.pNext = pFirst;
+    }
+    /* The aiRowEstPk[0] is an estimate of the total number of rows in the
+    ** table.  Get this information from the ANALYZE information if it is
+    ** available.  If not available, assume the table 1 million rows in size.
+    */
+    if( pFirst ){
+      assert( pFirst->aiRowEst!=0 ); /* Allocated together with pFirst */
+      aiRowEstPk[0] = pFirst->aiRowEst[0];
+    }else{
+      aiRowEstPk[0] = 1000000;
     }
+    pProbe = &sPk;
+    wsFlagMask = ~(
+        WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE
+    );
+    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
+    pIdx = 0;
   }
-#endif
 
-  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
+  /* Loop over all indices looking for the best one to use
   */
-  assert( pTable!=0 );
-  if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
-    int base;
-    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
-      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
-      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 1 */
-      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        2},
-      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
-      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 4: "trigger" */
-      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        2},
-      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
-      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
-      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
-    };
+  for(; pProbe; pIdx=pProbe=pProbe->pNext){
+    const unsigned int * const aiRowEst = pProbe->aiRowEst;
+    double cost;                /* Cost of using pProbe */
+    double nRow;                /* Estimated number of rows in result set */
+    int rev;                    /* True to scan in reverse order */
+    int wsFlags = 0;
+    Bitmask used = 0;
 
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
-    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->name, 0);
-  }
-}
+    /* The following variables are populated based on the properties of
+    ** scan being evaluated. They are then used to determine the expected
+    ** cost and number of rows returned.
+    **
+    **  nEq: 
+    **    Number of equality terms that can be implemented using the index.
+    **
+    **  nInMul:  
+    **    The "in-multiplier". This is an estimate of how many seek operations 
+    **    SQLite must perform on the index in question. For example, if the 
+    **    WHERE clause is:
+    **
+    **      WHERE a IN (1, 2, 3) AND b IN (4, 5, 6)
+    **
+    **    SQLite must perform 9 lookups on an index on (a, b), so nInMul is 
+    **    set to 9. Given the same schema and either of the following WHERE 
+    **    clauses:
+    **
+    **      WHERE a =  1
+    **      WHERE a >= 2
+    **
+    **    nInMul is set to 1.
+    **
+    **    If there exists a WHERE term of the form "x IN (SELECT ...)", then 
+    **    the sub-select is assumed to return 25 rows for the purposes of 
+    **    determining nInMul.
+    **
+    **  bInEst:  
+    **    Set to true if there was at least one "x IN (SELECT ...)" term used 
+    **    in determining the value of nInMul.
+    **
+    **  nBound:
+    **    An estimate on the amount of the table that must be searched.  A
+    **    value of 100 means the entire table is searched.  Range constraints
+    **    might reduce this to a value less than 100 to indicate that only
+    **    a fraction of the table needs searching.  In the absence of
+    **    sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, a single inequality reduces the search
+    **    space to 1/3rd its original size.  So an x>? constraint reduces
+    **    nBound to 33.  Two constraints (x>? AND xnColumn; nEq++){
+      WhereTerm *pTerm;           /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
+      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pIdx);
+      if( pTerm==0 ) break;
+      wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_EQ);
+      if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
+        Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
+        wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
+        if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+          nInMul *= 25;
+          bInEst = 1;
+        }else if( pExpr->x.pList ){
+          nInMul *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr + 1;
+        }
+      }else if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ){
+        wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
+      }
+      used |= pTerm->prereqRight;
+    }
 
-/*
-** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
-  Trigger *pTrigger;
-  int nName = strlen(zName);
-  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
-                               zName, nName, 0);
-  if( pTrigger ){
-    Table *pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
-    assert( pTable!=0 );
-    if( pTable->pTrigger == pTrigger ){
-      pTable->pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
-    }else{
-      Trigger *cc = pTable->pTrigger;
-      while( cc ){ 
-        if( cc->pNext == pTrigger ){
-          cc->pNext = cc->pNext->pNext;
-          break;
+    /* Determine the value of nBound. */
+    if( nEqnColumn ){
+      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
+      if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx) ){
+        WhereTerm *pTop = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pIdx);
+        WhereTerm *pBtm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx);
+        whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pProbe, nEq, pBtm, pTop, &nBound);
+        if( pTop ){
+          wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
+          used |= pTop->prereqRight;
+        }
+        if( pBtm ){
+          wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
+          used |= pBtm->prereqRight;
+        }
+        wsFlags |= (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE);
+      }
+    }else if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None ){
+      testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN );
+      testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL );
+      if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0 ){
+        wsFlags |= WHERE_UNIQUE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and the index being considered will
+    ** naturally scan rows in the required order, set the appropriate flags
+    ** in wsFlags. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause but the index
+    ** will scan rows in a different order, set the bSort variable.  */
+    if( pOrderBy ){
+      if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0
+        && isSortingIndex(pParse,pWC->pMaskSet,pProbe,iCur,pOrderBy,nEq,&rev)
+      ){
+        wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ORDERBY;
+        wsFlags |= (rev ? WHERE_REVERSE : 0);
+      }else{
+        bSort = 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* If currently calculating the cost of using an index (not the IPK
+    ** index), determine if all required column data may be obtained without 
+    ** seeking to entries in the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering
+    ** index for this query). If it is, set the WHERE_IDX_ONLY flag in
+    ** wsFlags. Otherwise, set the bLookup variable to true.  */
+    if( pIdx && wsFlags ){
+      Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed;
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){
+        int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
+        if( xpNext;
       }
-      assert(cc);
+      if( m==0 ){
+        wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+      }else{
+        bLookup = 1;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /**** Begin adding up the cost of using this index (Needs improvements)
+    **
+    ** Estimate the number of rows of output.  For an IN operator,
+    ** do not let the estimate exceed half the rows in the table.
+    */
+    nRow = (double)(aiRowEst[nEq] * nInMul);
+    if( bInEst && nRow*2>aiRowEst[0] ){
+      nRow = aiRowEst[0]/2;
+      nInMul = (int)(nRow / aiRowEst[nEq]);
+    }
+
+    /* Assume constant cost to access a row and logarithmic cost to
+    ** do a binary search.  Hence, the initial cost is the number of output
+    ** rows plus log2(table-size) times the number of binary searches.
+    */
+    cost = nRow + nInMul*estLog(aiRowEst[0]);
+
+    /* Adjust the number of rows and the cost downward to reflect rows
+    ** that are excluded by range constraints.
+    */
+    nRow = (nRow * (double)nBound) / (double)100;
+    cost = (cost * (double)nBound) / (double)100;
+
+    /* Add in the estimated cost of sorting the result
+    */
+    if( bSort ){
+      cost += cost*estLog(cost);
     }
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  }
+
+    /* If all information can be taken directly from the index, we avoid
+    ** doing table lookups.  This reduces the cost by half.  (Not really -
+    ** this needs to be fixed.)
+    */
+    if( pIdx && bLookup==0 ){
+      cost /= (double)2;
+    }
+    /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/
+
+    WHERETRACE((
+      "tbl=%s idx=%s nEq=%d nInMul=%d nBound=%d bSort=%d bLookup=%d"
+      " wsFlags=%d   (nRow=%.2f cost=%.2f)\n",
+      pSrc->pTab->zName, (pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "ipk"), 
+      nEq, nInMul, nBound, bSort, bLookup, wsFlags, nRow, cost
+    ));
+
+    /* If this index is the best we have seen so far, then record this
+    ** index and its cost in the pCost structure.
+    */
+    if( (!pIdx || wsFlags) && costrCost ){
+      pCost->rCost = cost;
+      pCost->nRow = nRow;
+      pCost->used = used;
+      pCost->plan.wsFlags = (wsFlags&wsFlagMask);
+      pCost->plan.nEq = nEq;
+      pCost->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx;
+    }
+
+    /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is
+    ** considered. */
+    if( pSrc->pIndex ) break;
+
+    /* Reset masks for the next index in the loop */
+    wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE);
+    eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask;
+  }
+
+  /* If there is no ORDER BY clause and the SQLITE_ReverseOrder flag
+  ** is set, then reverse the order that the index will be scanned
+  ** in. This is used for application testing, to help find cases
+  ** where application behaviour depends on the (undefined) order that
+  ** SQLite outputs rows in in the absence of an ORDER BY clause.  */
+  if( !pOrderBy && pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder ){
+    pCost->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
+  }
+
+  assert( pOrderBy || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)==0 );
+  assert( pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 || (pCost->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ)==0 );
+  assert( pSrc->pIndex==0 
+       || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==0 
+       || pCost->plan.u.pIdx==pSrc->pIndex 
+  );
+
+  WHERETRACE(("best index is: %s\n", 
+    (pCost->plan.u.pIdx ? pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "ipk")
+  ));
+  
+  bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost);
+  pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask;
 }
 
 /*
-** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
-** in pEList is of the format =.  If any of the entries
-** in pEList have an  which matches an identifier in pIdList,
-** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
-** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
-** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
-** if there is no match.
+** Find the query plan for accessing table pSrc->pTab. Write the
+** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied 
+** as the last parameter. This function may calculate the cost of
+** both real and virtual table scans.
 */
-static int checkColumnOverLap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
-  int e;
-  if( !pIdList || !pEList ) return 1;
-  for(e=0; enExpr; e++){
-    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
+static void bestIndex(
+  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
+  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
+  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  WhereCost *pCost            /* Lowest cost query plan */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  if( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ){
+    sqlite3_index_info *p = 0;
+    bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost, &p);
+    if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ){
+      sqlite3_free(p->idxStr);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p);
+  }else
+#endif
+  {
+    bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost);
   }
-  return 0; 
 }
 
 /*
-** Return a bit vector to indicate what kind of triggers exist for operation
-** "op" on table pTab.  If pChanges is not NULL then it is a list of columns
-** that are being updated.  Triggers only match if the ON clause of the
-** trigger definition overlaps the set of columns being updated.
+** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
+** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
+** or USING clause of that join.
+**
+** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
+**
+**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
+**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+**
+** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
+** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
+** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
 **
-** The returned bit vector is some combination of TRIGGER_BEFORE and
-** TRIGGER_AFTER.
+** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
+** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  When terms are satisfied
+** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
+** loop.  We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
+** but joins might run a little slower.  The trick is to disable as much
+** as we can without disabling too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get
+** the wrong answer.  See ticket #813.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TriggersExist(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Used to check for recursive triggers */
-  Table *pTab,            /* The table the contains the triggers */
-  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
-  ExprList *pChanges      /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
-){
-  Trigger *pTrigger;
-  int mask = 0;
-
-  pTrigger = IsVirtual(pTab) ? 0 : pTab->pTrigger;
-  while( pTrigger ){
-    if( pTrigger->op==op && checkColumnOverLap(pTrigger->pColumns, pChanges) ){
-      mask |= pTrigger->tr_tm;
+static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
+  if( pTerm
+      && ALWAYS((pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0)
+      && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
+  ){
+    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+    if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){
+      WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
+      if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){
+        disableTerm(pLevel, pOther);
+      }
     }
-    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
   }
-  return mask;
 }
 
 /*
-** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
-** to that SrcList.
+** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff
+** to the n registers starting at base. 
 **
-** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
-** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
-** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
-** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
-** wants.
+** Buffer zAff was allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the 
+** responsibility of this function to arrange for it to be eventually
+** freed using sqlite3DbFree().
 */
-static SrcList *targetSrcList(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
-){
-  Token sDb;           /* Dummy database name token */
-  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
-  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
-  if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
-    assert( iDbdb->nDb );
-    sDb.z = (u8*)pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    sDb.n = strlen((char*)sDb.z);
-    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &sDb, &pStep->target);
-  } else {
-    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
-  }
-  return pSrc;
+static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  assert( v!=0 );
+  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
+  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_DYNAMIC);
+  sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Generate VDBE code for zero or more statements inside the body of a
-** trigger.  
+** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
+** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...).   pTerm is the term to be 
+** coded.
+**
+** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg.
+**
+** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its
+** result is left on the stack.  For constraints of the form X IN (...)
+** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
 */
-static int codeTriggerProgram(
-  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
-  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
-  int orconfin              /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
+static int codeEqualityTerm(
+  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm,   /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel, /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */
+  int iTarget         /* Attempt to leave results in this register */
 ){
-  TriggerStep * pTriggerStep = pStepList;
-  int orconf;
+  Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
   Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+  int iReg;                  /* Register holding results */
 
-  assert( pTriggerStep!=0 );
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
-  VdbeComment((v, "begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
-  while( pTriggerStep ){
-    orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin;
-    pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf;
-    switch( pTriggerStep->op ){
-      case TK_SELECT: {
-        Select *ss = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep->pSelect);
-        if( ss ){
-          SelectDest dest;
-
-          sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Discard, 0);
-          sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, ss, 0);
-          sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, &dest, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-          sqlite3SelectDelete(ss);
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_UPDATE: {
-        SrcList *pSrc;
-        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
-        sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc,
-                sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
-                sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep->pWhere), orconf);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_INSERT: {
-        SrcList *pSrc;
-        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
-        sqlite3Insert(pParse, pSrc,
-          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
-          sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep->pSelect), 
-          sqlite3IdListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pIdList), orconf);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_DELETE: {
-        SrcList *pSrc;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
-        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
-        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, pSrc, 
-                          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep->pWhere));
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
-        break;
+  assert( iTarget>0 );
+  if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){
+    iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget);
+  }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
+    iReg = iTarget;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+  }else{
+    int eType;
+    int iTab;
+    struct InLoop *pIn;
+
+    assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
+    iReg = iTarget;
+    eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0);
+    iTab = pX->iTable;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
+    assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE );
+    if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){
+      pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+    }
+    pLevel->u.in.nIn++;
+    pLevel->u.in.aInLoop =
+       sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop,
+                              sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn);
+    pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop;
+    if( pIn ){
+      pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1;
+      pIn->iCur = iTab;
+      if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
+        pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg);
+      }else{
+        pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg);
       }
-      default:
-        assert(0);
-    } 
-    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg);
+    }else{
+      pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0;
+    }
+#endif
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
-  VdbeComment((v, "end trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
-
-  return 0;
+  disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+  return iReg;
 }
 
 /*
-** This is called to code FOR EACH ROW triggers.
+** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
+** index.  The values for all constraints are left on the stack.
 **
-** When the code that this function generates is executed, the following 
-** must be true:
+** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
+** Suppose the WHERE clause is this:  a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
+** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
+** example, the third "c" value is an inequality.  So only two 
+** constraints are coded.  This routine will generate code to evaluate
+** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3).  The current values for a and b will be stored
+** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned.
 **
-** 1. No cursors may be open in the main database.  (But newIdx and oldIdx
-**    can be indices of cursors in temporary tables.  See below.)
+** In the example above nEq==2.  But this subroutine works for any value
+** of nEq including 0.  If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
+** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell.
 **
-** 2. If the triggers being coded are ON INSERT or ON UPDATE triggers, then
-**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index newIdx) must be open and pointing at
-**    a row containing values to be substituted for new.* expressions in the
-**    trigger program(s).
+** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and returns
+** the index of that memory cell. The code that
+** calls this routine will use that memory cell to store the termination
+** key value of the loop.  If one or more IN operators appear, then
+** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
+** use.
 **
-** 3. If the triggers being coded are ON DELETE or ON UPDATE triggers, then
-**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index oldIdx) must be open and pointing at
-**    a row containing values to be substituted for old.* expressions in the
-**    trigger program(s).
+** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a
+** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using
+** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated
+** with equality constraints that use NONE affinity are set to
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. This is to deal with SQL such as the following:
 **
-** If they are not NULL, the piOldColMask and piNewColMask output variables
-** are set to values that describe the columns used by the trigger program
-** in the OLD.* and NEW.* tables respectively. If column N of the 
-** pseudo-table is read at least once, the corresponding bit of the output
-** mask is set. If a column with an index greater than 32 is read, the
-** output mask is set to the special value 0xffffffff.
+**   CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b);
+**   SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b;
 **
+** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since
+** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has NONE affinity,
+** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of
+** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity
+** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_NONE.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
-  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
-  int tr_tm,           /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
-  int newIdx,          /* The indice of the "new" row to access */
-  int oldIdx,          /* The indice of the "old" row to access */
-  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
-  int ignoreJump,      /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
-  u32 *piOldColMask,   /* OUT: Mask of columns used from the OLD.* table */
-  u32 *piNewColMask    /* OUT: Mask of columns used from the NEW.* table */
+static int codeAllEqualityTerms(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel,   /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
+  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause */
+  Bitmask notReady,     /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */
+  int nExtraReg,        /* Number of extra registers to allocate */
+  char **pzAff          /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */
 ){
-  Trigger *p;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  TriggerStack trigStackEntry;
-
-  trigStackEntry.oldColMask = 0;
-  trigStackEntry.newColMask = 0;
+  int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq;   /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The vm under construction */
+  Index *pIdx;                  /* The index being used for this loop */
+  int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur;   /* The cursor of the table */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single constraint term */
+  int j;                        /* Loop counter */
+  int regBase;                  /* Base register */
+  int nReg;                     /* Number of registers to allocate */
+  char *zAff;                   /* Affinity string to return */
 
-  assert(op == TK_UPDATE || op == TK_INSERT || op == TK_DELETE);
-  assert(tr_tm == TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm == TRIGGER_AFTER );
+  /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */
+  assert( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
+  pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
 
-  assert(newIdx != -1 || oldIdx != -1);
+  /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
+  */
+  regBase = pParse->nMem + 1;
+  nReg = pLevel->plan.nEq + nExtraReg;
+  pParse->nMem += nReg;
 
-  for(p=pTab->pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
-    int fire_this = 0;
+  zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx));
+  if( !zAff ){
+    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+  }
 
-    /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
-    if( 
-      p->op==op && 
-      p->tr_tm==tr_tm && 
-      (p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema || p->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema) &&
-      (op!=TK_UPDATE||!p->pColumns||checkColumnOverLap(p->pColumns,pChanges))
-    ){
-      TriggerStack *pS;      /* Pointer to trigger-stack entry */
-      for(pS=pParse->trigStack; pS && p!=pS->pTrigger; pS=pS->pNext){}
-      if( !pS ){
-        fire_this = 1;
-      }
-#if 0    /* Give no warning for recursive triggers.  Just do not do them */
-      else{
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive triggers not supported (%s)",
-            p->name);
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  /* Evaluate the equality constraints
+  */
+  assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq );
+  for(j=0; jaiColumn[j];
+    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->plan.wsFlags, pIdx);
+    if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) break;
+    assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 );
+    r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j);
+    if( r1!=regBase+j ){
+      if( nReg==1 ){
+        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase);
+        regBase = r1;
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
       }
-#endif
     }
- 
-    if( fire_this ){
-      int endTrigger;
-      Expr * whenExpr;
-      AuthContext sContext;
-      NameContext sNC;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Trace, 0, 0, 0,
-                        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", p->name),
-                        P4_DYNAMIC);
-#endif
-      memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-      sNC.pParse = pParse;
-
-      /* Push an entry on to the trigger stack */
-      trigStackEntry.pTrigger = p;
-      trigStackEntry.newIdx = newIdx;
-      trigStackEntry.oldIdx = oldIdx;
-      trigStackEntry.pTab = pTab;
-      trigStackEntry.pNext = pParse->trigStack;
-      trigStackEntry.ignoreJump = ignoreJump;
-      pParse->trigStack = &trigStackEntry;
-      sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, p->name);
-
-      /* code the WHEN clause */
-      endTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse->pVdbe);
-      whenExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhen);
-      if( db->mallocFailed || sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, whenExpr) ){
-        pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
-        sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);
-        return 1;
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
+    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
+    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
+      if( zAff 
+       && sqlite3CompareAffinity(pTerm->pExpr->pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+      ){
+        zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
       }
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, whenExpr, endTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);
-
-      codeTriggerProgram(pParse, p->step_list, orconf); 
-
-      /* Pop the entry off the trigger stack */
-      pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
-      sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
-
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, endTrigger);
     }
   }
-  if( piOldColMask ) *piOldColMask |= trigStackEntry.oldColMask;
-  if( piNewColMask ) *piNewColMask |= trigStackEntry.newColMask;
-  return 0;
+  *pzAff = zAff;
+  return regBase;
 }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
 
-/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/
 /*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle UPDATE statements.
-**
-** $Id: update.c,v 1.178 2008/04/28 18:46:43 drh Exp $
+** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
+** implementation described by pWInfo.
 */
+static Bitmask codeOneLoopStart(
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo,   /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */
+  int iLevel,          /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */
+  u16 wctrlFlags,      /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
+  Bitmask notReady     /* Which tables are currently available */
+){
+  int j, k;            /* Loop counters */
+  int iCur;            /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
+  int addrNxt;         /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
+  int omitTable;       /* True if we use the index only */
+  int bRev;            /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;  /* The where level to be coded */
+  WhereClause *pWC;    /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */
+  WhereTerm *pTerm;               /* A WHERE clause term */
+  Parse *pParse;                  /* Parsing context */
+  Vdbe *v;                        /* The prepared stmt under constructions */
+  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* FROM clause term being coded */
+  int addrBrk;                    /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
+  int addrCont;                   /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */
+  int iRowidReg = 0;        /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */
+  int iReleaseReg = 0;      /* Temp register to free before returning */
+
+  pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  pWC = pWInfo->pWC;
+  pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel];
+  pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+  iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+  bRev = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0;
+  omitTable = (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 
+           && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0;
+
+  /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
+  ** for the current loop.  Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop.
+  ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
+  ** loop.
+  **
+  ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that
+  ** means to continue with the next IN value combination.  When
+  ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label
+  ** is the same as "addrBrk".
+  */
+  addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+
+  /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
+  ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
+  ** row of the left table of the join.
+  */
+  if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
+    pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+    VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
+  }
 
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Forward declaration */
-static void updateVirtualTable(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
-  Expr *pRowidExpr,    /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
-  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
-  Expr *pWhere         /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
-);
+  if(  (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+    /* Case 0:  The table is a virtual-table.  Use the VFilter and VNext
+    **          to access the data.
+    */
+    int iReg;   /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
+    sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx;
+    int nConstraint = pVtabIdx->nConstraint;
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage =
+                                                pVtabIdx->aConstraintUsage;
+    const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint =
+                                                pVtabIdx->aConstraint;
+
+    iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
+    for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){
+      for(k=0; ka[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1);
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( k==nConstraint ) break;
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pVtabIdx->idxNum, iReg);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrBrk, iReg, pVtabIdx->idxStr,
+                      pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
+    pVtabIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
+    for(j=0; ja[iTerm]);
+      }
+    }
+    pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
+    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
+  }else
 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-/*
-** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
-** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the 
-** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
-**
-** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the 
-** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
-** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
-** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
-** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
-** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
-** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
-** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
-**
-** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have 
-** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
-** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated 
-** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
-** into the sqlite_master table.)
-**
-** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
-** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
-** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
-** sqlite3_value objects.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i){
-  if( pTab && !pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3_value *pValue;
-    u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
-    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
-    assert( inCol );
-    sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, 
-                         pCol->affinity, &pValue);
-    if( pValue ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM);
+  if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
+    /* Case 1:  We can directly reference a single row using an
+    **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
+    **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
+    **          construct.
+    */
+    iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
+    assert( pTerm!=0 );
+    assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
+    assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur );
+    assert( omitTable==0 );
+    iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, iReleaseReg);
+    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg);
+    sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+    VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+    pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+  }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){
+    /* Case 2:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
+    */
+    int testOp = OP_Noop;
+    int start;
+    int memEndValue = 0;
+    WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
+
+    assert( omitTable==0 );
+    pStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
+    pEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0);
+    if( bRev ){
+      pTerm = pStart;
+      pStart = pEnd;
+      pEnd = pTerm;
+    }
+    if( pStart ){
+      Expr *pX;             /* The expression that defines the start bound */
+      int r1, rTemp;        /* Registers for holding the start boundary */
+
+      /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding 
+      ** seek opcodes.  It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx
+      */
+      const u8 aMoveOp[] = {
+           /* TK_GT */  OP_SeekGt,
+           /* TK_LE */  OP_SeekLe,
+           /* TK_LT */  OP_SeekLt,
+           /* TK_GE */  OP_SeekGe
+      };
+      assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 );      /* Make sure the ordering.. */
+      assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );      /*  ... of the TK_xx values... */
+      assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 );      /*  ... is correcct. */
+
+      pX = pStart->pExpr;
+      assert( pX!=0 );
+      assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur );
+      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1);
+      VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
+      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1);
+      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp);
+      disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk);
+    }
+    if( pEnd ){
+      Expr *pX;
+      pX = pEnd->pExpr;
+      assert( pX!=0 );
+      assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur );
+      memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue);
+      if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
+        testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
+      }else{
+        testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
+      }
+      disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
+    }
+    start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+    pLevel->p2 = start;
+    pLevel->p5 = (pStart==0 && pEnd==0) ?1:0;
+    if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
+      iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    }
+  }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){
+    /* Case 3: A scan using an index.
+    **
+    **         The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality 
+    **         terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
+    **         left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
+    **         inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
+    **         column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only 
+    **         the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
+    **         use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the 
+    **         index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all 
+    **         optimized:
+    **
+    **            x=5
+    **            x=5 AND y=10
+    **            x=5 AND y<10
+    **            x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
+    **            x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
+    **
+    **         The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
+    **         the x=5 term:
+    **
+    **            x=5 AND z<10
+    **
+    **         N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
+    **         If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
+    **         least one.
+    **
+    **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
+    **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
+    **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
+    */  
+    int aStartOp[] = {
+      0,
+      0,
+      OP_Rewind,           /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq &&  !bRev) */
+      OP_Last,             /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq &&   bRev) */
+      OP_SeekGt,           /* 4: (start_constraints  && !startEq && !bRev) */
+      OP_SeekLt,           /* 5: (start_constraints  && !startEq &&  bRev) */
+      OP_SeekGe,           /* 6: (start_constraints  &&  startEq && !bRev) */
+      OP_SeekLe            /* 7: (start_constraints  &&  startEq &&  bRev) */
+    };
+    int aEndOp[] = {
+      OP_Noop,             /* 0: (!end_constraints) */
+      OP_IdxGE,            /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */
+      OP_IdxLT             /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */
+    };
+    int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq;
+    int isMinQuery = 0;          /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */
+    int regBase;                 /* Base register holding constraint values */
+    int r1;                      /* Temp register */
+    WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0;  /* Inequality constraint at range start */
+    WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0;    /* Inequality constraint at range end */
+    int startEq;                 /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
+    int endEq;                   /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
+    int start_constraints;       /* Start of range is constrained */
+    int nConstraint;             /* Number of constraint terms */
+    Index *pIdx;         /* The index we will be using */
+    int iIdxCur;         /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
+    int nExtraReg = 0;   /* Number of extra registers needed */
+    int op;              /* Instruction opcode */
+    char *zAff;
+
+    pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
+    iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+    k = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq];     /* Column for inequality constraints */
+
+    /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that 
+    ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." 
+    ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
+    ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
+    ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
+    ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
+    ** this requires some special handling.
+    */
+    if( (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
+     && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY)
+     && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq)
+    ){
+      /* assert( pOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); */
+      /* assert( pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq] ); */
+      isMinQuery = 1;
+      nExtraReg = 1;
     }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Process an UPDATE statement.
-**
-**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
-**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
-*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
-  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
-  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
-  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
-){
-  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
-  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
-  int addr = 0;          /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
-  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
-  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
-  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
-  int *aRegIdx = 0;      /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */
-  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
-                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
-                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
-  int chngRowid;         /* True if the record number is being changed */
-  Expr *pRowidExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
-  int openAll = 0;       /* True if all indices need to be opened */
-  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
-  NameContext sNC;       /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
-  int iDb;               /* Database containing the table being updated */
-  int j1;                /* Addresses of jump instructions */
-  int okOnePass;         /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;                  /* Trying to update a view */
-  int triggers_exist = 0;      /* True if any row triggers exist */
-#endif
-  int iBeginAfterTrigger;      /* Address of after trigger program */
-  int iEndAfterTrigger;        /* Exit of after trigger program */
-  int iBeginBeforeTrigger;     /* Address of before trigger program */
-  int iEndBeforeTrigger;       /* Exit of before trigger program */
-  u32 old_col_mask = 0;        /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
-  u32 new_col_mask = 0;        /* Mask of NEW.* columns in use */
 
-  int newIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "new" temp table       */
-  int oldIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "old" temp table       */
+    /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end 
+    ** of the range. 
+    */
+    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+      pRangeEnd = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx);
+      nExtraReg = 1;
+    }
+    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+      pRangeStart = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx);
+      nExtraReg = 1;
+    }
 
-  /* Register Allocations */
-  int regRowCount = 0;   /* A count of rows changed */
-  int regOldRowid;       /* The old rowid */
-  int regNewRowid;       /* The new rowid */
-  int regData;           /* New data for the row */
+    /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
+    ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
+    ** starting at regBase.
+    */
+    regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(
+        pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg, &zAff
+    );
+    addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
 
-  sContext.pParse = 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
+    /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
+    ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the 
+    ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
+    */
+    if( bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){
+      SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
+    }
+
+    testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE );
+    testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE );
+    testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE );
+    testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE );
+    startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+    endEq =   !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
+    start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
+
+    /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
+    nConstraint = nEq;
+    if( pRangeStart ){
+      Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight;
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+      if( zAff 
+       && sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[nConstraint])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+      ){
+        /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions applied
+        ** to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to 
+        ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE.  */
+        zAff[nConstraint] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+      }
+      nConstraint++;
+    }else if( isMinQuery ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
+      nConstraint++;
+      startEq = 0;
+      start_constraints = 1;
+    }
+    codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, zAff);
+    op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
+    assert( op!=0 );
+    testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
+    testcase( op==OP_Last );
+    testcase( op==OP_SeekGt );
+    testcase( op==OP_SeekGe );
+    testcase( op==OP_SeekLe );
+    testcase( op==OP_SeekLt );
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, 
+                      SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);
+
+    /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
+    ** range (if any).
+    */
+    nConstraint = nEq;
+    if( pRangeEnd ){
+      Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight;
+      sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq);
+      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+      zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, zAff);
+      if( zAff 
+       && sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[nConstraint])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE
+      ){
+        /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions applied
+        ** to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to 
+        ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE.  */
+        zAff[nConstraint] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+      }
+      codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, zAff);
+      nConstraint++;
+    }
 
-  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
-  */
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
+    /* Top of the loop body */
+    pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
 
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** updated is a view
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define triggers_exist 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
+    /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
+    op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)];
+    testcase( op==OP_Noop );
+    testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );
+    testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );
+    if( op!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase,
+                        SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev ?1:0);
+    }
 
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-  aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
-  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
+    /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value
+    ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL.
+    ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop.
+    */
+    r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+    testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT );
+    testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT );
+    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, addrCont);
+    }
+    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
 
-  /* If there are FOR EACH ROW triggers, allocate cursors for the
-  ** special OLD and NEW tables
-  */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-  }
+    /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
+    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
+    disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
+    if( !omitTable ){
+      iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Seek, iCur, iRowidReg);  /* Deferred seek */
+    }
 
-  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
-  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
-  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
-  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
-  */
-  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    pParse->nTab++;
-  }
+    /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable 
+    ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
+    */
+    pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+    pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
+  }else
 
-  /* Initialize the name-context */
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+  if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+    /* Case 4:  Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR
+    **
+    ** Example:
+    **
+    **   CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b);
+    **   CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c);
+    **
+    **   SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13)
+    **
+    ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR.
+    ** The top of the loop looks like this:
+    **
+    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
+    **
+    ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to
+    ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted
+    ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the
+    ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd().
+    **
+    **        sqlite3WhereBegin()
+    **          RowSetTest                  # Insert rowid into rowset
+    **          Gosub      2 A
+    **        sqlite3WhereEnd()
+    **
+    ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target
+    ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto.
+    **
+    **          Null       1                # Zero the rowset in reg 1
+    **          Goto       B                # The loop is finished.
+    **
+    **       A:                  # Return data, whatever.
+    **
+    **          Return     2                # Jump back to the Gosub
+    **
+    **       B: 
+    **
+    */
+    WhereClause *pOrWc;    /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
+    WhereTerm *pFinal;     /* Final subterm within the OR-clause. */
+    SrcList oneTab;        /* Shortened table list */
+
+    int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem;           /* Register used with OP_Gosub */
+    int regRowset = 0;                        /* Register for RowSet object */
+    int regRowid = 0;                         /* Register holding rowid */
+    int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);  /* Start of loop body */
+    int iRetInit;                             /* Address of regReturn init */
+    int ii;
+   
+    pTerm = pLevel->plan.u.pTerm;
+    assert( pTerm!=0 );
+    assert( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR );
+    assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
+    pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
+    pFinal = &pOrWc->a[pOrWc->nTerm-1];
+
+    /* Set up a SrcList containing just the table being scanned by this loop. */
+    oneTab.nSrc = 1;
+    oneTab.nAlloc = 1;
+    oneTab.a[0] = *pTabItem;
+
+    /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is 
+    ** equivalent to an empty rowset.
+    **
+    ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction 
+    ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This
+    ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps
+    ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the 
+    ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to 
+    ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if
+    ** called on an uninitialized cursor.
+    */
+    if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
+      regRowset = ++pParse->nMem;
+      regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset);
+    }
+    iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn);
+
+    for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){
+      WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii];
+      if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
+        WhereInfo *pSubWInfo;          /* Info for single OR-term scan */
+        /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
+        pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, &oneTab, pOrTerm->pExpr, 0,
+                        WHERE_OMIT_OPEN | WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE | WHERE_FORCE_TABLE);
+        if( pSubWInfo ){
+          if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
+            int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii);
+            int r;
+            r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTabItem->pTab, -1, iCur, 
+                                         regRowid, 0);
+            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset,
+                              sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2,
+                              r, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iSet), P4_INT32);
+          }
+          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody);
 
-  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
-  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
-  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
-  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
-  ** that column.
-  */
-  chngRowid = 0;
-  for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-    if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
-      goto update_cleanup;
-    }
-    for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
-          chngRowid = 1;
-          pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
+          /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
+          sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
         }
-        aXRef[j] = i;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
-      if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
-        chngRowid = 1;
-        pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
-        goto update_cleanup;
       }
     }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    {
-      int rc;
-      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
-                           pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-        goto update_cleanup;
-      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-        aXRef[j] = -1;
-      }
+    sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
+    /* sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); */
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk);
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody);
+
+    pLevel->op = OP_Return;
+    pLevel->p1 = regReturn;
+    disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+  }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
+
+  {
+    /* Case 5:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
+    **          scan of the entire table.
+    */
+    static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev };
+    static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last };
+    assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 );
+    assert( omitTable==0 );
+    pLevel->op = aStep[bRev];
+    pLevel->p1 = iCur;
+    pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk);
+    pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+  }
+  notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);
+
+  /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
+  ** computed using the current set of tables.
+  */
+  k = 0;
+  for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
+    Expr *pE;
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+    testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+    if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+    if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
+    pE = pTerm->pExpr;
+    assert( pE!=0 );
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
+      continue;
     }
-#endif
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    k = 1;
+    pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
   }
 
-  /* Allocate memory for the array aRegIdx[].  There is one entry in the
-  ** array for each index associated with table being updated.  Fill in
-  ** the value with a register number for indices that are to be used
-  ** and with zero for unused indices.
+  /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
+  ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
   */
-  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
-  if( nIdx>0 ){
-    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx );
-    if( aRegIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
+  if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+    pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+    VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
+    sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+    for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; jnTerm; j++, pTerm++){
+      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+      testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
+      if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
+      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
+      assert( pTerm->pExpr );
+      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+      pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
+    }
   }
-  for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-    int reg;
-    if( chngRowid ){
-      reg = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }else{
-      reg = 0;
-      for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
-        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){
-          reg = ++pParse->nMem;
-          break;
+  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg);
+
+  return notReady;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+/*
+** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated
+** by the most recent call to sqlite3WhereBegin().  Each call to WhereBegin
+** overwrites the previous.  This information is used for testing and
+** analysis only.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char sqlite3_query_plan[BMS*2*40];  /* Text of the join */
+static int nQPlan = 0;              /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
+
+
+/*
+** Free a WhereInfo structure
+*/
+static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  if( pWInfo ){
+    int i;
+    for(i=0; inLevel; i++){
+      sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo;
+      if( pInfo ){
+        /* assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 || db->mallocFailed ); */
+        if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
+          sqlite3_free(pInfo->idxStr);
         }
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, pInfo);
       }
     }
-    aRegIdx[j] = reg;
+    whereClauseClear(pWInfo->pWC);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
   }
+}
 
-  /* Allocate a block of register used to store the change record
-  ** sent to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks().  There are either
-  ** one or two registers for holding the rowid.  One rowid register
-  ** is used if chngRowid is false and two are used if chngRowid is
-  ** true.  Following these are pTab->nCol register holding column
-  ** data.
+
+/*
+** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
+** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
+** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
+** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
+** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
+**
+** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
+**
+** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
+** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
+** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
+** example, if the SQL is this:
+**
+**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
+**
+** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
+**
+**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
+**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
+**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
+**            ...
+**          end                     \    Code generated
+**        end                        |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
+**      end                         /
+**
+** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
+** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
+** use of indices.  Note also that when the IN operator appears in
+** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
+** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
+**
+** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
+** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
+** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
+** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
+**
+** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
+** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries.  The [...] code
+** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
+** data from the various tables of the loop.
+**
+** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
+** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
+** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
+** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
+** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
+** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
+**
+** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
+** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
+** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
+** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
+** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
+** most loop)
+**
+** OUTER JOINS
+**
+** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
+**
+**    foreach row1 in t1 do
+**      flag = 0
+**      foreach row2 in t2 do
+**        start:
+**          ...
+**          flag = 1
+**      end
+**      if flag==0 then
+**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
+**        goto start
+**      fi
+**    end
+**
+** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
+**
+** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement,
+** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
+** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL.
+**
+** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table
+** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and
+** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL.  This is an optimization that prevents an
+** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the
+** ORDER BY clause already exists.
+**
+** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct
+** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
+  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
+  SrcList *pTabList,    /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
+  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause */
+  ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
+  u16 wctrlFlags        /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
+){
+  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
+  int nByteWInfo;            /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
+  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
+  Bitmask notReady;          /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
+  WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet;    /* The expression mask set */
+  WhereClause *pWC;               /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
+  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* A single entry from pTabList */
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;             /* A single level in the pWInfo list */
+  int iFrom;                      /* First unused FROM clause element */
+  int andFlags;              /* AND-ed combination of all pWC->a[].wtFlags */
+  sqlite3 *db;               /* Database connection */
+
+  /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
+  ** bits in a Bitmask 
   */
-  regOldRowid = regNewRowid = pParse->nMem + 1;
-  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
-  if( chngRowid ){
-    regNewRowid++;
-    pParse->nMem++;
+  if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
+    return 0;
   }
-  regData = regNewRowid+1;
- 
 
-  /* Begin generating code.
+  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
+  ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo
+  ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure
+  ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte
+  ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on
+  ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below.
   */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
-                       pWhere);
-    pWhere = 0;
-    pTabList = 0;
-    goto update_cleanup;
+  db = pParse->db;
+  nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(pTabList->nSrc-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel));
+  pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
+      nByteWInfo + 
+      sizeof(WhereClause) +
+      sizeof(WhereMaskSet)
+  );
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto whereBeginError;
   }
-#endif
+  pWInfo->nLevel = pTabList->nSrc;
+  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
+  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
+  pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo];
+  pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
+  pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1];
 
-  /* Start the view context
+  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
+  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
   */
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
+  initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
+  whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet);
+  sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere);
+  whereSplit(pWC, pWhere, TK_AND);
+    
+  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
+  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
+  */
+  if( pWhere && (pTabList->nSrc==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){
+    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+    pWhere = 0;
   }
 
-  /* Generate the code for triggers.
+  /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause.
+  **
+  ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be
+  ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then
+  ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term
+  ** is (X-1).   An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use
+  ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table
+  ** of the join.  Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a
+  ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join.  Knowing the bitmask
+  ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important.  Ticket #3015.
+  **
+  ** Configure the WhereClause.vmask variable so that bits that correspond
+  ** to virtual table cursors are set. This is used to selectively disable 
+  ** the OR-to-IN transformation in exprAnalyzeOrTerm(). It is not helpful 
+  ** with virtual tables.
   */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    int iGoto;
-
-    /* Create pseudo-tables for NEW and OLD
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pTab->nCol);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pTab->nCol);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
-
-    iGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    iBeginBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab,
-          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr, &old_col_mask, &new_col_mask) ){
-      goto update_cleanup;
-    }
-    iEndBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
-    iBeginAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, 
-          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr, &old_col_mask, &new_col_mask) ){
-      goto update_cleanup;
+  assert( pWC->vmask==0 && pMaskSet->n==0 );
+  for(i=0; inSrc; i++){
+    createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( ALWAYS(pTabList->a[i].pTab) && IsVirtual(pTabList->a[i].pTab) ){
+      pWC->vmask |= ((Bitmask)1 << i);
     }
-    iEndAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iGoto);
+#endif
   }
-
-  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
-  ** a ephemeral table.
-  */
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab->pSelect, pWhere, iCur);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  {
+    Bitmask toTheLeft = 0;
+    for(i=0; inSrc; i++){
+      Bitmask m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+      assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft );
+      toTheLeft |= m;
+    }
   }
+#endif
 
-  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
-  ** WHERE clause.
+  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions.  Note that exprAnalyze() might
+  ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause.  We do not
+  ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
+  ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
   */
-  if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
+  exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, pWC);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto whereBeginError;
   }
 
-  /* Begin the database scan
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid);
-  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0,
-                             WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED);
-  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass;
-
-  /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, IsVirtual(pTab)?OP_VRowid:OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid);
-  if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoWrite, regOldRowid, 0);
-
-  /* End the database scan loop.
+  /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause.
+  **
+  ** This loop fills in the following fields:
+  **
+  **   pWInfo->a[].pIdx      The index to use for this level of the loop.
+  **   pWInfo->a[].wsFlags   WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx
+  **   pWInfo->a[].nEq       The number of == and IN constraints
+  **   pWInfo->a[].iFrom     Which term of the FROM clause is being coded
+  **   pWInfo->a[].iTabCur   The VDBE cursor for the database table
+  **   pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur   The VDBE cursor for the index
+  **   pWInfo->a[].pTerm     When wsFlags==WO_OR, the OR-clause term
+  **
+  ** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM
+  ** clause.
   */
-  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
+  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  pTabItem = pTabList->a;
+  pLevel = pWInfo->a;
+  andFlags = ~0;
+  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
+  for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inSrc; i++, pLevel++){
+    WhereCost bestPlan;         /* Most efficient plan seen so far */
+    Index *pIdx;                /* Index for FROM table at pTabItem */
+    int j;                      /* For looping over FROM tables */
+    int bestJ = -1;             /* The value of j */
+    Bitmask m;                  /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */
+    int isOptimal;              /* Iterator for optimal/non-optimal search */
 
-  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
-    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
-  }
+    memset(&bestPlan, 0, sizeof(bestPlan));
+    bestPlan.rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
 
-  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    /* 
-    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
-    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
-    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
-    ** to be deleting some records.
+    /* Loop through the remaining entries in the FROM clause to find the
+    ** next nested loop. The FROM clause entries may be iterated through
+    ** either once or twice. 
+    **
+    ** The first iteration, which is always performed, searches for the
+    ** FROM clause entry that permits the lowest-cost, "optimal" scan. In
+    ** this context an optimal scan is one that uses the same strategy
+    ** for the given FROM clause entry as would be selected if the entry
+    ** were used as the innermost nested loop.  In other words, a table
+    ** is chosen such that the cost of running that table cannot be reduced
+    ** by waiting for other tables to run first.
+    **
+    ** The second iteration is only performed if no optimal scan strategies
+    ** were found by the first. This iteration is used to search for the
+    ** lowest cost scan overall.
+    **
+    ** Previous versions of SQLite performed only the second iteration -
+    ** the next outermost loop was always that with the lowest overall
+    ** cost. However, this meant that SQLite could select the wrong plan
+    ** for scripts such as the following:
+    **   
+    **   CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); 
+    **   CREATE TABLE t2(c, d);
+    **   SELECT * FROM t2, t1 WHERE t2.rowid = t1.a;
+    **
+    ** The best strategy is to iterate through table t1 first. However it
+    ** is not possible to determine this with a simple greedy algorithm.
+    ** However, since the cost of a linear scan through table t2 is the same 
+    ** as the cost of a linear scan through table t1, a simple greedy 
+    ** algorithm may choose to use t2 for the outer loop, which is a much
+    ** costlier approach.
     */
-    if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); 
-    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
-      openAll = 1;
-    }else{
-      openAll = 0;
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
-          openAll = 1;
-          break;
+    for(isOptimal=1; isOptimal>=0 && bestJ<0; isOptimal--){
+      Bitmask mask = (isOptimal ? 0 : notReady);
+      assert( (pTabList->nSrc-iFrom)>1 || isOptimal );
+      for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; jnSrc; j++, pTabItem++){
+        int doNotReorder;    /* True if this table should not be reordered */
+        WhereCost sCost;     /* Cost information from best[Virtual]Index() */
+        ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* ORDER BY clause for index to optimize */
+  
+        doNotReorder =  (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0;
+        if( j!=iFrom && doNotReorder ) break;
+        m = getMask(pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
+        if( (m & notReady)==0 ){
+          if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
+          continue;
+        }
+        pOrderBy = ((i==0 && ppOrderBy )?*ppOrderBy:0);
+  
+        assert( pTabItem->pTab );
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+        if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
+          sqlite3_index_info **pp = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
+          bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, pOrderBy, &sCost, pp);
+        }else 
+#endif
+        {
+          bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, pOrderBy, &sCost);
+        }
+        assert( isOptimal || (sCost.used¬Ready)==0 );
+
+        if( (sCost.used¬Ready)==0
+         && (j==iFrom || sCost.rCostpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-      if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
-        KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
-                       (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-        assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
-      }
+    assert( bestJ>=0 );
+    assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) );
+    WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d\n", bestJ,
+           pLevel-pWInfo->a));
+    if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){
+      *ppOrderBy = 0;
     }
-  }
-  
-  /* Jump back to this point if a trigger encounters an IGNORE constraint. */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
-  }
-
-  /* Top of the update loop */
-  if( okOnePass ){
-    int a1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regOldRowid);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1);
-  }else{
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoRead, regOldRowid, 0);
-  }
-
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    int regRowid;
-    int regRow;
-    int regCols;
-
-    /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
-
-    /* Generate the OLD table
-    */
-    regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regRowid);
-    if( !old_col_mask ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRow);
+    andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags;
+    pLevel->plan = bestPlan.plan;
+    if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
+      pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
     }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iCur, regRow);
+      pLevel->iIdxCur = -1;
     }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, regRow, regRowid);
+    notReady &= ~getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor);
+    pLevel->iFrom = (u8)bestJ;
 
-    /* Generate the NEW table
+    /* Check that if the table scanned by this loop iteration had an
+    ** INDEXED BY clause attached to it, that the named index is being
+    ** used for the scan. If not, then query compilation has failed.
+    ** Return an error.
     */
-    if( chngRowid ){
-      sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pRowidExpr, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regRowid);
-    }
-    regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol);
-    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regCols+i);
-        continue;
-      }
-      j = aXRef[i];
-      if( new_col_mask&((u32)1<a[j].pExpr, regCols+i);
-        }
+    pIdx = pTabList->a[bestJ].pIndex;
+    if( pIdx ){
+      if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ){
+        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot use index: %s", pIdx->zName);
+        goto whereBeginError;
       }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regCols+i);
+        /* If an INDEXED BY clause is used, the bestIndex() function is
+        ** guaranteed to find the index specified in the INDEXED BY clause
+        ** if it find an index at all. */
+        assert( bestPlan.plan.u.pIdx==pIdx );
       }
     }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCols, pTab->nCol, regRow);
-    if( !isView ){
-      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);
-    }
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);
-    if( pParse->nErr ) goto update_cleanup;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRow, regRowid);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
+  }
+  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
+  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto whereBeginError;
+  }
 
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginBeforeTrigger);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndBeforeTrigger);
+  /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY
+  ** clause is irrelevant.
+  */
+  if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){
+    *ppOrderBy = 0;
   }
 
-  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    /* Loop over every record that needs updating.  We have to load
-    ** the old data for each record to be updated because some columns
-    ** might not change and we will need to copy the old value.
-    ** Also, the old data is needed to delete the old index entries.
-    ** So make the cursor point at the old record.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
+  /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting
+  ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate.
+  ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constraints
+  ** the statement to update a single row.
+  */
+  assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
+  if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 ){
+    pWInfo->okOnePass = 1;
+    pWInfo->a[0].plan.wsFlags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+  }
 
-    /* If the record number will change, push the record number as it
-    ** will be after the update. (The old record number is currently
-    ** on top of the stack.)
-    */
-    if( chngRowid ){
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid);
-    }
+  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
+  ** searching those tables.
+  */
+  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */
+  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inSrc; i++, pLevel++){
+    Table *pTab;     /* Table to open */
+    int iDb;         /* Index of database containing table/index */
 
-    /* Compute new data for this record.  
-    */
-    for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regData+i);
-        continue;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+    if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+      char *zMsg;
+      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+      zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "TABLE %s", pItem->zName);
+      if( pItem->zAlias ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias);
       }
-      j = aXRef[i];
-      if( j<0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regData+i);
-        sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regData+i);
+      if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s WITH INDEX %s",
+           zMsg, pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName);
+      }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIA MULTI-INDEX UNION", zMsg);
+      }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING PRIMARY KEY", zMsg);
+      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+      else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+        sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx;
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg,
+                    pVtabIdx->idxNum, pVtabIdx->idxStr);
+      }
+#endif
+      if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY ){
+        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s ORDER BY", zMsg);
       }
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, i, pLevel->iFrom, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
     }
-
-    /* Do constraint checks
-    */
-    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid,
-                                    aRegIdx, chngRowid, 1,
-                                    onError, addr);
-
-    /* Delete the old indices for the current record.
-    */
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid);
-    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx);
-
-    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.
-    */
-    if( chngRowid ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+      const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
+      int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+    }else
+#endif
+    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+         && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN)==0 ){
+      int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead;
+      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
+      if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nColcolUsed;
+        int n = 0;
+        for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
+        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32);
+        assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
+      }
+    }else{
+      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
     }
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-
-    /* Create the new index entries and the new record.
-    */
-    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, 
-                             aRegIdx, chngRowid, 1, -1, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Increment the row counter 
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
+    pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+      Index *pIx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
+      KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx);
+      int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+      assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
+      assert( iIdxCur>=0 );
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIx->tnum, iDb,
+                        (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
+    }
+    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
   }
+  pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
 
-  /* If there are triggers, close all the cursors after each iteration
-  ** through the loop.  The fire the after triggers.
+  /* Generate the code to do the search.  Each iteration of the for
+  ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
+  ** program.
   */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginAfterTrigger);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndAfterTrigger);
+  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
+  for(i=0; inSrc; i++){
+    notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, i, wctrlFlags, notReady);
+    pWInfo->iContinue = pWInfo->a[i].addrCont;
   }
 
-  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
-  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST  /* For testing and debugging use only */
+  /* Record in the query plan information about the current table
+  ** and the index used to access it (if any).  If the table itself
+  ** is not used, its name is just '{}'.  If no index is used
+  ** the index is listed as "{}".  If the primary key is used the
+  ** index name is '*'.
   */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-
-  /* Close all tables */
-  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-    if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
+  for(i=0; inSrc; i++){
+    char *z;
+    int n;
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    z = pTabItem->zAlias;
+    if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName;
+    n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+    if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){
+      if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
+        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2);
+        nQPlan += 2;
+      }else{
+        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], z, n);
+        nQPlan += n;
+      }
+      sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
+    }
+    testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ );
+    testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE );
+    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
+      memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2);
+      nQPlan += 2;
+    }else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+      n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName);
+      if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){
+        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName, n);
+        nQPlan += n;
+        sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
+      }
+    }else{
+      memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3);
+      nQPlan += 3;
     }
   }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, newIdx, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, oldIdx, 0);
+  while( nQPlan>0 && sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){
+    sqlite3_query_plan[--nQPlan] = 0;
   }
+  sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan] = 0;
+  nQPlan = 0;
+#endif /* SQLITE_TEST // Testing and debugging use only */
 
-  /*
-  ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
+  /* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure.  Then
+  ** clean up and return.
   */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack && pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", P4_STATIC);
-  }
+  return pWInfo;
 
-update_cleanup:
-  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
-  sqlite3_free(aRegIdx);
-  sqlite3_free(aXRef);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pChanges);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
-  return;
+  /* Jump here if malloc fails */
+whereBeginError:
+  whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
+  return 0;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
 /*
-** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
-**
-** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
-** for each row to be changed:
-**
-**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
-**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
-**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
-**
-** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
-** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
-**
-** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
-**
-** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
-** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
-** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
+** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
+** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
 */
-static void updateVirtualTable(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
-  Expr *pRowid,        /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
-  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
-  Expr *pWhere         /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* Virtual machine under construction */
-  ExprList *pEList = 0;     /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
-  Select *pSelect = 0;      /* The SELECT statement */
-  Expr *pExpr;              /* Temporary expression */
-  int ephemTab;             /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
-  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
-  int addr;                 /* Address of top of loop */
-  int iReg;                 /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
-  const char *pVtab = (const char*)pTab->pVtab;
-  SelectDest dest;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
+  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
+  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+  int i;
+  WhereLevel *pLevel;
+  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
 
-  /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
-  ** all updated rows. 
+  /* Generate loop termination code.
   */
-  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 
-                                 sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, "_rowid_"), 0);
-  if( pRowid ){
-    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList,
-                                   sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid), 0);
-  }
-  assert( pTab->iPKey<0 );
-  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-    if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
-      pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr);
-    }else{
-      pExpr = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+  sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
+  for(i=pTabList->nSrc-1; i>=0; i--){
+    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont);
+    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2);
+      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5);
+    }
+    if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){
+      struct InLoop *pIn;
+      int j;
+      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt);
+      for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1);
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop);
+        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1);
+      }
+      sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop);
+    }
+    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk);
+    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
+      int addr;
+      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
+      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+      if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+      }
+      if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst);
+      }else{
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrFirst);
+      }
+      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
     }
-    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr, 0);
   }
-  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  
-  /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
-  ** be stored.
+
+  /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
+  ** Set it.
   */
-  assert( v );
-  ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));
+  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
 
-  /* fill the ephemeral table 
+  /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin.
   */
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab);
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inSrc; i++, pLevel++){
+    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+    assert( pTab!=0 );
+    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
+    if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE)==0 ){
+      if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
+      }
+      if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+      }
+    }
 
-  /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */
-  iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0);
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column,  ephemTab, 0, iReg);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1);
-  for(i=0; inCol; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i);
+    /* If this scan uses an index, make code substitutions to read data
+    ** from the index in preference to the table. Sometimes, this means
+    ** the table need never be read from. This is a performance boost,
+    ** as the vdbe level waits until the table is read before actually
+    ** seeking the table cursor to the record corresponding to the current
+    ** position in the index.
+    ** 
+    ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
+    ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
+    ** directly.  This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
+    ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
+    ** reference the index.
+    */
+    if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && !db->mallocFailed){
+      int k, j, last;
+      VdbeOp *pOp;
+      Index *pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
+      int useIndexOnly = pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+
+      assert( pIdx!=0 );
+      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop);
+      last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+      for(k=pWInfo->iTop; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
+        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
+          for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){
+            if( pOp->p2==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ){
+              pOp->p2 = j;
+              pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+          assert(!useIndexOnly || jnColumn);
+        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
+          pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+          pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
+        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_NullRow && useIndexOnly ){
+          pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
+        }
+      }
+    }
   }
-  sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVtab, P4_VTAB);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr-1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
 
-  /* Cleanup */
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);  
+  /* Final cleanup
+  */
+  whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
+  return;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
-/* Make sure "isView" gets undefined in case this file becomes part of
-** the amalgamation - so that subsequent files do not see isView as a
-** macro. */
-#undef isView
-
-/************** End of update.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
-**
-** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
-** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
+/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/
+/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
 **
-** $Id: vacuum.c,v 1.78 2008/04/30 16:38:23 drh Exp $
+** This version of "lempar.c" is modified, slightly, for use by SQLite.
+** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER()
+** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general
+** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the
+** specific grammar used by SQLite.
 */
+/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
+** in the input grammar file. */
+
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
 /*
-** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
+** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down
+** automaton.
 */
-static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  if( !zSql ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
-    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
-  }
-  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){}
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
+#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1
 
 /*
-** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
-** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
+** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase()
 */
-static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X)
 
-  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    rc = execSql(db, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
+/*
+** An instance of this structure holds information about the
+** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
+*/
+struct LimitVal {
+  Expr *pLimit;    /* The LIMIT expression.  NULL if there is no limit */
+  Expr *pOffset;   /* The OFFSET expression.  NULL if there is none */
+};
 
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
+** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
+*/
+struct LikeOp {
+  Token eOperator;  /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */
+  int not;         /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
+};
 
 /*
-** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
-** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
-** in PostgreSQL.
+** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
+** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
+** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
 **
-** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call
-** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables.  But beginning
-** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has
-** become a no-op.
+**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
+**
+** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return;
-}
+struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
 
 /*
-** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
+** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
-  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
-  Btree *pTemp;           /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
-  char *zSql = 0;         /* SQL statements */
-  int saved_flags;        /* Saved value of the db->flags */
-  Db *pDb = 0;            /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
-  int nRes;
-
-  /* Save the current value of the write-schema flag before setting it. */
-  saved_flags = db->flags;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks;
+struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };
 
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction", 
-       (char*)0);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto end_of_vacuum;
-  }
-  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
 
-  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
-  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
-  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
-  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
-  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
-  **
-  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
-  ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but
-  ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower.  Very little journalling
-  ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially
-  ** empty.  Only the journal header is written.  Apparently it takes more
-  ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
-  ** to write the journal header file.
+  /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and
+  ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete
+  ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd.
   */
-  zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
-  rc = execSql(db, zSql);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
-  assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
-  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
-
-  nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain);
-  if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes)
-   || sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes)
-   || db->mallocFailed 
-  ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto end_of_vacuum;
-  }
-  rc = execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto end_of_vacuum;
+  static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){
+    pOut->zStart = pStart->z;
+    pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n];
   }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac :
-                                           sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
-#endif
-
-  /* Begin a transaction */
-  rc = execSql(db, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
-  ** in the temporary database.
-  */
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) "
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
-      "   AND rootpage>0"
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)"
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) "
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
-  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM xxx;" to copy
-  ** the contents to the temporary database.
-  */
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
-      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';'"
-      "FROM sqlite_master "
-      "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
-      "  AND rootpage>0"
-
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Copy over the sequence table
-  */
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
-      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
-      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';' "
-      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-
-  /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
-  ** over to the temporary database.  None of these objects has any
-  ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
-  ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
+  /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier.  Use the
+  ** new Expr to populate pOut.  Set the span of pOut to be the identifier
+  ** that created the expression.
   */
-  rc = execSql(db,
-      "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
-      "  SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
-      "    FROM sqlite_master"
-      "   WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
-      "      OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
-  );
-  if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
+  static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pValue){
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, pValue);
+    pOut->zStart = pValue->z;
+    pOut->zEnd = &pValue->z[pValue->n];
+  }
 
-  /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a
-  ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database.
-  ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a
-  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level
-  ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was
-  ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the
-  ** temporary database never needs to be committed.
+  /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan
+  ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object.
   */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u32 meta;
-    int i;
-
-    /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
-    ** vacuum.  Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
-    ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
-    ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
-    ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
-    */
-    static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
-       1, 1,    /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
-       3, 0,    /* Preserve the default page cache size */
-       5, 0,    /* Preserve the default text encoding */
-       6, 0,    /* Preserve the user version */
-    };
-
-    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
-    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
-
-    /* Copy Btree meta values */
-    for(i=0; ipExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0);
+    pOut->zStart = pLeft->zStart;
+    pOut->zEnd = pRight->zEnd;
   }
 
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes);
+  /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator
+  */
+  static void spanUnaryPostfix(
+    ExprSpan *pOut,        /* Write the new expression node here */
+    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
+    int op,                /* The operator */
+    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand */
+    Token *pPostOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
+  ){
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
+    pOut->zStart = pOperand->zStart;
+    pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n];
+  }                           
+
+  /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator
+  */
+  static void spanUnaryPrefix(
+    ExprSpan *pOut,        /* Write the new expression node here */
+    Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context to record errors */
+    int op,                /* The operator */
+    ExprSpan *pOperand,    /* The operand */
+    Token *pPreOp         /* The operand token for setting the span */
+  ){
+    pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0);
+    pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z;
+    pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd;
   }
+/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
+** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
+*/
+/* 
+** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
+** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
+** understands. 
+**
+** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
+*/
+/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
+*/
+#ifndef INTERFACE
+# define INTERFACE 1
+#endif
+/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
+** various aspects of the generated parser.
+**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
+**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
+**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
+**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
+**                       table.
+**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
+**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
+**                       original value of the token will not parse.
+**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
+**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
+**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
+**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
+**    sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
+**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
+**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
+**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
+**                       which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
+**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
+**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
+**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
+**    sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
+**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
+**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
+**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
+**                       defined, then do no error processing.
+*/
+#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
+#define YYNOCODE 254
+#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
+#define YYWILDCARD 67
+#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
+typedef union {
+  int yyinit;
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
+  Select* yy3;
+  ExprList* yy14;
+  SrcList* yy65;
+  struct LikeOp yy96;
+  Expr* yy132;
+  u8 yy186;
+  int yy328;
+  ExprSpan yy346;
+  struct TrigEvent yy378;
+  IdList* yy408;
+  struct {int value; int mask;} yy429;
+  TriggerStep* yy473;
+  struct LimitVal yy476;
+} YYMINORTYPE;
+#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
+#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
+#endif
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
+#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
+#define YYNSTATE 629
+#define YYNRULE 329
+#define YYFALLBACK 1
+#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
+#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
+#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
 
-end_of_vacuum:
-  /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
-  db->flags = saved_flags;
+/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
+** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
+static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 };
 
-  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
-  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
-  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
-  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
-  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
-  ** is closed by the DETACH.
-  */
-  db->autoCommit = 1;
+/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined
+** otherwise.
+**
+** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section
+** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage.  For production
+** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off.  But it is useful
+** for testing.
+*/
+#ifndef yytestcase
+# define yytestcase(X)
+#endif
 
-  if( pDb ){
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-    pDb->pBt = 0;
-    pDb->pSchema = 0;
-  }
 
-  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
+** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
+** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
+** action integer.  
+**
+** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
+** follows
+**
+**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
+**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
+**
+**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
+**
+**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
+**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
+**
+** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
+** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
+**
+**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
+**
+** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
+** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
+** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
+** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
+**
+** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
+** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
+** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
+** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
+** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
+**
+** The following are the tables generated in this section:
+**
+**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
+**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
+**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
+**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting terminals.
+**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
+**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
+**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
+*/
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
+ /*     0 */   312,  959,  182,  628,    2,  157,  219,  450,   24,   24,
+ /*    10 */    24,   24,  221,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,
+ /*    20 */    28,   28,   29,  221,  424,  425,   30,  492,   33,  141,
+ /*    30 */   457,  463,   31,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,
+ /*    40 */    28,   28,   29,  221,   28,   28,   28,   29,  221,   23,
+ /*    50 */    22,   32,  465,  466,  464,  464,   25,   25,   24,   24,
+ /*    60 */    24,   24,  293,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,
+ /*    70 */    28,   28,   29,  221,  312,  450,  319,  479,  344,  208,
+ /*    80 */    47,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,   28,   28,
+ /*    90 */    29,  221,  427,  428,  163,  339,  543,  368,  371,  372,
+ /*   100 */   521,  317,  472,  473,  457,  463,  296,  373,  294,   21,
+ /*   110 */   336,  367,  419,  416,  424,  425,  523,    1,  544,  446,
+ /*   120 */    80,  424,  425,   23,   22,   32,  465,  466,  464,  464,
+ /*   130 */    25,   25,   24,   24,   24,   24,  564,   26,   26,   26,
+ /*   140 */    26,   27,   27,   28,   28,   28,   29,  221,  312,  233,
+ /*   150 */   319,  441,  554,  152,  139,  263,  365,  268,  366,  160,
+ /*   160 */   551,  352,  332,  421,  222,  272,  362,  322,  218,  557,
+ /*   170 */   116,  339,  248,  574,  477,  223,  216,  573,  457,  463,
+ /*   180 */   450,   59,  427,  428,  295,  610,  336,  563,  538,  427,
+ /*   190 */   428,  385,  608,  609,  562,  446,   87,   23,   22,   32,
+ /*   200 */   465,  466,  464,  464,   25,   25,   24,   24,   24,   24,
+ /*   210 */   447,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,   28,   28,
+ /*   220 */    29,  221,  312,  233,  477,  223,  576,  134,  139,  263,
+ /*   230 */   365,  268,  366,  160,  406,  354,  226,  498,  481,  272,
+ /*   240 */   339,   27,   27,   28,   28,   28,   29,  221,  450,  442,
+ /*   250 */   199,  540,  457,  463,  349,  336,  163,  551,   66,  368,
+ /*   260 */   371,  372,  450,  415,  446,   80,  522,  581,  401,  373,
+ /*   270 */   452,   23,   22,   32,  465,  466,  464,  464,   25,   25,
+ /*   280 */    24,   24,   24,   24,  447,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,
+ /*   290 */    27,   28,   28,   28,   29,  221,  312,  339,  556,  607,
+ /*   300 */   197,  454,  454,  454,  546,  578,  352,  198,  607,  440,
+ /*   310 */    65,  351,  336,  426,  426,  399,  289,  424,  425,  606,
+ /*   320 */   605,  446,   73,  426,  214,  219,  457,  463,  606,  410,
+ /*   330 */   450,  241,  306,  196,  565,  479,  555,  208,  288,   29,
+ /*   340 */   221,  447,    4,  874,  504,   23,   22,   32,  465,  466,
+ /*   350 */   464,  464,   25,   25,   24,   24,   24,   24,  447,   26,
+ /*   360 */    26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,   28,   28,   29,  221,
+ /*   370 */   312,  163,  582,  339,  368,  371,  372,  314,  424,  425,
+ /*   380 */   604,  222,  397,  227,  373,  427,  428,  339,  336,  409,
+ /*   390 */   222,  478,  339,   30,  396,   33,  141,  446,   81,   62,
+ /*   400 */   457,  463,  336,  157,  400,  450,  504,  336,  438,  426,
+ /*   410 */   500,  446,   87,   41,  380,  613,  446,   80,  581,   23,
+ /*   420 */    22,   32,  465,  466,  464,  464,   25,   25,   24,   24,
+ /*   430 */    24,   24,  213,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,
+ /*   440 */    28,   28,   29,  221,  312,  513,  427,  428,  517,  254,
+ /*   450 */   524,  386,  225,  339,  486,  363,  389,  339,  356,  443,
+ /*   460 */   494,  236,   30,  497,   33,  141,  399,  289,  336,  495,
+ /*   470 */   487,  501,  336,  450,  457,  463,  219,  446,   95,  445,
+ /*   480 */    68,  446,   95,  444,  424,  425,  488,   44,  348,  288,
+ /*   490 */   504,  424,  425,   23,   22,   32,  465,  466,  464,  464,
+ /*   500 */    25,   25,   24,   24,   24,   24,  391,   26,   26,   26,
+ /*   510 */    26,   27,   27,   28,   28,   28,   29,  221,  312,  361,
+ /*   520 */   556,  426,  520,  328,  191,  271,  339,  329,  247,  259,
+ /*   530 */   339,  566,   65,  249,  336,  426,  424,  425,  445,  516,
+ /*   540 */   426,  336,  444,  446,    9,  336,  556,  451,  457,  463,
+ /*   550 */   446,   74,  427,  428,  446,   69,  192,  618,   65,  427,
+ /*   560 */   428,  426,  323,  277,   16,  202,  189,   23,   22,   32,
+ /*   570 */   465,  466,  464,  464,   25,   25,   24,   24,   24,   24,
+ /*   580 */   255,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,   28,   28,
+ /*   590 */    29,  221,  312,  339,  486,  426,  537,  235,  515,  447,
+ /*   600 */   339,  629,  419,  416,  427,  428,  217,  281,  336,  279,
+ /*   610 */   487,  203,  144,  526,  527,  336,  391,  446,   78,  429,
+ /*   620 */   430,  431,  457,  463,  446,   99,  488,  341,  528,  468,
+ /*   630 */   468,  426,  343,  472,  473,  626,  949,  474,  949,  529,
+ /*   640 */   447,   23,   22,   32,  465,  466,  464,  464,   25,   25,
+ /*   650 */    24,   24,   24,   24,  339,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,
+ /*   660 */    27,   28,   28,   28,   29,  221,  312,  339,  162,  336,
+ /*   670 */   275,  283,  476,  376,  339,  579,  527,  346,  446,   98,
+ /*   680 */   622,   30,  336,   33,  141,  339,  426,  339,  508,  336,
+ /*   690 */   469,  446,  105,  418,    2,  222,  457,  463,  446,  101,
+ /*   700 */   336,  219,  336,  426,  161,  626,  948,  290,  948,  446,
+ /*   710 */   108,  446,  109,  398,  284,   23,   22,   32,  465,  466,
+ /*   720 */   464,  464,   25,   25,   24,   24,   24,   24,  339,   26,
+ /*   730 */    26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,   28,   28,   29,  221,
+ /*   740 */   312,  339,  271,  336,  339,   58,  535,  482,  143,  339,
+ /*   750 */   622,  318,  446,  133,  408,  257,  336,  426,  321,  336,
+ /*   760 */   357,  339,  272,  426,  336,  446,  135,  184,  446,   61,
+ /*   770 */   457,  463,  219,  446,  106,  426,  336,  493,  341,  234,
+ /*   780 */   468,  468,  621,  310,  407,  446,  102,  209,  144,   23,
+ /*   790 */    22,   32,  465,  466,  464,  464,   25,   25,   24,   24,
+ /*   800 */    24,   24,  339,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,
+ /*   810 */    28,   28,   29,  221,  312,  339,  271,  336,  339,  341,
+ /*   820 */   538,  468,  468,  572,  383,  496,  446,   79,  499,  549,
+ /*   830 */   336,  426,  508,  336,  508,  341,  339,  468,  468,  446,
+ /*   840 */   103,  391,  446,   70,  457,  463,  572,  426,   40,  426,
+ /*   850 */    42,  336,  220,  324,  504,  341,  426,  468,  468,   18,
+ /*   860 */   446,  100,  266,   23,   22,   32,  465,  466,  464,  464,
+ /*   870 */    25,   25,   24,   24,   24,   24,  339,   26,   26,   26,
+ /*   880 */    26,   27,   27,   28,   28,   28,   29,  221,  312,  339,
+ /*   890 */   283,  336,  339,  261,  548,  384,  339,  327,  142,  550,
+ /*   900 */   446,  136,  475,  475,  336,  426,  185,  336,  499,  396,
+ /*   910 */   339,  336,  370,  446,  137,  256,  446,  138,  457,  463,
+ /*   920 */   446,   71,  499,  360,  426,  336,  161,  311,  623,  215,
+ /*   930 */   426,  359,  237,  412,  446,   82,  200,   23,   34,   32,
+ /*   940 */   465,  466,  464,  464,   25,   25,   24,   24,   24,   24,
+ /*   950 */   339,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,   28,   28,
+ /*   960 */    29,  221,  312,  447,  271,  336,  339,  271,  340,  210,
+ /*   970 */   447,  172,  625,  211,  446,   83,  240,  552,  142,  426,
+ /*   980 */   321,  336,  426,  426,  339,  414,  331,  181,  458,  459,
+ /*   990 */   446,   72,  457,  463,  470,  506,   67,  158,  394,  336,
+ /*  1000 */   587,  325,  499,  447,  326,  311,  624,  447,  446,   84,
+ /*  1010 */   461,  462,   22,   32,  465,  466,  464,  464,   25,   25,
+ /*  1020 */    24,   24,   24,   24,  339,   26,   26,   26,   26,   27,
+ /*  1030 */    27,   28,   28,   28,   29,  221,  312,  460,  339,  336,
+ /*  1040 */   339,  283,  423,  393,  532,  533,  204,  205,  446,   85,
+ /*  1050 */   625,  392,  547,  336,  162,  336,  426,  426,  339,  435,
+ /*  1060 */   436,  339,  446,  104,  446,   86,  457,  463,  264,  291,
+ /*  1070 */   274,   49,  162,  336,  426,  426,  336,  297,  265,  542,
+ /*  1080 */   541,  405,  446,   88,  594,  446,   89,   32,  465,  466,
+ /*  1090 */   464,  464,   25,   25,   24,   24,   24,   24,  600,   26,
+ /*  1100 */    26,   26,   26,   27,   27,   28,   28,   28,   29,  221,
+ /*  1110 */    36,  345,  339,    3,  214,    8,  422,  335,  425,  437,
+ /*  1120 */   375,  148,  162,   36,  345,  339,    3,  336,  342,  432,
+ /*  1130 */   335,  425,  149,  577,  426,  162,  446,   90,  151,  339,
+ /*  1140 */   336,  342,  434,  339,  283,  433,  333,  347,  447,  446,
+ /*  1150 */    75,  588,    6,  158,  336,  448,  140,  481,  336,  426,
+ /*  1160 */   347,  453,  334,  446,   76,   49,  350,  446,   91,    7,
+ /*  1170 */   481,  426,  397,  283,  355,  250,  426,   39,   38,  251,
+ /*  1180 */   339,  426,   48,  353,   37,  337,  338,  596,  426,  452,
+ /*  1190 */    39,   38,  514,  252,  390,  336,   20,   37,  337,  338,
+ /*  1200 */   253,   43,  452,  206,  446,   92,  219,  449,  242,  243,
+ /*  1210 */   244,  150,  246,  283,  491,  593,  597,  490,  224,  258,
+ /*  1220 */   454,  454,  454,  455,  456,   10,  503,  183,  426,  178,
+ /*  1230 */   156,  301,  426,  454,  454,  454,  455,  456,   10,  339,
+ /*  1240 */   302,  426,   36,  345,   50,    3,  339,  505,  260,  335,
+ /*  1250 */   425,  262,  339,  176,  336,  581,  598,  358,  364,  175,
+ /*  1260 */   342,  336,  177,  446,   93,   46,  345,  336,    3,  339,
+ /*  1270 */   446,   94,  335,  425,  525,  339,  446,   77,  320,  347,
+ /*  1280 */   511,  339,  507,  342,  336,  589,  601,   56,   56,  481,
+ /*  1290 */   336,  512,  283,  446,   17,  531,  336,  426,  530,  446,
+ /*  1300 */    96,  534,  347,  404,  298,  446,   97,  426,  313,   39,
+ /*  1310 */    38,  267,  481,  219,  535,  536,   37,  337,  338,  283,
+ /*  1320 */   620,  452,  309,  283,  111,   19,  288,  509,  269,  424,
+ /*  1330 */   425,  539,   39,   38,  426,  238,  270,  411,  426,   37,
+ /*  1340 */   337,  338,  426,  426,  452,  558,  426,  307,  231,  276,
+ /*  1350 */   278,  426,  454,  454,  454,  455,  456,   10,  553,  280,
+ /*  1360 */   426,  559,  239,  230,  426,  426,  299,  282,  287,  481,
+ /*  1370 */   560,  388,  584,  232,  426,  454,  454,  454,  455,  456,
+ /*  1380 */    10,  561,  426,  426,  585,  395,  426,  426,  292,  194,
+ /*  1390 */   195,  592,  603,  300,  303,  308,  377,  522,  381,  426,
+ /*  1400 */   426,  452,  567,  426,  304,  617,  426,  426,  426,  426,
+ /*  1410 */   379,   53,  147,  165,  166,  167,  580,  212,  569,  426,
+ /*  1420 */   426,  285,  168,  570,  387,  120,  123,  187,  590,  402,
+ /*  1430 */   403,  125,  454,  454,  454,  330,  599,  614,  186,  126,
+ /*  1440 */   127,  128,  615,  616,   57,   60,  619,  107,  229,   64,
+ /*  1450 */   115,  420,  245,  130,  439,  180,  315,  207,  670,  316,
+ /*  1460 */   671,  467,  672,  153,  154,   35,  483,  471,  480,  188,
+ /*  1470 */   201,  155,  484,    5,  485,  489,   12,  502,   45,   11,
+ /*  1480 */   110,  145,  518,  519,  510,  228,   51,  112,  369,  273,
+ /*  1490 */   113,  159,  545,   52,  374,  114,  164,  265,  378,  190,
+ /*  1500 */   146,  568,  117,  158,  286,  382,  169,  119,   15,  583,
+ /*  1510 */   170,  171,  121,  586,  122,   54,   55,   13,  124,  591,
+ /*  1520 */   173,  174,  118,  575,  129,  595,  571,  131,   14,  132,
+ /*  1530 */   611,   63,  612,  193,  602,  179,  305,  413,  417,  960,
+ /*  1540 */   627,
+};
+static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
+ /*     0 */    19,  142,  143,  144,  145,   24,  115,   26,   77,   78,
+ /*    10 */    79,   80,   92,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*    20 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   26,   27,  222,  223,  224,  225,
+ /*    30 */    49,   50,   81,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*    40 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   68,
+ /*    50 */    69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*    60 */    79,   80,   16,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*    70 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   19,   94,   19,  166,  167,  168,
+ /*    80 */    25,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
+ /*    90 */    91,   92,   94,   95,   96,  150,   36,   99,  100,  101,
+ /*   100 */   174,  169,  170,  171,   49,   50,   60,  109,   62,   54,
+ /*   110 */   165,   51,    1,    2,   26,   27,  174,   22,   58,  174,
+ /*   120 */   175,   26,   27,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,
+ /*   130 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,  186,   82,   83,   84,
+ /*   140 */    85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,   92,
+ /*   150 */    19,  172,  173,   96,   97,   98,   99,  100,  101,  102,
+ /*   160 */   181,  216,  146,  147,  232,  108,  221,  107,  152,  186,
+ /*   170 */   154,  150,  195,   30,   86,   87,  160,   34,   49,   50,
+ /*   180 */    26,   52,   94,   95,  138,   97,  165,  181,  182,   94,
+ /*   190 */    95,   48,  104,  105,  188,  174,  175,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   200 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   210 */   194,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
+ /*   220 */    91,   92,   19,   92,   86,   87,   21,   24,   97,   98,
+ /*   230 */    99,  100,  101,  102,  218,  214,  215,  208,   66,  108,
+ /*   240 */   150,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   94,  173,
+ /*   250 */   160,  183,   49,   50,  191,  165,   96,  181,   22,   99,
+ /*   260 */   100,  101,   26,  247,  174,  175,   94,   57,   63,  109,
+ /*   270 */    98,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   280 */    77,   78,   79,   80,  194,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,
+ /*   290 */    87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,  150,  150,  150,
+ /*   300 */    25,  129,  130,  131,  183,  100,  216,  160,  150,  161,
+ /*   310 */   162,  221,  165,  165,  165,  105,  106,   26,   27,  170,
+ /*   320 */   171,  174,  175,  165,  160,  115,   49,   50,  170,  171,
+ /*   330 */    94,  148,  163,  185,  186,  166,  167,  168,  128,   91,
+ /*   340 */    92,  194,  196,  138,  166,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,
+ /*   350 */    73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,  194,   82,
+ /*   360 */    83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,
+ /*   370 */    19,   96,   11,  150,   99,  100,  101,  155,   26,   27,
+ /*   380 */   231,  232,  218,  205,  109,   94,   95,  150,  165,  231,
+ /*   390 */   232,  166,  150,  222,  150,  224,  225,  174,  175,  235,
+ /*   400 */    49,   50,  165,   24,  240,   26,  166,  165,  153,  165,
+ /*   410 */   119,  174,  175,  136,  237,  244,  174,  175,   57,   68,
+ /*   420 */    69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*   430 */    79,   80,  236,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*   440 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   19,  205,   94,   95,   23,  226,
+ /*   450 */   165,  229,  215,  150,   12,   88,  234,  150,  216,  174,
+ /*   460 */    32,  217,  222,   25,  224,  225,  105,  106,  165,   41,
+ /*   470 */    28,  119,  165,   94,   49,   50,  115,  174,  175,  112,
+ /*   480 */    22,  174,  175,  116,   26,   27,   44,  136,   46,  128,
+ /*   490 */   166,   26,   27,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,
+ /*   500 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,  150,   82,   83,   84,
+ /*   510 */    85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,  150,
+ /*   520 */   150,  165,   23,  220,  196,  150,  150,  220,  158,  205,
+ /*   530 */   150,  161,  162,  198,  165,  165,   26,   27,  112,   23,
+ /*   540 */   165,  165,  116,  174,  175,  165,  150,  166,   49,   50,
+ /*   550 */   174,  175,   94,   95,  174,  175,  118,  161,  162,   94,
+ /*   560 */    95,  165,  187,   16,   22,  160,   24,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   570 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   580 */   150,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
+ /*   590 */    91,   92,   19,  150,   12,  165,   23,  241,   88,  194,
+ /*   600 */   150,    0,    1,    2,   94,   95,  160,   60,  165,   62,
+ /*   610 */    28,  206,  207,  190,  191,  165,  150,  174,  175,    7,
+ /*   620 */     8,    9,   49,   50,  174,  175,   44,  111,   46,  113,
+ /*   630 */   114,  165,  169,  170,  171,   22,   23,  233,   25,   57,
+ /*   640 */   194,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*   650 */    77,   78,   79,   80,  150,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,
+ /*   660 */    87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,  150,   25,  165,
+ /*   670 */    23,  150,  233,   19,  150,  190,  191,  228,  174,  175,
+ /*   680 */    67,  222,  165,  224,  225,  150,  165,  150,  150,  165,
+ /*   690 */    23,  174,  175,  144,  145,  232,   49,   50,  174,  175,
+ /*   700 */   165,  115,  165,  165,   50,   22,   23,  241,   25,  174,
+ /*   710 */   175,  174,  175,  127,  193,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,
+ /*   720 */    73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,  150,   82,
+ /*   730 */    83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,
+ /*   740 */    19,  150,  150,  165,  150,   24,  103,   23,  150,  150,
+ /*   750 */    67,  213,  174,  175,   97,  209,  165,  165,  104,  165,
+ /*   760 */   150,  150,  108,  165,  165,  174,  175,   23,  174,  175,
+ /*   770 */    49,   50,  115,  174,  175,  165,  165,  177,  111,  187,
+ /*   780 */   113,  114,  250,  251,  127,  174,  175,  206,  207,   68,
+ /*   790 */    69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
+ /*   800 */    79,   80,  150,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,
+ /*   810 */    89,   90,   91,   92,   19,  150,  150,  165,  150,  111,
+ /*   820 */   182,  113,  114,  105,  106,  177,  174,  175,   25,  166,
+ /*   830 */   165,  165,  150,  165,  150,  111,  150,  113,  114,  174,
+ /*   840 */   175,  150,  174,  175,   49,   50,  128,  165,  135,  165,
+ /*   850 */   137,  165,  197,  187,  166,  111,  165,  113,  114,  204,
+ /*   860 */   174,  175,  177,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,
+ /*   870 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,  150,   82,   83,   84,
+ /*   880 */    85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,  150,
+ /*   890 */   150,  165,  150,  205,  177,  213,  150,  213,   95,  177,
+ /*   900 */   174,  175,  129,  130,  165,  165,   23,  165,   25,  150,
+ /*   910 */   150,  165,  178,  174,  175,  150,  174,  175,   49,   50,
+ /*   920 */   174,  175,  119,   19,  165,  165,   50,   22,   23,  160,
+ /*   930 */   165,   27,  241,  193,  174,  175,  160,   68,   69,   70,
+ /*   940 */    71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
+ /*   950 */   150,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,
+ /*   960 */    91,   92,   19,  194,  150,  165,  150,  150,  150,  160,
+ /*   970 */   194,   25,   67,  160,  174,  175,  217,  166,   95,  165,
+ /*   980 */   104,  165,  165,  165,  150,  245,  248,  249,   49,   50,
+ /*   990 */   174,  175,   49,   50,   23,   23,   25,   25,  242,  165,
+ /*  1000 */   199,  187,  119,  194,  187,   22,   23,  194,  174,  175,
+ /*  1010 */    71,   72,   69,   70,   71,   72,   73,   74,   75,   76,
+ /*  1020 */    77,   78,   79,   80,  150,   82,   83,   84,   85,   86,
+ /*  1030 */    87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,   19,   98,  150,  165,
+ /*  1040 */   150,  150,  150,   19,    7,    8,  105,  106,  174,  175,
+ /*  1050 */    67,   27,   23,  165,   25,  165,  165,  165,  150,  150,
+ /*  1060 */   150,  150,  174,  175,  174,  175,   49,   50,   98,  242,
+ /*  1070 */    23,  125,   25,  165,  165,  165,  165,  209,  108,   97,
+ /*  1080 */    98,  209,  174,  175,  193,  174,  175,   70,   71,   72,
+ /*  1090 */    73,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,  199,   82,
+ /*  1100 */    83,   84,   85,   86,   87,   88,   89,   90,   91,   92,
+ /*  1110 */    19,   20,  150,   22,  160,   22,  149,   26,   27,  150,
+ /*  1120 */    23,    6,   25,   19,   20,  150,   22,  165,   37,  149,
+ /*  1130 */    26,   27,  151,   23,  165,   25,  174,  175,  151,  150,
+ /*  1140 */   165,   37,   13,  150,  150,  149,  149,   56,  194,  174,
+ /*  1150 */   175,   23,   25,   25,  165,  194,  150,   66,  165,  165,
+ /*  1160 */    56,  150,  159,  174,  175,  125,  150,  174,  175,   76,
+ /*  1170 */    66,  165,  218,  150,  122,  199,  165,   86,   87,  200,
+ /*  1180 */   150,  165,  123,  121,   93,   94,   95,  193,  165,   98,
+ /*  1190 */    86,   87,   88,  201,  240,  165,  124,   93,   94,   95,
+ /*  1200 */   202,  135,   98,    5,  174,  175,  115,  203,   10,   11,
+ /*  1210 */    12,   13,   14,  150,  157,   17,  193,  150,  227,  210,
+ /*  1220 */   129,  130,  131,  132,  133,  134,  150,  157,  165,   31,
+ /*  1230 */   117,   33,  165,  129,  130,  131,  132,  133,  134,  150,
+ /*  1240 */    42,  165,   19,   20,  104,   22,  150,  211,  210,   26,
+ /*  1250 */    27,  210,  150,   55,  165,   57,  193,  120,  104,   61,
+ /*  1260 */    37,  165,   64,  174,  175,   19,   20,  165,   22,  150,
+ /*  1270 */   174,  175,   26,   27,  176,  150,  174,  175,   47,   56,
+ /*  1280 */   211,  150,  150,   37,  165,   23,   23,   25,   25,   66,
+ /*  1290 */   165,  211,  150,  174,  175,  184,  165,  165,  176,  174,
+ /*  1300 */   175,  178,   56,  105,  106,  174,  175,  165,  110,   86,
+ /*  1310 */    87,  176,   66,  115,  103,  176,   93,   94,   95,  150,
+ /*  1320 */    23,   98,   25,  150,   22,   22,  128,  150,  150,   26,
+ /*  1330 */    27,  150,   86,   87,  165,  193,  150,  139,  165,   93,
+ /*  1340 */    94,   95,  165,  165,   98,  150,  165,  179,   92,  150,
+ /*  1350 */   150,  165,  129,  130,  131,  132,  133,  134,  184,  150,
+ /*  1360 */   165,  176,  193,  230,  165,  165,  193,  150,  150,   66,
+ /*  1370 */   176,  150,  150,  230,  165,  129,  130,  131,  132,  133,
+ /*  1380 */   134,  176,  165,  165,  150,  150,  165,  165,  150,   86,
+ /*  1390 */    87,  150,  150,  150,  150,  179,   18,   94,   45,  165,
+ /*  1400 */   165,   98,  157,  165,  150,  150,  165,  165,  165,  165,
+ /*  1410 */   157,  135,   68,  156,  156,  156,  189,  157,  157,  165,
+ /*  1420 */   165,  238,  156,  239,  157,  189,   22,  219,  199,  157,
+ /*  1430 */    18,  192,  129,  130,  131,  157,  199,   40,  219,  192,
+ /*  1440 */   192,  192,  157,  157,  243,  243,   38,  164,  180,  246,
+ /*  1450 */   180,    1,   15,  189,   23,  249,  252,   22,  117,  252,
+ /*  1460 */   117,  112,  117,  117,  117,   22,   11,   23,   23,   22,
+ /*  1470 */    22,   25,   23,   35,   23,   23,   35,  119,   25,   25,
+ /*  1480 */    22,  117,   23,   23,   27,   52,   22,   22,   52,   23,
+ /*  1490 */    22,   35,   29,   22,   52,   22,  102,  108,   19,   24,
+ /*  1500 */    39,   20,  104,   25,  138,   43,  104,   22,    5,    1,
+ /*  1510 */   117,   35,  107,   27,  126,   76,   76,   22,  118,    1,
+ /*  1520 */    16,  120,   53,   53,  118,   20,   59,  107,   22,  126,
+ /*  1530 */    23,   16,   23,   22,  127,   15,  140,   65,    3,  253,
+ /*  1540 */     4,
+};
+#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-110)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MAX 417
+static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */   111, 1091, 1198, 1091, 1223, 1223,   -2,   88,   88,  -19,
+ /*    10 */  1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223,  210,  465,  129, 1104, 1223,
+ /*    20 */  1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223,
+ /*    30 */  1223, 1223, 1246, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223,
+ /*    40 */  1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223,
+ /*    50 */  1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223,
+ /*    60 */  1223,  -49,  361,  465,  465,  154,  138,  138, -109,   55,
+ /*    70 */   203,  277,  351,  425,  499,  573,  647,  721,  795,  869,
+ /*    80 */   795,  795,  795,  795,  795,  795,  795,  795,  795,  795,
+ /*    90 */   795,  795,  795,  795,  795,  795,  795,  795,  943, 1017,
+ /*   100 */  1017,  -69,  -69,  -69,  -69,   -1,   -1,   57,  155,  -44,
+ /*   110 */   465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  654,  205,  465,  465,  465,
+ /*   120 */   465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,
+ /*   130 */   465,  465,  465,  248,  154,  -80, -110, -110, -110, 1303,
+ /*   140 */   131,   95,  291,  352,  458,  510,  582,  582,  465,  465,
+ /*   150 */   465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,
+ /*   160 */   465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,
+ /*   170 */   465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,  465,
+ /*   180 */   613,  683,  601,  379,  379,  379,  657,  586, -109, -109,
+ /*   190 */  -109, -110, -110, -110,  172,  172,  275,  160,  516,  667,
+ /*   200 */   724,  442,  744,  883,   60,   60,  612,  367,  236,  803,
+ /*   210 */   708,  708,  143,  718,  708,  708,  708,  708,  542,  426,
+ /*   220 */   438,  154,  773,  773,  713,  428,  428,  904,  428,  876,
+ /*   230 */   428,  154,  428,  154,  643, 1024,  946, 1024,  904,  904,
+ /*   240 */   946, 1115, 1115, 1115, 1115, 1129, 1129, 1127, -109, 1040,
+ /*   250 */  1052, 1059, 1062, 1072, 1066, 1113, 1113, 1140, 1137, 1140,
+ /*   260 */  1137, 1140, 1137, 1154, 1154, 1231, 1154, 1211, 1154, 1302,
+ /*   270 */  1256, 1256, 1231, 1154, 1154, 1154, 1302, 1378, 1113, 1378,
+ /*   280 */  1113, 1378, 1113, 1113, 1353, 1276, 1378, 1113, 1344, 1344,
+ /*   290 */  1404, 1040, 1113, 1412, 1412, 1412, 1412, 1040, 1344, 1404,
+ /*   300 */  1113, 1397, 1397, 1113, 1113, 1408, -110, -110, -110, -110,
+ /*   310 */  -110, -110,  939,   46,  547,  905,  983,  971,  972,  970,
+ /*   320 */  1037,  941,  982, 1029, 1047, 1097, 1110, 1128, 1262, 1263,
+ /*   330 */  1093, 1297, 1450, 1437, 1431, 1435, 1341, 1343, 1345, 1346,
+ /*   340 */  1347, 1349, 1443, 1444, 1445, 1447, 1455, 1448, 1449, 1446,
+ /*   350 */  1451, 1452, 1453, 1438, 1454, 1441, 1453, 1358, 1458, 1456,
+ /*   360 */  1457, 1364, 1459, 1460, 1461, 1433, 1464, 1463, 1436, 1465,
+ /*   370 */  1466, 1468, 1471, 1442, 1473, 1394, 1389, 1479, 1481, 1475,
+ /*   380 */  1398, 1462, 1467, 1469, 1478, 1470, 1366, 1402, 1485, 1503,
+ /*   390 */  1508, 1393, 1476, 1486, 1405, 1439, 1440, 1388, 1495, 1400,
+ /*   400 */  1518, 1504, 1401, 1505, 1406, 1420, 1403, 1506, 1407, 1507,
+ /*   410 */  1509, 1515, 1472, 1520, 1396, 1511, 1535, 1536,
+};
+#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-197)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MAX 311
+static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
+ /*     0 */  -141,   90,   16,  147,  -55,   21,  148,  149,  158,  240,
+ /*    10 */   223,  237,  242,  303,  307,  164,  370,  171,  369,  376,
+ /*    20 */   380,  443,  450,  504,  517,  524,  535,  537,  578,  591,
+ /*    30 */   594,  599,  611,  652,  665,  668,  686,  726,  739,  742,
+ /*    40 */   746,  760,  800,  816,  834,  874,  888,  890,  908,  911,
+ /*    50 */   962,  975,  989,  993, 1030, 1089, 1096, 1102, 1119, 1125,
+ /*    60 */  1131, -196,  954,  740,  396,  169,  -68,  463,  405,  459,
+ /*    70 */   459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,
+ /*    80 */   459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,
+ /*    90 */   459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,
+ /*   100 */   459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  459,  -21,  459,  459,
+ /*   110 */   538,  375,  592,  666,  814,    6,  222,  521,  682,  817,
+ /*   120 */   356,  244,  466,  684,  691,  891,  994, 1023, 1063, 1142,
+ /*   130 */  1169,  759, 1173,  459,  -89,  459,  459,  459,  459,  285,
+ /*   140 */    76,  430,  598,  610,  765,  818,  423,  485,  892,  909,
+ /*   150 */   910,  969, 1006,  818, 1011, 1016, 1067, 1076, 1132, 1177,
+ /*   160 */  1178, 1181, 1186, 1195, 1199, 1200, 1209, 1217, 1218, 1221,
+ /*   170 */  1222, 1234, 1235, 1238, 1241, 1242, 1243, 1244, 1254, 1255,
+ /*   180 */   532,  532,  549,  178,  324,  688,  446,  769,  776,  809,
+ /*   190 */   813,  655,  581,  738,  -74,  -58,  -50,  -17,  -23,  -23,
+ /*   200 */   -23,   63,  -23,   29,   68,  121,  183,  146,  225,   29,
+ /*   210 */   -23,  -23,  196,  177,  -23,  -23,  -23,  -23,  255,  328,
+ /*   220 */   335,  381,  404,  439,  449,  600,  648,  546,  685,  638,
+ /*   230 */   717,  663,  722,  811,  734,  756,  801,  827,  868,  872,
+ /*   240 */   899,  967,  980,  996,  997,  981,  987, 1003,  961,  976,
+ /*   250 */   979,  992,  998, 1004,  991, 1057, 1070, 1009, 1036, 1038,
+ /*   260 */  1069, 1041, 1080, 1098, 1122, 1111, 1135, 1123, 1139, 1168,
+ /*   270 */  1133, 1143, 1174, 1185, 1194, 1205, 1216, 1257, 1245, 1258,
+ /*   280 */  1253, 1259, 1260, 1261, 1183, 1184, 1266, 1267, 1227, 1236,
+ /*   290 */  1208, 1229, 1272, 1239, 1247, 1248, 1249, 1237, 1264, 1219,
+ /*   300 */  1278, 1201, 1202, 1285, 1286, 1203, 1283, 1268, 1270, 1206,
+ /*   310 */  1204, 1207,
+};
+static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
+ /*     0 */   634,  869,  958,  958,  869,  958,  958,  898,  898,  757,
+ /*    10 */   867,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  932,  958,  958,
+ /*    20 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*    30 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*    40 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*    50 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*    60 */   958,  841,  958,  958,  958,  673,  898,  898,  761,  792,
+ /*    70 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  793,  958,
+ /*    80 */   871,  866,  862,  864,  863,  870,  794,  783,  790,  797,
+ /*    90 */   772,  911,  799,  800,  806,  807,  933,  931,  829,  828,
+ /*   100 */   847,  831,  845,  853,  846,  830,  840,  665,  832,  833,
+ /*   110 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  726,  660,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   120 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   130 */   958,  958,  958,  834,  958,  835,  848,  849,  850,  958,
+ /*   140 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  640,  958,
+ /*   150 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   160 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   170 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  882,  958,  936,  938,  958,
+ /*   180 */   958,  958,  634,  757,  757,  757,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   190 */   958,  751,  761,  950,  958,  958,  717,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   200 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  642,  749,  675,  759,
+ /*   210 */   662,  738,  904,  958,  923,  921,  740,  802,  958,  749,
+ /*   220 */   758,  958,  958,  958,  865,  786,  786,  774,  786,  696,
+ /*   230 */   786,  958,  786,  958,  699,  916,  796,  916,  774,  774,
+ /*   240 */   796,  639,  639,  639,  639,  650,  650,  716,  958,  796,
+ /*   250 */   787,  789,  779,  791,  958,  765,  765,  773,  778,  773,
+ /*   260 */   778,  773,  778,  728,  728,  713,  728,  699,  728,  875,
+ /*   270 */   879,  879,  713,  728,  728,  728,  875,  657,  765,  657,
+ /*   280 */   765,  657,  765,  765,  908,  910,  657,  765,  730,  730,
+ /*   290 */   808,  796,  765,  737,  737,  737,  737,  796,  730,  808,
+ /*   300 */   765,  935,  935,  765,  765,  943,  683,  701,  701,  950,
+ /*   310 */   955,  955,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   320 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   330 */   884,  958,  958,  648,  958,  667,  815,  820,  816,  958,
+ /*   340 */   817,  743,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   350 */   958,  958,  868,  958,  780,  958,  788,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   360 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   370 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   380 */   958,  958,  958,  906,  907,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   390 */   958,  914,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   400 */   958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,  958,
+ /*   410 */   958,  958,  942,  958,  958,  945,  635,  958,  630,  632,
+ /*   420 */   633,  637,  638,  641,  667,  668,  670,  671,  672,  643,
+ /*   430 */   644,  645,  646,  647,  649,  653,  651,  652,  654,  661,
+ /*   440 */   663,  682,  684,  686,  747,  748,  812,  741,  742,  746,
+ /*   450 */   669,  823,  814,  818,  819,  821,  822,  836,  837,  839,
+ /*   460 */   844,  852,  855,  838,  843,  851,  854,  744,  745,  858,
+ /*   470 */   676,  677,  680,  681,  894,  896,  895,  897,  679,  678,
+ /*   480 */   824,  827,  860,  861,  924,  925,  926,  927,  928,  856,
+ /*   490 */   766,  859,  842,  781,  784,  785,  782,  750,  760,  768,
+ /*   500 */   769,  770,  771,  755,  756,  762,  777,  810,  811,  775,
+ /*   510 */   776,  763,  764,  752,  753,  754,  857,  813,  825,  826,
+ /*   520 */   687,  688,  820,  689,  690,  691,  729,  732,  733,  734,
+ /*   530 */   692,  711,  714,  715,  693,  700,  694,  695,  702,  703,
+ /*   540 */   704,  706,  707,  708,  709,  710,  705,  876,  877,  880,
+ /*   550 */   878,  697,  698,  712,  685,  674,  666,  718,  721,  722,
+ /*   560 */   723,  724,  725,  727,  719,  720,  664,  655,  658,  767,
+ /*   570 */   900,  909,  905,  901,  902,  903,  659,  872,  873,  731,
+ /*   580 */   804,  805,  899,  912,  915,  917,  918,  919,  809,  920,
+ /*   590 */   922,  913,  947,  656,  735,  736,  739,  881,  929,  795,
+ /*   600 */   798,  801,  803,  883,  885,  887,  889,  890,  891,  892,
+ /*   610 */   893,  886,  888,  930,  934,  937,  939,  940,  941,  944,
+ /*   620 */   946,  951,  952,  953,  956,  957,  954,  636,  631,
+};
+#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (int)(sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))
 
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif  /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
+/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
+** like the following:
+** 
+**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+**
+** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
+** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
+** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
+** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+*/
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
+    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
+    0,  /*       SEMI => nothing */
+   26,  /*    EXPLAIN => ID */
+   26,  /*      QUERY => ID */
+   26,  /*       PLAN => ID */
+   26,  /*      BEGIN => ID */
+    0,  /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
+   26,  /*   DEFERRED => ID */
+   26,  /*  IMMEDIATE => ID */
+   26,  /*  EXCLUSIVE => ID */
+    0,  /*     COMMIT => nothing */
+   26,  /*        END => ID */
+   26,  /*   ROLLBACK => ID */
+   26,  /*  SAVEPOINT => ID */
+   26,  /*    RELEASE => ID */
+    0,  /*         TO => nothing */
+    0,  /*      TABLE => nothing */
+    0,  /*     CREATE => nothing */
+   26,  /*         IF => ID */
+    0,  /*        NOT => nothing */
+    0,  /*     EXISTS => nothing */
+   26,  /*       TEMP => ID */
+    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
+    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
+    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
+    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
+    0,  /*    INDEXED => nothing */
+   26,  /*      ABORT => ID */
+   26,  /*     ACTION => ID */
+   26,  /*      AFTER => ID */
+   26,  /*    ANALYZE => ID */
+   26,  /*        ASC => ID */
+   26,  /*     ATTACH => ID */
+   26,  /*     BEFORE => ID */
+   26,  /*         BY => ID */
+   26,  /*    CASCADE => ID */
+   26,  /*       CAST => ID */
+   26,  /*   COLUMNKW => ID */
+   26,  /*   CONFLICT => ID */
+   26,  /*   DATABASE => ID */
+   26,  /*       DESC => ID */
+   26,  /*     DETACH => ID */
+   26,  /*       EACH => ID */
+   26,  /*       FAIL => ID */
+   26,  /*        FOR => ID */
+   26,  /*     IGNORE => ID */
+   26,  /*  INITIALLY => ID */
+   26,  /*    INSTEAD => ID */
+   26,  /*    LIKE_KW => ID */
+   26,  /*      MATCH => ID */
+   26,  /*         NO => ID */
+   26,  /*        KEY => ID */
+   26,  /*         OF => ID */
+   26,  /*     OFFSET => ID */
+   26,  /*     PRAGMA => ID */
+   26,  /*      RAISE => ID */
+   26,  /*    REPLACE => ID */
+   26,  /*   RESTRICT => ID */
+   26,  /*        ROW => ID */
+   26,  /*    TRIGGER => ID */
+   26,  /*     VACUUM => ID */
+   26,  /*       VIEW => ID */
+   26,  /*    VIRTUAL => ID */
+   26,  /*    REINDEX => ID */
+   26,  /*     RENAME => ID */
+   26,  /*   CTIME_KW => ID */
+};
+#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
 
-/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 June 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+/* The following structure represents a single element of the
+** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
+**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
+**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
 **
-** $Id: vtab.c,v 1.69 2008/05/05 13:23:04 drh Exp $
+**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
+**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
+**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-
-static int createModule(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
-) {
-  int rc, nName;
-  Module *pMod;
+struct yyStackEntry {
+  YYACTIONTYPE stateno;  /* The state-number */
+  YYCODETYPE major;      /* The major token value.  This is the code
+                         ** number for the token at this stack level */
+  YYMINORTYPE minor;     /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
+                         ** is the value of the token  */
+};
+typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
 
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  nName = strlen(zName);
-  pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
-  if( pMod ){
-    char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
-    memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
-    pMod->zName = zCopy;
-    pMod->pModule = pModule;
-    pMod->pAux = pAux;
-    pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
-    pMod = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod);
-    if( pMod && pMod->xDestroy ){
-      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pMod);
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
+/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
+** the following structure */
+struct yyParser {
+  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  int yyidxMax;                 /* Maximum value of yyidx */
+#endif
+  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  int yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
+  yyStackEntry *yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
+#else
+  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+#endif
+};
+typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
 
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
+static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
 
-/*
-** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* 
+** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
+** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
+** by making either argument NULL 
+**
+** Inputs:
+** 
        
+** 
      •  A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
+**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
+** 
      •  A prefix string written at the beginning of every
+**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
+**      turned off.
+** 
      
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux                      /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-){
-  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
+  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
+  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
+  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
+  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
 }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
 
-/*
-** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
-){
-  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
-}
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
+** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
+static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
+  "$",             "SEMI",          "EXPLAIN",       "QUERY",       
+  "PLAN",          "BEGIN",         "TRANSACTION",   "DEFERRED",    
+  "IMMEDIATE",     "EXCLUSIVE",     "COMMIT",        "END",         
+  "ROLLBACK",      "SAVEPOINT",     "RELEASE",       "TO",          
+  "TABLE",         "CREATE",        "IF",            "NOT",         
+  "EXISTS",        "TEMP",          "LP",            "RP",          
+  "AS",            "COMMA",         "ID",            "INDEXED",     
+  "ABORT",         "ACTION",        "AFTER",         "ANALYZE",     
+  "ASC",           "ATTACH",        "BEFORE",        "BY",          
+  "CASCADE",       "CAST",          "COLUMNKW",      "CONFLICT",    
+  "DATABASE",      "DESC",          "DETACH",        "EACH",        
+  "FAIL",          "FOR",           "IGNORE",        "INITIALLY",   
+  "INSTEAD",       "LIKE_KW",       "MATCH",         "NO",          
+  "KEY",           "OF",            "OFFSET",        "PRAGMA",      
+  "RAISE",         "REPLACE",       "RESTRICT",      "ROW",         
+  "TRIGGER",       "VACUUM",        "VIEW",          "VIRTUAL",     
+  "REINDEX",       "RENAME",        "CTIME_KW",      "ANY",         
+  "OR",            "AND",           "IS",            "BETWEEN",     
+  "IN",            "ISNULL",        "NOTNULL",       "NE",          
+  "EQ",            "GT",            "LE",            "LT",          
+  "GE",            "ESCAPE",        "BITAND",        "BITOR",       
+  "LSHIFT",        "RSHIFT",        "PLUS",          "MINUS",       
+  "STAR",          "SLASH",         "REM",           "CONCAT",      
+  "COLLATE",       "BITNOT",        "STRING",        "JOIN_KW",     
+  "CONSTRAINT",    "DEFAULT",       "NULL",          "PRIMARY",     
+  "UNIQUE",        "CHECK",         "REFERENCES",    "AUTOINCR",    
+  "ON",            "DELETE",        "UPDATE",        "SET",         
+  "DEFERRABLE",    "FOREIGN",       "DROP",          "UNION",       
+  "ALL",           "EXCEPT",        "INTERSECT",     "SELECT",      
+  "DISTINCT",      "DOT",           "FROM",          "JOIN",        
+  "USING",         "ORDER",         "GROUP",         "HAVING",      
+  "LIMIT",         "WHERE",         "INTO",          "VALUES",      
+  "INSERT",        "INTEGER",       "FLOAT",         "BLOB",        
+  "REGISTER",      "VARIABLE",      "CASE",          "WHEN",        
+  "THEN",          "ELSE",          "INDEX",         "ALTER",       
+  "ADD",           "error",         "input",         "cmdlist",     
+  "ecmd",          "explain",       "cmdx",          "cmd",         
+  "transtype",     "trans_opt",     "nm",            "savepoint_opt",
+  "create_table",  "create_table_args",  "createkw",      "temp",        
+  "ifnotexists",   "dbnm",          "columnlist",    "conslist_opt",
+  "select",        "column",        "columnid",      "type",        
+  "carglist",      "id",            "ids",           "typetoken",   
+  "typename",      "signed",        "plus_num",      "minus_num",   
+  "carg",          "ccons",         "term",          "expr",        
+  "onconf",        "sortorder",     "autoinc",       "idxlist_opt", 
+  "refargs",       "defer_subclause",  "refarg",        "refact",      
+  "init_deferred_pred_opt",  "conslist",      "tcons",         "idxlist",     
+  "defer_subclause_opt",  "orconf",        "resolvetype",   "raisetype",   
+  "ifexists",      "fullname",      "oneselect",     "multiselect_op",
+  "distinct",      "selcollist",    "from",          "where_opt",   
+  "groupby_opt",   "having_opt",    "orderby_opt",   "limit_opt",   
+  "sclp",          "as",            "seltablist",    "stl_prefix",  
+  "joinop",        "indexed_opt",   "on_opt",        "using_opt",   
+  "joinop2",       "inscollist",    "sortlist",      "sortitem",    
+  "nexprlist",     "setlist",       "insert_cmd",    "inscollist_opt",
+  "itemlist",      "exprlist",      "likeop",        "escape",      
+  "between_op",    "in_op",         "case_operand",  "case_exprlist",
+  "case_else",     "uniqueflag",    "collate",       "nmnum",       
+  "plus_opt",      "number",        "trigger_decl",  "trigger_cmd_list",
+  "trigger_time",  "trigger_event",  "foreach_clause",  "when_clause", 
+  "trigger_cmd",   "trnm",          "tridxby",       "database_kw_opt",
+  "key_opt",       "add_column_fullname",  "kwcolumn_opt",  "create_vtab", 
+  "vtabarglist",   "vtabarg",       "vtabargtoken",  "lp",          
+  "anylist",     
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
 
-/*
-** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
-** Locks nest.  Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
-** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.  
-**
-** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
-** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  pVtab->nRef++;
-}
+static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
+ /*   0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
+ /*   1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
+ /*   2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
+ /*   3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
+ /*   4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
+ /*   5 */ "explain ::=",
+ /*   6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
+ /*   7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
+ /*   8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
+ /*   9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
+ /*  10 */ "trans_opt ::=",
+ /*  11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
+ /*  12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
+ /*  13 */ "transtype ::=",
+ /*  14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
+ /*  15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
+ /*  17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
+ /*  18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
+ /*  19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
+ /*  20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT",
+ /*  21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=",
+ /*  22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm",
+ /*  23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm",
+ /*  24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm",
+ /*  25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
+ /*  26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
+ /*  27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE",
+ /*  28 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
+ /*  29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
+ /*  30 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
+ /*  31 */ "temp ::=",
+ /*  32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP",
+ /*  33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
+ /*  34 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
+ /*  35 */ "columnlist ::= column",
+ /*  36 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
+ /*  37 */ "columnid ::= nm",
+ /*  38 */ "id ::= ID",
+ /*  39 */ "id ::= INDEXED",
+ /*  40 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING",
+ /*  41 */ "nm ::= id",
+ /*  42 */ "nm ::= STRING",
+ /*  43 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /*  44 */ "type ::=",
+ /*  45 */ "type ::= typetoken",
+ /*  46 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
+ /*  47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
+ /*  48 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
+ /*  49 */ "typename ::= ids",
+ /*  50 */ "typename ::= typename ids",
+ /*  51 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
+ /*  52 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
+ /*  53 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg",
+ /*  54 */ "carglist ::=",
+ /*  55 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons",
+ /*  56 */ "carg ::= ccons",
+ /*  57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
+ /*  58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
+ /*  59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
+ /*  60 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
+ /*  61 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id",
+ /*  62 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
+ /*  63 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
+ /*  64 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
+ /*  65 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
+ /*  66 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
+ /*  67 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
+ /*  68 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  69 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids",
+ /*  70 */ "autoinc ::=",
+ /*  71 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
+ /*  72 */ "refargs ::=",
+ /*  73 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
+ /*  74 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
+ /*  75 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
+ /*  76 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
+ /*  77 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
+ /*  78 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
+ /*  79 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
+ /*  80 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
+ /*  81 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION",
+ /*  82 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  83 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /*  84 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
+ /*  85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
+ /*  86 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
+ /*  87 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
+ /*  88 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
+ /*  89 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
+ /*  90 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
+ /*  91 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
+ /*  92 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /*  93 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
+ /*  94 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /*  95 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
+ /*  96 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
+ /*  97 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
+ /*  98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
+ /*  99 */ "onconf ::=",
+ /* 100 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
+ /* 101 */ "orconf ::=",
+ /* 102 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
+ /* 103 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
+ /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
+ /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 106 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
+ /* 107 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
+ /* 108 */ "ifexists ::=",
+ /* 109 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
+ /* 110 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
+ /* 111 */ "cmd ::= select",
+ /* 112 */ "select ::= oneselect",
+ /* 113 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
+ /* 114 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
+ /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
+ /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
+ /* 117 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
+ /* 118 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
+ /* 119 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
+ /* 120 */ "distinct ::=",
+ /* 121 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
+ /* 122 */ "sclp ::=",
+ /* 123 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
+ /* 124 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
+ /* 125 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
+ /* 126 */ "as ::= AS nm",
+ /* 127 */ "as ::= ids",
+ /* 128 */ "as ::=",
+ /* 129 */ "from ::=",
+ /* 130 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
+ /* 131 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
+ /* 132 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
+ /* 133 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 134 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 135 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 136 */ "dbnm ::=",
+ /* 137 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
+ /* 138 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
+ /* 139 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
+ /* 140 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
+ /* 141 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
+ /* 142 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
+ /* 143 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
+ /* 144 */ "on_opt ::=",
+ /* 145 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
+ /* 146 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 147 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 148 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 149 */ "using_opt ::=",
+ /* 150 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
+ /* 151 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
+ /* 152 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder",
+ /* 153 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder",
+ /* 154 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
+ /* 155 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
+ /* 156 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
+ /* 157 */ "sortorder ::=",
+ /* 158 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
+ /* 159 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
+ /* 160 */ "having_opt ::=",
+ /* 161 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
+ /* 162 */ "limit_opt ::=",
+ /* 163 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
+ /* 164 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
+ /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
+ /* 166 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
+ /* 167 */ "where_opt ::=",
+ /* 168 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
+ /* 169 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 170 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
+ /* 171 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
+ /* 172 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
+ /* 173 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 174 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
+ /* 175 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
+ /* 176 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 177 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 178 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
+ /* 179 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
+ /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 181 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
+ /* 182 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
+ /* 183 */ "expr ::= term",
+ /* 184 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /* 185 */ "term ::= NULL",
+ /* 186 */ "expr ::= id",
+ /* 187 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 188 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
+ /* 190 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
+ /* 191 */ "term ::= STRING",
+ /* 192 */ "expr ::= REGISTER",
+ /* 193 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
+ /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids",
+ /* 195 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
+ /* 196 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP",
+ /* 197 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
+ /* 198 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
+ /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
+ /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
+ /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
+ /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
+ /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
+ /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
+ /* 207 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW",
+ /* 208 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW",
+ /* 209 */ "likeop ::= MATCH",
+ /* 210 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH",
+ /* 211 */ "escape ::= ESCAPE expr",
+ /* 212 */ "escape ::=",
+ /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr escape",
+ /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
+ /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
+ /* 216 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr",
+ /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr",
+ /* 218 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
+ /* 219 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
+ /* 220 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
+ /* 221 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
+ /* 222 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
+ /* 223 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
+ /* 224 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
+ /* 225 */ "in_op ::= IN",
+ /* 226 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
+ /* 227 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
+ /* 228 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
+ /* 229 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
+ /* 230 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
+ /* 231 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
+ /* 232 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
+ /* 233 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 234 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
+ /* 235 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
+ /* 236 */ "case_else ::=",
+ /* 237 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
+ /* 238 */ "case_operand ::=",
+ /* 239 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
+ /* 240 */ "exprlist ::=",
+ /* 241 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 242 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
+ /* 243 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP",
+ /* 244 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
+ /* 245 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
+ /* 246 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
+ /* 247 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
+ /* 248 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 249 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder",
+ /* 250 */ "collate ::=",
+ /* 251 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids",
+ /* 252 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
+ /* 253 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
+ /* 254 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
+ /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
+ /* 256 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
+ /* 257 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
+ /* 258 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
+ /* 259 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP",
+ /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
+ /* 261 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
+ /* 262 */ "nmnum ::= ON",
+ /* 263 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE",
+ /* 264 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT",
+ /* 265 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number",
+ /* 266 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number",
+ /* 267 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
+ /* 268 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS",
+ /* 269 */ "plus_opt ::=",
+ /* 270 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
+ /* 271 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
+ /* 272 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
+ /* 273 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
+ /* 274 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
+ /* 275 */ "trigger_time ::=",
+ /* 276 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
+ /* 277 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
+ /* 278 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist",
+ /* 279 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
+ /* 280 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
+ /* 281 */ "when_clause ::=",
+ /* 282 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
+ /* 283 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI",
+ /* 285 */ "trnm ::= nm",
+ /* 286 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 287 */ "tridxby ::=",
+ /* 288 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 289 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 290 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 291 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
+ /* 292 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 293 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt",
+ /* 294 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
+ /* 295 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
+ /* 296 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
+ /* 297 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
+ /* 298 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
+ /* 299 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
+ /* 300 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
+ /* 301 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
+ /* 302 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
+ /* 303 */ "key_opt ::=",
+ /* 304 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
+ /* 305 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
+ /* 306 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
+ /* 307 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
+ /* 308 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
+ /* 309 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
+ /* 310 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
+ /* 311 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
+ /* 312 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column",
+ /* 313 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
+ /* 314 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
+ /* 315 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
+ /* 316 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
+ /* 317 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
+ /* 318 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm",
+ /* 319 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
+ /* 320 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
+ /* 321 */ "vtabarg ::=",
+ /* 322 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
+ /* 323 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
+ /* 324 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
+ /* 325 */ "lp ::= LP",
+ /* 326 */ "anylist ::=",
+ /* 327 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP",
+ /* 328 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
+};
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
 
-/*
-** Unlock a virtual table.  When the last lock is removed,
-** disconnect the virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  pVtab->nRef--;
-  assert(db);
-  assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) );
-  if( pVtab->nRef==0 ){
-    if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
-      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-      pVtab->pModule->xDisconnect(pVtab);
-      (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-    } else {
-      pVtab->pModule->xDisconnect(pVtab);
-    }
-  }
-}
 
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
 /*
-** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
-** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
-** record.
+** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(Table *p){
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = p->pVtab;
-  if( pVtab ){
-    assert( p->pMod && p->pMod->pModule );
-    sqlite3VtabUnlock(p->pSchema->db, pVtab);
-    p->pVtab = 0;
-  }
-  if( p->azModuleArg ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){
-      sqlite3_free(p->azModuleArg[i]);
+static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
+  int newSize;
+  yyStackEntry *pNew;
+
+  newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
+  pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
+  if( pNew ){
+    p->yystack = pNew;
+    p->yystksz = newSize;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+    if( yyTraceFILE ){
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n",
+              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
     }
-    sqlite3_free(p->azModuleArg);
+#endif
   }
 }
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
-** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored.  The
-** string will be freed automatically when the table is
-** deleted.
+/* 
+** This function allocates a new parser.
+** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
+** malloc.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+**
+** Outputs:
+** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
+** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
 */
-static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){
-  int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
-  int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg);
-  char **azModuleArg;
-  azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
-  if( azModuleArg==0 ){
-    int j;
-    for(j=0; jazModuleArg[j]);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zArg);
-    sqlite3_free(pTable->azModuleArg);
-    pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
-  }else{
-    azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
-    azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
+  yyParser *pParser;
+  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
+  if( pParser ){
+    pParser->yyidx = -1;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+    pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
+#endif
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+    pParser->yystack = NULL;
+    pParser->yystksz = 0;
+    yyGrowStack(pParser);
+#endif
   }
-  pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
+  return pParser;
 }
 
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
-** statement.  The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
-** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
+/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
+** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
+** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
+** the value.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Token *pName1,        /* Name of new table, or database name */
-  Token *pName2,        /* Name of new table or NULL */
-  Token *pModuleName    /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
+static void yy_destructor(
+  yyParser *yypParser,    /* The parser */
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
 ){
-  int iDb;              /* The database the table is being created in */
-  Table *pTable;        /* The new virtual table */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
-
-  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_SharedCache ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot use virtual tables in shared-cache mode");
-    return;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0);
-  pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( pTable==0 || pParse->nErr ) return;
-  assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-  pTable->isVirtual = 1;
-  pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName));
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
-  pParse->sNameToken.n = pModuleName->z + pModuleName->n - pName1->z;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
-  ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
-  ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
-  ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
-  */
-  if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
-    sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, 
-            pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  }
-#endif
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+  switch( yymajor ){
+    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
+    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
+    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
+    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
+    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
+    **
+    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
+    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
+    ** inside the C code.
+    */
+    case 160: /* select */
+    case 194: /* oneselect */
+{
+sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy3));
 }
-
-/*
-** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
-** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
-** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
-*/
-static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
-  if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){
-    const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
-    int n = pParse->sArg.n;
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n));
+      break;
+    case 174: /* term */
+    case 175: /* expr */
+    case 223: /* escape */
+{
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy346).pExpr);
+}
+      break;
+    case 179: /* idxlist_opt */
+    case 187: /* idxlist */
+    case 197: /* selcollist */
+    case 200: /* groupby_opt */
+    case 202: /* orderby_opt */
+    case 204: /* sclp */
+    case 214: /* sortlist */
+    case 216: /* nexprlist */
+    case 217: /* setlist */
+    case 220: /* itemlist */
+    case 221: /* exprlist */
+    case 227: /* case_exprlist */
+{
+sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy14));
+}
+      break;
+    case 193: /* fullname */
+    case 198: /* from */
+    case 206: /* seltablist */
+    case 207: /* stl_prefix */
+{
+sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy65));
+}
+      break;
+    case 199: /* where_opt */
+    case 201: /* having_opt */
+    case 210: /* on_opt */
+    case 215: /* sortitem */
+    case 226: /* case_operand */
+    case 228: /* case_else */
+    case 239: /* when_clause */
+    case 244: /* key_opt */
+{
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy132));
+}
+      break;
+    case 211: /* using_opt */
+    case 213: /* inscollist */
+    case 219: /* inscollist_opt */
+{
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy408));
+}
+      break;
+    case 235: /* trigger_cmd_list */
+    case 240: /* trigger_cmd */
+{
+sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy473));
+}
+      break;
+    case 237: /* trigger_event */
+{
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy378).b);
+}
+      break;
+    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
-** has been completely parsed.
+** Pop the parser's stack once.
+**
+** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
+** is popped from the stack, then call it.
+**
+** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
-  Table *pTab;        /* The table being constructed */
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
-  char *zModule;      /* The module name of the table: USING modulename */
-  Module *pMod = 0;
-
-  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
-  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
-
-  /* Lookup the module name. */
-  pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( pTab==0 ) return;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
-  zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-  pMod = (Module *)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zModule, strlen(zModule));
-  pTab->pMod = pMod;
-  
-  /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
-  ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
-  ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
-  ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
-  ** in the sqlite_master table.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    char *zStmt;
-    char *zWhere;
-    int iDb;
-    Vdbe *v;
-
-    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
-    if( pEnd ){
-      pParse->sNameToken.n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + pEnd->n;
-    }
-    zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
-
-    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
-    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
-    ** the information we've collected.  
-    **
-    ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
-    ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
-    ** by sqlite3StartTable().
-    */
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
-         "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
-       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-      pTab->zName,
-      pTab->zName,
-      zStmt,
-      pParse->regRowid
-    );
-    sqlite3_free(zStmt);
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
-    zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pTab->zName);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, 
-                         pTab->zName, strlen(pTab->zName) + 1);
-  }
+static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
+  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
+  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
 
-  /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
-  ** record of the table. If the module has already been registered,
-  ** also call the xConnect method here.
-  */
-  else {
-    Table *pOld;
-    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
-    int nName = strlen(zName) + 1;
-    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
-    if( pOld ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
-      return;
-    }
-    pSchema->db = pParse->db;
-    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
+  /* There is no mechanism by which the parser stack can be popped below
+  ** empty in SQLite.  */
+  if( NEVER(pParser->yyidx<0) ) return 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
+      yyTracePrompt,
+      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
   }
+#endif
+  yymajor = yytos->major;
+  yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor);
+  pParser->yyidx--;
+  return yymajor;
 }
 
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
-** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+/* 
+** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
+** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** 
        
+** 
      •   A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
+**       obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc.
+** 
      •   A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
+**       from malloc.
+** 
      
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
-  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
-  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
-  pParse->sArg.n = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(
+  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
+  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
+){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  /* In SQLite, we never try to destroy a parser that was not successfully
+  ** created in the first place. */
+  if( NEVER(pParser==0) ) return;
+  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+  free(pParser->yystack);
+#endif
+  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
 }
 
 /*
-** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
-** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
+** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
-  Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
-  if( pArg->z==0 ){
-    pArg->z = p->z;
-    pArg->n = p->n;
-  }else{
-    assert(pArg->z < p->z);
-    pArg->n = (p->z + p->n - pArg->z);
-  }
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){
+  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
+  return pParser->yyidxMax;
 }
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
-** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
-** to this procedure.
-*/
-static int vtabCallConstructor(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  Table *pTab,
-  Module *pMod,
-  int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  int rc;
-  int rc2;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = 0;
-  const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
-  int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
-
-  if( !zModuleName ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  assert( !db->pVTab );
-  assert( xConstruct );
-
-  db->pVTab = pTab;
-  rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVtab, &zErr);
-  rc2 = sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pVtab ){
-    pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
-    pVtab->nRef = 1;
-    pTab->pVtab = pVtab;
-  }
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-    if( zErr==0 ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
-    }else {
-      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
-      sqlite3_free(zErr);
-    }
-  }else if( db->pVTab ){
-    const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
-    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  } 
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = rc2;
-  }
-  db->pVTab = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(zModuleName);
-
-  /* If everything went according to plan, loop through the columns
-  ** of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
-  ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from
-  ** the type string.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int iCol;
-    for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){
-      char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-      int nType;
-      int i = 0;
-      if( !zType ) continue;
-      nType = strlen(zType);
-      if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6) || (zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
-        for(i=0; iyystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
+ 
+  if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_MAX || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }
+  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
+  i += iLookAhead;
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    /* The user of ";" instead of "\000" as a statement terminator in SQLite
+    ** means that we always have a look-ahead token. */
+    if( iLookAhead>0 ){
+#ifdef YYFALLBACK
+      YYCODETYPE iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
+      if( iLookAhead %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
         }
+#endif
+        return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
       }
-      if( i0 ){
-          assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
-          zType[i-1] = '\0';
+#endif
+#ifdef YYWILDCARD
+      {
+        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
+        if( j>=0 && j %s\n",
+               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
+          }
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+          return yy_action[j];
         }
-        pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1;
       }
+#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
     }
+    return yy_default[stateno];
+  }else{
+    return yy_action[i];
   }
-  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
-** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned 
-** and an error left in pParse.
+** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
+** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
 **
-** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
+** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
+** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
+** return YY_NO_ACTION.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Module *pMod;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( !pTab || !pTab->isVirtual || pTab->pVtab ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
+static int yy_find_reduce_action(
+  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
+  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
+){
+  int i;
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_MAX ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
   }
-
-  pMod = pTab->pMod;
-  if( !pMod ){
-    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  } else {
-    char *zErr = 0;
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+#else
+  assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_MAX );
+#endif
+  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
+  assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
+  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
+  i += iLookAhead;
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+    return yy_default[stateno];
   }
-
-  return rc;
+#else
+  assert( i>=0 && inVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
-    sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans;
-    int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
-    aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
-    if( !aVTrans ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
-    db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
-  }
+static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){
+   sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+   yypParser->yyidx--;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+   if( yyTraceFILE ){
+     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+   }
+#endif
+   while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
+   ** stack every overflows */
 
-  /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
-  db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVtab;
-  sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
+  pParse->parseError = 1;
+   sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
 }
 
 /*
-** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. 
-**
-** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language
-** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
-** In this case the caller must call sqlite3_free() on *pzErr.
+** Perform a shift action.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Module *pMod;
-  const char *zModule;
-
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  assert(pTab && pTab->isVirtual && !pTab->pVtab);
-  pMod = pTab->pMod;
-  zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-
-  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
-  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
-  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
-  */
-  if( !pMod ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zModule);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
+static void yy_shift(
+  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
+  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
+  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
+  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */
+){
+  yyStackEntry *yytos;
+  yypParser->yyidx++;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){
+    yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx;
   }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab->pVtab ){
-      rc = addToVTrans(db, pTab->pVtab);
+#endif
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
+    yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
+    return;
   }
-
-  return rc;
+#else
+  if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
+    yyGrowStack(yypParser);
+    if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
+      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+  yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState;
+  yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor;
+  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
+    int i;
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
+    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
+      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
+  }
+#endif
 }
 
-/*
-** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table.  It is only
-** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
-** virtual table module.
+/* The following table contains information about every rule that
+** is used during the reduce.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
-  Parse sParse;
+static const struct {
+  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
+  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
+} yyRuleInfo[] = {
+  { 142, 1 },
+  { 143, 2 },
+  { 143, 1 },
+  { 144, 1 },
+  { 144, 3 },
+  { 145, 0 },
+  { 145, 1 },
+  { 145, 3 },
+  { 146, 1 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 149, 0 },
+  { 149, 1 },
+  { 149, 2 },
+  { 148, 0 },
+  { 148, 1 },
+  { 148, 1 },
+  { 148, 1 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 151, 1 },
+  { 151, 0 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 152, 6 },
+  { 154, 1 },
+  { 156, 0 },
+  { 156, 3 },
+  { 155, 1 },
+  { 155, 0 },
+  { 153, 4 },
+  { 153, 2 },
+  { 158, 3 },
+  { 158, 1 },
+  { 161, 3 },
+  { 162, 1 },
+  { 165, 1 },
+  { 165, 1 },
+  { 166, 1 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 150, 1 },
+  { 163, 0 },
+  { 163, 1 },
+  { 167, 1 },
+  { 167, 4 },
+  { 167, 6 },
+  { 168, 1 },
+  { 168, 2 },
+  { 169, 1 },
+  { 169, 1 },
+  { 164, 2 },
+  { 164, 0 },
+  { 172, 3 },
+  { 172, 1 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 4 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 3 },
+  { 173, 5 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 173, 4 },
+  { 173, 4 },
+  { 173, 1 },
+  { 173, 2 },
+  { 178, 0 },
+  { 178, 1 },
+  { 180, 0 },
+  { 180, 2 },
+  { 182, 2 },
+  { 182, 3 },
+  { 182, 3 },
+  { 183, 2 },
+  { 183, 2 },
+  { 183, 1 },
+  { 183, 1 },
+  { 183, 2 },
+  { 181, 3 },
+  { 181, 2 },
+  { 184, 0 },
+  { 184, 2 },
+  { 184, 2 },
+  { 159, 0 },
+  { 159, 2 },
+  { 185, 3 },
+  { 185, 2 },
+  { 185, 1 },
+  { 186, 2 },
+  { 186, 7 },
+  { 186, 5 },
+  { 186, 5 },
+  { 186, 10 },
+  { 188, 0 },
+  { 188, 1 },
+  { 176, 0 },
+  { 176, 3 },
+  { 189, 0 },
+  { 189, 2 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 190, 1 },
+  { 147, 4 },
+  { 192, 2 },
+  { 192, 0 },
+  { 147, 8 },
+  { 147, 4 },
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 160, 1 },
+  { 160, 3 },
+  { 195, 1 },
+  { 195, 2 },
+  { 195, 1 },
+  { 194, 9 },
+  { 196, 1 },
+  { 196, 1 },
+  { 196, 0 },
+  { 204, 2 },
+  { 204, 0 },
+  { 197, 3 },
+  { 197, 2 },
+  { 197, 4 },
+  { 205, 2 },
+  { 205, 1 },
+  { 205, 0 },
+  { 198, 0 },
+  { 198, 2 },
+  { 207, 2 },
+  { 207, 0 },
+  { 206, 7 },
+  { 206, 7 },
+  { 206, 7 },
+  { 157, 0 },
+  { 157, 2 },
+  { 193, 2 },
+  { 208, 1 },
+  { 208, 2 },
+  { 208, 3 },
+  { 208, 4 },
+  { 210, 2 },
+  { 210, 0 },
+  { 209, 0 },
+  { 209, 3 },
+  { 209, 2 },
+  { 211, 4 },
+  { 211, 0 },
+  { 202, 0 },
+  { 202, 3 },
+  { 214, 4 },
+  { 214, 2 },
+  { 215, 1 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 177, 1 },
+  { 177, 0 },
+  { 200, 0 },
+  { 200, 3 },
+  { 201, 0 },
+  { 201, 2 },
+  { 203, 0 },
+  { 203, 2 },
+  { 203, 4 },
+  { 203, 4 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 199, 0 },
+  { 199, 2 },
+  { 147, 7 },
+  { 217, 5 },
+  { 217, 3 },
+  { 147, 8 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 218, 2 },
+  { 218, 1 },
+  { 220, 3 },
+  { 220, 1 },
+  { 219, 0 },
+  { 219, 3 },
+  { 213, 3 },
+  { 213, 1 },
+  { 175, 1 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 175, 1 },
+  { 175, 1 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 175, 1 },
+  { 175, 1 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 6 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 175, 4 },
+  { 174, 1 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 222, 1 },
+  { 222, 2 },
+  { 222, 1 },
+  { 222, 2 },
+  { 223, 2 },
+  { 223, 0 },
+  { 175, 4 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 4 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 175, 2 },
+  { 224, 1 },
+  { 224, 2 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 225, 1 },
+  { 225, 2 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 175, 3 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 175, 4 },
+  { 175, 4 },
+  { 175, 5 },
+  { 227, 5 },
+  { 227, 4 },
+  { 228, 2 },
+  { 228, 0 },
+  { 226, 1 },
+  { 226, 0 },
+  { 221, 1 },
+  { 221, 0 },
+  { 216, 3 },
+  { 216, 1 },
+  { 147, 11 },
+  { 229, 1 },
+  { 229, 0 },
+  { 179, 0 },
+  { 179, 3 },
+  { 187, 5 },
+  { 187, 3 },
+  { 230, 0 },
+  { 230, 2 },
+  { 147, 4 },
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 147, 2 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 231, 1 },
+  { 231, 1 },
+  { 231, 1 },
+  { 231, 1 },
+  { 231, 1 },
+  { 170, 2 },
+  { 171, 2 },
+  { 233, 1 },
+  { 232, 1 },
+  { 232, 0 },
+  { 147, 5 },
+  { 234, 11 },
+  { 236, 1 },
+  { 236, 1 },
+  { 236, 2 },
+  { 236, 0 },
+  { 237, 1 },
+  { 237, 1 },
+  { 237, 3 },
+  { 238, 0 },
+  { 238, 3 },
+  { 239, 0 },
+  { 239, 2 },
+  { 235, 3 },
+  { 235, 2 },
+  { 241, 1 },
+  { 241, 3 },
+  { 242, 0 },
+  { 242, 3 },
+  { 242, 2 },
+  { 240, 7 },
+  { 240, 8 },
+  { 240, 5 },
+  { 240, 5 },
+  { 240, 1 },
+  { 175, 4 },
+  { 175, 6 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 191, 1 },
+  { 147, 4 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 244, 0 },
+  { 244, 2 },
+  { 243, 1 },
+  { 243, 0 },
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 147, 3 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 147, 6 },
+  { 245, 1 },
+  { 246, 0 },
+  { 246, 1 },
+  { 147, 1 },
+  { 147, 4 },
+  { 247, 7 },
+  { 248, 1 },
+  { 248, 3 },
+  { 249, 0 },
+  { 249, 2 },
+  { 250, 1 },
+  { 250, 3 },
+  { 251, 1 },
+  { 252, 0 },
+  { 252, 4 },
+  { 252, 2 },
+};
 
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-  char *zErr = 0;
+static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
 
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pTab = db->pVTab;
-  if( !pTab ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+/*
+** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
+** follow the reduce.
+*/
+static void yy_reduce(
+  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
+  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
+){
+  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
+  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
+  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
+  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
+  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
+        && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
+      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
   }
-  assert(pTab->isVirtual && pTab->nCol==0 && pTab->aCol==0);
-
-  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
-  sParse.declareVtab = 1;
-  sParse.db = db;
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
 
-  if( 
-      SQLITE_OK == sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) && 
-      sParse.pNewTable && 
-      !sParse.pNewTable->pSelect && 
-      !sParse.pNewTable->isVirtual 
-  ){
-    pTab->aCol = sParse.pNewTable->aCol;
-    pTab->nCol = sParse.pNewTable->nCol;
-    sParse.pNewTable->nCol = 0;
-    sParse.pNewTable->aCol = 0;
-    db->pVTab = 0;
-  } else {
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, zErr);
-    sqlite3_free(zErr);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sParse.declareVtab = 0;
+  /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
+  ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
+  ** switch.  yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
+  ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal.  Leaving the
+  ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
+  ** as the value is never used.  So really the only thing this code
+  ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.  
+  **
+  ** 2007-01-16:  The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
+  ** without this code, their parser segfaults.  I'm not sure what there
+  ** parser is doing to make this happen.  This is the second bug report
+  ** from wireshark this week.  Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
+  ** that it has not been previously stressed...  (SQLite ticket #2172)
+  */
+  /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/
+  yygotominor = yyzerominor;
 
-  sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe);
-  sqlite3DeleteTable(sParse.pNewTable);
-  sParse.pNewTable = 0;
 
-  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
+  switch( yyruleno ){
+  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
+  ** follows:
+  **   case 0:
+  **  #line  
+  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
+  **  #line  
+  **     break;
+  */
+      case 5: /* explain ::= */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
+        break;
+      case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
+        break;
+      case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
+{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); }
+        break;
+      case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */
+{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
+        break;
+      case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
+{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 13: /* transtype ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_DEFERRED;}
+        break;
+      case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
+      case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15);
+      case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16);
+      case 114: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==114);
+      case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==116);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].major;}
+        break;
+      case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */
+      case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18);
+{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */
+{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */
+{
+  sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
+{
+   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy328,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */
+{
+  pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+}
+        break;
+      case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */
+      case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31);
+      case 70: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70);
+      case 82: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==82);
+      case 84: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84);
+      case 86: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==86);
+      case 97: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==97);
+      case 108: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108);
+      case 119: /* distinct ::= ALL */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119);
+      case 120: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==120);
+      case 222: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222);
+      case 225: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==225);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
+      case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30);
+      case 71: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71);
+      case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85);
+      case 107: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==107);
+      case 118: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==118);
+      case 223: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==223);
+      case 226: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==226);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = 1;}
+        break;
+      case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
+{
+  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+}
+        break;
+      case 36: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
+}
+        break;
+      case 37: /* columnid ::= nm */
+{
+  sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+}
+        break;
+      case 38: /* id ::= ID */
+      case 39: /* id ::= INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==39);
+      case 40: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==40);
+      case 41: /* nm ::= id */ yytestcase(yyruleno==41);
+      case 42: /* nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42);
+      case 43: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43);
+      case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==46);
+      case 49: /* typename ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==49);
+      case 126: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==126);
+      case 127: /* as ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127);
+      case 137: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==137);
+      case 146: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==146);
+      case 251: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==251);
+      case 260: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260);
+      case 261: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261);
+      case 262: /* nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==262);
+      case 263: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263);
+      case 264: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==264);
+      case 265: /* plus_num ::= plus_opt number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==265);
+      case 266: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */ yytestcase(yyruleno==266);
+      case 267: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==267);
+      case 285: /* trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==285);
+{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
+        break;
+      case 45: /* type ::= typetoken */
+{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z);
+}
+        break;
+      case 48: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z);
+}
+        break;
+      case 50: /* typename ::= typename ids */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);}
+        break;
+      case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
+      case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==59);
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);}
+        break;
+      case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);}
+        break;
+      case 60: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
+{
+  ExprSpan v;
+  v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z;
+  v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+}
+        break;
+      case 61: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */
+{
+  ExprSpan v;
+  spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
+}
+        break;
+      case 63: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
+{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 64: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 65: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 66: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 67: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */
+{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 68: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
+{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 69: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */
+{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 72: /* refargs ::= */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None * 0x000101; }
+        break;
+      case 73: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy328 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy429.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy429.value; }
+        break;
+      case 74: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
+{ yygotominor.yy429.value = 0;     yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x000000; }
+        break;
+      case 75: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;     yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+        break;
+      case 76: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328<<8;  yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+        break;
+      case 77: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetNull; }
+        break;
+      case 78: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetDflt; }
+        break;
+      case 79: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Cascade; }
+        break;
+      case 80: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Restrict; }
+        break;
+      case 81: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None; }
+        break;
+      case 83: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+      case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98);
+      case 100: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==100);
+      case 103: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==103);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;}
+        break;
+      case 87: /* conslist_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 88: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
+{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;}
+        break;
+      case 93: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328,0);}
+        break;
+      case 94: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 95: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 96: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
+{
+    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 99: /* onconf ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Default;}
+        break;
+      case 101: /* orconf ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Default;}
+        break;
+      case 102: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;}
+        break;
+      case 104: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Ignore;}
+        break;
+      case 105: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Replace;}
+        break;
+      case 106: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 109: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
+{
+  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-6].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 110: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 111: /* cmd ::= select */
+{
+  SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+  sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, &dest);
+  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+}
+        break;
+      case 112: /* select ::= oneselect */
+{yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;}
+        break;
+      case 113: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */
+{
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy3 ){
+    yymsp[0].minor.yy3->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy328;
+    yymsp[0].minor.yy3->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy3;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy3);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;
+}
+        break;
+      case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_ALL;}
+        break;
+      case 117: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy14,yymsp[-5].minor.yy65,yymsp[-4].minor.yy132,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-2].minor.yy132,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[-7].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pOffset);
+}
+        break;
+      case 121: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
+      case 247: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247);
+{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;}
+        break;
+      case 122: /* sclp ::= */
+      case 150: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==150);
+      case 158: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==158);
+      case 240: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==240);
+      case 246: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==246);
+{yygotominor.yy14 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 123: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
+{
+   yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+   if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
+   sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);
+}
+        break;
+      case 124: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
+{
+  Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, p);
+}
+        break;
+      case 125: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
+{
+  Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14, pDot);
+}
+        break;
+      case 128: /* as ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 129: /* from ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy65));}
+        break;
+      case 130: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[0].minor.yy65;
+  sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy65);
 }
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
-** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab)
+        break;
+      case 131: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
 {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  assert(pTab);
-  if( pTab->pVtab ){
-    int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab) = pTab->pMod->pModule->xDestroy;
-    rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    if( xDestroy ){
-      rc = xDestroy(pTab->pVtab);
-    }
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){
-        if( db->aVTrans[i]==pTab->pVtab ){
-          db->aVTrans[i] = db->aVTrans[--db->nVTrans];
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      pTab->pVtab = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
+   yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy65;
+   if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy65 && yygotominor.yy65->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
 }
-
-/*
-** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
-** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
-** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
-** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
-**
-** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. 
-*/
-static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
-  int i;
-  if( db->aVTrans ){
-    for(i=0; inVTrans && db->aVTrans[i]; i++){
-      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = db->aVTrans[i];
-      int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
-      x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)pVtab->pModule + offset);
-      if( x ) x(pVtab);
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(db->aVTrans);
-    db->nVTrans = 0;
-    db->aVTrans = 0;
-  }
+        break;
+      case 132: /* stl_prefix ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy65 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 133: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy65, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
 }
-
-/*
-** If argument rc2 is not SQLITE_OK, then return it and do nothing. 
-** Otherwise, invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the 
-** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Return the error code for the first error 
-** that occurs, or SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, int rc2){
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int rcsafety;
-  sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
-  if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc2;
-
-  rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-  db->aVTrans = 0;
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans && aVTrans[i]; i++){
-    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i];
-    int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
-    x = pVtab->pModule->xSync;
-    if( x ){
-      rc = x(pVtab);
+        break;
+      case 134: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
+{
+    yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy3,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
+  }
+        break;
+      case 135: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
+{
+    if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy65==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy132==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy408==0 ){
+      yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65;
+    }else{
+      Select *pSubquery;
+      sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy65);
+      pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+      yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
     }
   }
-  db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
-  rcsafety = sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = rcsafety;
+        break;
+      case 136: /* dbnm ::= */
+      case 145: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==145);
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;}
+        break;
+      case 138: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
+{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 139: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = JT_INNER; }
+        break;
+      case 140: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
+        break;
+      case 141: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
+        break;
+      case 142: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
+        break;
+      case 143: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
+      case 154: /* sortitem ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==154);
+      case 161: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161);
+      case 168: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168);
+      case 235: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235);
+      case 237: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==237);
+{yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 144: /* on_opt ::= */
+      case 160: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160);
+      case 167: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==167);
+      case 236: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236);
+      case 238: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==238);
+{yygotominor.yy132 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 147: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;}
+        break;
+      case 148: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */
+      case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180);
+{yygotominor.yy408 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy408;}
+        break;
+      case 149: /* using_opt ::= */
+      case 179: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==179);
+{yygotominor.yy408 = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 151: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
+      case 159: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==159);
+      case 239: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==239);
+{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[0].minor.yy14;}
+        break;
+      case 152: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132);
+  if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+}
+        break;
+      case 153: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132);
+  if( yygotominor.yy14 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy14->a) ) yygotominor.yy14->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+}
+        break;
+      case 155: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
+      case 157: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==157);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+        break;
+      case 156: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+        break;
+      case 162: /* limit_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 163: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 164: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 165: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
+{yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+        break;
+      case 166: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy65,yymsp[0].minor.yy132);
+}
+        break;
+      case 169: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,"set list"); 
+  sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy132,yymsp[-5].minor.yy186);
+}
+        break;
+      case 170: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+}
+        break;
+      case 171: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+}
+        break;
+      case 172: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy408, yymsp[-7].minor.yy186);}
+        break;
+      case 173: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);}
+        break;
+      case 174: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy65, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy408, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186);}
+        break;
+      case 175: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = yymsp[0].minor.yy186;}
+        break;
+      case 176: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
+{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Replace;}
+        break;
+      case 177: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */
+      case 241: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==241);
+{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 178: /* itemlist ::= expr */
+      case 242: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242);
+{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+        break;
+      case 181: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */
+{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy408,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 182: /* inscollist ::= nm */
+{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 183: /* expr ::= term */
+      case 211: /* escape ::= ESCAPE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==211);
+{yygotominor.yy346 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346;}
+        break;
+      case 184: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
+{yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 185: /* term ::= NULL */
+      case 190: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==190);
+      case 191: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191);
+{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 186: /* expr ::= id */
+      case 187: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187);
+{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 188: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
+{
+  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 192: /* expr ::= REGISTER */
+{
+  /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression
+  ** that look like this:   #1 #2 ...  These terms refer to registers
+  ** in the virtual machine.  #N is the N-th register. */
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = 0;
+  }else{
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->iTable);
   }
-  return rc;
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
 }
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the 
-** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
-  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+        break;
+      case 193: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
+{
+  spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
 }
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the 
-** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
-  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+        break;
+      case 194: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
 }
-
-/*
-** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
-** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
-** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
-**
-** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer
-** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-
-  /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
-  ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
-  ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to 
-  ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
-  */
-  if( 0==db->aVTrans && db->nVTrans>0 ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
+        break;
+      case 195: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 196: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */
+{
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
+    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
   }
-  if( !pVtab ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  } 
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-
-  if( pModule->xBegin ){
-    int i;
-
-
-    /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
-    for(i=0; (inVTrans) && 0!=db->aVTrans[i]; i++){
-      if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVtab ){
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Invoke the xBegin method */
-    rc = pModule->xBegin(pVtab);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    rc = addToVTrans(db, pVtab);
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 && yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct;
   }
-  return rc;
 }
-
-/*
-** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation.  The
-** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
-** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
-** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
-**
-** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
-** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
-**
-** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a 
-** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
-** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
-  sqlite3 *db,    /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */
-  FuncDef *pDef,  /* Function to possibly overload */
-  int nArg,       /* Number of arguments to the function */
-  Expr *pExpr     /* First argument to the function */
-){
-  Table *pTab;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  sqlite3_module *pMod;
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-  void *pArg;
-  FuncDef *pNew;
-  int rc = 0;
-  char *zLowerName;
-  unsigned char *z;
-
-
-  /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return pDef;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
-  pTab = pExpr->pTab;
-  if( pTab==0 ) return pDef;
-  if( !pTab->isVirtual ) return pDef;
-  pVtab = pTab->pVtab;
-  assert( pVtab!=0 );
-  assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
-  pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
-  if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
- 
-  /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
-  ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function 
-  */
-  zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
-  if( zLowerName ){
-    for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
-      *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
-    }
-    rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg);
-    sqlite3_free(zLowerName);
-  }
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    return pDef;
+        break;
+      case 197: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 198: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
+{
+  /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are
+  ** treated as functions that return constants */
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->op = TK_CONST_FUNC;  
   }
-
-  /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
-  ** function */
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) + strlen(pDef->zName) );
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    return pDef;
+  spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 199: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
+      case 200: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200);
+      case 201: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201);
+      case 202: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202);
+      case 203: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203);
+      case 204: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204);
+      case 205: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205);
+      case 206: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==206);
+{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);}
+        break;
+      case 207: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */
+      case 209: /* likeop ::= MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==209);
+{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.not = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 208: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */
+      case 210: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210);
+{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.not = 1;}
+        break;
+      case 212: /* escape ::= */
+{memset(&yygotominor.yy346,0,sizeof(yygotominor.yy346));}
+        break;
+      case 213: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr escape */
+{
+  ExprList *pList;
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr ){
+    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
   }
-  *pNew = *pDef;
-  memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, strlen(pDef->zName)+1);
-  pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
-  pNew->pUserData = pArg;
-  pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
-  return pNew;
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy96.eOperator);
+  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy96.not ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
 }
-
-/*
-** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
-** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it.  Add pTab to the
-** array if it is missing.  If pTab is already in the array, this routine
-** is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  int i, n;
-  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-  for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){
-    if( pTab==pParse->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
+        break;
+      case 214: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
+{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 215: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
+{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 216: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */
+{
+  spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);
+  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed==0  && yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr->op==TK_NULL ){
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->op = TK_ISNULL;
   }
-  n = (pParse->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pParse->apVtabLock[0]);
-  pParse->apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pParse->apVtabLock, n);
-  if( pParse->apVtabLock ){
-    pParse->apVtabLock[pParse->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
-  }else{
-    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+}
+        break;
+      case 217: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */
+{
+  spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);
+  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed==0  && yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr->op==TK_NULL ){
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->op = TK_NOTNULL;
   }
 }
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
-** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is reponsible for
-** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
-** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
-** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
-** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
-**
-** $Id: where.c,v 1.302 2008/04/19 14:40:44 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
-*/
-#define BMS  (sizeof(Bitmask)*8)
-
-/*
-** Trace output macros
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
-# define WHERETRACE(X)  if(sqlite3WhereTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-#else
-# define WHERETRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/* Forward reference
-*/
-typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
-typedef struct ExprMaskSet ExprMaskSet;
-
-/*
-** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
-** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
-** clause subexpression is separated from the others by an AND operator.
-**
-** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.  
-** The following identity holds:
-**
-**        WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
-**
-** When a term is of the form:
-**
-**              X  
-**
-** where X is a column name and  is one of certain operators,
-** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.leftColumn record the
-** cursor number and column number for X.  WhereTerm.operator records
-** the  using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below.  The
-** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
-** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
-**
-** prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
-** but they do so indirectly.  A single ExprMaskSet structure translates
-** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
-** fields.  The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
-** bits that will fit in a Bitmask.  The VDBE cursor numbers might be
-** spread out over the non-negative integers.  For example, the cursor
-** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45.  The ExprMaskSet
-** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
-** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
-** bits in the Bitmask.  So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
-** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
-*/
-typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
-struct WhereTerm {
-  Expr *pExpr;            /* Pointer to the subexpression */
-  i16 iParent;            /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
-  i16 leftCursor;         /* Cursor number of X in "X  " */
-  i16 leftColumn;         /* Column number of X in "X  " */
-  u16 eOperator;          /* A WO_xx value describing  */
-  u8 flags;               /* Bit flags.  See below */
-  u8 nChild;              /* Number of children that must disable us */
-  WhereClause *pWC;       /* The clause this term is part of */
-  Bitmask prereqRight;    /* Bitmask of tables used by pRight */
-  Bitmask prereqAll;      /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values of WhereTerm.flags
-*/
-#define TERM_DYNAMIC    0x01   /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr) */
-#define TERM_VIRTUAL    0x02   /* Added by the optimizer.  Do not code */
-#define TERM_CODED      0x04   /* This term is already coded */
-#define TERM_COPIED     0x08   /* Has a child */
-#define TERM_OR_OK      0x10   /* Used during OR-clause processing */
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
-** WHERE clause.  Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms.
-*/
-struct WhereClause {
-  Parse *pParse;           /* The parser context */
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet;   /* Mapping of table indices to bitmasks */
-  int nTerm;               /* Number of terms */
-  int nSlot;               /* Number of entries in a[] */
-  WhereTerm *a;            /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
-  WhereTerm aStatic[10];   /* Initial static space for a[] */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
-** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
-**
-** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in 
-** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields.  For any given WHERE 
-** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
-** contain gaps in the numbering sequence.  But we want to make maximum
-** use of the bits in our bitmasks.  This structure provides a mapping
-** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
-** with 0.
-**
-** If ExprMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
-** corresponds VDBE cursor number B.  The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
-** 57->5, 73->4.  Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
-** does not really matter.  What is important is that sparse cursor
-** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
-** no gaps.
-*/
-struct ExprMaskSet {
-  int n;                        /* Number of assigned cursor values */
-  int ix[sizeof(Bitmask)*8];    /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit.  An
-** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
-** terms in the where clause.
-*/
-#define WO_IN     1
-#define WO_EQ     2
-#define WO_LT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_LE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_GT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_GE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_MATCH  64
-#define WO_ISNULL 128
-
-/*
-** Value for flags returned by bestIndex().  
-**
-** The least significant byte is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above.
-** The WhereLevel.flags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL.
-** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.flags
-** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ.  The WhereLevel.flags field can then be used as
-** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints.
-** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left
-** join.  Tickets #2177 and #2189.
-*/
-#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ     0x000100   /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE  0x000200   /* rowidEXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ    0x001000   /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x002000   /* xEXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN    0x004000   /* x IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT    0x010000   /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
-#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x080000   /* Use index only - omit table */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY      0x100000   /* Output will appear in correct order */
-#define WHERE_REVERSE      0x200000   /* Scan in reverse order */
-#define WHERE_UNIQUE       0x400000   /* Selects no more than one row */
-#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x800000   /* Use virtual-table processing */
-
-/*
-** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
-*/
-static void whereClauseInit(
-  WhereClause *pWC,        /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
-  Parse *pParse,           /* The parsing context */
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet    /* Mapping from table indices to bitmasks */
-){
-  pWC->pParse = pParse;
-  pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet;
-  pWC->nTerm = 0;
-  pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic);
-  pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
+        break;
+      case 218: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
+      case 219: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219);
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 220: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 221: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 224: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
+{
+  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
+  } 
+  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
 }
-
-/*
-** Deallocate a WhereClause structure.  The WhereClause structure
-** itself is not freed.  This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit().
-*/
-static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){
-  int i;
-  WhereTerm *a;
-  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
-    if( a->flags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(a->pExpr);
+        break;
+      case 227: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
+{
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14);
     }
+    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
+    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
   }
-  if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
-    sqlite3_free(pWC->a);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new entries to the WhereClause structure.  Increase the allocated
-** space as necessary.
-**
-** If the flags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
-** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object.
-**
-** WARNING:  This routine might reallocate the space used to store
-** WhereTerms.  All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalided after
-** calling this routine.  Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
-** the pWC->a[] array.
-*/
-static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, int flags){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int idx;
-  if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
-    WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
-    pWC->a = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
-    if( pWC->a==0 ){
-      pWC->pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      if( flags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
-        sqlite3ExprDelete(p);
-      }
-      pWC->a = pOld;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm);
-    if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
-      sqlite3_free(pOld);
+        break;
+      case 228: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
+{
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
+      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
     }
-    pWC->nSlot *= 2;
+    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
+    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
   }
-  pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm];
-  pWC->nTerm++;
-  pTerm->pExpr = p;
-  pTerm->flags = flags;
-  pTerm->pWC = pWC;
-  pTerm->iParent = -1;
-  return idx;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
-** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
-** operator specified in the op parameter.  The WhereClause structure
-** is filled with pointers to subexpressions.  For example:
-**
-**    WHERE  a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
-**           \________/     \_______________/     \________________/
-**            slot[0]            slot[1]               slot[2]
-**
-** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered.  All this routine
-** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
-**
-** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
-** the WhereClause.a[] array.  This array grows as needed to contain
-** all terms of the WHERE clause.
-*/
-static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
-  if( pExpr->op!=op ){
-    whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
-  }else{
-    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op);
-    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op);
+        break;
+      case 229: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
+{
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
+      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+    }
+    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
+    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
   }
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize an expression mask set
-*/
-#define initMaskSet(P)  memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P))
-
-/*
-** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number.  Return 0 if
-** iCursor is not in the set.
-*/
-static Bitmask getMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; in; i++){
-    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
-      return ((Bitmask)1)<db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
     }
+    if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart;
+    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n];
   }
-  return 0;
+        break;
+      case 231: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
+{
+    Expr *p = yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
+    if( p ){
+      p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
+      ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect);
+      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+    }
+    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+  }
+        break;
+      case 232: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy132, yymsp[-1].minor.yy132, 0);
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy14;
+    sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14);
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
 }
-
-/*
-** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor.
-**
-** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause.  The number of
-** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the
-** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine.  So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
-** array will never overflow.
-*/
-static void createMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
-  assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
-  pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
+        break;
+      case 233: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
 }
-
-/*
-** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates
-** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
-** tree.
-**
-** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have
-** previously invoked sqlite3ExprResolveNames() on the expression.  See
-** the header comment on that routine for additional information.
-** The sqlite3ExprResolveNames() routines looks for column names and
-** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to
-** the VDBE cursor number of the table.  This routine just has to
-** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all
-** the bitmasks together.
-*/
-static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(ExprMaskSet*, ExprList*);
-static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(ExprMaskSet*, Select*);
-static Bitmask exprTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
-    mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
-    return mask;
+        break;
+      case 234: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 243: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */
+{
+  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, 
+                     sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[-9].minor.yy328,
+                      &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 244: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
+      case 298: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298);
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Abort;}
+        break;
+      case 245: /* uniqueflag ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None;}
+        break;
+      case 248: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
+{
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
+    sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
   }
-  mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
-  mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
-  mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pList);
-  mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pSelect);
-  return mask;
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, p);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1);
+  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index");
+  if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
 }
-static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
-  int i;
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  if( pList ){
-    for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-      mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr);
-    }
+        break;
+      case 249: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
+{
+  Expr *p = 0;
+  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
+    p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
   }
-  return mask;
+  yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p);
+  sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index");
+  if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
 }
-static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  while( pS ){
-    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
-    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy);
-    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy);
-    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
-    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
-    pS = pS->pPrior;
+        break;
+      case 250: /* collate ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 252: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
+{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);}
+        break;
+      case 253: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
+      case 254: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==254);
+{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 256: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 257: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);}
+        break;
+      case 258: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);}
+        break;
+      case 259: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */
+{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);}
+        break;
+      case 270: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
+{
+  Token all;
+  all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+  all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
+  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy473, &all);
+}
+        break;
+      case 271: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
+{
+  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328);
+  yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 272: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
+      case 275: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==275);
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_BEFORE; }
+        break;
+      case 273: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_AFTER;  }
+        break;
+      case 274: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
+{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_INSTEAD;}
+        break;
+      case 276: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
+      case 277: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==277);
+{yygotominor.yy378.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy378.b = 0;}
+        break;
+      case 278: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */
+{yygotominor.yy378.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy378.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy408;}
+        break;
+      case 281: /* when_clause ::= */
+      case 303: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==303);
+{ yygotominor.yy132 = 0; }
+        break;
+      case 282: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
+      case 304: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304);
+{ yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; }
+        break;
+      case 283: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{
+  assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy473!=0 );
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+  yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+  yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy473;
+}
+        break;
+      case 284: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
+{ 
+  assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy473!=0 );
+  yymsp[-1].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+  yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+}
+        break;
+      case 286: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
+        "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE "
+        "statements within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 288: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */
+{
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
+        "within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 289: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */
+{
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
+        "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements "
+        "within triggers");
+}
+        break;
+      case 290: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */
+{ yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); }
+        break;
+      case 291: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
+{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy408, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy186);}
+        break;
+      case 292: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */
+{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);}
+        break;
+      case 293: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */
+{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);}
+        break;
+      case 294: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
+{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); }
+        break;
+      case 295: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore;
   }
-  return mask;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
 }
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
-** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term.  The allowed operators are
-** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN".
-*/
-static int allowedOp(int op){
-  assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL;
+        break;
+      case 296: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
+{
+  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); 
+  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) {
+    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy328;
+  }
+  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
+  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
 }
-
-/*
-** Swap two objects of type T.
-*/
-#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
-
-/*
-** Commute a comparision operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
-** are converted into "Y op X".
-**
-** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right
-** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after
-** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes 
-** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on
-** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence 
-** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag
-** is not commuted.
-*/
-static void exprCommute(Expr *pExpr){
-  u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
-  u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
-  assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
-  SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl);
-  pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft;
-  pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight;
-  SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
-  if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
-    assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
-    assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
-    assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
-    assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
-    pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
+        break;
+      case 297: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Rollback;}
+        break;
+      case 299: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
+{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Fail;}
+        break;
+      case 300: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
+{
+  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+}
+        break;
+      case 301: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
+{
+  sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);
+}
+        break;
+      case 302: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
+{
+  sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+}
+        break;
+      case 307: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
+{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
+        break;
+      case 308: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 309: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
+{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
+        break;
+      case 310: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
+{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 311: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
+{
+  sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy65,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 312: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */
+{
+  sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 313: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
+{
+  pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+  sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65);
+}
+        break;
+      case 316: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
+{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
+        break;
+      case 317: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
+{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      case 318: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm */
+{
+    sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+}
+        break;
+      case 321: /* vtabarg ::= */
+{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
+        break;
+      case 323: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
+      case 324: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324);
+      case 325: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325);
+{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+        break;
+      default:
+      /* (0) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==0);
+      /* (1) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==1);
+      /* (2) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==2);
+      /* (3) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==3);
+      /* (4) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==4);
+      /* (10) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==10);
+      /* (11) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==11);
+      /* (12) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==12);
+      /* (20) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==20);
+      /* (21) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21);
+      /* (25) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==25);
+      /* (34) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==34);
+      /* (35) columnlist ::= column */ yytestcase(yyruleno==35);
+      /* (44) type ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==44);
+      /* (51) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==51);
+      /* (52) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==52);
+      /* (53) carglist ::= carglist carg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==53);
+      /* (54) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==54);
+      /* (55) carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==55);
+      /* (56) carg ::= ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==56);
+      /* (62) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==62);
+      /* (89) conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==89);
+      /* (90) conslist ::= conslist tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90);
+      /* (91) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91);
+      /* (92) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92);
+      /* (268) plus_opt ::= PLUS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==268);
+      /* (269) plus_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269);
+      /* (279) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279);
+      /* (280) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==280);
+      /* (287) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==287);
+      /* (305) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==305);
+      /* (306) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==306);
+      /* (314) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==314);
+      /* (315) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315);
+      /* (319) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319);
+      /* (320) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320);
+      /* (322) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==322);
+      /* (326) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326);
+      /* (327) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==327);
+      /* (328) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==328);
+        break;
+  };
+  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
+  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
+  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
+  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
+  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+    /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least
+    ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back
+    ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift().
+    ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */
+    if( yysize ){
+      yypParser->yyidx++;
+      yymsp -= yysize-1;
+      yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact;
+      yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto;
+      yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
+    }else
+#endif
+    {
+      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
+    }
+  }else{
+    assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 );
+    yy_accept(yypParser);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
+** The following code executes when the parse fails
 */
-static int operatorMask(int op){
-  int c;
-  assert( allowedOp(op) );
-  if( op==TK_IN ){
-    c = WO_IN;
-  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    c = WO_ISNULL;
-  }else{
-    c = WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ);
+#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY
+static void yy_parse_failed(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
+){
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
   }
-  assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
-  assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
-  assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ );
-  assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT );
-  assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE );
-  assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT );
-  assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE );
-  return c;
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser fails */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
 }
+#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */
 
 /*
-** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X  "
-** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and  is one of
-** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter.
-** Return a pointer to the term.  Return 0 if not found.
+** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
 */
-static WhereTerm *findTerm(
-  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
-  int iCur,             /* Cursor number of LHS */
-  int iColumn,          /* Column number of LHS */
-  Bitmask notReady,     /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
-  u16 op,               /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
-  Index *pIdx           /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
+static void yy_syntax_error(
+  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
 ){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int k;
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){
-    if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
-       && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0
-       && pTerm->leftColumn==iColumn
-       && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0
-    ){
-      if( iCur>=0 && pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){
-        Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
-        CollSeq *pColl;
-        char idxaff;
-        int j;
-        Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;
-
-        idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
-        if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue;
-
-        /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for
-        ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this
-        ** value in variable pColl.
-        */
-        assert(pX->pLeft);
-        pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
-        if( !pColl ){
-          pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
-        }
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
 
-        for(j=0; jnColumn && pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){}
-        assert( jnColumn );
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue;
-      }
-      return pTerm;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
+  UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor);  /* Silence some compiler warnings */
+  assert( TOKEN.z[0] );  /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
+  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
+  pParse->parseError = 1;
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
 }
 
-/* Forward reference */
-static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int);
-
 /*
-** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.  
-**
-**
+** The following is executed when the parser accepts
 */
-static void exprAnalyzeAll(
-  SrcList *pTabList,       /* the FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC         /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */
+static void yy_accept(
+  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
 ){
-  int i;
-  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
-    exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i);
+  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
   }
+#endif
+  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+  ** parser accepts */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
-/*
-** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that
-** can be optimized using inequality constraints.  Return TRUE if it is
-** so and false if not.
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
+** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
 **
-** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string
-** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.  
+** Inputs:
+** 
        
+** 
      •  A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** 
      •  The major token number.
+** 
      •  The minor token number.
+** 
      •  An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** 
      
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
 */
-static int isLikeOrGlob(
-  sqlite3 *db,      /* The database */
-  Expr *pExpr,      /* Test this expression */
-  int *pnPattern,   /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
-  int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
-  int *pnoCase      /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
+  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
+  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
+  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
+  sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
 ){
-  const char *z;
-  Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
-  ExprList *pList;
-  int c, cnt;
-  char wc[3];
-  CollSeq *pColl;
+  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
+  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+#endif
+  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
 
-  if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
-    return 0;
+  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
+  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+    if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
+      /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
+      yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
+      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
+    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
   }
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-  if( *pnoCase ) return 0;
+  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  if( yyTraceFILE ){
+    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  do{
+    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
+    if( yyactyyerrcnt--;
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
+      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
+    }else{
+      assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      int yymx;
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+      if( yyTraceFILE ){
+        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+      }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+      /* A syntax error has occurred.
+      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
+      **
+      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
+      **
+      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+      **    the error symbol.
+      **
+      **  * Set the error count to three.
+      **
+      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
+      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
+      **    shifted successfully.
+      **
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
+      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+        if( yyTraceFILE ){
+          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+        }
+#endif
+        yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      }else{
+         while(
+          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
+          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
+          (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
+                        yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
+                        YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
+        ){
+          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+        }
+        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
+          yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+          YYMINORTYPE u2;
+          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
+          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+        }
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yyerrorhit = 1;
+#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+      /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
+      ** do any kind of error recovery.  Instead, simply invoke the syntax
+      ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
+      **
+      ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
+      ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
+      */
+      yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+      
+#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+      **
+      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+      **
+      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+      **
+      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+      */
+      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+      }
+      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+      yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+      if( yyendofinput ){
+        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+      }
+      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
 #endif
-  pList = pExpr->pList;
-  pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr;
-  if( pRight->op!=TK_STRING
-   && (pRight->op!=TK_REGISTER || pRight->iColumn!=TK_STRING) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
-  if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pColl = pLeft->pColl;
-  assert( pColl!=0 || pLeft->iColumn==-1 );
-  if( pColl==0 ){
-    /* No collation is defined for the ROWID.  Use the default. */
-    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-  }
-  if( (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_BINARY || *pnoCase) &&
-      (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE || !*pnoCase) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3DequoteExpr(db, pRight);
-  z = (char *)pRight->token.z;
-  cnt = 0;
-  if( z ){
-    while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ cnt++; }
-  }
-  if( cnt==0 || 255==(u8)z[cnt] ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  *pisComplete = z[cnt]==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
-  *pnPattern = cnt;
-  return 1;
+    }
+  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
+  return;
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
 
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
 /*
-** Check to see if the given expression is of the form
+** 2001 September 15
 **
-**         column MATCH expr
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-** If it is then return TRUE.  If not, return FALSE.
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
+** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
+** parser for analysis.
+**
+** $Id: tokenize.c,v 1.163 2009/07/03 22:54:37 drh Exp $
 */
-static int isMatchOfColumn(
-  Expr *pExpr      /* Test this expression */
-){
-  ExprList *pList;
-
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pExpr->token.n!=5 ||
-       sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pExpr->token.z,"match",5)!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pList = pExpr->pList;
-  if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
 
 /*
-** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
-** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
+** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
+** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
+** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
+** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
+** need to be translated.
 */
-static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){
-  pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin;
-  pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
+const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
+/* 0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   A   B   C   D   E   F */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 0x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 1x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 2x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 3x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 4x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 5x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 95,  0,  0,  /* 6x */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 7x */
+   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 8x */
+   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 9x */
+   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ax */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Bx */
+   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Cx */
+   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Dx */
+   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ex */
+   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Fx */
+};
+#endif
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
 /*
-** Return TRUE if the given term of an OR clause can be converted
-** into an IN clause.  The iCursor and iColumn define the left-hand
-** side of the IN clause.
-**
-** The context is that we have multiple OR-connected equality terms
-** like this:
-**
-**           a= OR  a= OR b=  OR ...
+** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
+** it is a keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
+** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
 **
-** The pOrTerm input to this routine corresponds to a single term of
-** this OR clause.  In order for the term to be a condidate for
-** conversion to an IN operator, the following must be true:
+** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
+** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
+** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
+** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
+** the #include below.
+*/
+/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
+/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
+/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
 **
-**     *  The left-hand side of the term must be the column which
-**        is identified by iCursor and iColumn.
+** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
 **
-**     *  If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
-**        of both right and left sides must be such that no type
-**        conversions are required on the right.  (Ticket #2249)
+**     $Header: /home/drh/sqlite/trans/cvs/sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c,v 1.38 2009/06/09 14:27:41 drh Exp $
 **
-** If both of these conditions are true, then return true.  Otherwise
-** return false.
+** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
+** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword.  The same thing
+** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
+** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
+** is substantially reduced.  This is important for embedded applications
+** on platforms with limited memory.
 */
-static int orTermIsOptCandidate(WhereTerm *pOrTerm, int iCursor, int iColumn){
-  int affLeft, affRight;
-  assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
-  if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pOrTerm->leftColumn!=iColumn ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
-  if( affRight==0 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
-  if( affRight!=affLeft ){
-    return 0;
+/* Hash score: 175 */
+static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
+  /* zText[] encodes 811 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */
+  /*   REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT       */
+  /*   ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE         */
+  /*   XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY         */
+  /*   UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE          */
+  /*   CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN        */
+  /*   SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME         */
+  /*   AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS     */
+  /*   CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF      */
+  /*   ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW         */
+  /*   INITIALLY                                                          */
+  static const char zText[540] = {
+    'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H',
+    'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G',
+    'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A',
+    'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F',
+    'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N',
+    'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I',
+    'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E',
+    'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E',
+    'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T',
+    'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q',
+    'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U',
+    'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S',
+    'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C',
+    'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L',
+    'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D',
+    'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E',
+    'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A',
+    'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U',
+    'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W',
+    'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C',
+    'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R',
+    'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M',
+    'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U',
+    'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M',
+    'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T',
+    'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L',
+    'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S',
+    'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L',
+    'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V',
+    'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y',
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
+      72, 101, 114,  70,   0,  44,   0,   0,  78,   0,  73,   0,   0,
+      42,  12,  74,  15,   0, 113,  81,  50, 108,   0,  19,   0,   0,
+     118,   0, 116, 111,   0,  22,  89,   0,   9,   0,   0,  66,  67,
+       0,  65,   6,   0,  48,  86,  98,   0, 115,  97,   0,   0,  45,
+       0,  99,  24,   0,  17,   0, 119,  49,  23,   0,   5, 106,  25,
+      92,   0,   0, 121, 102,  56, 120,  53,  28,  51,   0,  87,   0,
+      96,  26,   0,  95,   0,   0,   0,  91,  88,  93,  84, 105,  14,
+      39, 104,   0,  77,   0,  18,  85, 107,  32,   0, 117,  76, 109,
+      59,  46,  80,   0,   0,  90,  40,   0, 112,   0,  36,   0,   0,
+      29,   0,  82,  58,  60,   0,  20,  57,   0,  52,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aNext[121] = {
+       0,   0,   0,   0,   4,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   2,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  13,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   7,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  33,  21,   0,   0,   0,  43,   3,  47,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,  30,  54,   0,   0,  38,   0,   0,   0,   1,
+      62,   0,   0,  63,   0,  41,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+      61,   0,   0,   0,   0,  31,  55,  16,  34,  10,   0,   0,   0,
+       0,   0,   0,   0,  11,  68,  75,   0,   8,   0, 100,  94,   0,
+     103,   0,  83,   0,  71,   0,   0, 110,  27,  37,  69,  79,   0,
+      35,  64,   0,   0,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aLen[121] = {
+       7,   7,   5,   4,   6,   4,   5,   3,   6,   7,   3,   6,   6,
+       7,   7,   3,   8,   2,   6,   5,   4,   4,   3,  10,   4,   6,
+      11,   6,   2,   7,   5,   5,   9,   6,   9,   9,   7,  10,  10,
+       4,   6,   2,   3,   4,   9,   2,   6,   5,   6,   6,   5,   6,
+       5,   5,   7,   7,   7,   2,   3,   4,   4,   7,   3,   6,   4,
+       7,   6,  12,   6,   9,   4,   6,   5,   4,   7,   6,   5,   6,
+       7,   5,   4,   5,   6,   5,   7,   3,   7,  13,   2,   2,   4,
+       6,   6,   8,   5,  17,  12,   7,   8,   8,   2,   4,   4,   4,
+       4,   4,   2,   2,   6,   5,   8,   5,   5,   8,   3,   5,   5,
+       6,   4,   9,   3,
+  };
+  static const unsigned short int aOffset[121] = {
+       0,   2,   2,   8,   9,  14,  16,  20,  23,  25,  25,  29,  33,
+      36,  41,  46,  48,  53,  54,  59,  62,  65,  67,  69,  78,  81,
+      86,  91,  95,  96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152,
+     159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197,
+     203, 206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244,
+     248, 255, 261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320,
+     326, 332, 337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383,
+     387, 393, 399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458,
+     462, 466, 469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516,
+     521, 527, 531, 536,
+  };
+  static const unsigned char aCode[121] = {
+    TK_REINDEX,    TK_INDEXED,    TK_INDEX,      TK_DESC,       TK_ESCAPE,     
+    TK_EACH,       TK_CHECK,      TK_KEY,        TK_BEFORE,     TK_FOREIGN,    
+    TK_FOR,        TK_IGNORE,     TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_EXPLAIN,    TK_INSTEAD,    
+    TK_ADD,        TK_DATABASE,   TK_AS,         TK_SELECT,     TK_TABLE,      
+    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_THEN,       TK_END,        TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,       
+    TK_EXCEPT,     TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION,     TK_ON,         TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_ALTER,      TK_RAISE,      TK_EXCLUSIVE,  TK_EXISTS,     TK_SAVEPOINT,  
+    TK_INTERSECT,  TK_TRIGGER,    TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO,       
+    TK_OFFSET,     TK_OF,         TK_SET,        TK_TEMP,       TK_TEMP,       
+    TK_OR,         TK_UNIQUE,     TK_QUERY,      TK_ATTACH,     TK_HAVING,     
+    TK_GROUP,      TK_UPDATE,     TK_BEGIN,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_RELEASE,    
+    TK_BETWEEN,    TK_NOTNULL,    TK_NO,         TK_NOT,        TK_NULL,       
+    TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_CASCADE,    TK_ASC,        TK_DELETE,     TK_CASE,       
+    TK_COLLATE,    TK_CREATE,     TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_DETACH,     TK_IMMEDIATE,  
+    TK_JOIN,       TK_INSERT,     TK_MATCH,      TK_PLAN,       TK_ANALYZE,    
+    TK_PRAGMA,     TK_ABORT,      TK_VALUES,     TK_VIRTUAL,    TK_LIMIT,      
+    TK_WHEN,       TK_WHERE,      TK_RENAME,     TK_AFTER,      TK_REPLACE,    
+    TK_AND,        TK_DEFAULT,    TK_AUTOINCR,   TK_TO,         TK_IN,         
+    TK_CAST,       TK_COLUMNKW,   TK_COMMIT,     TK_CONFLICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_PRIMARY,    TK_DEFERRED,   TK_DISTINCT,   
+    TK_IS,         TK_DROP,       TK_FAIL,       TK_FROM,       TK_JOIN_KW,    
+    TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_BY,         TK_IF,         TK_ISNULL,     TK_ORDER,      
+    TK_RESTRICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_ROLLBACK,   TK_ROW,        
+    TK_UNION,      TK_USING,      TK_VACUUM,     TK_VIEW,       TK_INITIALLY,  
+    TK_ALL,        
+  };
+  int h, i;
+  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
+  h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
+      (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
+      n) % 127;
+  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
+    if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+      testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */
+      testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */
+      testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */
+      testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */
+      testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */
+      testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */
+      testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */
+      testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */
+      testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */
+      testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */
+      testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */
+      testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */
+      testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */
+      testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */
+      testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */
+      testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */
+      testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */
+      testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */
+      testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */
+      testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */
+      testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */
+      testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */
+      testcase( i==22 ); /* END */
+      testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */
+      testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */
+      testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */
+      testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */
+      testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */
+      testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */
+      testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */
+      testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */
+      testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */
+      testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */
+      testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */
+      testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */
+      testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */
+      testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */
+      testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */
+      testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */
+      testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */
+      testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */
+      testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */
+      testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */
+      testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMP */
+      testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMPORARY */
+      testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */
+      testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */
+      testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */
+      testcase( i==48 ); /* ATTACH */
+      testcase( i==49 ); /* HAVING */
+      testcase( i==50 ); /* GROUP */
+      testcase( i==51 ); /* UPDATE */
+      testcase( i==52 ); /* BEGIN */
+      testcase( i==53 ); /* INNER */
+      testcase( i==54 ); /* RELEASE */
+      testcase( i==55 ); /* BETWEEN */
+      testcase( i==56 ); /* NOTNULL */
+      testcase( i==57 ); /* NO */
+      testcase( i==58 ); /* NOT */
+      testcase( i==59 ); /* NULL */
+      testcase( i==60 ); /* LIKE */
+      testcase( i==61 ); /* CASCADE */
+      testcase( i==62 ); /* ASC */
+      testcase( i==63 ); /* DELETE */
+      testcase( i==64 ); /* CASE */
+      testcase( i==65 ); /* COLLATE */
+      testcase( i==66 ); /* CREATE */
+      testcase( i==67 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */
+      testcase( i==68 ); /* DETACH */
+      testcase( i==69 ); /* IMMEDIATE */
+      testcase( i==70 ); /* JOIN */
+      testcase( i==71 ); /* INSERT */
+      testcase( i==72 ); /* MATCH */
+      testcase( i==73 ); /* PLAN */
+      testcase( i==74 ); /* ANALYZE */
+      testcase( i==75 ); /* PRAGMA */
+      testcase( i==76 ); /* ABORT */
+      testcase( i==77 ); /* VALUES */
+      testcase( i==78 ); /* VIRTUAL */
+      testcase( i==79 ); /* LIMIT */
+      testcase( i==80 ); /* WHEN */
+      testcase( i==81 ); /* WHERE */
+      testcase( i==82 ); /* RENAME */
+      testcase( i==83 ); /* AFTER */
+      testcase( i==84 ); /* REPLACE */
+      testcase( i==85 ); /* AND */
+      testcase( i==86 ); /* DEFAULT */
+      testcase( i==87 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */
+      testcase( i==88 ); /* TO */
+      testcase( i==89 ); /* IN */
+      testcase( i==90 ); /* CAST */
+      testcase( i==91 ); /* COLUMN */
+      testcase( i==92 ); /* COMMIT */
+      testcase( i==93 ); /* CONFLICT */
+      testcase( i==94 ); /* CROSS */
+      testcase( i==95 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */
+      testcase( i==96 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */
+      testcase( i==97 ); /* PRIMARY */
+      testcase( i==98 ); /* DEFERRED */
+      testcase( i==99 ); /* DISTINCT */
+      testcase( i==100 ); /* IS */
+      testcase( i==101 ); /* DROP */
+      testcase( i==102 ); /* FAIL */
+      testcase( i==103 ); /* FROM */
+      testcase( i==104 ); /* FULL */
+      testcase( i==105 ); /* GLOB */
+      testcase( i==106 ); /* BY */
+      testcase( i==107 ); /* IF */
+      testcase( i==108 ); /* ISNULL */
+      testcase( i==109 ); /* ORDER */
+      testcase( i==110 ); /* RESTRICT */
+      testcase( i==111 ); /* OUTER */
+      testcase( i==112 ); /* RIGHT */
+      testcase( i==113 ); /* ROLLBACK */
+      testcase( i==114 ); /* ROW */
+      testcase( i==115 ); /* UNION */
+      testcase( i==116 ); /* USING */
+      testcase( i==117 ); /* VACUUM */
+      testcase( i==118 ); /* VIEW */
+      testcase( i==119 ); /* INITIALLY */
+      testcase( i==120 ); /* ALL */
+      return aCode[i];
+    }
   }
-  return 1;
+  return TK_ID;
 }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
+  return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
+}
+
+/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/
+
 
 /*
-** Return true if the given term of an OR clause can be ignored during
-** a check to make sure all OR terms are candidates for optimization.
-** In other words, return true if a call to the orTermIsOptCandidate()
-** above returned false but it is not necessary to disqualify the
-** optimization.
-**
-** Suppose the original OR phrase was this:
-**
-**           a=4  OR  a=11  OR  a=b
+** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
+** IdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
 **
-** During analysis, the third term gets flipped around and duplicate
-** so that we are left with this:
+** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
+** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
+** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
 **
-**           a=4  OR  a=11  OR  a=b  OR  b=a
+** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
+** end result.
 **
-** Since the last two terms are duplicates, only one of them
-** has to qualify in order for the whole phrase to qualify.  When
-** this routine is called, we know that pOrTerm did not qualify.
-** This routine merely checks to see if pOrTerm has a duplicate that
-** might qualify.  If there is a duplicate that has not yet been
-** disqualified, then return true.  If there are no duplicates, or
-** the duplicate has also been disqualifed, return false.
+** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
+** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
+** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
+** But the feature is undocumented.
 */
-static int orTermHasOkDuplicate(WhereClause *pOr, WhereTerm *pOrTerm){
-  if( pOrTerm->flags & TERM_COPIED ){
-    /* This is the original term.  The duplicate is to the left had
-    ** has not yet been analyzed and thus has not yet been disqualified. */
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( (pOrTerm->flags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0
-     && (pOr->a[pOrTerm->iParent].flags & TERM_OR_OK)!=0 ){
-    /* This is a duplicate term.  The original qualified so this one
-    ** does not have to. */
-    return 1;
-  }
-  /* This is either a singleton term or else it is a duplicate for
-  ** which the original did not qualify.  Either way we are done for. */
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20]))
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 4x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 5x */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,  /* 6x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* 8x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0,  /* 9x */
+    1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Ax */
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* Bx */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Cx */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Dx */
+    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Ex */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Fx */
+};
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#endif
+
 
 /*
-** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
-** "pExpr" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
-** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm
-** structure.
-**
-** If the expression is of the form "  X" it gets commuted
-** to the standard form of "X  ".  If the expression is of
-** the form "X  Y" where both X and Y are columns, then the original
-** expression is unchanged and a new virtual expression of the form
-** "Y  X" is added to the WHERE clause and analyzed separately.
+** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
+** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
 */
-static void exprAnalyze(
-  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the WHERE clause */
-  int idxTerm               /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
-){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet;
-  Expr *pExpr;
-  Bitmask prereqLeft;
-  Bitmask prereqAll;
-  Bitmask extraRight = 0;
-  int nPattern;
-  int isComplete;
-  int noCase;
-  int op;
-  Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    return;
-  }
-  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-  pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet;
-  pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-  prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
-  op = pExpr->op;
-  if( op==TK_IN ){
-    assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
-    pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pList)
-                          | exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pSelect);
-  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    pTerm->prereqRight = 0;
-  }else{
-    pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
-  }
-  prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
-  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
-    Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
-    prereqAll |= x;
-    extraRight = x-1;  /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index
-                       ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN.  Ticket #3015 */
-  }
-  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
-  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
-  pTerm->iParent = -1;
-  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
-  if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){
-    Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-    Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
-    if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
-      pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pTerm->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
+  int i, c;
+  switch( *z ){
+    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
+      testcase( z[0]==' ' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\t' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\n' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\f' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='\r' );
+      for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+      return i;
     }
-    if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
-      WhereTerm *pNew;
-      Expr *pDup;
-      if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){
-        int idxNew;
-        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr);
-        if( db->mallocFailed ){
-          sqlite3ExprDelete(pDup);
-          return;
-        }
-        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-        if( idxNew==0 ) return;
-        pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew];
-        pNew->iParent = idxTerm;
-        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-        pTerm->nChild = 1;
-        pTerm->flags |= TERM_COPIED;
+    case '-': {
+      if( z[1]=='-' ){
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
+        *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+        return i;
+      }
+      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '(': {
+      *tokenType = TK_LP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ')': {
+      *tokenType = TK_RP;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case ';': {
+      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '+': {
+      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '*': {
+      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '/': {
+      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      if( c ) i++;
+      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '%': {
+      *tokenType = TK_REM;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '=': {
+      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
+      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
+    }
+    case '<': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='<' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
+        return 2;
       }else{
-        pDup = pExpr;
-        pNew = pTerm;
+        *tokenType = TK_LT;
+        return 1;
       }
-      exprCommute(pDup);
-      pLeft = pDup->pLeft;
-      pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pNew->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft;
-      pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
-      pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op);
     }
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
-  /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
-  ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements.
-  */
-  else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ){
-    ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
-    int i;
-    static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
-    assert( pList!=0 );
-    assert( pList->nExpr==2 );
-    for(i=0; i<2; i++){
-      Expr *pNewExpr;
-      int idxNew;
-      pNewExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, ops[i], sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft),
-                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr), 0);
-      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-      pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
+    case '>': {
+      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_GE;
+        return 2;
+      }else if( c=='>' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_GT;
+        return 1;
+      }
     }
-    pTerm->nChild = 2;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-  /* Attempt to convert OR-connected terms into an IN operator so that
-  ** they can make use of indices.  Example:
-  **
-  **      x = expr1  OR  expr2 = x  OR  x = expr3
-  **
-  ** is converted into
-  **
-  **      x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
-  **
-  ** This optimization must be omitted if OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined because
-  ** the compiler for the the IN operator is part of sub-queries.
-  */
-  else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
-    int ok;
-    int i, j;
-    int iColumn, iCursor;
-    WhereClause sOr;
-    WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
-
-    assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_DYNAMIC)==0 );
-    whereClauseInit(&sOr, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet);
-    whereSplit(&sOr, pExpr, TK_OR);
-    exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, &sOr);
-    assert( sOr.nTerm>=2 );
-    j = 0;
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto or_not_possible;
-    do{
-      assert( j=0;
-      for(i=sOr.nTerm-1, pOrTerm=sOr.a; i>=0 && ok; i--, pOrTerm++){
-        if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){
-          goto or_not_possible;
+    case '!': {
+      if( z[1]!='=' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return 2;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_NE;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case '|': {
+      if( z[1]!='|' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
+        return 1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
+        return 2;
+      }
+    }
+    case ',': {
+      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '&': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '~': {
+      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+    case '`':
+    case '\'':
+    case '"': {
+      int delim = z[0];
+      testcase( delim=='`' );
+      testcase( delim=='\'' );
+      testcase( delim=='"' );
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( c==delim ){
+          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
         }
-        if( orTermIsOptCandidate(pOrTerm, iCursor, iColumn) ){
-          pOrTerm->flags |= TERM_OR_OK;
-        }else if( orTermHasOkDuplicate(&sOr, pOrTerm) ){
-          pOrTerm->flags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
+      }
+      if( c=='\'' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_STRING;
+        return i+1;
+      }else if( c!=0 ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ID;
+        return i+1;
+      }else{
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        return i;
+      }
+    }
+    case '.': {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
+#endif
+      {
+        *tokenType = TK_DOT;
+        return 1;
+      }
+      /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
+      ** number that begins with ".".  Fall thru into the next case */
+    }
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
+      testcase( z[0]=='0' );  testcase( z[0]=='1' );  testcase( z[0]=='2' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='3' );  testcase( z[0]=='4' );  testcase( z[0]=='5' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='6' );  testcase( z[0]=='7' );  testcase( z[0]=='8' );
+      testcase( z[0]=='9' );
+      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
+      for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+      if( z[i]=='.' ){
+        i++;
+        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
+           ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) 
+            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
+           )
+      ){
+        i += 2;
+        while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+      }
+#endif
+      while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
+        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        i++;
+      }
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '[': {
+      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '?': {
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '#': {
+      for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+      if( i>1 ){
+        /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used
+        ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse.  */
+        *tokenType = TK_REGISTER;
+        return i;
+      }
+      /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by
+      ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */
+    }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+    case '$':
+#endif
+    case '@':  /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
+    case ':': {
+      int n = 0;
+      testcase( z[0]=='$' );  testcase( z[0]=='@' );  testcase( z[0]==':' );
+      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( IdChar(c) ){
+          n++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+        }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
+          do{
+            i++;
+          }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
+          if( c==')' ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+          }
+          break;
+        }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
+          i++;
+#endif
         }else{
-          ok = 0;
+          break;
         }
       }
-    }while( !ok && (sOr.a[j++].flags & TERM_COPIED)!=0 && j<2 );
-    if( ok ){
-      ExprList *pList = 0;
-      Expr *pNew, *pDup;
-      Expr *pLeft = 0;
-      for(i=sOr.nTerm-1, pOrTerm=sOr.a; i>=0 && ok; i--, pOrTerm++){
-        if( (pOrTerm->flags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
-        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
-        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup, 0);
-        pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
-      }
-      assert( pLeft!=0 );
-      pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft);
-      pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
-      if( pNew ){
-        int idxNew;
-        transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
-        pNew->pList = pList;
-        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-        exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
-        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-        pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
-        pTerm->nChild = 1;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
-      }
-    }
-or_not_possible:
-    whereClauseClear(&sOr);
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
-  /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB
-  ** operator.
-  **
-  ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints
-  **
-  **          x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%'
-  **
-  ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
-  ** termination condidtion "abd".  This trick of incrementing the last
-  ** is not 255 and if the character set is not EBCDIC.  
-  */
-  if( isLikeOrGlob(db, pExpr, &nPattern, &isComplete, &noCase) ){
-    Expr *pLeft, *pRight;
-    Expr *pStr1, *pStr2;
-    Expr *pNewExpr1, *pNewExpr2;
-    int idxNew1, idxNew2;
-
-    pLeft = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
-    pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
-    pStr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( pStr1 ){
-      sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pStr1->token, &pRight->token);
-      pStr1->token.n = nPattern;
-      pStr1->flags = EP_Dequoted;
-    }
-    pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1);
-    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-      u8 c, *pC;
-      assert( pStr2->token.dyn );
-      pC = (u8*)&pStr2->token.z[nPattern-1];
-      c = *pC;
-      if( noCase ) c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
-      *pC = c + 1;
-    }
-    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft), pStr1, 0);
-    idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
-    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft), pStr2, 0);
-    idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
-    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-    if( isComplete ){
-      pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm;
-      pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm;
-      pTerm->nChild = 2;
+      if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+      return i;
     }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the
-  ** current expression is of the form:  column MATCH expr.
-  ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of
-  ** virtual tables.  The native query optimizer does not attempt
-  ** to do anything with MATCH functions.
-  */
-  if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){
-    int idxNew;
-    Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
-    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
-    Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr;
-
-    pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
-    pLeft = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
-    prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight);
-    prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
-    if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
-      Expr *pNewExpr;
-      pNewExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_MATCH, 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight), 0);
-      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
-      pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
-      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pNewTerm->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
-      pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-      pTerm->nChild = 1;
-      pTerm->flags |= TERM_COPIED;
-      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+    case 'x': case 'X': {
+      testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' );
+      if( z[1]=='\'' ){
+        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
+        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\''; i++){
+          if( !sqlite3Isxdigit(c) ){
+            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+          }
+        }
+        if( i%2 || !c ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+        if( c ) i++;
+        return i;
+      }
+      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
     }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-  /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
-  ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
-  */
-  pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain
-** a reference to any table other than the iBase table.
-*/
-static int referencesOtherTables(
-  ExprList *pList,          /* Search expressions in ths list */
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet,    /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
-  int iFirst,               /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */
-  int iBase                 /* Ignore references to this table */
-){
-  Bitmask allowed = ~getMask(pMaskSet, iBase);
-  while( iFirstnExpr ){
-    if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){
-      return 1;
+#endif
+    default: {
+      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
+      return i;
     }
   }
-  return 0;
+  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+  return 1;
 }
 
-
 /*
-** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY
-** clause.  If it can, it returns 1.  If pIdx cannot satisfy the
-** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0.
-**
-** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement.  pTab is the
-** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and
-** the table has a cursor number of "base".  pIdx is an index on pTab.
-**
-** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality
-** constraints.  Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY
-** clause and the match can still be a success.
-**
-** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either
-** ASC or DESC.  (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE
-** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.)  The *pbRev value is
-** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if
-** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC.
+** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
+** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
+** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into 
+** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
+** error message.
 */
-static int isSortingIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet,  /* Mapping from table indices to bitmaps */
-  Index *pIdx,            /* The index we are testing */
-  int base,               /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  int nEqCol,             /* Number of index columns with == constraints */
-  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
-){
-  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
-  int sortOrder = 0;              /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */
-  int nTerm;                      /* Number of ORDER BY terms */
-  struct ExprList_item *pTerm;    /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
-  nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-  assert( nTerm>0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
+  int nErr = 0;                   /* Number of errors encountered */
+  int i;                          /* Loop counter */
+  void *pEngine;                  /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
+  int tokenType;                  /* type of the next token */
+  int lastTokenParsed = -1;       /* type of the previous token */
+  u8 enableLookaside;             /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
+  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* The database connection */
+  int mxSqlLen;                   /* Max length of an SQL string */
 
-  /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of
-  ** the index.
-  **
-  ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus
-  ** one additional column containing the rowid.  The rowid column
-  ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY
-  ** clause.
-  */
-  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; jnColumn; i++){
-    Expr *pExpr;       /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */
-    CollSeq *pColl;    /* The collating sequence of pExpr */
-    int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */
-    int iColumn;       /* The i-th column of the index.  -1 for rowid */
-    int iSortOrder;    /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */
-    const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */
 
-    pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-    if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){
-      /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the
-      ** left-most table of the FROM clause */
+  mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+  if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
+    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+  }
+  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  pParse->zTail = zSql;
+  i = 0;
+  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc);
+  if( pEngine==0 ){
+    db->mallocFailed = 1;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 );
+  assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 );
+  assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 );
+  enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+  if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
+  while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
+    assert( i>=0 );
+    pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
+    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
+    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
+    if( i>mxSqlLen ){
+      pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
       break;
     }
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
-    if( !pColl ){
-      pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-    }
-    if( inColumn ){
-      iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-      if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){
-        iColumn = -1;
+    switch( tokenType ){
+      case TK_SPACE: {
+        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
+          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
       }
-      iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
-      zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
-    }else{
-      iColumn = -1;
-      iSortOrder = 0;
-      zColl = pColl->zName;
-    }
-    if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
-      /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */
-      if( isLastToken);
+        nErr++;
+        goto abort_parse;
       }
-    }
-    assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 );
-    assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 );
-    assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 );
-    termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder;
-    if( i>nEqCol ){
-      if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){
-        /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the
-        ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */
-        return 0;
+      case TK_SEMI: {
+        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+        /* Fall thru into the default case */
+      }
+      default: {
+        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
+        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          goto abort_parse;
+        }
+        break;
       }
-    }else{
-      sortOrder = termSortOrder;
-    }
-    j++;
-    pTerm++;
-    if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
-      /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches
-      ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other
-      ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used 
-      ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other
-      ** columns will make any difference
-      */
-      j = nTerm;
     }
   }
-
-  *pbRev = sortOrder!=0;
-  if( j>=nTerm ){
-    /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so
-    ** this index can be used for sorting. */
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn
-      && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
-    /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause
-    ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY
-    ** clause reference other tables in a join.  If this is all true then
-    ** the order by clause is superfluous. */
-    return 1;
+abort_parse:
+  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
+      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+    }
+    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
   }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check table to see if the ORDER BY clause in pOrderBy can be satisfied
-** by sorting in order of ROWID.  Return true if so and set *pbRev to be
-** true for reverse ROWID and false for forward ROWID order.
-*/
-static int sortableByRowid(
-  int base,               /* Cursor number for table to be sorted */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet,  /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
-  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
-){
-  Expr *p;
-
-  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
-  assert( pOrderBy->nExpr>0 );
-  p = pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr;
-  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==base && p->iColumn==-1
-    && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, 1, base) ){
-    *pbRev = pOrderBy->a[0].sortOrder;
-    return 1;
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
+      sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
+  );
+#endif /* YYDEBUG */
+  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
+  db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value.
-** The results need not be exact.  This is only used for estimating
-** the total cost of performing operatings with O(logN) or O(NlogN)
-** complexity.  Because N is just a guess, it is no great tragedy if
-** logN is a little off.
-*/
-static double estLog(double N){
-  double logN = 1;
-  double x = 10;
-  while( N>x ){
-    logN += 1;
-    x *= 10;
+  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+    sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
   }
-  return logN;
-}
-
-/*
-** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info
-** structure.  Used for testing and debugging only.  If neither
-** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
-** are no-ops.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
-  for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aConstraint[i].iColumn,
-       p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset,
-       p->aConstraint[i].op,
-       p->aConstraint[i].usable);
+  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+    *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
+    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+    nErr++;
   }
-  for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn,
-       p->aOrderBy[i].desc);
+  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
+    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
   }
-}
-static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
-  for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex,
-       p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
+    pParse->aTableLock = 0;
+    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
   }
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
-}
-#else
-#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
-#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
 #endif
-
 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Compute the best index for a virtual table.
-**
-** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual
-** table module.  This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up
-** the sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with
-** xBestIndex.
-**
-** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the
-** same virtual table.  The sqlite3_index_info structure is created
-** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent
-** invocations.  The sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when
-** code is generated to access the virtual table.  The whereInfoDelete() 
-** routine takes care of freeing the sqlite3_index_info structure after
-** everybody has finished with it.
-*/
-static double bestVirtualIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,                 /* The parsing context */
-  WhereClause *pWC,              /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,     /* The FROM clause term to search */
-  Bitmask notReady,              /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,            /* The order by clause */
-  int orderByUsable,             /* True if we can potential sort */
-  sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */
-){
-  Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab;
-  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
-  struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int i, j;
-  int nOrderBy;
-  int rc;
-
-  /* If the sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously
-  ** allocated and initialized for this virtual table, then allocate
-  ** and initialize it now
-  */
-  pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo;
-  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
-    WhereTerm *pTerm;
-    int nTerm;
-    WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pTab->zName));
-
-    /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
-    ** to this virtual table */
-    for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){
-      if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
-      if( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
-      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
-      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
-      if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
-      nTerm++;
-    }
-
-    /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
-    ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
-    ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
-    */
-    nOrderBy = 0;
-    if( pOrderBy ){
-      for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
-        Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-        if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
-      }
-      if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){
-        nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-      }
-    }
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVtabLock);
+#endif
 
-    /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure
-    */
-    pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
-                             + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
-                             + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
-    if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
-      return 0.0;
-    }
-    *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo;
-
-    /* Initialize the structure.  The sqlite3_index_info structure contains
-    ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
-    ** changing them.  We have to do some funky casting in order to
-    ** initialize those fields.
+  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
+    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
+    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
     */
-    pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
-    pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
-    pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
-    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
-    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
-    *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
-    *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
-    *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
-                                                                     pUsage;
-
-    for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){
-      if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
-      if( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
-      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
-      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
-      if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
-      pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->leftColumn;
-      pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
-      pIdxCons[j].op = pTerm->eOperator;
-      /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
-      ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
-      ** following asserts verify this fact. */
-      assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
-      assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
-      assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
-      assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
-      assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
-      assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
-      assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
-      j++;
-    }
-    for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr;
-      pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
-      pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* At this point, the sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points
-  ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or
-  ** during some prior invocation.  Now we just have to customize the
-  ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to
-  ** xBestIndex.
-  */
-
-  /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must
-  ** be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise
-  ** sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. 
-  */
-  assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] );
-  assert( pTab->pVtab );
-#if 0
-  if( pTab->pVtab==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "undefined module %s for table %s",
-        pTab->azModuleArg[0], pTab->zName);
-    return 0.0;
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable);
   }
-#endif
 
-  /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all 
-  ** output variables to zero.
-  **
-  ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand
-  ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current
-  ** table.  In other words, if the constraint is of the form:
-  **
-  **           column = expr
-  **
-  ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is 
-  ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left
-  ** of the table containing column.
-  **
-  ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints
-  ** on the current table.  That way we only have to compute it once
-  ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times.
-  ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the
-  ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag
-  ** each time.
-  */
-  pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
-  pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
-  for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
-    j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
-    pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
-    pIdxCons->usable =  (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0;
+  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVarExpr);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias);
+  while( pParse->pAinc ){
+    AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
+    pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
   }
-  memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
-  if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
-    sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
+  while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
+    Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
+    pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
+    sqlite3DeleteTable(p);
   }
-  pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
-  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
-  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
-  pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
-  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / 2.0;
-  nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy;
-  if( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy && !orderByUsable ){
-    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0;
+  if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
+  return nErr;
+}
 
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(pParse->db);
-  WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName));
-  TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(pIdxInfo);
-  rc = pTab->pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pTab->pVtab, pIdxInfo);
-  TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(pIdxInfo);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(pParse->db);
+/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
+** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file.  But by
+** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
+** static links that do not use it.
+**
+** $Id: complete.c,v 1.8 2009/04/28 04:46:42 drh Exp $
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
 
-  for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){
-    if( !pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].usable && pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-          "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
-      return 0.0;
-    }
-  }
+/*
+** This is defined in tokenize.c.  We just have to import the definition.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[];
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20]))
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
+#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
 
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }else {
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-    }
-  }
-  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
 
-  return pIdxInfo->estimatedCost;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+/*
+** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
+** comments on that procedure for additional information.
+*/
+#define tkSEMI    0
+#define tkWS      1
+#define tkOTHER   2
+#define tkEXPLAIN 3
+#define tkCREATE  4
+#define tkTEMP    5
+#define tkTRIGGER 6
+#define tkEND     7
 
 /*
-** Find the best index for accessing a particular table.  Return a pointer
-** to the index, flags that describe how the index should be used, the
-** number of equality constraints, and the "cost" for this index.
+** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
 **
-** The lowest cost index wins.  The cost is an estimate of the amount of
-** CPU and disk I/O need to process the request using the selected index.
-** Factors that influence cost include:
+** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
+** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
+** must end with ";END;".
 **
-**    *  The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved.  (The
-**       fewer the better.)
+** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states:
 **
-**    *  Whether or not sorting must occur.
+**   (0) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
+**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
+**                 in any other state.
 **
-**    *  Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the
-**       index and in the main table.
+**   (1) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
+**                 semicolon.
+**
+**   (2) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
+**                 a statement.
+**
+**   (3) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
+**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
+**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
+**
+**   (4) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
+**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
+**
+**   (5) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
+**                 the end of a trigger definition.
+**
+**   (6) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
+**                 of a trigger difinition.
+**
+** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
+** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
+**
+**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
+**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace
+**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
+**   (3) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
+**   (4) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
+**   (5) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
+**   (6) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
+**   (7) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
+**
+** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
 **
+** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
+** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted.  All we have to do
+** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
 */
-static double bestIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
-  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
-  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The order by clause */
-  Index **ppIndex,            /* Make *ppIndex point to the best index */
-  int *pFlags,                /* Put flags describing this choice in *pFlags */
-  int *pnEq                   /* Put the number of == or IN constraints here */
-){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  Index *bestIdx = 0;         /* Index that gives the lowest cost */
-  double lowestCost;          /* The cost of using bestIdx */
-  int bestFlags = 0;          /* Flags associated with bestIdx */
-  int bestNEq = 0;            /* Best value for nEq */
-  int iCur = pSrc->iCursor;   /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
-  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
-  int rev;                    /* True to scan in reverse order */
-  int flags;                  /* Flags associated with pProbe */
-  int nEq;                    /* Number of == or IN constraints */
-  int eqTermMask;             /* Mask of valid equality operators */
-  double cost;                /* Cost of using pProbe */
-
-  WHERETRACE(("bestIndex: tbl=%s notReady=%x\n", pSrc->pTab->zName, notReady));
-  lowestCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
-  pProbe = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
-
-  /* If the table has no indices and there are no terms in the where
-  ** clause that refer to the ROWID, then we will never be able to do
-  ** anything other than a full table scan on this table.  We might as
-  ** well put it first in the join order.  That way, perhaps it can be
-  ** referenced by other tables in the join.
-  */
-  if( pProbe==0 &&
-     findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE,0)==0 &&
-     (pOrderBy==0 || !sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev)) ){
-    *pFlags = 0;
-    *ppIndex = 0;
-    *pnEq = 0;
-    return 0.0;
-  }
-
-  /* Check for a rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) constraints
-  */
-  pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
-  if( pTerm ){
-    Expr *pExpr;
-    *ppIndex = 0;
-    bestFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ;
-    if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ){
-      /* Rowid== is always the best pick.  Look no further.  Because only
-      ** a single row is generated, output is always in sorted order */
-      *pFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ | WHERE_UNIQUE;
-      *pnEq = 1;
-      WHERETRACE(("... best is rowid\n"));
-      return 0.0;
-    }else if( (pExpr = pTerm->pExpr)->pList!=0 ){
-      /* Rowid IN (LIST): cost is NlogN where N is the number of list
-      ** elements.  */
-      lowestCost = pExpr->pList->nExpr;
-      lowestCost *= estLog(lowestCost);
-    }else{
-      /* Rowid IN (SELECT): cost is NlogN where N is the number of rows
-      ** in the result of the inner select.  We have no way to estimate
-      ** that value so make a wild guess. */
-      lowestCost = 200;
-    }
-    WHERETRACE(("... rowid IN cost: %.9g\n", lowestCost));
-  }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
+  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
+  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
 
-  /* Estimate the cost of a table scan.  If we do not know how many
-  ** entries are in the table, use 1 million as a guess.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+  /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
+  ** statement.  This is the normal case.
   */
-  cost = pProbe ? pProbe->aiRowEst[0] : 1000000;
-  WHERETRACE(("... table scan base cost: %.9g\n", cost));
-  flags = WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;
-
-  /* Check for constraints on a range of rowids in a table scan.
+  static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
+                     /* Token:                                                */
+     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END  */
+     /* 0   START: */ {    0,  0,     1,      2,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
+     /* 1  NORMAL: */ {    0,  1,     1,      1,      1,    1,       1,   1,  },
+     /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ {    0,  2,     2,      1,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
+     /* 3  CREATE: */ {    0,  3,     1,      1,      1,    3,       4,   1,  },
+     /* 4 TRIGGER: */ {    5,  4,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
+     /* 5    SEMI: */ {    5,  5,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   6,  },
+     /* 6     END: */ {    0,  6,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
+  };
+#else
+  /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine
+  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
   */
-  pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
-  if( pTerm ){
-    if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0) ){
-      flags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
-      cost /= 3;  /* Guess that rowidEXPR eliminates two-thirds of rows */
-    }
-    WHERETRACE(("... rowid range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
-  }else{
-    flags = 0;
-  }
+  static const u8 trans[2][3] = {
+                     /* Token:           */
+     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
+     /* 0   START: */ {    0,  0,     1, },
+     /* 1  NORMAL: */ {    0,  1,     1, },
+  };
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
 
-  /* If the table scan does not satisfy the ORDER BY clause, increase
-  ** the cost by NlogN to cover the expense of sorting. */
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    if( sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev) ){
-      flags |= WHERE_ORDERBY|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;
-      if( rev ){
-        flags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
+  while( *zSql ){
+    switch( *zSql ){
+      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
+        token = tkSEMI;
+        break;
       }
-    }else{
-      cost += cost*estLog(cost);
-      WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases cost to %.9g\n", cost));
-    }
-  }
-  if( costjointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
-    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
-  }else{
-    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL;
-  }
-
-  /* Look at each index.
-  */
-  for(; pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext){
-    int i;                       /* Loop counter */
-    double inMultiplier = 1;
-
-    WHERETRACE(("... index %s:\n", pProbe->zName));
-
-    /* Count the number of columns in the index that are satisfied
-    ** by x=EXPR constraints or x IN (...) constraints.
-    */
-    flags = 0;
-    for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
-      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[i];
-      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pProbe);
-      if( pTerm==0 ) break;
-      flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
-      if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
-        Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-        flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
-        if( pExpr->pSelect!=0 ){
-          inMultiplier *= 25;
-        }else if( pExpr->pList!=0 ){
-          inMultiplier *= pExpr->pList->nExpr + 1;
-        }
+      case ' ':
+      case '\r':
+      case '\t':
+      case '\n':
+      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
       }
-    }
-    cost = pProbe->aiRowEst[i] * inMultiplier * estLog(inMultiplier);
-    nEq = i;
-    if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None && (flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0
-         && nEq==pProbe->nColumn ){
-      flags |= WHERE_UNIQUE;
-    }
-    WHERETRACE(("...... nEq=%d inMult=%.9g cost=%.9g\n",nEq,inMultiplier,cost));
-
-    /* Look for range constraints
-    */
-    if( nEqnColumn ){
-      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
-      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe);
-      if( pTerm ){
-        flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
-        if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pProbe) ){
-          flags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
-          cost /= 3;
-        }
-        if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe) ){
-          flags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
-          cost /= 3;
+      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
+        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
         }
-        WHERETRACE(("...... range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
+        zSql += 2;
+        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
+        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
+        zSql++;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
       }
-    }
-
-    /* Add the additional cost of sorting if that is a factor.
-    */
-    if( pOrderBy ){
-      if( (flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0 &&
-           isSortingIndex(pParse,pWC->pMaskSet,pProbe,iCur,pOrderBy,nEq,&rev) ){
-        if( flags==0 ){
-          flags = WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
-        }
-        flags |= WHERE_ORDERBY;
-        if( rev ){
-          flags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
+      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
+        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
+          token = tkOTHER;
+          break;
         }
-      }else{
-        cost += cost*estLog(cost);
-        WHERETRACE(("...... orderby increases cost to %.9g\n", cost));
+        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
+        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0;
+        token = tkWS;
+        break;
       }
-    }
-
-    /* Check to see if we can get away with using just the index without
-    ** ever reading the table.  If that is the case, then halve the
-    ** cost of this index.
-    */
-    if( flags && pSrc->colUsed < (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){
-      Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed;
-      int j;
-      for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){
-        int x = pProbe->aiColumn[j];
-        if( xzName : "(none)", lowestCost, bestFlags, bestNEq));
-  *pFlags = bestFlags | eqTermMask;
-  *pnEq = bestNEq;
-  return lowestCost;
+  return state==0;
 }
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
+** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
+** UTF-8.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  char const *zSql8;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zSql8 ){
+    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
 
+/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
 /*
-** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
-** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
-** or USING clause of that join.
-**
-** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
+** 2001 September 15
 **
-**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
-**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
-**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
-** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
-** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
-** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  When terms are satisfied
-** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
-** loop.  We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
-** but joins might run a little slower.  The trick is to disable as much
-** as we can without disabling too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get
-** the wrong answer.  See ticket #813.
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
 */
-static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
-  if( pTerm
-      && (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0
-      && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
-  ){
-    pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
-    if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){
-      WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
-      if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){
-        disableTerm(pLevel, pOther);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
 
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
 /*
-** Apply the affinities associated with the first n columns of index
-** pIdx to the values in the n registers starting at base.
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** FTS3 library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
 */
-static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, Index *pIdx){
-  if( n>0 ){
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    assert( v!=0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
-    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
-  }
-}
 
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
 
+/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/
+/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/
 /*
-** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
-** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...).   pTerm is the term to be 
-** coded.
+** 2008 May 26
 **
-** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its
-** result is left on the stack.  For constraints of the form X IN (...)
-** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** RTREE library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface.
 */
-static int codeEqualityTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm,   /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel, /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */
-  int iTarget         /* Attempt to leave results in this register */
-){
-  Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int iReg;                  /* Register holding results */
 
-  if( iTarget<=0 ){
-    iReg = iTarget = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  }
-  if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){
-    iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget);
-  }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    iReg = iTarget;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  }else{
-    int eType;
-    int iTab;
-    struct InLoop *pIn;
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
 
-    assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
-    iReg = iTarget;
-    eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 1);
-    iTab = pX->iTable;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%.*s", pX->span.n, pX->span.z));
-    if( pLevel->nIn==0 ){
-      pLevel->nxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    }
-    pLevel->nIn++;
-    pLevel->aInLoop = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->aInLoop,
-                                    sizeof(pLevel->aInLoop[0])*pLevel->nIn);
-    pIn = pLevel->aInLoop;
-    if( pIn ){
-      pIn += pLevel->nIn - 1;
-      pIn->iCur = iTab;
-      if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
-        pIn->topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg);
-      }else{
-        pIn->topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg);
-    }else{
-      pLevel->nIn = 0;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
-  return iReg;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
 
+/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
 /*
-** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
-** index.  The values for all constraints are left on the stack.
+** 2008 May 26
 **
-** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
-** Suppose the WHERE clause is this:  a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
-** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
-** example, the third "c" value is an inequality.  So only two 
-** constraints are coded.  This routine will generate code to evaluate
-** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3).  The current values for a and b will be left
-** on the stack - a is the deepest and b the shallowest.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-** In the example above nEq==2.  But this subroutine works for any value
-** of nEq including 0.  If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
-** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell.
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and puts
-** the address of that memory cell in pLevel->iMem.  The code that
-** calls this routine will use pLevel->iMem to store the termination
-** key value of the loop.  If one or more IN operators appear, then
-** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
-** use.
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** ICU extension.  All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface.
 */
-static int codeAllEqualityTerms(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel,   /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
-  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause */
-  Bitmask notReady,     /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */
-  int nExtraReg         /* Number of extra registers to allocate */
-){
-  int nEq = pLevel->nEq;        /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The virtual machine under construction */
-  Index *pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;   /* The index being used for this loop */
-  int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur;   /* The cursor of the table */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single constraint term */
-  int j;                        /* Loop counter */
-  int regBase;                  /* Base register */
 
-  /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
-  ** We always need at least one used to store the loop terminator
-  ** value.  If there are IN operators we'll need one for each == or
-  ** IN constraint.
-  */
-  pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
-  regBase = pParse->nMem + 2;
-  pParse->nMem += pLevel->nEq + 2 + nExtraReg;
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
 
-  /* Evaluate the equality constraints
-  */
-  assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq );
-  for(j=0; jaiColumn[j];
-    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->flags, pIdx);
-    if( pTerm==0 ) break;
-    assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0 );
-    r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j);
-    if( r1!=regBase+j ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
-    }
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->brk);
-    }
-  }
-  return regBase;
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db);
 
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+#if 0
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The version of the library
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
+#endif
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
 /*
-** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated
-** by the most recent call to sqlite3WhereBegin().  Each call to WhereBegin
-** overwrites the previous.  This information is used for testing and
-** analysis only.
+** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
+** I/O active are written using this function.  These messages
+** are intended for debugging activity only.
 */
-SQLITE_API char sqlite3_query_plan[BMS*2*40];  /* Text of the join */
-static int nQPlan = 0;              /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
-
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
+#endif
 
 /*
-** Free a WhereInfo structure
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+**
+** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
 */
-static void whereInfoFree(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  if( pWInfo ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; inLevel; i++){
-      sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo;
-      if( pInfo ){
-        assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 );
-        sqlite3_free(pInfo);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pWInfo);
-  }
-}
-
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
 
 /*
-** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
-** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
-** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
-** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
-** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
-**
-** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
-**
-** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
-** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
-** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
-** example, if the SQL is this:
-**
-**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
-**
-** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
-**
-**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
-**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
-**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
-**            ...
-**          end                     \    Code generated
-**        end                        |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
-**      end                         /
-**
-** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
-** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
-** use of indices.  Note also that when the IN operator appears in
-** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
-** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
-**
-** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
-** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
-** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
-** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
-**
-** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
-** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries.  The [...] code
-** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
-** data from the various tables of the loop.
-**
-** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
-** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
-** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
-** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
-** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
-** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
-**
-** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
-** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
-** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
-** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
-** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
-** most loop)
+** Initialize SQLite.  
 **
-** OUTER JOINS
+** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
+** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
+** SQLite.  But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
+** sqlite3_open().  
 **
-** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
+** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
+** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
 **
-**    foreach row1 in t1 do
-**      flag = 0
-**      foreach row2 in t2 do
-**        start:
-**          ...
-**          flag = 1
-**      end
-**      if flag==0 then
-**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
-**        goto start
-**      fi
-**    end
+** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
+** completion.  If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
+** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
+** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
 **
-** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
+** The first thread might call this routine recursively.  Recursive
+** calls to this routine should not block, of course.  Otherwise the
+** initialization process would never complete.
 **
-** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement,
-** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
-** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL.
+** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine.  Let Y be some other
+** thread.  Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
+** incomplete, it is required that:
 **
-** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table
-** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and
-** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL.  This is an optimization that prevents an
-** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the
-** ORDER BY clause already exists.
+**    *  Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
+**       call by X completes.
 **
-** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct
-** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
+**    *  Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
+**       without blocking.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,    /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
-  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause */
-  ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
-  u8 wflags             /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
-){
-  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
-  int brk, cont = 0;         /* Addresses used during code generation */
-  Bitmask notReady;          /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;          /* A single term in the WHERE clause */
-  ExprMaskSet maskSet;       /* The expression mask set */
-  WhereClause wc;            /* The WHERE clause is divided into these terms */
-  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* A single entry from pTabList */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel;             /* A single level in the pWInfo list */
-  int iFrom;                      /* First unused FROM clause element */
-  int andFlags;              /* AND-ed combination of all wc.a[].flags */
-  sqlite3 *db;               /* Database connection */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy = 0;
-
-  /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
-  ** bits in a Bitmask 
-  */
-  if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
-    return 0;
-  }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex *pMaster;                      /* The main static mutex */
+  int rc;                                      /* Result code */
 
-  if( ppOrderBy ){
-    pOrderBy = *ppOrderBy;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+  rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
   }
+#endif
 
-  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
-  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
-  */
-  initMaskSet(&maskSet);
-  whereClauseInit(&wc, pParse, &maskSet);
-  sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere);
-  whereSplit(&wc, pWhere, TK_AND);
-    
-  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
-  ** return value.
+  /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
+  ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op.  But the initialization
+  ** must be complete.  So isInit must not be set until the very end
+  ** of this routine.
   */
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,  
-                      sizeof(WhereInfo) + pTabList->nSrc*sizeof(WhereLevel));
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto whereBeginNoMem;
-  }
-  pWInfo->nLevel = pTabList->nSrc;
-  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
-  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
-  pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
 
-  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
-  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
+  /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized.  If unable to 
+  ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
+  ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
+  ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
+  **
+  ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
+  ** initialization.
   */
-  if( pWhere && (pTabList->nSrc==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){
-    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    pWhere = 0;
-  }
+  rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
 
-  /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause.
-  **
-  ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be
-  ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then
-  ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term
-  ** is (X-1).   An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use
-  ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table
-  ** of the join.  Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a
-  ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join.  Knowing the bitmask
-  ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important.  Ticket #3015.
+  /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
+  ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex.  Note that
+  ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
+  ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
+  ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
   */
-  for(i=0; inSrc; i++){
-    createMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+  pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1;
+  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+    rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
   }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  {
-    Bitmask toTheLeft = 0;
-    for(i=0; inSrc; i++){
-      Bitmask m = getMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
-      assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft );
-      toTheLeft |= m;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
+    if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex =
+           sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
     }
   }
-#endif
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
 
-  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions.  Note that exprAnalyze() might
-  ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause.  We do not
-  ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
-  ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
-  */
-  exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, &wc);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto whereBeginNoMem;
+  /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc
+  ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate
+  ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case.  */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
   }
 
-  /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause.
-  **
-  ** This loop fills in the following fields:
-  **
-  **   pWInfo->a[].pIdx      The index to use for this level of the loop.
-  **   pWInfo->a[].flags     WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx
-  **   pWInfo->a[].nEq       The number of == and IN constraints
-  **   pWInfo->a[].iFrom     When term of the FROM clause is being coded
-  **   pWInfo->a[].iTabCur   The VDBE cursor for the database table
-  **   pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur   The VDBE cursor for the index
-  **
-  ** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM
-  ** clause.
+  /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
+  ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
+  ** sqlite3_initialize().  The recursive calls normally come through
+  ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
+  ** recursive calls might also be possible.
   */
-  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
-  pTabItem = pTabList->a;
-  pLevel = pWInfo->a;
-  andFlags = ~0;
-  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
-  for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inSrc; i++, pLevel++){
-    Index *pIdx;                /* Index for FROM table at pTabItem */
-    int flags;                  /* Flags asssociated with pIdx */
-    int nEq;                    /* Number of == or IN constraints */
-    double cost;                /* The cost for pIdx */
-    int j;                      /* For looping over FROM tables */
-    Index *pBest = 0;           /* The best index seen so far */
-    int bestFlags = 0;          /* Flags associated with pBest */
-    int bestNEq = 0;            /* nEq associated with pBest */
-    double lowestCost;          /* Cost of the pBest */
-    int bestJ = 0;              /* The value of j */
-    Bitmask m;                  /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */
-    int once = 0;               /* True when first table is seen */
-    sqlite3_index_info *pIndex; /* Current virtual index */
-
-    lowestCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
-    for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; jnSrc; j++, pTabItem++){
-      int doNotReorder;  /* True if this table should not be reordered */
-
-      doNotReorder =  (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0;
-      if( once && doNotReorder ) break;
-      m = getMask(&maskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
-      if( (m & notReady)==0 ){
-        if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
-        continue;
-      }
-      assert( pTabItem->pTab );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
-        sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
-        cost = bestVirtualIndex(pParse, &wc, pTabItem, notReady,
-                                ppOrderBy ? *ppOrderBy : 0, i==0,
-                                ppIdxInfo);
-        flags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
-        pIndex = *ppIdxInfo;
-        if( pIndex && pIndex->orderByConsumed ){
-          flags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE | WHERE_ORDERBY;
-        }
-        pIdx = 0;
-        nEq = 0;
-        if( (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/2.0)pBestIdx never set.
-          */ 
-          cost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/2.0);
-        }
-      }else 
-#endif
-      {
-        cost = bestIndex(pParse, &wc, pTabItem, notReady,
-                         (i==0 && ppOrderBy) ? *ppOrderBy : 0,
-                         &pIdx, &flags, &nEq);
-        pIndex = 0;
-      }
-      if( costpBestIdx = pIndex;
-      }
-      if( doNotReorder ) break;
-    }
-    WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer choose table %d for loop %d\n", bestJ,
-           pLevel-pWInfo->a));
-    if( (bestFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){
-      *ppOrderBy = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
+    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
+    memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
+    sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
+    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
+      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
     }
-    andFlags &= bestFlags;
-    pLevel->flags = bestFlags;
-    pLevel->pIdx = pBest;
-    pLevel->nEq = bestNEq;
-    pLevel->aInLoop = 0;
-    pLevel->nIn = 0;
-    if( pBest ){
-      pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
-    }else{
-      pLevel->iIdxCur = -1;
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
+      rc = sqlite3OsInit();
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, 
+          sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
     }
-    notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor);
-    pLevel->iFrom = bestJ;
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
   }
-  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
 
-  /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY
-  ** clause is irrelevant.
+  /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
+  ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
   */
-  if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){
-    *ppOrderBy = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+  sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
+    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
+    sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
   }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
 
-  /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting
-  ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate.
-  ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constraints
-  ** the statement to update a single row.
+  /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
+  ** been compiled correctly.  It is important to run this code, but
+  ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
+  ** reason.  So we run it once during initialization.
   */
-  assert( (wflags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
-  if( (wflags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 ){
-    pWInfo->okOnePass = 1;
-    pWInfo->a[0].flags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+  /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
+  if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
+    double y;
+    assert(sizeof(x)==8);
+    assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
+    memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
+    assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
   }
+#endif
+#endif
 
-  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
-  ** searching those tables.
-  */
-  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */
-  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inSrc; i++, pLevel++){
-    Table *pTab;     /* Table to open */
-    Index *pIx;      /* Index used to access pTab (if any) */
-    int iDb;         /* Index of database containing table/index */
-    int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
+  return rc;
+}
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-    if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-      char *zMsg;
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-      zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "TABLE %s", pItem->zName);
-      if( pItem->zAlias ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias);
-      }
-      if( (pIx = pLevel->pIdx)!=0 ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z WITH INDEX %s", zMsg, pIx->zName);
-      }else if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z USING PRIMARY KEY", zMsg);
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      else if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){
-        sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx = pLevel->pBestIdx;
-        zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg,
-                    pBestIdx->idxNum, pBestIdx->idxStr);
-      }
+/*
+** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize().  Must not be called while
+** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
+** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread.  This
+** routine is not threadsafe.  But it is safe to invoke this routine
+** on when SQLite is already shut down.  If SQLite is already shut down
+** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
+    sqlite3_os_end();
+    sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){
+    sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+    sqlite3MallocEnd();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
+  }
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){
+    sqlite3MutexEnd();
+    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0;
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
+** the SQLite library at run-time.
+**
+** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding
+** database connections or memory allocations.  This routine is not
+** threadsafe.  Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable
+** behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
+  ** the SQLite library is in use. */
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+
+    /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe
+    ** compile. 
+    */
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
+      /* Disable all mutexing */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
+      /* Disable mutexing of database connections */
+      /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
+      /* Enable all mutexing */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
+      /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
+      /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+      break;
+    }
 #endif
-      if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ORDERBY ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z ORDER BY", zMsg);
+
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
+      /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
+      /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
+      /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
+      /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
+      /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: {
+      /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: {
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){
+        sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
       }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, i, pLevel->iFrom, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache;
+      break;
     }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-    if( pTab->isEphem || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){
-      int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0,
-                        (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P4_VTAB);
-    }else
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
+      /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
+
+      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
+        /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation
+        ** back to NULL pointers too.  This will cause the malloc to go
+        ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is
+        ** run.
+        */
+        memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
+      }else{
+        /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the
+        ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor
+        ** ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined, return an error.
+        */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
 #endif
-    if( (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
-      int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead;
-      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
-      if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol<(sizeof(Bitmask)*8) ){
-        Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
-        int n = 0;
-        for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2, n);
-        assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
       }
-    }else{
-      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
+      break;
     }
-    pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
-    if( (pIx = pLevel->pIdx)!=0 ){
-      KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx);
-      assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pIx->nColumn+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIx->tnum, iDb,
-                        (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
+#endif
+
+    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    default: {
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
     }
-    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
   }
-  pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+  va_end(ap);
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  /* Generate the code to do the search.  Each iteration of the for
-  ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
-  ** program.
-  */
-  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
-  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inSrc; i++, pLevel++){
-    int j;
-    int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;  /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
-    Index *pIdx;       /* The index we will be using */
-    int nxt;           /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
-    int iIdxCur;       /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
-    int omitTable;     /* True if we use the index only */
-    int bRev;          /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
+/*
+** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  
+** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
+** The cnt parameter is the number of slots.  If pStart is NULL the
+** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for
+** the lookaside memory.
+*/
+static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
+  void *pStart;
+  if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
+  ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for 
+  ** both at the same time.
+  */
+  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+  }
+  /* The size of a lookaside slot needs to be larger than a pointer
+  ** to be useful.
+  */
+  if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0;
+  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
+  if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){
+    sz = 0;
+    pStart = 0;
+  }else if( pBuf==0 ){
+    sz = ROUND8(sz);
+    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+    pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt );
+    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+  }else{
+    sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
+    pStart = pBuf;
+  }
+  db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
+  db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
+  db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
+  if( pStart ){
+    int i;
+    LookasideSlot *p;
+    assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
+    p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
+    for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
+      p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+      db->lookaside.pFree = p;
+      p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
+    }
+    db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
+    db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0;
+  }else{
+    db->lookaside.pEnd = 0;
+    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+    db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
-    pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;
-    iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-    bRev = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0;
-    omitTable = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0;
+/*
+** Return the mutex associated with a database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->mutex;
+}
 
-    /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
-    ** for the current loop.  Jump to brk to break out of a loop.
-    ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
-    ** loop.
-    **
-    ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "nxt" label that
-    ** means to continue with the next IN value combination.  When
-    ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "nxt" label
-    ** is the same as "brk".
-    */
-    brk = pLevel->brk = pLevel->nxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+/*
+** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
+  va_list ap;
+  int rc;
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+    case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+      void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*);
+      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+      int cnt = va_arg(ap, int);
+      rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt);
+      break;
+    }
+    default: {
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  va_end(ap);
+  return rc;
+}
 
-    /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
-    ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
-    ** row of the left table of the join.
-    */
-    if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
-      pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
-      VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
+
+/*
+** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
+*/
+static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
+  while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
+  return n==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
+** available.
+**
+** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
+** of strings is ignored.  This implements the RTRIM collation.
+*/
+static int binCollFunc(
+  void *padFlag,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int rc, n;
+  n = nKey1pBestIdx ){
-      /* Case 0:  The table is a virtual-table.  Use the VFilter and VNext
-      **          to access the data.
-      */
-      int j;
-      int iReg;   /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
-      sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx = pLevel->pBestIdx;
-      int nConstraint = pBestIdx->nConstraint;
-      struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage =
-                                                  pBestIdx->aConstraintUsage;
-      const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint =
-                                                  pBestIdx->aConstraint;
-
-      iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
-      for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){
-        int k;
-        for(k=0; kpRight, iReg+j+1);
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( k==nConstraint ) break;
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pBestIdx->idxNum, iReg);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, brk, iReg, pBestIdx->idxStr,
-                        pBestIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
-      pBestIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
-      for(j=0; jnConstraint; j++){
-        if( aUsage[j].omit ){
-          int iTerm = aConstraint[j].iTermOffset;
-          disableTerm(pLevel, &wc.a[iTerm]);
-        }
-      }
-      pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
-      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-      pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+/*
+** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
+**
+** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant
+** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
+** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+**
+** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+*/
+static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
+  void *NotUsed,
+  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+  int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
+      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1flags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
-      /* Case 1:  We can directly reference a single row using an
-      **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
-      **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
-      **          construct.
-      */
-      int r1;
-      pTerm = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
-      assert( pTerm!=0 );
-      assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
-      assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur );
-      assert( omitTable==0 );
-      r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0);
-      nxt = pLevel->nxt;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, nxt);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, nxt, r1);
-      VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
-      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
-    }else if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){
-      /* Case 2:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
-      */
-      int testOp = OP_Noop;
-      int start;
-      WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
-
-      assert( omitTable==0 );
-      pStart = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
-      pEnd = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0);
-      if( bRev ){
-        pTerm = pStart;
-        pStart = pEnd;
-        pEnd = pTerm;
-      }
-      if( pStart ){
-        Expr *pX;
-        int r1, regFree1;
-        pX = pStart->pExpr;
-        assert( pX!=0 );
-        assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur );
-        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, ®Free1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ForceInt, r1, brk, 
-                             pX->op==TK_LE || pX->op==TK_GT);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, bRev ? OP_MoveLt : OP_MoveGe, iCur, brk, r1);
-        VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-        disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
-      }
-      if( pEnd ){
-        Expr *pX;
-        pX = pEnd->pExpr;
-        assert( pX!=0 );
-        assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur );
-        pLevel->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, pLevel->iMem);
-        if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
-          testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
-        }else{
-          testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
-        }
-        disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
-      }
-      start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
-      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-      pLevel->p2 = start;
-      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
-        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, r1);
-        /* sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, pLevel->iMem, 0); */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, pLevel->iMem, brk, r1);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      }
-    }else if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){
-      /* Case 3: A scan using an index.
-      **
-      **         The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality 
-      **         terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
-      **         left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
-      **         inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
-      **         column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only 
-      **         the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
-      **         use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the 
-      **         index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all 
-      **         optimized:
-      **
-      **            x=5
-      **            x=5 AND y=10
-      **            x=5 AND y<10
-      **            x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
-      **            x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
-      **
-      **         The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
-      **         the x=5 term:
-      **
-      **            x=5 AND z<10
-      **
-      **         N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
-      **         If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
-      **         least one.
-      **
-      **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
-      **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
-      **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
-      */  
-      int aStartOp[] = {
-        0,
-        0,
-        OP_Rewind,           /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq &&  !bRev) */
-        OP_Last,             /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq &&   bRev) */
-        OP_MoveGt,           /* 4: (start_constraints  && !startEq && !bRev) */
-        OP_MoveLt,           /* 5: (start_constraints  && !startEq &&  bRev) */
-        OP_MoveGe,           /* 6: (start_constraints  &&  startEq && !bRev) */
-        OP_MoveLe            /* 7: (start_constraints  &&  startEq &&  bRev) */
-      };
-      int aEndOp[] = {
-        OP_Noop,             /* 0: (!end_constraints) */
-        OP_IdxGE,            /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */
-        OP_IdxLT             /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */
-      };
-      int nEq = pLevel->nEq;
-      int isMinQuery = 0;          /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */
-      int regBase;                 /* Base register holding constraint values */
-      int r1;                      /* Temp register */
-      WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0;  /* Inequality constraint at range start */
-      WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0;    /* Inequality constraint at range end */
-      int startEq;                 /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
-      int endEq;                   /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
-      int start_constraints;       /* Start of range is constrained */
-      int k = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]; /* Column for inequality constraints */
-      int nConstraint;             /* Number of constraint terms */
-      int op;
-
-      /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
-      ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
-      ** starting at regBase.
-      */
-      regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse, pLevel, &wc, notReady, 2);
-      nxt = pLevel->nxt;
-
-      /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that 
-      ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." 
-      ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
-      ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
-      ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
-      ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
-      ** this requires some special handling.
-      */
-      if( (wflags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
-       && (pLevel->flags&WHERE_ORDERBY)
-       && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq)
-       && (pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq])
-      ){
-        isMinQuery = 1;
-      }
+/*
+** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->lastRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->nTotalChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the
+** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open
+** at the b-tree/pager level.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){
+  while( db->pSavepoint ){
+    Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+    db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+  }
+  db->nSavepoint = 0;
+  db->nStatement = 0;
+  db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an existing SQLite database
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){
+  HashElem *i;
+  int j;
 
-      /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end 
-      ** of the range. 
-      */
-      if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
-        pRangeEnd = findTerm(&wc, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx);
-      }
-      if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
-        pRangeStart = findTerm(&wc, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx);
-      }
+  if( !db ){
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
 
-      /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
-      ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the 
-      ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
-      */
-      if( bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){
-        SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
-      }
-
-      testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE );
-      testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE );
-      testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE );
-      testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE );
-      startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
-      endEq =   !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
-      start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
-
-      /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
-      nConstraint = nEq;
-      if( pRangeStart ){
-        int dcc = pParse->disableColCache;
-        if( pRangeEnd ){
-          pParse->disableColCache = 1;
-        }
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
-        pParse->disableColCache = dcc;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, nxt);
-        nConstraint++;
-      }else if( isMinQuery ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
-        nConstraint++;
-        startEq = 0;
-        start_constraints = 1;
-      }
-      codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, pIdx);
-      op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
-      assert( op!=0 );
-      testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
-      testcase( op==OP_Last );
-      testcase( op==OP_MoveGt );
-      testcase( op==OP_MoveGe );
-      testcase( op==OP_MoveLe );
-      testcase( op==OP_MoveLt );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, nxt, regBase, 
-                        (char*)nConstraint, P4_INT32);
-
-      /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
-      ** range (if any).
-      */
-      nConstraint = nEq;
-      if( pRangeEnd ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, nxt);
-        codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, pIdx);
-        nConstraint++;
-      }
-
-      /* Top of the loop body */
-      pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-
-      /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
-      op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)];
-      testcase( op==OP_Noop );
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, nxt, regBase,
-                        (char*)nConstraint, P4_INT32);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev);
-
-      /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value
-      ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL.
-      ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop.
-      */
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT );
-      testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT );
-      if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, cont);
-      }
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
 
-      /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
-      if( !omitTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, r1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0, r1);  /* Deferred seek */
-      }
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+  /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above
+  ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
+  ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
+  ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
+  ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
+  ** some prepared statements internally.
+  */
+  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
 
-      /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable 
-      ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
-      */
-      pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
-      pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
-      disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
-      disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
-    }else{
-      /* Case 4:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
-      **          scan of the entire table.
-      */
-      assert( omitTable==0 );
-      assert( bRev==0 );
-      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
-      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-      pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
-    }
-    notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, iCur);
+  /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */
+  if( db->pVdbe ){
+    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  }
+  assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) );
 
-    /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
-    ** computed using the current set of tables.
-    */
-    for(pTerm=wc.a, j=wc.nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
-      Expr *pE;
-      testcase( pTerm->flags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-      testcase( pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED );
-      if( pTerm->flags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
-      pE = pTerm->pExpr;
-      assert( pE!=0 );
-      if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
-        continue;
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, cont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
+  for(j=0; jnDb; j++){
+    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt;
+    if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+          "unable to close due to unfinished backup operation");
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
     }
+  }
 
-    /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
-    ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
-    */
-    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
-      pLevel->top = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
-      VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
-      sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, pLevel->iTabCur);
-      sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, pLevel->iIdxCur);
-      for(pTerm=wc.a, j=0; jflags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-        testcase( pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED );
-        if( pTerm->flags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-        if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
-        assert( pTerm->pExpr );
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, cont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-        pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
+  /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
+  sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+
+  for(j=0; jnDb; j++){
+    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
+    if( pDb->pBt ){
+      sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+      pDb->pBt = 0;
+      if( j!=1 ){
+        pDb->pSchema = 0;
       }
     }
   }
+  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST  /* For testing and debugging use only */
-  /* Record in the query plan information about the current table
-  ** and the index used to access it (if any).  If the table itself
-  ** is not used, its name is just '{}'.  If no index is used
-  ** the index is listed as "{}".  If the primary key is used the
-  ** index name is '*'.
+  /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any
+  ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks.
   */
-  for(i=0; inSrc; i++){
-    char *z;
-    int n;
-    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
-    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    z = pTabItem->zAlias;
-    if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName;
-    n = strlen(z);
-    if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){
-      if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
-        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2);
-        nQPlan += 2;
-      }else{
-        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], z, n);
-        nQPlan += n;
+  sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db);
+
+  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
+  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
+  for(j=0; jaFunc.a); j++){
+    FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p;
+    for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){
+      pHash = p->pHash;
+      while( p ){
+        pNext = p->pNext;
+        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+        p = pNext;
       }
-      sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
     }
-    testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ );
-    testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE );
-    if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
-      memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2);
-      nQPlan += 2;
-    }else if( pLevel->pIdx==0 ){
-      memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3);
-      nQPlan += 3;
-    }else{
-      n = strlen(pLevel->pIdx->zName);
-      if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){
-        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->pIdx->zName, n);
-        nQPlan += n;
-        sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
+  }
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
+    /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
+    for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+      if( pColl[j].xDel ){
+        pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
       }
     }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl);
   }
-  while( nQPlan>0 && sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){
-    sqlite3_query_plan[--nQPlan] = 0;
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+    Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
+    if( pMod->xDestroy ){
+      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
+    }
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
   }
-  sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan] = 0;
-  nQPlan = 0;
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST // Testing and debugging use only */
+  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
+#endif
 
-  /* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure.  Then
-  ** clean up and return.
-  */
-  pWInfo->iContinue = cont;
-  whereClauseClear(&wc);
-  return pWInfo;
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
+  if( db->pErr ){
+    sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
+  }
+  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
 
-  /* Jump here if malloc fails */
-whereBeginNoMem:
-  whereClauseClear(&wc);
-  whereInfoFree(pWInfo);
-  return 0;
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+
+  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
+  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
+  ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
+  ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database 
+  ** structure?
+  */
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+  sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
+  assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 );  /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */
+  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(db);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
-** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
+** Rollback all database files.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pWInfo->pParse->pVdbe;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){
   int i;
-  WhereLevel *pLevel;
-  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
-
-  /* Generate loop termination code.
-  */
-  sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pWInfo->pParse, -1);
-  for(i=pTabList->nSrc-1; i>=0; i--){
-    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->cont);
-    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2);
-    }
-    if( pLevel->nIn ){
-      struct InLoop *pIn;
-      int j;
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->nxt);
-      for(j=pLevel->nIn, pIn=&pLevel->aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->topAddr+1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->topAddr);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->topAddr-1);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(pLevel->aInLoop);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->brk);
-    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
-      int addr;
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
-      if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
+  int inTrans = 0;
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
+    if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
+        inTrans = 1;
       }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->top);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
+      sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+      db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
     }
   }
+  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
 
-  /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
-  ** Set it.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
-
-  /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin.
-  */
-  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inSrc; i++, pLevel++){
-    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
-    assert( pTab!=0 );
-    if( pTab->isEphem || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
-    if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
-    }
-    if( pLevel->pIdx!=0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
-    }
+  if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+  }
 
-    /* If this scan uses an index, make code substitutions to read data
-    ** from the index in preference to the table. Sometimes, this means
-    ** the table need never be read from. This is a performance boost,
-    ** as the vdbe level waits until the table is read before actually
-    ** seeking the table cursor to the record corresponding to the current
-    ** position in the index.
-    ** 
-    ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
-    ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
-    ** directly.  This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
-    ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
-    ** reference the index.
-    */
-    if( pLevel->pIdx ){
-      int k, j, last;
-      VdbeOp *pOp;
-      Index *pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;
-      int useIndexOnly = pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
+  /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */
+  db->nDeferredCons = 0;
 
-      assert( pIdx!=0 );
-      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop);
-      last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      for(k=pWInfo->iTop; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
-        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
-          for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){
-            if( pOp->p2==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ){
-              pOp->p2 = j;
-              pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-          assert(!useIndexOnly || jnColumn);
-        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
-          pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-          pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
-        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_NullRow && useIndexOnly ){
-          pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
-        }
-      }
-    }
+  /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
+  if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
+    db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
   }
-
-  /* Final cleanup
-  */
-  whereInfoFree(pWInfo);
-  return;
 }
 
-/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/
-/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
-*/
-/* First off, code is include which follows the "include" declaration
-** in the input file. */
-
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure holds information about the
-** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
-*/
-struct LimitVal {
-  Expr *pLimit;    /* The LIMIT expression.  NULL if there is no limit */
-  Expr *pOffset;   /* The OFFSET expression.  NULL if there is none */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
-** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
-*/
-struct LikeOp {
-  Token eOperator;  /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */
-  int not;         /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
-};
-
 /*
-** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
-** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
-** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
-**
-**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
-**
-** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
+** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument.
 */
-struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
+  static const char* const aMsg[] = {
+    /* SQLITE_OK          */ "not an error",
+    /* SQLITE_ERROR       */ "SQL logic error or missing database",
+    /* SQLITE_INTERNAL    */ 0,
+    /* SQLITE_PERM        */ "access permission denied",
+    /* SQLITE_ABORT       */ "callback requested query abort",
+    /* SQLITE_BUSY        */ "database is locked",
+    /* SQLITE_LOCKED      */ "database table is locked",
+    /* SQLITE_NOMEM       */ "out of memory",
+    /* SQLITE_READONLY    */ "attempt to write a readonly database",
+    /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT   */ "interrupted",
+    /* SQLITE_IOERR       */ "disk I/O error",
+    /* SQLITE_CORRUPT     */ "database disk image is malformed",
+    /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND    */ 0,
+    /* SQLITE_FULL        */ "database or disk is full",
+    /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN    */ "unable to open database file",
+    /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL    */ 0,
+    /* SQLITE_EMPTY       */ "table contains no data",
+    /* SQLITE_SCHEMA      */ "database schema has changed",
+    /* SQLITE_TOOBIG      */ "string or blob too big",
+    /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  */ "constraint failed",
+    /* SQLITE_MISMATCH    */ "datatype mismatch",
+    /* SQLITE_MISUSE      */ "library routine called out of sequence",
+    /* SQLITE_NOLFS       */ "large file support is disabled",
+    /* SQLITE_AUTH        */ "authorization denied",
+    /* SQLITE_FORMAT      */ "auxiliary database format error",
+    /* SQLITE_RANGE       */ "bind or column index out of range",
+    /* SQLITE_NOTADB      */ "file is encrypted or is not a database",
+  };
+  rc &= 0xff;
+  if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<(int)(sizeof(aMsg)/sizeof(aMsg[0])) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
+    return aMsg[rc];
+  }else{
+    return "unknown error";
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
+** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
+** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
+** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
+** argument.
 */
-struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };
+static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
+ void *ptr,               /* Database connection */
+ int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
+){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
+  static const u8 delays[] =
+     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50, 100 };
+  static const u8 totals[] =
+     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
+# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0]))
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+  int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
+  int delay, prior;
 
-/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
-** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
-*/
-/* 
-** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
-** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
-** understands. 
-**
-** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
-*/
-/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
-*/
-#ifndef INTERFACE
-# define INTERFACE 1
-#endif
-/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
-** various aspects of the generated parser.
-**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
-**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
-**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
-**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
-**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
-**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
-**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
-**                       table.
-**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
-**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
-**                       original value of the token will not parse.
-**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
-**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
-**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
-**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
-**    sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
-**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
-**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
-**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
-**                       which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
-**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
-**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
-**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
-**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
-**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
-**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
-**                       defined, then do no error processing.
-*/
-#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
-#define YYNOCODE 248
-#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
-#define YYWILDCARD 59
-#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
-typedef union {
-  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
-  int yy46;
-  struct LikeOp yy72;
-  Expr* yy172;
-  ExprList* yy174;
-  Select* yy219;
-  struct LimitVal yy234;
-  TriggerStep* yy243;
-  struct TrigEvent yy370;
-  SrcList* yy373;
-  struct {int value; int mask;} yy405;
-  Token yy410;
-  IdList* yy432;
-} YYMINORTYPE;
-#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
-#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
+  assert( count>=0 );
+  if( count < NDELAY ){
+    delay = delays[count];
+    prior = totals[count];
+  }else{
+    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
+    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
+  }
+  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
+    delay = timeout - prior;
+    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
+  return 1;
+#else
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+  int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
+  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
+  return 1;
 #endif
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
-#define YYNSTATE 589
-#define YYNRULE 313
-#define YYFALLBACK 1
-#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
-#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
-#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
-
-/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
-** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
-static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor;
-
-/* Next are that tables used to determine what action to take based on the
-** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
-** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
-** action integer.  
-**
-** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
-** follows
-**
-**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
-**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
-**
-**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
-**
-**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
-**
-**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
-**
-**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
-**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
-**
-** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
-** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
-**
-**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
-**
-** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
-** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
-** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
-** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
-**
-** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
-** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
-** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
-** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
-** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
-**
-** The following are the tables generated in this section:
-**
-**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
-**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
-**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
-**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
-**                     shifting terminals.
-**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
-**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
-**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
-*/
-static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
- /*     0 */   292,  903,  124,  588,  409,  172,    2,  418,   61,   61,
- /*    10 */    61,   61,  519,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,
- /*    20 */    65,   65,   66,  210,  447,  212,  425,  431,   68,   63,
- /*    30 */    63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,
- /*    40 */   391,  388,  396,  451,   60,   59,  297,  435,  436,  432,
- /*    50 */   432,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  263,   63,   63,
- /*    60 */    63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,  292,
- /*    70 */   493,  494,  418,  489,  208,   82,   67,  420,   69,  154,
- /*    80 */    63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,
- /*    90 */   210,   67,  462,   69,  154,  425,  431,  574,  264,   58,
- /*   100 */    64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,  397,  398,  422,
- /*   110 */   422,  422,  292,   60,   59,  297,  435,  436,  432,  432,
- /*   120 */    62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  317,   63,   63,   63,
- /*   130 */    63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,  425,  431,
- /*   140 */    94,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,  396,  210,  414,   34,
- /*   150 */    56,  298,  442,  443,  410,  418,   60,   59,  297,  435,
- /*   160 */   436,  432,  432,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  208,
- /*   170 */    63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,
- /*   180 */   210,  292,  372,  524,  295,  572,  113,  408,  522,  451,
- /*   190 */   331,  317,  407,   20,  244,  340,  519,  396,  478,  531,
- /*   200 */   505,  447,  212,  571,  570,  245,  530,  425,  431,  149,
- /*   210 */   150,  397,  398,  414,   41,  211,  151,  533,  488,  489,
- /*   220 */   418,  568,  569,  420,  292,   60,   59,  297,  435,  436,
- /*   230 */   432,  432,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  317,   63,
- /*   240 */    63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,
- /*   250 */   425,  431,  447,  333,  215,  422,  422,  422,  363,  299,
- /*   260 */   414,   41,  397,  398,  366,  567,  211,  292,   60,   59,
- /*   270 */   297,  435,  436,  432,  432,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,
- /*   280 */    61,  396,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,
- /*   290 */    65,   66,  210,  425,  431,  491,  300,  524,  474,   66,
- /*   300 */   210,  214,  474,  229,  411,  286,  534,   20,  449,  523,
- /*   310 */   168,   60,   59,  297,  435,  436,  432,  432,   62,   62,
- /*   320 */    61,   61,   61,   61,  474,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,
- /*   330 */    64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,  209,  480,  317,   77,
- /*   340 */   292,  239,  300,   55,  484,  490,  397,  398,  181,  547,
- /*   350 */   494,  345,  348,  349,   67,  152,   69,  154,  339,  524,
- /*   360 */   414,   35,  350,  241,  221,  370,  425,  431,  579,   20,
- /*   370 */   164,  118,  243,  343,  248,  344,  176,  322,  442,  443,
- /*   380 */   414,    3,   80,  252,   60,   59,  297,  435,  436,  432,
- /*   390 */   432,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  174,   63,   63,
- /*   400 */    63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,  292,
- /*   410 */   221,  550,  236,  487,  510,  353,  317,  118,  243,  343,
- /*   420 */   248,  344,  176,  181,  317,  532,  345,  348,  349,  252,
- /*   430 */   223,  415,  155,  464,  511,  425,  431,  350,  414,   34,
- /*   440 */   465,  211,  177,  175,  160,  525,  414,   34,  338,  549,
- /*   450 */   449,  323,  168,   60,   59,  297,  435,  436,  432,  432,
- /*   460 */    62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  415,   63,   63,   63,
- /*   470 */    63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,  292,  542,
- /*   480 */   335,  517,  504,  541,  456,  572,  302,   19,  331,  144,
- /*   490 */   317,  390,  317,  330,    2,  362,  457,  294,  483,  373,
- /*   500 */   269,  268,  252,  571,  425,  431,  589,  391,  388,  458,
- /*   510 */   208,  495,  414,   49,  414,   49,  303,  586,  894,  230,
- /*   520 */   894,  496,   60,   59,  297,  435,  436,  432,  432,   62,
- /*   530 */    62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  201,   63,   63,   63,   63,
- /*   540 */    64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,  292,  317,  181,
- /*   550 */   439,  255,  345,  348,  349,  370,  153,  583,  308,  251,
- /*   560 */   309,  452,   76,  350,   78,  382,  211,  426,  427,  415,
- /*   570 */   414,   27,  319,  425,  431,  440,    1,   22,  586,  893,
- /*   580 */   396,  893,  544,  478,  320,  263,  438,  438,  429,  430,
- /*   590 */   415,   60,   59,  297,  435,  436,  432,  432,   62,   62,
- /*   600 */    61,   61,   61,   61,  237,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,
- /*   610 */    64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,  292,  428,  583,  374,
- /*   620 */   224,   93,  517,    9,  159,  396,  557,  396,  456,   67,
- /*   630 */   396,   69,  154,  399,  400,  401,  320,  328,  438,  438,
- /*   640 */   457,  336,  425,  431,  361,  397,  398,  320,  433,  438,
- /*   650 */   438,  582,  291,  458,  238,  327,  318,  222,  546,  292,
- /*   660 */    60,   59,  297,  435,  436,  432,  432,   62,   62,   61,
- /*   670 */    61,   61,   61,  225,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,
- /*   680 */    65,   65,   65,   66,  210,  425,  431,  482,  313,  392,
- /*   690 */   397,  398,  397,  398,  207,  397,  398,  825,  273,  517,
- /*   700 */   251,  200,  292,   60,   59,  297,  435,  436,  432,  432,
- /*   710 */    62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  470,   63,   63,   63,
- /*   720 */    63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,  425,  431,
- /*   730 */   171,  160,  263,  263,  304,  415,  276,  395,  274,  263,
- /*   740 */   517,  517,  263,  517,  192,  292,   60,   70,  297,  435,
- /*   750 */   436,  432,  432,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  379,
- /*   760 */    63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,
- /*   770 */   210,  425,  431,  384,  559,  305,  306,  251,  415,  320,
- /*   780 */   560,  438,  438,  561,  540,  360,  540,  387,  292,  196,
- /*   790 */    59,  297,  435,  436,  432,  432,   62,   62,   61,   61,
- /*   800 */    61,   61,  371,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,
- /*   810 */    65,   65,   66,  210,  425,  431,  396,  275,  251,  251,
- /*   820 */   172,  250,  418,  415,  386,  367,  178,  179,  180,  469,
- /*   830 */   311,  123,  156,    5,  297,  435,  436,  432,  432,   62,
- /*   840 */    62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  317,   63,   63,   63,   63,
- /*   850 */    64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  210,   72,  324,  194,
- /*   860 */     4,  317,  263,  317,  296,  263,  415,  414,   28,  317,
- /*   870 */   257,  317,  321,   72,  324,  317,    4,  119,  165,  177,
- /*   880 */   296,  397,  398,  414,   23,  414,   32,  418,  321,  326,
- /*   890 */   421,  414,   53,  414,   52,  317,  158,  414,   98,  451,
- /*   900 */   317,  263,  317,  277,  317,  326,  378,  471,  261,  317,
- /*   910 */   259,   18,  478,  445,  445,  451,  317,  414,   96,   75,
- /*   920 */    74,  469,  414,  101,  414,  102,  414,  112,   73,  315,
- /*   930 */   316,  414,  114,  420,  294,   75,   74,  481,  414,   16,
- /*   940 */   381,  317,  279,  467,   73,  315,  316,   72,  324,  420,
- /*   950 */     4,  208,  317,  183,  296,  317,  186,  128,   84,  208,
- /*   960 */     8,  341,  321,  414,   99,  422,  422,  422,  423,  424,
- /*   970 */    11,  623,  380,  307,  414,   33,  413,  414,   97,  326,
- /*   980 */   412,  422,  422,  422,  423,  424,   11,  415,  413,  451,
- /*   990 */   415,  162,  412,  317,  499,  500,  226,  227,  228,  104,
- /*  1000 */   448,  476,  317,  173,  507,  317,  509,  508,  317,   75,
- /*  1010 */    74,  329,  205,   21,  281,  414,   24,  418,   73,  315,
- /*  1020 */   316,  282,  317,  420,  414,   54,  460,  414,  115,  317,
- /*  1030 */   414,  116,  502,  203,  147,  549,  514,  468,  128,  202,
- /*  1040 */   317,  473,  204,  317,  414,  117,  317,  477,  317,  584,
- /*  1050 */   317,  414,   25,  317,  249,  422,  422,  422,  423,  424,
- /*  1060 */    11,  506,  414,   36,  512,  414,   37,  317,  414,   26,
- /*  1070 */   414,   38,  414,   39,  526,  414,   40,  317,  254,  317,
- /*  1080 */   128,  317,  418,  317,  256,  377,  278,  268,  585,  414,
- /*  1090 */    42,  293,  317,  352,  317,  128,  208,  513,  258,  414,
- /*  1100 */    43,  414,   44,  414,   29,  414,   30,  545,  260,  128,
- /*  1110 */   317,  553,  317,  173,  414,   45,  414,   46,  317,  262,
- /*  1120 */   383,  554,  317,   91,  564,  317,   91,  317,  581,  189,
- /*  1130 */   290,  357,  414,   47,  414,   48,  267,  365,  368,  369,
- /*  1140 */   414,   31,  270,  271,  414,   10,  272,  414,   50,  414,
- /*  1150 */    51,  556,  566,  280,  283,  284,  578,  146,  419,  405,
- /*  1160 */   231,  505,  444,  325,  516,  463,  163,  446,  552,  394,
- /*  1170 */   466,  563,  246,  515,  518,  520,  402,  403,  404,    7,
- /*  1180 */   314,   84,  232,  334,  347,   83,  332,   57,  170,   79,
- /*  1190 */   213,  461,  125,   85,  337,  342,  492,  502,  497,  301,
- /*  1200 */   498,  416,  105,  219,  247,  218,  503,  501,  233,  220,
- /*  1210 */   287,  234,  527,  528,  235,  529,  417,  521,  354,  288,
- /*  1220 */   184,  121,  185,  240,  535,  475,  242,  356,  187,  479,
- /*  1230 */   188,  358,  537,   88,  190,  548,  364,  193,  132,  376,
- /*  1240 */   555,  375,  133,  134,  135,  310,  562,  138,  136,  575,
- /*  1250 */   576,  577,  580,  100,  393,  406,  217,  142,  624,  625,
- /*  1260 */   103,  141,  265,  166,  167,  434,   71,  453,  441,  437,
- /*  1270 */   450,  143,  538,  157,  120,  454,  161,  472,  455,  169,
- /*  1280 */   459,   81,    6,   12,   13,   92,   95,  126,  216,  127,
- /*  1290 */   111,  485,  486,   17,   86,  346,  106,  122,  253,  107,
- /*  1300 */    87,  108,  182,  245,  355,  145,  351,  536,  129,  359,
- /*  1310 */   312,  130,  543,  173,  539,  266,  191,  109,  289,  551,
- /*  1320 */   195,   14,  131,  198,  197,  558,  137,  199,  139,  140,
- /*  1330 */    15,  565,   89,   90,  573,  110,  385,  206,  148,  389,
- /*  1340 */   285,  587,
-};
-static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
- /*     0 */    16,  139,  140,  141,  168,   21,  144,   23,   69,   70,
- /*    10 */    71,   72,  176,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
- /*    20 */    81,   82,   83,   84,   78,   79,   42,   43,   73,   74,
- /*    30 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,
- /*    40 */     1,    2,   23,   58,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
- /*    50 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,
- /*    60 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,
- /*    70 */   185,  186,   88,   88,  110,   22,  217,   92,  219,  220,
- /*    80 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,
- /*    90 */    84,  217,  218,  219,  220,   42,   43,  238,  188,   46,
- /*   100 */    78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   88,   89,  124,
- /*   110 */   125,  126,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
- /*   120 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,   76,
- /*   130 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,
- /*   140 */    44,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   23,   84,  169,  170,
- /*   150 */    19,  164,  165,  166,   23,   23,   60,   61,   62,   63,
- /*   160 */    64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  110,
- /*   170 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,
- /*   180 */    84,   16,  123,  147,  150,  147,   21,  167,  168,   58,
- /*   190 */   211,  147,  156,  157,   92,  216,  176,   23,  147,  176,
- /*   200 */   177,   78,   79,  165,  166,  103,  183,   42,   43,   78,
- /*   210 */    79,   88,   89,  169,  170,  228,  180,  181,  169,   88,
- /*   220 */    88,   98,   99,   92,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,
- /*   230 */    65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,
- /*   240 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,
- /*   250 */    42,   43,   78,  209,  210,  124,  125,  126,  224,  208,
- /*   260 */   169,  170,   88,   89,  230,  227,  228,   16,   60,   61,
- /*   270 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
- /*   280 */    72,   23,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
- /*   290 */    82,   83,   84,   42,   43,  160,   16,  147,  161,   83,
- /*   300 */    84,  210,  161,  153,  169,  158,  156,  157,  161,  162,
- /*   310 */   163,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,
- /*   320 */    69,   70,   71,   72,  161,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
- /*   330 */    79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,  192,  200,  147,  131,
- /*   340 */    16,  200,   16,  199,   20,  169,   88,   89,   90,  185,
- /*   350 */   186,   93,   94,   95,  217,   22,  219,  220,  147,  147,
- /*   360 */   169,  170,  104,  200,   84,  147,   42,   43,  156,  157,
- /*   370 */    90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   96,  164,  165,  166,
- /*   380 */   169,  170,  131,  103,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
- /*   390 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  155,   74,   75,
- /*   400 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,
- /*   410 */    84,   11,  221,   20,   30,   16,  147,   91,   92,   93,
- /*   420 */    94,   95,   96,   90,  147,  181,   93,   94,   95,  103,
- /*   430 */   212,  189,  155,   27,   50,   42,   43,  104,  169,  170,
- /*   440 */    34,  228,   43,  201,  202,  181,  169,  170,  206,   49,
- /*   450 */   161,  162,  163,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
- /*   460 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  189,   74,   75,   76,
- /*   470 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,   25,
- /*   480 */   211,  147,   20,   29,   12,  147,  102,   19,  211,   21,
- /*   490 */   147,  141,  147,  216,  144,   41,   24,   98,   20,   99,
- /*   500 */   100,  101,  103,  165,   42,   43,    0,    1,    2,   37,
- /*   510 */   110,   39,  169,  170,  169,  170,  182,   19,   20,  190,
- /*   520 */    22,   49,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,
- /*   530 */    68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  155,   74,   75,   76,   77,
- /*   540 */    78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,  147,   90,
- /*   550 */    20,   20,   93,   94,   95,  147,  155,   59,  215,  225,
- /*   560 */   215,   20,  130,  104,  132,  227,  228,   42,   43,  189,
- /*   570 */   169,  170,   16,   42,   43,   20,   19,   22,   19,   20,
- /*   580 */    23,   22,   18,  147,  106,  147,  108,  109,   63,   64,
- /*   590 */   189,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,
- /*   600 */    69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
- /*   610 */    79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,   92,   59,   55,
- /*   620 */   212,   21,  147,   19,  147,   23,  188,   23,   12,  217,
- /*   630 */    23,  219,  220,    7,    8,    9,  106,  186,  108,  109,
- /*   640 */    24,  147,   42,   43,  208,   88,   89,  106,   92,  108,
- /*   650 */   109,  244,  245,   37,  147,   39,  147,  182,   94,   16,
- /*   660 */    60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,
- /*   670 */    70,   71,   72,  145,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,
- /*   680 */    80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,   80,  142,  143,
- /*   690 */    88,   89,   88,   89,  148,   88,   89,  133,   14,  147,
- /*   700 */   225,  155,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
- /*   710 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  114,   74,   75,   76,
- /*   720 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,
- /*   730 */   201,  202,  147,  147,  182,  189,   52,  147,   54,  147,
- /*   740 */   147,  147,  147,  147,  155,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,
- /*   750 */    64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  213,
- /*   760 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,
- /*   770 */    84,   42,   43,  188,  188,  182,  182,  225,  189,  106,
- /*   780 */   188,  108,  109,  188,   99,  100,  101,  241,   16,  155,
- /*   790 */    61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,
- /*   800 */    71,   72,  213,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
- /*   810 */    81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,   23,  133,  225,  225,
- /*   820 */    21,  225,   23,  189,  239,  236,   99,  100,  101,   22,
- /*   830 */   242,  243,  155,  191,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,
- /*   840 */    68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,   76,   77,
- /*   850 */    78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,   17,   22,
- /*   860 */    19,  147,  147,  147,   23,  147,  189,  169,  170,  147,
- /*   870 */    14,  147,   31,   16,   17,  147,   19,  147,   19,   43,
- /*   880 */    23,   88,   89,  169,  170,  169,  170,   88,   31,   48,
- /*   890 */   147,  169,  170,  169,  170,  147,   89,  169,  170,   58,
- /*   900 */   147,  147,  147,  188,  147,   48,  188,  114,   52,  147,
- /*   910 */    54,   19,  147,  124,  125,   58,  147,  169,  170,   78,
- /*   920 */    79,  114,  169,  170,  169,  170,  169,  170,   87,   88,
- /*   930 */    89,  169,  170,   92,   98,   78,   79,   80,  169,  170,
- /*   940 */    91,  147,  188,   22,   87,   88,   89,   16,   17,   92,
- /*   950 */    19,  110,  147,  155,   23,  147,  155,   22,  121,  110,
- /*   960 */    68,   80,   31,  169,  170,  124,  125,  126,  127,  128,
- /*   970 */   129,  112,  123,  208,  169,  170,  107,  169,  170,   48,
- /*   980 */   111,  124,  125,  126,  127,  128,  129,  189,  107,   58,
- /*   990 */   189,    5,  111,  147,    7,    8,   10,   11,   12,   13,
- /*  1000 */   161,   20,  147,   22,  178,  147,   91,   92,  147,   78,
- /*  1010 */    79,  147,   26,   19,   28,  169,  170,   23,   87,   88,
- /*  1020 */    89,   35,  147,   92,  169,  170,  147,  169,  170,  147,
- /*  1030 */   169,  170,   97,   47,  113,   49,   20,  203,   22,   53,
- /*  1040 */   147,  147,   56,  147,  169,  170,  147,  147,  147,   20,
- /*  1050 */   147,  169,  170,  147,  147,  124,  125,  126,  127,  128,
- /*  1060 */   129,  147,  169,  170,  178,  169,  170,  147,  169,  170,
- /*  1070 */   169,  170,  169,  170,  147,  169,  170,  147,   20,  147,
- /*  1080 */    22,  147,   88,  147,  147,   99,  100,  101,   59,  169,
- /*  1090 */   170,  105,  147,   20,  147,   22,  110,  178,  147,  169,
- /*  1100 */   170,  169,  170,  169,  170,  169,  170,   20,  147,   22,
- /*  1110 */   147,   20,  147,   22,  169,  170,  169,  170,  147,  147,
- /*  1120 */   134,   20,  147,   22,   20,  147,   22,  147,   20,  232,
- /*  1130 */    22,  233,  169,  170,  169,  170,  147,  147,  147,  147,
- /*  1140 */   169,  170,  147,  147,  169,  170,  147,  169,  170,  169,
- /*  1150 */   170,  147,  147,  147,  147,  147,  147,  191,  161,  149,
- /*  1160 */   193,  177,  229,  223,  161,  172,    6,  229,  194,  146,
- /*  1170 */   172,  194,  172,  172,  172,  161,  146,  146,  146,   22,
- /*  1180 */   154,  121,  194,  118,  173,  119,  116,  120,  112,  130,
- /*  1190 */   222,  152,  152,   98,  115,   98,  171,   97,  171,   40,
- /*  1200 */   179,  189,   19,   84,  171,  226,  171,  173,  195,  226,
- /*  1210 */   174,  196,  171,  171,  197,  171,  198,  179,   15,  174,
- /*  1220 */   151,   60,  151,  204,  152,  205,  204,  152,  151,  205,
- /*  1230 */   152,   38,  152,  130,  151,  184,  152,  184,   19,   15,
- /*  1240 */   194,  152,  187,  187,  187,  152,  194,  184,  187,   33,
- /*  1250 */   152,  152,  137,  159,    1,   20,  175,  214,  112,  112,
- /*  1260 */   175,  214,  234,  112,  112,   92,   19,   11,   20,  107,
- /*  1270 */    20,   19,  235,   19,   32,   20,  112,  114,   20,   22,
- /*  1280 */    20,   22,  117,   22,  117,  237,  237,   19,   44,   20,
- /*  1290 */   240,   20,   20,  231,   19,   44,   19,  243,   20,   19,
- /*  1300 */    19,   19,   96,  103,   16,   21,   44,   17,   98,   36,
- /*  1310 */   246,   45,   45,   22,   51,  133,   98,   19,    5,    1,
- /*  1320 */   122,   19,  102,   14,  113,   17,  113,  115,  102,  122,
- /*  1330 */    19,  123,   68,   68,   20,   14,   57,  135,   19,    3,
- /*  1340 */   136,    4,
-};
-#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-62)
-#define YY_SHIFT_MAX 389
-static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
- /*     0 */    39,  841,  986,  -16,  841,  931,  931,  258,  123,  -36,
- /*    10 */    96,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  -45,  400,  174,   19,
- /*    20 */   132,  -54,  -54,   53,  165,  208,  251,  324,  393,  462,
- /*    30 */   531,  600,  643,  686,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,
- /*    40 */   643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,
- /*    50 */   643,  643,  729,  772,  772,  857,  931,  931,  931,  931,
- /*    60 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,
- /*    70 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,
- /*    80 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,
- /*    90 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  -61,  -61,    6,    6,
- /*   100 */   280,   22,   61,  399,  564,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,
- /*   110 */    19,   19,  216,  132,   63,  -62,  -62,  -62,  131,  326,
- /*   120 */   472,  472,  498,  559,  506,  799,   19,  799,   19,   19,
- /*   130 */    19,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,
- /*   140 */    19,  849,   59,  -36,  -36,  -36,  -62,  -62,  -62,  -15,
- /*   150 */   -15,  333,  459,  478,  557,  530,  541,  616,  602,  793,
- /*   160 */   604,  607,  626,   19,   19,  881,   19,   19,  994,   19,
- /*   170 */    19,  807,   19,   19,  673,  807,   19,   19,  384,  384,
- /*   180 */   384,   19,   19,  673,   19,   19,  673,   19,  454,  685,
- /*   190 */    19,   19,  673,   19,   19,   19,  673,   19,   19,   19,
- /*   200 */   673,  673,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,  468,  869,  921,
- /*   210 */   132,  789,  789,  432,  406,  406,  406,  836,  406,  132,
- /*   220 */   406,  132,  935,  837,  837, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1157,
- /*   230 */   -36, 1060, 1065, 1066, 1070, 1067, 1059, 1076, 1076, 1095,
- /*   240 */  1079, 1095, 1079, 1097, 1097, 1159, 1097, 1100, 1097, 1183,
- /*   250 */  1119, 1119, 1159, 1097, 1097, 1097, 1183, 1203, 1076, 1203,
- /*   260 */  1076, 1203, 1076, 1076, 1193, 1103, 1203, 1076, 1161, 1161,
- /*   270 */  1219, 1060, 1076, 1224, 1224, 1224, 1224, 1060, 1161, 1219,
- /*   280 */  1076, 1216, 1216, 1076, 1076, 1115,  -62,  -62,  -62,  -62,
- /*   290 */   -62,  -62,  525,  684,  727,  856,  859,  556,  555,  981,
- /*   300 */   102,  987,  915, 1016, 1058, 1073, 1087, 1091, 1101, 1104,
- /*   310 */   892, 1108, 1029, 1253, 1235, 1146, 1147, 1151, 1152, 1173,
- /*   320 */  1162, 1247, 1248, 1250, 1252, 1256, 1254, 1255, 1257, 1258,
- /*   330 */  1260, 1259, 1165, 1261, 1167, 1259, 1163, 1268, 1269, 1164,
- /*   340 */  1271, 1272, 1242, 1244, 1275, 1251, 1277, 1278, 1280, 1281,
- /*   350 */  1262, 1282, 1206, 1200, 1288, 1290, 1284, 1210, 1273, 1263,
- /*   360 */  1266, 1291, 1267, 1182, 1218, 1298, 1313, 1318, 1220, 1264,
- /*   370 */  1265, 1198, 1302, 1211, 1309, 1212, 1308, 1213, 1226, 1207,
- /*   380 */  1311, 1208, 1314, 1321, 1279, 1202, 1204, 1319, 1336, 1337,
-};
-#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-165)
-#define YY_REDUCE_MAX 291
-static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
- /*     0 */  -138,  277,  546,  137,  401,  -21,   44,   36,   38,  242,
- /*    10 */  -141,  191,   91,  269,  343,  345, -126,  589,  338,  150,
- /*    20 */   147,  -13,  213,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,
- /*    30 */   412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,
- /*    40 */   412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,
- /*    50 */   412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  211,  698,  714,  716,  722,
- /*    60 */   724,  728,  748,  753,  755,  757,  762,  769,  794,  805,
- /*    70 */   808,  846,  855,  858,  861,  875,  882,  893,  896,  899,
- /*    80 */   901,  903,  906,  920,  930,  932,  934,  936,  945,  947,
- /*    90 */   963,  965,  971,  975,  978,  980,  412,  412,  412,  412,
- /*   100 */    20,  412,  412,   23,   34,  334,  475,  552,  593,  594,
- /*   110 */   585,  212,  412,  289,  412,  412,  412,  412,  135, -164,
- /*   120 */  -115,  164,  407,  407,  350,  141,   51,  163,  596,  -90,
- /*   130 */   436,  218,  765,  438,  586,  592,  595,  715,  718,  408,
- /*   140 */   754,  380,  634,  677,  798,  801,  144,  529,  588,   49,
- /*   150 */   176,  244,  264,  329,  457,  329,  329,  451,  477,  494,
- /*   160 */   507,  509,  528,  590,  730,  642,  509,  743,  839,  864,
- /*   170 */   879,  834,  894,  900,  329,  834,  907,  914,  826,  886,
- /*   180 */   919,  927,  937,  329,  951,  961,  329,  972,  897,  898,
- /*   190 */   989,  990,  329,  991,  992,  995,  329,  996,  999, 1004,
- /*   200 */   329,  329, 1005, 1006, 1007, 1008, 1009, 1010,  966,  967,
- /*   210 */   997,  933,  938,  940,  993,  998, 1000,  984, 1001, 1003,
- /*   220 */  1002, 1014, 1011,  974,  977, 1023, 1030, 1031, 1032, 1026,
- /*   230 */  1012,  988, 1013, 1015, 1017, 1018,  968, 1039, 1040, 1019,
- /*   240 */  1020, 1022, 1024, 1025, 1027, 1021, 1033, 1034, 1035, 1036,
- /*   250 */   979,  983, 1038, 1041, 1042, 1044, 1045, 1069, 1072, 1071,
- /*   260 */  1075, 1077, 1078, 1080, 1028, 1037, 1083, 1084, 1051, 1053,
- /*   270 */  1043, 1046, 1089, 1055, 1056, 1057, 1061, 1052, 1063, 1047,
- /*   280 */  1093, 1048, 1049, 1098, 1099, 1050, 1094, 1081, 1085, 1062,
- /*   290 */  1054, 1064,
-};
-static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
- /*     0 */   595,  820,  902,  710,  902,  820,  902,  902,  848,  714,
- /*    10 */   877,  818,  902,  902,  902,  902,  792,  902,  848,  902,
- /*    20 */   626,  848,  848,  743,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*    30 */   902,  902,  744,  902,  822,  817,  813,  815,  814,  821,
- /*    40 */   745,  734,  741,  748,  726,  861,  750,  751,  757,  758,
- /*    50 */   878,  876,  780,  779,  798,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*    60 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*    70 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*    80 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*    90 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  782,  804,  781,  791,
- /*   100 */   619,  783,  784,  679,  614,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   110 */   902,  902,  785,  902,  786,  799,  800,  801,  902,  902,
- /*   120 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  595,  710,  902,  710,  902,  902,
- /*   130 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   140 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  704,  714,  895,  902,
- /*   150 */   902,  670,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   160 */   902,  902,  602,  600,  902,  702,  902,  902,  628,  902,
- /*   170 */   902,  712,  902,  902,  717,  718,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   180 */   902,  902,  902,  616,  902,  902,  691,  902,  854,  902,
- /*   190 */   902,  902,  868,  902,  902,  902,  866,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   200 */   693,  753,  834,  902,  881,  883,  902,  902,  702,  711,
- /*   210 */   902,  902,  902,  816,  737,  737,  737,  649,  737,  902,
- /*   220 */   737,  902,  652,  747,  747,  599,  599,  599,  599,  669,
- /*   230 */   902,  747,  738,  740,  730,  742,  902,  719,  719,  727,
- /*   240 */   729,  727,  729,  681,  681,  666,  681,  652,  681,  826,
- /*   250 */   831,  831,  666,  681,  681,  681,  826,  611,  719,  611,
- /*   260 */   719,  611,  719,  719,  858,  860,  611,  719,  683,  683,
- /*   270 */   759,  747,  719,  690,  690,  690,  690,  747,  683,  759,
- /*   280 */   719,  880,  880,  719,  719,  888,  636,  654,  654,  863,
- /*   290 */   895,  900,  902,  902,  902,  902,  766,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   300 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   310 */   841,  902,  902,  902,  902,  771,  767,  902,  768,  902,
- /*   320 */   696,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   330 */   902,  819,  902,  731,  902,  739,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   340 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   350 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   360 */   856,  857,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   370 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   380 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  887,  902,  902,  890,  596,  902,
- /*   390 */   590,  593,  592,  594,  598,  601,  623,  624,  625,  603,
- /*   400 */   604,  605,  606,  607,  608,  609,  615,  617,  635,  637,
- /*   410 */   621,  639,  700,  701,  763,  694,  695,  699,  622,  774,
- /*   420 */   765,  769,  770,  772,  773,  787,  788,  790,  796,  803,
- /*   430 */   806,  789,  794,  795,  797,  802,  805,  697,  698,  809,
- /*   440 */   629,  630,  633,  634,  844,  846,  845,  847,  632,  631,
- /*   450 */   775,  778,  811,  812,  869,  870,  871,  872,  873,  807,
- /*   460 */   720,  810,  793,  732,  735,  736,  733,  703,  713,  722,
- /*   470 */   723,  724,  725,  708,  709,  715,  728,  761,  762,  716,
- /*   480 */   705,  706,  707,  808,  764,  776,  777,  640,  641,  771,
- /*   490 */   642,  643,  644,  682,  685,  686,  687,  645,  664,  667,
- /*   500 */   668,  646,  653,  647,  648,  655,  656,  657,  660,  661,
- /*   510 */   662,  663,  658,  659,  827,  828,  832,  830,  829,  650,
- /*   520 */   651,  665,  638,  627,  620,  671,  674,  675,  676,  677,
- /*   530 */   678,  680,  672,  673,  618,  610,  612,  721,  850,  859,
- /*   540 */   855,  851,  852,  853,  613,  823,  824,  684,  755,  756,
- /*   550 */   849,  862,  864,  760,  865,  867,  892,  688,  689,  692,
- /*   560 */   833,  874,  746,  749,  752,  754,  835,  836,  837,  838,
- /*   570 */   839,  842,  843,  840,  875,  879,  882,  884,  885,  886,
- /*   580 */   889,  891,  896,  897,  898,  901,  899,  597,  591,
-};
-#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (int)(sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))
+}
 
-/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
-** like the following:
-** 
-**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
+/*
+** Invoke the given busy handler.
 **
-** appears in the grammer, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
-** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
-** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
-** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
+** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
+** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried.  If it
+** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
 */
-#ifdef YYFALLBACK
-static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
-    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
-    0,  /*       SEMI => nothing */
-   23,  /*    EXPLAIN => ID */
-   23,  /*      QUERY => ID */
-   23,  /*       PLAN => ID */
-   23,  /*      BEGIN => ID */
-    0,  /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
-   23,  /*   DEFERRED => ID */
-   23,  /*  IMMEDIATE => ID */
-   23,  /*  EXCLUSIVE => ID */
-    0,  /*     COMMIT => nothing */
-   23,  /*        END => ID */
-    0,  /*   ROLLBACK => nothing */
-    0,  /*     CREATE => nothing */
-    0,  /*      TABLE => nothing */
-   23,  /*         IF => ID */
-    0,  /*        NOT => nothing */
-    0,  /*     EXISTS => nothing */
-   23,  /*       TEMP => ID */
-    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
-    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
-    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
-    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
-    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
-   23,  /*      ABORT => ID */
-   23,  /*      AFTER => ID */
-   23,  /*    ANALYZE => ID */
-   23,  /*        ASC => ID */
-   23,  /*     ATTACH => ID */
-   23,  /*     BEFORE => ID */
-   23,  /*    CASCADE => ID */
-   23,  /*       CAST => ID */
-   23,  /*   CONFLICT => ID */
-   23,  /*   DATABASE => ID */
-   23,  /*       DESC => ID */
-   23,  /*     DETACH => ID */
-   23,  /*       EACH => ID */
-   23,  /*       FAIL => ID */
-   23,  /*        FOR => ID */
-   23,  /*     IGNORE => ID */
-   23,  /*  INITIALLY => ID */
-   23,  /*    INSTEAD => ID */
-   23,  /*    LIKE_KW => ID */
-   23,  /*      MATCH => ID */
-   23,  /*        KEY => ID */
-   23,  /*         OF => ID */
-   23,  /*     OFFSET => ID */
-   23,  /*     PRAGMA => ID */
-   23,  /*      RAISE => ID */
-   23,  /*    REPLACE => ID */
-   23,  /*   RESTRICT => ID */
-   23,  /*        ROW => ID */
-   23,  /*    TRIGGER => ID */
-   23,  /*     VACUUM => ID */
-   23,  /*       VIEW => ID */
-   23,  /*    VIRTUAL => ID */
-   23,  /*    REINDEX => ID */
-   23,  /*     RENAME => ID */
-   23,  /*   CTIME_KW => ID */
-    0,  /*        ANY => nothing */
-    0,  /*         OR => nothing */
-    0,  /*        AND => nothing */
-    0,  /*         IS => nothing */
-    0,  /*    BETWEEN => nothing */
-    0,  /*         IN => nothing */
-    0,  /*     ISNULL => nothing */
-    0,  /*    NOTNULL => nothing */
-    0,  /*         NE => nothing */
-    0,  /*         EQ => nothing */
-    0,  /*         GT => nothing */
-    0,  /*         LE => nothing */
-    0,  /*         LT => nothing */
-    0,  /*         GE => nothing */
-    0,  /*     ESCAPE => nothing */
-    0,  /*     BITAND => nothing */
-    0,  /*      BITOR => nothing */
-    0,  /*     LSHIFT => nothing */
-    0,  /*     RSHIFT => nothing */
-    0,  /*       PLUS => nothing */
-    0,  /*      MINUS => nothing */
-    0,  /*       STAR => nothing */
-    0,  /*      SLASH => nothing */
-    0,  /*        REM => nothing */
-    0,  /*     CONCAT => nothing */
-    0,  /*    COLLATE => nothing */
-    0,  /*     UMINUS => nothing */
-    0,  /*      UPLUS => nothing */
-    0,  /*     BITNOT => nothing */
-    0,  /*     STRING => nothing */
-    0,  /*    JOIN_KW => nothing */
-    0,  /* CONSTRAINT => nothing */
-    0,  /*    DEFAULT => nothing */
-    0,  /*       NULL => nothing */
-    0,  /*    PRIMARY => nothing */
-    0,  /*     UNIQUE => nothing */
-    0,  /*      CHECK => nothing */
-    0,  /* REFERENCES => nothing */
-    0,  /*   AUTOINCR => nothing */
-    0,  /*         ON => nothing */
-    0,  /*     DELETE => nothing */
-    0,  /*     UPDATE => nothing */
-    0,  /*     INSERT => nothing */
-    0,  /*        SET => nothing */
-    0,  /* DEFERRABLE => nothing */
-    0,  /*    FOREIGN => nothing */
-    0,  /*       DROP => nothing */
-    0,  /*      UNION => nothing */
-    0,  /*        ALL => nothing */
-    0,  /*     EXCEPT => nothing */
-    0,  /*  INTERSECT => nothing */
-    0,  /*     SELECT => nothing */
-    0,  /*   DISTINCT => nothing */
-    0,  /*        DOT => nothing */
-    0,  /*       FROM => nothing */
-    0,  /*       JOIN => nothing */
-    0,  /*      USING => nothing */
-    0,  /*      ORDER => nothing */
-    0,  /*         BY => nothing */
-    0,  /*      GROUP => nothing */
-    0,  /*     HAVING => nothing */
-    0,  /*      LIMIT => nothing */
-    0,  /*      WHERE => nothing */
-    0,  /*       INTO => nothing */
-    0,  /*     VALUES => nothing */
-    0,  /*    INTEGER => nothing */
-    0,  /*      FLOAT => nothing */
-    0,  /*       BLOB => nothing */
-    0,  /*   REGISTER => nothing */
-    0,  /*   VARIABLE => nothing */
-    0,  /*       CASE => nothing */
-    0,  /*       WHEN => nothing */
-    0,  /*       THEN => nothing */
-    0,  /*       ELSE => nothing */
-    0,  /*      INDEX => nothing */
-    0,  /*      ALTER => nothing */
-    0,  /*         TO => nothing */
-    0,  /*        ADD => nothing */
-    0,  /*   COLUMNKW => nothing */
-};
-#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
+  int rc;
+  if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
+  rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
+  if( rc==0 ){
+    p->nBusy = -1;
+  }else{
+    p->nBusy++;
+  }
+  return rc; 
+}
 
-/* The following structure represents a single element of the
-** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
-**
-**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
-**
-**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
-**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
-**
-**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
-**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
-**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
+/*
+** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument.
 */
-struct yyStackEntry {
-  int stateno;       /* The state-number */
-  int major;         /* The major token value.  This is the code
-                     ** number for the token at this stack level */
-  YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
-                     ** is the value of the token  */
-};
-typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
+  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
+  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
-** the following structure */
-struct yyParser {
-  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
-  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-  int yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
-  yyStackEntry *yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
-#else
-  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+/*
+** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
+** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  int nOps,
+  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
+  void *pArg
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( nOps>0 ){
+    db->xProgress = xProgress;
+    db->nProgressOps = nOps;
+    db->pProgressArg = pArg;
+  }else{
+    db->xProgress = 0;
+    db->nProgressOps = 0;
+    db->pProgressArg = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+}
 #endif
-};
-typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
-static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* 
-** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
-** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
-** by making either argument NULL 
-**
-** Inputs:
-** 
        
-** 
      •  A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
-**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
-** 
      •  A prefix string written at the beginning of every
-**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
-**      turned off.
-** 
      
-**
-** Outputs:
-** None.
+/*
+** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
+** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
-  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
-  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
-  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
-  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
+  if( ms>0 ){
+    db->busyTimeout = ms;
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
-** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
-static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
-  "$",             "SEMI",          "EXPLAIN",       "QUERY",       
-  "PLAN",          "BEGIN",         "TRANSACTION",   "DEFERRED",    
-  "IMMEDIATE",     "EXCLUSIVE",     "COMMIT",        "END",         
-  "ROLLBACK",      "CREATE",        "TABLE",         "IF",          
-  "NOT",           "EXISTS",        "TEMP",          "LP",          
-  "RP",            "AS",            "COMMA",         "ID",          
-  "ABORT",         "AFTER",         "ANALYZE",       "ASC",         
-  "ATTACH",        "BEFORE",        "CASCADE",       "CAST",        
-  "CONFLICT",      "DATABASE",      "DESC",          "DETACH",      
-  "EACH",          "FAIL",          "FOR",           "IGNORE",      
-  "INITIALLY",     "INSTEAD",       "LIKE_KW",       "MATCH",       
-  "KEY",           "OF",            "OFFSET",        "PRAGMA",      
-  "RAISE",         "REPLACE",       "RESTRICT",      "ROW",         
-  "TRIGGER",       "VACUUM",        "VIEW",          "VIRTUAL",     
-  "REINDEX",       "RENAME",        "CTIME_KW",      "ANY",         
-  "OR",            "AND",           "IS",            "BETWEEN",     
-  "IN",            "ISNULL",        "NOTNULL",       "NE",          
-  "EQ",            "GT",            "LE",            "LT",          
-  "GE",            "ESCAPE",        "BITAND",        "BITOR",       
-  "LSHIFT",        "RSHIFT",        "PLUS",          "MINUS",       
-  "STAR",          "SLASH",         "REM",           "CONCAT",      
-  "COLLATE",       "UMINUS",        "UPLUS",         "BITNOT",      
-  "STRING",        "JOIN_KW",       "CONSTRAINT",    "DEFAULT",     
-  "NULL",          "PRIMARY",       "UNIQUE",        "CHECK",       
-  "REFERENCES",    "AUTOINCR",      "ON",            "DELETE",      
-  "UPDATE",        "INSERT",        "SET",           "DEFERRABLE",  
-  "FOREIGN",       "DROP",          "UNION",         "ALL",         
-  "EXCEPT",        "INTERSECT",     "SELECT",        "DISTINCT",    
-  "DOT",           "FROM",          "JOIN",          "USING",       
-  "ORDER",         "BY",            "GROUP",         "HAVING",      
-  "LIMIT",         "WHERE",         "INTO",          "VALUES",      
-  "INTEGER",       "FLOAT",         "BLOB",          "REGISTER",    
-  "VARIABLE",      "CASE",          "WHEN",          "THEN",        
-  "ELSE",          "INDEX",         "ALTER",         "TO",          
-  "ADD",           "COLUMNKW",      "error",         "input",       
-  "cmdlist",       "ecmd",          "cmdx",          "cmd",         
-  "explain",       "transtype",     "trans_opt",     "nm",          
-  "create_table",  "create_table_args",  "temp",          "ifnotexists", 
-  "dbnm",          "columnlist",    "conslist_opt",  "select",      
-  "column",        "columnid",      "type",          "carglist",    
-  "id",            "ids",           "typetoken",     "typename",    
-  "signed",        "plus_num",      "minus_num",     "carg",        
-  "ccons",         "term",          "expr",          "onconf",      
-  "sortorder",     "autoinc",       "idxlist_opt",   "refargs",     
-  "defer_subclause",  "refarg",        "refact",        "init_deferred_pred_opt",
-  "conslist",      "tcons",         "idxlist",       "defer_subclause_opt",
-  "orconf",        "resolvetype",   "raisetype",     "ifexists",    
-  "fullname",      "oneselect",     "multiselect_op",  "distinct",    
-  "selcollist",    "from",          "where_opt",     "groupby_opt", 
-  "having_opt",    "orderby_opt",   "limit_opt",     "sclp",        
-  "as",            "seltablist",    "stl_prefix",    "joinop",      
-  "on_opt",        "using_opt",     "seltablist_paren",  "joinop2",     
-  "inscollist",    "sortlist",      "sortitem",      "nexprlist",   
-  "setlist",       "insert_cmd",    "inscollist_opt",  "itemlist",    
-  "exprlist",      "likeop",        "escape",        "between_op",  
-  "in_op",         "case_operand",  "case_exprlist",  "case_else",   
-  "uniqueflag",    "idxitem",       "collate",       "nmnum",       
-  "plus_opt",      "number",        "trigger_decl",  "trigger_cmd_list",
-  "trigger_time",  "trigger_event",  "foreach_clause",  "when_clause", 
-  "trigger_cmd",   "database_kw_opt",  "key_opt",       "add_column_fullname",
-  "kwcolumn_opt",  "create_vtab",   "vtabarglist",   "vtabarg",     
-  "vtabargtoken",  "lp",            "anylist",     
-};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
+/*
+** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
 */
-static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
- /*   0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
- /*   1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
- /*   2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
- /*   3 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
- /*   4 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
- /*   5 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
- /*   6 */ "explain ::=",
- /*   7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
- /*   8 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
- /*   9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
- /*  10 */ "trans_opt ::=",
- /*  11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
- /*  12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
- /*  13 */ "transtype ::=",
- /*  14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
- /*  15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
- /*  16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
- /*  17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
- /*  18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
- /*  19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
- /*  20 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
- /*  21 */ "create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
- /*  22 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
- /*  23 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
- /*  24 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
- /*  25 */ "temp ::=",
- /*  26 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP",
- /*  27 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
- /*  28 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
- /*  29 */ "columnlist ::= column",
- /*  30 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
- /*  31 */ "columnid ::= nm",
- /*  32 */ "id ::= ID",
- /*  33 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING",
- /*  34 */ "nm ::= ID",
- /*  35 */ "nm ::= STRING",
- /*  36 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
- /*  37 */ "type ::=",
- /*  38 */ "type ::= typetoken",
- /*  39 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
- /*  40 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
- /*  41 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
- /*  42 */ "typename ::= ids",
- /*  43 */ "typename ::= typename ids",
- /*  44 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
- /*  45 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
- /*  46 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg",
- /*  47 */ "carglist ::=",
- /*  48 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons",
- /*  49 */ "carg ::= ccons",
- /*  50 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
- /*  51 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
- /*  52 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
- /*  53 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
- /*  54 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id",
- /*  55 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
- /*  56 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
- /*  57 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
- /*  58 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
- /*  59 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
- /*  60 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
- /*  61 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
- /*  62 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids",
- /*  63 */ "autoinc ::=",
- /*  64 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
- /*  65 */ "refargs ::=",
- /*  66 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
- /*  67 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
- /*  68 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
- /*  69 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
- /*  70 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
- /*  71 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
- /*  72 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
- /*  73 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
- /*  74 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
- /*  75 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /*  76 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /*  77 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
- /*  78 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
- /*  79 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
- /*  80 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
- /*  81 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
- /*  82 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
- /*  83 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
- /*  84 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
- /*  85 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
- /*  86 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
- /*  87 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
- /*  88 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
- /*  89 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
- /*  90 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
- /*  91 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
- /*  92 */ "onconf ::=",
- /*  93 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
- /*  94 */ "orconf ::=",
- /*  95 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
- /*  96 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
- /*  97 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
- /*  98 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
- /*  99 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
- /* 100 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
- /* 101 */ "ifexists ::=",
- /* 102 */ "cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
- /* 103 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
- /* 104 */ "cmd ::= select",
- /* 105 */ "select ::= oneselect",
- /* 106 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
- /* 107 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
- /* 108 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
- /* 109 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
- /* 110 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
- /* 111 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
- /* 112 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
- /* 113 */ "distinct ::=",
- /* 114 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
- /* 115 */ "sclp ::=",
- /* 116 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
- /* 117 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
- /* 118 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
- /* 119 */ "as ::= AS nm",
- /* 120 */ "as ::= ids",
- /* 121 */ "as ::=",
- /* 122 */ "from ::=",
- /* 123 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
- /* 124 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
- /* 125 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
- /* 126 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 127 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 128 */ "seltablist_paren ::= select",
- /* 129 */ "seltablist_paren ::= seltablist",
- /* 130 */ "dbnm ::=",
- /* 131 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
- /* 132 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
- /* 133 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
- /* 134 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
- /* 135 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
- /* 136 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
- /* 137 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
- /* 138 */ "on_opt ::=",
- /* 139 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
- /* 140 */ "using_opt ::=",
- /* 141 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
- /* 142 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
- /* 143 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder",
- /* 144 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder",
- /* 145 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
- /* 146 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
- /* 147 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
- /* 148 */ "sortorder ::=",
- /* 149 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
- /* 150 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
- /* 151 */ "having_opt ::=",
- /* 152 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
- /* 153 */ "limit_opt ::=",
- /* 154 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
- /* 155 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
- /* 156 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
- /* 157 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt",
- /* 158 */ "where_opt ::=",
- /* 159 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
- /* 160 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 161 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
- /* 162 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
- /* 163 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
- /* 164 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
- /* 165 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
- /* 166 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
- /* 167 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
- /* 168 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
- /* 169 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
- /* 170 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
- /* 171 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
- /* 172 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
- /* 173 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
- /* 174 */ "expr ::= term",
- /* 175 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
- /* 176 */ "term ::= NULL",
- /* 177 */ "expr ::= ID",
- /* 178 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
- /* 179 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
- /* 180 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
- /* 181 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
- /* 182 */ "term ::= STRING",
- /* 183 */ "expr ::= REGISTER",
- /* 184 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
- /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids",
- /* 186 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
- /* 187 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP",
- /* 188 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
- /* 189 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
- /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
- /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
- /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
- /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
- /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
- /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
- /* 196 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
- /* 197 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
- /* 198 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW",
- /* 199 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW",
- /* 200 */ "likeop ::= MATCH",
- /* 201 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH",
- /* 202 */ "escape ::= ESCAPE expr",
- /* 203 */ "escape ::=",
- /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr escape",
- /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
- /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr IS NULL",
- /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
- /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL",
- /* 209 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
- /* 210 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
- /* 211 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
- /* 212 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
- /* 213 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
- /* 214 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
- /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
- /* 216 */ "in_op ::= IN",
- /* 217 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
- /* 218 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
- /* 219 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
- /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
- /* 221 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
- /* 222 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
- /* 223 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
- /* 224 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 225 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 226 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
- /* 227 */ "case_else ::=",
- /* 228 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
- /* 229 */ "case_operand ::=",
- /* 230 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
- /* 231 */ "exprlist ::=",
- /* 232 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
- /* 233 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
- /* 234 */ "cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP",
- /* 235 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
- /* 236 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
- /* 237 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
- /* 238 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
- /* 239 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA idxitem collate sortorder",
- /* 240 */ "idxlist ::= idxitem collate sortorder",
- /* 241 */ "idxitem ::= nm",
- /* 242 */ "collate ::=",
- /* 243 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids",
- /* 244 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
- /* 245 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
- /* 246 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
- /* 247 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
- /* 248 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON",
- /* 249 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ DELETE",
- /* 250 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
- /* 251 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
- /* 252 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
- /* 253 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
- /* 254 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
- /* 255 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number",
- /* 256 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number",
- /* 257 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
- /* 258 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS",
- /* 259 */ "plus_opt ::=",
- /* 260 */ "cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
- /* 261 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
- /* 262 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
- /* 263 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
- /* 264 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
- /* 265 */ "trigger_time ::=",
- /* 266 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
- /* 267 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
- /* 268 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist",
- /* 269 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
- /* 270 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
- /* 271 */ "when_clause ::=",
- /* 272 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
- /* 273 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
- /* 274 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::=",
- /* 275 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 276 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
- /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select",
- /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt",
- /* 279 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
- /* 280 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
- /* 281 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
- /* 282 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
- /* 283 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
- /* 284 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
- /* 285 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
- /* 286 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
- /* 287 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
- /* 288 */ "key_opt ::=",
- /* 289 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
- /* 290 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
- /* 291 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
- /* 292 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
- /* 293 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
- /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
- /* 295 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
- /* 296 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
- /* 297 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column",
- /* 298 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
- /* 299 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
- /* 300 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
- /* 301 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
- /* 302 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
- /* 303 */ "create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm",
- /* 304 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
- /* 305 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
- /* 306 */ "vtabarg ::=",
- /* 307 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
- /* 308 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
- /* 309 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
- /* 310 */ "lp ::= LP",
- /* 311 */ "anylist ::=",
- /* 312 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
-};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
+  db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+}
 
 
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
 /*
-** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.
+** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
+** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
+** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
+** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. 
 */
-static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
-  int newSize;
-  yyStackEntry *pNew;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *pUserData,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  FuncDef *p;
+  int nName;
 
-  newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
-  pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
-  if( pNew ){
-    p->yystack = pNew;
-    p->yystksz = newSize;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    if( yyTraceFILE ){
-      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n",
-              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
+      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
+      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
+      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
+      (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
+      (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  **
+  ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
+  ** to the hash table.
+  */
+  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+  }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
+    int rc;
+    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+         pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE,
+          pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
     }
+    enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+  }
+#else
+  enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
 #endif
+  
+  /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
+  ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
+  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
+  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
+  */
+  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
+  if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
+    if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
+      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }else{
+      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+    }
+  }
+
+  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
+  assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
+  p->flags = 0;
+  p->xFunc = xFunc;
+  p->xStep = xStep;
+  p->xFinalize = xFinal;
+  p->pUserData = pUserData;
+  p->nArg = (u16)nArg;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create new user functions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int enc,
+  void *p,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *p,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zFunc8;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1);
+  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
 }
 #endif
 
-/* 
-** This function allocates a new parser.
-** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
-** malloc.
+
+/*
+** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
 **
-** Inputs:
-** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
+** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
+** this routine is a no-op.  If the function does not exist, then create
+** a new one that always throws a run-time error.  
 **
-** Outputs:
-** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
-** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
+** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
+** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
+** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
+** properly.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
-  yyParser *pParser;
-  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
-  if( pParser ){
-    pParser->yyidx = -1;
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-    yyGrowStack(pParser);
-#endif
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zName,
+  int nArg
+){
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
+    sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+                      0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0);
   }
-  return pParser;
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
-** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
-** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
-** the value.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/*
+** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
+** is returned.  
+**
+** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
+** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
+** SQL statement.
 */
-static void yy_destructor(YYCODETYPE yymajor, YYMINORTYPE *yypminor){
-  switch( yymajor ){
-    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
-    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
-    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
-    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
-    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
-    **
-    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
-    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
-    ** inside the C code.
-    */
-    case 155: /* select */
-{
-sqlite3SelectDelete((yypminor->yy219));
-}
-      break;
-    case 169: /* term */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));
-}
-      break;
-    case 170: /* expr */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));
-}
-      break;
-    case 174: /* idxlist_opt */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
-}
-      break;
-    case 182: /* idxlist */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
-}
-      break;
-    case 188: /* fullname */
-{
-sqlite3SrcListDelete((yypminor->yy373));
-}
-      break;
-    case 189: /* oneselect */
-{
-sqlite3SelectDelete((yypminor->yy219));
-}
-      break;
-    case 192: /* selcollist */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
-}
-      break;
-    case 193: /* from */
-{
-sqlite3SrcListDelete((yypminor->yy373));
-}
-      break;
-    case 194: /* where_opt */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));
-}
-      break;
-    case 195: /* groupby_opt */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
-}
-      break;
-    case 196: /* having_opt */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));
-}
-      break;
-    case 197: /* orderby_opt */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
-}
-      break;
-    case 199: /* sclp */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
-}
-      break;
-    case 201: /* seltablist */
-{
-sqlite3SrcListDelete((yypminor->yy373));
-}
-      break;
-    case 202: /* stl_prefix */
-{
-sqlite3SrcListDelete((yypminor->yy373));
-}
-      break;
-    case 204: /* on_opt */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));
-}
-      break;
-    case 205: /* using_opt */
-{
-sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy432));
-}
-      break;
-    case 206: /* seltablist_paren */
-{
-sqlite3SelectDelete((yypminor->yy219));
-}
-      break;
-    case 208: /* inscollist */
-{
-sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy432));
-}
-      break;
-    case 209: /* sortlist */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
-}
-      break;
-    case 210: /* sortitem */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));
-}
-      break;
-    case 211: /* nexprlist */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
-}
-      break;
-    case 212: /* setlist */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
-}
-      break;
-    case 214: /* inscollist_opt */
-{
-sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy432));
-}
-      break;
-    case 215: /* itemlist */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
-}
-      break;
-    case 216: /* exprlist */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
-}
-      break;
-    case 218: /* escape */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));
-}
-      break;
-    case 221: /* case_operand */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));
-}
-      break;
-    case 222: /* case_exprlist */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
+  void *pOld;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pTraceArg;
+  db->xTrace = xTrace;
+  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
 }
-      break;
-    case 223: /* case_else */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));
+/*
+** Register a profile function.  The pArg from the previously registered 
+** profile function is returned.  
+**
+** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes.  A non-NULL
+** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
+** each SQL statement that is run.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
+  void *pArg
+){
+  void *pOld;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pProfileArg;
+  db->xProfile = xProfile;
+  db->pProfileArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
 }
-      break;
-    case 231: /* trigger_cmd_list */
-{
-sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep((yypminor->yy243));
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+
+/*** EXPERIMENTAL ***
+**
+** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments.
+** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
+** rollback.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pOld;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pOld = db->pCommitArg;
+  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pOld;
 }
-      break;
-    case 233: /* trigger_event */
-{
-sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy370).b);
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
+** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pRet;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
+  db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
 }
-      break;
-    case 235: /* when_clause */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));
+
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
+** back by this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
+  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
+  void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
+  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
+){
+  void *pRet;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
+  db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
+  db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return pRet;
 }
-      break;
-    case 236: /* trigger_cmd */
-{
-sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep((yypminor->yy243));
+
+/*
+** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of
+** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals.
+** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime
+** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The
+** following table describes the relationship between these two values
+** and this functions return value.
+**
+**   SQLITE_TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
+**   -----------------     --------------     ------------------------------
+**   0                     any                file      (return 0)
+**   1                     1                  file      (return 0)
+**   1                     2                  memory    (return 1)
+**   1                     0                  file      (return 0)
+**   2                     1                  file      (return 0)
+**   2                     2                  memory    (return 1)
+**   2                     0                  memory    (return 1)
+**   3                     any                memory    (return 1)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
+  return ( db->temp_store==2 );
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
+  return ( db->temp_store!=1 );
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3
+  return 1;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3
+  return 0;
+#endif
 }
-      break;
-    case 238: /* key_opt */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));
+
+/*
+** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree
+** driver.  If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is
+** opened and used.  If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then
+** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as
+** the connection is closed.)  If zFilename is NULL then the database
+** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as
+** soon as the connection is closed.
+**
+** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically
+** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory.
+** The sqlite3TempInMemory() function is used to determine which.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFactory(
+  const sqlite3 *db,        /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */
+  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+  int omitJournal,          /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */
+  int nCache,               /* How many pages in the page cache */
+  int vfsFlags,             /* Flags passed through to vfsOpen */
+  Btree **ppBtree           /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+){
+  int btFlags = 0;
+  int rc;
+  
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+  assert( ppBtree != 0);
+  if( omitJournal ){
+    btFlags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL;
+  }
+  if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){
+    btFlags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK;
+  }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+  if( zFilename==0 && sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
+    zFilename = ":memory:";
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (zFilename==0 || *zFilename==0) ){
+    vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btFlags, vfsFlags);
+
+  /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
+  ** default value. Except, if the call to BtreeOpen() returned a handle
+  ** open on an existing shared pager-cache, do not change the pager-cache 
+  ** size.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeSchema(*ppBtree, 0, 0) ){
+    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache);
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
-      break;
-    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
+
+/*
+** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
+  const char *z;
+  if( !db ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  }
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE);
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+  }else{
+    z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+    assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+    if( z==0 ){
+      z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
+    }
   }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return z;
 }
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
 /*
-** Pop the parser's stack once.
-**
-** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
-** is popped from the stack, then call it.
-**
-** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
+** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
 */
-static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
-  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
-  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
+  static const u16 outOfMem[] = {
+    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0
+  };
+  static const u16 misuse[] = {
+    'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', 
+    'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', 
+    'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', 
+    'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 
+    'o', 'f', ' ', 
+    's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0
+  };
 
-  if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
-      yyTracePrompt,
-      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
+  const void *z;
+  if( !db ){
+    return (void *)outOfMem;
   }
-#endif
-  yymajor = yytos->major;
-  yy_destructor( yymajor, &yytos->minor);
-  pParser->yyidx--;
-  return yymajor;
+  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return (void *)misuse;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    z = (void *)outOfMem;
+  }else{
+    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+    if( z==0 ){
+      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
+           SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+      z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+    }
+    /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
+    ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
+    ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
+    ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
+    */
+    db->mallocFailed = 0;
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return z;
 }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
 
-/* 
-** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
-** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** 
        
-** 
      •   A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
-**       obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc.
-** 
      •   A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
-**       from malloc.
-** 
      
+/*
+** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
+** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(
-  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
-  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
-){
-  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
-  if( pParser==0 ) return;
-  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-  free(pParser->yystack);
-#endif
-  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return db->errCode & db->errMask;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  return db->errCode;
 }
 
 /*
-** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
-** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
-**
-** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
-** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
-** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+** Create a new collating function for database "db".  The name is zName
+** and the encoding is enc.
 */
-static int yy_find_shift_action(
-  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
-  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
+static int createCollation(
+  sqlite3* db,
+  const char *zName, 
+  u8 enc,
+  u8 collType,
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDel)(void*)
 ){
-  int i;
-  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
- 
-  if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_MAX || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
-    return yy_default[stateno];
+  CollSeq *pColl;
+  int enc2;
+  int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+  
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+  */
+  enc2 = enc;
+  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 );
+  testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED );
+  if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){
+    enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
   }
-  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
-  i += iLookAhead;
-  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
-    if( iLookAhead>0 ){
-#ifdef YYFALLBACK
-      int iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
-      if( iLookAhead %s\n",
-             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
-        }
-#endif
-        return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
-      }
-#endif
-#ifdef YYWILDCARD
-      {
-        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
-        if( j>=0 && j %s\n",
-               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
+  if( enc2SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
+  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
+  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
+  */
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
+  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
+    if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
+      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
+        "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
+      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+    }
+    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+
+    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
+    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
+    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
+    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
+    ** to be called.
+    */ 
+    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
+      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+      int j;
+      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
+        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
+          if( p->xDel ){
+            p->xDel(p->pUser);
           }
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-          return yy_action[j];
+          p->xCmp = 0;
         }
       }
-#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
     }
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }else{
-    return yy_action[i];
   }
+
+  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
+  if( pColl ){
+    pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
+    pColl->pUser = pCtx;
+    pColl->xDel = xDel;
+    pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
+    pColl->type = collType;
+  }
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
+
 /*
-** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
-** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
-**
-** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
-** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
-** return YY_NO_ACTION.
+** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
+** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
+** #defines in sqlite3.h.
 */
-static int yy_find_reduce_action(
-  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
-  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
-){
-  int i;
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_MAX ){
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }
-#else
-  assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_MAX );
-#endif
-  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
-  assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
-  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
-  i += iLookAhead;
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }
-#else
-  assert( i>=0 && iyyidx--;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-   if( yyTraceFILE ){
-     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-   }
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
+# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
+# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
+# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 30
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER must be at least 1
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1
 #endif
-   while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
-   ** stack every overflows */
 
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
-  pParse->parseError = 1;
-   sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
-}
 
 /*
-** Perform a shift action.
+** Change the value of a limit.  Report the old value.
+** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
+** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
+** new limit is negative.
+**
+** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
+** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
+** from forming.
 */
-static void yy_shift(
-  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
-  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
-  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
-  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer ot the minor token to shift in */
-){
-  yyStackEntry *yytos;
-  yypParser->yyidx++;
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
-  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
-    yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
-    return;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
+  int oldLimit;
+  if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
+    return -1;
   }
-#else
-  if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
-    yyGrowStack(yypParser);
-    if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
-      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
-      return;
+  oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
+  if( newLimit>=0 ){
+    if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
+      newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId];
     }
+    db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
   }
-#endif
-  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
-  yytos->stateno = yyNewState;
-  yytos->major = yyMajor;
-  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
-    int i;
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
-    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
-      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
-  }
-#endif
+  return oldLimit;
 }
 
-/* The following table contains information about every rule that
-** is used during the reduce.
+/*
+** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
+** is UTF-8 encoded.
 */
-static const struct {
-  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
-  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
-} yyRuleInfo[] = {
-  { 139, 1 },
-  { 140, 2 },
-  { 140, 1 },
-  { 142, 1 },
-  { 141, 1 },
-  { 141, 3 },
-  { 144, 0 },
-  { 144, 1 },
-  { 144, 3 },
-  { 143, 3 },
-  { 146, 0 },
-  { 146, 1 },
-  { 146, 2 },
-  { 145, 0 },
-  { 145, 1 },
-  { 145, 1 },
-  { 145, 1 },
-  { 143, 2 },
-  { 143, 2 },
-  { 143, 2 },
-  { 143, 2 },
-  { 148, 6 },
-  { 151, 0 },
-  { 151, 3 },
-  { 150, 1 },
-  { 150, 0 },
-  { 149, 4 },
-  { 149, 2 },
-  { 153, 3 },
-  { 153, 1 },
-  { 156, 3 },
-  { 157, 1 },
-  { 160, 1 },
-  { 161, 1 },
-  { 147, 1 },
-  { 147, 1 },
-  { 147, 1 },
-  { 158, 0 },
-  { 158, 1 },
-  { 162, 1 },
-  { 162, 4 },
-  { 162, 6 },
-  { 163, 1 },
-  { 163, 2 },
-  { 164, 1 },
-  { 164, 1 },
-  { 159, 2 },
-  { 159, 0 },
-  { 167, 3 },
-  { 167, 1 },
-  { 168, 2 },
-  { 168, 4 },
-  { 168, 3 },
-  { 168, 3 },
-  { 168, 2 },
-  { 168, 2 },
-  { 168, 3 },
-  { 168, 5 },
-  { 168, 2 },
-  { 168, 4 },
-  { 168, 4 },
-  { 168, 1 },
-  { 168, 2 },
-  { 173, 0 },
-  { 173, 1 },
-  { 175, 0 },
-  { 175, 2 },
-  { 177, 2 },
-  { 177, 3 },
-  { 177, 3 },
-  { 177, 3 },
-  { 178, 2 },
-  { 178, 2 },
-  { 178, 1 },
-  { 178, 1 },
-  { 176, 3 },
-  { 176, 2 },
-  { 179, 0 },
-  { 179, 2 },
-  { 179, 2 },
-  { 154, 0 },
-  { 154, 2 },
-  { 180, 3 },
-  { 180, 2 },
-  { 180, 1 },
-  { 181, 2 },
-  { 181, 7 },
-  { 181, 5 },
-  { 181, 5 },
-  { 181, 10 },
-  { 183, 0 },
-  { 183, 1 },
-  { 171, 0 },
-  { 171, 3 },
-  { 184, 0 },
-  { 184, 2 },
-  { 185, 1 },
-  { 185, 1 },
-  { 185, 1 },
-  { 143, 4 },
-  { 187, 2 },
-  { 187, 0 },
-  { 143, 8 },
-  { 143, 4 },
-  { 143, 1 },
-  { 155, 1 },
-  { 155, 3 },
-  { 190, 1 },
-  { 190, 2 },
-  { 190, 1 },
-  { 189, 9 },
-  { 191, 1 },
-  { 191, 1 },
-  { 191, 0 },
-  { 199, 2 },
-  { 199, 0 },
-  { 192, 3 },
-  { 192, 2 },
-  { 192, 4 },
-  { 200, 2 },
-  { 200, 1 },
-  { 200, 0 },
-  { 193, 0 },
-  { 193, 2 },
-  { 202, 2 },
-  { 202, 0 },
-  { 201, 6 },
-  { 201, 7 },
-  { 206, 1 },
-  { 206, 1 },
-  { 152, 0 },
-  { 152, 2 },
-  { 188, 2 },
-  { 203, 1 },
-  { 203, 2 },
-  { 203, 3 },
-  { 203, 4 },
-  { 204, 2 },
-  { 204, 0 },
-  { 205, 4 },
-  { 205, 0 },
-  { 197, 0 },
-  { 197, 3 },
-  { 209, 4 },
-  { 209, 2 },
-  { 210, 1 },
-  { 172, 1 },
-  { 172, 1 },
-  { 172, 0 },
-  { 195, 0 },
-  { 195, 3 },
-  { 196, 0 },
-  { 196, 2 },
-  { 198, 0 },
-  { 198, 2 },
-  { 198, 4 },
-  { 198, 4 },
-  { 143, 4 },
-  { 194, 0 },
-  { 194, 2 },
-  { 143, 6 },
-  { 212, 5 },
-  { 212, 3 },
-  { 143, 8 },
-  { 143, 5 },
-  { 143, 6 },
-  { 213, 2 },
-  { 213, 1 },
-  { 215, 3 },
-  { 215, 1 },
-  { 214, 0 },
-  { 214, 3 },
-  { 208, 3 },
-  { 208, 1 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 169, 1 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 169, 1 },
-  { 169, 1 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 6 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 169, 1 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 217, 1 },
-  { 217, 2 },
-  { 217, 1 },
-  { 217, 2 },
-  { 218, 2 },
-  { 218, 0 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 170, 2 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 170, 2 },
-  { 170, 2 },
-  { 170, 2 },
-  { 170, 2 },
-  { 219, 1 },
-  { 219, 2 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 220, 1 },
-  { 220, 2 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 222, 5 },
-  { 222, 4 },
-  { 223, 2 },
-  { 223, 0 },
-  { 221, 1 },
-  { 221, 0 },
-  { 216, 1 },
-  { 216, 0 },
-  { 211, 3 },
-  { 211, 1 },
-  { 143, 11 },
-  { 224, 1 },
-  { 224, 0 },
-  { 174, 0 },
-  { 174, 3 },
-  { 182, 5 },
-  { 182, 3 },
-  { 225, 1 },
-  { 226, 0 },
-  { 226, 2 },
-  { 143, 4 },
-  { 143, 1 },
-  { 143, 2 },
-  { 143, 5 },
-  { 143, 5 },
-  { 143, 5 },
-  { 143, 5 },
-  { 143, 6 },
-  { 143, 3 },
-  { 227, 1 },
-  { 227, 1 },
-  { 165, 2 },
-  { 166, 2 },
-  { 229, 1 },
-  { 228, 1 },
-  { 228, 0 },
-  { 143, 5 },
-  { 230, 11 },
-  { 232, 1 },
-  { 232, 1 },
-  { 232, 2 },
-  { 232, 0 },
-  { 233, 1 },
-  { 233, 1 },
-  { 233, 3 },
-  { 234, 0 },
-  { 234, 3 },
-  { 235, 0 },
-  { 235, 2 },
-  { 231, 3 },
-  { 231, 0 },
-  { 236, 6 },
-  { 236, 8 },
-  { 236, 5 },
-  { 236, 4 },
-  { 236, 1 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 170, 6 },
-  { 186, 1 },
-  { 186, 1 },
-  { 186, 1 },
-  { 143, 4 },
-  { 143, 6 },
-  { 143, 3 },
-  { 238, 0 },
-  { 238, 2 },
-  { 237, 1 },
-  { 237, 0 },
-  { 143, 1 },
-  { 143, 3 },
-  { 143, 1 },
-  { 143, 3 },
-  { 143, 6 },
-  { 143, 6 },
-  { 239, 1 },
-  { 240, 0 },
-  { 240, 1 },
-  { 143, 1 },
-  { 143, 4 },
-  { 241, 7 },
-  { 242, 1 },
-  { 242, 3 },
-  { 243, 0 },
-  { 243, 2 },
-  { 244, 1 },
-  { 244, 3 },
-  { 245, 1 },
-  { 246, 0 },
-  { 246, 2 },
-};
+static int openDatabase(
+  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,        /* OUT: Returned database handle */
+  unsigned flags,        /* Operational flags */
+  const char *zVfs       /* Name of the VFS to use */
+){
+  sqlite3 *db;
+  int rc;
+  int isThreadsafe;
+
+  *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+
+  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
+    isThreadsafe = 0;
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
+    isThreadsafe = 0;
+  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
+    isThreadsafe = 1;
+  }else{
+    isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
+  }
+  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){
+    flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
+    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter
+  **
+  ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were
+  ** dealt with in the previous code block.  Besides these, the only
+  ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY,
+  ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  Silently mask
+  ** off all other flags.
+  */
+  flags &=  ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | 
+               SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
+               SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX
+             );
 
-static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
+  /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
+  db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
+  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
+  if( isThreadsafe ){
+    db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+    if( db->mutex==0 ){
+      sqlite3_free(db);
+      db = 0;
+      goto opendb_out;
+    }
+  }
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->errMask = 0xff;
+  db->nDb = 2;
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
 
-/*
-** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
-** follow the reduce.
-*/
-static void yy_reduce(
-  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
-  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
-){
-  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
-  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
-  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
-  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
-  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
-        && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
-      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
+  assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
+  memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
+  db->autoCommit = 1;
+  db->nextAutovac = -1;
+  db->nextPagesize = 0;
+  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
+                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
+                 | SQLITE_RecTriggers
+#endif
+      ;
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule);
+#endif
+
+  db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
+  if( !db->pVfs ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
+    goto opendb_out;
   }
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
 
-  /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
-  ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
-  ** switch.  yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
-  ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal.  Leaving the
-  ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
-  ** as the value is never used.  So really the only thing this code
-  ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.  
-  **
-  ** 2007-01-16:  The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
-  ** without this code, their parser segfaults.  I'm not sure what there
-  ** parser is doing to make this happen.  This is the second bug report
-  ** from wireshark this week.  Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
-  ** that it has not been previously stressed...  (SQLite ticket #2172)
+  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
+  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
+  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
   */
-  /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/
-  yygotominor = yyzerominor;
+  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
+                  binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
+                  binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
+                  binCollFunc, 0);
+  createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_USER, (void*)1,
+                  binCollFunc, 0);
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
+  assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
 
+  /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
+  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE, 0,
+                  nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
 
-  switch( yyruleno ){
-  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
-  ** follows:
-  **   case 0:
-  **  #line  
-  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
-  **  #line  
-  **     break;
+  /* Open the backend database driver */
+  db->openFlags = flags;
+  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 
+                           flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
+                           &db->aDb[0].pBt);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+    goto opendb_out;
+  }
+  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
+  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
+
+
+  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
+  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  
   */
-      case 0: /* input ::= cmdlist */
-      case 1: /* cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */
-      case 2: /* cmdlist ::= ecmd */
-      case 4: /* ecmd ::= SEMI */
-      case 5: /* ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */
-      case 10: /* trans_opt ::= */
-      case 11: /* trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */
-      case 12: /* trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */
-      case 20: /* cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */
-      case 28: /* columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */
-      case 29: /* columnlist ::= column */
-      case 37: /* type ::= */
-      case 44: /* signed ::= plus_num */
-      case 45: /* signed ::= minus_num */
-      case 46: /* carglist ::= carglist carg */
-      case 47: /* carglist ::= */
-      case 48: /* carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */
-      case 49: /* carg ::= ccons */
-      case 55: /* ccons ::= NULL onconf */
-      case 82: /* conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */
-      case 83: /* conslist ::= conslist tcons */
-      case 84: /* conslist ::= tcons */
-      case 85: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
-      case 258: /* plus_opt ::= PLUS */
-      case 259: /* plus_opt ::= */
-      case 269: /* foreach_clause ::= */
-      case 270: /* foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */
-      case 290: /* database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */
-      case 291: /* database_kw_opt ::= */
-      case 299: /* kwcolumn_opt ::= */
-      case 300: /* kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */
-      case 304: /* vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */
-      case 305: /* vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */
-      case 307: /* vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */
-      case 311: /* anylist ::= */
-{
-}
-        break;
-      case 3: /* cmdx ::= cmd */
-{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
-        break;
-      case 6: /* explain ::= */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
-        break;
-      case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
-        break;
-      case 8: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); }
-        break;
-      case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
-{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);}
-        break;
-      case 13: /* transtype ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = TK_DEFERRED;}
-        break;
-      case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
-      case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */
-      case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */
-      case 107: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */
-      case 109: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = yymsp[0].major;}
-        break;
-      case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */
-      case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */
-{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */
-{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 21: /* create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
-{
-   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,yymsp[-4].minor.yy46,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46);
-}
-        break;
-      case 22: /* ifnotexists ::= */
-      case 25: /* temp ::= */
-      case 63: /* autoinc ::= */
-      case 77: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */
-      case 79: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */
-      case 90: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */
-      case 101: /* ifexists ::= */
-      case 112: /* distinct ::= ALL */
-      case 113: /* distinct ::= */
-      case 213: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */
-      case 216: /* in_op ::= IN */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 23: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
-      case 24: /* temp ::= TEMP */
-      case 64: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */
-      case 78: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */
-      case 100: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */
-      case 111: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */
-      case 214: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */
-      case 217: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = 1;}
-        break;
-      case 26: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */
-{
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 27: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
-{
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy219);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy219);
-}
-        break;
-      case 30: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy410.z;
-  yygotominor.yy410.n = (pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy410.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
-}
-        break;
-      case 31: /* columnid ::= nm */
-{
-  sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
-  yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy410;
-}
-        break;
-      case 32: /* id ::= ID */
-      case 33: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */
-      case 34: /* nm ::= ID */
-      case 35: /* nm ::= STRING */
-      case 36: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */
-      case 257: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */
-{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
-        break;
-      case 38: /* type ::= typetoken */
-{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
-        break;
-      case 39: /* typetoken ::= typename */
-      case 42: /* typename ::= ids */
-      case 119: /* as ::= AS nm */
-      case 120: /* as ::= ids */
-      case 131: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */
-      case 241: /* idxitem ::= nm */
-      case 243: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */
-      case 253: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */
-      case 254: /* nmnum ::= nm */
-      case 255: /* plus_num ::= plus_opt number */
-      case 256: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */
-{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy410;}
-        break;
-      case 40: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z;
-  yygotominor.yy410.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z;
-}
-        break;
-      case 41: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy410.z;
-  yygotominor.yy410.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy410.z;
-}
-        break;
-      case 43: /* typename ::= typename ids */
-{yygotominor.yy410.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z; yygotominor.yy410.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy410.n+(yymsp[0].minor.yy410.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z);}
-        break;
-      case 50: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
-      case 52: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy172);}
-        break;
-      case 51: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172);}
-        break;
-      case 53: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
-{
-  Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p);
-}
-        break;
-      case 54: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */
-{
-  Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
-  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p);
-}
-        break;
-      case 56: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
-{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46);}
-        break;
-      case 57: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46);}
-        break;
-      case 58: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0,0,0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 59: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172);}
-        break;
-      case 60: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */
-{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);}
-        break;
-      case 61: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
-{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);}
-        break;
-      case 62: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */
-{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
-        break;
-      case 65: /* refargs ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; }
-        break;
-      case 66: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 & yymsp[0].minor.yy405.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy405.value; }
-        break;
-      case 67: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
-{ yygotominor.yy405.value = 0;     yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x000000; }
-        break;
-      case 68: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;     yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x0000ff; }
-        break;
-      case 69: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46<<8;  yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x00ff00; }
-        break;
-      case 70: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46<<16; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0xff0000; }
-        break;
-      case 71: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_SetNull; }
-        break;
-      case 72: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_SetDflt; }
-        break;
-      case 73: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Cascade; }
-        break;
-      case 74: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Restrict; }
-        break;
-      case 75: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
-      case 76: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
-      case 91: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */
-      case 93: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */
-      case 95: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
-      case 96: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */
-      case 166: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;}
-        break;
-      case 80: /* conslist_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy410.n = 0; yygotominor.yy410.z = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 81: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
-{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;}
-        break;
-      case 86: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,0);}
-        break;
-      case 87: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0,0,0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 88: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172);}
-        break;
-      case 89: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
-{
-    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy174, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, yymsp[-2].minor.yy174, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
-    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46);
-}
-        break;
-      case 92: /* onconf ::= */
-      case 94: /* orconf ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Default;}
-        break;
-      case 97: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Ignore;}
-        break;
-      case 98: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
-      case 167: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Replace;}
-        break;
-      case 99: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
-{
-  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
-}
-        break;
-      case 102: /* cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
-{
-  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-6].minor.yy46, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);
-}
-        break;
-      case 103: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
-{
-  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
-}
-        break;
-      case 104: /* cmd ::= select */
-{
-  SelectDest dest = {SRT_Callback, 0, 0, 0, 0};
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, &dest, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy219);
-}
-        break;
-      case 105: /* select ::= oneselect */
-      case 128: /* seltablist_paren ::= select */
-{yygotominor.yy219 = yymsp[0].minor.yy219;}
-        break;
-      case 106: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */
-{
-  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy219 ){
-    yymsp[0].minor.yy219->op = yymsp[-1].minor.yy46;
-    yymsp[0].minor.yy219->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy219;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-2].minor.yy219);
+  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
+  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
+  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
+  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
+
+  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+  if( db->mallocFailed ){
+    goto opendb_out;
   }
-  yygotominor.yy219 = yymsp[0].minor.yy219;
-}
-        break;
-      case 108: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = TK_ALL;}
-        break;
-      case 110: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy219 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy174,yymsp[-5].minor.yy373,yymsp[-4].minor.yy172,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[-7].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy234.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy234.pOffset);
-}
-        break;
-      case 114: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
-      case 238: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy174;}
-        break;
-      case 115: /* sclp ::= */
-      case 141: /* orderby_opt ::= */
-      case 149: /* groupby_opt ::= */
-      case 231: /* exprlist ::= */
-      case 237: /* idxlist_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 116: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
-{
-   yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy410.n?&yymsp[0].minor.yy410:0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 117: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
-{
-  Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, p, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 118: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
-{
-  Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0);
-  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);
-  Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174, pDot, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 121: /* as ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy410.n = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 122: /* from ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy373));}
-        break;
-      case 123: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy373 = yymsp[0].minor.yy373;
-  sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy373);
-}
-        break;
-      case 124: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
-{
-   yygotominor.yy373 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy373;
-   if( yygotominor.yy373 && yygotominor.yy373->nSrc>0 ) yygotominor.yy373->a[yygotominor.yy373->nSrc-1].jointype = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;
-}
-        break;
-      case 125: /* stl_prefix ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy373 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 126: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-5].minor.yy373,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy432);
-}
-        break;
-      case 127: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt */
-{
-    yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy373,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,yymsp[-4].minor.yy219,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy432);
+
+  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
+  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
+  ** is accessed.
+  */
+  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
+
+  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
+  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
+  */
+  sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
+  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto opendb_out;
   }
-        break;
-      case 129: /* seltablist_paren ::= seltablist */
-{
-     sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[0].minor.yy373);
-     yygotominor.yy219 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy373,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+  if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+    extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
   }
-        break;
-      case 130: /* dbnm ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy410.z=0; yygotominor.yy410.n=0;}
-        break;
-      case 132: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
-{yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
-        break;
-      case 133: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = JT_INNER; }
-        break;
-      case 134: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
-        break;
-      case 135: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,0); }
-        break;
-      case 136: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); }
-        break;
-      case 137: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
-      case 145: /* sortitem ::= expr */
-      case 152: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */
-      case 159: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */
-      case 174: /* expr ::= term */
-      case 202: /* escape ::= ESCAPE expr */
-      case 226: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */
-      case 228: /* case_operand ::= expr */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;}
-        break;
-      case 138: /* on_opt ::= */
-      case 151: /* having_opt ::= */
-      case 158: /* where_opt ::= */
-      case 203: /* escape ::= */
-      case 227: /* case_else ::= */
-      case 229: /* case_operand ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 139: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */
-      case 171: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */
-{yygotominor.yy432 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy432;}
-        break;
-      case 140: /* using_opt ::= */
-      case 170: /* inscollist_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy432 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 142: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
-      case 150: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */
-      case 230: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = yymsp[0].minor.yy174;}
-        break;
-      case 143: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;
-}
-        break;
-      case 144: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy174 && yygotominor.yy174->a ) yygotominor.yy174->a[0].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;
-}
-        break;
-      case 146: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
-      case 148: /* sortorder ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
-        break;
-      case 147: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
-        break;
-      case 153: /* limit_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 154: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
-{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 155: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
-{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;}
-        break;
-      case 156: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
-{yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;}
-        break;
-      case 157: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt */
-{sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy373,yymsp[0].minor.yy172);}
-        break;
-      case 160: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt */
-{
-  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,"set list"); 
-  sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy373,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);
-}
-        break;
-      case 161: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);}
-        break;
-      case 162: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);}
-        break;
-      case 163: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy373, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy432, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);}
-        break;
-      case 164: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy373, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-1].minor.yy432, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);}
-        break;
-      case 165: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy373, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy432, yymsp[-5].minor.yy46);}
-        break;
-      case 168: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */
-      case 232: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);}
-        break;
-      case 169: /* itemlist ::= expr */
-      case 233: /* nexprlist ::= expr */
-{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);}
-        break;
-      case 172: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */
-{yygotominor.yy432 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy432,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
-        break;
-      case 173: /* inscollist ::= nm */
-{yygotominor.yy432 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
-        break;
-      case 175: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy172; sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); }
-        break;
-      case 176: /* term ::= NULL */
-      case 181: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */
-      case 182: /* term ::= STRING */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 177: /* expr ::= ID */
-      case 178: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 179: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
-{
-  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);
-  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 180: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
-{
-  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy410);
-  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);
-  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
-  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 183: /* expr ::= REGISTER */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3RegisterExpr(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 184: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
-{
-  Token *pToken = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
-  Expr *pExpr = yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken);
-  sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr);
-}
-        break;
-      case 185: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
-}
-        break;
-      case 186: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 187: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */
-{
-  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy174 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy174->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
+    rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
+    rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
   }
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 && yygotominor.yy172 ){
-    yygotominor.yy172->flags |= EP_Distinct;
+#endif
+
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+
+  /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
+  ** mode.  -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
+  ** mode.  Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
+  */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
+  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
+  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
+                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
+#endif
+
+  /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
+  setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
+                        sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
+
+opendb_out:
+  if( db ){
+    assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
+    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_close(db);
+    db = 0;
+  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
   }
+  *ppDb = db;
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
 }
-        break;
-      case 188: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+  const char *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb 
+){
+  return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
+                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
 }
-        break;
-      case 189: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
-{
-  /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are
-  ** treated as functions that return constants */
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
-    yygotominor.yy172->op = TK_CONST_FUNC;  
-    yygotominor.yy172->span = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
-  }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+  int flags,              /* Flags */
+  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
+){
+  return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, flags, zVfs);
 }
-        break;
-      case 190: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
-      case 191: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */
-      case 192: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */
-      case 193: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */
-      case 194: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */
-      case 195: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */
-      case 196: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */
-      case 197: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */
-{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);}
-        break;
-      case 198: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */
-      case 200: /* likeop ::= MATCH */
-{yygotominor.yy72.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy72.not = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 199: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */
-      case 201: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */
-{yygotominor.yy72.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy72.not = 1;}
-        break;
-      case 204: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr escape */
-{
-  ExprList *pList;
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0);
-  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy172 ){
-    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Open a new database handle.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *zFilename, 
+  sqlite3 **ppDb
+){
+  char const *zFilename8;   /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
+  sqlite3_value *pVal;
+  int rc;
+
+  assert( zFilename );
+  assert( ppDb );
+  *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+  if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+  if( zFilename8 ){
+    rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb,
+                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
+    assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+      ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+    }
+  }else{
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy72.eOperator);
-  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy72.not ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy172->span);
-  if( yygotominor.yy172 ) yygotominor.yy172->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+
+  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
 }
-        break;
-      case 205: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
 }
-        break;
-      case 206: /* expr ::= expr IS NULL */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDel)(void*)
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
 }
-        break;
-      case 207: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3* db, 
+  const void *zName,
+  int enc, 
+  void* pCtx,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  char *zName8;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1);
+  if( zName8 ){
+    rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
+  }
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-        break;
-      case 208: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  void *pCollNeededArg, 
+  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
+  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
+  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-        break;
-      case 209: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
-      case 210: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
+** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-        break;
-      case 211: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
+** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
+** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
+** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
+**
+******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
+  return db->autoCommit;
 }
-        break;
-      case 212: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** The following routine is subtituted for constant SQLITE_CORRUPT in
+** debugging builds.  This provides a way to set a breakpoint for when
+** corruption is first detected.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Corrupt(void){
+  return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
 }
-        break;
-      case 215: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
-{
-  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
-    yygotominor.yy172->pList = pList;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
-  } 
-  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
+** data for this thread has been deallocated.
+**
+** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
+** no-op.  It is retained for historical compatibility.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
 }
-        break;
-      case 218: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
-{
-    yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-    if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
-      yygotominor.yy172->pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy174;
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy174);
-    }
-    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
+** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
+  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
+  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
+  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
+  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+){
+  int rc;
+  char *zErrMsg = 0;
+  Table *pTab = 0;
+  Column *pCol = 0;
+  int iCol;
+
+  char const *zDataType = 0;
+  char const *zCollSeq = 0;
+  int notnull = 0;
+  int primarykey = 0;
+  int autoinc = 0;
+
+  /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+  rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+    goto error_out;
   }
-        break;
-      case 219: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
-{
-    yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
-      yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219;
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219);
-    }
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+
+  /* Locate the table in question */
+  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
+  if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
+    pTab = 0;
+    goto error_out;
   }
-        break;
-      case 220: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
-{
-    yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-    if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
-      yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219;
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219);
+
+  /* Find the column for which info is requested */
+  if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
+    iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+    if( iCol>=0 ){
+      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
     }
-    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  }
+  }else{
+    for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){
+      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
         break;
-      case 221: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
-{
-    SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
-    yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
-    if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
-      yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
+      }
     }
-    if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span,yymsp[0].minor.yy410.z?&yymsp[0].minor.yy410:&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410);
-  }
-        break;
-      case 222: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
-{
-    Expr *p = yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( p ){
-      p->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219;
-      sqlite3ExprSpan(p,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219);
+    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+      pTab = 0;
+      goto error_out;
     }
   }
-        break;
-      case 223: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
-    yygotominor.yy172->pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy174;
-    sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
+
+  /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
+  ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
+  ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
+  ** 
+  **     1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" 
+  **        and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. 
+  **
+  **     2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an 
+  **        explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
+  */ 
+  if( pCol ){
+    zDataType = pCol->zType;
+    zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
+    notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
+    primarykey  = pCol->isPrimKey!=0;
+    autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
   }else{
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(yymsp[-2].minor.yy174);
+    zDataType = "INTEGER";
+    primarykey = 1;
   }
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 224: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy174, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 225: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 234: /* cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */
-{
-  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy410, 
-                     sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, yymsp[-9].minor.yy46,
-                      &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);
-}
-        break;
-      case 235: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
-      case 283: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Abort;}
-        break;
-      case 236: /* uniqueflag ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_None;}
-        break;
-      case 239: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA idxitem collate sortorder */
-{
-  Expr *p = 0;
-  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n>0 ){
-    p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410);
+  if( !zCollSeq ){
+    zCollSeq = "BINARY";
   }
-  yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy174, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);
-  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy174, "index");
-  if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;
-}
-        break;
-      case 240: /* idxlist ::= idxitem collate sortorder */
-{
-  Expr *p = 0;
-  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n>0 ){
-    p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410);
+
+error_out:
+  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+
+  /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
+  ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
+  ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
+  */
+  if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
+  if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
+  if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
+  if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
+  if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
+    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+    zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
+        zColumnName);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
-  yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);
-  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy174, "index");
-  if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;
-}
-        break;
-      case 242: /* collate ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy410.z = 0; yygotominor.yy410.n = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 244: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
-{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);}
-        break;
-      case 245: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
-      case 246: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */
-{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 247: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,0);}
-        break;
-      case 248: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON */
-      case 249: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ DELETE */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 250: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
-{
-  sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,1);
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
+  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
 }
-        break;
-      case 251: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,0);}
-        break;
-      case 252: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 260: /* cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
-{
-  Token all;
-  all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z;
-  all.n = (yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
-  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243, &all);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
+  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
+  int rc;
+  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
+  if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
+
+  /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() 
+  ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
+  */
+  rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
+  return rc;
 }
-        break;
-      case 261: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
-{
-  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy410, yymsp[-5].minor.yy46, yymsp[-4].minor.yy370.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy370.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy373, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, yymsp[-10].minor.yy46, yymsp[-8].minor.yy46);
-  yygotominor.yy410 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy410.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy410:yymsp[-6].minor.yy410);
+
+/*
+** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-        break;
-      case 262: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
-      case 265: /* trigger_time ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_BEFORE; }
-        break;
-      case 263: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_AFTER;  }
-        break;
-      case 264: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
-{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_INSTEAD;}
-        break;
-      case 266: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
-      case 267: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */
-{yygotominor.yy370.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy370.b = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 268: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */
-{yygotominor.yy370.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy370.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy432;}
-        break;
-      case 271: /* when_clause ::= */
-      case 288: /* key_opt ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy172 = 0; }
-        break;
-      case 272: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
-      case 289: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */
-{ yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; }
-        break;
-      case 273: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
-{
-  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 ){
-    yymsp[-2].minor.yy243->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243;
+
+/*
+** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
+  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  int iDb;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  if( zDbName==0 ){
+    iDb = 0;
   }else{
-    yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243;
+    for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){
+      if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break;
+    }
   }
-  yymsp[-2].minor.yy243->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243;
-  yygotominor.yy243 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy243;
-}
-        break;
-      case 274: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy243 = 0; }
-        break;
-      case 275: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt */
-{ yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); }
-        break;
-      case 276: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
-{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy410, yymsp[-4].minor.yy432, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);}
-        break;
-      case 277: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select */
-{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, yymsp[-1].minor.yy432, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);}
-        break;
-      case 278: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt */
-{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, yymsp[0].minor.yy172);}
-        break;
-      case 279: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
-{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy219); }
-        break;
-      case 280: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
-  if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
-    yygotominor.yy172->iColumn = OE_Ignore;
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+  if( iDbnDb ){
+    Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+    if( pBtree ){
+      Pager *pPager;
+      sqlite3_file *fd;
+      sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
+      assert( pPager!=0 );
+      fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+      assert( fd!=0 );
+      if( fd->pMethods ){
+        rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
+      }
+      sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+    }
   }
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;   
 }
-        break;
-      case 281: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); 
-  if( yygotominor.yy172 ) {
-    yygotominor.yy172->iColumn = yymsp[-3].minor.yy46;
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+
+/*
+** Interface to the testing logic.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
+  int rc = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start(ap, op);
+  switch( op ){
+
+    /*
+    ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
+      sqlite3PrngSaveState();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
+    ** PRNG_SAVE.  If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
+    ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
+      sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state.  The next call
+    ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
+    ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
+      sqlite3PrngResetState();
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
+    **
+    ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size.  The program argument
+    ** is an array of integers that defines the test.  Return -1 on a
+    ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
+    ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
+      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+      int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
+      rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
+    **
+    ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures 
+    ** are benign.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
+      typedef void (*void_function)(void);
+      void_function xBenignBegin;
+      void_function xBenignEnd;
+      xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+      xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+      sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
+    **
+    ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
+    ** Make no changes if X==0.  Return the value of the pending byte
+    ** as it existing before this routine was called.
+    **
+    ** IMPORTANT:  Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
+    ** an incompatible database file format.  Changing the PENDING byte
+    ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
+    ** dileterious behavior.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
+      unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
+      rc = sqlite3PendingByte;
+      if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X)
+    **
+    ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not
+    ** assert() was enabled at compile-time.  If X is true and assert()
+    ** is enabled, then the return value is true.  If X is true and
+    ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero.  If X is
+    ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the
+    ** process aborts.  If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the
+    ** return value is zero.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: {
+      volatile int x = 0;
+      assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 );
+      rc = x;
+      break;
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+    **  sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X)
+    **
+    ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and
+    ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time.
+    **
+    ** The return value is ALWAYS(X).  
+    **
+    ** The recommended test is X==2.  If the return value is 2, that means
+    ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the
+    ** default setting.  If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either
+    ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false.
+    ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if
+    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second
+    ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if
+    ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled.
+    **
+    ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this:
+    **
+    **    if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){
+    **      // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros
+    **    }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){
+    **      // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false.
+    **    }else{
+    **      // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1.  NEVER(x) is a constant 0.
+    **    }
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: {
+      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+      rc = ALWAYS(x);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N)
+    **
+    ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database
+    ** connection db.
+    */
+    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: {
+      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+      int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+      sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+      sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0);
+      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+      break;
+    }
+
   }
+  va_end(ap);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+  return rc;
 }
-        break;
-      case 282: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Rollback;}
-        break;
-      case 284: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
-{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Fail;}
-        break;
-      case 285: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
-{
-  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy373,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
-}
-        break;
-      case 286: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
-{
-  sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, yymsp[0].minor.yy172);
-}
-        break;
-      case 287: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
-{
-  sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy172);
-}
-        break;
-      case 292: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
-{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
-        break;
-      case 293: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
-        break;
-      case 294: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
-{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
-        break;
-      case 295: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
-        break;
-      case 296: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
-{
-  sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy373,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
-}
-        break;
-      case 297: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */
-{
-  sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
-}
-        break;
-      case 298: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
-{
-  sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373);
-}
-        break;
-      case 301: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
-{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
-        break;
-      case 302: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
-{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 303: /* create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm */
-{
-    sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
+
+/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 March 3
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+** API method and its associated functionality.
+**
+** $Id: notify.c,v 1.4 2009/04/07 22:06:57 drh Exp $
+*/
+
+/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+
+/*
+** Public interfaces:
+**
+**   sqlite3ConnectionBlocked()
+**   sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
+**   sqlite3ConnectionClosed()
+**   sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+*/
+
+#define assertMutexHeld() \
+  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
+
+/*
+** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
+** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
+** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
+** mutex is held.
+*/
+static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following 
+** properties of the blocked connections list:
+**
+**   1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either 
+**      pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
+**
+**   2) All entries in the list that share a common value for 
+**      xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
+**
+**   3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
+**      blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection
+**      set to db. This is used when closing connection db.
+*/
+static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 *p;
+  for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){
+    int seen = 0;
+    sqlite3 *p2;
+
+    /* Verify property (1) */
+    assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection );
+
+    /* Verify property (2) */
+    for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){
+      if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1;
+      assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen );
+      assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db );
+      assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db );
+    }
+  }
 }
-        break;
-      case 306: /* vtabarg ::= */
-{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 308: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
-      case 309: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */
-      case 310: /* lp ::= LP */
-      case 312: /* anylist ::= anylist ANY */
-{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-  };
-  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
-  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
-  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
-  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,yygoto);
-  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
-#ifdef NDEBUG
-    /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least
-    ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back
-    ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift().
-    ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */
-    if( yysize ){
-      yypParser->yyidx++;
-      yymsp -= yysize-1;
-      yymsp->stateno = yyact;
-      yymsp->major = yygoto;
-      yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
-    }else
+#else
+# define checkListProperties(x)
 #endif
-    {
-      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
+
+/*
+** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection
+** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op.
+*/
+static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 **pp;
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){
+    if( *pp==db ){
+      *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked;
+      break;
     }
-  }else{
-    assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 );
-    yy_accept(yypParser);
   }
 }
 
 /*
-** The following code executes when the parse fails
+** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed
+** that it is not already a part of the list.
 */
-static void yy_parse_failed(
-  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
-){
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-  }
-#endif
-  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
-  ** parser fails */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3 **pp;
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  for(
+    pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; 
+    *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; 
+    pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
+  );
+  db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
+  *pp = db;
 }
 
 /*
-** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
+** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
 */
-static void yy_syntax_error(
-  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
-  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
-  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
-){
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
-
-  assert( TOKEN.z[0] );  /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
-  pParse->parseError = 1;
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+static void enterMutex(void){
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+  checkListProperties(0);
 }
 
 /*
-** The following is executed when the parser accepts
+** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
 */
-static void yy_accept(
-  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
-){
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-  }
-#endif
-  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
-  ** parser accepts */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+static void leaveMutex(void){
+  assertMutexHeld();
+  checkListProperties(0);
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
 }
 
-/* The main parser program.
-** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
-** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
-** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
-** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
-** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
-** use by the action routines.
+/*
+** Register an unlock-notify callback.
 **
-** Inputs:
-** 
        
-** 
      •  A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
-** 
      •  The major token number.
-** 
      •  The minor token number.
-** 
      •  An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
-** 
      
+** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation
+** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection
+** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared
+** cache.  pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection.
 **
-** Outputs:
-** None.
+** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately,
+** before this routine returns.
+**
+** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate
+** a deadlock.
+**
+** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops
+** its locks.
+**
+** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered
+** on the same "db".  If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately
+** cancelled.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
-  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
-  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
-  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
+  void *pArg
 ){
-  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
-  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
-  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
-#endif
-  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
-  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
-  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-    if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
-      /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
-      yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
-      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
-      return;
+  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+  enterMutex();
+
+  if( xNotify==0 ){
+    removeFromBlockedList(db);
+    db->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+    db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+    db->pUnlockArg = 0;
+  }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
+    /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a 
+    ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
+    ** immediately. 
+    */
+    xNotify(&pArg, 1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3 *p;
+
+    for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){}
+    if( p ){
+      rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;              /* Deadlock detected. */
+    }else{
+      db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
+      db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
+      db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
+      removeFromBlockedList(db);
+      addToBlockedList(db);
     }
-#endif
-    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
-    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
-    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
-    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
   }
-  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
-  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+  leaveMutex();
+  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
+  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement 
+** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
+** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
+** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){
+  enterMutex();
+  if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+    addToBlockedList(db);
   }
-#endif
+  db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
+  leaveMutex();
+}
 
-  do{
-    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,yymajor);
-    if( yyactyyerrcnt--;
-      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
-      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
-    }else{
-      assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-      int yymx;
-#endif
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-      if( yyTraceFILE ){
-        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-      }
-#endif
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-      /* A syntax error has occurred.
-      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
-      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
-      **
-      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
-      **
-      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
-      **
-      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
-      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
-      **    the error symbol.
-      **
-      **  * Set the error count to three.
-      **
-      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
-      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
-      **    shifted successfully.
-      **
-      */
-      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
-        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+/*
+** This function is called when
+** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held 
+** by database connection db have been released.
+**
+** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
+** list and does the following:
+**
+**   1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
+**      set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
+**
+**   2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is
+**      set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and
+**      set pUnlockConnection=0.
+**
+**   3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and
+**      pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
+**      list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
+  void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
+  int nArg = 0;                            /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
+  sqlite3 **pp;                            /* Iterator variable */
+  void **aArg;               /* Arguments to the unlock callback */
+  void **aDyn = 0;           /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */
+  void *aStatic[16];         /* Starter space for aArg[].  No malloc required */
+
+  aArg = aStatic;
+  enterMutex();         /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+
+  /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
+  for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
+    sqlite3 *p = *pp;
+
+    /* Step 1. */
+    if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){
+      p->pBlockingConnection = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Step 2. */
+    if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){
+      assert( p->xUnlockNotify );
+      if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){
+        xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+        nArg = 0;
       }
-      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
-      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-        if( yyTraceFILE ){
-          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
-             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
-        }
-#endif
-        yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-      }else{
-         while(
-          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
-          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
-          (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
-                        yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
-                        YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
-        ){
-          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-        }
-        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
-          yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
-          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
-          YYMINORTYPE u2;
-          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
-          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+
+      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+      assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) );
+      assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn );
+      if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic))
+       || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, aDyn)/sizeof(void*)))
+      ){
+        /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */
+        void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2);
+        if( pNew ){
+          memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *));
+          sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+          aDyn = aArg = pNew;
+        }else{
+          /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
+          ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
+          ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to 
+          ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
+          **
+          ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
+          ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code
+          ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
+          ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
+          ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
+          ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never 
+          ** arrive.
+          **
+          ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
+          ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
+          ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without 
+          ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
+          ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
+          ** context pointers the application will receive two or more
+          ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
+          ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple 
+          ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
+          ** circumstances.
+          */
+          xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+          nArg = 0;
         }
       }
-      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
-      yyerrorhit = 1;
-#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
-      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
-      **
-      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
-      **
-      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
-      **
-      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
-      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
-      */
-      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
-        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
-      }
-      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
-      yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-      if( yyendofinput ){
-        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
-      }
-      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-#endif
+      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+      aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg;
+      xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify;
+      p->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+      p->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+      p->pUnlockArg = 0;
     }
-  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
-  return;
+
+    /* Step 3. */
+    if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+      /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */
+      *pp = p->pNextBlocked;
+      p->pNextBlocked = 0;
+    }else{
+      pp = &p->pNextBlocked;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( nArg!=0 ){
+    xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+  leaveMutex();         /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
 }
 
-/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
 /*
-** 2001 September 15
+** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is 
+** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
+  sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
+  enterMutex();
+  removeFromBlockedList(db);
+  checkListProperties(db);
+  leaveMutex();
+}
+#endif
+
+/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
 **
 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -76173,10275 +97113,12746 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
-**
-** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
-** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
-** parser for analysis.
+******************************************************************************
 **
-** $Id: tokenize.c,v 1.142 2008/04/28 18:46:43 drh Exp $
+** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
 */
 
 /*
-** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
-** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
-** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
-** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
-** need to be translated.
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
-const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
-/* 0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   A   B   C   D   E   F */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 0x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 1x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 2x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 3x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 4x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 5x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 95,  0,  0,  /* 6x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 7x */
-   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 8x */
-   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 9x */
-   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ax */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Bx */
-   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Cx */
-   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Dx */
-   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ex */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Fx */
-};
+
+/* TODO(shess) Consider exporting this comment to an HTML file or the
+** wiki.
+*/
+/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like)
+** structures called segments which map terms to doclists.  The
+** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the
+** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable.  Since trees
+** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the
+** bottom up.
+**
+**
+**** Varints ****
+** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a
+** varint.  We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order
+** using seven bits * per byte as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**
+**  7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** and so on.
+**
+** This is identical to how sqlite encodes varints (see util.c).
+**
+**
+**** Document lists ****
+** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
+** given term.  Doclists hold docids, and can optionally associate
+** token positions and offsets with docids.
+**
+** A DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS doclist is stored like this:
+**
+** array {
+**   varint docid;
+**   array {                (position list for column 0)
+**     varint position;     (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE)
+**     varint startOffset;  (delta from previous startOffset)
+**     varint endOffset;    (delta from startOffset)
+**   }
+**   array {
+**     varint POS_COLUMN;   (marks start of position list for new column)
+**     varint column;       (index of new column)
+**     array {
+**       varint position;   (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE)
+**       varint startOffset;(delta from previous startOffset)
+**       varint endOffset;  (delta from startOffset)
+**     }
+**   }
+**   varint POS_END;        (marks end of positions for this document.
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory.  A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
+** generated by the tokenizer, while an "offset" is a byte offset,
+** both based at 0.  Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur in the
+** same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
+** ending a position list array.
+**
+** A DL_POSITIONS doclist omits the startOffset and endOffset
+** information.  A DL_DOCIDS doclist omits both the position and
+** offset information, becoming an array of varint-encoded docids.
+**
+** On-disk data is stored as type DL_DEFAULT, so we don't serialize
+** the type.  Due to how deletion is implemented in the segmentation
+** system, on-disk doclists MUST store at least positions.
+**
+**
+**** Segment leaf nodes ****
+** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term.  Leaf
+** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to
+** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to
+** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer).  Leaf nodes have
+** the format:
+**
+** varint iHeight;             (height from leaf level, always 0)
+** varint nTerm;               (length of first term)
+** char pTerm[nTerm];          (content of first term)
+** varint nDoclist;            (length of term's associated doclist)
+** char pDoclist[nDoclist];    (content of doclist)
+** array {
+**                             (further terms are delta-encoded)
+**   varint nPrefix;           (length of prefix shared with previous term)
+**   varint nSuffix;           (length of unshared suffix)
+**   char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term)
+**   varint nDoclist;          (length of term's associated doclist)
+**   char pDoclist[nDoclist];  (content of doclist)
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory.
+**
+** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in
+** the %_segments table in sorted order.  This means that when the end
+** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next
+** greater node id.
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node
+** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048).  New data which itself is
+** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone
+** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist).  The goal of
+** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while
+** making it efficient to directly access large doclists.  The
+** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more
+** likely to be query targets.
+**
+** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more
+** dynamic.  For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf
+** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes.  My intuition is
+** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize.
+**
+**
+**** Segment interior nodes ****
+** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms
+** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree.  Interior
+** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using
+** InteriorReader.  InteriorWriters are created as needed when
+** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node
+** itself grows too big and must be split.  The format of interior
+** nodes:
+**
+** varint iHeight;           (height from leaf level, always >0)
+** varint iBlockid;          (block id of node's leftmost subtree)
+** optional {
+**   varint nTerm;           (length of first term)
+**   char pTerm[nTerm];      (content of first term)
+**   array {
+**                                (further terms are delta-encoded)
+**     varint nPrefix;            (length of shared prefix with previous term)
+**     varint nSuffix;            (length of unshared suffix)
+**     char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term)
+**   }
+** }
+**
+** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X }
+** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory.
+**
+** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees.  The
+** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid
+** is encoded.  The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less
+** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded).
+** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less
+** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at
+** iBlockid+i.  Interior nodes only store enough term data to
+** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left
+** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is
+** "wicked", only "w" is stored).
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when
+** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048).
+** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing
+** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny.  The interior nodes
+** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at
+** height+1, and so on.
+**
+**
+**** Segment directory ****
+** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for
+** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the
+** segment's tree.
+**
+** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding
+** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024).
+** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node.  If the top
+** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments
+** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit
+** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the
+** height and the blockid of the previous root).
+**
+** The meta-information in the segment directory is:
+**   level               - segment level (see below)
+**   idx                 - index within level
+**                       - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment)
+**   start_block         - first leaf node
+**   leaves_end_block    - last leaf node
+**   end_block           - last block (including interior nodes)
+**   root                - contents of root node
+**
+** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block,
+** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0.
+**
+**
+**** Segment merging ****
+** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and
+** merged in batches.  Each increase in level represents exponentially
+** more documents.
+**
+** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
+** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with
+** incrementing idx.  When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all
+** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment.  Level 1
+** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1
+** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing
+** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on.
+**
+** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in
+** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge.  Since segment
+** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this
+** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently.
+** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are
+** deleted.
+**
+** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments.  16 seems to be
+** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance.  32 and 64 show
+** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're
+** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time
+** sorting).  8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than
+** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16.
+**
+** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments
+** which need to be scanned and merged.  For instance, with 100k docs
+** inserted:
+**
+**    MERGE_COUNT   segments
+**       16           25
+**        8           12
+**        4           10
+**        2            6
+**
+** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very
+** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge
+** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast
+** even with many segments.
+**
+** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side
+** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16.  Also, it is possible/likely that
+** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet
+** spot around.
+**
+**
+**
+**** Handling of deletions and updates ****
+** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented
+** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term
+** index when a document is deleted or updated.  For deletions, we
+** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates
+** we simply write the new doclist.  Segment merges overwrite older
+** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates
+** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out.  The
+** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out
+** older data.
+**
+** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all
+** deletions and duplications.  This would basically be a forced merge
+** into a single segment.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
+# define SQLITE_CORE 1
 #endif
 
+
+/************** Include fts3_expr.h in the middle of fts3.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_expr.h ***************************************/
 /*
-** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
-** it is a keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
-** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
+** 2008 Nov 28
 **
-** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
-** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
-** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
-** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
-** the #include below.
-*/
-/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
-/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
-/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-**     $Header: /sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c,v 1.31 2007/07/30 18:26:20 rse Exp $
+******************************************************************************
 **
-** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
-** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword.  The same thing
-** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
-** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
-** is substantially reduced.  This is important for embedded applications
-** on platforms with limited memory.
 */
-/* Hash score: 165 */
-static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
-  /* zText[] encodes 775 bytes of keywords in 526 bytes */
-  static const char zText[526] =
-    "BEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDESCAPEACHECKEYCONSTRAINTERSECTABLEFT"
-    "HENDATABASELECTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISELSEXCEPTRIGGEREFERENCES"
-    "UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEMPORARYBEGINNEREINDEXCLUSIVEXISTSBETWEEN"
-    "OTNULLIKECASCADEFERRABLECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDELETEDETACH"
-    "IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN"
-    "WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICT"
-    "CROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOB"
-    "YIFINTOFFSETISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUM"
-    "VIEWINITIALLY";
-  static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
-      63,  92, 109,  61,   0,  38,   0,   0,  69,   0,  64,   0,   0,
-     102,   4,  65,   7,   0, 108,  72, 103,  99,   0,  22,   0,   0,
-     113,   0, 111, 106,   0,  18,  80,   0,   1,   0,   0,  56,  57,
-       0,  55,  11,   0,  33,  77,  89,   0, 110,  88,   0,   0,  45,
-       0,  90,  54,   0,  20,   0, 114,  34,  19,   0,  10,  97,  28,
-      83,   0,   0, 116,  93,  47, 115,  41,  12,  44,   0,  78,   0,
-      87,  29,   0,  86,   0,   0,   0,  82,  79,  84,  75,  96,   6,
-      14,  95,   0,  68,   0,  21,  76,  98,  27,   0, 112,  67, 104,
-      49,  40,  71,   0,   0,  81, 100,   0, 107,   0,  15,   0,   0,
-      24,   0,  73,  42,  50,   0,  16,  48,   0,  37,
-  };
-  static const unsigned char aNext[116] = {
-       0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   9,   0,   0,   0,
-       0,   0,   0,   0,   5,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-       0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  32,   0,   0,
-      17,   0,   0,   0,  36,  39,   0,   0,  25,   0,   0,  31,   0,
-       0,   0,  43,  52,   0,   0,   0,  53,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-       0,   0,   0,   0,  51,   0,   0,   0,   0,  26,   0,   8,  46,
-       2,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   3,  58,  66,   0,  13,
-       0,  91,  85,   0,  94,   0,  74,   0,   0,  62,   0,  35, 101,
-       0,   0, 105,  23,  30,  60,  70,   0,   0,  59,   0,   0,
-  };
-  static const unsigned char aLen[116] = {
-       6,   7,   3,   6,   6,   7,   7,   3,   4,   6,   4,   5,   3,
-      10,   9,   5,   4,   4,   3,   8,   2,   6,  11,   2,   7,   5,
-       5,   4,   6,   7,  10,   6,   5,   6,   6,   5,   6,   4,   9,
-       2,   5,   5,   7,   5,   9,   6,   7,   7,   3,   4,   4,   7,
-       3,  10,   4,   7,   6,  12,   6,   6,   9,   4,   6,   5,   4,
-       7,   6,   5,   6,   7,   5,   4,   5,   6,   5,   7,   3,   7,
-      13,   2,   2,   4,   6,   6,   8,   5,  17,  12,   7,   8,   8,
-       2,   4,   4,   4,   4,   4,   2,   2,   4,   6,   2,   3,   6,
-       5,   8,   5,   5,   8,   3,   5,   5,   6,   4,   9,   3,
-  };
-  static const unsigned short int aOffset[116] = {
-       0,   2,   2,   6,  10,  13,  18,  23,  25,  26,  31,  33,  37,
-      40,  47,  55,  58,  61,  63,  65,  70,  71,  76,  85,  86,  91,
-      95,  99, 102, 107, 113, 123, 126, 131, 136, 141, 144, 148, 148,
-     152, 157, 160, 164, 166, 169, 177, 183, 189, 189, 192, 195, 199,
-     200, 204, 214, 218, 225, 231, 243, 249, 255, 264, 266, 272, 277,
-     279, 286, 291, 296, 302, 308, 313, 317, 320, 326, 330, 337, 339,
-     346, 348, 350, 359, 363, 369, 375, 383, 388, 388, 404, 411, 418,
-     419, 426, 430, 434, 438, 442, 445, 447, 449, 452, 452, 455, 458,
-     464, 468, 476, 480, 485, 493, 496, 501, 506, 512, 516, 521,
-  };
-  static const unsigned char aCode[116] = {
-    TK_BEFORE,     TK_FOREIGN,    TK_FOR,        TK_IGNORE,     TK_LIKE_KW,    
-    TK_EXPLAIN,    TK_INSTEAD,    TK_ADD,        TK_DESC,       TK_ESCAPE,     
-    TK_EACH,       TK_CHECK,      TK_KEY,        TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTERSECT,  
-    TK_TABLE,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_THEN,       TK_END,        TK_DATABASE,   
-    TK_AS,         TK_SELECT,     TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ON,         TK_JOIN_KW,    
-    TK_ALTER,      TK_RAISE,      TK_ELSE,       TK_EXCEPT,     TK_TRIGGER,    
-    TK_REFERENCES, TK_UNIQUE,     TK_QUERY,      TK_ATTACH,     TK_HAVING,     
-    TK_GROUP,      TK_UPDATE,     TK_TEMP,       TK_TEMP,       TK_OR,         
-    TK_BEGIN,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_REINDEX,    TK_INDEX,      TK_EXCLUSIVE,  
-    TK_EXISTS,     TK_BETWEEN,    TK_NOTNULL,    TK_NOT,        TK_NULL,       
-    TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_CASCADE,    TK_ASC,        TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_CASE,       
-    TK_COLLATE,    TK_CREATE,     TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_DELETE,     TK_DETACH,     
-    TK_IMMEDIATE,  TK_JOIN,       TK_INSERT,     TK_MATCH,      TK_PLAN,       
-    TK_ANALYZE,    TK_PRAGMA,     TK_ABORT,      TK_VALUES,     TK_VIRTUAL,    
-    TK_LIMIT,      TK_WHEN,       TK_WHERE,      TK_RENAME,     TK_AFTER,      
-    TK_REPLACE,    TK_AND,        TK_DEFAULT,    TK_AUTOINCR,   TK_TO,         
-    TK_IN,         TK_CAST,       TK_COLUMNKW,   TK_COMMIT,     TK_CONFLICT,   
-    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_PRIMARY,    TK_DEFERRED,   
-    TK_DISTINCT,   TK_IS,         TK_DROP,       TK_FAIL,       TK_FROM,       
-    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_BY,         TK_IF,         TK_INTO,       
-    TK_OFFSET,     TK_OF,         TK_SET,        TK_ISNULL,     TK_ORDER,      
-    TK_RESTRICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_ROLLBACK,   TK_ROW,        
-    TK_UNION,      TK_USING,      TK_VACUUM,     TK_VIEW,       TK_INITIALLY,  
-    TK_ALL,        
-  };
-  int h, i;
-  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
-  h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
-      (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
-      n) % 127;
-  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
-    if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
-      return aCode[i];
-    }
-  }
-  return TK_ID;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
-  return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
-}
-
-/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/
-
 
+/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3_expr.h ********/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
 /*
-** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
-** IdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
+** 2006 July 10
 **
-** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
-** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
-** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
 **
-** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
-** end result.
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
+** are three basic components:
 **
-** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
-** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
-** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
-** But the feature is undocumented.
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
-};
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20]))
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 4x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 5x */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,  /* 6x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* 8x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0,  /* 9x */
-    1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Ax */
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* Bx */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Cx */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Dx */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Ex */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Fx */
-};
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
-#endif
-
+#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
 
-/*
-** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
-** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
-  int i, c;
-  switch( *z ){
-    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
-      for(i=1; isspace(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '-': {
-      if( z[1]=='-' ){
-        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
-        *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
-        return i;
-      }
-      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '(': {
-      *tokenType = TK_LP;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case ')': {
-      *tokenType = TK_RP;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case ';': {
-      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '+': {
-      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '*': {
-      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '/': {
-      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
-        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
-      if( c ) i++;
-      *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '%': {
-      *tokenType = TK_REM;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '=': {
-      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
-      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
-    }
-    case '<': {
-      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_LE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='>' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_NE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='<' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_LT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-    case '>': {
-      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_GE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='>' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_GT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-    case '!': {
-      if( z[1]!='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_NE;
-        return 2;
-      }
-    }
-    case '|': {
-      if( z[1]!='|' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
-        return 1;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
-        return 2;
-      }
-    }
-    case ',': {
-      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '&': {
-      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '~': {
-      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '`':
-    case '\'':
-    case '"': {
-      int delim = z[0];
-      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
-        if( c==delim ){
-          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
-            i++;
-          }else{
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( c ){
-        *tokenType = TK_STRING;
-        return i+1;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        return i;
-      }
-    }
-    case '.': {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      if( !isdigit(z[1]) )
-#endif
-      {
-        *tokenType = TK_DOT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-      /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
-      ** number that begins with ".".  Fall thru into the next case */
-    }
-    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
-    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
-      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
-      for(i=0; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      if( z[i]=='.' ){
-        i++;
-        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
-        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
-      }
-      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
-           ( isdigit(z[i+1]) 
-            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && isdigit(z[i+2]))
-           )
-      ){
-        i += 2;
-        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
-        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
-      }
-#endif
-      while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        i++;
-      }
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '[': {
-      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
-      *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '?': {
-      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
-      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '#': {
-      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-      if( i>1 ){
-        /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used
-        ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse.  */
-        *tokenType = TK_REGISTER;
-        return i;
-      }
-      /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by
-      ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
-    case '$':
-#endif
-    case '@':  /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
-    case ':': {
-      int n = 0;
-      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
-      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
-        if( IdChar(c) ){
-          n++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
-        }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
-          do{
-            i++;
-          }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !isspace(c) && c!=')' );
-          if( c==')' ){
-            i++;
-          }else{
-            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-          }
-          break;
-        }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
-          i++;
-#endif
-        }else{
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-      return i;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case 'x': case 'X': {
-      if( z[1]=='\'' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
-        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\''; i++){
-          if( !isxdigit(c) ){
-            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-          }
-        }
-        if( i%2 || !c ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        if( c ) i++;
-        return i;
-      }
-      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
-    }
-#endif
-    default: {
-      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
-        break;
-      }
-      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
-      return i;
-    }
-  }
-  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-  return 1;
-}
 
 /*
-** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
-** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
-** and pzErrMsg!=NULL then an error message might be written into 
-** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and *pzErrMsg made to point to that
-** error message.  Or maybe not.
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
+** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
+** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
+** functions that make up an implementation.
+**
+** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
+** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
+** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an 
+** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
+** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+**
+** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
+** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
+** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
+** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
+** object.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int nErr = 0;
-  int i;
-  void *pEngine;
-  int tokenType;
-  int lastTokenParsed = -1;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
 
-  if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
-    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
-  }
-  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  pParse->zTail = pParse->zSql = zSql;
-  i = 0;
-  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3_malloc);
-  if( pEngine==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
-  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
-  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 );
-  assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 );
-  while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
-    assert( i>=0 );
-    pParse->sLastToken.z = (u8*)&zSql[i];
-    assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
-    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
-    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
-    if( i>mxSqlLen ){
-      pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-      break;
-    }
-    switch( tokenType ){
-      case TK_SPACE:
-      case TK_COMMENT: {
-        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
-          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-          sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "interrupt", (char*)0);
-          goto abort_parse;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
-        if( pzErrMsg ){
-          sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
-          *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
-                          &pParse->sLastToken);
-        }
-        nErr++;
-        goto abort_parse;
-      }
-      case TK_SEMI: {
-        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
-        /* Fall thru into the default case */
-      }
-      default: {
-        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
-        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto abort_parse;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-abort_parse:
-  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
-      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
-    }
-    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-  }
-  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc), (char*)0);
-  }
-  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
-    if( pzErrMsg && *pzErrMsg==0 ){
-      *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_free(pParse->zErrMsg);
-    }
-    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
-    nErr++;
-  }
-  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
-    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pParse->aTableLock);
-    pParse->aTableLock = 0;
-    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock);
-#endif
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+
+  /*
+  ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0.
+  */
+  int iVersion;
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
+  ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+  ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
+  ** the following SQL is executed:
+  **
+  **   CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer  arg1 arg2)
+  **
+  ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
+  ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
+  **
+  ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error 
+  ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
+  ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
+  ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
+  ** this callback. The caller will do so.
+  */
+  int (*xCreate)(
+    int argc,                           /* Size of argv array */
+    const char *const*argv,             /* Tokenizer argument strings */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer     /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
+  ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+  */
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
+  ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
+  ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). 
+  */
+  int (*xOpen)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,       /* Tokenizer object */
+    const char *pInput, int nBytes,      /* Input buffer */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor  /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
+  );
 
-  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
-    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
-    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
-    */
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable);
-  }
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this 
+  ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
+  */
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
 
-  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pParse->pNewTrigger);
-  sqlite3_free(pParse->apVarExpr);
-  if( nErr>0 && (pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK || pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return nErr;
-}
+  /*
+  ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
+  ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
+  ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
+  ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
+  **
+  ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the 
+  ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
+  ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
+  ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
+  ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
+  ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
+  ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
+  ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
+  ** the input buffer.
+  **
+  ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
+  ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
+  ** to xNext() or xClose(). 
+  */
+  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+  ** should be converted to zInput.
+  */
+  int (*xNext)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,   /* Tokenizer cursor */
+    const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,  /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
+    int *piStartOffset,  /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
+    int *piEndOffset,    /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
+    int *piPosition      /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
+  );
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3_expr.h ******************/
 
-/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
 /*
-** 2001 September 15
+** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
+** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
+** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
+** custom parser.
 **
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**   query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**   andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
+**   notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
+**   notexpr ::= LP query RP.
 **
-** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
-** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file.  But by
-** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
-** static links that do not use it.
+**   nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
+**
+**   distance_opt ::= .
+**   distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
 **
-** $Id: complete.c,v 1.6 2007/08/27 23:26:59 drh Exp $
+**   phrase ::= TOKEN.
+**   phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
+**   phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+
+typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
+typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
 
 /*
-** This is defined in tokenize.c.  We just have to import the definition.
+** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
+** sequence.  A single token is the base case and the most common case.
+** For a sequence of tokens contained in "...", nToken will be the number
+** of tokens in the string.
 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[];
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20]))
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
-
+struct Fts3Phrase {
+  int nToken;          /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
+  int iColumn;         /* Index of column this phrase must match */
+  int isNot;           /* Phrase prefixed by unary not (-) operator */
+  struct PhraseToken {
+    char *z;              /* Text of the token */
+    int n;                /* Number of bytes in buffer pointed to by z */
+    int isPrefix;         /* True if token ends in with a "*" character */
+  } aToken[1];         /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
+};
 
 /*
-** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
-** comments on that procedure for additional information.
+** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
 */
-#define tkSEMI    0
-#define tkWS      1
-#define tkOTHER   2
-#define tkEXPLAIN 3
-#define tkCREATE  4
-#define tkTEMP    5
-#define tkTRIGGER 6
-#define tkEND     7
+struct Fts3Expr {
+  int eType;                 /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
+  int nNear;                 /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
+  Fts3Expr *pParent;         /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
+  Fts3Expr *pLeft;           /* Left operand */
+  Fts3Expr *pRight;          /* Right operand */
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase;       /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
+};
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, char **, int, int, 
+                         const char *, int, Fts3Expr **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
 
 /*
-** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
+** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
+** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For 
+** example, the following:
 **
-** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
-** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
-** must end with ";END;".
+**   "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
 **
-** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states:
+** is equivalent to:
 **
-**   (0) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
-**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
-**                 in any other state.
+**   "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
+*/
+#define FTSQUERY_NEAR   1
+#define FTSQUERY_NOT    2
+#define FTSQUERY_AND    3
+#define FTSQUERY_OR     4
+#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3_expr.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
+/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
 **
-**   (1) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
-**                 semicolon.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
 **
-**   (2) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
-**                 a statement.
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-**   (3) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
-**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
-**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
 **
-**   (4) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
-**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
+#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct fts3Hash fts3Hash;
+typedef struct fts3HashElem fts3HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct fts3Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  fts3HashElem *first;    /* The first element of the array */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _fts3ht {        /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    fts3HashElem *chain;     /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
 **
-**   (5) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
-**                 the end of a trigger definition.
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct fts3HashElem {
+  fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;      /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
 **
-**   (6) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
-**                 of a trigger difinition.
+**   FTS3_HASH_STRING        pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is respected in comparisons.
 **
-** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
-** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
+**   FTS3_HASH_BINARY        pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
 **
-**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
-**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace
-**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
-**   (3) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
-**   (4) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
-**   (5) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
-**   (6) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
-**   (7) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+#define FTS3_HASH_STRING    1
+#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY    2
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Shorthand for the functions above
+*/
+#define fts3HashInit   sqlite3Fts3HashInit
+#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
+#define fts3HashFind   sqlite3Fts3HashFind
+#define fts3HashClear  sqlite3Fts3HashClear
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
 **
-** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
+**   fts3Hash h;
+**   fts3HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define fts3HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define fts3HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define fts3HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define fts3HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define fts3HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE 
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#endif
+
+
+/* TODO(shess) MAN, this thing needs some refactoring.  At minimum, it
+** would be nice to order the file better, perhaps something along the
+** lines of:
 **
-** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
-** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted.  All we have to do
-** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
+**  - utility functions
+**  - table setup functions
+**  - table update functions
+**  - table query functions
+**
+** Put the query functions last because they're likely to reference
+** typedefs or functions from the table update section.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
-  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
-  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
-  ** statement.  This is the normal case.
-  */
-  static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
-                     /* Token:                                                */
-     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END  */
-     /* 0   START: */ {    0,  0,     1,      2,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
-     /* 1  NORMAL: */ {    0,  1,     1,      1,      1,    1,       1,   1,  },
-     /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ {    0,  2,     1,      1,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
-     /* 3  CREATE: */ {    0,  3,     1,      1,      1,    3,       4,   1,  },
-     /* 4 TRIGGER: */ {    5,  4,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
-     /* 5    SEMI: */ {    5,  5,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   6,  },
-     /* 6     END: */ {    0,  6,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
-  };
+#if 0
+# define FTSTRACE(A)  printf A; fflush(stdout)
 #else
-  /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine
-  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
-  */
-  static const u8 trans[2][3] = {
-                     /* Token:           */
-     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
-     /* 0   START: */ {    0,  0,     1, },
-     /* 1  NORMAL: */ {    0,  1,     1, },
-  };
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+# define FTSTRACE(A)
+#endif
 
-  while( *zSql ){
-    switch( *zSql ){
-      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
-        token = tkSEMI;
-        break;
-      }
-      case ' ':
-      case '\r':
-      case '\t':
-      case '\n':
-      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
-        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
-          token = tkOTHER;
-          break;
-        }
-        zSql += 2;
-        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
-        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
-        zSql++;
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
-        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
-          token = tkOTHER;
-          break;
-        }
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0;
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
-        zSql++;
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
-        token = tkOTHER;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '`':     /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
-      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
-      case '\'': {
-        int c = *zSql;
-        zSql++;
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
-        token = tkOTHER;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        int c;
-        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
-          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
-          int nId;
-          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-          token = tkOTHER;
+/* It is not safe to call isspace(), tolower(), or isalnum() on
+** hi-bit-set characters.  This is the same solution used in the
+** tokenizer.
+*/
+/* TODO(shess) The snippet-generation code should be using the
+** tokenizer-generated tokens rather than doing its own local
+** tokenization.
+*/
+/* TODO(shess) Is __isascii() a portable version of (c&0x80)==0? */
+static int safe_isspace(char c){
+  return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0;
+}
+static int safe_tolower(char c){
+  return (c&0x80)==0 ? tolower(c) : c;
+}
+static int safe_isalnum(char c){
+  return (c&0x80)==0 ? isalnum(c) : 0;
+}
+
+typedef enum DocListType {
+  DL_DOCIDS,              /* docids only */
+  DL_POSITIONS,           /* docids + positions */
+  DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS    /* docids + positions + offsets */
+} DocListType;
+
+/*
+** By default, only positions and not offsets are stored in the doclists.
+** To change this so that offsets are stored too, compile with
+**
+**          -DDL_DEFAULT=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS
+**
+** If DL_DEFAULT is set to DL_DOCIDS, your table can only be inserted
+** into (no deletes or updates).
+*/
+#ifndef DL_DEFAULT
+# define DL_DEFAULT DL_POSITIONS
+#endif
+
+enum {
+  POS_END = 0,        /* end of this position list */
+  POS_COLUMN,         /* followed by new column number */
+  POS_BASE
+};
+
+/* MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments (see comment at
+** top of file).
+*/
+#define MERGE_COUNT 16
+
+/* utility functions */
+
+/* CLEAR() and SCRAMBLE() abstract memset() on a pointer to a single
+** record to prevent errors of the form:
+**
+** my_function(SomeType *b){
+**   memset(b, '\0', sizeof(b));  // sizeof(b)!=sizeof(*b)
+** }
+*/
+/* TODO(shess) Obvious candidates for a header file. */
+#define CLEAR(b) memset(b, '\0', sizeof(*(b)))
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#  define SCRAMBLE(b) memset(b, 0x55, sizeof(*(b)))
 #else
-          switch( *zSql ){
-            case 'c': case 'C': {
-              if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
-                token = tkCREATE;
-              }else{
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            case 't': case 'T': {
-              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
-                token = tkTRIGGER;
-              }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
-                token = tkTEMP;
-              }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
-                token = tkTEMP;
-              }else{
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            case 'e':  case 'E': {
-              if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
-                token = tkEND;
-              }else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
-                token = tkEXPLAIN;
-              }else
+#  define SCRAMBLE(b)
 #endif
-              {
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            default: {
-              token = tkOTHER;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-          zSql += nId-1;
-        }else{
-          /* Operators and special symbols */
-          token = tkOTHER;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
+
+/* We may need up to VARINT_MAX bytes to store an encoded 64-bit integer. */
+#define VARINT_MAX 10
+
+/* Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+ * The length of data written will be between 1 and VARINT_MAX bytes.
+ * The number of bytes written is returned. */
+static int fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
+  unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
+  sqlite_uint64 vu = v;
+  do{
+    *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+    vu >>= 7;
+  }while( vu!=0 );
+  q[-1] &= 0x7f;  /* turn off high bit in final byte */
+  assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= VARINT_MAX );
+  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+}
+
+/* Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+ * Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
+ * The value is stored in *v. */
+static int fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){
+  const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p;
+  sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1;
+  while( (*q & 0x80) == 0x80 ){
+    x += y * (*q++ & 0x7f);
+    y <<= 7;
+    if( q - (unsigned char *)p >= VARINT_MAX ){  /* bad data */
+      assert( 0 );
+      return 0;
     }
-    state = trans[state][token];
-    zSql++;
   }
-  return state==0;
+  x += y * (*q++);
+  *v = (sqlite_int64) x;
+  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+}
+
+static int fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
+ sqlite_int64 i;
+ int ret = fts3GetVarint(p, &i);
+ *pi = (int) i;
+ assert( *pi==i );
+ return ret;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
-** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
-** UTF-8.
+/*******************************************************************/
+/* DataBuffer is used to collect data into a buffer in piecemeal
+** fashion.  It implements the usual distinction between amount of
+** data currently stored (nData) and buffer capacity (nCapacity).
+**
+** dataBufferInit - create a buffer with given initial capacity.
+** dataBufferReset - forget buffer's data, retaining capacity.
+** dataBufferDestroy - free buffer's data.
+** dataBufferSwap - swap contents of two buffers.
+** dataBufferExpand - expand capacity without adding data.
+** dataBufferAppend - append data.
+** dataBufferAppend2 - append two pieces of data at once.
+** dataBufferReplace - replace buffer's data.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  char const *zSql8;
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+typedef struct DataBuffer {
+  char *pData;          /* Pointer to malloc'ed buffer. */
+  int nCapacity;        /* Size of pData buffer. */
+  int nData;            /* End of data loaded into pData. */
+} DataBuffer;
 
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( zSql8 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+static void dataBufferInit(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nCapacity){
+  assert( nCapacity>=0 );
+  pBuffer->nData = 0;
+  pBuffer->nCapacity = nCapacity;
+  pBuffer->pData = nCapacity==0 ? NULL : sqlite3_malloc(nCapacity);
+}
+static void dataBufferReset(DataBuffer *pBuffer){
+  pBuffer->nData = 0;
+}
+static void dataBufferDestroy(DataBuffer *pBuffer){
+  if( pBuffer->pData!=NULL ) sqlite3_free(pBuffer->pData);
+  SCRAMBLE(pBuffer);
+}
+static void dataBufferSwap(DataBuffer *pBuffer1, DataBuffer *pBuffer2){
+  DataBuffer tmp = *pBuffer1;
+  *pBuffer1 = *pBuffer2;
+  *pBuffer2 = tmp;
+}
+static void dataBufferExpand(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nAddCapacity){
+  assert( nAddCapacity>0 );
+  /* TODO(shess) Consider expanding more aggressively.  Note that the
+  ** underlying malloc implementation may take care of such things for
+  ** us already.
+  */
+  if( pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity>pBuffer->nCapacity ){
+    pBuffer->nCapacity = pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity;
+    pBuffer->pData = sqlite3_realloc(pBuffer->pData, pBuffer->nCapacity);
   }
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
 }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
+static void dataBufferAppend(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
+                             const char *pSource, int nSource){
+  assert( nSource>0 && pSource!=NULL );
+  dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource);
+  memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource, nSource);
+  pBuffer->nData += nSource;
+}
+static void dataBufferAppend2(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
+                              const char *pSource1, int nSource1,
+                              const char *pSource2, int nSource2){
+  assert( nSource1>0 && pSource1!=NULL );
+  assert( nSource2>0 && pSource2!=NULL );
+  dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource1+nSource2);
+  memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource1, nSource1);
+  memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData+nSource1, pSource2, nSource2);
+  pBuffer->nData += nSource1+nSource2;
+}
+static void dataBufferReplace(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
+                              const char *pSource, int nSource){
+  dataBufferReset(pBuffer);
+  dataBufferAppend(pBuffer, pSource, nSource);
+}
 
-/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
-**
-** $Id: main.c,v 1.439 2008/05/13 13:27:34 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
-/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** FTS3 library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
-*/
+/* StringBuffer is a null-terminated version of DataBuffer. */
+typedef struct StringBuffer {
+  DataBuffer b;            /* Includes null terminator. */
+} StringBuffer;
 
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+static void initStringBuffer(StringBuffer *sb){
+  dataBufferInit(&sb->b, 100);
+  dataBufferReplace(&sb->b, "", 1);
+}
+static int stringBufferLength(StringBuffer *sb){
+  return sb->b.nData-1;
+}
+static char *stringBufferData(StringBuffer *sb){
+  return sb->b.pData;
+}
+static void stringBufferDestroy(StringBuffer *sb){
+  dataBufferDestroy(&sb->b);
+}
 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
+static void nappend(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom, int nFrom){
+  assert( sb->b.nData>0 );
+  if( nFrom>0 ){
+    sb->b.nData--;
+    dataBufferAppend2(&sb->b, zFrom, nFrom, "", 1);
+  }
+}
+static void append(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom){
+  nappend(sb, zFrom, strlen(zFrom));
+}
 
-#if 0
-}  /* extern "C" */
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+/* Append a list of strings separated by commas. */
+static void appendList(StringBuffer *sb, int nString, char **azString){
+  int i;
+  for(i=0; i0 ) append(sb, ", ");
+    append(sb, azString[i]);
+  }
+}
 
-/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
+static int endsInWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
+  return stringBufferLength(p)>0 &&
+    safe_isspace(stringBufferData(p)[stringBufferLength(p)-1]);
+}
 
-/*
-** The version of the library
+/* If the StringBuffer ends in something other than white space, add a
+** single space character to the end.
 */
-SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
+static void appendWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
+  if( stringBufferLength(p)==0 ) return;
+  if( !endsInWhiteSpace(p) ) append(p, " ");
+}
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-/*
-** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
-** I/O active are written using this function.  These messages
-** are intended for debugging activity only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
-#endif
+/* Remove white space from the end of the StringBuffer */
+static void trimWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
+  while( endsInWhiteSpace(p) ){
+    p->b.pData[--p->b.nData-1] = '\0';
+  }
+}
 
-/*
-** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
-** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
-** temporary files.
+/*******************************************************************/
+/* DLReader is used to read document elements from a doclist.  The
+** current docid is cached, so dlrDocid() is fast.  DLReader does not
+** own the doclist buffer.
 **
-** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
+** dlrAtEnd - true if there's no more data to read.
+** dlrDocid - docid of current document.
+** dlrDocData - doclist data for current document (including docid).
+** dlrDocDataBytes - length of same.
+** dlrAllDataBytes - length of all remaining data.
+** dlrPosData - position data for current document.
+** dlrPosDataLen - length of pos data for current document (incl POS_END).
+** dlrStep - step to current document.
+** dlrInit - initial for doclist of given type against given data.
+** dlrDestroy - clean up.
+**
+** Expected usage is something like:
+**
+**   DLReader reader;
+**   dlrInit(&reader, pData, nData);
+**   while( !dlrAtEnd(&reader) ){
+**     // calls to dlrDocid() and kin.
+**     dlrStep(&reader);
+**   }
+**   dlrDestroy(&reader);
 */
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+typedef struct DLReader {
+  DocListType iType;
+  const char *pData;
+  int nData;
 
-/*
-** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
+  sqlite_int64 iDocid;
+  int nElement;
+} DLReader;
+
+static int dlrAtEnd(DLReader *pReader){
+  assert( pReader->nData>=0 );
+  return pReader->nData==0;
+}
+static sqlite_int64 dlrDocid(DLReader *pReader){
+  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->iDocid;
+}
+static const char *dlrDocData(DLReader *pReader){
+  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->pData;
+}
+static int dlrDocDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){
+  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->nElement;
+}
+static int dlrAllDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){
+  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->nData;
+}
+/* TODO(shess) Consider adding a field to track iDocid varint length
+** to make these two functions faster.  This might matter (a tiny bit)
+** for queries.
 */
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
-  static int dummy = 0;
-  dummy += x;
+static const char *dlrPosData(DLReader *pReader){
+  sqlite_int64 iDummy;
+  int n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy);
+  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->pData+n;
 }
-#endif
+static int dlrPosDataLen(DLReader *pReader){
+  sqlite_int64 iDummy;
+  int n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy);
+  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->nElement-n;
+}
+static void dlrStep(DLReader *pReader){
+  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
 
+  /* Skip past current doclist element. */
+  assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData );
+  pReader->pData += pReader->nElement;
+  pReader->nData -= pReader->nElement;
 
-/*
-** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
-*/
-static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
-  while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
-  return n==0;
+  /* If there is more data, read the next doclist element. */
+  if( pReader->nData!=0 ){
+    sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta;
+    int iDummy, n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDocidDelta);
+    pReader->iDocid += iDocidDelta;
+    if( pReader->iType>=DL_POSITIONS ){
+      assert( nnData );
+      while( 1 ){
+        n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
+        assert( n<=pReader->nData );
+        if( iDummy==POS_END ) break;
+        if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){
+          n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
+          assert( nnData );
+        }else if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
+          n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
+          n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
+          assert( nnData );
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    pReader->nElement = n;
+    assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData );
+  }
+}
+static void dlrInit(DLReader *pReader, DocListType iType,
+                    const char *pData, int nData){
+  assert( pData!=NULL && nData!=0 );
+  pReader->iType = iType;
+  pReader->pData = pData;
+  pReader->nData = nData;
+  pReader->nElement = 0;
+  pReader->iDocid = 0;
+
+  /* Load the first element's data.  There must be a first element. */
+  dlrStep(pReader);
+}
+static void dlrDestroy(DLReader *pReader){
+  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
 }
 
-/*
-** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
-** available.
-**
-** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
-** of strings is ignored.  This implements the RTRIM collation.
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* Verify that the doclist can be validly decoded.  Also returns the
+** last docid found because it is convenient in other assertions for
+** DLWriter.
 */
-static int binCollFunc(
-  void *padFlag,
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
-  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
-  int rc, n;
-  n = nKey10 );
+  assert( pData!=0 );
+  assert( pData+nData>pData );
+  while( nData!=0 ){
+    sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta;
+    int n = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iDocidDelta);
+    iPrevDocid += iDocidDelta;
+    if( iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
+      int iDummy;
+      while( 1 ){
+        n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
+        if( iDummy==POS_END ) break;
+        if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){
+          n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
+        }else if( iType>DL_POSITIONS ){
+          n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
+          n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
+        }
+        assert( n<=nData );
+      }
     }
+    assert( n<=nData );
+    pData += n;
+    nData -= n;
   }
-  return rc;
+  if( pLastDocid ) *pLastDocid = iPrevDocid;
 }
+#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) docListValidate(i, p, n, o)
+#else
+#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) assert( 1 )
+#endif
 
-/*
-** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
+/*******************************************************************/
+/* DLWriter is used to write doclist data to a DataBuffer.  DLWriter
+** always appends to the buffer and does not own it.
 **
-** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant
-** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
-** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+** dlwInit - initialize to write a given type doclistto a buffer.
+** dlwDestroy - clear the writer's memory.  Does not free buffer.
+** dlwAppend - append raw doclist data to buffer.
+** dlwCopy - copy next doclist from reader to writer.
+** dlwAdd - construct doclist element and append to buffer.
+**    Only apply dlwAdd() to DL_DOCIDS doclists (else use PLWriter).
+*/
+typedef struct DLWriter {
+  DocListType iType;
+  DataBuffer *b;
+  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  int has_iPrevDocid;
+#endif
+} DLWriter;
+
+static void dlwInit(DLWriter *pWriter, DocListType iType, DataBuffer *b){
+  pWriter->b = b;
+  pWriter->iType = iType;
+  pWriter->iPrevDocid = 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 0;
+#endif
+}
+static void dlwDestroy(DLWriter *pWriter){
+  SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
+}
+/* iFirstDocid is the first docid in the doclist in pData.  It is
+** needed because pData may point within a larger doclist, in which
+** case the first item would be delta-encoded.
 **
-** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+** iLastDocid is the final docid in the doclist in pData.  It is
+** needed to create the new iPrevDocid for future delta-encoding.  The
+** code could decode the passed doclist to recreate iLastDocid, but
+** the only current user (docListMerge) already has decoded this
+** information.
 */
-static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
-  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
-  int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
-      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1iType==DL_DOCIDS) );
+  nFirstNew = fts3PutVarint(c, iFirstDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid);
+
+  /* Verify that the incoming doclist is valid AND that it ends with
+  ** the expected docid.  This is essential because we'll trust this
+  ** docid in future delta-encoding.
+  */
+  ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(pWriter->iType, pData, nData, &iLastDocidDelta);
+  assert( iLastDocid==iFirstDocid-iDocid+iLastDocidDelta );
+
+  /* Append recoded initial docid and everything else.  Rest of docids
+  ** should have been delta-encoded from previous initial docid.
+  */
+  if( nFirstOldb, c, nFirstNew,
+                      pData+nFirstOld, nData-nFirstOld);
+  }else{
+    dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, nFirstNew);
   }
-  return r;
+  pWriter->iPrevDocid = iLastDocid;
+}
+static void dlwCopy(DLWriter *pWriter, DLReader *pReader){
+  dlwAppend(pWriter, dlrDocData(pReader), dlrDocDataBytes(pReader),
+            dlrDocid(pReader), dlrDocid(pReader));
+}
+static void dlwAdd(DLWriter *pWriter, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
+  char c[VARINT_MAX];
+  int n = fts3PutVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid);
+
+  /* Docids must ascend. */
+  assert( !pWriter->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->iPrevDocid );
+  assert( pWriter->iType==DL_DOCIDS );
+
+  dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, n);
+  pWriter->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 1;
+#endif
 }
 
-/*
-** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->lastRowid;
-}
+/*******************************************************************/
+/* PLReader is used to read data from a document's position list.  As
+** the caller steps through the list, data is cached so that varints
+** only need to be decoded once.
+**
+** plrInit, plrDestroy - create/destroy a reader.
+** plrColumn, plrPosition, plrStartOffset, plrEndOffset - accessors
+** plrAtEnd - at end of stream, only call plrDestroy once true.
+** plrStep - step to the next element.
+*/
+typedef struct PLReader {
+  /* These refer to the next position's data.  nData will reach 0 when
+  ** reading the last position, so plrStep() signals EOF by setting
+  ** pData to NULL.
+  */
+  const char *pData;
+  int nData;
+
+  DocListType iType;
+  int iColumn;         /* the last column read */
+  int iPosition;       /* the last position read */
+  int iStartOffset;    /* the last start offset read */
+  int iEndOffset;      /* the last end offset read */
+} PLReader;
 
-/*
-** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->nChange;
+static int plrAtEnd(PLReader *pReader){
+  return pReader->pData==NULL;
 }
-
-/*
-** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->nTotalChange;
+static int plrColumn(PLReader *pReader){
+  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->iColumn;
+}
+static int plrPosition(PLReader *pReader){
+  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->iPosition;
+}
+static int plrStartOffset(PLReader *pReader){
+  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->iStartOffset;
+}
+static int plrEndOffset(PLReader *pReader){
+  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->iEndOffset;
 }
+static void plrStep(PLReader *pReader){
+  int i, n;
 
-/*
-** Close an existing SQLite database
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){
-  HashElem *i;
-  int j;
+  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
 
-  if( !db ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  if( pReader->nData==0 ){
+    pReader->pData = NULL;
+    return;
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-  {
-    extern void sqlite3SseCleanup(sqlite3*);
-    sqlite3SseCleanup(db);
+  n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &i);
+  if( i==POS_COLUMN ){
+    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &pReader->iColumn);
+    pReader->iPosition = 0;
+    pReader->iStartOffset = 0;
+    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
   }
-#endif 
-
-  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-
-  /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above
-  ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
-  ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
-  ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
-  ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
-  ** some prepared statements internally.
-  */
-  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+  /* Should never see adjacent column changes. */
+  assert( i!=POS_COLUMN );
 
-  /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */
-  if( db->pVdbe ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
-        "Unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  if( i==POS_END ){
+    pReader->nData = 0;
+    pReader->pData = NULL;
+    return;
   }
-  assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) );
 
-  for(j=0; jnDb; j++){
-    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
-    if( pDb->pBt ){
-      sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-      pDb->pBt = 0;
-      if( j!=1 ){
-        pDb->pSchema = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
-  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    FuncDef *pFunc, *pNext;
-    for(pFunc = (FuncDef*)sqliteHashData(i); pFunc; pFunc=pNext){
-      pNext = pFunc->pNext;
-      sqlite3_free(pFunc);
-    }
+  pReader->iPosition += i-POS_BASE;
+  if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
+    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
+    pReader->iStartOffset += i;
+    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
+    pReader->iEndOffset = pReader->iStartOffset+i;
   }
+  assert( n<=pReader->nData );
+  pReader->pData += n;
+  pReader->nData -= n;
+}
 
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
-    /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
-    for(j=0; j<3; j++){
-      if( pColl[j].xDel ){
-        pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pColl);
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
-    if( pMod->xDestroy ){
-      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pMod);
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
-#endif
+static void plrInit(PLReader *pReader, DLReader *pDLReader){
+  pReader->pData = dlrPosData(pDLReader);
+  pReader->nData = dlrPosDataLen(pDLReader);
+  pReader->iType = pDLReader->iType;
+  pReader->iColumn = 0;
+  pReader->iPosition = 0;
+  pReader->iStartOffset = 0;
+  pReader->iEndOffset = 0;
+  plrStep(pReader);
+}
+static void plrDestroy(PLReader *pReader){
+  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
+}
 
-  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc);
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
-  if( db->pErr ){
-    sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
-  }
-  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
+/*******************************************************************/
+/* PLWriter is used in constructing a document's position list.  As a
+** convenience, if iType is DL_DOCIDS, PLWriter becomes a no-op.
+** PLWriter writes to the associated DLWriter's buffer.
+**
+** plwInit - init for writing a document's poslist.
+** plwDestroy - clear a writer.
+** plwAdd - append position and offset information.
+** plwCopy - copy next position's data from reader to writer.
+** plwTerminate - add any necessary doclist terminator.
+**
+** Calling plwAdd() after plwTerminate() may result in a corrupt
+** doclist.
+*/
+/* TODO(shess) Until we've written the second item, we can cache the
+** first item's information.  Then we'd have three states:
+**
+** - initialized with docid, no positions.
+** - docid and one position.
+** - docid and multiple positions.
+**
+** Only the last state needs to actually write to dlw->b, which would
+** be an improvement in the DLCollector case.
+*/
+typedef struct PLWriter {
+  DLWriter *dlw;
 
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+  int iColumn;    /* the last column written */
+  int iPos;       /* the last position written */
+  int iOffset;    /* the last start offset written */
+} PLWriter;
 
-  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
-  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
-  ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
-  ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database 
-  ** structure?
+/* TODO(shess) In the case where the parent is reading these values
+** from a PLReader, we could optimize to a copy if that PLReader has
+** the same type as pWriter.
+*/
+static void plwAdd(PLWriter *pWriter, int iColumn, int iPos,
+                   int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){
+  /* Worst-case space for POS_COLUMN, iColumn, iPosDelta,
+  ** iStartOffsetDelta, and iEndOffsetDelta.
   */
-  sqlite3_free(db->aDb[1].pSchema);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
-  sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3_free(db);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+  char c[5*VARINT_MAX];
+  int n = 0;
 
-/*
-** Rollback all database files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  int inTrans = 0;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3FaultBeginBenign(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC);
-  for(i=0; inDb; i++){
-    if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
-        inTrans = 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt);
-      db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
-  sqlite3FaultEndBenign(SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC);
+  /* Ban plwAdd() after plwTerminate(). */
+  assert( pWriter->iPos!=-1 );
 
-  if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  }
+  if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return;
 
-  /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
-  if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
-    db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
+  if( iColumn!=pWriter->iColumn ){
+    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, POS_COLUMN);
+    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iColumn);
+    pWriter->iColumn = iColumn;
+    pWriter->iPos = 0;
+    pWriter->iOffset = 0;
   }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
-** argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
-  const char *z;
-  switch( rc & 0xff ){
-    case SQLITE_ROW:
-    case SQLITE_DONE:
-    case SQLITE_OK:         z = "not an error";                          break;
-    case SQLITE_ERROR:      z = "SQL logic error or missing database";   break;
-    case SQLITE_PERM:       z = "access permission denied";              break;
-    case SQLITE_ABORT:      z = "callback requested query abort";        break;
-    case SQLITE_BUSY:       z = "database is locked";                    break;
-    case SQLITE_LOCKED:     z = "database table is locked";              break;
-    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      z = "out of memory";                         break;
-    case SQLITE_READONLY:   z = "attempt to write a readonly database";  break;
-    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  z = "interrupted";                           break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR:      z = "disk I/O error";                        break;
-    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    z = "database disk image is malformed";      break;
-    case SQLITE_FULL:       z = "database or disk is full";              break;
-    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   z = "unable to open database file";          break;
-    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      z = "table contains no data";                break;
-    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     z = "database schema has changed";           break;
-    case SQLITE_TOOBIG:     z = "String or BLOB exceeded size limit";    break;
-    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed";                     break;
-    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   z = "datatype mismatch";                     break;
-    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     z = "library routine called out of sequence";break;
-    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      z = "large file support is disabled";        break;
-    case SQLITE_AUTH:       z = "authorization denied";                  break;
-    case SQLITE_FORMAT:     z = "auxiliary database format error";       break;
-    case SQLITE_RANGE:      z = "bind or column index out of range";     break;
-    case SQLITE_NOTADB:     z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break;
-    default:                z = "unknown error";                         break;
+  assert( iPos>=pWriter->iPos );
+  n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, POS_BASE+(iPos-pWriter->iPos));
+  pWriter->iPos = iPos;
+  if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
+    assert( iStartOffset>=pWriter->iOffset );
+    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iStartOffset-pWriter->iOffset);
+    pWriter->iOffset = iStartOffset;
+    assert( iEndOffset>=iStartOffset );
+    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iEndOffset-iStartOffset);
   }
-  return z;
+  dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
 }
+static void plwCopy(PLWriter *pWriter, PLReader *pReader){
+  plwAdd(pWriter, plrColumn(pReader), plrPosition(pReader),
+         plrStartOffset(pReader), plrEndOffset(pReader));
+}
+static void plwInit(PLWriter *pWriter, DLWriter *dlw, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
+  char c[VARINT_MAX];
+  int n;
 
-/*
-** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
-** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
-** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
-** argument.
-*/
-static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
- void *ptr,               /* Database connection */
- int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
-){
-#if OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
-  static const u8 delays[] =
-     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50, 100 };
-  static const u8 totals[] =
-     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
-# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0]))
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
-  int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
-  int delay, prior;
+  pWriter->dlw = dlw;
 
-  assert( count>=0 );
-  if( count < NDELAY ){
-    delay = delays[count];
-    prior = totals[count];
-  }else{
-    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
-    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
-  }
-  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
-    delay = timeout - prior;
-    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
-  return 1;
-#else
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
-  int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
-  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
-    return 0;
+  /* Docids must ascend. */
+  assert( !pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid );
+  n = fts3PutVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid);
+  dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
+  pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid = 1;
+#endif
+
+  pWriter->iColumn = 0;
+  pWriter->iPos = 0;
+  pWriter->iOffset = 0;
+}
+/* TODO(shess) Should plwDestroy() also terminate the doclist?  But
+** then plwDestroy() would no longer be just a destructor, it would
+** also be doing work, which isn't consistent with the overall idiom.
+** Another option would be for plwAdd() to always append any necessary
+** terminator, so that the output is always correct.  But that would
+** add incremental work to the common case with the only benefit being
+** API elegance.  Punt for now.
+*/
+static void plwTerminate(PLWriter *pWriter){
+  if( pWriter->dlw->iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
+    char c[VARINT_MAX];
+    int n = fts3PutVarint(c, POS_END);
+    dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
   }
-  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
-  return 1;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  /* Mark as terminated for assert in plwAdd(). */
+  pWriter->iPos = -1;
 #endif
 }
+static void plwDestroy(PLWriter *pWriter){
+  SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
+}
 
-/*
-** Invoke the given busy handler.
+/*******************************************************************/
+/* DLCollector wraps PLWriter and DLWriter to provide a
+** dynamically-allocated doclist area to use during tokenization.
 **
-** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
-** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried.  If it
-** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
+** dlcNew - malloc up and initialize a collector.
+** dlcDelete - destroy a collector and all contained items.
+** dlcAddPos - append position and offset information.
+** dlcAddDoclist - add the collected doclist to the given buffer.
+** dlcNext - terminate the current document and open another.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
-  int rc;
-  if( p==0 || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
-  rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    p->nBusy = -1;
+typedef struct DLCollector {
+  DataBuffer b;
+  DLWriter dlw;
+  PLWriter plw;
+} DLCollector;
+
+/* TODO(shess) This could also be done by calling plwTerminate() and
+** dataBufferAppend().  I tried that, expecting nominal performance
+** differences, but it seemed to pretty reliably be worth 1% to code
+** it this way.  I suspect it is the incremental malloc overhead (some
+** percentage of the plwTerminate() calls will cause a realloc), so
+** this might be worth revisiting if the DataBuffer implementation
+** changes.
+*/
+static void dlcAddDoclist(DLCollector *pCollector, DataBuffer *b){
+  if( pCollector->dlw.iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
+    char c[VARINT_MAX];
+    int n = fts3PutVarint(c, POS_END);
+    dataBufferAppend2(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData, c, n);
   }else{
-    p->nBusy++;
+    dataBufferAppend(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData);
   }
-  return rc; 
+}
+static void dlcNext(DLCollector *pCollector, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
+  plwTerminate(&pCollector->plw);
+  plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw);
+  plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid);
+}
+static void dlcAddPos(DLCollector *pCollector, int iColumn, int iPos,
+                      int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){
+  plwAdd(&pCollector->plw, iColumn, iPos, iStartOffset, iEndOffset);
 }
 
-/*
-** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
-  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
-  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+static DLCollector *dlcNew(sqlite_int64 iDocid, DocListType iType){
+  DLCollector *pCollector = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(DLCollector));
+  dataBufferInit(&pCollector->b, 0);
+  dlwInit(&pCollector->dlw, iType, &pCollector->b);
+  plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid);
+  return pCollector;
+}
+static void dlcDelete(DLCollector *pCollector){
+  plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw);
+  dlwDestroy(&pCollector->dlw);
+  dataBufferDestroy(&pCollector->b);
+  SCRAMBLE(pCollector);
+  sqlite3_free(pCollector);
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-/*
-** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
-** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
+
+/* Copy the doclist data of iType in pData/nData into *out, trimming
+** unnecessary data as we go.  Only columns matching iColumn are
+** copied, all columns copied if iColumn is -1.  Elements with no
+** matching columns are dropped.  The output is an iOutType doclist.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  int nOps,
-  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
-  void *pArg
-){
-  if( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    if( nOps>0 ){
-      db->xProgress = xProgress;
-      db->nProgressOps = nOps;
-      db->pProgressArg = pArg;
-    }else{
-      db->xProgress = 0;
-      db->nProgressOps = 0;
-      db->pProgressArg = 0;
+/* NOTE(shess) This code is only valid after all doclists are merged.
+** If this is run before merges, then doclist items which represent
+** deletion will be trimmed, and will thus not effect a deletion
+** during the merge.
+*/
+static void docListTrim(DocListType iType, const char *pData, int nData,
+                        int iColumn, DocListType iOutType, DataBuffer *out){
+  DLReader dlReader;
+  DLWriter dlWriter;
+
+  assert( iOutType<=iType );
+
+  dlrInit(&dlReader, iType, pData, nData);
+  dlwInit(&dlWriter, iOutType, out);
+
+  while( !dlrAtEnd(&dlReader) ){
+    PLReader plReader;
+    PLWriter plWriter;
+    int match = 0;
+
+    plrInit(&plReader, &dlReader);
+
+    while( !plrAtEnd(&plReader) ){
+      if( iColumn==-1 || plrColumn(&plReader)==iColumn ){
+        if( !match ){
+          plwInit(&plWriter, &dlWriter, dlrDocid(&dlReader));
+          match = 1;
+        }
+        plwAdd(&plWriter, plrColumn(&plReader), plrPosition(&plReader),
+               plrStartOffset(&plReader), plrEndOffset(&plReader));
+      }
+      plrStep(&plReader);
     }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+    if( match ){
+      plwTerminate(&plWriter);
+      plwDestroy(&plWriter);
+    }
+
+    plrDestroy(&plReader);
+    dlrStep(&dlReader);
   }
+  dlwDestroy(&dlWriter);
+  dlrDestroy(&dlReader);
 }
-#endif
-
 
-/*
-** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
-** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
+/* Used by docListMerge() to keep doclists in the ascending order by
+** docid, then ascending order by age (so the newest comes first).
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
-  if( ms>0 ){
-    db->busyTimeout = ms;
-    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+typedef struct OrderedDLReader {
+  DLReader *pReader;
+
+  /* TODO(shess) If we assume that docListMerge pReaders is ordered by
+  ** age (which we do), then we could use pReader comparisons to break
+  ** ties.
+  */
+  int idx;
+} OrderedDLReader;
+
+/* Order eof to end, then by docid asc, idx desc. */
+static int orderedDLReaderCmp(OrderedDLReader *r1, OrderedDLReader *r2){
+  if( dlrAtEnd(r1->pReader) ){
+    if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return 0;  /* Both atEnd(). */
+    return 1;                              /* Only r1 atEnd(). */
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return -1;   /* Only r2 atEnd(). */
+
+  if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)pReader) ) return -1;
+  if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)>dlrDocid(r2->pReader) ) return 1;
+
+  /* Descending on idx. */
+  return r2->idx-r1->idx;
 }
 
-/*
-** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
+/* Bubble p[0] to appropriate place in p[1..n-1].  Assumes that
+** p[1..n-1] is already sorted.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
-  if( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+/* TODO(shess) Is this frequent enough to warrant a binary search?
+** Before implementing that, instrument the code to check.  In most
+** current usage, I expect that p[0] will be less than p[1] a very
+** high proportion of the time.
+*/
+static void orderedDLReaderReorder(OrderedDLReader *p, int n){
+  while( n>1 && orderedDLReaderCmp(p, p+1)>0 ){
+    OrderedDLReader tmp = p[0];
+    p[0] = p[1];
+    p[1] = tmp;
+    n--;
+    p++;
   }
 }
 
-
-/*
-** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
-** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
-** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
-** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. 
+/* Given an array of doclist readers, merge their doclist elements
+** into out in sorted order (by docid), dropping elements from older
+** readers when there is a duplicate docid.  pReaders is assumed to be
+** ordered by age, oldest first.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int enc,
-  void *pUserData,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
-  FuncDef *p;
-  int nName;
+/* TODO(shess) nReaders must be <= MERGE_COUNT.  This should probably
+** be fixed.
+*/
+static void docListMerge(DataBuffer *out,
+                         DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){
+  OrderedDLReader readers[MERGE_COUNT];
+  DLWriter writer;
+  int i, n;
+  const char *pStart = 0;
+  int nStart = 0;
+  sqlite_int64 iFirstDocid = 0, iLastDocid = 0;
 
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
-      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
-      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
-      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
-      (nArg<-1 || nArg>127) ||
-      (255<(nName = strlen(zFunctionName))) ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "bad parameters");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  assert( nReaders>0 );
+  if( nReaders==1 ){
+    dataBufferAppend(out, dlrDocData(pReaders), dlrAllDataBytes(pReaders));
+    return;
   }
-  
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
-  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
-  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
-  **
-  ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
-  ** to the hash table.
-  */
-  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
-    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-  }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
-    int rc;
-    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
-         pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE,
-          pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+
+  assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT );
+  n = 0;
+  for(i=0; iiPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
-    if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
-        "Unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
-      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
+  dataBufferExpand(out, n);
+
+  /* Get the readers into sorted order. */
+  while( i-->0 ){
+    orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i);
+  }
+
+  dlwInit(&writer, pReaders[0].iType, out);
+  while( !dlrAtEnd(readers[0].pReader) ){
+    sqlite_int64 iDocid = dlrDocid(readers[0].pReader);
+
+    /* If this is a continuation of the current buffer to copy, extend
+    ** that buffer.  memcpy() seems to be more efficient if it has a
+    ** lots of data to copy.
+    */
+    if( dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader)==pStart+nStart ){
+      nStart += dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader);
     }else{
-      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+      if( pStart!=0 ){
+        dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid);
+      }
+      pStart = dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader);
+      nStart = dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader);
+      iFirstDocid = iDocid;
     }
-  }
+    iLastDocid = iDocid;
+    dlrStep(readers[0].pReader);
 
-  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 1);
-  assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
-  if( !p ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    /* Drop all of the older elements with the same docid. */
+    for(i=1; i0 ){
+      orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i);
+    }
   }
-  p->flags = 0;
-  p->xFunc = xFunc;
-  p->xStep = xStep;
-  p->xFinalize = xFinal;
-  p->pUserData = pUserData;
-  p->nArg = nArg;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  /* Copy over any remaining elements. */
+  if( nStart>0 ) dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid);
+  dlwDestroy(&writer);
 }
 
-/*
-** Create new user functions.
+/* Helper function for posListUnion().  Compares the current position
+** between left and right, returning as standard C idiom of <0 if
+** left0 if left>right, and 0 if left==right.  "End" always
+** compares greater.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int enc,
-  void *p,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
+static int posListCmp(PLReader *pLeft, PLReader *pRight){
+  assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType );
+  if( pLeft->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return 0;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const void *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *p,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  char *zFunc8;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1);
-  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
-  sqlite3_free(zFunc8);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
+  if( plrAtEnd(pLeft) ) return plrAtEnd(pRight) ? 0 : 1;
+  if( plrAtEnd(pRight) ) return -1;
 
+  if( plrColumn(pLeft)plrColumn(pRight) ) return 1;
 
-/*
-** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
-**
-** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
-** this routine is a no-op.  If the function does not exist, then create
-** a new one that always throws a run-time error.  
-**
-** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
-** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
-** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
-** properly.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zName,
-  int nArg
-){
-  int nName = strlen(zName);
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
-    sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
-                      0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
+  if( plrPosition(pLeft)plrPosition(pRight) ) return 1;
+  if( pLeft->iType==DL_POSITIONS ) return 0;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/*
-** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
-** is returned.  
-**
-** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
-** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
-** SQL statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
-  void *pOld;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pTraceArg;
-  db->xTrace = xTrace;
-  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
-/*
-** Register a profile function.  The pArg from the previously registered 
-** profile function is returned.  
-**
-** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes.  A non-NULL
-** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
-** each SQL statement that is run.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  void *pOld;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pProfileArg;
-  db->xProfile = xProfile;
-  db->pProfileArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+  if( plrStartOffset(pLeft)plrStartOffset(pRight) ) return 1;
 
-/*** EXPERIMENTAL ***
-**
-** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments.
-** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
-** rollback.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pOld;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pCommitArg;
-  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
+  if( plrEndOffset(pLeft)plrEndOffset(pRight) ) return 1;
 
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
-** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pRet;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
-  db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pRet;
+  return 0;
 }
 
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
-** back by this database connection.
+/* Write the union of position lists in pLeft and pRight to pOut.
+** "Union" in this case meaning "All unique position tuples".  Should
+** work with any doclist type, though both inputs and the output
+** should be the same type.
 */
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pRet;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
-  db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pRet;
+static void posListUnion(DLReader *pLeft, DLReader *pRight, DLWriter *pOut){
+  PLReader left, right;
+  PLWriter writer;
+
+  assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) );
+  assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType );
+  assert( pLeft->iType==pOut->iType );
+
+  plrInit(&left, pLeft);
+  plrInit(&right, pRight);
+  plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft));
+
+  while( !plrAtEnd(&left) || !plrAtEnd(&right) ){
+    int c = posListCmp(&left, &right);
+    if( c<0 ){
+      plwCopy(&writer, &left);
+      plrStep(&left);
+    }else if( c>0 ){
+      plwCopy(&writer, &right);
+      plrStep(&right);
+    }else{
+      plwCopy(&writer, &left);
+      plrStep(&left);
+      plrStep(&right);
+    }
+  }
+
+  plwTerminate(&writer);
+  plwDestroy(&writer);
+  plrDestroy(&left);
+  plrDestroy(&right);
 }
 
-/*
-** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree
-** driver.  If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is
-** opened and used.  If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then
-** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as
-** the connection is closed.)  If zFilename is NULL then the database
-** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as
-** soon as the connection is closed.
-**
-** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically
-** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory,
-** depending on the values of the TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the
-** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart:
-**
-**       TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
-**       ----------     --------------     ------------------------------
-**           0               any             file
-**           1                1              file
-**           1                2              memory
-**           1                0              file
-**           2                1              file
-**           2                2              memory
-**           2                0              memory
-**           3               any             memory
+/* Write the union of doclists in pLeft and pRight to pOut.  For
+** docids in common between the inputs, the union of the position
+** lists is written.  Inputs and outputs are always type DL_DEFAULT.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFactory(
-  const sqlite3 *db,        /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */
-  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
-  int omitJournal,          /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */
-  int nCache,               /* How many pages in the page cache */
-  int vfsFlags,             /* Flags passed through to vfsOpen */
-  Btree **ppBtree           /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+static void docListUnion(
+  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
+  const char *pRight, int nRight,
+  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
 ){
-  int btFlags = 0;
-  int rc;
-  
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( ppBtree != 0);
-  if( omitJournal ){
-    btFlags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL;
-  }
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){
-    btFlags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK;
+  DLReader left, right;
+  DLWriter writer;
+
+  if( nLeft==0 ){
+    if( nRight!=0) dataBufferAppend(pOut, pRight, nRight);
+    return;
   }
-  if( zFilename==0 ){
-#if TEMP_STORE==0
-    /* Do nothing */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-#if TEMP_STORE==1
-    if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
-#endif
-#if TEMP_STORE==2
-    if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
-#endif
-#if TEMP_STORE==3
-    zFilename = ":memory:";
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB */
+  if( nRight==0 ){
+    dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft);
+    return;
   }
 
-  if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (zFilename==0 || *zFilename==0) ){
-    vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btFlags, vfsFlags);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache);
+  dlrInit(&left, DL_DEFAULT, pLeft, nLeft);
+  dlrInit(&right, DL_DEFAULT, pRight, nRight);
+  dlwInit(&writer, DL_DEFAULT, pOut);
+
+  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) || !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
+    if( dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
+      dlwCopy(&writer, &left);
+      dlrStep(&left);
+    }else if( dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
+      dlwCopy(&writer, &right);
+      dlrStep(&right);
+    }else if( dlrDocid(&left)dlrDocid(&right) ){
+      dlwCopy(&writer, &right);
+      dlrStep(&right);
+    }else{
+      posListUnion(&left, &right, &writer);
+      dlrStep(&left);
+      dlrStep(&right);
+    }
   }
-  return rc;
+
+  dlrDestroy(&left);
+  dlrDestroy(&right);
+  dlwDestroy(&writer);
 }
 
-/*
-** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
+/* 
+** This function is used as part of the implementation of phrase and
+** NEAR matching.
+**
+** pLeft and pRight are DLReaders positioned to the same docid in
+** lists of type DL_POSITION. This function writes an entry to the
+** DLWriter pOut for each position in pRight that is less than
+** (nNear+1) greater (but not equal to or smaller) than a position 
+** in pLeft. For example, if nNear is 0, and the positions contained
+** by pLeft and pRight are:
+**
+**    pLeft:  5 10 15 20
+**    pRight: 6  9 17 21
+**
+** then the docid is added to pOut. If pOut is of type DL_POSITIONS,
+** then a positionids "6" and "21" are also added to pOut.
+**
+** If boolean argument isSaveLeft is true, then positionids are copied
+** from pLeft instead of pRight. In the example above, the positions "5"
+** and "20" would be added instead of "6" and "21".
 */
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
-  const char *z;
-  if( !db ){
-    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){
-    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE);
+static void posListPhraseMerge(
+  DLReader *pLeft, 
+  DLReader *pRight,
+  int nNear,
+  int isSaveLeft,
+  DLWriter *pOut
+){
+  PLReader left, right;
+  PLWriter writer;
+  int match = 0;
+
+  assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) );
+  assert( pOut->iType!=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS );
+
+  plrInit(&left, pLeft);
+  plrInit(&right, pRight);
+
+  while( !plrAtEnd(&left) && !plrAtEnd(&right) ){
+    if( plrColumn(&left)plrColumn(&right) ){
+      plrStep(&right);
+    }else if( plrPosition(&left)>=plrPosition(&right) ){
+      plrStep(&right);
+    }else{
+      if( (plrPosition(&right)-plrPosition(&left))<=(nNear+1) ){
+        if( !match ){
+          plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft));
+          match = 1;
+        }
+        if( !isSaveLeft ){
+          plwAdd(&writer, plrColumn(&right), plrPosition(&right), 0, 0);
+        }else{
+          plwAdd(&writer, plrColumn(&left), plrPosition(&left), 0, 0);
+        }
+        plrStep(&right);
+      }else{
+        plrStep(&left);
+      }
+    }
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
-  if( z==0 ){
-    z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
+
+  if( match ){
+    plwTerminate(&writer);
+    plwDestroy(&writer);
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return z;
+
+  plrDestroy(&left);
+  plrDestroy(&right);
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
 /*
-** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
+** Compare the values pointed to by the PLReaders passed as arguments. 
+** Return -1 if the value pointed to by pLeft is considered less than
+** the value pointed to by pRight, +1 if it is considered greater
+** than it, or 0 if it is equal. i.e.
+**
+**     (*pLeft - *pRight)
+**
+** A PLReader that is in the EOF condition is considered greater than
+** any other. If neither argument is in EOF state, the return value of
+** plrColumn() is used. If the plrColumn() values are equal, the
+** comparison is on the basis of plrPosition().
 */
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
-  /* Because all the characters in the string are in the unicode
-  ** range 0x00-0xFF, if we pad the big-endian string with a 
-  ** zero byte, we can obtain the little-endian string with
-  ** &big_endian[1].
-  */
-  static const char outOfMemBe[] = {
-    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'm', 0, 'e', 0, 'm', 0, 'o', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, 0, 0
-  };
-  static const char misuseBe [] = {
-    0, 'l', 0, 'i', 0, 'b', 0, 'r', 0, 'a', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'r', 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, 'i', 0, 'n', 0, 'e', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'c', 0, 'a', 0, 'l', 0, 'l', 0, 'e', 0, 'd', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 's', 0, 'e', 0, 'q', 0, 'u', 0, 'e', 0, 'n', 0, 'c', 0, 'e', 0, 0, 0
-  };
+static int plrCompare(PLReader *pLeft, PLReader *pRight){
+  assert(!plrAtEnd(pLeft) || !plrAtEnd(pRight));
 
-  const void *z;
-  if( !db ){
-    return (void *)(&outOfMemBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){
-    return (void *)(&misuseBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
-  if( z==0 ){
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
-         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+  if( plrAtEnd(pRight) || plrAtEnd(pLeft) ){
+    return (plrAtEnd(pRight) ? -1 : 1);
   }
-  sqlite3ApiExit(0, 0);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return z;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
-** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
-  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+  if( plrColumn(pLeft)!=plrColumn(pRight) ){
+    return ((plrColumn(pLeft)mallocFailed ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  if( plrPosition(pLeft)!=plrPosition(pRight) ){
+    return ((plrPosition(pLeft)errCode & db->errMask;
+  return 0;
 }
 
-/*
-** Create a new collating function for database "db".  The name is zName
-** and the encoding is enc.
+/* We have two doclists with positions:  pLeft and pRight. Depending
+** on the value of the nNear parameter, perform either a phrase
+** intersection (if nNear==0) or a NEAR intersection (if nNear>0)
+** and write the results into pOut.
+**
+** A phrase intersection means that two documents only match
+** if pLeft.iPos+1==pRight.iPos.
+**
+** A NEAR intersection means that two documents only match if 
+** (abs(pLeft.iPos-pRight.iPos)mutex) );
+  DLReader left, right;
+  DLWriter writer;
 
-  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
-  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
-  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
-  */
-  enc2 = enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED;
-  if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
-    enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-  }
+  if( nLeft==0 || nRight==0 ) return;
 
-  if( (enc2&~3)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown encoding");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
+  assert( iType!=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS );
 
-  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
-  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
-  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
-  */
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, strlen(zName), 0);
-  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
-    if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
-        "Unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+  dlrInit(&left, DL_POSITIONS, pLeft, nLeft);
+  dlrInit(&right, DL_POSITIONS, pRight, nRight);
+  dlwInit(&writer, iType, pOut);
 
-    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
-    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
-    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
-    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
-    ** to be called.
-    */ 
-    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
-      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, strlen(zName));
-      int j;
-      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
-        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
-        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
-          if( p->xDel ){
-            p->xDel(p->pUser);
-          }
-          p->xCmp = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
+  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) && !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
+    if( dlrDocid(&left)xCmp = xCompare;
-    pColl->pUser = pCtx;
-    pColl->xDel = xDel;
-    pColl->enc = enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
-  }
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+        DLWriter dlwriter2;
+        DLReader dr1 = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; 
+        DLReader dr2 = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
 
+        dlwInit(&dlwriter2, iType, &one);
+        posListPhraseMerge(&right, &left, nNear-3+nPhrase, 1, &dlwriter2);
+        dlwInit(&dlwriter2, iType, &two);
+        posListPhraseMerge(&left, &right, nNear-1, 0, &dlwriter2);
 
-/*
-** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
-** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
-** #defines in sqlite3.h.
-*/
-static const int aHardLimit[] = {
-  SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
-  SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
-  SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
-  SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
-  SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
-  SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,
-};
+        if( one.nData) dlrInit(&dr1, iType, one.pData, one.nData);
+        if( two.nData) dlrInit(&dr2, iType, two.pData, two.nData);
 
-/*
-** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
-# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
-# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>255
-# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 255
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACH<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACH>30
-# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACH must be between 0 and 30
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER must be at least 1
-#endif
+        if( !dlrAtEnd(&dr1) || !dlrAtEnd(&dr2) ){
+          PLReader pr1 = {0};
+          PLReader pr2 = {0};
 
+          PLWriter plwriter;
+          plwInit(&plwriter, &writer, dlrDocid(dlrAtEnd(&dr1)?&dr2:&dr1));
 
-/*
-** Change the value of a limit.  Report the old value.
-** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
-** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
-** new limit is negative.
-**
-** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
-** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
-** from forming.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
-  int oldLimit;
-  if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
-  if( newLimit>=0 ){
-    if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
-      newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId];
+          if( one.nData ) plrInit(&pr1, &dr1);
+          if( two.nData ) plrInit(&pr2, &dr2);
+          while( !plrAtEnd(&pr1) || !plrAtEnd(&pr2) ){
+            int iCompare = plrCompare(&pr1, &pr2);
+            switch( iCompare ){
+              case -1:
+                plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr1);
+                plrStep(&pr1);
+                break;
+              case 1:
+                plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr2);
+                plrStep(&pr2);
+                break;
+              case 0:
+                plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr1);
+                plrStep(&pr1);
+                plrStep(&pr2);
+                break;
+            }
+          }
+          plwTerminate(&plwriter);
+        }
+        dataBufferDestroy(&one);
+        dataBufferDestroy(&two);
+      }
+      dlrStep(&left);
+      dlrStep(&right);
     }
-    db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
   }
-  return oldLimit;
+
+  dlrDestroy(&left);
+  dlrDestroy(&right);
+  dlwDestroy(&writer);
 }
 
-/*
-** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
-** is UTF-8 encoded.
+/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists:  pLeft and pRight.
+** Write the intersection of these two doclists into pOut as a
+** DL_DOCIDS doclist.
 */
-static int openDatabase(
-  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,        /* OUT: Returned database handle */
-  unsigned flags,        /* Operational flags */
-  const char *zVfs       /* Name of the VFS to use */
+static void docListAndMerge(
+  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
+  const char *pRight, int nRight,
+  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
 ){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-
-  /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter */
-  flags &=  ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
-             );
-
-  /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
-  db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
-  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
-  db->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-  if( db->mutex==0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(db);
-    db = 0;
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->errMask = 0xff;
-  db->priorNewRowid = 0;
-  db->nDb = 2;
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
-  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
-  assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
-  memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
-  db->autoCommit = 1;
-  db->nextAutovac = -1;
-  db->nextPagesize = 0;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
-                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
-                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
-#endif
-      ;
-  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aFunc, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-#endif
-
-  db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
-  if( !db->pVfs ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
-  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
-  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
-  */
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0);
-  assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
+  DLReader left, right;
+  DLWriter writer;
 
-  /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
-  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
+  if( nLeft==0 || nRight==0 ) return;
 
-  /* Set flags on the built-in collating sequences */
-  db->pDfltColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_BINARY;
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "NOCASE", 6, 0);
-  if( pColl ){
-    pColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE;
-  }
+  dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
+  dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
+  dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
 
-  /* Open the backend database driver */
-  db->openFlags = flags;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 
-                           flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
-                           &db->aDb[0].pBt);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
-    goto opendb_out;
+  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) && !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
+    if( dlrDocid(&left)aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
-  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
-
-
-  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
-  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  
-  */
-  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
-  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
-  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
-#endif
 
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
+  dlrDestroy(&left);
+  dlrDestroy(&right);
+  dlwDestroy(&writer);
+}
 
-  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
-  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
-  ** is accessed.
-  */
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
+/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists:  pLeft and pRight.
+** Write the union of these two doclists into pOut as a
+** DL_DOCIDS doclist.
+*/
+static void docListOrMerge(
+  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
+  const char *pRight, int nRight,
+  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
+){
+  DLReader left, right;
+  DLWriter writer;
 
-  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
-  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
-  */
-  (void)sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
-  if( sqlite3_errcode(db)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto opendb_out;
+  if( nLeft==0 ){
+    if( nRight!=0 ) dataBufferAppend(pOut, pRight, nRight);
+    return;
   }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
-  if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-    extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
-    rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
+  if( nRight==0 ){
+    dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft);
+    return;
   }
-#endif
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
-    rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
+  dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
+  dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
+  dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) || !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
+    if( dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
+      dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
+      dlrStep(&left);
+    }else if( dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
+      dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&right));
+      dlrStep(&right);
+    }else if( dlrDocid(&left)mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    extern int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3*);
-    rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+  dlrDestroy(&left);
+  dlrDestroy(&right);
+  dlwDestroy(&writer);
+}
 
-  /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
-  ** mode.  -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
-  ** mode.  Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
-  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
-  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
-                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
-#endif
+/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists:  pLeft and pRight.
+** Write into pOut as DL_DOCIDS doclist containing all documents that
+** occur in pLeft but not in pRight.
+*/
+static void docListExceptMerge(
+  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
+  const char *pRight, int nRight,
+  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
+){
+  DLReader left, right;
+  DLWriter writer;
 
-opendb_out:
-  if( db ){
-    assert( db->mutex!=0 );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  if( nLeft==0 ) return;
+  if( nRight==0 ){
+    dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft);
+    return;
   }
-  if( SQLITE_NOMEM==(rc = sqlite3_errcode(db)) ){
-    sqlite3_close(db);
-    db = 0;
+
+  dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
+  dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
+  dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
+
+  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
+    while( !dlrAtEnd(&right) && dlrDocid(&right)mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 sql: %s\n", zCommand));
+  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCommand, NULL, 0, NULL);
+  sqlite3_free(zCommand);
   return rc;
 }
 
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDel)(void*)
-){
+static int sql_prepare(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, const char *zName,
+                       sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, const char *zFormat){
+  char *zCommand = string_format(zFormat, zDb, zName);
   int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 prepare: %s\n", zCommand));
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zCommand, -1, ppStmt, NULL);
+  sqlite3_free(zCommand);
   return rc;
 }
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char *zName8;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1);
-  if( zName8 ){
-    rc = createCollation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zName8);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+/* end utility functions */
 
-/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  void *pCollNeededArg, 
-  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
-  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
-  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+/* Forward reference */
+typedef struct fulltext_vtab fulltext_vtab;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
 /*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+** An instance of the following structure keeps track of generated
+** matching-word offset information and snippets.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  void *pCollNeededArg, 
-  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
-  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
-  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+typedef struct Snippet {
+  int nMatch;     /* Total number of matches */
+  int nAlloc;     /* Space allocated for aMatch[] */
+  struct snippetMatch { /* One entry for each matching term */
+    char snStatus;       /* Status flag for use while constructing snippets */
+    short int iCol;      /* The column that contains the match */
+    short int iTerm;     /* The index in Query.pTerms[] of the matching term */
+    int iToken;          /* The index of the matching document token */
+    short int nByte;     /* Number of bytes in the term */
+    int iStart;          /* The offset to the first character of the term */
+  } *aMatch;      /* Points to space obtained from malloc */
+  char *zOffset;  /* Text rendering of aMatch[] */
+  int nOffset;    /* strlen(zOffset) */
+  char *zSnippet; /* Snippet text */
+  int nSnippet;   /* strlen(zSnippet) */
+} Snippet;
 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER
-/*
-** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
-** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
 
-/*
-** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
-** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
-** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
-** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
-**
-******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
+typedef enum QueryType {
+  QUERY_GENERIC,   /* table scan */
+  QUERY_DOCID,     /* lookup by docid */
+  QUERY_FULLTEXT   /* QUERY_FULLTEXT + [i] is a full-text search for column i*/
+} QueryType;
+
+typedef enum fulltext_statement {
+  CONTENT_INSERT_STMT,
+  CONTENT_SELECT_STMT,
+  CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT,
+  CONTENT_DELETE_STMT,
+  CONTENT_EXISTS_STMT,
+
+  BLOCK_INSERT_STMT,
+  BLOCK_SELECT_STMT,
+  BLOCK_DELETE_STMT,
+  BLOCK_DELETE_ALL_STMT,
+
+  SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX_STMT,
+  SEGDIR_SET_STMT,
+  SEGDIR_SELECT_LEVEL_STMT,
+  SEGDIR_SPAN_STMT,
+  SEGDIR_DELETE_STMT,
+  SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT,
+  SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT,
+  SEGDIR_DELETE_ALL_STMT,
+  SEGDIR_COUNT_STMT,
+
+  MAX_STMT                     /* Always at end! */
+} fulltext_statement;
+
+/* These must exactly match the enum above. */
+/* TODO(shess): Is there some risk that a statement will be used in two
+** cursors at once, e.g.  if a query joins a virtual table to itself?
+** If so perhaps we should move some of these to the cursor object.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->autoCommit;
-}
+static const char *const fulltext_zStatement[MAX_STMT] = {
+  /* CONTENT_INSERT */ NULL,  /* generated in contentInsertStatement() */
+  /* CONTENT_SELECT */ NULL,  /* generated in contentSelectStatement() */
+  /* CONTENT_UPDATE */ NULL,  /* generated in contentUpdateStatement() */
+  /* CONTENT_DELETE */ "delete from %_content where docid = ?",
+  /* CONTENT_EXISTS */ "select docid from %_content limit 1",
+
+  /* BLOCK_INSERT */
+  "insert into %_segments (blockid, block) values (null, ?)",
+  /* BLOCK_SELECT */ "select block from %_segments where blockid = ?",
+  /* BLOCK_DELETE */ "delete from %_segments where blockid between ? and ?",
+  /* BLOCK_DELETE_ALL */ "delete from %_segments",
+
+  /* SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX */ "select max(idx) from %_segdir where level = ?",
+  /* SEGDIR_SET */ "insert into %_segdir values (?, ?, ?, ?, ?, ?)",
+  /* SEGDIR_SELECT_LEVEL */
+  "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir "
+  " where level = ? order by idx",
+  /* SEGDIR_SPAN */
+  "select min(start_block), max(end_block) from %_segdir "
+  " where level = ? and start_block <> 0",
+  /* SEGDIR_DELETE */ "delete from %_segdir where level = ?",
+
+  /* NOTE(shess): The first three results of the following two
+  ** statements must match.
+  */
+  /* SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT */
+  "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir "
+  " where level = ? and idx = ?",
+  /* SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL */
+  "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir "
+  " order by level desc, idx asc",
+  /* SEGDIR_DELETE_ALL */ "delete from %_segdir",
+  /* SEGDIR_COUNT */ "select count(*), ifnull(max(level),0) from %_segdir",
+};
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
 /*
-** The following routine is subtituted for constant SQLITE_CORRUPT in
-** debugging builds.  This provides a way to set a breakpoint for when
-** corruption is first detected.
+** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following
+** structure.  The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance
+** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance.
+** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their
+** arguments.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Corrupt(void){
-  return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-}
-#endif
+struct fulltext_vtab {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;               /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  sqlite3 *db;                     /* The database connection */
+  const char *zDb;                 /* logical database name */
+  const char *zName;               /* virtual table name */
+  int nColumn;                     /* number of columns in virtual table */
+  char **azColumn;                 /* column names.  malloced */
+  char **azContentColumn;          /* column names in content table; malloced */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;   /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */
+
+  /* Precompiled statements which we keep as long as the table is
+  ** open.
+  */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pFulltextStatements[MAX_STMT];
+
+  /* Precompiled statements used for segment merges.  We run a
+  ** separate select across the leaf level of each tree being merged.
+  */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pLeafSelectStmts[MERGE_COUNT];
+  /* The statement used to prepare pLeafSelectStmts. */
+#define LEAF_SELECT \
+  "select block from %_segments where blockid between ? and ? order by blockid"
+
+  /* These buffer pending index updates during transactions.
+  ** nPendingData estimates the memory size of the pending data.  It
+  ** doesn't include the hash-bucket overhead, nor any malloc
+  ** overhead.  When nPendingData exceeds kPendingThreshold, the
+  ** buffer is flushed even before the transaction closes.
+  ** pendingTerms stores the data, and is only valid when nPendingData
+  ** is >=0 (nPendingData<0 means pendingTerms has not been
+  ** initialized).  iPrevDocid is the last docid written, used to make
+  ** certain we're inserting in sorted order.
+  */
+  int nPendingData;
+#define kPendingThreshold (1*1024*1024)
+  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;
+  fts3Hash pendingTerms;
+};
 
 /*
-** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
-** data for this thread has been deallocated.
-**
-** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
-** no-op.  It is retained for historical compatibility.
+** When the core wants to do a query, it create a cursor using a
+** call to xOpen.  This structure is an instance of a cursor.  It
+** is destroyed by xClose.
 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
+typedef struct fulltext_cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;        /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+  QueryType iCursorType;           /* Copy of sqlite3_index_info.idxNum */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;             /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
+  int eof;                         /* True if at End Of Results */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr;                 /* Parsed MATCH query string */
+  Snippet snippet;                 /* Cached snippet for the current row */
+  int iColumn;                     /* Column being searched */
+  DataBuffer result;               /* Doclist results from fulltextQuery */
+  DLReader reader;                 /* Result reader if result not empty */
+} fulltext_cursor;
+
+static fulltext_vtab *cursor_vtab(fulltext_cursor *c){
+  return (fulltext_vtab *) c->base.pVtab;
 }
 
-/*
-** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
-** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
-  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
-  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
-  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
-  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
-  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
-  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
-  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
-  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if colums is auto-increment */
-){
-  int rc;
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-  Table *pTab = 0;
-  Column *pCol = 0;
-  int iCol;
+static const sqlite3_module fts3Module;   /* forward declaration */
 
-  char const *zDataType = 0;
-  char const *zCollSeq = 0;
-  int notnull = 0;
-  int primarykey = 0;
-  int autoinc = 0;
+/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
+ *   insert into %_content (docid, ...) values (?, ...)
+ */
+static const char *contentInsertStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
+  StringBuffer sb;
+  int i;
 
-  /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-    goto error_out;
-  }
+  initStringBuffer(&sb);
+  append(&sb, "insert into %_content (docid, ");
+  appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
+  append(&sb, ") values (?");
+  for(i=0; inColumn; ++i)
+    append(&sb, ", ?");
+  append(&sb, ")");
+  return stringBufferData(&sb);
+}
 
-  /* Locate the table in question */
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
-  if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
-    pTab = 0;
-    goto error_out;
-  }
+/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
+ *   select  from %_content where docid = ?
+ */
+static const char *contentSelectStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
+  StringBuffer sb;
+  initStringBuffer(&sb);
+  append(&sb, "SELECT ");
+  appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
+  append(&sb, " FROM %_content WHERE docid = ?");
+  return stringBufferData(&sb);
+}
 
-  /* Find the column for which info is requested */
-  if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
-    iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-    if( iCol>=0 ){
-      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
-    }
-  }else{
-    for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){
-      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
-      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      goto error_out;
+/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
+ *   update %_content set [col_0] = ?, [col_1] = ?, ...
+ *                    where docid = ?
+ */
+static const char *contentUpdateStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
+  StringBuffer sb;
+  int i;
+
+  initStringBuffer(&sb);
+  append(&sb, "update %_content set ");
+  for(i=0; inColumn; ++i) {
+    if( i>0 ){
+      append(&sb, ", ");
     }
+    append(&sb, v->azContentColumn[i]);
+    append(&sb, " = ?");
   }
+  append(&sb, " where docid = ?");
+  return stringBufferData(&sb);
+}
 
-  /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
-  ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
-  ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
-  ** 
-  **     1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" 
-  **        and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. 
-  **
-  **     2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an 
-  **        explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
-  */ 
-  if( pCol ){
-    zDataType = pCol->zType;
-    zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
-    notnull = (pCol->notNull?1:0);
-    primarykey  = (pCol->isPrimKey?1:0);
-    autoinc = ((pTab->iPKey==iCol && pTab->autoInc)?1:0);
-  }else{
-    zDataType = "INTEGER";
-    primarykey = 1;
-  }
-  if( !zCollSeq ){
-    zCollSeq = "BINARY";
+/* Puts a freshly-prepared statement determined by iStmt in *ppStmt.
+** If the indicated statement has never been prepared, it is prepared
+** and cached, otherwise the cached version is reset.
+*/
+static int sql_get_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, fulltext_statement iStmt,
+                             sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
+  assert( iStmtpFulltextStatements[iStmt]==NULL ){
+    const char *zStmt;
+    int rc;
+    switch( iStmt ){
+      case CONTENT_INSERT_STMT:
+        zStmt = contentInsertStatement(v); break;
+      case CONTENT_SELECT_STMT:
+        zStmt = contentSelectStatement(v); break;
+      case CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT:
+        zStmt = contentUpdateStatement(v); break;
+      default:
+        zStmt = fulltext_zStatement[iStmt];
+    }
+    rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt],
+                         zStmt);
+    if( zStmt != fulltext_zStatement[iStmt]) sqlite3_free((void *) zStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  } else {
+    int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   }
 
-error_out:
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-
-  /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
-  ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
-  ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
-  */
-  if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
-  if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
-  if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
-  if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
-  if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&zErrMsg, "no such table column: ", zTableName, ".", 
-        zColumnName, 0);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
+  *ppStmt = v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt];
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-#endif
 
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
+/* Like sqlite3_step(), but convert SQLITE_DONE to SQLITE_OK and
+** SQLITE_ROW to SQLITE_ERROR.  Useful for statements like UPDATE,
+** where we expect no results.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-  int rc;
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-
-  /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() 
-  ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
-  */
-  rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
-  return rc;
+static int sql_single_step(sqlite3_stmt *s){
+  int rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : rc;
 }
 
-/*
-** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
+/* Like sql_get_statement(), but for special replicated LEAF_SELECT
+** statements.  idx -1 is a special case for an uncached version of
+** the statement (used in the optimize implementation).
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+/* TODO(shess) Write version for generic statements and then share
+** that between the cached-statement functions.
+*/
+static int sql_get_leaf_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, int idx,
+                                  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
+  assert( idx>=-1 && idxdb, v->zDb, v->zName, ppStmt, LEAF_SELECT);
+  }else if( v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]==NULL ){
+    int rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx],
+                         LEAF_SELECT);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }else{
+    int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  *ppStmt = v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx];
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/*
-** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
+/* insert into %_content (docid, ...) values ([docid], [pValues])
+** If the docid contains SQL NULL, then a unique docid will be
+** generated.
 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
-  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  int iDb;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( zDbName==0 ){
-    iDb = 0;
-  }else{
-    for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){
-      if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break;
-    }
+static int content_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value *docid,
+                          sqlite3_value **pValues){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int i;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_INSERT_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1, docid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 2+i, pValues[i]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   }
-  if( iDbnDb ){
-    Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
-    if( pBtree ){
-      Pager *pPager;
-      sqlite3_file *fd;
-      sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
-      assert( pPager!=0 );
-      fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
-      assert( fd!=0 );
-      if( fd->pMethods ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-    }
+
+  return sql_single_step(s);
+}
+
+/* update %_content set col0 = pValues[0], col1 = pValues[1], ...
+ *                  where docid = [iDocid] */
+static int content_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value **pValues,
+                          sqlite_int64 iDocid){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int i;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1+i, pValues[i]);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;   
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1+v->nColumn, iDocid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  return sql_single_step(s);
 }
 
-/*
-** Interface to the testing logic.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
-  int rc = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  va_list ap;
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-    /*
-    ** sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_CONFIG, fault_id, nDelay, nRepeat)
-    **
-    ** Configure a fault injector.  The specific fault injector is
-    ** identified by the fault_id argument.  (ex: SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC)
-    ** The fault will occur after a delay of nDelay calls.  The fault
-    ** will repeat nRepeat times.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_CONFIG: {
-      int id = va_arg(ap, int);
-      int nDelay = va_arg(ap, int);
-      int nRepeat = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3FaultConfig(id, nDelay, nRepeat);
-      break;
-    }
+static void freeStringArray(int nString, const char **pString){
+  int i;
 
-    /*
-    ** sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_FAILURES, fault_id)
-    **
-    ** Return the number of faults (both hard and benign faults) that have
-    ** occurred since the injector identified by fault_id) was last configured.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_FAILURES: {
-      int id = va_arg(ap, int);
-      rc = sqlite3FaultFailures(id);
-      break;
-    }
+  for (i=0 ; i < nString ; ++i) {
+    if( pString[i]!=NULL ) sqlite3_free((void *) pString[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free((void *) pString);
+}
 
-    /*
-    ** sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_BENIGN_FAILURES, fault_id)
-    **
-    ** Return the number of benign faults that have occurred since the
-    ** injector identified by fault_id was last configured.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_BENIGN_FAILURES: {
-      int id = va_arg(ap, int);
-      rc = sqlite3FaultBenignFailures(id);
-      break;
-    }
+/* select * from %_content where docid = [iDocid]
+ * The caller must delete the returned array and all strings in it.
+ * null fields will be NULL in the returned array.
+ *
+ * TODO: Perhaps we should return pointer/length strings here for consistency
+ * with other code which uses pointer/length. */
+static int content_select(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
+                          const char ***pValues){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  const char **values;
+  int i;
+  int rc;
 
-    /*
-    ** sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_PENDING, fault_id)
-    **
-    ** Return the number of successes that will occur before the next
-    ** scheduled failure on fault injector fault_id.
-    ** If no failures are scheduled, return -1.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_PENDING: {
-      int id = va_arg(ap, int);
-      rc = sqlite3FaultPending(id);
-      break;
-    }
+  *pValues = NULL;
 
-    /*
-    ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
-      sqlite3PrngSaveState();
-      break;
-    }
+  rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_SELECT_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-    /*
-    ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
-    ** PRNG_SAVE.  If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
-    ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
-      sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
-      break;
-    }
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iDocid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-    /*
-    ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state.  The next call
-    ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
-    ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
-      sqlite3PrngResetState();
-      break;
-    }
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
 
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
-    **
-    ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size.  The program argument
-    ** is an array of integers that defines the test.  Return -1 on a
-    ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
-    ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
-      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
-      int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
-      rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
-      break;
+  values = (const char **) sqlite3_malloc(v->nColumn * sizeof(const char *));
+  for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(s, i)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+      values[i] = NULL;
+    }else{
+      values[i] = string_dup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(s, i));
     }
   }
-  va_end(ap);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
-*/
 
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
+  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
+   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    *pValues = values;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
 
-/* TODO(shess) Consider exporting this comment to an HTML file or the
-** wiki.
-*/
-/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like)
-** structures called segments which map terms to doclists.  The
-** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the
-** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable.  Since trees
-** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the
-** bottom up.
-**
-**
-**** Varints ****
-** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a
-** varint.  We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order
-** using seven bits * per byte as follows:
-**
-** KEY:
-**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**
-**  7 bits - A
-** 14 bits - BA
-** 21 bits - BBA
-** and so on.
-**
-** This is identical to how sqlite encodes varints (see util.c).
-**
-**
-**** Document lists ****
-** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
-** given term.  Doclists hold docids, and can optionally associate
-** token positions and offsets with docids.
-**
-** A DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS doclist is stored like this:
-**
-** array {
-**   varint docid;
-**   array {                (position list for column 0)
-**     varint position;     (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE)
-**     varint startOffset;  (delta from previous startOffset)
-**     varint endOffset;    (delta from startOffset)
-**   }
-**   array {
-**     varint POS_COLUMN;   (marks start of position list for new column)
-**     varint column;       (index of new column)
-**     array {
-**       varint position;   (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE)
-**       varint startOffset;(delta from previous startOffset)
-**       varint endOffset;  (delta from startOffset)
-**     }
-**   }
-**   varint POS_END;        (marks end of positions for this document.
-** }
-**
-** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
-** memory.  A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
-** generated by the tokenizer, while an "offset" is a byte offset,
-** both based at 0.  Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur in the
-** same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
-** ending a position list array.
-**
-** A DL_POSITIONS doclist omits the startOffset and endOffset
-** information.  A DL_DOCIDS doclist omits both the position and
-** offset information, becoming an array of varint-encoded docids.
-**
-** On-disk data is stored as type DL_DEFAULT, so we don't serialize
-** the type.  Due to how deletion is implemented in the segmentation
-** system, on-disk doclists MUST store at least positions.
-**
-**
-**** Segment leaf nodes ****
-** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term.  Leaf
-** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to
-** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to
-** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer).  Leaf nodes have
-** the format:
-**
-** varint iHeight;             (height from leaf level, always 0)
-** varint nTerm;               (length of first term)
-** char pTerm[nTerm];          (content of first term)
-** varint nDoclist;            (length of term's associated doclist)
-** char pDoclist[nDoclist];    (content of doclist)
-** array {
-**                             (further terms are delta-encoded)
-**   varint nPrefix;           (length of prefix shared with previous term)
-**   varint nSuffix;           (length of unshared suffix)
-**   char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term)
-**   varint nDoclist;          (length of term's associated doclist)
-**   char pDoclist[nDoclist];  (content of doclist)
-** }
-**
-** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
-** memory.
-**
-** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in
-** the %_segments table in sorted order.  This means that when the end
-** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next
-** greater node id.
-**
-** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node
-** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048).  New data which itself is
-** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone
-** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist).  The goal of
-** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while
-** making it efficient to directly access large doclists.  The
-** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more
-** likely to be query targets.
-**
-** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more
-** dynamic.  For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf
-** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes.  My intuition is
-** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize.
-**
-**
-**** Segment interior nodes ****
-** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms
-** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree.  Interior
-** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using
-** InteriorReader.  InteriorWriters are created as needed when
-** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node
-** itself grows too big and must be split.  The format of interior
-** nodes:
-**
-** varint iHeight;           (height from leaf level, always >0)
-** varint iBlockid;          (block id of node's leftmost subtree)
-** optional {
-**   varint nTerm;           (length of first term)
-**   char pTerm[nTerm];      (content of first term)
-**   array {
-**                                (further terms are delta-encoded)
-**     varint nPrefix;            (length of shared prefix with previous term)
-**     varint nSuffix;            (length of unshared suffix)
-**     char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term)
-**   }
-** }
-**
-** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X }
-** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory.
-**
-** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees.  The
-** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid
-** is encoded.  The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less
-** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded).
-** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less
-** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at
-** iBlockid+i.  Interior nodes only store enough term data to
-** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left
-** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is
-** "wicked", only "w" is stored).
-**
-** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when
-** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048).
-** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing
-** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny.  The interior nodes
-** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at
-** height+1, and so on.
-**
-**
-**** Segment directory ****
-** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for
-** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the
-** segment's tree.
-**
-** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding
-** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024).
-** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node.  If the top
-** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments
-** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit
-** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the
-** height and the blockid of the previous root).
-**
-** The meta-information in the segment directory is:
-**   level               - segment level (see below)
-**   idx                 - index within level
-**                       - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment)
-**   start_block         - first leaf node
-**   leaves_end_block    - last leaf node
-**   end_block           - last block (including interior nodes)
-**   root                - contents of root node
-**
-** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block,
-** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0.
-**
-**
-**** Segment merging ****
-** To amortize update costs, segments are groups into levels and
-** merged in matches.  Each increase in level represents exponentially
-** more documents.
-**
-** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
-** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with
-** incrementing idx.  When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all
-** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment.  Level 1
-** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1
-** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing
-** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on.
-**
-** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in
-** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge.  Since segment
-** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this
-** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently.
-** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are
-** deleted.
-**
-** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments.  16 seems to be
-** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance.  32 and 64 show
-** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're
-** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time
-** sorting).  8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than
-** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16.
-**
-** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments
-** which need to be scanned and merged.  For instance, with 100k docs
-** inserted:
-**
-**    MERGE_COUNT   segments
-**       16           25
-**        8           12
-**        4           10
-**        2            6
-**
-** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very
-** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge
-** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast
-** even with many segments.
-**
-** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side
-** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16.  Also, it is possible/likely that
-** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet
-** spot around.
-**
-**
-**
-**** Handling of deletions and updates ****
-** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented
-** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term
-** index when a document is deleted or updated.  For deletions, we
-** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates
-** we simply write the new doclist.  Segment merges overwrite older
-** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates
-** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out.  The
-** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out
-** older data.
-**
-** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all
-** deletions and duplications.  This would basically be a forced merge
-** into a single segment.
+  freeStringArray(v->nColumn, values);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* delete from %_content where docid = [iDocid ] */
+static int content_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_DELETE_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iDocid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  return sql_single_step(s);
+}
+
+/* Returns SQLITE_ROW if any rows exist in %_content, SQLITE_DONE if
+** no rows exist, and any error in case of failure.
 */
+static int content_exists(fulltext_vtab *v){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_EXISTS_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
 
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
-# define SQLITE_CORE 1
-#endif
+  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
+   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_ROW;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* insert into %_segments values ([pData])
+**   returns assigned blockid in *piBlockid
+*/
+static int block_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
+                        sqlite_int64 *piBlockid){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_INSERT_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 1, pData, nData, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
-** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
-** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
+
+  /* blockid column is an alias for rowid. */
+  *piBlockid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* delete from %_segments
+**   where blockid between [iStartBlockid] and [iEndBlockid]
 **
+** Deletes the range of blocks, inclusive, used to delete the blocks
+** which form a segment.
 */
-#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
-#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
+static int block_delete(fulltext_vtab *v,
+                        sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_DELETE_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-/* Forward declarations of structures. */
-typedef struct fts3Hash fts3Hash;
-typedef struct fts3HashElem fts3HashElem;
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
-** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
-** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
-** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
-** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
-** this structure opaque.
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  return sql_single_step(s);
+}
+
+/* Returns SQLITE_ROW with *pidx set to the maximum segment idx found
+** at iLevel.  Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no segments at
+** iLevel.  Otherwise returns an error.
 */
-struct fts3Hash {
-  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
-  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
-  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
-  fts3HashElem *first;    /* The first element of the array */
-  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
-  struct _fts3ht {        /* the hash table */
-    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
-    fts3HashElem *chain;     /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
-  } *ht;
-};
+static int segdir_max_index(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int *pidx){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
-** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
-**
-** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
-** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  /* Should always get at least one row due to how max() works. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
+
+  /* NULL means that there were no inputs to max(). */
+  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){
+    rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  *pidx = sqlite3_column_int(s, 0);
+
+  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
+   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
+  return SQLITE_ROW;
+}
+
+/* insert into %_segdir values (
+**   [iLevel], [idx],
+**   [iStartBlockid], [iLeavesEndBlockid], [iEndBlockid],
+**   [pRootData]
+** )
 */
-struct fts3HashElem {
-  fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
-  void *data;                /* Data associated with this element */
-  void *pKey; int nKey;      /* Key associated with this element */
-};
+static int segdir_set(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int idx,
+                      sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid,
+                      sqlite_int64 iLeavesEndBlockid,
+                      sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid,
+                      const char *pRootData, int nRootData){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SET_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, idx);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 3, iStartBlockid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 4, iLeavesEndBlockid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 5, iEndBlockid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 6, pRootData, nRootData, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  return sql_single_step(s);
+}
+
+/* Queries %_segdir for the block span of the segments in level
+** iLevel.  Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no blocks for iLevel,
+** SQLITE_ROW if there are blocks, else an error.
+*/
+static int segdir_span(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel,
+                       sqlite_int64 *piStartBlockid,
+                       sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SPAN_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE;  /* Should never happen */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
+
+  /* This happens if all segments at this level are entirely inline. */
+  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){
+    /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
+     * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
+    int rc2 = sqlite3_step(s);
+    if( rc2==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    return rc2;
+  }
+
+  *piStartBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
+  *piEndBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
+
+  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
+   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
+  return SQLITE_ROW;
+}
+
+/* Delete the segment blocks and segment directory records for all
+** segments at iLevel.
+*/
+static int segdir_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid;
+  int rc = segdir_span(v, iLevel, &iStartBlockid, &iEndBlockid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    rc = block_delete(v, iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the segment directory itself. */
+  rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_DELETE_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iLevel);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  return sql_single_step(s);
+}
+
+/* Delete entire fts index, SQLITE_OK on success, relevant error on
+** failure.
+*/
+static int segdir_delete_all(fulltext_vtab *v){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_DELETE_ALL_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sql_single_step(s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_DELETE_ALL_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  return sql_single_step(s);
+}
+
+/* Returns SQLITE_OK with *pnSegments set to the number of entries in
+** %_segdir and *piMaxLevel set to the highest level which has a
+** segment.  Otherwise returns the SQLite error which caused failure.
+*/
+static int segdir_count(fulltext_vtab *v, int *pnSegments, int *piMaxLevel){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_COUNT_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  /* TODO(shess): This case should not be possible?  Should stronger
+  ** measures be taken if it happens?
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    *pnSegments = 0;
+    *piMaxLevel = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
+
+  *pnSegments = sqlite3_column_int(s, 0);
+  *piMaxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(s, 1);
+
+  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
+   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* TODO(shess) clearPendingTerms() is far down the file because
+** writeZeroSegment() is far down the file because LeafWriter is far
+** down the file.  Consider refactoring the code to move the non-vtab
+** code above the vtab code so that we don't need this forward
+** reference.
+*/
+static int clearPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v);
 
 /*
-** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
-**
-**   FTS3_HASH_STRING        pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
-**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
-**                           is respected in comparisons.
+** Free the memory used to contain a fulltext_vtab structure.
+*/
+static void fulltext_vtab_destroy(fulltext_vtab *v){
+  int iStmt, i;
+
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Destroy %p\n", v));
+  for( iStmt=0; iStmtpFulltextStatements[iStmt]!=NULL ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]);
+      v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt] = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  for( i=0; ipLeafSelectStmts[i]!=NULL ){
+      sqlite3_finalize(v->pLeafSelectStmts[i]);
+      v->pLeafSelectStmts[i] = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( v->pTokenizer!=NULL ){
+    v->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(v->pTokenizer);
+    v->pTokenizer = NULL;
+  }
+
+  clearPendingTerms(v);
+
+  sqlite3_free(v->azColumn);
+  for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn; ++i) {
+    sqlite3_free(v->azContentColumn[i]);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(v->azContentColumn);
+  sqlite3_free(v);
+}
+
+/*
+** Token types for parsing the arguments to xConnect or xCreate.
+*/
+#define TOKEN_EOF         0    /* End of file */
+#define TOKEN_SPACE       1    /* Any kind of whitespace */
+#define TOKEN_ID          2    /* An identifier */
+#define TOKEN_STRING      3    /* A string literal */
+#define TOKEN_PUNCT       4    /* A single punctuation character */
+
+/*
+** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
+** ftsIdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
 **
-**   FTS3_HASH_BINARY        pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
-**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
+** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
+** isFtsIdChar[X] must be 1.
 **
-** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.  
+** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
+** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
+** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
+** But the feature is undocumented.
 */
-#define FTS3_HASH_STRING    1
-#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY    2
+static const char isFtsIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+#define ftsIdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && isFtsIdChar[c-0x20]))
+
 
 /*
-** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
+** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash*);
+static int ftsGetToken(const char *z, int *tokenType){
+  int i, c;
+  switch( *z ){
+    case 0: {
+      *tokenType = TOKEN_EOF;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
+      for(i=1; safe_isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = TOKEN_SPACE;
+      return i;
+    }
+    case '`':
+    case '\'':
+    case '"': {
+      int delim = z[0];
+      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+        if( c==delim ){
+          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
+            i++;
+          }else{
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      *tokenType = TOKEN_STRING;
+      return i + (c!=0);
+    }
+    case '[': {
+      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+      *tokenType = TOKEN_ID;
+      return i;
+    }
+    default: {
+      if( !ftsIdChar(*z) ){
+        break;
+      }
+      for(i=1; ftsIdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+      *tokenType = TOKEN_ID;
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  *tokenType = TOKEN_PUNCT;
+  return 1;
+}
 
 /*
-** Shorthand for the functions above
+** A token extracted from a string is an instance of the following
+** structure.
 */
-#define fts3HashInit   sqlite3Fts3HashInit
-#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
-#define fts3HashFind   sqlite3Fts3HashFind
-#define fts3HashClear  sqlite3Fts3HashClear
+typedef struct FtsToken {
+  const char *z;       /* Pointer to token text.  Not '\000' terminated */
+  short int n;         /* Length of the token text in bytes. */
+} FtsToken;
 
 /*
-** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
-** like this:
+** Given a input string (which is really one of the argv[] parameters
+** passed into xConnect or xCreate) split the string up into tokens.
+** Return an array of pointers to '\000' terminated strings, one string
+** for each non-whitespace token.
 **
-**   fts3Hash h;
-**   fts3HashElem *p;
-**   ...
-**   for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
-**     SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
-**     // do something with pData
-**   }
+** The returned array is terminated by a single NULL pointer.
+**
+** Space to hold the returned array is obtained from a single
+** malloc and should be freed by passing the return value to free().
+** The individual strings within the token list are all a part of
+** the single memory allocation and will all be freed at once.
 */
-#define fts3HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
-#define fts3HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
-#define fts3HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
-#define fts3HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
-#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+static char **tokenizeString(const char *z, int *pnToken){
+  int nToken = 0;
+  FtsToken *aToken = sqlite3_malloc( strlen(z) * sizeof(aToken[0]) );
+  int n = 1;
+  int e, i;
+  int totalSize = 0;
+  char **azToken;
+  char *zCopy;
+  while( n>0 ){
+    n = ftsGetToken(z, &e);
+    if( e!=TOKEN_SPACE ){
+      aToken[nToken].z = z;
+      aToken[nToken].n = n;
+      nToken++;
+      totalSize += n+1;
+    }
+    z += n;
+  }
+  azToken = (char**)sqlite3_malloc( nToken*sizeof(char*) + totalSize );
+  zCopy = (char*)&azToken[nToken];
+  nToken--;
+  for(i=0; icount)
-
-#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
+static void dequoteString(char *z){
+  int quote;
+  int i, j;
+  if( z==0 ) return;
+  quote = z[0];
+  switch( quote ){
+    case '\'':  break;
+    case '"':   break;
+    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
+    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
+    default:    return;
+  }
+  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
+    if( z[i]==quote ){
+      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
+        z[j++] = quote;
+        i++;
+      }else{
+        z[j++] = 0;
+        break;
+      }
+    }else{
+      z[j++] = z[i];
+    }
+  }
+}
 
-/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
-/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3.c *************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
 /*
-** 2006 July 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+** The input azIn is a NULL-terminated list of tokens.  Remove the first
+** token and all punctuation tokens.  Remove the quotes from
+** around string literal tokens.
 **
-*************************************************************************
-** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
-** are three basic components:
+** Example:
 **
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
-** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
-** tokenizers.
+**     input:      tokenize chinese ( 'simplifed' , 'mixed' )
+**     output:     chinese simplifed mixed
 **
-** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
-** including customization information defined at creation time.
+** Another example:
 **
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
-** tokens from a particular input.
+**     input:      delimiters ( '[' , ']' , '...' )
+**     output:     [ ] ...
 */
-#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
-#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+static void tokenListToIdList(char **azIn){
+  int i, j;
+  if( azIn ){
+    for(i=0, j=-1; azIn[i]; i++){
+      if( safe_isalnum(azIn[i][0]) || azIn[i][1] ){
+        dequoteString(azIn[i]);
+        if( j>=0 ){
+          azIn[j] = azIn[i];
+        }
+        j++;
+      }
+    }
+    azIn[j] = 0;
+  }
+}
 
-/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
-** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
-** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
-*/
 
 /*
-** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
-** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
-** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
-** functions that make up an implementation.
+** Find the first alphanumeric token in the string zIn.  Null-terminate
+** this token.  Remove any quotation marks.  And return a pointer to
+** the result.
+*/
+static char *firstToken(char *zIn, char **pzTail){
+  int n, ttype;
+  while(1){
+    n = ftsGetToken(zIn, &ttype);
+    if( ttype==TOKEN_SPACE ){
+      zIn += n;
+    }else if( ttype==TOKEN_EOF ){
+      *pzTail = zIn;
+      return 0;
+    }else{
+      zIn[n] = 0;
+      *pzTail = &zIn[1];
+      dequoteString(zIn);
+      return zIn;
+    }
+  }
+  /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+/* Return true if...
 **
-** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
-** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
-** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an 
-** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
-** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+**   *  s begins with the string t, ignoring case
+**   *  s is longer than t
+**   *  The first character of s beyond t is not a alphanumeric
+** 
+** Ignore leading space in *s.
 **
-** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
-** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
-** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
-** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
-** object.
+** To put it another way, return true if the first token of
+** s[] is t[].
 */
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
+static int startsWith(const char *s, const char *t){
+  while( safe_isspace(*s) ){ s++; }
+  while( *t ){
+    if( safe_tolower(*s++)!=safe_tolower(*t++) ) return 0;
+  }
+  return *s!='_' && !safe_isalnum(*s);
+}
 
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+/*
+** An instance of this structure defines the "spec" of a
+** full text index.  This structure is populated by parseSpec
+** and use by fulltextConnect and fulltextCreate.
+*/
+typedef struct TableSpec {
+  const char *zDb;         /* Logical database name */
+  const char *zName;       /* Name of the full-text index */
+  int nColumn;             /* Number of columns to be indexed */
+  char **azColumn;         /* Original names of columns to be indexed */
+  char **azContentColumn;  /* Column names for %_content */
+  char **azTokenizer;      /* Name of tokenizer and its arguments */
+} TableSpec;
 
-  /*
-  ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0.
-  */
-  int iVersion;
+/*
+** Reclaim all of the memory used by a TableSpec
+*/
+static void clearTableSpec(TableSpec *p) {
+  sqlite3_free(p->azColumn);
+  sqlite3_free(p->azContentColumn);
+  sqlite3_free(p->azTokenizer);
+}
 
-  /*
-  ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
-  ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
-  ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
-  ** the following SQL is executed:
-  **
-  **   CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer  arg1 arg2)
-  **
-  ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
-  ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
-  **
-  ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error 
-  ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
-  ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
-  ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
-  ** this callback. The caller will do so.
-  */
-  int (*xCreate)(
-    int argc,                           /* Size of argv array */
-    const char *const*argv,             /* Tokenizer argument strings */
-    sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer     /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
-  );
+/* Parse a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement, which looks like this:
+ *
+ * CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE email
+ *        USING fts3(subject, body, tokenize mytokenizer(myarg))
+ *
+ * We return parsed information in a TableSpec structure.
+ * 
+ */
+static int parseSpec(TableSpec *pSpec, int argc, const char *const*argv,
+                     char**pzErr){
+  int i, n;
+  char *z, *zDummy;
+  char **azArg;
+  const char *zTokenizer = 0;    /* argv[] entry describing the tokenizer */
 
-  /*
-  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
-  ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+  assert( argc>=3 );
+  /* Current interface:
+  ** argv[0] - module name
+  ** argv[1] - database name
+  ** argv[2] - table name
+  ** argv[3..] - columns, optionally followed by tokenizer specification
+  **             and snippet delimiters specification.
   */
-  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
 
-  /*
-  ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
-  ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
-  ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). 
+  /* Make a copy of the complete argv[][] array in a single allocation.
+  ** The argv[][] array is read-only and transient.  We can write to the
+  ** copy in order to modify things and the copy is persistent.
   */
-  int (*xOpen)(
-    sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,       /* Tokenizer object */
-    const char *pInput, int nBytes,      /* Input buffer */
-    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor  /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
-  );
+  CLEAR(pSpec);
+  for(i=n=0; izDb = azArg[1];
+  pSpec->zName = azArg[2];
+  pSpec->nColumn = 0;
+  pSpec->azColumn = azArg;
+  zTokenizer = "tokenize simple";
+  for(i=3; inColumn] = firstToken(azArg[i], &zDummy);
+      pSpec->nColumn++;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pSpec->nColumn==0 ){
+    azArg[0] = "content";
+    pSpec->nColumn = 1;
+  }
 
   /*
-  ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
-  ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
-  ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
-  ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
+  ** Construct the list of content column names.
   **
-  ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the 
-  ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
-  ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
-  ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
-  ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
-  ** *piEndOffset.
+  ** Each content column name will be of the form cNNAAAA
+  ** where NN is the column number and AAAA is the sanitized
+  ** column name.  "sanitized" means that special characters are
+  ** converted to "_".  The cNN prefix guarantees that all column
+  ** names are unique.
   **
-  ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
-  ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
-  ** to xNext() or xClose(). 
+  ** The AAAA suffix is not strictly necessary.  It is included
+  ** for the convenience of people who might examine the generated
+  ** %_content table and wonder what the columns are used for.
   */
-  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
-  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
-  ** should be converted to zInput.
+  pSpec->azContentColumn = sqlite3_malloc( pSpec->nColumn * sizeof(char *) );
+  if( pSpec->azContentColumn==0 ){
+    clearTableSpec(pSpec);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
+    char *p;
+    pSpec->azContentColumn[i] = sqlite3_mprintf("c%d%s", i, azArg[i]);
+    for (p = pSpec->azContentColumn[i]; *p ; ++p) {
+      if( !safe_isalnum(*p) ) *p = '_';
+    }
+  }
+
+  /*
+  ** Parse the tokenizer specification string.
   */
-  int (*xNext)(
-    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,   /* Tokenizer cursor */
-    const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,  /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
-    int *piStartOffset,  /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
-    int *piEndOffset,    /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
-    int *piPosition      /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
-  );
-};
+  pSpec->azTokenizer = tokenizeString(zTokenizer, &n);
+  tokenListToIdList(pSpec->azTokenizer);
 
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
-  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
-  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
+/*
+** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement that describes the schema of
+** the virtual table.  Return a pointer to this schema string.
+**
+** Space is obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() and should be freed
+** using sqlite3_free().
+*/
+static char *fulltextSchema(
+  int nColumn,                  /* Number of columns */
+  const char *const* azColumn,  /* List of columns */
+  const char *zTableName        /* Name of the table */
+){
+  int i;
+  char *zSchema, *zNext;
+  const char *zSep = "(";
+  zSchema = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x");
+  for(i=0; ibase */
+  v->db = db;
+  v->zDb = spec->zDb;       /* Freed when azColumn is freed */
+  v->zName = spec->zName;   /* Freed when azColumn is freed */
+  v->nColumn = spec->nColumn;
+  v->azContentColumn = spec->azContentColumn;
+  spec->azContentColumn = 0;
+  v->azColumn = spec->azColumn;
+  spec->azColumn = 0;
 
-/* TODO(shess) MAN, this thing needs some refactoring.  At minimum, it
-** would be nice to order the file better, perhaps something along the
-** lines of:
-**
-**  - utility functions
-**  - table setup functions
-**  - table update functions
-**  - table query functions
-**
-** Put the query functions last because they're likely to reference
-** typedefs or functions from the table update section.
-*/
+  if( spec->azTokenizer==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
 
-#if 0
-# define FTSTRACE(A)  printf A; fflush(stdout)
-#else
-# define FTSTRACE(A)
-#endif
+  zTok = spec->azTokenizer[0]; 
+  if( !zTok ){
+    zTok = "simple";
+  }
+  nTok = strlen(zTok)+1;
 
-/*
-** Default span for NEAR operators.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
+  m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zTok, nTok);
+  if( !m ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", spec->azTokenizer[0]);
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    goto err;
+  }
 
-/* It is not safe to call isspace(), tolower(), or isalnum() on
-** hi-bit-set characters.  This is the same solution used in the
-** tokenizer.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) The snippet-generation code should be using the
-** tokenizer-generated tokens rather than doing its own local
-** tokenization.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Is __isascii() a portable version of (c&0x80)==0? */
-static int safe_isspace(char c){
-  return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0;
-}
-static int safe_tolower(char c){
-  return (c&0x80)==0 ? tolower(c) : c;
-}
-static int safe_isalnum(char c){
-  return (c&0x80)==0 ? isalnum(c) : 0;
+  for(n=0; spec->azTokenizer[n]; n++){}
+  if( n ){
+    rc = m->xCreate(n-1, (const char*const*)&spec->azTokenizer[1],
+                    &v->pTokenizer);
+  }else{
+    rc = m->xCreate(0, 0, &v->pTokenizer);
+  }
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+  v->pTokenizer->pModule = m;
+
+  /* TODO: verify the existence of backing tables foo_content, foo_term */
+
+  schema = fulltextSchema(v->nColumn, (const char*const*)v->azColumn,
+                          spec->zName);
+  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, schema);
+  sqlite3_free(schema);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+
+  memset(v->pFulltextStatements, 0, sizeof(v->pFulltextStatements));
+
+  /* Indicate that the buffer is not live. */
+  v->nPendingData = -1;
+
+  *ppVTab = &v->base;
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Connect %p\n", v));
+
+  return rc;
+
+err:
+  fulltext_vtab_destroy(v);
+  return rc;
 }
 
-typedef enum DocListType {
-  DL_DOCIDS,              /* docids only */
-  DL_POSITIONS,           /* docids + positions */
-  DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS    /* docids + positions + offsets */
-} DocListType;
+static int fulltextConnect(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  TableSpec spec;
+  int rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-/*
-** By default, only positions and not offsets are stored in the doclists.
-** To change this so that offsets are stored too, compile with
-**
-**          -DDL_DEFAULT=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS
-**
-** If DL_DEFAULT is set to DL_DOCIDS, your table can only be inserted
-** into (no deletes or updates).
+  rc = constructVtab(db, (fts3Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr);
+  clearTableSpec(&spec);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* The %_content table holds the text of each document, with
+** the docid column exposed as the SQLite rowid for the table.
 */
-#ifndef DL_DEFAULT
-# define DL_DEFAULT DL_POSITIONS
-#endif
+/* TODO(shess) This comment needs elaboration to match the updated
+** code.  Work it into the top-of-file comment at that time.
+*/
+static int fulltextCreate(sqlite3 *db, void *pAux,
+                          int argc, const char * const *argv,
+                          sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char **pzErr){
+  int rc;
+  TableSpec spec;
+  StringBuffer schema;
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Create\n"));
 
-enum {
-  POS_END = 0,        /* end of this position list */
-  POS_COLUMN,         /* followed by new column number */
-  POS_BASE
-};
+  rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  initStringBuffer(&schema);
+  append(&schema, "CREATE TABLE %_content(");
+  append(&schema, "  docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,");
+  appendList(&schema, spec.nColumn, spec.azContentColumn);
+  append(&schema, ")");
+  rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName, stringBufferData(&schema));
+  stringBufferDestroy(&schema);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
+
+  rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName,
+                "create table %_segments("
+                "  blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
+                "  block blob"
+                ");"
+                );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
+
+  rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName,
+                "create table %_segdir("
+                "  level integer,"
+                "  idx integer,"
+                "  start_block integer,"
+                "  leaves_end_block integer,"
+                "  end_block integer,"
+                "  root blob,"
+                "  primary key(level, idx)"
+                ");");
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
 
-/* MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments (see comment at
-** top of file).
-*/
-#define MERGE_COUNT 16
+  rc = constructVtab(db, (fts3Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr);
 
-/* utility functions */
+out:
+  clearTableSpec(&spec);
+  return rc;
+}
 
-/* CLEAR() and SCRAMBLE() abstract memset() on a pointer to a single
-** record to prevent errors of the form:
-**
-** my_function(SomeType *b){
-**   memset(b, '\0', sizeof(b));  // sizeof(b)!=sizeof(*b)
-** }
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Obvious candidates for a header file. */
-#define CLEAR(b) memset(b, '\0', sizeof(*(b)))
+/* Decide how to handle an SQL query. */
+static int fulltextBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
+  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *)pVTab;
+  int i;
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 BestIndex\n"));
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#  define SCRAMBLE(b) memset(b, 0x55, sizeof(*(b)))
-#else
-#  define SCRAMBLE(b)
-#endif
+  for(i=0; inConstraint; ++i){
+    const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint;
+    pConstraint = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
+    if( pConstraint->usable ) {
+      if( (pConstraint->iColumn==-1 || pConstraint->iColumn==v->nColumn+1) &&
+          pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
+        pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_DOCID;      /* lookup by docid */
+        FTSTRACE(("FTS3 QUERY_DOCID\n"));
+      } else if( pConstraint->iColumn>=0 && pConstraint->iColumn<=v->nColumn &&
+                 pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){
+        /* full-text search */
+        pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_FULLTEXT + pConstraint->iColumn;
+        FTSTRACE(("FTS3 QUERY_FULLTEXT %d\n", pConstraint->iColumn));
+      } else continue;
 
-/* We may need up to VARINT_MAX bytes to store an encoded 64-bit integer. */
-#define VARINT_MAX 10
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
+      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
 
-/* Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
- * The length of data written will be between 1 and VARINT_MAX bytes.
- * The number of bytes written is returned. */
-static int fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
-  unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
-  sqlite_uint64 vu = v;
-  do{
-    *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80);
-    vu >>= 7;
-  }while( vu!=0 );
-  q[-1] &= 0x7f;  /* turn off high bit in final byte */
-  assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= VARINT_MAX );
-  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
-}
+      /* An arbitrary value for now.
+       * TODO: Perhaps docid matches should be considered cheaper than
+       * full-text searches. */
+      pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;   
 
-/* Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
- * Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
- * The value is stored in *v. */
-static int fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){
-  const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p;
-  sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1;
-  while( (*q & 0x80) == 0x80 ){
-    x += y * (*q++ & 0x7f);
-    y <<= 7;
-    if( q - (unsigned char *)p >= VARINT_MAX ){  /* bad data */
-      assert( 0 );
-      return 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
     }
   }
-  x += y * (*q++);
-  *v = (sqlite_int64) x;
-  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+  pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_GENERIC;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-static int fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
- sqlite_int64 i;
- int ret = fts3GetVarint(p, &i);
- *pi = (int) i;
- assert( *pi==i );
- return ret;
+static int fulltextDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Disconnect %p\n", pVTab));
+  fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DataBuffer is used to collect data into a buffer in piecemeal
-** fashion.  It implements the usual distinction between amount of
-** data currently stored (nData) and buffer capacity (nCapacity).
-**
-** dataBufferInit - create a buffer with given initial capacity.
-** dataBufferReset - forget buffer's data, retaining capacity.
-** dataBufferDestroy - free buffer's data.
-** dataBufferSwap - swap contents of two buffers.
-** dataBufferExpand - expand capacity without adding data.
-** dataBufferAppend - append data.
-** dataBufferAppend2 - append two pieces of data at once.
-** dataBufferReplace - replace buffer's data.
-*/
-typedef struct DataBuffer {
-  char *pData;          /* Pointer to malloc'ed buffer. */
-  int nCapacity;        /* Size of pData buffer. */
-  int nData;            /* End of data loaded into pData. */
-} DataBuffer;
-
-static void dataBufferInit(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nCapacity){
-  assert( nCapacity>=0 );
-  pBuffer->nData = 0;
-  pBuffer->nCapacity = nCapacity;
-  pBuffer->pData = nCapacity==0 ? NULL : sqlite3_malloc(nCapacity);
-}
-static void dataBufferReset(DataBuffer *pBuffer){
-  pBuffer->nData = 0;
-}
-static void dataBufferDestroy(DataBuffer *pBuffer){
-  if( pBuffer->pData!=NULL ) sqlite3_free(pBuffer->pData);
-  SCRAMBLE(pBuffer);
-}
-static void dataBufferSwap(DataBuffer *pBuffer1, DataBuffer *pBuffer2){
-  DataBuffer tmp = *pBuffer1;
-  *pBuffer1 = *pBuffer2;
-  *pBuffer2 = tmp;
-}
-static void dataBufferExpand(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nAddCapacity){
-  assert( nAddCapacity>0 );
-  /* TODO(shess) Consider expanding more aggressively.  Note that the
-  ** underlying malloc implementation may take care of such things for
-  ** us already.
-  */
-  if( pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity>pBuffer->nCapacity ){
-    pBuffer->nCapacity = pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity;
-    pBuffer->pData = sqlite3_realloc(pBuffer->pData, pBuffer->nCapacity);
-  }
-}
-static void dataBufferAppend(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
-                             const char *pSource, int nSource){
-  assert( nSource>0 && pSource!=NULL );
-  dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource);
-  memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource, nSource);
-  pBuffer->nData += nSource;
-}
-static void dataBufferAppend2(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
-                              const char *pSource1, int nSource1,
-                              const char *pSource2, int nSource2){
-  assert( nSource1>0 && pSource1!=NULL );
-  assert( nSource2>0 && pSource2!=NULL );
-  dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource1+nSource2);
-  memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource1, nSource1);
-  memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData+nSource1, pSource2, nSource2);
-  pBuffer->nData += nSource1+nSource2;
-}
-static void dataBufferReplace(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
-                              const char *pSource, int nSource){
-  dataBufferReset(pBuffer);
-  dataBufferAppend(pBuffer, pSource, nSource);
-}
+static int fulltextDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){
+  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *)pVTab;
+  int rc;
 
-/* StringBuffer is a null-terminated version of DataBuffer. */
-typedef struct StringBuffer {
-  DataBuffer b;            /* Includes null terminator. */
-} StringBuffer;
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Destroy %p\n", pVTab));
+  rc = sql_exec(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName,
+                "drop table if exists %_content;"
+                "drop table if exists %_segments;"
+                "drop table if exists %_segdir;"
+                );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-static void initStringBuffer(StringBuffer *sb){
-  dataBufferInit(&sb->b, 100);
-  dataBufferReplace(&sb->b, "", 1);
-}
-static int stringBufferLength(StringBuffer *sb){
-  return sb->b.nData-1;
-}
-static char *stringBufferData(StringBuffer *sb){
-  return sb->b.pData;
-}
-static void stringBufferDestroy(StringBuffer *sb){
-  dataBufferDestroy(&sb->b);
+  fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-static void nappend(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom, int nFrom){
-  assert( sb->b.nData>0 );
-  if( nFrom>0 ){
-    sb->b.nData--;
-    dataBufferAppend2(&sb->b, zFrom, nFrom, "", 1);
+static int fulltextOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+  fulltext_cursor *c;
+
+  c = (fulltext_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fulltext_cursor));
+  if( c ){
+    memset(c, 0, sizeof(fulltext_cursor));
+    /* sqlite will initialize c->base */
+    *ppCursor = &c->base;
+    FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Open %p: %p\n", pVTab, c));
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }else{
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
 }
-static void append(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom){
-  nappend(sb, zFrom, strlen(zFrom));
+
+/* Free all of the dynamically allocated memory held by the
+** Snippet
+*/
+static void snippetClear(Snippet *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p->aMatch);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zOffset);
+  sqlite3_free(p->zSnippet);
+  CLEAR(p);
 }
 
-/* Append a list of strings separated by commas. */
-static void appendList(StringBuffer *sb, int nString, char **azString){
+/*
+** Append a single entry to the p->aMatch[] log.
+*/
+static void snippetAppendMatch(
+  Snippet *p,               /* Append the entry to this snippet */
+  int iCol, int iTerm,      /* The column and query term */
+  int iToken,               /* Matching token in document */
+  int iStart, int nByte     /* Offset and size of the match */
+){
   int i;
-  for(i=0; i0 ) append(sb, ", ");
-    append(sb, azString[i]);
+  struct snippetMatch *pMatch;
+  if( p->nMatch+1>=p->nAlloc ){
+    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + 10;
+    p->aMatch = sqlite3_realloc(p->aMatch, p->nAlloc*sizeof(p->aMatch[0]) );
+    if( p->aMatch==0 ){
+      p->nMatch = 0;
+      p->nAlloc = 0;
+      return;
+    }
   }
+  i = p->nMatch++;
+  pMatch = &p->aMatch[i];
+  pMatch->iCol = iCol;
+  pMatch->iTerm = iTerm;
+  pMatch->iToken = iToken;
+  pMatch->iStart = iStart;
+  pMatch->nByte = nByte;
 }
 
-static int endsInWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
-  return stringBufferLength(p)>0 &&
-    safe_isspace(stringBufferData(p)[stringBufferLength(p)-1]);
+/*
+** Sizing information for the circular buffer used in snippetOffsetsOfColumn()
+*/
+#define FTS3_ROTOR_SZ   (32)
+#define FTS3_ROTOR_MASK (FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-1)
+
+/*
+** Function to iterate through the tokens of a compiled expression.
+**
+** Except, skip all tokens on the right-hand side of a NOT operator.
+** This function is used to find tokens as part of snippet and offset
+** generation and we do nt want snippets and offsets to report matches
+** for tokens on the RHS of a NOT.
+*/
+static int fts3NextExprToken(Fts3Expr **ppExpr, int *piToken){
+  Fts3Expr *p = *ppExpr;
+  int iToken = *piToken;
+  if( iToken<0 ){
+    /* In this case the expression p is the root of an expression tree.
+    ** Move to the first token in the expression tree.
+    */
+    while( p->pLeft ){
+      p = p->pLeft;
+    }
+    iToken = 0;
+  }else{
+    assert(p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+    if( iToken<(p->pPhrase->nToken-1) ){
+      iToken++;
+    }else{
+      iToken = 0;
+      while( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft!=p ){
+        assert( p->pParent->pRight==p );
+        p = p->pParent;
+      }
+      p = p->pParent;
+      if( p ){
+        assert( p->pRight!=0 );
+        p = p->pRight;
+        while( p->pLeft ){
+          p = p->pLeft;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppExpr = p;
+  *piToken = iToken;
+  return p?1:0;
 }
 
-/* If the StringBuffer ends in something other than white space, add a
-** single space character to the end.
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the expression node pExpr is located beneath the
+** RHS of a NOT operator.
 */
-static void appendWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
-  if( stringBufferLength(p)==0 ) return;
-  if( !endsInWhiteSpace(p) ) append(p, " ");
+static int fts3ExprBeneathNot(Fts3Expr *p){
+  Fts3Expr *pParent;
+  while( p ){
+    pParent = p->pParent;
+    if( pParent && pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NOT && pParent->pRight==p ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+    p = pParent;
+  }
+  return 0;
 }
 
-/* Remove white space from the end of the StringBuffer */
-static void trimWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
-  while( endsInWhiteSpace(p) ){
-    p->b.pData[--p->b.nData-1] = '\0';
+/*
+** Add entries to pSnippet->aMatch[] for every match that occurs against
+** document zDoc[0..nDoc-1] which is stored in column iColumn.
+*/
+static void snippetOffsetsOfColumn(
+  fulltext_cursor *pCur,         /* The fulltest search cursor */
+  Snippet *pSnippet,             /* The Snippet object to be filled in */
+  int iColumn,                   /* Index of fulltext table column */
+  const char *zDoc,              /* Text of the fulltext table column */
+  int nDoc                       /* Length of zDoc in bytes */
+){
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pTModule;  /* The tokenizer module */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;             /* The specific tokenizer */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTCursor;        /* Tokenizer cursor */
+  fulltext_vtab *pVtab;                /* The full text index */
+  int nColumn;                         /* Number of columns in the index */
+  int i, j;                            /* Loop counters */
+  int rc;                              /* Return code */
+  unsigned int match, prevMatch;       /* Phrase search bitmasks */
+  const char *zToken;                  /* Next token from the tokenizer */
+  int nToken;                          /* Size of zToken */
+  int iBegin, iEnd, iPos;              /* Offsets of beginning and end */
+
+  /* The following variables keep a circular buffer of the last
+  ** few tokens */
+  unsigned int iRotor = 0;             /* Index of current token */
+  int iRotorBegin[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ];      /* Beginning offset of token */
+  int iRotorLen[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ];        /* Length of token */
+
+  pVtab = cursor_vtab(pCur);
+  nColumn = pVtab->nColumn;
+  pTokenizer = pVtab->pTokenizer;
+  pTModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  rc = pTModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pTCursor);
+  if( rc ) return;
+  pTCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+
+  prevMatch = 0;
+  while( !pTModule->xNext(pTCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
+    Fts3Expr *pIter = pCur->pExpr;
+    int iIter = -1;
+    iRotorBegin[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iBegin;
+    iRotorLen[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iEnd-iBegin;
+    match = 0;
+    for(i=0; i<(FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-1) && fts3NextExprToken(&pIter, &iIter); i++){
+      int nPhrase;                    /* Number of tokens in current phrase */
+      struct PhraseToken *pToken;     /* Current token */
+      int iCol;                       /* Column index */
+
+      if( fts3ExprBeneathNot(pIter) ) continue;
+      nPhrase = pIter->pPhrase->nToken;
+      pToken = &pIter->pPhrase->aToken[iIter];
+      iCol = pIter->pPhrase->iColumn;
+      if( iCol>=0 && iColn>nToken ) continue;
+      if( !pToken->isPrefix && pToken->nn<=nToken );
+      if( memcmp(pToken->z, zToken, pToken->n) ) continue;
+      if( iIter>0 && (prevMatch & (1<=0; j--){
+          int k = (iRotor-j) & FTS3_ROTOR_MASK;
+          snippetAppendMatch(pSnippet, iColumn, i-j, iPos-j,
+                iRotorBegin[k], iRotorLen[k]);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    prevMatch = match<<1;
+    iRotor++;
   }
+  pTModule->xClose(pTCursor);  
 }
 
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DLReader is used to read document elements from a doclist.  The
-** current docid is cached, so dlrDocid() is fast.  DLReader does not
-** own the doclist buffer.
+/*
+** Remove entries from the pSnippet structure to account for the NEAR
+** operator. When this is called, pSnippet contains the list of token 
+** offsets produced by treating all NEAR operators as AND operators.
+** This function removes any entries that should not be present after
+** accounting for the NEAR restriction. For example, if the queried
+** document is:
 **
-** dlrAtEnd - true if there's no more data to read.
-** dlrDocid - docid of current document.
-** dlrDocData - doclist data for current document (including docid).
-** dlrDocDataBytes - length of same.
-** dlrAllDataBytes - length of all remaining data.
-** dlrPosData - position data for current document.
-** dlrPosDataLen - length of pos data for current document (incl POS_END).
-** dlrStep - step to current document.
-** dlrInit - initial for doclist of given type against given data.
-** dlrDestroy - clean up.
+**     "A B C D E A"
 **
-** Expected usage is something like:
+** and the query is:
+** 
+**     A NEAR/0 E
 **
-**   DLReader reader;
-**   dlrInit(&reader, pData, nData);
-**   while( !dlrAtEnd(&reader) ){
-**     // calls to dlrDocid() and kin.
-**     dlrStep(&reader);
-**   }
-**   dlrDestroy(&reader);
+** then when this function is called the Snippet contains token offsets
+** 0, 4 and 5. This function removes the "0" entry (because the first A
+** is not near enough to an E).
+**
+** When this function is called, the value pointed to by parameter piLeft is
+** the integer id of the left-most token in the expression tree headed by
+** pExpr. This function increments *piLeft by the total number of tokens
+** in the expression tree headed by pExpr.
+**
+** Return 1 if any trimming occurs.  Return 0 if no trimming is required.
 */
-typedef struct DLReader {
-  DocListType iType;
-  const char *pData;
-  int nData;
+static int trimSnippetOffsets(
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,      /* The search expression */
+  Snippet *pSnippet,    /* The set of snippet offsets to be trimmed */
+  int *piLeft           /* Index of left-most token in pExpr */
+){
+  if( pExpr ){
+    if( trimSnippetOffsets(pExpr->pLeft, pSnippet, piLeft) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
 
-  sqlite_int64 iDocid;
-  int nElement;
-} DLReader;
+    switch( pExpr->eType ){
+      case FTSQUERY_PHRASE:
+        *piLeft += pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+        break;
+      case FTSQUERY_NEAR: {
+        /* The right-hand-side of a NEAR operator is always a phrase. The
+        ** left-hand-side is either a phrase or an expression tree that is 
+        ** itself headed by a NEAR operator. The following initializations
+        ** set local variable iLeft to the token number of the left-most
+        ** token in the right-hand phrase, and iRight to the right most
+        ** token in the same phrase. For example, if we had:
+        **
+        **           MATCH '"abc def" NEAR/2 "ghi jkl"'
+        **
+        ** then iLeft will be set to 2 (token number of ghi) and nToken will
+        ** be set to 4.
+        */
+        Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+        Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+        int iLeft = *piLeft;
+        int nNear = pExpr->nNear;
+        int nToken = pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
+        int jj, ii;
+        if( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+          pLeft = pLeft->pRight;
+        }
+        assert( pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+        assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+        nToken += pLeft->pPhrase->nToken;
+
+        for(ii=0; iinMatch; ii++){
+          struct snippetMatch *p = &pSnippet->aMatch[ii];
+          if( p->iTerm==iLeft ){
+            int isOk = 0;
+            /* Snippet ii is an occurence of query term iLeft in the document.
+            ** It occurs at position (p->iToken) of the document. We now
+            ** search for an instance of token (iLeft-1) somewhere in the 
+            ** range (p->iToken - nNear)...(p->iToken + nNear + nToken) within 
+            ** the set of snippetMatch structures. If one is found, proceed. 
+            ** If one cannot be found, then remove snippets ii..(ii+N-1) 
+            ** from the matching snippets, where N is the number of tokens 
+            ** in phrase pRight->pPhrase.
+            */
+            for(jj=0; isOk==0 && jjnMatch; jj++){
+              struct snippetMatch *p2 = &pSnippet->aMatch[jj];
+              if( p2->iTerm==(iLeft-1) ){
+                if( p2->iToken>=(p->iToken-nNear-1) 
+                 && p2->iToken<(p->iToken+nNear+nToken) 
+                ){
+                  isOk = 1;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+            if( !isOk ){
+              int kk;
+              for(kk=0; kkpPhrase->nToken; kk++){
+                pSnippet->aMatch[kk+ii].iTerm = -2;
+              }
+              return 1;
+            }
+          }
+          if( p->iTerm==(iLeft-1) ){
+            int isOk = 0;
+            for(jj=0; isOk==0 && jjnMatch; jj++){
+              struct snippetMatch *p2 = &pSnippet->aMatch[jj];
+              if( p2->iTerm==iLeft ){
+                if( p2->iToken<=(p->iToken+nNear+1) 
+                 && p2->iToken>(p->iToken-nNear-nToken) 
+                ){
+                  isOk = 1;
+                }
+              }
+            }
+            if( !isOk ){
+              int kk;
+              for(kk=0; kkpPhrase->nToken; kk++){
+                pSnippet->aMatch[ii-kk].iTerm = -2;
+              }
+              return 1;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    }
 
-static int dlrAtEnd(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( pReader->nData>=0 );
-  return pReader->nData==0;
-}
-static sqlite_int64 dlrDocid(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->iDocid;
+    if( trimSnippetOffsets(pExpr->pRight, pSnippet, piLeft) ){
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
 }
-static const char *dlrDocData(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->pData;
+
+/*
+** Compute all offsets for the current row of the query.  
+** If the offsets have already been computed, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void snippetAllOffsets(fulltext_cursor *p){
+  int nColumn;
+  int iColumn, i;
+  int iFirst, iLast;
+  int iTerm = 0;
+  fulltext_vtab *pFts = cursor_vtab(p);
+
+  if( p->snippet.nMatch || p->pExpr==0 ){
+    return;
+  }
+  nColumn = pFts->nColumn;
+  iColumn = (p->iCursorType - QUERY_FULLTEXT);
+  if( iColumn<0 || iColumn>=nColumn ){
+    /* Look for matches over all columns of the full-text index */
+    iFirst = 0;
+    iLast = nColumn-1;
+  }else{
+    /* Look for matches in the iColumn-th column of the index only */
+    iFirst = iColumn;
+    iLast = iColumn;
+  }
+  for(i=iFirst; i<=iLast; i++){
+    const char *zDoc;
+    int nDoc;
+    zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i+1);
+    nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(p->pStmt, i+1);
+    snippetOffsetsOfColumn(p, &p->snippet, i, zDoc, nDoc);
+  }
+
+  while( trimSnippetOffsets(p->pExpr, &p->snippet, &iTerm) ){
+    iTerm = 0;
+  }
 }
-static int dlrDocDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->nElement;
+
+/*
+** Convert the information in the aMatch[] array of the snippet
+** into the string zOffset[0..nOffset-1]. This string is used as
+** the return of the SQL offsets() function.
+*/
+static void snippetOffsetText(Snippet *p){
+  int i;
+  int cnt = 0;
+  StringBuffer sb;
+  char zBuf[200];
+  if( p->zOffset ) return;
+  initStringBuffer(&sb);
+  for(i=0; inMatch; i++){
+    struct snippetMatch *pMatch = &p->aMatch[i];
+    if( pMatch->iTerm>=0 ){
+      /* If snippetMatch.iTerm is less than 0, then the match was 
+      ** discarded as part of processing the NEAR operator (see the 
+      ** trimSnippetOffsetsForNear() function for details). Ignore 
+      ** it in this case
+      */
+      zBuf[0] = ' ';
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf)-1, &zBuf[cnt>0], "%d %d %d %d",
+          pMatch->iCol, pMatch->iTerm, pMatch->iStart, pMatch->nByte);
+      append(&sb, zBuf);
+      cnt++;
+    }
+  }
+  p->zOffset = stringBufferData(&sb);
+  p->nOffset = stringBufferLength(&sb);
 }
-static int dlrAllDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->nData;
+
+/*
+** zDoc[0..nDoc-1] is phrase of text.  aMatch[0..nMatch-1] are a set
+** of matching words some of which might be in zDoc.  zDoc is column
+** number iCol.
+**
+** iBreak is suggested spot in zDoc where we could begin or end an
+** excerpt.  Return a value similar to iBreak but possibly adjusted
+** to be a little left or right so that the break point is better.
+*/
+static int wordBoundary(
+  int iBreak,                   /* The suggested break point */
+  const char *zDoc,             /* Document text */
+  int nDoc,                     /* Number of bytes in zDoc[] */
+  struct snippetMatch *aMatch,  /* Matching words */
+  int nMatch,                   /* Number of entries in aMatch[] */
+  int iCol                      /* The column number for zDoc[] */
+){
+  int i;
+  if( iBreak<=10 ){
+    return 0;
+  }
+  if( iBreak>=nDoc-10 ){
+    return nDoc;
+  }
+  for(i=0; i0 && aMatch[i-1].iStart+aMatch[i-1].nByte>=iBreak ){
+      return aMatch[i-1].iStart;
+    }
+  }
+  for(i=1; i<=10; i++){
+    if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak-i]) ){
+      return iBreak - i + 1;
+    }
+    if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak+i]) ){
+      return iBreak + i + 1;
+    }
+  }
+  return iBreak;
 }
-/* TODO(shess) Consider adding a field to track iDocid varint length
-** to make these two functions faster.  This might matter (a tiny bit)
-** for queries.
+
+
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for Snippet.aMatch[].snStatus
 */
-static const char *dlrPosData(DLReader *pReader){
-  sqlite_int64 iDummy;
-  int n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy);
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->pData+n;
-}
-static int dlrPosDataLen(DLReader *pReader){
-  sqlite_int64 iDummy;
-  int n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy);
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->nElement-n;
-}
-static void dlrStep(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
+#define SNIPPET_IGNORE  0   /* It is ok to omit this match from the snippet */
+#define SNIPPET_DESIRED 1   /* We want to include this match in the snippet */
 
-  /* Skip past current doclist element. */
-  assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData );
-  pReader->pData += pReader->nElement;
-  pReader->nData -= pReader->nElement;
+/*
+** Generate the text of a snippet.
+*/
+static void snippetText(
+  fulltext_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor we need the snippet for */
+  const char *zStartMark,     /* Markup to appear before each match */
+  const char *zEndMark,       /* Markup to appear after each match */
+  const char *zEllipsis       /* Ellipsis mark */
+){
+  int i, j;
+  struct snippetMatch *aMatch;
+  int nMatch;
+  int nDesired;
+  StringBuffer sb;
+  int tailCol;
+  int tailOffset;
+  int iCol;
+  int nDoc;
+  const char *zDoc;
+  int iStart, iEnd;
+  int tailEllipsis = 0;
+  int iMatch;
+  
 
-  /* If there is more data, read the next doclist element. */
-  if( pReader->nData!=0 ){
-    sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta;
-    int iDummy, n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDocidDelta);
-    pReader->iDocid += iDocidDelta;
-    if( pReader->iType>=DL_POSITIONS ){
-      assert( nnData );
-      while( 1 ){
-        n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
-        assert( n<=pReader->nData );
-        if( iDummy==POS_END ) break;
-        if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
-          assert( nnData );
-        }else if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
-          assert( nnData );
-        }
+  sqlite3_free(pCursor->snippet.zSnippet);
+  pCursor->snippet.zSnippet = 0;
+  aMatch = pCursor->snippet.aMatch;
+  nMatch = pCursor->snippet.nMatch;
+  initStringBuffer(&sb);
+
+  for(i=0; inElement = n;
-    assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData );
   }
-}
-static void dlrInit(DLReader *pReader, DocListType iType,
-                    const char *pData, int nData){
-  assert( pData!=NULL && nData!=0 );
-  pReader->iType = iType;
-  pReader->pData = pData;
-  pReader->nData = nData;
-  pReader->nElement = 0;
-  pReader->iDocid = 0;
-
-  /* Load the first element's data.  There must be a first element. */
-  dlrStep(pReader);
-}
-static void dlrDestroy(DLReader *pReader){
-  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
-}
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* Verify that the doclist can be validly decoded.  Also returns the
-** last docid found because it is convenient in other assertions for
-** DLWriter.
-*/
-static void docListValidate(DocListType iType, const char *pData, int nData,
-                            sqlite_int64 *pLastDocid){
-  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid = 0;
-  assert( nData>0 );
-  assert( pData!=0 );
-  assert( pData+nData>pData );
-  while( nData!=0 ){
-    sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta;
-    int n = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iDocidDelta);
-    iPrevDocid += iDocidDelta;
-    if( iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
-      int iDummy;
-      while( 1 ){
-        n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
-        if( iDummy==POS_END ) break;
-        if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
-        }else if( iType>DL_POSITIONS ){
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
+  iMatch = 0;
+  tailCol = -1;
+  tailOffset = 0;
+  for(i=0; i0; i++){
+    if( aMatch[i].snStatus!=SNIPPET_DESIRED ) continue;
+    nDesired--;
+    iCol = aMatch[i].iCol;
+    zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1);
+    nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1);
+    iStart = aMatch[i].iStart - 40;
+    iStart = wordBoundary(iStart, zDoc, nDoc, aMatch, nMatch, iCol);
+    if( iStart<=10 ){
+      iStart = 0;
+    }
+    if( iCol==tailCol && iStart<=tailOffset+20 ){
+      iStart = tailOffset;
+    }
+    if( (iCol!=tailCol && tailCol>=0) || iStart!=tailOffset ){
+      trimWhiteSpace(&sb);
+      appendWhiteSpace(&sb);
+      append(&sb, zEllipsis);
+      appendWhiteSpace(&sb);
+    }
+    iEnd = aMatch[i].iStart + aMatch[i].nByte + 40;
+    iEnd = wordBoundary(iEnd, zDoc, nDoc, aMatch, nMatch, iCol);
+    if( iEnd>=nDoc-10 ){
+      iEnd = nDoc;
+      tailEllipsis = 0;
+    }else{
+      tailEllipsis = 1;
+    }
+    while( iMatchsnippet.zSnippet = stringBufferData(&sb);
+  pCursor->snippet.nSnippet = stringBufferLength(&sb);
 }
-#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) docListValidate(i, p, n, o)
-#else
-#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) assert( 1 )
-#endif
 
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DLWriter is used to write doclist data to a DataBuffer.  DLWriter
-** always appends to the buffer and does not own it.
-**
-** dlwInit - initialize to write a given type doclistto a buffer.
-** dlwDestroy - clear the writer's memory.  Does not free buffer.
-** dlwAppend - append raw doclist data to buffer.
-** dlwCopy - copy next doclist from reader to writer.
-** dlwAdd - construct doclist element and append to buffer.
-**    Only apply dlwAdd() to DL_DOCIDS doclists (else use PLWriter).
-*/
-typedef struct DLWriter {
-  DocListType iType;
-  DataBuffer *b;
-  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  int has_iPrevDocid;
-#endif
-} DLWriter;
 
-static void dlwInit(DLWriter *pWriter, DocListType iType, DataBuffer *b){
-  pWriter->b = b;
-  pWriter->iType = iType;
-  pWriter->iPrevDocid = 0;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 0;
-#endif
-}
-static void dlwDestroy(DLWriter *pWriter){
-  SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
-}
-/* iFirstDocid is the first docid in the doclist in pData.  It is
-** needed because pData may point within a larger doclist, in which
-** case the first item would be delta-encoded.
-**
-** iLastDocid is the final docid in the doclist in pData.  It is
-** needed to create the new iPrevDocid for future delta-encoding.  The
-** code could decode the passed doclist to recreate iLastDocid, but
-** the only current user (docListMerge) already has decoded this
-** information.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) This has become just a helper for docListMerge.
-** Consider a refactor to make this cleaner.
+/*
+** Close the cursor.  For additional information see the documentation
+** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
 */
-static void dlwAppend(DLWriter *pWriter,
-                      const char *pData, int nData,
-                      sqlite_int64 iFirstDocid, sqlite_int64 iLastDocid){
-  sqlite_int64 iDocid = 0;
-  char c[VARINT_MAX];
-  int nFirstOld, nFirstNew;     /* Old and new varint len of first docid. */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  sqlite_int64 iLastDocidDelta;
-#endif
+static int fulltextClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Close %p\n", c));
+  sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt);
+  sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(c->pExpr);
+  snippetClear(&c->snippet);
+  if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
+    dlrDestroy(&c->reader);
+  }
+  dataBufferDestroy(&c->result);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-  /* Recode the initial docid as delta from iPrevDocid. */
-  nFirstOld = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iDocid);
-  assert( nFirstOldiType==DL_DOCIDS) );
-  nFirstNew = fts3PutVarint(c, iFirstDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid);
+static int fulltextNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
+  int rc;
 
-  /* Verify that the incoming doclist is valid AND that it ends with
-  ** the expected docid.  This is essential because we'll trust this
-  ** docid in future delta-encoding.
-  */
-  ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(pWriter->iType, pData, nData, &iLastDocidDelta);
-  assert( iLastDocid==iFirstDocid-iDocid+iLastDocidDelta );
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Next %p\n", pCursor));
+  snippetClear(&c->snippet);
+  if( c->iCursorType < QUERY_FULLTEXT ){
+    /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */
+    rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt);
+    switch( rc ){
+      case SQLITE_ROW:
+        c->eof = 0;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      case SQLITE_DONE:
+        c->eof = 1;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      default:
+        c->eof = 1;
+        return rc;
+    }
+  } else {  /* full-text query */
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(c->pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  /* Append recoded initial docid and everything else.  Rest of docids
-  ** should have been delta-encoded from previous initial docid.
-  */
-  if( nFirstOldb, c, nFirstNew,
-                      pData+nFirstOld, nData-nFirstOld);
-  }else{
-    dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, nFirstNew);
+    if( c->result.nData==0 || dlrAtEnd(&c->reader) ){
+      c->eof = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, dlrDocid(&c->reader));
+    dlrStep(&c->reader);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */
+    rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){   /* the case we expect */
+      c->eof = 0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    /* an error occurred; abort */
+    return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_ERROR : rc;
   }
-  pWriter->iPrevDocid = iLastDocid;
-}
-static void dlwCopy(DLWriter *pWriter, DLReader *pReader){
-  dlwAppend(pWriter, dlrDocData(pReader), dlrDocDataBytes(pReader),
-            dlrDocid(pReader), dlrDocid(pReader));
 }
-static void dlwAdd(DLWriter *pWriter, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX];
-  int n = fts3PutVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid);
 
-  /* Docids must ascend. */
-  assert( !pWriter->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->iPrevDocid );
-  assert( pWriter->iType==DL_DOCIDS );
 
-  dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, n);
-  pWriter->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 1;
-#endif
-}
+/* TODO(shess) If we pushed LeafReader to the top of the file, or to
+** another file, term_select() could be pushed above
+** docListOfTerm().
+*/
+static int termSelect(fulltext_vtab *v, int iColumn,
+                      const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
+                      DocListType iType, DataBuffer *out);
 
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* PLReader is used to read data from a document's position list.  As
-** the caller steps through the list, data is cached so that varints
-** only need to be decoded once.
+/* 
+** Return a DocList corresponding to the phrase *pPhrase.
 **
-** plrInit, plrDestroy - create/destroy a reader.
-** plrColumn, plrPosition, plrStartOffset, plrEndOffset - accessors
-** plrAtEnd - at end of stream, only call plrDestroy once true.
-** plrStep - step to the next element.
+** The resulting DL_DOCIDS doclist is stored in pResult, which is
+** overwritten.
 */
-typedef struct PLReader {
-  /* These refer to the next position's data.  nData will reach 0 when
-  ** reading the last position, so plrStep() signals EOF by setting
-  ** pData to NULL.
-  */
-  const char *pData;
-  int nData;
+static int docListOfPhrase(
+  fulltext_vtab *pTab,   /* The full text index */
+  Fts3Phrase *pPhrase,   /* Phrase to return a doclist corresponding to */
+  DocListType eListType, /* Either DL_DOCIDS or DL_POSITIONS */
+  DataBuffer *pResult    /* Write the result here */
+){
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iCol = pPhrase->iColumn;
+  DocListType eType = eListType;
+  assert( eType==DL_POSITIONS || eType==DL_DOCIDS );
+  if( pPhrase->nToken>1 ){
+    eType = DL_POSITIONS;
+  }
 
-  DocListType iType;
-  int iColumn;         /* the last column read */
-  int iPosition;       /* the last position read */
-  int iStartOffset;    /* the last start offset read */
-  int iEndOffset;      /* the last end offset read */
-} PLReader;
+  /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
+  assert( pTab->nPendingData<0 );
 
-static int plrAtEnd(PLReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->pData==NULL;
-}
-static int plrColumn(PLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->iColumn;
-}
-static int plrPosition(PLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->iPosition;
-}
-static int plrStartOffset(PLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->iStartOffset;
-}
-static int plrEndOffset(PLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->iEndOffset;
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinToken; ii++){
+    DataBuffer tmp;
+    struct PhraseToken *p = &pPhrase->aToken[ii];
+    rc = termSelect(pTab, iCol, p->z, p->n, p->isPrefix, eType, &tmp);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( ii==0 ){
+        *pResult = tmp;
+      }else{
+        DataBuffer res = *pResult;
+        dataBufferInit(pResult, 0);
+        if( ii==(pPhrase->nToken-1) ){
+          eType = eListType;
+        }
+        docListPhraseMerge(
+          res.pData, res.nData, tmp.pData, tmp.nData, 0, 0, eType, pResult
+        );
+        dataBufferDestroy(&res);
+        dataBufferDestroy(&tmp);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rc;
 }
-static void plrStep(PLReader *pReader){
-  int i, n;
 
-  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
+/*
+** Evaluate the full-text expression pExpr against fts3 table pTab. Write
+** the results into pRes.
+*/
+static int evalFts3Expr(
+  fulltext_vtab *pTab,           /* Fts3 Virtual table object */
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr,               /* Parsed fts3 expression */
+  DataBuffer *pRes               /* OUT: Write results of the expression here */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-  if( pReader->nData==0 ){
-    pReader->pData = NULL;
-    return;
-  }
+  /* Initialize the output buffer. If this is an empty query (pExpr==0), 
+  ** this is all that needs to be done. Empty queries produce empty 
+  ** result sets.
+  */
+  dataBufferInit(pRes, 0);
 
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &i);
-  if( i==POS_COLUMN ){
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &pReader->iColumn);
-    pReader->iPosition = 0;
-    pReader->iStartOffset = 0;
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
-  }
-  /* Should never see adjacent column changes. */
-  assert( i!=POS_COLUMN );
+  if( pExpr ){
+    if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+      DocListType eType = DL_DOCIDS;
+      if( pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+        eType = DL_POSITIONS;
+      }
+      rc = docListOfPhrase(pTab, pExpr->pPhrase, eType, pRes);
+    }else{
+      DataBuffer lhs;
+      DataBuffer rhs;
 
-  if( i==POS_END ){
-    pReader->nData = 0;
-    pReader->pData = NULL;
-    return;
+      dataBufferInit(&rhs, 0);
+      if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = evalFts3Expr(pTab, pExpr->pLeft, &lhs)) 
+       && SQLITE_OK==(rc = evalFts3Expr(pTab, pExpr->pRight, &rhs)) 
+      ){
+        switch( pExpr->eType ){
+          case FTSQUERY_NEAR: {
+            int nToken;
+            Fts3Expr *pLeft;
+            DocListType eType = DL_DOCIDS;
+            if( pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+              eType = DL_POSITIONS;
+            }
+            pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+            while( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ 
+              pLeft=pLeft->pRight;
+            }
+            assert( pExpr->pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+            assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+            nToken = pLeft->pPhrase->nToken + pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
+            docListPhraseMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData, 
+                pExpr->nNear+1, nToken, eType, pRes
+            );
+            break;
+          }
+          case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
+            docListExceptMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData,pRes);
+            break;
+          }
+          case FTSQUERY_AND: {
+            docListAndMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData, pRes);
+            break;
+          }
+          case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+            docListOrMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData, pRes);
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      dataBufferDestroy(&lhs);
+      dataBufferDestroy(&rhs);
+    }
   }
 
-  pReader->iPosition += i-POS_BASE;
-  if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
-    pReader->iStartOffset += i;
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
-    pReader->iEndOffset = pReader->iStartOffset+i;
-  }
-  assert( n<=pReader->nData );
-  pReader->pData += n;
-  pReader->nData -= n;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-static void plrInit(PLReader *pReader, DLReader *pDLReader){
-  pReader->pData = dlrPosData(pDLReader);
-  pReader->nData = dlrPosDataLen(pDLReader);
-  pReader->iType = pDLReader->iType;
-  pReader->iColumn = 0;
-  pReader->iPosition = 0;
-  pReader->iStartOffset = 0;
-  pReader->iEndOffset = 0;
-  plrStep(pReader);
-}
-static void plrDestroy(PLReader *pReader){
-  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
+/* TODO(shess) Refactor the code to remove this forward decl. */
+static int flushPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v);
+
+/* Perform a full-text query using the search expression in
+** zInput[0..nInput-1].  Return a list of matching documents
+** in pResult.
+**
+** Queries must match column iColumn.  Or if iColumn>=nColumn
+** they are allowed to match against any column.
+*/
+static int fulltextQuery(
+  fulltext_vtab *v,      /* The full text index */
+  int iColumn,           /* Match against this column by default */
+  const char *zInput,    /* The query string */
+  int nInput,            /* Number of bytes in zInput[] */
+  DataBuffer *pResult,   /* Write the result doclist here */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr        /* Put parsed query string here */
+){
+  int rc;
+
+  /* TODO(shess) Instead of flushing pendingTerms, we could query for
+  ** the relevant term and merge the doclist into what we receive from
+  ** the database.  Wait and see if this is a common issue, first.
+  **
+  ** A good reason not to flush is to not generate update-related
+  ** error codes from here.
+  */
+
+  /* Flush any buffered updates before executing the query. */
+  rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Parse the query passed to the MATCH operator. */
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(v->pTokenizer, 
+      v->azColumn, v->nColumn, iColumn, zInput, nInput, ppExpr
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    assert( 0==(*ppExpr) );
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  return evalFts3Expr(v, *ppExpr, pResult);
 }
 
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* PLWriter is used in constructing a document's position list.  As a
-** convenience, if iType is DL_DOCIDS, PLWriter becomes a no-op.
-** PLWriter writes to the associated DLWriter's buffer.
-**
-** plwInit - init for writing a document's poslist.
-** plwDestroy - clear a writer.
-** plwAdd - append position and offset information.
-** plwCopy - copy next position's data from reader to writer.
-** plwTerminate - add any necessary doclist terminator.
+/*
+** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table.  See
+** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
+** information.
 **
-** Calling plwAdd() after plwTerminate() may result in a corrupt
-** doclist.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Until we've written the second item, we can cache the
-** first item's information.  Then we'd have three states:
+** If idxNum==QUERY_GENERIC then do a full table scan against
+** the %_content table.
 **
-** - initialized with docid, no positions.
-** - docid and one position.
-** - docid and multiple positions.
+** If idxNum==QUERY_DOCID then do a docid lookup for a single entry
+** in the %_content table.
 **
-** Only the last state needs to actually write to dlw->b, which would
-** be an improvement in the DLCollector case.
+** If idxNum>=QUERY_FULLTEXT then use the full text index.  The
+** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
+** number idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT, 0 indexed.  argv[0] is the right-hand
+** side of the MATCH operator.
 */
-typedef struct PLWriter {
-  DLWriter *dlw;
-
-  int iColumn;    /* the last column written */
-  int iPos;       /* the last position written */
-  int iOffset;    /* the last start offset written */
-} PLWriter;
-
-/* TODO(shess) In the case where the parent is reading these values
-** from a PLReader, we could optimize to a copy if that PLReader has
-** the same type as pWriter.
+/* TODO(shess) Upgrade the cursor initialization and destruction to
+** account for fulltextFilter() being called multiple times on the
+** same cursor.  The current solution is very fragile.  Apply fix to
+** fts3 as appropriate.
 */
-static void plwAdd(PLWriter *pWriter, int iColumn, int iPos,
-                   int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){
-  /* Worst-case space for POS_COLUMN, iColumn, iPosDelta,
-  ** iStartOffsetDelta, and iEndOffsetDelta.
-  */
-  char c[5*VARINT_MAX];
-  int n = 0;
-
-  /* Ban plwAdd() after plwTerminate(). */
-  assert( pWriter->iPos!=-1 );
+static int fulltextFilter(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,     /* The cursor used for this query */
+  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,   /* Which indexing scheme to use */
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv    /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
+  fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c);
+  int rc;
 
-  if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return;
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Filter %p\n",pCursor));
 
-  if( iColumn!=pWriter->iColumn ){
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, POS_COLUMN);
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iColumn);
-    pWriter->iColumn = iColumn;
-    pWriter->iPos = 0;
-    pWriter->iOffset = 0;
-  }
-  assert( iPos>=pWriter->iPos );
-  n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, POS_BASE+(iPos-pWriter->iPos));
-  pWriter->iPos = iPos;
-  if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
-    assert( iStartOffset>=pWriter->iOffset );
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iStartOffset-pWriter->iOffset);
-    pWriter->iOffset = iStartOffset;
-    assert( iEndOffset>=iStartOffset );
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iEndOffset-iStartOffset);
+  /* If the cursor has a statement that was not prepared according to
+  ** idxNum, clear it.  I believe all calls to fulltextFilter with a
+  ** given cursor will have the same idxNum , but in this case it's
+  ** easy to be safe.
+  */
+  if( c->pStmt && c->iCursorType!=idxNum ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt);
+    c->pStmt = NULL;
+  }
+
+  /* Get a fresh statement appropriate to idxNum. */
+  /* TODO(shess): Add a prepared-statement cache in the vt structure.
+  ** The cache must handle multiple open cursors.  Easier to cache the
+  ** statement variants at the vt to reduce malloc/realloc/free here.
+  ** Or we could have a StringBuffer variant which allowed stack
+  ** construction for small values.
+  */
+  if( !c->pStmt ){
+    StringBuffer sb;
+    initStringBuffer(&sb);
+    append(&sb, "SELECT docid, ");
+    appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
+    append(&sb, " FROM %_content");
+    if( idxNum!=QUERY_GENERIC ) append(&sb, " WHERE docid = ?");
+    rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &c->pStmt,
+                     stringBufferData(&sb));
+    stringBufferDestroy(&sb);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    c->iCursorType = idxNum;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_reset(c->pStmt);
+    assert( c->iCursorType==idxNum );
   }
-  dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
-}
-static void plwCopy(PLWriter *pWriter, PLReader *pReader){
-  plwAdd(pWriter, plrColumn(pReader), plrPosition(pReader),
-         plrStartOffset(pReader), plrEndOffset(pReader));
-}
-static void plwInit(PLWriter *pWriter, DLWriter *dlw, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX];
-  int n;
 
-  pWriter->dlw = dlw;
+  switch( idxNum ){
+    case QUERY_GENERIC:
+      break;
 
-  /* Docids must ascend. */
-  assert( !pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid );
-  n = fts3PutVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid);
-  dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
-  pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid = 1;
-#endif
+    case QUERY_DOCID:
+      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]));
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      break;
 
-  pWriter->iColumn = 0;
-  pWriter->iPos = 0;
-  pWriter->iOffset = 0;
-}
-/* TODO(shess) Should plwDestroy() also terminate the doclist?  But
-** then plwDestroy() would no longer be just a destructor, it would
-** also be doing work, which isn't consistent with the overall idiom.
-** Another option would be for plwAdd() to always append any necessary
-** terminator, so that the output is always correct.  But that would
-** add incremental work to the common case with the only benefit being
-** API elegance.  Punt for now.
-*/
-static void plwTerminate(PLWriter *pWriter){
-  if( pWriter->dlw->iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
-    char c[VARINT_MAX];
-    int n = fts3PutVarint(c, POS_END);
-    dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
+    default:   /* full-text search */
+    {
+      int iCol = idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT;
+      const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+      assert( idxNum<=QUERY_FULLTEXT+v->nColumn);
+      assert( argc==1 );
+      if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
+        /* This case happens if the same cursor is used repeatedly. */
+        dlrDestroy(&c->reader);
+        dataBufferReset(&c->result);
+      }else{
+        dataBufferInit(&c->result, 0);
+      }
+      rc = fulltextQuery(v, iCol, zQuery, -1, &c->result, &c->pExpr);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
+        dlrInit(&c->reader, DL_DOCIDS, c->result.pData, c->result.nData);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
   }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* Mark as terminated for assert in plwAdd(). */
-  pWriter->iPos = -1;
-#endif
-}
-static void plwDestroy(PLWriter *pWriter){
-  SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
+
+  return fulltextNext(pCursor);
 }
 
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DLCollector wraps PLWriter and DLWriter to provide a
-** dynamically-allocated doclist area to use during tokenization.
-**
-** dlcNew - malloc up and initialize a collector.
-** dlcDelete - destroy a collector and all contained items.
-** dlcAddPos - append position and offset information.
-** dlcAddDoclist - add the collected doclist to the given buffer.
-** dlcNext - terminate the current document and open another.
+/* This is the xEof method of the virtual table.  The SQLite core
+** calls this routine to find out if it has reached the end of
+** a query's results set.
 */
-typedef struct DLCollector {
-  DataBuffer b;
-  DLWriter dlw;
-  PLWriter plw;
-} DLCollector;
+static int fulltextEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
+  return c->eof;
+}
 
-/* TODO(shess) This could also be done by calling plwTerminate() and
-** dataBufferAppend().  I tried that, expecting nominal performance
-** differences, but it seemed to pretty reliably be worth 1% to code
-** it this way.  I suspect it is the incremental malloc overhead (some
-** percentage of the plwTerminate() calls will cause a realloc), so
-** this might be worth revisiting if the DataBuffer implementation
-** changes.
+/* This is the xColumn method of the virtual table.  The SQLite
+** core calls this method during a query when it needs the value
+** of a column from the virtual table.  This method needs to use
+** one of the sqlite3_result_*() routines to store the requested
+** value back in the pContext.
 */
-static void dlcAddDoclist(DLCollector *pCollector, DataBuffer *b){
-  if( pCollector->dlw.iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
-    char c[VARINT_MAX];
-    int n = fts3PutVarint(c, POS_END);
-    dataBufferAppend2(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData, c, n);
-  }else{
-    dataBufferAppend(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData);
+static int fulltextColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
+                          sqlite3_context *pContext, int idxCol){
+  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
+  fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c);
+
+  if( idxColnColumn ){
+    sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(c->pStmt, idxCol+1);
+    sqlite3_result_value(pContext, pVal);
+  }else if( idxCol==v->nColumn ){
+    /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table.
+    ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor
+    */
+    sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &c, sizeof(c), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }else if( idxCol==v->nColumn+1 ){
+    /* The docid column, which is an alias for rowid. */
+    sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(c->pStmt, 0);
+    sqlite3_result_value(pContext, pVal);
   }
-}
-static void dlcNext(DLCollector *pCollector, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  plwTerminate(&pCollector->plw);
-  plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw);
-  plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid);
-}
-static void dlcAddPos(DLCollector *pCollector, int iColumn, int iPos,
-                      int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){
-  plwAdd(&pCollector->plw, iColumn, iPos, iStartOffset, iEndOffset);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-static DLCollector *dlcNew(sqlite_int64 iDocid, DocListType iType){
-  DLCollector *pCollector = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(DLCollector));
-  dataBufferInit(&pCollector->b, 0);
-  dlwInit(&pCollector->dlw, iType, &pCollector->b);
-  plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid);
-  return pCollector;
-}
-static void dlcDelete(DLCollector *pCollector){
-  plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw);
-  dlwDestroy(&pCollector->dlw);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pCollector->b);
-  SCRAMBLE(pCollector);
-  sqlite3_free(pCollector);
-}
+/* This is the xRowid method.  The SQLite core calls this routine to
+** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set.  fts3
+** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table.  The
+** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
+*/
+static int fulltextRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
 
+  *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(c->pStmt, 0);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-/* Copy the doclist data of iType in pData/nData into *out, trimming
-** unnecessary data as we go.  Only columns matching iColumn are
-** copied, all columns copied if iColumn is -1.  Elements with no
-** matching columns are dropped.  The output is an iOutType doclist.
-*/
-/* NOTE(shess) This code is only valid after all doclists are merged.
-** If this is run before merges, then doclist items which represent
-** deletion will be trimmed, and will thus not effect a deletion
-** during the merge.
+/* Add all terms in [zText] to pendingTerms table.  If [iColumn] > 0,
+** we also store positions and offsets in the hash table using that
+** column number.
 */
-static void docListTrim(DocListType iType, const char *pData, int nData,
-                        int iColumn, DocListType iOutType, DataBuffer *out){
-  DLReader dlReader;
-  DLWriter dlWriter;
+static int buildTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
+                      const char *zText, int iColumn){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = v->pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
+  const char *pToken;
+  int nTokenBytes;
+  int iStartOffset, iEndOffset, iPosition;
+  int rc;
 
-  assert( iOutType<=iType );
+  rc = pTokenizer->pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zText, -1, &pCursor);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  dlrInit(&dlReader, iType, pData, nData);
-  dlwInit(&dlWriter, iOutType, out);
+  pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+  while( SQLITE_OK==(rc=pTokenizer->pModule->xNext(pCursor,
+                                                   &pToken, &nTokenBytes,
+                                                   &iStartOffset, &iEndOffset,
+                                                   &iPosition)) ){
+    DLCollector *p;
+    int nData;                   /* Size of doclist before our update. */
 
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(&dlReader) ){
-    PLReader plReader;
-    PLWriter plWriter;
-    int match = 0;
+    /* Positions can't be negative; we use -1 as a terminator
+     * internally.  Token can't be NULL or empty. */
+    if( iPosition<0 || pToken == NULL || nTokenBytes == 0 ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      break;
+    }
 
-    plrInit(&plReader, &dlReader);
+    p = fts3HashFind(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes);
+    if( p==NULL ){
+      nData = 0;
+      p = dlcNew(iDocid, DL_DEFAULT);
+      fts3HashInsert(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes, p);
 
-    while( !plrAtEnd(&plReader) ){
-      if( iColumn==-1 || plrColumn(&plReader)==iColumn ){
-        if( !match ){
-          plwInit(&plWriter, &dlWriter, dlrDocid(&dlReader));
-          match = 1;
-        }
-        plwAdd(&plWriter, plrColumn(&plReader), plrPosition(&plReader),
-               plrStartOffset(&plReader), plrEndOffset(&plReader));
-      }
-      plrStep(&plReader);
+      /* Overhead for our hash table entry, the key, and the value. */
+      v->nPendingData += sizeof(struct fts3HashElem)+sizeof(*p)+nTokenBytes;
+    }else{
+      nData = p->b.nData;
+      if( p->dlw.iPrevDocid!=iDocid ) dlcNext(p, iDocid);
     }
-    if( match ){
-      plwTerminate(&plWriter);
-      plwDestroy(&plWriter);
+    if( iColumn>=0 ){
+      dlcAddPos(p, iColumn, iPosition, iStartOffset, iEndOffset);
     }
 
-    plrDestroy(&plReader);
-    dlrStep(&dlReader);
+    /* Accumulate data added by dlcNew or dlcNext, and dlcAddPos. */
+    v->nPendingData += p->b.nData-nData;
   }
-  dlwDestroy(&dlWriter);
-  dlrDestroy(&dlReader);
-}
-
-/* Used by docListMerge() to keep doclists in the ascending order by
-** docid, then ascending order by age (so the newest comes first).
-*/
-typedef struct OrderedDLReader {
-  DLReader *pReader;
 
-  /* TODO(shess) If we assume that docListMerge pReaders is ordered by
-  ** age (which we do), then we could use pReader comparisons to break
-  ** ties.
+  /* TODO(shess) Check return?  Should this be able to cause errors at
+  ** this point?  Actually, same question about sqlite3_finalize(),
+  ** though one could argue that failure there means that the data is
+  ** not durable.  *ponder*
   */
-  int idx;
-} OrderedDLReader;
-
-/* Order eof to end, then by docid asc, idx desc. */
-static int orderedDLReaderCmp(OrderedDLReader *r1, OrderedDLReader *r2){
-  if( dlrAtEnd(r1->pReader) ){
-    if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return 0;  /* Both atEnd(). */
-    return 1;                              /* Only r1 atEnd(). */
-  }
-  if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return -1;   /* Only r2 atEnd(). */
-
-  if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)pReader) ) return -1;
-  if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)>dlrDocid(r2->pReader) ) return 1;
-
-  /* Descending on idx. */
-  return r2->idx-r1->idx;
+  pTokenizer->pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+  if( SQLITE_DONE == rc ) return SQLITE_OK;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* Bubble p[0] to appropriate place in p[1..n-1].  Assumes that
-** p[1..n-1] is already sorted.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Is this frequent enough to warrant a binary search?
-** Before implementing that, instrument the code to check.  In most
-** current usage, I expect that p[0] will be less than p[1] a very
-** high proportion of the time.
-*/
-static void orderedDLReaderReorder(OrderedDLReader *p, int n){
-  while( n>1 && orderedDLReaderCmp(p, p+1)>0 ){
-    OrderedDLReader tmp = p[0];
-    p[0] = p[1];
-    p[1] = tmp;
-    n--;
-    p++;
+/* Add doclists for all terms in [pValues] to pendingTerms table. */
+static int insertTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
+                       sqlite3_value **pValues){
+  int i;
+  for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn ; ++i){
+    char *zText = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValues[i]);
+    int rc = buildTerms(v, iDocid, zText, i);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Given an array of doclist readers, merge their doclist elements
-** into out in sorted order (by docid), dropping elements from older
-** readers when there is a duplicate docid.  pReaders is assumed to be
-** ordered by age, oldest first.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) nReaders must be <= MERGE_COUNT.  This should probably
-** be fixed.
+/* Add empty doclists for all terms in the given row's content to
+** pendingTerms.
 */
-static void docListMerge(DataBuffer *out,
-                         DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){
-  OrderedDLReader readers[MERGE_COUNT];
-  DLWriter writer;
-  int i, n;
-  const char *pStart = 0;
-  int nStart = 0;
-  sqlite_int64 iFirstDocid = 0, iLastDocid = 0;
+static int deleteTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
+  const char **pValues;
+  int i, rc;
 
-  assert( nReaders>0 );
-  if( nReaders==1 ){
-    dataBufferAppend(out, dlrDocData(pReaders), dlrAllDataBytes(pReaders));
-    return;
-  }
+  /* TODO(shess) Should we allow such tables at all? */
+  if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_DOCIDS ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
 
-  assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT );
-  n = 0;
-  for(i=0; i0 ){
-    orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i);
+  for(i = 0 ; i < v->nColumn; ++i) {
+    rc = buildTerms(v, iDocid, pValues[i], -1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
   }
 
-  dlwInit(&writer, pReaders[0].iType, out);
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(readers[0].pReader) ){
-    sqlite_int64 iDocid = dlrDocid(readers[0].pReader);
+  freeStringArray(v->nColumn, pValues);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-    /* If this is a continuation of the current buffer to copy, extend
-    ** that buffer.  memcpy() seems to be more efficient if it has a
-    ** lots of data to copy.
-    */
-    if( dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader)==pStart+nStart ){
-      nStart += dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader);
-    }else{
-      if( pStart!=0 ){
-        dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid);
-      }
-      pStart = dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader);
-      nStart = dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader);
-      iFirstDocid = iDocid;
-    }
-    iLastDocid = iDocid;
-    dlrStep(readers[0].pReader);
+/* TODO(shess) Refactor the code to remove this forward decl. */
+static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid);
 
-    /* Drop all of the older elements with the same docid. */
-    for(i=1; i0 ){
-      orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i);
-    }
-  }
+  rc = content_insert(v, pRequestDocid, pValues);  /* execute an SQL INSERT */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  /* Copy over any remaining elements. */
-  if( nStart>0 ) dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid);
-  dlwDestroy(&writer);
+  /* docid column is an alias for rowid. */
+  *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db);
+  rc = initPendingTerms(v, *piDocid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  return insertTerms(v, *piDocid, pValues);
 }
 
-/* Helper function for posListUnion().  Compares the current position
-** between left and right, returning as standard C idiom of <0 if
-** left0 if left>right, and 0 if left==right.  "End" always
-** compares greater.
+/* Delete a row from the %_content table; add empty doclists for terms
+** to pendingTerms.
 */
-static int posListCmp(PLReader *pLeft, PLReader *pRight){
-  assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType );
-  if( pLeft->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return 0;
+static int index_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow){
+  int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  if( plrAtEnd(pLeft) ) return plrAtEnd(pRight) ? 0 : 1;
-  if( plrAtEnd(pRight) ) return -1;
+  rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  if( plrColumn(pLeft)plrColumn(pRight) ) return 1;
+  return content_delete(v, iRow);  /* execute an SQL DELETE */
+}
 
-  if( plrPosition(pLeft)plrPosition(pRight) ) return 1;
-  if( pLeft->iType==DL_POSITIONS ) return 0;
+/* Update a row in the %_content table; add delete doclists to
+** pendingTerms for old terms not in the new data, add insert doclists
+** to pendingTerms for terms in the new data.
+*/
+static int index_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow,
+                        sqlite3_value **pValues){
+  int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  if( plrStartOffset(pLeft)plrStartOffset(pRight) ) return 1;
+  /* Generate an empty doclist for each term that previously appeared in this
+   * row. */
+  rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  if( plrEndOffset(pLeft)plrEndOffset(pRight) ) return 1;
+  rc = content_update(v, pValues, iRow);  /* execute an SQL UPDATE */
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  return 0;
+  /* Now add positions for terms which appear in the updated row. */
+  return insertTerms(v, iRow, pValues);
 }
 
-/* Write the union of position lists in pLeft and pRight to pOut.
-** "Union" in this case meaning "All unique position tuples".  Should
-** work with any doclist type, though both inputs and the output
-** should be the same type.
+/*******************************************************************/
+/* InteriorWriter is used to collect terms and block references into
+** interior nodes in %_segments.  See commentary at top of file for
+** format.
 */
-static void posListUnion(DLReader *pLeft, DLReader *pRight, DLWriter *pOut){
-  PLReader left, right;
-  PLWriter writer;
-
-  assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) );
-  assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType );
-  assert( pLeft->iType==pOut->iType );
 
-  plrInit(&left, pLeft);
-  plrInit(&right, pRight);
-  plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft));
+/* How large interior nodes can grow. */
+#define INTERIOR_MAX 2048
 
-  while( !plrAtEnd(&left) || !plrAtEnd(&right) ){
-    int c = posListCmp(&left, &right);
-    if( c<0 ){
-      plwCopy(&writer, &left);
-      plrStep(&left);
-    }else if( c>0 ){
-      plwCopy(&writer, &right);
-      plrStep(&right);
-    }else{
-      plwCopy(&writer, &left);
-      plrStep(&left);
-      plrStep(&right);
-    }
-  }
+/* Minimum number of terms per interior node (except the root). This
+** prevents large terms from making the tree too skinny - must be >0
+** so that the tree always makes progress.  Note that the min tree
+** fanout will be INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS+1.
+*/
+#define INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS 7
+#if INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS<1
+# error INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS must be greater than 0.
+#endif
 
-  plwTerminate(&writer);
-  plwDestroy(&writer);
-  plrDestroy(&left);
-  plrDestroy(&right);
-}
+/* ROOT_MAX controls how much data is stored inline in the segment
+** directory.
+*/
+/* TODO(shess) Push ROOT_MAX down to whoever is writing things.  It's
+** only here so that interiorWriterRootInfo() and leafWriterRootInfo()
+** can both see it, but if the caller passed it in, we wouldn't even
+** need a define.
+*/
+#define ROOT_MAX 1024
+#if ROOT_MAXterm, 0);
+    dataBufferReplace(&block->term, pTerm, nTerm);
 
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) || !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
-    if( dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
-      dlwCopy(&writer, &left);
-      dlrStep(&left);
-    }else if( dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
-      dlwCopy(&writer, &right);
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }else if( dlrDocid(&left)dlrDocid(&right) ){
-      dlwCopy(&writer, &right);
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }else{
-      posListUnion(&left, &right, &writer);
-      dlrStep(&left);
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }
+    n = fts3PutVarint(c, iHeight);
+    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iChildBlock);
+    dataBufferInit(&block->data, INTERIOR_MAX);
+    dataBufferReplace(&block->data, c, n);
   }
-
-  dlrDestroy(&left);
-  dlrDestroy(&right);
-  dlwDestroy(&writer);
+  return block;
 }
 
-/* 
-** This function is used as part of the implementation of phrase and
-** NEAR matching.
-**
-** pLeft and pRight are DLReaders positioned to the same docid in
-** lists of type DL_POSITION. This function writes an entry to the
-** DLWriter pOut for each position in pRight that is less than
-** (nNear+1) greater (but not equal to or smaller) than a position 
-** in pLeft. For example, if nNear is 0, and the positions contained
-** by pLeft and pRight are:
-**
-**    pLeft:  5 10 15 20
-**    pRight: 6  9 17 21
-**
-** then the docid is added to pOut. If pOut is of type DL_POSITIONS,
-** then a positionids "6" and "21" are also added to pOut.
-**
-** If boolean argument isSaveLeft is true, then positionids are copied
-** from pLeft instead of pRight. In the example above, the positions "5"
-** and "20" would be added instead of "6" and "21".
-*/
-static void posListPhraseMerge(
-  DLReader *pLeft, 
-  DLReader *pRight,
-  int nNear,
-  int isSaveLeft,
-  DLWriter *pOut
-){
-  PLReader left, right;
-  PLWriter writer;
-  int match = 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* Verify that the data is readable as an interior node. */
+static void interiorBlockValidate(InteriorBlock *pBlock){
+  const char *pData = pBlock->data.pData;
+  int nData = pBlock->data.nData;
+  int n, iDummy;
+  sqlite_int64 iBlockid;
 
-  assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) );
-  assert( pOut->iType!=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS );
+  assert( nData>0 );
+  assert( pData!=0 );
+  assert( pData+nData>pData );
 
-  plrInit(&left, pLeft);
-  plrInit(&right, pRight);
+  /* Must lead with height of node as a varint(n), n>0 */
+  n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
+  assert( n>0 );
+  assert( iDummy>0 );
+  assert( nplrColumn(&right) ){
-      plrStep(&right);
-    }else if( plrPosition(&left)>=plrPosition(&right) ){
-      plrStep(&right);
-    }else{
-      if( (plrPosition(&right)-plrPosition(&left))<=(nNear+1) ){
-        if( !match ){
-          plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft));
-          match = 1;
-        }
-        if( !isSaveLeft ){
-          plwAdd(&writer, plrColumn(&right), plrPosition(&right), 0, 0);
-        }else{
-          plwAdd(&writer, plrColumn(&left), plrPosition(&left), 0, 0);
-        }
-        plrStep(&right);
-      }else{
-        plrStep(&left);
-      }
+  /* Must contain iBlockid. */
+  n = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iBlockid);
+  assert( n>0 );
+  assert( n<=nData );
+  pData += n;
+  nData -= n;
+
+  /* Zero or more terms of positive length */
+  if( nData!=0 ){
+    /* First term is not delta-encoded. */
+    n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
+    assert( n>0 );
+    assert( iDummy>0 );
+    assert( n+iDummy>0);
+    assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
+    pData += n+iDummy;
+    nData -= n+iDummy;
+
+    /* Following terms delta-encoded. */
+    while( nData!=0 ){
+      /* Length of shared prefix. */
+      n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
+      assert( n>0 );
+      assert( iDummy>=0 );
+      assert( n0 );
+      assert( iDummy>0 );
+      assert( n+iDummy>0);
+      assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
+      pData += n+iDummy;
+      nData -= n+iDummy;
     }
   }
+}
+#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) interiorBlockValidate(x)
+#else
+#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) assert( 1 )
+#endif
 
-  if( match ){
-    plwTerminate(&writer);
-    plwDestroy(&writer);
-  }
+typedef struct InteriorWriter {
+  int iHeight;                   /* from 0 at leaves. */
+  InteriorBlock *first, *last;
+  struct InteriorWriter *parentWriter;
 
-  plrDestroy(&left);
-  plrDestroy(&right);
-}
+  DataBuffer term;               /* Last term written to block "last". */
+  sqlite_int64 iOpeningChildBlock; /* First child block in block "last". */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  sqlite_int64 iLastChildBlock;  /* for consistency checks. */
+#endif
+} InteriorWriter;
 
-/*
-** Compare the values pointed to by the PLReaders passed as arguments. 
-** Return -1 if the value pointed to by pLeft is considered less than
-** the value pointed to by pRight, +1 if it is considered greater
-** than it, or 0 if it is equal. i.e.
-**
-**     (*pLeft - *pRight)
-**
-** A PLReader that is in the EOF condition is considered greater than
-** any other. If neither argument is in EOF state, the return value of
-** plrColumn() is used. If the plrColumn() values are equal, the
-** comparison is on the basis of plrPosition().
+/* Initialize an interior node where pTerm[nTerm] marks the leftmost
+** term in the tree.  iChildBlock is the leftmost child block at the
+** next level down the tree.
 */
-static int plrCompare(PLReader *pLeft, PLReader *pRight){
-  assert(!plrAtEnd(pLeft) || !plrAtEnd(pRight));
+static void interiorWriterInit(int iHeight, const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
+                               sqlite_int64 iChildBlock,
+                               InteriorWriter *pWriter){
+  InteriorBlock *block;
+  assert( iHeight>0 );
+  CLEAR(pWriter);
 
-  if( plrAtEnd(pRight) || plrAtEnd(pLeft) ){
-    return (plrAtEnd(pRight) ? -1 : 1);
-  }
-  if( plrColumn(pLeft)!=plrColumn(pRight) ){
-    return ((plrColumn(pLeft)iHeight = iHeight;
+  pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  pWriter->iLastChildBlock = iChildBlock;
+#endif
+  block = interiorBlockNew(iHeight, iChildBlock, pTerm, nTerm);
+  pWriter->last = pWriter->first = block;
+  ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last);
+  dataBufferInit(&pWriter->term, 0);
 }
 
-/* We have two doclists with positions:  pLeft and pRight. Depending
-** on the value of the nNear parameter, perform either a phrase
-** intersection (if nNear==0) or a NEAR intersection (if nNear>0)
-** and write the results into pOut.
-**
-** A phrase intersection means that two documents only match
-** if pLeft.iPos+1==pRight.iPos.
-**
-** A NEAR intersection means that two documents only match if 
-** (abs(pLeft.iPos-pRight.iPos)last);
 
-        DLWriter dlwriter2;
-        DLReader dr1 = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; 
-        DLReader dr2 = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+  /* The first term written into an interior node is actually
+  ** associated with the second child added (the first child was added
+  ** in interiorWriterInit, or in the if clause at the bottom of this
+  ** function).  That term gets encoded straight up, with nPrefix left
+  ** at 0.
+  */
+  if( pWriter->term.nData==0 ){
+    n = fts3PutVarint(c, nTerm);
+  }else{
+    while( nPrefixterm.nData &&
+           pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){
+      nPrefix++;
+    }
 
-        dlwInit(&dlwriter2, iType, &one);
-        posListPhraseMerge(&right, &left, nNear-3+nPhrase, 1, &dlwriter2);
-        dlwInit(&dlwriter2, iType, &two);
-        posListPhraseMerge(&left, &right, nNear-1, 0, &dlwriter2);
+    n = fts3PutVarint(c, nPrefix);
+    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm-nPrefix);
+  }
 
-        if( one.nData) dlrInit(&dr1, iType, one.pData, one.nData);
-        if( two.nData) dlrInit(&dr2, iType, two.pData, two.nData);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+  pWriter->iLastChildBlock++;
+#endif
+  assert( pWriter->iLastChildBlock==iChildBlock );
 
-        if( !dlrAtEnd(&dr1) || !dlrAtEnd(&dr2) ){
-          PLReader pr1 = {0};
-          PLReader pr2 = {0};
+  /* Overflow to a new block if the new term makes the current block
+  ** too big, and the current block already has enough terms.
+  */
+  if( pWriter->last->data.nData+n+nTerm-nPrefix>INTERIOR_MAX &&
+      iChildBlock-pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock>INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS ){
+    pWriter->last->next = interiorBlockNew(pWriter->iHeight, iChildBlock,
+                                           pTerm, nTerm);
+    pWriter->last = pWriter->last->next;
+    pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock;
+    dataBufferReset(&pWriter->term);
+  }else{
+    dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->last->data, c, n,
+                      pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix);
+    dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm);
+  }
+  ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last);
+}
 
-          PLWriter plwriter;
-          plwInit(&plwriter, &writer, dlrDocid(dlrAtEnd(&dr1)?&dr2:&dr1));
+/* Free the space used by pWriter, including the linked-list of
+** InteriorBlocks, and parentWriter, if present.
+*/
+static int interiorWriterDestroy(InteriorWriter *pWriter){
+  InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first;
 
-          if( one.nData ) plrInit(&pr1, &dr1);
-          if( two.nData ) plrInit(&pr2, &dr2);
-          while( !plrAtEnd(&pr1) || !plrAtEnd(&pr2) ){
-            int iCompare = plrCompare(&pr1, &pr2);
-            switch( iCompare ){
-              case -1:
-                plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr1);
-                plrStep(&pr1);
-                break;
-              case 1:
-                plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr2);
-                plrStep(&pr2);
-                break;
-              case 0:
-                plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr1);
-                plrStep(&pr1);
-                plrStep(&pr2);
-                break;
-            }
-          }
-          plwTerminate(&plwriter);
-        }
-        dataBufferDestroy(&one);
-        dataBufferDestroy(&two);
-      }
-      dlrStep(&left);
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }
+  while( block!=NULL ){
+    InteriorBlock *b = block;
+    block = block->next;
+    dataBufferDestroy(&b->term);
+    dataBufferDestroy(&b->data);
+    sqlite3_free(b);
   }
-
-  dlrDestroy(&left);
-  dlrDestroy(&right);
-  dlwDestroy(&writer);
+  if( pWriter->parentWriter!=NULL ){
+    interiorWriterDestroy(pWriter->parentWriter);
+    sqlite3_free(pWriter->parentWriter);
+  }
+  dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term);
+  SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists:  pLeft and pRight.
-** Write the intersection of these two doclists into pOut as a
-** DL_DOCIDS doclist.
+/* If pWriter can fit entirely in ROOT_MAX, return it as the root info
+** directly, leaving *piEndBlockid unchanged.  Otherwise, flush
+** pWriter to %_segments, building a new layer of interior nodes, and
+** recursively ask for their root into.
 */
-static void docListAndMerge(
-  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
-  const char *pRight, int nRight,
-  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
-){
-  DLReader left, right;
-  DLWriter writer;
+static int interiorWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, InteriorWriter *pWriter,
+                                  char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo,
+                                  sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
+  InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first;
+  sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0;
+  int rc;
+
+  /* If we can fit the segment inline */
+  if( block==pWriter->last && block->data.nDatadata.pData;
+    *pnRootInfo = block->data.nData;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Flush the first block to %_segments, and create a new level of
+  ** interior node.
+  */
+  ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block);
+  rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  *piEndBlockid = iBlockid;
 
-  if( nLeft==0 || nRight==0 ) return;
+  pWriter->parentWriter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pWriter->parentWriter));
+  interiorWriterInit(pWriter->iHeight+1,
+                     block->term.pData, block->term.nData,
+                     iBlockid, pWriter->parentWriter);
 
-  dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
-  dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
-  dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
+  /* Flush additional blocks and append to the higher interior
+  ** node.
+  */
+  for(block=block->next; block!=NULL; block=block->next){
+    ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block);
+    rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    *piEndBlockid = iBlockid;
 
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) && !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
-    if( dlrDocid(&left)parentWriter,
+                         block->term.pData, block->term.nData, iBlockid);
   }
 
-  dlrDestroy(&left);
-  dlrDestroy(&right);
-  dlwDestroy(&writer);
+  /* Parent node gets the chance to be the root. */
+  return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter->parentWriter,
+                                ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid);
 }
 
-/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists:  pLeft and pRight.
-** Write the union of these two doclists into pOut as a
-** DL_DOCIDS doclist.
+/****************************************************************/
+/* InteriorReader is used to read off the data from an interior node
+** (see comment at top of file for the format).
 */
-static void docListOrMerge(
-  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
-  const char *pRight, int nRight,
-  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
-){
-  DLReader left, right;
-  DLWriter writer;
-
-  if( nLeft==0 ){
-    if( nRight!=0 ) dataBufferAppend(pOut, pRight, nRight);
-    return;
-  }
-  if( nRight==0 ){
-    dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft);
-    return;
-  }
+typedef struct InteriorReader {
+  const char *pData;
+  int nData;
 
-  dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
-  dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
-  dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
+  DataBuffer term;          /* previous term, for decoding term delta. */
 
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) || !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
-    if( dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
-      dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
-      dlrStep(&left);
-    }else if( dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
-      dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&right));
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }else if( dlrDocid(&left)term);
+  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
 }
 
-/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists:  pLeft and pRight.
-** Write into pOut as DL_DOCIDS doclist containing all documents that
-** occur in pLeft but not in pRight.
+/* TODO(shess) The assertions are great, but what if we're in NDEBUG
+** and the blob is empty or otherwise contains suspect data?
 */
-static void docListExceptMerge(
-  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
-  const char *pRight, int nRight,
-  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
-){
-  DLReader left, right;
-  DLWriter writer;
+static void interiorReaderInit(const char *pData, int nData,
+                               InteriorReader *pReader){
+  int n, nTerm;
 
-  if( nLeft==0 ) return;
-  if( nRight==0 ){
-    dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft);
-    return;
-  }
+  /* Require at least the leading flag byte */
+  assert( nData>0 );
+  assert( pData[0]!='\0' );
 
-  dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
-  dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
-  dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
+  CLEAR(pReader);
 
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
-    while( !dlrAtEnd(&right) && dlrDocid(&right)iBlockid);
+  assert( 1+n<=nData );
+  pReader->pData = pData+1+n;
+  pReader->nData = nData-(1+n);
+
+  /* A single-child interior node (such as when a leaf node was too
+  ** large for the segment directory) won't have any terms.
+  ** Otherwise, decode the first term.
+  */
+  if( pReader->nData==0 ){
+    dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, 0);
+  }else{
+    n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nTerm);
+    dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm);
+    dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nTerm);
+    assert( n+nTerm<=pReader->nData );
+    pReader->pData += n+nTerm;
+    pReader->nData -= n+nTerm;
   }
+}
 
-  dlrDestroy(&left);
-  dlrDestroy(&right);
-  dlwDestroy(&writer);
+static int interiorReaderAtEnd(InteriorReader *pReader){
+  return pReader->term.nData==0;
 }
 
-static char *string_dup_n(const char *s, int n){
-  char *str = sqlite3_malloc(n + 1);
-  memcpy(str, s, n);
-  str[n] = '\0';
-  return str;
+static sqlite_int64 interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(InteriorReader *pReader){
+  return pReader->iBlockid;
 }
 
-/* Duplicate a string; the caller must free() the returned string.
- * (We don't use strdup() since it is not part of the standard C library and
- * may not be available everywhere.) */
-static char *string_dup(const char *s){
-  return string_dup_n(s, strlen(s));
+static int interiorReaderTermBytes(InteriorReader *pReader){
+  assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->term.nData;
+}
+static const char *interiorReaderTerm(InteriorReader *pReader){
+  assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
+  return pReader->term.pData;
 }
 
-/* Format a string, replacing each occurrence of the % character with
- * zDb.zName.  This may be more convenient than sqlite_mprintf()
- * when one string is used repeatedly in a format string.
- * The caller must free() the returned string. */
-static char *string_format(const char *zFormat,
-                           const char *zDb, const char *zName){
-  const char *p;
-  size_t len = 0;
-  size_t nDb = strlen(zDb);
-  size_t nName = strlen(zName);
-  size_t nFullTableName = nDb+1+nName;
-  char *result;
-  char *r;
+/* Step forward to the next term in the node. */
+static void interiorReaderStep(InteriorReader *pReader){
+  assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
 
-  /* first compute length needed */
-  for(p = zFormat ; *p ; ++p){
-    len += (*p=='%' ? nFullTableName : 1);
-  }
-  len += 1;  /* for null terminator */
+  /* If the last term has been read, signal eof, else construct the
+  ** next term.
+  */
+  if( pReader->nData==0 ){
+    dataBufferReset(&pReader->term);
+  }else{
+    int n, nPrefix, nSuffix;
 
-  r = result = sqlite3_malloc(len);
-  for(p = zFormat; *p; ++p){
-    if( *p=='%' ){
-      memcpy(r, zDb, nDb);
-      r += nDb;
-      *r++ = '.';
-      memcpy(r, zName, nName);
-      r += nName;
-    } else {
-      *r++ = *p;
-    }
-  }
-  *r++ = '\0';
-  assert( r == result + len );
-  return result;
-}
+    n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix);
+    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix);
 
-static int sql_exec(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, const char *zName,
-                    const char *zFormat){
-  char *zCommand = string_format(zFormat, zDb, zName);
-  int rc;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 sql: %s\n", zCommand));
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCommand, NULL, 0, NULL);
-  sqlite3_free(zCommand);
-  return rc;
-}
+    /* Truncate the current term and append suffix data. */
+    pReader->term.nData = nPrefix;
+    dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix);
 
-static int sql_prepare(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, const char *zName,
-                       sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, const char *zFormat){
-  char *zCommand = string_format(zFormat, zDb, zName);
-  int rc;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 prepare: %s\n", zCommand));
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zCommand, -1, ppStmt, NULL);
-  sqlite3_free(zCommand);
-  return rc;
+    assert( n+nSuffix<=pReader->nData );
+    pReader->pData += n+nSuffix;
+    pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix;
+  }
+  pReader->iBlockid++;
 }
 
-/* end utility functions */
+/* Compare the current term to pTerm[nTerm], returning strcmp-style
+** results.  If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes.
+*/
+static int interiorReaderTermCmp(InteriorReader *pReader,
+                                 const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){
+  const char *pReaderTerm = interiorReaderTerm(pReader);
+  int nReaderTerm = interiorReaderTermBytes(pReader);
+  int c, n = nReaderTerm0 ) return -1;
+    if( nTerm>0 ) return 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
 
-/* A single term in a query is represented by an instances of
-** the following structure. Each word which may match against
-** document content is a term. Operators, like NEAR or OR, are
-** not terms. Query terms are organized as a flat list stored
-** in the Query.pTerms array.
-**
-** If the QueryTerm.nPhrase variable is non-zero, then the QueryTerm
-** is the first in a contiguous string of terms that are either part
-** of the same phrase, or connected by the NEAR operator.
-**
-** If the QueryTerm.nNear variable is non-zero, then the token is followed 
-** by a NEAR operator with span set to (nNear-1). For example, the 
-** following query:
-**
-** The QueryTerm.iPhrase variable stores the index of the token within
-** its phrase, indexed starting at 1, or 1 if the token is not part 
-** of any phrase.
-**
-** For example, the data structure used to represent the following query:
-**
-**     ... MATCH 'sqlite NEAR/5 google NEAR/2 "search engine"'
+  c = memcmp(pReaderTerm, pTerm, n);
+  if( c!=0 ) return c;
+  if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0;
+  return nReaderTerm - nTerm;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* LeafWriter is used to collect terms and associated doclist data
+** into leaf blocks in %_segments (see top of file for format info).
+** Expected usage is:
 **
-** is:
+** LeafWriter writer;
+** leafWriterInit(0, 0, &writer);
+** while( sorted_terms_left_to_process ){
+**   // data is doclist data for that term.
+**   rc = leafWriterStep(v, &writer, pTerm, nTerm, pData, nData);
+**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+** }
+** rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
+**err:
+** leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
+** return rc;
 **
-**     {nPhrase=4, iPhrase=1, nNear=6, pTerm="sqlite"},
-**     {nPhrase=0, iPhrase=1, nNear=3, pTerm="google"},
-**     {nPhrase=0, iPhrase=1, nNear=0, pTerm="search"},
-**     {nPhrase=0, iPhrase=2, nNear=0, pTerm="engine"},
+** leafWriterStep() may write a collected leaf out to %_segments.
+** leafWriterFinalize() finishes writing any buffered data and stores
+** a root node in %_segdir.  leafWriterDestroy() frees all buffers and
+** InteriorWriters allocated as part of writing this segment.
 **
-** compiling the FTS3 syntax to Query structures is done by the parseQuery()
-** function.
+** TODO(shess) Document leafWriterStepMerge().
 */
-typedef struct QueryTerm {
-  short int nPhrase; /* How many following terms are part of the same phrase */
-  short int iPhrase; /* This is the i-th term of a phrase. */
-  short int iColumn; /* Column of the index that must match this term */
-  signed char nNear; /* term followed by a NEAR operator with span=(nNear-1) */
-  signed char isOr;  /* this term is preceded by "OR" */
-  signed char isNot; /* this term is preceded by "-" */
-  signed char isPrefix; /* this term is followed by "*" */
-  char *pTerm;       /* text of the term.  '\000' terminated.  malloced */
-  int nTerm;         /* Number of bytes in pTerm[] */
-} QueryTerm;
-
 
-/* A query string is parsed into a Query structure.
- *
- * We could, in theory, allow query strings to be complicated
- * nested expressions with precedence determined by parentheses.
- * But none of the major search engines do this.  (Perhaps the
- * feeling is that an parenthesized expression is two complex of
- * an idea for the average user to grasp.)  Taking our lead from
- * the major search engines, we will allow queries to be a list
- * of terms (with an implied AND operator) or phrases in double-quotes,
- * with a single optional "-" before each non-phrase term to designate
- * negation and an optional OR connector.
- *
- * OR binds more tightly than the implied AND, which is what the
- * major search engines seem to do.  So, for example:
- * 
- *    [one two OR three]     ==>    one AND (two OR three)
- *    [one OR two three]     ==>    (one OR two) AND three
- *
- * A "-" before a term matches all entries that lack that term.
- * The "-" must occur immediately before the term with in intervening
- * space.  This is how the search engines do it.
- *
- * A NOT term cannot be the right-hand operand of an OR.  If this
- * occurs in the query string, the NOT is ignored:
- *
- *    [one OR -two]          ==>    one OR two
- *
- */
-typedef struct Query {
-  fulltext_vtab *pFts;  /* The full text index */
-  int nTerms;           /* Number of terms in the query */
-  QueryTerm *pTerms;    /* Array of terms.  Space obtained from malloc() */
-  int nextIsOr;         /* Set the isOr flag on the next inserted term */
-  int nextIsNear;       /* Set the isOr flag on the next inserted term */
-  int nextColumn;       /* Next word parsed must be in this column */
-  int dfltColumn;       /* The default column */
-} Query;
+/* Put terms with data this big in their own block. */
+#define STANDALONE_MIN 1024
 
+/* Keep leaf blocks below this size. */
+#define LEAF_MAX 2048
 
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure keeps track of generated
-** matching-word offset information and snippets.
-*/
-typedef struct Snippet {
-  int nMatch;     /* Total number of matches */
-  int nAlloc;     /* Space allocated for aMatch[] */
-  struct snippetMatch { /* One entry for each matching term */
-    char snStatus;       /* Status flag for use while constructing snippets */
-    short int iCol;      /* The column that contains the match */
-    short int iTerm;     /* The index in Query.pTerms[] of the matching term */
-    int iToken;          /* The index of the matching document token */
-    short int nByte;     /* Number of bytes in the term */
-    int iStart;          /* The offset to the first character of the term */
-  } *aMatch;      /* Points to space obtained from malloc */
-  char *zOffset;  /* Text rendering of aMatch[] */
-  int nOffset;    /* strlen(zOffset) */
-  char *zSnippet; /* Snippet text */
-  int nSnippet;   /* strlen(zSnippet) */
-} Snippet;
+typedef struct LeafWriter {
+  int iLevel;
+  int idx;
+  sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid;     /* needed to create the root info */
+  sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid;       /* when we're done writing. */
 
+  DataBuffer term;                /* previous encoded term */
+  DataBuffer data;                /* encoding buffer */
 
-typedef enum QueryType {
-  QUERY_GENERIC,   /* table scan */
-  QUERY_DOCID,     /* lookup by docid */
-  QUERY_FULLTEXT   /* QUERY_FULLTEXT + [i] is a full-text search for column i*/
-} QueryType;
+  /* bytes of first term in the current node which distinguishes that
+  ** term from the last term of the previous node.
+  */
+  int nTermDistinct;
 
-typedef enum fulltext_statement {
-  CONTENT_INSERT_STMT,
-  CONTENT_SELECT_STMT,
-  CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT,
-  CONTENT_DELETE_STMT,
+  InteriorWriter parentWriter;    /* if we overflow */
+  int has_parent;
+} LeafWriter;
 
-  BLOCK_INSERT_STMT,
-  BLOCK_SELECT_STMT,
-  BLOCK_DELETE_STMT,
+static void leafWriterInit(int iLevel, int idx, LeafWriter *pWriter){
+  CLEAR(pWriter);
+  pWriter->iLevel = iLevel;
+  pWriter->idx = idx;
 
-  SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_SET_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_SELECT_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_SPAN_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_DELETE_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT,
+  dataBufferInit(&pWriter->term, 32);
 
-  MAX_STMT                     /* Always at end! */
-} fulltext_statement;
+  /* Start out with a reasonably sized block, though it can grow. */
+  dataBufferInit(&pWriter->data, LEAF_MAX);
+}
 
-/* These must exactly match the enum above. */
-/* TODO(shess): Is there some risk that a statement will be used in two
-** cursors at once, e.g.  if a query joins a virtual table to itself?
-** If so perhaps we should move some of these to the cursor object.
-*/
-static const char *const fulltext_zStatement[MAX_STMT] = {
-  /* CONTENT_INSERT */ NULL,  /* generated in contentInsertStatement() */
-  /* CONTENT_SELECT */ NULL,  /* generated in contentSelectStatement() */
-  /* CONTENT_UPDATE */ NULL,  /* generated in contentUpdateStatement() */
-  /* CONTENT_DELETE */ "delete from %_content where docid = ?",
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/* Verify that the data is readable as a leaf node. */
+static void leafNodeValidate(const char *pData, int nData){
+  int n, iDummy;
 
-  /* BLOCK_INSERT */
-  "insert into %_segments (blockid, block) values (null, ?)",
-  /* BLOCK_SELECT */ "select block from %_segments where blockid = ?",
-  /* BLOCK_DELETE */ "delete from %_segments where blockid between ? and ?",
+  if( nData==0 ) return;
+  assert( nData>0 );
+  assert( pData!=0 );
+  assert( pData+nData>pData );
 
-  /* SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX */ "select max(idx) from %_segdir where level = ?",
-  /* SEGDIR_SET */ "insert into %_segdir values (?, ?, ?, ?, ?, ?)",
-  /* SEGDIR_SELECT */
-  "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir "
-  " where level = ? order by idx",
-  /* SEGDIR_SPAN */
-  "select min(start_block), max(end_block) from %_segdir "
-  " where level = ? and start_block <> 0",
-  /* SEGDIR_DELETE */ "delete from %_segdir where level = ?",
-  /* SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL */
-  "select root, leaves_end_block from %_segdir order by level desc, idx",
-};
+  /* Must lead with a varint(0) */
+  n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
+  assert( iDummy==0 );
+  assert( n>0 );
+  assert( n0 );
+  assert( iDummy>0 );
+  assert( n+iDummy>0 );
+  assert( n+iDummy0 );
+  assert( iDummy>0 );
+  assert( n+iDummy>0 );
+  assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
+  ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL);
+  pData += n+iDummy;
+  nData -= n+iDummy;
 
-  /* Precompiled statements used for segment merges.  We run a
-  ** separate select across the leaf level of each tree being merged.
-  */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pLeafSelectStmts[MERGE_COUNT];
-  /* The statement used to prepare pLeafSelectStmts. */
-#define LEAF_SELECT \
-  "select block from %_segments where blockid between ? and ? order by blockid"
+  /* Verify that trailing terms and doclists also are readable. */
+  while( nData!=0 ){
+    n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
+    assert( n>0 );
+    assert( iDummy>=0 );
+    assert( n0 );
+    assert( iDummy>0 );
+    assert( n+iDummy>0 );
+    assert( n+iDummy=0 (nPendingData<0 means pendingTerms has not been
-  ** initialized).  iPrevDocid is the last docid written, used to make
-  ** certain we're inserting in sorted order.
-  */
-  int nPendingData;
-#define kPendingThreshold (1*1024*1024)
-  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;
-  fts3Hash pendingTerms;
-};
+    n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
+    assert( n>0 );
+    assert( iDummy>0 );
+    assert( n+iDummy>0 );
+    assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
+    ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL);
+    pData += n+iDummy;
+    nData -= n+iDummy;
+  }
+}
+#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) leafNodeValidate(p, n)
+#else
+#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) assert( 1 )
+#endif
 
-/*
-** When the core wants to do a query, it create a cursor using a
-** call to xOpen.  This structure is an instance of a cursor.  It
-** is destroyed by xClose.
-*/
-typedef struct fulltext_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;        /* Base class used by SQLite core */
-  QueryType iCursorType;           /* Copy of sqlite3_index_info.idxNum */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;             /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
-  int eof;                         /* True if at End Of Results */
-  Query q;                         /* Parsed query string */
-  Snippet snippet;                 /* Cached snippet for the current row */
-  int iColumn;                     /* Column being searched */
-  DataBuffer result;               /* Doclist results from fulltextQuery */
-  DLReader reader;                 /* Result reader if result not empty */
-} fulltext_cursor;
+/* Flush the current leaf node to %_segments, and adding the resulting
+** blockid and the starting term to the interior node which will
+** contain it.
+*/
+static int leafWriterInternalFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
+                                   int iData, int nData){
+  sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0;
+  const char *pStartingTerm;
+  int nStartingTerm, rc, n;
 
-static struct fulltext_vtab *cursor_vtab(fulltext_cursor *c){
-  return (fulltext_vtab *) c->base.pVtab;
-}
+  /* Must have the leading varint(0) flag, plus at least some
+  ** valid-looking data.
+  */
+  assert( nData>2 );
+  assert( iData>=0 );
+  assert( iData+nData<=pWriter->data.nData );
+  ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData);
 
-static const sqlite3_module fts3Module;   /* forward declaration */
+  rc = block_insert(v, pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData, &iBlockid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  assert( iBlockid!=0 );
 
-/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
- *   insert into %_content (docid, ...) values (?, ...)
- */
-static const char *contentInsertStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  StringBuffer sb;
-  int i;
+  /* Reconstruct the first term in the leaf for purposes of building
+  ** the interior node.
+  */
+  n = fts3GetVarint32(pWriter->data.pData+iData+1, &nStartingTerm);
+  pStartingTerm = pWriter->data.pData+iData+1+n;
+  assert( pWriter->data.nData>iData+1+n+nStartingTerm );
+  assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct>0 );
+  assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct<=nStartingTerm );
+  nStartingTerm = pWriter->nTermDistinct;
 
-  initStringBuffer(&sb);
-  append(&sb, "insert into %_content (docid, ");
-  appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
-  append(&sb, ") values (?");
-  for(i=0; inColumn; ++i)
-    append(&sb, ", ?");
-  append(&sb, ")");
-  return stringBufferData(&sb);
-}
+  if( pWriter->has_parent ){
+    interiorWriterAppend(&pWriter->parentWriter,
+                         pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid);
+  }else{
+    interiorWriterInit(1, pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid,
+                       &pWriter->parentWriter);
+    pWriter->has_parent = 1;
+  }
 
-/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
- *   select  from %_content where docid = ?
- */
-static const char *contentSelectStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  StringBuffer sb;
-  initStringBuffer(&sb);
-  append(&sb, "SELECT ");
-  appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
-  append(&sb, " FROM %_content WHERE docid = ?");
-  return stringBufferData(&sb);
+  /* Track the span of this segment's leaf nodes. */
+  if( pWriter->iEndBlockid==0 ){
+    pWriter->iEndBlockid = pWriter->iStartBlockid = iBlockid;
+  }else{
+    pWriter->iEndBlockid++;
+    assert( iBlockid==pWriter->iEndBlockid );
+  }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
+static int leafWriterFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){
+  int rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, pWriter->data.nData);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
- *   update %_content set [col_0] = ?, [col_1] = ?, ...
- *                    where docid = ?
- */
-static const char *contentUpdateStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  StringBuffer sb;
-  int i;
+  /* Re-initialize the output buffer. */
+  dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data);
 
-  initStringBuffer(&sb);
-  append(&sb, "update %_content set ");
-  for(i=0; inColumn; ++i) {
-    if( i>0 ){
-      append(&sb, ", ");
-    }
-    append(&sb, v->azContentColumn[i]);
-    append(&sb, " = ?");
-  }
-  append(&sb, " where docid = ?");
-  return stringBufferData(&sb);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Puts a freshly-prepared statement determined by iStmt in *ppStmt.
-** If the indicated statement has never been prepared, it is prepared
-** and cached, otherwise the cached version is reset.
+/* Fetch the root info for the segment.  If the entire leaf fits
+** within ROOT_MAX, then it will be returned directly, otherwise it
+** will be flushed and the root info will be returned from the
+** interior node.  *piEndBlockid is set to the blockid of the last
+** interior or leaf node written to disk (0 if none are written at
+** all).
 */
-static int sql_get_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, fulltext_statement iStmt,
-                             sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
-  assert( iStmtpFulltextStatements[iStmt]==NULL ){
-    const char *zStmt;
-    int rc;
-    switch( iStmt ){
-      case CONTENT_INSERT_STMT:
-        zStmt = contentInsertStatement(v); break;
-      case CONTENT_SELECT_STMT:
-        zStmt = contentSelectStatement(v); break;
-      case CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT:
-        zStmt = contentUpdateStatement(v); break;
-      default:
-        zStmt = fulltext_zStatement[iStmt];
-    }
-    rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt],
-                         zStmt);
-    if( zStmt != fulltext_zStatement[iStmt]) sqlite3_free((void *) zStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  } else {
-    int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]);
+static int leafWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
+                              char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo,
+                              sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
+  /* we can fit the segment entirely inline */
+  if( !pWriter->has_parent && pWriter->data.nDatadata.pData;
+    *pnRootInfo = pWriter->data.nData;
+    *piEndBlockid = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* Flush remaining leaf data. */
+  if( pWriter->data.nData>0 ){
+    int rc = leafWriterFlush(v, pWriter);
     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   }
 
-  *ppStmt = v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt];
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  /* We must have flushed a leaf at some point. */
+  assert( pWriter->has_parent );
+
+  /* Tenatively set the end leaf blockid as the end blockid.  If the
+  ** interior node can be returned inline, this will be the final
+  ** blockid, otherwise it will be overwritten by
+  ** interiorWriterRootInfo().
+  */
+  *piEndBlockid = pWriter->iEndBlockid;
+
+  return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, &pWriter->parentWriter,
+                                ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid);
 }
 
-/* Like sqlite3_step(), but convert SQLITE_DONE to SQLITE_OK and
-** SQLITE_ROW to SQLITE_ERROR.  Useful for statements like UPDATE,
-** where we expect no results.
+/* Collect the rootInfo data and store it into the segment directory.
+** This has the effect of flushing the segment's leaf data to
+** %_segments, and also flushing any interior nodes to %_segments.
 */
-static int sql_single_step(sqlite3_stmt *s){
-  int rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : rc;
+static int leafWriterFinalize(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){
+  sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid;
+  char *pRootInfo;
+  int rc, nRootInfo;
+
+  rc = leafWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter, &pRootInfo, &nRootInfo, &iEndBlockid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  /* Don't bother storing an entirely empty segment. */
+  if( iEndBlockid==0 && nRootInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  return segdir_set(v, pWriter->iLevel, pWriter->idx,
+                    pWriter->iStartBlockid, pWriter->iEndBlockid,
+                    iEndBlockid, pRootInfo, nRootInfo);
 }
 
-/* Like sql_get_statement(), but for special replicated LEAF_SELECT
-** statements.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Write version for generic statements and then share
-** that between the cached-statement functions.
+static void leafWriterDestroy(LeafWriter *pWriter){
+  if( pWriter->has_parent ) interiorWriterDestroy(&pWriter->parentWriter);
+  dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term);
+  dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->data);
+}
+
+/* Encode a term into the leafWriter, delta-encoding as appropriate.
+** Returns the length of the new term which distinguishes it from the
+** previous term, which can be used to set nTermDistinct when a node
+** boundary is crossed.
 */
-static int sql_get_leaf_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, int idx,
-                                  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
-  assert( idx>=0 && idxpLeafSelectStmts[idx]==NULL ){
-    int rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx],
-                         LEAF_SELECT);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static int leafWriterEncodeTerm(LeafWriter *pWriter,
+                                const char *pTerm, int nTerm){
+  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
+  int n, nPrefix = 0;
+
+  assert( nTerm>0 );
+  while( nPrefixterm.nData &&
+         pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){
+    nPrefix++;
+    /* Failing this implies that the terms weren't in order. */
+    assert( nPrefixdata.nData==0 ){
+    /* Encode the node header and leading term as:
+    **  varint(0)
+    **  varint(nTerm)
+    **  char pTerm[nTerm]
+    */
+    n = fts3PutVarint(c, '\0');
+    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm);
+    dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm, nTerm);
   }else{
-    int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    /* Delta-encode the term as:
+    **  varint(nPrefix)
+    **  varint(nSuffix)
+    **  char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]
+    */
+    n = fts3PutVarint(c, nPrefix);
+    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm-nPrefix);
+    dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix);
   }
+  dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm);
 
-  *ppStmt = v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx];
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return nPrefix+1;
 }
 
-/* insert into %_content (docid, ...) values ([docid], [pValues])
-** If the docid contains SQL NULL, then a unique docid will be
-** generated.
+/* Used to avoid a memmove when a large amount of doclist data is in
+** the buffer.  This constructs a node and term header before
+** iDoclistData and flushes the resulting complete node using
+** leafWriterInternalFlush().
 */
-static int content_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value *docid,
-                          sqlite3_value **pValues){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int i;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_INSERT_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static int leafWriterInlineFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
+                                 const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
+                                 int iDoclistData){
+  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
+  int iData, n = fts3PutVarint(c, 0);
+  n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm);
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1, docid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  /* There should always be room for the header.  Even if pTerm shared
+  ** a substantial prefix with the previous term, the entire prefix
+  ** could be constructed from earlier data in the doclist, so there
+  ** should be room.
+  */
+  assert( iDoclistData>=n+nTerm );
 
-  for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 2+i, pValues[i]);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
+  iData = iDoclistData-(n+nTerm);
+  memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData, c, n);
+  memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData+n, pTerm, nTerm);
 
-  return sql_single_step(s);
+  return leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, iData, pWriter->data.nData-iData);
 }
 
-/* update %_content set col0 = pValues[0], col1 = pValues[1], ...
- *                  where docid = [iDocid] */
-static int content_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value **pValues,
-                          sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int i;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of
+** %_segments.
+*/
+static int leafWriterStepMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
+                               const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
+                               DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){
+  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
+  int iTermData = pWriter->data.nData, iDoclistData;
+  int i, nData, n, nActualData, nActual, rc, nTermDistinct;
 
-  for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1+i, pValues[i]);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData);
+  nTermDistinct = leafWriterEncodeTerm(pWriter, pTerm, nTerm);
+
+  /* Remember nTermDistinct if opening a new node. */
+  if( iTermData==0 ) pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
+
+  iDoclistData = pWriter->data.nData;
+
+  /* Estimate the length of the merged doclist so we can leave space
+  ** to encode it.
+  */
+  for(i=0, nData=0; idata, c, n);
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1+v->nColumn, iDocid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  docListMerge(&pWriter->data, pReaders, nReaders);
+  ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT,
+                       pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n,
+                       pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData-n, NULL);
 
-  return sql_single_step(s);
-}
+  /* The actual amount of doclist data at this point could be smaller
+  ** than the length we encoded.  Additionally, the space required to
+  ** encode this length could be smaller.  For small doclists, this is
+  ** not a big deal, we can just use memmove() to adjust things.
+  */
+  nActualData = pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n);
+  nActual = fts3PutVarint(c, nActualData);
+  assert( nActualData<=nData );
+  assert( nActual<=n );
 
-static void freeStringArray(int nString, const char **pString){
-  int i;
+  /* If the new doclist is big enough for force a standalone leaf
+  ** node, we can immediately flush it inline without doing the
+  ** memmove().
+  */
+  /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this
+  ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and
+  ** doclist lengths.  At some point, change to
+  ** pWriter->data.nData-iTermData>STANDALONE_MIN.
+  */
+  if( nTerm+nActualData>STANDALONE_MIN ){
+    /* Push leaf node from before this term. */
+    if( iTermData>0 ){
+      rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  for (i=0 ; i < nString ; ++i) {
-    if( pString[i]!=NULL ) sqlite3_free((void *) pString[i]);
+      pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
+    }
+
+    /* Fix the encoded doclist length. */
+    iDoclistData += n - nActual;
+    memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual);
+
+    /* Push the standalone leaf node. */
+    rc = leafWriterInlineFlush(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, iDoclistData);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+    /* Leave the node empty. */
+    dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data);
+
+    return rc;
   }
-  sqlite3_free((void *) pString);
-}
 
-/* select * from %_content where docid = [iDocid]
- * The caller must delete the returned array and all strings in it.
- * null fields will be NULL in the returned array.
- *
- * TODO: Perhaps we should return pointer/length strings here for consistency
- * with other code which uses pointer/length. */
-static int content_select(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
-                          const char ***pValues){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  const char **values;
-  int i;
-  int rc;
+  /* At this point, we know that the doclist was small, so do the
+  ** memmove if indicated.
+  */
+  if( nActualdata.pData+iDoclistData+nActual,
+            pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n,
+            pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n));
+    pWriter->data.nData -= n-nActual;
+  }
 
-  *pValues = NULL;
+  /* Replace written length with actual length. */
+  memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual);
 
-  rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_SELECT_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  /* If the node is too large, break things up. */
+  /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this
+  ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and
+  ** doclist lengths.  At some point, change to
+  ** pWriter->data.nData>LEAF_MAX.
+  */
+  if( iTermData+nTerm+nActualData>LEAF_MAX ){
+    /* Flush out the leading data as a node */
+    rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iDocid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
 
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
+    /* Rebuild header using the current term */
+    n = fts3PutVarint(pWriter->data.pData, 0);
+    n += fts3PutVarint(pWriter->data.pData+n, nTerm);
+    memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+n, pTerm, nTerm);
+    n += nTerm;
 
-  values = (const char **) sqlite3_malloc(v->nColumn * sizeof(const char *));
-  for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){
-    if( sqlite3_column_type(s, i)==SQLITE_NULL ){
-      values[i] = NULL;
-    }else{
-      values[i] = string_dup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(s, i));
-    }
+    /* There should always be room, because the previous encoding
+    ** included all data necessary to construct the term.
+    */
+    assert( ndata.nData-iDoclistDatadata.pData+n,
+           pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData,
+           pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData);
+    pWriter->data.nData -= iDoclistData-n;
   }
+  ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData);
 
-  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    *pValues = values;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of
+** %_segments.
+*/
+/* TODO(shess) Revise writeZeroSegment() so that doclists are
+** constructed directly in pWriter->data.
+*/
+static int leafWriterStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
+                          const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
+                          const char *pData, int nData){
+  int rc;
+  DLReader reader;
+
+  dlrInit(&reader, DL_DEFAULT, pData, nData);
+  rc = leafWriterStepMerge(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, &reader, 1);
+  dlrDestroy(&reader);
 
-  freeStringArray(v->nColumn, values);
   return rc;
 }
 
-/* delete from %_content where docid = [iDocid ] */
-static int content_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_DELETE_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iDocid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/****************************************************************/
+/* LeafReader is used to iterate over an individual leaf node. */
+typedef struct LeafReader {
+  DataBuffer term;          /* copy of current term. */
 
-  return sql_single_step(s);
-}
+  const char *pData;        /* data for current term. */
+  int nData;
+} LeafReader;
 
-/* insert into %_segments values ([pData])
-**   returns assigned blockid in *piBlockid
-*/
-static int block_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
-                        sqlite_int64 *piBlockid){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_INSERT_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static void leafReaderDestroy(LeafReader *pReader){
+  dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->term);
+  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
+}
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 1, pData, nData, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static int leafReaderAtEnd(LeafReader *pReader){
+  return pReader->nData<=0;
+}
 
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
+/* Access the current term. */
+static int leafReaderTermBytes(LeafReader *pReader){
+  return pReader->term.nData;
+}
+static const char *leafReaderTerm(LeafReader *pReader){
+  assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
+  return pReader->term.pData;
+}
 
-  /* blockid column is an alias for rowid. */
-  *piBlockid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */
+static int leafReaderDataBytes(LeafReader *pReader){
+  int nData;
+  assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
+  fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
+  return nData;
+}
+static const char *leafReaderData(LeafReader *pReader){
+  int n, nData;
+  assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
+  n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
+  return pReader->pData+n;
 }
 
-/* delete from %_segments
-**   where blockid between [iStartBlockid] and [iEndBlockid]
-**
-** Deletes the range of blocks, inclusive, used to delete the blocks
-** which form a segment.
-*/
-static int block_delete(fulltext_vtab *v,
-                        sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_DELETE_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static void leafReaderInit(const char *pData, int nData,
+                           LeafReader *pReader){
+  int nTerm, n;
+
+  assert( nData>0 );
+  assert( pData[0]=='\0' );
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  CLEAR(pReader);
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  /* Read the first term, skipping the header byte. */
+  n = fts3GetVarint32(pData+1, &nTerm);
+  dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm);
+  dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pData+1+n, nTerm);
 
-  return sql_single_step(s);
+  /* Position after the first term. */
+  assert( 1+n+nTermpData = pData+1+n+nTerm;
+  pReader->nData = nData-1-n-nTerm;
 }
 
-/* Returns SQLITE_ROW with *pidx set to the maximum segment idx found
-** at iLevel.  Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no segments at
-** iLevel.  Otherwise returns an error.
-*/
-static int segdir_max_index(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int *pidx){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/* Step the reader forward to the next term. */
+static void leafReaderStep(LeafReader *pReader){
+  int n, nData, nPrefix, nSuffix;
+  assert( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  /* Skip previous entry's data block. */
+  n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
+  assert( n+nData<=pReader->nData );
+  pReader->pData += n+nData;
+  pReader->nData -= n+nData;
 
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  /* Should always get at least one row due to how max() works. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
+  if( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) ){
+    /* Construct the new term using a prefix from the old term plus a
+    ** suffix from the leaf data.
+    */
+    n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix);
+    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix);
+    assert( n+nSuffixnData );
+    pReader->term.nData = nPrefix;
+    dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix);
 
-  /* NULL means that there were no inputs to max(). */
-  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){
-    rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return rc;
+    pReader->pData += n+nSuffix;
+    pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix;
   }
-
-  *pidx = sqlite3_column_int(s, 0);
-
-  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
-  return SQLITE_ROW;
 }
 
-/* insert into %_segdir values (
-**   [iLevel], [idx],
-**   [iStartBlockid], [iLeavesEndBlockid], [iEndBlockid],
-**   [pRootData]
-** )
+/* strcmp-style comparison of pReader's current term against pTerm.
+** If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes.
 */
-static int segdir_set(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int idx,
-                      sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid,
-                      sqlite_int64 iLeavesEndBlockid,
-                      sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid,
-                      const char *pRootData, int nRootData){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SET_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static int leafReaderTermCmp(LeafReader *pReader,
+                             const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){
+  int c, n = pReader->term.nDataterm.nData : nTerm;
+  if( n==0 ){
+    if( pReader->term.nData>0 ) return -1;
+    if(nTerm>0 ) return 1;
+    return 0;
+  }
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, idx);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  c = memcmp(pReader->term.pData, pTerm, n);
+  if( c!=0 ) return c;
+  if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0;
+  return pReader->term.nData - nTerm;
+}
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 3, iStartBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 4, iLeavesEndBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/****************************************************************/
+/* LeavesReader wraps LeafReader to allow iterating over the entire
+** leaf layer of the tree.
+*/
+typedef struct LeavesReader {
+  int idx;                  /* Index within the segment. */
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 5, iEndBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;      /* Statement we're streaming leaves from. */
+  int eof;                  /* we've seen SQLITE_DONE from pStmt. */
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 6, pRootData, nRootData, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  LeafReader leafReader;    /* reader for the current leaf. */
+  DataBuffer rootData;      /* root data for inline. */
+} LeavesReader;
 
-  return sql_single_step(s);
+/* Access the current term. */
+static int leavesReaderTermBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){
+  assert( !pReader->eof );
+  return leafReaderTermBytes(&pReader->leafReader);
+}
+static const char *leavesReaderTerm(LeavesReader *pReader){
+  assert( !pReader->eof );
+  return leafReaderTerm(&pReader->leafReader);
 }
 
-/* Queries %_segdir for the block span of the segments in level
-** iLevel.  Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no blocks for iLevel,
-** SQLITE_ROW if there are blocks, else an error.
-*/
-static int segdir_span(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel,
-                       sqlite_int64 *piStartBlockid,
-                       sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SPAN_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */
+static int leavesReaderDataBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){
+  assert( !pReader->eof );
+  return leafReaderDataBytes(&pReader->leafReader);
+}
+static const char *leavesReaderData(LeavesReader *pReader){
+  assert( !pReader->eof );
+  return leafReaderData(&pReader->leafReader);
+}
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static int leavesReaderAtEnd(LeavesReader *pReader){
+  return pReader->eof;
+}
 
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE;  /* Should never happen */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
+/* loadSegmentLeaves() may not read all the way to SQLITE_DONE, thus
+** leaving the statement handle open, which locks the table.
+*/
+/* TODO(shess) This "solution" is not satisfactory.  Really, there
+** should be check-in function for all statement handles which
+** arranges to call sqlite3_reset().  This most likely will require
+** modification to control flow all over the place, though, so for now
+** just punt.
+**
+** Note the the current system assumes that segment merges will run to
+** completion, which is why this particular probably hasn't arisen in
+** this case.  Probably a brittle assumption.
+*/
+static int leavesReaderReset(LeavesReader *pReader){
+  return sqlite3_reset(pReader->pStmt);
+}
 
-  /* This happens if all segments at this level are entirely inline. */
-  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){
-    /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-     * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
-    int rc2 = sqlite3_step(s);
-    if( rc2==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return rc2;
+static void leavesReaderDestroy(LeavesReader *pReader){
+  /* If idx is -1, that means we're using a non-cached statement
+  ** handle in the optimize() case, so we need to release it.
+  */
+  if( pReader->pStmt!=NULL && pReader->idx==-1 ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(pReader->pStmt);
   }
-
-  *piStartBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
-  *piEndBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
-
-  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
-  return SQLITE_ROW;
+  leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader);
+  dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->rootData);
+  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
 }
 
-/* Delete the segment blocks and segment directory records for all
-** segments at iLevel.
+/* Initialize pReader with the given root data (if iStartBlockid==0
+** the leaf data was entirely contained in the root), or from the
+** stream of blocks between iStartBlockid and iEndBlockid, inclusive.
 */
-static int segdir_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid;
-  int rc = segdir_span(v, iLevel, &iStartBlockid, &iEndBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
+static int leavesReaderInit(fulltext_vtab *v,
+                            int idx,
+                            sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid,
+                            sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid,
+                            const char *pRootData, int nRootData,
+                            LeavesReader *pReader){
+  CLEAR(pReader);
+  pReader->idx = idx;
 
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    rc = block_delete(v, iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid);
+  dataBufferInit(&pReader->rootData, 0);
+  if( iStartBlockid==0 ){
+    /* Entire leaf level fit in root data. */
+    dataBufferReplace(&pReader->rootData, pRootData, nRootData);
+    leafReaderInit(pReader->rootData.pData, pReader->rootData.nData,
+                   &pReader->leafReader);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_stmt *s;
+    int rc = sql_get_leaf_statement(v, idx, &s);
     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
 
-  /* Delete the segment directory itself. */
-  rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_DELETE_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iLevel);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  return sql_single_step(s);
-}
+    rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      pReader->eof = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
 
-/* TODO(shess) clearPendingTerms() is far down the file because
-** writeZeroSegment() is far down the file because LeafWriter is far
-** down the file.  Consider refactoring the code to move the non-vtab
-** code above the vtab code so that we don't need this forward
-** reference.
-*/
-static int clearPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v);
+    pReader->pStmt = s;
+    leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0),
+                   sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0),
+                   &pReader->leafReader);
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-/*
-** Free the memory used to contain a fulltext_vtab structure.
+/* Step the current leaf forward to the next term.  If we reach the
+** end of the current leaf, step forward to the next leaf block.
 */
-static void fulltext_vtab_destroy(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  int iStmt, i;
+static int leavesReaderStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeavesReader *pReader){
+  assert( !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
+  leafReaderStep(&pReader->leafReader);
 
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Destroy %p\n", v));
-  for( iStmt=0; iStmtpFulltextStatements[iStmt]!=NULL ){
-      sqlite3_finalize(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]);
-      v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt] = NULL;
+  if( leafReaderAtEnd(&pReader->leafReader) ){
+    int rc;
+    if( pReader->rootData.pData ){
+      pReader->eof = 1;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
     }
-  }
-
-  for( i=0; ipLeafSelectStmts[i]!=NULL ){
-      sqlite3_finalize(v->pLeafSelectStmts[i]);
-      v->pLeafSelectStmts[i] = NULL;
+    rc = sqlite3_step(pReader->pStmt);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
+      pReader->eof = 1;
+      return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc;
     }
+    leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader);
+    leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0),
+                   sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0),
+                   &pReader->leafReader);
   }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-  if( v->pTokenizer!=NULL ){
-    v->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(v->pTokenizer);
-    v->pTokenizer = NULL;
+/* Order LeavesReaders by their term, ignoring idx.  Readers at eof
+** always sort to the end.
+*/
+static int leavesReaderTermCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){
+  if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr1) ){
+    if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return 0;
+    return 1;
   }
+  if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return -1;
 
-  clearPendingTerms(v);
-
-  sqlite3_free(v->azColumn);
-  for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn; ++i) {
-    sqlite3_free(v->azContentColumn[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(v->azContentColumn);
-  sqlite3_free(v);
+  return leafReaderTermCmp(&lr1->leafReader,
+                           leavesReaderTerm(lr2), leavesReaderTermBytes(lr2),
+                           0);
 }
 
-/*
-** Token types for parsing the arguments to xConnect or xCreate.
-*/
-#define TOKEN_EOF         0    /* End of file */
-#define TOKEN_SPACE       1    /* Any kind of whitespace */
-#define TOKEN_ID          2    /* An identifier */
-#define TOKEN_STRING      3    /* A string literal */
-#define TOKEN_PUNCT       4    /* A single punctuation character */
-
-/*
-** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
-** ftsIdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
-**
-** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
-** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
-** isFtsIdChar[X] must be 1.
-**
-** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
-** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
-** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
-** But the feature is undocumented.
+/* Similar to leavesReaderTermCmp(), with additional ordering by idx
+** so that older segments sort before newer segments.
 */
-static const char isFtsIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
-};
-#define ftsIdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && isFtsIdChar[c-0x20]))
-
+static int leavesReaderCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){
+  int c = leavesReaderTermCmp(lr1, lr2);
+  if( c!=0 ) return c;
+  return lr1->idx-lr2->idx;
+}
 
-/*
-** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
-** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+/* Assume that pLr[1]..pLr[nLr] are sorted.  Bubble pLr[0] into its
+** sorted position.
 */
-static int ftsGetToken(const char *z, int *tokenType){
-  int i, c;
-  switch( *z ){
-    case 0: {
-      *tokenType = TOKEN_EOF;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
-      for(i=1; safe_isspace(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = TOKEN_SPACE;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '`':
-    case '\'':
-    case '"': {
-      int delim = z[0];
-      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
-        if( c==delim ){
-          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
-            i++;
-          }else{
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      *tokenType = TOKEN_STRING;
-      return i + (c!=0);
-    }
-    case '[': {
-      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
-      *tokenType = TOKEN_ID;
-      return i;
-    }
-    default: {
-      if( !ftsIdChar(*z) ){
-        break;
-      }
-      for(i=1; ftsIdChar(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = TOKEN_ID;
-      return i;
-    }
+static void leavesReaderReorder(LeavesReader *pLr, int nLr){
+  while( nLr>1 && leavesReaderCmp(pLr, pLr+1)>0 ){
+    LeavesReader tmp = pLr[0];
+    pLr[0] = pLr[1];
+    pLr[1] = tmp;
+    nLr--;
+    pLr++;
   }
-  *tokenType = TOKEN_PUNCT;
-  return 1;
 }
 
-/*
-** A token extracted from a string is an instance of the following
-** structure.
+/* Initializes pReaders with the segments from level iLevel, returning
+** the number of segments in *piReaders.  Leaves pReaders in sorted
+** order.
 */
-typedef struct FtsToken {
-  const char *z;       /* Pointer to token text.  Not '\000' terminated */
-  short int n;         /* Length of the token text in bytes. */
-} FtsToken;
+static int leavesReadersInit(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel,
+                             LeavesReader *pReaders, int *piReaders){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int i, rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_LEVEL_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-/*
-** Given a input string (which is really one of the argv[] parameters
-** passed into xConnect or xCreate) split the string up into tokens.
-** Return an array of pointers to '\000' terminated strings, one string
-** for each non-whitespace token.
-**
-** The returned array is terminated by a single NULL pointer.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned array is obtained from a single
-** malloc and should be freed by passing the return value to free().
-** The individual strings within the token list are all a part of
-** the single memory allocation and will all be freed at once.
-*/
-static char **tokenizeString(const char *z, int *pnToken){
-  int nToken = 0;
-  FtsToken *aToken = sqlite3_malloc( strlen(z) * sizeof(aToken[0]) );
-  int n = 1;
-  int e, i;
-  int totalSize = 0;
-  char **azToken;
-  char *zCopy;
-  while( n>0 ){
-    n = ftsGetToken(z, &e);
-    if( e!=TOKEN_SPACE ){
-      aToken[nToken].z = z;
-      aToken[nToken].n = n;
-      nToken++;
-      totalSize += n+1;
-    }
-    z += n;
-  }
-  azToken = (char**)sqlite3_malloc( nToken*sizeof(char*) + totalSize );
-  zCopy = (char*)&azToken[nToken];
-  nToken--;
-  for(i=0; i0 ){
+      leavesReaderDestroy(&pReaders[i]);
     }
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  *piReaders = i;
+
+  /* Leave our results sorted by term, then age. */
+  while( i-- ){
+    leavesReaderReorder(pReaders+i, *piReaders-i);
   }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/*
-** The input azIn is a NULL-terminated list of tokens.  Remove the first
-** token and all punctuation tokens.  Remove the quotes from
-** around string literal tokens.
-**
-** Example:
-**
-**     input:      tokenize chinese ( 'simplifed' , 'mixed' )
-**     output:     chinese simplifed mixed
-**
-** Another example:
-**
-**     input:      delimiters ( '[' , ']' , '...' )
-**     output:     [ ] ...
+/* Merge doclists from pReaders[nReaders] into a single doclist, which
+** is written to pWriter.  Assumes pReaders is ordered oldest to
+** newest.
 */
-static void tokenListToIdList(char **azIn){
-  int i, j;
-  if( azIn ){
-    for(i=0, j=-1; azIn[i]; i++){
-      if( safe_isalnum(azIn[i][0]) || azIn[i][1] ){
-        dequoteString(azIn[i]);
-        if( j>=0 ){
-          azIn[j] = azIn[i];
-        }
-        j++;
-      }
-    }
-    azIn[j] = 0;
+/* TODO(shess) Consider putting this inline in segmentMerge(). */
+static int leavesReadersMerge(fulltext_vtab *v,
+                              LeavesReader *pReaders, int nReaders,
+                              LeafWriter *pWriter){
+  DLReader dlReaders[MERGE_COUNT];
+  const char *pTerm = leavesReaderTerm(pReaders);
+  int i, nTerm = leavesReaderTermBytes(pReaders);
+
+  assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT );
+
+  for(i=0; iazColumn);
-  sqlite3_free(p->azContentColumn);
-  sqlite3_free(p->azTokenizer);
-}
+  /* TODO(shess) This assumes that we'll always see exactly
+  ** MERGE_COUNT segments to merge at a given level.  That will be
+  ** broken if we allow the developer to request preemptive or
+  ** deferred merging.
+  */
+  memset(&lrs, '\0', sizeof(lrs));
+  rc = leavesReadersInit(v, iLevel, lrs, &i);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  assert( i==MERGE_COUNT );
 
-/* Parse a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement, which looks like this:
- *
- * CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE email
- *        USING fts3(subject, body, tokenize mytokenizer(myarg))
- *
- * We return parsed information in a TableSpec structure.
- * 
- */
-static int parseSpec(TableSpec *pSpec, int argc, const char *const*argv,
-                     char**pzErr){
-  int i, n;
-  char *z, *zDummy;
-  char **azArg;
-  const char *zTokenizer = 0;    /* argv[] entry describing the tokenizer */
+  leafWriterInit(iLevel+1, idx, &writer);
 
-  assert( argc>=3 );
-  /* Current interface:
-  ** argv[0] - module name
-  ** argv[1] - database name
-  ** argv[2] - table name
-  ** argv[3..] - columns, optionally followed by tokenizer specification
-  **             and snippet delimiters specification.
+  /* Since leavesReaderReorder() pushes readers at eof to the end,
+  ** when the first reader is empty, all will be empty.
   */
+  while( !leavesReaderAtEnd(lrs) ){
+    /* Figure out how many readers share their next term. */
+    for(i=1; i0 ){
+      rc = leavesReaderStep(v, lrs+i);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+
+      /* Reorder by term, then by age. */
+      leavesReaderReorder(lrs+i, MERGE_COUNT-i);
+    }
   }
-  azArg = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(char*)*argc + n );
-  if( azArg==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  for(i=0; izDb = azArg[1];
-  pSpec->zName = azArg[2];
-  pSpec->nColumn = 0;
-  pSpec->azColumn = azArg;
-  zTokenizer = "tokenize simple";
-  for(i=3; inColumn] = firstToken(azArg[i], &zDummy);
-      pSpec->nColumn++;
+  DataBuffer *pBuffers = NULL;
+  int nBuffers = 0, nMaxBuffers = 0, rc;
+
+  assert( nTerm>0 );
+
+  for(rc=SQLITE_OK; rc==SQLITE_OK && !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader);
+      rc=leavesReaderStep(v, pReader)){
+    /* TODO(shess) Really want leavesReaderTermCmp(), but that name is
+    ** already taken to compare the terms of two LeavesReaders.  Think
+    ** on a better name.  [Meanwhile, break encapsulation rather than
+    ** use a confusing name.]
+    */
+    int c = leafReaderTermCmp(&pReader->leafReader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix);
+    if( c>0 ) break;      /* Past any possible matches. */
+    if( c==0 ){
+      const char *pData = leavesReaderData(pReader);
+      int iBuffer, nData = leavesReaderDataBytes(pReader);
+
+      /* Find the first empty buffer. */
+      for(iBuffer=0; iBuffer0 ){
+            assert(pBuffers!=NULL);
+            memcpy(p, pBuffers, nBuffers*sizeof(*pBuffers));
+            sqlite3_free(pBuffers);
+          }
+          pBuffers = p;
+        }
+        dataBufferInit(&(pBuffers[nBuffers]), 0);
+        nBuffers++;
+      }
+
+      /* At this point, must have an empty at iBuffer. */
+      assert(iBufferpData, p->nData);
+
+          /* dataBufferReset() could allow a large doclist to blow up
+          ** our memory requirements.
+          */
+          if( p->nCapacity<1024 ){
+            dataBufferReset(p);
+          }else{
+            dataBufferDestroy(p);
+            dataBufferInit(p, 0);
+          }
+        }
+      }
     }
   }
-  if( pSpec->nColumn==0 ){
-    azArg[0] = "content";
-    pSpec->nColumn = 1;
-  }
 
-  /*
-  ** Construct the list of content column names.
-  **
-  ** Each content column name will be of the form cNNAAAA
-  ** where NN is the column number and AAAA is the sanitized
-  ** column name.  "sanitized" means that special characters are
-  ** converted to "_".  The cNN prefix guarantees that all column
-  ** names are unique.
-  **
-  ** The AAAA suffix is not strictly necessary.  It is included
-  ** for the convenience of people who might examine the generated
-  ** %_content table and wonder what the columns are used for.
-  */
-  pSpec->azContentColumn = sqlite3_malloc( pSpec->nColumn * sizeof(char *) );
-  if( pSpec->azContentColumn==0 ){
-    clearTableSpec(pSpec);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
-    char *p;
-    pSpec->azContentColumn[i] = sqlite3_mprintf("c%d%s", i, azArg[i]);
-    for (p = pSpec->azContentColumn[i]; *p ; ++p) {
-      if( !safe_isalnum(*p) ) *p = '_';
+  /* Union all the doclists together into *out. */
+  /* TODO(shess) What if *out is big?  Sigh. */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nBuffers>0 ){
+    int iBuffer;
+    for(iBuffer=0; iBuffer0 ){
+        if( out->nData==0 ){
+          dataBufferSwap(out, &(pBuffers[iBuffer]));
+        }else{
+          docListAccumulateUnion(out, pBuffers[iBuffer].pData,
+                                 pBuffers[iBuffer].nData);
+        }
+      }
     }
   }
 
-  /*
-  ** Parse the tokenizer specification string.
-  */
-  pSpec->azTokenizer = tokenizeString(zTokenizer, &n);
-  tokenListToIdList(pSpec->azTokenizer);
+  while( nBuffers-- ){
+    dataBufferDestroy(&(pBuffers[nBuffers]));
+  }
+  if( pBuffers!=NULL ) sqlite3_free(pBuffers);
 
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/*
-** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement that describes the schema of
-** the virtual table.  Return a pointer to this schema string.
-**
-** Space is obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() and should be freed
-** using sqlite3_free().
-*/
-static char *fulltextSchema(
-  int nColumn,                  /* Number of columns */
-  const char *const* azColumn,  /* List of columns */
-  const char *zTableName        /* Name of the table */
-){
-  int i;
-  char *zSchema, *zNext;
-  const char *zSep = "(";
-  zSchema = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x");
-  for(i=0; i1 );
+  assert( *pData=='\0' );
+  rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, 0, 0, pData, nData, &reader);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+  rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
+  leavesReaderReset(&reader);
+  leavesReaderDestroy(&reader);
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/*
-** Build a new sqlite3_vtab structure that will describe the
-** fulltext index defined by spec.
+/* Call loadSegmentLeavesInt() with the leaf nodes from iStartLeaf to
+** iEndLeaf (inclusive) as input, and merge the resulting doclist into
+** out.
 */
-static int constructVtab(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* The SQLite database connection */
-  fts3Hash *pHash,          /* Hash table containing tokenizers */
-  TableSpec *spec,          /* Parsed spec information from parseSpec() */
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,    /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
-  char **pzErr              /* Write any error message here */
-){
+static int loadSegmentLeaves(fulltext_vtab *v,
+                             sqlite_int64 iStartLeaf, sqlite_int64 iEndLeaf,
+                             const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
+                             DataBuffer *out){
   int rc;
-  int n;
-  fulltext_vtab *v = 0;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m = NULL;
-  char *schema;
+  LeavesReader reader;
 
-  char const *zTok;         /* Name of tokenizer to use for this fts table */
-  int nTok;                 /* Length of zTok, including nul terminator */
+  assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf );
+  rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, iStartLeaf, iEndLeaf, NULL, 0, &reader);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  v = (fulltext_vtab *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fulltext_vtab));
-  if( v==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  CLEAR(v);
-  /* sqlite will initialize v->base */
-  v->db = db;
-  v->zDb = spec->zDb;       /* Freed when azColumn is freed */
-  v->zName = spec->zName;   /* Freed when azColumn is freed */
-  v->nColumn = spec->nColumn;
-  v->azContentColumn = spec->azContentColumn;
-  spec->azContentColumn = 0;
-  v->azColumn = spec->azColumn;
-  spec->azColumn = 0;
+  rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
+  leavesReaderReset(&reader);
+  leavesReaderDestroy(&reader);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Taking pData/nData as an interior node, find the sequence of child
+** nodes which could include pTerm/nTerm/isPrefix.  Note that the
+** interior node terms logically come between the blocks, so there is
+** one more blockid than there are terms (that block contains terms >=
+** the last interior-node term).
+*/
+/* TODO(shess) The calling code may already know that the end child is
+** not worth calculating, because the end may be in a later sibling
+** node.  Consider whether breaking symmetry is worthwhile.  I suspect
+** it is not worthwhile.
+*/
+static void getChildrenContaining(const char *pData, int nData,
+                                  const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
+                                  sqlite_int64 *piStartChild,
+                                  sqlite_int64 *piEndChild){
+  InteriorReader reader;
 
-  if( spec->azTokenizer==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
+  assert( nData>1 );
+  assert( *pData!='\0' );
+  interiorReaderInit(pData, nData, &reader);
 
-  zTok = spec->azTokenizer[0]; 
-  if( !zTok ){
-    zTok = "simple";
+  /* Scan for the first child which could contain pTerm/nTerm. */
+  while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){
+    if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, 0)>0 ) break;
+    interiorReaderStep(&reader);
   }
-  nTok = strlen(zTok)+1;
+  *piStartChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader);
 
-  m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zTok, nTok);
-  if( !m ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", spec->azTokenizer[0]);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto err;
+  /* Keep scanning to find a term greater than our term, using prefix
+  ** comparison if indicated.  If isPrefix is false, this will be the
+  ** same blockid as the starting block.
+  */
+  while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){
+    if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix)>0 ) break;
+    interiorReaderStep(&reader);
   }
+  *piEndChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader);
 
-  for(n=0; spec->azTokenizer[n]; n++){}
-  if( n ){
-    rc = m->xCreate(n-1, (const char*const*)&spec->azTokenizer[1],
-                    &v->pTokenizer);
-  }else{
-    rc = m->xCreate(0, 0, &v->pTokenizer);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-  v->pTokenizer->pModule = m;
+  interiorReaderDestroy(&reader);
 
-  /* TODO: verify the existence of backing tables foo_content, foo_term */
+  /* Children must ascend, and if !prefix, both must be the same. */
+  assert( *piEndChild>=*piStartChild );
+  assert( isPrefix || *piStartChild==*piEndChild );
+}
 
-  schema = fulltextSchema(v->nColumn, (const char*const*)v->azColumn,
-                          spec->zName);
-  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, schema);
-  sqlite3_free(schema);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+/* Read block at iBlockid and pass it with other params to
+** getChildrenContaining().
+*/
+static int loadAndGetChildrenContaining(
+  fulltext_vtab *v,
+  sqlite_int64 iBlockid,
+  const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
+  sqlite_int64 *piStartChild, sqlite_int64 *piEndChild
+){
+  sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
+  int rc;
 
-  memset(v->pFulltextStatements, 0, sizeof(v->pFulltextStatements));
+  assert( iBlockid!=0 );
+  assert( pTerm!=NULL );
+  assert( nTerm!=0 );        /* TODO(shess) Why not allow this? */
+  assert( piStartChild!=NULL );
+  assert( piEndChild!=NULL );
 
-  /* Indicate that the buffer is not live. */
-  v->nPendingData = -1;
+  rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_SELECT_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  *ppVTab = &v->base;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Connect %p\n", v));
+  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iBlockid);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  return rc;
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
 
-err:
-  fulltext_vtab_destroy(v);
-  return rc;
+  getChildrenContaining(sqlite3_column_blob(s, 0), sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 0),
+                        pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, piStartChild, piEndChild);
+
+  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
+   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain
+   * locked. */
+  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-static int fulltextConnect(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  TableSpec spec;
-  int rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/* Traverse the tree represented by pData[nData] looking for
+** pTerm[nTerm], placing its doclist into *out.  This is internal to
+** loadSegment() to make error-handling cleaner.
+*/
+static int loadSegmentInt(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
+                          sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd,
+                          const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
+                          DataBuffer *out){
+  /* Special case where root is a leaf. */
+  if( *pData=='\0' ){
+    return loadSegmentLeaf(v, pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
+  }else{
+    int rc;
+    sqlite_int64 iStartChild, iEndChild;
 
-  rc = constructVtab(db, (fts3Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr);
-  clearTableSpec(&spec);
-  return rc;
+    /* Process pData as an interior node, then loop down the tree
+    ** until we find the set of leaf nodes to scan for the term.
+    */
+    getChildrenContaining(pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
+                          &iStartChild, &iEndChild);
+    while( iStartChild>iLeavesEnd ){
+      sqlite_int64 iNextStart, iNextEnd;
+      rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iStartChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
+                                        &iNextStart, &iNextEnd);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+      /* If we've branched, follow the end branch, too. */
+      if( iStartChild!=iEndChild ){
+        sqlite_int64 iDummy;
+        rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iEndChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
+                                          &iDummy, &iNextEnd);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+      }
+
+      assert( iNextStart<=iNextEnd );
+      iStartChild = iNextStart;
+      iEndChild = iNextEnd;
+    }
+    assert( iStartChild<=iLeavesEnd );
+    assert( iEndChild<=iLeavesEnd );
+
+    /* Scan through the leaf segments for doclists. */
+    return loadSegmentLeaves(v, iStartChild, iEndChild,
+                             pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
+  }
 }
 
-/* The %_content table holds the text of each document, with
-** the docid column exposed as the SQLite rowid for the table.
+/* Call loadSegmentInt() to collect the doclist for pTerm/nTerm, then
+** merge its doclist over *out (any duplicate doclists read from the
+** segment rooted at pData will overwrite those in *out).
 */
-/* TODO(shess) This comment needs elaboration to match the updated
-** code.  Work it into the top-of-file comment at that time.
+/* TODO(shess) Consider changing this to determine the depth of the
+** leaves using either the first characters of interior nodes (when
+** ==1, we're one level above the leaves), or the first character of
+** the root (which will describe the height of the tree directly).
+** Either feels somewhat tricky to me.
 */
-static int fulltextCreate(sqlite3 *db, void *pAux,
-                          int argc, const char * const *argv,
-                          sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char **pzErr){
+/* TODO(shess) The current merge is likely to be slow for large
+** doclists (though it should process from newest/smallest to
+** oldest/largest, so it may not be that bad).  It might be useful to
+** modify things to allow for N-way merging.  This could either be
+** within a segment, with pairwise merges across segments, or across
+** all segments at once.
+*/
+static int loadSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
+                       sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd,
+                       const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
+                       DataBuffer *out){
+  DataBuffer result;
   int rc;
-  TableSpec spec;
-  StringBuffer schema;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Create\n"));
-
-  rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  initStringBuffer(&schema);
-  append(&schema, "CREATE TABLE %_content(");
-  append(&schema, "  docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,");
-  appendList(&schema, spec.nColumn, spec.azContentColumn);
-  append(&schema, ")");
-  rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName, stringBufferData(&schema));
-  stringBufferDestroy(&schema);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
 
-  rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName,
-                "create table %_segments("
-                "  blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
-                "  block blob"
-                ");"
-                );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
+  assert( nData>1 );
 
-  rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName,
-                "create table %_segdir("
-                "  level integer,"
-                "  idx integer,"
-                "  start_block integer,"
-                "  leaves_end_block integer,"
-                "  end_block integer,"
-                "  root blob,"
-                "  primary key(level, idx)"
-                ");");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
+  /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
+  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
 
-  rc = constructVtab(db, (fts3Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr);
+  dataBufferInit(&result, 0);
+  rc = loadSegmentInt(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd,
+                      pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &result);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && result.nData>0 ){
+    if( out->nData==0 ){
+      DataBuffer tmp = *out;
+      *out = result;
+      result = tmp;
+    }else{
+      DataBuffer merged;
+      DLReader readers[2];
 
-out:
-  clearTableSpec(&spec);
+      dlrInit(&readers[0], DL_DEFAULT, out->pData, out->nData);
+      dlrInit(&readers[1], DL_DEFAULT, result.pData, result.nData);
+      dataBufferInit(&merged, out->nData+result.nData);
+      docListMerge(&merged, readers, 2);
+      dataBufferDestroy(out);
+      *out = merged;
+      dlrDestroy(&readers[0]);
+      dlrDestroy(&readers[1]);
+    }
+  }
+  dataBufferDestroy(&result);
   return rc;
 }
 
-/* Decide how to handle an SQL query. */
-static int fulltextBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
-  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *)pVTab;
-  int i;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 BestIndex\n"));
-
-  for(i=0; inConstraint; ++i){
-    const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint;
-    pConstraint = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
-    if( pConstraint->usable ) {
-      if( (pConstraint->iColumn==-1 || pConstraint->iColumn==v->nColumn+1) &&
-          pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
-        pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_DOCID;      /* lookup by docid */
-        FTSTRACE(("FTS3 QUERY_DOCID\n"));
-      } else if( pConstraint->iColumn>=0 && pConstraint->iColumn<=v->nColumn &&
-                 pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){
-        /* full-text search */
-        pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_FULLTEXT + pConstraint->iColumn;
-        FTSTRACE(("FTS3 QUERY_FULLTEXT %d\n", pConstraint->iColumn));
-      } else continue;
+/* Scan the database and merge together the posting lists for the term
+** into *out.
+*/
+static int termSelect(
+  fulltext_vtab *v, 
+  int iColumn,
+  const char *pTerm, int nTerm,             /* Term to query for */
+  int isPrefix,                             /* True for a prefix search */
+  DocListType iType, 
+  DataBuffer *out                           /* Write results here */
+){
+  DataBuffer doclist;
+  sqlite3_stmt *s;
+  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
-      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
+  /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
+  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
 
-      /* An arbitrary value for now.
-       * TODO: Perhaps docid matches should be considered cheaper than
-       * full-text searches. */
-      pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;   
+  dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0);
+  dataBufferInit(out, 0);
 
-      return SQLITE_OK;
+  /* Traverse the segments from oldest to newest so that newer doclist
+  ** elements for given docids overwrite older elements.
+  */
+  while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
+    const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
+    const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
+    rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
+                     &doclist);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    if( doclist.nData!=0 ){
+      /* TODO(shess) The old term_select_all() code applied the column
+      ** restrict as we merged segments, leading to smaller buffers.
+      ** This is probably worthwhile to bring back, once the new storage
+      ** system is checked in.
+      */
+      if( iColumn==v->nColumn) iColumn = -1;
+      docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData,
+                  iColumn, iType, out);
     }
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
   }
-  pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_GENERIC;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ err:
+  dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
+  return rc;
 }
 
-static int fulltextDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Disconnect %p\n", pVTab));
-  fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+/****************************************************************/
+/* Used to hold hashtable data for sorting. */
+typedef struct TermData {
+  const char *pTerm;
+  int nTerm;
+  DLCollector *pCollector;
+} TermData;
+
+/* Orders TermData elements in strcmp fashion ( <0 for less-than, 0
+** for equal, >0 for greater-than).
+*/
+static int termDataCmp(const void *av, const void *bv){
+  const TermData *a = (const TermData *)av;
+  const TermData *b = (const TermData *)bv;
+  int n = a->nTermnTerm ? a->nTerm : b->nTerm;
+  int c = memcmp(a->pTerm, b->pTerm, n);
+  if( c!=0 ) return c;
+  return a->nTerm-b->nTerm;
 }
 
-static int fulltextDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){
-  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *)pVTab;
-  int rc;
+/* Order pTerms data by term, then write a new level 0 segment using
+** LeafWriter.
+*/
+static int writeZeroSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, fts3Hash *pTerms){
+  fts3HashElem *e;
+  int idx, rc, i, n;
+  TermData *pData;
+  LeafWriter writer;
+  DataBuffer dl;
 
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Destroy %p\n", pVTab));
-  rc = sql_exec(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName,
-                "drop table if exists %_content;"
-                "drop table if exists %_segments;"
-                "drop table if exists %_segdir;"
-                );
+  /* Determine the next index at level 0, merging as necessary. */
+  rc = segdirNextIndex(v, 0, &idx);
   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fulltextOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  fulltext_cursor *c;
+  n = fts3HashCount(pTerms);
+  pData = sqlite3_malloc(n*sizeof(TermData));
 
-  c = (fulltext_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fulltext_cursor));
-  if( c ){
-    memset(c, 0, sizeof(fulltext_cursor));
-    /* sqlite will initialize c->base */
-    *ppCursor = &c->base;
-    FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Open %p: %p\n", pVTab, c));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  for(i = 0, e = fts3HashFirst(pTerms); e; i++, e = fts3HashNext(e)){
+    assert( i1 ) qsort(pData, n, sizeof(*pData), termDataCmp);
 
-/* Free all of the dynamically allocated memory held by *q
-*/
-static void queryClear(Query *q){
-  int i;
-  for(i = 0; i < q->nTerms; ++i){
-    sqlite3_free(q->pTerms[i].pTerm);
+  /* TODO(shess) Refactor so that we can write directly to the segment
+  ** DataBuffer, as happens for segment merges.
+  */
+  leafWriterInit(0, idx, &writer);
+  dataBufferInit(&dl, 0);
+  for(i=0; ipTerms);
-  CLEAR(q);
-}
+  rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
 
-/* Free all of the dynamically allocated memory held by the
-** Snippet
-*/
-static void snippetClear(Snippet *p){
-  sqlite3_free(p->aMatch);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zOffset);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zSnippet);
-  CLEAR(p);
+ err:
+  dataBufferDestroy(&dl);
+  sqlite3_free(pData);
+  leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
+  return rc;
 }
-/*
-** Append a single entry to the p->aMatch[] log.
-*/
-static void snippetAppendMatch(
-  Snippet *p,               /* Append the entry to this snippet */
-  int iCol, int iTerm,      /* The column and query term */
-  int iToken,               /* Matching token in document */
-  int iStart, int nByte     /* Offset and size of the match */
-){
-  int i;
-  struct snippetMatch *pMatch;
-  if( p->nMatch+1>=p->nAlloc ){
-    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + 10;
-    p->aMatch = sqlite3_realloc(p->aMatch, p->nAlloc*sizeof(p->aMatch[0]) );
-    if( p->aMatch==0 ){
-      p->nMatch = 0;
-      p->nAlloc = 0;
-      return;
+
+/* If pendingTerms has data, free it. */
+static int clearPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v){
+  if( v->nPendingData>=0 ){
+    fts3HashElem *e;
+    for(e=fts3HashFirst(&v->pendingTerms); e; e=fts3HashNext(e)){
+      dlcDelete(fts3HashData(e));
     }
+    fts3HashClear(&v->pendingTerms);
+    v->nPendingData = -1;
   }
-  i = p->nMatch++;
-  pMatch = &p->aMatch[i];
-  pMatch->iCol = iCol;
-  pMatch->iTerm = iTerm;
-  pMatch->iToken = iToken;
-  pMatch->iStart = iStart;
-  pMatch->nByte = nByte;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/*
-** Sizing information for the circular buffer used in snippetOffsetsOfColumn()
+/* If pendingTerms has data, flush it to a level-zero segment, and
+** free it.
 */
-#define FTS3_ROTOR_SZ   (32)
-#define FTS3_ROTOR_MASK (FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-1)
+static int flushPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v){
+  if( v->nPendingData>=0 ){
+    int rc = writeZeroSegment(v, &v->pendingTerms);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) clearPendingTerms(v);
+    return rc;
+  }
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-/*
-** Add entries to pSnippet->aMatch[] for every match that occurs against
-** document zDoc[0..nDoc-1] which is stored in column iColumn.
+/* If pendingTerms is "too big", or docid is out of order, flush it.
+** Regardless, be certain that pendingTerms is initialized for use.
 */
-static void snippetOffsetsOfColumn(
-  Query *pQuery,
-  Snippet *pSnippet,
-  int iColumn,
-  const char *zDoc,
-  int nDoc
-){
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pTModule;  /* The tokenizer module */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;             /* The specific tokenizer */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTCursor;        /* Tokenizer cursor */
-  fulltext_vtab *pVtab;                /* The full text index */
-  int nColumn;                         /* Number of columns in the index */
-  const QueryTerm *aTerm;              /* Query string terms */
-  int nTerm;                           /* Number of query string terms */  
-  int i, j;                            /* Loop counters */
-  int rc;                              /* Return code */
-  unsigned int match, prevMatch;       /* Phrase search bitmasks */
-  const char *zToken;                  /* Next token from the tokenizer */
-  int nToken;                          /* Size of zToken */
-  int iBegin, iEnd, iPos;              /* Offsets of beginning and end */
-
-  /* The following variables keep a circular buffer of the last
-  ** few tokens */
-  unsigned int iRotor = 0;             /* Index of current token */
-  int iRotorBegin[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ];      /* Beginning offset of token */
-  int iRotorLen[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ];        /* Length of token */
-
-  pVtab = pQuery->pFts;
-  nColumn = pVtab->nColumn;
-  pTokenizer = pVtab->pTokenizer;
-  pTModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
-  rc = pTModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pTCursor);
-  if( rc ) return;
-  pTCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-  aTerm = pQuery->pTerms;
-  nTerm = pQuery->nTerms;
-  if( nTerm>=FTS3_ROTOR_SZ ){
-    nTerm = FTS3_ROTOR_SZ - 1;
+static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
+  /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on
+  ** forced-flush would provide better performance.  I suspect that if
+  ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the
+  ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
+  ** generate longer doclists.
+  */
+  if( iDocid<=v->iPrevDocid || v->nPendingData>kPendingThreshold ){
+    int rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   }
-  prevMatch = 0;
-  while(1){
-    rc = pTModule->xNext(pTCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
-    if( rc ) break;
-    iRotorBegin[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iBegin;
-    iRotorLen[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iEnd-iBegin;
-    match = 0;
-    for(i=0; i=0 && iColnToken ) continue;
-      if( !aTerm[i].isPrefix && aTerm[i].nTerm1 && (prevMatch & (1<=0; j--){
-          int k = (iRotor-j) & FTS3_ROTOR_MASK;
-          snippetAppendMatch(pSnippet, iColumn, i-j, iPos-j,
-                iRotorBegin[k], iRotorLen[k]);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    prevMatch = match<<1;
-    iRotor++;
+  if( v->nPendingData<0 ){
+    fts3HashInit(&v->pendingTerms, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+    v->nPendingData = 0;
   }
-  pTModule->xClose(pTCursor);  
+  v->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/*
-** Remove entries from the pSnippet structure to account for the NEAR
-** operator. When this is called, pSnippet contains the list of token 
-** offsets produced by treating all NEAR operators as AND operators.
-** This function removes any entries that should not be present after
-** accounting for the NEAR restriction. For example, if the queried
-** document is:
-**
-**     "A B C D E A"
-**
-** and the query is:
-** 
-**     A NEAR/0 E
-**
-** then when this function is called the Snippet contains token offsets
-** 0, 4 and 5. This function removes the "0" entry (because the first A
-** is not near enough to an E).
-*/
-static void trimSnippetOffsetsForNear(Query *pQuery, Snippet *pSnippet){
-  int ii;
-  int iDir = 1;
-
-  while(iDir>-2) {
-    assert( iDir==1 || iDir==-1 );
-    for(ii=0; iinMatch; ii++){
-      int jj;
-      int nNear;
-      struct snippetMatch *pMatch = &pSnippet->aMatch[ii];
-      QueryTerm *pQueryTerm = &pQuery->pTerms[pMatch->iTerm];
+/* This function implements the xUpdate callback; it is the top-level entry
+ * point for inserting, deleting or updating a row in a full-text table. */
+static int fulltextUpdate(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, sqlite3_value **ppArg,
+                          sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
+  int rc;
 
-      if( (pMatch->iTerm+iDir)<0 
-       || (pMatch->iTerm+iDir)>=pQuery->nTerms
-      ){
-        continue;
-      }
-     
-      nNear = pQueryTerm->nNear;
-      if( iDir<0 ){
-        nNear = pQueryTerm[-1].nNear;
-      }
-  
-      if( pMatch->iTerm>=0 && nNear ){
-        int isOk = 0;
-        int iNextTerm = pMatch->iTerm+iDir;
-        int iPrevTerm = iNextTerm;
-
-        int iEndToken;
-        int iStartToken;
-
-        if( iDir<0 ){
-          int nPhrase = 1;
-          iStartToken = pMatch->iToken;
-          while( (pMatch->iTerm+nPhrase)nTerms 
-              && pQuery->pTerms[pMatch->iTerm+nPhrase].iPhrase>1 
-          ){
-            nPhrase++;
-          }
-          iEndToken = iStartToken + nPhrase - 1;
-        }else{
-          iEndToken   = pMatch->iToken;
-          iStartToken = pMatch->iToken+1-pQueryTerm->iPhrase;
-        }
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Update %p\n", pVtab));
 
-        while( pQuery->pTerms[iNextTerm].iPhrase>1 ){
-          iNextTerm--;
-        }
-        while( (iPrevTerm+1)nTerms && 
-               pQuery->pTerms[iPrevTerm+1].iPhrase>1 
-        ){
-          iPrevTerm++;
-        }
-  
-        for(jj=0; isOk==0 && jjnMatch; jj++){
-          struct snippetMatch *p = &pSnippet->aMatch[jj];
-          if( p->iCol==pMatch->iCol && ((
-               p->iTerm==iNextTerm && 
-               p->iToken>iEndToken && 
-               p->iToken<=iEndToken+nNear
-          ) || (
-               p->iTerm==iPrevTerm && 
-               p->iTokeniToken>=iStartToken-nNear
-          ))){
-            isOk = 1;
-          }
-        }
-        if( !isOk ){
-          for(jj=1-pQueryTerm->iPhrase; jj<=0; jj++){
-            pMatch[jj].iTerm = -1;
-          }
-          ii = -1;
-          iDir = 1;
+  if( nArg<2 ){
+    rc = index_delete(v, sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0]));
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      /* If we just deleted the last row in the table, clear out the
+      ** index data.
+      */
+      rc = content_exists(v);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+        rc = SQLITE_OK;
+      }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+        /* Clear the pending terms so we don't flush a useless level-0
+        ** segment when the transaction closes.
+        */
+        rc = clearPendingTerms(v);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = segdir_delete_all(v);
         }
       }
     }
-    iDir -= 2;
+  } else if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[0]) != SQLITE_NULL ){
+    /* An update:
+     * ppArg[0] = old rowid
+     * ppArg[1] = new rowid
+     * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values
+     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this)
+     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1] = value for docid
+     */
+    sqlite_int64 rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0]);
+    if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[1]) != SQLITE_INTEGER ||
+        sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[1]) != rowid ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;  /* we don't allow changing the rowid */
+    }else if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1]) != SQLITE_INTEGER ||
+              sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1]) != rowid ){
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;  /* we don't allow changing the docid */
+    }else{
+      assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+2);
+      rc = index_update(v, rowid, &ppArg[2]);
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* An insert:
+     * ppArg[1] = requested rowid
+     * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values
+     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this)
+     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1] = value for docid
+     */
+    sqlite3_value *pRequestDocid = ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1];
+    assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+2);
+    if( SQLITE_NULL != sqlite3_value_type(pRequestDocid) &&
+        SQLITE_NULL != sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[1]) ){
+      /* TODO(shess) Consider allowing this to work if the values are
+      ** identical.  I'm inclined to discourage that usage, though,
+      ** given that both rowid and docid are special columns.  Better
+      ** would be to define one or the other as the default winner,
+      ** but should it be fts3-centric (docid) or SQLite-centric
+      ** (rowid)?
+      */
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }else{
+      if( SQLITE_NULL == sqlite3_value_type(pRequestDocid) ){
+        pRequestDocid = ppArg[1];
+      }
+      rc = index_insert(v, pRequestDocid, &ppArg[2], pRowid);
+    }
   }
+
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/*
-** Compute all offsets for the current row of the query.  
-** If the offsets have already been computed, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static void snippetAllOffsets(fulltext_cursor *p){
-  int nColumn;
-  int iColumn, i;
-  int iFirst, iLast;
-  fulltext_vtab *pFts;
+static int fulltextSync(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xSync()\n"));
+  return flushPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab);
+}
 
-  if( p->snippet.nMatch ) return;
-  if( p->q.nTerms==0 ) return;
-  pFts = p->q.pFts;
-  nColumn = pFts->nColumn;
-  iColumn = (p->iCursorType - QUERY_FULLTEXT);
-  if( iColumn<0 || iColumn>=nColumn ){
-    iFirst = 0;
-    iLast = nColumn-1;
-  }else{
-    iFirst = iColumn;
-    iLast = iColumn;
-  }
-  for(i=iFirst; i<=iLast; i++){
-    const char *zDoc;
-    int nDoc;
-    zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i+1);
-    nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(p->pStmt, i+1);
-    snippetOffsetsOfColumn(&p->q, &p->snippet, i, zDoc, nDoc);
-  }
+static int fulltextBegin(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xBegin()\n"));
+
+  /* Any buffered updates should have been cleared by the previous
+  ** transaction.
+  */
+  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
+  return clearPendingTerms(v);
+}
+
+static int fulltextCommit(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xCommit()\n"));
 
-  trimSnippetOffsetsForNear(&p->q, &p->snippet);
+  /* Buffered updates should have been cleared by fulltextSync(). */
+  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
+  return clearPendingTerms(v);
+}
+
+static int fulltextRollback(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xRollback()\n"));
+  return clearPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab);
 }
 
 /*
-** Convert the information in the aMatch[] array of the snippet
-** into the string zOffset[0..nOffset-1].
+** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3
 */
-static void snippetOffsetText(Snippet *p){
-  int i;
-  int cnt = 0;
-  StringBuffer sb;
-  char zBuf[200];
-  if( p->zOffset ) return;
-  initStringBuffer(&sb);
-  for(i=0; inMatch; i++){
-    struct snippetMatch *pMatch = &p->aMatch[i];
-    if( pMatch->iTerm>=0 ){
-      /* If snippetMatch.iTerm is less than 0, then the match was 
-      ** discarded as part of processing the NEAR operator (see the 
-      ** trimSnippetOffsetsForNear() function for details). Ignore 
-      ** it in this case
-      */
-      zBuf[0] = ' ';
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf)-1, &zBuf[cnt>0], "%d %d %d %d",
-          pMatch->iCol, pMatch->iTerm, pMatch->iStart, pMatch->nByte);
-      append(&sb, zBuf);
-      cnt++;
+static void snippetFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
+      sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to html_snippet",-1);
+  }else{
+    const char *zStart = "";
+    const char *zEnd = "";
+    const char *zEllipsis = "...";
+    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
+    if( argc>=2 ){
+      zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+      if( argc>=3 ){
+        zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+        if( argc>=4 ){
+          zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[3]);
+        }
+      }
     }
+    snippetAllOffsets(pCursor);
+    snippetText(pCursor, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis);
+    sqlite3_result_text(pContext, pCursor->snippet.zSnippet,
+                        pCursor->snippet.nSnippet, SQLITE_STATIC);
   }
-  p->zOffset = stringBufferData(&sb);
-  p->nOffset = stringBufferLength(&sb);
 }
 
 /*
-** zDoc[0..nDoc-1] is phrase of text.  aMatch[0..nMatch-1] are a set
-** of matching words some of which might be in zDoc.  zDoc is column
-** number iCol.
-**
-** iBreak is suggested spot in zDoc where we could begin or end an
-** excerpt.  Return a value similar to iBreak but possibly adjusted
-** to be a little left or right so that the break point is better.
+** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3
 */
-static int wordBoundary(
-  int iBreak,                   /* The suggested break point */
-  const char *zDoc,             /* Document text */
-  int nDoc,                     /* Number of bytes in zDoc[] */
-  struct snippetMatch *aMatch,  /* Matching words */
-  int nMatch,                   /* Number of entries in aMatch[] */
-  int iCol                      /* The column number for zDoc[] */
+static void snippetOffsetsFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
 ){
-  int i;
-  if( iBreak<=10 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( iBreak>=nDoc-10 ){
-    return nDoc;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i0 && aMatch[i-1].iStart+aMatch[i-1].nByte>=iBreak ){
-      return aMatch[i-1].iStart;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=1; i<=10; i++){
-    if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak-i]) ){
-      return iBreak - i + 1;
-    }
-    if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak+i]) ){
-      return iBreak + i + 1;
-    }
+  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
+  if( argc<1 ) return;
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
+      sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to offsets",-1);
+  }else{
+    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
+    snippetAllOffsets(pCursor);
+    snippetOffsetText(&pCursor->snippet);
+    sqlite3_result_text(pContext,
+                        pCursor->snippet.zOffset, pCursor->snippet.nOffset,
+                        SQLITE_STATIC);
   }
-  return iBreak;
 }
 
-
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for Snippet.aMatch[].snStatus
+/* OptLeavesReader is nearly identical to LeavesReader, except that
+** where LeavesReader is geared towards the merging of complete
+** segment levels (with exactly MERGE_COUNT segments), OptLeavesReader
+** is geared towards implementation of the optimize() function, and
+** can merge all segments simultaneously.  This version may be
+** somewhat less efficient than LeavesReader because it merges into an
+** accumulator rather than doing an N-way merge, but since segment
+** size grows exponentially (so segment count logrithmically) this is
+** probably not an immediate problem.
 */
-#define SNIPPET_IGNORE  0   /* It is ok to omit this match from the snippet */
-#define SNIPPET_DESIRED 1   /* We want to include this match in the snippet */
+/* TODO(shess): Prove that assertion, or extend the merge code to
+** merge tree fashion (like the prefix-searching code does).
+*/
+/* TODO(shess): OptLeavesReader and LeavesReader could probably be
+** merged with little or no loss of performance for LeavesReader.  The
+** merged code would need to handle >MERGE_COUNT segments, and would
+** also need to be able to optionally optimize away deletes.
+*/
+typedef struct OptLeavesReader {
+  /* Segment number, to order readers by age. */
+  int segment;
+  LeavesReader reader;
+} OptLeavesReader;
 
-/*
-** Generate the text of a snippet.
+static int optLeavesReaderAtEnd(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
+  return leavesReaderAtEnd(&pReader->reader);
+}
+static int optLeavesReaderTermBytes(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
+  return leavesReaderTermBytes(&pReader->reader);
+}
+static const char *optLeavesReaderData(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
+  return leavesReaderData(&pReader->reader);
+}
+static int optLeavesReaderDataBytes(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
+  return leavesReaderDataBytes(&pReader->reader);
+}
+static const char *optLeavesReaderTerm(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
+  return leavesReaderTerm(&pReader->reader);
+}
+static int optLeavesReaderStep(fulltext_vtab *v, OptLeavesReader *pReader){
+  return leavesReaderStep(v, &pReader->reader);
+}
+static int optLeavesReaderTermCmp(OptLeavesReader *lr1, OptLeavesReader *lr2){
+  return leavesReaderTermCmp(&lr1->reader, &lr2->reader);
+}
+/* Order by term ascending, segment ascending (oldest to newest), with
+** exhausted readers to the end.
 */
-static void snippetText(
-  fulltext_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor we need the snippet for */
-  const char *zStartMark,     /* Markup to appear before each match */
-  const char *zEndMark,       /* Markup to appear after each match */
-  const char *zEllipsis       /* Ellipsis mark */
-){
-  int i, j;
-  struct snippetMatch *aMatch;
-  int nMatch;
-  int nDesired;
-  StringBuffer sb;
-  int tailCol;
-  int tailOffset;
-  int iCol;
-  int nDoc;
-  const char *zDoc;
-  int iStart, iEnd;
-  int tailEllipsis = 0;
-  int iMatch;
-  
+static int optLeavesReaderCmp(OptLeavesReader *lr1, OptLeavesReader *lr2){
+  int c = optLeavesReaderTermCmp(lr1, lr2);
+  if( c!=0 ) return c;
+  return lr1->segment-lr2->segment;
+}
+/* Bubble pLr[0] to appropriate place in pLr[1..nLr-1].  Assumes that
+** pLr[1..nLr-1] is already sorted.
+*/
+static void optLeavesReaderReorder(OptLeavesReader *pLr, int nLr){
+  while( nLr>1 && optLeavesReaderCmp(pLr, pLr+1)>0 ){
+    OptLeavesReader tmp = pLr[0];
+    pLr[0] = pLr[1];
+    pLr[1] = tmp;
+    nLr--;
+    pLr++;
+  }
+}
 
-  sqlite3_free(pCursor->snippet.zSnippet);
-  pCursor->snippet.zSnippet = 0;
-  aMatch = pCursor->snippet.aMatch;
-  nMatch = pCursor->snippet.nMatch;
-  initStringBuffer(&sb);
+/* optimize() helper function.  Put the readers in order and iterate
+** through them, merging doclists for matching terms into pWriter.
+** Returns SQLITE_OK on success, or the SQLite error code which
+** prevented success.
+*/
+static int optimizeInternal(fulltext_vtab *v,
+                            OptLeavesReader *readers, int nReaders,
+                            LeafWriter *pWriter){
+  int i, rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  DataBuffer doclist, merged, tmp;
 
-  for(i=0; iq.nTerms; i++){
-    for(j=0; j 0 ){
+    optLeavesReaderReorder(&readers[i], nReaders-i);
   }
 
-  iMatch = 0;
-  tailCol = -1;
-  tailOffset = 0;
-  for(i=0; i0; i++){
-    if( aMatch[i].snStatus!=SNIPPET_DESIRED ) continue;
-    nDesired--;
-    iCol = aMatch[i].iCol;
-    zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1);
-    nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1);
-    iStart = aMatch[i].iStart - 40;
-    iStart = wordBoundary(iStart, zDoc, nDoc, aMatch, nMatch, iCol);
-    if( iStart<=10 ){
-      iStart = 0;
-    }
-    if( iCol==tailCol && iStart<=tailOffset+20 ){
-      iStart = tailOffset;
-    }
-    if( (iCol!=tailCol && tailCol>=0) || iStart!=tailOffset ){
-      trimWhiteSpace(&sb);
-      appendWhiteSpace(&sb);
-      append(&sb, zEllipsis);
-      appendWhiteSpace(&sb);
+  dataBufferInit(&doclist, LEAF_MAX);
+  dataBufferInit(&merged, LEAF_MAX);
+
+  /* Exhausted readers bubble to the end, so when the first reader is
+  ** at eof, all are at eof.
+  */
+  while( !optLeavesReaderAtEnd(&readers[0]) ){
+
+    /* Figure out how many readers share the next term. */
+    for(i=1; i=nDoc-10 ){
-      iEnd = nDoc;
-      tailEllipsis = 0;
+
+    /* Special-case for no merge. */
+    if( i==1 ){
+      /* Trim deletions from the doclist. */
+      dataBufferReset(&merged);
+      docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT,
+                  optLeavesReaderData(&readers[0]),
+                  optLeavesReaderDataBytes(&readers[0]),
+                  -1, DL_DEFAULT, &merged);
     }else{
-      tailEllipsis = 1;
-    }
-    while( iMatchsnippet.zSnippet = stringBufferData(&sb);
-  pCursor->snippet.nSnippet = stringBufferLength(&sb);
-}
 
+        /* Merge doclists and swap result into accumulator. */
+        dataBufferReset(&merged);
+        docListMerge(&merged, dlReaders, nReaders);
+        tmp = merged;
+        merged = doclist;
+        doclist = tmp;
 
-/*
-** Close the cursor.  For additional information see the documentation
-** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
-*/
-static int fulltextClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Close %p\n", c));
-  sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt);
-  queryClear(&c->q);
-  snippetClear(&c->snippet);
-  if( c->result.nData!=0 ) dlrDestroy(&c->reader);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&c->result);
-  sqlite3_free(c);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+        while( nReaders-- > 0 ){
+          dlrDestroy(&dlReaders[nReaders]);
+        }
 
-static int fulltextNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-  int rc;
+        /* Accumulated doclist to reader 0 for next pass. */
+        dlrInit(&dlReaders[0], DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData);
+      }
 
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Next %p\n", pCursor));
-  snippetClear(&c->snippet);
-  if( c->iCursorType < QUERY_FULLTEXT ){
-    /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */
-    rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt);
-    switch( rc ){
-      case SQLITE_ROW:
-        c->eof = 0;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      case SQLITE_DONE:
-        c->eof = 1;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      default:
-        c->eof = 1;
-        return rc;
+      /* Destroy reader that was left in the pipeline. */
+      dlrDestroy(&dlReaders[0]);
+
+      /* Trim deletions from the doclist. */
+      dataBufferReset(&merged);
+      docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData,
+                  -1, DL_DEFAULT, &merged);
     }
-  } else {  /* full-text query */
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(c->pStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-    if( c->result.nData==0 || dlrAtEnd(&c->reader) ){
-      c->eof = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
+    /* Only pass doclists with hits (skip if all hits deleted). */
+    if( merged.nData>0 ){
+      rc = leafWriterStep(v, pWriter,
+                          optLeavesReaderTerm(&readers[0]),
+                          optLeavesReaderTermBytes(&readers[0]),
+                          merged.pData, merged.nData);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
     }
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, dlrDocid(&c->reader));
-    dlrStep(&c->reader);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */
-    rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){   /* the case we expect */
-      c->eof = 0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
+
+    /* Step merged readers to next term and reorder. */
+    while( i-- > 0 ){
+      rc = optLeavesReaderStep(v, &readers[i]);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+
+      optLeavesReaderReorder(&readers[i], nReaders-i);
     }
-    /* an error occurred; abort */
-    return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_ERROR : rc;
   }
-}
-
 
-/* TODO(shess) If we pushed LeafReader to the top of the file, or to
-** another file, term_select() could be pushed above
-** docListOfTerm().
-*/
-static int termSelect(fulltext_vtab *v, int iColumn,
-                      const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                      DocListType iType, DataBuffer *out);
+ err:
+  dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
+  dataBufferDestroy(&merged);
+  return rc;
+}
 
-/* Return a DocList corresponding to the query term *pTerm.  If *pTerm
-** is the first term of a phrase query, go ahead and evaluate the phrase
-** query and return the doclist for the entire phrase query.
-**
-** The resulting DL_DOCIDS doclist is stored in pResult, which is
-** overwritten.
+/* Implement optimize() function for FTS3.  optimize(t) merges all
+** segments in the fts index into a single segment.  't' is the magic
+** table-named column.
 */
-static int docListOfTerm(
-  fulltext_vtab *v,    /* The full text index */
-  int iColumn,         /* column to restrict to.  No restriction if >=nColumn */
-  QueryTerm *pQTerm,   /* Term we are looking for, or 1st term of a phrase */
-  DataBuffer *pResult  /* Write the result here */
-){
-  DataBuffer left, right, new;
-  int i, rc;
-
-  /* No phrase search if no position info. */
-  assert( pQTerm->nPhrase==0 || DL_DEFAULT!=DL_DOCIDS );
+static void optimizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pContext,
+                         int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
+  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
+  if( argc>1 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "excess arguments to optimize()",-1);
+  }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
+            sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to optimize",-1);
+  }else{
+    fulltext_vtab *v;
+    int i, rc, iMaxLevel;
+    OptLeavesReader *readers;
+    int nReaders;
+    LeafWriter writer;
+    sqlite3_stmt *s;
 
-  /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
-  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
+    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
+    v = cursor_vtab(pCursor);
 
-  dataBufferInit(&left, 0);
-  rc = termSelect(v, iColumn, pQTerm->pTerm, pQTerm->nTerm, pQTerm->isPrefix,
-                  (0nPhrase ? DL_POSITIONS : DL_DOCIDS), &left);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  for(i=1; i<=pQTerm->nPhrase && left.nData>0; i++){
-    /* If this token is connected to the next by a NEAR operator, and
-    ** the next token is the start of a phrase, then set nPhraseRight
-    ** to the number of tokens in the phrase. Otherwise leave it at 1.
-    */
-    int nPhraseRight = 1;
-    while( (i+nPhraseRight)<=pQTerm->nPhrase 
-        && pQTerm[i+nPhraseRight].nNear==0 
-    ){
-      nPhraseRight++;
-    }
+    /* Flush any buffered updates before optimizing. */
+    rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
 
-    dataBufferInit(&right, 0);
-    rc = termSelect(v, iColumn, pQTerm[i].pTerm, pQTerm[i].nTerm,
-                    pQTerm[i].isPrefix, DL_POSITIONS, &right);
-    if( rc ){
-      dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-      return rc;
+    rc = segdir_count(v, &nReaders, &iMaxLevel);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+    if( nReaders==0 || nReaders==1 ){
+      sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1,
+                          SQLITE_STATIC);
+      return;
     }
-    dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
-    docListPhraseMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData,
-                       pQTerm[i-1].nNear, pQTerm[i-1].iPhrase + nPhraseRight,
-                       ((inPhrase) ? DL_POSITIONS : DL_DOCIDS),
-                       &new);
-    dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-    dataBufferDestroy(&right);
-    left = new;
-  }
-  *pResult = left;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
 
-/* Add a new term pTerm[0..nTerm-1] to the query *q.
-*/
-static void queryAdd(Query *q, const char *pTerm, int nTerm){
-  QueryTerm *t;
-  ++q->nTerms;
-  q->pTerms = sqlite3_realloc(q->pTerms, q->nTerms * sizeof(q->pTerms[0]));
-  if( q->pTerms==0 ){
-    q->nTerms = 0;
-    return;
-  }
-  t = &q->pTerms[q->nTerms - 1];
-  CLEAR(t);
-  t->pTerm = sqlite3_malloc(nTerm+1);
-  memcpy(t->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm);
-  t->pTerm[nTerm] = 0;
-  t->nTerm = nTerm;
-  t->isOr = q->nextIsOr;
-  t->isPrefix = 0;
-  q->nextIsOr = 0;
-  t->iColumn = q->nextColumn;
-  q->nextColumn = q->dfltColumn;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if the string zToken[0...nToken-1] matches any
-** column name in the virtual table.   If it does,
-** return the zero-indexed column number.  If not, return -1.
-*/
-static int checkColumnSpecifier(
-  fulltext_vtab *pVtab,    /* The virtual table */
-  const char *zToken,      /* Text of the token */
-  int nToken               /* Number of characters in the token */
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
-    if( memcmp(pVtab->azColumn[i], zToken, nToken)==0
-        && pVtab->azColumn[i][nToken]==0 ){
-      return i;
-    }
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
+    rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
 
-/*
-** Parse the text at pSegment[0..nSegment-1].  Add additional terms
-** to the query being assemblied in pQuery.
-**
-** inPhrase is true if pSegment[0..nSegement-1] is contained within
-** double-quotes.  If inPhrase is true, then the first term
-** is marked with the number of terms in the phrase less one and
-** OR and "-" syntax is ignored.  If inPhrase is false, then every
-** term found is marked with nPhrase=0 and OR and "-" syntax is significant.
-*/
-static int tokenizeSegment(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,          /* The tokenizer to use */
-  const char *pSegment, int nSegment,     /* Query expression being parsed */
-  int inPhrase,                           /* True if within "..." */
-  Query *pQuery                           /* Append results here */
-){
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
-  int firstIndex = pQuery->nTerms;
-  int iCol;
-  int nTerm = 1;
-  
-  int rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, pSegment, nSegment, &pCursor);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+    readers = sqlite3_malloc(nReaders*sizeof(readers[0]));
+    if( readers==NULL ) goto err;
 
-  while( 1 ){
-    const char *pToken;
-    int nToken, iBegin, iEnd, iPos;
+    /* Note that there will already be a segment at this position
+    ** until we call segdir_delete() on iMaxLevel.
+    */
+    leafWriterInit(iMaxLevel, 0, &writer);
 
-    rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor,
-                        &pToken, &nToken,
-                        &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-    if( !inPhrase &&
-        pSegment[iEnd]==':' &&
-         (iCol = checkColumnSpecifier(pQuery->pFts, pToken, nToken))>=0 ){
-      pQuery->nextColumn = iCol;
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( !inPhrase && pQuery->nTerms>0 && nToken==2 
-     && pSegment[iBegin+0]=='O'
-     && pSegment[iBegin+1]=='R' 
-    ){
-      pQuery->nextIsOr = 1;
-      continue;
+    i = 0;
+    while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      sqlite_int64 iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
+      sqlite_int64 iEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
+      const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
+      int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
+
+      assert( inTerms>0 && !pQuery->nextIsOr && nToken==4 
-      && pSegment[iBegin+0]=='N' 
-      && pSegment[iBegin+1]=='E' 
-      && pSegment[iBegin+2]=='A' 
-      && pSegment[iBegin+3]=='R' 
-    ){
-      QueryTerm *pTerm = &pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1];
-      if( (iBegin+6)='0' && pSegment[iBegin+5]<='9'
-      ){
-        pTerm->nNear = (pSegment[iBegin+5] - '0');
-        nToken += 2;
-        if( pSegment[iBegin+6]>='0' && pSegment[iBegin+6]<=9 ){
-          pTerm->nNear = pTerm->nNear * 10 + (pSegment[iBegin+6] - '0');
-          iEnd++;
-        }
-        pModule->xNext(pCursor, &pToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
-      } else {
-        pTerm->nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
-      }
-      pTerm->nNear++;
-      continue;
+
+    /* If we managed to successfully read them all, optimize them. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+      assert( i==nReaders );
+      rc = optimizeInternal(v, readers, nReaders, &writer);
     }
 
-    queryAdd(pQuery, pToken, nToken);
-    if( !inPhrase && iBegin>0 && pSegment[iBegin-1]=='-' ){
-      pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].isNot = 1;
+    while( i-- > 0 ){
+      leavesReaderDestroy(&readers[i].reader);
     }
-    if( iEndpTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].isPrefix = 1;
+    sqlite3_free(readers);
+
+    /* If we've successfully gotten to here, delete the old segments
+    ** and flush the interior structure of the new segment.
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      for( i=0; i<=iMaxLevel; i++ ){
+        rc = segdir_delete(v, i);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+      }
+
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
     }
-    pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].iPhrase = nTerm;
-    if( inPhrase ){
-      nTerm++;
+
+    leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
+
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+
+    sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    return;
+
+    /* TODO(shess): Error-handling needs to be improved along the
+    ** lines of the dump_ functions.
+    */
+ err:
+    {
+      char buf[512];
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "Error in optimize: %s",
+                       sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_context_db_handle(pContext)));
+      sqlite3_result_error(pContext, buf, -1);
     }
   }
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/* Generate an error of the form ": ".  If msg is NULL,
+** pull the error from the context's db handle.
+*/
+static void generateError(sqlite3_context *pContext,
+                          const char *prefix, const char *msg){
+  char buf[512];
+  if( msg==NULL ) msg = sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_context_db_handle(pContext));
+  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%s: %s", prefix, msg);
+  sqlite3_result_error(pContext, buf, -1);
+}
+
+/* Helper function to collect the set of terms in the segment into
+** pTerms.  The segment is defined by the leaf nodes between
+** iStartBlockid and iEndBlockid, inclusive, or by the contents of
+** pRootData if iStartBlockid is 0 (in which case the entire segment
+** fit in a leaf).
+*/
+static int collectSegmentTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_stmt *s,
+                               fts3Hash *pTerms){
+  const sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
+  const sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
+  const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
+  const int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
+  LeavesReader reader;
+  int rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid,
+                            pRootData, nRootData, &reader);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  if( inPhrase && pQuery->nTerms>firstIndex ){
-    pQuery->pTerms[firstIndex].nPhrase = pQuery->nTerms - firstIndex - 1;
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !leavesReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){
+    const char *pTerm = leavesReaderTerm(&reader);
+    const int nTerm = leavesReaderTermBytes(&reader);
+    void *oldValue = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pTerms, pTerm, nTerm);
+    void *newValue = (void *)((char *)oldValue+1);
+
+    /* From the comment before sqlite3Fts3HashInsert in fts3_hash.c,
+    ** the data value passed is returned in case of malloc failure.
+    */
+    if( newValue==sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pTerms, pTerm, nTerm, newValue) ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }else{
+      rc = leavesReaderStep(v, &reader);
+    }
   }
 
-  return pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+  leavesReaderDestroy(&reader);
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* Parse a query string, yielding a Query object pQuery.
-**
-** The calling function will need to queryClear() to clean up
-** the dynamically allocated memory held by pQuery.
-*/
-static int parseQuery(
-  fulltext_vtab *v,        /* The fulltext index */
-  const char *zInput,      /* Input text of the query string */
-  int nInput,              /* Size of the input text */
-  int dfltColumn,          /* Default column of the index to match against */
-  Query *pQuery            /* Write the parse results here. */
-){
-  int iInput, inPhrase = 0;
-  int ii;
-  QueryTerm *aTerm;
-
-  if( zInput==0 ) nInput = 0;
-  if( nInput<0 ) nInput = strlen(zInput);
-  pQuery->nTerms = 0;
-  pQuery->pTerms = NULL;
-  pQuery->nextIsOr = 0;
-  pQuery->nextColumn = dfltColumn;
-  pQuery->dfltColumn = dfltColumn;
-  pQuery->pFts = v;
-
-  for(iInput=0; iInputiInput ){
-      tokenizeSegment(v->pTokenizer, zInput+iInput, i-iInput, inPhrase,
-                       pQuery);
-    }
-    iInput = i;
-    if( i0 );
+  pData = sqlite3_malloc(nTerms*sizeof(TermData));
+  if( pData==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  nResultBytes = 0;
+  for(iTerm = 0, e = fts3HashFirst(pTerms); e; iTerm++, e = fts3HashNext(e)){
+    nResultBytes += fts3HashKeysize(e)+1;   /* Term plus trailing space */
+    assert( iTerm0 );   /* nTerms>0, nResultsBytes must be, too. */
+  result = sqlite3_malloc(nResultBytes);
+  if( result==NULL ){
+    sqlite3_free(pData);
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
 
-  /* Modify the values of the QueryTerm.nPhrase variables to account for
-  ** the NEAR operator. For the purposes of QueryTerm.nPhrase, phrases
-  ** and tokens connected by the NEAR operator are handled as a single
-  ** phrase. See comments above the QueryTerm structure for details.
-  */
-  aTerm = pQuery->pTerms;
-  for(ii=0; iinTerms; ii++){
-    if( aTerm[ii].nNear || aTerm[ii].nPhrase ){
-      while (aTerm[ii+aTerm[ii].nPhrase].nNear) {
-        aTerm[ii].nPhrase += (1 + aTerm[ii+aTerm[ii].nPhrase+1].nPhrase);
-      }
-    }
+  if( nTerms>1 ) qsort(pData, nTerms, sizeof(*pData), termDataCmp);
+
+  /* Read the terms in order to build the result. */
+  iByte = 0;
+  for(iTerm=0; iTerm=nColumn
-** they are allowed to match against any column.
+/* Implements dump_terms() for use in inspecting the fts3 index from
+** tests.  TEXT result containing the ordered list of terms joined by
+** spaces.  dump_terms(t, level, idx) dumps the terms for the segment
+** specified by level, idx (in %_segdir), while dump_terms(t) dumps
+** all terms in the index.  In both cases t is the fts table's magic
+** table-named column.
 */
-static int fulltextQuery(
-  fulltext_vtab *v,      /* The full text index */
-  int iColumn,           /* Match against this column by default */
-  const char *zInput,    /* The query string */
-  int nInput,            /* Number of bytes in zInput[] */
-  DataBuffer *pResult,   /* Write the result doclist here */
-  Query *pQuery          /* Put parsed query string here */
+static void dumpTermsFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
 ){
-  int i, iNext, rc;
-  DataBuffer left, right, or, new;
-  int nNot = 0;
-  QueryTerm *aTerm;
-
-  /* TODO(shess) Instead of flushing pendingTerms, we could query for
-  ** the relevant term and merge the doclist into what we receive from
-  ** the database.  Wait and see if this is a common issue, first.
-  **
-  ** A good reason not to flush is to not generate update-related
-  ** error codes from here.
-  */
-
-  /* Flush any buffered updates before executing the query. */
-  rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* TODO(shess) I think that the queryClear() calls below are not
-  ** necessary, because fulltextClose() already clears the query.
-  */
-  rc = parseQuery(v, zInput, nInput, iColumn, pQuery);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
+  if( argc!=3 && argc!=1 ){
+    generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "incorrect arguments");
+  }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
+            sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
+    generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "illegal first argument");
+  }else{
+    fulltext_vtab *v;
+    fts3Hash terms;
+    sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
+    int rc;
 
-  /* Empty or NULL queries return no results. */
-  if( pQuery->nTerms==0 ){
-    dataBufferInit(pResult, 0);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
+    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
+    v = cursor_vtab(pCursor);
 
-  /* Merge AND terms. */
-  /* TODO(shess) I think we can early-exit if( i>nNot && left.nData==0 ). */
-  aTerm = pQuery->pTerms;
-  for(i = 0; inTerms; i=iNext){
-    if( aTerm[i].isNot ){
-      /* Handle all NOT terms in a separate pass */
-      nNot++;
-      iNext = i + aTerm[i].nPhrase+1;
-      continue;
+    /* If passed only the cursor column, get all segments.  Otherwise
+    ** get the segment described by the following two arguments.
+    */
+    if( argc==1 ){
+      rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s);
+    }else{
+      rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT, &s);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]));
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]));
+        }
+      }
     }
-    iNext = i + aTerm[i].nPhrase + 1;
-    rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[i].iColumn, &aTerm[i], &right);
-    if( rc ){
-      if( i!=nNot ) dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-      queryClear(pQuery);
-      return rc;
+
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", NULL);
+      return;
     }
-    while( iNextnTerms && aTerm[iNext].isOr ){
-      rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[iNext].iColumn, &aTerm[iNext], &or);
-      iNext += aTerm[iNext].nPhrase + 1;
-      if( rc ){
-        if( i!=nNot ) dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-        dataBufferDestroy(&right);
-        queryClear(pQuery);
-        return rc;
-      }
-      dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
-      docListOrMerge(right.pData, right.nData, or.pData, or.nData, &new);
-      dataBufferDestroy(&right);
-      dataBufferDestroy(&or);
-      right = new;
+
+    /* Collect the terms for each segment. */
+    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(&terms, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+    while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      rc = collectSegmentTerms(v, s, &terms);
+      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
     }
-    if( i==nNot ){           /* first term processed. */
-      left = right;
+
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+      sqlite3_reset(s);
+      generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", NULL);
     }else{
-      dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
-      docListAndMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData, &new);
-      dataBufferDestroy(&right);
-      dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-      left = new;
+      const int nTerms = fts3HashCount(&terms);
+      if( nTerms>0 ){
+        rc = generateTermsResult(pContext, &terms);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+          generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "out of memory");
+        }else{
+          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+        }
+      }else if( argc==3 ){
+        /* The specific segment asked for could not be found. */
+        generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "segment not found");
+      }else{
+        /* No segments found. */
+        /* TODO(shess): It should be impossible to reach this.  This
+        ** case can only happen for an empty table, in which case
+        ** SQLite has no rows to call this function on.
+        */
+        sqlite3_result_null(pContext);
+      }
     }
+    sqlite3Fts3HashClear(&terms);
   }
+}
 
-  if( nNot==pQuery->nTerms ){
-    /* We do not yet know how to handle a query of only NOT terms */
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
+/* Expand the DL_DEFAULT doclist in pData into a text result in
+** pContext.
+*/
+static void createDoclistResult(sqlite3_context *pContext,
+                                const char *pData, int nData){
+  DataBuffer dump;
+  DLReader dlReader;
 
-  /* Do the EXCEPT terms */
-  for(i=0; inTerms;  i += aTerm[i].nPhrase + 1){
-    if( !aTerm[i].isNot ) continue;
-    rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[i].iColumn, &aTerm[i], &right);
-    if( rc ){
-      queryClear(pQuery);
-      dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-      return rc;
+  assert( pData!=NULL && nData>0 );
+
+  dataBufferInit(&dump, 0);
+  dlrInit(&dlReader, DL_DEFAULT, pData, nData);
+  for( ; !dlrAtEnd(&dlReader); dlrStep(&dlReader) ){
+    char buf[256];
+    PLReader plReader;
+
+    plrInit(&plReader, &dlReader);
+    if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_DOCIDS || plrAtEnd(&plReader) ){
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "[%lld] ", dlrDocid(&dlReader));
+      dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
+    }else{
+      int iColumn = plrColumn(&plReader);
+
+      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "[%lld %d[",
+                       dlrDocid(&dlReader), iColumn);
+      dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
+
+      for( ; !plrAtEnd(&plReader); plrStep(&plReader) ){
+        if( plrColumn(&plReader)!=iColumn ){
+          iColumn = plrColumn(&plReader);
+          sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "] %d[", iColumn);
+          assert( dump.nData>0 );
+          dump.nData--;                     /* Overwrite trailing space. */
+          assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' ');
+          dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
+        }
+        if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%d,%d,%d ",
+                           plrPosition(&plReader),
+                           plrStartOffset(&plReader), plrEndOffset(&plReader));
+        }else if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_POSITIONS ){
+          sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%d ", plrPosition(&plReader));
+        }else{
+          assert( NULL=="Unhandled DL_DEFAULT value");
+        }
+        dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
+      }
+      plrDestroy(&plReader);
+
+      assert( dump.nData>0 );
+      dump.nData--;                     /* Overwrite trailing space. */
+      assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' ');
+      dataBufferAppend(&dump, "]] ", 3);
     }
-    dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
-    docListExceptMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData, &new);
-    dataBufferDestroy(&right);
-    dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-    left = new;
   }
+  dlrDestroy(&dlReader);
 
-  *pResult = left;
-  return rc;
+  assert( dump.nData>0 );
+  dump.nData--;                     /* Overwrite trailing space. */
+  assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' ');
+  dump.pData[dump.nData] = '\0';
+  assert( dump.nData>0 );
+
+  /* Passes ownership of dump's buffer to pContext. */
+  sqlite3_result_text(pContext, dump.pData, dump.nData, sqlite3_free);
+  dump.pData = NULL;
+  dump.nData = dump.nCapacity = 0;
 }
 
-/*
-** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table.  See
-** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
-** information.
+/* Implements dump_doclist() for use in inspecting the fts3 index from
+** tests.  TEXT result containing a string representation of the
+** doclist for the indicated term.  dump_doclist(t, term, level, idx)
+** dumps the doclist for term from the segment specified by level, idx
+** (in %_segdir), while dump_doclist(t, term) dumps the logical
+** doclist for the term across all segments.  The per-segment doclist
+** can contain deletions, while the full-index doclist will not
+** (deletions are omitted).
 **
-** If idxNum==QUERY_GENERIC then do a full table scan against
-** the %_content table.
+** Result formats differ with the setting of DL_DEFAULTS.  Examples:
 **
-** If idxNum==QUERY_DOCID then do a docid lookup for a single entry
-** in the %_content table.
+** DL_DOCIDS: [1] [3] [7]
+** DL_POSITIONS: [1 0[0 4] 1[17]] [3 1[5]]
+** DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS: [1 0[0,0,3 4,23,26] 1[17,102,105]] [3 1[5,20,23]]
 **
-** If idxNum>=QUERY_FULLTEXT then use the full text index.  The
-** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
-** number idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT, 0 indexed.  argv[0] is the right-hand
-** side of the MATCH operator.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Upgrade the cursor initialization and destruction to
-** account for fulltextFilter() being called multiple times on the
-** same cursor.  The current solution is very fragile.  Apply fix to
-** fts3 as appropriate.
+** In each case the number after the outer '[' is the docid.  In the
+** latter two cases, the number before the inner '[' is the column
+** associated with the values within.  For DL_POSITIONS the numbers
+** within are the positions, for DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS they are the
+** position, the start offset, and the end offset.
 */
-static int fulltextFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,     /* The cursor used for this query */
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,   /* Which indexing scheme to use */
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv    /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+static void dumpDoclistFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *pContext,
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
 ){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-  fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c);
-  int rc;
-  StringBuffer sb;
+  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
+  if( argc!=2 && argc!=4 ){
+    generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "incorrect arguments");
+  }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
+            sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
+    generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "illegal first argument");
+  }else if( sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])==NULL ||
+            sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])[0]=='\0' ){
+    generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "empty second argument");
+  }else{
+    const char *pTerm = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+    const int nTerm = strlen(pTerm);
+    fulltext_vtab *v;
+    int rc;
+    DataBuffer doclist;
 
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Filter %p\n",pCursor));
+    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
+    v = cursor_vtab(pCursor);
 
-  initStringBuffer(&sb);
-  append(&sb, "SELECT docid, ");
-  appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
-  append(&sb, " FROM %_content");
-  if( idxNum!=QUERY_GENERIC ) append(&sb, " WHERE docid = ?");
-  sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt);
-  rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &c->pStmt, stringBufferData(&sb));
-  stringBufferDestroy(&sb);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0);
 
-  c->iCursorType = idxNum;
-  switch( idxNum ){
-    case QUERY_GENERIC:
-      break;
+    /* termSelect() yields the same logical doclist that queries are
+    ** run against.
+    */
+    if( argc==2 ){
+      rc = termSelect(v, v->nColumn, pTerm, nTerm, 0, DL_DEFAULT, &doclist);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
 
-    case QUERY_DOCID:
-      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]));
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      break;
+      /* Get our specific segment's information. */
+      rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT, &s);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]));
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, sqlite3_value_int(argv[3]));
+        }
+      }
 
-    default:   /* full-text search */
-    {
-      const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-      assert( idxNum<=QUERY_FULLTEXT+v->nColumn);
-      assert( argc==1 );
-      queryClear(&c->q);
-      if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
-        /* This case happens if the same cursor is used repeatedly. */
-        dlrDestroy(&c->reader);
-        dataBufferReset(&c->result);
-      }else{
-        dataBufferInit(&c->result, 0);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+
+        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+          dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
+          generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "segment not found");
+          return;
+        }
+
+        /* Found a segment, load it into doclist. */
+        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+          const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
+          const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
+          const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
+
+          /* loadSegment() is used by termSelect() to load each
+          ** segment's data.
+          */
+          rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, 0,
+                           &doclist);
+          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+            rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+
+            /* Should not have more than one matching segment. */
+            if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+              sqlite3_reset(s);
+              dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
+              generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "invalid segdir");
+              return;
+            }
+            rc = SQLITE_OK;
+          }
+        }
       }
-      rc = fulltextQuery(v, idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT, zQuery, -1, &c->result, &c->q);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
-        dlrInit(&c->reader, DL_DOCIDS, c->result.pData, c->result.nData);
+
+      sqlite3_reset(s);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      if( doclist.nData>0 ){
+        createDoclistResult(pContext, doclist.pData, doclist.nData);
+      }else{
+        /* TODO(shess): This can happen if the term is not present, or
+        ** if all instances of the term have been deleted and this is
+        ** an all-index dump.  It may be interesting to distinguish
+        ** these cases.
+        */
+        sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
       }
-      break;
+    }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+      /* Handle out-of-memory cases specially because if they are
+      ** generated in fts3 code they may not be reflected in the db
+      ** handle.
+      */
+      /* TODO(shess): Handle this more comprehensively.
+      ** sqlite3ErrStr() has what I need, but is internal.
+      */
+      generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "out of memory");
+    }else{
+      generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", NULL);
     }
-  }
 
-  return fulltextNext(pCursor);
+    dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
+  }
 }
+#endif
 
-/* This is the xEof method of the virtual table.  The SQLite core
-** calls this routine to find out if it has reached the end of
-** a query's results set.
+/*
+** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
+** virtual table.
 */
-static int fulltextEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-  return c->eof;
+static int fulltextFindFunction(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
+  int nArg,
+  const char *zName,
+  void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void **ppArg
+){
+  if( strcmp(zName,"snippet")==0 ){
+    *pxFunc = snippetFunc;
+    return 1;
+  }else if( strcmp(zName,"offsets")==0 ){
+    *pxFunc = snippetOffsetsFunc;
+    return 1;
+  }else if( strcmp(zName,"optimize")==0 ){
+    *pxFunc = optimizeFunc;
+    return 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+    /* NOTE(shess): These functions are present only for testing
+    ** purposes.  No particular effort is made to optimize their
+    ** execution or how they build their results.
+    */
+  }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_terms")==0 ){
+    /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_terms\n"); */
+    *pxFunc = dumpTermsFunc;
+    return 1;
+  }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_doclist")==0 ){
+    /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_doclist\n"); */
+    *pxFunc = dumpDoclistFunc;
+    return 1;
+#endif
+  }
+  return 0;
 }
 
-/* This is the xColumn method of the virtual table.  The SQLite
-** core calls this method during a query when it needs the value
-** of a column from the virtual table.  This method needs to use
-** one of the sqlite3_result_*() routines to store the requested
-** value back in the pContext.
+/*
+** Rename an fts3 table.
 */
-static int fulltextColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
-                          sqlite3_context *pContext, int idxCol){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-  fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c);
-
-  if( idxColnColumn ){
-    sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(c->pStmt, idxCol+1);
-    sqlite3_result_value(pContext, pVal);
-  }else if( idxCol==v->nColumn ){
-    /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table.
-    ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor
-    */
-    sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &c, sizeof(c), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }else if( idxCol==v->nColumn+1 ){
-    /* The docid column, which is an alias for rowid. */
-    sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(c->pStmt, 0);
-    sqlite3_result_value(pContext, pVal);
+static int fulltextRename(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
+  const char *zName
+){
+  fulltext_vtab *p = (fulltext_vtab *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content'  RENAME TO '%q_content';"
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';"
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'   RENAME TO '%q_segdir';"
+    , p->zDb, p->zName, zName 
+    , p->zDb, p->zName, zName 
+    , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+  );
+  if( zSql ){
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* This is the xRowid method.  The SQLite core calls this routine to
-** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set.  fts3
-** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table.  The
-** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
-*/
-static int fulltextRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
+static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
+  /* iVersion      */ 0,
+  /* xCreate       */ fulltextCreate,
+  /* xConnect      */ fulltextConnect,
+  /* xBestIndex    */ fulltextBestIndex,
+  /* xDisconnect   */ fulltextDisconnect,
+  /* xDestroy      */ fulltextDestroy,
+  /* xOpen         */ fulltextOpen,
+  /* xClose        */ fulltextClose,
+  /* xFilter       */ fulltextFilter,
+  /* xNext         */ fulltextNext,
+  /* xEof          */ fulltextEof,
+  /* xColumn       */ fulltextColumn,
+  /* xRowid        */ fulltextRowid,
+  /* xUpdate       */ fulltextUpdate,
+  /* xBegin        */ fulltextBegin,
+  /* xSync         */ fulltextSync,
+  /* xCommit       */ fulltextCommit,
+  /* xRollback     */ fulltextRollback,
+  /* xFindFunction */ fulltextFindFunction,
+  /* xRename */       fulltextRename,
+};
 
-  *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(c->pStmt, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+static void hashDestroy(void *p){
+  fts3Hash *pHash = (fts3Hash *)p;
+  sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+  sqlite3_free(pHash);
 }
 
-/* Add all terms in [zText] to pendingTerms table.  If [iColumn] > 0,
-** we also store positions and offsets in the hash table using that
-** column number.
+/*
+** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple" and "porter" - are implemented
+** in files fts3_tokenizer1.c and fts3_porter.c respectively. The following
+** two forward declarations are for functions declared in these files
+** used to retrieve the respective implementations.
+**
+** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
+** to by the argument to point a the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
+** Function ...PorterTokenizerModule() sets *pModule to point to the
+** porter tokenizer/stemmer implementation.
 */
-static int buildTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
-                      const char *zText, int iColumn){
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = v->pTokenizer;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
-  const char *pToken;
-  int nTokenBytes;
-  int iStartOffset, iEndOffset, iPosition;
-  int rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
 
-  rc = pTokenizer->pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zText, -1, &pCursor);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, fts3Hash *, const char *);
 
-  pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-  while( SQLITE_OK==(rc=pTokenizer->pModule->xNext(pCursor,
-                                                   &pToken, &nTokenBytes,
-                                                   &iStartOffset, &iEndOffset,
-                                                   &iPosition)) ){
-    DLCollector *p;
-    int nData;                   /* Size of doclist before our update. */
+/*
+** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
+** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
+** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
+** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
 
-    /* Positions can't be negative; we use -1 as a terminator
-     * internally.  Token can't be NULL or empty. */
-    if( iPosition<0 || pToken == NULL || nTokenBytes == 0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
+  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
+  sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+  sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
+#endif
 
-    p = fts3HashFind(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes);
-    if( p==NULL ){
-      nData = 0;
-      p = dlcNew(iDocid, DL_DEFAULT);
-      fts3HashInsert(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes, p);
+  /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
+  pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fts3Hash));
+  if( !pHash ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }else{
+    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+  }
 
-      /* Overhead for our hash table entry, the key, and the value. */
-      v->nPendingData += sizeof(struct fts3HashElem)+sizeof(*p)+nTokenBytes;
-    }else{
-      nData = p->b.nData;
-      if( p->dlw.iPrevDocid!=iDocid ) dlcNext(p, iDocid);
-    }
-    if( iColumn>=0 ){
-      dlcAddPos(p, iColumn, iPosition, iStartOffset, iEndOffset);
+  /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
+     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) 
+     || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
+    ){
+      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
     }
-
-    /* Accumulate data added by dlcNew or dlcNext, and dlcAddPos. */
-    v->nPendingData += p->b.nData-nData;
   }
 
-  /* TODO(shess) Check return?  Should this be able to cause errors at
-  ** this point?  Actually, same question about sqlite3_finalize(),
-  ** though one could argue that failure there means that the data is
-  ** not durable.  *ponder*
-  */
-  pTokenizer->pModule->xClose(pCursor);
-  if( SQLITE_DONE == rc ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  return rc;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db);
+#endif
 
-/* Add doclists for all terms in [pValues] to pendingTerms table. */
-static int insertTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
-                       sqlite3_value **pValues){
-  int i;
-  for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn ; ++i){
-    char *zText = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValues[i]);
-    int rc = buildTerms(v, iDocid, zText, i);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload 
+  ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
+  ** module with sqlite.
+  */
+  if( SQLITE_OK==rc 
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", -1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", -1))
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_terms", -1))
+   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_doclist", -1))
+#endif
+  ){
+    return sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+        db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
+    );
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Add empty doclists for all terms in the given row's content to
-** pendingTerms.
-*/
-static int deleteTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  const char **pValues;
-  int i, rc;
-
-  /* TODO(shess) Should we allow such tables at all? */
-  if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_DOCIDS ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-
-  rc = content_select(v, iDocid, &pValues);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  for(i = 0 ; i < v->nColumn; ++i) {
-    rc = buildTerms(v, iDocid, pValues[i], -1);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+  /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
+  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+  if( pHash ){
+    sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+    sqlite3_free(pHash);
   }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  freeStringArray(v->nColumn, pValues);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
 }
+#endif
 
-/* TODO(shess) Refactor the code to remove this forward decl. */
-static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid);
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 Nov 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
+** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported 
+** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
+** hand-coded. The public interface to this module is declared in source
+** code file "fts3_expr.h".
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
 
-/* Insert a row into the %_content table; set *piDocid to be the ID of the
-** new row.  Add doclists for terms to pendingTerms.
+/*
+** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been 
+** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
+** the new and the old syntaxes are:
+**
+**  a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not.
+**
+**  b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
+**
+**  c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not 
+**     supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
+**
+**  d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
+**     than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit
+**     AND operators have a higher precedence than OR.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
+** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
+** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to 
+** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
+** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
 */
-static int index_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value *pRequestDocid,
-                        sqlite3_value **pValues, sqlite_int64 *piDocid){
-  int rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS 
+#  define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
+# else
+#  define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
+# endif
+#endif
 
-  rc = content_insert(v, pRequestDocid, pValues);  /* execute an SQL INSERT */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/*
+** Default span for NEAR operators.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
 
-  /* docid column is an alias for rowid. */
-  *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db);
-  rc = initPendingTerms(v, *piDocid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  return insertTerms(v, *piDocid, pValues);
-}
+typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext;
+struct ParseContext {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;      /* Tokenizer module */
+  const char **azCol;                 /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+  int nCol;                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+  int iDefaultCol;                    /* Default column to query */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx;              /* Write error message here */
+  int nNest;                          /* Number of nested brackets */
+};
 
-/* Delete a row from the %_content table; add empty doclists for terms
-** to pendingTerms.
+/*
+** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. 
+**
+** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
+** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behaviour when passed
+** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type
+** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper
+** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for
+** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e.
+** negative values).
 */
-static int index_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow){
-  int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  return content_delete(v, iRow);  /* execute an SQL DELETE */
+static int fts3isspace(char c){
+  return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0;
 }
 
-/* Update a row in the %_content table; add delete doclists to
-** pendingTerms for old terms not in the new data, add insert doclists
-** to pendingTerms for terms in the new data.
+/*
+** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer
+** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr
+** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
+** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
+** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated 
+** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
+** fails.
 */
-static int index_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow,
-                        sqlite3_value **pValues){
-  int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static int getNextToken(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  int iCol,                               /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
+  const char *z, int n,                   /* Input string */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: expression */
+  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
+  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+  int nConsumed = 0;
 
-  /* Generate an empty doclist for each term that previously appeared in this
-   * row. */
-  rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCursor);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    const char *zToken;
+    int nToken, iStart, iEnd, iPosition;
+    int nByte;                               /* total space to allocate */
 
-  rc = content_update(v, pValues, iRow);  /* execute an SQL UPDATE */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+    pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+    rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
 
-  /* Now add positions for terms which appear in the updated row. */
-  return insertTerms(v, iRow, pValues);
-}
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
+      pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+      if( !pRet ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
+        pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+        pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1];
+        pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1;
+        pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol;
+        pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken;
+        pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1];
+        memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken);
+
+        if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1;
+          iEnd++;
+        }
+        if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){
+          pRet->pPhrase->isNot = 1;
+        }
+      }
+      nConsumed = iEnd;
+    }
 
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* InteriorWriter is used to collect terms and block references into
-** interior nodes in %_segments.  See commentary at top of file for
-** format.
-*/
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+  }
+  
+  *pnConsumed = nConsumed;
+  *ppExpr = pRet;
+  return rc;
+}
 
-/* How large interior nodes can grow. */
-#define INTERIOR_MAX 2048
 
-/* Minimum number of terms per interior node (except the root). This
-** prevents large terms from making the tree too skinny - must be >0
-** so that the tree always makes progress.  Note that the min tree
-** fanout will be INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS+1.
+/*
+** Enlarge a memory allocation.  If an out-of-memory allocation occurs,
+** then free the old allocation.
 */
-#define INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS 7
-#if INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS<1
-# error INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS must be greater than 0.
-#endif
+void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){
+  void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew);
+  if( !pRet ){
+    sqlite3_free(pOrig);
+  }
+  return pRet;
+}
 
-/* ROOT_MAX controls how much data is stored inline in the segment
-** directory.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Push ROOT_MAX down to whoever is writing things.  It's
-** only here so that interiorWriterRootInfo() and leafWriterRootInfo()
-** can both see it, but if the caller passed it in, we wouldn't even
-** need a define.
+/*
+** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
+** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
+** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
+** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE 
+** containing the results.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
+** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory
+** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set
+** to 0.
 */
-#define ROOT_MAX 1024
-#if ROOT_MAXpTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+  int rc;
+  Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
+  char *zTemp = 0;
+  int nTemp = 0;
 
-/* InteriorBlock stores a linked-list of interior blocks while a lower
-** layer is being constructed.
-*/
-typedef struct InteriorBlock {
-  DataBuffer term;           /* Leftmost term in block's subtree. */
-  DataBuffer data;           /* Accumulated data for the block. */
-  struct InteriorBlock *next;
-} InteriorBlock;
+  rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int ii;
+    pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+    for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+      const char *zToken;
+      int nToken, iBegin, iEnd, iPos;
+      rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
+        p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte+ii*sizeof(struct PhraseToken));
+        zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nToken);
+        if( !p || !zTemp ){
+          goto no_mem;
+        }
+        if( ii==0 ){
+          memset(p, 0, nByte);
+          p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
+        }
+        p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
+        p->pPhrase->nToken = ii+1;
+        p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].n = nToken;
+        memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zToken, nToken);
+        nTemp += nToken;
+        if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 1;
+        }else{
+          p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
 
-static InteriorBlock *interiorBlockNew(int iHeight, sqlite_int64 iChildBlock,
-                                       const char *pTerm, int nTerm){
-  InteriorBlock *block = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(InteriorBlock));
-  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
-  int n;
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+    pCursor = 0;
+  }
 
-  if( block ){
-    memset(block, 0, sizeof(*block));
-    dataBufferInit(&block->term, 0);
-    dataBufferReplace(&block->term, pTerm, nTerm);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    int jj;
+    char *zNew;
+    int nNew = 0;
+    int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
+    nByte += (p?(p->pPhrase->nToken-1):0) * sizeof(struct PhraseToken);
+    p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte + nTemp);
+    if( !p ){
+      goto no_mem;
+    }
+    if( zTemp ){
+      zNew = &(((char *)p)[nByte]);
+      memcpy(zNew, zTemp, nTemp);
+    }else{
+      memset(p, 0, nByte+nTemp);
+    }
+    p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
+    for(jj=0; jjpPhrase->nToken; jj++){
+      p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = &zNew[nNew];
+      nNew += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n;
+    }
+    sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+    p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+    p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  }
 
-    n = fts3PutVarint(c, iHeight);
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iChildBlock);
-    dataBufferInit(&block->data, INTERIOR_MAX);
-    dataBufferReplace(&block->data, c, n);
+  *ppExpr = p;
+  return rc;
+no_mem:
+
+  if( pCursor ){
+    pModule->xClose(pCursor);
   }
-  return block;
+  sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  *ppExpr = 0;
+  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
 }
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* Verify that the data is readable as an interior node. */
-static void interiorBlockValidate(InteriorBlock *pBlock){
-  const char *pData = pBlock->data.pData;
-  int nData = pBlock->data.nData;
-  int n, iDummy;
-  sqlite_int64 iBlockid;
-
-  assert( nData>0 );
-  assert( pData!=0 );
-  assert( pData+nData>pData );
+/*
+** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself
+** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *);
 
-  /* Must lead with height of node as a varint(n), n>0 */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( iDummy>0 );
-  assert( n0 );
-  assert( n<=nData );
-  pData += n;
-  nData -= n;
+  const char *zInput = z;
+  int nInput = n;
 
-  /* Zero or more terms of positive length */
-  if( nData!=0 ){
-    /* First term is not delta-encoded. */
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-    assert( n>0 );
-    assert( iDummy>0 );
-    assert( n+iDummy>0);
-    assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
-    pData += n+iDummy;
-    nData -= n+iDummy;
+  /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
+  ** close bracket, or a quoted string. 
+  */
+  while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
+    nInput--;
+    zInput++;
+  }
+  if( nInput==0 ){
+    return SQLITE_DONE;
+  }
 
-    /* Following terms delta-encoded. */
-    while( nData!=0 ){
-      /* Length of shared prefix. */
-      n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-      assert( n>0 );
-      assert( iDummy>=0 );
-      assert( n0 );
-      assert( iDummy>0 );
-      assert( n+iDummy>0);
-      assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
-      pData += n+iDummy;
-      nData -= n+iDummy;
+    if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){
+      continue;
     }
-  }
-}
-#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) interiorBlockValidate(x)
-#else
-#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) assert( 1 )
-#endif
-
-typedef struct InteriorWriter {
-  int iHeight;                   /* from 0 at leaves. */
-  InteriorBlock *first, *last;
-  struct InteriorWriter *parentWriter;
 
-  DataBuffer term;               /* Last term written to block "last". */
-  sqlite_int64 iOpeningChildBlock; /* First child block in block "last". */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  sqlite_int64 iLastChildBlock;  /* for consistency checks. */
-#endif
-} InteriorWriter;
+    if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){
+      int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
+      int nKey = pKey->n;
+      char cNext;
 
-/* Initialize an interior node where pTerm[nTerm] marks the leftmost
-** term in the tree.  iChildBlock is the leftmost child block at the
-** next level down the tree.
-*/
-static void interiorWriterInit(int iHeight, const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
-                               sqlite_int64 iChildBlock,
-                               InteriorWriter *pWriter){
-  InteriorBlock *block;
-  assert( iHeight>0 );
-  CLEAR(pWriter);
+      /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */
+      if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+        assert( nKey==4 );
+        if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
+          nNear = 0;
+          for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
+            nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
+          }
+        }
+      }
 
-  pWriter->iHeight = iHeight;
-  pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  pWriter->iLastChildBlock = iChildBlock;
-#endif
-  block = interiorBlockNew(iHeight, iChildBlock, pTerm, nTerm);
-  pWriter->last = pWriter->first = block;
-  ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last);
-  dataBufferInit(&pWriter->term, 0);
-}
+      /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
+      ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
+      ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. 
+      */
+      cNext = zInput[nKey];
+      if( fts3isspace(cNext) 
+       || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
+      ){
+        pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+        memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+        pRet->eType = pKey->eType;
+        pRet->nNear = nNear;
+        *ppExpr = pRet;
+        *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + nKey;
+        return SQLITE_OK;
+      }
 
-/* Append the child node rooted at iChildBlock to the interior node,
-** with pTerm[nTerm] as the leftmost term in iChildBlock's subtree.
-*/
-static void interiorWriterAppend(InteriorWriter *pWriter,
-                                 const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
-                                 sqlite_int64 iChildBlock){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
-  int n, nPrefix = 0;
+      /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the
+      ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue.
+      */
+    }
+  }
 
-  ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last);
+  /* Check for an open bracket. */
+  if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+    if( *zInput=='(' ){
+      int nConsumed;
+      int rc;
+      pParse->nNest++;
+      rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, &zInput[1], nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){
+        rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+      }
+      *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed;
+      return rc;
+    }
+  
+    /* Check for a close bracket. */
+    if( *zInput==')' ){
+      pParse->nNest--;
+      *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + 1;
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+  }
 
-  /* The first term written into an interior node is actually
-  ** associated with the second child added (the first child was added
-  ** in interiorWriterInit, or in the if clause at the bottom of this
-  ** function).  That term gets encoded straight up, with nPrefix left
-  ** at 0.
+  /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then
+  ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString()
+  ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping
+  ** a quote character embedded in a string.
   */
-  if( pWriter->term.nData==0 ){
-    n = fts3PutVarint(c, nTerm);
-  }else{
-    while( nPrefixterm.nData &&
-           pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){
-      nPrefix++;
+  if( *zInput=='"' ){
+    for(ii=1; iiiLastChildBlock++;
-#endif
-  assert( pWriter->iLastChildBlock==iChildBlock );
 
-  /* Overflow to a new block if the new term makes the current block
-  ** too big, and the current block already has enough terms.
-  */
-  if( pWriter->last->data.nData+n+nTerm-nPrefix>INTERIOR_MAX &&
-      iChildBlock-pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock>INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS ){
-    pWriter->last->next = interiorBlockNew(pWriter->iHeight, iChildBlock,
-                                           pTerm, nTerm);
-    pWriter->last = pWriter->last->next;
-    pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock;
-    dataBufferReset(&pWriter->term);
-  }else{
-    dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->last->data, c, n,
-                      pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix);
-    dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm);
+  /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or 
+  ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
+  ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
+  ** column specifier for the token. 
+  **
+  ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
+  ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
+  ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
+  ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the 
+  ** limitation.
+  */
+  iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+  iColLen = 0;
+  for(ii=0; iinCol; ii++){
+    const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
+    int nStr = strlen(zStr);
+    if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' 
+     && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 
+    ){
+      iCol = ii;
+      iColLen = ((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
+      break;
+    }
   }
-  ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last);
+  rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed);
+  *pnConsumed += iColLen;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* Free the space used by pWriter, including the linked-list of
-** InteriorBlocks, and parentWriter, if present.
+/*
+** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type
+** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the
+** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e.
+** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator
+** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence.
+**
+** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to
+** lowest is:
+**
+**   NEAR
+**   NOT
+**   AND (including implicit ANDs)
+**   OR
+**
+** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher
+** precedence than the AND operator.
 */
-static int interiorWriterDestroy(InteriorWriter *pWriter){
-  InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first;
-
-  while( block!=NULL ){
-    InteriorBlock *b = block;
-    block = block->next;
-    dataBufferDestroy(&b->term);
-    dataBufferDestroy(&b->data);
-    sqlite3_free(b);
-  }
-  if( pWriter->parentWriter!=NULL ){
-    interiorWriterDestroy(pWriter->parentWriter);
-    sqlite3_free(pWriter->parentWriter);
+static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){
+  assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+  if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+    return p->eType;
+  }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+    return 1;
+  }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+    return 2;
   }
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term);
-  SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND );
+  return 3;
 }
 
-/* If pWriter can fit entirely in ROOT_MAX, return it as the root info
-** directly, leaving *piEndBlockid unchanged.  Otherwise, flush
-** pWriter to %_segments, building a new layer of interior nodes, and
-** recursively ask for their root into.
+/*
+** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query 
+** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
+** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
+** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
+** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head
+** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node.
 */
-static int interiorWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, InteriorWriter *pWriter,
-                                  char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo,
-                                  sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
-  InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first;
-  sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0;
-  int rc;
-
-  /* If we can fit the segment inline */
-  if( block==pWriter->last && block->data.nDatadata.pData;
-    *pnRootInfo = block->data.nData;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
+static void insertBinaryOperator(
+  Fts3Expr **ppHead,       /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */
+  Fts3Expr *pPrev,         /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */
+  Fts3Expr *pNew           /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */
+){
+  Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev;
+  while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){
+    pSplit = pSplit->pParent;
   }
 
-  /* Flush the first block to %_segments, and create a new level of
-  ** interior node.
-  */
-  ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block);
-  rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  *piEndBlockid = iBlockid;
-
-  pWriter->parentWriter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pWriter->parentWriter));
-  interiorWriterInit(pWriter->iHeight+1,
-                     block->term.pData, block->term.nData,
-                     iBlockid, pWriter->parentWriter);
-
-  /* Flush additional blocks and append to the higher interior
-  ** node.
-  */
-  for(block=block->next; block!=NULL; block=block->next){
-    ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block);
-    rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    *piEndBlockid = iBlockid;
-
-    interiorWriterAppend(pWriter->parentWriter,
-                         block->term.pData, block->term.nData, iBlockid);
+  if( pSplit->pParent ){
+    assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit );
+    pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew;
+    pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent;
+  }else{
+    *ppHead = pNew;
   }
-
-  /* Parent node gets the chance to be the root. */
-  return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter->parentWriter,
-                                ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid);
+  pNew->pLeft = pSplit;
+  pSplit->pParent = pNew;
 }
 
-/****************************************************************/
-/* InteriorReader is used to read off the data from an interior node
-** (see comment at top of file for the format).
+/*
+** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
+** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched 
+** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
+** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of
+** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned.
 */
-typedef struct InteriorReader {
-  const char *pData;
-  int nData;
-
-  DataBuffer term;          /* previous term, for decoding term delta. */
-
-  sqlite_int64 iBlockid;
-} InteriorReader;
+static int fts3ExprParse(
+  ParseContext *pParse,                   /* fts3 query parse context */
+  const char *z, int n,                   /* Text of MATCH query */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr,                      /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+  int *pnConsumed                         /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+){
+  Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+  Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0;
+  Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0;               /* Only used in legacy parse mode */
+  int nIn = n;
+  const char *zIn = z;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int isRequirePhrase = 1;
 
-static void interiorReaderDestroy(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->term);
-  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
-}
+  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+    int nByte = 0;
+    rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int isPhrase;
 
-/* TODO(shess) The assertions are great, but what if we're in NDEBUG
-** and the blob is empty or otherwise contains suspect data?
-*/
-static void interiorReaderInit(const char *pData, int nData,
-                               InteriorReader *pReader){
-  int n, nTerm;
+      if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 
+       && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && p->pPhrase->isNot 
+      ){
+        /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
+        Fts3Expr *pNot = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+        if( !pNot ){
+          sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+          goto exprparse_out;
+        }
+        memset(pNot, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+        pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT;
+        pNot->pRight = p;
+        if( pNotBranch ){
+          pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch;
+        }
+        pNotBranch = pNot;
+        p = pPrev;
+      }else{
+        int eType = p->eType;
+        assert( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE || !p->pPhrase->isNot );
+        isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft);
+
+        /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or
+        ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a
+        ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when
+        ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error.
+        */
+        if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){
+          sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+          goto exprparse_out;
+        }
+  
+        if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){
+          /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */
+          Fts3Expr *pAnd;
+          assert( pRet && pPrev );
+          pAnd = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+          if( !pAnd ){
+            sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+            goto exprparse_out;
+          }
+          memset(pAnd, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+          pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND;
+          insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd);
+          pPrev = pAnd;
+        }
 
-  /* Require at least the leading flag byte */
-  assert( nData>0 );
-  assert( pData[0]!='\0' );
+        /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR
+        ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of
+        ** the following:
+        **
+        **    (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase
+        **    phrase NEAR (bracketed expression)
+        **
+        ** Return an error in either case.
+        */
+        if( pPrev && (
+            (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE)
+         || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+        )){
+          sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+          rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+          goto exprparse_out;
+        }
+  
+        if( isPhrase ){
+          if( pRet ){
+            assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 );
+            pPrev->pRight = p;
+            p->pParent = pPrev;
+          }else{
+            pRet = p;
+          }
+        }else{
+          insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p);
+        }
+        isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase;
+      }
+      assert( nByte>0 );
+    }
+    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) );
+    nIn -= nByte;
+    zIn += nByte;
+    pPrev = p;
+  }
 
-  CLEAR(pReader);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
 
-  /* Decode the base blockid, and set the cursor to the first term. */
-  n = fts3GetVarint(pData+1, &pReader->iBlockid);
-  assert( 1+n<=nData );
-  pReader->pData = pData+1+n;
-  pReader->nData = nData-(1+n);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
+    if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){
+      if( !pRet ){
+        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }else{
+        Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch;
+        while( pIter->pLeft ){
+          pIter = pIter->pLeft;
+        }
+        pIter->pLeft = pRet;
+        pRet = pNotBranch;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  *pnConsumed = n - nIn;
 
-  /* A single-child interior node (such as when a leaf node was too
-  ** large for the segment directory) won't have any terms.
-  ** Otherwise, decode the first term.
-  */
-  if( pReader->nData==0 ){
-    dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, 0);
-  }else{
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nTerm);
-    dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm);
-    dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nTerm);
-    assert( n+nTerm<=pReader->nData );
-    pReader->pData += n+nTerm;
-    pReader->nData -= n+nTerm;
+exprparse_out:
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet);
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch);
+    pRet = 0;
   }
+  *ppExpr = pRet;
+  return rc;
 }
 
-static int interiorReaderAtEnd(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->term.nData==0;
-}
+/*
+** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing
+** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the
+** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the
+** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head
+** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error
+** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse
+** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0.
+**
+** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a
+** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen().
+**
+** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
+** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
+** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
+** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. 
+** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
+**
+** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
+** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default
+** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly
+** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default
+** match any table column.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,      /* Tokenizer module */
+  char **azCol,                       /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+  int nCol,                           /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+  int iDefaultCol,                    /* Default column to query */
+  const char *z, int n,               /* Text of MATCH query */
+  Fts3Expr **ppExpr                   /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+){
+  int nParsed;
+  int rc;
+  ParseContext sParse;
+  sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+  sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol;
+  sParse.nCol = nCol;
+  sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol;
+  sParse.nNest = 0;
+  if( z==0 ){
+    *ppExpr = 0;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+  if( n<0 ){
+    n = strlen(z);
+  }
+  rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed);
 
-static sqlite_int64 interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->iBlockid;
-}
+  /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
+    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr);
+    *ppExpr = 0;
+  }
 
-static int interiorReaderTermBytes(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->term.nData;
+  return rc;
 }
-static const char *interiorReaderTerm(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->term.pData;
+
+/*
+** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){
+  if( p ){
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pLeft);
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pRight);
+    sqlite3_free(p);
+  }
 }
 
-/* Step forward to the next term in the node. */
-static void interiorReaderStep(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
+/****************************************************************************
+*****************************************************************************
+** Everything after this point is just test code.
+*/
 
-  /* If the last term has been read, signal eof, else construct the
-  ** next term.
-  */
-  if( pReader->nData==0 ){
-    dataBufferReset(&pReader->term);
-  }else{
-    int n, nPrefix, nSuffix;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
 
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix);
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix);
 
-    /* Truncate the current term and append suffix data. */
-    pReader->term.nData = nPrefix;
-    dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix);
+/*
+** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
+*/
+static int queryTestTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  const char *zName,  
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
 
-    assert( n+nSuffix<=pReader->nData );
-    pReader->pData += n+nSuffix;
-    pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix;
+  *pp = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
   }
-  pReader->iBlockid++;
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
 }
 
-/* Compare the current term to pTerm[nTerm], returning strcmp-style
-** results.  If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes.
+/*
+** This function is part of the test interface for the query parser. It
+** writes a text representation of the query expression pExpr into the
+** buffer pointed to by argument zBuf. It is assumed that zBuf is large 
+** enough to store the required text representation.
 */
-static int interiorReaderTermCmp(InteriorReader *pReader,
-                                 const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){
-  const char *pReaderTerm = interiorReaderTerm(pReader);
-  int nReaderTerm = interiorReaderTermBytes(pReader);
-  int c, n = nReaderTermeType ){
+    case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: {
+      Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+      int i;
+      zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "PHRASE %d %d", pPhrase->iColumn, pPhrase->isNot);
+      for(i=0; inToken; i++){
+        zBuf += sprintf(zBuf," %.*s",pPhrase->aToken[i].n,pPhrase->aToken[i].z);
+        zBuf += sprintf(zBuf,"%s", (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":""));
+      }
+      return;
+    }
 
-  if( n==0 ){
-    if( nReaderTerm>0 ) return -1;
-    if( nTerm>0 ) return 1;
-    return 0;
+    case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+      zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NEAR/%d ", pExpr->nNear);
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+      zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NOT ");
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_AND:
+      zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "AND ");
+      break;
+    case FTSQUERY_OR:
+      zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "OR ");
+      break;
   }
 
-  c = memcmp(pReaderTerm, pTerm, n);
-  if( c!=0 ) return c;
-  if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0;
-  return nReaderTerm - nTerm;
+  zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{");
+  exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf);
+  zBuf += strlen(zBuf);
+  zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "} ");
+
+  zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{");
+  exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf);
+  zBuf += strlen(zBuf);
+  zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "}");
 }
 
-/****************************************************************/
-/* LeafWriter is used to collect terms and associated doclist data
-** into leaf blocks in %_segments (see top of file for format info).
-** Expected usage is:
+/*
+** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the 
+** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
 **
-** LeafWriter writer;
-** leafWriterInit(0, 0, &writer);
-** while( sorted_terms_left_to_process ){
-**   // data is doclist data for that term.
-**   rc = leafWriterStep(v, &writer, pTerm, nTerm, pData, nData);
-**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-** }
-** rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
-**err:
-** leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
-** return rc;
+**   fts3_exprtest(, , , ...);
 **
-** leafWriterStep() may write a collected leaf out to %_segments.
-** leafWriterFinalize() finishes writing any buffered data and stores
-** a root node in %_segdir.  leafWriterDestroy() frees all buffers and
-** InteriorWriters allocated as part of writing this segment.
+** The first argument, , is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used
+** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument
+** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name
+** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to.
+** For example:
 **
-** TODO(shess) Document leafWriterStepMerge().
+**   SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2');
 */
+static void fts3ExprTest(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+  int rc;
+  char **azCol = 0;
+  const char *zExpr;
+  int nExpr;
+  int nCol;
+  int ii;
+  Fts3Expr *pExpr;
+  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
 
-/* Put terms with data this big in their own block. */
-#define STANDALONE_MIN 1024
-
-/* Keep leaf blocks below this size. */
-#define LEAF_MAX 2048
-
-typedef struct LeafWriter {
-  int iLevel;
-  int idx;
-  sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid;     /* needed to create the root info */
-  sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid;       /* when we're done writing. */
-
-  DataBuffer term;                /* previous encoded term */
-  DataBuffer data;                /* encoding buffer */
+  if( argc<3 ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+        "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
+    );
+    return;
+  }
 
-  /* bytes of first term in the current node which distinguishes that
-  ** term from the last term of the previous node.
-  */
-  int nTermDistinct;
+  rc = queryTestTokenizer(db,
+                          (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }else if( !pModule ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
 
-  InteriorWriter parentWriter;    /* if we overflow */
-  int has_parent;
-} LeafWriter;
+  rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
+  pTokenizer->pModule = pModule;
 
-static void leafWriterInit(int iLevel, int idx, LeafWriter *pWriter){
-  CLEAR(pWriter);
-  pWriter->iLevel = iLevel;
-  pWriter->idx = idx;
+  zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+  nCol = argc-2;
+  azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *));
+  if( !azCol ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }
+  for(ii=0; iiterm, 32);
+  rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+      pTokenizer, azCol, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr
+  );
+  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+    sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+    goto exprtest_out;
+  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    char zBuf[4096];
+    exprToString(pExpr, zBuf);
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1);
+  }
 
-  /* Start out with a reasonably sized block, though it can grow. */
-  dataBufferInit(&pWriter->data, LEAF_MAX);
+exprtest_out:
+  if( pModule && pTokenizer ){
+    rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+  }
+  sqlite3_free(azCol);
 }
 
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* Verify that the data is readable as a leaf node. */
-static void leafNodeValidate(const char *pData, int nData){
-  int n, iDummy;
+/*
+** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() 
+** with database connection db. 
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
+  sqlite3_create_function(
+      db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
+  );
+}
 
-  if( nData==0 ) return;
-  assert( nData>0 );
-  assert( pData!=0 );
-  assert( pData+nData>pData );
+#endif
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
 
-  /* Must lead with a varint(0) */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-  assert( iDummy==0 );
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( n0 );
-  assert( iDummy>0 );
-  assert( n+iDummy>0 );
-  assert( n+iDummy0 );
-  assert( iDummy>0 );
-  assert( n+iDummy>0 );
-  assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
-  ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL);
-  pData += n+iDummy;
-  nData -= n+iDummy;
 
-  /* Verify that trailing terms and doclists also are readable. */
-  while( nData!=0 ){
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-    assert( n>0 );
-    assert( iDummy>=0 );
-    assert( n0 );
-    assert( iDummy>0 );
-    assert( n+iDummy>0 );
-    assert( n+iDummy0 );
-    assert( iDummy>0 );
-    assert( n+iDummy>0 );
-    assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
-    ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL);
-    pData += n+iDummy;
-    nData -= n+iDummy;
+/*
+** Malloc and Free functions
+*/
+static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
   }
+  return p;
+}
+static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
 }
-#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) leafNodeValidate(p, n)
-#else
-#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) assert( 1 )
-#endif
 
-/* Flush the current leaf node to %_segments, and adding the resulting
-** blockid and the starting term to the interior node which will
-** contain it.
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants 
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
 */
-static int leafWriterInternalFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                                   int iData, int nData){
-  sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0;
-  const char *pStartingTerm;
-  int nStartingTerm, rc, n;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
 
-  /* Must have the leading varint(0) flag, plus at least some
-  ** valid-looking data.
-  */
-  assert( nData>2 );
-  assert( iData>=0 );
-  assert( iData+nData<=pWriter->data.nData );
-  ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData);
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash *pH){
+  fts3HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
 
-  rc = block_insert(v, pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData, &iBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  assert( iBlockid!=0 );
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    fts3HashFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
 
-  /* Reconstruct the first term in the leaf for purposes of building
-  ** the interior node.
-  */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pWriter->data.pData+iData+1, &nStartingTerm);
-  pStartingTerm = pWriter->data.pData+iData+1+n;
-  assert( pWriter->data.nData>iData+1+n+nStartingTerm );
-  assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct>0 );
-  assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct<=nStartingTerm );
-  nStartingTerm = pWriter->nTermDistinct;
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  int h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
 
-  if( pWriter->has_parent ){
-    interiorWriterAppend(&pWriter->parentWriter,
-                         pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid);
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of ftsHashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &fts3StrHash;
   }else{
-    interiorWriterInit(1, pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid,
-                       &pWriter->parentWriter);
-    pWriter->has_parent = 1;
+    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &fts3BinHash;
   }
+}
 
-  /* Track the span of this segment's leaf nodes. */
-  if( pWriter->iEndBlockid==0 ){
-    pWriter->iEndBlockid = pWriter->iStartBlockid = iBlockid;
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &fts3StrCompare;
   }else{
-    pWriter->iEndBlockid++;
-    assert( iBlockid==pWriter->iEndBlockid );
+    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &fts3BinCompare;
   }
+}
 
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void fts3HashInsertElement(
+  fts3Hash *pH,            /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _fts3ht *pEntry,  /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  fts3HashElem *pNew       /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  fts3HashElem *pHead;     /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
 }
-static int leafWriterFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){
-  int rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, pWriter->data.nData);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-  /* Re-initialize the output buffer. */
-  dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data);
 
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+*/
+static void fts3Rehash(fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _fts3ht *new_ht;          /* The new hash table */
+  fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem;  /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);   /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
 }
 
-/* Fetch the root info for the segment.  If the entire leaf fits
-** within ROOT_MAX, then it will be returned directly, otherwise it
-** will be flushed and the root info will be returned from the
-** interior node.  *piEndBlockid is set to the blockid of the last
-** interior or leaf node written to disk (0 if none are written at
-** all).
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
 */
-static int leafWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                              char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo,
-                              sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
-  /* we can fit the segment entirely inline */
-  if( !pWriter->has_parent && pWriter->data.nDatadata.pData;
-    *pnRootInfo = pWriter->data.nData;
-    *piEndBlockid = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
+static fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
+  const fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  fts3HashElem *elem;            /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
   }
+  return 0;
+}
 
-  /* Flush remaining leaf data. */
-  if( pWriter->data.nData>0 ){
-    int rc = leafWriterFlush(v, pWriter);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
+  fts3Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  fts3HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h                 /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  fts3HashFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    fts3HashClear(pH);
   }
-
-  /* We must have flushed a leaf at some point. */
-  assert( pWriter->has_parent );
-
-  /* Tenatively set the end leaf blockid as the end blockid.  If the
-  ** interior node can be returned inline, this will be the final
-  ** blockid, otherwise it will be overwritten by
-  ** interiorWriterRootInfo().
-  */
-  *piEndBlockid = pWriter->iEndBlockid;
-
-  return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, &pWriter->parentWriter,
-                                ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid);
 }
 
-/* Collect the rootInfo data and store it into the segment directory.
-** This has the effect of flushing the segment's leaf data to
-** %_segments, and also flushing any interior nodes to %_segments.
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
 */
-static int leafWriterFinalize(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){
-  sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid;
-  char *pRootInfo;
-  int rc, nRootInfo;
-
-  rc = leafWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter, &pRootInfo, &nRootInfo, &iEndBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Don't bother storing an entirely empty segment. */
-  if( iEndBlockid==0 && nRootInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  return segdir_set(v, pWriter->iLevel, pWriter->idx,
-                    pWriter->iStartBlockid, pWriter->iEndBlockid,
-                    iEndBlockid, pRootInfo, nRootInfo);
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;                 /* A hash on key */
+  fts3HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
 
-static void leafWriterDestroy(LeafWriter *pWriter){
-  if( pWriter->has_parent ) interiorWriterDestroy(&pWriter->parentWriter);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->data);
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
 }
 
-/* Encode a term into the leafWriter, delta-encoding as appropriate.
-** Returns the length of the new term which distinguishes it from the
-** previous term, which can be used to set nTermDistinct when a node
-** boundary is crossed.
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
 */
-static int leafWriterEncodeTerm(LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                                const char *pTerm, int nTerm){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
-  int n, nPrefix = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
+  fts3Hash *pH,        /* The hash table to insert into */
+  const void *pKey,    /* The key */
+  int nKey,            /* Number of bytes in the key */
+  void *data           /* The data */
+){
+  int hraw;                 /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                    /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  fts3HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  fts3HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
 
-  assert( nTerm>0 );
-  while( nPrefixterm.nData &&
-         pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){
-    nPrefix++;
-    /* Failing this implies that the terms weren't in order. */
-    assert( nPrefixkeyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
   }
-
-  if( pWriter->data.nData==0 ){
-    /* Encode the node header and leading term as:
-    **  varint(0)
-    **  varint(nTerm)
-    **  char pTerm[nTerm]
-    */
-    n = fts3PutVarint(c, '\0');
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm);
-    dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm, nTerm);
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    fts3Rehash(pH,8);
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  new_elem = (fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(fts3HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      fts3HashFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
   }else{
-    /* Delta-encode the term as:
-    **  varint(nPrefix)
-    **  varint(nSuffix)
-    **  char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]
-    */
-    n = fts3PutVarint(c, nPrefix);
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm-nPrefix);
-    dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix);
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
   }
-  dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm);
-
-  return nPrefix+1;
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    fts3Rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
 }
 
-/* Used to avoid a memmove when a large amount of doclist data is in
-** the buffer.  This constructs a node and term header before
-** iDoclistData and flushes the resulting complete node using
-** leafWriterInternalFlush().
-*/
-static int leafWriterInlineFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                                 const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
-                                 int iDoclistData){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
-  int iData, n = fts3PutVarint(c, 0);
-  n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm);
-
-  /* There should always be room for the header.  Even if pTerm shared
-  ** a substantial prefix with the previous term, the entire prefix
-  ** could be constructed from earlier data in the doclist, so there
-  ** should be room.
-  */
-  assert( iDoclistData>=n+nTerm );
-
-  iData = iDoclistData-(n+nTerm);
-  memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData, c, n);
-  memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData+n, pTerm, nTerm);
-
-  return leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, iData, pWriter->data.nData-iData);
-}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
 
-/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of
-** %_segments.
+/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 September 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
+** a Porter stemmer.
 */
-static int leafWriterStepMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                               const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
-                               DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
-  int iTermData = pWriter->data.nData, iDoclistData;
-  int i, nData, n, nActualData, nActual, rc, nTermDistinct;
-
-  ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData);
-  nTermDistinct = leafWriterEncodeTerm(pWriter, pTerm, nTerm);
-
-  /* Remember nTermDistinct if opening a new node. */
-  if( iTermData==0 ) pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
-
-  iDoclistData = pWriter->data.nData;
-
-  /* Estimate the length of the merged doclist so we can leave space
-  ** to encode it.
-  */
-  for(i=0, nData=0; idata, c, n);
 
-  docListMerge(&pWriter->data, pReaders, nReaders);
-  ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT,
-                       pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n,
-                       pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData-n, NULL);
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
 
-  /* The actual amount of doclist data at this point could be smaller
-  ** than the length we encoded.  Additionally, the space required to
-  ** encode this length could be smaller.  For small doclists, this is
-  ** not a big deal, we can just use memmove() to adjust things.
-  */
-  nActualData = pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n);
-  nActual = fts3PutVarint(c, nActualData);
-  assert( nActualData<=nData );
-  assert( nActual<=n );
 
-  /* If the new doclist is big enough for force a standalone leaf
-  ** node, we can immediately flush it inline without doing the
-  ** memmove().
-  */
-  /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this
-  ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and
-  ** doclist lengths.  At some point, change to
-  ** pWriter->data.nData-iTermData>STANDALONE_MIN.
-  */
-  if( nTerm+nActualData>STANDALONE_MIN ){
-    /* Push leaf node from before this term. */
-    if( iTermData>0 ){
-      rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-      pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
-    }
 
-    /* Fix the encoded doclist length. */
-    iDoclistData += n - nActual;
-    memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual);
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
+} porter_tokenizer;
 
-    /* Push the standalone leaf node. */
-    rc = leafWriterInlineFlush(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, iDoclistData);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
 
-    /* Leave the node empty. */
-    dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data);
 
-    return rc;
-  }
+/* Forward declaration */
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule;
 
-  /* At this point, we know that the doclist was small, so do the
-  ** memmove if indicated.
-  */
-  if( nActualdata.pData+iDoclistData+nActual,
-            pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n,
-            pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n));
-    pWriter->data.nData -= n-nActual;
-  }
 
-  /* Replace written length with actual length. */
-  memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual);
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int porterCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  porter_tokenizer *t;
+  t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-  /* If the node is too large, break things up. */
-  /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this
-  ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and
-  ** doclist lengths.  At some point, change to
-  ** pWriter->data.nData>LEAF_MAX.
-  */
-  if( iTermData+nTerm+nActualData>LEAF_MAX ){
-    /* Flush out the leading data as a node */
-    rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-    pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int porterOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
 
-    /* Rebuild header using the current term */
-    n = fts3PutVarint(pWriter->data.pData, 0);
-    n += fts3PutVarint(pWriter->data.pData+n, nTerm);
-    memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+n, pTerm, nTerm);
-    n += nTerm;
+  c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
 
-    /* There should always be room, because the previous encoding
-    ** included all data necessary to construct the term.
-    */
-    assert( ndata.nData-iDoclistDatadata.pData+n,
-           pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData,
-           pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData);
-    pWriter->data.nData -= iDoclistData-n;
+  c->zInput = zInput;
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    c->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nInput = nInput;
   }
-  ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData);
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nAllocated = 0;
 
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of
-** %_segments.
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** porterOpen() above.
 */
-/* TODO(shess) Revise writeZeroSegment() so that doclists are
-** constructed directly in pWriter->data.
+static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** Vowel or consonant
 */
-static int leafWriterStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                          const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
-                          const char *pData, int nData){
-  int rc;
-  DLReader reader;
+static const char cType[] = {
+   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+};
 
-  dlrInit(&reader, DL_DEFAULT, pData, nData);
-  rc = leafWriterStepMerge(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, &reader, 1);
-  dlrDestroy(&reader);
+/*
+** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
+** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
+** to Porter ruls.  
+**
+** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
+** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
+** in which case it is a vowel.
+**
+** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
+** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
+** consonent.
+*/
+static int isVowel(const char*);
+static int isConsonant(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return j;
+  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+}
+static int isVowel(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
+  return isConsonant(z + 1);
+}
 
-  return rc;
+/*
+** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
+** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
+** represented as:
+**
+**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
+**
+** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
+** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
+** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
+** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
+**
+** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
+** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
+** by a consonant.
+**
+** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
+** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
+*/
+static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
 }
 
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
+** exactly 1
+*/
+static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z==0;
+}
 
-/****************************************************************/
-/* LeafReader is used to iterate over an individual leaf node. */
-typedef struct LeafReader {
-  DataBuffer term;          /* copy of current term. */
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
+** or m>0
+*/
+static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
 
-  const char *pData;        /* data for current term. */
-  int nData;
-} LeafReader;
+/*
+** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
+*/
+static int hasVowel(const char *z){
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
 
-static void leafReaderDestroy(LeafReader *pReader){
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->term);
-  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
+**
+** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
+** the first two characters of z[].
+*/
+static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
+  return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1);
 }
 
-static int leafReaderAtEnd(LeafReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->nData<=0;
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
+** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
+** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+**
+** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
+** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+*/
+static int star_oh(const char *z){
+  return
+    z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) &&
+    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
+    z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) &&
+    z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2);
 }
 
-/* Access the current term. */
-static int leafReaderTermBytes(LeafReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->term.nData;
-}
-static const char *leafReaderTerm(LeafReader *pReader){
-  assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
-  return pReader->term.pData;
+/*
+** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
+** ending to zTo.
+**
+** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
+** is in normal order. 
+**
+** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
+** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
+** no substitution occurs.
+*/
+static int stem(
+  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
+  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
+  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
+  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
+){
+  char *z = *pz;
+  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
+  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
+  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
+  while( *zTo ){
+    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
+  }
+  *pz = z;
+  return 1;
 }
 
-/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */
-static int leafReaderDataBytes(LeafReader *pReader){
-  int nData;
-  assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
-  fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
-  return nData;
-}
-static const char *leafReaderData(LeafReader *pReader){
-  int n, nData;
-  assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
-  return pReader->pData+n;
+/*
+** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
+** inappropriate.  The input word is copied into the output with
+** US-ASCII case folding.  If the input word is too long (more
+** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
+** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
+** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
+*/
+static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, mx, j;
+  int hasDigit = 0;
+  for(i=0; i='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
+    }else{
+      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
+      zOut[i] = c;
+    }
+  }
+  mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
+  if( nIn>mx*2 ){
+    for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i0 );
-  assert( pData[0]=='\0' );
+/*
+** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
+** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
+** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
+**
+** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
+** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
+** unchanged.
+**
+** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
+** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
+** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
+** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
+** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
+** 
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
+** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
+** case folding.
+**
+** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
+** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
+*/
+static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, j, c;
+  char zReverse[28];
+  char *z, *z2;
+  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
+    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
+    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
+    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
+    }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c;
+    }else{
+      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
+      ** to the copy stemmer */
+      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
+  z = &zReverse[j+1];
 
-  CLEAR(pReader);
 
-  /* Read the first term, skipping the header byte. */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pData+1, &nTerm);
-  dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm);
-  dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pData+1+n, nTerm);
+  /* Step 1a */
+  if( z[0]=='s' ){
+    if(
+     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
+     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
+     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
+    ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
 
-  /* Position after the first term. */
-  assert( 1+n+nTermpData = pData+1+n+nTerm;
-  pReader->nData = nData-1-n-nTerm;
-}
+  /* Step 1b */  
+  z2 = z;
+  if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
+    /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+  }else if( 
+     (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
+      && z!=z2
+  ){
+     if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
+       /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+     }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
+       z++;
+     }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
+       *(--z) = 'e';
+     }
+  }
 
-/* Step the reader forward to the next term. */
-static void leafReaderStep(LeafReader *pReader){
-  int n, nData, nPrefix, nSuffix;
-  assert( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
+  /* Step 1c */
+  if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
+    z[0] = 'i';
+  }
 
-  /* Skip previous entry's data block. */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
-  assert( n+nData<=pReader->nData );
-  pReader->pData += n+nData;
-  pReader->nData -= n+nData;
+  /* Step 2 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'g':
+     stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
 
-  if( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) ){
-    /* Construct the new term using a prefix from the old term plus a
-    ** suffix from the leaf data.
-    */
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix);
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix);
-    assert( n+nSuffixnData );
-    pReader->term.nData = nPrefix;
-    dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix);
+  /* Step 3 */
+  switch( z[0] ){
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)   ||
+     stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
 
-    pReader->pData += n+nSuffix;
-    pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix;
+  /* Step 4 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e')  && m_gt_1(z+4)  ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'n':
+     if( z[0]=='t' ){
+       if( z[2]=='a' ){
+         if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+           z += 3;
+         }
+       }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
+         stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
+       }
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     if( z[0]=='u' ){
+       if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+         z += 2;
+       }
+     }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
+       stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
+     stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
+     break;
+   case 'u':
+     if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'v':
+   case 'z':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
   }
-}
 
-/* strcmp-style comparison of pReader's current term against pTerm.
-** If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes.
-*/
-static int leafReaderTermCmp(LeafReader *pReader,
-                             const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){
-  int c, n = pReader->term.nDataterm.nData : nTerm;
-  if( n==0 ){
-    if( pReader->term.nData>0 ) return -1;
-    if(nTerm>0 ) return 1;
-    return 0;
+  /* Step 5a */
+  if( z[0]=='e' ){
+    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }
   }
 
-  c = memcmp(pReader->term.pData, pTerm, n);
-  if( c!=0 ) return c;
-  if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0;
-  return pReader->term.nData - nTerm;
-}
+  /* Step 5b */
+  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
+    z++;
+  }
 
+  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
+  ** around into forward order and return.
+  */
+  *pnOut = i = strlen(z);
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+  }
+}
 
-/****************************************************************/
-/* LeavesReader wraps LeafReader to allow iterating over the entire
-** leaf layer of the tree.
+/*
+** Characters that can be part of a token.  We assume any character
+** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
+** part of a token.  In other words, delimiters all must have
+** values of 0x7f or lower.
 */
-typedef struct LeavesReader {
-  int idx;                  /* Index within the segment. */
+static const char porterIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
 
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;      /* Statement we're streaming leaves from. */
-  int eof;                  /* we've seen SQLITE_DONE from pStmt. */
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
+*/
+static int porterNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
+  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  const char *z = c->zInput;
 
-  LeafReader leafReader;    /* reader for the current leaf. */
-  DataBuffer rootData;      /* root data for inline. */
-} LeavesReader;
+  while( c->iOffsetnInput ){
+    int iStartOffset, ch;
 
-/* Access the current term. */
-static int leavesReaderTermBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  assert( !pReader->eof );
-  return leafReaderTermBytes(&pReader->leafReader);
-}
-static const char *leavesReaderTerm(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  assert( !pReader->eof );
-  return leafReaderTerm(&pReader->leafReader);
-}
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffsetnInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
 
-/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */
-static int leavesReaderDataBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  assert( !pReader->eof );
-  return leafReaderDataBytes(&pReader->leafReader);
-}
-static const char *leavesReaderData(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  assert( !pReader->eof );
-  return leafReaderData(&pReader->leafReader);
-}
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffsetnInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
 
-static int leavesReaderAtEnd(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->eof;
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nAllocated ){
+        c->nAllocated = n+20;
+        c->zToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
+        if( c->zToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+      *pzToken = c->zToken;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
 }
 
-/* loadSegmentLeaves() may not read all the way to SQLITE_DONE, thus
-** leaving the statement handle open, which locks the table.
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
 */
-/* TODO(shess) This "solution" is not satisfactory.  Really, there
-** should be check-in function for all statement handles which
-** arranges to call sqlite3_reset().  This most likely will require
-** modification to control flow all over the place, though, so for now
-** just punt.
-**
-** Note the the current system assumes that segment merges will run to
-** completion, which is why this particular probably hasn't arisen in
-** this case.  Probably a brittle assumption.
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  porterCreate,
+  porterDestroy,
+  porterOpen,
+  porterClose,
+  porterNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
 */
-static int leavesReaderReset(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  return sqlite3_reset(pReader->pStmt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
 }
 
-static void leavesReaderDestroy(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->rootData);
-  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
-}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
+*/
 
-/* Initialize pReader with the given root data (if iStartBlockid==0
-** the leaf data was entirely contained in the root), or from the
-** stream of blocks between iStartBlockid and iEndBlockid, inclusive.
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
 */
-static int leavesReaderInit(fulltext_vtab *v,
-                            int idx,
-                            sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid,
-                            sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid,
-                            const char *pRootData, int nRootData,
-                            LeavesReader *pReader){
-  CLEAR(pReader);
-  pReader->idx = idx;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
 
-  dataBufferInit(&pReader->rootData, 0);
-  if( iStartBlockid==0 ){
-    /* Entire leaf level fit in root data. */
-    dataBufferReplace(&pReader->rootData, pRootData, nRootData);
-    leafReaderInit(pReader->rootData.pData, pReader->rootData.nData,
-                   &pReader->leafReader);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_stmt *s;
-    int rc = sql_get_leaf_statement(v, idx, &s);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#endif
 
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/*
+** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 
+** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT ();
+**   SELECT (, );
+**
+** where  is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
+**
+** If the  argument is specified, it must be a blob value
+** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to the string . If  is not specified, then
+** the string  must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
+** an error is returned.
+**
+** Whether or not the  argument is specified, the value returned
+** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to string  (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
+*/
+static void scalarFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  fts3Hash *pHash;
+  void *pPtr = 0;
+  const unsigned char *zName;
+  int nName;
 
-    rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      pReader->eof = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
 
-    pReader->pStmt = s;
-    leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0),
-                   sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0),
-                   &pReader->leafReader);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+  pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
 
-/* Step the current leaf forward to the next term.  If we reach the
-** end of the current leaf, step forward to the next leaf block.
-*/
-static int leavesReaderStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeavesReader *pReader){
-  assert( !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
-  leafReaderStep(&pReader->leafReader);
+  zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
 
-  if( leafReaderAtEnd(&pReader->leafReader) ){
-    int rc;
-    if( pReader->rootData.pData ){
-      pReader->eof = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    void *pOld;
+    int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+    if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
+      return;
     }
-    rc = sqlite3_step(pReader->pStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
-      pReader->eof = 1;
-      return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc;
+    pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+    pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
+    if( pOld==pPtr ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
+    if( !pPtr ){
+      char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+      return;
     }
-    leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader);
-    leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0),
-                   sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0),
-                   &pReader->leafReader);
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+
+  sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
 }
 
-/* Order LeavesReaders by their term, ignoring idx.  Readers at eof
-** always sort to the end.
-*/
-static int leavesReaderTermCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){
-  if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr1) ){
-    if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return 0;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return -1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
 
-  return leafReaderTermCmp(&lr1->leafReader,
-                           leavesReaderTerm(lr2), leavesReaderTermBytes(lr2),
-                           0);
-}
 
-/* Similar to leavesReaderTermCmp(), with additional ordering by idx
-** so that older segments sort before newer segments.
+/*
+** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers 
+** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
+** function must be called with two arguments:
+**
+**   SELECT (, );
+**   SELECT (, );
+**
+** where  is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
+** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
+**
+** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
+** list. For each token in the , three elements are
+** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the 
+** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
+** substring of  associated with the token. For example, 
+** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
+**
+**   SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
+**
+** will return the string:
+**
+**   "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
+**   
 */
-static int leavesReaderCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){
-  int c = leavesReaderTermCmp(lr1, lr2);
-  if( c!=0 ) return c;
-  return lr1->idx-lr2->idx;
-}
+static void testFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  fts3Hash *pHash;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
 
-/* Assume that pLr[1]..pLr[nLr] are sorted.  Bubble pLr[0] into its
-** sorted position.
-*/
-static void leavesReaderReorder(LeavesReader *pLr, int nLr){
-  while( nLr>1 && leavesReaderCmp(pLr, pLr+1)>0 ){
-    LeavesReader tmp = pLr[0];
-    pLr[0] = pLr[1];
-    pLr[1] = tmp;
-    nLr--;
-    pLr++;
-  }
-}
+  const char *zErr = 0;
 
-/* Initializes pReaders with the segments from level iLevel, returning
-** the number of segments in *piReaders.  Leaves pReaders in sorted
-** order.
-*/
-static int leavesReadersInit(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel,
-                             LeavesReader *pReaders, int *piReaders){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int i, rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  const char *zInput;
+  int nInput;
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  const char *zArg = 0;
 
-  i = 0;
-  while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    sqlite_int64 iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
-    sqlite_int64 iEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
-    const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
-    int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
+  const char *zToken;
+  int nToken;
+  int iStart;
+  int iEnd;
+  int iPos;
 
-    assert( i0 ){
-      leavesReaderDestroy(&pReaders[i]);
-    }
-    return rc;
+  assert( argc==2 || argc==3 );
+
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
+  zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
   }
 
-  *piReaders = i;
+  pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
 
-  /* Leave our results sorted by term, then age. */
-  while( i-- ){
-    leavesReaderReorder(pReaders+i, *piReaders-i);
+  if( !p ){
+    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return;
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
 
-/* Merge doclists from pReaders[nReaders] into a single doclist, which
-** is written to pWriter.  Assumes pReaders is ordered oldest to
-** newest.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Consider putting this inline in segmentMerge(). */
-static int leavesReadersMerge(fulltext_vtab *v,
-                              LeavesReader *pReaders, int nReaders,
-                              LeafWriter *pWriter){
-  DLReader dlReaders[MERGE_COUNT];
-  const char *pTerm = leavesReaderTerm(pReaders);
-  int i, nTerm = leavesReaderTermBytes(pReaders);
+  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
 
-  assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT );
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xCreate()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  pTokenizer->pModule = p;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xOpen()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
 
-  for(i=0; ixNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+    zToken = &zInput[iStart];
+    nToken = iEnd-iStart;
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
   }
 
-  return leafWriterStepMerge(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, dlReaders, nReaders);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xClose()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+
+finish:
+  if( zErr ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
 }
 
-/* Forward ref due to mutual recursion with segdirNextIndex(). */
-static int segmentMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel);
+static
+int registerTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName, 
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
 
-/* Put the next available index at iLevel into *pidx.  If iLevel
-** already has MERGE_COUNT segments, they are merged to a higher
-** level to make room.
-*/
-static int segdirNextIndex(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int *pidx){
-  int rc = segdir_max_index(v, iLevel, pidx);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){              /* No segments at iLevel. */
-    *pidx = 0;
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    if( *pidx==(MERGE_COUNT-1) ){
-      rc = segmentMerge(v, iLevel);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      *pidx = 0;
-    }else{
-      (*pidx)++;
-    }
-  }else{
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
     return rc;
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
 
-/* Merge MERGE_COUNT segments at iLevel into a new segment at
-** iLevel+1.  If iLevel+1 is already full of segments, those will be
-** merged to make room.
-*/
-static int segmentMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel){
-  LeafWriter writer;
-  LeavesReader lrs[MERGE_COUNT];
-  int i, rc, idx = 0;
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
 
-  /* Determine the next available segment index at the next level,
-  ** merging as necessary.
-  */
-  rc = segdirNextIndex(v, iLevel+1, &idx);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
 
-  /* TODO(shess) This assumes that we'll always see exactly
-  ** MERGE_COUNT segments to merge at a given level.  That will be
-  ** broken if we allow the developer to request preemptive or
-  ** deferred merging.
-  */
-  memset(&lrs, '\0', sizeof(lrs));
-  rc = leavesReadersInit(v, iLevel, lrs, &i);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  assert( i==MERGE_COUNT );
+static
+int queryTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName,  
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
 
-  leafWriterInit(iLevel+1, idx, &writer);
+  *pp = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
 
-  /* Since leavesReaderReorder() pushes readers at eof to the end,
-  ** when the first reader is empty, all will be empty.
-  */
-  while( !leavesReaderAtEnd(lrs) ){
-    /* Figure out how many readers share their next term. */
-    for(i=1; i0 ){
-      rc = leavesReaderStep(v, lrs+i);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
 
-      /* Reorder by term, then by age. */
-      leavesReaderReorder(lrs+i, MERGE_COUNT-i);
-    }
-  }
+/*
+** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
+** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
+** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
+** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
+** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
+** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
+** test them.
+**
+** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
+** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
+** detected. i.e.:
+**
+**     SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
+**
+*/
+static void intTestFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int rc;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
 
-  for(i=0; i0 );
 
-  for(rc=SQLITE_OK; rc==SQLITE_OK && !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader);
-      rc=leavesReaderStep(v, pReader)){
-    /* TODO(shess) Really want leavesReaderTermCmp(), but that name is
-    ** already taken to compare the terms of two LeavesReaders.  Think
-    ** on a better name.  [Meanwhile, break encapsulation rather than
-    ** use a confusing name.]
-    */
-    int c = leafReaderTermCmp(&pReader->leafReader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix);
-    if( c>0 ) break;      /* Past any possible matches. */
-    if( c==0 ){
-      const char *pData = leavesReaderData(pReader);
-      int iBuffer, nData = leavesReaderDataBytes(pReader);
 
-      /* Find the first empty buffer. */
-      for(iBuffer=0; iBuffer0 ){
-            assert(pBuffers!=NULL);
-            memcpy(p, pBuffers, nBuffers*sizeof(*pBuffers));
-            sqlite3_free(pBuffers);
-          }
-          pBuffers = p;
-        }
-        dataBufferInit(&(pBuffers[nBuffers]), 0);
-        nBuffers++;
-      }
 
-      /* At this point, must have an empty at iBuffer. */
-      assert(iBufferdelim[c];
+}
 
-        /* Handle position 0 specially to avoid need to prime pAcc
-        ** with pData/nData.
-        */
-        dataBufferSwap(p, pAcc);
-        docListAccumulateUnion(pAcc, pData, nData);
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int simpleCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  simple_tokenizer *t;
 
-        /* Accumulate remaining doclists into pAcc. */
-        for(++p; ppData, p->nData);
+  t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
 
-          /* dataBufferReset() could allow a large doclist to blow up
-          ** our memory requirements.
-          */
-          if( p->nCapacity<1024 ){
-            dataBufferReset(p);
-          }else{
-            dataBufferDestroy(p);
-            dataBufferInit(p, 0);
-          }
-        }
+  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
+  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
+  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
+  ** information on the initial create.
+  */
+  if( argc>1 ){
+    int i, n = strlen(argv[1]);
+    for(i=0; i=0x80 ){
+        sqlite3_free(t);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
       }
+      t->delim[ch] = 1;
     }
-  }
-
-  /* Union all the doclists together into *out. */
-  /* TODO(shess) What if *out is big?  Sigh. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nBuffers>0 ){
-    int iBuffer;
-    for(iBuffer=0; iBuffer0 ){
-        if( out->nData==0 ){
-          dataBufferSwap(out, &(pBuffers[iBuffer]));
-        }else{
-          docListAccumulateUnion(out, pBuffers[iBuffer].pData,
-                                 pBuffers[iBuffer].nData);
-        }
-      }
+  } else {
+    /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
+      t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i);
     }
   }
 
-  while( nBuffers-- ){
-    dataBufferDestroy(&(pBuffers[nBuffers]));
-  }
-  if( pBuffers!=NULL ) sqlite3_free(pBuffers);
-
-  return rc;
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Call loadSegmentLeavesInt() with pData/nData as input. */
-static int loadSegmentLeaf(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
-                           const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                           DataBuffer *out){
-  LeavesReader reader;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( nData>1 );
-  assert( *pData=='\0' );
-  rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, 0, 0, pData, nData, &reader);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
-  leavesReaderReset(&reader);
-  leavesReaderDestroy(&reader);
-  return rc;
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Call loadSegmentLeavesInt() with the leaf nodes from iStartLeaf to
-** iEndLeaf (inclusive) as input, and merge the resulting doclist into
-** out.
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
 */
-static int loadSegmentLeaves(fulltext_vtab *v,
-                             sqlite_int64 iStartLeaf, sqlite_int64 iEndLeaf,
-                             const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                             DataBuffer *out){
-  int rc;
-  LeavesReader reader;
+static int simpleOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *pInput, int nBytes,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
 
-  assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf );
-  rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, iStartLeaf, iEndLeaf, NULL, 0, &reader);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
 
-  rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
-  leavesReaderReset(&reader);
-  leavesReaderDestroy(&reader);
-  return rc;
+  c->pInput = pInput;
+  if( pInput==0 ){
+    c->nBytes = 0;
+  }else if( nBytes<0 ){
+    c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nBytes = nBytes;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->pToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Taking pData/nData as an interior node, find the sequence of child
-** nodes which could include pTerm/nTerm/isPrefix.  Note that the
-** interior node terms logically come between the blocks, so there is
-** one more blockid than there are terms (that block contains terms >=
-** the last interior-node term).
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
 */
-/* TODO(shess) The calling code may already know that the end child is
-** not worth calculating, because the end may be in a later sibling
-** node.  Consider whether breaking symmetry is worthwhile.  I suspect
-** it is not worthwhile.
+static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
 */
-static void getChildrenContaining(const char *pData, int nData,
-                                  const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                                  sqlite_int64 *piStartChild,
-                                  sqlite_int64 *piEndChild){
-  InteriorReader reader;
+static int simpleNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
+  unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
 
-  assert( nData>1 );
-  assert( *pData!='\0' );
-  interiorReaderInit(pData, nData, &reader);
+  while( c->iOffsetnBytes ){
+    int iStartOffset;
 
-  /* Scan for the first child which could contain pTerm/nTerm. */
-  while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){
-    if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, 0)>0 ) break;
-    interiorReaderStep(&reader);
-  }
-  *piStartChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader);
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffsetnBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
 
-  /* Keep scanning to find a term greater than our term, using prefix
-  ** comparison if indicated.  If isPrefix is false, this will be the
-  ** same blockid as the starting block.
-  */
-  while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){
-    if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix)>0 ) break;
-    interiorReaderStep(&reader);
-  }
-  *piEndChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader);
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffsetnBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
 
-  interiorReaderDestroy(&reader);
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
+        c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
+        c->pToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
+        if( c->pToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      for(i=0; ipToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
+      }
+      *ppToken = c->pToken;
+      *pnBytes = n;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
 
-  /* Children must ascend, and if !prefix, both must be the same. */
-  assert( *piEndChild>=*piStartChild );
-  assert( isPrefix || *piStartChild==*piEndChild );
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
 }
 
-/* Read block at iBlockid and pass it with other params to
-** getChildrenContaining().
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
 */
-static int loadAndGetChildrenContaining(
-  fulltext_vtab *v,
-  sqlite_int64 iBlockid,
-  const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-  sqlite_int64 *piStartChild, sqlite_int64 *piEndChild
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  simpleCreate,
+  simpleDestroy,
+  simpleOpen,
+  simpleClose,
+  simpleNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new simple tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
 ){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
-  int rc;
+  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+}
 
-  assert( iBlockid!=0 );
-  assert( pTerm!=NULL );
-  assert( nTerm!=0 );        /* TODO(shess) Why not allow this? */
-  assert( piStartChild!=NULL );
-  assert( piEndChild!=NULL );
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
 
-  rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_SELECT_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/
+/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree
+** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module.
+**
+** $Id: rtree.c,v 1.14 2009/08/06 18:36:47 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
 
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE)
 
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
+/*
+** This file contains an implementation of a couple of different variants
+** of the r-tree algorithm. See the README file for further details. The 
+** same data-structure is used for all, but the algorithms for insert and
+** delete operations vary. The variants used are selected at compile time 
+** by defining the following symbols:
+*/
 
-  getChildrenContaining(sqlite3_column_blob(s, 0), sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 0),
-                        pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, piStartChild, piEndChild);
+/* Either, both or none of the following may be set to activate 
+** r*tree variant algorithms.
+*/
+#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE 0
+#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT      1
 
-  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain
-   * locked. */
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
+/* 
+** Exactly one of the following must be set to 1.
+*/
+#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT 0
+#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT    0
+#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT         1
 
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_SPLIT \
+        (VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT||VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT)
 
-/* Traverse the tree represented by pData[nData] looking for
-** pTerm[nTerm], placing its doclist into *out.  This is internal to
-** loadSegment() to make error-handling cleaner.
-*/
-static int loadSegmentInt(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
-                          sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd,
-                          const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                          DataBuffer *out){
-  /* Special case where root is a leaf. */
-  if( *pData=='\0' ){
-    return loadSegmentLeaf(v, pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
-  }else{
-    int rc;
-    sqlite_int64 iStartChild, iEndChild;
+#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT
+  #define PickNext QuadraticPickNext
+  #define PickSeeds QuadraticPickSeeds
+  #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman
+#endif
+#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT
+  #define PickNext LinearPickNext
+  #define PickSeeds LinearPickSeeds
+  #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman
+#endif
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT
+  #define AssignCells splitNodeStartree
+#endif
 
-    /* Process pData as an interior node, then loop down the tree
-    ** until we find the set of leaf nodes to scan for the term.
-    */
-    getChildrenContaining(pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
-                          &iStartChild, &iEndChild);
-    while( iStartChild>iLeavesEnd ){
-      sqlite_int64 iNextStart, iNextEnd;
-      rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iStartChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
-                                        &iNextStart, &iNextEnd);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
-      /* If we've branched, follow the end branch, too. */
-      if( iStartChild!=iEndChild ){
-        sqlite_int64 iDummy;
-        rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iEndChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
-                                          &iDummy, &iNextEnd);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      }
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#else
+#endif
 
-      assert( iNextStart<=iNextEnd );
-      iStartChild = iNextStart;
-      iEndChild = iNextEnd;
-    }
-    assert( iStartChild<=iLeavesEnd );
-    assert( iEndChild<=iLeavesEnd );
 
-    /* Scan through the leaf segments for doclists. */
-    return loadSegmentLeaves(v, iStartChild, iEndChild,
-                             pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
-  }
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
+typedef unsigned char u8;
+typedef unsigned int u32;
+#endif
 
-/* Call loadSegmentInt() to collect the doclist for pTerm/nTerm, then
-** merge its doclist over *out (any duplicate doclists read from the
-** segment rooted at pData will overwrite those in *out).
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Consider changing this to determine the depth of the
-** leaves using either the first characters of interior nodes (when
-** ==1, we're one level above the leaves), or the first character of
-** the root (which will describe the height of the tree directly).
-** Either feels somewhat tricky to me.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) The current merge is likely to be slow for large
-** doclists (though it should process from newest/smallest to
-** oldest/largest, so it may not be that bad).  It might be useful to
-** modify things to allow for N-way merging.  This could either be
-** within a segment, with pairwise merges across segments, or across
-** all segments at once.
-*/
-static int loadSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
-                       sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd,
-                       const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                       DataBuffer *out){
-  DataBuffer result;
-  int rc;
+typedef struct Rtree Rtree;
+typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor;
+typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode;
+typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell;
+typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint;
+typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord;
 
-  assert( nData>1 );
+/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */
+#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5
 
-  /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
-  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
+/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to
+** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is 
+** used.
+*/
+#define HASHSIZE 128
 
-  dataBufferInit(&result, 0);
-  rc = loadSegmentInt(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd,
-                      pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &result);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && result.nData>0 ){
-    if( out->nData==0 ){
-      DataBuffer tmp = *out;
-      *out = result;
-      result = tmp;
-    }else{
-      DataBuffer merged;
-      DLReader readers[2];
+/* 
+** An rtree virtual-table object.
+*/
+struct Rtree {
+  sqlite3_vtab base;
+  sqlite3 *db;                /* Host database connection */
+  int iNodeSize;              /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */
+  int nDim;                   /* Number of dimensions */
+  int nBytesPerCell;          /* Bytes consumed per cell */
+  int iDepth;                 /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */
+  char *zDb;                  /* Name of database containing r-tree table */
+  char *zName;                /* Name of r-tree table */ 
+  RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ 
+  int nBusy;                  /* Current number of users of this structure */
+
+  /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is
+  ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains -
+  ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree 
+  ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0).
+  */
+  RtreeNode *pDeleted;
+  int iReinsertHeight;        /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReadNode;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode;
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid;
+
+  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */
+  sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent;
+
+  int eCoordType;
+};
 
-      dlrInit(&readers[0], DL_DEFAULT, out->pData, out->nData);
-      dlrInit(&readers[1], DL_DEFAULT, result.pData, result.nData);
-      dataBufferInit(&merged, out->nData+result.nData);
-      docListMerge(&merged, readers, 2);
-      dataBufferDestroy(out);
-      *out = merged;
-      dlrDestroy(&readers[0]);
-      dlrDestroy(&readers[1]);
-    }
-  }
-  dataBufferDestroy(&result);
-  return rc;
-}
+/* Possible values for eCoordType: */
+#define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0
+#define RTREE_COORD_INT32  1
 
-/* Scan the database and merge together the posting lists for the term
-** into *out.
+/*
+** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the 
+** maximum. In Gutman's notation:
+**
+**     m = M/3
+**
+** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of
+** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree.
 */
-static int termSelect(fulltext_vtab *v, int iColumn,
-                      const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                      DocListType iType, DataBuffer *out){
-  DataBuffer doclist;
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3)
+#define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p)
+#define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51
 
-  /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
-  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
+/* 
+** An rtree cursor object.
+*/
+struct RtreeCursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
+  RtreeNode *pNode;                 /* Node cursor is currently pointing at */
+  int iCell;                        /* Index of current cell in pNode */
+  int iStrategy;                    /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */
+  int nConstraint;                  /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
+  RtreeConstraint *aConstraint;     /* Search constraints. */
+};
 
-  dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0);
+union RtreeCoord {
+  float f;
+  int i;
+};
 
-  /* Traverse the segments from oldest to newest so that newer doclist
-  ** elements for given docids overwrite older elements.
-  */
-  while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 0);
-    const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 0);
-    const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
-    rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
-                     &doclist);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    if( doclist.nData!=0 ){
-      /* TODO(shess) The old term_select_all() code applied the column
-      ** restrict as we merged segments, leading to smaller buffers.
-      ** This is probably worthwhile to bring back, once the new storage
-      ** system is checked in.
-      */
-      if( iColumn==v->nColumn) iColumn = -1;
-      docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData,
-                  iColumn, iType, out);
-    }
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
+/*
+** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord
+** formatted as a double. This macro assumes that local variable pRtree points
+** to the Rtree structure associated with the RtreeCoord.
+*/
+#define DCOORD(coord) (                           \
+  (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ?      \
+    ((double)coord.f) :                           \
+    ((double)coord.i)                             \
+)
 
- err:
-  dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
-  return rc;
-}
+/*
+** A search constraint.
+*/
+struct RtreeConstraint {
+  int iCoord;                       /* Index of constrained coordinate */
+  int op;                           /* Constraining operation */
+  double rValue;                    /* Constraint value. */
+};
 
-/****************************************************************/
-/* Used to hold hashtable data for sorting. */
-typedef struct TermData {
-  const char *pTerm;
-  int nTerm;
-  DLCollector *pCollector;
-} TermData;
+/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */
+#define RTREE_EQ 0x41
+#define RTREE_LE 0x42
+#define RTREE_LT 0x43
+#define RTREE_GE 0x44
+#define RTREE_GT 0x45
 
-/* Orders TermData elements in strcmp fashion ( <0 for less-than, 0
-** for equal, >0 for greater-than).
+/* 
+** An rtree structure node.
+**
+** Data format (RtreeNode.zData):
+**
+**   1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes
+**      of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer.
+**      For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused.
+**
+**   2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently 
+**      stored in the node.
+**
+**   3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry
+**      consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number
+**      of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid
+**      of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a
+**      child page.
 */
-static int termDataCmp(const void *av, const void *bv){
-  const TermData *a = (const TermData *)av;
-  const TermData *b = (const TermData *)bv;
-  int n = a->nTermnTerm ? a->nTerm : b->nTerm;
-  int c = memcmp(a->pTerm, b->pTerm, n);
-  if( c!=0 ) return c;
-  return a->nTerm-b->nTerm;
-}
+struct RtreeNode {
+  RtreeNode *pParent;               /* Parent node */
+  i64 iNode;
+  int nRef;
+  int isDirty;
+  u8 *zData;
+  RtreeNode *pNext;                 /* Next node in this hash chain */
+};
+#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2])
 
-/* Order pTerms data by term, then write a new level 0 segment using
-** LeafWriter.
+/* 
+** Structure to store a deserialized rtree record.
 */
-static int writeZeroSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, fts3Hash *pTerms){
-  fts3HashElem *e;
-  int idx, rc, i, n;
-  TermData *pData;
-  LeafWriter writer;
-  DataBuffer dl;
+struct RtreeCell {
+  i64 iRowid;
+  RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];
+};
 
-  /* Determine the next index at level 0, merging as necessary. */
-  rc = segdirNextIndex(v, 0, &idx);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x))
+#endif
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))
+#endif
 
-  n = fts3HashCount(pTerms);
-  pData = sqlite3_malloc(n*sizeof(TermData));
+/*
+** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
+** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned.
+*/
+static int readInt16(u8 *p){
+  return (p[0]<<8) + p[1];
+}
+static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
+  u32 i = (
+    (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + 
+    (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + 
+    (((u32)p[2]) <<  8) + 
+    (((u32)p[3]) <<  0)
+  );
+  *(u32 *)pCoord = i;
+}
+static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){
+  return (
+    (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + 
+    (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + 
+    (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + 
+    (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + 
+    (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + 
+    (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + 
+    (((i64)p[6]) <<  8) + 
+    (((i64)p[7]) <<  0)
+  );
+}
 
-  for(i = 0, e = fts3HashFirst(pTerms); e; i++, e = fts3HashNext(e)){
-    assert( i> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+  return 2;
+}
+static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
+  u32 i;
+  assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 );
+  assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+  i = *(u32 *)pCoord;
+  p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
+  p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+  return 4;
+}
+static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){
+  p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF;
+  p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF;
+  p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF;
+  p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF;
+  p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
+  p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
+  p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
+  p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
+  return 8;
+}
+
+/*
+** Increment the reference count of node p.
+*/
+static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){
+  if( p ){
+    p->nRef++;
   }
-  assert( i==n );
-
-  /* TODO(shess) Should we allow user-defined collation sequences,
-  ** here?  I think we only need that once we support prefix searches.
-  */
-  if( n>1 ) qsort(pData, n, sizeof(*pData), termDataCmp);
+}
 
-  /* TODO(shess) Refactor so that we can write directly to the segment
-  ** DataBuffer, as happens for segment merges.
-  */
-  leafWriterInit(0, idx, &writer);
-  dataBufferInit(&dl, 0);
-  for(i=0; izData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2);
+    p->isDirty = 1;
   }
-  rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
+}
 
- err:
-  dataBufferDestroy(&dl);
-  sqlite3_free(pData);
-  leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
-  return rc;
+/*
+** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use
+** in the Rtree.aHash table.
+*/
+static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){
+  return (
+    (iNode>>56) ^ (iNode>>48) ^ (iNode>>40) ^ (iNode>>32) ^ 
+    (iNode>>24) ^ (iNode>>16) ^ (iNode>> 8) ^ (iNode>> 0)
+  ) % HASHSIZE;
 }
 
-/* If pendingTerms has data, free it. */
-static int clearPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  if( v->nPendingData>=0 ){
-    fts3HashElem *e;
-    for(e=fts3HashFirst(&v->pendingTerms); e; e=fts3HashNext(e)){
-      dlcDelete(fts3HashData(e));
-    }
-    fts3HashClear(&v->pendingTerms);
-    v->nPendingData = -1;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer
+** to it. Otherwise, return 0.
+*/
+static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){
+  RtreeNode *p;
+  assert( iNode!=0 );
+  for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext);
+  return p;
 }
 
-/* If pendingTerms has data, flush it to a level-zero segment, and
-** free it.
+/*
+** Add node pNode to the node hash table.
 */
-static int flushPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  if( v->nPendingData>=0 ){
-    int rc = writeZeroSegment(v, &v->pendingTerms);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) clearPendingTerms(v);
-    return rc;
+static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  if( pNode ){
+    int iHash;
+    assert( pNode->pNext==0 );
+    iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode);
+    pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash];
+    pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode;
   }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* If pendingTerms is "too big", or docid is out of order, flush it.
-** Regardless, be certain that pendingTerms is initialized for use.
+/*
+** Remove node pNode from the node hash table.
 */
-static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on
-  ** forced-flush would provide better performance.  I suspect that if
-  ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the
-  ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
-  ** generate longer doclists.
-  */
-  if( iDocid<=v->iPrevDocid || v->nPendingData>kPendingThreshold ){
-    int rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  RtreeNode **pp;
+  if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){
+    pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)];
+    for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); }
+    *pp = pNode->pNext;
+    pNode->pNext = 0;
   }
-  if( v->nPendingData<0 ){
-    fts3HashInit(&v->pendingTerms, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
-    v->nPendingData = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0),
+** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is
+** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the
+** node contents out to the database.
+*/
+static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent, int zero){
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
+  pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
+  if( pNode ){
+    memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + (zero?pRtree->iNodeSize:0));
+    pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
+    pNode->nRef = 1;
+    pNode->pParent = pParent;
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+    nodeReference(pParent);
   }
-  v->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  return pNode;
 }
 
-/* This function implements the xUpdate callback; it is the top-level entry
- * point for inserting, deleting or updating a row in a full-text table. */
-static int fulltextUpdate(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, sqlite3_value **ppArg,
-                          sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
+/*
+** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node.
+*/
+static int
+nodeAcquire(
+  Rtree *pRtree,             /* R-tree structure */
+  i64 iNode,                 /* Node number to load */
+  RtreeNode *pParent,        /* Either the parent node or NULL */
+  RtreeNode **ppNode         /* OUT: Acquired node */
+){
   int rc;
+  RtreeNode *pNode;
 
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Update %p\n", pVtab));
-
-  if( nArg<2 ){
-    rc = index_delete(v, sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0]));
-  } else if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[0]) != SQLITE_NULL ){
-    /* An update:
-     * ppArg[0] = old rowid
-     * ppArg[1] = new rowid
-     * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values
-     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this)
-     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1] = value for docid
-     */
-    sqlite_int64 rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0]);
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[1]) != SQLITE_INTEGER ||
-        sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[1]) != rowid ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;  /* we don't allow changing the rowid */
-    }else if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1]) != SQLITE_INTEGER ||
-              sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1]) != rowid ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;  /* we don't allow changing the docid */
-    }else{
-      assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+2);
-      rc = index_update(v, rowid, &ppArg[2]);
-    }
-  } else {
-    /* An insert:
-     * ppArg[1] = requested rowid
-     * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values
-     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this)
-     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1] = value for docid
-     */
-    sqlite3_value *pRequestDocid = ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1];
-    assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+2);
-    if( SQLITE_NULL != sqlite3_value_type(pRequestDocid) &&
-        SQLITE_NULL != sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[1]) ){
-      /* TODO(shess) Consider allowing this to work if the values are
-      ** identical.  I'm inclined to discourage that usage, though,
-      ** given that both rowid and docid are special columns.  Better
-      ** would be to define one or the other as the default winner,
-      ** but should it be fts3-centric (docid) or SQLite-centric
-      ** (rowid)?
-      */
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }else{
-      if( SQLITE_NULL == sqlite3_value_type(pRequestDocid) ){
-        pRequestDocid = ppArg[1];
-      }
-      rc = index_insert(v, pRequestDocid, &ppArg[2], pRowid);
+  /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so,
+  ** increase its reference count and return it.
+  */
+  if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){
+    assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent );
+    if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){
+      nodeReference(pParent);
+      pNode->pParent = pParent;
     }
+    pNode->nRef++;
+    *ppNode = pNode;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
+  if( !pNode ){
+    *ppNode = 0;
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
+  pNode->pParent = pParent;
+  pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
+  pNode->nRef = 1;
+  pNode->iNode = iNode;
+  pNode->isDirty = 0;
+  pNode->pNext = 0;
+
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode);
+  rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode);
+  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0);
+    memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+    nodeReference(pParent);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_free(pNode);
+    pNode = 0;
+  }
+
+  *ppNode = pNode;
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode);
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNode==1 ){
+    pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData);
+  }
+
+  assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK && pNode) || (pNode==0 && rc!=SQLITE_OK) );
+  nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
 
   return rc;
 }
 
-static int fulltextSync(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xSync()\n"));
-  return flushPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab);
+/*
+** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell.
+*/
+static void nodeOverwriteCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode,  
+  RtreeCell *pCell, 
+  int iCell
+){
+  int ii;
+  u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
+  p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid);
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii++){
+    p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]);
+  }
+  pNode->isDirty = 1;
 }
 
-static int fulltextBegin(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xBegin()\n"));
-
-  /* Any buffered updates should have been cleared by the previous
-  ** transaction.
-  */
-  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
-  return clearPendingTerms(v);
+/*
+** Remove cell the cell with index iCell from node pNode.
+*/
+static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){
+  u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
+  u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell];
+  int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
+  memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte);
+  writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1);
+  pNode->isDirty = 1;
 }
 
-static int fulltextCommit(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xCommit()\n"));
+/*
+** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert
+** is successful, return SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL.
+*/
+static int
+nodeInsertCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  RtreeCell *pCell 
+){
+  int nCell;                    /* Current number of cells in pNode */
+  int nMaxCell;                 /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */
 
-  /* Buffered updates should have been cleared by fulltextSync(). */
-  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
-  return clearPendingTerms(v);
+  nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
+  nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+
+  assert(nCell<=nMaxCell);
+
+  if( nCellzData[2], nCell+1);
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+  }
+
+  return (nCell==nMaxCell);
 }
 
-static int fulltextRollback(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xRollback()\n"));
-  return clearPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab);
+/*
+** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database.
+*/
+static int
+nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pNode->isDirty ){
+    sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode;
+    if( pNode->iNode ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode);
+    }else{
+      sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1);
+    }
+    sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC);
+    sqlite3_step(p);
+    pNode->isDirty = 0;
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(p);
+    if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
+      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3
+** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference
+** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database.
 */
-static void snippetFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
-  if( argc<1 ) return;
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
-      sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to html_snippet",-1);
-  }else{
-    const char *zStart = "";
-    const char *zEnd = "";
-    const char *zEllipsis = "...";
-    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
-    if( argc>=2 ){
-      zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-      if( argc>=3 ){
-        zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-        if( argc>=4 ){
-          zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[3]);
-        }
+static int
+nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pNode ){
+    assert( pNode->nRef>0 );
+    pNode->nRef--;
+    if( pNode->nRef==0 ){
+      if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+        pRtree->iDepth = -1;
       }
+      if( pNode->pParent ){
+        rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent);
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode);
+      }
+      nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
+      sqlite3_free(pNode);
     }
-    snippetAllOffsets(pCursor);
-    snippetText(pCursor, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis);
-    sqlite3_result_text(pContext, pCursor->snippet.zSnippet,
-                        pCursor->snippet.nSnippet, SQLITE_STATIC);
   }
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3
+** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of
+** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is
+** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number.
 */
-static void snippetOffsetsFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
+static i64 nodeGetRowid(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  int iCell
 ){
-  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
-  if( argc<1 ) return;
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
-      sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to offsets",-1);
-  }else{
-    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
-    snippetAllOffsets(pCursor);
-    snippetOffsetText(&pCursor->snippet);
-    sqlite3_result_text(pContext,
-                        pCursor->snippet.zOffset, pCursor->snippet.nOffset,
-                        SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
+  assert( iCellzData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]);
 }
 
 /*
-** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
-** virtual table.
+** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode.
 */
-static int fulltextFindFunction(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
-  int nArg,
-  const char *zName,
-  void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void **ppArg
+static void nodeGetCoord(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  int iCell,
+  int iCoord,
+  RtreeCoord *pCoord           /* Space to write result to */
 ){
-  if( strcmp(zName,"snippet")==0 ){
-    *pxFunc = snippetFunc;
-    return 1;
-  }else if( strcmp(zName,"offsets")==0 ){
-    *pxFunc = snippetOffsetsFunc;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
+  readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord);
 }
 
 /*
-** Rename an fts3 table.
+** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed
+** to by pCell with the results.
 */
-static int fulltextRename(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
-  const char *zName
+static void nodeGetCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  int iCell,
+  RtreeCell *pCell
 ){
-  fulltext_vtab *p = (fulltext_vtab *)pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content'  RENAME TO '%q_content';"
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';"
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'   RENAME TO '%q_segdir';"
-    , p->zDb, p->zName, zName 
-    , p->zDb, p->zName, zName 
-    , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
-  );
-  if( zSql ){
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
+  int ii;
+  pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
+  for(ii=0; iinDim*2; ii++){
+    nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, iCell, ii, &pCell->aCoord[ii]);
   }
-  return rc;
 }
 
-static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
-  /* iVersion      */ 0,
-  /* xCreate       */ fulltextCreate,
-  /* xConnect      */ fulltextConnect,
-  /* xBestIndex    */ fulltextBestIndex,
-  /* xDisconnect   */ fulltextDisconnect,
-  /* xDestroy      */ fulltextDestroy,
-  /* xOpen         */ fulltextOpen,
-  /* xClose        */ fulltextClose,
-  /* xFilter       */ fulltextFilter,
-  /* xNext         */ fulltextNext,
-  /* xEof          */ fulltextEof,
-  /* xColumn       */ fulltextColumn,
-  /* xRowid        */ fulltextRowid,
-  /* xUpdate       */ fulltextUpdate,
-  /* xBegin        */ fulltextBegin,
-  /* xSync         */ fulltextSync,
-  /* xCommit       */ fulltextCommit,
-  /* xRollback     */ fulltextRollback,
-  /* xFindFunction */ fulltextFindFunction,
-  /* xRename */       fulltextRename,
-};
 
-static void hashDestroy(void *p){
-  fts3Hash *pHash = (fts3Hash *)p;
-  sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
-  sqlite3_free(pHash);
+/* Forward declaration for the function that does the work of
+** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods.
+*/
+static int rtreeInit(
+  sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int
+);
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method.
+*/
+static int rtreeCreate(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1);
 }
 
-/*
-** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple" and "porter" - are implemented
-** in files fts3_tokenizer1.c and fts3_porter.c respectively. The following
-** two forward declarations are for functions declared in these files
-** used to retrieve the respective implementations.
-**
-** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
-** to by the argument to point a the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
-** Function ...PorterTokenizerModule() sets *pModule to point to the
-** porter tokenizer/stemmer implementation.
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+static int rtreeConnect(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  void *pAux,
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
+  char **pzErr
+){
+  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0);
+}
 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, fts3Hash *, const char *);
+/*
+** Increment the r-tree reference count.
+*/
+static void rtreeReference(Rtree *pRtree){
+  pRtree->nBusy++;
+}
 
 /*
-** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
-** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
-** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
-** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
+** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches
+** zero the structure is deleted.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
+static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){
+  pRtree->nBusy--;
+  if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadNode);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
+    sqlite3_free(pRtree);
+  }
+}
 
-  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
-  sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-  sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
-#endif
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method.
+*/
+static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
 
-  /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
-  pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fts3Hash));
-  if( !pHash ){
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method.
+*/
+static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc;
+  char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';"
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';"
+    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';",
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, 
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
+    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
+  );
+  if( !zCreate ){
     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }else{
-    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
   }
-
-  /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
-     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) 
-     || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
-    ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
+    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
   }
 
-  /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload 
-  ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
-  ** module with sqlite.
-  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc 
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", -1))
-  ){
-    return sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-        db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
-    );
-  }
+  return rc;
+}
 
-  /* An error has occured. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  if( pHash ){
-    sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
-    sqlite3_free(pHash);
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method.
+*/
+static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr;
+
+  pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor));
+  if( pCsr ){
+    memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
+    pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
+    rc = SQLITE_OK;
   }
+  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
+
   return rc;
 }
 
-#if !SQLITE_CORE
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg,
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
-  return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
+*/
+static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab);
+  int rc;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
+  rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return rc;
 }
-#endif
 
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/
 /*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Rtree virtual table module xEof method.
 **
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
-** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
-** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid 
+** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
 */
+static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+  return (pCsr->pNode==0);
+}
 
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+/* 
+** Cursor pCursor currently points to a cell in a non-leaf page.
+** Return true if the sub-tree headed by the cell is filtered
+** (excluded) by the constraints in the pCursor->aConstraint[] 
+** array, or false otherwise.
 */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+static int testRtreeCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor){
+  RtreeCell cell;
+  int ii;
+  int bRes = 0;
 
+  nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell);
+  for(ii=0; bRes==0 && iinConstraint; ii++){
+    RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii];
+    double cell_min = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2]);
+    double cell_max = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2+1]);
 
+    assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
+        || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ
+    );
 
-/*
-** Malloc and Free functions
-*/
-static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
-  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
-  if( p ){
-    memset(p, 0, n);
+    switch( p->op ){
+      case RTREE_LE: case RTREE_LT: bRes = p->rValuerValue>cell_max; break;
+      case RTREE_EQ: 
+        bRes = (p->rValue>cell_max || p->rValueaConstraint[] array, or false otherwise.
 **
-** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-** keyClass is one of the constants 
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
-** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
-** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
-** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+** This function assumes that the cell is part of a leaf node.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
-  assert( pNew!=0 );
-  assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
-  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
-  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
-  pNew->first = 0;
-  pNew->count = 0;
-  pNew->htsize = 0;
-  pNew->ht = 0;
+static int testRtreeEntry(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor){
+  RtreeCell cell;
+  int ii;
+
+  nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell);
+  for(ii=0; iinConstraint; ii++){
+    RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii];
+    double coord = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[p->iCoord]);
+    int res;
+    assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
+        || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ
+    );
+    switch( p->op ){
+      case RTREE_LE: res = (coord<=p->rValue); break;
+      case RTREE_LT: res = (coordrValue);  break;
+      case RTREE_GE: res = (coord>=p->rValue); break;
+      case RTREE_GT: res = (coord>p->rValue);  break;
+      case RTREE_EQ: res = (coord==p->rValue); break;
+    }
+
+    if( !res ) return 1;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
 }
 
-/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
-** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
-** to the empty state.
+/*
+** Cursor pCursor currently points at a node that heads a sub-tree of
+** height iHeight (if iHeight==0, then the node is a leaf). Descend
+** to point to the left-most cell of the sub-tree that matches the 
+** configured constraints.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash *pH){
-  fts3HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+static int descendToCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeCursor *pCursor, 
+  int iHeight,
+  int *pEof                 /* OUT: Set to true if cannot descend */
+){
+  int isEof;
+  int rc;
+  int ii;
+  RtreeNode *pChild;
+  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;
 
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  elem = pH->first;
-  pH->first = 0;
-  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = 0;
-  pH->htsize = 0;
-  while( elem ){
-    fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
-    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
-      fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+  RtreeNode *pSavedNode = pCursor->pNode;
+  int iSavedCell = pCursor->iCell;
+
+  assert( iHeight>=0 );
+
+  if( iHeight==0 ){
+    isEof = testRtreeEntry(pRtree, pCursor);
+  }else{
+    isEof = testRtreeCell(pRtree, pCursor);
+  }
+  if( isEof || iHeight==0 ){
+    *pEof = isEof;
+    return SQLITE_OK;
+  }
+
+  iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell);
+  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iRowid, pCursor->pNode, &pChild);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pCursor->pNode);
+  pCursor->pNode = pChild;
+  isEof = 1;
+  for(ii=0; isEof && iiiCell = ii;
+    rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCursor, iHeight-1, &isEof);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
     }
-    fts3HashFree(elem);
-    elem = next_elem;
   }
-  pH->count = 0;
+
+  if( isEof ){
+    assert( pCursor->pNode==pChild );
+    nodeReference(pSavedNode);
+    nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild);
+    pCursor->pNode = pSavedNode;
+    pCursor->iCell = iSavedCell;
+  }
+
+  *pEof = isEof;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
+** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit 
+** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell.
 */
-static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
-  int h = 0;
-  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
-  while( nKey > 0  ){
-    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
-    nKey--;
+static int nodeRowidIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, i64 iRowid){
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)!=iRowid; ii++){
+    assert( ii<(NCELL(pNode)-1) );
   }
-  return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
-  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+  return ii;
 }
 
 /*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
+** Return the index of the cell containing a pointer to node pNode
+** in its parent. If pNode is the root node, return -1.
 */
-static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  int h = 0;
-  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
-  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
-    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  if( pParent ){
+    return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode);
   }
-  return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
-  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+  return -1;
 }
 
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
-** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
-**
-** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction".  The function takes a
-** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of ftsHashFunction()
-** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
-** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
-** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xNext method.
 */
-static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
-  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
-    return &fts3StrHash;
-  }else{
-    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
-    return &fts3BinHash;
+static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(pVtabCursor->pVtab);
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  if( pCsr->iStrategy==1 ){
+    /* This "scan" is a direct lookup by rowid. There is no next entry. */
+    nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode);
+    pCsr->pNode = 0;
+  }
+
+  else if( pCsr->pNode ){
+    /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */
+    int iHeight = 0;
+    while( pCsr->pNode ){
+      RtreeNode *pNode = pCsr->pNode;
+      int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+      for(pCsr->iCell++; pCsr->iCelliCell++){
+        int isEof;
+        rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, iHeight, &isEof);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !isEof ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      }
+      pCsr->pNode = pNode->pParent;
+      pCsr->iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode);
+      nodeReference(pCsr->pNode);
+      nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
+      iHeight++;
+    }
   }
+
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
-** see the header comment on the previous function.
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method.
 */
-static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
-  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
-    return &fts3StrCompare;
+static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
+
+  assert(pCsr->pNode);
+  *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method.
+*/
+static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
+
+  if( i==0 ){
+    i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell);
+    sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, iRowid);
   }else{
-    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
-    return &fts3BinCompare;
+    RtreeCoord c;
+    nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell, i-1, &c);
+    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+      sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f);
+    }else{
+      assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 );
+      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i);
+    }
   }
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Link an element into the hash table
+/* 
+** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with 
+** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and
+** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set
+** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf
+** to zero and return an SQLite error code.
 */
-static void fts3HashInsertElement(
-  fts3Hash *pH,            /* The complete hash table */
-  struct _fts3ht *pEntry,  /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
-  fts3HashElem *pNew       /* The element to be inserted */
-){
-  fts3HashElem *pHead;     /* First element already in pEntry */
-  pHead = pEntry->chain;
-  if( pHead ){
-    pNew->next = pHead;
-    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
-    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
-    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
-    pHead->prev = pNew;
+static int findLeafNode(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iRowid, RtreeNode **ppLeaf){
+  int rc;
+  *ppLeaf = 0;
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid);
+  if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+    i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0);
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf);
+    sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
   }else{
-    pNew->next = pH->first;
-    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
-    pNew->prev = 0;
-    pH->first = pNew;
+    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
   }
-  pEntry->count++;
-  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+  return rc;
 }
 
 
-/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
-** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+/* 
+** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method.
 */
-static void fts3Rehash(fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
-  struct _fts3ht *new_ht;          /* The new hash table */
-  fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem;  /* For looping over existing elements */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);   /* The hash function */
+static int rtreeFilter(
+  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
+  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
 
-  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
-  new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
-  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
-  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = new_ht;
-  pH->htsize = new_size;
-  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
-    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
-    next_elem = elem->next;
-    fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  rtreeReference(pRtree);
+
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
+  pCsr->aConstraint = 0;
+  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
+
+  if( idxNum==1 ){
+    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
+    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
+    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
+    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf);
+    pCsr->pNode = pLeaf; 
+    if( pLeaf && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pCsr->iCell = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid);
+    }
+  }else{
+    /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array 
+    ** with the configured constraints. 
+    */
+    if( argc>0 ){
+      pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
+      pCsr->nConstraint = argc;
+      if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }else{
+        assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) || strlen(idxStr)==argc*2 );
+        for(ii=0; iiaConstraint[ii];
+          p->op = idxStr[ii*2];
+          p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'a';
+          p->rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      pCsr->pNode = 0;
+      rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int isEof = 1;
+      int nCell = NCELL(pRoot);
+      pCsr->pNode = pRoot;
+      for(pCsr->iCell=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->iCelliCell++){
+        assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot );
+        rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, pRtree->iDepth, &isEof);
+        if( !isEof ){
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isEof ){
+        assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot );
+        nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+        pCsr->pNode = 0;
+      }
+      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pCsr->pNode || pCsr->iCellpNode) );
+    }
   }
+
+  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
-** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
-** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+/*
+** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three
+** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to 
+** least desirable):
+**
+**   idxNum     idxStr        Strategy
+**   ------------------------------------------------
+**     1        Unused        Direct lookup by rowid.
+**     2        See below     R-tree query.
+**     3        Unused        Full table scan.
+**   ------------------------------------------------
+**
+** If strategy 1 or 3 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy
+** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each 
+** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to 
+** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with
+** (argvIndex==1) etc.
+**
+** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint
+** operator as follows:
+**
+**   Operator    Byte Value
+**   ----------------------
+**      =        0x41 ('A')
+**     <=        0x42 ('B')
+**      <        0x43 ('C')
+**     >=        0x44 ('D')
+**      >        0x45 ('E')
+**   ----------------------
+**
+** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column
+** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column
+** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc.
 */
-static fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
-  const fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
-  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
-  int nKey,
-  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
-){
-  fts3HashElem *elem;            /* Used to loop thru the element list */
-  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
-  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int ii, cCol;
 
-  if( pH->ht ){
-    struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-    elem = pEntry->chain;
-    count = pEntry->count;
-    xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
-    while( count-- && elem ){
-      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
-        return elem;
+  int iIdx = 0;
+  char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1];
+  memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr));
+
+  assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 );
+  for(ii=0; iinConstraint; ii++){
+    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
+
+    if( p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
+      /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */
+      int jj;
+      for(jj=0; jjaConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0;
+        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0;
+      }
+      pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1;
+      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1;
+
+      /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures
+      ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be 
+      ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which 
+      ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0).
+      */ 
+      pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 10.0;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+
+    if( p->usable && p->iColumn>0 ){
+      u8 op = 0;
+      switch( p->op ){
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break;
+        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break;
+      }
+      if( op ){
+        /* Make sure this particular constraint has not been used before.
+        ** If it has been used before, ignore it.
+        **
+        ** A <= or < can be used if there is a prior >= or >.
+        ** A >= or > can be used if there is a prior < or <=.
+        ** A <= or < is disqualified if there is a prior <=, <, or ==.
+        ** A >= or > is disqualified if there is a prior >=, >, or ==.
+        ** A == is disqualifed if there is any prior constraint.
+        */
+        int j, opmsk;
+        static const unsigned char compatible[] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2 };
+        assert( compatible[RTREE_EQ & 7]==0 );
+        assert( compatible[RTREE_LT & 7]==1 );
+        assert( compatible[RTREE_LE & 7]==1 );
+        assert( compatible[RTREE_GT & 7]==2 );
+        assert( compatible[RTREE_GE & 7]==2 );
+        cCol = p->iColumn - 1 + 'a';
+        opmsk = compatible[op & 7];
+        for(j=0; jaConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2);
+        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1;
       }
-      elem = elem->next;
     }
   }
-  return 0;
+
+  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2;
+  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1;
+  if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  assert( iIdx>=0 );
+  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (2000000.0 / (double)(iIdx + 1));
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
-** element and a hash on the element's key.
+/*
+** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p.
 */
-static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
-  fts3Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
-  fts3HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
-  int h                 /* Hash value for the element */
-){
-  struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
-  if( elem->prev ){
-    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
-  }else{
-    pH->first = elem->next;
-  }
-  if( elem->next ){
-    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
-  }
-  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
-    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+static float cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
+  float area = 1.0;
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+    area = area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
   }
-  pEntry->count--;
-  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
-    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  return area;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum
+** of the objects size in each dimension.
+*/
+static float cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
+  float margin = 0.0;
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+    margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
   }
-  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
-    fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+  return margin;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1.
+*/
+static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
+  int ii;
+  if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+      p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f);
+      p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f);
+    }
+  }else{
+    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+      p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i);
+      p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i);
+    }
   }
-  fts3HashFree( elem );
-  pH->count--;
-  if( pH->count<=0 ){
-    assert( pH->first==0 );
-    assert( pH->count==0 );
-    fts3HashClear(pH);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered
+** by p1. False otherwise.
+*/
+static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
+  int ii;
+  int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32);
+  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+    RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii];
+    RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii];
+    if( (!isInt && (a2[0].fa1[1].f)) 
+     || ( isInt && (a2[0].ia1[1].i)) 
+    ){
+      return 0;
+    }
   }
+  return 1;
 }
 
-/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
-** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+/*
+** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  int h;                 /* A hash on key */
-  fts3HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+static float cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){
+  float area;
+  RtreeCell cell;
+  memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
+  cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
+  return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area);
+}
 
-  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
-  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  assert( xHash!=0 );
-  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
-  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
-  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
-  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE || VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT
+static float cellOverlap(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  RtreeCell *p, 
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell, 
+  int iExclude
+){
+  int ii;
+  float overlap = 0.0;
+  for(ii=0; iinDim*2); jj+=2){
+        double x1;
+        double x2;
+
+        x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj]));
+        x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1]));
+
+        if( x2keyClass);
-  assert( xHash!=0 );
-  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
-  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
-  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
-  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
-  if( elem ){
-    void *old_data = elem->data;
-    if( data==0 ){
-      fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
-    }else{
-      elem->data = data;
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){
+    int iCell;
+    sqlite3_int64 iBest;
+
+    float fMinGrowth;
+    float fMinArea;
+    float fMinOverlap;
+
+    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    RtreeNode *pChild;
+
+    RtreeCell *aCell = 0;
+
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
+    if( ii==(pRtree->iDepth-1) ){
+      int jj;
+      aCell = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCell)*nCell);
+      if( !aCell ){
+        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+        nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
+        pNode = 0;
+        continue;
+      }
+      for(jj=0; jjcopyKey && pKey!=0 ){
-    new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
-    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
-      fts3HashFree(new_elem);
-      return data;
+#endif
+
+    /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell
+    ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with
+    ** the smallest area.
+    */
+    for(iCell=0; iCelliDepth-1) ){
+        overlap = cellOverlapEnlargement(pRtree,&cell,pCell,aCell,nCell,iCell);
+      }
+#endif
+      if( (iCell==0) 
+       || (overlappKey, pKey, nKey);
-  }else{
-    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+
+    sqlite3_free(aCell);
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iBest, pNode, &pChild);
+    nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
+    pNode = pChild;
   }
-  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
-  pH->count++;
-  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
-    fts3Rehash(pH,8);
-    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
-      pH->count = 0;
-      fts3HashFree(new_elem);
-      return data;
+
+  *ppLeaf = pNode;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** A cell with the same content as pCell has just been inserted into
+** the node pNode. This function updates the bounding box cells in
+** all ancestor elements.
+*/
+static void AdjustTree(
+  Rtree *pRtree,                    /* Rtree table */
+  RtreeNode *pNode,                 /* Adjust ancestry of this node. */
+  RtreeCell *pCell                  /* This cell was just inserted */
+){
+  RtreeNode *p = pNode;
+  while( p->pParent ){
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent;
+    int iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p);
+
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell);
+    if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){
+      cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
+      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell);
     }
+ 
+    p = pParent;
   }
-  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
-    fts3Rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
-  }
-  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
-  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
-  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
-  fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
-  new_elem->data = data;
-  return 0;
 }
 
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/
 /*
-** 2006 September 30
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
-** a Porter stemmer.
+** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the _rowid table.
 */
+static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid);
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+}
 
 /*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the _parent table.
 */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode);
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent);
+}
+
+static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int);
+
+#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT
+/*
+** Implementation of the linear variant of the PickNext() function from
+** Guttman[84].
+*/
+static RtreeCell *LinearPickNext(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell, 
+  RtreeCell *pLeftBox, 
+  RtreeCell *pRightBox,
+  int *aiUsed
+){
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; aiUsed[ii]; ii++);
+  aiUsed[ii] = 1;
+  return &aCell[ii];
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the linear variant of the PickSeeds() function from
+** Guttman[84].
+*/
+static void LinearPickSeeds(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell, 
+  int *piLeftSeed, 
+  int *piRightSeed
+){
+  int i;
+  int iLeftSeed = 0;
+  int iRightSeed = 1;
+  float maxNormalInnerWidth = 0.0;
+
+  /* Pick two "seed" cells from the array of cells. The algorithm used
+  ** here is the LinearPickSeeds algorithm from Gutman[1984]. The 
+  ** indices of the two seed cells in the array are stored in local
+  ** variables iLeftSeek and iRightSeed.
+  */
+  for(i=0; inDim; i++){
+    float x1 = DCOORD(aCell[0].aCoord[i*2]);
+    float x2 = DCOORD(aCell[0].aCoord[i*2+1]);
+    float x3 = x1;
+    float x4 = x2;
+    int jj;
 
+    int iCellLeft = 0;
+    int iCellRight = 0;
 
+    for(jj=1; jjx4 ) x4 = right;
+      if( left>x3 ){
+        x3 = left;
+        iCellRight = jj;
+      }
+      if( rightmaxNormalInnerWidth ){
+        iLeftSeed = iCellLeft;
+        iRightSeed = iCellRight;
+      }
+    }
+  }
 
+  *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed;
+  *piRightSeed = iRightSeed;
+}
+#endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT */
 
+#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT
 /*
-** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickNext() function from
+** Guttman[84].
 */
-typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
-} porter_tokenizer;
+static RtreeCell *QuadraticPickNext(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell, 
+  RtreeCell *pLeftBox, 
+  RtreeCell *pRightBox,
+  int *aiUsed
+){
+  #define FABS(a) ((a)<0.0?-1.0*(a):(a))
+
+  int iSelect = -1;
+  float fDiff;
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; iifDiff ){
+        fDiff = diff;
+        iSelect = ii;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  aiUsed[iSelect] = 1;
+  return &aCell[iSelect];
+}
 
 /*
-** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
+** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickSeeds() function from
+** Guttman[84].
 */
-typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
-  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
-  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
-  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
-  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
-  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
-  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
-} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
+static void QuadraticPickSeeds(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell, 
+  int nCell, 
+  int *piLeftSeed, 
+  int *piRightSeed
+){
+  int ii;
+  int jj;
 
+  int iLeftSeed = 0;
+  int iRightSeed = 1;
+  float fWaste = 0.0;
 
-/* Forward declaration */
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule;
+  for(ii=0; iifWaste ){
+        iLeftSeed = ii;
+        iRightSeed = jj;
+        fWaste = waste;
+      }
+    }
+  }
 
+  *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed;
+  *piRightSeed = iRightSeed;
+}
+#endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT */
 
 /*
-** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size
+** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to 
+** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
+** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For
+** example, assuming the inputs:
+**
+**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
+**   aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 }
+**
+** this function sets the aIdx array to contain:
+**
+**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
+**
+** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the
+** sorting algorithm.
 */
-static int porterCreate(
-  int argc, const char * const *argv,
-  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+static void SortByDistance(
+  int *aIdx, 
+  int nIdx, 
+  float *aDistance, 
+  int *aSpare
 ){
-  porter_tokenizer *t;
-  t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
-  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
-  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
+  if( nIdx>1 ){
+    int iLeft = 0;
+    int iRight = 0;
+
+    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
+    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
+    int *aLeft = aIdx;
+    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
+
+    SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare);
+    SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare);
+
+    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
+    aLeft = aSpare;
+
+    while( iLeft1 ){
+
+    int iLeft = 0;
+    int iRight = 0;
+
+    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
+    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
+    int *aLeft = aIdx;
+    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
+
+    SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
+    SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
+
+    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
+    aLeft = aSpare;
+    while( iLeftzInput = zInput;
-  if( zInput==0 ){
-    c->nInput = 0;
-  }else if( nInput<0 ){
-    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
-  }else{
-    c->nInput = nInput;
+  int nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int));
+
+  aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+  if( !aaSorted ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   }
-  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
-  c->iToken = 0;
-  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
-  c->nAllocated = 0;
 
-  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell];
+  memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte);
+  for(ii=0; iinDim; ii++){
+    int jj;
+    aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell];
+    for(jj=0; jjnDim; ii++){
+    float margin = 0.0;
+    float fBestOverlap;
+    float fBestArea;
+    int iBestLeft;
+    int nLeft;
+
+    for(
+      nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); 
+      nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); 
+      nLeft++
+    ){
+      RtreeCell left;
+      RtreeCell right;
+      int kk;
+      float overlap;
+      float area;
+
+      memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+      memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+      for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){
+        if( kkzToken);
-  sqlite3_free(c);
+static int splitNodeGuttman(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeCell *aCell,
+  int nCell,
+  RtreeNode *pLeft,
+  RtreeNode *pRight,
+  RtreeCell *pBboxLeft,
+  RtreeCell *pBboxRight
+){
+  int iLeftSeed = 0;
+  int iRightSeed = 1;
+  int *aiUsed;
+  int i;
+
+  aiUsed = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(int)*nCell);
+  if( !aiUsed ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*nCell);
+
+  PickSeeds(pRtree, aCell, nCell, &iLeftSeed, &iRightSeed);
+
+  memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[iLeftSeed], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[iRightSeed], sizeof(RtreeCell));
+  nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft, &aCell[iLeftSeed]);
+  nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight, &aCell[iRightSeed]);
+  aiUsed[iLeftSeed] = 1;
+  aiUsed[iRightSeed] = 1;
+
+  for(i=nCell-2; i>0; i--){
+    RtreeCell *pNext;
+    pNext = PickNext(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pBboxLeft, pBboxRight, aiUsed);
+    float diff =  
+      cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext) - 
+      cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext)
+    ;
+    if( (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pRight)==i)
+     || (diff>0.0 && (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pLeft)!=i))
+    ){
+      nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight, pNext);
+      cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext);
+    }else{
+      nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft, pNext);
+      cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext);
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aiUsed);
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
-/*
-** Vowel or consonant
-*/
-static const char cType[] = {
-   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
-   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
-};
+#endif
 
-/*
-** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
-** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
-** to Porter ruls.  
-**
-** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
-** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
-** in which case it is a vowel.
-**
-** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
-** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
-** consonent.
-*/
-static int isVowel(const char*);
-static int isConsonant(const char *z){
-  int j;
-  char x = *z;
-  if( x==0 ) return 0;
-  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
-  j = cType[x-'a'];
-  if( j<2 ) return j;
-  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+static int updateMapping(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  i64 iRowid, 
+  RtreeNode *pNode, 
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64);
+  xSetMapping = ((iHeight==0)?rowidWrite:parentWrite);
+  if( iHeight>0 ){
+    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid);
+    if( pChild ){
+      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
+      nodeReference(pNode);
+      pChild->pParent = pNode;
+    }
+  }
+  return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode);
 }
-static int isVowel(const char *z){
-  int j;
-  char x = *z;
-  if( x==0 ) return 0;
-  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
-  j = cType[x-'a'];
-  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
-  return isConsonant(z + 1);
+
+static int SplitNode(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeNode *pNode,
+  RtreeCell *pCell,
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int i;
+  int newCellIsRight = 0;
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+  RtreeCell *aCell;
+  int *aiUsed;
+
+  RtreeNode *pLeft = 0;
+  RtreeNode *pRight = 0;
+
+  RtreeCell leftbbox;
+  RtreeCell rightbbox;
+
+  /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and 
+  ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node.
+  */
+  aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1));
+  if( !aCell ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+  aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1];
+  memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1));
+  for(i=0; iiNode==1 ){
+    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode, 1);
+    pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode, 1);
+    pRtree->iDepth++;
+    pNode->isDirty = 1;
+    writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
+  }else{
+    pLeft = pNode;
+    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, 1);
+    nodeReference(pLeft);
+  }
+
+  if( !pLeft || !pRight ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+  memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+
+  rc = AssignCells(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, &leftbbox, &rightbbox);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them. */
+  if( (0==pRight->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight)))
+   || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft)))
+  ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode;
+  leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode;
+
+  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+    rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto splitnode_out;
+    }
+  }else{
+    RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent;
+    int iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft);
+    nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell);
+    AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox);
+  }
+  if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){
+    goto splitnode_out;
+  }
+
+  for(i=0; iiRowid ){
+      newCellIsRight = 1;
+    }
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      goto splitnode_out;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
+    for(i=0; iiRowid, pLeft, iHeight);
+  }
+
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
+    pRight = 0;
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
+    pLeft = 0;
+  }
+
+splitnode_out:
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
+  nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
+  sqlite3_free(aCell);
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/*
-** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
-** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
-** represented as:
-**
-**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
-**
-** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
-** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
-** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
-** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
-**
-** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
-** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
-** by a consonant.
-**
-** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
-** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
-*/
-static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z!=0;
+static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( pLeaf->iNode!=1 && pLeaf->pParent==0 ){
+    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pLeaf->iNode);
+    if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+      i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0);
+      rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pLeaf->pParent);
+    }else{
+      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pLeaf->pParent);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
 
-/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
-** exactly 1
-*/
-static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z==0;
+static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int);
+
+static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){
+  int rc;
+  RtreeNode *pParent;
+  int iCell;
+
+  assert( pNode->nRef==1 );
+
+  /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */
+  iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode);
+  pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  pNode->pParent = 0;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1)) 
+   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent))
+  ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */
+  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+  
+  /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into
+  ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on.
+  */
+  nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
+  pNode->iNode = iHeight;
+  pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted;
+  pNode->nRef++;
+  pRtree->pDeleted = pNode;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
-/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
-** or m>0
-*/
-static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z!=0;
+static void fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
+  if( pParent ){
+    int ii; 
+    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+    RtreeCell box;                            /* Bounding box for pNode */
+    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box);
+    for(ii=1; iiiNode;
+    ii = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode);
+    nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii);
+    fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent);
+  }
 }
 
 /*
-** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
+** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the
+** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required.
 */
-static int hasVowel(const char *z){
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z!=0;
+static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){
+  int rc;
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around
+  ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail.
+  */
+  nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
+
+  /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum
+  ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the
+  ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated
+  ** node.
+  */
+  if( pNode->iNode!=1 ){
+    RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
+    if( (pParent->iNode!=1 || NCELL(pParent)!=1) 
+     && (NCELL(pNode)nDim; iDim++){
+      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+    }
+  }
+  for(iDim=0; iDimnDim; iDim++){
+    aCenterCoord[iDim] = aCenterCoord[iDim]/((float)nCell*2.0);
+  }
+
+  for(ii=0; iinDim; iDim++){
+      float coord = DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - 
+          DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+      aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare);
+  nodeZero(pRtree, pNode);
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){
+    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
+    nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p);
+    if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){
+      if( iHeight==0 ){
+        rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }else{
+        rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
+  }
+  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiiNode currently contains
+    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
+    */
+    RtreeNode *pInsert;
+    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
+    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_free(aCell);
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
-** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
-** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
-**
-** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
-** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a 
+** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0).
 */
-static int star_oh(const char *z){
-  return
-    z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) &&
-    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
-    z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) &&
-    z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2);
+static int rtreeInsertCell(
+  Rtree *pRtree,
+  RtreeNode *pNode,
+  RtreeCell *pCell,
+  int iHeight
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  if( iHeight>0 ){
+    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid);
+    if( pChild ){
+      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
+      nodeReference(pNode);
+      pChild->pParent = pNode;
+    }
+  }
+  if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT
+    if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){
+      rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
+    }else{
+      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight;
+      rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
+    }
+#else
+    rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
+#endif
+  }else{
+    AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell);
+    if( iHeight==0 ){
+      rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+    }else{
+      rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+  int ii;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+
+  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiiNode currently contains
+    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
+    */
+    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, pNode->iNode, &pInsert);
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, pNode->iNode);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return rc;
 }
 
 /*
-** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
-** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
-** ending to zTo.
-**
-** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
-** is in normal order. 
-**
-** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
-** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
-** no substitution occurs.
+** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record.
 */
-static int stem(
-  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
-  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
-  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
-  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
-){
-  char *z = *pz;
-  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
-  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
-  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
-  while( *zTo ){
-    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
+static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1);
+  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2);
+  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
+  *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static int hashIsEmpty(Rtree *pRtree){
+  int ii;
+  for(ii=0; iiaHash[ii] );
   }
-  *pz = z;
   return 1;
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
-** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
-** inappropriate.  The input word is copied into the output with
-** US-ASCII case folding.  If the input word is too long (more
-** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
-** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
-** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
+** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables.
 */
-static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
-  int i, mx, j;
-  int hasDigit = 0;
-  for(i=0; i='A' && c<='Z' ){
-      zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
+static int rtreeUpdate(
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, 
+  int nData, 
+  sqlite3_value **azData, 
+  sqlite_int64 *pRowid
+){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  rtreeReference(pRtree);
+
+  assert(nData>=1);
+  assert(hashIsEmpty(pRtree));
+
+  /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a
+  ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does
+  ** just that.
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+    i64 iDelete;                /* The rowid to delete */
+    RtreeNode *pLeaf;           /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */
+    int iCell;                  /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */
+    RtreeNode *pRoot;
+
+    /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialise Rtree.iDepth */
+    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
+
+    /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry 
+    ** about to be deleted. 
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      iDelete = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0]);
+      rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf);
+    }
+
+    /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      iCell = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete);
+      rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Delete the corresponding entry in the _rowid table. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete);
+      sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove
+    ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and 
+    ** reduce the tree height by one.
+    **
+    ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into
+    ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform 
+    ** in this scenario).
+    */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 ){
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){
+        RtreeNode *pChild;
+        i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0);
+        rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild);
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1);
+        }
+        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+          pRtree->iDepth--;
+          writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
+          pRoot->isDirty = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */
+    for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf);
+      }
+      pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext;
+      sqlite3_free(pLeaf);
+    }
+
+    /* Release the reference to the root node. */
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+    }else{
+      nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements
+  ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into
+  ** the r-tree structure.
+  */
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){
+    /* Insert a new record into the r-tree */
+    RtreeCell cell;
+    int ii;
+    RtreeNode *pLeaf;
+
+    /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */
+    assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) );
+    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
+      for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+        cell.aCoord[ii].f = (float)sqlite3_value_double(azData[ii+3]);
+        cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = (float)sqlite3_value_double(azData[ii+4]);
+        if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+          goto constraint;
+        }
+      }
     }else{
-      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
-      zOut[i] = c;
+      for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
+        cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]);
+        cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]);
+        if( cell.aCoord[ii].i>cell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){
+          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+          goto constraint;
+        }
+      }
     }
-  }
-  mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
-  if( nIn>mx*2 ){
-    for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; ipReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid);
+      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid) ){
+        sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+        rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+        goto constraint;
+      }
+      rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+    }
+
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf);
+    }
+    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+      int rc2;
+      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1;
+      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0);
+      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
+      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+        rc = rc2;
+      }
     }
-    i = j;
   }
-  zOut[i] = 0;
-  *pnOut = i;
-}
 
+constraint:
+  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
+  return rc;
+}
 
 /*
-** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
-** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
-** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
-**
-** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
-** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
-** unchanged.
-**
-** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
-** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
-** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
-** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
-** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
-** 
-** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
-** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
-** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
-** case folding.
-**
-** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
-** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
+** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables.
 */
-static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
-  int i, j, c;
-  char zReverse[28];
-  char *z, *z2;
-  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
-    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
-    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
-    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
-    return;
+static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){
+  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node'   RENAME TO \"%w_node\";"
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";"
+    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid'  RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";"
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
+    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
+  );
+  if( zSql ){
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zSql);
   }
-  for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i='A' && c<='Z' ){
-      zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
-    }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
-      zReverse[j] = c;
-    }else{
-      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
-      ** to the copy stemmer */
-      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
-      return;
+  return rc;
+}
+
+static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = {
+  0,                         /* iVersion */
+  rtreeCreate,                /* xCreate - create a table */
+  rtreeConnect,               /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
+  rtreeBestIndex,             /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
+  rtreeDisconnect,            /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */
+  rtreeDestroy,               /* xDestroy - Drop a table */
+  rtreeOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
+  rtreeClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
+  rtreeFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
+  rtreeNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
+  rtreeEof,                   /* xEof */
+  rtreeColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
+  rtreeRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
+  rtreeUpdate,                /* xUpdate - write data */
+  0,                          /* xBegin - begin transaction */
+  0,                          /* xSync - sync transaction */
+  0,                          /* xCommit - commit transaction */
+  0,                          /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
+  0,                          /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
+  rtreeRename                 /* xRename - rename the table */
+};
+
+static int rtreeSqlInit(
+  Rtree *pRtree, 
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  const char *zDb, 
+  const char *zPrefix, 
+  int isCreate
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+  #define N_STATEMENT 9
+  static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = {
+    /* Read and write the xxx_node table */
+    "SELECT data FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
+
+    /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */
+    "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
+
+    /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */
+    "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1",
+    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(:1, :2)",
+    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1"
+  };
+  sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT];
+  int i;
+
+  pRtree->db = db;
+
+  if( isCreate ){
+    char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);"
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);"
+"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER);"
+"INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))",
+      zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize
+    );
+    if( !zCreate ){
+      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+    }
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
+    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
+    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+      return rc;
     }
   }
-  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
-  z = &zReverse[j+1];
 
+  appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pReadNode;
+  appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pWriteNode;
+  appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode;
+  appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pReadRowid;
+  appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid;
+  appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid;
+  appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pReadParent;
+  appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent;
+  appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent;
 
-  /* Step 1a */
-  if( z[0]=='s' ){
-    if(
-     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
-     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
-     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
-    ){
-      z++;
+  for(i=0; i module name
+**   argv[1]   -> database name
+**   argv[2]   -> table name
+**   argv[...] -> column names...
+*/
+static int rtreeInit(
+  sqlite3 *db,                        /* Database connection */
+  void *pAux,                         /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */
+  int argc, const char *const*argv,   /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */
+  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,              /* OUT: New virtual table */
+  char **pzErr,                       /* OUT: Error message, if any */
+  int isCreate                        /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int iPageSize = 0;
+  Rtree *pRtree;
+  int nDb;              /* Length of string argv[1] */
+  int nName;            /* Length of string argv[2] */
+  int eCoordType = (int)pAux;
+
+  const char *aErrMsg[] = {
+    0,                                                    /* 0 */
+    "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table",         /* 1 */
+    "Too few columns for an rtree table",                 /* 2 */
+    "Too many columns for an rtree table"                 /* 3 */
+  };
+
+  int iErr = (argc<6) ? 2 : argc>(RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2+4) ? 3 : argc%2;
+  if( aErrMsg[iErr] ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
   }
 
-  /* Step 5a */
-  if( z[0]=='e' ){
-    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
-      z++;
-    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
-      z++;
-    }
+  rc = getPageSize(db, argv[1], &iPageSize);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
   }
 
-  /* Step 5b */
-  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
-    z++;
+  /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */
+  nDb = strlen(argv[1]);
+  nName = strlen(argv[2]);
+  pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
+  if( !pRtree ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
+  pRtree->nBusy = 1;
+  pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule;
+  pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1];
+  pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1];
+  pRtree->nDim = (argc-4)/2;
+  pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim*4*2;
+  pRtree->eCoordType = eCoordType;
+  memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb);
+  memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName);
+
+  /* Figure out the node size to use. By default, use 64 bytes less than
+  ** the database page-size. This ensures that each node is stored on
+  ** a single database page.
+  **
+  ** If the databasd page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS
+  ** entries would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size.
+  */
+  pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64;
+  if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)iNodeSize ){
+    pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS;
   }
 
-  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
-  ** around into forward order and return.
+  /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If
+  ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure
+  ** the r-tree table schema.
   */
-  *pnOut = i = strlen(z);
-  zOut[i] = 0;
-  while( *z ){
-    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+  if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){
+    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+  }else{
+    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]);
+    char *zTmp;
+    int ii;
+    for(ii=4; zSql && ii*2 coordinates.
 */
-static int porterNext(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
-  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
-  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
-  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
-  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
-  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
-){
-  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
-  const char *z = c->zInput;
-
-  while( c->iOffsetnInput ){
-    int iStartOffset, ch;
-
-    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
-    while( c->iOffsetnInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
-    }
+static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  char *zText = 0;
+  RtreeNode node;
+  Rtree tree;
+  int ii;
 
-    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
-    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
-    while( c->iOffsetnInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
+  memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode));
+  memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree));
+  tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]);
+  tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim;
+  node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]);
+
+  for(ii=0; iiiOffset>iStartOffset ){
-      int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
-      if( n>c->nAllocated ){
-        c->nAllocated = n+20;
-        c->zToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
-        if( c->zToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
-      *pzToken = c->zToken;
-      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
-      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
-      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
+static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB 
+   || sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2
+  ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); 
+  }else{
+    u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]);
+    sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob));
   }
-  return SQLITE_DONE;
 }
 
 /*
-** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
+** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the
+** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar 
+** function "rtreenode".
 */
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
-  0,
-  porterCreate,
-  porterDestroy,
-  porterOpen,
-  porterClose,
-  porterNext,
-};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
 
-/*
-** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
-** tokenizer in *ppModule
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreenode", 2, utf8, 0, rtreenode, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_REAL32;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
+  }
+  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
+    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree_i32", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
 ){
-  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
 }
+#endif
 
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+#endif
 
-/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/
+/************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/
 /*
-** 2007 June 22
+** 2007 May 6
 **
 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -86450,366 +109861,497 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-******************************************************************************
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $
 **
-** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
-** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
+** This file implements an integration between the ICU library 
+** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library 
+** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses 
+** ICU to provide the following to SQLite:
+**
+**   * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP
+**     operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs.
+**
+**   * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions
+**     for case mapping.
+**
+**   * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation seqences.
+**
+**   * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to 
+**     provide case-independent matching.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU)
+
+/* Include ICU headers */
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#else
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
+** operator.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro.
+*/
+static void xFree(void *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is
+** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and 
+** false (0) if they are different.
+*/
+static int icuLikeCompare(
+  const uint8_t *zPattern,   /* LIKE pattern */
+  const uint8_t *zString,    /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */
+  const UChar32 uEsc         /* The escape character */
+){
+  static const int MATCH_ONE = (UChar32)'_';
+  static const int MATCH_ALL = (UChar32)'%';
+
+  int iPattern = 0;       /* Current byte index in zPattern */
+  int iString = 0;        /* Current byte index in zString */
+
+  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was uEsc */
+
+  while( zPattern[iPattern]!=0 ){
+
+    /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */
+    UChar32 uPattern;
+    U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zPattern, iPattern, uPattern);
+    assert(uPattern!=0);
+
+    /* There are now 4 possibilities:
+    **
+    **     1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%",
+    **     2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_",
+    **     3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or
+    **     4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character
+    */
+    if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){
+      /* Case 1. */
+      uint8_t c;
+
+      /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a
+      ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the 
+      ** test string.
+      */
+      while( (c=zPattern[iPattern]) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){
+        if( c==MATCH_ONE ){
+          if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
+          U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+        }
+        iPattern++;
+      }
+
+      if( zPattern[iPattern]==0 ) return 1;
+
+      while( zString[iString] ){
+        if( icuLikeCompare(&zPattern[iPattern], &zString[iString], uEsc) ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+        U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+      }
+      return 0;
+
+    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){
+      /* Case 2. */
+      if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
+      U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+
+    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==uEsc){
+      /* Case 3. */
+      prevEscape = 1;
+
+    }else{
+      /* Case 4. */
+      UChar32 uString;
+      U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zString, iString, uString);
+      uString = u_foldCase(uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
+      uPattern = u_foldCase(uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
+      if( uString!=uPattern ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      prevEscape = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return zString[iString]==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, 
+**
+**       A LIKE B ESCAPE E
+**
+** is mapped to like(B, A, E).
 */
+static void icuLikeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  UChar32 uEsc = 0;
+
+  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
+  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
+    ** Otherwise, return an error.
+    */
+    int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+    const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+    int i = 0;
+    if( zE==0 ) return;
+    U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc);
+    if( i!=nE){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc));
+  }
+}
 
 /*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+** This function is called when an ICU function called from within
+** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error.
 **
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is 
+** loaded with an error message based on the following two args.
 */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#endif
+static void icuFunctionError(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,       /* SQLite scalar function context */
+  const char *zName,           /* Name of ICU function that failed */
+  UErrorCode e                 /* Error code returned by ICU function */
+){
+  char zBuf[128];
+  sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e));
+  zBuf[127] = '\0';
+  sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1);
+}
 
+/*
+** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as
+** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata().
+*/
+static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){
+  URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p;
+  uregex_close(pExpr);
+}
 
 /*
-** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 
-** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
+** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes
+** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile
+** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either 
+** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result
+** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise.
 **
-**   SELECT ();
-**   SELECT (, );
+** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such
+** that the following two are equivalent:
 **
-** where  is the name passed as the second argument
-** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
+**     zString REGEXP zPattern
+**     regexp(zPattern, zString)
 **
-** If the  argument is specified, it must be a blob value
-** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
-** to the string . If  is not specified, then
-** the string  must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
-** an error is returned.
+** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs:
 **
-** Whether or not the  argument is specified, the value returned
-** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
-** to string  (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
+**     uregex_open()
+**     uregex_matches()
+**     uregex_close()
 */
-static void scalarFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  fts3Hash *pHash;
-  void *pPtr = 0;
-  const unsigned char *zName;
-  int nName;
+static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  URegularExpression *pExpr;
+  UBool res;
+  const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]);
 
-  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
-
-  pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-
-  zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
+  /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, 
+  ** then the result is also NULL. 
+  */
+  if( !zString ){
+    return;
+  }
 
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    void *pOld;
-    int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-    if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
-      return;
-    }
-    pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
-    pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
-    if( pOld==pPtr ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+  pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0);
+  if( !pExpr ){
+    const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
+    if( !zPattern ){
       return;
     }
-  }else{
-    pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
-    if( !pPtr ){
-      char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status);
+
+    if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+      sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete);
+    }else{
+      assert(!pExpr);
+      icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status);
       return;
     }
   }
 
-  sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
+  /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */
+  uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status);
+    return;
+  }
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  /* Attempt the match */
+  res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status);
+    return;
+  }
 
+  /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL
+  ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than 
+  ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid
+  ** pointer after this function returns.
+  */
+  uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status);
+
+  /* Return 1 or 0. */
+  sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0);
+}
 
 /*
-** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers 
-** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
-** function must be called with two arguments:
+** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and 
+** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC).
+** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc).
 **
-**   SELECT (, );
-**   SELECT (, );
+** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and
+** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences
+** between the two.
 **
-** where  is the name passed as the second argument
-** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
-** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
+** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar 
+** functions are invoked with one argument:
 **
-** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
-** list. For each token in the , three elements are
-** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the 
-** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
-** substring of  associated with the token. For example, 
-** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
+**     upper('ABC') -> 'abc'
+**     lower('abc') -> 'ABC'
 **
-**   SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
+** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower()
+** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name
+** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value
+** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version
+** of upper() or lower().
 **
-** will return the string:
+**     lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i'
+**     lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'ı' (small dotless i)
 **
-**   "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
-**   
+** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
 */
-static void testFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  fts3Hash *pHash;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
-
-  const char *zErr = 0;
-
-  const char *zName;
-  int nName;
-  const char *zInput;
+static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  const UChar *zInput;
+  UChar *zOutput;
   int nInput;
+  int nOutput;
 
-  const char *zArg = 0;
-
-  const char *zToken;
-  int nToken;
-  int iStart;
-  int iEnd;
-  int iPos;
-
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-
-  assert( argc==2 || argc==3 );
-
-  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
-  zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  const char *zLocale = 0;
 
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2);
+  if( nArg==2 ){
+    zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
   }
 
-  pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
-
-  if( !p ){
-    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+  zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
+  if( !zInput ){
     return;
   }
+  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]);
 
-  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){
-    zErr = "error in xCreate()";
-    goto finish;
-  }
-  pTokenizer->pModule = p;
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
-    zErr = "error in xOpen()";
-    goto finish;
-  }
-  pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-
-  while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
-    zToken = &zInput[iStart];
-    nToken = iEnd-iStart;
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
-  }
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
-    zErr = "error in xClose()";
-    goto finish;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
-    zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
-    goto finish;
+  nOutput = nInput * 2 + 2;
+  zOutput = sqlite3_malloc(nOutput);
+  if( !zOutput ){
+    return;
   }
 
-finish:
-  if( zErr ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  if( sqlite3_user_data(p) ){
+    u_strToUpper(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
   }else{
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+    u_strToLower(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
   }
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
-}
-
-static
-int registerTokenizer(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char *zName, 
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
 
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "u_strToLower()/u_strToUpper", status);
+    return;
   }
 
-  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+  sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, -1, xFree);
+}
 
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+/*
+** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to
+** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
+*/
+static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){
+  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
+  ucol_close(p);
 }
 
-static
-int queryTokenizer(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char *zName,  
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+/*
+** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to
+** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
+*/
+static int icuCollationColl(
+  void *pCtx,
+  int nLeft,
+  const void *zLeft,
+  int nRight,
+  const void *zRight
 ){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
-
-  *pp = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
-      memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
-    }
-  }
-
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+  UCollationResult res;
+  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
+  res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2);
+  switch( res ){
+    case UCOL_LESS:    return -1;
+    case UCOL_GREATER: return +1;
+    case UCOL_EQUAL:   return 0;
+  }
+  assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()");
+  return 0;
 }
 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-
 /*
-** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
-** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
-** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
-**
-** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
-** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
-** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
-** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
-** test them.
+** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation().
 **
-** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
-** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
-** detected. i.e.:
+** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation 
+** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called
+** as follows:
 **
-**     SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
+**     SELECT icu_load_collation(, );
 **
+** Where  is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e.
+** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and  is the name of the
+** collation sequence to create.
 */
-static void intTestFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
+static void icuLoadCollation(
+  sqlite3_context *p, 
+  int nArg, 
+  sqlite3_value **apArg
 ){
-  int rc;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-
-  /* Test the query function */
-  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
-  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  assert( p1==p2 );
-  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
-  assert( p2==0 );
-  assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p);
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  const char *zLocale;      /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */
+  const char *zName;        /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */
+  UCollator *pUCollator;    /* ICU library collation object */
+  int rc;                   /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */
+
+  assert(nArg==2);
+  zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
+
+  if( !zLocale || !zName ){
+    return;
+  }
 
-  /* Test the storage function */
-  rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  assert( p2==p1 );
+  pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert(p);
 
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, 
+      icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    ucol_close(pUCollator);
+    sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1);
+  }
 }
 
-#endif
-
 /*
-** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
-** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
-** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy 
-** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
-**
-**    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
-**
-** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
-** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
-** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header 
-** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both 
-** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
-**
-** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
-** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
+** Register the ICU extension functions with database db.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  fts3Hash *pHash, 
-  const char *zName
-){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){
+  struct IcuScalar {
+    const char *zName;                        /* Function name */
+    int nArg;                                 /* Number of arguments */
+    int enc;                                  /* Optimal text encoding */
+    void *pContext;                           /* sqlite3_user_data() context */
+    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } scalars[] = {
+    {"regexp",-1, SQLITE_ANY,          0, icuRegexpFunc},
+
+    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+
+    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+
+    {"like",   2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
+    {"like",   3, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
+
+    {"icu_load_collation",  2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, icuLoadCollation},
+  };
+
   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  void *p = (void *)pHash;
-  const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
-  char *zTest = 0;
-  char *zTest2 = 0;
+  int i;
 
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  void *pdb = (void *)db;
-  zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
-  zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
-  if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(struct IcuScalar)); i++){
+    struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+        db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0
+    );
   }
-#endif
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK
-   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
-   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
-   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
-   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0))
-#endif
-  );
 
-  sqlite3_free(zTest);
-  sqlite3_free(zTest2);
   return rc;
 }
 
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3IcuInit(db);
+}
+#endif
 
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/
+#endif
+
+/************** End of icu.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/
 /*
-** 2006 Oct 10
+** 2007 June 22
 **
 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
@@ -86818,94 +110360,77 @@ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
 **
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
+** 
+** $Id: fts3_icu.c,v 1.3 2008/09/01 18:34:20 danielk1977 Exp $
 */
 
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
 #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
 
 
+#include 
+#include 
 
+typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
+typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;
 
-typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
+struct IcuTokenizer {
   sqlite3_tokenizer base;
-  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
-} simple_tokenizer;
+  char *zLocale;
+};
 
-typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
+struct IcuCursor {
   sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
-  const char *pInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
-  int nBytes;                  /* size of the input */
-  int iOffset;                 /* current position in pInput */
-  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
-  char *pToken;                /* storage for current token */
-  int nTokenAllocated;         /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
-} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
 
+  UBreakIterator *pIter;      /* ICU break-iterator object */
+  int nChar;                  /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */
+  UChar *aChar;               /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */
+  int *aOffset;               /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */
 
-/* Forward declaration */
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule;
+  int nBuffer;
+  char *zBuffer;
 
-static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
-  return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
-}
+  int iToken;
+};
 
 /*
 ** Create a new tokenizer instance.
 */
-static int simpleCreate(
-  int argc, const char * const *argv,
-  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+static int icuCreate(
+  int argc,                            /* Number of entries in argv[] */
+  const char * const *argv,            /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer      /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
 ){
-  simple_tokenizer *t;
+  IcuTokenizer *p;
+  int n = 0;
 
-  t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
-  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+  if( argc>0 ){
+    n = strlen(argv[0])+1;
+  }
+  p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer));
 
-  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
-  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
-  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
-  ** information on the initial create.
-  */
-  if( argc>1 ){
-    int i, n = strlen(argv[1]);
-    for(i=0; i=0x80 ){
-        sqlite3_free(t);
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-      t->delim[ch] = 1;
-    }
-  } else {
-    /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
-    int i;
-    for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
-      t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i);
-    }
+  if( n ){
+    p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1];
+    memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n);
   }
 
-  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p;
+
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
 ** Destroy a tokenizer
 */
-static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
-  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_free(p);
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
@@ -86915,49 +110440,87 @@ static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
 ** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
 ** *ppCursor.
 */
-static int simpleOpen(
+static int icuOpen(
   sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
-  const char *pInput, int nBytes,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  const char *zInput,                    /* Input string */
+  int nInput,                            /* Length of zInput in bytes */
   sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
 ){
-  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  IcuCursor *pCsr;
 
-  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
-  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT;
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  int nChar;
 
-  c->pInput = pInput;
-  if( pInput==0 ){
-    c->nBytes = 0;
-  }else if( nBytes<0 ){
-    c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
-  }else{
-    c->nBytes = nBytes;
+  UChar32 c;
+  int iInput = 0;
+  int iOut = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = 0;
+
+  if( nInput<0 ){
+    nInput = strlen(zInput);
   }
-  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
-  c->iToken = 0;
-  c->pToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
-  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
+  nChar = nInput+1;
+  pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
+      sizeof(IcuCursor) +                /* IcuCursor */
+      nChar * sizeof(UChar) +            /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
+      (nChar+1) * sizeof(int)            /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
+  );
+  if( !pCsr ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
+  pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
+  pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar];
+
+  pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+  U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); 
+  while( c>0 ){
+    int isError = 0;
+    c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
+    U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);
+    if( isError ){
+      sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
 
-  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+    if( iInputpIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCsr->nChar = iOut;
+
+  ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter);
+  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr;
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
-** simpleOpen() above.
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen().
 */
-static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
-  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
-  sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
-  sqlite3_free(c);
+static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+  ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
   return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
-** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
-** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.
 */
-static int simpleNext(
+static int icuNext(
   sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
   const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
   int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
@@ -86965,72 +110528,82 @@ static int simpleNext(
   int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
   int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
 ){
-  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
-  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
-  unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
 
-  while( c->iOffsetnBytes ){
-    int iStartOffset;
+  int iStart = 0;
+  int iEnd = 0;
+  int nByte = 0;
 
-    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
-    while( c->iOffsetnBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
-    }
+  while( iStart==iEnd ){
+    UChar32 c;
 
-    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
-    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
-    while( c->iOffsetnBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
+    iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter);
+    iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter);
+    if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
     }
 
-    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
-      int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
-      if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
-        c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
-        c->pToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
-        if( c->pToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      for(i=0; ipToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
+    while( iStartaChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
+      if( u_isspace(c) ){
+        iStart = iWhite;
+      }else{
+        break;
       }
-      *ppToken = c->pToken;
-      *pnBytes = n;
-      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
-      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
-      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
-
-      return SQLITE_OK;
     }
+    assert(iStart<=iEnd);
   }
-  return SQLITE_DONE;
+
+  do {
+    UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+    if( nByte ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pCsr->zBuffer = zNew;
+      pCsr->nBuffer = nByte;
+    }
+
+    u_strToUTF8(
+        pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte,    /* Output vars */
+        &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart,       /* Input vars */
+        &status                                  /* Output success/failure */
+    );
+  } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer );
+
+  *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer;
+  *pnBytes = nByte;
+  *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart];
+  *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd];
+  *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
 }
 
 /*
 ** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
 */
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
-  0,
-  simpleCreate,
-  simpleDestroy,
-  simpleOpen,
-  simpleClose,
-  simpleNext,
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = {
+  0,                           /* iVersion */
+  icuCreate,                   /* xCreate  */
+  icuDestroy,                  /* xCreate  */
+  icuOpen,                     /* xOpen    */
+  icuClose,                    /* xClose   */
+  icuNext,                     /* xNext    */
 };
 
 /*
-** Allocate a new simple tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
-** tokenizer in *ppModule
+** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer.
 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(
   sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
 ){
-  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+  *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule;
 }
 
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */
 #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
 
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/
+/************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/
diff --git a/src/3rdparty/sqlite/sqlite3.h b/src/3rdparty/sqlite/sqlite3.h
index a492b6d..5216154 100644
--- a/src/3rdparty/sqlite/sqlite3.h
+++ b/src/3rdparty/sqlite/sqlite3.h
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@
 **
 ** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
 ** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
-** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes 
-** to experimental interfaces but reserve to make minor changes if
-** experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
+** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
+** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
+** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
 **
 ** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
 ** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
@@ -29,8 +29,6 @@
 ** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
 ** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
 ** part of the build process.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.312 2008/05/12 12:39:56 drh Exp $
 */
 #ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
 #define _SQLITE3_H_
@@ -51,9 +49,29 @@ extern "C" {
 # define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
 #endif
 
+#ifndef SQLITE_API
+# define SQLITE_API
+#endif
+
+
 /*
-** Make sure these symbols where not defined by some previous header
-** file.
+** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
+** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
+** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are support for backwards
+** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
+** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
+**
+** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
+** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
+** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
+** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
+** noop macros.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
+#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
+
+/*
+** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
 */
 #ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
 # undef SQLITE_VERSION
@@ -63,130 +81,143 @@ extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers {F10010}
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers {H10010} 
 **
 ** The SQLITE_VERSION and SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #defines in
 ** the sqlite3.h file specify the version of SQLite with which
 ** that header file is associated.
 **
-** The "version" of SQLite is a string of the form "X.Y.Z".
-** The phrase "alpha" or "beta" might be appended after the Z.
-** The X value is major version number always 3 in SQLite3.
-** The X value only changes when  backwards compatibility is
-** broken and we intend to never break
-** backwards compatibility.  The Y value is the minor version
-** number and only changes when
+** The "version" of SQLite is a string of the form "W.X.Y" or "W.X.Y.Z".
+** The W value is major version number and is always 3 in SQLite3.
+** The W value only changes when backwards compatibility is
+** broken and we intend to never break backwards compatibility.
+** The X value is the minor version number and only changes when
 ** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible
-** but not backwards compatible.  The Z value is release number
-** and is incremented with
-** each release but resets back to 0 when Y is incremented.
+** but not backwards compatible.
+** The Y value is the release number and is incremented with
+** each release but resets back to 0 whenever X is incremented.
+** The Z value only appears on branch releases.
+**
+** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is an integer that is computed as
+** follows:
 **
-** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()] and [sqlite3_libversion_number()].
+** 
      +** SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER = W*1000000 + X*1000 + Y
+** 
      
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
+** fossil configuration management
+** system.  The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
+** macro is a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
+** within its configuration management system.  The string contains the
+** date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 hash of the entire
+** source tree.
 **
-** {F10011} The SQLITE_VERSION #define in the sqlite3.h header file
-**          evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version
-**          with which the header file is associated.
+** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
+** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
+** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
 **
-** {F10014} The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #define resolves to an integer
-**          with the value  (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and
-**          Z are the major version, minor version, and release number.
+** Requirements: [H10011] [H10014]
 */
-#define SQLITE_VERSION         "3.5.9"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER  3005009
+#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.6.19"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3006019
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2009-10-14 11:33:55 c1d499afc50d54b376945b4efb65c56c787a073d"
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {F10020}
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {H10020} 
 ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version
 **
-** These features provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION]
-** and [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] #defines in the header, but are associated
-** with the library instead of the header file.  Cautious programmers might
-** include a check in their application to verify that 
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() always returns the value 
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].
+** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] #defines in the header,
+** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  Cautious
+** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
+** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
+** the header, and thus insure that the application is
+** compiled with matching library and header files.
+**
+** 
      +** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion,SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+** 
      
 **
 ** The sqlite3_libversion() function returns the same information as is
 ** in the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The function is provided
 ** for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have direct access to string
-** constants within the DLL.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F10021} The [sqlite3_libversion_number()] interface returns an integer
-**          equal to [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. 
+** constants within the DLL.  Similarly, the sqlite3_sourceid() function
+** returns the same information as is in the [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] #define of
+** the header file.
 **
-** {F10022} The [sqlite3_version] string constant contains the text of the
-**          [SQLITE_VERSION] string. 
+** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
 **
-** {F10023} The [sqlite3_libversion()] function returns
-**          a pointer to the [sqlite3_version] string constant.
+** Requirements: [H10021] [H10022] [H10023]
 */
-SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[];
-const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
-int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[];
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe {F10100}
+** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe {H10100} 
 **
 ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
-** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE C preprocessor macro is true, mutexes
-** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When that macro is false,
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
+** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
 ** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
-** to use SQLite from more than one thread.
+** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
 **
-** There is a measurable performance penalty for enabling mutexes.
+** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
 ** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
 ** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
 ** The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
 **
-** This interface can be used by a program to make sure that the
+** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
 ** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
-** the desired setting of the SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro.
+** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
+** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
+** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 then mutexes are enabled by default but
+** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
+** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
+** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  The return value of this function shows
+** only the default compile-time setting, not any run-time changes
+** to that setting.
 **
-** {F10101} The [sqlite3_threadsafe()] function returns nonzero if
-**          SQLite was compiled with its mutexes enabled or zero
-**          if SQLite was compiled with mutexes disabled.
+** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
+**
+** Requirements: [H10101] [H10102]
 */
-int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle {F12000}
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle {H12000} 
 ** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
 **
-** Each open SQLite database is represented by pointer to an instance of the
-** opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
+** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
+** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
 ** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors
-** and [sqlite3_close()] is its destructor.  There are many other interfaces
-** (such as [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
-** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on this
-** object.
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
+** is its destructor.  There are many other interfaces (such as
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
+** sqlite3 object.
 */
 typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
 
-
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types {F10200}
+** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types {H10200} 
 ** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
 **
 ** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
 ** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
 **
-** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type
-** definitions.  The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are
-** supported for backwards compatibility only.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F10201} The [sqlite_int64] and [sqlite3_int64] types specify a
-**          64-bit signed integer.
+** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
+** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
+** compatibility only.
 **
-** {F10202} The [sqlite_uint64] and [sqlite3_uint64] types specify
-**          a 64-bit unsigned integer.
+** Requirements: [H10201] [H10202]
 */
 #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
   typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
@@ -203,52 +234,43 @@ typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
 
 /*
 ** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
-** substitute integer for floating-point
+** substitute integer for floating-point.
 */
 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
 # define double sqlite3_int64
 #endif
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection {F12010}
-**
-** This routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object.  
-**
-** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all
-** [prepared statements] and
-** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [sqlite3_blob | BLOBs] 
-** associated with the [sqlite3] object prior
-** to attempting to close the [sqlite3] object.
-**
-** What happens to pending transactions?  Are they
-** rolled back, or abandoned?
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
+** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection {H12010} 
 **
-** {F12011} The [sqlite3_close()] interface destroys an [sqlite3] object
-**          allocated by a prior call to [sqlite3_open()],
-**          [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()].
+** This routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object.
 **
-** {F12012} The [sqlite3_close()] function releases all memory used by the
-**          connection and closes all open files.
+** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements]
+** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with
+** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.
+** The [sqlite3_next_stmt()] interface can be used to locate all
+** [prepared statements] associated with a [database connection] if desired.
+** Typical code might look like this:
 **
-** {F12013} If the database connection contains
-**          [prepared statements] that have not been
-**          finalized by [sqlite3_finalize()], then [sqlite3_close()]
-**          returns [SQLITE_BUSY] and leaves the connection open.
-**
-** {F12014} Giving sqlite3_close() a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
+** 
      +** sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+** while( (pStmt = sqlite3_next_stmt(db, 0))!=0 ){
+**     sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+** }
+** 
      
 **
-** LIMITATIONS:
+** If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open,
+** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
 **
-** {U12015} The parameter to [sqlite3_close()] must be an [sqlite3] object
-**          pointer previously obtained from [sqlite3_open()] or the 
-**          equivalent, or NULL.
+** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL
+** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
+** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
 **
-** {U12016} The parameter to [sqlite3_close()] must not have been previously
-**          closed.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12011] [H12012] [H12013] [H12014] [H12015] [H12019]
 */
-int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
 
 /*
 ** The type for a callback function.
@@ -258,115 +280,67 @@ int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
 typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface {F12100}
-**
-** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenient way of running
-** one or more SQL statements without a lot of C code.  The
-** SQL statements are passed in as the second parameter to
-** sqlite3_exec().  The statements are evaluated one by one
-** until either an error or an interrupt is encountered or
-** until they are all done.  The 3rd parameter is an optional
-** callback that is invoked once for each row of any query results
-** produced by the SQL statements.  The 5th parameter tells where
+** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface {H12100} 
+**
+** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenient way of running one or more
+** SQL statements without having to write a lot of C code.  The UTF-8 encoded
+** SQL statements are passed in as the second parameter to sqlite3_exec().
+** The statements are evaluated one by one until either an error or
+** an interrupt is encountered, or until they are all done.  The 3rd parameter
+** is an optional callback that is invoked once for each row of any query
+** results produced by the SQL statements.  The 5th parameter tells where
 ** to write any error messages.
 **
+** The error message passed back through the 5th parameter is held
+** in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  To avoid a memory leak,
+** the calling application should call [sqlite3_free()] on any error
+** message returned through the 5th parameter when it has finished using
+** the error message.
+**
+** If the SQL statement in the 2nd parameter is NULL or an empty string
+** or a string containing only whitespace and comments, then no SQL
+** statements are evaluated and the database is not changed.
+**
 ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is implemented in terms of
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()].
-** The sqlite3_exec() routine does nothing that cannot be done
+** The sqlite3_exec() routine does nothing to the database that cannot be done
 ** by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()].
-** The sqlite3_exec() is just a convenient wrapper.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-** 
-** {F12101} The [sqlite3_exec()] interface evaluates zero or more UTF-8
-**          encoded, semicolon-separated, SQL statements in the
-**          zero-terminated string of its 2nd parameter within the
-**          context of the [sqlite3] object given in the 1st parameter.
 **
-** {F12104} The return value of [sqlite3_exec()] is SQLITE_OK if all
-**          SQL statements run successfully.
+** The first parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] must be an valid and open
+** [database connection].
 **
-** {F12105} The return value of [sqlite3_exec()] is an appropriate 
-**          non-zero error code if any SQL statement fails.
+** The database connection must not be closed while
+** [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
 **
-** {F12107} If one or more of the SQL statements handed to [sqlite3_exec()]
-**          return results and the 3rd parameter is not NULL, then
-**          the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter is
-**          invoked once for each row of result.
+** The calling function should use [sqlite3_free()] to free
+** the memory that *errmsg is left pointing at once the error
+** message is no longer needed.
 **
-** {F12110} If the callback returns a non-zero value then [sqlite3_exec()]
-**          will aborted the SQL statement it is currently evaluating,
-**          skip all subsequent SQL statements, and return [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**          What happens to *errmsg here?  Does the result code for
-**          sqlite3_errcode() get set?
+** The SQL statement text in the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()]
+** must remain unchanged while [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
 **
-** {F12113} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine will pass its 4th parameter through
-**          as the 1st parameter of the callback.
-**
-** {F12116} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine sets the 2nd parameter of its
-**          callback to be the number of columns in the current row of
-**          result.
-**
-** {F12119} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine sets the 3rd parameter of its 
-**          callback to be an array of pointers to strings holding the
-**          values for each column in the current result set row as
-**          obtained from [sqlite3_column_text()].
-**
-** {F12122} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine sets the 4th parameter of its
-**          callback to be an array of pointers to strings holding the
-**          names of result columns as obtained from [sqlite3_column_name()].
-**
-** {F12125} If the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] is NULL then
-**          [sqlite3_exec()] never invokes a callback.  All query
-**          results are silently discarded.
-**
-** {F12128} If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating any of the SQL
-**          statements handed to [sqlite3_exec()] then [sqlite3_exec()] will
-**          return an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
-**
-** {F12131} If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating any of the SQL
-**          handed to [sqlite3_exec()] and if the 5th parameter (errmsg)
-**          to [sqlite3_exec()] is not NULL, then an error message is
-**          allocated using the equivalent of [sqlite3_mprintf()] and
-**          *errmsg is made to point to that message.
-**
-** {F12134} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine does not change the value of
-**          *errmsg if errmsg is NULL or if there are no errors.
-**
-** {F12137} The [sqlite3_exec()] function sets the error code and message
-**          accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
-**
-** LIMITATIONS:
-**
-** {U12141} The first parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] must be an valid and open
-**          [database connection].
-**
-** {U12142} The database connection must not be closed while
-**          [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
-** 
-** {U12143} The calling function is should use [sqlite3_free()] to free
-**          the memory that *errmsg is left pointing at once the error
-**          message is no longer needed.
-**
-** {U12145} The SQL statement text in the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()]
-**          must remain unchanged while [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12101] [H12102] [H12104] [H12105] [H12107] [H12110] [H12113] [H12116]
+** [H12119] [H12122] [H12125] [H12131] [H12134] [H12137] [H12138]
 */
-int sqlite3_exec(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
   sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
-  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluted */
+  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
   int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
   void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
   char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Codes {F10210}
+** CAPI3REF: Result Codes {H10210} 
 ** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
 **
 ** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
 ** here in order to indicates success or failure.
 **
+** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
+**
 ** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes]
 */
 #define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
@@ -402,20 +376,20 @@ int sqlite3_exec(
 /* end-of-error-codes */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes {F10220}
+** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes {H10220} 
 ** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {extended result codes}
+** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
 **
 ** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
-** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that
-** many of these result codes are too course-grained.  They do not provide as
+** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
+** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
 ** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
 ** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
 ** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
 ** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
-** for each database connection using the [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()]
-** API.
-** 
+** on a per database connection basis using the
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
+**
 ** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
 ** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand
 ** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
@@ -423,56 +397,53 @@ int sqlite3_exec(
 **
 ** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
 ** be exactly zero.
-** 
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F10223} The symbolic name for an extended result code always contains
-**          a related primary result code as a prefix.
-**
-** {F10224} Primary result code names contain a single "_" character.
-**
-** {F10225} Extended result code names contain two or more "_" characters.
-**
-** {F10226} The numeric value of an extended result code contains the
-**          numeric value of its corresponding primary result code in
-**          its least significant 8 bits.
 */
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ          (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ    (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC     (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE      (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT         (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK        (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK        (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE        (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED       (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM         (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8) )
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations {F10230}
+** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations {H10230}  
 **
 ** These bit values are intended for use in the
 ** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
 ** in the 4th parameter to the xOpen method of the
 ** [sqlite3_vfs] object.
 */
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics {F10240}
+** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics {H10240} 
 **
 ** The xDeviceCapabilities method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
 ** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these
@@ -504,7 +475,7 @@ int sqlite3_exec(
 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL      0x00000400
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels {F10250}
+** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels {H10250}  
 **
 ** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
 ** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
@@ -517,7 +488,7 @@ int sqlite3_exec(
 #define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags {F10260}
+** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags {H10260} 
 **
 ** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
 ** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
@@ -525,20 +496,21 @@ int sqlite3_exec(
 **
 ** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
 ** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
-** information need not be flushed. The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL flag means 
-** to use normal fsync() semantics. The SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flag means 
-** to use Mac OS-X style fullsync instead of fsync().
+** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
+** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
+** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
+** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
 */
 #define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
 #define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
 #define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
 
-
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle {F11110}
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle {H11110} 
 **
-** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the OS
-** interface layer.  Individual OS interface implementations will
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
+** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
+** implementations will
 ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
 ** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
 ** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
@@ -550,19 +522,26 @@ struct sqlite3_file {
 };
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object {F11120}
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object {H11120} 
 **
-** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method contains a pointer to
-** an instance of this object.  This object defines the
-** methods used to perform various operations against the open file.
+** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method populates an
+** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
+** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
+** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
+** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
+**
+** If the xOpen method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
+** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
+** may be invoked even if the xOpen reported that it failed.  The
+** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed xOpen
+** is for the xOpen to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element to NULL.
 **
 ** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
 ** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
-*  The second choice is an
-** OS-X style fullsync.  The SQLITE_SYNC_DATA flag may be ORed in to
-** indicate that only the data of the file and not its inode needs to be
-** synced.
-** 
+** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
+** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
+** and not its inode needs to be synced.
+**
 ** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
 ** 
        
 ** 
      •  [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
@@ -571,26 +550,24 @@ struct sqlite3_file {
 ** 
      •  [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
 ** 
      •  [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
 ** 
      
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.  
-** The xCheckReservedLock() method looks
-** to see if any database connection, either in this
-** process or in some other process, is holding an RESERVED,
+** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
+** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
+** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
 ** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
-** if such a lock exists and false if not.
-** 
+** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
+**
 ** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
 ** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument
-** is an integer opcode.   The third
-** argument is a generic pointer which is intended to be a pointer
-** to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
+** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
+** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
 ** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
 ** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
 ** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
 ** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
-** core reserves opcodes less than 100 for its own use. 
+** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
 ** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
-** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes 
+** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
 ** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.
 **
 ** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
@@ -624,6 +601,12 @@ struct sqlite3_file {
 ** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
 ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
 ** to xWrite().
+**
+** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
+** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
+** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
+** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
+** database corruption.
 */
 typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
 struct sqlite3_io_methods {
@@ -636,7 +619,7 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
   int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
   int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
   int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
   int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
   int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
   int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
@@ -644,10 +627,10 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 };
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes {F11310}
+** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes {H11310} 
 **
 ** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
-** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and to the [sqlite3_file_control()]
+** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
 ** interface.
 **
 ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
@@ -659,9 +642,12 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 ** is defined.
 */
 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE        1
+#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      2
+#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      3
+#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             4
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle {F17110}
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle {H17110} 
 **
 ** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
 ** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
@@ -673,15 +659,18 @@ struct sqlite3_io_methods {
 typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object {F11140}
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object {H11140} 
 **
-** An instance of this object defines the interface between the
-** SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
+** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
+** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
 ** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".
 **
-** The iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger for future
-** versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
-** object when the iVersion value is increased.
+** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
+** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
+** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
+** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
+** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
+** modified.
 **
 ** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
 ** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
@@ -691,9 +680,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
 ** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
 ** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
 ** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
-** searches the list.
+** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
+** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
 **
-** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs 
+** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
 ** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
 ** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
 ** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
@@ -702,23 +692,28 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
 ** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
 ** be unique across all VFS modules.
 **
-** {F11141} SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename string passed to
-** xOpen() is a full pathname as generated by xFullPathname() and
-** that the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
-** called.  {END} So the [sqlite3_file] can store a pointer to the
+** SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
+** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
+** from xFullPathname().  SQLite further guarantees that
+** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
+** called. Because of the previous sentence,
+** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
 ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
+** If the zFilename parameter is xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  Whenever the 
+** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
+** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
 **
-** {F11142} The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
+** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
 ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
 ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. {END}
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
 ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
-** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be
-** set.
-** 
-** {F11143} SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
+** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
+**
+** SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
 ** call, depending on the object being opened:
-** 
+**
 ** 
        
 ** 
      •   [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
 ** 
      •   [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
@@ -727,62 +722,70 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
 ** 
      •   [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
 ** 
      •   [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
 ** 
      •   [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
-** 
       {END}
+** 
 **
 ** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
-** changes the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
+** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
 ** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
 ** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
-** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return 
-** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database 
-** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random 
+** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
+** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
+** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
 ** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
-** 
-** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen
-** method:
-** 
+**
+** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
+**
 ** 
        
 ** 
      •  [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
 ** 
      •  [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
 ** 
      
-** 
-** {F11145} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
-** deleted when it is closed.  {F11146} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** will be set for TEMP  databases, journals and for subjournals. 
-** {F11147} The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag means the file should be opened
-** for exclusive access.  This flag is set for all files except
-** for the main database file. {END}
-** 
-** {F11148} At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite 
-** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third 
-** argument to xOpen.  {END}  The xOpen method does not have to
-** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.
-** 
-** {F11149} The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] 
-** to test for the existance of a file,
-** or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to test to see
-** if a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
-** to test to see if a file is at least readable.  {END} The file can be a 
+**
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
+** deleted when it is closed.  The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** will be set for TEMP  databases, journals and for subjournals.
+**
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
+** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
+** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
+** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
+** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
+** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
+** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened 
+** for exclusive access.
+**
+** At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
+** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
+** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
+** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
+** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
+** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
+** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
+** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
+** or failure of the xOpen call.
+**
+** The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
+** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
+** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
+** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
 ** directory.
-** 
-** {F11150} SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for
-** the output buffers for xGetTempname and xFullPathname. {F11151} The exact
-** size of the output buffer is also passed as a parameter to both 
-** methods. {END} If the output buffer is not large enough, SQLITE_CANTOPEN
-** should be returned. As this is handled as a fatal error by SQLite,
-** vfs implementations should endeavor to prevent this by setting 
-** mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
-** 
+**
+** SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
+** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
+** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
+** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
+** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
+** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
+**
 ** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), and xCurrentTime() interfaces
 ** are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
 ** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
 ** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
 ** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
-** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.  The
-** xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
+** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
+** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
 ** least the number of microseconds given.  The xCurrentTime()
-** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and
-** time.
+** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time.
+**
 */
 typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
 struct sqlite3_vfs {
@@ -795,134 +798,540 @@ struct sqlite3_vfs {
   int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
                int flags, int *pOutFlags);
   int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags);
-  int (*xGetTempname)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nOut, char *zOut);
+  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
   int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
   void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
   void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-  void *(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol);
+  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
   void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
   int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
   int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
   int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
+  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
   /* New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
   ** value will increment whenever this happens. */
 };
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method {F11190}
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method {H11190} 
 **
-** {F11191} These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
+** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
 ** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. {END}  They determine
-** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is
-** looking for.  {F11192} With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
-** simply checks to see if the file exists. {F11193} With
-** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method checks to see
-** if the file is both readable and writable.  {F11194} With
-** SQLITE_ACCESS_READ the xAccess method
-** checks to see if the file is readable.
+** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
+** simply checks whether the file exists.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the file is both readable and writable.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the file is readable.
 */
 #define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
 #define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1
 #define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes {F12200}
+** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library {H10130} 
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
+** SQLite library.  The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
+** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
+** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
+** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  Only an effective call
+** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
+** are harmless no-ops.
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
+** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  Only
+** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
+** All other calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.
+**
+** Among other things, sqlite3_initialize() shall invoke
+** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, sqlite3_shutdown()
+** shall invoke sqlite3_os_end().
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
+** If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
+** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
+** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
+** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
+** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
+** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
+** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
+** already.  However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
+** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
+** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
+** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
+** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
+** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
+** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
+** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
+** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
+**
+** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
+** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
+** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
+** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
+** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
+** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
+** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
+**
+** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
+** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
+** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
+** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
+** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
+** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
+** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
+** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
+** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
+** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
+** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
+** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
+** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
+** failure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library {H14100} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
+** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
+** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
+** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
+** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
+** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
+** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
+** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
+** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** Note, however, that sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
+** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
+**
+** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] that determines
+** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
+** vary depending on the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option]
+** in the first argument.
+**
+** When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
+** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
+**
+** Requirements:
+** [H14103] [H14106] [H14120] [H14123] [H14126] [H14129] [H14132] [H14135]
+** [H14138] [H14141] [H14144] [H14147] [H14150] [H14153] [H14156] [H14159]
+** [H14162] [H14165] [H14168]
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections  {H14200} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
+** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
+** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
+** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).  The
+** sqlite3_db_config() interface can only be used immediately after
+** the database connection is created using [sqlite3_open()],
+** [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()].  
+**
+** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
+** configuration verb - an integer code that indicates what
+** aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
+** The only choice for this value is [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE].
+** New verbs are likely to be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Additional arguments depend on the verb.
+**
+** Requirements:
+** [H14203] [H14206] [H14209] [H14212] [H14215]
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines {H10155} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
+** and low-level memory allocation routines.
+**
+** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
+** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
+** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
+** By creating an instance of this object
+** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
+** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
+** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
+** dynamic memory needs.
+**
+** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
+** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
+** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
+** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
+** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
+** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
+** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
+** conditions.
+**
+** The xMalloc and xFree methods must work like the
+** malloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
+** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library
+** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero,
+** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or
+** deallocation.  SQLite guaranteeds that the second argument to
+** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
+** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number,
+** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and
+** still be in compliance with this specification.
+**
+** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
+** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
+** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
+**
+** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
+** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
+** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
+** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
+** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
+** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
+** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
+**
+** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  (For example,
+** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
+** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
+** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
+** xInit and xShutdown.
+**
+** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
+** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
+** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
+** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
+** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
+** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
+** serialization.
+**
+** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
+  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
+  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
+  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
+  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
+  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10160} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
-** The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
-** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] feature of SQLite.
-** The extended result codes are disabled by default for historical
-** compatibility.
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** 
      
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
      
+** 
      There are no arguments to this option.  This option disables
+** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
+** by a single thread.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
      
+** 
      There are no arguments to this option.  This option disables
+** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** The application is responsible for serializing access to
+** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
+** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
+** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
+** [database connection] at the same time.  See the [threading mode]
+** documentation for additional information.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
      
+** 
      There are no arguments to this option.  This option enables
+** all mutexes including the recursive
+** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
+** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
+** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
+** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
+** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
      
+** 
      This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
+** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
      
+** 
      This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.
+** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
+** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
+** tracks memory usage, for example.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
      
+** 
      This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
+** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
+** statistics. When disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become 
+** non-operational:
+**   
        
+**   
      •  [sqlite3_memory_used()]
+**   
      •  [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
+**   
      •  [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit()]
+**   
      •  [sqlite3_status()]
+**   
      
+** 
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
      
+** 
      This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer an 8-byte
+** aligned memory buffer from which the scrach allocations will be
+** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
+** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).  The sz
+** argument must be a multiple of 16. The sz parameter should be a few bytes
+** larger than the actual scratch space required due to internal overhead.
+** The first argument should pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
+** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** SQLite will use no more than one scratch buffer at once per thread, so
+** N should be set to the expected maximum number of threads.  The sz
+** parameter should be 6 times the size of the largest database page size.
+** Scratch buffers are used as part of the btree balance operation.  If
+** The btree balancer needs additional memory beyond what is provided by
+** scratch buffers or if no scratch buffer space is specified, then SQLite
+** goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] to obtain the memory it needs.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
      
+** 
      This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** the database page cache with the default page cache implemenation.  
+** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
+** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE option.
+** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
+** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
+** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
+** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each
+** page header.  The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on
+** the host architecture.  It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
+** to make sz a little too large.  The first
+** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
+** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  If additional
+** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
+** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
+** The implementation might use one or more of the N buffers to hold 
+** memory accounting information. The pointer in the first argument must
+** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite
+** will be undefined.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
      
+** 
      This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
+** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
+** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
+** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
+** If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
+** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
+** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  If the
+** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
+** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
+** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
+** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
      
+** 
      This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
+** the mutex routines built into SQLite.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
      
+** 
      This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
+** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.
+** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
+** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
+** profiling or testing, for example.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
      
+** 
      This option takes two arguments that determine the default
+** memory allocation lookaside optimization.  The first argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
+** slots allocated to each database connection.  This option sets the
+** default lookaside size.  The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
+** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
+** configuration on individual connections.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE
      
+** 
      This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
+** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object.  This object specifies the interface
+** to a custom page cache implementation.  SQLite makes a copy of the
+** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
      
+** 
      This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object.  SQLite copies of the current
+** page cache implementation into that object.
      
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** 
      
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10170} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** 
      
+** 
      SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
      
+** 
      This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
+** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
+** The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
+** pointer to an memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
+** The first argument may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
+** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()].  The second argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the third argument is the number of
+** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
+** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
+** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  If the second argument is not
+** a multiple of 8, it is internally rounded down to the next smaller
+** multiple of 8.  See also: [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
      
 **
-** {F12201} Each new [database connection] has the 
-**          [extended result codes] feature
-**          disabled by default.
+** 
      
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE    1001  /* void* int int */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes {H12200} 
+**
+** The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
+** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. The extended result
+** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility considerations.
 **
-** {F12202} The [sqlite3_extended_result_codes(D,F)] interface will enable
-**          [extended result codes] for the 
-**          [database connection] D if the F parameter
-**          is true, or disable them if F is false.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12201] [H12202]
 */
-int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid {F12220}
+** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid {H12220} 
 **
 ** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
-** integer key called the "rowid". The rowid is always available
+** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. The rowid is always available
 ** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
 ** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. If
-** the table has a column of type INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then that column
+** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
 ** is another alias for the rowid.
 **
-** This routine returns the rowid of the most recent
-** successful INSERT into the database from the database connection
-** shown in the first argument.  If no successful inserts
-** have ever occurred on this database connection, zero is returned.
+** This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent
+** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection]
+** in the first argument.  If no successful [INSERT]s
+** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned.
 **
-** If an INSERT occurs within a trigger, then the rowid of the
-** inserted row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger
-** is running.  But once the trigger terminates, the value returned
-** by this routine reverts to the last value inserted before the
-** trigger fired.
+** If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger, then the [rowid] of the inserted
+** row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger is running.
+** But once the trigger terminates, the value returned by this routine
+** reverts to the last value inserted before the trigger fired.
 **
-** An INSERT that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
-** successful insert and does not change the value returned by this
+** An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
+** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
 ** routine.  Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
 ** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
-** routine when their insertion fails.  When INSERT OR REPLACE 
+** routine when their insertion fails.  When INSERT OR REPLACE
 ** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
 ** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
 ** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
-** the return value of this interface. 
+** the return value of this interface.
 **
-** For the purposes of this routine, an insert is considered to
+** For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
 ** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12221} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns the
-**          rowid of the most recent successful insert done
-**          on the same database connection and within the same
-**          trigger context, or zero if there have
-**          been no qualifying inserts on that connection.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12221] [H12223]
 **
-** {F12223} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns
-**          same value when called from the same trigger context
-**          immediately before and after a ROLLBACK.
-**
-** LIMITATIONS:
-**
-** {U12232} If a separate thread does a new insert on the same
-**          database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
-**          function is running and thus changes the last insert rowid,
-**          then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
-**          unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
-**          last insert rowid.
+** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
+** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
+** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
+** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
+** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
+** last insert [rowid].
 */
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified {F12240}
+** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified {H12240} 
 **
 ** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
 ** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
-** on the connection specified by the first parameter.  Only
-** changes that are directly specified by the INSERT, UPDATE, or
-** DELETE statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
-** triggers are not counted. Use the [sqlite3_total_changes()] function
-** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers.
+** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
+** Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
+** or [DELETE] statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
+** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted. Use the
+** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes
+** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions.
+**
+** Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
+** are not counted.  Only real table changes are counted.
 **
 ** A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
 ** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
-** are changed as side effects of REPLACE constraint resolution,
-** rollback, ABORT processing, DROP TABLE, or by any other
+** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution,
+** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other
 ** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.
 **
 ** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
-** ends with the script of a trigger.  Most SQL statements are
+** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]. 
+** Most SQL statements are
 ** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
 ** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
 ** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
@@ -935,84 +1344,57 @@ sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
 ** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
 ** trigger context.
 **
-** So when called from the top level, this function returns the
+** Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
 ** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that also occurred at the top level.
-** Within the body of a trigger, the sqlite3_changes() interface
-** can be called to find the number of
+** that also occurred at the top level.  Within the body of a trigger,
+** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
 ** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
 ** statement within the body of the same trigger.
-** However, the number returned does not include in changes
-** caused by subtriggers since they have their own context.
-**
-** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without
-** a WHERE clause by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much
-** faster than going through and deleting individual elements from the
-** table.)  Because of this optimization, the deletions in
-** "DELETE FROM table" are not row changes and will not be counted
-** by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()] functions.
-** To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
-** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12241} The [sqlite3_changes()] function returns the number of
-**          row changes caused by the most recent INSERT, UPDATE,
-**          or DELETE statement on the same database connection and
-**          within the same trigger context, or zero if there have
-**          not been any qualifying row changes.
-**
-** LIMITATIONS:
-**
-** {U12252} If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-**          while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
-**          is unpredictable and unmeaningful.
-*/
-int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified {F12260}
-***
-** This function returns the number of row changes caused
-** by INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statements since the database handle
-** was opened.  The count includes all changes from all trigger
-** contexts.  But the count does not include changes used to
-** implement REPLACE constraints, do rollbacks or ABORT processing,
-** or DROP table processing.
-** The changes
-** are counted as soon as the statement that makes them is completed 
-** (when the statement handle is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or 
-** [sqlite3_finalize()]).
+** However, the number returned does not include changes
+** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.
 **
-** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without
-** a WHERE clause by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much
-** faster than going
-** through and deleting individual elements from the table.)  Because of
-** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be
-** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the
-** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
-** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
+** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface and the
+** [count_changes pragma].
 **
-** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12241] [H12243]
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-** 
-** {F12261} The [sqlite3_total_changes()] returns the total number
-**          of row changes caused by INSERT, UPDATE, and/or DELETE
-**          statements on the same [database connection], in any
-**          trigger context, since the database connection was
-**          created.
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
+** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified {H12260} 
+**
+** This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
+** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened.
+** The count includes all changes from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] 
+** contexts and changes made by [foreign key actions]. However,
+** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints,
+** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing.  The
+** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger],
+** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes 
+** are counted.
+** The changes are counted as soon as the statement that makes them is
+** completed (when the statement handle is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()]).
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface and the
+** [count_changes pragma].
 **
-** LIMITATIONS:
+** Requirements:
+** [H12261] [H12263]
 **
-** {U12264} If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-**          while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value 
-**          returned is unpredictable and unmeaningful.
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
+** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
 */
-int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query {F12270}
+** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query {H12270} 
 **
 ** This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
 ** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
@@ -1022,98 +1404,99 @@ int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
 **
 ** It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
 ** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
-** is not safe to call this routine with a database connection that
+** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
 ** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
 **
-** If an SQL is very nearly finished at the time when sqlite3_interrupt()
-** is called, then it might not have an opportunity to be interrupted.
-** It might continue to completion.
-** An SQL operation that is interrupted will return
-** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].  If the interrupted SQL operation is an
-** INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE that is inside an explicit transaction, 
-** then the entire transaction will be rolled back automatically.
-** A call to sqlite3_interrupt() has no effect on SQL statements
-** that are started after sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12271} The [sqlite3_interrupt()] interface will force all running
-**          SQL statements associated with the same database connection
-**          to halt after processing at most one additional row of
-**          data.
-**
-** {F12272} Any SQL statement that is interrupted by [sqlite3_interrupt()]
-**          will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
-**
-** LIMITATIONS:
-**
-** {U12279} If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
-**          is running then bad things will likely happen.
+** If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
+** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
+** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
+**
+** An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
+** If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
+** will be rolled back automatically.
+**
+** The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
+** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  Any new SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
+** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
+** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  New SQL statements
+** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
+** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
+** A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
+** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
+**
+** Requirements:
+** [H12271] [H12272]
+**
+** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
+** is running then bad things will likely happen.
 */
-void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete {F10510}
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete {H10510} 
 **
-** These routines are useful for command-line input to determine if the
-** currently entered text seems to form complete a SQL statement or
+** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
+** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
 ** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
-** SQLite for parsing.  These routines return true if the input string
+** SQLite for parsing.  These routines return 1 if the input string
 ** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  A statement is judged to be
-** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a fragment of a
-** CREATE TRIGGER statement.  Semicolons that are embedded within
+** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
+** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  Semicolons that are embedded within
 ** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
 ** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
-** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.
+** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  Whitespace
+** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
 **
-** These routines do not parse the SQL and
-** so will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
+** These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  If a
+** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
+** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
 **
-** {F10511} The sqlite3_complete() and sqlite3_complete16() functions
-**          return true (non-zero) if and only if the last
-**          non-whitespace token in their input is a semicolon that
-**          is not in between the BEGIN and END of a CREATE TRIGGER
-**          statement.
+** If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
+** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
+** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
+** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.
 **
-** LIMITATIONS:
+** Requirements: [H10511] [H10512]
 **
-** {U10512} The input to sqlite3_complete() must be a zero-terminated
-**          UTF-8 string.
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-8 string.
 **
-** {U10513} The input to sqlite3_complete16() must be a zero-terminated
-**          UTF-16 string in native byte order.
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
 */
-int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
-int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors {F12310}
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors {H12310} 
+**
+** This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
+** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
+** or process has locked.
 **
-** This routine identifies a callback function that might be
-** invoked whenever an attempt is made to open a database table 
-** that another thread or process has locked.
-** If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.
-** If the busy callback is not NULL, then the
-** callback will be invoked with two arguments.  The
-** first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
-** is the third argument to this routine.  The second argument to
-** the handler is the number of times that the busy handler has
-** been invoked for this locking event.   If the
+** If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. If the busy callback
+** is not NULL, then the callback will be invoked with two arguments.
+**
+** The first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
+** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  The second argument to
+** the handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
+** been invoked for this locking event.  If the
 ** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
 ** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
 ** If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
 ** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
 **
-** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that
-** it will be invoked when there is lock contention.
-** If SQLite determines that invoking the busy handler could result in
-** a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] or
-** [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the
-** busy handler.
+** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
+** when there is lock contention. If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
+** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
+** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
 ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
 ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
 ** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
@@ -1138,82 +1521,52 @@ int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
 ** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
 ** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  This error code promotion
 ** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
-** 
+** 
 ** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why
 ** this is important.
-**	
-** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each database
-** connection.  Setting a new busy handler clears any previous one. 
-** Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] will also set or clear
-** the busy handler.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12311} The [sqlite3_busy_handler()] function replaces the busy handler
-**          callback in the database connection identified by the 1st
-**          parameter with a new busy handler identified by the 2nd and 3rd
-**          parameters.
-**
-** {F12312} The default busy handler for new database connections is NULL.
 **
-** {F12314} When two or more database connection share a common cache,
-**          the busy handler for the database connection currently using
-**          the cache is invoked when the cache encounters a lock.
+** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
+** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
+** previously set handler.  Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
+** will also set or clear the busy handler.
 **
-** {F12316} If a busy handler callback returns zero, then the SQLite
-**          interface that provoked the locking event will return
-**          [SQLITE_BUSY].
-**
-** {F12318} SQLite will invokes the busy handler with two argument which
-**          are a copy of the pointer supplied by the 3rd parameter to
-**          [sqlite3_busy_handler()] and a count of the number of prior
-**          invocations of the busy handler for the same locking event.
-**
-** LIMITATIONS:
+** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
+** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions
+** result in undefined behavior.
+** 
+** Requirements:
+** [H12311] [H12312] [H12314] [H12316] [H12318]
 **
-** {U12319} A busy handler should not call close the database connection
-**          or prepared statement that invoked the busy handler.
+** A busy handler must not close the database connection
+** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
 */
-int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout {F12340}
+** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout {H12340} 
 **
-** This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler]
-** that sleeps for a while when a
-** table is locked.  The handler will sleep multiple times until 
-** at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping have been done. {F12343} After
-** "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, the handler returns 0 which
-** causes [sqlite3_step()] to return [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
+** This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
+** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  The handler
+** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
+** have accumulated. {H12343} After "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
+** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
 **
 ** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
 ** turns off all busy handlers.
 **
-** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular database
-** connection.  If another busy handler was defined  
-** (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
+** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
+** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
+** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
 ** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12341} The [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] function overrides any prior
-**          [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] or [sqlite3_busy_handler()] setting
-**          on the same database connection.
-**
-** {F12343} If the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] is less than
-**          or equal to zero, then the busy handler is cleared so that
-**          all subsequent locking events immediately return [SQLITE_BUSY].
-**
-** {F12344} If the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] is a positive
-**          number N, then a busy handler is set that repeatedly calls
-**          the xSleep() method in the VFS interface until either the
-**          lock clears or until the cumulative sleep time reported back
-**          by xSleep() exceeds N milliseconds.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12341] [H12343] [H12344]
 */
-int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries {F12370}
+** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries {H12370} 
 **
 ** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the
 ** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
@@ -1224,16 +1577,14 @@ int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
 ** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
 ** and M be the number of columns.
 **
-** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated
-** UTF-8 strings.  There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  
-** The first M pointers point to zero-terminated strings that 
-** contain the names of the columns.
-** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL
-** values are give a NULL pointer.  All other values are in
-** their UTF-8 zero-terminated string representation as returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_text()].
+** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
+** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
+** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
+** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
+** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
 **
-** A result table might consists of one or more memory allocations.
+** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
 ** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
 ** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
 **
@@ -1268,11 +1619,11 @@ int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
 ** string of its 2nd parameter.  It returns a result table to the
 ** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
 **
-** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should 
-** pass the pointer to the result table to sqlite3_free_table() in order to 
-** release the memory that was malloc-ed.  Because of the way the 
+** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should
+** pass the pointer to the result table to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
+** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
 ** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
-** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only 
+** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
 ** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
@@ -1280,51 +1631,31 @@ int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
 ** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
 ** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
 ** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
-** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12371} If a [sqlite3_get_table()] fails a memory allocation, then
-**          it frees the result table under construction, aborts the
-**          query in process, skips any subsequent queries, sets the
-**          *resultp output pointer to NULL and returns [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** {F12373} If the ncolumn parameter to [sqlite3_get_table()] is not NULL
-**          then [sqlite3_get_table()] write the number of columns in the
-**          result set of the query into *ncolumn if the query is
-**          successful (if the function returns SQLITE_OK).
-**
-** {F12374} If the nrow parameter to [sqlite3_get_table()] is not NULL
-**          then [sqlite3_get_table()] write the number of rows in the
-**          result set of the query into *nrow if the query is
-**          successful (if the function returns SQLITE_OK).
-**
-** {F12376} The [sqlite3_get_table()] function sets its *ncolumn value
-**          to the number of columns in the result set of the query in the
-**          sql parameter, or to zero if the query in sql has an empty
-**          result set.
-*/
-int sqlite3_get_table(
-  sqlite3*,             /* An open database */
-  const char *sql,      /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  char ***pResult,      /* Results of the query */
-  int *nrow,            /* Number of result rows written here */
-  int *ncolumn,         /* Number of result columns written here */
-  char **errmsg         /* Error msg written here */
+** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+**
+** Requirements:
+** [H12371] [H12373] [H12374] [H12376] [H12379] [H12382]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
+  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
+  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
+  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
+  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
 );
-void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions {F17400}
+** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions {H17400} 
 **
-** These routines are workalikes of the "printf()" family of functions
+** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
 ** from the standard C library.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
 ** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
 ** The strings returned by these two routines should be
-** released by [sqlite3_free()].   Both routines return a
+** released by [sqlite3_free()].  Both routines return a
 ** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
 ** memory to hold the resulting string.
 **
@@ -1349,7 +1680,7 @@ void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 **
 ** These routines all implement some additional formatting
 ** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
-** All of the usual printf formatting options apply.  In addition, there
+** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
 ** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
 **
 ** The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
@@ -1358,7 +1689,7 @@ void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 ** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
 ** the string.
 **
-** For example, so some string variable contains text as follows:
+** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
 **
 ** 
       **  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
@@ -1386,14 +1717,13 @@ void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 **  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
 ** 
      
 **
-** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you
-** should always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string 
-** literal.
+** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
+** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
 **
 ** The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
-** the outside of the total string.  Or if the parameter in the argument
-** list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without single
-** quotes) in place of the %Q option. {END}  So, for example, one could say:
+** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
+** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
+** single quotes) in place of the %Q option.  So, for example, one could say:
 **
 ** 
       **  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
@@ -1408,35 +1738,20 @@ void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
 ** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
 ** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string. {END}
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17403}  The [sqlite3_mprintf()] and [sqlite3_vmprintf()] interfaces
-**           return either pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings held in
-**           memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] or NULL pointers if
-**           a call to [sqlite3_malloc()] fails.
-**
-** {F17406}  The [sqlite3_snprintf()] interface writes a zero-terminated
-**           UTF-8 string into the buffer pointed to by the second parameter
-**           provided that the first parameter is greater than zero.
-**
-** {F17407}  The [sqlite3_snprintf()] interface does not writes slots of
-**           its output buffer (the second parameter) outside the range
-**           of 0 through N-1 (where N is the first parameter)
-**           regardless of the length of the string
-**           requested by the format specification.
-**   
+** Requirements:
+** [H17403] [H17406] [H17407]
 */
-char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
-char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
-char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem {F17300}
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem {H17300} 
 **
 ** The SQLite core  uses these three routines for all of its own
 ** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
 ** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
-** windows VFS uses native malloc and free for some operations.
+** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
 ** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
@@ -1454,7 +1769,7 @@ char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
 ** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
 ** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
 ** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
-** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_free().
+** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
 **
 ** The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
 ** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
@@ -1465,7 +1780,7 @@ char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
 ** If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
 ** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
 ** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** Sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
 ** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
 ** If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
 ** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
@@ -1476,128 +1791,66 @@ char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
 ** The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
 ** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary. {END}
 **
-** The default implementation
-** of the memory allocation subsystem uses the malloc(), realloc()
-** and free() provided by the standard C library. {F17382} However, if 
-** SQLite is compiled with the following C preprocessor macro
-**
-** 
       SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE=NNN 
      
-**
-** where NNN is an integer, then SQLite create a static
-** array of at least NNN bytes in size and use that array
-** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs. {END}  Additional
-** memory allocator options may be added in future releases.
+** The default implementation of the memory allocation subsystem uses
+** the malloc(), realloc() and free() provided by the standard C library.
+** {H17382} However, if SQLite is compiled with the
+** SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE=NNN C preprocessor macro (where NNN
+** is an integer), then SQLite create a static array of at least
+** NNN bytes in size and uses that array for all of its dynamic
+** memory allocation needs. {END}  Additional memory allocator options
+** may be added in future releases.
 **
 ** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
 ** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
 ** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
-** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be
-** used.
+** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
 **
-** The windows OS interface layer calls
+** The Windows OS interface layer calls
 ** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
 ** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
-** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular windows
+** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
 ** installation.  Memory allocation errors are detected, but
 ** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
 ** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17303}  The [sqlite3_malloc(N)] interface returns either a pointer to 
-**           newly checked-out block of at least N bytes of memory
-**           that is 8-byte aligned, 
-**           or it returns NULL if it is unable to fulfill the request.
-**
-** {F17304}  The [sqlite3_malloc(N)] interface returns a NULL pointer if
-**           N is less than or equal to zero.
-**
-** {F17305}  The [sqlite3_free(P)] interface releases memory previously
-**           returned from [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()],
-**           making it available for reuse.
-**
-** {F17306}  A call to [sqlite3_free(NULL)] is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** {F17310}  A call to [sqlite3_realloc(0,N)] is equivalent to a call
-**           to [sqlite3_malloc(N)].
-**
-** {F17312}  A call to [sqlite3_realloc(P,0)] is equivalent to a call
-**           to [sqlite3_free(P)].
-**
-** {F17315}  The SQLite core uses [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_realloc()],
-**           and [sqlite3_free()] for all of its memory allocation and
-**           deallocation needs.
+** Requirements:
+** [H17303] [H17304] [H17305] [H17306] [H17310] [H17312] [H17315] [H17318]
+** [H17321] [H17322] [H17323]
 **
-** {F17318}  The [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] interface returns either a pointer
-**           to a block of checked-out memory of at least N bytes in size
-**           that is 8-byte aligned, or a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {F17321}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns a non-NULL pointer, it first
-**           copies the first K bytes of content from P into the newly allocated
-**           where K is the lessor of N and the size of the buffer P.
-**
-** {F17322}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns a non-NULL pointer, it first
-**           releases the buffer P.
-**
-** {F17323}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns NULL, the buffer P is
-**           not modified or released.
-**
-** LIMITATIONS:
-**
-** {U17350}  The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-**           must be either NULL or else a pointer obtained from a prior
-**           invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that has
-**           not been released.
-**
-** {U17351}  The application must not read or write any part of 
-**           a block of memory after it has been released using
-**           [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
+** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
+** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
+** not yet been released.
 **
+** The application must not read or write any part of
+** a block of memory after it has been released using
+** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
 */
-void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
-void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
-void sqlite3_free(void*);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics {F17370}
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics {H17370} 
 **
 ** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
 ** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** the memory allocation subsystem included within the SQLite.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17371} The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the
-**          number of bytes of memory currently outstanding 
-**          (malloced but not freed).
+** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
 **
-** {F17373} The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
-**          value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] 
-**          since the highwater mark was last reset.
-**
-** {F17374} The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
-**          [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
-**          added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
-**          but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
-**          routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
-** 
-** {F17375} The memory highwater mark is reset to the current value of
-**          [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
-**          [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  The value returned
-**          by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the highwater mark
-**          prior to the reset.
+** Requirements:
+** [H17371] [H17373] [H17374] [H17375]
 */
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator {F17390}
+** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator {H17390} 
 **
 ** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
-** select random ROWIDs when inserting new records into a table that
-** already uses the largest possible ROWID.  The PRNG is also used for
+** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
+** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
 ** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
-** appliations to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
+** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
 **
 ** A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
 **
@@ -1608,15 +1861,13 @@ sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
 ** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
 ** method.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17392} The [sqlite3_randomness(N,P)] interface writes N bytes of
-**          high-quality pseudo-randomness into buffer P.
+** Requirements:
+** [H17392]
 */
-void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks {F12500}
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks {H12500} 
 **
 ** This routine registers a authorizer callback with a particular
 ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
@@ -1629,36 +1880,39 @@ void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 ** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
 ** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
 ** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
-** rejected with an error.   If the authorizer callback returns
+** rejected with an error.  If the authorizer callback returns
 ** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
-** then [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
+** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
 ** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
 **
 ** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
 ** requested is ok.  When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
 ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied.  If the authorizer code is [SQLITE_READ]
+** access is denied. 
+**
+** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
+** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. The second parameter
+** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
+** the particular action to be authorized. The third through sixth parameters
+** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
+** details about the action to be authorized.
+**
+** If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
 ** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
 ** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
 ** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
 ** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
 ** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
 ** columns of a table.
-**
-** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of
-** the third parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface.
-** The second parameter to the callback is an integer 
-** [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies the particular action
-** to be authorized. The third through sixth
-** parameters to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain 
-** additional details about the action to be authorized.
+** If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
+** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
+** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
 **
 ** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
-** SQL statements from an untrusted
-** source, to ensure that the SQL statements do not try to access data
-** that they are not allowed to see, or that they do not try to
-** execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
+** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
+** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
+** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
 ** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
 ** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
 ** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
@@ -1676,70 +1930,34 @@ void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
 ** previous call.  Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
 ** The authorizer is disabled by default.
 **
-** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during 
-** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
-** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12501} The [sqlite3_set_authorizer(D,...)] interface registers a
-**          authorizer callback with database connection D.
-**
-** {F12502} The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are
-**          being compiled
-**
-** {F12503} If the authorizer callback returns any value other than
-**          [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] then
-**          the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that caused
-**          the authorizer callback to run shall fail with an
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {F12504} When the authorizer callback returns [SQLITE_OK], the operation
-**          described is coded normally.
-**
-** {F12505} When the authorizer callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
-**          [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that caused the
-**          authorizer callback to run shall fail
-**          with an [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an error message
-**          explaining that access is denied.
-**
-** {F12506} If the authorizer code (the 2nd parameter to the authorizer
-**          callback) is [SQLITE_READ] and the authorizer callback returns
-**          [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the prepared statement is constructed to
-**          insert a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
-**          been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.
-**
-** {F12507} If the authorizer code (the 2nd parameter to the authorizer
-**          callback) is anything other than [SQLITE_READ], then
-**          a return of [SQLITE_IGNORE] has the same effect as [SQLITE_DENY]. 
-**
-** {F12510} The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of
-**          the third parameter to the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface.
+** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
 **
-** {F12511} The second parameter to the callback is an integer 
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies the particular action
-**          to be authorized.
+** When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
+** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
+** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
 **
-** {F12512} The third through sixth parameters to the callback are
-**          zero-terminated strings that contain 
-**          additional details about the action to be authorized.
-**
-** {F12520} Each call to [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] overrides the
-**          any previously installed authorizer.
-**
-** {F12521} A NULL authorizer means that no authorization
-**          callback is invoked.
+** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
+** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
+** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
+** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
+** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
 **
-** {F12522} The default authorizer is NULL.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12501] [H12502] [H12503] [H12504] [H12505] [H12506] [H12507] [H12510]
+** [H12511] [H12512] [H12520] [H12521] [H12522]
 */
-int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
   sqlite3*,
   int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
   void *pUserData
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes {F12590}
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes {H12590} 
 **
 ** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
 ** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
@@ -1751,45 +1969,26 @@ int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes {F12550}
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes {H12550} 
 **
 ** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
-** that is invoked to authorizer certain SQL statement actions.  The
+** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
 ** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
 ** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
 ** the authorizer callback may be passed.
 **
-** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be 
+** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
 ** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
 ** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
 ** codes is used as the second parameter.  The 5th parameter to the
-** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", 
+** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
 ** etc.) if applicable.  The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
 ** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from 
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
 ** top-level SQL code.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12551} The second parameter to an 
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback is always an integer
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] that specifies what action
-**          is being authorized.
-**
-** {F12552} The 3rd and 4th parameters to the 
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorization callback function]
-**          will be parameters or NULL depending on which 
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] is used as the second parameter.
-**
-** {F12553} The 5th parameter to the
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] is the name
-**          of the database (example: "main", "temp", etc.) if applicable.
-**
-** {F12554} The 6th parameter to the
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] is the name
-**          of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-**          the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from 
-**          top-level SQL code.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12551] [H12552] [H12553] [H12554]
 */
 /******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
 #define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
@@ -1813,7 +2012,7 @@ int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 #define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
 #define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
 #define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
 #define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
 #define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
 #define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
@@ -1822,11 +2021,13 @@ int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 #define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
 #define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
 #define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* Function Name   NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
+#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
 #define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions {F12280}
+** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions {H12280} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
 ** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
 ** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
@@ -1835,255 +2036,146 @@ int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
 ** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
 ** The callback returns a UTF-8 rendering of the SQL statement text
 ** as the statement first begins executing.  Additional callbacks occur
-** as each triggersubprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
+** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
 ** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.
-** 
+**
 ** The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
 ** as each SQL statement finishes.  The profile callback contains
 ** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
 ** of how long that statement took to run.
 **
-** The sqlite3_profile() API is currently considered experimental and
-** is subject to change or removal in a future release.
-**
-** The trigger reporting feature of the trace callback is considered
-** experimental and is subject to change or removal in future releases.
-** Future versions of SQLite might also add new trace callback 
-** invocations.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12281} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_trace()] is
-**          whenever an SQL statement first begins to execute and
-**          whenever a trigger subprogram first begins to run.
-**
-** {F12282} Each call to [sqlite3_trace()] overrides the previously
-**          registered trace callback.
-**
-** {F12283} A NULL trace callback disables tracing.
-**
-** {F12284} The first argument to the trace callback is a copy of
-**          the pointer which was the 3rd argument to [sqlite3_trace()].
-**
-** {F12285} The second argument to the trace callback is a
-**          zero-terminated UTF8 string containing the original text
-**          of the SQL statement as it was passed into [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]
-**          or the equivalent, or an SQL comment indicating the beginning
-**          of a trigger subprogram.
-**
-** {F12287} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_profile()] is invoked
-**          as each SQL statement finishes.
-**
-** {F12288} The first parameter to the profile callback is a copy of
-**          the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_profile()].
-**
-** {F12289} The second parameter to the profile callback is a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-8 string that contains the complete text of
-**          the SQL statement as it was processed by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]
-**          or the equivalent.
-**
-** {F12290} The third parameter to the profile  callback is an estimate
-**          of the number of nanoseconds of wall-clock time required to
-**          run the SQL statement from start to finish.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12281] [H12282] [H12283] [H12284] [H12285] [H12287] [H12288] [H12289]
+** [H12290]
 */
-void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
-void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
    void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks {F12910}
+** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks {H12910} 
 **
 ** This routine configures a callback function - the
 ** progress callback - that is invoked periodically during long
 ** running calls to [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and
-** [sqlite3_get_table()].   An example use for this 
+** [sqlite3_get_table()].  An example use for this
 ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
 **
-** If the progress callback returns non-zero, the opertion is
+** If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
 ** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
-** "Cancel" button on a GUI dialog box.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12911} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_progress_handler()]
-**          is invoked periodically during long running calls to
-**          [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** {F12912} The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual
-**          machine opcodes, where N is the second argument to 
-**          the [sqlite3_progress_handler()] call that registered
-**          the callback.  What if N is less than 1?
-**
-** {F12913} The progress callback itself is identified by the third
-**          argument to [sqlite3_progress_handler()].
+** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
 **
-** {F12914} The fourth argument [sqlite3_progress_handler()] is a
-***         void pointer passed to the progress callback
-**          function each time it is invoked.
+** The progress handler must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
 **
-** {F12915} If a call to [sqlite3_step()] results in fewer than
-**          N opcodes being executed,
-**          then the progress callback is never invoked. {END}
-** 
-** {F12916} Every call to [sqlite3_progress_handler()]
-**          overwrites any previously registere progress handler.
-**
-** {F12917} If the progress handler callback is NULL then no progress
-**          handler is invoked.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12911] [H12912] [H12913] [H12914] [H12915] [H12916] [H12917] [H12918]
 **
-** {F12918} If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then
-**          the behavior is a if [sqlite3_interrupt()] had been called.
 */
-void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection {F12700}
-**
-** These routines open an SQLite database file whose name
-** is given by the filename argument.
-** The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8
-** for [sqlite3_open()] and [sqlite3_open_v2()] and as UTF-16
-** in the native byte order for [sqlite3_open16()].
-** An [sqlite3*] handle is usually returned in *ppDb, even
-** if an error occurs.  The only exception is if SQLite is unable
-** to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, a NULL will
-** be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] object.
-** If the database is opened (and/or created)
-** successfully, then [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an
-** error code is returned.  The
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()]  routines can be used to obtain
+** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection {H12700} 
+**
+** These routines open an SQLite database file whose name is given by the
+** filename argument. The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
+** order for sqlite3_open16(). A [database connection] handle is usually
+** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
+** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
+** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
+** object. If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
+** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.  The
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
 ** an English language description of the error.
 **
 ** The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
-** [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open_v2()] is called and
-** UTF-16 in the native byte order if [sqlite3_open16()] is used.
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
+** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
 **
 ** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
-** associated with the [sqlite3*] handle should be released by passing it
-** to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
+** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
+** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
 **
-** The [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface works like [sqlite3_open()] 
-** except that it acccepts two additional parameters for additional control
-** over the new database connection.  The flags parameter can be
-** one of:
+** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
+** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
+** over the new database connection.  The flags parameter can take one of
+** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
+** and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flags:
 **
-** 
        
-** 
      1.   [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
-** 
      2.   [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
-** 
      3.   [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
-** 
      
+** 
      
+** 
      [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
      
+** 
      The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
+** already exist, an error is returned.
      
+**
+** 
      [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
      
+** 
      The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
+** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
+** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.
      
+**
+** 
      [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
      
+** 
      The database is opened for reading and writing, and is creates it if
+** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().
      
+** 
      
+**
+** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
+** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined
+** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX],
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flags,
+** then the behavior is undefined.
 **
-** The first value opens the database read-only. 
-** If the database does not previously exist, an error is returned.
-** The second option opens
-** the database for reading and writing if possible, or reading only if
-** if the file is write protected.  In either case the database
-** must already exist or an error is returned.  The third option
-** opens the database for reading and writing and creates it if it does
-** not already exist.
-** The third options is behavior that is always used for [sqlite3_open()]
-** and [sqlite3_open16()].
-**
-** If the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2()] is not one of the
-** combinations shown above then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** If the filename is ":memory:", then an private
-** in-memory database is created for the connection.  This in-memory
-** database will vanish when the database connection is closed.  Future
-** version of SQLite might make use of additional special filenames
-** that begin with the ":" character.  It is recommended that 
-** when a database filename really does begin with
-** ":" that you prefix the filename with a pathname like "./" to
-** avoid ambiguity.
-**
-** If the filename is an empty string, then a private temporary
+** If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
+** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
+** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  If the
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
+** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
+** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
+** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
+** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  The
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
+** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
+**
+** If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
+** is created for the connection.  This in-memory database will vanish when
+** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
+** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
+** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
+** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
+** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
+**
+** If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
 ** on-disk database will be created.  This private database will be
 ** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
 **
 ** The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system 
-** interface that the new database connection should use.  If the
-** fourth parameter is a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs]
-** object is used.
+** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
+** the new database connection should use.  If the fourth parameter is
+** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
 **
-** Note to windows users:  The encoding used for the filename argument
-** of [sqlite3_open()] and [sqlite3_open_v2()] must be UTF-8, not whatever
+** Note to Windows users:  The encoding used for the filename argument
+** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
 ** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
 ** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
-** [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open_v2()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12701} The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces create a new
-**          [database connection] associated with
-**          the database file given in their first parameter.
-**
-** {F12702} The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8
-**          for [sqlite3_open()] and [sqlite3_open_v2()] and as UTF-16
-**          in the native byte order for [sqlite3_open16()].
-**
-** {F12703} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], 
-**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()] writes a pointer to a new
-**          [database connection] into *ppDb.
-**
-** {F12704} The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces return [SQLITE_OK] upon success,
-**          or an appropriate [error code] on failure.
-**
-** {F12706} The default text encoding for a new database created using
-**          [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open_v2()] will be UTF-8.
-**
-** {F12707} The default text encoding for a new database created using
-**          [sqlite3_open16()] will be UTF-16.
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
 **
-** {F12709} The [sqlite3_open(F,D)] interface is equivalent to
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,0)] where the G parameter is
-**          [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]|[SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
-**
-** {F12711} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] then the database is opened
-**          for reading only.
-**
-** {F12712} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] then the database is opened
-**          reading and writing if possible, or for reading only if the
-**          file is write protected by the operating system.
-**
-** {F12713} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open(v2(F,D,G,V)] omits the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
-**          previously exist, an error is returned.
-**
-** {F12714} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open(v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
-**          previously exist, then an attempt is made to create and
-**          initialize the database.
-**
-** {F12717} If the filename argument to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()] is ":memory:", then an private,
-**          ephemeral, in-memory database is created for the connection.
-**          Is SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE required
-**          in sqlite3_open_v2()?
-**
-** {F12719} If the filename is NULL or an empty string, then a private,
-**          ephermeral on-disk database will be created.
-**          Is SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE required
-**          in sqlite3_open_v2()?
-**
-** {F12721} The [database connection] created by 
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] will use the
-**          [sqlite3_vfs] object identified by the V parameter, or
-**          the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is V is a NULL pointer.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12701] [H12702] [H12703] [H12704] [H12706] [H12707] [H12709] [H12711]
+** [H12712] [H12713] [H12714] [H12717] [H12719] [H12721] [H12723]
 */
-int sqlite3_open(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
   const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
   sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
 );
-int sqlite3_open16(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
   const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
   sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
 );
-int sqlite3_open_v2(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
   const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
   sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
   int flags,              /* Flags */
@@ -2091,68 +2183,61 @@ int sqlite3_open_v2(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages {F12800}
+** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages {H12800} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric
-** [SQLITE_OK | result code] or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code]
-** for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call associated
-** with [sqlite3] handle 'db'. If a prior API call failed but the
-** most recent API call succeeded, the return value from sqlite3_errcode()
-** is undefined.
+** The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
+** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
+** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
+** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
+** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.  The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
+** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
+** disabled.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
-** text that describes the error, as either UTF8 or UTF16 respectively.
+** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
 ** Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
-** The application does not need to worry with freeing the result.
+** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
 ** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
 ** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12801} The [sqlite3_errcode(D)] interface returns the numeric
-**          [SQLITE_OK | result code] or
-**          [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code]
-**          for the most recently failed interface call associated
-**          with [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F12803} The [sqlite3_errmsg(D)] and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)]
-**          interfaces return English-language text that describes
-**          the error in the mostly recently failed interface call,
-**          encoded as either UTF8 or UTF16 respectively.
-**
-** {F12807} The strings returned by [sqlite3_errmsg()] and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]
-**          are valid until the next SQLite interface call.
-**
-** {F12808} Calls to API routines that do not return an error code
-**          (example: [sqlite3_data_count()]) do not
-**          change the error code or message returned by
-**          [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
-**
-** {F12809} Interfaces that are not associated with a specific
-**          [database connection] (examples:
-**          [sqlite3_mprintf()] or [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]
-**          do not change the values returned by
-**          [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
+** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
+** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
+** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
+** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
+** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
+** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
+** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
+** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
+** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
+**
+** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
+** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
+** error code and message may or may not be set.
+**
+** Requirements:
+** [H12801] [H12802] [H12803] [H12807] [H12808] [H12809]
 */
-int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
-const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
-const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object {F13000}
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object {H13000} 
 ** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
 **
-** An instance of this object represent single SQL statements.  This
-** object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a 
+** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
+** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
 ** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
-** 
+**
 ** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
 **
 ** 
        
 ** 
      1.  Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
 **      function.
-** 
      2.  Bind values to host parameters using
-**      [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_* interfaces].
+** 
      3.  Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
+**      interfaces.
 ** 
      4.  Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
 ** 
      5.  Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
 **      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
@@ -2165,7 +2250,7 @@ const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
 typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits {F12760}
+** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits {H12760} 
 **
 ** This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
 ** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
@@ -2175,8 +2260,10 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 ** new limit for that construct.  The function returns the old limit.
 **
 ** If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a hard upper
-** bound set by a compile-time C-preprocess macro named SQLITE_MAX_XYZ.
+** For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a 
+** [limits | hard upper bound]
+** set by a compile-time C preprocessor macro named 
+** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_XYZ].
 ** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".)
 ** Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
 ** silently truncated to the hard upper limit.
@@ -2184,55 +2271,42 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
 ** Run time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
 ** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
 ** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
-** webbrowser that has its own databases for storing history and
-** separate databases controlled by javascript applications downloaded
-** off the internet.  The internal databases can be given the
+** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
+** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
+** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
 ** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
 ** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
-** attach.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
+** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
 ** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
 ** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
 ** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
 **
-** This interface is currently considered experimental and is subject
-** to change or removal without prior notice.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
+** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
 **
-** {F12762} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] where V is
-**          positive changes the
-**          limit on the size of construct C in [database connection] D
-**          to the lessor of V and the hard upper bound on the size
-**          of C that is set at compile-time.
-**
-** {F12766} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] where V is negative
-**          leaves the state of [database connection] D unchanged.
-**
-** {F12769} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] returns the
-**          value of the limit on the size of construct C in
-**          in [database connection] D as it was prior to the call.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12762] [H12766] [H12769]
 */
-int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories {F12790}
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories {H12790} 
 ** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {limit categories}
-** 
-** These constants define various aspects of a [database connection]
-** that can be limited in size by calls to [sqlite3_limit()].
-** The meanings of the various limits are as follows:
+**
+** These constants define various performance limits
+** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
+** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
+** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
 **
 ** 
        
 ** 
        SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
        
-** 
        The maximum size of any
-** string or blob or table row.
        
+** 
        The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row.
        
 **
 ** 
        SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
        
 ** 
        The maximum length of an SQL statement.
        
 **
 ** 
        SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
        
 ** 
        The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
-** result set of a SELECT or the maximum number of columns in an index
+** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
 ** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
        
 **
 ** 
        SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
        
@@ -2249,15 +2323,18 @@ int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 ** 
        The maximum number of arguments on a function.
        
 **
 ** 
        SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
        
-** 
        The maximum number of attached databases.
        
+** 
        The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].
        
 **
 ** 
        SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
        
-** 
        The maximum length of the pattern argument to the LIKE or
-** GLOB operators.
        
+** 
        The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
+** [GLOB] operators.
        
 **
 ** 
        SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
        
 ** 
        The maximum number of variables in an SQL statement that can
 ** be bound.
        
+**
+** 
        SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
        
+** 
        The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
        
 ** 
        
 */
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
@@ -2270,54 +2347,55 @@ int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {F13010}
+** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {H13010} 
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
 **
 ** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
-** program using one of these routines. 
+** program using one of these routines.
+**
+** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
+** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
+** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
 **
-** The first argument "db" is an [database connection] 
-** obtained from a prior call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()]
-** or [sqlite3_open16()]. 
-** The second argument "zSql" is the statement to be compiled, encoded
+** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
 ** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
-** interfaces uses UTF-8 and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
-** use UTF-16. {END}
-**
-** If the nByte argument is less
-** than zero, then zSql is read up to the first zero terminator.
-** If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum number of 
-** bytes read from zSql.  When nByte is non-negative, the
-** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or 
+** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
+** use UTF-16.
+**
+** If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
+** number of  bytes read from zSql.  When nByte is non-negative, the
+** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
 ** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
 ** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
-** performance advantage to be had by passing an nByte parameter that 
-** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including 
-** the nul-terminator bytes.{END}
+** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
+** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string including
+** the nul-terminator bytes.
 **
-** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the
-** first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only compiles the first
-** statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains
-** uncompiled.
+** If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
+** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
+** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
+** what remains uncompiled.
 **
 ** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
-** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  Or if there is an error, *ppStmt is
-** set to NULL.  If the input text contains no SQL (if the input
-** is and empty string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
-** {U13018} The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the
-** compiled SQL statement
-** using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
+** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
+** to NULL.  If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
+** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
+** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
+** ppStmt may not be NULL.
 **
-** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an 
-** [error code] is returned.
+** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned, otherwise an [error code] is returned.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
 ** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
 ** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
 ** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
-** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the 
-** original SQL text. {END} This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
+** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
+** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
 ** behave a differently in two ways:
 **
 ** 
          
@@ -2326,83 +2404,48 @@ int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
 ** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
 ** statement and try to run it again.  If the schema has changed in
 ** a way that makes the statement no longer valid, [sqlite3_step()] will still
-** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA].  But unlike the legacy behavior, 
-** [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is now a fatal error.  Calling
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the
+** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA].  But unlike the legacy behavior, [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is
+** now a fatal error.  Calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the
 ** error go away.  Note: use [sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text
-** of the parsing error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return. {END}
+** of the parsing error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return.
 ** 
 **
 ** 
        1. 
-** When an error occurs, 
-** [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed 
-** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. 
-** The legacy behavior was that [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] result code and you would have to make a second call to
-** [sqlite3_reset()] in order to find the underlying cause of the problem.
-** With the "v2" prepare interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is
-** returned immediately.
+** When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
+** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  The legacy behavior was that
+** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
+** and you would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] in order
+** to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
+** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
 ** 
          2. 
 ** 
        
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13011} The [sqlite3_prepare(db,zSql,...)] and
-**          [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,...)] interfaces interpret the
-**          text in their zSql parameter as UTF-8.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13011] [H13012] [H13013] [H13014] [H13015] [H13016] [H13019] [H13021]
 **
-** {F13012} The [sqlite3_prepare16(db,zSql,...)] and
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16_v2(db,zSql,...)] interfaces interpret the
-**          text in their zSql parameter as UTF-16 in the native byte order.
-**
-** {F13013} If the nByte argument to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,nByte,...)]
-**          and its variants is less than zero, then SQL text is
-**          read from zSql is read up to the first zero terminator.
-**
-** {F13014} If the nByte argument to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,nByte,...)]
-**          and its variants is non-negative, then at most nBytes bytes
-**          SQL text is read from zSql.
-**
-** {F13015} In [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,N,P,pzTail)] and its variants
-**          if the zSql input text contains more than one SQL statement
-**          and pzTail is not NULL, then *pzTail is made to point to the
-**          first byte past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.
-**          What does *pzTail point to if there is one statement?
-**
-** {F13016} A successful call to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,N,ppStmt,...)]
-**          or one of its variants writes into *ppStmt a pointer to a new
-**          [prepared statement] or a pointer to NULL
-**          if zSql contains nothing other than whitespace or comments. 
-**
-** {F13019} The [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] interface and its variants return
-**          [SQLITE_OK] or an appropriate [error code] upon failure.
-**
-** {F13021} Before [sqlite3_prepare(db,zSql,nByte,ppStmt,pzTail)] or its
-**          variants returns an error (any value other than [SQLITE_OK])
-**          it first sets *ppStmt to NULL.
 */
-int sqlite3_prepare(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
   sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
   const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
   int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
   sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
   const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
 );
-int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
   sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
   const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
   int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
   sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
   const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
 );
-int sqlite3_prepare16(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
   sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
   const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
   int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
   sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
   const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
 );
-int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
   sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
   const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
   int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
@@ -2411,85 +2454,78 @@ int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPIREF: Retrieving Statement SQL {F13100}
-**
-** This intereface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
-** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL {H13100} 
 **
-** {F13101} If the [prepared statement] passed as 
-**          the an argument to [sqlite3_sql()] was compiled
-**          compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()],
-**          then [sqlite3_sql()] function returns a pointer to a
-**          zero-terminated string containing a UTF-8 rendering
-**          of the original SQL statement.
+** This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
+** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
+** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
 **
-** {F13102} If the [prepared statement] passed as 
-**          the an argument to [sqlite3_sql()] was compiled
-**          compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare()] or
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16()],
-**          then [sqlite3_sql()] function returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {F13103} The string returned by [sqlite3_sql(S)] is valid until the
-**          [prepared statement] S is deleted using [sqlite3_finalize(S)].
+** Requirements:
+** [H13101] [H13102] [H13103]
 */
-const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Dynamically Typed Value Object  {F15000}
+** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object {H15000} 
 ** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
 **
 ** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
-** that can be stored in a database table.
-** SQLite uses dynamic typing for the values it stores.  
-** Values stored in sqlite3_value objects can be
-** be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
+** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
+** for the values it stores. Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
+** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
 **
 ** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
 ** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
 ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
-** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies 
+** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
 ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
 **
 ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
 ** a mutex is held.  A internal mutex is held for a protected
 ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
 ** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
-** (with SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** then there is no distinction between
-** protected and unprotected sqlite3_value objects and they can be
-** used interchangable.  However, for maximum code portability it
-** is recommended that applications make the distinction between
-** between protected and unprotected sqlite3_value objects even if
-** they are single threaded.
+** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
+** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
+** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
+** still make the distinction between between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
-** implementation of application-defined SQL functions are protected.
+** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
 ** The sqlite3_value object returned by
 ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
 ** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
-** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].  All other
-** interfaces that use sqlite3_value require protected sqlite3_value objects.
+** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
+** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
+** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
 */
 typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  SQL Function Context Object {F16001}
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object {H16001} 
 **
 ** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
-** sqlite3_context object.  A pointer to an sqlite3_context
-** object is always first parameter to application-defined SQL functions.
+** sqlite3_context object.  A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
+** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
+** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
+** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
+** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
+** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
+** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
 */
 typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Binding Values To Prepared Statements {F13500}
+** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements {H13500} 
+** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
 **
-** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its
-** variants, literals may be replace by a parameter in one
-** of these forms:
+** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
+** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
+** templates:
 **
 ** 
          
 ** 
        •   ?
@@ -2499,33 +2535,32 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** 
        •   $VVV
 ** 
        
 **
-** In the parameter forms shown above NNN is an integer literal,
-** VVV alpha-numeric parameter name.
-** The values of these parameters (also called "host parameter names"
-** or "SQL parameters")
+** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
+** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifer.  The values of these
+** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
 ** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
 **
-** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines always
-** is a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. The second
-** argument is the index of the parameter to be set. The
-** first parameter has an index of 1.  When the same named
-** parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
-** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. 
+** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
+** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
+**
+** The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
+** The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  When the same named
+** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
+** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
 ** The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()] API if desired.  The index
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  The index
 ** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
-** The NNN value must be between 1 and the compile-time
-** parameter SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER (default value: 999).
+** The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
+** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
 **
 ** The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
 **
-** In those
-** routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the number of bytes
-** in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the number of bytes
-** in the value, not the number of characters. 
+** In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
+** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
+** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.
 ** If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is
-** number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
+** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
 **
 ** The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
 ** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
@@ -2537,12 +2572,12 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
-** is filled with zeros.  A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
-** (just an integer to hold it size) while it is being processed.
-** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as place-holders for BLOBs whose
-** content is later written using 
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | increment BLOB I/O] routines. A negative
-** value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
+** is filled with zeroes.  A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
+** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
+** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
+** content is later written using
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
+** A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_bind_*() routines must be called after
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] (and its variants) or [sqlite3_reset()] and
@@ -2552,7 +2587,7 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 **
 ** These routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an error code if
 ** anything goes wrong.  [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
-** index is out of range.  [SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc fails.
+** index is out of range.  [SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
 ** [SQLITE_MISUSE] might be returned if these routines are called on a
 ** virtual machine that is the wrong state or which has already been finalized.
 ** Detection of misuse is unreliable.  Applications should not depend
@@ -2561,136 +2596,64 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
 ** panic rather than return SQLITE_MISUSE.
 **
 ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13506} The [sqlite3_prepare | SQL statement compiler] recognizes
-**          tokens of the forms "?", "?NNN", "$VVV", ":VVV", and "@VVV"
-**          as SQL parameters, where NNN is any sequence of one or more
-**          digits and where VVV is any sequence of one or more 
-**          alphanumeric characters or "::" optionally followed by
-**          a string containing no spaces and contained within parentheses.
-**
-** {F13509} The initial value of an SQL parameter is NULL.
-**
-** {F13512} The index of an "?" SQL parameter is one larger than the
-**          largest index of SQL parameter to the left, or 1 if
-**          the "?" is the leftmost SQL parameter.
-**
-** {F13515} The index of an "?NNN" SQL parameter is the integer NNN.
-**
-** {F13518} The index of an ":VVV", "$VVV", or "@VVV" SQL parameter is
-**          the same as the index of leftmost occurances of the same
-**          parameter, or one more than the largest index over all
-**          parameters to the left if this is the first occurrance
-**          of this parameter, or 1 if this is the leftmost parameter.
-**
-** {F13521} The [sqlite3_prepare | SQL statement compiler] fail with
-**          an [SQLITE_RANGE] error if the index of an SQL parameter
-**          is less than 1 or greater than SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER.
-**
-** {F13524} Calls to [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,N,V,...)]
-**          associate the value V with all SQL parameters having an
-**          index of N in the [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {F13527} Calls to [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,N,...)]
-**          override prior calls with the same values of S and N.
-**
-** {F13530} Bindings established by [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,...)]
-**          persist across calls to [sqlite3_reset(S)].
-**
-** {F13533} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] SQLite binds the first L
-**          bytes of the blob or string pointed to by V, when L
-**          is non-negative.
-**
-** {F13536} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)] or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] SQLite binds characters
-**          from V through the first zero character when L is negative.
-**
-** {F13539} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is the special
-**          constant [SQLITE_STATIC], SQLite assumes that the value V
-**          is held in static unmanaged space that will not change
-**          during the lifetime of the binding.
-**
-** {F13542} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is the special
-**          constant [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], the routine makes a 
-**          private copy of V value before it returns.
-**
-** {F13545} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is a pointer to
-**          a function, SQLite invokes that function to destroy the
-**          V value after it has finished using the V value.
-**
-** {F13548} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(S,N,V,L)] the value bound
-**          is a blob of L bytes, or a zero-length blob if L is negative.
-**
-** {F13551} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_value(S,N,V)] the V argument may
-**          be either a [protected sqlite3_value] object or an
-**          [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
-int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
-int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
-int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters {F13600}
-**
-** This routine can be used to find the number of SQL parameters
-** in a prepared statement.  SQL parameters are tokens of the
-** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
-** place-holders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
-** to the parameters at a later time.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13506] [H13509] [H13512] [H13515] [H13518] [H13521] [H13524] [H13527]
+** [H13530] [H13533] [H13536] [H13539] [H13542] [H13545] [H13548] [H13551]
 **
-** This routine actually returns the index of the largest parameter.
-** For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the number of
-** unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN are used, there may
-** be gaps in the list.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters {H13600} 
+**
+** This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
+** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
+** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
+** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
+** to the parameters at a later time.
+**
+** This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
+** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
+** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN are used,
+** there may be gaps in the list.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13601} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(S)] interface returns
-**          the largest index of all SQL parameters in the
-**          [prepared statement] S, or 0 if S
-**          contains no SQL parameters.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13601]
 */
-int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter {F13620}
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter {H13620} 
 **
 ** This routine returns a pointer to the name of the n-th
-** SQL parameter in a [prepared statement].
+** [SQL parameter] in a [prepared statement].
 ** SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
 ** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
 ** respectively.
 ** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
 ** is included as part of the name.
-** Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name.
+** Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
+** and are also referred to as "anonymous parameters".
 **
 ** The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
 **
 ** If the value n is out of range or if the n-th parameter is
 ** nameless, then NULL is returned.  The returned string is
-** always in the UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
+** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
 ** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
 ** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
 **
@@ -2698,18 +2661,13 @@ int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13621} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(S,N)] interface returns
-**          a UTF-8 rendering of the name of the SQL parameter in
-**          [prepared statement] S having index N, or
-**          NULL if there is no SQL parameter with index N or if the
-**          parameter with index N is an anonymous parameter "?".
+** Requirements:
+** [H13621]
 */
-const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name {F13640}
+** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name {H13640} 
 **
 ** Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  The
 ** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
@@ -2722,64 +2680,49 @@ const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
 ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13641} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(S,N)] interface returns
-**          the index of SQL parameter in [prepared statement]
-**          S whose name matches the UTF-8 string N, or 0 if there is
-**          no match.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13641]
 */
-int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement {F13660}
+** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement {H13660} 
 **
-** Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not
-** reset the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a 
-** [prepared statement].  Use this routine to
-** reset all host parameters to NULL.
+** Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
+** Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13661} The [sqlite3_clear_bindings(S)] interface resets all
-**          SQL parameter bindings in [prepared statement] S
-**          back to NULL.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13661]
 */
-int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set {F13710}
-**
-** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the 
-** [prepared statement]. This routine returns 0
-** if pStmt is an SQL statement that does not return data (for 
-** example an UPDATE).
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set {H13710} 
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
+** [prepared statement]. This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
+** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
 **
-** {F13711} The [sqlite3_column_count(S)] interface returns the number of
-**          columns in the result set generated by the
-**          [prepared statement] S, or 0 if S does not generate
-**          a result set.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13711]
 */
-int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set {F13720}
+** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set {H13720} 
 **
 ** These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
-** in the result set of a SELECT statement.  The sqlite3_column_name()
-** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF8 string
+** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  The sqlite3_column_name()
+** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
 ** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
-** UTF16 string.  The first parameter is the
-** [prepared statement] that implements the SELECT statement.
-** The second parameter is the column number.  The left-most column is
-** number 0.
+** UTF-16 string.  The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
+** that implements the [SELECT] statement. The second parameter is the
+** column number.  The leftmost column is number 0.
 **
-** The returned string pointer is valid until either the 
-** [prepared statement] is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()]
-** or until the next call sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16()
-** on the same column.
+** The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
+** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the next call to
+** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
 **
 ** If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
 ** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
@@ -2790,168 +2733,85 @@ int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
 ** one release of SQLite to the next.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13721} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)]
-**          interface returns the name
-**          of the Nth column (where 0 is the left-most column) for the
-**          result set of [prepared statement] S as a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-8 string.
-**
-** {F13723} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)]
-**          interface returns the name
-**          of the Nth column (where 0 is the left-most column) for the
-**          result set of [prepared statement] S as a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-16 string in the native byte order.
-**
-** {F13724} The [sqlite3_column_name()] and [sqlite3_column_name16()]
-**          interfaces return a NULL pointer if they are unable to
-**          allocate memory memory to hold there normal return strings.
-**
-** {F13725} If the N parameter to [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)] or
-**          [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)] is out of range, then the
-**          interfaces returns a NULL pointer.
-** 
-** {F13726} The strings returned by [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)] and
-**          [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)] are valid until the next
-**          call to either routine with the same S and N parameters
-**          or until [sqlite3_finalize(S)] is called.
-**
-** {F13727} When a result column of a [SELECT] statement contains
-**          an AS clause, the name of that column is the indentifier
-**          to the right of the AS keyword.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13721] [H13723] [H13724] [H13725] [H13726] [H13727]
 */
-const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result {F13740}
+** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result {H13740} 
 **
 ** These routines provide a means to determine what column of what
-** table in which database a result of a SELECT statement comes from.
+** table in which database a result of a [SELECT] statement comes from.
 ** The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
-** either a UTF8 or UTF16 string.  The _database_ routines return
+** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  The _database_ routines return
 ** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
 ** the origin_ routines return the column name.
-** The returned string is valid until
-** the [prepared statement] is destroyed using
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested
+** The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
+** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested
 ** again in a different encoding.
 **
 ** The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
 ** database, table, and column.
 **
 ** The first argument to the following calls is a [prepared statement].
-** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by 
+** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by
 ** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
 **
-** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression
-** or subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions
-** return NULL.  These routine might also return NULL if a memory
-** allocation error occurs.  Otherwise, they return the 
-** name of the attached database, table and column that query result
-** column was extracted from.
+** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
+** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
+** NULL.  These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
+** occurs.  Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table
+** and column that query result column was extracted from.
 **
 ** As with all other SQLite APIs, those postfixed with "16" return
 ** UTF-16 encoded strings, the other functions return UTF-8. {END}
 **
-** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the 
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined.
+** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
 **
-** {U13751}
+** {A13751}
 ** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
 ** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
 ** undefined.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13741} The [sqlite3_column_database_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the database from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13742} The [sqlite3_column_database_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order
-**          zero-terminated name of the database from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13743} The [sqlite3_column_table_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the table from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13744} The [sqlite3_column_table_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order
-**          zero-terminated name of the table from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13745} The [sqlite3_column_origin_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the table column from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13746} The [sqlite3_column_origin_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order
-**          zero-terminated name of the table column from which the 
-**          Nth result column of [prepared statement] S 
-**          is extracted, or NULL if the the Nth column of S is a
-**          general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**          
-** {F13748} The return values from
-**          [sqlite3_column_database_name|column metadata interfaces]
-**          are valid
-**          for the lifetime of the [prepared statement]
-**          or until the encoding is changed by another metadata
-**          interface call for the same prepared statement and column.
-**
-** LIMITATIONS:
-**
-** {U13751} If two or more threads call one or more
-**          [sqlite3_column_database_name|column metadata interfaces]
-**          the same [prepared statement] and result column
-**          at the same time then the results are undefined.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result {F13760}
-**
-** The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. 
-** If this statement is a SELECT statement and the Nth column of the 
-** returned result set of that SELECT is a table column (not an
+** Requirements:
+** [H13741] [H13742] [H13743] [H13744] [H13745] [H13746] [H13748]
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more
+** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
+** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
+** at the same time then the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result {H13760} 
+**
+** The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
+** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
+** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
 ** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
 ** column is returned.  If the Nth column of the result set is an
 ** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
-** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.  {END} 
-** For example, in the database schema:
+** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. {END}
+**
+** For example, given the database schema:
 **
 ** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
 **
-** And the following statement compiled:
+** and the following statement to be compiled:
 **
 ** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
 **
-** Then this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second
-** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column
-** (i==0).
+** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
+** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).
 **
 ** SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  So just because a column
 ** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
@@ -2960,57 +2820,36 @@ const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 ** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
 ** used to hold those values.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13761}  A successful call to [sqlite3_column_decltype(S,N)]
-**           returns a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the
-**           the declared datatype of the table column that appears
-**           as the Nth column (numbered from 0) of the result set to the
-**           [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {F13762}  A successful call to [sqlite3_column_decltype16(S,N)]
-**           returns a zero-terminated UTF-16 native byte order string
-**           containing the declared datatype of the table column that appears
-**           as the Nth column (numbered from 0) of the result set to the
-**           [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {F13763}  If N is less than 0 or N is greater than or equal to
-**           the number of columns in [prepared statement] S
-**           or if the Nth column of S is an expression or subquery rather
-**           than a table column or if a memory allocation failure
-**           occurs during encoding conversions, then
-**           calls to [sqlite3_column_decltype(S,N)] or
-**           [sqlite3_column_decltype16(S,N)] return NULL.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/* 
-** CAPI3REF:  Evaluate An SQL Statement {F13200}
-**
-** After an [prepared statement] has been prepared with a call
-** to either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or to one of
-** the legacy interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()],
-** then this function must be called one or more times to evaluate the 
-** statement.
-**
-** The details of the behavior of this sqlite3_step() interface depend
+** Requirements:
+** [H13761] [H13762] [H13763]
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement {H13200} 
+**
+** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
+** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
+**
+** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
 ** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
 ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
 ** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
 ** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
 ** interface will continue to be supported.
 **
-** In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], 
+** In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
 ** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
-** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [SQLITE_OK | result code]
-** or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code] might be returned as
-** well.
+** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
+** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
 **
 ** [SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
-** database locks it needs to do its job.  If the statement is a COMMIT
+** database locks it needs to do its job.  If the statement is a [COMMIT]
 ** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
-** statement.  If the statement is not a COMMIT and occurs within a
+** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within a
 ** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
 ** continuing.
 **
@@ -3019,16 +2858,15 @@ const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 ** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
 ** machine back to its initial state.
 **
-** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then 
-** [SQLITE_ROW] is returned each time a new row of data is ready
-** for processing by the caller. The values may be accessed using
-** the [sqlite3_column_int | column access functions].
+** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
+** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
+** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
 ** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
-** 
+**
 ** [SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
 ** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
 ** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (example:
+** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
 ** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
 ** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
 ** [prepared statement].  In the "v2" interface,
@@ -3036,80 +2874,43 @@ const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
 **
 ** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
 ** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
-** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had 
+** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
 ** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
 ** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
 ** more threads at the same moment in time.
 **
-** Goofy Interface Alert:
-** In the legacy interface, 
-** the sqlite3_step() API always returns a generic error code,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR], following any error other than [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the specific
-** [error codes] that better describes the error.
+** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
+** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
+** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
+** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
+** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
 ** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
 ** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
 ** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
-** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()], then the 
-** more specific [error codes] are returned directly
+** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
+** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
 ** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13202}  If [prepared statement] S is ready to be
-**           run, then [sqlite3_step(S)] advances that prepared statement
-**           until to completion or until it is ready to return another
-**           row of the result set or an interrupt or run-time error occurs.
-**
-** {F15304}  When a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] causes the 
-**           [prepared statement] S to run to completion,
-**           the function returns [SQLITE_DONE].
-**
-** {F15306}  When a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] stops because it is ready
-**           to return another row of the result set, it returns
-**           [SQLITE_ROW].
-**
-** {F15308}  If a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] encounters an
-**           [sqlite3_interrupt|interrupt] or a run-time error,
-**           it returns an appropraite error code that is not one of
-**           [SQLITE_OK], [SQLITE_ROW], or [SQLITE_DONE].
-**
-** {F15310}  If an [sqlite3_interrupt|interrupt] or run-time error
-**           occurs during a call to [sqlite3_step(S)]
-**           for a [prepared statement] S created using
-**           legacy interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or
-**           [sqlite3_prepare16()] then the function returns either
-**           [SQLITE_ERROR], [SQLITE_BUSY], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
+** Requirements:
+** [H13202] [H15304] [H15306] [H15308] [H15310]
 */
-int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set {F13770}
-**
-** Return the number of values in the current row of the result set.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
+** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set {H13770} 
 **
-** {F13771}  After a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] that returns
-**           [SQLITE_ROW], the [sqlite3_data_count(S)] routine
-**           will return the same value as the
-**           [sqlite3_column_count(S)] function.
+** Returns the number of values in the current row of the result set.
 **
-** {F13772}  After [sqlite3_step(S)] has returned any value other than
-**           [SQLITE_ROW] or before [sqlite3_step(S)] has been 
-**           called on the [prepared statement] for
-**           the first time since it was [sqlite3_prepare|prepared]
-**           or [sqlite3_reset|reset], the [sqlite3_data_count(S)]
-**           routine returns zero.
+** Requirements:
+** [H13771] [H13772]
 */
-int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes {F10265}
+** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes {H10265} 
 ** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
 **
-** {F10266}Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
+** {H10266} Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
 **
 ** 
          
 ** 
        •  64-bit signed integer
@@ -3123,7 +2924,7 @@ int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 **
 ** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
 ** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
-** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT not
+** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
 ** SQLITE_TEXT.
 */
 #define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
@@ -3138,33 +2939,31 @@ int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 #define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Results Values From A Query {F13800}
+** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query {H13800} 
+** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
 **
 ** These routines form the "result set query" interface.
 **
-** These routines return information about
-** a single column of the current result row of a query.  In every
-** case the first argument is a pointer to the 
-** [prepared statement] that is being
-** evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] that was returned from 
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) and
-** the second argument is the index of the column for which information 
-** should be returned.  The left-most column of the result set
-** has an index of 0.
-**
-** If the SQL statement is not currently point to a valid row, or if the
-** the column index is out of range, the result is undefined. 
+** These routines return information about a single column of the current
+** result row of a query.  In every case the first argument is a pointer
+** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
+** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
+** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
+** should be returned.  The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
+**
+** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
 ** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
 ** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
-** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] has been call subsequently.
+** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
 ** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
 ** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
 ** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
 ** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
 ** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
-** are pending, then the results are undefined.  
+** are pending, then the results are undefined.
 **
-** The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns 
+** The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
 ** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
 ** of the result column.  The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
 ** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
@@ -3174,7 +2973,7 @@ int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
 ** following a type conversion.
 **
-** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() 
+** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
 ** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
 ** If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
 ** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
@@ -3187,11 +2986,11 @@ int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 **
 ** Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
 ** even empty strings, are always zero terminated.  The return
-** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length blob is an arbitrary
+** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is an arbitrary
 ** pointer, possibly even a NULL pointer.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** but leaves the result in UTF-16 in native byte order instead of UTF-8.  
+** but leaves the result in UTF-16 in native byte order instead of UTF-8.
 ** The zero terminator is not included in this count.
 **
 ** The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
@@ -3199,15 +2998,14 @@ int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
 ** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
 ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
-** to routines like 
-** [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or [sqlite3_value_bytes()],
-** then the behavior is undefined.
+** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
 **
 ** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  For
 ** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
-** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to do the conversion
-** automatically.  The following table details the conversions that
-** are applied:
+** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
+** conversion automatically.  The following table details the conversions
+** that are applied:
 **
 ** 
          
 ** 
        
      
@@ -3219,7 +3017,7 @@ int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** 
        NULL       BLOB     Result is NULL pointer
 ** 
       INTEGER    FLOAT     Convert from integer to float
 ** 
       INTEGER     TEXT     ASCII rendering of the integer
-** 
       INTEGER     BLOB     Same as for INTEGER->TEXT
+** 
       INTEGER     BLOB     Same as INTEGER->TEXT
 ** 
        FLOAT    INTEGER    Convert from float to integer
 ** 
        FLOAT      TEXT     ASCII rendering of the float
 ** 
        FLOAT      BLOB     Same as FLOAT->TEXT
@@ -3234,57 +3032,56 @@ int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 **
 ** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
 ** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
-** on equavalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
+** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
 ** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
 ** C programmers.
 **
 ** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
 ** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
-** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. 
+** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
 ** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
 ** in the following cases:
 **
 ** 
        
-** 
      •   The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() 
-**          or sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
-**          need to be added to the string.
        • 
-**
-** 
      •   The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
-**          sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
-**          to UTF-16.
        • 
-**
-** 
      •   The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-**          sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
-**          to UTF-8.
        • 
+** 
      •  The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
+**      need to be added to the string.
        • 
+** 
      •  The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-16.
        • 
+** 
      •  The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-8.
        • 
 ** 
      
 **
 ** Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
 ** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
 ** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified.  Other kinds
-** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometime it is
-** not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.  
+** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
+** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
 **
 ** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
 ** in one of the following ways:
 **
-**  
        
+** 
          
 **  
        • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
          • 
 **  
        • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
          • 
 **  
        • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
          • 
-**  
        
+** 
      
 **
-** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), sqlite3_column_blob(),
-** or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result into the desired
-** format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or sqlite3_column_bytes16() to
-** find the size of the result.  Do not mix call to sqlite3_column_text() or
-** sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes16().  And do not
-** mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
+** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
+** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
+** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
+** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
+** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
 **
 ** The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
 ** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
 ** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  The memory space used to hold strings
-** and blobs is freed automatically.  Do not pass the pointers returned
-** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into 
+** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do not pass the pointers returned
+** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
 ** [sqlite3_free()].
 **
 ** If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
@@ -3293,255 +3090,153 @@ int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 ** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
 ** [SQLITE_NOMEM].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F13803} The [sqlite3_column_blob(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a blob and then returns a
-**          pointer to the converted value.
-**
-** {F13806} The [sqlite3_column_bytes(S,N)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the blob or string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_column_blob(S,N)] or
-**          [sqlite3_column_text(S,N)].
-**
-** {F13809} The [sqlite3_column_bytes16(S,N)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_column_text16(S,N)].
-**
-** {F13812} The [sqlite3_column_double(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a floating point value and
-**          returns a copy of that value.
-**
-** {F13815} The [sqlite3_column_int(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns the lower 32 bits of that integer.
-**
-** {F13818} The [sqlite3_column_int64(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns a copy of that integer.
-**
-** {F13821} The [sqlite3_column_text(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a zero-terminated UTF-8 
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F13824} The [sqlite3_column_text16(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 native byte order
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F13827} The [sqlite3_column_type(S,N)] interface returns
-**          one of [SQLITE_NULL], [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT],
-**          [SQLITE_TEXT], or [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
-**          the Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {F13830} The [sqlite3_column_value(S,N)] interface returns a
-**          pointer to an [unprotected sqlite3_value] object for the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          [prepared statement] S.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object {F13300}
-**
-** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a 
-** [prepared statement]. If the statement was
-** executed successfully, or not executed at all, then SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** If execution of the statement failed then an 
-** [error code] or [extended error code]
-** is returned. 
+** Requirements:
+** [H13803] [H13806] [H13809] [H13812] [H13815] [H13818] [H13821] [H13824]
+** [H13827] [H13830]
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object {H13300} 
+**
+** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
+** If the statement was executed successfully or not executed at all, then
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. If execution of the statement failed then an
+** [error code] or [extended error code] is returned.
 **
 ** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the
-** [prepared statement].  If the virtual machine has not 
+** [prepared statement].  If the virtual machine has not
 ** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like
-** encountering an error or an interrupt.  (See [sqlite3_interrupt()].) 
-** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions cancelled,  
-** depending on the circumstances, and the 
+** encountering an error or an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt].
+** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions canceled,
+** depending on the circumstances, and the
 ** [error code] returned will be [SQLITE_ABORT].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F11302} The [sqlite3_finalize(S)] interface destroys the
-**          [prepared statement] S and releases all
-**          memory and file resources held by that object.
-**
-** {F11304} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-**          [prepared statement] S returned an error,
-**          then [sqlite3_finalize(S)] returns that same error.
+** Requirements:
+** [H11302] [H11304]
 */
-int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object {F13330}
+** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object {H13330} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a 
-** [prepared statement] object.
-** back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
+** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
 ** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
 ** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
 ** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
 **
-** {F11332} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
+** {H11332} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
 **          back to the beginning of its program.
 **
-** {F11334} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for 
+** {H11334} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
 **          [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
 **          or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
 **          then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
 **
-** {F11336} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for
+** {H11336} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
 **          [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
 **          [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
 **
-** {F11338} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
-**          of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on [prepared statement] S.
+** {H11338} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
+**          of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
 */
-int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions {F16100}
-** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} 
-**
-** These two functions (collectively known as
-** "function creation routines") are used to add SQL functions or aggregates
-** or to redefine the behavior of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The
-** difference only between the two is that the second parameter, the
-** name of the (scalar) function or aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for
-** sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_create_function16().
+** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions {H16100} 
+** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
+**
+** These two functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
+** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
+** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only difference between the
+** two is that the second parameter, the name of the (scalar) function or
+** aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16
+** for sqlite3_create_function16().
 **
 ** The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
-** function is to be added.  If a single
-** program uses more than one [database connection] internally, then SQL
-** functions must be added individually to each [database connection].
-**
-** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created
-** or redefined.
-** The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of the 
-** zero-terminator.  Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not
-** characters.  Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
-** will result in an SQLITE_ERROR error.
+** function is to be added.  If a single program uses more than one database
+** connection internally, then SQL functions must be added individually to
+** each database connection.
 **
-** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
-** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the SQL function or
-** aggregate may take any number of arguments.
+** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
+** redefined.  The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of
+** the zero-terminator.  Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not
+** characters.  Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
+** will result in [SQLITE_ERROR] being returned.
+**
+** The third parameter (nArg)
+** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
+** aggregate takes. If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
+** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
+** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
+** undefined.
 **
-** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what 
+** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
 ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
 ** its parameters.  Any SQL function implementation should be able to work
 ** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be.  But some implementations may be
-** more efficient with one encoding than another.  It is allowed to
+** more efficient with one encoding than another.  An application may
 ** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
 ** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
 ** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
 ** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
-** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what
-** text encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be
-** [SQLITE_ANY].
+** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
+** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
 **
-** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation
-** of the function can gain access to this pointer using
-** [sqlite3_user_data()].
+** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
+** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].
 **
 ** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
-** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL
-** function or aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of
-** the xFunc callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep
-** and xFinal parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation
-** of xStep and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an
-** existing SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function
-** callback.
+** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
+** aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
+** callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep and xFinal
+** parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
+** and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an existing
+** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function callbacks.
 **
 ** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
 ** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
-** arguments or differing perferred text encodings.  SQLite will use
-** the implementation most closely matches the way in which the
-** SQL function is used.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16103} The [sqlite3_create_function16()] interface behaves exactly
-**          like [sqlite3_create_function()] in every way except that it
-**          interprets the zFunctionName argument as
-**          zero-terminated UTF-16 native byte order instead of as a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-8.
-**
-** {F16106} A successful invocation of
-**          the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)] interface registers
-**          or replaces callback functions in [database connection] D
-**          used to implement the SQL function named X with N parameters
-**          and having a perferred text encoding of E.
-**
-** {F16109} A successful call to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          replaces the P, F, S, and L values from any prior calls with
-**          the same D, X, N, and E values.
-**
-** {F16112} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,...)] interface fails with
-**          a return code of [SQLITE_ERROR] if the SQL function name X is
-**          longer than 255 bytes exclusive of the zero terminator.
-**
-** {F16118} Either F must be NULL and S and L are non-NULL or else F
-**          is non-NULL and S and L are NULL, otherwise
-**          [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] returns [SQLITE_ERROR].
-**
-** {F16121} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,...)] interface fails with an
-**          error code of [SQLITE_BUSY] if there exist [prepared statements]
-**          associated with the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F16124} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)] interface fails with an
-**          error code of [SQLITE_ERROR] if parameter N (specifying the number
-**          of arguments to the SQL function being registered) is less
-**          than -1 or greater than 127.
-**
-** {F16127} When N is non-negative, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          interface causes callbacks to be invoked for the SQL function
-**          named X when the number of arguments to the SQL function is
-**          exactly N.
-**
-** {F16130} When N is -1, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          interface causes callbacks to be invoked for the SQL function
-**          named X with any number of arguments.
-**
-** {F16133} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          specify multiple implementations of the same function X
-**          and when one implementation has N>=0 and the other has N=(-1)
-**          the implementation with a non-zero N is preferred.
-**
-** {F16136} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)]
-**          specify multiple implementations of the same function X with
-**          the same number of arguments N but with different
-**          encodings E, then the implementation where E matches the
-**          database encoding is preferred.
-**
-** {F16139} For an aggregate SQL function created using
-**          [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,0,S,L)] the finializer
-**          function L will always be invoked exactly once if the
-**          step function S is called one or more times.
-**
-** {F16142} When SQLite invokes either the xFunc or xStep function of
-**          an application-defined SQL function or aggregate created
-**          by [sqlite3_create_function()] or [sqlite3_create_function16()],
-**          then the array of [sqlite3_value] objects passed as the
-**          third parameter are always [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_function(
+** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  SQLite will use
+** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
+** SQL function is used.  A function implementation with a non-negative
+** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
+** a negative nArg.  A function where the preferred text encoding
+** matches the database encoding is a better
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
+** A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
+** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
+** between UTF8 and UTF16.
+**
+** Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
+** The first application-defined function with a given name overrides all
+** built-in functions in the same [database connection] with the same name.
+** Subsequent application-defined functions of the same name only override 
+** prior application-defined functions that are an exact match for the
+** number of parameters and preferred encoding.
+**
+** An application-defined function is permitted to call other
+** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
+** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
+** statement in which the function is running.
+**
+** Requirements:
+** [H16103] [H16106] [H16109] [H16112] [H16118] [H16121] [H16127]
+** [H16130] [H16133] [H16136] [H16139] [H16142]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
   sqlite3 *db,
   const char *zFunctionName,
   int nArg,
@@ -3551,7 +3246,7 @@ int sqlite3_create_function(
   void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
   void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
 );
-int sqlite3_create_function16(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
   sqlite3 *db,
   const void *zFunctionName,
   int nArg,
@@ -3563,7 +3258,7 @@ int sqlite3_create_function16(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings {F10267}
+** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings {H10267}  
 **
 ** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
 ** text encodings supported by SQLite.
@@ -3576,23 +3271,26 @@ int sqlite3_create_function16(
 #define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Obsolete Functions
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
+** DEPRECATED
 **
-** These functions are all now obsolete.  In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, we continue to support
-** these functions.  However, new development projects should avoid
+** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
+** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
 ** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
-** using these functions, we are not going to tell you want they do.
+** using these functions, we are not going to tell you what they do.
 */
-int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
-int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
-int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
-int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
-void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
-int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values {F15100}
+** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values {H15100} 
 **
 ** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
 ** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
@@ -3610,279 +3308,164 @@ int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
 ** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
 ** object results in undefined behavior.
 **
-** These routines work just like the corresponding 
-** [sqlite3_column_blob | sqlite3_column_* routines] except that 
-** these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object pointer
-** instead of an [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
+** These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
+** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
+** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
 **
-** The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF16 string
+** The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
 ** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  The
 ** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
-** extract UTF16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
+** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
 ** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
 ** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
 ** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
-** words if the value is a string that looks like a number)
-** then the conversion is done.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.  The 
-** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.
+** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
+** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
+** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.
 **
-** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer that
-** is returned from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
+** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
+** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
 ** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
 ** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].  
+** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
 **
 ** These routines must be called from the same thread as
 ** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
 **
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F15103} The [sqlite3_value_blob(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a blob and then returns a
-**          pointer to the converted value.
-**
-** {F15106} The [sqlite3_value_bytes(V)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the blob or string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_value_blob(V)] or
-**          [sqlite3_value_text(V)].
-**
-** {F15109} The [sqlite3_value_bytes16(V)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_value_text16(V)],
-**          [sqlite3_value_text16be(V)], or [sqlite3_value_text16le(V)].
-**
-** {F15112} The [sqlite3_value_double(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a floating point value and
-**          returns a copy of that value.
-**
-** {F15115} The [sqlite3_value_int(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns the lower 32 bits of that integer.
-**
-** {F15118} The [sqlite3_value_int64(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns a copy of that integer.
-**
-** {F15121} The [sqlite3_value_text(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated UTF-8 
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F15124} The [sqlite3_value_text16(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 native byte order
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F15127} The [sqlite3_value_text16be(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 big-endian
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F15130} The [sqlite3_value_text16le(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 little-endian
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {F15133} The [sqlite3_value_type(V)] interface returns
-**          one of [SQLITE_NULL], [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT],
-**          [SQLITE_TEXT], or [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
-**          the [sqlite3_value] object V.
-**
-** {F15136} The [sqlite3_value_numeric_type(V)] interface converts
-**          the [protected sqlite3_value] object V into either an integer or
-**          a floating point value if it can do so without loss of
-**          information, and returns one of [SQLITE_NULL],
-**          [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], or
-**          [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
-**          the [protected sqlite3_value] object V after the conversion attempt.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
-double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
-const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context {F16210}
+** Requirements:
+** [H15103] [H15106] [H15109] [H15112] [H15115] [H15118] [H15121] [H15124]
+** [H15127] [H15130] [H15133] [H15136]
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context {H16210} 
 **
 ** The implementation of aggregate SQL functions use this routine to allocate
-** a structure for storing their state.  
-** The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context() routine is
-** is called for a particular aggregate, SQLite allocates nBytes of memory
-** zeros that memory, and returns a pointer to it.
-** On second and subsequent calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context()
-** for the same aggregate function index, the same buffer is returned.
-** The implementation
-** of the aggregate can use the returned buffer to accumulate data.
+** a structure for storing their state.
+**
+** The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context() routine is called for a
+** particular aggregate, SQLite allocates nBytes of memory, zeroes out that
+** memory, and returns a pointer to it. On second and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function index,
+** the same buffer is returned. The implementation of the aggregate can use
+** the returned buffer to accumulate data.
 **
 ** SQLite automatically frees the allocated buffer when the aggregate
 ** query concludes.
 **
-** The first parameter should be a copy of the 
-** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first
-** parameter to the callback routine that implements the aggregate
-** function.
+** The first parameter should be a copy of the
+** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
+** to the callback routine that implements the aggregate function.
 **
 ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
 ** the aggregate SQL function is running.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16211} The first invocation of [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] for
-**          a particular instance of an aggregate function (for a particular
-**          context C) causes SQLite to allocation N bytes of memory,
-**          zero that memory, and return a pointer to the allocationed
-**          memory.
-**
-** {F16213} If a memory allocation error occurs during
-**          [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] then the function returns 0.
-**
-** {F16215} Second and subsequent invocations of
-**          [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] for the same context pointer C
-**          ignore the N parameter and return a pointer to the same
-**          block of memory returned by the first invocation.
-**
-** {F16217} The memory allocated by [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] is
-**          automatically freed on the next call to [sqlite3_reset()]
-**          or [sqlite3_finalize()] for the [prepared statement] containing
-**          the aggregate function associated with context C.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16211] [H16213] [H16215] [H16217]
 */
-void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions {F16240}
+** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions {H16240} 
 **
 ** The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
 ** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
-** of the the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
 ** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
 ** registered the application defined function. {END}
 **
 ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
 ** the application-defined function is running.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16243} The [sqlite3_user_data(C)] interface returns a copy of the
-**          P pointer from the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          or [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] call that
-**          registered the SQL function associated with 
-**          [sqlite3_context] C.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16243]
 */
-void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions {F16250}
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions {H16250} 
 **
 ** The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
 ** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
-** of the the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
 ** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
 ** registered the application defined function.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16253} The [sqlite3_context_db_handle(C)] interface returns a copy of the
-**          D pointer from the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          or [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] call that
-**          registered the SQL function associated with 
-**          [sqlite3_context] C.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16253]
 */
-sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data {F16270}
+** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data {H16270} 
 **
 ** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to
-** associate meta-data with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
 ** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
-** some circumstances the associated meta-data may be preserved. This may
+** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may
 ** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
 ** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
-** meta-data associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
+** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
 ** pattern.  The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
 ** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string
 ** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation.
 **
-** The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the meta-data
+** The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
 ** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
-** value to the application-defined function.
-** If no meta-data has been ever been set for the Nth
-** argument of the function, or if the cooresponding function parameter
-** has changed since the meta-data was set, then sqlite3_get_auxdata()
-** returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the meta-data
-** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the meta-data for the N-th
+** value to the application-defined function. If no metadata has been ever
+** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding
+** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set,
+** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata
+** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th
 ** argument of the application-defined function.  Subsequent
 ** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has
-** not been destroyed. 
-** If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor 
+** not been destroyed.
+** If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor
 ** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on
-** the meta-data when the corresponding function parameter changes
+** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes
 ** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first.
 **
-** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop meta-data on
-** any parameter of any function at any time.  The only guarantee
-** is that the destructor will be called before the metadata is
-** dropped.
+** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any
+** parameter of any function at any time.  The only guarantee is that
+** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped.
 **
-** In practice, meta-data is preserved between function calls for
+** In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
 ** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
 ** values and SQL variables.
 **
 ** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
 ** the SQL function is running.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16272} The [sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N)] interface returns a pointer
-**          to metadata associated with the Nth parameter of the SQL function
-**          whose context is C, or NULL if there is no metadata associated
-**          with that parameter.
-**
-** {F16274} The [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] interface assigns a metadata
-**          pointer P to the Nth parameter of the SQL function with context
-**          C.
-**
-** {F16276} SQLite will invoke the destructor D with a single argument
-**          which is the metadata pointer P following a call to
-**          [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] when SQLite ceases to hold
-**          the metadata.
-**
-** {F16277} SQLite ceases to hold metadata for an SQL function parameter
-**          when the value of that parameter changes.
-**
-** {F16278} When [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] is invoked, the destructor
-**          is called for any prior metadata associated with the same function
-**          context C and parameter N.
-**
-** {F16279} SQLite will call destructors for any metadata it is holding
-**          in a particular [prepared statement] S when either
-**          [sqlite3_reset(S)] or [sqlite3_finalize(S)] is called.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16272] [H16274] [H16276] [H16277] [H16278] [H16279]
 */
-void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
-void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
 
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior {F10280}
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior {H10280} 
 **
-** These are special value for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
 ** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  If the destructor
 ** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
-** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The 
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The
 ** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
 ** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
 ** the content before returning.
@@ -3895,30 +3478,28 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 #define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function {F16400}
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function {H16400} 
 **
 ** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
 ** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
 ** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
 ** for additional information.
 **
-** These functions work very much like the 
-** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*] family of functions used
-** to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
-** Refer to the
-** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_* documentation] for
-** additional information.
+** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
+** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
+** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
-** an application defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
+** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
 ** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
-** third parameter. 
-** The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() inerfaces set the result of
-** the application defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
+** third parameter.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
 ** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
-** an application defined function to be a floating point value specified
+** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
 ** by its 2nd argument.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
@@ -3926,8 +3507,8 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
 ** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
 ** as the text of an error message.  SQLite interprets the error
-** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF8. SQLite
-** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF16 in native
+** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. SQLite
+** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
 ** byte order.  If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
 ** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
 ** message all text up through the first zero character.
@@ -3935,7 +3516,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
 ** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
 ** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
-** routines make a copy private copy of the error message text before
+** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
 ** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
 ** modify the text after they return without harm.
 ** The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
@@ -3943,11 +3524,11 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
 ** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
 **
-** The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite
-** to throw an error indicating that a string or BLOB is to long
-** to represent.  The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface
-** causes SQLite to throw an exception indicating that the a
-** memory allocation failed.
+** The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
+** indicating that a string or BLOB is to long to represent.
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
+** indicating that a memory allocation failed.
 **
 ** The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
 ** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
@@ -3959,7 +3540,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
 ** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
 **
-** The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), 
+** The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
 ** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
 ** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
 ** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
@@ -3967,7 +3548,7 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** SQLite takes the text result from the application from
 ** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
 ** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter 
+** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
 ** through the first zero character.
 ** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
 ** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
@@ -3975,13 +3556,13 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** function result.
 ** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
 ** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
-** function as the destructor on the text or blob result when it has
-** finished using that result.
-** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then
-** SQLite assumes that the text or blob result is constant space and
-** does not copy the space or call a destructor when it has
+** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
 ** finished using that result.
+** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
+** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
+** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
+** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
+** when it has finished using that result.
 ** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
 ** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
 ** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
@@ -3991,134 +3572,43 @@ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
 ** the application-defined function to be a copy the
 ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  The
 ** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
-** so that [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
+** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
 ** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
 ** A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
 ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
 ** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
 **
-** If these routines are called from within the different thread 
-** than the one containing the application-defined function that recieved
+** If these routines are called from within the different thread
+** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
 ** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16403} The default return value from any SQL function is NULL.
-**
-** {F16406} The [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be a blob that is N bytes
-**          in length and with content pointed to by V.
-**
-** {F16409} The [sqlite3_result_double(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the floating point value V.
-**
-** {F16412} The [sqlite3_result_error(C,V,N)] interface changes the return
-**          value of function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] and a UTF8 error message copied from V up to the
-**          first zero byte or until N bytes are read if N is positive.
-**
-** {F16415} The [sqlite3_result_error16(C,V,N)] interface changes the return
-**          value of function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] and a UTF16 native byte order error message
-**          copied from V up to the first zero terminator or until N bytes
-**          are read if N is positive.
-**
-** {F16418} The [sqlite3_result_error_toobig(C)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_TOOBIG] and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {F16421} The [sqlite3_result_error_nomem(C)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_NOMEM] and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {F16424} The [sqlite3_result_error_code(C,E)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code E.
-**          The error message text is unchanged.
-**
-** {F16427} The [sqlite3_result_int(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the 32-bit integer value V.
-**
-** {F16430} The [sqlite3_result_int64(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the 64-bit integer value V.
-**
-** {F16433} The [sqlite3_result_null(C)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be NULL.
-**
-** {F16436} The [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF8 string
-**          V up to the first zero if N is negative
-**          or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {F16439} The [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF16 native byte order
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is
-**          negative or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {F16442} The [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF16 big-endian
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is
-**          is negative or the first N bytes or V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {F16445} The [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF16 little-endian
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is
-**          negative or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {F16448} The [sqlite3_result_value(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be [unprotected sqlite3_value]
-**          object V.
-**
-** {F16451} The [sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be an N-byte blob of all zeros.
-**
-** {F16454} The [sqlite3_result_error()] and [sqlite3_result_error16()]
-**          interfaces make a copy of their error message strings before
-**          returning.
-**
-** {F16457} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is the constant [SQLITE_STATIC]
-**          then no destructor is ever called on the pointer V and SQLite
-**          assumes that V is immutable.
-**
-** {F16460} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is the constant
-**          [SQLITE_TRANSIENT] then the interfaces makes a copy of the
-**          content of V and retains the copy.
-**
-** {F16463} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is some value other than
-**          the constants [SQLITE_STATIC] and [SQLITE_TRANSIENT] then 
-**          SQLite will invoke the destructor D with V as its only argument
-**          when it has finished with the V value.
-*/
-void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
-void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
-void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
-void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences {F16600}
+** Requirements:
+** [H16403] [H16406] [H16409] [H16412] [H16415] [H16418] [H16421] [H16424]
+** [H16427] [H16430] [H16433] [H16436] [H16439] [H16442] [H16445] [H16448]
+** [H16451] [H16454] [H16457] [H16460] [H16463]
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences {H16600} 
 **
 ** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the
-** [sqlite3*] handle specified as the first argument. 
+** [database connection] specified as the first argument.
 **
 ** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
 ** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
@@ -4126,95 +3616,52 @@ void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
 ** the name is passed as the second function argument.
 **
 ** The third argument may be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8],
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE], or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied
 ** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
-** UTF-16 little-endian or UTF-16 big-endian respectively. The
-** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] to indicate that
+** UTF-16 little-endian, or UTF-16 big-endian, respectively. The
+** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16] to indicate that the routine
+** expects pointers to be UTF-16 strings in the native byte order, or the
+** argument can be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] if the
 ** the routine expects pointers to 16-bit word aligned strings
-** of UTF16 in the native byte order of the host computer.
+** of UTF-16 in the native byte order.
 **
 ** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
 ** argument.  If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
 ** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore).
-** Each time the application
-** supplied function is invoked, it is passed a copy of the void* passed as
-** the fourth argument to sqlite3_create_collation() or
-** sqlite3_create_collation16() as its first parameter.
+** Each time the application supplied function is invoked, it is passed
+** as its first parameter a copy of the void* passed as the fourth argument
+** to sqlite3_create_collation() or sqlite3_create_collation16().
 **
 ** The remaining arguments to the application-supplied routine are two strings,
 ** each represented by a (length, data) pair and encoded in the encoding
 ** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was
-** registered. {END} The application defined collation routine should
-** return negative, zero or positive if
-** the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second
-** string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
+** registered. {END}  The application defined collation routine should
+** return negative, zero or positive if the first string is less than,
+** equal to, or greater than the second string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
 **
 ** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
-** excapt that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for
+** except that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for
 ** the collation.  The destructor is called when the collation is
 ** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer
 ** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2().
-** Collations are destroyed when
-** they are overridden by later calls to the collation creation functions
-** or when the [sqlite3*] database handle is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16603} A successful call to the
-**          [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)] interface
-**          registers function F as the comparison function used to
-**          implement collation X on [database connection] B for
-**          databases having encoding E.
-**
-** {F16604} SQLite understands the X parameter to
-**          [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)] as a zero-terminated
-**          UTF-8 string in which case is ignored for ASCII characters and
-**          is significant for non-ASCII characters.
-**
-** {F16606} Successive calls to [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          with the same values for B, X, and E, override prior values
-**          of P, F, and D.
-**
-** {F16609} The destructor D in [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          is not NULL then it is called with argument P when the
-**          collating function is dropped by SQLite.
+** Collations are destroyed when they are overridden by later calls to the
+** collation creation functions or when the [database connection] is closed
+** using [sqlite3_close()].
 **
-** {F16612} A collating function is dropped when it is overloaded.
+** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
 **
-** {F16615} A collating function is dropped when the database connection
-**          is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** {F16618} The pointer P in [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          is passed through as the first parameter to the comparison
-**          function F for all subsequent invocations of F.
-**
-** {F16621} A call to [sqlite3_create_collation(B,X,E,P,F)] is exactly
-**          the same as a call to [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()] with
-**          the same parameters and a NULL destructor.
-**
-** {F16624} Following a [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)],
-**          SQLite uses the comparison function F for all text comparison
-**          operations on [database connection] B on text values that
-**          use the collating sequence name X.
-**
-** {F16627} The [sqlite3_create_collation16(B,X,E,P,F)] works the same
-**          as [sqlite3_create_collation(B,X,E,P,F)] except that the
-**          collation name X is understood as UTF-16 in native byte order
-**          instead of UTF-8.
-**
-** {F16630} When multiple comparison functions are available for the same
-**          collating sequence, SQLite chooses the one whose text encoding
-**          requires the least amount of conversion from the default
-**          text encoding of the database.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16603] [H16604] [H16606] [H16609] [H16612] [H16615] [H16618] [H16621]
+** [H16624] [H16627] [H16630]
 */
-int sqlite3_create_collation(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
   sqlite3*, 
   const char *zName, 
   int eTextRep, 
   void*,
   int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
 );
-int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
   sqlite3*, 
   const char *zName, 
   int eTextRep, 
@@ -4222,68 +3669,49 @@ int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
   int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
   void(*xDestroy)(void*)
 );
-int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
   sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
+  const void *zName,
   int eTextRep, 
   void*,
   int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks {F16700}
+** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks {H16700} 
 **
 ** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
 ** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
-** database handle to be called whenever an undefined collation sequence is
-** required.
+** [database connection] to be called whenever an undefined collation
+** sequence is required.
 **
 ** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
 ** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
-** encoded in UTF-8. {F16703} If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, the names
-** are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. A call to either
-** function replaces any existing callback.
+** encoded in UTF-8. {H16703} If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
+** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
+** A call to either function replaces any existing callback.
 **
 ** When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
 ** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
 ** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
-** handle.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8],
-** [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most
-** desirable form of the collation sequence function required.
-** The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
 ** required collation sequence.
 **
 ** The callback function should register the desired collation using
 ** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
 ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16702} A successful call to [sqlite3_collation_needed(D,P,F)]
-**          or [sqlite3_collation_needed16(D,P,F)] causes
-**          the [database connection] D to invoke callback F with first
-**          parameter P whenever it needs a comparison function for a
-**          collating sequence that it does not know about.
-**
-** {F16704} Each successful call to [sqlite3_collation_needed()] or
-**          [sqlite3_collation_needed16()] overrides the callback registered
-**          on the same [database connection] by prior calls to either
-**          interface.
-**
-** {F16706} The name of the requested collating function passed in the
-**          4th parameter to the callback is in UTF-8 if the callback
-**          was registered using [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and
-**          is in UTF-16 native byte order if the callback was
-**          registered using [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
-**
-** 
+** Requirements:
+** [H16702] [H16704] [H16706]
 */
-int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
   sqlite3*, 
   void*, 
   void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
 );
-int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
   sqlite3*, 
   void*,
   void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
@@ -4296,7 +3724,7 @@ int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
 ** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
 ** of SQLite.
 */
-int sqlite3_key(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
   sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
   const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
 );
@@ -4309,134 +3737,149 @@ int sqlite3_key(
 ** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
 ** of SQLite.
 */
-int sqlite3_rekey(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
   sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
   const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Suspend Execution For A Short Time {F10530}
+** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time {H10530} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_sleep() function
-** causes the current thread to suspend execution
+** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
 ** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
 **
-** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with 
-** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to 
-** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually 
+** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
+** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
+** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
 ** requested from the operating system is returned.
 **
 ** SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
 ** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F10533} The [sqlite3_sleep(M)] interface invokes the xSleep
-**          method of the default [sqlite3_vfs|VFS] in order to
-**          suspend execution of the current thread for at least
-**          M milliseconds.
-**
-** {F10536} The [sqlite3_sleep(M)] interface returns the number of
-**          milliseconds of sleep actually requested of the operating
-**          system, which might be larger than the parameter M.
+** Requirements: [H10533] [H10536]
 */
-int sqlite3_sleep(int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files {F10310}
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files {H10310} 
 **
 ** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.ka. directory), then all temporary files
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
 ** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
-** is NULL pointer, then SQLite does a search for an appropriate temporary
-** file directory.
-**
-** It is not safe to modify this variable once a database connection
-** has been opened.  It is intended that this variable be set once
+** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
+** temporary file directory.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
 ** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been call and remain unchanged thereafter.
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  Furthermore,
+** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
 */
-SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Test To See If The Database Is In Auto-Commit Mode {F12930}
+** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode {H12930} 
+** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
 **
-** The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interfaces returns non-zero or
+** The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
 ** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
-** respectively.   Autocommit mode is on
-** by default.  Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
-** Autocommit mode is reenabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
+** respectively.  Autocommit mode is on by default.
+** Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
+** Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
 **
 ** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
-** transactions (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], 
+** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
 ** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
 ** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
-** find out if SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
+** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
 ** an error is to use this function.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12931} The [sqlite3_get_autocommit(D)] interface returns non-zero or
-**          zero if the [database connection] D is or is not in autocommit
-**          mode, respectively.
-**
-** {F12932} Autocommit mode is on by default.
+** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
+** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
+** is undefined.
 **
-** {F12933} Autocommit mode is disabled by a successful [BEGIN] statement.
+** Requirements: [H12931] [H12932] [H12933] [H12934]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement {H13120} 
 **
-** {F12934} Autocommit mode is enabled by a successful [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]
-**          statement.
-** 
+** The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
+** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  The [database connection]
+** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] that was the first argument
+** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
+** create the statement in the first place.
 **
-** LIMITATIONS:
-***
-** {U12936} If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
-**          connection while this routine is running, then the return value
-**          is undefined.
+** Requirements: [H13123]
 */
-int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement {F13120}
+** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement {H13140} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_db_handle interface
-** returns the [sqlite3*] database handle to which a
-** [prepared statement] belongs.
-** The database handle returned by sqlite3_db_handle
-** is the same database handle that was
-** the first argument to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants
-** that was used to create the statement in the first place.
+** This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
+** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  If pStmt is NULL
+** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
+** associated with the database connection pDb.  If no prepared statement
+** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
+** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
+** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
 **
-** {F13123} The [sqlite3_db_handle(S)] interface returns a pointer
-**          to the [database connection] associated with
-**          [prepared statement] S.
+** Requirements: [H13143] [H13146] [H13149] [H13152]
 */
-sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks {F12950}
+** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks {H12950} 
 **
 ** The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is committed.
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
 ** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
 ** for the same database connection is overridden.
 ** The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is committed.
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
 ** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
 ** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** The pArg argument is passed through
-** to the callback.  If the callback on a commit hook function 
-** returns non-zero, then the commit is converted into a rollback.
+** The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
+** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
 **
 ** If another function was previously registered, its
 ** pArg value is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
 **
+** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
+** or rollback hook in the first place.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
 ** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
 **
-** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been 
+** When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
+** operation is allowed to continue normally.  If the commit hook
+** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
+** The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
+** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
+**
+** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
 ** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
 ** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
 ** The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
@@ -4445,206 +3888,137 @@ sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
 ** rolled back because a commit callback returned non-zero.
 **  Check on this 
 **
-** These are experimental interfaces and are subject to change.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12951} The [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] interface registers the
-**          callback function F to be invoked with argument P whenever
-**          a transaction commits on [database connection] D.
+** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
 **
-** {F12952} The [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the P
-**          argument from the previous call with the same 
-**          [database connection ] D , or NULL on the first call
-**          for a particular [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F12953} Each call to [sqlite3_commit_hook()] overwrites the callback
-**          registered by prior calls.
-**
-** {F12954} If the F argument to [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] is NULL
-**          then the commit hook callback is cancelled and no callback
-**          is invoked when a transaction commits.
-**
-** {F12955} If the commit callback returns non-zero then the commit is
-**          converted into a rollback.
-**
-** {F12961} The [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] interface registers the
-**          callback function F to be invoked with argument P whenever
-**          a transaction rolls back on [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F12962} The [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the P
-**          argument from the previous call with the same 
-**          [database connection ] D , or NULL on the first call
-**          for a particular [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F12963} Each call to [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] overwrites the callback
-**          registered by prior calls.
-**
-** {F12964} If the F argument to [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] is NULL
-**          then the rollback hook callback is cancelled and no callback
-**          is invoked when a transaction rolls back.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12951] [H12952] [H12953] [H12954] [H12955]
+** [H12961] [H12962] [H12963] [H12964]
 */
-void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
-void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks {F12970}
+** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks {H12970} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_update_hook() interface
-** registers a callback function with the database connection identified by the 
-** first argument to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
-** Any callback set by a previous call to this function for the same 
-** database connection is overridden.
+** The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
+** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
+** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** Any callback set by a previous call to this function
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
 **
-** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a 
-** row is updated, inserted or deleted. 
-** The first argument to the callback is
-** a copy of the third argument to sqlite3_update_hook().
-** The second callback 
-** argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE],
-** depending on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked.
-** The third and 
-** fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the database and 
-** table name containing the affected row.
-** The final callback parameter is 
-** the rowid of the row.
-** In the case of an update, this is the rowid after 
-** the update takes place.
+** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
+** row is updated, inserted or deleted.
+** The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
+** to sqlite3_update_hook().
+** The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
+** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
+** to be invoked.
+** The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
+** database and table name containing the affected row.
+** The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
+** In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
 **
 ** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
 ** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).
 **
-** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value
-** is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F12971} The [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] interface causes callback
-**          function F to be invoked with first parameter P whenever
-**          a table row is modified, inserted, or deleted on
-**          [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F12973} The [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the value
-**          of P for the previous call on the same [database connection] D,
-**          or NULL for the first call.
+** In the current implementation, the update hook
+** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
+** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  Nor is the update hook
+** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
+** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
 **
-** {F12975} If the update hook callback F in [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)]
-**          is NULL then the no update callbacks are made.
+** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
 **
-** {F12977} Each call to [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] overrides prior calls
-**          to the same interface on the same [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F12979} The update hook callback is not invoked when internal system
-**          tables such as sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence are modified.
+** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value
+** is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
 **
-** {F12981} The second parameter to the update callback 
-**          is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE],
-**          depending on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked.
+** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
+** interfaces.
 **
-** {F12983} The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers
-**          to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings which are the names of the
-**          database and table that is being updated.
-
-** {F12985} The final callback parameter is the rowid of the row after
-**          the change occurs.
+** Requirements:
+** [H12971] [H12973] [H12975] [H12977] [H12979] [H12981] [H12983] [H12986]
 */
-void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
   sqlite3*, 
   void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
   void*
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache {F10330}
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache {H10330} 
+** KEYWORDS: {shared cache}
 **
 ** This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
-** and schema data structures between connections to the same database.
-** Sharing is enabled if the argument is true and disabled if the argument
-** is false.
+** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
+** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
+** and disabled if the argument is false.
 **
-** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled
-** for an entire process. {END} This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0.
-** In prior versions of SQLite, sharing was
-** enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
+** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
+** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
+** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
 **
 ** The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
 ** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
 ** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
 ** that was in effect at the time they were opened.
 **
-** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache.   When shared
+** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache.  When shared
 ** cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()] API used to register
 ** virtual tables will always return an error.
 **
-** This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was
-** enabled or disabled successfully.  An [error code]
-** is returned otherwise.
+** This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
+** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.
 **
 ** Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
 ** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
 ** cache setting should set it explicitly.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-** 
-** {F10331} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(B)]
-**          will enable or disable shared cache mode for any subsequently
-**          created [database connection] in the same process.
-**
-** {F10336} When shared cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()]
-**          interface will always return an error.
+** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
 **
-** {F10337} The [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(B)] interface returns
-**          [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled successfully.
-**
-** {F10339} Shared cache is disabled by default.
+** Requirements: [H10331] [H10336] [H10337] [H10339]
 */
-int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Attempt To Free Heap Memory {F17340}
-**
-** The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to
-** free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory
-** allocations held by the database labrary. {END}  Memory used
-** to cache database pages to improve performance is an example of
-** non-essential memory.  Sqlite3_release_memory() returns
-** the number of bytes actually freed, which might be more or less
-** than the amount requested.
+** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory {H17340} 
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
+** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
+** held by the database library. {END}  Memory used to cache database
+** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
+** sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
+** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
 **
-** {F17341} The [sqlite3_release_memory(N)] interface attempts to
-**          free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential
-**          memory allocations held by the database labrary.
-**
-** {F16342} The [sqlite3_release_memory(N)] returns the number
-**          of bytes actually freed, which might be more or less
-**          than the amount requested.
+** Requirements: [H17341] [H17342]
 */
-int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Impose A Limit On Heap Size {F17350}
+** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size {H17350} 
 **
-** The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() interface
-** places a "soft" limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated
-** by SQLite. If an internal allocation is requested 
-** that would exceed the soft heap limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is
-** invoked one or more times to free up some space before the allocation
-** is made.
+** The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() interface places a "soft" limit
+** on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
+** If an internal allocation is requested that would exceed the
+** soft heap limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked one or
+** more times to free up some space before the allocation is performed.
 **
-** The limit is called "soft", because if
-** [sqlite3_release_memory()] cannot
-** free sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded,
+** The limit is called "soft", because if [sqlite3_release_memory()]
+** cannot free sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded,
 ** the memory is allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds.
 **
 ** A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and
 ** [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhausted.
 ** The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
 **
-** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit.  
-** But if the soft heap limit cannot honored, execution will
-** continue without error or notification.  This is why the limit is 
+** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit.
+** But if the soft heap limit cannot be honored, execution will
+** continue without error or notification.  This is why the limit is
 ** called a "soft" limit.  It is advisory only.
 **
 ** Prior to SQLite version 3.5.0, this routine only constrained the memory
@@ -4655,83 +4029,56 @@ int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
 ** version 3.5.0 there is no mechanism for limiting the heap usage for
 ** individual threads.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F16351} The [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] interface places a soft limit
-**          of N bytes on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated
-**          using [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] at any point
-**          in time.
-**
-** {F16352} If a call to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] would
-**          cause the total amount of allocated memory to exceed the
-**          soft heap limit, then [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked
-**          in an attempt to reduce the memory usage prior to proceeding
-**          with the memory allocation attempt.
-**
-** {F16353} Calls to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that trigger
-**          attempts to reduce memory usage through the soft heap limit
-**          mechanism continue even if the attempt to reduce memory
-**          usage is unsuccessful.
-**
-** {F16354} A negative or zero value for N in a call to
-**          [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] means that there is no soft
-**          heap limit and [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be
-**          called when memory is completely exhausted.
-**
-** {F16355} The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
-**
-** {F16358} Each call to [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] overrides the
-**          values set by all prior calls.
+** Requirements:
+** [H16351] [H16352] [H16353] [H16354] [H16355] [H16358]
 */
-void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table {F12850}
+** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table {H12850} 
 **
-** This routine
-** returns meta-data about a specific column of a specific database
-** table accessible using the connection handle passed as the first function 
-** argument.
+** This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
+** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
+** passed as the first function argument.
 **
-** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to 
+** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
 ** this function. The second parameter is either the name of the database
 ** (i.e. "main", "temp" or an attached database) containing the specified
 ** table or NULL. If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
-** for the table using the same algorithm as the database engine uses to 
+** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
 ** resolve unqualified table references.
 **
-** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column 
-** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters 
+** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
+** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
 ** may be NULL.
 **
-** Meta information is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as
-** the 5th and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these 
-** arguments may be NULL, in which case the corresponding element of meta 
-** information is ommitted.
+** Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
+** and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these arguments may be
+** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
 **
-** 
      -** Parameter     Output Type      Description
-** -----------------------------------
-**
-**   5th         const char*      Data type
-**   6th         const char*      Name of the default collation sequence 
-**   7th         int              True if the column has a NOT NULL constraint
-**   8th         int              True if the column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
-**   9th         int              True if the column is AUTOINCREMENT
-** 
      
+** 
      
+** 
+** 
       Parameter  Output
      Type       		  Description
 **
+** 
       5th  const char*  Data type
+** 
       6th  const char*  Name of default collation sequence
+** 
       7th  int          True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
+** 
       8th  int          True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
+** 
       9th  int          True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
+** 
      
+** 
      
 **
-** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the 
-** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next 
-** call to any sqlite API function.
+** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
+** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
+** call to any SQLite API function.
 **
-** If the specified table is actually a view, then an error is returned.
+** If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
 **
-** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an 
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column has been explicitly declared, then the output 
+** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
+** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
 ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no
-** explicitly declared IPK column, then the output parameters are set as 
-** follows:
+** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output
+** parameters are set as follows:
 **
 ** 
       **     data type: "INTEGER"
@@ -4743,13 +4090,13 @@ void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int);
 **
 ** This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
 ** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
-** cannot be found, an SQLITE error code is returned and an error message
-** left in the database handle (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).
+** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
+** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).
 **
 ** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined.
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
 */
-int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
   sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
   const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
   const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
@@ -4762,29 +4109,32 @@ int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension {F12600}
+** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension {H12600} 
+**
+** This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
+**
+** {H12601} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
+**          SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile.
 **
-** {F12601} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface
-** attempts to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
-** zFile. {F12602} The entry point is zProc. {F12603} zProc may be 0
-** in which case the name of the entry point defaults
-** to "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** {H12602} The entry point is zProc.
 **
-** {F12604} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface shall
-** return [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+** {H12603} zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point
+**          defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
 **
-** {F12605}
-** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
-** sqlite3_load_extension() interface shall attempt to fill *pzErrMsg with 
-** error message text stored in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-** {END}  The calling function should free this memory
-** by calling [sqlite3_free()].
+** {H12604} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface shall return
+**          [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
 **
-** {F12606}
-** Extension loading must be enabled using [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()]
-** prior to calling this API or an error will be returned.
+** {H12605} If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
+**          [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
+**          fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
+**          obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. {END}  The calling function
+**          should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** {H12606} Extension loading must be enabled using
+**          [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
+**          otherwise an error will be returned.
 */
-int sqlite3_load_extension(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
   sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
   const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
   const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
@@ -4792,64 +4142,63 @@ int sqlite3_load_extension(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Enable Or Disable Extension Loading {F12620}
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading {H12620} 
 **
 ** So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
 ** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling
-** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following
-** API is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and
-** off.  {F12622} It is off by default. {END} See ticket #1863.
+** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
+** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
+**
+** Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863.
 **
-** {F12621} Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine
-** with onoff==1 to turn extension loading on
-** and call it with onoff==0 to turn it back off again. {END}
+** {H12621} Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
+**          to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
+**          it back off again.
+**
+** {H12622} Extension loading is off by default.
 */
-int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Make Arrangements To Automatically Load An Extension {F12640}
-**
-** {F12641} This function
-** registers an extension entry point that is automatically invoked
-** whenever a new database connection is opened using
-** [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()]. {END}
+** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load An Extensions {H12640} 
 **
 ** This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register
 ** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available
-** to all new database connections.
+** to all new [database connections]. {END}
 **
-** {F12642} Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine multiple
-** times with the same extension is harmless.
+** This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array that is
+** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  If you run a memory leak checker
+** on your program and it reports a leak because of this array, invoke
+** [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] prior to shutdown to free the memory.
 **
-** {F12643} This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array
-** that is obtained from sqlite_malloc(). {END} If you run a memory leak
-** checker on your program and it reports a leak because of this
-** array, then invoke [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] prior
-** to shutdown to free the memory.
+** {H12641} This function registers an extension entry point that is
+**          automatically invoked whenever a new [database connection]
+**          is opened using [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()].
 **
-** {F12644} Automatic extensions apply across all threads. {END}
+** {H12642} Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine
+**          multiple times with the same extension is harmless.
 **
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
+** {H12643} This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array
+**          that is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+**
+** {H12644} Automatic extensions apply across all threads.
 */
-int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xEntryPoint);
-
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading {F12660}
+** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading {H12660} 
 **
-** {F12661} This function disables all previously registered
-** automatic extensions. {END}  This
-** routine undoes the effect of all prior [sqlite3_auto_extension()]
-** calls.
+** This function disables all previously registered automatic
+** extensions. {END}  It undoes the effect of all prior
+** [sqlite3_auto_extension()] calls.
 **
-** {F12662} This call disabled automatic extensions in all threads. {END}
+** {H12661} This function disables all previously registered
+**          automatic extensions.
 **
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
+** {H12662} This function disables automatic extensions in all threads.
 */
-void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
-
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
 
 /*
 ****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
@@ -4858,7 +4207,7 @@ void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
 ** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
 ** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
 **
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stablizes, we will declare the
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
 ** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
 */
 
@@ -4871,12 +4220,21 @@ typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
 typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object {F18000}
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module
-**
-** A module is a class of virtual tables.  Each module is defined
-** by an instance of the following structure.  This structure consists
-** mostly of methods for the module.
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object {H18000} 
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This structure, sometimes called a a "virtual table module", 
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
+** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
+**
+** A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
+** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
+** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
+** The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
+** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
+** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
+** any database connection.
 */
 struct sqlite3_module {
   int iVersion;
@@ -4905,28 +4263,26 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
   int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
                        void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
                        void **ppArg);
-
   int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
 };
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information {F18100}
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information {H18100} 
 ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
 ** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to
-** pass information into and receive the reply from the xBestIndex
-** method of an sqlite3_module.  The fields under **Inputs** are the
+** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
+** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
 ** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
 ** results into the **Outputs** fields.
 **
-** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the
-** form:
+** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
 **
-**         column OP expr
+** 
      column OP expr
      
 **
-** Where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.  
-** The particular operator is stored
-** in aConstraint[].op.  The index of the column is stored in 
+** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.  The particular operator is
+** stored in aConstraint[].op.  The index of the column is stored in
 ** aConstraint[].iColumn.  aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
 ** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
 ** is usable) and false if it cannot.
@@ -4940,17 +4296,19 @@ struct sqlite3_module {
 ** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
 ** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
 **
-** The xBestIndex method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
+** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
 ** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  If argvIndex>0 then
 ** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
 ** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  If aConstraintUsage[].omit
 ** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
 ** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.
 **
-** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into xFilter.
-** sqlite3_free() is used to free idxPtr if needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
+** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
+** [xFilter] method.
+** [sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only iff
+** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
 **
-** The orderByConsumed means that output from xFilter will occur in
+** The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
 ** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
 ** sorting step is required.
 **
@@ -4973,7 +4331,6 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
      int iColumn;              /* Column number */
      unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
   } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
-
   /* Outputs */
   struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
     int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
@@ -4993,70 +4350,89 @@ struct sqlite3_index_info {
 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {F18200}
-**
-** This routine is used to register a new module name with an SQLite
-** connection.  Module names must be registered before creating new
-** virtual tables on the module, or before using preexisting virtual
-** tables of the module.
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18200} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This routine is used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
+** Module names must be registered before
+** creating a new [virtual table] using the module, or before using a
+** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
+**
+** The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
+** by the first parameter.  The name of the module is given by the 
+** second parameter.  The third parameter is a pointer to
+** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   The fourth
+** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
+** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
+** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
+**
+** This interface has exactly the same effect as calling
+** [sqlite3_create_module_v2()] with a NULL client data destructor.
 */
-int sqlite3_create_module(
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module(
   sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
   const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
-  void *                     /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {F18210}
-**
-** This routine is identical to the sqlite3_create_module() method above,
-** except that it allows a destructor function to be specified. It is
-** even more experimental than the rest of the virtual tables API.
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18210} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This routine is identical to the [sqlite3_create_module()] method,
+** except that it has an extra parameter to specify 
+** a destructor function for the client data pointer.  SQLite will
+** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
+** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  
 */
-int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
   sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
   const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
-  void *,                    /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
   void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object {F18010}
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object {H18010} 
 ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
-** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
-** to describe a particular instance of the module.  Each subclass will
-** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.   The
-** purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are common
-** to all module implementations.
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
+** of the following structure to describe a particular instance
+** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
+** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
+** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
+** common to all module implementations.
 **
 ** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
-** string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() to zErrMsg.  The method should
-** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to sqlite3_free()
+** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
+** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
 ** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  After the error message
 ** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
-** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.  Note
-** that sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_free() are used on the zErrMsg field
-** since virtual tables are commonly implemented in loadable extensions which
-** do not have access to sqlite3MPrintf() or sqlite3Free().
+** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
 */
 struct sqlite3_vtab {
   const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
-  int nRef;                       /* Used internally */
+  int nRef;                       /* NO LONGER USED */
   char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
   /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
 };
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object  {F18020}
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object  {H18020} 
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
-** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
-** to describe cursors that point into the virtual table and are used
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
+** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
+** [virtual table] and are used
 ** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
-** xOpen method of the module.  Each module implementation will define
+** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
+** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cussors are used
+** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
+** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
 ** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
 **
 ** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
@@ -5068,19 +4444,23 @@ struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
 };
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table {F18280}
+** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table {H18280} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
-** The xCreate and xConnect methods of a module use the following API
+** The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
+** [virtual table module] call this interface
 ** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
 ** the virtual tables they implement.
 */
-int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table {F18300}
+** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table {H18300} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
 **
 ** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the xFindFunction method.  But global versions of those functions
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
+** But global versions of those functions
 ** must exist in order to be overloaded.
 **
 ** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
@@ -5088,13 +4468,10 @@ int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);
 ** before this API is called, a new function is created.  The implementation
 ** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
 ** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
-** purpose is to be a place-holder function that can be overloaded
-** by virtual tables.
-**
-** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface,
-** which is experimental and subject to change.
+** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
+** by a [virtual table].
 */
-int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
 
 /*
 ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
@@ -5109,70 +4486,79 @@ int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
 */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB {F17800}
+** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB {H17800} 
+** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
 **
 ** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
-** incremental I/O can be preformed.
-** Objects of this type are created by
-** [sqlite3_blob_open()] and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
+** Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
+** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
 ** The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
-** can be used to read or write small subsections of the blob.
-** The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the
-** blob in bytes.
+** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
+** The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
 */
 typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O {F17810}
+** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O {H17810} 
 **
-** This interfaces opens a handle to the blob located
+** This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
 ** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
-** in other words,  the same blob that would be selected by:
+** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
 **
 ** 
      -**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE rowid = iRow;
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
 ** 
       {END}
 **
-** If the flags parameter is non-zero, the blob is opened for 
-** read and write access. If it is zero, the blob is opened for read 
-** access.
+** If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
+** and write access. If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
+** It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary 
+** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is 
+** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing.
 **
 ** Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
 ** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
 ** is assigned when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
-** For the main database file, the database name is "main".  For
-** TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
-**
-** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new 
-** [sqlite3_blob | blob handle] is written to *ppBlob. 
-** Otherwise an error code is returned and 
-** any value written to *ppBlob should not be used by the caller.
-** This function sets the database-handle error code and message
-** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-** 
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17813} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_blob_open(D,B,T,C,R,F,P)]
-**          interface opens an [sqlite3_blob] object P on the blob
-**          in column C of table T in database B on [database connection] D.
-**
-** {F17814} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_blob_open(D,...)] starts
-**          a new transaction on [database connection] D if that connection
-**          is not already in a transaction.
-**
-** {F17816} The [sqlite3_blob_open(D,B,T,C,R,F,P)] interface opens the blob
-**          for read and write access if and only if the F parameter
-**          is non-zero.
-**
-** {F17819} The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface returns [SQLITE_OK] on 
-**          success and an appropriate [error code] on failure.
-**
-** {F17821} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_open(D,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] will return
-**          information approprate for that error.
+** For the main database file, the database name is "main".
+** For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
+**
+** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
+** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set
+** to be a null pointer.
+** This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
+** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related
+** functions.  Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a
+** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob
+** regardless of the success or failure of this routine.
+**
+** If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
+** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
+** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
+** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
+** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.
+** Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
+** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+** Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
+** rollback by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
+** commit if the transaction continues to completion.
+**
+** Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
+** the opened blob.  The size of a blob may not be changed by this
+** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
+** blob.
+**
+** The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
+** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
+** this interface.
+**
+** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
+** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+**
+** Requirements:
+** [H17813] [H17814] [H17816] [H17819] [H17821] [H17824]
 */
-int sqlite3_blob_open(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
   sqlite3*,
   const char *zDb,
   const char *zTable,
@@ -5183,158 +4569,125 @@ int sqlite3_blob_open(
 );
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Close A BLOB Handle {F17830}
+** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle {H17830} 
 **
-** Close an open [sqlite3_blob | blob handle].
+** Closes an open [BLOB handle].
 **
 ** Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
 ** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
-** database connection is in autocommit mode.
+** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
 ** If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
-** until the close operation if they will fit. {END}
+** until the close operation if they will fit.
+**
 ** Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
 ** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
-** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  {F17833} Any errors that occur during
+** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  Any errors that occur during
 ** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.
 **
 ** The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
 ** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17833} The [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] interface closes an
-**          [sqlite3_blob] object P previously opened using
-**          [sqlite3_blob_open()].
-**
-** {F17836} Closing an [sqlite3_blob] object using
-**          [sqlite3_blob_close()] shall cause the current transaction to
-**          commit if there are no other open [sqlite3_blob] objects
-**          or [prepared statements] on the same [database connection] and
-**          the [database connection] is in
-**          [sqlite3_get_autocommit | autocommit mode].
+** Calling this routine with a null pointer (which as would be returned
+** by failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op.
 **
-** {F17839} The [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] interfaces closes the 
-**          [sqlite3_blob] object P unconditionally, even if
-**          [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] returns something other than [SQLITE_OK].
-**          
+** Requirements:
+** [H17833] [H17836] [H17839]
 */
-int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Return The Size Of An Open BLOB {F17840}
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB {H17840} 
 **
-** Return the size in bytes of the blob accessible via the open 
-** [sqlite3_blob] object in its only argument.
+** Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
+** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  The
+** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
+** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
 **
-** {F17843} The [sqlite3_blob_bytes(P)] interface returns the size
-**          in bytes of the BLOB that the [sqlite3_blob] object P
-**          refers to.
+** Requirements:
+** [H17843]
 */
-int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally {F17850}
+** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally {H17850} 
 **
-** This function is used to read data from an open 
-** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] into a caller supplied buffer.
-** N bytes of data are copied into buffer
-** Z from the open blob, starting at offset iOffset.
+** This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
+** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
 **
-** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the blob, 
+** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
 ** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  If N or iOffset is
-** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
+** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
+** The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
 **
-** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an 
-** [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
+** An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
+** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
 **
-** {F17853} The [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface reads N bytes
-**          beginning at offset X from
-**          the blob that [sqlite3_blob] object P refers to
-**          and writes those N bytes into buffer Z.
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
 **
-** {F17856} In [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] if the size of the blob
-**          is less than N+X bytes, then the function returns [SQLITE_ERROR]
-**          and nothing is read from the blob.
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
 **
-** {F17859} In [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] if X or N is less than zero
-**          then the function returns [SQLITE_ERROR]
-**          and nothing is read from the blob.
-**
-** {F17862} The [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
-**          if N bytes where successfully read into buffer Z.
-**
-** {F17865} If the requested read could not be completed,
-**          the [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface returns an
-**          appropriate [error code] or [extended error code].
-**
-** {F17868} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_read(P,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] will return
-**          information approprate for that error, where D is the
-**          database handle that was used to open blob handle P.
+** Requirements:
+** [H17853] [H17856] [H17859] [H17862] [H17863] [H17865] [H17868]
 */
-int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally {F17870}
+** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally {H17870} 
 **
-** This function is used to write data into an open 
-** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] from a user supplied buffer.
-** n bytes of data are copied from the buffer
-** pointed to by z into the open blob, starting at offset iOffset.
+** This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
+** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
 **
-** If the [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] passed as the first argument
-** was not opened for writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()]
-*** was zero), this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
+** If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
+** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
+** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
 **
-** This function may only modify the contents of the blob; it is
-** not possible to increase the size of a blob using this API.
-** If offset iOffset is less than n bytes from the end of the blob, 
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  If n is
+** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
+** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
+** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  If N is
 ** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
+** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
 **
-** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an 
-** [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F17873} The [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface writes N bytes
-**          from buffer Z into
-**          the blob that [sqlite3_blob] object P refers to
-**          beginning at an offset of X into the blob.
+** An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  Writes to the BLOB that occurred
+** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
+** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
+** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
+** or by other independent statements.
 **
-** {F17875} The [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface returns
-**          [SQLITE_READONLY] if the [sqlite3_blob] object P was
-**          [sqlite3_blob_open | opened] for reading only.
+** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
 **
-** {F17876} In [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] if the size of the blob
-**          is less than N+X bytes, then the function returns [SQLITE_ERROR]
-**          and nothing is written into the blob.
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
 **
-** {F17879} In [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] if X or N is less than zero
-**          then the function returns [SQLITE_ERROR]
-**          and nothing is written into the blob.
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
 **
-** {F17882} The [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
-**          if N bytes where successfully written into blob.
-**
-** {F17885} If the requested write could not be completed,
-**          the [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface returns an
-**          appropriate [error code] or [extended error code].
-**
-** {F17888} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_write(D,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] will return
-**          information approprate for that error.
+** Requirements:
+** [H17873] [H17874] [H17875] [H17876] [H17877] [H17879] [H17882] [H17885]
+** [H17888]
 */
-int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF:  Virtual File System Objects {F11200}
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects {H11200} 
 **
 ** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
 ** that SQLite uses to interact
@@ -5343,12 +4696,11 @@ int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
 ** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
 ** The following interfaces are provided.
 **
-** The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to 
-** a VFS given its name.  Names are case sensitive.
+** The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
+** Names are case sensitive.
 ** Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** If there is no match, a NULL
-** pointer is returned.  If zVfsName is NULL then the default 
-** VFS is returned. 
+** If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
+** If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
 **
 ** New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
 ** Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
@@ -5358,51 +4710,27 @@ int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
 ** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
 ** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
 ** then the behavior is undefined.
-** 
+**
 ** Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
 ** If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
 ** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.
 **
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {F11203} The [sqlite3_vfs_find(N)] interface returns a pointer to the
-**          registered [sqlite3_vfs] object whose name exactly matches
-**          the zero-terminated UTF-8 string N, or it returns NULL if
-**          there is no match.
-**
-** {F11206} If the N parameter to [sqlite3_vfs_find(N)] is NULL then
-**          the function returns a pointer to the default [sqlite3_vfs]
-**          object if there is one, or NULL if there is no default 
-**          [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-**
-** {F11209} The [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface registers the
-**          well-formed [sqlite3_vfs] object P using the name given
-**          by the zName field of the object.
-**
-** {F11212} Using the [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface to register
-**          the same [sqlite3_vfs] object multiple times is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** {F11215} The [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface makes the
-**          the [sqlite3_vfs] object P the default [sqlite3_vfs] object
-**          if F is non-zero.
-**
-** {F11218} The [sqlite3_vfs_unregister(P)] interface unregisters the
-**          [sqlite3_vfs] object P so that it is no longer returned by
-**          subsequent calls to [sqlite3_vfs_find()].
+** Requirements:
+** [H11203] [H11206] [H11209] [H11212] [H11215] [H11218]
 */
-sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
-int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
-int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutexes {F17000}
+** CAPI3REF: Mutexes {H17000} 
 **
 ** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
-** synchronization.  Though they are intended for internal
+** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
 ** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
 ** permitted to use any of these routines.
 **
-** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations 
+** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
 ** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
 ** is selected automatically at compile-time.  The following
 ** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
@@ -5414,25 +4742,24 @@ int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
 ** 
    •    SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
 ** 
 **
-** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines 
-** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in 
+** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
+** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
 ** a single-threaded application.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2,
 ** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations
-** are appropriate for use on os/2, unix, and windows.
-** 
+** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows.
+**
 ** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
 ** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
-** implementation is included with the library.  The
-** mutex interface routines defined here become external
-** references in the SQLite library for which implementations
-** must be provided by the application.  This facility allows an
-** application that links against SQLite to provide its own mutex
-** implementation without having to modify the SQLite core.
-**
-** {F17011} The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it. {F17012} If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. {F17013} SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error. {F17014} The argument
+** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
+** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
+** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().
+**
+** {H17011} The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it. {H17012} If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. {H17013} SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error. {H17014} The argument
 ** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
 **
 ** 
        
@@ -5444,152 +4771,249 @@ int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
 ** 
      •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
 ** 
      •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
 ** 
      •   SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
-** 
       {END}
+** 
 **
-** {F17015} The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** {H17015} The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
 ** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
 ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. {END}
 ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
 ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  {F17016} But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** not want to.  {H17016} But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
 ** cases where it really needs one.  {END} If a faster non-recursive mutex
 ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
 ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
 **
-** {F17017} The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. {END}  Four static mutexes are
+** {H17017} The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. {END}  Six static mutexes are
 ** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
 ** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
 ** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
 ** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
 ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
 **
-** {F17018} Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** {H17018} Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
 ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  {F17034} But for the static 
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  {H17034} But for the static
 ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number. {END}
+** the same type number.
 **
-** {F17019} The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated dynamic mutex. {F17020} SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** dynamic mutex that it allocates. {U17021} The dynamic mutexes must not be in 
-** use when they are deallocated. {U17022} Attempting to deallocate a static
-** mutex results in undefined behavior. {F17023} SQLite never deallocates
+** {H17019} The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated dynamic mutex. {H17020} SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** dynamic mutex that it allocates. {A17021} The dynamic mutexes must not be in
+** use when they are deallocated. {A17022} Attempting to deallocate a static
+** mutex results in undefined behavior. {H17023} SQLite never deallocates
 ** a static mutex. {END}
 **
 ** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex. {F17024} If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** to enter a mutex. {H17024} If another thread is already within the mutex,
 ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY. {F17025}  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  {F17026} Mutexes created using
+** SQLITE_BUSY. {H17025}  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
+** upon successful entry.  {H17026} Mutexes created using
 ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-** {F17027} In such cases the,
+** {H17027} In such cases the,
 ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  {U17028} If the same thread tries to enter any other
+** can enter.  {A17028} If the same thread tries to enter any other
 ** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-** {F17029} SQLite will never exhibit
-** such behavior in its own use of mutexes. {END}
+** {H17029} SQLite will never exhibit
+** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.
 **
-** Some systems (ex: windows95) do not the operation implemented by
-** sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() will
-** always return SQLITE_BUSY.  {F17030} The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior. {END}
+** Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
+** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
+** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  {H17030} The SQLite core only ever uses
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.
 **
-** {F17031} The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  {U17032} The behavior
+** {H17031} The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.  {A17032} The behavior
 ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
-** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  {F17033} SQLite will
+** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  {H17033} SQLite will
 ** never do either. {END}
 **
+** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
+** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
+** behave as no-ops.
+**
 ** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
 */
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
-void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
-void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
-int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
-void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verifcation Routines {F17080}
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object {H17120} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
+** used to allocate and use mutexes.
+**
+** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
+** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
+** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
+** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
+** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
+** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
+** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
+** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
+** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
+**
+** The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
+** {H17001} The xMutexInit routine shall be called by SQLite once for each
+** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
+**
+** The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
+** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
+** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
+** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. {H17003} The xMutexEnd()
+** interface shall be invoked once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+**
+** The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
+** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
+** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
+**
+** 
        
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_free()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_try()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_held()] 
        • 
+**   
      •   [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] 
        • 
+** 
      
+**
+** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
+** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
+** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
+** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
+** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
+** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
+** it is passed a NULL pointer).
+**
+** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  It must be harmless to
+** invoke xMutexInit() mutiple times within the same process and without
+** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
+** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
+**
+** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
+** and its associates).  Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
+** allocation for a static mutex.  However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
+** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
+**
+** SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
+** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
+** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
+** prior to returning.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
+  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
+  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
+  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines {H17080}  
 **
 ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
-** are intended for use inside assert() statements. {F17081} The SQLite core
+** are intended for use inside assert() statements. {H17081} The SQLite core
 ** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
-** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  {F17082} The core only
+** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  {H17082} The core only
 ** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
-** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  {U17087} External mutex implementations
+** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  {A17087} External mutex implementations
 ** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
 ** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
 **
-** {F17083} These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
-** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. {END}
+** {H17083} These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
+** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
 **
 ** {X17084} The implementation is not required to provided versions of these
-** routines that actually work.
-** If the implementation does not provide working
-** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs
-** that always return true so that one does not get spurious
-** assertion failures. {END}
+** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
+** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
+** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
 **
-** {F17085} If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
+** {H17085} If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
 ** the routine should return 1.  {END} This seems counter-intuitive since
 ** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But the
 ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
 ** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
 ** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
-** the appropriate thing to do.  {F17086} The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() 
+** the appropriate thing to do.  {H17086} The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
 ** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
 */
-int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
-int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types {F17001}
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types {H17001} 
+**
+** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
+** which is one of these integer constants.
 **
-** {F17002} The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
-** which is one of these integer constants. {END}
+** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
+** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
+** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
 */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* sqlite3_release_memory() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* lru page list */
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files {F11300}
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection {H17002} 
+**
+** This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
+** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
+** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
+** If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
+** routine returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files {H11300} 
 **
-** {F11301} The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
+** {H11301} The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
 ** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
-** with a particular database identified by the second argument. {F11302} The
+** with a particular database identified by the second argument. {H11302} The
 ** name of the database is the name assigned to the database by the
 ** ATTACH SQL command that opened the
-** database. {F11303} To control the main database file, use the name "main"
-** or a NULL pointer. {F11304} The third and fourth parameters to this routine
+** database. {H11303} To control the main database file, use the name "main"
+** or a NULL pointer. {H11304} The third and fourth parameters to this routine
 ** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
-** the xFileControl method.  {F11305} The return value of the xFileControl
+** the xFileControl method.  {H11305} The return value of the xFileControl
 ** method becomes the return value of this routine.
 **
-** {F11306} If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
-** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. {F11307} This error
+** {H11306} If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
+** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. {H11307} This error
 ** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
-** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. {U11308} The underlying xFileControl method might
-** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  {U11309} There is no way to distinguish between
+** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. {A11308} The underlying xFileControl method might
+** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  {A11309} There is no way to distinguish between
 ** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
 ** xFileControl method. {END}
 **
 ** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
 */
-int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface {F11400}
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface {H11400} 
 **
 ** The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
 ** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
-** purposes.  The first parameter a operation code that determines
+** purposes.  The first parameter is an operation code that determines
 ** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
 **
 ** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
@@ -5601,28 +5025,728 @@ int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
 ** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
 ** operate consistently from one release to the next.
 */
-int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
 
 /*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes {F11410}
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes {H11410} 
 **
 ** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
 ** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
 **
-** These parameters and their meansing are subject to change
+** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
 ** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
 ** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
 ** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
 */
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_CONFIG             1
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_FAILURES           2
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_BENIGN_FAILURES    3
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_PENDING            4
 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
 
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status {H17200} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about the preformance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
+** highwater marks.  The first argument is an integer code for
+** the specific parameter to measure.  Recognized integer codes
+** are of the form [SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED | SQLITE_STATUS_...].
+** The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
+** The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  If the
+** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
+** *pHighwater is written. Some parameters do not record the highest
+** value.  For those parameters
+** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.
+** Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
+** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.
+**
+** This routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero
+** [error code] on failure.
+**
+** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can be
+** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
+** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
+** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
+** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
+** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters {H17250} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
+** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
+**
+** 
      
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
      
+** 
      This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
+** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
+** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
+** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
+** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
+** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
+** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
+** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
      
+** 
      This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
+** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
      
+** 
      This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
+** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
      
+** 
      This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
+** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
+** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
+** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
+** no space was left in the page cache.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
      
+** 
      This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
      
+** 
      This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
+** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
+** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
+** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
+** using scratch memory at the same time.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
      
+** 
      This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
+** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
+** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
+** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
+** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
+** slots were available.
+** 
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
      
+** 
      This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
      
+** 
      This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
+** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
      
+** 
      
+**
+** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status {H17500} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
+** about a single [database connection].  The first argument is the
+** database connection object to be interrogated.  The second argument
+** is the parameter to interrogate.  Currently, the only allowed value
+** for the second parameter is [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED].
+** Additional options will likely appear in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
+** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  If
+** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
+** reset back down to the current value.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections {H17520} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
+** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
+**
+** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
+** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
+** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
+** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
+** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
+**
+** 
      
+** 
      SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
      
+** 
      This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
+** checked out.
      
+** 
      
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED     0
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status {H17550} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** Each prepared statement maintains various
+** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counters] that measure the number
+** of times it has performed specific operations.  These counters can
+** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
+** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
+** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
+** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
+** an index.  
+**
+** This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
+** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
+** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
+** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counter]
+** to be interrogated. 
+** The current value of the requested counter is returned.
+** If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
+** interface call returns.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements {H17570} 
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
+** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
+** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
+**
+** 
      
+** 
      SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
      
+** 
      This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
+** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
+** careful use of indices.
      
+**
+** 
      SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
      
+** 
      This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
      
+**
+** 
      
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
+** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
+** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
+** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
+** to the object.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
+** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure. The majority of the 
+** heap memory used by SQLite is used by the page cache to cache data read 
+** from, or ready to be written to, the database file. By implementing a 
+** custom page cache using this API, an application can control more 
+** precisely the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
+** how long.
+**
+** The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an
+** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
+** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns.
+**
+** The xInit() method is called once for each call to [sqlite3_initialize()]
+** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). It is passed
+** a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value. It can be used to set
+** up global structures and mutexes required by the custom page cache 
+** implementation. 
+**
+** The xShutdown() method is called from within [sqlite3_shutdown()], 
+** if the application invokes this API. It can be used to clean up 
+** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
+**
+** SQLite holds a [SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE] mutex when it invokes
+** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
+** in multithreaded applications.
+**
+** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+**
+** The xCreate() method is used to construct a new cache instance.  SQLite
+** will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
+** though this is not guaranteed. The
+** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
+** be allocated by the cache.  szPage will not be a power of two.  szPage
+** will the page size of the database file that is to be cached plus an
+** increment (here called "R") of about 100 or 200.  SQLite will use the
+** extra R bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
+** database page on disk.  The value of R depends
+** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
+** R is constant for a particular build of SQLite.  The second argument to
+** xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will
+** be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
+** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
+** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
+** it is purely advisory.  On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
+** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
+** In other words, a cache created with bPurgeable set to false will
+** never contain any unpinned pages.
+**
+** The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
+** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
+** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
+** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command. As with the bPurgeable parameter,
+** the implementation is not required to do anything with this
+** value; it is advisory only.
+**
+** The xPagecount() method should return the number of pages currently
+** stored in the cache.
+** 
+** The xFetch() method is used to fetch a page and return a pointer to it. 
+** A 'page', in this context, is a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an
+** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. The
+** mimimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page 
+** is considered to be "pinned".
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
+** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
+** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
+** behavior of the cache implementation is determined by the value of the
+** createFlag parameter passed to xFetch, according to the following table:
+**
+** 
+** 
       createFlag  Behaviour when page is not already in cache
+** 
       0  Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
+** 
       1  Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
+**                 Otherwise return NULL.
+** 
       2  Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
+**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
+** 
      
+**
+** SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  If
+** a call to xFetch() with createFlag==1 returns NULL, then SQLite will
+** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
+** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. After
+** attempting to unpin pages, the xFetch() method will be invoked again with
+** a createFlag of 2.
+**
+** xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
+** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
+** then the page should be evicted from the cache. In this case SQLite 
+** assumes that the next time the page is retrieved from the cache using
+** the xFetch() method, it will be zeroed. If the discard parameter is
+** zero, then the page is considered to be unpinned. The cache implementation
+** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
+**
+** The cache is not required to perform any reference counting. A single 
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
+** to xFetch().
+**
+** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
+** page passed as the second argument from oldKey to newKey. If the cache
+** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it should be
+** discarded. Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
+** to be pinned.
+**
+** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
+** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
+** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
+** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
+** they can be safely discarded.
+**
+** The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
+** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. After
+** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
+** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods
+** functions.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
+** online backup operation.  The sqlite3_backup object is created by
+** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** This API is used to overwrite the contents of one database with that
+** of another. It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+**
+** Exclusive access is required to the destination database for the 
+** duration of the operation. However the source database is only
+** read-locked while it is actually being read, it is not locked
+** continuously for the entire operation. Thus, the backup may be
+** performed on a live database without preventing other users from
+** writing to the database for an extended period of time.
+** 
+** To perform a backup operation: 
+**   
        
+**     
      1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the
+**         backup, 
+**     
      2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer 
+**         the data between the two databases, and finally
+**     
      3. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources 
+**         associated with the backup operation. 
+**   
      
+** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
+** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** sqlite3_backup_init()
+**
+** The first two arguments passed to [sqlite3_backup_init()] are the database
+** handle associated with the destination database and the database name 
+** used to attach the destination database to the handle. The database name
+** is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the temporary database, or
+** the name specified as part of the [ATTACH] statement if the destination is
+** an attached database. The third and fourth arguments passed to 
+** sqlite3_backup_init() identify the [database connection]
+** and database name used
+** to access the source database. The values passed for the source and 
+** destination [database connection] parameters must not be the same.
+**
+** If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(), then NULL is returned
+** and an error code and error message written into the [database connection] 
+** passed as the first argument. They may be retrieved using the
+** [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
+** Otherwise, if successful, a pointer to an [sqlite3_backup] object is
+** returned. This pointer may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
+** operation.
+**
+** sqlite3_backup_step()
+**
+** Function [sqlite3_backup_step()] is used to copy up to nPage pages between 
+** the source and destination databases, where nPage is the value of the 
+** second parameter passed to sqlite3_backup_step(). If nPage is a negative
+** value, all remaining source pages are copied. If the required pages are 
+** succesfully copied, but there are still more pages to copy before the 
+** backup is complete, it returns [SQLITE_OK]. If no error occured and there 
+** are no more pages to copy, then [SQLITE_DONE] is returned. If an error 
+** occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned. As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
+** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
+**
+** As well as the case where the destination database file was opened for
+** read-only access, sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
+** the destination is an in-memory database with a different page size
+** from the source database.
+**
+** If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
+** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
+** is invoked (if one is specified). If the 
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. In this case the call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. If the source
+** [database connection]
+** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. Again, in this
+** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. If
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
+** errors are considered fatal. At this point the application must accept 
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
+** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
+**
+** Following the first call to sqlite3_backup_step(), an exclusive lock is
+** obtained on the destination file. It is not released until either 
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
+** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. Additionally, each time 
+** a call to sqlite3_backup_step() is made a [shared lock] is obtained on
+** the source database file. This lock is released before the
+** sqlite3_backup_step() call returns. Because the source database is not
+** locked between calls to sqlite3_backup_step(), it may be modified mid-way
+** through the backup procedure. If the source database is modified by an
+** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
+** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be transparently
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source 
+** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
+** by the backup operation, then the backup database is transparently 
+** updated at the same time.
+**
+** sqlite3_backup_finish()
+**
+** Once sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
+** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the [sqlite3_backup]
+** object should be passed to sqlite3_backup_finish(). This releases all
+** resources associated with the backup operation. If sqlite3_backup_step()
+** has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any active write-transaction on the
+** destination database is rolled back. The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
+** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no error
+** occurred, regardless or whether or not sqlite3_backup_step() was called
+** a sufficient number of times to complete the backup operation. Or, if
+** an out-of-memory condition or IO error occured during a call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() then [SQLITE_NOMEM] or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] error code
+** is returned. In this case the error code and an error message are
+** written to the destination [database connection].
+**
+** A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() is
+** not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** sqlite3_backup_remaining(), sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+**
+** Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values stored internally
+** by an [sqlite3_backup] object. The number of pages still to be backed
+** up, which may be queried by sqlite3_backup_remaining(), and the total
+** number of pages in the source database file, which may be queried by
+** sqlite3_backup_pagecount().
+**
+** The values returned by these functions are only updated by
+** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified during a backup
+** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra
+** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file
+** changing.
+**
+** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles
+**
+** The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
+** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
+** If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
+** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
+** from within other threads.
+**
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination database
+** connection handle is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
+** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
+** sqlite3_backup_finish(). Unfortunately SQLite does not currently check
+** for this, if the application does use the destination [database connection]
+** for some other purpose during a backup operation, things may appear to
+** work correctly but in fact be subtly malfunctioning.  Use of the
+** destination database connection while a backup is in progress might
+** also cause a mutex deadlock.
+**
+** Furthermore, if running in [shared cache mode], the application must
+** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
+** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
+** that the application must guarantee that the file-system file being 
+** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
+** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
+** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
+** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
+** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
+** possible that they return invalid values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
+  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
+  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
+  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
+);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
+** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
+** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
+** This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
+** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
+** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
+**
+** Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
+**
+** When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
+** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
+** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. After an 
+** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
+** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
+** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. The
+** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
+** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
+**
+** If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
+** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
+** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
+** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
+** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().
+**
+** If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
+** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
+** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
+**
+** There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
+** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
+** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
+** then the new callback replaces the old. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
+** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
+** unlock-notify callback is cancelled. The blocked connections 
+** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
+** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
+** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
+** crash or deadlock may be the result.
+**
+** Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
+** returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** Callback Invocation Details
+**
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
+** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
+** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
+** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
+** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
+** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
+**
+** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
+** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback. If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
+** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
+** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
+** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
+** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
+**
+** Deadlock Detection
+**
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
+** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
+** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
+** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
+** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
+** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
+** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
+**
+** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
+** detection. If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
+** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
+** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
+** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
+** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
+** A's transaction is concluded. Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
+** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
+** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
+** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. Any
+** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
+**
+** The "DROP TABLE" Exception
+**
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
+** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
+** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
+** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
+** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
+** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
+** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
+** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
+**
+** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
+** by an sqlite3_step() call. If there is a blocking connection, then the
+** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
+** SQLITE_LOCKED.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
+  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
+  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to
+** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
+** case-indendent fashion, using the same definition of case independence 
+** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
 
 /*
 ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
@@ -5636,3 +5760,4 @@ int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
 }  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
 #endif
 #endif
+
-- 
cgit v0.12